From 2db247d3fc10ef5304f61dbd66448efff8cc6684 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stas Date: Sat, 8 Oct 2011 04:08:44 +0000 Subject: - Update vendor tree of heimdal to 1.5.1. --- appl/test/gssapi_client.c | 18 +- base/array.c | 2 +- base/heimbase.h | 2 +- base/test_base.c | 7 +- cf/check-compile-et.m4 | 3 + cf/check-getpwnam_r-posix.m4 | 19 +- cf/install-catman.sh | 13 +- cf/roken-frag.m4 | 2 - configure | 71 +- configure.ac | 5 +- doc/ack.texi | 2 + doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/graph_legend.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/group__gssapi.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/gssapi_mechs_intro.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/gssapi_services_intro.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/index.html | 4 +- doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/internalvsmechname.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/modules.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/pages.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/gssapi.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/gssapi_mechs_intro.3 | 2 +- .../gssapi/man/man3/gssapi_services_intro.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/internalvsmechname.3 | 2 +- .../html/example__evp__cipher_8c-example.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/examples.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/graph_legend.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__core.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__des.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__dh.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__evp.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__misc.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__rand.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__rsa.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/index.html | 4 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/modules.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_des.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_dh.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_evp.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_rand.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_rsa.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_core.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_des.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_dh.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_evp.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_misc.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_rand.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_rsa.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_des.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_dh.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_evp.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_rand.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_rsa.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hdb/html/annotated.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hdb/html/functions.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hdb/html/functions_vars.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hdb/html/graph_legend.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hdb/html/index.html | 4 +- doc/doxyout/hdb/html/struct_h_d_b.html | 4 +- doc/doxyout/hdb/html/structhdb__entry__ex.html | 4 +- doc/doxyout/hdb/man/man3/HDB.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hdb/man/man3/hdb_entry_ex.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/graph_legend.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__ca.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__cert.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__cms.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__crypto.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__env.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__error.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__keyset.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__lock.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__misc.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__name.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__peer.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__print.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__query.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__revoke.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__verify.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/index.html | 4 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/modules.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_ca.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_cert.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_cms.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_env.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_error.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_keyset.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_lock.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_name.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_peer.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_print.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_revoke.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/html/pages.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_ca.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_cert.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_cms.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_crypto.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_env.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_error.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_keyset.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_lock.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_misc.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_name.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_peer.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_print.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_query.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_revoke.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_verify.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_ca.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_cert.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_cms.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_env.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_error.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_keyset.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_lock.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_name.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_peer.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_print.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_revoke.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/annotated.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/graph_legend.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__address.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__auth.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__ccache.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__credential.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__crypto.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__deprecated.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__digest.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__error.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__keytab.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__pac.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__principal.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__storage.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__support.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__ticket.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__v4compat.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/index.html | 4 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_ccache_intro.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_fileformats.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_init_creds_intro.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_introduction.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_keytab_intro.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_principal_intro.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/modules.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/pages.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/html/structkrb5__crypto__iov.html | 4 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_address.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_auth.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_ccache.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_ccache_intro.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_credential.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_crypto.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_crypto_iov.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_deprecated.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_digest.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_error.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_fileformats.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_init_creds_intro.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_introduction.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_keytab.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_keytab_intro.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_pac.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_principal.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_principal_intro.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_storage.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_support.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_ticket.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_v4compat.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/annotated.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/examples.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/functions.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/functions_vars.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/graph_legend.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/group__ntlm__core.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/index.html | 4 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/modules.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__buf.html | 4 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__type1.html | 4 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__type2.html | 4 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__type3.html | 4 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/test__ntlm_8c-example.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_buf.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_core.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_type1.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_type2.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_type3.3 | 2 +- doc/doxyout/wind/html/graph_legend.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/wind/html/group__wind.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/wind/html/index.html | 4 +- doc/doxyout/wind/html/modules.html | 2 +- doc/doxyout/wind/man/man3/wind.3 | 2 +- doc/heimdal.info | 107 +- doc/hx509.info | 28 +- doc/setup.texi | 8 + doc/vars.texi | 2 +- include/NTMakefile | 5 +- include/config.h.in | 9 +- kuser/kswitch.c | 13 +- lib/asn1/gen_seq.c | 2 +- lib/hcrypto/test_crypto.in | 5 +- lib/hcrypto/validate.c | 6 +- lib/heimdal/NTMakefile | 3 +- lib/kafs/afskrb5.c | 4 + lib/krb5/cache.c | 44 +- lib/krb5/crypto.c | 71 +- lib/krb5/error_string.c | 60 +- lib/krb5/keytab_keyfile.c | 22 +- lib/krb5/krb5-private.h | 7 +- lib/libedit/configure | 6 +- lib/roken/resolve-test.c | 166 +- lib/roken/resolve.c | 15 +- lib/roken/roken.h.in | 19 +- lib/roken/search.hin | 2 +- lib/roken/tsearch-test.c | 2 +- lib/roken/tsearch.c | 2 +- lib/sqlite/sqlite3.c | 120928 ++++++++++-------- lib/sqlite/sqlite3.h | 2163 +- lib/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h | 50 +- lib/wind/bidi_table.c | 2 +- lib/wind/bidi_table.h | 2 +- lib/wind/combining_table.c | 2 +- lib/wind/combining_table.h | 2 +- lib/wind/errorlist_table.c | 2 +- lib/wind/errorlist_table.h | 2 +- lib/wind/map_table.c | 2 +- lib/wind/map_table.h | 2 +- lib/wind/normalize_table.c | 2 +- lib/wind/normalize_table.h | 2 +- lib/wind/punycode_examples.c | 2 +- lib/wind/punycode_examples.h | 2 +- packages/windows/assembly/NTMakefile | 5 +- .../windows/assembly/policy.Heimdal.Kerberos.in | 2 +- tests/db/have-db.in | 1 - tests/kdc/wait-kdc.sh | 2 +- windows/NTMakefile.config | 39 +- windows/NTMakefile.version | 54 + windows/NTMakefile.w32 | 9 +- 239 files changed, 72166 insertions(+), 52255 deletions(-) create mode 100644 windows/NTMakefile.version diff --git a/appl/test/gssapi_client.c b/appl/test/gssapi_client.c index 8b37bf2..5fc564c 100644 --- a/appl/test/gssapi_client.c +++ b/appl/test/gssapi_client.c @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ extern char *password; static int proto (int sock, const char *hostname, const char *service) { - struct sockaddr_in remote, local; + struct sockaddr_storage remote, local; socklen_t addrlen; int context_established = 0; @@ -111,7 +111,6 @@ proto (int sock, const char *hostname, const char *service) OM_uint32 maj_stat, min_stat; gss_name_t server; gss_buffer_desc name_token; - struct gss_channel_bindings_struct input_chan_bindings; u_char init_buf[4]; u_char acct_buf[4]; gss_OID mech_oid; @@ -155,17 +154,20 @@ proto (int sock, const char *hostname, const char *service) addrlen = sizeof(local); if (getsockname (sock, (struct sockaddr *)&local, &addrlen) < 0 - || addrlen != sizeof(local)) + || addrlen > sizeof(local)) err (1, "getsockname(%s)", hostname); addrlen = sizeof(remote); if (getpeername (sock, (struct sockaddr *)&remote, &addrlen) < 0 - || addrlen != sizeof(remote)) + || addrlen > sizeof(remote)) err (1, "getpeername(%s)", hostname); input_token->length = 0; output_token->length = 0; +#if 0 + struct gss_channel_bindings_struct input_chan_bindings; + input_chan_bindings.initiator_addrtype = GSS_C_AF_INET; input_chan_bindings.initiator_address.length = 4; init_buf[0] = (local.sin_addr.s_addr >> 24) & 0xFF; @@ -182,12 +184,11 @@ proto (int sock, const char *hostname, const char *service) acct_buf[3] = (remote.sin_addr.s_addr >> 0) & 0xFF; input_chan_bindings.acceptor_address.value = acct_buf; -#if 0 input_chan_bindings.application_data.value = emalloc(4); * (unsigned short*)input_chan_bindings.application_data.value = local.sin_port; * ((unsigned short *)input_chan_bindings.application_data.value + 1) = remote.sin_port; input_chan_bindings.application_data.length = 4; -#else + input_chan_bindings.application_data.length = 0; input_chan_bindings.application_data.value = NULL; #endif @@ -199,10 +200,9 @@ proto (int sock, const char *hostname, const char *service) &context_hdl, server, mech_oid, - GSS_C_MUTUAL_FLAG | GSS_C_SEQUENCE_FLAG - | GSS_C_DELEG_FLAG, + GSS_C_MUTUAL_FLAG | GSS_C_SEQUENCE_FLAG, 0, - &input_chan_bindings, + NULL, input_token, NULL, output_token, diff --git a/base/array.c b/base/array.c index 7b0d77b..9266411 100644 --- a/base/array.c +++ b/base/array.c @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ heim_array_delete_value(heim_array_t array, size_t idx) */ void -heim_array_filter(heim_array_t array, bool (^block)(heim_object_t)) +heim_array_filter(heim_array_t array, int (^block)(heim_object_t)) { size_t n = 0; diff --git a/base/heimbase.h b/base/heimbase.h index ad1b3f0..f1ca231 100644 --- a/base/heimbase.h +++ b/base/heimbase.h @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ heim_object_t heim_array_copy_value(heim_array_t, size_t); void heim_array_delete_value(heim_array_t, size_t); #ifdef __BLOCKS__ -void heim_array_filter(heim_array_t, bool (^)(heim_object_t)); +void heim_array_filter(heim_array_t, int (^)(heim_object_t)); #endif /* diff --git a/base/test_base.c b/base/test_base.c index 5355907..320512b 100644 --- a/base/test_base.c +++ b/base/test_base.c @@ -127,9 +127,10 @@ test_string(void) s1 = heim_string_create(string); s2 = heim_string_create(string); - if (heim_cmp(s1, s2) != 0) - errx(1, "the same string is not the same"); - + if (heim_cmp(s1, s2) != 0) { + printf("the same string is not the same\n"); + exit(1); + } heim_release(s1); heim_release(s2); diff --git a/cf/check-compile-et.m4 b/cf/check-compile-et.m4 index 3f9d959..305c65d 100644 --- a/cf/check-compile-et.m4 +++ b/cf/check-compile-et.m4 @@ -84,6 +84,7 @@ if test "${krb_cv_com_err}" = "yes"; then LIB_com_err_a="" LIB_com_err_so="" AC_MSG_NOTICE(Using the already-installed com_err) + COMPILE_ET="${ac_cv_prog_COMPILE_ET}" localcomerr=no elif test "${krb_cv_com_err}" = "cross"; then DIR_com_err="com_err" @@ -91,6 +92,7 @@ elif test "${krb_cv_com_err}" = "cross"; then LIB_com_err_a="\$(top_builddir)/lib/com_err/.libs/libcom_err.a" LIB_com_err_so="\$(top_builddir)/lib/com_err/.libs/libcom_err.so" AC_MSG_NOTICE(Using our own com_err with toolchain compile_et) + COMPILE_ET="${ac_cv_prog_COMPILE_ET}" localcomerr=yes else COMPILE_ET="\$(top_builddir)/lib/com_err/compile_et" @@ -102,6 +104,7 @@ else localcomerr=yes fi AM_CONDITIONAL(COM_ERR, test "$localcomerr" = yes)dnl +AC_SUBST(COMPILE_ET) AC_SUBST(DIR_com_err) AC_SUBST(LIB_com_err) AC_SUBST(LIB_com_err_a) diff --git a/cf/check-getpwnam_r-posix.m4 b/cf/check-getpwnam_r-posix.m4 index 69bc06e..aab9eaf 100644 --- a/cf/check-getpwnam_r-posix.m4 +++ b/cf/check-getpwnam_r-posix.m4 @@ -14,12 +14,27 @@ if test "$ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r" = yes; then int main(int argc, char **argv) { struct passwd pw, *pwd; - return getpwnam_r("", &pw, NULL, 0, &pwd) < 0; + return getpwnam_r("", &pw, 0, 0, &pwd) < 0; } ]])],[ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix=yes],[ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix=no],[:]) LIBS="$ac_libs") + AC_CACHE_CHECK(if _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS is needed,ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix_def, + ac_libs="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS $LIB_getpwnam_r" + AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[ +#include +int main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + struct passwd pw, *pwd; + return getpwnam_r("", &pw, 0, 0, &pwd) < 0; +} +]])],[ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix_def=no],[ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix_def=yes],[:]) +LIBS="$ac_libs") if test "$ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix" = yes; then AC_DEFINE(POSIX_GETPWNAM_R, 1, [Define if getpwnam_r has POSIX flavour.]) fi +if test "$ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix" = yes -a "$ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix_def" = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1, [Define to get POSIX getpwnam_r in some systems.]) +fi fi -]) \ No newline at end of file +]) diff --git a/cf/install-catman.sh b/cf/install-catman.sh index 4f63cb4..b57c252 100755 --- a/cf/install-catman.sh +++ b/cf/install-catman.sh @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ catinstall="${INSTALL_CATPAGES-yes}" for f in "$@"; do echo $f - base=`echo "$f" | sed 's/\([^/]*\/\)*\(.*\)\.\([^.]*\)$/\2/'` - section=`echo "$f" | sed 's/\([^/]*\/\)*\(.*\)\.\([^.]*\)$/\3/'` + base=`echo "$f" | sed 's/\.[^.]*$//'` + section=`echo "$f" | sed 's/^[^.]*\.//'` mandir="$manbase/man$section" catdir="$manbase/cat$section" c="$base.cat$section" @@ -48,10 +48,11 @@ for f in "$@"; do fi done if test "$catinstall" = yes -a -f "$srcdir/$c"; then - target="$catdir/$link.$suffix" - for lncmd in "ln -f $catdir/$base.$suffix $target" \ - "ln -fs $base.$suffix $target" \ - "cp -f $catdir/$base.$suffix $target" + eval target="$catdir/$link.$suffix" + eval source="$catdir/$base.$suffix" + for lncmd in "ln -f $source $target" \ + "ln -fs $source $target" \ + "cp -f $catdir/$source $target" do if eval "$lncmd"; then eval echo "$lncmd" diff --git a/cf/roken-frag.m4 b/cf/roken-frag.m4 index 7622cab..5efecd5 100644 --- a/cf/roken-frag.m4 +++ b/cf/roken-frag.m4 @@ -184,13 +184,11 @@ AC_CHECK_FUNCS([ \ getprogname \ getrlimit \ getspnam \ - initstate \ issetugid \ on_exit \ poll \ random \ setprogname \ - setstate \ strsvis \ strsvisx \ strunvis \ diff --git a/configure b/configure index 36efaf6..0e70235 100755 --- a/configure +++ b/configure @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ #! /bin/sh # From configure.ac Revision. # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. -# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65 for Heimdal 1.5. +# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65 for Heimdal 1.5.1. # # Report bugs to . # @@ -563,8 +563,8 @@ MAKEFLAGS= # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='Heimdal' PACKAGE_TARNAME='heimdal' -PACKAGE_VERSION='1.5' -PACKAGE_STRING='Heimdal 1.5' +PACKAGE_VERSION='1.5.1' +PACKAGE_STRING='Heimdal 1.5.1' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='heimdal-bugs@h5l.org' PACKAGE_URL='' @@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF -\`configure' configures Heimdal 1.5 to adapt to many kinds of systems. +\`configure' configures Heimdal 1.5.1 to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... @@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@ fi if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in - short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of Heimdal 1.5:";; + short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of Heimdal 1.5.1:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ fi test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF -Heimdal configure 1.5 +Heimdal configure 1.5.1 generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65 Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @@ -2252,7 +2252,7 @@ cat >config.log <<_ACEOF This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. -It was created by Heimdal $as_me 1.5, which was +It was created by Heimdal $as_me 1.5.1, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ @@ -3068,7 +3068,7 @@ fi # Define the identity of the package. PACKAGE='heimdal' - VERSION='1.5' + VERSION='1.5.1' cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF @@ -12850,6 +12850,9 @@ else ASN1_COMPILE_DEP= SLC_DEP= + + ac_cv_prog_COMPILE_ET=${with_cross_tools}compile_et + fi @@ -17949,13 +17952,11 @@ for ac_func in \ getprogname \ getrlimit \ getspnam \ - initstate \ issetugid \ on_exit \ poll \ random \ setprogname \ - setstate \ strsvis \ strsvisx \ strunvis \ @@ -26896,7 +26897,7 @@ else int main(int argc, char **argv) { struct passwd pw, *pwd; - return getpwnam_r("", &pw, NULL, 0, &pwd) < 0; + return getpwnam_r("", &pw, 0, 0, &pwd) < 0; } _ACEOF @@ -26913,11 +26914,50 @@ LIBS="$ac_libs" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix" >&6; } + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS is needed" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS is needed... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix_def+set}" = set; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_libs="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS $LIB_getpwnam_r" + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : + : +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +int main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + struct passwd pw, *pwd; + return getpwnam_r("", &pw, 0, 0, &pwd) < 0; +} + +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix_def=no +else + ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix_def=yes +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ + conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +LIBS="$ac_libs" +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix_def" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix_def" >&6; } if test "$ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix" = yes; then $as_echo "#define POSIX_GETPWNAM_R 1" >>confdefs.h fi +if test "$ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix" = yes -a "$ac_cv_func_getpwnam_r_posix_def" = yes; then + +$as_echo "#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1" >>confdefs.h + +fi fi @@ -28321,6 +28361,7 @@ if test "${krb_cv_com_err}" = "yes"; then LIB_com_err_so="" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: Using the already-installed com_err" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: Using the already-installed com_err" >&6;} + COMPILE_ET="${ac_cv_prog_COMPILE_ET}" localcomerr=no elif test "${krb_cv_com_err}" = "cross"; then DIR_com_err="com_err" @@ -28329,6 +28370,7 @@ elif test "${krb_cv_com_err}" = "cross"; then LIB_com_err_so="\$(top_builddir)/lib/com_err/.libs/libcom_err.so" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: Using our own com_err with toolchain compile_et" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: Using our own com_err with toolchain compile_et" >&6;} + COMPILE_ET="${ac_cv_prog_COMPILE_ET}" localcomerr=yes else COMPILE_ET="\$(top_builddir)/lib/com_err/compile_et" @@ -28355,6 +28397,7 @@ fi + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking which authentication modules should be built" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking which authentication modules should be built... " >&6; } @@ -29203,7 +29246,7 @@ cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their # values after options handling. ac_log=" -This file was extended by Heimdal $as_me 1.5, which was +This file was extended by Heimdal $as_me 1.5.1, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES @@ -29269,7 +29312,7 @@ _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" ac_cs_version="\\ -Heimdal config.status 1.5 +Heimdal config.status 1.5.1 configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65, with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" @@ -31241,7 +31284,7 @@ cat > include/newversion.h.in <
-Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:39 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
+Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:17 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/group__gssapi.html b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/group__gssapi.html index d4250e9..35a68c4 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/group__gssapi.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/group__gssapi.html @@ -887,6 +887,6 @@ SSPI equivalent if this function is QueryContextAttributes.

-Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:39 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
+Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:16 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/gssapi_mechs_intro.html b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/gssapi_mechs_intro.html index 41e861e..9480c95 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/gssapi_mechs_intro.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/gssapi_mechs_intro.html @@ -25,6 +25,6 @@ GSS-API mechanisms
  • Kerberos 5 - GSS_KRB5_MECHANISM
  • SPNEGO - GSS_SPNEGO_MECHANISM
  • NTLM - GSS_NTLM_MECHANISM
    • -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:39 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:16 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/gssapi_services_intro.html b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/gssapi_services_intro.html index cc779a0..e92217f 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/gssapi_services_intro.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/gssapi_services_intro.html @@ -38,6 +38,6 @@ Per-message services
  • conf
  • int
  • message integrity
  • replay detection
  • out of sequence
    • -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:39 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:16 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/index.html b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/index.html index ccb0e98..a1a21db 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/index.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/index.html @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@

    Heimdal GSS-API Library

    -

    1.5

    Heimdal implements the following mechanisms:

    +

    1.5.1

    Heimdal implements the following mechanisms:

    • Kerberos 5
    • SPNEGO
    • NTLM

    @@ -31,6 +31,6 @@ The project web page: http://www.h5l.org/

  • Introduction to GSS-API services
  • GSS-API mechanisms
  • Name forms
    • -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:39 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:16 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/internalvsmechname.html b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/internalvsmechname.html index 59fce7f..ae7591d 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/internalvsmechname.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/internalvsmechname.html @@ -31,6 +31,6 @@ There are two forms of name in GSS-API, Internal form and Contiguous string ("fl There is also special form of the Internal Name (IN), and that is the Mechanism Name (MN). In the mechanism name all the generic information is stripped of and only contain the information for one mechanism. In GSS-API some function return MN and some require MN as input. Each of these function is marked up as such.

    Describe relationship between import_name, canonicalize_name, export_name and friends.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:39 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:16 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/modules.html b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/modules.html index 4bf4e61..520850b 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/modules.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/modules.html @@ -24,6 +24,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:39 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:16 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/pages.html b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/pages.html index 97112f8..130a057 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/pages.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/html/pages.html @@ -29,6 +29,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:39 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:16 2011 for HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/gssapi.3 b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/gssapi.3 index 789f32f..1ad1c82 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/gssapi.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/gssapi.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal GSS-API functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal GSS-API functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/gssapi_mechs_intro.3 b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/gssapi_mechs_intro.3 index 5a79536..821705e 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/gssapi_mechs_intro.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/gssapi_mechs_intro.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "gssapi_mechs_intro" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "gssapi_mechs_intro" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/gssapi_services_intro.3 b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/gssapi_services_intro.3 index c0ef538..d43b214 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/gssapi_services_intro.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/gssapi_services_intro.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "gssapi_services_intro" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "gssapi_services_intro" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/internalvsmechname.3 b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/internalvsmechname.3 index 5b602f5..4b4c66e 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/internalvsmechname.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/gssapi/man/man3/internalvsmechname.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "internalvsmechname" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "internalvsmechname" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalGSS-APIlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/example__evp__cipher_8c-example.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/example__evp__cipher_8c-example.html index bd9c2cc..cb89b66 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/example__evp__cipher_8c-example.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/example__evp__cipher_8c-example.html @@ -168,6 +168,6 @@ main(int argc, char
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:03 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/examples.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/examples.html index c607995..d6a887c 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/examples.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/examples.html @@ -24,6 +24,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:06 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/graph_legend.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/graph_legend.html index 307b5f8..2b5383b 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/graph_legend.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/graph_legend.html @@ -83,6 +83,6 @@ A yellow dashed arrow denotes a relation between a template instance and the tem
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:06 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__core.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__core.html index 51cc1e0..5b28058 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__core.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__core.html @@ -185,6 +185,6 @@ Add all algorithms to the crypto core, but don't use the configuration file.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:05 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__des.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__des.html index a3f7be1..0f9dc54 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__des.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__des.html @@ -905,6 +905,6 @@ Convert a string to a DES key. Use something like
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:05 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__dh.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__dh.html index 4980f96..8152b64 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__dh.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__dh.html @@ -576,6 +576,6 @@ Add a reference to the DH object. The object should be free with

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:03 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__evp.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__evp.html index fc22b77..109fbd7 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__evp.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__evp.html @@ -2361,6 +2361,6 @@ The tripple DES cipher type (Micrsoft crypt provider)

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:05 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__misc.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__misc.html index 5588023..0201087 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__misc.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__misc.html @@ -101,6 +101,6 @@ As descriped in PKCS5, convert a password, salt, and iteration counter into a cr

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:05 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__rand.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__rand.html index cf6d9a4..9ee7243 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__rand.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__rand.html @@ -420,6 +420,6 @@ Write of random numbers to a file to store for later initiation with
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:05 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__rsa.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__rsa.html index a4ff2a5..271fb38 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__rsa.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/group__hcrypto__rsa.html @@ -273,6 +273,6 @@ Add an extra reference to the RSA object. The object should be free with

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:03 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/index.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/index.html index 26b61b7..cb584f2 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/index.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/index.html @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@

    Heimdal crypto library

    -

    1.5

    +

    1.5.1

    Introduction

    Heimdal libhcrypto library is a implementation many crypto algorithms, among others: AES, SHA, DES, RSA, Camellia and many help function.

    hcrypto provies a OpenSSL compatible interface libcrypto interface and is licensed under a 3 clause BSD license (GPL compatible).

    @@ -42,6 +42,6 @@ History

    Eric Young implemented DES in the library libdes, that grew into libcrypto in the ssleay package. ssleay went into recession and then got picked up by the OpenSSL (htp://www.openssl.org/) project.

    libhcrypto is an independent implementation with no code decended from ssleay/openssl. Both includes some common imported code, for example the AES implementation.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:03 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/modules.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/modules.html index 64aeab1..a1e577f 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/modules.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/modules.html @@ -30,6 +30,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:05 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_des.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_des.html index f8d1804..7358055 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_des.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_des.html @@ -40,6 +40,6 @@ There was no complete BSD licensed, fast, GPL compatible implementation of DES, The document that got me started for real was "Efficient Implementation of the Data Encryption Standard" by Dag Arne Osvik. I never got to the PC1 transformation was working, instead I used table-lookup was used for all key schedule setup. The document was very useful since it de-mystified other implementations for me.

    The core DES function (SBOX + P transformation) is from Richard Outerbridge public domain DES implementation. My sanity is saved thanks to his work. Thank you Richard.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:03 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_dh.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_dh.html index 868f445..09e4bd1 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_dh.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_dh.html @@ -25,6 +25,6 @@ Include and example how to use DH_new() and friends here.

    See the library functions here: Diffie-Hellman functions

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:03 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_evp.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_evp.html index a6bd811..1ee28d0 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_evp.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_evp.html @@ -25,6 +25,6 @@ EVP Cipher The use of EVP_CipherInit_ex() and EVP_Cipher() is pretty easy to understand forward, then EVP_CipherUpdate() and EVP_CipherFinal_ex() really needs an example to explain example_evp_cipher::c .
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:03 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_rand.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_rand.html index a9de3a5..a581d76 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_rand.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_rand.html @@ -23,6 +23,6 @@

    RAND - random number

    See the library functions here: RAND crypto functions
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:03 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_rsa.html b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_rsa.html index 36faeed..3605139 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_rsa.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/html/page_rsa.html @@ -26,6 +26,6 @@ Speed for RSA in seconds no key blinding 1000 iteration, same rsa keys (1024 and name 1024 2048 4098 ================================= gmp: 0.73 6.60 44.80 tfm: 2.45 -- -- ltm: 3.79 20.74 105.41 (default in hcrypto) openssl: 4.04 11.90 82.59 cdsa: 15.89 102.89 721.40 imath: 40.62 -- --

    See the library functions here: RSA functions

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:37 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:03 2011 for Heimdal crypto library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_core.3 b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_core.3 index 1dc73c2..03d62c7 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_core.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_core.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hcrypto function controlling behavior" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hcrypto function controlling behavior" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_des.3 b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_des.3 index 8afb15d..829d3e6 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_des.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_des.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "DES crypto functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "DES crypto functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_dh.3 b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_dh.3 index a1de3e2..3b45ee5 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_dh.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_dh.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Diffie-Hellman functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Diffie-Hellman functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_evp.3 b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_evp.3 index 692c96b..ef1eb07 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_evp.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_evp.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "EVP generic crypto functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "EVP generic crypto functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_misc.3 b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_misc.3 index aba77a4..c5ac3e3 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_misc.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_misc.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hcrypto miscellaneous functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hcrypto miscellaneous functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_rand.3 b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_rand.3 index d269c4a..8f416bd 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_rand.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_rand.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "RAND crypto functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "RAND crypto functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_rsa.3 b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_rsa.3 index 5622e9e..2f4e6bc 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_rsa.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/hcrypto_rsa.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "RSA functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "RSA functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_des.3 b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_des.3 index b1810a9..7e2668e 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_des.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_des.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_des" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_des" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_dh.3 b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_dh.3 index 4dbfb4e..d2d5abf 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_dh.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_dh.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_dh" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_dh" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_evp.3 b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_evp.3 index 6714c90..60f8caa 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_evp.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_evp.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_evp" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_evp" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_rand.3 b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_rand.3 index bc6b443..b0d532b 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_rand.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_rand.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_rand" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_rand" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_rsa.3 b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_rsa.3 index 401184d..cc45260 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_rsa.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hcrypto/man/man3/page_rsa.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_rsa" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_rsa" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdal crypto library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/annotated.html b/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/annotated.html index 90a6448..bc8f009 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/annotated.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/annotated.html @@ -30,6 +30,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalhdblibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:07 2011 for Heimdalhdblibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/functions.html b/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/functions.html index 79beb71..3995651 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/functions.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/functions.html @@ -80,6 +80,6 @@ Here is a list of all documented struct and union fields with links to the struc
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalhdblibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:07 2011 for Heimdalhdblibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/functions_vars.html b/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/functions_vars.html index 3f095cc..a2b4685 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/functions_vars.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/functions_vars.html @@ -80,6 +80,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalhdblibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:07 2011 for Heimdalhdblibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/graph_legend.html b/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/graph_legend.html index 2f159e2..77afc21 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/graph_legend.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/graph_legend.html @@ -82,6 +82,6 @@ A yellow dashed arrow denotes a relation between a template instance and the tem
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalhdblibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:07 2011 for Heimdalhdblibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/index.html b/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/index.html index b930240..694667a 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/index.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/index.html @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@

    Heimdal database backend library

    -

    1.5

    +

    1.5.1

    Introduction

    Heimdal libhdb library provides the backend support for Heimdal kdc and kadmind. Its here where plugins for diffrent database engines can be pluged in and extend support for here Heimdal get the principal and policy data from.

    Example of Heimdal backend are:

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalhdblibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:07 2011 for Heimdalhdblibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/struct_h_d_b.html b/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/struct_h_d_b.html index 1529a90..3768113 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/struct_h_d_b.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/struct_h_d_b.html @@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ Check if s4u2self is allowed from this client to this server

    The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file:
      -
    • /Users/lha/src/heimdal/heimdal-release/heimdal-1.5/lib/hdb/hdb.h
    +
  • /Users/lha/src/heimdal/heimdal-release/heimdal-1.5.1/lib/hdb/hdb.h
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalhdblibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:07 2011 for Heimdalhdblibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/structhdb__entry__ex.html b/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/structhdb__entry__ex.html index 35641e4..34e8b49 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/structhdb__entry__ex.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hdb/html/structhdb__entry__ex.html @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@

    Detailed Description

    hdb_entry_ex is a wrapper structure around the hdb_entry structure that allows backends to keep a pointer to the backing store, ie in ->hdb_fetch_kvno(), so that we the kadmin/kpasswd backend gets around to ->hdb_store(), the backend doesn't need to lookup the entry again.
    The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file:
      -
    • /Users/lha/src/heimdal/heimdal-release/heimdal-1.5/lib/hdb/hdb.h
    +
  • /Users/lha/src/heimdal/heimdal-release/heimdal-1.5.1/lib/hdb/hdb.h
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalhdblibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:07 2011 for Heimdalhdblibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hdb/man/man3/HDB.3 b/doc/doxyout/hdb/man/man3/HDB.3 index 3ff4404..097554e 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hdb/man/man3/HDB.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hdb/man/man3/HDB.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "HDB" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalhdblibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "HDB" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalhdblibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hdb/man/man3/hdb_entry_ex.3 b/doc/doxyout/hdb/man/man3/hdb_entry_ex.3 index 67334d6..502bdd8 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hdb/man/man3/hdb_entry_ex.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hdb/man/man3/hdb_entry_ex.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hdb_entry_ex" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalhdblibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hdb_entry_ex" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalhdblibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/graph_legend.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/graph_legend.html index ce8bcc8..bc58e75 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/graph_legend.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/graph_legend.html @@ -83,6 +83,6 @@ A yellow dashed arrow denotes a relation between a template instance and the tem
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:14 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509.html index 57f2b7b..7b71eb5 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509.html @@ -84,6 +84,6 @@ Creates a hx509 context that most functions in the library uses. The context is

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:09 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__ca.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__ca.html index 36d354e..a06314b 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__ca.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__ca.html @@ -1174,6 +1174,6 @@ Make of template units, use to build flags argument to
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:13 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__cert.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__cert.html index 4ebc261..f2f816b 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__cert.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__cert.html @@ -1420,6 +1420,6 @@ Verify that the certificate is allowed to be used for the hostname and address.<

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:11 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__cms.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__cms.html index edcba13..804b6b6 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__cms.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__cms.html @@ -499,6 +499,6 @@ Wrap data and oid in a ContentInfo and encode it.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:11 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__crypto.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__crypto.html index 9802996..8e1fdc9 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__crypto.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__crypto.html @@ -87,6 +87,6 @@ Verify a signature made using the private key of an certificate.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:11 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__env.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__env.html index 45c2cd1..35b3d66 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__env.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__env.html @@ -306,6 +306,6 @@ Search the hx509_env for a length based key.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:14 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__error.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__error.html index fe4bcdc..631fbec 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__error.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__error.html @@ -303,6 +303,6 @@ Add an error message to the hx509 context.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:09 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__keyset.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__keyset.html index 2c050c1..acce004 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__keyset.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__keyset.html @@ -776,6 +776,6 @@ Get one random certificate from the certificate store.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:11 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__lock.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__lock.html index c46a308..b10c22a 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__lock.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__lock.html @@ -24,6 +24,6 @@ See the Locking and unlocking certificates and encrypted data. for description and examples.
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:13 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__misc.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__misc.html index 547db5e..37dd15d 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__misc.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__misc.html @@ -83,6 +83,6 @@ Free a data element allocated in the library.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:11 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__name.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__name.html index 3cb3c8f..decfa69 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__name.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__name.html @@ -465,6 +465,6 @@ Convert a DER encoded name info a string.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:12 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__peer.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__peer.html index 7f25d90..c750f1c 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__peer.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__peer.html @@ -232,6 +232,6 @@ Set the algorithms that the peer supports.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:13 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__print.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__print.html index 4adaf2b..dba1b25 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__print.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__print.html @@ -447,6 +447,6 @@ Set the printing functions for the validation context.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:14 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__query.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__query.html index 8052159..4ef973c 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__query.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__query.html @@ -24,6 +24,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:13 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__revoke.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__revoke.html index 43be740..1e375f7 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__revoke.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__revoke.html @@ -373,6 +373,6 @@ Check that a certificate is not expired according to a revokation context. Also

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:12 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__verify.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__verify.html index 3b50294..2296ed3 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__verify.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/group__hx509__verify.html @@ -709,6 +709,6 @@ Set the clock time the the verification process is going to use. Used to check c

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:13 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/index.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/index.html index f38bb51..d73d5e1 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/index.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/index.html @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@

    Heimdal PKIX/X.509 library

    -

    1.5

    +

    1.5.1

    Introduction

    Heimdal libhx509 library is a implementation of the PKIX/X.509 and related protocols.

    PKIX/X.509 is ...

    @@ -30,6 +30,6 @@ Sections in this manual are:

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:09 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/modules.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/modules.html index 81cc5be..1ac9379 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/modules.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/modules.html @@ -39,6 +39,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:14 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_ca.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_ca.html index 74cefdf..fa5201e 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_ca.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_ca.html @@ -21,6 +21,6 @@

    Hx509 CA functions

    See the library functions here: hx509 CA functions
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:09 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_cert.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_cert.html index 6edf584..897c5f9 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_cert.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_cert.html @@ -23,6 +23,6 @@ A hx509_cert object is usully found via the keyset interfaces (Certificate store operations), but its also possible to create a certificate directly from a parsed object with hx509_cert_init() and hx509_cert_init_data().

    See the library functions here: hx509 certificate functions

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:09 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_cms.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_cms.html index 52f082f..ad75389 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_cms.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_cms.html @@ -25,6 +25,6 @@

    See the library functions here: hx509 CMS/pkcs7 functions

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:09 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_env.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_env.html index ec2ece0..add94d6 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_env.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_env.html @@ -21,6 +21,6 @@

    Hx509 enviroment functions

    See the library functions here: hx509 enviroment functions
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:09 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_error.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_error.html index f3377d1..8055b38 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_error.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_error.html @@ -21,6 +21,6 @@

    Hx509 error reporting functions

    See the library functions here: hx509 error functions
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:09 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_keyset.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_keyset.html index 8c8a6a4..4bd2894 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_keyset.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_keyset.html @@ -24,6 +24,6 @@

    See the library functions here: hx509 certificate store functions

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:09 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_lock.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_lock.html index ed88cf3..9758006 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_lock.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_lock.html @@ -21,6 +21,6 @@

    Locking and unlocking certificates and encrypted data.

    See the library functions here: hx509 lock functions
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:09 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_name.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_name.html index 3ca2020..cc69c1c 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_name.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_name.html @@ -27,6 +27,6 @@ Parse and string name into a hx509_name object with hx509 name functions
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:09 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_peer.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_peer.html index 3dcbb2b..a51ab87 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_peer.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_peer.html @@ -22,6 +22,6 @@

    Hx509 crypto selecting functions

    Peer info structures are used togeter with hx509_crypto_select() to select the best avaible crypto algorithm to use.

    See the library functions here: hx509 certificate selecting functions

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:09 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_print.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_print.html index 199c167..aa28eed 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_print.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_print.html @@ -21,6 +21,6 @@

    Hx509 printing functions

    See the library functions here: hx509 printing functions
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:09 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_revoke.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_revoke.html index 5b358d3..8115e8b 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_revoke.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/page_revoke.html @@ -23,6 +23,6 @@ CRL is a list of certifiates that have expired.

    OCSP is an online checking method where the requestor sends a list of certificates to the OCSP server to return a signed reply if they are valid or not. Some services sends a OCSP reply as part of the hand-shake to make the revoktion decision simpler/faster for the client.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:09 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/pages.html b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/pages.html index f1aaf5a..913d7b9 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/pages.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/html/pages.html @@ -45,6 +45,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:38 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:09 2011 for Heimdalx509library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509.3 index 7fe04c7..9c0666d 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 library" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 library" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_ca.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_ca.3 index 3f0c947..17204a0 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_ca.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_ca.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 CA functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 CA functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_cert.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_cert.3 index 8ecd598..f57b543 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_cert.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_cert.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 certificate functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 certificate functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_cms.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_cms.3 index 77d6817..1661a4b 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_cms.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_cms.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 CMS/pkcs7 functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 CMS/pkcs7 functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_crypto.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_crypto.3 index 7b9cdfc..29c385e 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_crypto.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_crypto.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 crypto functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 crypto functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_env.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_env.3 index eae0146..d838059 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_env.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_env.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 enviroment functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 enviroment functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_error.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_error.3 index 20f544e..838aaeb 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_error.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_error.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 error functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 error functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_keyset.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_keyset.3 index aff48bb..8a55092 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_keyset.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_keyset.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 certificate store functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 certificate store functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_lock.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_lock.3 index 07461fd..66233bc 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_lock.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_lock.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 lock functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 lock functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_misc.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_misc.3 index 4c1fec5..3e00ce1 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_misc.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_misc.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 misc functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 misc functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_name.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_name.3 index 141eab0..2e3f3eb 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_name.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_name.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 name functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 name functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_peer.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_peer.3 index 3132594..68382f2 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_peer.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_peer.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 certificate selecting functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 certificate selecting functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_print.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_print.3 index e615502..6523dc6 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_print.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_print.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 printing functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 printing functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_query.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_query.3 index 1cba630..3bf02a1 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_query.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_query.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 query functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 query functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_revoke.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_revoke.3 index 7f18739..d040cc5 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_revoke.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_revoke.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 revokation checking functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 revokation checking functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_verify.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_verify.3 index a9fe40d..2b77645 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_verify.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/hx509_verify.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "hx509 verification functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "hx509 verification functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_ca.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_ca.3 index 98401fb..7caf10e 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_ca.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_ca.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_ca" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_ca" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_cert.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_cert.3 index 412edb3..d445250 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_cert.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_cert.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_cert" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_cert" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_cms.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_cms.3 index bd19fc5..a8be947 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_cms.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_cms.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_cms" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_cms" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_env.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_env.3 index 8aff024..d001274 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_env.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_env.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_env" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_env" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_error.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_error.3 index 5407c40..ed93a04 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_error.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_error.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_error" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_error" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_keyset.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_keyset.3 index f0ea3a6..c2a7519 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_keyset.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_keyset.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_keyset" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_keyset" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_lock.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_lock.3 index 95b30d4..56fdd86 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_lock.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_lock.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_lock" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_lock" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_name.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_name.3 index e0cd007..8e8a9df 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_name.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_name.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_name" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_name" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_peer.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_peer.3 index a58a062..7e8b67e 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_peer.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_peer.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_peer" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_peer" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_print.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_print.3 index 1558729..3837994 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_print.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_print.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_print" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_print" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_revoke.3 b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_revoke.3 index c432de3..1d4a33a 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_revoke.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/hx509/man/man3/page_revoke.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "page_revoke" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "page_revoke" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalx509library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/annotated.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/annotated.html index 1401407..a1b26bf 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/annotated.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/annotated.html @@ -30,6 +30,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/graph_legend.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/graph_legend.html index 540af13..0446e82 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/graph_legend.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/graph_legend.html @@ -84,6 +84,6 @@ A yellow dashed arrow denotes a relation between a template instance and the tem
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5.html index 3f7a12d..2c2163b 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5.html @@ -2232,6 +2232,6 @@ Return server principal in ticket

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__address.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__address.html index 59987ea..395e323 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__address.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__address.html @@ -998,6 +998,6 @@ krb5_sockaddr_uninteresting returns TRUE for all .Fa sa that the kerberos librar

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__auth.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__auth.html index b10948c..26fcd3a 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__auth.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__auth.html @@ -315,6 +315,6 @@ Get the principal that was used in the request from the client. Might not match

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__ccache.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__ccache.html index 487c8af..7f2c77f 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__ccache.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__ccache.html @@ -2259,6 +2259,6 @@ Return TRUE (non zero) if the principal is a configuration principal (generated

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__credential.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__credential.html index 0d2bd98..c43802a 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__credential.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__credential.html @@ -853,6 +853,6 @@ If the caller want all work been done for them, use
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__crypto.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__crypto.html index 5374b3d..d3e6dc3 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__crypto.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__crypto.html @@ -1257,6 +1257,6 @@ Verify a Kerberos message checksum.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__deprecated.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__deprecated.html index 0d24300..cdcec34 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__deprecated.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__deprecated.html @@ -1284,6 +1284,6 @@ Deprecated: use krb5_vset_error_message()

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__digest.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__digest.html index d1aa54c..d977e5d 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__digest.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__digest.html @@ -82,6 +82,6 @@ Get the supported/allowed mechanism for this principal.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__error.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__error.html index 0222813..3c192e5 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__error.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__error.html @@ -234,6 +234,6 @@ Log a warning to the log, default stderr, include the error from the last failur

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__keytab.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__keytab.html index 6a54e79..9447c29 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__keytab.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__keytab.html @@ -1050,6 +1050,6 @@ Set `cursor' to point at the beginning of `id'.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__pac.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__pac.html index 146d09a..45dddb6 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__pac.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__pac.html @@ -150,6 +150,6 @@ Verify the PAC.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__principal.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__principal.html index 4b56a16..678478a 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__principal.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__principal.html @@ -1175,6 +1175,6 @@ Unparse the principal name to a allocated buffer. The realm is skipped if its a

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__storage.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__storage.html index 639dc36..71c0e02 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__storage.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__storage.html @@ -2087,6 +2087,6 @@ Store a uint8 to storage.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__support.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__support.html index c67f634..8c6545f 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__support.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__support.html @@ -1315,6 +1315,6 @@ Register a plugin symbol name of specific type.
    Parameters:

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__ticket.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__ticket.html index 05d5a09..38400ab 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__ticket.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__ticket.html @@ -68,6 +68,6 @@ Get the flags from the Kerberos ticket

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__v4compat.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__v4compat.html index 0bf213b..6acfb9e 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__v4compat.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/group__krb5__v4compat.html @@ -129,6 +129,6 @@ Convert the v5 credentials in in_cred to v4-dito in v4creds, check the credentia

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/index.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/index.html index db4d45a..aed5755 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/index.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/index.html @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Heimdal Kerberos 5 library

    -

    1.5

    +

    1.5.1

    Introduction

    Heimdal libkrb5 library is a implementation of the Kerberos protocol.

    Kerberos is a system for authenticating users and services on a network. It is built upon the assumption that the network is ``unsafe''. For example, data sent over the network can be eavesdropped and altered, and addresses can also be faked. Therefore they cannot be used for authentication purposes.

    @@ -32,6 +32,6 @@ Kerberos is a system for authenticating users and services on a network. It is b If you want to know more about the file formats that is used by Heimdal, please see: File formats

    The project web page: http://www.h5l.org/

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:18 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_ccache_intro.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_ccache_intro.html index a56954a..a0992dc 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_ccache_intro.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_ccache_intro.html @@ -69,6 +69,6 @@ main (int argc, char< }
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:18 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_fileformats.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_fileformats.html index e4ca0f0..543ba04 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_fileformats.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_fileformats.html @@ -149,6 +149,6 @@ The generation can be defaulted (using '-') or the empty string

    HDB-extension is encoded the DER encoded HDB-Extension from lib/hdb/hdb.asn1. Consumers HDB extensions should be aware that unknown entires needs to be preserved even thought the ASN.1 data content might be unknown. There is a critical flag in the data to show to the KDC that the entry MUST be understod if the entry is to be used.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_init_creds_intro.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_init_creds_intro.html index a9a100e..a9b43a2 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_init_creds_intro.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_init_creds_intro.html @@ -24,6 +24,6 @@ Initial credential Functions to get initial credentials: Heimdal Kerberos 5 credential handing functions .
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_introduction.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_introduction.html index 93a03d4..8745a34 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_introduction.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_introduction.html @@ -199,6 +199,6 @@ Error messages To get the error string, Heimdal uses krb5_get_error_message(). This is to return custom error messages (like ``Can't find host/datan.example.com@CODE.COM in /etc/krb5.conf.'' instead of a ``Key table entry not found'' that error_message returns.

    Heimdal uses a threadsafe(r) version of the com_err interface; the global com_err table isn't initialised. Then error_message returns quite a boring error string (just the error code itself).

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_keytab_intro.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_keytab_intro.html index 321b0f3..814d535 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_keytab_intro.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_keytab_intro.html @@ -77,6 +77,6 @@ main (int argc, char< }
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_principal_intro.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_principal_intro.html index d559d0a..7cdb71d 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_principal_intro.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/krb5_principal_intro.html @@ -27,6 +27,6 @@ host/admin@H5L.ORG

    See the library functions here: Heimdal Kerberos 5 principal functions

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/modules.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/modules.html index 0fe4202..0f566ae 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/modules.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/modules.html @@ -40,6 +40,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/pages.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/pages.html index e71a524..63a1d90 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/pages.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/pages.html @@ -36,6 +36,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:18 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/structkrb5__crypto__iov.html b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/structkrb5__crypto__iov.html index af35226..0468181 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/structkrb5__crypto__iov.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/html/structkrb5__crypto__iov.html @@ -32,9 +32,9 @@

    Detailed Description

    Semi private, not stable yet
    The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file:
      -
    • /Users/lha/src/heimdal/heimdal-release/heimdal-1.5/lib/krb5/krb5.h
    +
  • /Users/lha/src/heimdal/heimdal-release/heimdal-1.5.1/lib/krb5/krb5.h
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for HeimdalKerberos5library by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5.3 index 4026b09..a6661bd 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 library" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 library" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_address.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_address.3 index eb0acdb..9b2e5d9 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_address.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_address.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 address functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 address functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_auth.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_auth.3 index 072de42..58edda6 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_auth.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_auth.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 authentication functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 authentication functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_ccache.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_ccache.3 index 302626a..3c9b05e 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_ccache.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_ccache.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 credential cache functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 credential cache functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_ccache_intro.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_ccache_intro.3 index 47e73dd..c5ac4ac 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_ccache_intro.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_ccache_intro.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "krb5_ccache_intro" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "krb5_ccache_intro" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_credential.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_credential.3 index 3731387d..40cda97 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_credential.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_credential.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 credential handing functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 credential handing functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_crypto.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_crypto.3 index bc66ab2..79367b1 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_crypto.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_crypto.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 cryptography functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 cryptography functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_crypto_iov.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_crypto_iov.3 index f63737d..fa74965 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_crypto_iov.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_crypto_iov.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "krb5_crypto_iov" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "krb5_crypto_iov" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_deprecated.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_deprecated.3 index 79755ee..ea0c901 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_deprecated.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_deprecated.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 deprecated functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 deprecated functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_digest.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_digest.3 index 4913f6c..1be6285 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_digest.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_digest.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 digest service" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 digest service" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_error.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_error.3 index 3731464..7ada02c 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_error.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_error.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 error reporting functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 error reporting functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_fileformats.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_fileformats.3 index 6a106ca..2a2663f 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_fileformats.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_fileformats.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "krb5_fileformats" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "krb5_fileformats" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_init_creds_intro.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_init_creds_intro.3 index e0a660a..d24d0a0 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_init_creds_intro.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_init_creds_intro.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "krb5_init_creds_intro" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "krb5_init_creds_intro" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_introduction.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_introduction.3 index 31fba82..14cf52f 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_introduction.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_introduction.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "krb5_introduction" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "krb5_introduction" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_keytab.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_keytab.3 index f0d0cfa..3c76f40 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_keytab.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_keytab.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 keytab handling functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 keytab handling functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_keytab_intro.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_keytab_intro.3 index f5e0508..ee3eff2 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_keytab_intro.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_keytab_intro.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "krb5_keytab_intro" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "krb5_keytab_intro" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_pac.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_pac.3 index 44a70ab..d4ea6d2 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_pac.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_pac.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 PAC handling functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 PAC handling functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_principal.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_principal.3 index 5f79877..23ceedf 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_principal.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_principal.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 principal functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 principal functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_principal_intro.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_principal_intro.3 index b9d1160..4f496fa 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_principal_intro.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_principal_intro.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "krb5_principal_intro" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "krb5_principal_intro" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_storage.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_storage.3 index 576895d..0db3d66 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_storage.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_storage.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 storage functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 storage functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_support.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_support.3 index 7c1c5a6..524a6b9 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_support.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_support.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 support functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 support functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_ticket.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_ticket.3 index 36d17e6..4ae5112 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_ticket.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_ticket.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 ticket functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 5 ticket functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_v4compat.3 b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_v4compat.3 index 1347d83..8d80e3e 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_v4compat.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/krb5/man/man3/krb5_v4compat.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 4 compatiblity functions" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal Kerberos 4 compatiblity functions" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "HeimdalKerberos5library" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/annotated.html b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/annotated.html index d6a0354..2557164 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/annotated.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/annotated.html @@ -34,6 +34,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/examples.html b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/examples.html index 4382552..03f1863 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/examples.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/examples.html @@ -25,6 +25,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:20 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/functions.html b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/functions.html index 89a8428..4e61376 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/functions.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/functions.html @@ -73,6 +73,6 @@ Here is a list of all documented struct and union fields with links to the struc
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/functions_vars.html b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/functions_vars.html index 7452b71..378c553 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/functions_vars.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/functions_vars.html @@ -73,6 +73,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/graph_legend.html b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/graph_legend.html index d4b7360..6caf338 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/graph_legend.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/graph_legend.html @@ -84,6 +84,6 @@ A yellow dashed arrow denotes a relation between a template instance and the tem
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:20 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/group__ntlm__core.html b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/group__ntlm__core.html index 99a1449..d6776df 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/group__ntlm__core.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/group__ntlm__core.html @@ -931,6 +931,6 @@ Verify NTLMv2 response.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/index.html b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/index.html index 4e45d31..5f1b39a 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/index.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/index.html @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Heimdal NTLM library

    -

    1.5

    +

    1.5.1

    Introduction

    Heimdal libheimntlm library is a implementation of the NTLM protocol, both version 1 and 2. The GSS-API mech that uses this library adds support for transport encryption and integrity checking.

    NTLM is a protocol for mutual authentication, its still used in many protocol where Kerberos is not support, one example is EAP/X802.1x mechanism LEAP from Microsoft and Cisco.

    @@ -32,6 +32,6 @@ The Heimdal projects web page: http://www.h5l.org/ NTLM Example

    Example to to use test_ntlm::c .
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/modules.html b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/modules.html index 1baf0fa..408e99c 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/modules.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/modules.html @@ -25,6 +25,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__buf.html b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__buf.html index 5474527..dca8f24 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__buf.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__buf.html @@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ pointer to the data itself
    Examples:

    The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file:
      -
    • /Users/lha/src/heimdal/heimdal-release/heimdal-1.5/lib/ntlm/heimntlm.h
    +
  • /Users/lha/src/heimdal/heimdal-release/heimdal-1.5.1/lib/ntlm/heimntlm.h
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__type1.html b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__type1.html index ea8cef3..7b3e8e6 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__type1.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__type1.html @@ -110,9 +110,9 @@ Struct for the NTLM type1 message info, the strings is assumed to be in UTF8. Wh

    The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file:
      -
    • /Users/lha/src/heimdal/heimdal-release/heimdal-1.5/lib/ntlm/heimntlm.h
    +
  • /Users/lha/src/heimdal/heimdal-release/heimdal-1.5.1/lib/ntlm/heimntlm.h
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__type2.html b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__type2.html index f301e41..9594059 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__type2.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__type2.html @@ -151,9 +151,9 @@ Struct for the NTLM type2 message info, the strings is assumed to be in UTF8. Wh

    The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file:
      -
    • /Users/lha/src/heimdal/heimdal-release/heimdal-1.5/lib/ntlm/heimntlm.h
    +
  • /Users/lha/src/heimdal/heimdal-release/heimdal-1.5.1/lib/ntlm/heimntlm.h
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:20 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__type3.html b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__type3.html index 210b469..2edea39 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__type3.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/structntlm__type3.html @@ -186,9 +186,9 @@ Struct for the NTLM type3 message info, the strings is assumed to be in UTF8. Wh

    The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file:
      -
    • /Users/lha/src/heimdal/heimdal-release/heimdal-1.5/lib/ntlm/heimntlm.h
    +
  • /Users/lha/src/heimdal/heimdal-release/heimdal-1.5.1/lib/ntlm/heimntlm.h
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:20 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/test__ntlm_8c-example.html b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/test__ntlm_8c-example.html index a64fdad..b908779 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/test__ntlm_8c-example.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/html/test__ntlm_8c-example.html @@ -403,6 +403,6 @@ main(int argc, char
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:19 2011 for Heimdalntlmlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_buf.3 b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_buf.3 index 5e7fe85..52fdc03 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_buf.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_buf.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "ntlm_buf" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalntlmlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "ntlm_buf" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalntlmlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_core.3 b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_core.3 index 20b2ec67..50599af 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_core.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_core.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal NTLM library" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalntlmlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal NTLM library" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalntlmlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_type1.3 b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_type1.3 index 5afdd78..3b4f2af 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_type1.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_type1.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "ntlm_type1" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalntlmlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "ntlm_type1" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalntlmlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_type2.3 b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_type2.3 index 75ca8af..e46eeb3 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_type2.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_type2.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "ntlm_type2" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalntlmlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "ntlm_type2" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalntlmlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_type3.3 b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_type3.3 index 300de94..6f20c58 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_type3.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/ntlm/man/man3/ntlm_type3.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "ntlm_type3" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalntlmlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "ntlm_type3" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalntlmlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/doxyout/wind/html/graph_legend.html b/doc/doxyout/wind/html/graph_legend.html index 544d888..78e1121 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/wind/html/graph_legend.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/wind/html/graph_legend.html @@ -82,6 +82,6 @@ A yellow dashed arrow denotes a relation between a template instance and the tem
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalwindlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:20 2011 for Heimdalwindlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/wind/html/group__wind.html b/doc/doxyout/wind/html/group__wind.html index bd5cf09..5bd5752 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/wind/html/group__wind.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/wind/html/group__wind.html @@ -675,6 +675,6 @@ Calculate the length of from converting a UTF-8 string to a UCS4 string.

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalwindlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:20 2011 for Heimdalwindlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/wind/html/index.html b/doc/doxyout/wind/html/index.html index 667e0d5..1bef61c 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/wind/html/index.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/wind/html/index.html @@ -20,11 +20,11 @@

    Heimdal wind library

    -

    1.5

    +

    1.5.1

    Introduction

    Heimdal wind library is a implementation of stringprep and some of its profiles.

    The project web page: http://www.h5l.org/

    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalwindlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:20 2011 for Heimdalwindlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/wind/html/modules.html b/doc/doxyout/wind/html/modules.html index 65f91ab..25dc32e 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/wind/html/modules.html +++ b/doc/doxyout/wind/html/modules.html @@ -23,6 +23,6 @@
    -Generated on Sat Jul 30 13:45:40 2011 for Heimdalwindlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6
    +Generated on Fri Sep 30 15:26:20 2011 for Heimdalwindlibrary by doxygen 1.5.6 diff --git a/doc/doxyout/wind/man/man3/wind.3 b/doc/doxyout/wind/man/man3/wind.3 index bfe41ab..f95461b 100644 --- a/doc/doxyout/wind/man/man3/wind.3 +++ b/doc/doxyout/wind/man/man3/wind.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "Heimdal wind library" 3 "30 Jul 2011" "Version 1.5" "Heimdalwindlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH "Heimdal wind library" 3 "30 Sep 2011" "Version 1.5.1" "Heimdalwindlibrary" \" -*- nroff -*- .ad l .nh .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/heimdal.info b/doc/heimdal.info index 20a5daa..434e1de 100644 --- a/doc/heimdal.info +++ b/doc/heimdal.info @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ File: heimdal.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir) Heimdal ******* -This manual for version 1.5 of Heimdal. +This manual for version 1.5.1 of Heimdal. * Menu: @@ -416,6 +416,11 @@ If you use a realm name equal to your domain name, you can omit the SRV-record for your realm, or your Kerberos server has DNS CNAME `kerberos.my.realm', you can omit the `realms' section too. +If you want to use a different configuration file then the default you +can point a file with the enviroment variable `KRB5_CONFIG'. + + env KRB5_CONFIG=$HOME/etc/krb5.conf kinit user@REALM +  File: heimdal.info, Node: Creating the database, Next: Modifying the database, Prev: Configuration file, Up: Setting up a realm @@ -2869,6 +2874,8 @@ David Love David Markey +David R Boldt + Derrick J Brashear Donald Norwood @@ -2963,6 +2970,8 @@ Phil Fisher Rafal Malinowski +Ragnar Sundblad + Rainer Toebbicke Richard Nyberg @@ -3467,53 +3476,53 @@ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  Tag Table: Node: Top212 -Node: Introduction1706 -Node: What is Kerberos?4515 -Node: Building and Installing9628 -Node: Setting up a realm9955 -Node: Configuration file10943 -Node: Creating the database13819 -Node: Modifying the database16751 -Node: Checking the setup18344 -Node: keytabs19199 -Node: Serving Kerberos 4/524/kaserver20067 -Node: Remote administration21611 -Node: Password changing23541 -Node: Testing clients and servers27729 -Node: Slave Servers28057 -Node: Incremental propagation29812 -Node: Encryption types and salting33056 -Node: Credential cache server - KCM35233 -Node: Cross realm37217 -Node: Transit policy39763 -Node: Setting up DNS46540 -Node: Using LDAP to store the database49015 -Node: Providing Kerberos credentials to servers and programs55020 -Node: Setting up PK-INIT57118 -Node: Debugging Kerberos problems69597 -Node: Applications70028 -Node: Authentication modules70228 -Node: Digital SIA70822 -Node: IRIX75206 -Node: AFS76496 -Node: Things in search for a better place80250 -Node: Kerberos 4 issues82979 -Node: Principal conversion issues83486 -Ref: Principal conversion issues-Footnote-185717 -Ref: Principal conversion issues-Footnote-285785 -Node: Converting a version 4 database85838 -Node: kaserver90168 -Node: Windows compatibility91989 -Node: Configuring Windows to use a Heimdal KDC93075 -Node: Inter-Realm keys (trust) between Windows and a Heimdal KDC95145 -Node: Create account mappings98816 -Node: Encryption types99568 -Node: Authorisation data100168 -Node: Quirks of Windows 2000 KDC101315 -Node: Useful links when reading about the Windows102609 -Node: Programming with Kerberos104413 -Node: Migration104663 -Node: Acknowledgments106424 -Node: Copyrights and Licenses109318 +Node: Introduction1708 +Node: What is Kerberos?4517 +Node: Building and Installing9630 +Node: Setting up a realm9957 +Node: Configuration file10945 +Node: Creating the database14013 +Node: Modifying the database16945 +Node: Checking the setup18538 +Node: keytabs19393 +Node: Serving Kerberos 4/524/kaserver20261 +Node: Remote administration21805 +Node: Password changing23735 +Node: Testing clients and servers27923 +Node: Slave Servers28251 +Node: Incremental propagation30006 +Node: Encryption types and salting33250 +Node: Credential cache server - KCM35427 +Node: Cross realm37411 +Node: Transit policy39957 +Node: Setting up DNS46734 +Node: Using LDAP to store the database49209 +Node: Providing Kerberos credentials to servers and programs55214 +Node: Setting up PK-INIT57312 +Node: Debugging Kerberos problems69791 +Node: Applications70222 +Node: Authentication modules70422 +Node: Digital SIA71016 +Node: IRIX75400 +Node: AFS76690 +Node: Things in search for a better place80444 +Node: Kerberos 4 issues83173 +Node: Principal conversion issues83680 +Ref: Principal conversion issues-Footnote-185911 +Ref: Principal conversion issues-Footnote-285979 +Node: Converting a version 4 database86032 +Node: kaserver90362 +Node: Windows compatibility92183 +Node: Configuring Windows to use a Heimdal KDC93269 +Node: Inter-Realm keys (trust) between Windows and a Heimdal KDC95339 +Node: Create account mappings99010 +Node: Encryption types99762 +Node: Authorisation data100362 +Node: Quirks of Windows 2000 KDC101509 +Node: Useful links when reading about the Windows102803 +Node: Programming with Kerberos104607 +Node: Migration104857 +Node: Acknowledgments106618 +Node: Copyrights and Licenses109544  End Tag Table diff --git a/doc/hx509.info b/doc/hx509.info index 385b63a..eb6d788 100644 --- a/doc/hx509.info +++ b/doc/hx509.info @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ File: hx509.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir) Heimdal ******* -This manual is for version 1.5 of hx509. +This manual is for version 1.5.1 of hx509. * Menu: @@ -600,18 +600,18 @@ File: hx509.info, Node: How to use the PKCS11 module, Prev: Software PKCS 11 m  Tag Table: Node: Top203 -Node: Introduction797 -Node: What is X.509 ?2246 -Node: Setting up a CA6204 -Node: Creating a CA certificate7474 -Node: Issuing certificates9915 -Node: Issuing CRLs12458 -Node: Application requirements13085 -Node: CMS signing and encryption18446 -Node: CMS background18797 -Node: Certificate matching18953 -Node: Matching syntax19207 -Node: Software PKCS 11 module19764 -Node: How to use the PKCS11 module20283 +Node: Introduction799 +Node: What is X.509 ?2248 +Node: Setting up a CA6206 +Node: Creating a CA certificate7476 +Node: Issuing certificates9917 +Node: Issuing CRLs12460 +Node: Application requirements13087 +Node: CMS signing and encryption18448 +Node: CMS background18799 +Node: Certificate matching18955 +Node: Matching syntax19209 +Node: Software PKCS 11 module19766 +Node: How to use the PKCS11 module20285  End Tag Table diff --git a/doc/setup.texi b/doc/setup.texi index 48ff5e6..ad5476f 100644 --- a/doc/setup.texi +++ b/doc/setup.texi @@ -107,6 +107,14 @@ If you use a realm name equal to your domain name, you can omit the SRV-record for your realm, or your Kerberos server has DNS CNAME @samp{kerberos.my.realm}, you can omit the @samp{realms} section too. +@cindex KRB5_CONFIG +If you want to use a different configuration file then the default you +can point a file with the enviroment variable @samp{KRB5_CONFIG}. + +@example +env KRB5_CONFIG=$HOME/etc/krb5.conf kinit user@@REALM +@end example + @node Creating the database, Modifying the database, Configuration file, Setting up a realm @section Creating the database diff --git a/doc/vars.texi b/doc/vars.texi index 392a6a9..8b1158a 100755 --- a/doc/vars.texi +++ b/doc/vars.texi @@ -4,4 +4,4 @@ @c @set dbdir /var/heimdal -@set PACKAGE_VERSION 1.5 +@set PACKAGE_VERSION 1.5.1 diff --git a/include/NTMakefile b/include/NTMakefile index 85ea4e2..f3749fa 100644 --- a/include/NTMakefile +++ b/include/NTMakefile @@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ RELDIR=include SUBDIRS=kadm5 hcrypto gssapi !include ../windows/NTMakefile.w32 +!include ../windows/NTMakefile.version !include ../windows/NTMakefile.config INCFILES= \ @@ -50,7 +51,7 @@ $(OBJ)\bits.exe: $(OBJ)\bits.obj $(EXECONLINK) $(EXEPREP_NODIST) -$(INCDIR)\config.h: config.h.w32 ..\windows\NTMakefile.config NTMakefile +$(INCDIR)\config.h: config.h.w32 ..\windows\NTMakefile.config ..\windows\NTMakefile.version NTMakefile $(PERL) << < config.h.w32 > $@ while(<>) { @@ -105,7 +106,7 @@ while(<>) { << -$(INCDIR)\version.h: ..\windows\NTMakefile.config NTMakefile +$(INCDIR)\version.h: ..\windows\NTMakefile.version NTMakefile $(CP) << $@ const char *heimdal_long_version = "@(#)$$Version: $(VER_PACKAGE_NAME) $(VER_PACKAGE_VERSION) by $(USERNAME) on $(COMPUTERNAME) ($(CPU)-pc-windows) $$"; const char *heimdal_version = "$(VER_PACKAGE_NAME) $(VER_PACKAGE_VERSION)"; diff --git a/include/config.h.in b/include/config.h.in index 4bd0782..a2e7dae 100644 --- a/include/config.h.in +++ b/include/config.h.in @@ -502,9 +502,6 @@ static /**/const char *const rcsid[] = { (const char *)rcsid, "@(#)" msg } /* Define if you have the function `initgroups'. */ #undef HAVE_INITGROUPS -/* Define to 1 if you have the `initstate' function. */ -#undef HAVE_INITSTATE - /* Define if you have the function `innetgr'. */ #undef HAVE_INNETGR @@ -776,9 +773,6 @@ static /**/const char *const rcsid[] = { (const char *)rcsid, "@(#)" msg } /* Define to 1 if you have the `setsockopt' function. */ #undef HAVE_SETSOCKOPT -/* Define to 1 if you have the `setstate' function. */ -#undef HAVE_SETSTATE - /* Define to 1 if you have the `setutent' function. */ #undef HAVE_SETUTENT @@ -1542,6 +1536,9 @@ static /**/const char *const rcsid[] = { (const char *)rcsid, "@(#)" msg } /* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */ #undef _LARGE_FILES +/* Define to get POSIX getpwnam_r in some systems. */ +#undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS + /* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */ #undef const diff --git a/kuser/kswitch.c b/kuser/kswitch.c index 974af85..cdb6ee1 100644 --- a/kuser/kswitch.c +++ b/kuser/kswitch.c @@ -75,9 +75,11 @@ kswitch(struct kswitch_options *opt, int argc, char **argv) ct = rtbl_create(); - rtbl_add_column(ct, "", 0); - rtbl_add_column(ct, "Principal", 0); - rtbl_set_column_prefix(ct, "Principal", " "); + rtbl_add_column_by_id(ct, 0, "#", 0); + rtbl_add_column_by_id(ct, 1, "Principal", 0); + rtbl_set_column_affix_by_id(ct, 1, " ", ""); + rtbl_add_column_by_id(ct, 2, "Type", 0); + rtbl_set_column_affix_by_id(ct, 2, " ", ""); ret = krb5_cc_cache_get_first(kcc_context, NULL, &cursor); if (ret) @@ -95,8 +97,9 @@ kswitch(struct kswitch_options *opt, int argc, char **argv) krb5_free_principal(kcc_context, p); snprintf(num, sizeof(num), "%d", (int)(len + 1)); - rtbl_add_column_entry(ct, "", num); - rtbl_add_column_entry(ct, "Principal", name); + rtbl_add_column_entry_by_id(ct, 0, num); + rtbl_add_column_entry_by_id(ct, 1, name); + rtbl_add_column_entry_by_id(ct, 2, krb5_cc_get_type(kcc_context, id)); free(name); ids = erealloc(ids, (len + 1) * sizeof(ids[0])); diff --git a/lib/asn1/gen_seq.c b/lib/asn1/gen_seq.c index ac7b9ed..3487e98 100644 --- a/lib/asn1/gen_seq.c +++ b/lib/asn1/gen_seq.c @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ generate_type_seq (const Symbol *s) /* don't move if its the last element */ "if (element < data->len)\n" "\tmemmove(&data->val[element], &data->val[element + 1], \n" - "\t\tsizeof(data->val[0]) * data->len);\n" + "\t\tsizeof(data->val[0]) * (data->len - element));\n" /* resize but don't care about failures since it doesn't matter */ "ptr = realloc(data->val, data->len * sizeof(data->val[0]));\n" "if (ptr != NULL || data->len == 0) data->val = ptr;\n" diff --git a/lib/hcrypto/test_crypto.in b/lib/hcrypto/test_crypto.in index 06505bf..f24ef26 100644 --- a/lib/hcrypto/test_crypto.in +++ b/lib/hcrypto/test_crypto.in @@ -78,7 +78,8 @@ for a in unix fortuna egd w32crypto ;do echo "random metod $a out for dinner" continue fi - cmp crypto-test crypto-test2 && { echo "rand output same!" ; exit 1; } + cmp crypto-test crypto-test2 >/dev/null 2>/dev/null && \ + { echo "rand output same!" ; exit 1; } done ./example_evp_cipher 1 ${srcdir}/test_crypto.in test-out-1 || \ @@ -94,7 +95,7 @@ done # RAND_file_name() when the enviroment is lacking those. # -if [ -e /dev/random -o -e /dev/urandom -o -e /dev/srandom -o -e /dev/arandom ] ; then +if [ -r /dev/random -o -r /dev/urandom -o -r /dev/srandom -o -r /dev/arandom ] ; then # try hard to unset HOME and RANDFILE HOME= diff --git a/lib/hcrypto/validate.c b/lib/hcrypto/validate.c index 48b9bfc..6f61cc5 100644 --- a/lib/hcrypto/validate.c +++ b/lib/hcrypto/validate.c @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ struct tests { void *outiv; }; -struct tests tests[] = { +static struct tests hc_tests[] = { { EVP_aes_256_cbc, "aes-256", @@ -300,8 +300,8 @@ hcrypto_validate(void) return; validated++; - for (i = 0; i < sizeof(tests) / sizeof(tests[0]); i++) - test_cipher(&tests[i]); + for (i = 0; i < sizeof(hc_tests) / sizeof(hc_tests[0]); i++) + test_cipher(&hc_tests[i]); check_hmac(); } diff --git a/lib/heimdal/NTMakefile b/lib/heimdal/NTMakefile index 5cced1a..833f4eb 100644 --- a/lib/heimdal/NTMakefile +++ b/lib/heimdal/NTMakefile @@ -51,7 +51,8 @@ DLLSDKDEPS= \ $(PTHREAD_LIB) \ secur32.lib \ shell32.lib \ - dnsapi.lib + dnsapi.lib \ + shlwapi.lib DEF=$(OBJ)\heimdal.def diff --git a/lib/kafs/afskrb5.c b/lib/kafs/afskrb5.c index 62db543..c04f43a 100644 --- a/lib/kafs/afskrb5.c +++ b/lib/kafs/afskrb5.c @@ -171,6 +171,10 @@ get_cred(struct kafs_data *data, const char *name, const char *inst, krb5_enctype_enable(d->context, in_creds.session.keytype); ret = krb5_get_credentials(d->context, 0, d->id, &in_creds, &out_creds); + if (ret) { + in_creds.session.keytype = ETYPE_DES_CBC_MD5; + ret = krb5_get_credentials(d->context, 0, d->id, &in_creds, &out_creds); + } if (invalid) krb5_enctype_disable(d->context, in_creds.session.keytype); diff --git a/lib/krb5/cache.c b/lib/krb5/cache.c index 616044e..88040cb 100644 --- a/lib/krb5/cache.c +++ b/lib/krb5/cache.c @@ -464,6 +464,9 @@ environment_changed(krb5_context context) KRB5_LIB_FUNCTION krb5_error_code KRB5_LIB_CALL krb5_cc_switch(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache id) { +#ifdef _WIN32 + _krb5_set_default_cc_name_to_registry(context, id); +#endif if (id->ops->set_default == NULL) return 0; @@ -515,7 +518,7 @@ krb5_cc_set_default_name(krb5_context context, const char *name) #ifdef _WIN32 if (e == NULL) { - e = p = _krb5_get_default_cc_name_from_registry(); + e = p = _krb5_get_default_cc_name_from_registry(context); } #endif if (e == NULL) { @@ -1702,21 +1705,22 @@ krb5_cc_get_kdc_offset(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache id, krb5_deltat *offset #ifdef _WIN32 +#define REGPATH_MIT_KRB5 "SOFTWARE\\MIT\\Kerberos5" char * -_krb5_get_default_cc_name_from_registry() +_krb5_get_default_cc_name_from_registry(krb5_context context) { HKEY hk_k5 = 0; LONG code; char * ccname = NULL; code = RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, - "Software\\MIT\\Kerberos5", + REGPATH_MIT_KRB5, 0, KEY_READ, &hk_k5); if (code != ERROR_SUCCESS) return NULL; - ccname = _krb5_parse_reg_value_as_string(NULL, hk_k5, "ccname", + ccname = _krb5_parse_reg_value_as_string(context, hk_k5, "ccname", REG_NONE, 0); RegCloseKey(hk_k5); @@ -1724,4 +1728,36 @@ _krb5_get_default_cc_name_from_registry() return ccname; } +int +_krb5_set_default_cc_name_to_registry(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache id) +{ + HKEY hk_k5 = 0; + LONG code; + int ret = -1; + char * ccname = NULL; + + code = RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, + REGPATH_MIT_KRB5, + 0, KEY_READ|KEY_WRITE, &hk_k5); + + if (code != ERROR_SUCCESS) + return -1; + + ret = asprintf(&ccname, "%s:%s", krb5_cc_get_type(context, id), krb5_cc_get_name(context, id)); + if (ret < 0) + goto cleanup; + + ret = _krb5_store_string_to_reg_value(context, hk_k5, "ccname", + REG_SZ, ccname, -1, 0); + + cleanup: + + if (ccname) + free(ccname); + + RegCloseKey(hk_k5); + + return ret; +} + #endif diff --git a/lib/krb5/crypto.c b/lib/krb5/crypto.c index 37eb2c5..4b66035 100644 --- a/lib/krb5/crypto.c +++ b/lib/krb5/crypto.c @@ -51,9 +51,33 @@ static void free_key_schedule(krb5_context, struct _krb5_key_data *, struct _krb5_encryption_type *); -/************************************************************ - * * - ************************************************************/ +/* + * Converts etype to a user readable string and sets as a side effect + * the krb5_error_message containing this string. Returns + * KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP in not the conversion of the etype failed in + * which case the error code of the etype convesion is returned. + */ + +static krb5_error_code +unsupported_enctype(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype etype) +{ + krb5_error_code ret; + char *name; + + ret = krb5_enctype_to_string(context, etype, &name); + if (ret) + return ret; + + krb5_set_error_message(context, KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP, + N_("Encryption type %s not supported", ""), + name); + free(name); + return KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP; +} + +/* + * + */ KRB5_LIB_FUNCTION krb5_error_code KRB5_LIB_CALL krb5_enctype_keysize(krb5_context context, @@ -62,10 +86,7 @@ krb5_enctype_keysize(krb5_context context, { struct _krb5_encryption_type *et = _krb5_find_enctype(type); if(et == NULL) { - krb5_set_error_message(context, KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP, - N_("encryption type %d not supported", ""), - type); - return KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP; + return unsupported_enctype (context, type); } *keysize = et->keytype->size; return 0; @@ -78,10 +99,7 @@ krb5_enctype_keybits(krb5_context context, { struct _krb5_encryption_type *et = _krb5_find_enctype(type); if(et == NULL) { - krb5_set_error_message(context, KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP, - "encryption type %d not supported", - type); - return KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP; + return unsupported_enctype (context, type); } *keybits = et->keytype->bits; return 0; @@ -95,10 +113,7 @@ krb5_generate_random_keyblock(krb5_context context, krb5_error_code ret; struct _krb5_encryption_type *et = _krb5_find_enctype(type); if(et == NULL) { - krb5_set_error_message(context, KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP, - N_("encryption type %d not supported", ""), - type); - return KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP; + return unsupported_enctype (context, type); } ret = krb5_data_alloc(&key->keyvalue, et->keytype->size); if(ret) @@ -121,10 +136,8 @@ _key_schedule(krb5_context context, struct _krb5_key_type *kt; if (et == NULL) { - krb5_set_error_message (context, KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP, - N_("encryption type %d not supported", ""), - key->key->keytype); - return KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP; + return unsupported_enctype (context, + key->key->keytype); } kt = et->keytype; @@ -684,10 +697,7 @@ krb5_enctype_to_keytype(krb5_context context, { struct _krb5_encryption_type *e = _krb5_find_enctype(etype); if(e == NULL) { - krb5_set_error_message (context, KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP, - N_("encryption type %d not supported", ""), - etype); - return KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP; + return unsupported_enctype (context, etype); } *keytype = e->keytype->type; /* XXX */ return 0; @@ -713,10 +723,7 @@ krb5_enctype_valid(krb5_context context, if (context == NULL) return KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP; if(e == NULL) { - krb5_set_error_message (context, KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP, - N_("encryption type %d not supported", ""), - etype); - return KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP; + return unsupported_enctype (context, etype); } /* Must be (e->flags & F_DISABLED) */ krb5_set_error_message (context, KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP, @@ -1954,10 +1961,7 @@ krb5_derive_key(krb5_context context, et = _krb5_find_enctype (etype); if (et == NULL) { - krb5_set_error_message(context, KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP, - N_("encryption type %d not supported", ""), - etype); - return KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP; + return unsupported_enctype (context, etype); } ret = krb5_copy_keyblock(context, key, &d.key); @@ -2035,10 +2039,7 @@ krb5_crypto_init(krb5_context context, if((*crypto)->et == NULL || ((*crypto)->et->flags & F_DISABLED)) { free(*crypto); *crypto = NULL; - krb5_set_error_message (context, KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP, - N_("encryption type %d not supported", ""), - etype); - return KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP; + return unsupported_enctype(context, etype); } if((*crypto)->et->keytype->size != key->keyvalue.length) { free(*crypto); diff --git a/lib/krb5/error_string.c b/lib/krb5/error_string.c index bebd4c4..1bfbad0 100644 --- a/lib/krb5/error_string.c +++ b/lib/krb5/error_string.c @@ -241,29 +241,53 @@ krb5_have_error_string(krb5_context context) KRB5_LIB_FUNCTION const char * KRB5_LIB_CALL krb5_get_error_message(krb5_context context, krb5_error_code code) { - char *str; - - HEIMDAL_MUTEX_lock(context->mutex); - if (context->error_string && - (code == context->error_code || context->error_code == 0)) - { - str = strdup(context->error_string); - if (str) { - HEIMDAL_MUTEX_unlock(context->mutex); - return str; - } - } - HEIMDAL_MUTEX_unlock(context->mutex); + char *str = NULL; + const char *cstr = NULL; + char buf[128]; + int free_context = 0; if (code == 0) return strdup("Success"); + + /* + * The MIT version of this function ignores the krb5_context + * and several widely deployed applications call krb5_get_error_message() + * with a NULL context in order to translate an error code as a + * replacement for error_message(). Another reason a NULL context + * might be provided is if the krb5_init_context() call itself + * failed. + */ + if (context) { - const char *msg; - char buf[128]; - msg = com_right_r(context->et_list, code, buf, sizeof(buf)); - if (msg) - return strdup(msg); + HEIMDAL_MUTEX_lock(context->mutex); + if (context->error_string && + (code == context->error_code || context->error_code == 0)) + { + str = strdup(context->error_string); + } + HEIMDAL_MUTEX_unlock(context->mutex); + + if (str) + return str; } + else + { + if (krb5_init_context(&context) == 0) + free_context = 1; + } + + if (context) + cstr = com_right_r(context->et_list, code, buf, sizeof(buf)); + + if (free_context) + krb5_free_context(context); + + if (cstr) + return strdup(cstr); + + cstr = error_message(code); + if (cstr) + return strdup(cstr); if (asprintf(&str, "", (int)code) == -1 || str == NULL) return NULL; diff --git a/lib/krb5/keytab_keyfile.c b/lib/krb5/keytab_keyfile.c index ea74c32..1200832 100644 --- a/lib/krb5/keytab_keyfile.c +++ b/lib/krb5/keytab_keyfile.c @@ -212,9 +212,17 @@ akf_start_seq_get(krb5_context context, return ret; } + c->data = NULL; c->sp = krb5_storage_from_fd(c->fd); + if (c->sp == NULL) { + close(c->fd); + krb5_clear_error_message (context); + return KRB5_KT_NOTFOUND; + } + krb5_storage_set_eof_code(c->sp, KRB5_KT_END); + ret = krb5_ret_uint32(c->sp, &d->num_entries); - if(ret) { + if(ret || d->num_entries > INT_MAX / 8) { krb5_storage_free(c->sp); close(c->fd); krb5_clear_error_message (context); @@ -255,7 +263,10 @@ akf_next_entry(krb5_context context, entry->vno = kvno; - entry->keyblock.keytype = ETYPE_DES_CBC_MD5; + if (cursor->data) + entry->keyblock.keytype = ETYPE_DES_CBC_MD5; + else + entry->keyblock.keytype = ETYPE_DES_CBC_CRC; entry->keyblock.keyvalue.length = 8; entry->keyblock.keyvalue.data = malloc (8); if (entry->keyblock.keyvalue.data == NULL) { @@ -277,7 +288,11 @@ akf_next_entry(krb5_context context, entry->aliases = NULL; out: - krb5_storage_seek(cursor->sp, pos + 4 + 8, SEEK_SET); + if (cursor->data) { + krb5_storage_seek(cursor->sp, pos + 4 + 8, SEEK_SET); + cursor->data = NULL; + } else + cursor->data = cursor; return ret; } @@ -288,6 +303,7 @@ akf_end_seq_get(krb5_context context, { krb5_storage_free(cursor->sp); close(cursor->fd); + cursor->data = NULL; return 0; } diff --git a/lib/krb5/krb5-private.h b/lib/krb5/krb5-private.h index a6500f3..956e00e 100644 --- a/lib/krb5/krb5-private.h +++ b/lib/krb5/krb5-private.h @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ _krb5_get_cred_kdc_any ( krb5_creds ***/*ret_tgts*/); char * -_krb5_get_default_cc_name_from_registry (void); +_krb5_get_default_cc_name_from_registry (krb5_context /*context*/); char * _krb5_get_default_config_config_files_from_registry (void); @@ -555,6 +555,11 @@ _krb5_send_and_recv_tcp ( const krb5_data */*req*/, krb5_data */*rep*/); +int +_krb5_set_default_cc_name_to_registry ( + krb5_context /*context*/, + krb5_ccache /*id*/); + void _krb5_unload_plugins ( krb5_context /*context*/, diff --git a/lib/libedit/configure b/lib/libedit/configure index 8c44932..3bb2d08 100755 --- a/lib/libedit/configure +++ b/lib/libedit/configure @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ MAKEFLAGS= # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='libedit' -PACKAGE_TARNAME='libedit-20110730' +PACKAGE_TARNAME='libedit-20110930' PACKAGE_VERSION='3.0' PACKAGE_STRING='libedit 3.0' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='' @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ Fine tuning of the installation directories: --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] --docdir=DIR documentation root - [DATAROOTDIR/doc/libedit-20110730] + [DATAROOTDIR/doc/libedit-20110930] --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] @@ -4004,7 +4004,7 @@ fi # Define the identity of the package. - PACKAGE='libedit-20110730' + PACKAGE='libedit-20110930' VERSION='3.0' diff --git a/lib/roken/resolve-test.c b/lib/roken/resolve-test.c index c2ced00..711d6e8 100644 --- a/lib/roken/resolve-test.c +++ b/lib/roken/resolve-test.c @@ -44,10 +44,13 @@ #endif #include "resolve.h" +static int loop_integer = 1; static int version_flag = 0; static int help_flag = 0; static struct getargs args[] = { + {"loop", 0, arg_integer, &loop_integer, + "loop resolving", NULL }, {"version", 0, arg_flag, &version_flag, "print version", NULL }, {"help", 0, arg_flag, &help_flag, @@ -69,7 +72,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) { struct rk_dns_reply *r; struct rk_resource_record *rr; - int optidx = 0; + int optidx = 0, i, exit_code = 0; setprogname (argv[0]); @@ -90,88 +93,93 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) if (argc != 2) usage(1); - r = rk_dns_lookup(argv[0], argv[1]); - if(r == NULL){ - printf("No reply.\n"); - return 1; - } - if(r->q.type == rk_ns_t_srv) - rk_dns_srv_order(r); - - for(rr = r->head; rr;rr=rr->next){ - printf("%-30s %-5s %-6d ", rr->domain, rk_dns_type_to_string(rr->type), rr->ttl); - switch(rr->type){ - case rk_ns_t_ns: - case rk_ns_t_cname: - case rk_ns_t_ptr: - printf("%s\n", (char*)rr->u.data); - break; - case rk_ns_t_a: - printf("%s\n", inet_ntoa(*rr->u.a)); - break; - case rk_ns_t_mx: - case rk_ns_t_afsdb:{ - printf("%d %s\n", rr->u.mx->preference, rr->u.mx->domain); - break; - } - case rk_ns_t_srv:{ - struct rk_srv_record *srv = rr->u.srv; - printf("%d %d %d %s\n", srv->priority, srv->weight, - srv->port, srv->target); - break; - } - case rk_ns_t_txt: { - printf("%s\n", rr->u.txt); - break; - } - case rk_ns_t_sig : { - struct rk_sig_record *sig = rr->u.sig; - const char *type_string = rk_dns_type_to_string (sig->type); - - printf ("type %u (%s), algorithm %u, labels %u, orig_ttl %u, sig_expiration %u, sig_inception %u, key_tag %u, signer %s\n", - sig->type, type_string ? type_string : "", - sig->algorithm, sig->labels, sig->orig_ttl, - sig->sig_expiration, sig->sig_inception, sig->key_tag, - sig->signer); - break; - } - case rk_ns_t_key : { - struct rk_key_record *key = rr->u.key; - - printf ("flags %u, protocol %u, algorithm %u\n", - key->flags, key->protocol, key->algorithm); - break; - } - case rk_ns_t_sshfp : { - struct rk_sshfp_record *sshfp = rr->u.sshfp; - size_t i; - - printf ("alg %u type %u length %lu data ", sshfp->algorithm, - sshfp->type, (unsigned long)sshfp->sshfp_len); - for (i = 0; i < sshfp->sshfp_len; i++) - printf("%02X", sshfp->sshfp_data[i]); - printf("\n"); + for (i = 0; i < loop_integer; i++) { + r = rk_dns_lookup(argv[0], argv[1]); + if(r == NULL){ + printf("No reply.\n"); + exit_code = 1; break; } - case rk_ns_t_ds : { - struct rk_ds_record *ds = rr->u.ds; - size_t i; - - printf ("key tag %u alg %u type %u length %lu data ", - ds->key_tag, ds->algorithm, ds->digest_type, - (unsigned long)ds->digest_len); - for (i = 0; i < ds->digest_len; i++) - printf("%02X", ds->digest_data[i]); - printf("\n"); - - break; - } - default: - printf("\n"); - break; + if(r->q.type == rk_ns_t_srv) + rk_dns_srv_order(r); + + for(rr = r->head; rr;rr=rr->next){ + printf("%-30s %-5s %-6d ", rr->domain, rk_dns_type_to_string(rr->type), rr->ttl); + switch(rr->type){ + case rk_ns_t_ns: + case rk_ns_t_cname: + case rk_ns_t_ptr: + printf("%s\n", (char*)rr->u.data); + break; + case rk_ns_t_a: + printf("%s\n", inet_ntoa(*rr->u.a)); + break; + case rk_ns_t_mx: + case rk_ns_t_afsdb:{ + printf("%d %s\n", rr->u.mx->preference, rr->u.mx->domain); + break; + } + case rk_ns_t_srv:{ + struct rk_srv_record *srv = rr->u.srv; + printf("%d %d %d %s\n", srv->priority, srv->weight, + srv->port, srv->target); + break; + } + case rk_ns_t_txt: { + printf("%s\n", rr->u.txt); + break; + } + case rk_ns_t_sig : { + struct rk_sig_record *sig = rr->u.sig; + const char *type_string = rk_dns_type_to_string (sig->type); + + printf ("type %u (%s), algorithm %u, labels %u, orig_ttl %u, sig_expiration %u, sig_inception %u, key_tag %u, signer %s\n", + sig->type, type_string ? type_string : "", + sig->algorithm, sig->labels, sig->orig_ttl, + sig->sig_expiration, sig->sig_inception, sig->key_tag, + sig->signer); + break; + } + case rk_ns_t_key : { + struct rk_key_record *key = rr->u.key; + + printf ("flags %u, protocol %u, algorithm %u\n", + key->flags, key->protocol, key->algorithm); + break; + } + case rk_ns_t_sshfp : { + struct rk_sshfp_record *sshfp = rr->u.sshfp; + size_t i; + + printf ("alg %u type %u length %lu data ", sshfp->algorithm, + sshfp->type, (unsigned long)sshfp->sshfp_len); + for (i = 0; i < sshfp->sshfp_len; i++) + printf("%02X", sshfp->sshfp_data[i]); + printf("\n"); + + break; + } + case rk_ns_t_ds : { + struct rk_ds_record *ds = rr->u.ds; + size_t i; + + printf ("key tag %u alg %u type %u length %lu data ", + ds->key_tag, ds->algorithm, ds->digest_type, + (unsigned long)ds->digest_len); + for (i = 0; i < ds->digest_len; i++) + printf("%02X", ds->digest_data[i]); + printf("\n"); + + break; + } + default: + printf("\n"); + break; + } } + rk_dns_free_data(r); } - return 0; + return exit_code; } diff --git a/lib/roken/resolve.c b/lib/roken/resolve.c index b27f37a..2eeaaf3 100644 --- a/lib/roken/resolve.c +++ b/lib/roken/resolve.c @@ -589,6 +589,9 @@ dns_lookup_int(const char *domain, int rr_class, int rr_type) len = min(len, size); r = parse_reply(reply, len); free(reply); + + resolve_free_handle(handle); + return r; } @@ -627,11 +630,6 @@ rk_dns_srv_order(struct rk_dns_reply *r) struct rk_resource_record *rr; int num_srv = 0; -#if defined(HAVE_INITSTATE) && defined(HAVE_SETSTATE) - int state[256 / sizeof(int)]; - char *oldstate; -#endif - rk_random_init(); for(rr = r->head; rr; rr = rr->next) @@ -659,10 +657,6 @@ rk_dns_srv_order(struct rk_dns_reply *r) /* sort them by priority and weight */ qsort(srvs, num_srv, sizeof(*srvs), compare_srv); -#if defined(HAVE_INITSTATE) && defined(HAVE_SETSTATE) - oldstate = initstate(time(NULL), (char*)state, sizeof(state)); -#endif - headp = &r->head; for(ss = srvs; ss < srvs + num_srv; ) { @@ -703,9 +697,6 @@ rk_dns_srv_order(struct rk_dns_reply *r) } } -#if defined(HAVE_INITSTATE) && defined(HAVE_SETSTATE) - setstate(oldstate); -#endif free(srvs); return; } diff --git a/lib/roken/roken.h.in b/lib/roken/roken.h.in index a6299ae..ab8c874 100644 --- a/lib/roken/roken.h.in +++ b/lib/roken/roken.h.in @@ -79,9 +79,22 @@ typedef SOCKET rk_socket_t; ROKEN_LIB_FUNCTION int ROKEN_LIB_CALL rk_SOCK_IOCTL(SOCKET s, long cmd, int * argp); -#define ETIMEDOUT WSAETIMEDOUT -#define EWOULDBLOCK WSAEWOULDBLOCK -#define ENOTSOCK WSAENOTSOCK +/* Microsoft VC 2010 POSIX definitions */ +#ifndef ENOTSOCK +#define ENOTSOCK 128 +#endif +#ifndef ENOTSUP +#define ENOTSUP 129 +#endif +#ifndef EOVERFLOW +#define EOVERFLOW 132 +#endif +#ifndef ETIMEDOUT +#define ETIMEDOUT 138 +#endif +#ifndef EWOULDBLOCK +#define EWOULDBLOCK 140 +#endif #define rk_SOCK_INIT() rk_WSAStartup() #define rk_SOCK_EXIT() rk_WSACleanup() diff --git a/lib/roken/search.hin b/lib/roken/search.hin index b4edcff..f8592c4 100644 --- a/lib/roken/search.hin +++ b/lib/roken/search.hin @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ typedef enum { ROKEN_CPP_START -ROKEN_LIB_FUNCTION void * ROKEN_LIB_CALL rk_tdelete(const void * __restrict, void ** __restrict, +ROKEN_LIB_FUNCTION void * ROKEN_LIB_CALL rk_tdelete(const void *, void **, int (*)(const void *, const void *)); ROKEN_LIB_FUNCTION void * ROKEN_LIB_CALL rk_tfind(const void *, void * const *, int (*)(const void *, const void *)); diff --git a/lib/roken/tsearch-test.c b/lib/roken/tsearch-test.c index cc5b9a9..b9d9963 100644 --- a/lib/roken/tsearch-test.c +++ b/lib/roken/tsearch-test.c @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ struct node { int order; }; -extern void *rk_tdelete(const void * __restrict, void ** __restrict, +extern void *rk_tdelete(const void *, void **, int (*)(const void *, const void *)); extern void *rk_tfind(const void *, void * const *, int (*)(const void *, const void *)); diff --git a/lib/roken/tsearch.c b/lib/roken/tsearch.c index c51a643..65328d3 100644 --- a/lib/roken/tsearch.c +++ b/lib/roken/tsearch.c @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ rk_twalk(const void *vroot, * compar: function to carry out node comparisons */ ROKEN_LIB_FUNCTION void * -rk_tdelete(const void * __restrict vkey, void ** __restrict vrootp, +rk_tdelete(const void * vkey, void ** vrootp, int (*compar)(const void *, const void *)) { node_t **rootp = (node_t **)vrootp; diff --git a/lib/sqlite/sqlite3.c b/lib/sqlite/sqlite3.c index efe31d8..d04fa38 100644 --- a/lib/sqlite/sqlite3.c +++ b/lib/sqlite/sqlite3.c @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ /****************************************************************************** ** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite -** version 3.6.23.1. By combining all the individual C code files into this -** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a one translation +** version 3.7.8. By combining all the individual C code files into this +** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation ** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be ** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements -** of 5% are more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single +** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single ** translation unit. ** ** This file is all you need to compile SQLite. To use SQLite in other ** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines -** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have +** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have ** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within ** the text of this file. Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start ** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** +** ** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. */ @@ -139,9 +139,9 @@ #endif /* -** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to -** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might -** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an +** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to +** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might +** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an ** expression. ** ** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. @@ -191,8 +191,16 @@ #endif /* +** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before +** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 +#endif + +/* ** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 -** and 30. The upper bound on 30 is because a 32-bit integer bitmap +** and 62. The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap ** is used internally to track attached databases. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED @@ -207,20 +215,21 @@ # define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 #endif -/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 32768. This a limit -** imposed by the necessity of storing the value in a 2-byte unsigned integer -** and the fact that the page size must be a power of 2. +/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit +** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. ** -** If this limit is changed, then the compiled library is technically -** incompatible with an SQLite library compiled with a different limit. If -** a process operating on a database with a page-size of 65536 bytes -** crashes, then an instance of SQLite compiled with the default page-size -** limit will not be able to rollback the aborted transaction. This could -** lead to database corruption. +** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at +** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates +** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library +** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database +** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite +** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback +** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 32768 +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE #endif +#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 /* @@ -273,7 +282,7 @@ ** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. ** ** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself -** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all +** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all ** may be executed. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH @@ -308,7 +317,7 @@ #endif /* -** The number of samples of an index that SQLite takes in order to +** The number of samples of an index that SQLite takes in order to ** construct a histogram of the table content when running ANALYZE ** and with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 */ @@ -320,10 +329,10 @@ ** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements ** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. ** -** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. +** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. ** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or ** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers -** that very from one machine to the next. +** that vary from one machine to the next. ** ** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on ** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). @@ -345,21 +354,27 @@ #endif /* -** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. +** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. +** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never +** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest +** level of threadsafety. 2 means the libary is multithreaded - multiple +** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same +** database connection at the same time. +** ** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. -** We support that for legacy +** We support that for legacy. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) #if defined(THREADSAFE) # define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE #else -# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ #endif #endif /* ** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. -** It determines whether or not the features related to +** It determines whether or not the features related to ** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can ** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API. */ @@ -372,19 +387,25 @@ ** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. ** ** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() +** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API ** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() ** +** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the +** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem +** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an +** assertion will be triggered. +** ** (Historical note: There used to be several other options, but we've ** pared it down to just these two.) ** ** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as ** the default. */ -#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 # error "At most one of the following compile-time configuration options\ - is allows: SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG" + is allows: SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG" #endif -#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 # define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 #endif @@ -410,8 +431,12 @@ ** See also ticket #2741. */ #if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE +#ifdef __sun +# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 +#else # define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500 /* Needed to enable pthread recursive mutexes */ #endif +#endif /* ** The TCL headers are only needed when compiling the TCL bindings. @@ -427,12 +452,12 @@ ** option is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out ** feature. */ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define NDEBUG 1 #endif /* -** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When +** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When ** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to ** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to ** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted @@ -478,7 +503,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); #endif /* -** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which +** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which ** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such ** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they ** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience @@ -504,6 +529,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); #endif /* +** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large +** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() +** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. +*/ +#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) + +/* ** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean ** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds ** a boolean expression that is usually true. GCC is able to @@ -618,7 +650,7 @@ extern "C" { ** ** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the ** Fossil configuration management -** system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evalutes to +** system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to ** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite ** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID ** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 @@ -628,9 +660,9 @@ extern "C" { ** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], ** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ -#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.6.23.1" -#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3006023 -#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2010-03-26 22:28:06 b078b588d617e07886ad156e9f54ade6d823568e" +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.7.8" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007008 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2011-09-19 14:49:19 3e0da808d2f5b4d12046e05980ca04578f581177" /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers @@ -656,8 +688,8 @@ extern "C" { ** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have ** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The ** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to -** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns -** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns +** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the ** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. ** ** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. @@ -667,32 +699,32 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics ** -** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 -** indicating whether the specified option was defined at -** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the -** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 +** indicating whether the specified option was defined at +** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the +** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). ** -** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows interating +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating ** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by ** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, -** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ -** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by +** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ +** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by ** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). ** ** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() -** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifing the +** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the ** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. ** ** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and ** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ +#endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe @@ -704,7 +736,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); ** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes ** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the -** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, ** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe ** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. ** @@ -760,7 +792,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; ** ** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values ** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The -** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values +** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values ** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. */ #ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE @@ -789,7 +821,7 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; ** ** ^The sqlite3_close() routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object. ** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() return SQLITE_OK if the [sqlite3] object is -** successfullly destroyed and all associated resources are deallocated. +** successfully destroyed and all associated resources are deallocated. ** ** Applications must [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements] ** and [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with @@ -805,7 +837,7 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; ** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained ** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or ** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. -** ^Calling sqlite3_close() with a NULL pointer argument is a +** ^Calling sqlite3_close() with a NULL pointer argument is a ** harmless no-op. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *); @@ -823,7 +855,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], ** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL -** without having to use a lot of C code. +** without having to use a lot of C code. ** ** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, ** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, @@ -831,7 +863,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to ** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row ** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to -** to sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each +** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each ** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() ** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are ** ignored. @@ -863,7 +895,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. ** ** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer -** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or +** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or ** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database ** is not changed. ** @@ -896,7 +928,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( ** ** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. ** -** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] +** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes], +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes]. */ #define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ /* beginning-of-error-codes */ @@ -911,10 +944,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ #define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ #define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ -#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* NOT USED. Table or record not found */ +#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ #define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ -#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* NOT USED. Database lock protocol error */ +#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ #define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ #define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ #define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ @@ -970,15 +1003,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) -#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8) ) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) +#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations ** ** These bit values are intended for use in the ** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and -** in the 4th parameter to the xOpen method of the -** [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ @@ -986,6 +1028,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ @@ -997,11 +1040,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ + +/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics ** -** The xDeviceCapabilities method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] ** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these ** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage ** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] @@ -1018,17 +1064,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( ** information is written to disk in the same order as calls ** to xWrite(). */ -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 /* ** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels @@ -1056,6 +1103,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( ** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. ** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means ** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). +** +** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags +** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL +** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the +** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. +** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how +** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and +** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. +** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction +** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the +** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX +** cares about the difference.) */ #define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 #define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 @@ -1064,7 +1123,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle ** -** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the ** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface ** implementations will ** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields @@ -1080,17 +1139,18 @@ struct sqlite3_file { /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object ** -** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs] xOpen method populates an +** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an ** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the ** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. ** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations ** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. ** -** If the xOpen method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element ** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method -** may be invoked even if the xOpen reported that it failed. The -** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed xOpen -** is for the xOpen to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element to NULL. +** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The +** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] +** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to NULL. ** ** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or ** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). @@ -1124,7 +1184,9 @@ struct sqlite3_file { ** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. ** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. ** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes -** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. +** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should +** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not +** recognize. ** ** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the ** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the @@ -1179,6 +1241,12 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); + /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ + int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); + int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); + void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); + /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ }; @@ -1196,11 +1264,78 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability ** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST ** is defined. +** +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS +** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the +** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it +** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database +** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database +** file run faster. +** +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS +** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified +** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should +** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use +** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large +** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and +** improve performance on some systems. +** +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database +** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for +** additional information. +** +** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by +** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method +** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^ +** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly +** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most +** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode. +** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this +** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes +** that do require it. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic +** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the +** windows [VFS] in order to work to provide robustness against +** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, +** file write, and file delete opertions up to 10 times, with a delay +** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing +** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This +** opcode allows those to values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) +** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections +** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two +** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second +** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting +** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written +** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be +** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent [WAL | Write AHead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary +** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control +** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database +** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after +** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not +** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want +** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist +** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent +** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** WAL persistence setting. +** */ #define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 #define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 #define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 #define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle @@ -1219,7 +1354,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** ** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between ** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" -** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". +** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See +** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. ** ** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in ** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this @@ -1248,26 +1384,31 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must ** be unique across all VFS modules. ** -** SQLite will guarantee that the zFilename parameter to xOpen +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] +** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen ** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained -** from xFullPathname(). SQLite further guarantees that +** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. +** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will +** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than +** 10 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. +** ^SQLite further guarantees that ** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is ** called. Because of the previous sentence, ** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the ** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. -** If the zFilename parameter is xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen -** must invent its own temporary name for the file. Whenever the +** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the ** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the ** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. ** ** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in ** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] ** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least -** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. ** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to ** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. ** -** SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() +** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() ** call, depending on the object being opened: ** **
      @@ -1278,7 +1419,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] -**
    +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] +** )^ ** ** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to ** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application @@ -1297,19 +1439,20 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** ** ** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be -** deleted when it is closed. The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] -** will be set for TEMP databases, journals and for subjournals. +** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient +** databases, and subjournals. ** -** The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly ** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() -** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always ** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. -** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened +** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened ** for exclusive access. ** -** At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite +** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite ** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third ** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to ** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that @@ -1319,33 +1462,54 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success ** or failure of the xOpen call. ** -** The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] +** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] ** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to ** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] ** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a ** directory. ** -** SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the +** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the ** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer ** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer ** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is ** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor ** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. ** -** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), and xCurrentTime() interfaces -** are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are +** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64() +** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are ** included in the VFS structure for completeness. ** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes ** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is ** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. ** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at -** least the number of microseconds given. The xCurrentTime() -** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time. -** +** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime() +** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as +** a floating point value. +** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** a 24-hour day). +** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current +** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or +** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back +** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. +** +** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces +** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can +** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult +** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden +** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the +** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any +** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change +** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access +** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. */ typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; +typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); struct sqlite3_vfs { - int iVersion; /* Structure version number */ + int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ @@ -1364,8 +1528,23 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); - /* New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion - ** value will increment whenever this happens. */ + /* + ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object + ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later + */ + int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. + */ + int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); + sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion + ** value will increment whenever this happens. + */ }; /* @@ -1377,13 +1556,58 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { ** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method ** simply checks whether the file exists. ** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method -** checks whether the file is both readable and writable. +** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable +** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within +** the directory). +** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the +** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future +** release of SQLite. ** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method -** checks whether the file is readable. +** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is +** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of +** SQLite. */ #define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method +** +** These integer constants define the various locking operations +** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The +** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the +** xShmLock method: +** +**
      +**
    • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +**
    • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +**
    • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +**
    • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +**
    +** +** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as +** was given no the corresponding lock. +** +** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or +** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED +** and EXCLUSIVE. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 +#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 +#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 +#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index +** +** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values +** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. +** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a +** lock outside of this range +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 + /* ** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library @@ -1485,44 +1709,37 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); ** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. ** ** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option] that determines +** [configuration option] that determines ** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments -** vary depending on the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option] +** vary depending on the [configuration option] ** in the first argument. ** ** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option ** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_config(int, ...); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration ** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to ** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single -** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). The -** sqlite3_db_config() interface should only be used immediately after -** the database connection is created using [sqlite3_open()], -** [sqlite3_open16()], or [sqlite3_open_v2()]. +** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). ** ** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the -** configuration verb - an integer code that indicates what -** aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. -** The only choice for this value is [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]. -** New verbs are likely to be added in future releases of SQLite. -** Additional arguments depend on the verb. +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. +** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. ** ** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if ** the call is considered successful. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite ** and low-level memory allocation routines. @@ -1530,7 +1747,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. ** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to ** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. ** By creating an instance of this object ** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) ** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative @@ -1546,16 +1763,10 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such ** conditions. ** -** The xMalloc and xFree methods must work like the -** malloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. -** The xRealloc method must work like realloc() from the standard C library -** with the exception that if the second argument to xRealloc is zero, -** xRealloc must be a no-op - it must not perform any allocation or -** deallocation. ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to +** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the +** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. +** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to ** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. -** And so in cases where xRoundup always returns a positive number, -** xRealloc can perform exactly as the standard library realloc() and -** still be in compliance with this specification. ** ** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation ** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size @@ -1566,7 +1777,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple ** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. ** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] -** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, ** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. ** ** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. (For example, @@ -1604,7 +1815,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { /* ** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options -** EXPERIMENTAL +** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} ** ** These constants are the available integer configuration options that ** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. @@ -1617,18 +1828,18 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** is invoked. ** **
    -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
    **
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables ** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used ** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default -** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return +** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return ** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD ** configuration option.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
    **
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables ** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. @@ -1642,7 +1853,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the ** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
    **
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables ** all mutexes including the recursive @@ -1658,7 +1869,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies ** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of @@ -1666,7 +1877,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure ** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlite3_mem_methods] ** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ @@ -1674,15 +1885,15 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or ** tracks memory usage, for example.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
    -**
    ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a -** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation -** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
    +**
    ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a +** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation +** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the ** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: **
      **
    • [sqlite3_memory_used()] **
    • [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] -**
    • [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit()] +**
    • [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] **
    • [sqlite3_status()] **
    )^ ** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is @@ -1690,26 +1901,25 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** allocation statistics are disabled by default. **
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
    **
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for ** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte -** aligned memory buffer from which the scrach allocations will be +** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be ** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), ** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz -** argument must be a multiple of 16. The sz parameter should be a few bytes -** larger than the actual scratch space required due to internal overhead. +** argument must be a multiple of 16. ** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer ** of at least sz*N bytes of memory. -** ^SQLite will use no more than one scratch buffer per thread. So -** N should be set to the expected maximum number of threads. ^SQLite will -** never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6 times the database -** page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional scratch memory beyond -** what is provided by this configuration option, then +** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread. So +** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads. +** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6 +** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional +** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then ** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
    **
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for -** the database page cache with the default page cache implemenation. +** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation. ** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page ** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE option. ** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned @@ -1724,12 +1934,11 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. ^If additional ** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then ** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space. -** ^The implementation might use one or more of the N buffers to hold -** memory accounting information. The pointer in the first argument must +** The pointer in the first argument must ** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite ** will be undefined.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
    **
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use ** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided ** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. @@ -1742,9 +1951,11 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory ** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. ** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte -** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
    +** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. +** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2^12. Reasonable values +** for the minimum allocation size are 2^5 through 2^8.
    • ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies ** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place @@ -1756,7 +1967,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The ** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] @@ -1769,7 +1980,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    **
    ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default ** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each ** [database connection]. The first argument is the @@ -1779,17 +1990,47 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside ** configuration on individual connections.)^
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to ** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. This object specifies the interface ** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the ** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. SQLite copies of the current ** page cache implementation into that object.)^
    ** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
    +**
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a +** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), +** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is +** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the +** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. +** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is +** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger +** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to +** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding +** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an +** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is +** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. +** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function +** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. +** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger +** function must be threadsafe.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_URI +**
    This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then +** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling +** is globally disabled. If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames +** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or +** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless +** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database +** connection is opened. If it is globally disabled, filenames are +** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the +** database connection is opened. By default, URI handling is globally +** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the +** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined. **
    */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ @@ -1803,15 +2044,15 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ -/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ /* -** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options -** EXPERIMENTAL +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options ** ** These constants are the available integer configuration options that ** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. @@ -1825,10 +2066,10 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** **
    **
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    -**
    ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +**
    ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the ** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. ** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a -** pointer to an memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. +** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. ** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb ** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the ** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the @@ -1837,12 +2078,40 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer ** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to ** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally -** rounded down to the next smaller -** multiple of 8. See also: [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
    +** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory +** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that +** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words +** when the "current value" returned by +** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. +** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside +** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns +** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^ +** +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY
    +**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of +** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, +** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement +** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back.
    +** +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER
    +**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, +** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the trigger setting is not reported back.
    ** **
    */ -#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ /* @@ -1866,13 +2135,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); ** ** ^This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent ** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection] -** in the first argument. ^If no successful [INSERT]s +** in the first argument. ^As of SQLite version 3.7.7, this routines +** records the last insert rowid of both ordinary tables and [virtual tables]. +** ^If no successful [INSERT]s ** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned. ** -** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger, then the [rowid] of the inserted -** row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger is running. -** But once the trigger terminates, the value returned by this routine -** reverts to the last value inserted before the trigger fired.)^ +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table] +** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted +** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running. +** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned +** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual +** table method began.)^ ** ** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a ** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this @@ -1921,7 +2194,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); ** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^ ** ** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and -** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. +** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. ** Most SQL statements are ** evaluated outside of any trigger. This is the "top level" ** trigger context. If a trigger fires from the top level, a @@ -1964,7 +2237,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); ** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints, ** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing. The ** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger], -** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes +** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes ** are counted.)^ ** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as ** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle @@ -2004,7 +2277,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); ** ** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running ** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements -** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the ** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been ** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements ** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are @@ -2039,7 +2312,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); ** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus ** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. ** -** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior ** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked ** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, ** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero @@ -2114,7 +2387,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); ** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the ** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions ** result in undefined behavior. -** +** ** A busy handler must not close the database connection ** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. */ @@ -2143,6 +2416,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); /* ** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries ** +** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. +** Use of this interface is not recommended. +** ** Definition: A result table is memory data structure created by the ** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the ** complete query results from one or more queries. @@ -2163,7 +2439,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); ** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. ** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. ** -** As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result +** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result ** is as follows: ** ** 
    @@ -2187,7 +2463,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
 **        azResult[5] = "28";
 **        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
 **        azResult[7] = "21";
-**
    +** )^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more ** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8 @@ -2195,19 +2471,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); ** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. ** ** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(), -** it should pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to +** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to ** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the ** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling ** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only ** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. ** -** ^(The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around +** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around ** [sqlite3_exec()]. The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access ** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public ** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the ** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not ** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or -** [sqlite3_errmsg()].)^ +** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ @@ -2232,7 +2508,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); ** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough ** memory to hold the resulting string. ** -** ^(In sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from +** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from ** the standard C library. The result is written into the ** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by ** the first parameter. Note that the order of the @@ -2251,6 +2527,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); ** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely ** written will be n-1 characters. ** +** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). +** ** These routines all implement some additional formatting ** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. ** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there @@ -2314,6 +2592,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem @@ -2359,7 +2638,9 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); ** is not freed. ** ** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc() -** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary. +** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a +** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time +** option is used. ** ** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define ** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in @@ -2436,7 +2717,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); /* ** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks ** -** ^This routine registers a authorizer callback with a particular +** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular ** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. ** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled ** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], @@ -2456,7 +2737,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); ** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the ** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that -** access is denied. +** access is denied. ** ** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third ** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter @@ -2503,7 +2784,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the -** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a +** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a ** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the ** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. ** @@ -2527,6 +2808,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( ** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the ** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional ** information. +** +** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code] +** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. */ #define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ @@ -2587,7 +2871,6 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( /* ** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** These routines register callback functions that can be used for ** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. @@ -2603,26 +2886,43 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( ** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked ** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains ** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time -** of how long that statement took to run. -*/ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); +** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback +** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation +** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant +** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite +** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. The +** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is +** subject to change in future versions of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks ** -** ^This routine configures a callback function - the -** progress callback - that is invoked periodically during long -** running calls to [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and -** [sqlite3_get_table()]. An example use for this +** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback +** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to +** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for +** database connection D. An example use for this ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. ** +** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the number of +** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive +** invocations of the callback X. +** +** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per +** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the +** old one. ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler. +** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less +** than 1. +** ** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is ** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a ** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box. ** -** The progress handler must not do anything that will modify +** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the progress handler. ** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. @@ -2633,7 +2933,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection ** -** ^These routines open an SQLite database file whose name is given by the +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the ** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte ** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually @@ -2658,9 +2958,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control ** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to ** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of -** the following three values, optionally combined with the +** the following three values, optionally combined with the ** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], -** and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flags:)^ +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ ** **
    ** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
    @@ -2673,15 +2973,14 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.)^ ** ** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]
    -**
    The database is opened for reading and writing, and is creates it if +**
    The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if ** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().
    )^ **
    ** ** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the -** combinations shown above or one of the combinations shown above combined -** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], -** [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flags, +** combinations shown above optionally combined with other +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] ** then the behavior is undefined. ** ** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection @@ -2696,6 +2995,11 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not ** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled. ** +** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the +** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that +** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is +** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. +** ** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database ** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when ** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might @@ -2708,10 +3012,111 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be ** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. ** -** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the -** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that -** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is -** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. +** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]]

    URI Filenames

    +** +** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument +** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI +** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is +** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has +** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the +** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. +** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off +** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename +** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional +** information. +** +** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** present, is ignored. +** +** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:"). +** +** [[core URI query parameters]] +** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted +** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. +** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters: +** +**
      +**
    • vfs: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of +** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should +** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to +** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown +** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is +** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over +** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +**
    • mode: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw" or +** "rwc". Attempting to set it to any other value is an error)^. +** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only +** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the +** third argument to sqlite3_prepare_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to +** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) +** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had +** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both +** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is +** used, it is an error to specify a value for the mode parameter that is +** less restrictive than that specified by the flags passed as the third +** parameter. +** +**
    • cache: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or +** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the +** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to +** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is +** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. +** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in +** a URI filename, its value overrides any behaviour requested by setting +** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. +**
    +** +** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an +** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query +** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for +** additional information. +** +** [[URI filename examples]]

    URI filename examples

    +** +** +**
    URI filenames Results +**
    file:data.db +** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. +**
    file:/home/fred/data.db
    +** file:///home/fred/data.db
    +** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db
    		+** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". +**
    file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db +** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. +**
    +** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db +** Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** necessary - space characters can be used literally +** in URI filenames. +**
    file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private +** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. +** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by +** default, use a private cache. +**
    file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-nolock +** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-nolock". +**
    file:data.db?mode=readonly +** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. +**
    +** +** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and +** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the +** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, +** the results are undefined. ** ** Note to Windows users: The encoding used for the filename argument ** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever @@ -2735,6 +3140,26 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ); /* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters +** +** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter. +** +** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen() +** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the +** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam +** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine +** returns a NULL pointer. +** +** If the zFilename argument to this function is not a pointer that SQLite +** passed into the xOpen VFS method, then the behavior of this routine +** is undefined and probably undesirable. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); + + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages ** ** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or @@ -2742,7 +3167,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed ** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from ** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined. ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() -** interface is the same except that it always returns the +** interface is the same except that it always returns the ** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are ** disabled. ** @@ -2806,17 +3231,22 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; ** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried. The ** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a ** class of constructs to be size limited. The third parameter is the -** new limit for that construct. The function returns the old limit.)^ +** new limit for that construct.)^ ** ** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. -** ^(For the limit category of SQLITE_LIMIT_XYZ there is a +** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME there is a ** [limits | hard upper bound] -** set by a compile-time C preprocessor macro named -** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_XYZ]. +** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called +** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_NAME]. ** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^ ** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are ** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. ** +** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the +** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. +** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, +** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. +** ** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage ** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled ** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a @@ -2844,42 +3274,45 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. ** **
    -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
    -**
    The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row.
    )^ +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
    +**
    The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
    **
    The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
    **
    The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the ** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index ** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
    **
    The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
    **
    The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
    **
    The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program -** used to implement an SQL statement.
    )^ +** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently +** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of +** SQLite.)^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
    **
    The maximum number of arguments on a function.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
    **
    The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^
    ** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
    **
    The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or ** [GLOB] operators.
    )^ ** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
    -**
    The maximum number of variables in an SQL statement that can -** be bound.
    )^ +**
    The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
    **
    The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
    )^ **
    */ @@ -2949,12 +3382,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); **
  • ** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it ** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL -** statement and try to run it again. ^If the schema has changed in -** a way that makes the statement no longer valid, [sqlite3_step()] will still -** return [SQLITE_SCHEMA]. But unlike the legacy behavior, [SQLITE_SCHEMA] is -** now a fatal error. Calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] again will not make the -** error go away. Note: use [sqlite3_errmsg()] to find the text -** of the parsing error that results in an [SQLITE_SCHEMA] return. +** statement and try to run it again. **
    • ** **
  • @@ -2967,11 +3395,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); **
    • ** **
  • -** ^If the value of a [parameter | host parameter] in the WHERE clause might -** change the query plan for a statement, then the statement may be -** automatically recompiled (as if there had been a schema change) on the first -** [sqlite3_step()] call following any change to the -** [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of the [parameter]. +** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the +** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, +** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been +** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change +** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. +** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the +** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] +** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column +** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2] compile-time option is enabled. +** the **
    • ** */ @@ -3014,6 +3447,37 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if +** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to +** the content of the database file. +** +** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or +** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. +** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that +** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would +** change the database file through side-effects: +** +** 
    +**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
+**
    +** +** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file +** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ +** +** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], +** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, +** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but +** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the +** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause +** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements +** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make +** changes to the content of the database files on disk. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object ** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} ** @@ -3029,16 +3493,16 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. ** ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not -** a mutex is held. A internal mutex is held for a protected +** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected ** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected ** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded ** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) -** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes +** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] ** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected ** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, ** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications -** still make the distinction between between protected and unprotected +** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected ** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required. ** ** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the @@ -3084,7 +3548,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** ** ** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal, -** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifer.)^ ^The values of these +** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these ** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters") ** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. ** @@ -3112,7 +3576,10 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** ** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and ** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or -** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^If the fifth argument is +** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called +** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(), +** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails. +** ^If the fifth argument is ** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the ** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. ** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then @@ -3233,6 +3700,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); ** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the ** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL ** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]). +** +** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); @@ -3248,7 +3717,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. ** ** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] -** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the next call to +** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the next call to ** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. ** ** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine @@ -3274,7 +3745,9 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); ** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and ** the origin_ routines return the column name. ** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed -** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested +** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the same information is requested ** again in a different encoding. ** ** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the @@ -3368,7 +3841,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); ** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the ** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] ** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the -** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within a +** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an ** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before ** continuing. ** @@ -3398,6 +3871,18 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); ** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or ** more threads at the same moment in time. ** +** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to +** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything +** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of +** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using +** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from +** sqlite3_step(). But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began +** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather +** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility +** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error +** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option +** can be used to restore the legacy behavior. +** ** Goofy Interface Alert: In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step() ** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any ** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call @@ -3415,8 +3900,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set ** -** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) the number of columns in the -** of the result set of [prepared statement] P. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the +** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. +** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return +** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of +** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); @@ -3496,18 +3987,26 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses ** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns ** the number of bytes in that string. -** ^The value returned does not include the zero terminator at the end -** of the string. ^For clarity: the value returned is the number of +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts +** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. +** +** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and +** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end +** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by +** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of ** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. ** ** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), ** even empty strings, are always zero terminated. ^The return -** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is an arbitrary -** pointer, possibly even a NULL pointer. -** -** ^The sqlite3_column_bytes16() routine is similar to sqlite3_column_bytes() -** but leaves the result in UTF-16 in native byte order instead of UTF-8. -** ^The zero terminator is not included in this count. +** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. ** ** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. An unprotected sqlite3_value object @@ -3552,10 +4051,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most ** C programmers. ** -** ^Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior +** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior ** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or ** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. -** ^(Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur +** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur ** in the following cases: ** **
      @@ -3568,22 +4067,22 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); **
    • The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or ** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted ** to UTF-8.
      • -**
    )^ +** ** ** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do ** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer -** that the prior pointer points to will have been modified. Other kinds +** that the prior pointer references will have been modified. Other kinds ** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they ** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. ** -** ^(The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines +** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines ** in one of the following ways: ** **
      **
    • sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
      • **
    • sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
      • **
    • sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()
      • -**
    )^ +** ** ** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), ** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result @@ -3621,17 +4120,26 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); ** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object ** ** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. -** ^If the statement was executed successfully or not executed at all, then -** SQLITE_OK is returned. ^If execution of the statement failed then an -** [error code] or [extended error code] is returned. -** -** ^This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the -** [prepared statement]. ^If the virtual machine has not -** completed execution when this routine is called, that is like -** encountering an error or an [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt]. -** ^Incomplete updates may be rolled back and transactions canceled, -** depending on the circumstances, and the -** [error code] returned will be [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors +** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns +** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then +** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or +** [extended error code]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during +** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S: +** before statement S is ever evaluated, after +** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call +** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has +** completed execution. +** +** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. +** +** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid +** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use +** a prepared statement after it has been finalized. Any use of a prepared +** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and +** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); @@ -3667,23 +4175,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function} ** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions} ** -** ^These two functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") +** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") ** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior -** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only difference between the -** two is that the second parameter, the name of the (scalar) function or -** aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16 -** for sqlite3_create_function16(). +** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between +** these routines are the text encoding expected for +** the second parameter (the name of the function being created) +** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for +** the application data pointer. ** ** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL ** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database ** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added ** to each database connection separately. ** -** The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or -** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes, exclusive of -** the zero-terminator. Note that the name length limit is in bytes, not -** characters. ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name -** will result in [SQLITE_ERROR] being returned. +** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or +** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 +** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name +** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. +** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name +** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. ** ** ^The third parameter (nArg) ** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or @@ -3693,10 +4203,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is ** undefined. ** -** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what +** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for -** its parameters. Any SQL function implementation should be able to work -** work with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be +** its parameters. Every SQL function implementation must be able to work +** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be ** more efficient with one encoding than another. ^An application may ** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple ** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep. @@ -3708,13 +4218,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the ** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ ** -** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are +** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are ** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or ** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc -** callback only; NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep and xFinal +** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal ** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep -** and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing -** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function callbacks. +** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing +** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function +** callbacks. +** +** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL, +** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. +** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being +** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^ +** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to +** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. +** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it +** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data +** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). ** ** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same ** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of @@ -3724,17 +4245,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with ** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding ** matches the database encoding is a better -** match than a function where the encoding is different. +** match than a function where the encoding is different. ** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be ** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is ** between UTF8 and UTF16. ** ** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions. -** ^The first application-defined function with a given name overrides all -** built-in functions in the same [database connection] with the same name. -** ^Subsequent application-defined functions of the same name only override -** prior application-defined functions that are an exact match for the -** number of parameters and preferred encoding. ** ** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other ** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not @@ -3761,6 +4277,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) ); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); /* ** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings @@ -3780,7 +4307,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( ** DEPRECATED ** ** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain -** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue +** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue ** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid ** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid ** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do. @@ -3804,7 +4331,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int6 ** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters ** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] ** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. -** The 4th parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to +** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to ** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for ** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to ** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects. @@ -3855,10 +4382,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context ** -** Implementions of aggregate SQL functions use this +** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this ** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. ** -** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called +** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called ** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite ** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer ** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to @@ -3880,7 +4407,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); ** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory ** allocation.)^ ** -** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by +** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. ** ** The first parameter must be a copy of the @@ -4107,69 +4634,102 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); /* ** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences ** -** These functions are used to add new collation sequences to the -** [database connection] specified as the first argument. +** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated +** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. ** -** ^The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string +** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string ** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() -** and a UTF-16 string for sqlite3_create_collation16(). ^In all cases -** the name is passed as the second function argument. -** -** ^The third argument may be one of the constants [SQLITE_UTF8], -** [SQLITE_UTF16LE], or [SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied -** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8, -** UTF-16 little-endian, or UTF-16 big-endian, respectively. ^The -** third argument might also be [SQLITE_UTF16] to indicate that the routine -** expects pointers to be UTF-16 strings in the native byte order, or the -** argument can be [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] if the -** the routine expects pointers to 16-bit word aligned strings -** of UTF-16 in the native byte order. -** -** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth -** argument. ^If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation -** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore). -** ^Each time the application supplied function is invoked, it is passed -** as its first parameter a copy of the void* passed as the fourth argument -** to sqlite3_create_collation() or sqlite3_create_collation16(). -** -** ^The remaining arguments to the application-supplied routine are two strings, -** each represented by a (length, data) pair and encoded in the encoding -** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was -** registered. The application defined collation routine should -** return negative, zero or positive if the first string is less than, -** equal to, or greater than the second string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2). +** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16(). +** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are +** considered to be the same name. +** +** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants: +**
      +**
    • [SQLITE_UTF8], +**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16LE], +**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16], or +**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED]. +**
    )^ +** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed +** to the collating function callback, xCallback. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep +** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin +** on an even byte address. +** +** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed +** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. +** +** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function. +** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but +** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever +** function requires the least amount of data transformation. +** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is +** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, +** that collation is no longer usable. +** +** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg +** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified +** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an +** integer that is negative, zero, or positive +** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, +** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer +** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered +** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all +** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. +** The collating function must obey the following properties for all +** strings A, B, and C: +** +**
      +**
    1. If A==B then B==A. +**
    2. If A==B and B==C then A==C. +**
    3. If A<B THEN B>A. +**
    4. If A<B and B<C then A<C. +**
    +** +** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that +** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite +** is undefined. ** ** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() -** except that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for -** the collation. ^The destructor is called when the collation is -** destroyed and is passed a copy of the fourth parameter void* pointer -** of the sqlite3_create_collation_v2(). -** ^Collations are destroyed when they are overridden by later calls to the -** collation creation functions or when the [database connection] is closed -** using [sqlite3_close()]. +** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when +** the collating function is deleted. +** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later +** calls to the collation creation functions or when the +** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** ^The xDestroy callback is not called if the +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should +** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer +** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. +** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency +** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards +** compatibility. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, - void*, + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, - void*, + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, const void *zName, - int eTextRep, - void*, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); @@ -4200,17 +4760,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( ** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3*, - void*, + sqlite3*, + void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) ); -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC /* ** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be ** called right after sqlite3_open(). @@ -4237,7 +4797,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( ); /* -** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless +** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless ** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( @@ -4247,7 +4807,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD /* -** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless +** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless ** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( @@ -4258,16 +4818,19 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( /* ** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time ** -** ^The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution +** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution ** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. ** -** ^If the operating system does not support sleep requests with +** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with ** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to -** the nearest second. ^The number of milliseconds of sleep actually +** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually ** requested from the operating system is returned. ** ** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() -** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method +** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at +** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description +** in the previous paragraphs. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); @@ -4293,7 +4856,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); ** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be @@ -4393,8 +4956,6 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. ** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is ** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed. -** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is -** rolled back because a commit callback returned non-zero. ** ** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface. */ @@ -4448,7 +5009,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** interfaces. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), void* ); @@ -4491,40 +5052,73 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); ** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory. ** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, ** which might be more or less than the amount requested. +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero +** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size ** -** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() interface places a "soft" limit -** on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. -** ^If an internal allocation is requested that would exceed the -** soft heap limit, [sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked one or -** more times to free up some space before the allocation is performed. +** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the +** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. +** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap +** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache +** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. +** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay +** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate +** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit +** is advisory only. ** -** ^The limit is called "soft" because if [sqlite3_release_memory()] -** cannot free sufficient memory to prevent the limit from being exceeded, -** the memory is allocated anyway and the current operation proceeds. +** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of +** the soft heap limit prior to the call. ^If the argument N is negative +** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current +** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. +** +** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled. +** +** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation +** if one or more of following conditions are true: +** +**
      +**
    • The soft heap limit is set to zero. +**
    • Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and +** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. +**
    • An alternative page cache implementation is specified using +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE],...). +**
    • The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied +** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than +** from the heap. +**
    )^ ** -** ^A negative or zero value for N means that there is no soft heap limit and -** [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be called when memory is exhausted. -** ^The default value for the soft heap limit is zero. +** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced +** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] +** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], +** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced +** when memory is allocated by the page cache. Testing suggests that because +** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most +** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without +** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. ** -** ^(SQLite makes a best effort to honor the soft heap limit. -** But if the soft heap limit cannot be honored, execution will -** continue without error or notification.)^ This is why the limit is -** called a "soft" limit. It is advisory only. +** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may +** changes in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface +** DEPRECATED ** -** Prior to SQLite version 3.5.0, this routine only constrained the memory -** allocated by a single thread - the same thread in which this routine -** runs. Beginning with SQLite version 3.5.0, the soft heap limit is -** applied to all threads. The value specified for the soft heap limit -** is an upper bound on the total memory allocation for all threads. In -** version 3.5.0 there is no mechanism for limiting the heap usage for -** individual threads. +** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility +** only. All new applications should use the +** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); + /* ** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table @@ -4648,40 +5242,51 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); /* -** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load An Extensions +** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions +** +** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for +** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that +** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked SQLite extension +** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. +** +** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes +** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three +** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the +** entry point where as follows: +** +** 
    +**    int xEntryPoint(
+**      sqlite3 *db,
+**      const char **pzErrMsg,
+**      const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
+**    );
+**
    )^ ** -** ^This API can be invoked at program startup in order to register -** one or more statically linked extensions that will be available -** to all new [database connections]. +** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg +** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]) +** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg +** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke +** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any +** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], +** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. ** -** ^(This routine stores a pointer to the extension entry point -** in an array that is obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. That memory -** is deallocated by [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()].)^ +** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already +** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point +** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. ** -** ^This function registers an extension entry point that is -** automatically invoked whenever a new [database connection] -** is opened using [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], -** or [sqlite3_open_v2()]. -** ^Duplicate extensions are detected so calling this routine -** multiple times with the same extension is harmless. -** ^Automatic extensions apply across all threads. +** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading ** -** ^(This function disables all previously registered automatic -** extensions. It undoes the effect of all prior -** [sqlite3_auto_extension()] calls.)^ -** -** ^This function disables automatic extensions in all threads. +** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously +** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()]. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); /* -****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice ************** -** ** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered ** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. ** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. @@ -4701,10 +5306,9 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} -** EXPERIMENTAL ** -** This structure, sometimes called a a "virtual table module", -** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", +** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. ** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. ** ** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent @@ -4743,14 +5347,19 @@ struct sqlite3_module { void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void **ppArg); int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those + ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ + int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info -** EXPERIMENTAL ** -** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used to +** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part +** of the [virtual table] interface to ** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex] ** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the ** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its @@ -4758,10 +5367,12 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** ** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form: ** -** 
    column OP expr
    +**
    column OP expr
    ** ** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.)^ ^(The particular operator is -** stored in aConstraint[].op.)^ ^(The index of the column is stored in +** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the +** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ +** ^(The index of the column is stored in ** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the ** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint ** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^ @@ -4821,6 +5432,15 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ }; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes +** +** These macros defined the allowed values for the +** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents +** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of +** a query that uses a [virtual table]. +*/ #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 @@ -4830,7 +5450,6 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { /* ** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name. ** ^Module names must be registered before @@ -4838,7 +5457,7 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { ** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. ** ** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified -** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the +** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the ** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to ** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth ** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through @@ -4848,17 +5467,19 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { ** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which ** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will ** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite -** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The sqlite3_create_module() +** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also +** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails. +** ^The sqlite3_create_module() ** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL ** destructor. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module( +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ ); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module_v2( +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ @@ -4869,7 +5490,6 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module_v2( /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass ** of this object to describe a particular instance @@ -4895,7 +5515,6 @@ struct sqlite3_vtab { /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the ** following structure to describe cursors that point into the @@ -4917,21 +5536,19 @@ struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { /* ** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a ** [virtual table module] call this interface ** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of ** the virtual tables they implement. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); /* ** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions -** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. +** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. ** But global versions of those functions ** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ ** @@ -4943,7 +5560,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zS ** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded ** by a [virtual table]. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); /* ** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up @@ -4953,8 +5570,6 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const cha ** ** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the ** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. -** -****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice ************** */ /* @@ -4984,8 +5599,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** ** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read ** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access. -** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary -** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is +** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary +** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is ** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing. ** ** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains @@ -5009,7 +5624,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column ** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ ** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for -** a expired BLOB handle fail with an return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not ** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually ** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ @@ -5038,6 +5653,30 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( ); /* +** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row +** +** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points +** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified +** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be +** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open +** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be +** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. +** +** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - +** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in +** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if +** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an +** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted. +** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or +** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return +** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle +** always returns zero. +** +** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle ** ** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle]. @@ -5064,7 +5703,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB ** -** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the +** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the ** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The ** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing ** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. @@ -5297,7 +5936,6 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines ** used to allocate and use mutexes. @@ -5314,7 +5952,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); ** ** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as ** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function. -** ^The xMutexInit routine is calle by SQLite exactly once for each +** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each ** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()]. ** ** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as @@ -5347,7 +5985,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); ** it is passed a NULL pointer). ** ** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. ^It must be harmless to -** invoke xMutexInit() mutiple times within the same process and without +** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without ** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to ** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. ** @@ -5396,7 +6034,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { ** ** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then ** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since -** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But the +** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But ** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not ** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the ** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is @@ -5426,12 +6064,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* lru page list */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection ** -** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that +** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that ** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument ** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. ** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this @@ -5445,7 +6084,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); ** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the ** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated ** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The -** name of the database "main" for the main database or "temp" for the +** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the ** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for ** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command. ** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the @@ -5455,6 +6094,12 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); ** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl ** method becomes the return value of this routine. ** +** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes +** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into +** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER +** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the +** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. +** ** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any ** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error ** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] @@ -5510,17 +6155,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 16 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ 17 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 18 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 19 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 19 /* ** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information -** about the preformance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various +** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various ** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for ** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes -** are of the form [SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ +** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ ** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. ** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the ** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after @@ -5530,7 +6177,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); ** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current ** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ ** -** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a +** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a ** non-zero [error code] on failure. ** ** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic. This routine can be @@ -5542,18 +6189,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); ** ** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters -** EXPERIMENTAL +** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} ** ** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters ** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. ** **
    -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
    **
    This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out ** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The ** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application @@ -5563,35 +6210,40 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pH ** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation ** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
    **
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their ** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
    +**
    This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations +** currently checked out.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the -** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using +** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The ** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
    )^ ** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
    **
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache -** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] ** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The ** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they ** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because ** no space was left in the page cache.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
    **
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the ** [scratch memory allocator] configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not @@ -5599,9 +6251,9 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pH ** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads ** using scratch memory at the same time.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
    **
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory -** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] ** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values ** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too ** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the @@ -5609,13 +6261,13 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pH ** slots were available. **
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
    **
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
    **
    This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only ** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
    )^ **
    @@ -5631,30 +6283,35 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pH #define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 #define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status -** EXPERIMENTAL ** -** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information ** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the ** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument -** is the parameter to interrogate. ^Currently, the only allowed value -** for the second parameter is [SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]. -** Additional options will likely appear in future releases of SQLite. +** is an integer constant, taken from the set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that +** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely +** to grow in future releases of SQLite. ** ** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur ** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. ^If ** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is ** reset back down to the current value. ** +** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a +** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** ** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()]. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections -** EXPERIMENTAL +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} ** ** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as ** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. @@ -5666,31 +6323,79 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur ** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. ** **
    -** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently ** checked out.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
    +**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were +** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] +** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE
    +**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of +** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] +** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL
    +**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside +** memory already being in use. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
    +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
    +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated +** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ +** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the +** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to +** [shared cache mode] being enabled. +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
    +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with +** the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. +**
    **
    */ -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 6 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various -** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counters] that measure the number +** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number ** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can ** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared ** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds ** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate ** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than -** an index. +** an index. ** ** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from ** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement ** object to be interrogated. The second argument -** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counter] +** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] ** to be interrogated.)^ ** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. ** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this @@ -5698,36 +6403,43 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur ** ** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()]. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements -** EXPERIMENTAL +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} ** ** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter ** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. ** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: ** **
    -**
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
    +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
    **
    ^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in ** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter -** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through +** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through ** careful use of indices.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
    +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
    **
    ^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. ** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to ** improvement performance through careful use of indices.
    ** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX
    +**
    ^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that +** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not +** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.
    +** **
    */ #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 /* ** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by ** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of @@ -5742,36 +6454,47 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; /* ** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. ** KEYWORDS: {page cache} -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE], ...) interface can -** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an -** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure.)^ The majority of the -** heap memory used by SQLite is used by the page cache to cache data read -** from, or ready to be written to, the database file. By implementing a -** custom page cache using this API, an application can control more -** precisely the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which -** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to -** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for +** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an +** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure.)^ +** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by +** SQLite is used for the page cache. +** By implementing a +** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control +** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which +** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to +** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for ** how long. ** +** The alternative page cache mechanism is an +** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. +** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. +** ** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure are copied to an ** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence ** the application may discard the parameter after the call to ** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ ** -** ^The xInit() method is called once for each call to [sqlite3_initialize()] +** [[the xInit() page cache method]] +** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective +** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ ** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() ** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods.pArg value.)^ -** ^The xInit() method can set up up global structures and/or any mutexes -** required by the custom page cache implementation. -** -** ^The xShutdown() method is called from within [sqlite3_shutdown()], -** if the application invokes this API. It can be used to clean up +** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures +** required by the custom page cache implementation. +** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the +** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined +** page cache.)^ +** +** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] +** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** It can be used to clean up ** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. +** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. ** -** ^SQLite holds a [SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE] mutex when it invokes -** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The +** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, +** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The ** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does ** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe ** in multithreaded applications. @@ -5779,47 +6502,56 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening ** call to xShutdown(). ** -** ^The xCreate() method is used to construct a new cache instance. SQLite -** will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, +** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. +** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, ** though this is not guaranteed. ^The ** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must ** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will not be a power of two. ^szPage ** will the page size of the database file that is to be cached plus an -** increment (here called "R") of about 100 or 200. ^SQLite will use the +** increment (here called "R") of less than 250. SQLite will use the ** extra R bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying ** database page on disk. The value of R depends ** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. -** ^R is constant for a particular build of SQLite. ^The second argument to +** ^(R is constant for a particular build of SQLite. Except, there are two +** distinct values of R when SQLite is compiled with the proprietary +** ZIPVFS extension.)^ ^The second argument to ** xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being created will ** be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or -** false if it is used for an in-memory database. ^The cache implementation +** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation ** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; ** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will ** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. -** ^In other words, a cache created with bPurgeable set to false will +** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to +** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. +** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will ** never contain any unpinned pages. ** +** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] ** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the ** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache ** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using -** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ ^As with the bPurgeable +** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable ** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this ** value; it is advisory only. ** -** ^The xPagecount() method should return the number of pages currently -** stored in the cache. -** -** ^The xFetch() method is used to fetch a page and return a pointer to it. -** ^A 'page', in this context, is a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an -** 8-byte boundary. ^The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The -** mimimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page +** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] +** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently +** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. +** +** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] +** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to +** the page, or a NULL pointer. +** A "page", in this context, means a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an +** 8-byte boundary. The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The +** minimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page ** is considered to be "pinned". ** -** ^If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache +** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache ** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content -** intact. ^(If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the -** behavior of the cache implementation is determined by the value of the -** createFlag parameter passed to xFetch, according to the following table: +** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the +** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag +** parameter to help it determined what action to take: ** ** **
    createFlag Behaviour when page is not already in cache @@ -5828,39 +6560,41 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** Otherwise return NULL. **
    2 Make every effort to allocate a new page. Only return ** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible. -**
    )^ +** ** -** SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. If -** a call to xFetch() with createFlag==1 returns NULL, then SQLite will +** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite +** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 +** failed.)^ In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may ** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of -** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. After -** attempting to unpin pages, the xFetch() method will be invoked again with -** a createFlag of 2. +** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. ** +** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] ** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page -** as its second argument. ^(If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, -** then the page should be evicted from the cache. In this case SQLite -** assumes that the next time the page is retrieved from the cache using -** the xFetch() method, it will be zeroed.)^ ^If the discard parameter is -** zero, then the page is considered to be unpinned. ^The cache implementation +** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, +** then the page must be evicted from the cache. +** ^If the discard parameter is +** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of +** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation ** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. ** -** ^(The cache is not required to perform any reference counting. A single -** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls -** to xFetch().)^ +** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single +** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls +** to xFetch(). ** -** ^The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the -** page passed as the second argument from oldKey to newKey. ^If the cache -** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it should be +** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] +** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the +** page passed as the second argument. If the cache +** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be ** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not ** to be pinned. ** -** ^When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all +** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all ** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal -** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). ^If any +** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any ** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that ** they can be safely discarded. ** +** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] ** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). ** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After ** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] @@ -5884,7 +6618,6 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { /* ** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing ** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by @@ -5897,50 +6630,50 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; /* ** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API. -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. ** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or -** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. +** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] ** -** ^Exclusive access is required to the destination database for the -** duration of the operation. ^However the source database is only -** read-locked while it is actually being read; it is not locked -** continuously for the entire backup operation. ^Thus, the backup may be -** performed on a live source database without preventing other users from +** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file +** for the duration of the backup operation. +** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read; +** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation. +** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without +** preventing other database connections from ** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. -** -** ^(To perform a backup operation: +** +** ^(To perform a backup operation: **
      **
    1. sqlite3_backup_init() is called once to initialize the -** backup, -**
    2. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer +** backup, +**
    3. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer ** the data between the two databases, and finally -**
    4. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources -** associated with the backup operation. +**
    5. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources +** associated with the backup operation. **
    )^ ** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each ** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** -** sqlite3_backup_init() +** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] sqlite3_backup_init() ** -** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the -** [database connection] associated with the destination database +** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the +** [database connection] associated with the destination database ** and the database name, respectively. ** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the ** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in ** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. -** ^The S and M arguments passed to +** ^The S and M arguments passed to ** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] ** and database name of the source database, respectively. ** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) -** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will file with +** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with ** an error. ** ** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is -** returned and an error code and error message are store3d in the +** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the ** destination [database connection] D. ** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init() ** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or @@ -5948,16 +6681,16 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and -** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup +** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup ** operation. ** -** sqlite3_backup_step() +** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] sqlite3_backup_step() ** -** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between +** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between ** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. -** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. +** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there -** are still more pages to be copied, then the function resturns [SQLITE_OK]. +** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages ** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N), @@ -5966,15 +6699,19 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. ** -** ^The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if the destination -** database was opened read-only or if -** the destination is an in-memory database with a different page size -** from the source database. +** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if +**
      +**
    1. the destination database was opened read-only, or +**
    2. the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling +** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or +**
    3. the destination database is an in-memory database and the +** destination and source page sizes differ. +**
    )^ ** ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then ** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] -** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the -** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then +** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the +** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then ** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source ** [database connection] @@ -5982,15 +6719,15 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this ** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or -** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then -** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These -** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept -** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle +** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then +** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These +** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept +** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle ** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. ** ** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock -** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either -** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete +** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either +** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete ** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that ** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. @@ -5999,18 +6736,18 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an ** external process or via a database connection other than the one being ** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically -** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source +** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source ** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used ** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically ** updated at the same time. ** -** sqlite3_backup_finish() +** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] sqlite3_backup_finish() ** -** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the +** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the ** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application ** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all -** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. +** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any ** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. ** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid @@ -6027,11 +6764,12 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** -** sqlite3_backup_remaining(), sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] +** sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** ** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside ** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed -** up and the total number of pages in the source databae file. +** up and the total number of pages in the source database file. ** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces ** retrieve these two values, respectively. ** @@ -6049,8 +6787,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently ** from within other threads. ** -** However, the application must guarantee that the destination -** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after +** However, the application must guarantee that the destination +** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after ** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see ** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] @@ -6061,11 +6799,11 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must ** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database ** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means -** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being +** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being ** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, ** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** -** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple +** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple ** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). ** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the @@ -6085,13 +6823,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); /* ** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with ** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or ** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See -** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. -** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke +** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. +** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke ** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. ** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. @@ -6099,14 +6836,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. ** ** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes -** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. +** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. ** ** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a ** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the ** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that -** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an +** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an ** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the -** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as ** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked ** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The ** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] @@ -6120,15 +6857,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a ** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds -** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of +** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of ** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. ** -** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a +** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a ** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the ** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, ** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is ** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing -** unlock-notify callback is cancelled. ^The blocked connections +** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections ** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked ** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. ** @@ -6141,7 +6878,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** Callback Invocation Details ** -** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a +** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a ** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. ** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass ** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to @@ -6154,12 +6891,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function ** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers ** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. -** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions +** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions ** related to the set of unblocked database connections. ** ** Deadlock Detection ** -** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a +** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a ** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further ** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the ** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for @@ -6182,7 +6919,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** The "DROP TABLE" Exception ** -** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost +** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost ** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, ** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, ** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements @@ -6195,7 +6932,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned ** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the ** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in -** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just +** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just ** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( @@ -6207,23 +6944,21 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( /* ** CAPI3REF: String Comparison -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^The [sqlite3_strnicmp()] API allows applications and extensions to ** compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a -** case-indendent fashion, using the same definition of case independence +** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of case independence ** that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the error log ** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. ** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are -** passed through to [sqlite3_vmprintf()] to generate the final output string. +** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. ** ** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as ** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is @@ -6241,6 +6976,270 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); /* +** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that +** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a +** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in +** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). +** +** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation +** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. +** +** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked +** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when +** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle. +** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to - +** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter +** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file, +** including those that were just committed. +** +** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error +** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the +** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback +** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the +** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value +** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results +** are undefined. +** +** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback +** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any +** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the +** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will +** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( + sqlite3*, + int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D +** to automatically [checkpoint] +** after committing a transaction if there are N or +** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or +** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic +** checkpoints entirely. +** +** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback +** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback +** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism +** configured by this function. +** +** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. +** +** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint +** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] +** pages. The use of this interface +** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal +** for a particular application. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X +** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed]. ^If X is NULL or an +** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of +** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in +** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op. +** +** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be +** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** +** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database +** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the +** eMode parameter: +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
    +** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log +** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling +** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
    +** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no +** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database +** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the +** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
    +** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after +** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures +** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file +** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +**
    +** +** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in +** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to +** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already +** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be +** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK. +** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1 +** before returning to communicate this to the caller. +** +** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a +** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. +** +** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive +** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained +** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer +** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is +** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for +** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before +** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. +** +** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL +** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If +** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any +** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters +** +** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of +** each of these values. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration +** +** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure +** various facets of the virtual table interface. +** +** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or +** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. +** +** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using +** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options +** may be added in the future. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options +** +** These macros define the various options to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations +** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT +**
    Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, +** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose +** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not +** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if +** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire +** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been +** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual +** ON CONFLICT mode specified. +** +** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees +** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before +** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns +** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode +** had been ABORT. +** +** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and +** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** constraint handling. +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy +** +** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The +** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], +** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the +** [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes +** +** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to +** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. +** +** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential +** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that +** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 +/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ +#define SQLITE_FAIL 3 +/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ +#define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 + + + +/* ** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for ** builds on processors without floating point support. */ @@ -6253,6 +7252,62 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); #endif #endif +/* +** 2010 August 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +*/ + +#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ +#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ + + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; + +/* +** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an +** R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zGeom(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zGeom, + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int nCoord, double *aCoord, int *pRes), + void *pContext +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first +** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback(). +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { + void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ + int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ + double *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ + void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ + void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ +}; + + +#if 0 +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ + /************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ @@ -6295,7 +7350,7 @@ typedef struct HashElem HashElem; ** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list. ** ** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done -** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the +** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the ** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements ** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage ** the hash table. @@ -6310,7 +7365,7 @@ struct Hash { } *ht; }; -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following ** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. ** ** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really @@ -6531,6 +7586,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT # define double sqlite_int64 +# define float sqlite_int64 # define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64 # ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL # define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50) @@ -6546,7 +7602,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); /* ** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 -** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler +** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler ** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB @@ -6689,7 +7745,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; #define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) #define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) -/* +/* ** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used ** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. */ @@ -6718,7 +7774,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; /* ** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler -** callback for a given sqlite handle. +** callback for a given sqlite handle. ** ** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy ** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite @@ -6783,16 +7839,16 @@ struct BusyHandler { SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); #else - #define SQLITE_WSD + #define SQLITE_WSD #define GLOBAL(t,v) v #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config #endif /* ** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to -** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately +** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately ** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when -** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the +** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the ** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the ** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate, ** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere. @@ -6822,6 +7878,7 @@ typedef struct Expr Expr; typedef struct ExprList ExprList; typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan; typedef struct FKey FKey; +typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor; typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef; typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash; typedef struct IdList IdList; @@ -6847,13 +7904,14 @@ typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg; typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord; typedef struct VTable VTable; +typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx; typedef struct Walker Walker; typedef struct WherePlan WherePlan; typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; /* -** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and +** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and ** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque ** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above. */ @@ -6900,21 +7958,10 @@ typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; typedef struct Btree Btree; typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; typedef struct BtShared BtShared; -typedef struct BtreeMutexArray BtreeMutexArray; - -/* -** This structure records all of the Btrees that need to hold -** a mutex before we enter sqlite3VdbeExec(). The Btrees are -** are placed in aBtree[] in order of aBtree[]->pBt. That way, -** we can always lock and unlock them all quickly. -*/ -struct BtreeMutexArray { - int nMutex; - Btree *aBtree[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+1]; -}; SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */ @@ -6928,27 +7975,27 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( ** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in ** pager.h. */ -#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not use journal. No argument */ +#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */ #define BTREE_NO_READLOCK 2 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ -#define BTREE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory DB. No argument */ -#define BTREE_READONLY 8 /* Open the database in read-only mode */ -#define BTREE_READWRITE 16 /* Open for both reading and writing */ -#define BTREE_CREATE 32 /* Create the database if it does not exist */ +#define BTREE_MEMORY 4 /* This is an in-memory DB */ +#define BTREE_SINGLE 8 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */ +#define BTREE_UNORDERED 16 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); @@ -6968,11 +8015,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); /* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR -** of the following flags: +** of the flags shown below. +** +** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set. +** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data +** is stored in the leaves. (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.) With +** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored +** anywhere - the key is the content. (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL +** indices.) */ #define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ -#define BTREE_ZERODATA 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ -#define BTREE_LEAFDATA 4 /* Data stored in leaves only. Implies INTKEY */ +#define BTREE_BLOBKEY 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*); @@ -6983,7 +8036,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); /* ** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta -** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned +** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned ** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an ** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula: ** @@ -7046,6 +8099,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion); + #ifndef NDEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); #endif @@ -7059,6 +8114,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); #endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); +#endif + /* ** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to ** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the @@ -7068,35 +8127,33 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*); #else -# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) # define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray*, Btree*); #ifndef NDEBUG /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*); #endif #else +# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 # define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) # define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) # define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) # define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(X,Y) # define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1 # define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1 +# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1 #endif @@ -7125,6 +8182,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); */ #ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ #define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ +/* #include */ /* ** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines @@ -7168,6 +8226,7 @@ struct VdbeOp { KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */ int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */ + int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *); } p4; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */ @@ -7188,8 +8247,8 @@ struct SubProgram { int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */ int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */ int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */ - int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */ + SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */ }; /* @@ -7215,7 +8274,7 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; #define P4_KEYINFO (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */ #define P4_VDBEFUNC (-7) /* P4 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */ #define P4_MEM (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */ -#define P4_TRANSIENT (-9) /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */ +#define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */ #define P4_VTAB (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */ #define P4_MPRINTF (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */ #define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */ @@ -7223,6 +8282,7 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; #define P4_INT32 (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */ #define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */ #define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */ +#define P4_ADVANCE (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */ /* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure ** is made. That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized. But if the @@ -7235,7 +8295,7 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; #define P4_KEYINFO_STATIC (-17) /* -** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the +** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the ** number of columns of data returned by the statement. */ #define COLNAME_NAME 0 @@ -7255,7 +8315,7 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; /* ** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field -** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that +** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that ** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative. Calling ** the macro again restores the address. */ @@ -7320,102 +8380,105 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; #define OP_Or 68 /* same as TK_OR */ #define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT */ #define OP_BitNot 93 /* same as TK_BITNOT */ -#define OP_If 26 -#define OP_IfNot 27 +#define OP_Once 26 +#define OP_If 27 +#define OP_IfNot 28 #define OP_IsNull 73 /* same as TK_ISNULL */ #define OP_NotNull 74 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */ -#define OP_Column 28 -#define OP_Affinity 29 -#define OP_MakeRecord 30 -#define OP_Count 31 -#define OP_Savepoint 32 -#define OP_AutoCommit 33 -#define OP_Transaction 34 -#define OP_ReadCookie 35 -#define OP_SetCookie 36 -#define OP_VerifyCookie 37 -#define OP_OpenRead 38 -#define OP_OpenWrite 39 -#define OP_OpenEphemeral 40 -#define OP_OpenPseudo 41 -#define OP_Close 42 -#define OP_SeekLt 43 -#define OP_SeekLe 44 -#define OP_SeekGe 45 -#define OP_SeekGt 46 -#define OP_Seek 47 -#define OP_NotFound 48 -#define OP_Found 49 -#define OP_IsUnique 50 -#define OP_NotExists 51 -#define OP_Sequence 52 -#define OP_NewRowid 53 -#define OP_Insert 54 -#define OP_InsertInt 55 -#define OP_Delete 56 -#define OP_ResetCount 57 -#define OP_RowKey 58 -#define OP_RowData 59 -#define OP_Rowid 60 -#define OP_NullRow 61 -#define OP_Last 62 -#define OP_Sort 63 -#define OP_Rewind 64 -#define OP_Prev 65 -#define OP_Next 66 -#define OP_IdxInsert 67 -#define OP_IdxDelete 70 -#define OP_IdxRowid 71 -#define OP_IdxLT 72 -#define OP_IdxGE 81 -#define OP_Destroy 92 -#define OP_Clear 95 -#define OP_CreateIndex 96 -#define OP_CreateTable 97 -#define OP_ParseSchema 98 -#define OP_LoadAnalysis 99 -#define OP_DropTable 100 -#define OP_DropIndex 101 -#define OP_DropTrigger 102 -#define OP_IntegrityCk 103 -#define OP_RowSetAdd 104 -#define OP_RowSetRead 105 -#define OP_RowSetTest 106 -#define OP_Program 107 -#define OP_Param 108 -#define OP_FkCounter 109 -#define OP_FkIfZero 110 -#define OP_MemMax 111 -#define OP_IfPos 112 -#define OP_IfNeg 113 -#define OP_IfZero 114 -#define OP_AggStep 115 -#define OP_AggFinal 116 -#define OP_Vacuum 117 -#define OP_IncrVacuum 118 -#define OP_Expire 119 -#define OP_TableLock 120 -#define OP_VBegin 121 -#define OP_VCreate 122 -#define OP_VDestroy 123 -#define OP_VOpen 124 -#define OP_VFilter 125 -#define OP_VColumn 126 -#define OP_VNext 127 -#define OP_VRename 128 -#define OP_VUpdate 129 -#define OP_Pagecount 131 -#define OP_Trace 132 -#define OP_Noop 133 -#define OP_Explain 134 - -/* The following opcode values are never used */ -#define OP_NotUsed_135 135 -#define OP_NotUsed_136 136 -#define OP_NotUsed_137 137 -#define OP_NotUsed_138 138 -#define OP_NotUsed_139 139 -#define OP_NotUsed_140 140 +#define OP_Column 29 +#define OP_Affinity 30 +#define OP_MakeRecord 31 +#define OP_Count 32 +#define OP_Savepoint 33 +#define OP_AutoCommit 34 +#define OP_Transaction 35 +#define OP_ReadCookie 36 +#define OP_SetCookie 37 +#define OP_VerifyCookie 38 +#define OP_OpenRead 39 +#define OP_OpenWrite 40 +#define OP_OpenAutoindex 41 +#define OP_OpenEphemeral 42 +#define OP_SorterOpen 43 +#define OP_OpenPseudo 44 +#define OP_Close 45 +#define OP_SeekLt 46 +#define OP_SeekLe 47 +#define OP_SeekGe 48 +#define OP_SeekGt 49 +#define OP_Seek 50 +#define OP_NotFound 51 +#define OP_Found 52 +#define OP_IsUnique 53 +#define OP_NotExists 54 +#define OP_Sequence 55 +#define OP_NewRowid 56 +#define OP_Insert 57 +#define OP_InsertInt 58 +#define OP_Delete 59 +#define OP_ResetCount 60 +#define OP_SorterCompare 61 +#define OP_SorterData 62 +#define OP_RowKey 63 +#define OP_RowData 64 +#define OP_Rowid 65 +#define OP_NullRow 66 +#define OP_Last 67 +#define OP_SorterSort 70 +#define OP_Sort 71 +#define OP_Rewind 72 +#define OP_SorterNext 81 +#define OP_Prev 92 +#define OP_Next 95 +#define OP_SorterInsert 96 +#define OP_IdxInsert 97 +#define OP_IdxDelete 98 +#define OP_IdxRowid 99 +#define OP_IdxLT 100 +#define OP_IdxGE 101 +#define OP_Destroy 102 +#define OP_Clear 103 +#define OP_CreateIndex 104 +#define OP_CreateTable 105 +#define OP_ParseSchema 106 +#define OP_LoadAnalysis 107 +#define OP_DropTable 108 +#define OP_DropIndex 109 +#define OP_DropTrigger 110 +#define OP_IntegrityCk 111 +#define OP_RowSetAdd 112 +#define OP_RowSetRead 113 +#define OP_RowSetTest 114 +#define OP_Program 115 +#define OP_Param 116 +#define OP_FkCounter 117 +#define OP_FkIfZero 118 +#define OP_MemMax 119 +#define OP_IfPos 120 +#define OP_IfNeg 121 +#define OP_IfZero 122 +#define OP_AggStep 123 +#define OP_AggFinal 124 +#define OP_Checkpoint 125 +#define OP_JournalMode 126 +#define OP_Vacuum 127 +#define OP_IncrVacuum 128 +#define OP_Expire 129 +#define OP_TableLock 131 +#define OP_VBegin 132 +#define OP_VCreate 133 +#define OP_VDestroy 134 +#define OP_VOpen 135 +#define OP_VFilter 136 +#define OP_VColumn 137 +#define OP_VNext 138 +#define OP_VRename 139 +#define OP_VUpdate 140 +#define OP_Pagecount 146 +#define OP_MaxPgcnt 147 +#define OP_Trace 148 +#define OP_Noop 149 +#define OP_Explain 150 /* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in @@ -7431,24 +8494,24 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; #define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0040 /* out3: P3 is an output */ #define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\ /* 0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x04, 0x04, 0x10, 0x00, 0x02,\ -/* 8 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24,\ +/* 8 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24,\ /* 16 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04, 0x00,\ -/* 24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\ -/* 32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x08,\ -/* 48 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 56 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01,\ -/* 64 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x08, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00, 0x02,\ +/* 24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 32 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11,\ +/* 48 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x08, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02,\ +/* 56 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 64 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x01,\ /* 72 */ 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\ /* 80 */ 0x15, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\ -/* 88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x02, 0x24, 0x02, 0x00,\ -/* 96 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 104 */ 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08,\ -/* 112 */ 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00,\ -/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01,\ -/* 128 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\ -/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04,} +/* 88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x24, 0x02, 0x01,\ +/* 96 */ 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00,\ +/* 104 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 112 */ 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08,\ +/* 120 */ 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00,\ +/* 128 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 136 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\ +/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,} /************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/ @@ -7465,19 +8528,21 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, int addr, int P1); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, int P3); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr, int N); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*); @@ -7486,6 +8551,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*)); @@ -7494,16 +8560,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeProgramDelete(sqlite3 *, SubProgram *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetValue(Vdbe*, int, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*); #endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,char*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *); +#endif #ifndef NDEBUG @@ -7542,8 +8611,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); #define _PAGER_H_ /* -** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative -** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the +** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative +** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the ** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT @@ -7569,9 +8638,9 @@ typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; /* ** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is ** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is -** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file +** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file ** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to -** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c +** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c ** for details. */ #define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) @@ -7583,6 +8652,7 @@ typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; */ #define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ #define PAGER_NO_READLOCK 0x0002 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ +#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0004 /* In-memory database */ /* ** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). @@ -7592,22 +8662,23 @@ typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; #define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 /* -** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerJournalMode(). +** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY -1 +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ /* ** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions -** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for +** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for ** a detailed description of each routine. */ -/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ +/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( sqlite3_vfs*, Pager **ppPager, @@ -7622,16 +8693,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); /* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u16*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); -/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ +/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); #define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0) SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); @@ -7643,13 +8716,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); /* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); @@ -7657,9 +8731,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager); + /* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); @@ -7671,6 +8752,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); /* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *); +#endif + /* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); @@ -7704,7 +8789,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache -** subsystem. +** subsystem. */ #ifndef _PCACHE_H_ @@ -7777,7 +8862,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void); /* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. -** Reference counted. +** Reference counted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*); @@ -7818,7 +8903,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*); #if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This -** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the +** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the ** library is built. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); @@ -7878,8 +8963,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); /* ** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other ** operating system. After the following block of preprocess macros, -** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, SQLITE_OS_OS2, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER -** will defined to either 1 or 0. One of the four will be 1. The other +** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, SQLITE_OS_OS2, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER +** will defined to either 1 or 0. One of the four will be 1. The other ** three will be 0. */ #if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) @@ -7981,10 +9066,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); ** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then ** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it ** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. -** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a +** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a ** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the ** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. -** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" +** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" ** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but ** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart ** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid @@ -8025,9 +9110,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); ** UnlockFile(). ** ** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. -** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen -** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at -** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the +** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen +** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at +** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the ** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. ** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. ** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking @@ -8046,7 +9131,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); ** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. ** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which ** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for -** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. +** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. ** ** The same locking strategy and ** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having @@ -8062,7 +9147,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); ** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. ** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE ** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except -** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic +** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic ** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. ** ** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible @@ -8072,7 +9157,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); ** 1GB boundary. ** */ -#define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define PENDING_BYTE (0x40000000) +#else +# define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte +#endif #define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1) #define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2) #define SHARED_SIZE 510 @@ -8082,8 +9171,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void); -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); @@ -8098,9 +9187,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); #define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int); -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); @@ -8114,10 +9207,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *, double*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*); /* -** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using +** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using ** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*); @@ -8194,8 +9287,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); #define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) #define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK #define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) 1 -#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) 1 +#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1) +#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1) #define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) #define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK #define sqlite3MutexEnd() @@ -8223,16 +9316,23 @@ struct Db { /* ** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema. ** -** If there are no virtual tables configured in this schema, the -** Schema.db variable is set to NULL. After the first virtual table -** has been added, it is set to point to the database connection -** used to create the connection. Once a virtual table has been -** added to the Schema structure and the Schema.db variable populated, -** only that database connection may use the Schema to prepare -** statements. +** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree. The exception is +** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing. +** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple +** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object. +** +** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that +** references them is destroyed. The TEMP Schema is manually freed by +** sqlite3_close(). +* +** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order +** to access Schema content. This implies that the thread must also be +** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree. +** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required. */ struct Schema { int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */ + int iGeneration; /* Generation counter. Incremented with each change */ Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */ Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */ Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */ @@ -8242,13 +9342,10 @@ struct Schema { u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */ u16 flags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - sqlite3 *db; /* "Owner" connection. See comment above */ -#endif }; /* -** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the +** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the ** Db.pSchema->flags field. */ #define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P)) @@ -8302,6 +9399,7 @@ struct Lookaside { u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */ int nOut; /* Number of buffers currently checked out */ int mxOut; /* Highwater mark for nOut */ + int anStat[3]; /* 0: hits. 1: size misses. 2: full misses */ LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List of available buffers */ void *pStart; /* First byte of available memory space */ void *pEnd; /* First byte past end of available space */ @@ -8351,16 +9449,16 @@ struct sqlite3 { int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ Db *aDb; /* All backends */ int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */ - int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ + unsigned int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */ int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */ u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */ u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ - u8 dfltJournalMode; /* Default journal mode for attached dbs */ signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */ u8 suppressErr; /* Do not issue error messages if true */ + u8 vtabOnConflict; /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */ int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */ int nTable; /* Number of tables in the database */ CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ @@ -8381,16 +9479,21 @@ struct sqlite3 { struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ int activeVdbeCnt; /* Number of VDBEs currently executing */ int writeVdbeCnt; /* Number of active VDBEs that are writing */ + int vdbeExecCnt; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */ void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */ void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */ - void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ + void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ - void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ + void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ void *pUpdateArg; void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int); + void *pWalArg; +#endif void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*); void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*); void *pCollNeededArg; @@ -8414,7 +9517,7 @@ struct sqlite3 { #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */ - Table *pVTab; /* vtab with active Connect/Create method */ + VtabCtx *pVtabCtx; /* Context for active vtab connect/create */ VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */ VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */ @@ -8429,10 +9532,11 @@ struct sqlite3 { int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */ u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */ i64 nDeferredCons; /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */ + int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY - /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER - ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. + /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER + ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. ** ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to ** unlock so that it can proceed. @@ -8469,17 +9573,21 @@ struct sqlite3 { #define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00004000 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ #define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00008000 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */ #define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00010000 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */ -#define SQLITE_NoReadlock 0x00020000 /* Readlocks are omitted when +#define SQLITE_NoReadlock 0x00020000 /* Readlocks are omitted when ** accessing read-only databases */ #define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00040000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ #define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0080000 /* For shared-cache mode */ #define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00100000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ #define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00200000 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ -#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x00400000 /* Enable load_extension */ +#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00400000 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ #define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00800000 /* Ignore schema errors */ #define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x01000000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */ #define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x02000000 /* Enable recursive triggers */ #define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x04000000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */ +#define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x08000000 /* Enable automatic indexes */ +#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin 0x10000000 /* Preference to built-in funcs */ +#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x20000000 /* Enable load_extension */ +#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x40000000 /* True to enable triggers */ /* ** Bits of the sqlite3.flags field that are used by the @@ -8491,7 +9599,11 @@ struct sqlite3 { #define SQLITE_IndexSort 0x04 /* Disable indexes for sorting */ #define SQLITE_IndexSearch 0x08 /* Disable indexes for searching */ #define SQLITE_IndexCover 0x10 /* Disable index covering table */ -#define SQLITE_OptMask 0x1f /* Mask of all disablable opts */ +#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x20 /* Disable GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */ +#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x40 /* Disable factoring out constants */ +#define SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt 0x80 /* Store REAL as INT in indices */ +#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt 0x80 /* DISTINCT using indexes */ +#define SQLITE_OptMask 0xff /* Mask of all disablable opts */ /* ** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field. @@ -8521,6 +9633,27 @@ struct FuncDef { void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finalizer */ char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */ FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */ + FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */ +}; + +/* +** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as +** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When +** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor, +** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to +** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether +** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor +** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated +** FuncDestructor. +** +** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference +** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor +** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed. +*/ +struct FuncDestructor { + int nRef; + void (*xDestroy)(void *); + void *pUserData; }; /* @@ -8539,10 +9672,10 @@ struct FuncDef { ** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures. ** ** FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) -** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName +** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName ** implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The ** value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available -** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If +** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If ** argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set. ** ** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) @@ -8552,8 +9685,8 @@ struct FuncDef { ** FUNCTION(). ** ** LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags) -** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName -** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C +** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName +** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C ** function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made ** available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The ** FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags @@ -8561,15 +9694,15 @@ struct FuncDef { */ #define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ - SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0} + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} #define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ - pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0} + pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} #define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0} + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} #define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ - SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0} + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0} /* ** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at @@ -8671,7 +9804,7 @@ struct CollSeq { ** ** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and ** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve -** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. +** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. ** ** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'. That way, ** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and @@ -8690,7 +9823,7 @@ struct CollSeq { /* ** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an -** affinity value. +** affinity value. */ #define SQLITE_AFF_MASK 0x67 @@ -8704,20 +9837,20 @@ struct CollSeq { /* ** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in -** the database schema. +** the database schema. ** ** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this ** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared ** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique -** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table -** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between -** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database +** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table +** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between +** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database ** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database ** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method ** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may -** then used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables -** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers -** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database +** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables +** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers +** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database ** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table. ** ** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared @@ -8729,19 +9862,19 @@ struct CollSeq { ** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query. ** ** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the -** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not -** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed +** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not +** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed ** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to ** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the -** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected +** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected ** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done ** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes. ** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an ** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect ** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex. ** -** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by -** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as +** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by +** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as ** the first argument. */ struct VTable { @@ -8749,6 +9882,8 @@ struct VTable { Module *pMod; /* Pointer to module implementation */ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to vtab instance */ int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ + u8 bConstraint; /* True if constraints are supported */ + int iSavepoint; /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */ VTable *pNext; /* Next in linked list (see above) */ }; @@ -8776,20 +9911,20 @@ struct VTable { ** in sqlite.aDb[]. 0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that ** holds temporary tables and indices. If TF_Ephemeral is set ** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted -** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum +** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum ** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root ** page number. Transient tables are used to hold the results of a -** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause +** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause ** of a SELECT statement. */ struct Table { - sqlite3 *dbMem; /* DB connection used for lookaside allocations. */ char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */ int iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */ Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */ int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */ + unsigned nRowEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */ Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */ u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ @@ -8894,7 +10029,7 @@ struct FKey { ** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the ** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the ** foreign key. -** +** ** The following symbolic values are used to record which type ** of action to take. */ @@ -8915,14 +10050,14 @@ struct FKey { /* ** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first -** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the +** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the ** comparison of the two index keys. */ struct KeyInfo { sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the TEXT_Utf* values */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */ u16 nField; /* Number of entries in aColl[] */ - u8 *aSortOrder; /* If defined an aSortOrder[i] is true, sort DESC */ + u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. May be NULL */ CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ }; @@ -8972,7 +10107,7 @@ struct UnpackedRecord { ** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are ** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing ** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed. -** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the +** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the ** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[]. ** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in ** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0. @@ -8980,7 +10115,7 @@ struct UnpackedRecord { ** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns ** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None, ** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index -** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution +** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution ** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique ** element. */ @@ -8993,6 +10128,7 @@ struct Index { int tnum; /* Page containing root of this index in database file */ u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ u8 autoIndex; /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */ + u8 bUnordered; /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */ char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ @@ -9002,7 +10138,7 @@ struct Index { }; /* -** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat2 table is represented in memory +** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat2 table is represented in memory ** using a structure of this type. */ struct IndexSample { @@ -9046,6 +10182,7 @@ struct AggInfo { u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather ** than the source table */ int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ + int sortingIdxPTab; /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ @@ -9097,9 +10234,9 @@ typedef int ynVar; ** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression ** tree. ** -** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, +** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, ** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If -** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the +** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the ** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION), ** then Expr.token contains the name of the function. ** @@ -9110,7 +10247,7 @@ typedef int ynVar; ** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form " IN (, ...)". ** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of ** the form " IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the -** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is +** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is ** valid. ** ** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table. @@ -9121,8 +10258,8 @@ typedef int ynVar; ** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that ** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed. ** -** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark -** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index +** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark +** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index ** number for that variable. ** ** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer @@ -9156,12 +10293,12 @@ struct Expr { u16 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ union { char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */ - int iValue; /* Integer value if EP_IntValue */ + int iValue; /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */ } u; /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to - ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. + ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. *********************************************************************/ Expr *pLeft; /* Left subnode */ @@ -9232,7 +10369,7 @@ struct Expr { #endif /* -** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the +** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the ** Expr.flags field. */ #define ExprHasProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))==(P)) @@ -9241,8 +10378,8 @@ struct Expr { #define ExprClearProperty(E,P) (E)->flags&=~(P) /* -** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr -** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags +** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr +** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags ** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set. */ #define EXPR_FULLSIZE sizeof(Expr) /* Full size */ @@ -9250,7 +10387,7 @@ struct Expr { #define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE offsetof(Expr,pLeft) /* Fewer features */ /* -** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment +** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment ** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details. */ #define EXPRDUP_REDUCE 0x0001 /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */ @@ -9342,6 +10479,9 @@ typedef u64 Bitmask; ** and the next table on the list. The parser builds the list this way. ** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each ** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table. +** +** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table +** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used. */ struct SrcList { i16 nSrc; /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */ @@ -9352,9 +10492,14 @@ struct SrcList { char *zAlias; /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase. zName is the "A" */ Table *pTab; /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */ Select *pSelect; /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */ - u8 isPopulated; /* Temporary table associated with SELECT is populated */ + int addrFillSub; /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */ + int regReturn; /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */ u8 jointype; /* Type of join between this able and the previous */ u8 notIndexed; /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */ + u8 isCorrelated; /* True if sub-query is correlated */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + u8 iSelectId; /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */ +#endif int iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */ Expr *pOn; /* The ON clause of a join */ IdList *pUsing; /* The USING clause of a join */ @@ -9393,6 +10538,7 @@ struct SrcList { struct WherePlan { u32 wsFlags; /* WHERE_* flags that describe the strategy */ u32 nEq; /* Number of == constraints */ + double nRow; /* Estimated number of rows (for EQP) */ union { Index *pIdx; /* Index when WHERE_INDEXED is true */ struct WhereTerm *pTerm; /* WHERE clause term for OR-search */ @@ -9453,7 +10599,7 @@ struct WhereLevel { #define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX 0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */ #define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED 0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */ #define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK 0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */ -#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN 0x0010 /* Table cursor are already open */ +#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN 0x0010 /* Table cursors are already open */ #define WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE 0x0020 /* Omit close of table & index cursors */ #define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE 0x0040 /* Do not use an index-only search */ #define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY 0x0080 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */ @@ -9470,15 +10616,21 @@ struct WhereInfo { u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ u8 okOnePass; /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE or DELETE */ u8 untestedTerms; /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */ + u8 eDistinct; SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables in the join */ int iTop; /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */ int iContinue; /* Jump here to continue with next record */ int iBreak; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ int nLevel; /* Number of nested loop */ struct WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */ + double savedNQueryLoop; /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */ + double nRowOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */ WhereLevel a[1]; /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */ }; +#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE 1 +#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED 2 + /* ** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column ** names. The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and @@ -9488,12 +10640,12 @@ struct WhereInfo { ** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for ** other statements. ** -** NameContexts can be nested. When resolving names, the inner-most +** NameContexts can be nested. When resolving names, the inner-most ** context is searched first. If no match is found, the next outer ** context is checked. If there is still no match, the next context ** is checked. This process continues until either a match is found ** or all contexts are check. When a match is found, the nRef member of -** the context containing the match is incremented. +** the context containing the match is incremented. ** ** Each subquery gets a new NameContext. The pNext field points to the ** NameContext in the parent query. Thus the process of scanning the @@ -9551,6 +10703,7 @@ struct Select { Expr *pOffset; /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */ int iLimit, iOffset; /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */ int addrOpenEphm[3]; /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */ + double nSelectRow; /* Estimated number of result rows */ }; /* @@ -9563,6 +10716,7 @@ struct Select { #define SF_UsesEphemeral 0x0008 /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */ #define SF_Expanded 0x0010 /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */ #define SF_HasTypeInfo 0x0020 /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */ +#define SF_UseSorter 0x0040 /* Sort using a sorter */ /* @@ -9598,7 +10752,7 @@ struct SelectDest { }; /* -** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT +** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT ** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p ** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that ** the code generator needs. We have to keep per-table autoincrement @@ -9621,7 +10775,7 @@ struct AutoincInfo { #endif /* -** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each +** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each ** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE ** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at ** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been @@ -9634,7 +10788,7 @@ struct AutoincInfo { ** values for both pTrigger and orconf. ** ** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns -** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT +** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT ** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to ** a mask of new.* columns used by the program. */ @@ -9647,6 +10801,15 @@ struct TriggerPrg { }; /* +** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases. +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 + typedef sqlite3_uint64 yDbMask; +#else + typedef unsigned int yDbMask; +#endif + +/* ** An SQL parser context. A copy of this structure is passed through ** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to ** carry around information that is global to the entire parse. @@ -9656,7 +10819,7 @@ struct TriggerPrg { ** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of ** each recursion. ** -** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache +** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache ** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are ** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being ** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the @@ -9694,8 +10857,8 @@ struct Parse { int iReg; /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */ int lru; /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */ } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE]; /* One for each column cache entry */ - u32 writeMask; /* Start a write transaction on these databases */ - u32 cookieMask; /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */ + yDbMask writeMask; /* Start a write transaction on these databases */ + yDbMask cookieMask; /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */ u8 isMultiWrite; /* True if statement may affect/insert multiple rows */ u8 mayAbort; /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */ int cookieGoto; /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */ @@ -9717,14 +10880,14 @@ struct Parse { u8 eTriggerOp; /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */ u8 eOrconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ u8 disableTriggers; /* True to disable triggers */ + double nQueryLoop; /* Estimated number of iterations of a query */ /* Above is constant between recursions. Below is reset before and after ** each recursion */ int nVar; /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */ - int nVarExpr; /* Number of used slots in apVarExpr[] */ - int nVarExprAlloc; /* Number of allocated slots in apVarExpr[] */ - Expr **apVarExpr; /* Pointers to :aaa and $aaaa wildcard expressions */ + int nzVar; /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */ + char **azVar; /* Pointers to names of parameters */ Vdbe *pReprepare; /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */ int nAlias; /* Number of aliased result set columns */ int nAliasAlloc; /* Number of allocated slots for aAlias[] */ @@ -9745,6 +10908,11 @@ struct Parse { int nHeight; /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */ Table *pZombieTab; /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */ TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg; /* Linked list of coded triggers */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iSelectId; + int iNextSelectId; +#endif }; #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE @@ -9774,10 +10942,10 @@ struct AuthContext { /* * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of - * struct Trigger. + * struct Trigger. * * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways. - * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the + * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the * database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name. * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the * pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the @@ -9803,7 +10971,7 @@ struct Trigger { /* ** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger. The following constants -** determine which. +** determine which. ** ** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER. ** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together. @@ -9813,15 +10981,15 @@ struct Trigger { /* * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement - * that is a part of a trigger-program. + * that is a part of a trigger-program. * * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked - * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the + * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is * the first step of the trigger-program. - * + * * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or - * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the + * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the * value of "op" as follows: * * (op == TK_INSERT) @@ -9831,7 +10999,7 @@ struct Trigger { * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to insert into. * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then * this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL. - * pIdList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... () VALUES ... + * pIdList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... () VALUES ... * statement, then this stores the column-names to be * inserted into. * @@ -9839,7 +11007,7 @@ struct Trigger { * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to delete from. * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified. * Otherwise NULL. - * + * * (op == TK_UPDATE) * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to update rows of. * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified. @@ -9847,7 +11015,7 @@ struct Trigger { * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update * them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges" * argument. - * + * */ struct TriggerStep { u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */ @@ -9865,7 +11033,7 @@ struct TriggerStep { /* ** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix... ** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references -** explicit. +** explicit. */ typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer; struct DbFixer { @@ -9887,7 +11055,7 @@ struct StrAccum { int nAlloc; /* Amount of space allocated in zText */ int mxAlloc; /* Maximum allowed string length */ u8 mallocFailed; /* Becomes true if any memory allocation fails */ - u8 useMalloc; /* True if zText is enlargeable using realloc */ + u8 useMalloc; /* 0: none, 1: sqlite3DbMalloc, 2: sqlite3_malloc */ u8 tooBig; /* Becomes true if string size exceeds limits */ }; @@ -9911,6 +11079,7 @@ struct Sqlite3Config { int bMemstat; /* True to enable memory status */ int bCoreMutex; /* True to enable core mutexing */ int bFullMutex; /* True to enable full mutexing */ + int bOpenUri; /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */ int mxStrlen; /* Maximum string length */ int szLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer size */ int nLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer count */ @@ -9939,6 +11108,7 @@ struct Sqlite3Config { int nRefInitMutex; /* Number of users of pInitMutex */ void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */ void *pLogArg; /* First argument to xLog() */ + int bLocaltimeFault; /* True to fail localtime() calls */ }; /* @@ -10039,7 +11209,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int); ** Internal function prototypes */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char*, int*, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*); #define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp @@ -10063,7 +11232,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void)); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemoryAlarm(void (*)(void*, sqlite3_int64, int), void*, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void); /* ** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make @@ -10076,7 +11245,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemoryAlarm(void (*)(void*, sqlite3_int64, int), void* #ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA # define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) alloca(N) # define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) memset(alloca(N), 0, N) -# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) +# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) #else # define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N) # define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N) @@ -10092,7 +11261,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void); #ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void); @@ -10160,6 +11330,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*, + sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **); SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32); @@ -10184,7 +11356,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse); @@ -10221,9 +11393,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse *, SrcList *, Expr *, ExprList *, E #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**, u16); +SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**,ExprList*,u16); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int); @@ -10232,7 +11405,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprHardCopy(Parse*,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int); @@ -10250,6 +11422,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*); @@ -10258,6 +11431,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*); @@ -10351,26 +11525,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFactory(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFilename, - int omitJournal, int nCache, int flags, Btree **ppBtree); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8*, const u8**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8*, const u8**); /* ** Routines to read and write variable-length integers. These used to ** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c ** file. Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions -** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which +** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which ** the MACRO form does). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64); @@ -10407,23 +11579,35 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *); SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity); SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *, Token *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Expr*, CollSeq*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*); +#else +# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z); SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *); @@ -10437,13 +11621,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[]; SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[]; SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[]; SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config; SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte; #endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db*, int, int); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...); @@ -10463,18 +11650,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(Index*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *); SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *); SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *, Index *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*)); + void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*), + FuncDestructor *pDestructor +); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *); @@ -10521,17 +11710,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*); # define sqlite3VtabRollback(X) # define sqlite3VtabCommit(X) # define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0 -# define sqlite3VtabLock(X) +# define sqlite3VtabLock(X) # define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X) # define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X) +# define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK #else -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int); # define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*); @@ -10552,12 +11743,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int); /* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by ** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign ** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but ** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In -** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is +** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is ** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system). */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) @@ -10575,9 +11769,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *); #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d) 0 #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*); #else - #define sqlite3FkDelete(a) + #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b) #endif @@ -10647,7 +11841,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *); /* ** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable ** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to -** print I/O tracing messages. +** print I/O tracing messages. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE # define IOTRACE(A) if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; } @@ -10658,7 +11852,50 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...); # define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X) #endif +/* +** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator +** only. They are used to verify that different "types" of memory +** allocations are properly tracked by the system. +** +** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of +** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below. The type must be a bitmask with +** a single bit set. +** +** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second +** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). +** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements. +** +** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second +** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). +** +** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP +** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE. If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means +** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was +** too large or lookaside was already full. It is important to verify +** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not +** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines. Asserts such as the +** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify +** this constraint. +** +** All of this is no-op for a production build. It only comes into +** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8); +#else +# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y) /* no-op */ +# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y) 1 +# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y) 1 #endif +#define MEMTYPE_HEAP 0x01 /* General heap allocations */ +#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE 0x02 /* Might have been lookaside memory */ +#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH 0x04 /* Scratch allocations */ +#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE 0x08 /* Page cache allocations */ +#define MEMTYPE_DB 0x10 /* Uses sqlite3DbMalloc, not sqlite_malloc */ + +#endif /* _SQLITEINT_H_ */ /************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/ /************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/ @@ -10678,7 +11915,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...); */ /* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding -** lower-case character. +** lower-case character. ** ** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters. We do not ** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables @@ -10744,7 +11981,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = { ** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[] ** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite. ** -** Bit 0x40 is set if the character non-alphanumeric and can be used in an +** Bit 0x40 is set if the character non-alphanumeric and can be used in an ** SQLite identifier. Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any ** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is ** part of an identifier is 0x46. @@ -10792,7 +12029,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = { }; #endif - +#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI +# define SQLITE_USE_URI 0 +#endif /* ** The following singleton contains the global configuration for @@ -10802,8 +12041,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = { SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS, /* bMemstat */ 1, /* bCoreMutex */ SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1, /* bFullMutex */ + SQLITE_USE_URI, /* bOpenUri */ 0x7ffffffe, /* mxStrlen */ - 100, /* szLookaside */ + 128, /* szLookaside */ 500, /* nLookaside */ {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* m */ {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* mutex */ @@ -10829,6 +12069,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = { 0, /* nRefInitMutex */ 0, /* xLog */ 0, /* pLogArg */ + 0, /* bLocaltimeFault */ }; @@ -10840,6 +12081,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = { SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions; /* +** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = { + { "0", 1 }, + { "1", 1 } +}; + + +/* ** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the ** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database. SQLite never uses ** the database page that contains the pending byte. It never attempts @@ -10857,13 +12107,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions; ** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined ** and dileterious behavior. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000; +#endif /* ** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is ** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained ** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in -** the vdbe.c file. +** the vdbe.c file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER; @@ -10889,7 +12141,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER; /* -** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should +** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should ** be sorted A-Z. ** ** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses @@ -11014,6 +12266,9 @@ static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = { #ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE "LOCK_TRACE", #endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY + "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY), +#endif #ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG "MEMDEBUG", #endif @@ -11041,6 +12296,12 @@ static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = { #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT "OMIT_AUTOINIT", #endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET + "OMIT_AUTORESET", +#endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM", #endif @@ -11062,9 +12323,11 @@ static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = { #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK "OMIT_CHECK", #endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS - "OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS", -#endif +/* // redundant +** #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +** "OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS", +** #endif +*/ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE "OMIT_COMPLETE", #endif @@ -11098,9 +12361,6 @@ static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = { #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE "OMIT_GET_TABLE", #endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GLOBALRECOVER - "OMIT_GLOBALRECOVER", -#endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB "OMIT_INCRBLOB", #endif @@ -11122,6 +12382,9 @@ static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = { #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB "OMIT_MEMORYDB", #endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT + "OMIT_MERGE_SORT", +#endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION", #endif @@ -11179,12 +12442,18 @@ static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = { #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE", #endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + "OMIT_WAL", +#endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD "OMIT_WSD", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT "OMIT_XFER_OPT", #endif +#ifdef SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC + "PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC", +#endif #ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE "PERFORMANCE_TRACE", #endif @@ -11271,14 +12540,467 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N){ ** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related ** functionality. */ +/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of status.c ******************/ +/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/ +/* +** 2003 September 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the header file for information that is private to the +** VDBE. This information used to all be at the top of the single +** source code file "vdbe.c". When that file became too big (over +** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and +** this header information was factored out. +*/ +#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_ +#define _VDBEINT_H_ + +/* +** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be +** executed by a virtual machine. Each instruction is an instance +** of the following structure. +*/ +typedef struct VdbeOp Op; + +/* +** Boolean values +*/ +typedef unsigned char Bool; + +/* Opaque type used by code in vdbesort.c */ +typedef struct VdbeSorter VdbeSorter; + +/* +** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file. +** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or +** loop over all entries of the Btree. You can also insert new BTree +** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor +** is currently pointing to. +** +** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an +** instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct VdbeCursor { + BtCursor *pCursor; /* The cursor structure of the backend */ + Btree *pBt; /* Separate file holding temporary table */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */ + int iDb; /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */ + int pseudoTableReg; /* Register holding pseudotable content. */ + int nField; /* Number of fields in the header */ + Bool zeroed; /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */ + Bool rowidIsValid; /* True if lastRowid is valid */ + Bool atFirst; /* True if pointing to first entry */ + Bool useRandomRowid; /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */ + Bool nullRow; /* True if pointing to a row with no data */ + Bool deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */ + Bool isTable; /* True if a table requiring integer keys */ + Bool isIndex; /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */ + Bool isOrdered; /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */ + Bool isSorter; /* True if a new-style sorter */ + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; /* The cursor for a virtual table */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */ + i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */ + i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */ + i64 lastRowid; /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */ + VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* Sorter object for OP_SorterOpen cursors */ + + /* Result of last sqlite3BtreeMoveto() done by an OP_NotExists or + ** OP_IsUnique opcode on this cursor. */ + int seekResult; + + /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the + ** cursor is currently pointing to. Only valid if cacheStatus matches + ** Vdbe.cacheCtr. Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of + ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that + ** the cache is out of date. + ** + ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might + ** be NULL. + */ + u32 cacheStatus; /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */ + int payloadSize; /* Total number of bytes in the record */ + u32 *aType; /* Type values for all entries in the record */ + u32 *aOffset; /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */ + u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */ +}; +typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor; + +/* +** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type +** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as +** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific +** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, +** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure, +** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program +** began executing. +** +** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory +** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or +** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it +** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame +** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing +** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive +** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the +** child frame are released. +** +** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is +** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program. +*/ +typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame; +struct VdbeFrame { + Vdbe *v; /* VM this frame belongs to */ + int pc; /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */ + Op *aOp; /* Program instructions for parent frame */ + int nOp; /* Size of aOp array */ + Mem *aMem; /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */ + int nMem; /* Number of entries in aMem */ + VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */ + u16 nCursor; /* Number of entries in apCsr */ + void *token; /* Copy of SubProgram.token */ + int nChildMem; /* Number of memory cells for child frame */ + int nChildCsr; /* Number of cursors for child frame */ + i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */ + int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges) */ + VdbeFrame *pParent; /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */ +}; + +#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))]) + +/* +** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid. +*/ +#define CACHE_STALE 0 + +/* +** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem +** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string, +** integer etc.) of the same value. +*/ +struct Mem { + sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */ + char *z; /* String or BLOB value */ + double r; /* Real value */ + union { + i64 i; /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */ + int nZero; /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */ + FuncDef *pDef; /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */ + RowSet *pRowSet; /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */ + } u; + int n; /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */ + u16 flags; /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */ + u8 type; /* One of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */ + u8 enc; /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + Mem *pScopyFrom; /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */ + void *pFiller; /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */ +#endif + void (*xDel)(void *); /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */ + char *zMalloc; /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */ +}; + +/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK +** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct. +** +** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value. +** No other flags may be set in this case. +** +** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation. +** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main +** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also +** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real +** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag. +*/ +#define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL */ +#define MEM_Str 0x0002 /* Value is a string */ +#define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */ +#define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */ +#define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */ +#define MEM_RowSet 0x0020 /* Value is a RowSet object */ +#define MEM_Frame 0x0040 /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */ +#define MEM_Invalid 0x0080 /* Value is undefined */ +#define MEM_TypeMask 0x00ff /* Mask of type bits */ + +/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of +** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management +** policy for Mem.z. The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the +** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated +*/ +#define MEM_Term 0x0200 /* String rep is nul terminated */ +#define MEM_Dyn 0x0400 /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */ +#define MEM_Static 0x0800 /* Mem.z points to a static string */ +#define MEM_Ephem 0x1000 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */ +#define MEM_Agg 0x2000 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */ +#define MEM_Zero 0x4000 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + #undef MEM_Zero + #define MEM_Zero 0x0000 +#endif + +/* +** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f +*/ +#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \ + ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f) + +/* +** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid. This macro +** is for use inside assert() statements only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#define memIsValid(M) ((M)->flags & MEM_Invalid)==0 +#endif + + +/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains +** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments +** of the function. This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata() +** and sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs. The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data +** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function. This +** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular +** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple +** invocations. +*/ +struct VdbeFunc { + FuncDef *pFunc; /* The definition of the function */ + int nAux; /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */ + struct AuxData { + void *pAux; /* Aux data for the i-th argument */ + void (*xDelete)(void *); /* Destructor for the aux data */ + } apAux[1]; /* One slot for each function argument */ +}; + +/* +** The "context" argument for a installable function. A pointer to an +** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used +** implement the SQL functions. +** +** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h. So all routines, +** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure. +** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this +** structure are known. +** +** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures +** (Mem) which are only defined there. +*/ +struct sqlite3_context { + FuncDef *pFunc; /* Pointer to function information. MUST BE FIRST */ + VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; /* Auxilary data, if created. */ + Mem s; /* The return value is stored here */ + Mem *pMem; /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */ + int isError; /* Error code returned by the function. */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the virtual machine. This structure contains the complete +** state of the virtual machine. +** +** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare() +** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure. +** +** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of +** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is +** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This +** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute +** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of +** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table +** method function. +*/ +struct Vdbe { + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection that owns this statement */ + Op *aOp; /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */ + Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */ + Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */ + Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */ + Mem *pResultSet; /* Pointer to an array of results */ + int nMem; /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */ + int nOp; /* Number of instructions in the program */ + int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */ + int nLabel; /* Number of labels used */ + int nLabelAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */ + int *aLabel; /* Space to hold the labels */ + u16 nResColumn; /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */ + u16 nCursor; /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */ + u32 magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message written here */ + Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */ + VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */ + Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */ + char **azVar; /* Name of variables */ + ynVar nVar; /* Number of entries in aVar[] */ + ynVar nzVar; /* Number of entries in azVar[] */ + u32 cacheCtr; /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */ + int pc; /* The program counter */ + int rc; /* Value to return */ + u8 errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */ + u8 explain; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */ + u8 changeCntOn; /* True to update the change-counter */ + u8 expired; /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */ + u8 runOnlyOnce; /* Automatically expire on reset */ + u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */ + u8 inVtabMethod; /* See comments above */ + u8 usesStmtJournal; /* True if uses a statement journal */ + u8 readOnly; /* True for read-only statements */ + u8 isPrepareV2; /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */ + int nChange; /* Number of db changes made since last reset */ + yDbMask btreeMask; /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */ + yDbMask lockMask; /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */ + int iStatement; /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */ + int aCounter[3]; /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */ +#endif + i64 nFkConstraint; /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */ + i64 nStmtDefCons; /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */ + char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */ + void *pFree; /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + FILE *trace; /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */ +#endif + VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Parent frame */ + VdbeFrame *pDelFrame; /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */ + int nFrame; /* Number of frames in pFrame list */ + u32 expmask; /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */ + SubProgram *pProgram; /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */ +}; + +/* +** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic +*/ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT 0x26bceaa5 /* Building a VDBE program */ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 0xbdf20da3 /* VDBE is ready to execute */ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT 0x519c2973 /* VDBE has completed execution */ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0xb606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */ + +/* +** Function prototypes +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*); +void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*); +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int); + +int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor *, i64 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64); +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64 +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p); +#define MemReleaseExt(X) \ + if((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame)) \ + sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(X); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem); + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT +# define sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(Y,Z) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(X,Y,Z) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(Y,Z) +# define sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(Y,Z) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(X,Y,Z) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(X,Y,Z) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(X,Y,Z) SQLITE_OK +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(VdbeCursor *, Mem *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *, Mem *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(VdbeCursor *, Mem *, int *); +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X) +# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrepareToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0 +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *); +#else + #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */ + +/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in status.c *********************/ /* ** Variables in which to record status information. */ typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType; static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType { - int nowValue[9]; /* Current value */ - int mxValue[9]; /* Maximum value */ + int nowValue[10]; /* Current value */ + int mxValue[10]; /* Maximum value */ } sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} }; @@ -11360,6 +13082,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( int *pHighwater, /* Write high-water mark here */ int resetFlag /* Reset high-water mark if true */ ){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); switch( op ){ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: { *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut; @@ -11369,11 +13093,115 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( } break; } + + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT: + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE: + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: { + testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT ); + testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE ); + testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL ); + assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 ); + assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 ); + *pCurrent = 0; + *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]; + if( resetFlag ){ + db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0; + } + break; + } + + /* + ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used + ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection. The + ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: { + int totalUsed = 0; + int i; + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + totalUsed += sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager); + } + } + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + *pCurrent = totalUsed; + *pHighwater = 0; + break; + } + + /* + ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used + ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed + ** databases. *pHighwater is set to zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: { + int i; /* Used to iterate through schemas */ + int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */ + + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; + if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){ + HashElem *p; + + nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * ( + pSchema->tblHash.count + + pSchema->trigHash.count + + pSchema->idxHash.count + + pSchema->fkeyHash.count + ); + nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->tblHash.ht); + nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->trigHash.ht); + nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->idxHash.ht); + nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht); + + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p)); + } + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p)); + } + } + } + db->pnBytesFreed = 0; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + + *pHighwater = 0; + *pCurrent = nByte; + break; + } + + /* + ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used + ** to store all prepared statements. + ** *pHighwater is set to zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: { + struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Used to iterate through VMs */ + int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */ + + db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte; + for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(db, pVdbe); + } + db->pnBytesFreed = 0; + + *pHighwater = 0; + *pCurrent = nByte; + + break; + } + default: { - return SQLITE_ERROR; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } } - return SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } /************** End of status.c **********************************************/ @@ -11390,7 +13218,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time -** functions for SQLite. +** functions for SQLite. ** ** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function ** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. @@ -11399,7 +13227,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( ** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers. The ** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon ** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian -** calendar system. +** calendar system. ** ** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5 ** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5 @@ -11423,26 +13251,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( ** Willmann-Bell, Inc ** Richmond, Virginia (USA) */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ #include #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS -/* -** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available -** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to -** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the -** order of the parameters is reversed. -** -** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx. -** -** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s() -** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides -** localtime_s(). -*/ -#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \ - defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE) -#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1 -#endif /* ** A structure for holding a single date and time. @@ -11511,12 +13325,6 @@ end_getDigits: } /* -** Read text from z[] and convert into a floating point number. Return -** the number of digits converted. -*/ -#define getValue sqlite3AtoF - -/* ** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time. ** The extension is of the form: ** @@ -11691,10 +13499,8 @@ static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ ** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS */ static void setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){ - double r; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &r); - p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5); + sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->iJD); p->validJD = 1; } @@ -11705,7 +13511,7 @@ static void setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){ ** The following are acceptable forms for the input string: ** ** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM -** DDDD.DD +** DDDD.DD ** now ** ** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional @@ -11715,11 +13521,11 @@ static void setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){ ** as there is a year and date. */ static int parseDateOrTime( - sqlite3_context *context, - const char *zDate, + sqlite3_context *context, + const char *zDate, DateTime *p ){ - int isRealNum; /* Return from sqlite3IsNumber(). Not used */ + double r; if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){ return 0; }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ @@ -11727,9 +13533,7 @@ static int parseDateOrTime( }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){ setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p); return 0; - }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, &isRealNum, SQLITE_UTF8) ){ - double r; - getValue(zDate, &r); + }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){ p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5); p->validJD = 1; return 0; @@ -11798,15 +13602,85 @@ static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){ p->validTZ = 0; } +/* +** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available +** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to +** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the +** order of the parameters is reversed. +** +** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx. +** +** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s() +** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides +** localtime_s(). +*/ +#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \ + defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE) +#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1 +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME +/* +** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r() +** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that +** is available. This routine returns 0 on success and +** non-zero on any kind of error. +** +** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this +** routine will always fail. +*/ +static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){ + int rc; +#if (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) \ + && (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) + struct tm *pX; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + pX = localtime(t); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0; +#endif + if( pX ) *pTm = *pX; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + rc = pX==0; +#else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1; +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && HAVE_LOCALTIME_R + rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0; +#else + rc = localtime_s(pTm, t); +#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */ +#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */ + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */ + + #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME /* -** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) -** between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT) -** for the time value p where p is in UTC. +** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC +** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs, +** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. +** +** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value +** is undefined in this case. */ -static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){ +static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset( + DateTime *p, /* Date at which to calculate offset */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Write error here if one occurs */ + int *pRc /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */ +){ DateTime x, y; time_t t; + struct tm sLocal; + + /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */ + memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal)); + x = *p; computeYMD_HMS(&x); if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){ @@ -11824,47 +13698,23 @@ static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){ x.validJD = 0; computeJD(&x); t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000); -#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R - { - struct tm sLocal; - localtime_r(&t, &sLocal); - y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900; - y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1; - y.D = sLocal.tm_mday; - y.h = sLocal.tm_hour; - y.m = sLocal.tm_min; - y.s = sLocal.tm_sec; - } -#elif defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && HAVE_LOCALTIME_S - { - struct tm sLocal; - localtime_s(&sLocal, &t); - y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900; - y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1; - y.D = sLocal.tm_mday; - y.h = sLocal.tm_hour; - y.m = sLocal.tm_min; - y.s = sLocal.tm_sec; - } -#else - { - struct tm *pTm; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - pTm = localtime(&t); - y.Y = pTm->tm_year + 1900; - y.M = pTm->tm_mon + 1; - y.D = pTm->tm_mday; - y.h = pTm->tm_hour; - y.m = pTm->tm_min; - y.s = pTm->tm_sec; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); + if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1); + *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR; + return 0; } -#endif + y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900; + y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1; + y.D = sLocal.tm_mday; + y.h = sLocal.tm_hour; + y.m = sLocal.tm_min; + y.s = sLocal.tm_sec; y.validYMD = 1; y.validHMS = 1; y.validJD = 0; y.validTZ = 0; computeJD(&y); + *pRc = SQLITE_OK; return y.iJD - x.iJD; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */ @@ -11888,9 +13738,12 @@ static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){ ** localtime ** utc ** -** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. +** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error +** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written +** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is +** written to pCtx. */ -static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ +static int parseModifier(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ int rc = 1; int n; double r; @@ -11910,9 +13763,8 @@ static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ */ if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){ computeJD(p); - p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p); + p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - rc = 0; } break; } @@ -11933,11 +13785,12 @@ static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){ sqlite3_int64 c1; computeJD(p); - c1 = localtimeOffset(p); - p->iJD -= c1; - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p); - rc = 0; + c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->iJD -= c1; + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); + } } #endif break; @@ -11950,8 +13803,9 @@ static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op. */ - if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0 - && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){ + if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 + && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8) + && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){ sqlite3_int64 Z; computeYMD_HMS(p); p->validTZ = 0; @@ -12006,8 +13860,11 @@ static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ case '8': case '9': { double rRounder; - n = getValue(z, &r); - assert( n>=1 ); + for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){} + if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){ + rc = 1; + break; + } if( z[n]==':' ){ /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds @@ -12092,9 +13949,9 @@ static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ ** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0]. */ static int isDate( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv, + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv, DateTime *p ){ int i; @@ -12114,9 +13971,8 @@ static int isDate( } } for(i=1; ipVfs, &rT); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - t = 86400.0*(rT - 2440587.5) + 0.5; -#else - /* without floating point support, rT will have - ** already lost fractional day precision. - */ - t = 86400 * (rT - 2440587) - 43200; -#endif + sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iT); + t = iT/1000 - 10000*(sqlite3_int64)21086676; #ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R { struct tm sNow; @@ -12509,7 +14358,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){ ** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX() ** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro. ** -** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure +** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure ** testing: ** ** sqlite3OsOpen() @@ -12519,8 +14368,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){ ** sqlite3OsLock() ** */ -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && (SQLITE_OS_WIN==0) - #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x) if (!x || !sqlite3IsMemJournal(x)) { \ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test = 1; + #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x) \ + if (sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test && (!x || !sqlite3IsMemJournal(x))) { \ void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10); \ if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; \ sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc); \ @@ -12583,25 +14434,43 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id); } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){ + return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){ + id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){ + return id->pMethods->xShmUnmap(id, deleteFlag); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap( + sqlite3_file *id, /* Database file handle */ + int iPage, + int pgsz, + int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */ + void volatile **pp /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */ +){ + return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp); +} /* ** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the ** VFS methods. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - sqlite3_file *pFile, - int flags, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + sqlite3_file *pFile, + int flags, int *pFlagsOut ){ int rc; DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); - /* 0x7f3f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed + /* 0x87f3f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed ** down into the VFS layer. Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example, ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before ** reaching the VFS. */ - rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x7f3f, pFlagsOut); + rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 ); return rc; } @@ -12609,18 +14478,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dir return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int flags, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int flags, int *pResOut ){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int nPathOut, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int nPathOut, char *zPathOut ){ zPathOut[0] = 0; @@ -12646,20 +14515,34 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufO SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro); } -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){ - return pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, pTimeOut); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){ + int rc; + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49045-42493 SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() + ** method to get the current date and time if that method is available + ** (if iVersion is 2 or greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and + ** will fall back to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is + ** unavailable. + */ + if( pVfs->iVersion>=2 && pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64 ){ + rc = pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, pTimeOut); + }else{ + double r; + rc = pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, &r); + *pTimeOut = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0); + } + return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zFile, - sqlite3_file **ppFile, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zFile, + sqlite3_file **ppFile, int flags, int *pOutFlags ){ int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; sqlite3_file *pFile; - pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3Malloc(pVfs->szOsFile); + pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile); if( pFile ){ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -12795,17 +14678,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ ** ************************************************************************* ** -** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" +** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" ** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory -** and returns 0). +** and returns 0). ** ** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite ** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually ** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily -** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this -** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The -** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure +** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this +** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The +** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure ** during a hash table resize is a benign fault. */ @@ -13023,7 +14906,7 @@ static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 ); - nByte = ROUND8(nByte); + assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ p--; p = realloc(p, nByte+8 ); if( p ){ @@ -13123,6 +15006,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ # define backtrace(A,B) 1 # define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C) #endif +/* #include */ /* ** Each memory allocation looks like this: @@ -13142,7 +15026,8 @@ struct MemBlockHdr { struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev; /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */ char nBacktrace; /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */ char nBacktraceSlots; /* Available backtrace slots */ - short nTitle; /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */ + u8 nTitle; /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */ + u8 eType; /* Allocation type code */ int iForeGuard; /* Guard word for sanity */ }; @@ -13164,7 +15049,7 @@ struct MemBlockHdr { ** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. */ static struct { - + /* ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. */ @@ -13175,7 +15060,7 @@ static struct { */ struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst; struct MemBlockHdr *pLast; - + /* ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations. */ @@ -13188,7 +15073,7 @@ static struct { int nTitle; /* Bytes of zTitle to save. Includes '\0' and padding */ char zTitle[100]; /* The title text */ - /* + /* ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter. ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it. */ @@ -13247,7 +15132,7 @@ static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){ pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation; assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD ); /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due - ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure + ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure ** they haven't been overwritten. */ while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 ); @@ -13350,6 +15235,7 @@ static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ } mem.pLast = pHdr; pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD; + pHdr->eType = MEMTYPE_HEAP; pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace; pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle; if( mem.nBacktrace ){ @@ -13375,7 +15261,7 @@ static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ p = (void*)pInt; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return p; + return p; } /* @@ -13385,7 +15271,7 @@ static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; void **pBt; char *z; - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 || mem.mutex!=0 ); pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); pBt = (void**)pHdr; @@ -13411,15 +15297,15 @@ static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) + pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle); free(z); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. ** ** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the -** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the -** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is +** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the +** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is ** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find ** the error. */ @@ -13427,6 +15313,7 @@ static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr; void *pNew; assert( mem.disallow==0 ); + assert( (nByte & 7)==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte); if( pNew ){ @@ -13458,6 +15345,62 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ } /* +** Set the "type" of an allocation. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){ + if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); + assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); + pHdr->eType = eType; + } +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches the type of the +** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL. +** +** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to +** verify the type of an allocation. For example: +** +** assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){ + int rc = 1; + if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); + assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ + if( (pHdr->eType&eType)==0 ){ + rc = 0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches no bits of the type of the +** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL. +** +** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to +** verify the type of an allocation. For example: +** +** assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){ + int rc = 1; + if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); + assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ + if( (pHdr->eType&eType)!=0 ){ + rc = 0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* ** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation. ** A value of zero turns off backtracing. The number is always rounded ** up to a multiple of 2. @@ -13496,7 +15439,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){ } /* -** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory +** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory ** allocations into that log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ @@ -13513,7 +15456,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ char *z = (char*)pHdr; z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle; - fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", + fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???"); if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){ fflush(out); @@ -13526,7 +15469,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n"); for(i=0; i= M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1 @@ -14296,7 +16239,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){ */ /* -** This version of the memory allocator is used only when +** This version of the memory allocator is used only when ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 @@ -14341,7 +16284,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global { int szAtom; /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */ int nBlock; /* Number of szAtom sized blocks in zPool */ u8 *zPool; /* Memory available to be allocated */ - + /* ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. */ @@ -14358,7 +16301,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global { u32 maxOut; /* Maximum instantaneous currentOut */ u32 maxCount; /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */ u32 maxRequest; /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */ - + /* ** Lists of free blocks. aiFreelist[0] is a list of free blocks of ** size mem5.szAtom. aiFreelist[1] holds blocks of size szAtom*2. @@ -14372,7 +16315,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global { */ u8 *aCtrl; -} mem5 = { 0 }; +} mem5; /* ** Access the static variable through a macro for SQLITE_OMIT_WSD @@ -14456,7 +16399,7 @@ static int memsys5Size(void *p){ /* ** Find the first entry on the freelist iLogsize. Unlink that -** entry and return its index. +** entry and return its index. */ static int memsys5UnlinkFirst(int iLogsize){ int i; @@ -14549,7 +16492,7 @@ static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){ u32 size, iLogsize; int iBlock; - /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in + /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in ** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool. */ iBlock = ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom; @@ -14608,7 +16551,7 @@ static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){ p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes); memsys5Leave(); } - return (void*)p; + return (void*)p; } /* @@ -14621,14 +16564,14 @@ static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){ assert( pPrior!=0 ); memsys5Enter(); memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior); - memsys5Leave(); + memsys5Leave(); } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. ** ** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from -** being called with pPrior==0. +** being called with pPrior==0. ** ** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to ** memsys5Round(). Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power @@ -14640,7 +16583,7 @@ static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ int nOld; void *p; assert( pPrior!=0 ); - assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 ); + assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ assert( nBytes>=0 ); if( nBytes==0 ){ return 0; @@ -14687,7 +16630,7 @@ static int memsys5Roundup(int n){ */ static int memsys5Log(int iValue){ int iLog; - for(iLog=0; (1<mem5.szAtom ){ @@ -14762,7 +16706,7 @@ static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* -** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory +** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory ** allocations into that log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){ @@ -14804,7 +16748,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){ #endif /* -** This routine is the only routine in this file with external +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external ** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods ** struct populated with the memsys5 methods. */ @@ -14856,25 +16800,28 @@ static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0; /* ** Initialize the mutex system. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){ - /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not - ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to - ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to - ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_methods *pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex(); - sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){ + /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not + ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to + ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to + ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_methods const *pFrom; + sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; - memcpy(pTo, pFrom, offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexAlloc)); - memcpy(&pTo->xMutexFree, &pFrom->xMutexFree, - sizeof(*pTo) - offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexFree)); - pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex(); + }else{ + pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex(); } - rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit(); + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexAlloc)); + memcpy(&pTo->xMutexFree, &pFrom->xMutexFree, + sizeof(*pTo) - offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexFree)); + pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc; } + rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit(); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1; @@ -14951,7 +16898,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously -** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex +** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex ** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument ** this function is a no-op. */ @@ -15006,25 +16953,30 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ ** called correctly. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT -#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Stub routines for all mutex methods. ** ** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking. */ -static int noopMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return 1; } -static int noopMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return 1; } static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; } -static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; } -static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; } -static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; } - -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { +static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); + return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; +} +static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } +static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } +static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { noopMutexInit, noopMutexEnd, noopMutexAlloc, @@ -15033,15 +16985,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ noopMutexTry, noopMutexLeave, - noopMutexHeld, - noopMutexNotheld + 0, + 0, }; return &sMutex; } -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ +#endif /* !SQLITE_DEBUG */ -#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing ** and debugging purposes. The mutexes still do not provide any @@ -15051,19 +17003,21 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ /* ** The mutex object */ -struct sqlite3_mutex { +typedef struct sqlite3_debug_mutex { int id; /* The mutex type */ int cnt; /* Number of entries without a matching leave */ -}; +} sqlite3_debug_mutex; /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are ** intended for use inside assert() statements. */ -static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ +static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; return p==0 || p->cnt>0; } -static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ +static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; return p==0 || p->cnt==0; } @@ -15076,11 +17030,11 @@ static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new ** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. +** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. */ static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){ - static sqlite3_mutex aStatic[6]; - sqlite3_mutex *pNew = 0; + static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[6]; + sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0; switch( id ){ case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { @@ -15099,13 +17053,14 @@ static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){ break; } } - return pNew; + return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew; } /* ** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex. */ -static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ +static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; assert( p->cnt==0 ); assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); sqlite3_free(p); @@ -15122,12 +17077,14 @@ static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ ** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex ** more than once, the behavior is undefined. */ -static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) ); +static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); p->cnt++; } -static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) ); +static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); p->cnt++; return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -15138,14 +17095,15 @@ static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or ** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. */ -static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( debugMutexHeld(p) ); +static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + assert( debugMutexHeld(pX) ); p->cnt--; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) ); + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); } -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { debugMutexInit, debugMutexEnd, debugMutexAlloc, @@ -15160,7 +17118,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ return &sMutex; } -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/* +** If compiled with SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP, then the no-op mutex implementation +** is used regardless of the run-time threadsafety setting. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ + return sqlite3NoopMutex(); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP */ +#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT */ /************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/ /************** Begin file mutex_os2.c ***************************************/ @@ -15196,11 +17165,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ struct sqlite3_mutex { HMTX mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ int id; /* Mutex type */ - int nRef; /* Number of references */ - TID owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + int trace; /* True to trace changes */ +#endif }; -#define OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER 0,0,0,0 +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0, 0, 0 } +#else +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0, 0 } +#endif /* ** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. @@ -15211,16 +17185,19 @@ static int os2MutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new ** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. +** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. ** SQLite will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument ** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: ** **
      -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 4 +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 **
    ** ** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create @@ -15234,7 +17211,7 @@ static int os2MutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } ** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. ** ** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Three static mutexes are +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are ** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite ** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal ** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should @@ -15264,13 +17241,13 @@ static sqlite3_mutex *os2MutexAlloc(int iType){ } default: { static volatile int isInit = 0; - static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = { - { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, + static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[6] = { + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }; if ( !isInit ){ APIRET rc; @@ -15316,9 +17293,14 @@ static sqlite3_mutex *os2MutexAlloc(int iType){ ** SQLite is careful to deallocate every mutex that it allocates. */ static void os2MutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - if( p==0 ) return; - assert( p->nRef==0 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + TID tid; + PID pid; + ULONG ulCount; + DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount); + assert( ulCount==0 ); assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); +#endif DosCloseMutexSem( p->mutex ); sqlite3_free( p ); } @@ -15333,26 +17315,29 @@ static int os2MutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ PID pid; ULONG ulCount; PTIB ptib; - if( p!=0 ) { - DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount); - } else { - DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL); - tid = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid; - } - return p==0 || (p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==tid); + DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount); + if( ulCount==0 || ( ulCount>1 && p->id!=SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ) ) + return 0; + DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL); + return tid==ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid; } static int os2MutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ TID tid; PID pid; ULONG ulCount; PTIB ptib; - if( p!= 0 ) { - DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount); - } else { - DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL); - tid = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid; - } - return p==0 || p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid; + DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount); + if( ulCount==0 ) + return 1; + DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL); + return tid!=ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid; +} +static void os2MutexTrace(sqlite3_mutex *p, char *pAction){ + TID tid; + PID pid; + ULONG ulCount; + DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount); + printf("%s mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%ld\n", pAction, (void*)p, p->trace, ulCount); } #endif @@ -15368,32 +17353,21 @@ static int os2MutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ ** more than once, the behavior is undefined. */ static void os2MutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - TID tid; - PID holder1; - ULONG holder2; - if( p==0 ) return; assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) ); DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT); - DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2); - p->owner = tid; - p->nRef++; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->trace ) os2MutexTrace(p, "enter"); +#endif } static int os2MutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - int rc; - TID tid; - PID holder1; - ULONG holder2; - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + int rc = SQLITE_BUSY; assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) ); - if( DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_IMMEDIATE_RETURN) == NO_ERROR) { - DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2); - p->owner = tid; - p->nRef++; + if( DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_IMMEDIATE_RETURN) == NO_ERROR ) { rc = SQLITE_OK; - } else { - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->trace ) os2MutexTrace(p, "try"); +#endif } - return rc; } @@ -15404,20 +17378,15 @@ static int os2MutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ ** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. */ static void os2MutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - TID tid; - PID holder1; - ULONG holder2; - if( p==0 ) return; - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2); - assert( p->owner==tid ); - p->nRef--; - assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); + assert( os2MutexHeld(p) ); DosReleaseMutexSem(p->mutex); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->trace ) os2MutexTrace(p, "leave"); +#endif } -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { os2MutexInit, os2MutexEnd, os2MutexAlloc, @@ -15428,6 +17397,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG os2MutexHeld, os2MutexNotheld +#else + 0, + 0 #endif }; @@ -15462,23 +17434,33 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ #include +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex.id, sqlite3_mutex.nRef, and sqlite3_mutex.owner fields +** are necessary under two condidtions: (1) Debug builds and (2) using +** home-grown mutexes. Encapsulate these conditions into a single #define. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX) +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 0 +#endif /* ** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. */ struct sqlite3_mutex { pthread_mutex_t mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF int id; /* Mutex type */ - int nRef; /* Number of entrances */ - pthread_t owner; /* Thread that is within this mutex */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + volatile int nRef; /* Number of entrances */ + volatile pthread_t owner; /* Thread that is within this mutex */ int trace; /* True to trace changes */ #endif }; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF #define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 } #else -#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0 } +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER } #endif /* @@ -15487,7 +17469,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex { ** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to ** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is ** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery -** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a +** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a ** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are ** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines ** will not always work correctly on HPUX. @@ -15527,7 +17509,7 @@ static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM ** ** ** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create @@ -15550,7 +17532,7 @@ static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } ** ** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static +** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has ** the same type number. */ @@ -15580,14 +17562,18 @@ static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){ pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr); pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr); #endif +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF p->id = iType; +#endif } break; } case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: { p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); if( p ){ +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF p->id = iType; +#endif pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); } break; @@ -15596,7 +17582,9 @@ static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){ assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(staticMutexes) ); p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF p->id = iType; +#endif break; } } @@ -15636,7 +17624,7 @@ static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. - ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that + ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. @@ -15656,9 +17644,12 @@ static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. */ pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); p->owner = pthread_self(); p->nRef++; #endif +#endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->trace ){ @@ -15676,7 +17667,7 @@ static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. - ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that + ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. @@ -15699,8 +17690,10 @@ static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. */ if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF p->owner = pthread_self(); p->nRef++; +#endif rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; @@ -15723,7 +17716,10 @@ static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ */ static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) ); +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF p->nRef--; + if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; +#endif assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); #ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX @@ -15741,8 +17737,8 @@ static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ #endif } -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { pthreadMutexInit, pthreadMutexEnd, pthreadMutexAlloc, @@ -15792,9 +17788,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ struct sqlite3_mutex { CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ int id; /* Mutex type */ - int nRef; /* Number of enterances */ - DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + volatile int nRef; /* Number of enterances */ + volatile DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */ int trace; /* True to trace changes */ #endif }; @@ -15802,7 +17798,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex { #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG #define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 } #else -#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0L, (DWORD)0 } +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 } #endif /* @@ -15817,9 +17813,9 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex { ** the LockFileEx() API. ** ** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call, -** which is only available if your application was compiled with +** which is only available if your application was compiled with ** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400. Currently, the only -** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef +** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef ** this out as well. */ #if 0 @@ -15851,7 +17847,7 @@ static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){ return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid; } static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); + DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid); } #endif @@ -15876,7 +17872,7 @@ static int winMutex_isInit = 0; */ static long winMutex_lock = 0; -static int winMutexInit(void){ +static int winMutexInit(void){ /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */ if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){ int i; @@ -15890,11 +17886,11 @@ static int winMutexInit(void){ Sleep(1); } } - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; } -static int winMutexEnd(void){ - /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown +static int winMutexEnd(void){ + /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown ** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */ if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){ if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){ @@ -15905,7 +17901,7 @@ static int winMutexEnd(void){ winMutex_isInit = 0; } } - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* @@ -15923,7 +17919,7 @@ static int winMutexEnd(void){ **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM ** ** ** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create @@ -15946,7 +17942,7 @@ static int winMutexEnd(void){ ** ** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static +** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has ** the same type number. */ @@ -15957,8 +17953,10 @@ static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){ case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ + if( p ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG p->id = iType; +#endif InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex); } break; @@ -15968,7 +17966,9 @@ static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){ assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) ); p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2]; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG p->id = iType; +#endif break; } } @@ -15983,7 +17983,7 @@ static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){ */ static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ assert( p ); - assert( p->nRef==0 ); + assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 ); assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex); sqlite3_free(p); @@ -16001,12 +18001,15 @@ static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ ** more than once, the behavior is undefined. */ static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); +#endif EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex); - p->owner = tid; - p->nRef++; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); + p->owner = tid; + p->nRef++; if( p->trace ){ printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); } @@ -16014,14 +18017,14 @@ static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ } static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ #ifndef NDEBUG - DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); + DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); #endif int rc = SQLITE_BUSY; assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it ** is used it is merely an optimization. So it is OK for it to always - ** fail. + ** fail. ** ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT. ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without @@ -16040,7 +18043,7 @@ static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){ - printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + printf("try mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); } #endif return rc; @@ -16055,11 +18058,12 @@ static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ #ifndef NDEBUG DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); -#endif assert( p->nRef>0 ); assert( p->owner==tid ); p->nRef--; + if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); +#endif LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->trace ){ @@ -16068,8 +18072,8 @@ static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ #endif } -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { winMutexInit, winMutexEnd, winMutexAlloc, @@ -16106,46 +18110,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ ** ** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite. */ - -/* -** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the -** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap -** limit. -*/ -static void softHeapLimitEnforcer( - void *NotUsed, - sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2, - int allocSize -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize); -} - -/* -** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or -** negative value indicates no limit. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){ - sqlite3_uint64 iLimit; - int overage; - if( n<0 ){ - iLimit = 0; - }else{ - iLimit = n; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - sqlite3_initialize(); -#endif - if( iLimit>0 ){ - sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, iLimit); - }else{ - sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0); - } - overage = (int)(sqlite3_memory_used() - (i64)n); - if( overage>0 ){ - sqlite3_release_memory(overage); - } -} +/* #include */ /* ** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently @@ -16154,23 +18119,28 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){ */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - int nRet = 0; - nRet += sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n-nRet); - return nRet; + return sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n); #else + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34391-24921 The sqlite3_release_memory() routine + ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with + ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(n); - return SQLITE_OK; + return 0; #endif } /* +** An instance of the following object records the location of +** each unused scratch buffer. +*/ +typedef struct ScratchFreeslot { + struct ScratchFreeslot *pNext; /* Next unused scratch buffer */ +} ScratchFreeslot; + +/* ** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem. */ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global { - /* Number of free pages for scratch and page-cache memory */ - u32 nScratchFree; - u32 nPageFree; - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to serialize access */ /* @@ -16184,17 +18154,100 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global { void *alarmArg; /* - ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch and - ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage to a block of memory that records - ** which pages are available. + ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch memory + ** (so that a range test can be used to determine if an allocation + ** being freed came from pScratch) and a pointer to the list of + ** unused scratch allocations. + */ + void *pScratchEnd; + ScratchFreeslot *pScratchFree; + u32 nScratchFree; + + /* + ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the + ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting. */ - u32 *aScratchFree; - u32 *aPageFree; + int nearlyFull; } mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; #define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0) /* +** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the +** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap +** limit. +*/ +static void softHeapLimitEnforcer( + void *NotUsed, + sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2, + int allocSize +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize); +} + +/* +** Change the alarm callback +*/ +static int sqlite3MemoryAlarm( + void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N), + void *pArg, + sqlite3_int64 iThreshold +){ + int nUsed; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback; + mem0.alarmArg = pArg; + mem0.alarmThreshold = iThreshold; + nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); + mem0.nearlyFull = (iThreshold>0 && iThreshold<=nUsed); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code +** should call sqlite3MemoryAlarm. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm( + void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N), + void *pArg, + sqlite3_int64 iThreshold +){ + return sqlite3MemoryAlarm(xCallback, pArg, iThreshold); +} +#endif + +/* +** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or +** negative value indicates no limit. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){ + sqlite3_int64 priorLimit; + sqlite3_int64 excess; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + sqlite3_initialize(); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + priorLimit = mem0.alarmThreshold; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + if( n<0 ) return priorLimit; + if( n>0 ){ + sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, n); + }else{ + sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0); + } + excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n; + if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff)); + return priorLimit; +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){ + if( n<0 ) n = 0; + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(n); +} + +/* ** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){ @@ -16206,37 +18259,46 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){ mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); } if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100 - && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>=0 ){ - int i; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch-4); - mem0.aScratchFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch) - [sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch*sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch]; - for(i=0; i0 ){ + int i, n, sz; + ScratchFreeslot *pSlot; + sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = sz; + pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch; + n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch; + mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot; + mem0.nScratchFree = n; + for(i=0; ipNext = (ScratchFreeslot*)(sz+(char*)pSlot); + pSlot = pSlot->pNext; + } + pSlot->pNext = 0; + mem0.pScratchEnd = (void*)&pSlot[1]; }else{ + mem0.pScratchEnd = 0; sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0; sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = 0; } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage>=512 - && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage>=1 ){ - int i; - int overhead; - int sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage); - int n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage; - overhead = (4*n + sz - 1)/sz; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage -= overhead; - mem0.aPageFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage) - [sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage*sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage]; - for(i=0; i= mem0.alarmThreshold ){ + if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){ + mem0.nearlyFull = 1; sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); + }else{ + mem0.nearlyFull = 0; } } p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){ sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); } +#endif if( p ){ nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1); } *pp = p; return nFull; @@ -16354,7 +18392,9 @@ static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){ */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){ void *p; - if( n<=0 || n>=0x7fffff00 ){ + if( n<=0 /* IMP: R-65312-04917 */ + || n>=0x7fffff00 + ){ /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the ** xMalloc(). Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving @@ -16368,6 +18408,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){ }else{ p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n); } + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */ return p; } @@ -16406,88 +18447,79 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){ void *p; assert( n>0 ); -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) - /* Verify that no more than one scratch allocation per thread - ** is outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the - ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case - ** would be much more complicated.) */ - assert( scratchAllocOut==0 ); -#endif - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch=n ){ + p = mem0.pScratchFree; + mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext; + mem0.nScratchFree--; + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1); + sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); }else{ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - if( mem0.nScratchFree==0 ){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n); + n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p); + if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - goto scratch_overflow; }else{ - int i; - i = mem0.aScratchFree[--mem0.nScratchFree]; - i *= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch; - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1); - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - p = (void*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch)[i]; - assert( (((u8*)p - (u8*)0) & 7)==0 ); + p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n); } + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH); } -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) - scratchAllocOut = p!=0; -#endif + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) ); - return p; -scratch_overflow: - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n); - n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p); - if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n); - } #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) - scratchAllocOut = p!=0; + /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocations per thread + ** are outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the + ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case + ** would be much more complicated.) */ + assert( scratchAllocOut<=1 ); + if( p ) scratchAllocOut++; #endif + return p; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){ if( p ){ #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) - /* Verify that no more than one scratch allocation per thread + /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocation per thread ** is outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case ** would be much more complicated.) */ - assert( scratchAllocOut==1 ); - scratchAllocOut = 0; + assert( scratchAllocOut>=1 && scratchAllocOut<=2 ); + scratchAllocOut--; #endif - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch==0 - || p=(void*)mem0.aScratchFree ){ + if( p>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && ppNext = mem0.pScratchFree; + mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot; + mem0.nScratchFree++; + assert( mem0.nScratchFree <= (u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch ); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, -1); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + /* Release memory back to the heap */ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) ); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p); sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1); sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); }else{ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); } - }else{ - int i; - i = (int)((u8*)p - (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch); - i /= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch; - assert( i>=0 && i=db->lookaside.pStart && plookaside.pEnd; + return p && p>=db->lookaside.pStart && plookaside.pEnd; } #else #define isLookaside(A,B) 0 @@ -16508,13 +18540,18 @@ static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ ** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ + if( db && isLookaside(db, p) ){ return db->lookaside.sz; }else{ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) ); return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); } } @@ -16523,10 +18560,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ ** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc(). */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){ - if( p==0 ) return; + if( p==0 ) return; /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p)); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1); sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); }else{ @@ -16540,27 +18580,37 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){ */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ - LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p; - pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; - db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf; - db->lookaside.nOut--; - }else{ - sqlite3_free(p); + if( db ){ + if( db->pnBytesFreed ){ + *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, p); + return; + } + if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ + LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p; + pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; + db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf; + db->lookaside.nOut--; + return; + } } + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) ); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); + sqlite3_free(p); } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){ - int nOld, nNew; + int nOld, nNew, nDiff; void *pNew; if( pOld==0 ){ - return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); + return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-28354-25769 */ } if( nBytes<=0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pOld); + sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-31593-10574 */ return 0; } if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){ @@ -16568,16 +18618,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){ return 0; } nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld); + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second + ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to + ** xRoundup. */ nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes); if( nOld==nNew ){ pNew = pOld; }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes); - if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED)+nNew-nOld >= - mem0.alarmThreshold ){ - sqlite3MallocAlarm(nNew-nOld); + nDiff = nNew - nOld; + if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= + mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){ + sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff); } + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){ sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes); @@ -16591,6 +18647,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){ }else{ pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); } + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */ return pNew; } @@ -16608,7 +18665,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){ /* ** Allocate and zero memory. -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){ void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n); if( p ){ @@ -16650,20 +18707,27 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){ void *p; assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE if( db ){ LookasideSlot *pBuf; if( db->mallocFailed ){ return 0; } - if( db->lookaside.bEnabled && n<=db->lookaside.sz - && (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)!=0 ){ - db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext; - db->lookaside.nOut++; - if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){ - db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut; + if( db->lookaside.bEnabled ){ + if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){ + db->lookaside.anStat[1]++; + }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)==0 ){ + db->lookaside.anStat[2]++; + }else{ + db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext; + db->lookaside.nOut++; + db->lookaside.anStat[0]++; + if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){ + db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut; + } + return (void*)pBuf; } - return (void*)pBuf; } } #else @@ -16675,6 +18739,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){ if( !p && db ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; } + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB | + ((db && db->lookaside.bEnabled) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP)); return p; } @@ -16700,10 +18766,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } }else{ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n); if( !pNew ){ + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB|MEMTYPE_HEAP); db->mallocFailed = 1; } + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, MEMTYPE_DB | + (db->lookaside.bEnabled ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP)); } } return pNew; @@ -16723,9 +18795,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ } /* -** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These +** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These ** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This -** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are +** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are ** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the ** ThreadData structure. */ @@ -16775,13 +18847,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat /* -** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. +** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. ** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or ** sqlite3_realloc. ** ** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this ** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous -** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. +** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. ** ** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occurred, ** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode()) @@ -16789,7 +18861,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){ /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle - ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed + ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error(). */ assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); @@ -17082,7 +19154,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf( break; } /* Find out what flags are present */ - flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = + flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0; done = 0; do{ @@ -17204,7 +19276,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf( v = va_arg(ap,int); } if( v<0 ){ - longvalue = -v; + if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ + longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63; + }else{ + longvalue = -v; + } prefix = '-'; }else{ longvalue = v; @@ -17567,6 +19643,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){ return; } }else{ + char *zOld = (p->zText==p->zBase ? 0 : p->zText); i64 szNew = p->nChar; szNew += N + 1; if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){ @@ -17576,10 +19653,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){ }else{ p->nAlloc = (int)szNew; } - zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nAlloc ); + if( p->useMalloc==1 ){ + zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc); + }else{ + zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOld, p->nAlloc); + } if( zNew ){ - memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar); - sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); + if( zOld==0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar); p->zText = zNew; }else{ p->mallocFailed = 1; @@ -17601,7 +19681,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){ if( p->zText ){ p->zText[p->nChar] = 0; if( p->useMalloc && p->zText==p->zBase ){ - p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 ); + if( p->useMalloc==1 ){ + p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 ); + }else{ + p->zText = sqlite3_malloc(p->nChar+1); + } if( p->zText ){ memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1); }else{ @@ -17617,7 +19701,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){ */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){ if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){ - sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText); + if( p->useMalloc==1 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText); + }else{ + sqlite3_free(p->zText); + } } p->zText = 0; } @@ -17699,6 +19787,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); + acc.useMalloc = 2; sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); return z; @@ -17725,21 +19814,28 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ ** current locale settings. This is important for SQLite because we ** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as ** specified by some locales. +** +** Oops: The first two arguments of sqlite3_snprintf() are backwards +** from the snprintf() standard. Unfortunately, it is too late to change +** this without breaking compatibility, so we just have to live with the +** mistake. +** +** sqlite3_vsnprintf() is the varargs version. */ -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){ - char *z; - va_list ap; +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ StrAccum acc; - - if( n<=0 ){ - return zBuf; - } + if( n<=0 ) return zBuf; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0); acc.useMalloc = 0; - va_start(ap,zFormat); sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); + return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); +} +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){ + char *z; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap,zFormat); + z = sqlite3_vsnprintf(n, zBuf, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); - z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); return z; } @@ -17968,7 +20064,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){ ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, +** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, ** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE. ** ** Notes on UTF-8: @@ -17992,601 +20088,179 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){ ** 0xfe 0xff big-endian utf-16 follows ** */ -/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of utf.c *********************/ -/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/ -/* -** 2003 September 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the header file for information that is private to the -** VDBE. This information used to all be at the top of the single -** source code file "vdbe.c". When that file became too big (over -** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and -** this header information was factored out. -*/ -#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_ -#define _VDBEINT_H_ +/* #include */ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION /* -** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be -** executed by a virtual machine. Each instruction is an instance -** of the following structure. +** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and +** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros. */ -typedef struct VdbeOp Op; +SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; +#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ /* -** Boolean values +** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of +** a multi-byte UTF8 character. */ -typedef unsigned char Bool; +static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, + 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, +}; + + +#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<0x00080 ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ +} + +#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ + } \ +} + +#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + } \ +} + +#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ + c = (*zIn++); \ + c += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ + int c2 = (*zIn++); \ + c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ + } \ +} + +#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ + c = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + c += (*zIn++); \ + if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ + int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + c2 += (*zIn++); \ + c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ + } \ +} /* -** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file. -** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or -** loop over all entries of the Btree. You can also insert new BTree -** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor -** is currently pointing to. +** Translate a single UTF-8 character. Return the unicode value. ** -** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an -** instance of the following structure. +** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points +** is a 0x00. +** +** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext. +** +** Notes On Invalid UTF-8: +** +** * This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to +** be encoded as a multi-byte character. Any multi-byte character that +** attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd. +** +** * This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded. +** If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between +** 0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd. +** +** * Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first +** byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters +** and rendered as themselves even though they are technically +** invalid characters. ** -** If the VdbeCursor.isTriggerRow flag is set it means that this cursor is -** really a single row that represents the NEW or OLD pseudo-table of -** a row trigger. The data for the row is stored in VdbeCursor.pData and -** the rowid is in VdbeCursor.iKey. +** * This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings +** for unicode values 0x80 and greater. It do not change over-length +** encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend. */ -struct VdbeCursor { - BtCursor *pCursor; /* The cursor structure of the backend */ - int iDb; /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */ - i64 lastRowid; /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */ - Bool zeroed; /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */ - Bool rowidIsValid; /* True if lastRowid is valid */ - Bool atFirst; /* True if pointing to first entry */ - Bool useRandomRowid; /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */ - Bool nullRow; /* True if pointing to a row with no data */ - Bool deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */ - Bool isTable; /* True if a table requiring integer keys */ - Bool isIndex; /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */ - i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */ - Btree *pBt; /* Separate file holding temporary table */ - int pseudoTableReg; /* Register holding pseudotable content. */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */ - int nField; /* Number of fields in the header */ - i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */ - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; /* The cursor for a virtual table */ - const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */ - - /* Result of last sqlite3BtreeMoveto() done by an OP_NotExists or - ** OP_IsUnique opcode on this cursor. */ - int seekResult; +#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \ + c = *(zIn++); \ + if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ + c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ + while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ + c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ + } \ + if( c<0x80 \ + || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \ + || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \ + } +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read( + const unsigned char *zIn, /* First byte of UTF-8 character */ + const unsigned char **pzNext /* Write first byte past UTF-8 char here */ +){ + unsigned int c; - /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the - ** cursor is currently pointing to. Only valid if cacheStatus matches - ** Vdbe.cacheCtr. Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of - ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that - ** the cache is out of date. - ** - ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might - ** be NULL. + /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter. + ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated. */ - u32 cacheStatus; /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */ - int payloadSize; /* Total number of bytes in the record */ - u32 *aType; /* Type values for all entries in the record */ - u32 *aOffset; /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */ - u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */ -}; -typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor; + c = *(zIn++); + if( c>=0xc0 ){ + c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; + while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ + c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); + } + if( c<0x80 + || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 + || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } + } + *pzNext = zIn; + return c; +} + -/* -** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type -** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as -** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific -** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, -** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure, -** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program -** began executing. -** -** Frames are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pParent. Vdbe.pParent -** is the parent of the current frame, or zero if the current frame -** is the main Vdbe program. -*/ -typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame; -struct VdbeFrame { - Vdbe *v; /* VM this frame belongs to */ - int pc; /* Program Counter */ - Op *aOp; /* Program instructions */ - int nOp; /* Size of aOp array */ - Mem *aMem; /* Array of memory cells */ - int nMem; /* Number of entries in aMem */ - VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* Element of Vdbe cursors */ - u16 nCursor; /* Number of entries in apCsr */ - void *token; /* Copy of SubProgram.token */ - int nChildMem; /* Number of memory cells for child frame */ - int nChildCsr; /* Number of cursors for child frame */ - i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */ - int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges) */ - VdbeFrame *pParent; /* Parent of this frame */ -}; -#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))]) /* -** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid. -*/ -#define CACHE_STALE 0 +** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is +** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(). +*/ +/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem -** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string, -** integer etc.) of the same value. A value (and therefore Mem structure) -** has the following properties: -** -** Each value has a manifest type. The manifest type of the value stored -** in a Mem struct is returned by the MemType(Mem*) macro. The type is -** one of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_REAL, SQLITE_TEXT or -** SQLITE_BLOB. +** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to +** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired +** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value. */ -struct Mem { - union { - i64 i; /* Integer value. */ - int nZero; /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */ - FuncDef *pDef; /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */ - RowSet *pRowSet; /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */ - VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */ - } u; - double r; /* Real value */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */ - char *z; /* String or BLOB value */ - int n; /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */ - u16 flags; /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */ - u8 type; /* One of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */ - u8 enc; /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */ - void (*xDel)(void *); /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */ - char *zMalloc; /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */ -}; - -/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK -** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct. -** -** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value. -** No other flags may be set in this case. -** -** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation. -** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main -** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also -** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real -** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag. -** -** Multiple of these values can appear in Mem.flags. But only one -** at a time can appear in Mem.type. -*/ -#define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL */ -#define MEM_Str 0x0002 /* Value is a string */ -#define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */ -#define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */ -#define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */ -#define MEM_RowSet 0x0020 /* Value is a RowSet object */ -#define MEM_Frame 0x0040 /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */ -#define MEM_TypeMask 0x00ff /* Mask of type bits */ - -/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of -** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management -** policy for Mem.z. The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the -** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated -*/ -#define MEM_Term 0x0200 /* String rep is nul terminated */ -#define MEM_Dyn 0x0400 /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */ -#define MEM_Static 0x0800 /* Mem.z points to a static string */ -#define MEM_Ephem 0x1000 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */ -#define MEM_Agg 0x2000 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */ -#define MEM_Zero 0x4000 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - #undef MEM_Zero - #define MEM_Zero 0x0000 -#endif - - -/* -** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f -*/ -#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \ - ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f) - - -/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains -** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments -** of the function. This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata() -** and sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs. The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data -** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function. This -** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular -** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple -** invocations. -*/ -struct VdbeFunc { - FuncDef *pFunc; /* The definition of the function */ - int nAux; /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */ - struct AuxData { - void *pAux; /* Aux data for the i-th argument */ - void (*xDelete)(void *); /* Destructor for the aux data */ - } apAux[1]; /* One slot for each function argument */ -}; - -/* -** The "context" argument for a installable function. A pointer to an -** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used -** implement the SQL functions. -** -** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h. So all routines, -** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure. -** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this -** structure are known. -** -** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures -** (Mem) which are only defined there. -*/ -struct sqlite3_context { - FuncDef *pFunc; /* Pointer to function information. MUST BE FIRST */ - VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; /* Auxilary data, if created. */ - Mem s; /* The return value is stored here */ - Mem *pMem; /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */ - int isError; /* Error code returned by the function. */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence */ -}; - -/* -** A Set structure is used for quick testing to see if a value -** is part of a small set. Sets are used to implement code like -** this: -** x.y IN ('hi','hoo','hum') -*/ -typedef struct Set Set; -struct Set { - Hash hash; /* A set is just a hash table */ - HashElem *prev; /* Previously accessed hash elemen */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the virtual machine. This structure contains the complete -** state of the virtual machine. -** -** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_compile() -** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure. -** -** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of -** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is -** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This -** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute -** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of -** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table -** method function. -*/ -struct Vdbe { - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection that owns this statement */ - Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */ - int nOp; /* Number of instructions in the program */ - int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */ - Op *aOp; /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */ - int nLabel; /* Number of labels used */ - int nLabelAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */ - int *aLabel; /* Space to hold the labels */ - Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */ - Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */ - Mem *pResultSet; /* Pointer to an array of results */ - u16 nResColumn; /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */ - u16 nCursor; /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */ - VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */ - u8 errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */ - u8 okVar; /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */ - ynVar nVar; /* Number of entries in aVar[] */ - Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */ - char **azVar; /* Name of variables */ - u32 magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */ - int nMem; /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */ - Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */ - u32 cacheCtr; /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */ - int pc; /* The program counter */ - int rc; /* Value to return */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Error message written here */ - u8 explain; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */ - u8 changeCntOn; /* True to update the change-counter */ - u8 expired; /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */ - u8 runOnlyOnce; /* Automatically expire on reset */ - u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */ - u8 inVtabMethod; /* See comments above */ - u8 usesStmtJournal; /* True if uses a statement journal */ - u8 readOnly; /* True for read-only statements */ - u8 isPrepareV2; /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */ - int nChange; /* Number of db changes made since last reset */ - int btreeMask; /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */ - i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */ - BtreeMutexArray aMutex; /* An array of Btree used here and needing locks */ - int aCounter[2]; /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */ - char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */ - void *pFree; /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */ - i64 nFkConstraint; /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */ - i64 nStmtDefCons; /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */ - int iStatement; /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - FILE *trace; /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */ -#endif - VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Parent frame */ - int nFrame; /* Number of frames in pFrame list */ - u32 expmask; /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */ -}; - -/* -** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic -*/ -#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT 0x26bceaa5 /* Building a VDBE program */ -#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 0xbdf20da3 /* VDBE is ready to execute */ -#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT 0x519c2973 /* VDBE has completed execution */ -#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0xb606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */ - -/* -** Function prototypes -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*); -void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*); -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int); - -int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor *, i64 *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64); -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64 -#else -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int); -#else -# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0 -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(Vdbe *p); -#else -# define sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(p) -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *); -#else - #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */ - -/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in utf.c ************************/ - -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -/* -** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and -** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; -#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ - -/* -** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of -** a multi-byte UTF8 character. -*/ -static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, - 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, - 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, - 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, - 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, -}; - - -#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ - if( c<0x00080 ){ \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \ - } \ - else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ - *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ - } \ - else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ - *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ - }else{ \ - *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ - } \ -} - -#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) { \ - if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ - }else{ \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ - } \ -} - -#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) { \ - if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ - *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ - }else{ \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ - } \ -} - -#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ - c = (*zIn++); \ - c += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ - int c2 = (*zIn++); \ - c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ - } \ -} - -#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ - c = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - c += (*zIn++); \ - if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ - int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - c2 += (*zIn++); \ - c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ - } \ -} - -/* -** Translate a single UTF-8 character. Return the unicode value. -** -** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points -** is a 0x00. -** -** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext. -** -** Notes On Invalid UTF-8: -** -** * This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to -** be encoded as a multi-byte character. Any multi-byte character that -** attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd. -** -** * This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded. -** If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between -** 0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd. -** -** * Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first -** byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters -** and rendered as themselves even though they are technically -** invalid characters. -** -** * This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings -** for unicode values 0x80 and greater. It do not change over-length -** encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend. -*/ -#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \ - c = *(zIn++); \ - if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ - c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ - while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ - c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ - } \ - if( c<0x80 \ - || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \ - || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \ - } -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read( - const unsigned char *zIn, /* First byte of UTF-8 character */ - const unsigned char **pzNext /* Write first byte past UTF-8 char here */ -){ - int c; - - /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter. - ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated. - */ - c = *(zIn++); - if( c>=0xc0 ){ - c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; - while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ - c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); - } - if( c<0x80 - || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 - || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } - } - *pzNext = zIn; - return c; -} - - - - -/* -** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is -** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(). -*/ -/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to -** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired -** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){ - int len; /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */ - unsigned char *zOut; /* Output buffer */ - unsigned char *zIn; /* Input iterator */ - unsigned char *zTerm; /* End of input */ - unsigned char *z; /* Output iterator */ - unsigned int c; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){ + int len; /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */ + unsigned char *zOut; /* Output buffer */ + unsigned char *zIn; /* Input iterator */ + unsigned char *zTerm; /* End of input */ + unsigned char *z; /* Output iterator */ + unsigned int c; assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str ); @@ -18602,7 +20276,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){ } #endif - /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then + /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled ** differently from the others. */ @@ -18682,13 +20356,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){ if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */ while( zIn UTF-8 */ while( zIn */ #ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN # include #endif @@ -18966,8 +20641,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){ */ #ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){ - static int dummy = 0; - dummy += x; + static unsigned dummy = 0; + dummy += (unsigned)x; } #endif @@ -18993,15 +20668,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){ ** ** This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any ** -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs - ** which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO + ** which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO ** rules/specifications for math functions. ** ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating- - ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise. From the MSDN + ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise. From the MSDN ** documentation: ** - ** The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons - ** involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN + ** The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons + ** involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN ** ... */ #ifdef __FAST_MATH__ @@ -19155,6 +20830,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){ /* ** Some systems have stricmp(). Others have strcasecmp(). Because ** there is no consistency, we will define our own. +** +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20522-24639 The sqlite3_strnicmp() API allows +** applications and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers +** containing UTF-8 strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same +** definition of case independence that SQLite uses internally when +** comparing identifiers. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ register unsigned char *a, *b; @@ -19172,121 +20853,111 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){ } /* -** Return TRUE if z is a pure numeric string. Return FALSE and leave -** *realnum unchanged if the string contains any character which is not -** part of a number. +** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number. +** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult. ** -** If the string is pure numeric, set *realnum to TRUE if the string -** contains the '.' character or an "E+000" style exponentiation suffix. -** Otherwise set *realnum to FALSE. Note that just becaue *realnum is -** false does not mean that the number can be successfully converted into -** an integer - it might be too big. +** The string z[] is length bytes in length (bytes, not characters) and +** uses the encoding enc. The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. ** -** An empty string is considered non-numeric. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char *z, int *realnum, u8 enc){ - int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2); - if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++; - if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z += incr; - if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ - return 0; - } - z += incr; - *realnum = 0; - while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( *z=='.' ){ - z += incr; - if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) return 0; - while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; } - *realnum = 1; - } - if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){ - z += incr; - if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z += incr; - if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) return 0; - while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; } - *realnum = 1; - } -#endif - return *z==0; -} - -/* -** The string z[] is an ASCII representation of a real number. -** Convert this string to a double. +** Return TRUE if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and FALSE +** if the string is empty or contains extraneous text. Valid numbers +** are in one of these formats: ** -** This routine assumes that z[] really is a valid number. If it -** is not, the result is undefined. +** [+-]digits[E[+-]digits] +** [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits] +** [+-].digits[E[+-]digits] ** -** This routine is used instead of the library atof() function because -** the library atof() might want to use "," as the decimal point instead -** of "." depending on how locale is set. But that would cause problems -** for SQL. So this routine always uses "." regardless of locale. +** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored for the purpose of determining +** validity. +** +** If some prefix of the input string is a valid number, this routine +** returns FALSE but it still converts the prefix and writes the result +** into *pResult. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - const char *zBegin = z; + int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2); + const char *zEnd = z + length; /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */ - int sign = 1; /* sign of significand */ - i64 s = 0; /* significand */ - int d = 0; /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */ - int esign = 1; /* sign of exponent */ - int e = 0; /* exponent */ + int sign = 1; /* sign of significand */ + i64 s = 0; /* significand */ + int d = 0; /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */ + int esign = 1; /* sign of exponent */ + int e = 0; /* exponent */ + int eValid = 1; /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */ double result; int nDigits = 0; + *pResult = 0.0; /* Default return value, in case of an error */ + + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++; + /* skip leading spaces */ - while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++; + while( z=zEnd ) return 0; + /* get sign of significand */ if( *z=='-' ){ sign = -1; - z++; + z+=incr; }else if( *z=='+' ){ - z++; + z+=incr; } + /* skip leading zeroes */ - while( z[0]=='0' ) z++, nDigits++; + while( z=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; /* if decimal point is present */ if( *z=='.' ){ - z++; + z+=incr; /* copy digits from after decimal to significand ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */ - while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){ + while( z=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; /* if exponent is present */ if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){ - z++; + z+=incr; + eValid = 0; + if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; /* get sign of exponent */ if( *z=='-' ){ esign = -1; - z++; + z+=incr; }else if( *z=='+' ){ - z++; + z+=incr; } /* copy digits to exponent */ - while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ + while( z0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; } @@ -19345,10 +21016,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult){ /* store the result */ *pResult = result; - /* return number of characters used */ - return (int)(z - zBegin); + /* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */ + return z>=zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid; #else - return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult); + return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ } @@ -19356,20 +21027,26 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult){ ** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation ** value 2^63: 9223372036854775808. Return negative, zero, or positive ** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string. +** Note that zNum must contain exactly 19 characters. ** ** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference ** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the ** last digit. So, for example, ** -** compare2pow63("9223372036854775800") +** compare2pow63("9223372036854775800", 1) ** ** will return -8. */ -static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum){ - int c; - c = memcmp(zNum,"922337203685477580",18)*10; +static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){ + int c = 0; + int i; + /* 012345678901234567 */ + const char *pow63 = "922337203685477580"; + for(i=0; c==0 && i<18; i++){ + c = (zNum[i*incr]-pow63[i])*10; + } if( c==0 ){ - c = zNum[18] - '8'; + c = zNum[18*incr] - '8'; testcase( c==(-1) ); testcase( c==0 ); testcase( c==(+1) ); @@ -19379,94 +21056,80 @@ static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum){ /* -** Return TRUE if zNum is a 64-bit signed integer and write -** the value of the integer into *pNum. If zNum is not an integer -** or is an integer that is too large to be expressed with 64 bits, -** then return false. +** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer. ** -** When this routine was originally written it dealt with only -** 32-bit numbers. At that time, it was much faster than the -** atoi() library routine in RedHat 7.2. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum){ - i64 v = 0; - int neg; - int i, c; - const char *zStart; - while( sqlite3Isspace(*zNum) ) zNum++; - if( *zNum=='-' ){ - neg = 1; - zNum++; - }else if( *zNum=='+' ){ - neg = 0; - zNum++; - }else{ - neg = 0; - } - zStart = zNum; - while( zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum++; } /* Skip over leading zeros. Ticket #2454 */ - for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){ - v = v*10 + c - '0'; - } - *pNum = neg ? -v : v; - testcase( i==18 ); - testcase( i==19 ); - testcase( i==20 ); - if( c!=0 || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) || i>19 ){ - /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer - ** than 19 digits (thus guaranting that it is too large) */ - return 0; - }else if( i<19 ){ - /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */ - return 1; - }else{ - /* 19-digit numbers must be no larger than 9223372036854775807 if positive - ** or 9223372036854775808 if negative. Note that 9223372036854665808 - ** is 2^63. */ - return compare2pow63(zNum)='0' && zNum[0]<='9' ); /* zNum is an unsigned number */ - - if( negFlag ) neg = 1-neg; - while( *zNum=='0' ){ - zNum++; /* Skip leading zeros. Ticket #2454 */ + int c = 0; + const char *zStart; + const char *zEnd = zNum + length; + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) zNum++; + while( zNum='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){ + u = u*10 + c - '0'; + } + if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){ + *pNum = SMALLEST_INT64; + }else if( neg ){ + *pNum = -(i64)u; + }else{ + *pNum = (i64)u; } - for(i=0; zNum[i]; i++){ assert( zNum[i]>='0' && zNum[i]<='9' ); } testcase( i==18 ); testcase( i==19 ); testcase( i==20 ); - if( i<19 ){ - /* Guaranteed to fit if less than 19 digits */ + if( (c!=0 && &zNum[i]19*incr ){ + /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer + ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */ return 1; - }else if( i>19 ){ - /* Guaranteed to be too big if greater than 19 digits */ + }else if( i<19*incr ){ + /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */ + assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 ); return 0; }else{ - /* Compare against 2^63. */ - return compare2pow63(zNum)0 ){ + /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */ + return 1; + }else{ + /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808. Fits if negative. The + ** special case 2 overflow if positive */ + assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 ); + assert( (*pNum)==SMALLEST_INT64 ); + return neg ? 0 : 2; + } } } @@ -19514,6 +21177,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){ } /* +** Return a 32-bit integer value extracted from a string. If the +** string is not an integer, just return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){ + int x = 0; + if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x); + return x; +} + +/* ** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows: ** ** KEY: @@ -19553,7 +21226,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ v >>= 7; } return 9; - } + } n = 0; do{ buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); @@ -19773,8 +21446,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){ ** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned ** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff. ** -** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the -** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as +** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the +** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as ** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){ @@ -19925,13 +21598,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) /* ** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer. ** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal ** character: 0..9a..fA..F */ -static u8 hexToInt(int h){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h){ assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') || (h>='a' && h<='f') || (h>='A' && h<='F') ); #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII h += 9*(1&(h>>6)); @@ -19941,7 +21613,6 @@ static u8 hexToInt(int h){ #endif return (u8)(h & 0xf); } -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) /* @@ -19958,7 +21629,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ n--; if( zBlob ){ for(i=0; i=0 ){ + testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB ); + testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 ); + if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1; + *pA += iB; + }else{ + testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 ); + testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 ); + if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1; + *pA += iB; + } + return 0; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ + testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 ); + if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ + testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 ); + if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1; + *pA -= iB; + return 0; + }else{ + return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB); + } +} +#define TWOPOWER32 (((i64)1)<<32) +#define TWOPOWER31 (((i64)1)<<31) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ + i64 iA = *pA; + i64 iA1, iA0, iB1, iB0, r; + + iA1 = iA/TWOPOWER32; + iA0 = iA % TWOPOWER32; + iB1 = iB/TWOPOWER32; + iB0 = iB % TWOPOWER32; + if( iA1*iB1 != 0 ) return 1; + assert( iA1*iB0==0 || iA0*iB1==0 ); + r = iA1*iB0 + iA0*iB1; + testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31)-1 ); + testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31) ); + testcase( r==TWOPOWER31 ); + testcase( r==TWOPOWER31-1 ); + if( r<(-TWOPOWER31) || r>=TWOPOWER31 ) return 1; + r *= TWOPOWER32; + if( sqlite3AddInt64(&r, iA0*iB0) ) return 1; + *pA = r; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or +** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647 +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){ + if( x>=0 ) return x; + if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff; + return -x; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES +/* +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database +** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and +** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than +** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three +** characters of the original suffix. +** +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always +** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter. +** +** Examples: +** +** test.db-journal => test.nal +** test.db-wal => test.wal +** test.db-shm => test.shm +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){ +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2 + const char *zOk; + zOk = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names"); + if( zOk && sqlite3GetBoolean(zOk) ) +#endif + { + int i, sz; + sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){} + if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memcpy(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4); + } +} +#endif + /************** End of util.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/ /* @@ -20039,6 +21810,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){ ** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables ** used in SQLite. */ +/* #include */ /* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the ** fields of the Hash structure. @@ -20179,7 +21951,7 @@ static HashElem *findElementGivenHash( count = pH->count; } while( count-- && ALWAYS(elem) ){ - if( elem->nKey==nKey && sqlite3StrNICmp(elem->pKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ + if( elem->nKey==nKey && sqlite3StrNICmp(elem->pKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ return elem; } elem = elem->next; @@ -20197,7 +21969,7 @@ static void removeElementGivenHash( ){ struct _ht *pEntry; if( elem->prev ){ - elem->prev->next = elem->next; + elem->prev->next = elem->next; }else{ pH->first = elem->next; } @@ -20333,53 +22105,53 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ /* 23 */ "Permutation", /* 24 */ "Compare", /* 25 */ "Jump", - /* 26 */ "If", - /* 27 */ "IfNot", - /* 28 */ "Column", - /* 29 */ "Affinity", - /* 30 */ "MakeRecord", - /* 31 */ "Count", - /* 32 */ "Savepoint", - /* 33 */ "AutoCommit", - /* 34 */ "Transaction", - /* 35 */ "ReadCookie", - /* 36 */ "SetCookie", - /* 37 */ "VerifyCookie", - /* 38 */ "OpenRead", - /* 39 */ "OpenWrite", - /* 40 */ "OpenEphemeral", - /* 41 */ "OpenPseudo", - /* 42 */ "Close", - /* 43 */ "SeekLt", - /* 44 */ "SeekLe", - /* 45 */ "SeekGe", - /* 46 */ "SeekGt", - /* 47 */ "Seek", - /* 48 */ "NotFound", - /* 49 */ "Found", - /* 50 */ "IsUnique", - /* 51 */ "NotExists", - /* 52 */ "Sequence", - /* 53 */ "NewRowid", - /* 54 */ "Insert", - /* 55 */ "InsertInt", - /* 56 */ "Delete", - /* 57 */ "ResetCount", - /* 58 */ "RowKey", - /* 59 */ "RowData", - /* 60 */ "Rowid", - /* 61 */ "NullRow", - /* 62 */ "Last", - /* 63 */ "Sort", - /* 64 */ "Rewind", - /* 65 */ "Prev", - /* 66 */ "Next", - /* 67 */ "IdxInsert", + /* 26 */ "Once", + /* 27 */ "If", + /* 28 */ "IfNot", + /* 29 */ "Column", + /* 30 */ "Affinity", + /* 31 */ "MakeRecord", + /* 32 */ "Count", + /* 33 */ "Savepoint", + /* 34 */ "AutoCommit", + /* 35 */ "Transaction", + /* 36 */ "ReadCookie", + /* 37 */ "SetCookie", + /* 38 */ "VerifyCookie", + /* 39 */ "OpenRead", + /* 40 */ "OpenWrite", + /* 41 */ "OpenAutoindex", + /* 42 */ "OpenEphemeral", + /* 43 */ "SorterOpen", + /* 44 */ "OpenPseudo", + /* 45 */ "Close", + /* 46 */ "SeekLt", + /* 47 */ "SeekLe", + /* 48 */ "SeekGe", + /* 49 */ "SeekGt", + /* 50 */ "Seek", + /* 51 */ "NotFound", + /* 52 */ "Found", + /* 53 */ "IsUnique", + /* 54 */ "NotExists", + /* 55 */ "Sequence", + /* 56 */ "NewRowid", + /* 57 */ "Insert", + /* 58 */ "InsertInt", + /* 59 */ "Delete", + /* 60 */ "ResetCount", + /* 61 */ "SorterCompare", + /* 62 */ "SorterData", + /* 63 */ "RowKey", + /* 64 */ "RowData", + /* 65 */ "Rowid", + /* 66 */ "NullRow", + /* 67 */ "Last", /* 68 */ "Or", /* 69 */ "And", - /* 70 */ "IdxDelete", - /* 71 */ "IdxRowid", - /* 72 */ "IdxLT", + /* 70 */ "SorterSort", + /* 71 */ "Sort", + /* 72 */ "Rewind", /* 73 */ "IsNull", /* 74 */ "NotNull", /* 75 */ "Ne", @@ -20388,7 +22160,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ /* 78 */ "Le", /* 79 */ "Lt", /* 80 */ "Ge", - /* 81 */ "IdxGE", + /* 81 */ "SorterNext", /* 82 */ "BitAnd", /* 83 */ "BitOr", /* 84 */ "ShiftLeft", @@ -20399,60 +22171,65 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ /* 89 */ "Divide", /* 90 */ "Remainder", /* 91 */ "Concat", - /* 92 */ "Destroy", + /* 92 */ "Prev", /* 93 */ "BitNot", /* 94 */ "String8", - /* 95 */ "Clear", - /* 96 */ "CreateIndex", - /* 97 */ "CreateTable", - /* 98 */ "ParseSchema", - /* 99 */ "LoadAnalysis", - /* 100 */ "DropTable", - /* 101 */ "DropIndex", - /* 102 */ "DropTrigger", - /* 103 */ "IntegrityCk", - /* 104 */ "RowSetAdd", - /* 105 */ "RowSetRead", - /* 106 */ "RowSetTest", - /* 107 */ "Program", - /* 108 */ "Param", - /* 109 */ "FkCounter", - /* 110 */ "FkIfZero", - /* 111 */ "MemMax", - /* 112 */ "IfPos", - /* 113 */ "IfNeg", - /* 114 */ "IfZero", - /* 115 */ "AggStep", - /* 116 */ "AggFinal", - /* 117 */ "Vacuum", - /* 118 */ "IncrVacuum", - /* 119 */ "Expire", - /* 120 */ "TableLock", - /* 121 */ "VBegin", - /* 122 */ "VCreate", - /* 123 */ "VDestroy", - /* 124 */ "VOpen", - /* 125 */ "VFilter", - /* 126 */ "VColumn", - /* 127 */ "VNext", - /* 128 */ "VRename", - /* 129 */ "VUpdate", + /* 95 */ "Next", + /* 96 */ "SorterInsert", + /* 97 */ "IdxInsert", + /* 98 */ "IdxDelete", + /* 99 */ "IdxRowid", + /* 100 */ "IdxLT", + /* 101 */ "IdxGE", + /* 102 */ "Destroy", + /* 103 */ "Clear", + /* 104 */ "CreateIndex", + /* 105 */ "CreateTable", + /* 106 */ "ParseSchema", + /* 107 */ "LoadAnalysis", + /* 108 */ "DropTable", + /* 109 */ "DropIndex", + /* 110 */ "DropTrigger", + /* 111 */ "IntegrityCk", + /* 112 */ "RowSetAdd", + /* 113 */ "RowSetRead", + /* 114 */ "RowSetTest", + /* 115 */ "Program", + /* 116 */ "Param", + /* 117 */ "FkCounter", + /* 118 */ "FkIfZero", + /* 119 */ "MemMax", + /* 120 */ "IfPos", + /* 121 */ "IfNeg", + /* 122 */ "IfZero", + /* 123 */ "AggStep", + /* 124 */ "AggFinal", + /* 125 */ "Checkpoint", + /* 126 */ "JournalMode", + /* 127 */ "Vacuum", + /* 128 */ "IncrVacuum", + /* 129 */ "Expire", /* 130 */ "Real", - /* 131 */ "Pagecount", - /* 132 */ "Trace", - /* 133 */ "Noop", - /* 134 */ "Explain", - /* 135 */ "NotUsed_135", - /* 136 */ "NotUsed_136", - /* 137 */ "NotUsed_137", - /* 138 */ "NotUsed_138", - /* 139 */ "NotUsed_139", - /* 140 */ "NotUsed_140", + /* 131 */ "TableLock", + /* 132 */ "VBegin", + /* 133 */ "VCreate", + /* 134 */ "VDestroy", + /* 135 */ "VOpen", + /* 136 */ "VFilter", + /* 137 */ "VColumn", + /* 138 */ "VNext", + /* 139 */ "VRename", + /* 140 */ "VUpdate", /* 141 */ "ToText", /* 142 */ "ToBlob", /* 143 */ "ToNumeric", /* 144 */ "ToInt", /* 145 */ "ToReal", + /* 146 */ "Pagecount", + /* 147 */ "MaxPgcnt", + /* 148 */ "Trace", + /* 149 */ "Noop", + /* 150 */ "Explain", }; return azName[i]; } @@ -20547,25 +22324,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ # error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." #endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0; -#define OSTRACE1(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X) -#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y) -#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z) -#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A) -#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B) -#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \ - if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) -#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \ - if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE +# define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0 +# endif + int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE; +# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X #else -#define OSTRACE1(X) -#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) -#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) -#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) -#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) -#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) -#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) +# define OSTRACE(X) #endif /* @@ -20574,8 +22340,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0; */ #ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE -/* -** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing +/* +** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing ** high-performance timing routines. */ /************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ @@ -20633,7 +22399,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } - + #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ @@ -20735,20 +22501,35 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; /************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in os_os2.c *********************/ +/* Forward references */ +typedef struct os2File os2File; /* The file structure */ +typedef struct os2ShmNode os2ShmNode; /* A shared descritive memory node */ +typedef struct os2ShmLink os2ShmLink; /* A connection to shared-memory */ + /* ** The os2File structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific for the OS/2 ** protability layer. */ -typedef struct os2File os2File; struct os2File { const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ HFILE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ - char* pathToDel; /* Name of file to delete on close, NULL if not */ - unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ + int flags; /* Flags provided to os2Open() */ + int locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ + int szChunk; /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ + char *zFullPathCp; /* Full path name of this file */ + os2ShmLink *pShmLink; /* Instance of shared memory on this file */ }; #define LOCK_TIMEOUT 10L /* the default locking timeout */ +/* +** Missing from some versions of the OS/2 toolkit - +** used to allocate from high memory if possible +*/ +#ifndef OBJ_ANY +# define OBJ_ANY 0x00000400 +#endif + /***************************************************************************** ** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified ** by the sqlite3_io_methods object. @@ -20758,21 +22539,24 @@ struct os2File { ** Close a file. */ static int os2Close( sqlite3_file *id ){ - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - os2File *pFile; - if( id && (pFile = (os2File*)id) != 0 ){ - OSTRACE2( "CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h ); - rc = DosClose( pFile->h ); - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; - if( pFile->pathToDel != NULL ){ - rc = DosForceDelete( (PSZ)pFile->pathToDel ); - free( pFile->pathToDel ); - pFile->pathToDel = NULL; - } - id = 0; - OpenCounter( -1 ); - } + APIRET rc; + os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; + + assert( id!=0 ); + OSTRACE(( "CLOSE %d (%s)\n", pFile->h, pFile->zFullPathCp )); + + rc = DosClose( pFile->h ); + if( pFile->flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ) + DosForceDelete( (PSZ)pFile->zFullPathCp ); + + free( pFile->zFullPathCp ); + pFile->zFullPathCp = NULL; + pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; + pFile->h = (HFILE)-1; + pFile->flags = 0; + + OpenCounter( -1 ); return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; } @@ -20792,7 +22576,7 @@ static int os2Read( os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; assert( id!=0 ); SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_READ ); - OSTRACE3( "READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ); + OSTRACE(( "READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype )); if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){ return SQLITE_IOERR; } @@ -20825,7 +22609,7 @@ static int os2Write( assert( id!=0 ); SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE ); SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); - OSTRACE3( "WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ); + OSTRACE(( "WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype )); if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){ return SQLITE_IOERR; } @@ -20845,10 +22629,21 @@ static int os2Write( ** Truncate an open file to a specified size */ static int os2Truncate( sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte ){ - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; + APIRET rc; os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - OSTRACE3( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte ); + assert( id!=0 ); + OSTRACE(( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte )); SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE ); + + /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the + ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the + ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested + ** size). + */ + if( pFile->szChunk ){ + nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; + } + rc = DosSetFileSize( pFile->h, nByte ); return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE; } @@ -20867,7 +22662,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; */ static int os2Sync( sqlite3_file *id, int flags ){ os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - OSTRACE3( "SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ); + OSTRACE(( "SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype )); #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL){ sqlite3_fullsync_count++; @@ -20917,7 +22712,7 @@ static int getReadLock( os2File *pFile ){ UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 1L ); - OSTRACE3( "GETREADLOCK %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); + OSTRACE(( "GETREADLOCK %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); return res; } @@ -20935,7 +22730,7 @@ static int unlockReadLock( os2File *id ){ UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; res = DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 1L ); - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK-READLOCK file handle=%d res=%d?\n", id->h, res ); + OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK-READLOCK file handle=%d res=%d?\n", id->h, res )); return res; } @@ -20976,14 +22771,14 @@ static int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); assert( pFile!=0 ); - OSTRACE4( "LOCK %d %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype ); + OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype )); /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the ** os2File, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() hasn't been called yet. */ if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d %d ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, locktype ); + OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d %d ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, locktype )); return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -21010,7 +22805,7 @@ static int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 100L, 0L ); if( res == NO_ERROR ){ gotPendingLock = 1; - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d pending lock boolean set. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); + OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d pending lock boolean set. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); } } @@ -21022,7 +22817,7 @@ static int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ if( res == NO_ERROR ){ newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK; } - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire shared lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); + OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire shared lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); } /* Acquire a RESERVED lock @@ -21037,7 +22832,7 @@ static int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ if( res == NO_ERROR ){ newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK; } - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire reserved lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); + OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire reserved lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); } /* Acquire a PENDING lock @@ -21045,7 +22840,8 @@ static int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){ newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK; gotPendingLock = 0; - OSTRACE2( "LOCK %d acquire pending lock. pending lock boolean unset.\n", pFile->h ); + OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire pending lock. pending lock boolean unset.\n", + pFile->h )); } /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock @@ -21053,7 +22849,7 @@ static int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){ assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); res = unlockReadLock(pFile); - OSTRACE2( "unreadlock = %d\n", res ); + OSTRACE(( "unreadlock = %d\n", res )); LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; @@ -21062,10 +22858,10 @@ static int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ if( res == NO_ERROR ){ newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; }else{ - OSTRACE2( "OS/2 error-code = %d\n", res ); + OSTRACE(( "OS/2 error-code = %d\n", res )); getReadLock(pFile); } - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire exclusive lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); + OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire exclusive lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); } /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then @@ -21078,7 +22874,7 @@ static int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE; UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; r = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d unlocking pending/is shared. r=%d\n", pFile->h, r ); + OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d unlocking pending/is shared. r=%d\n", pFile->h, r )); } /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then @@ -21087,12 +22883,12 @@ static int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ if( res == NO_ERROR ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ - OSTRACE4( "LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h, - locktype, newLocktype ); + OSTRACE(( "LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h, + locktype, newLocktype )); rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } pFile->locktype = newLocktype; - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ); + OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype )); return rc; } @@ -21107,7 +22903,7 @@ static int os2CheckReservedLock( sqlite3_file *id, int *pOut ){ assert( pFile!=0 ); if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ r = 1; - OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, r ); + OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, r )); }else{ FILELOCK LockArea, UnlockArea; @@ -21119,7 +22915,7 @@ static int os2CheckReservedLock( sqlite3_file *id, int *pOut ){ UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); - OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d lock reserved byte rc=%d\n", pFile->h, rc ); + OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d lock reserved byte rc=%d\n", pFile->h, rc )); if( rc == NO_ERROR ){ APIRET rcu = NO_ERROR; /* return code for unlocking */ LockArea.lOffset = 0L; @@ -21127,10 +22923,10 @@ static int os2CheckReservedLock( sqlite3_file *id, int *pOut ){ UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; rcu = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); - OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d unlock reserved byte r=%d\n", pFile->h, rcu ); + OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d unlock reserved byte r=%d\n", pFile->h, rcu )); } r = !(rc == NO_ERROR); - OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, r ); + OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, r )); } *pOut = r; return SQLITE_OK; @@ -21158,7 +22954,7 @@ static int os2Unlock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); assert( pFile!=0 ); assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - OSTRACE4( "UNLOCK %d to %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype ); + OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d to %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype )); type = pFile->locktype; if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ LockArea.lOffset = 0L; @@ -21166,11 +22962,11 @@ static int os2Unlock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d exclusive lock res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); + OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d exclusive lock res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && getReadLock(pFile) != NO_ERROR ){ /* This should never happen. We should always be able to ** reacquire the read lock */ - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d to %d getReadLock() failed\n", pFile->h, locktype ); + OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d to %d getReadLock() failed\n", pFile->h, locktype )); rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; } } @@ -21180,11 +22976,12 @@ static int os2Unlock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d reserved res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); + OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d reserved res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); } if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){ res = unlockReadLock(pFile); - OSTRACE5( "UNLOCK %d is %d want %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, type, locktype, res ); + OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d is %d want %d res=%d\n", + pFile->h, type, locktype, res )); } if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){ LockArea.lOffset = 0L; @@ -21192,10 +22989,10 @@ static int os2Unlock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE; UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d pending res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); + OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d pending res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); } pFile->locktype = locktype; - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ); + OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype )); return rc; } @@ -21206,11 +23003,26 @@ static int os2FileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ switch( op ){ case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { *(int*)pArg = ((os2File*)id)->locktype; - OSTRACE3( "FCNTL_LOCKSTATE %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype ); + OSTRACE(( "FCNTL_LOCKSTATE %d lock=%d\n", + ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype )); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { + ((os2File*)id)->szChunk = *(int*)pArg; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { + sqlite3_int64 sz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg; + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + os2Truncate(id, sz); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED: { return SQLITE_OK; } } - return SQLITE_ERROR; + return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; } /* @@ -21224,6 +23036,7 @@ static int os2FileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ ** same for both. */ static int os2SectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; } @@ -21231,7 +23044,8 @@ static int os2SectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ ** Return a vector of device characteristics. */ static int os2DeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - return 0; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); + return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN; } @@ -21318,26 +23132,682 @@ char *convertCpPathToUtf8( const char *in ){ return out; } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + +/* +** Use main database file for interprocess locking. If un-defined +** a separate file is created for this purpose. The file will be +** used only to set file locks. There will be no data written to it. +*/ +#define SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE + +#if 0 +static void _ERR_TRACE( const char *fmt, ... ) { + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, fmt); + vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap); + fflush(stderr); +} +#define ERR_TRACE(rc, msg) \ + if( (rc) != SQLITE_OK ) _ERR_TRACE msg; +#else +#define ERR_TRACE(rc, msg) +#endif + +/* +** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The +** global mutex is used to protect os2ShmNodeList. +** +** Function os2ShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex +** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() +** statements. e.g. +** +** os2ShmEnterMutex() +** assert( os2ShmMutexHeld() ); +** os2ShmLeaveMutex() +*/ +static void os2ShmEnterMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +} +static void os2ShmLeaveMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +} +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +static int os2ShmMutexHeld(void) { + return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +} +int GetCurrentProcessId(void) { + PPIB pib; + DosGetInfoBlocks(NULL, &pib); + return (int)pib->pib_ulpid; +} +#endif + +/* +** Object used to represent a the shared memory area for a single log file. +** When multiple threads all reference the same log-summary, each thread has +** its own os2File object, but they all point to a single instance of this +** object. In other words, each log-summary is opened only once per process. +** +** os2ShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying +** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: +** +** nRef +** pNext +** +** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: +** +** szRegion +** hLockFile +** shmBaseName +** +** Either os2ShmNode.mutex must be held or os2ShmNode.nRef==0 and +** os2ShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field +** in this structure. +** +*/ +struct os2ShmNode { + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ + os2ShmNode *pNext; /* Next in list of all os2ShmNode objects */ + + int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ + + int nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ + void **apRegion; /* Array of pointers to shared-memory regions */ + + int nRef; /* Number of os2ShmLink objects pointing to this */ + os2ShmLink *pFirst; /* First os2ShmLink object pointing to this */ + + HFILE hLockFile; /* File used for inter-process memory locking */ + char shmBaseName[1]; /* Name of the memory object !!! must last !!! */ +}; + + +/* +** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an +** open shared memory connection. +** +** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and +** are read-only thereafter: +** +** os2Shm.pShmNode +** os2Shm.id +** +** All other fields are read/write. The os2Shm.pShmNode->mutex must be held +** while accessing any read/write fields. +*/ +struct os2ShmLink { + os2ShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying os2ShmNode object */ + os2ShmLink *pNext; /* Next os2Shm with the same os2ShmNode */ + u32 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ + u32 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 id; /* Id of this connection with its os2ShmNode */ +#endif +}; + + +/* +** A global list of all os2ShmNode objects. +** +** The os2ShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list. +*/ +static os2ShmNode *os2ShmNodeList = NULL; + +/* +** Constants used for locking +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE +#define OS2_SHM_BASE (PENDING_BYTE + 0x10000) /* first lock byte */ +#else +#define OS2_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ +#endif + +#define OS2_SHM_DMS (OS2_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ + +/* +** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst. +*/ +#define _SHM_UNLCK 1 /* no lock */ +#define _SHM_RDLCK 2 /* shared lock, no wait */ +#define _SHM_WRLCK 3 /* exlusive lock, no wait */ +#define _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT 4 /* exclusive lock, wait */ +static int os2ShmSystemLock( + os2ShmNode *pNode, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ + int lockType, /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, _SHM_WRLCK or _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT */ + int ofst, /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */ + int nByte /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */ +){ + APIRET rc; + FILELOCK area; + ULONG mode, timeout; + + /* Access to the os2ShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pNode->mutex) || pNode->nRef==0 ); + + mode = 1; /* shared lock */ + timeout = 0; /* no wait */ + area.lOffset = ofst; + area.lRange = nByte; + + switch( lockType ) { + case _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT: + timeout = (ULONG)-1; /* wait forever */ + case _SHM_WRLCK: + mode = 0; /* exclusive lock */ + case _SHM_RDLCK: + rc = DosSetFileLocks(pNode->hLockFile, + NULL, &area, timeout, mode); + break; + /* case _SHM_UNLCK: */ + default: + rc = DosSetFileLocks(pNode->hLockFile, + &area, NULL, 0, 0); + break; + } + + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK %d %s %s 0x%08lx\n", + pNode->hLockFile, + rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed", + lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ? "Unlock" : "Lock", + rc)); + + ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2ShmSystemLock: %d %s\n", rc, pNode->shmBaseName)) + + return ( rc == 0 ) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY; +} + +/* +** Find an os2ShmNode in global list or allocate a new one, if not found. +** +** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called +** by VFS shared-memory methods. +*/ +static int os2OpenSharedMemory( os2File *fd, int szRegion ) { + os2ShmLink *pLink; + os2ShmNode *pNode; + int cbShmName, rc = SQLITE_OK; + char shmName[CCHMAXPATH + 30]; +#ifndef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE + ULONG action; +#endif + + /* We need some additional space at the end to append the region number */ + cbShmName = sprintf(shmName, "\\SHAREMEM\\%s", fd->zFullPathCp ); + if( cbShmName >= CCHMAXPATH-8 ) + return SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN; + + /* Replace colon in file name to form a valid shared memory name */ + shmName[10+1] = '!'; + + /* Allocate link object (we free it later in case of failure) */ + pLink = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pLink) ); + if( !pLink ) + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + /* Access node list */ + os2ShmEnterMutex(); + + /* Find node by it's shared memory base name */ + for( pNode = os2ShmNodeList; + pNode && stricmp(shmName, pNode->shmBaseName) != 0; + pNode = pNode->pNext ) ; + + /* Not found: allocate a new node */ + if( !pNode ) { + pNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNode) + cbShmName ); + if( pNode ) { + memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(*pNode) ); + pNode->szRegion = szRegion; + pNode->hLockFile = (HFILE)-1; + strcpy(pNode->shmBaseName, shmName); + +#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE + if( DosDupHandle(fd->h, &pNode->hLockFile) != 0 ) { +#else + sprintf(shmName, "%s-lck", fd->zFullPathCp); + if( DosOpen((PSZ)shmName, &pNode->hLockFile, &action, 0, FILE_NORMAL, + OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW, + OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE | OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE | + OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT | OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR, + NULL) != 0 ) { +#endif + sqlite3_free(pNode); + rc = SQLITE_IOERR; + } else { + pNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); + if( !pNode->mutex ) { + sqlite3_free(pNode); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + } else { + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + if( rc == SQLITE_OK ) { + pNode->pNext = os2ShmNodeList; + os2ShmNodeList = pNode; + } else { + pNode = NULL; + } + } else if( pNode->szRegion != szRegion ) { + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE; + pNode = NULL; + } + + if( pNode ) { + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pNode->mutex); + + memset(pLink, 0, sizeof(*pLink)); + + pLink->pShmNode = pNode; + pLink->pNext = pNode->pFirst; + pNode->pFirst = pLink; + pNode->nRef++; + + fd->pShmLink = pLink; + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pNode->mutex); + + } else { + /* Error occured. Free our link object. */ + sqlite3_free(pLink); + } + + os2ShmLeaveMutex(); + + ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2OpenSharedMemory: %d %s\n", rc, fd->zFullPathCp)) + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Purge the os2ShmNodeList list of all entries with nRef==0. +** +** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called +** by VFS shared-memory methods. +*/ +static void os2PurgeShmNodes( int deleteFlag ) { + os2ShmNode *pNode; + os2ShmNode **ppNode; + + os2ShmEnterMutex(); + + ppNode = &os2ShmNodeList; + + while( *ppNode ) { + pNode = *ppNode; + + if( pNode->nRef == 0 ) { + *ppNode = pNode->pNext; + + if( pNode->apRegion ) { + /* Prevent other processes from resizing the shared memory */ + os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1); + + while( pNode->nRegion-- ) { +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + int rc = +#endif + DosFreeMem(pNode->apRegion[pNode->nRegion]); + + OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid-%d unmap region=%d %s\n", + (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), pNode->nRegion, + rc == 0 ? "ok" : "failed")); + } + + /* Allow other processes to resize the shared memory */ + os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_UNLCK, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1); + + sqlite3_free(pNode->apRegion); + } + + DosClose(pNode->hLockFile); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE + if( deleteFlag ) { + char fileName[CCHMAXPATH]; + /* Skip "\\SHAREMEM\\" */ + sprintf(fileName, "%s-lck", pNode->shmBaseName + 10); + /* restore colon */ + fileName[1] = ':'; + + DosForceDelete(fileName); + } +#endif + + sqlite3_mutex_free(pNode->mutex); + + sqlite3_free(pNode); + + } else { + ppNode = &pNode->pNext; + } + } + + os2ShmLeaveMutex(); +} + +/* +** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the +** shared-memory associated with the database file id. Shared-memory regions +** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion +** bytes in size. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. +** +** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory +** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a +** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If +** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet +** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. +** +** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by +** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes +** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped +** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. +*/ +static int os2ShmMap( + sqlite3_file *id, /* Handle open on database file */ + int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ + int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ + int bExtend, /* True to extend block if necessary */ + void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ +){ + PVOID pvTemp; + void **apRegion; + os2ShmNode *pNode; + int n, rc = SQLITE_OK; + char shmName[CCHMAXPATH]; + os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; + + *pp = NULL; + + if( !pFile->pShmLink ) + rc = os2OpenSharedMemory( pFile, szRegion ); + + if( rc == SQLITE_OK ) { + pNode = pFile->pShmLink->pShmNode ; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pNode->mutex); + + assert( szRegion==pNode->szRegion ); + + /* Unmapped region ? */ + if( iRegion >= pNode->nRegion ) { + /* Prevent other processes from resizing the shared memory */ + os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1); + + apRegion = sqlite3_realloc( + pNode->apRegion, (iRegion + 1) * sizeof(apRegion[0])); + + if( apRegion ) { + pNode->apRegion = apRegion; + + while( pNode->nRegion <= iRegion ) { + sprintf(shmName, "%s-%u", + pNode->shmBaseName, pNode->nRegion); + + if( DosGetNamedSharedMem(&pvTemp, (PSZ)shmName, + PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE) != NO_ERROR ) { + if( !bExtend ) + break; + + if( DosAllocSharedMem(&pvTemp, (PSZ)shmName, szRegion, + PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | PAG_COMMIT | OBJ_ANY) != NO_ERROR && + DosAllocSharedMem(&pvTemp, (PSZ)shmName, szRegion, + PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | PAG_COMMIT) != NO_ERROR ) { + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + break; + } + } + + apRegion[pNode->nRegion++] = pvTemp; + } + + /* zero out remaining entries */ + for( n = pNode->nRegion; n <= iRegion; n++ ) + pNode->apRegion[n] = NULL; + + /* Return this region (maybe zero) */ + *pp = pNode->apRegion[iRegion]; + } else { + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + /* Allow other processes to resize the shared memory */ + os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_UNLCK, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1); + + } else { + /* Region has been mapped previously */ + *pp = pNode->apRegion[iRegion]; + } + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pNode->mutex); + } + + ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2ShmMap: %s iRgn = %d, szRgn = %d, bExt = %d : %d\n", + pFile->zFullPathCp, iRegion, szRegion, bExtend, rc)) + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying +** storage if deleteFlag is true. +** +** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this +** routine is a harmless no-op. +*/ +static int os2ShmUnmap( + sqlite3_file *id, /* The underlying database file */ + int deleteFlag /* Delete shared-memory if true */ +){ + os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; + os2ShmLink *pLink = pFile->pShmLink; + + if( pLink ) { + int nRef = -1; + os2ShmLink **ppLink; + os2ShmNode *pNode = pLink->pShmNode; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pNode->mutex); + + for( ppLink = &pNode->pFirst; + *ppLink && *ppLink != pLink; + ppLink = &(*ppLink)->pNext ) ; + + assert(*ppLink); + + if( *ppLink ) { + *ppLink = pLink->pNext; + nRef = --pNode->nRef; + } else { + ERR_TRACE(1, ("os2ShmUnmap: link not found ! %s\n", + pNode->shmBaseName)) + } + + pFile->pShmLink = NULL; + sqlite3_free(pLink); + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pNode->mutex); + + if( nRef == 0 ) + os2PurgeShmNodes( deleteFlag ); + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. +** +** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little +** different here than in posix. In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked +** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back. But one may +** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared. +*/ +static int os2ShmLock( + sqlite3_file *id, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ + int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ + int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ + int flags /* What to do with the lock */ +){ + u32 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ + os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; + os2ShmLink *p = pFile->pShmLink; /* The shared memory being locked */ + os2ShmLink *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ + os2ShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* Our node */ + + assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); + assert( n>=1 ); + assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); + assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); + + mask = (u32)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<1 || mask==(1<mutex); + + if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ + u32 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ + + /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( pX==p ) continue; + assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); + allMask |= pX->sharedMask; + } + + /* Unlock the system-level locks */ + if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ + rc = os2ShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+OS2_SHM_BASE, n); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Undo the local locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->exclMask &= ~mask; + p->sharedMask &= ~mask; + } + }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ + u32 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ + + /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. + ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return + ** SQLITE_BUSY. + */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + break; + } + allShared |= pX->sharedMask; + } + + /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ + rc = os2ShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+OS2_SHM_BASE, n); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + /* Get the local shared locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->sharedMask |= mask; + } + }else{ + /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this + ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. + */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + break; + } + } + + /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful + ** also mark the local connection as being locked. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = os2ShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+OS2_SHM_BASE, n); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); + p->exclMask |= mask; + } + } + } + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x %s\n", + p->id, (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask, + rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + + ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2ShmLock: ofst = %d, n = %d, flags = 0x%x -> %d \n", + ofst, n, flags, rc)) + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. +** +** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before +** any load or store begun after the barrier. +*/ +static void os2ShmBarrier( + sqlite3_file *id /* Database file holding the shared memory */ +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); + os2ShmEnterMutex(); + os2ShmLeaveMutex(); +} + +#else +# define os2ShmMap 0 +# define os2ShmLock 0 +# define os2ShmBarrier 0 +# define os2ShmUnmap 0 +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + + /* ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an ** sqlite3_file for os2. */ static const sqlite3_io_methods os2IoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - os2Close, - os2Read, - os2Write, - os2Truncate, - os2Sync, - os2FileSize, - os2Lock, - os2Unlock, - os2CheckReservedLock, - os2FileControl, - os2SectorSize, - os2DeviceCharacteristics + 2, /* iVersion */ + os2Close, /* xClose */ + os2Read, /* xRead */ + os2Write, /* xWrite */ + os2Truncate, /* xTruncate */ + os2Sync, /* xSync */ + os2FileSize, /* xFileSize */ + os2Lock, /* xLock */ + os2Unlock, /* xUnlock */ + os2CheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */ + os2FileControl, /* xFileControl */ + os2SectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ + os2DeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ + os2ShmMap, /* xShmMap */ + os2ShmLock, /* xShmLock */ + os2ShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ + os2ShmUnmap /* xShmUnmap */ }; + /*************************************************************************** ** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object. ** @@ -21349,51 +23819,58 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods os2IoMethod = { ** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters. */ static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf ){ - static const unsigned char zChars[] = + static const char zChars[] = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" "0123456789"; int i, j; - char zTempPathBuf[3]; - PSZ zTempPath = (PSZ)&zTempPathBuf; - if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - zTempPath = sqlite3_temp_directory; - }else{ - if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TEMP", &zTempPath ) ){ - if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMP", &zTempPath ) ){ - if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMPDIR", &zTempPath ) ){ - ULONG ulDriveNum = 0, ulDriveMap = 0; - DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap ); - sprintf( (char*)zTempPath, "%c:", (char)( 'A' + ulDriveNum - 1 ) ); - } - } - } + PSZ zTempPathCp; + char zTempPath[CCHMAXPATH]; + ULONG ulDriveNum, ulDriveMap; + + /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just + ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this + ** function failing. + */ + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); + + if( sqlite3_temp_directory ) { + sqlite3_snprintf(CCHMAXPATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory); + } else if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TEMP", &zTempPathCp ) == NO_ERROR || + DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMP", &zTempPathCp ) == NO_ERROR || + DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMPDIR", &zTempPathCp ) == NO_ERROR ) { + char *zTempPathUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( (char *)zTempPathCp ); + sqlite3_snprintf(CCHMAXPATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zTempPathUTF); + free( zTempPathUTF ); + } else if( DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap ) == NO_ERROR ) { + zTempPath[0] = (char)('A' + ulDriveNum - 1); + zTempPath[1] = ':'; + zTempPath[2] = '\0'; + } else { + zTempPath[0] = '\0'; } + /* Strip off a trailing slashes or backslashes, otherwise we would get * * multiple (back)slashes which causes DosOpen() to fail. * * Trailing spaces are not allowed, either. */ j = sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath); - while( j > 0 && ( zTempPath[j-1] == '\\' || zTempPath[j-1] == '/' - || zTempPath[j-1] == ' ' ) ){ + while( j > 0 && ( zTempPath[j-1] == '\\' || zTempPath[j-1] == '/' || + zTempPath[j-1] == ' ' ) ){ j--; } zTempPath[j] = '\0'; - if( !sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - char *zTempPathUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zTempPath ); - sqlite3_snprintf( nBuf-30, zBuf, - "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPathUTF ); - free( zTempPathUTF ); - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf( nBuf-30, zBuf, - "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath ); - } - j = sqlite3Strlen30( zBuf ); + + /* We use 20 bytes to randomize the name */ + sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-22, zBuf, + "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath); + j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); sqlite3_randomness( 20, &zBuf[j] ); for( i = 0; i < 20; i++, j++ ){ - zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; + zBuf[j] = zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; } zBuf[j] = 0; - OSTRACE2( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf ); + + OSTRACE(( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf )); return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -21412,8 +23889,8 @@ static int os2FullPathname( char *zRelativeCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zRelative ); char zFullCp[CCHMAXPATH] = "\0"; char *zFullUTF; - APIRET rc = DosQueryPathInfo( zRelativeCp, FIL_QUERYFULLNAME, zFullCp, - CCHMAXPATH ); + APIRET rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zRelativeCp, FIL_QUERYFULLNAME, + zFullCp, CCHMAXPATH ); free( zRelativeCp ); zFullUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zFullCp ); sqlite3_snprintf( nFull, zFull, zFullUTF ); @@ -21427,99 +23904,127 @@ static int os2FullPathname( */ static int os2Open( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the file */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */ int flags, /* Open mode flags */ int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */ ){ HFILE h; - ULONG ulFileAttribute = FILE_NORMAL; ULONG ulOpenFlags = 0; ULONG ulOpenMode = 0; + ULONG ulAction = 0; + ULONG rc; os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - ULONG ulAction; + const char *zUtf8Name = zName; char *zNameCp; - char zTmpname[CCHMAXPATH+1]; /* Buffer to hold name of temp file */ + char zTmpname[CCHMAXPATH]; - /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a - ** temporary file name to use + int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); + int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); + int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); +#ifndef NDEBUG + int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); + int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); + int eType = (flags & 0xFFFFFF00); + int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && ( + eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + )); +#endif + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + assert( id!=0 ); + + /* Check the following statements are true: + ** + ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and + ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and + ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. + ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. */ - if( !zName ){ - int rc = getTempname(CCHMAXPATH+1, zTmpname); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - zName = zTmpname; - } + assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); + assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); + assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); + assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); + /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never + ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); + + /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ + assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + ); memset( pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile) ); + pFile->h = (HFILE)-1; - OSTRACE2( "OPEN want %d\n", flags ); + /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a + ** temporary file name to use + */ + if( !zUtf8Name ){ + assert(isDelete && !isOpenJournal); + rc = getTempname(CCHMAXPATH, zTmpname); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + zUtf8Name = zTmpname; + } - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ + if( isReadWrite ){ ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN read/write\n" ); }else{ ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN read only\n" ); } - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){ - ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN open new/create\n" ); - }else{ - ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN open existing\n" ); - } - - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read/write\n" ); - }else{ - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read only\n" ); - } + /* Open in random access mode for possibly better speed. Allow full + ** sharing because file locks will provide exclusive access when needed. + ** The handle should not be inherited by child processes and we don't + ** want popups from the critical error handler. + */ + ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM | OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE | + OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT | OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR; - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){ - char pathUtf8[CCHMAXPATH]; -#ifdef NDEBUG /* when debugging we want to make sure it is deleted */ - ulFileAttribute = FILE_HIDDEN; -#endif - os2FullPathname( pVfs, zName, CCHMAXPATH, pathUtf8 ); - pFile->pathToDel = convertUtf8PathToCp( pathUtf8 ); - OSTRACE1( "OPEN hidden/delete on close file attributes\n" ); + /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is + ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" + ** as it is usually understood. + */ + if( isExclusive ){ + /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */ + /* If the file exists, it fails. */ + ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_EXISTS; + }else if( isCreate ){ + /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */ + ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS; }else{ - pFile->pathToDel = NULL; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN normal file attribute\n" ); + /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */ + ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS; } - /* always open in random access mode for possibly better speed */ - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM; - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR; - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT; - - zNameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zName ); + zNameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zUtf8Name ); rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zNameCp, &h, &ulAction, 0L, - ulFileAttribute, + FILE_NORMAL, ulOpenFlags, ulOpenMode, (PEAOP2)NULL ); free( zNameCp ); + if( rc != NO_ERROR ){ - OSTRACE7( "OPEN Invalid handle rc=%d: zName=%s, ulAction=%#lx, ulAttr=%#lx, ulFlags=%#lx, ulMode=%#lx\n", - rc, zName, ulAction, ulFileAttribute, ulOpenFlags, ulOpenMode ); - if( pFile->pathToDel ) - free( pFile->pathToDel ); - pFile->pathToDel = NULL; - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ - OSTRACE2( "OPEN %d Invalid handle\n", ((flags | SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & ~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE) ); + OSTRACE(( "OPEN Invalid handle rc=%d: zName=%s, ulAction=%#lx, ulFlags=%#lx, ulMode=%#lx\n", + rc, zUtf8Name, ulAction, ulOpenFlags, ulOpenMode )); + + if( isReadWrite ){ return os2Open( pVfs, zName, id, - ((flags | SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & ~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE), + ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)), pOutFlags ); }else{ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; @@ -21527,13 +24032,17 @@ static int os2Open( } if( pOutFlags ){ - *pOutFlags = flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ? SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE : SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; + *pOutFlags = isReadWrite ? SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE : SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; } + os2FullPathname( pVfs, zUtf8Name, sizeof( zTmpname ), zTmpname ); + pFile->zFullPathCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zTmpname ); pFile->pMethod = &os2IoMethod; + pFile->flags = flags; pFile->h = h; + OpenCounter(+1); - OSTRACE3( "OPEN %d pOutFlags=%d\n", pFile->h, pOutFlags ); + OSTRACE(( "OPEN %d pOutFlags=%d\n", pFile->h, pOutFlags )); return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -21545,13 +24054,16 @@ static int os2Delete( const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */ int syncDir /* Not used on os2 */ ){ - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename ); + APIRET rc; + char *zFilenameCp; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE ); + zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename ); rc = DosDelete( (PSZ)zFilenameCp ); free( zFilenameCp ); - OSTRACE2( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename ); - return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE; + OSTRACE(( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename )); + return (rc == NO_ERROR || + rc == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND || + rc == ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE; } /* @@ -21563,30 +24075,42 @@ static int os2Access( int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */ int *pOut /* Write results here */ ){ + APIRET rc; FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo; - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename ); + char *zFilenameCp; - memset( &fsts3ConfigInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3ConfigInfo) ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); + + zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename ); rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zFilenameCp, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) ); free( zFilenameCp ); - OSTRACE4( "ACCESS fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile=%d flags=%d rc=%d\n", - fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile, flags, rc ); + OSTRACE(( "ACCESS fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile=%d flags=%d rc=%d\n", + fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile, flags, rc )); + switch( flags ){ - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: - rc = (rc == NO_ERROR); - OSTRACE3( "ACCESS %s access of read and exists rc=%d\n", zFilename, rc ); + /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file + ** as if it does not exist. + */ + if( fsts3ConfigInfo.cbFile == 0 ) + rc = ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND; + break; + case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: break; case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: - rc = (rc == NO_ERROR) && ( (fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_READONLY) == 0 ); - OSTRACE3( "ACCESS %s access of read/write rc=%d\n", zFilename, rc ); + if( fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_READONLY ) + rc = ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED; break; default: + rc = ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND; assert( !"Invalid flags argument" ); } - *pOut = rc; + + *pOut = (rc == NO_ERROR); + OSTRACE(( "ACCESS %s flags %d: rc=%d\n", zFilename, flags, *pOut )); + return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -21601,11 +24125,10 @@ static int os2Access( ** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. */ static void *os2DlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){ - UCHAR loadErr[256]; HMODULE hmod; APIRET rc; char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp(zFilename); - rc = DosLoadModule((PSZ)loadErr, sizeof(loadErr), zFilenameCp, &hmod); + rc = DosLoadModule(NULL, 0, (PSZ)zFilenameCp, &hmod); free(zFilenameCp); return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void*)hmod; } @@ -21616,19 +24139,19 @@ static void *os2DlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){ static void os2DlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ /* no-op */ } -static void *os2DlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){ +static void (*os2DlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol))(void){ PFN pfn; APIRET rc; - rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, zSymbol, &pfn); + rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, (PSZ)zSymbol, &pfn); if( rc != NO_ERROR ){ /* if the symbol itself was not found, search again for the same * symbol with an extra underscore, that might be needed depending * on the calling convention */ char _zSymbol[256] = "_"; - strncat(_zSymbol, zSymbol, 255); - rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, _zSymbol, &pfn); + strncat(_zSymbol, zSymbol, 254); + rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, (PSZ)_zSymbol, &pfn); } - return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void*)pfn; + return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void(*)(void))pfn; } static void os2DlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ DosFreeModule((HMODULE)pHandle); @@ -21650,54 +24173,39 @@ static int os2Randomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf ){ n = nBuf; memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); #else - int sizeofULong = sizeof(ULONG); - if( (int)sizeof(DATETIME) <= nBuf - n ){ - DATETIME x; - DosGetDateTime(&x); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x)); - n += sizeof(x); - } - - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - PPIB ppib; - DosGetInfoBlocks(NULL, &ppib); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ppib->pib_ulpid, sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - PTIB ptib; - DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid, sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - - /* if we still haven't filled the buffer yet the following will */ - /* grab everything once instead of making several calls for a single item */ - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - ULONG ulSysInfo[QSV_MAX]; - DosQuerySysInfo(1L, QSV_MAX, ulSysInfo, sizeofULong * QSV_MAX); - - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_MS_COUNT - 1], sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIMER_INTERVAL - 1], sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIME_LOW - 1], sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIME_HIGH - 1], sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TOTAVAILMEM - 1], sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - } + int i; + PPIB ppib; + PTIB ptib; + DATETIME dt; + static unsigned c = 0; + /* Ordered by variation probability */ + static ULONG svIdx[6] = { QSV_MS_COUNT, QSV_TIME_LOW, + QSV_MAXPRMEM, QSV_MAXSHMEM, + QSV_TOTAVAILMEM, QSV_TOTRESMEM }; + + /* 8 bytes; timezone and weekday don't increase the randomness much */ + if( (int)sizeof(dt)-3 <= nBuf - n ){ + c += 0x0100; + DosGetDateTime(&dt); + dt.year = (USHORT)((dt.year - 1900) | c); + memcpy(&zBuf[n], &dt, sizeof(dt)-3); + n += sizeof(dt)-3; + } + + /* 4 bytes; PIDs and TIDs are 16 bit internally, so combine them */ + if( (int)sizeof(ULONG) <= nBuf - n ){ + DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, &ppib); + *(PULONG)&zBuf[n] = MAKELONG(ppib->pib_ulpid, + ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid); + n += sizeof(ULONG); + } + + /* Up to 6 * 4 bytes; variables depend on the system state */ + for( i = 0; i < 6 && (int)sizeof(ULONG) <= nBuf - n; i++ ){ + DosQuerySysInfo(svIdx[i], svIdx[i], + (PULONG)&zBuf[n], sizeof(ULONG)); + n += sizeof(ULONG); + } #endif return n; @@ -21725,46 +24233,98 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; #endif /* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the -** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and -** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow +** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In +** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian +** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the +** proleptic Gregorian calendar. +** +** On success, return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. */ -int os2CurrentTime( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow ){ - double now; - SHORT minute; /* needs to be able to cope with negative timezone offset */ - USHORT second, hour, - day, month, year; +static int os2CurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; +#endif + int year, month, datepart, timepart; + DATETIME dt; DosGetDateTime( &dt ); - second = (USHORT)dt.seconds; - minute = (SHORT)dt.minutes + dt.timezone; - hour = (USHORT)dt.hours; - day = (USHORT)dt.day; - month = (USHORT)dt.month; - year = (USHORT)dt.year; + + year = dt.year; + month = dt.month; /* Calculations from http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd.html - http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd-0.1.c */ - /* Calculate the Julian days */ - now = day - 32076 + + ** http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd-0.1.c + ** Calculate the Julian days + */ + datepart = (int)dt.day - 32076 + 1461*(year + 4800 + (month - 14)/12)/4 + 367*(month - 2 - (month - 14)/12*12)/12 - 3*((year + 4900 + (month - 14)/12)/100)/4; - /* Add the fractional hours, mins and seconds */ - now += (hour + 12.0)/24.0; - now += minute/1440.0; - now += second/86400.0; - *prNow = now; + /* Time in milliseconds, hours to noon added */ + timepart = 12*3600*1000 + dt.hundredths*10 + dt.seconds*1000 + + ((int)dt.minutes + dt.timezone)*60*1000 + dt.hours*3600*1000; + + *piNow = (sqlite3_int64)datepart*86400*1000 + timepart; + #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5; + *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; } #endif + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); return 0; } +/* +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the +** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and +** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. +*/ +static int os2CurrentTime( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow ){ + int rc; + sqlite3_int64 i; + rc = os2CurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i); + if( !rc ){ + *prNow = i/86400000.0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The idea is that this function works like a combination of +** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on windows (or errno and +** strerror_r() on unix). After an error is returned by an OS +** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to +** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the +** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message +** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling +** thread. +** +** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer, +** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError +** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero +** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned, +** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character +** in the output buffer. +** +** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect +** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never +** returns an error message: +** +** int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ +** assert(zBuf[0]=='\0'); +** return 0; +** } +** +** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated +** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using +** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug. +*/ static int os2GetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ + assert(zBuf[0]=='\0'); return 0; } @@ -21773,7 +24333,7 @@ static int os2GetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ static sqlite3_vfs os2Vfs = { - 1, /* iVersion */ + 3, /* iVersion */ sizeof(os2File), /* szOsFile */ CCHMAXPATH, /* mxPathname */ 0, /* pNext */ @@ -21791,10 +24351,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ os2Randomness, /* xRandomness */ os2Sleep, /* xSleep */ os2CurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ - os2GetLastError /* xGetLastError */ + os2GetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ + os2CurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ + 0, /* xSetSystemCall */ + 0, /* xGetSystemCall */ + 0 /* xNextSystemCall */ }; sqlite3_vfs_register(&os2Vfs, 1); initUconvObjects(); +/* sqlite3OSTrace = 1; */ return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ @@ -21868,7 +24433,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ ** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE ** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic ** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem -** where the database is located. +** where the database is located. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) # if defined(__APPLE__) @@ -21879,7 +24444,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ #endif /* -** Define the OS_VXWORKS pre-processor macro to 1 if building on +** Define the OS_VXWORKS pre-processor macro to 1 if building on ** vxworks, or 0 otherwise. */ #ifndef OS_VXWORKS @@ -21923,8 +24488,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ #include #include #include +/* #include */ #include #include +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +#include +#endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE # include @@ -21941,6 +24510,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ # include #endif +#ifdef HAVE_UTIME +# include +#endif + /* ** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags */ @@ -21951,6 +24524,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ ** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro. */ #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE +/* # include */ # define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1 #endif @@ -21974,11 +24548,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ #define MAX_PATHNAME 512 /* -** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not +** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not ** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK */ #define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY)) +/* Forward references */ +typedef struct unixShm unixShm; /* Connection shared memory */ +typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode; /* Shared memory instance */ +typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo; /* An i-node */ +typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd; /* An unused file descriptor */ /* ** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor @@ -21986,7 +24565,6 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ ** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an ** opportunity to either close or reuse it. */ -typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd; struct UnixUnusedFd { int fd; /* File descriptor to close */ int flags; /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */ @@ -22000,27 +24578,25 @@ struct UnixUnusedFd { typedef struct unixFile unixFile; struct unixFile { sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ - struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen; /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */ - struct unixLockInfo *pLock; /* Info about locks on this inode */ - int h; /* The file descriptor */ - int dirfd; /* File descriptor for the directory */ - unsigned char locktype; /* The type of lock held on this fd */ - int lastErrno; /* The unix errno from the last I/O error */ - void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */ - UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */ - int fileFlags; /* Miscellanous flags */ + unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* Info about locks on this inode */ + int h; /* The file descriptor */ + unsigned char eFileLock; /* The type of lock held on this fd */ + unsigned char ctrlFlags; /* Behavioral bits. UNIXFILE_* flags */ + int lastErrno; /* The unix errno from last I/O error */ + void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */ + UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */ + const char *zPath; /* Name of the file */ + unixShm *pShm; /* Shared memory segment information */ + int szChunk; /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - int openFlags; /* The flags specified at open() */ + int openFlags; /* The flags specified at open() */ #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__) - unsigned fsFlags; /* cached details from statfs() */ -#endif -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) - pthread_t tid; /* The thread that "owns" this unixFile */ + unsigned fsFlags; /* cached details from statfs() */ #endif #if OS_VXWORKS - int isDelete; /* Delete on close if true */ - struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID */ + int isDelete; /* Delete on close if true */ + struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID */ #endif #ifndef NDEBUG /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the @@ -22028,14 +24604,14 @@ struct unixFile { ** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction ** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the - ** one described by ticket #3584. + ** one described by ticket #3584. */ unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */ unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */ unsigned char inNormalWrite; /* True if in a normal write operation */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that + /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c. */ char aPadding[32]; @@ -22043,9 +24619,16 @@ struct unixFile { }; /* -** The following macros define bits in unixFile.fileFlags +** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask: */ -#define SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING 0x0001 /* Use whole-file locking */ +#define UNIXFILE_EXCL 0x01 /* Connections from one process only */ +#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */ +#define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC +# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x08 /* Directory sync needed */ +#else +# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x00 +#endif /* ** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files @@ -22083,25 +24666,14 @@ struct unixFile { # error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." #endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0; -#define OSTRACE1(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X) -#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y) -#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z) -#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A) -#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B) -#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \ - if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) -#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \ - if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE +# define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0 +# endif + int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE; +# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X #else -#define OSTRACE1(X) -#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) -#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) -#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) -#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) -#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) -#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) +# define OSTRACE(X) #endif /* @@ -22110,8 +24682,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0; */ #ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE -/* -** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing +/* +** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing ** high-performance timing routines. */ /************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ @@ -22169,7 +24741,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } - + #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ @@ -22289,34 +24861,234 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; #endif /* +** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for +** testing and debugging only. +*/ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE +#define threadid pthread_self() +#else +#define threadid 0 +#endif + +/* +** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways. Same use +** open(const char*,int,mode_t). Others use open(const char*,int,...). +** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function. +** +** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper +** which always has the same well-defined interface. +*/ +static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){ + return open(zFile, flags, mode); +} + +/* Forward reference */ +static int openDirectory(const char*, int*); + +/* +** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that +** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during +** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers +** to all overrideable system calls. +*/ +static struct unix_syscall { + const char *zName; /* Name of the sytem call */ + sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */ + sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */ +} aSyscall[] = { + { "open", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen, 0 }, +#define osOpen ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent) + + { "close", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close, 0 }, +#define osClose ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent) + + { "access", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access, 0 }, +#define osAccess ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent) + + { "getcwd", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd, 0 }, +#define osGetcwd ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent) + + { "stat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat, 0 }, +#define osStat ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent) + +/* ** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it ** lacks the fcntl() system call. So redefine fcntl() to be something ** that always succeeds. This means that locking does not occur under ** DJGPP. But it is DOS - what did you expect? */ #ifdef __DJGPP__ -# define fcntl(A,B,C) 0 + { "fstat", 0, 0 }, +#define osFstat(a,b,c) 0 +#else + { "fstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat, 0 }, +#define osFstat ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent) #endif -/* -** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for -** testing and debugging only. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -#define threadid pthread_self() + { "ftruncate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate, 0 }, +#define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent) + + { "fcntl", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl, 0 }, +#define osFcntl ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent) + + { "read", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read, 0 }, +#define osRead ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent) + +#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread, 0 }, #else -#define threadid 0 + { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif +#define osPread ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent) + +#if defined(USE_PREAD64) + { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64, 0 }, +#else + { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osPread64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent) + + { "write", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write, 0 }, +#define osWrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent) + +#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite, 0 }, +#else + { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osPwrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\ + aSyscall[12].pCurrent) + +#if defined(USE_PREAD64) + { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64, 0 }, +#else + { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osPwrite64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\ + aSyscall[13].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + { "fchmod", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod, 0 }, +#else + { "fchmod", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osFchmod ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent) + +#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE + { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate, 0 }, +#else + { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent) + + { "unlink", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unlink, 0 }, +#define osUnlink ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[16].pCurrent) + { "openDirectory", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)openDirectory, 0 }, +#define osOpenDirectory ((int(*)(const char*,int*))aSyscall[17].pCurrent) + +}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */ + +/* +** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the +** "unix" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the +** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable +** system call named zName. +*/ +static int unixSetSystemCall( + sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */ + const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */ + sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */ +){ + unsigned int i; + int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); + if( zName==0 ){ + /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default + ** settings and return NULL + */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + for(i=0; il_whence==SEEK_SET ); - s = fcntl(fd, op, p); + s = osFcntl(fd, op, p); savedErrno = errno; sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n", threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len, @@ -22394,7 +25166,7 @@ static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){ if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){ struct flock l2; l2 = *p; - fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2); + osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2); if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){ zType = "RDLCK"; }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){ @@ -22410,58 +25182,86 @@ static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){ errno = savedErrno; return s; } -#define fcntl lockTrace +#undef osFcntl +#define osFcntl lockTrace #endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */ - +/* +** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR +*/ +static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){ + int rc; + do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); + return rc; +} /* ** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something ** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions. Specifically, it is ** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY -** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into +** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into ** SQLITE_IOERR -** +** ** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks, ** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately. */ static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) { switch (posixError) { - case 0: +#if 0 + /* At one point this code was not commented out. In theory, this branch + ** should never be hit, as this function should only be called after + ** a locking-related function (i.e. fcntl()) has returned non-zero with + ** the value of errno as the first argument. Since a system call has failed, + ** errno should be non-zero. + ** + ** Despite this, if errno really is zero, we still don't want to return + ** SQLITE_OK. The system call failed, and *some* SQLite error should be + ** propagated back to the caller. Commenting this branch out means errno==0 + ** will be handled by the "default:" case below. + */ + case 0: return SQLITE_OK; +#endif case EAGAIN: case ETIMEDOUT: case EBUSY: case EINTR: - case ENOLCK: - /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support + case ENOLCK: + /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ return SQLITE_BUSY; - - case EACCES: + + case EACCES: /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/ - if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || - (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || + if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || + (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) || (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } /* else fall through */ - case EPERM: + case EPERM: return SQLITE_PERM; - + + /* EDEADLK is only possible if a call to fcntl(F_SETLKW) is made. And + ** this module never makes such a call. And the code in SQLite itself + ** asserts that SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED is never returned. For these reasons + ** this case is also commented out. If the system does set errno to EDEADLK, + ** the default SQLITE_IOERR_XXX code will be returned. */ +#if 0 case EDEADLK: return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED; - +#endif + #if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP - case EOPNOTSUPP: - /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support + case EOPNOTSUPP: + /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ #endif #ifdef ENOTSUP - case ENOTSUP: - /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which + case ENOTSUP: + /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which * it actually means what it says */ #endif case EIO: @@ -22471,11 +25271,13 @@ static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) { case ENODEV: case ENXIO: case ENOENT: +#ifdef ESTALE /* ESTALE is not defined on Interix systems */ case ESTALE: +#endif case ENOSYS: /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */ - - default: + + default: return sqliteIOErr; } } @@ -22491,7 +25293,7 @@ static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) { ** ** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a ** unique file ID in VxWorks. Each instance of this structure contains -** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count. +** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count. ** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to ** zero. ** @@ -22507,7 +25309,7 @@ struct vxworksFileId { }; #if OS_VXWORKS -/* +/* ** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this ** variable: */ @@ -22579,7 +25381,7 @@ static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){ */ unixEnterMutex(); for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){ - if( pCandidate->nName==n + if( pCandidate->nName==n && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0 ){ sqlite3_free(pNew); @@ -22672,7 +25474,7 @@ static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){ ** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file. ** ** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking -** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a +** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a ** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between ** a locked and an unlocked state. ** @@ -22680,13 +25482,12 @@ static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){ ** ** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks, ** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are -** released. To work around this problem, each unixFile structure contains -** a pointer to an unixOpenCnt structure. There is one unixOpenCnt structure -** per open inode, which means that multiple unixFile can point to a single -** unixOpenCnt. When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are +** released. To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object +** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode. +** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are ** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call ** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear. -** The unixOpenCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to +** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to ** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock ** clears. ** @@ -22701,46 +25502,19 @@ static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){ ** in thread B. But there is no way to know at compile-time which ** threading library is being used. So there is no way to know at ** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B. -** We have to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the +** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the ** current process. ** -** On systems where thread A is unable to modify locks created by -** thread B, we have to keep track of which thread created each -** lock. Hence there is an extra field in the key to the unixLockInfo -** structure to record this information. And on those systems it -** is illegal to begin a transaction in one thread and finish it -** in another. For this latter restriction, there is no work-around. -** It is a limitation of LinuxThreads. -*/ - -/* -** Set or check the unixFile.tid field. This field is set when an unixFile -** is first opened. All subsequent uses of the unixFile verify that the -** same thread is operating on the unixFile. Some operating systems do -** not allow locks to be overridden by other threads and that restriction -** means that sqlite3* database handles cannot be moved from one thread -** to another while locks are held. -** -** Version 3.3.1 (2006-01-15): unixFile can be moved from one thread to -** another as long as we are running on a system that supports threads -** overriding each others locks (which is now the most common behavior) -** or if no locks are held. But the unixFile.pLock field needs to be -** recomputed because its key includes the thread-id. See the -** transferOwnership() function below for additional information -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) -# define SET_THREADID(X) (X)->tid = pthread_self() -# define CHECK_THREADID(X) (threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 && \ - !pthread_equal((X)->tid, pthread_self())) -#else -# define SET_THREADID(X) -# define CHECK_THREADID(X) 0 -#endif +** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads. But support for LinuxThreads +** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0. SQLite will still work with +** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection +** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections +** do not move across threads. +*/ /* ** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used -** to locate a particular unixOpenCnt structure given its inode. This -** is the same as the unixLockKey except that the thread ID is omitted. +** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object. */ struct unixFileId { dev_t dev; /* Device number */ @@ -22752,23 +25526,6 @@ struct unixFileId { }; /* -** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used -** to locate a particular unixLockInfo structure given its inode. -** -** If threads cannot override each others locks (LinuxThreads), then we -** set the unixLockKey.tid field to the thread ID. If threads can override -** each others locks (Posix and NPTL) then tid is always set to zero. -** tid is omitted if we compile without threading support or on an OS -** other than linux. -*/ -struct unixLockKey { - struct unixFileId fid; /* Unique identifier for the file */ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) - pthread_t tid; /* Thread ID of lock owner. Zero if not using LinuxThreads */ -#endif -}; - -/* ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open ** inode. Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for ** each inode opened by each thread. @@ -22777,230 +25534,185 @@ struct unixLockKey { ** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this ** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it. */ -struct unixLockInfo { - struct unixLockKey lockKey; /* The lookup key */ - int cnt; /* Number of SHARED locks held */ - int locktype; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */ +struct unixInodeInfo { + struct unixFileId fileId; /* The lookup key */ + int nShared; /* Number of SHARED locks held */ + unsigned char eFileLock; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */ + unsigned char bProcessLock; /* An exclusive process lock is held */ int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) + unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* Shared memory associated with this inode */ + int nLock; /* Number of outstanding file locks */ + UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Unused file descriptors to close */ + unixInodeInfo *pNext; /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */ + unixInodeInfo *pPrev; /* .... doubly linked */ +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE unsigned long long sharedByte; /* for AFP simulated shared lock */ #endif - struct unixLockInfo *pNext; /* List of all unixLockInfo objects */ - struct unixLockInfo *pPrev; /* .... doubly linked */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open -** inode. This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that -** inode. If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding -** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the -** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list. -** -** TODO: Consider changing this so that there is only a single file -** descriptor for each open file, even when it is opened multiple times. -** The close() system call would only occur when the last database -** using the file closes. -*/ -struct unixOpenCnt { - struct unixFileId fileId; /* The lookup key */ - int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ - int nLock; /* Number of outstanding locks */ - UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Unused file descriptors to close */ #if OS_VXWORKS - sem_t *pSem; /* Named POSIX semaphore */ - char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; /* Name of that semaphore */ + sem_t *pSem; /* Named POSIX semaphore */ + char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; /* Name of that semaphore */ #endif - struct unixOpenCnt *pNext, *pPrev; /* List of all unixOpenCnt objects */ }; /* -** Lists of all unixLockInfo and unixOpenCnt objects. These used to be hash -** tables. But the number of objects is rarely more than a dozen and -** never exceeds a few thousand. And lookup is not on a critical -** path so a simple linked list will suffice. +** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects. */ -static struct unixLockInfo *lockList = 0; -static struct unixOpenCnt *openList = 0; +static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0; /* -** This variable remembers whether or not threads can override each others -** locks. ** -** 0: No. Threads cannot override each others locks. (LinuxThreads) -** 1: Yes. Threads can override each others locks. (Posix & NLPT) -** -1: We don't know yet. +** This function - unixLogError_x(), is only ever called via the macro +** unixLogError(). ** -** On some systems, we know at compile-time if threads can override each -** others locks. On those systems, the SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK macro -** will be set appropriately. On other systems, we have to check at -** runtime. On these latter systems, SQLTIE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK is -** undefined. +** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been +** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of +** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or +** strerror_r(). ** -** This variable normally has file scope only. But during testing, we make -** it a global so that the test code can change its value in order to verify -** that the right stuff happens in either case. +** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that +** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). +** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that +** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the the associated file-system path, +** if any. */ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) -# ifndef SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -# define SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -1 -# endif -# ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK; -# else -static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK; -# endif +#define unixLogError(a,b,c) unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__) +static int unixLogErrorAtLine( + int errcode, /* SQLite error code */ + const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */ + const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */ + int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */ +){ + char *zErr; /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */ + int iErrno = errno; /* Saved syscall error number */ + + /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use + ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message + ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r(). + */ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R) + char aErr[80]; + memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr)); + zErr = aErr; + + /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined, + ** assume that the system provides the the GNU version of strerror_r() that + ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer + ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. + ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of + ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[]. + ** + ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is + ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a + ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available + ** could lead to a segfault though. + */ +#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU) + zErr = +# endif + strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1); + +#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE + /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */ + zErr = ""; +#else + /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */ + zErr = strerror(iErrno); #endif -/* -** This structure holds information passed into individual test -** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine. -*/ -struct threadTestData { - int fd; /* File to be locked */ - struct flock lock; /* The locking operation */ - int result; /* Result of the locking operation */ -}; + assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK ); + if( zPath==0 ) zPath = ""; + sqlite3_log(errcode, + "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s", + iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr + ); + + return errcode; +} -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) /* -** This function is used as the main routine for a thread launched by -** testThreadLockingBehavior(). It tests whether the shared-lock obtained -** by the main thread in testThreadLockingBehavior() conflicts with a -** hypothetical write-lock obtained by this thread on the same file. +** Close a file descriptor. +** +** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a +** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail. +** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the +** error. ** -** The write-lock is not actually acquired, as this is not possible if -** the file is open in read-only mode (see ticket #3472). +** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the +** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread. +** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR. Just log the error +** and move on. */ -static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){ - struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg; - pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_GETLK, &pData->lock); - return pArg; +static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){ + if( osClose(h) ){ + unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close", + pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno); + } } -#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) */ - -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) /* -** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads -** can override each others locks then sets the -** threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable appropriately. -*/ -static void testThreadLockingBehavior(int fd_orig){ - int fd; - int rc; - struct threadTestData d; - struct flock l; - pthread_t t; - - fd = dup(fd_orig); - if( fd<0 ) return; - memset(&l, 0, sizeof(l)); - l.l_type = F_RDLCK; - l.l_len = 1; - l.l_start = 0; - l.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - rc = fcntl(fd_orig, F_SETLK, &l); - if( rc!=0 ) return; - memset(&d, 0, sizeof(d)); - d.fd = fd; - d.lock = l; - d.lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - if( pthread_create(&t, 0, threadLockingTest, &d)==0 ){ - pthread_join(t, 0); - } - close(fd); - if( d.result!=0 ) return; - threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = (d.lock.l_type==F_UNLCK); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) */ - -/* -** Release a unixLockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo(). -** -** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held -** when this function is called. -*/ -static void releaseLockInfo(struct unixLockInfo *pLock){ - assert( unixMutexHeld() ); - if( pLock ){ - pLock->nRef--; - if( pLock->nRef==0 ){ - if( pLock->pPrev ){ - assert( pLock->pPrev->pNext==pLock ); - pLock->pPrev->pNext = pLock->pNext; - }else{ - assert( lockList==pLock ); - lockList = pLock->pNext; - } - if( pLock->pNext ){ - assert( pLock->pNext->pPrev==pLock ); - pLock->pNext->pPrev = pLock->pPrev; - } - sqlite3_free(pLock); - } +** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list. +*/ +static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){ + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; + UnixUnusedFd *p; + UnixUnusedFd *pNext; + for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->pNext; + robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__); + sqlite3_free(p); } + pInode->pUnused = 0; } /* -** Release a unixOpenCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo(). +** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo(). ** ** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held ** when this function is called. */ -static void releaseOpenCnt(struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen){ +static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){ + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; assert( unixMutexHeld() ); - if( pOpen ){ - pOpen->nRef--; - if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){ - if( pOpen->pPrev ){ - assert( pOpen->pPrev->pNext==pOpen ); - pOpen->pPrev->pNext = pOpen->pNext; + if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){ + pInode->nRef--; + if( pInode->nRef==0 ){ + assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 ); + closePendingFds(pFile); + if( pInode->pPrev ){ + assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode ); + pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext; }else{ - assert( openList==pOpen ); - openList = pOpen->pNext; + assert( inodeList==pInode ); + inodeList = pInode->pNext; } - if( pOpen->pNext ){ - assert( pOpen->pNext->pPrev==pOpen ); - pOpen->pNext->pPrev = pOpen->pPrev; + if( pInode->pNext ){ + assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode ); + pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev; } -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) - assert( !pOpen->pUnused || threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 ); -#endif - - /* If pOpen->pUnused is not null, then memory and file-descriptors - ** are leaked. - ** - ** This will only happen if, under Linuxthreads, the user has opened - ** a transaction in one thread, then attempts to close the database - ** handle from another thread (without first unlocking the db file). - ** This is a misuse. */ - sqlite3_free(pOpen); + sqlite3_free(pInode); } } } /* -** Given a file descriptor, locate unixLockInfo and unixOpenCnt structures that -** describes that file descriptor. Create new ones if necessary. The -** return values might be uninitialized if an error occurs. +** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that +** describes that file descriptor. Create a new one if necessary. The +** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs. ** ** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held ** when this function is called. ** ** Return an appropriate error code. */ -static int findLockInfo( +static int findInodeInfo( unixFile *pFile, /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */ - struct unixLockInfo **ppLock, /* Return the unixLockInfo structure here */ - struct unixOpenCnt **ppOpen /* Return the unixOpenCnt structure here */ + unixInodeInfo **ppInode /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */ ){ int rc; /* System call return code */ int fd; /* The file descriptor for pFile */ - struct unixLockKey lockKey; /* Lookup key for the unixLockInfo structure */ - struct unixFileId fileId; /* Lookup key for the unixOpenCnt struct */ + struct unixFileId fileId; /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */ struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */ - struct unixLockInfo *pLock = 0;/* Candidate unixLockInfo object */ - struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen; /* Candidate unixOpenCnt object */ + unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0; /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */ assert( unixMutexHeld() ); @@ -23008,7 +25720,7 @@ static int findLockInfo( ** create a unique name for the file. */ fd = pFile->h; - rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf); + rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf); if( rc!=0 ){ pFile->lastErrno = errno; #ifdef EOVERFLOW @@ -23029,12 +25741,12 @@ static int findLockInfo( ** the first page of the database, no damage is done. */ if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){ - rc = write(fd, "S", 1); + do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); if( rc!=1 ){ pFile->lastErrno = errno; return SQLITE_IOERR; } - rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf); + rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf); if( rc!=0 ){ pFile->lastErrno = errno; return SQLITE_IOERR; @@ -23042,122 +25754,35 @@ static int findLockInfo( } #endif - memset(&lockKey, 0, sizeof(lockKey)); - lockKey.fid.dev = statbuf.st_dev; + memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId)); + fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev; #if OS_VXWORKS - lockKey.fid.pId = pFile->pId; + fileId.pId = pFile->pId; #else - lockKey.fid.ino = statbuf.st_ino; -#endif -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) - if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){ - testThreadLockingBehavior(fd); - } - lockKey.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self(); + fileId.ino = statbuf.st_ino; #endif - fileId = lockKey.fid; - if( ppLock!=0 ){ - pLock = lockList; - while( pLock && memcmp(&lockKey, &pLock->lockKey, sizeof(lockKey)) ){ - pLock = pLock->pNext; - } - if( pLock==0 ){ - pLock = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pLock) ); - if( pLock==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto exit_findlockinfo; - } - memcpy(&pLock->lockKey,&lockKey,sizeof(lockKey)); - pLock->nRef = 1; - pLock->cnt = 0; - pLock->locktype = 0; -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) - pLock->sharedByte = 0; -#endif - pLock->pNext = lockList; - pLock->pPrev = 0; - if( lockList ) lockList->pPrev = pLock; - lockList = pLock; - }else{ - pLock->nRef++; - } - *ppLock = pLock; + pInode = inodeList; + while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){ + pInode = pInode->pNext; } - if( ppOpen!=0 ){ - pOpen = openList; - while( pOpen && memcmp(&fileId, &pOpen->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){ - pOpen = pOpen->pNext; - } - if( pOpen==0 ){ - pOpen = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pOpen) ); - if( pOpen==0 ){ - releaseLockInfo(pLock); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto exit_findlockinfo; - } - memset(pOpen, 0, sizeof(*pOpen)); - pOpen->fileId = fileId; - pOpen->nRef = 1; - pOpen->pNext = openList; - if( openList ) openList->pPrev = pOpen; - openList = pOpen; - }else{ - pOpen->nRef++; + if( pInode==0 ){ + pInode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInode) ); + if( pInode==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - *ppOpen = pOpen; - } - -exit_findlockinfo: - return rc; -} - -/* -** If we are currently in a different thread than the thread that the -** unixFile argument belongs to, then transfer ownership of the unixFile -** over to the current thread. -** -** A unixFile is only owned by a thread on systems that use LinuxThreads. -** -** Ownership transfer is only allowed if the unixFile is currently unlocked. -** If the unixFile is locked and an ownership is wrong, then return -** SQLITE_MISUSE. SQLITE_OK is returned if everything works. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) -static int transferOwnership(unixFile *pFile){ - int rc; - pthread_t hSelf; - if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ){ - /* Ownership transfers not needed on this system */ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - hSelf = pthread_self(); - if( pthread_equal(pFile->tid, hSelf) ){ - /* We are still in the same thread */ - OSTRACE1("No-transfer, same thread\n"); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){ - /* We cannot change ownership while we are holding a lock! */ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - OSTRACE4("Transfer ownership of %d from %d to %d\n", - pFile->h, pFile->tid, hSelf); - pFile->tid = hSelf; - if (pFile->pLock != NULL) { - releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock); - rc = findLockInfo(pFile, &pFile->pLock, 0); - OSTRACE5("LOCK %d is now %s(%s,%d)\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(pFile->locktype), - locktypeName(pFile->pLock->locktype), pFile->pLock->cnt); - return rc; - } else { - return SQLITE_OK; + memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode)); + memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId)); + pInode->nRef = 1; + pInode->pNext = inodeList; + pInode->pPrev = 0; + if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode; + inodeList = pInode; + }else{ + pInode->nRef++; } + *ppInode = pInode; + return SQLITE_OK; } -#else /* if not SQLITE_THREADSAFE */ - /* On single-threaded builds, ownership transfer is a no-op */ -# define transferOwnership(X) SQLITE_OK -#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE */ /* @@ -23174,41 +25799,87 @@ static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); assert( pFile ); - unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */ + unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ + if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ #ifndef __DJGPP__ - if( !reserved ){ + if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){ struct flock lock; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; lock.l_len = 1; lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - if (-1 == fcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock)) { - int tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK); - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; + if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; + pFile->lastErrno = errno; } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){ reserved = 1; } } #endif - + unixLeaveMutex(); - OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved); + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } /* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one +** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is +** described by pLock. +** +** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock +** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once +** the first time any lock is attempted. All subsequent system locking +** operations become no-ops. Locking operations still happen internally, +** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections +** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the +** operating system does not participate. +** +** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using +** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl" +** and is read-only. +** +** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call +** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()). +*/ +static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){ + int rc; + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; + assert( unixMutexHeld() ); + assert( pInode!=0 ); + if( ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_EXCL)!=0 || pInode->bProcessLock) + && ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0) + ){ + if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ + struct flock lock; + assert( pInode->nLock==0 ); + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; + lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; + rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock); + if( rc<0 ) return rc; + pInode->bProcessLock = 1; + pInode->nLock++; + }else{ + rc = 0; + } + }else{ + rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK @@ -23231,7 +25902,7 @@ static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. */ -static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ +static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid @@ -23249,7 +25920,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ ** ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock. ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the - ** 'reserved byte'. + ** 'reserved byte'. ** ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock @@ -23263,7 +25934,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the - ** database. + ** database. ** ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By @@ -23272,23 +25943,22 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - struct unixLockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock; + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; struct flock lock; - int s = 0; int tErrno = 0; assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE7("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), - locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt , getpid()); + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, + azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), + azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , getpid())); /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. */ - if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - OSTRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype)); + if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){ + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h, + azFileLock(eFileLock))); return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -23297,28 +25967,20 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock. ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested. */ - assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); + assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads + /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ unixEnterMutex(); - - /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile. - */ - rc = transferOwnership(pFile); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - unixLeaveMutex(); - return rc; - } - pLock = pFile->pLock; + pInode = pFile->pInode; /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. */ - if( (pFile->locktype!=pLock->locktype && - (pLock->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK || locktype>SHARED_LOCK)) + if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && + (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto end_lock; @@ -23328,14 +25990,14 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and ** return SQLITE_OK. */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && - (pLock->locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ - assert( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( pFile->locktype==0 ); - assert( pLock->cnt>0 ); - pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - pLock->cnt++; - pFile->pOpen->nLock++; + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && + (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ + assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); + assert( pInode->nShared>0 ); + pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + pInode->nShared++; + pInode->nLock++; goto end_lock; } @@ -23346,16 +26008,15 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ */ lock.l_len = 1L; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK - || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktypeeFileLockh, F_SETLK, &lock); - if( s==(-1) ){ + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ tErrno = errno; rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ + if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } goto end_lock; @@ -23366,42 +26027,40 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make ** operating system calls for the specified lock. */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - assert( pLock->cnt==0 ); - assert( pLock->locktype==0 ); + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ + assert( pInode->nShared==0 ); + assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Now get the read-lock */ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - if( (s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock))==(-1) ){ + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ tErrno = errno; + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); } + /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; lock.l_len = 1L; lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){ - if( s != -1 ){ - /* This could happen with a network mount */ - tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - goto end_lock; - } + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* This could happen with a network mount */ + tErrno = errno; + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; } - if( s==(-1) ){ - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ + + if( rc ){ + if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } + goto end_lock; }else{ - pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - pFile->pOpen->nLock++; - pLock->cnt = 1; + pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + pInode->nLock++; + pInode->nShared = 1; } - }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pLock->cnt>1 ){ + }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; @@ -23410,29 +26069,27 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file ** already. */ - assert( 0!=pFile->locktype ); + assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock ); lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - switch( locktype ){ - case RESERVED_LOCK: - lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; - break; - case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - break; - default: - assert(0); + + assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){ + lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; + lock.l_len = 1L; + }else{ + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; } - s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock); - if( s==(-1) ){ + + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ tErrno = errno; rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ + if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } } } - + #ifndef NDEBUG /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when @@ -23441,8 +26098,8 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback). */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK - && pFile->locktype<=SHARED_LOCK - && locktype==RESERVED_LOCK + && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK + && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){ pFile->transCntrChng = 0; pFile->dbUpdate = 0; @@ -23452,47 +26109,17 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pFile->locktype = locktype; - pLock->locktype = locktype; - }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; - pLock->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; + }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; + pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; } end_lock: unixLeaveMutex(); - OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixOpenCnt->pUnused list. -** If all such file descriptors are closed without error, the list is -** cleared and SQLITE_OK returned. -** -** Otherwise, if an error occurs, then successfully closed file descriptor -** entries are removed from the list, and SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE returned. -** not deleted and SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE returned. -*/ -static int closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen; - UnixUnusedFd *pError = 0; - UnixUnusedFd *p; - UnixUnusedFd *pNext; - for(p=pOpen->pUnused; p; p=pNext){ - pNext = p->pNext; - if( close(p->fd) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE; - p->pNext = pError; - pError = p; - }else{ - sqlite3_free(p); - } - } - pOpen->pUnused = pError; + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), + rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); return rc; } @@ -23501,52 +26128,49 @@ static int closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){ ** pUnused list. */ static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){ - struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen; + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused; - p->pNext = pOpen->pUnused; - pOpen->pUnused = p; + p->pNext = pInode->pUnused; + pInode->pUnused = p; pFile->h = -1; pFile->pUnused = 0; } /* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -** +** ** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED ** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then -** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works -** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to +** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works +** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to ** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set. */ -static int _posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype, int handleNFSUnlock){ +static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - struct unixLockInfo *pLock; + unixInodeInfo *pInode; struct flock lock; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int h; - int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */ assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE7("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, pFile->pLock->locktype, pFile->pLock->cnt, getpid()); + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, + pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared, + getpid())); - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){ + assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } - if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } unixEnterMutex(); h = pFile->h; - pLock = pFile->pLock; - assert( pLock->cnt!=0 ); - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - assert( pLock->locktype==pFile->locktype ); + pInode = pFile->pInode; + assert( pInode->nShared!=0 ); + if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ + assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock ); SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); @@ -23560,32 +26184,41 @@ static int _posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype, int handleNFSUnlock){ ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption. */ +#if 0 assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0 || pFile->dbUpdate==0 || pFile->transCntrChng==1 ); +#endif pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; #endif /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade - ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a + ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock: ** 1: [WWWWW] ** 2: [....W] ** 3: [RRRRW] ** 4: [RRRR.] */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ + +#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + (void)handleNFSUnlock; + assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 ); +#endif +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE if( handleNFSUnlock ){ + int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */ off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1; - + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = divSize; - if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)==(-1) ){ + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } @@ -23595,7 +26228,7 @@ static int _posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype, int handleNFSUnlock){ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = divSize; - if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)==(-1) ){ + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ tErrno = errno; rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ @@ -23607,25 +26240,30 @@ static int _posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype, int handleNFSUnlock){ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize; lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize; - if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)==(-1) ){ + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } goto end_unlock; } - }else{ + }else +#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + { lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)==(-1) ){ - tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ + /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another + ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this + ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking + ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning + ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes + ** an assert to fail). */ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; + pFile->lastErrno = errno; goto end_unlock; } } @@ -23634,42 +26272,34 @@ static int _posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype, int handleNFSUnlock){ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; lock.l_len = 2L; assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE ); - if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){ - pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){ + pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; }else{ - tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + pFile->lastErrno = errno; goto end_unlock; } } - if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){ - struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen; - + if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){ /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released ** the lock. */ - pLock->cnt--; - if( pLock->cnt==0 ){ + pInode->nShared--; + if( pInode->nShared==0 ){ lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L; SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){ - pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){ + pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; }else{ - tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK; - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + pFile->lastErrno = errno; + pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; } } @@ -23677,36 +26307,32 @@ static int _posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype, int handleNFSUnlock){ ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close ** was deferred because of outstanding locks. */ - pOpen = pFile->pOpen; - pOpen->nLock--; - assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 ); - if( pOpen->nLock==0 ){ - int rc2 = closePendingFds(pFile); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } + pInode->nLock--; + assert( pInode->nLock>=0 ); + if( pInode->nLock==0 ){ + closePendingFds(pFile); } } - + end_unlock: unixLeaveMutex(); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->locktype = locktype; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return rc; } /* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ -static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - return _posixUnlock(id, locktype, 0); +static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ + return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0); } /* -** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation +** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation ** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file ** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile ** structure to 0. @@ -23717,37 +26343,23 @@ static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ */ static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - if( pFile ){ - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){ - int err = close(pFile->dirfd); - if( err ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE; - }else{ - pFile->dirfd=-1; - } - } - if( pFile->h>=0 ){ - int err = close(pFile->h); - if( err ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE; - } - } + if( pFile->h>=0 ){ + robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__); + pFile->h = -1; + } #if OS_VXWORKS - if( pFile->pId ){ - if( pFile->isDelete ){ - unlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName); - } - vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId); - pFile->pId = 0; + if( pFile->pId ){ + if( pFile->isDelete ){ + osUnlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName); } -#endif - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h); - OpenCounter(-1); - sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused); - memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); + vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId); + pFile->pId = 0; } +#endif + OSTRACE(("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h)); + OpenCounter(-1); + sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused); + memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -23756,23 +26368,25 @@ static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){ */ static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( id ){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; - unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - unixEnterMutex(); - if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){ - /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just - ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file - ** descriptor to pOpen->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed - ** when the last lock is cleared. - */ - setPendingFd(pFile); - } - releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock); - releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen); - rc = closeUnixFile(id); - unixLeaveMutex(); + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; + unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); + unixEnterMutex(); + + /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close + ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead. + */ + assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); + if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){ + /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just + ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file + ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed + ** when the last lock is cleared. + */ + setPendingFd(pFile); } + releaseInodeInfo(pFile); + rc = closeUnixFile(id); + unixLeaveMutex(); return rc; } @@ -23864,26 +26478,26 @@ static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - + assert( pFile ); /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ + if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ /* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process ** holds a lock on the file. No need to check further. */ reserved = 1; }else{ /* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */ const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext; - reserved = access(zLockFile, 0)==0; + reserved = osAccess(zLockFile, 0)==0; } - OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved); + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } /* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK @@ -23909,7 +26523,7 @@ static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { ** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE. ** But we track the other locking levels internally. */ -static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { +static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int fd; char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; @@ -23919,17 +26533,19 @@ static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists. All we have ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level. */ - if( pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK ){ - pFile->locktype = locktype; -#if !OS_VXWORKS + if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */ +#ifdef HAVE_UTIME + utime(zLockFile, NULL); +#else utimes(zLockFile, NULL); #endif return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* grab an exclusive lock */ - fd = open(zLockFile,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600); + fd = robust_open(zLockFile,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600); if( fd<0 ){ /* failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock */ int tErrno = errno; @@ -23942,19 +26558,16 @@ static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { } } return rc; - } - if( close(fd) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE; - } - + } + robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__); + /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->locktype = locktype; + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return rc; } /* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below @@ -23962,42 +26575,42 @@ static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { ** ** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file. */ -static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { +static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, getpid()); - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, + pFile->eFileLock, getpid())); + assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){ + if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the ** lock state. No need to mess with the file on disk. */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */ - assert( locktype==NO_LOCK ); - if( unlink(zLockFile) ){ + assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ); + if( osUnlink(zLockFile) ){ int rc = 0; int tErrno = errno; if( ENOENT != tErrno ){ - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; } if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } - return rc; + return rc; } - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; + pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -24035,6 +26648,20 @@ static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS /* +** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR +*/ +#ifdef EINTR +static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){ + int rc; + do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); + return rc; +} +#else +# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b) +#endif + + +/* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut ** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value @@ -24044,27 +26671,27 @@ static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - + assert( pFile ); - + /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ + if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } - + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ if( !reserved ){ /* attempt to get the lock */ - int lrc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB); + int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB); if( !lrc ){ /* got the lock, unlock it */ - lrc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); + lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); if ( lrc ) { int tErrno = errno; /* unlock failed with an error */ - lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); + lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; rc = lrc; @@ -24074,14 +26701,14 @@ static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int tErrno = errno; reserved = 1; /* someone else might have it reserved */ - lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); + lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; rc = lrc; } } } - OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved); + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ @@ -24094,7 +26721,7 @@ static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ } /* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK @@ -24122,22 +26749,22 @@ static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. */ -static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { +static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; assert( pFile ); - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. + /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ - if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; + if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* grab an exclusive lock */ - - if (flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) { + + if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) { int tErrno = errno; /* didn't get, must be busy */ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); @@ -24146,10 +26773,10 @@ static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { } } else { /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->locktype = locktype; + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; } - OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"); + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), + rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; @@ -24160,48 +26787,39 @@ static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { /* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ -static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { +static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - + assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, getpid()); - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, + pFile->eFileLock, getpid())); + assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){ + if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ - if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; + if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* no, really, unlock. */ - int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); - if (rc) { - int r, tErrno = errno; - r = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(r) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } + if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS - if( (r & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ - r = SQLITE_BUSY; - } + return SQLITE_OK; #endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ - - return r; - } else { - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; + return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + }else{ + pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; } } @@ -24245,17 +26863,17 @@ static int semCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - + assert( pFile ); /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ + if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } - + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ if( !reserved ){ - sem_t *pSem = pFile->pOpen->pSem; + sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; struct stat statBuf; if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ @@ -24265,21 +26883,21 @@ static int semCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } else { /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */ - reserved = (pFile->locktype < SHARED_LOCK); + reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK); } }else{ /* we could have it if we want it */ sem_post(pSem); } } - OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved); + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } /* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK @@ -24307,20 +26925,20 @@ static int semCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. */ -static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { +static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int fd; - sem_t *pSem = pFile->pOpen->pSem; + sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. + /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ - if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; + if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; rc = SQLITE_OK; goto sem_end_lock; } - + /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */ if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; @@ -24328,40 +26946,40 @@ static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { } /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->locktype = locktype; + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; sem_end_lock: return rc; } /* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ -static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { +static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - sem_t *pSem = pFile->pOpen->pSem; + sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; assert( pFile ); assert( pSem ); - OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, getpid()); - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, + pFile->eFileLock, getpid())); + assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){ + if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ - if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; + if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* no, really unlock. */ if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) { int rc, tErrno = errno; @@ -24369,9 +26987,9 @@ static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } - return rc; + return rc; } - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; + pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -24384,8 +27002,7 @@ static int semClose(sqlite3_file *id) { semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); assert( pFile ); unixEnterMutex(); - releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock); - releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen); + releaseInodeInfo(pFile); unixLeaveMutex(); closeUnixFile(id); } @@ -24435,7 +27052,7 @@ struct ByteRangeLockPB2 /* ** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an ** AFP filesystem. -** +** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure. */ static int afpSetLock( @@ -24447,22 +27064,22 @@ static int afpSetLock( ){ struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb; int err; - + pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1; pb.startEndFlag = 0; pb.offset = offset; - pb.length = length; + pb.length = length; pb.fd = pFile->h; - - OSTRACE6("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", + + OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""), - offset, length); + offset, length)); err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0); if ( err==-1 ) { int rc; int tErrno = errno; - OSTRACE4("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", - path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno)); + OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", + path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno))); #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS rc = SQLITE_BUSY; #else @@ -24488,27 +27105,28 @@ static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - + afpLockingContext *context; + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - + assert( pFile ); - afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; + context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; if( context->reserved ){ *pResOut = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } - unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */ - + unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ + /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ + if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } - + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ if( !reserved ){ /* lock the RESERVED byte */ - int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); + int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){ /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore ** the original state */ @@ -24521,16 +27139,16 @@ static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ rc=lrc; } } - + unixLeaveMutex(); - OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved); - + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); + *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } /* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK @@ -24553,24 +27171,24 @@ static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. */ -static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ +static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - struct unixLockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock; + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - + assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE7("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), - locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt , getpid()); + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, + azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), + azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , getpid())); /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. */ - if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - OSTRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype)); + if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){ + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h, + azFileLock(eFileLock))); return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -24579,54 +27197,46 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock. ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested. */ - assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads + assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); + assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ unixEnterMutex(); - - /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile. - */ - rc = transferOwnership(pFile); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - unixLeaveMutex(); - return rc; - } - pLock = pFile->pLock; + pInode = pFile->pInode; /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. */ - if( (pFile->locktype!=pLock->locktype && - (pLock->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK || locktype>SHARED_LOCK)) + if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && + (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto afp_end_lock; } - + /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and ** return SQLITE_OK. */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && - (pLock->locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ - assert( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( pFile->locktype==0 ); - assert( pLock->cnt>0 ); - pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - pLock->cnt++; - pFile->pOpen->nLock++; + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && + (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ + assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); + assert( pInode->nShared>0 ); + pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + pInode->nShared++; + pInode->nLock++; goto afp_end_lock; } - + /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will ** be released. */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK - || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktypeeFileLockdbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1); @@ -24635,30 +27245,30 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ goto afp_end_lock; } } - + /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make ** operating system calls for the specified lock. */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno; + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ + int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0; long lk, mask; - - assert( pLock->cnt==0 ); - assert( pLock->locktype==0 ); - + + assert( pInode->nShared==0 ); + assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); + mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff; /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */ /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */ - lk = random(); - pLock->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); - lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, - SHARED_FIRST+pLock->sharedByte, 1, 1); + lk = random(); + pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); + lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, + SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){ lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno; } /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); - + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) { pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno; rc = lrc1; @@ -24669,11 +27279,11 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) { rc = lrc1; } else { - pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - pFile->pOpen->nLock++; - pLock->cnt = 1; + pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + pInode->nLock++; + pInode->nShared = 1; } - }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pLock->cnt>1 ){ + }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; @@ -24683,70 +27293,70 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ ** already. */ int failed = 0; - assert( 0!=pFile->locktype ); - if (locktype >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->locktype < RESERVED_LOCK) { + assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock ); + if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) { /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */ failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); if( !failed ){ context->reserved = 1; } } - if (!failed && locktype == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { + if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ - - /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to + + /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock */ if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST + - pLock->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){ + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){ int failed2 = SQLITE_OK; /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */ - failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, + failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 1); - if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, - SHARED_FIRST + pLock->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){ + if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, + SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){ /* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is ** a critical I/O error */ - rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : + rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; goto afp_end_lock; - } + } }else{ - rc = failed; + rc = failed; } } if( failed ){ rc = failed; } } - + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pFile->locktype = locktype; - pLock->locktype = locktype; - }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; - pLock->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; + }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; + pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; } - + afp_end_lock: unixLeaveMutex(); - OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"); + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), + rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); return rc; } /* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ -static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { +static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - struct unixLockInfo *pLock; + unixInodeInfo *pInode; afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; int skipShared = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST @@ -24754,25 +27364,23 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { #endif assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE7("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, pFile->pLock->locktype, pFile->pLock->cnt, getpid()); + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, + pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared, + getpid())); - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){ + assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } - if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } unixEnterMutex(); - pLock = pFile->pLock; - assert( pLock->cnt!=0 ); - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - assert( pLock->locktype==pFile->locktype ); + pInode = pFile->pInode; + assert( pInode->nShared!=0 ); + if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ + assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock ); SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - + #ifndef NDEBUG /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start ** reading the database file again, make sure that the @@ -24787,39 +27395,39 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { || pFile->transCntrChng==1 ); pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; #endif - - if( pFile->locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + + if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->cnt>1) ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){ /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */ - int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pLock->sharedByte; + int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte; rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1); } else { skipShared = 1; } } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){ + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); - if( !rc ){ - context->reserved = 0; + if( !rc ){ + context->reserved = 0; } } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->cnt>1)){ - pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){ + pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; } } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && locktype==NO_LOCK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){ /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released ** the lock. */ - unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pLock->sharedByte; - pLock->cnt--; - if( pLock->cnt==0 ){ + unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte; + pInode->nShared--; + if( pInode->nShared==0 ){ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); @@ -24827,28 +27435,26 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0); } if( !rc ){ - pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK; - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; + pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen; - - pOpen->nLock--; - assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 ); - if( pOpen->nLock==0 ){ - rc = closePendingFds(pFile); + pInode->nLock--; + assert( pInode->nLock>=0 ); + if( pInode->nLock==0 ){ + closePendingFds(pFile); } } } - + unixLeaveMutex(); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->locktype = locktype; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return rc; } /* -** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context +** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context */ static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -24856,16 +27462,15 @@ static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); unixEnterMutex(); - if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){ + if( pFile->pInode && pFile->pInode->nLock ){ /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file - ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending. It will be automatically closed when + ** descriptor to pInode->aPending. It will be automatically closed when ** the last lock is cleared. */ setPendingFd(pFile); } - releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock); - releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen); + releaseInodeInfo(pFile); sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); rc = closeUnixFile(id); unixLeaveMutex(); @@ -24888,21 +27493,21 @@ static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) { #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* - ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype + ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ -static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - return _posixUnlock(id, locktype, 1); +static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ + return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1); } #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ /* ** The code above is the NFS lock implementation. The code is specific ** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative -** is available. +** is available. ** ********************* End of the NFS lock implementation ********************** ******************************************************************************/ @@ -24910,7 +27515,7 @@ static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ /****************************************************************************** **************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods ***************************** ** -** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the +** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the ** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods. The locking ** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per ** division). Those methods that are common to all locking modes @@ -24918,7 +27523,7 @@ static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ */ /* -** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt +** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt ** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read. ** ** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also @@ -24937,10 +27542,10 @@ static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){ #endif TIMER_START; #if defined(USE_PREAD) - got = pread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); + do{ got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR ); SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); #elif defined(USE_PREAD64) - got = pread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); + do{ got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR); SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); #else newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); @@ -24949,17 +27554,17 @@ static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){ if( newOffset == -1 ){ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; }else{ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; + ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; } return -1; } - got = read(id->h, pBuf, cnt); + do{ got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR ); #endif TIMER_END; if( got<0 ){ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; } - OSTRACE5("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED); + OSTRACE(("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED)); return got; } @@ -24969,8 +27574,8 @@ static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){ ** wrong. */ static int unixRead( - sqlite3_file *id, - void *pBuf, + sqlite3_file *id, + void *pBuf, int amt, sqlite3_int64 offset ){ @@ -24980,10 +27585,12 @@ static int unixRead( /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ +#if 0 assert( pFile->pUnused==0 || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 - || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE + || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE ); +#endif got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt); if( got==amt ){ @@ -25013,27 +27620,30 @@ static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){ #endif TIMER_START; #if defined(USE_PREAD) - got = pwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); + do{ got = osPwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR ); #elif defined(USE_PREAD64) - got = pwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); + do{ got = osPwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);}while( got<0 && errno==EINTR); #else - newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); - if( newOffset!=offset ){ - if( newOffset == -1 ){ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; - }else{ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; + do{ + newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); + SimulateIOError( newOffset-- ); + if( newOffset!=offset ){ + if( newOffset == -1 ){ + ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; + }else{ + ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; + } + return -1; } - return -1; - } - got = write(id->h, pBuf, cnt); + got = osWrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt); + }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR ); #endif TIMER_END; if( got<0 ){ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; } - OSTRACE5("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED); + OSTRACE(("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED)); return got; } @@ -25043,10 +27653,10 @@ static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){ ** or some other error code on failure. */ static int unixWrite( - sqlite3_file *id, - const void *pBuf, + sqlite3_file *id, + const void *pBuf, int amt, - sqlite3_int64 offset + sqlite3_int64 offset ){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int wrote = 0; @@ -25055,10 +27665,12 @@ static int unixWrite( /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ +#if 0 assert( pFile->pUnused==0 || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 - || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE + || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE ); +#endif #ifndef NDEBUG /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to @@ -25089,8 +27701,9 @@ static int unixWrite( } SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 )); SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 )); + if( amt>0 ){ - if( wrote<0 ){ + if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){ /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */ return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; }else{ @@ -25098,6 +27711,7 @@ static int unixWrite( return SQLITE_FULL; } } + return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -25112,11 +27726,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; /* ** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync(). Some do. -** Others do no. To be safe, we will stick with the (slower) fsync(). -** If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly, +** Others do no. To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower) +** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly, ** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync */ -#if !defined(fdatasync) && !defined(__linux__) +#if !defined(fdatasync) # define fdatasync fsync #endif @@ -25145,8 +27759,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; ** ** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged. ** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content -** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is -** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However, +** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is +** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However, ** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the ** file size has changed. The only real difference between fdatasync() ** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the @@ -25160,7 +27774,7 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ int rc; /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as - ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering + ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros. */ #ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC @@ -25174,7 +27788,7 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); #endif - /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and + /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure ** gets called with the correct arguments. */ @@ -25190,16 +27804,16 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ rc = SQLITE_OK; #elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC if( fullSync ){ - rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0); + rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0); }else{ rc = 1; } /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync(). - ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local + ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC - ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync - ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. - ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid + ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync + ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. + ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid ** the fcntl call every time sync is called. */ if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd); @@ -25209,7 +27823,7 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync */ rc = fsync(fd); -#else +#else rc = fdatasync(fd); #if OS_VXWORKS if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){ @@ -25225,6 +27839,50 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ } /* +** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename. +** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and +** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM +** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined +** value. +** +** The directory file descriptor is used for only one thing - to +** fsync() a directory to make sure file creation and deletion events +** are flushed to disk. Such fsyncs are not needed on newer +** journaling filesystems, but are required on older filesystems. +** +** This routine can be overridden using the xSetSysCall interface. +** The ability to override this routine was added in support of the +** chromium sandbox. Opening a directory is a security risk (we are +** told) so making it overrideable allows the chromium sandbox to +** replace this routine with a harmless no-op. To make this routine +** a no-op, replace it with a stub that returns SQLITE_OK but leaves +** *pFd set to a negative number. +** +** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing +** the file descriptor *pFd using close(). +*/ +static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){ + int ii; + int fd = -1; + char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; + + sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename); + for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--); + if( ii>0 ){ + zDirname[ii] = '\0'; + fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0); + if( fd>=0 ){ +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname)); + } + } + *pFd = fd; + return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zDirname)); +} + +/* ** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. ** ** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file @@ -25257,40 +27915,30 @@ static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE2("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h); + OSTRACE(("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h)); rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly); SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); if( rc ){ pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC; - } - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){ - int err; - OSTRACE4("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd, - HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync); -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC - /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is - ** turned off or unavailable. If a full_fsync occurred above, - ** then the directory sync is superfluous. - */ - if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !isFullsync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){ - /* - ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning - ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems. - ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal. So it seems - ** better to ignore the error. Ticket #1657 - */ - /* pFile->lastErrno = errno; */ - /* return SQLITE_IOERR; */ - } -#endif - err = close(pFile->dirfd); /* Only need to sync once, so close the */ - if( err==0 ){ /* directory when we are done */ - pFile->dirfd = -1; - }else{ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE; + return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath); + } + + /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag + ** is set. This is a one-time occurrance. Many systems (examples: AIX) + ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync. + */ + if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC ){ + int dirfd; + OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %s (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->zPath, + HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync)); + rc = osOpenDirectory(pFile->zPath, &dirfd); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && dirfd>=0 ){ + full_fsync(dirfd, 0, 0); + robust_close(pFile, dirfd, __LINE__); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; } + pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC; } return rc; } @@ -25299,13 +27947,24 @@ static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ ** Truncate an open file to a specified size */ static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; int rc; - assert( id ); + assert( pFile ); SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE ); - rc = ftruncate(((unixFile*)id)->h, (off_t)nByte); + + /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the + ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the + ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested + ** size). + */ + if( pFile->szChunk ){ + nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; + } + + rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, (off_t)nByte); if( rc ){ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE; + pFile->lastErrno = errno; + return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); }else{ #ifndef NDEBUG /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to @@ -25315,8 +27974,8 @@ static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){ ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length ** source. */ - if( ((unixFile*)id)->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){ - ((unixFile*)id)->transCntrChng = 1; + if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){ + pFile->transCntrChng = 1; } #endif @@ -25331,7 +27990,7 @@ static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ int rc; struct stat buf; assert( id ); - rc = fstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf); + rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf); SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); if( rc!=0 ){ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; @@ -25339,7 +27998,7 @@ static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ } *pSize = buf.st_size; - /* When opening a zero-size database, the findLockInfo() procedure + /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem. In order to avoid problems with upper ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is @@ -25359,18 +28018,92 @@ static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); #endif +/* +** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT +** file-control operation. Enlarge the database to nBytes in size +** (rounded up to the next chunk-size). If the database is already +** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){ + if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ + i64 nSize; /* Required file size */ + struct stat buf; /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */ + + if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + + nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; + if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){ + +#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE + /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() + ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, + ** or an error number on failure". See the manpage for details. */ + int err; + do{ + err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size); + }while( err==EINTR ); + if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; +#else + /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. First use + ** ftruncate() to set the file size, then write a single byte to + ** the last byte in each block within the extended region. This + ** is the same technique used by glibc to implement posix_fallocate() + ** on systems that do not have a real fallocate() system call. + */ + int nBlk = buf.st_blksize; /* File-system block size */ + i64 iWrite; /* Next offset to write to */ + + if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nSize) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = errno; + return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); + } + iWrite = ((buf.st_size + 2*nBlk - 1)/nBlk)*nBlk-1; + while( iWritelocktype; + *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: { - *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno; + *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { + pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { + int rc; + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + rc = fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + return rc; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: { + int bPersist = *(int*)pArg; + if( bPersist<0 ){ + *(int*)pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL)!=0; + }else if( bPersist==0 ){ + pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL; + }else{ + pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL; + } return SQLITE_OK; } #ifndef NDEBUG @@ -25390,8 +28123,11 @@ static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */ + case SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED: { + return SQLITE_OK; /* A no-op */ + } } - return SQLITE_ERROR; + return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; } /* @@ -25417,6 +28153,656 @@ static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){ return 0; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + + +/* +** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer. +** +** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread +** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance +** of this unixShmNode object. In other words, each wal-index is opened +** only once per process. +** +** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object. +** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean +** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most +** open files) would have to carry around this extra information. So +** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object +** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed. +** +** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying +** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: +** +** nRef +** +** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: +** +** fid +** zFilename +** +** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and +** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field +** in this structure. +*/ +struct unixShmNode { + unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ + char *zFilename; /* Name of the mmapped file */ + int h; /* Open file descriptor */ + int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ + u16 nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ + u8 isReadonly; /* True if read-only */ + char **apRegion; /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */ + int nRef; /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */ + unixShm *pFirst; /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ + u8 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ + u8 nextShmId; /* Next available unixShm.id value */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an +** open shared memory connection. +** +** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and +** are read-only thereafter: +** +** unixShm.pFile +** unixShm.id +** +** All other fields are read/write. The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held +** while accessing any read/write fields. +*/ +struct unixShm { + unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying unixShmNode object */ + unixShm *pNext; /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */ + u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */ + u8 id; /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */ + u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ + u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ +}; + +/* +** Constants used for locking +*/ +#define UNIX_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ +#define UNIX_SHM_DMS (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ + +/* +** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1. +** +** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking +** otherwise. +*/ +static int unixShmSystemLock( + unixShmNode *pShmNode, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ + int lockType, /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */ + int ofst, /* First byte of the locking range */ + int n /* Number of bytes to lock */ +){ + struct flock f; /* The posix advisory locking structure */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code form fcntl() */ + + /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 ); + + /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */ + assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK ); + + /* Locks are within range */ + assert( n>=1 && nh>=0 ){ + /* Initialize the locking parameters */ + memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f)); + f.l_type = lockType; + f.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + f.l_start = ofst; + f.l_len = n; + + rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_SETLK, &f); + rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY; + } + + /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { u16 mask; + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK ")); + mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<exclMask &= ~mask; + pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask; + }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){ + OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst)); + pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask; + pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask; + }else{ + assert( lockType==F_WRLCK ); + OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst)); + pShmNode->exclMask |= mask; + pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask; + } + }else{ + if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){ + OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst)); + }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){ + OSTRACE(("read-lock failed")); + }else{ + assert( lockType==F_WRLCK ); + OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst)); + } + } + OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n", + pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask)); + } +#endif + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Purge the unixShmNodeList list of all entries with unixShmNode.nRef==0. +** +** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called +** by VFS shared-memory methods. +*/ +static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){ + unixShmNode *p = pFd->pInode->pShmNode; + assert( unixMutexHeld() ); + if( p && p->nRef==0 ){ + int i; + assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode ); + sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); + for(i=0; inRegion; i++){ + if( p->h>=0 ){ + munmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion); + }else{ + sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]); + } + } + sqlite3_free(p->apRegion); + if( p->h>=0 ){ + robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__); + p->h = -1; + } + p->pInode->pShmNode = 0; + sqlite3_free(p); + } +} + +/* +** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd. +** This particular implementation uses mmapped files. +** +** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory +** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database +** file with the "-shm" suffix added. For example, if the database file +** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped +** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm". +** +** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an +** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory +** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions +** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same +** database to end up using different files for shared memory - +** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting +** in database corruption. Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage +** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm" +** or the equivalent. The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time +** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite; builds of SQLite +** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the +** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely +** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered +** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release. +** +** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that +** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then +** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared. +** +** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS +** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and +** that no other processes are able to read or write the database. In +** that case, we do not really need shared memory. No shared memory +** file is created. The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory. +*/ +static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){ + struct unixShm *p = 0; /* The connection to be opened */ + struct unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying mmapped file */ + int rc; /* Result code */ + unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* The inode of fd */ + char *zShmFilename; /* Name of the file used for SHM */ + int nShmFilename; /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */ + + /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */ + p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); + assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); + + /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing + ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary. + */ + unixEnterMutex(); + pInode = pDbFd->pInode; + pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode; + if( pShmNode==0 ){ + struct stat sStat; /* fstat() info for database file */ + + /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If + ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it + ** with the same permissions. The actual permissions the file is created + ** with are subject to the current umask setting. + */ + if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) && pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + goto shm_open_err; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY + nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 30; +#else + nShmFilename = 5 + (int)strlen(pDbFd->zPath); +#endif + pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename ); + if( pShmNode==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto shm_open_err; + } + memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)); + zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1]; +#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY + sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, + SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x", + (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev); +#else + sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath); + sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename); +#endif + pShmNode->h = -1; + pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode; + pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode; + pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); + if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto shm_open_err; + } + + if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ + pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, O_RDWR|O_CREAT, + (sStat.st_mode & 0777)); + if( pShmNode->h<0 ){ + const char *zRO; + zRO = sqlite3_uri_parameter(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm"); + if( zRO && sqlite3GetBoolean(zRO) ){ + pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, O_RDONLY, + (sStat.st_mode & 0777)); + pShmNode->isReadonly = 1; + } + if( pShmNode->h<0 ){ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename); + goto shm_open_err; + } + } + + /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch. + ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. + */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1); + } + if( rc ) goto shm_open_err; + } + } + + /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */ + p->pShmNode = pShmNode; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++; +#endif + pShmNode->nRef++; + pDbFd->pShm = p; + unixLeaveMutex(); + + /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under + ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the + ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is + ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting + ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex + ** mutex. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst; + pShmNode->pFirst = p; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; + + /* Jump here on any error */ +shm_open_err: + unixShmPurge(pDbFd); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */ + sqlite3_free(p); + unixLeaveMutex(); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the +** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions +** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion +** bytes in size. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. +** +** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory +** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a +** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If +** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet +** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. +** +** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by +** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes +** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped +** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. +*/ +static int unixShmMap( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */ + int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ + int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ + int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */ + void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ +){ + unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; + unixShm *p; + unixShmNode *pShmNode; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */ + if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){ + rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + p = pDbFd->pShm; + pShmNode = p->pShmNode; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 ); + assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); + assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 ); + assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); + + if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ + char **apNew; /* New apRegion[] array */ + int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */ + struct stat sStat; /* Used by fstat() */ + + pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion; + + if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){ + /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space. + ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is + ** large enough to contain the requested region). + */ + if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE; + goto shmpage_out; + } + + if( sStat.st_sizeh, nByte) ){ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "ftruncate", + pShmNode->zFilename); + goto shmpage_out; + } + } + } + + /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */ + apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc( + pShmNode->apRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(char *) + ); + if( !apNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + goto shmpage_out; + } + pShmNode->apRegion = apNew; + while(pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion){ + void *pMem; + if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){ + pMem = mmap(0, szRegion, + pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, + MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion + ); + if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename); + goto shmpage_out; + } + }else{ + pMem = sqlite3_malloc(szRegion); + if( pMem==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto shmpage_out; + } + memset(pMem, 0, szRegion); + } + pShmNode->apRegion[pShmNode->nRegion] = pMem; + pShmNode->nRegion++; + } + } + +shmpage_out: + if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){ + *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion]; + }else{ + *pp = 0; + } + if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. +** +** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little +** different here than in posix. In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked +** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back. But one may +** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared. +*/ +static int unixShmLock( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ + int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ + int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ + int flags /* What to do with the lock */ +){ + unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */ + unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */ + unixShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ + unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* The underlying file iNode */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ + u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ + + assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode ); + assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); + assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); + assert( n>=1 ); + assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); + assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); + assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 ); + assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); + + mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<1 || mask==(1<mutex); + if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ + u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ + + /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( pX==p ) continue; + assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); + allMask |= pX->sharedMask; + } + + /* Unlock the system-level locks */ + if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ + rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Undo the local locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->exclMask &= ~mask; + p->sharedMask &= ~mask; + } + }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ + u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ + + /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. + ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return + ** SQLITE_BUSY. + */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + break; + } + allShared |= pX->sharedMask; + } + + /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ + rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + /* Get the local shared locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->sharedMask |= mask; + } + }else{ + /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this + ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. + */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + break; + } + } + + /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful + ** also mark the local connection as being locked. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); + p->exclMask |= mask; + } + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n", + p->id, getpid(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask)); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. +** +** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before +** any load or store begun after the barrier. +*/ +static void unixShmBarrier( + sqlite3_file *fd /* Database file holding the shared memory */ +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); + unixEnterMutex(); + unixLeaveMutex(); +} + +/* +** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying +** storage if deleteFlag is true. +** +** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this +** routine is a harmless no-op. +*/ +static int unixShmUnmap( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* The underlying database file */ + int deleteFlag /* Delete shared-memory if true */ +){ + unixShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */ + unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */ + unixShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */ + unixFile *pDbFd; /* The underlying database file */ + + pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; + p = pDbFd->pShm; + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + pShmNode = p->pShmNode; + + assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode ); + assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); + + /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated + ** with pShmNode */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){} + *pp = p->pNext; + + /* Free the connection p */ + sqlite3_free(p); + pDbFd->pShm = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + + /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying + ** shared-memory file, too */ + unixEnterMutex(); + assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 ); + pShmNode->nRef--; + if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){ + if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ) osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename); + unixShmPurge(pDbFd); + } + unixLeaveMutex(); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +#else +# define unixShmMap 0 +# define unixShmLock 0 +# define unixShmBarrier 0 +# define unixShmUnmap 0 +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + /* ** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods. ** @@ -25457,9 +28843,9 @@ static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){ ** * An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer ** to the METHOD object in the previous bullet. */ -#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK) \ +#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, VERSION, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK) \ static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = { \ - 1, /* iVersion */ \ + VERSION, /* iVersion */ \ CLOSE, /* xClose */ \ unixRead, /* xRead */ \ unixWrite, /* xWrite */ \ @@ -25471,7 +28857,11 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = { \ CKLOCK, /* xCheckReservedLock */ \ unixFileControl, /* xFileControl */ \ unixSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ \ - unixDeviceCharacteristics /* xDeviceCapabilities */ \ + unixDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCapabilities */ \ + unixShmMap, /* xShmMap */ \ + unixShmLock, /* xShmLock */ \ + unixShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ \ + unixShmUnmap /* xShmUnmap */ \ }; \ static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){ \ UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); \ @@ -25488,6 +28878,7 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p) \ IOMETHODS( posixIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ posixIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 2, /* shared memory is enabled */ unixClose, /* xClose method */ unixLock, /* xLock method */ unixUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ @@ -25496,6 +28887,7 @@ IOMETHODS( IOMETHODS( nolockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ nolockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ nolockClose, /* xClose method */ nolockLock, /* xLock method */ nolockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ @@ -25504,6 +28896,7 @@ IOMETHODS( IOMETHODS( dotlockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ dotlockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ dotlockClose, /* xClose method */ dotlockLock, /* xLock method */ dotlockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ @@ -25514,6 +28907,7 @@ IOMETHODS( IOMETHODS( flockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ flockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ flockClose, /* xClose method */ flockLock, /* xLock method */ flockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ @@ -25525,6 +28919,7 @@ IOMETHODS( IOMETHODS( semIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ semIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ semClose, /* xClose method */ semLock, /* xLock method */ semUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ @@ -25536,6 +28931,7 @@ IOMETHODS( IOMETHODS( afpIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ afpIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ afpClose, /* xClose method */ afpLock, /* xLock method */ afpUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ @@ -25560,6 +28956,7 @@ static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*); IOMETHODS( proxyIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ proxyIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ proxyClose, /* xClose method */ proxyLock, /* xLock method */ proxyUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ @@ -25572,6 +28969,7 @@ IOMETHODS( IOMETHODS( nfsIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ nfsIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ unixClose, /* xClose method */ unixLock, /* xLock method */ nfsUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ @@ -25580,8 +28978,8 @@ IOMETHODS( #endif #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy +/* +** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy ** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods ** object that implements that strategy. ** @@ -25623,14 +29021,14 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( } /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs". - ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, - ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. + ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, + ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. */ lockInfo.l_len = 1; lockInfo.l_start = 0; lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; - if( fcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { + if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){ return &nfsIoMethods; } else { @@ -25640,14 +29038,14 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( return &dotlockIoMethods; } } -static const sqlite3_io_methods +static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl; #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ #if OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy +/* +** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy ** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods ** object that implements that strategy. ** @@ -25672,13 +29070,13 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( lockInfo.l_start = 0; lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; - if( fcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { + if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { return &posixIoMethods; }else{ return &semIoMethods; } } -static const sqlite3_io_methods +static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl; #endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ @@ -25702,29 +29100,49 @@ typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*); static int fillInUnixFile( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */ - int dirfd, /* Directory file descriptor */ + int syncDir, /* True to sync directory on first sync */ sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write to the unixFile structure here */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */ int noLock, /* Omit locking if true */ - int isDelete /* Delete on close if true */ + int isDelete, /* Delete on close if true */ + int isReadOnly /* True if the file is opened read-only */ ){ const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle; unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pNew->pLock==NULL ); - assert( pNew->pOpen==NULL ); + assert( pNew->pInode==NULL ); - /* Parameter isDelete is only used on vxworks. Express this explicitly + /* Parameter isDelete is only used on vxworks. Express this explicitly ** here to prevent compiler warnings about unused parameters. */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDelete); - OSTRACE3("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename); + /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The + ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that + ** include the special Apple locking styles. + */ +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' + || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder ); +#else + assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' ); +#endif + + OSTRACE(("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename)); pNew->h = h; - pNew->dirfd = dirfd; - SET_THREADID(pNew); - pNew->fileFlags = 0; + pNew->zPath = zFilename; + if( memcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl",10)==0 ){ + pNew->ctrlFlags = UNIXFILE_EXCL; + }else{ + pNew->ctrlFlags = 0; + } + if( isReadOnly ){ + pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY; + } + if( syncDir ){ + pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC; + } #if OS_VXWORKS pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename); @@ -25752,10 +29170,10 @@ static int fillInUnixFile( #endif ){ unixEnterMutex(); - rc = findLockInfo(pNew, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen); + rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If an error occured in findLockInfo(), close the file descriptor - ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findLockInfo() may fail + /* If an error occured in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor + ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail ** in two scenarios: ** ** (a) A call to fstat() failed. @@ -25764,7 +29182,7 @@ static int fillInUnixFile( ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by - ** findLockInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close + ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released ** by doing so. ** @@ -25772,7 +29190,7 @@ static int fillInUnixFile( ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much. */ - close(h); + robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); h = -1; } unixLeaveMutex(); @@ -25795,20 +29213,20 @@ static int fillInUnixFile( pCtx->reserved = 0; srandomdev(); unixEnterMutex(); - rc = findLockInfo(pNew, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen); + rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext); - close(h); + robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); h = -1; } - unixLeaveMutex(); + unixLeaveMutex(); } } #endif else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){ /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in - ** the dotlockLockingContext + ** the dotlockLockingContext */ char *zLockFile; int nFilename; @@ -25828,37 +29246,36 @@ static int fillInUnixFile( ** included in the semLockingContext */ unixEnterMutex(); - rc = findLockInfo(pNew, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen); - if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pOpen->pSem==NULL) ){ - char *zSemName = pNew->pOpen->aSemName; + rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); + if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){ + char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName; int n; sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem", pNew->pId->zCanonicalName); for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ ) if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_'; - pNew->pOpen->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1); - if( pNew->pOpen->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){ + pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1); + if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - pNew->pOpen->aSemName[0] = '\0'; + pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0'; } } unixLeaveMutex(); } #endif - + pNew->lastErrno = 0; #if OS_VXWORKS if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( h>=0 ) close(h); + if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); h = -1; - unlink(zFilename); + osUnlink(zFilename); isDelete = 0; } pNew->isDelete = isDelete; #endif if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd); /* silent leak if fail, already in error */ - if( h>=0 ) close(h); + if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); }else{ pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle; OpenCounter(+1); @@ -25867,34 +29284,32 @@ static int fillInUnixFile( } /* -** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename. -** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and -** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM -** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined -** value. -** -** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing -** the file descriptor *pFd using close(). +** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files. +** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL. */ -static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){ - int ii; - int fd = -1; - char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; +static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){ + static const char *azDirs[] = { + 0, + 0, + "/var/tmp", + "/usr/tmp", + "/tmp", + 0 /* List terminator */ + }; + unsigned int i; + struct stat buf; + const char *zDir = 0; - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename); - for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--); - if( ii>0 ){ - zDirname[ii] = '\0'; - fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0); - if( fd>=0 ){ -#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC - fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); -#endif - OSTRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname); - } + azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory; + if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR"); + for(i=0; i=0?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT); + return zDir; } /* @@ -25902,44 +29317,24 @@ static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){ ** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least ** pVfs->mxPathname bytes. */ -static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - static const char *azDirs[] = { - 0, - 0, - "/var/tmp", - "/usr/tmp", - "/tmp", - ".", - }; +static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ static const unsigned char zChars[] = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" "0123456789"; unsigned int i, j; - struct stat buf; - const char *zDir = "."; + const char *zDir; /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this - ** function failing. + ** function failing. */ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); - azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory; - if (NULL == azDirs[1]) { - azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR"); - } + zDir = unixTempFileDir(); + if( zDir==0 ) zDir = "."; - for(i=0; i= (size_t)nBuf ){ @@ -25954,7 +29349,7 @@ static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; } zBuf[j] = 0; - }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 ); + }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 ); return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -25968,7 +29363,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*); #endif /* -** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database +** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database ** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname ** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second ** argument to this function. @@ -25977,7 +29372,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*); ** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some ** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock. ** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment -** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for +** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for ** further details. Also, ticket #4018. ** ** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no @@ -25988,8 +29383,8 @@ static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){ /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure), - ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better - ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure + ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better + ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure ** feature. */ #if !OS_VXWORKS struct stat sStat; /* Results of stat() call */ @@ -26002,18 +29397,18 @@ static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){ ** ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of ** not searching for a resusable file descriptor are not dire. */ - if( 0==stat(zPath, &sStat) ){ - struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen; + if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){ + unixInodeInfo *pInode; unixEnterMutex(); - pOpen = openList; - while( pOpen && (pOpen->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev - || pOpen->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){ - pOpen = pOpen->pNext; + pInode = inodeList; + while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev + || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){ + pInode = pInode->pNext; } - if( pOpen ){ + if( pInode ){ UnixUnusedFd **pp; - for(pp=&pOpen->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); + for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); pUnused = *pp; if( pUnused ){ *pp = pUnused->pNext; @@ -26026,8 +29421,72 @@ static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){ } /* -** Open the file zPath. +** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions +** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned +** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is +** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is +** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified. +** +** If the file being opened is a temporary file, it is always created with +** the octal permissions 0600 (read/writable by owner only). If the file +** is a database or master journal file, it is created with the permissions +** mask SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS. ** +** Finally, if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then +** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the +** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever +** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions +** as the associated database file. +** +** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the +** original filename is unavailable. But 8_3_NAMES is only used for +** FAT filesystems and permissions do not matter there, so just use +** the default permissions. +*/ +static int findCreateFileMode( + const char *zPath, /* Path of file (possibly) being created */ + int flags, /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */ + mode_t *pMode /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + *pMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS; + if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){ + char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; /* Database file path */ + int nDb; /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */ + struct stat sStat; /* Output of stat() on database file */ + + /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives + ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles + ** the following naming conventions: + ** + ** "-journal" + ** "-wal" + ** "-journalNN" + ** "-walNN" + ** + ** where NN is a 4 digit decimal number. The NN naming schemes are + ** used by the test_multiplex.c module. + */ + nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; + while( nDb>0 && zPath[nDb]!='-' ) nDb--; + if( nDb==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb); + zDb[nDb] = '\0'; + + if( 0==osStat(zDb, &sStat) ){ + *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + } + }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){ + *pMode = 0600; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Open the file zPath. +** ** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this ** one: ** @@ -26038,13 +29497,13 @@ static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){ ** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags: ** ** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE) -** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY) +** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY) ** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE) ** ** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If ** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the -** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new -** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for +** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new +** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for ** OpenExclusive(). */ static int unixOpen( @@ -26056,7 +29515,6 @@ static int unixOpen( ){ unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile; int fd = -1; /* File descriptor returned by open() */ - int dirfd = -1; /* Directory file descriptor */ int openFlags = 0; /* Flags to pass to open() */ int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ int noLock; /* True to omit locking primitives */ @@ -26070,14 +29528,19 @@ static int unixOpen( #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE int isAutoProxy = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY); #endif +#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + struct statfs fsInfo; +#endif /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync() ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d. */ - int isOpenDirectory = (isCreate && - (eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) - ); + int syncDir = (isCreate && ( + eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + )); /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in. @@ -26085,9 +29548,9 @@ static int unixOpen( char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; const char *zName = zPath; - /* Check the following statements are true: + /* Check the following statements are true: ** - ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and + ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. @@ -26097,17 +29560,18 @@ static int unixOpen( assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); - /* The main DB, main journal, and master journal are never automatically - ** deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ + /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never + ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ - assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB + assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); @@ -26126,8 +29590,8 @@ static int unixOpen( p->pUnused = pUnused; }else if( !zName ){ /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */ - assert(isDelete && !isOpenDirectory); - rc = getTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+1, zTmpname); + assert(isDelete && !syncDir); + rc = unixGetTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+1, zTmpname); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } @@ -26136,7 +29600,7 @@ static int unixOpen( /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as - ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the + ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the ** 'conch file' locking functions later on. */ if( isReadonly ) openFlags |= O_RDONLY; if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR; @@ -26145,19 +29609,26 @@ static int unixOpen( openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY); if( fd<0 ){ - mode_t openMode = (isDelete?0600:SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); - fd = open(zName, openFlags, openMode); - OSTRACE4("OPENX %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags); + mode_t openMode; /* Permissions to create file with */ + rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( !p->pUnused ); + assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); + return rc; + } + fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode); + OSTRACE(("OPENX %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags)); if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){ /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */ flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT); flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; openFlags |= O_RDONLY; - fd = open(zName, openFlags, openMode); + isReadonly = 1; + fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode); } if( fd<0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName); goto open_finished; } } @@ -26175,7 +29646,7 @@ static int unixOpen( #if OS_VXWORKS zPath = zName; #else - unlink(zName); + osUnlink(zName); #endif } #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE @@ -26184,39 +29655,24 @@ static int unixOpen( } #endif - if( isOpenDirectory ){ - rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* It is safe to close fd at this point, because it is guaranteed not - ** to be open on a database file. If it were open on a database file, - ** it would not be safe to close as this would release any locks held - ** on the file by this process. */ - assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); - close(fd); /* silently leak if fail, already in error */ - goto open_finished; - } - } - #ifdef FD_CLOEXEC - fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); + osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); #endif noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; - + #if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - struct statfs fsInfo; if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){ ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno; - if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */ - close(fd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */ + robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__); return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; } if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) { ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS; } #endif - + #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE #if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING isAutoProxy = 1; @@ -26225,12 +29681,11 @@ static int unixOpen( char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING"); int useProxy = 0; - /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means + /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only. */ if( envforce!=NULL ){ useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0; }else{ - struct statfs fsInfo; if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){ /* In theory, the close(fd) call is sub-optimal. If the file opened ** with fd is a database file, and there are other connections open @@ -26240,23 +29695,21 @@ static int unixOpen( ** not while other file descriptors opened by the same process on ** the same file are working. */ p->lastErrno = errno; - if( dirfd>=0 ){ - close(dirfd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */ - } - close(fd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */ + robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__); rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; goto open_finished; } useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL); } if( useProxy ){ - rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock, isDelete); + rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, syncDir, pFile, zPath, noLock, + isDelete, isReadonly); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:"); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile - ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically, - ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op + /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile + ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically, + ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op */ unixClose(pFile); return rc; @@ -26266,8 +29719,9 @@ static int unixOpen( } } #endif - - rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock, isDelete); + + rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, syncDir, pFile, zPath, noLock, + isDelete, isReadonly); open_finished: if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(p->pUnused); @@ -26288,11 +29742,13 @@ static int unixDelete( int rc = SQLITE_OK; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); - unlink(zPath); + if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) && errno!=ENOENT ){ + return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath); + } #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC if( dirSync ){ int fd; - rc = openDirectory(zPath, &fd); + rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ #if OS_VXWORKS if( fsync(fd)==-1 ) @@ -26300,11 +29756,11 @@ static int unixDelete( if( fsync(fd) ) #endif { - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC; - } - if( close(fd)&&!rc ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE; + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath); } + robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; } } #endif @@ -26344,7 +29800,13 @@ static int unixAccess( default: assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); } - *pResOut = (access(zPath, amode)==0); + *pResOut = (osAccess(zPath, amode)==0); + if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS && *pResOut ){ + struct stat buf; + if( 0==osStat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size==0 ){ + *pResOut = 0; + } + } return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -26352,9 +29814,9 @@ static int unixAccess( /* ** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path ** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by -** zPath. +** zPath. ** -** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes +** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes ** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to ** this buffer before returning. */ @@ -26380,8 +29842,8 @@ static int unixFullPathname( sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath); }else{ int nCwd; - if( getcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){ + return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath); } nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut); sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath); @@ -26409,7 +29871,7 @@ static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){ ** error message. */ static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ - char *zErr; + const char *zErr; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); unixEnterMutex(); zErr = dlerror(); @@ -26419,7 +29881,7 @@ static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ unixLeaveMutex(); } static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){ - /* + /* ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be ** cast into a pointer to a function. And yet the library dlsym() routine ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function. So how do we @@ -26429,7 +29891,7 @@ static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){ ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function. ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function. ** (That assignment requires a cast.) Then we call the function that - ** x points to. + ** x points to. ** ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*. But then, on the @@ -26475,7 +29937,7 @@ static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ #if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) { int pid, fd; - fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY); + fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0); if( fd<0 ){ time_t t; time(&t); @@ -26485,8 +29947,8 @@ static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(pid)<=(size_t)nBuf ); nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(pid); }else{ - nBuf = read(fd, zBuf, nBuf); - close(fd); + do{ nBuf = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( nBuf<0 && errno==EINTR ); + robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__); } } #endif @@ -26533,32 +29995,33 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1 #endif /* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the -** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and -** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow +** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In +** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian +** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the +** proleptic Gregorian calendar. +** +** On success, return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. */ -static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){ -#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) - time_t t; - time(&t); - *prNow = (((sqlite3_int64)t)/8640 + 24405875)/10; -#elif defined(NO_GETTOD) +static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ + static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; +#if defined(NO_GETTOD) time_t t; time(&t); - *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5; + *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch; #elif OS_VXWORKS struct timespec sNow; clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow); - *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_nsec/86400000000000.0; + *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000; #else struct timeval sNow; gettimeofday(&sNow, 0); - *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_usec/86400000000.0; + *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000; #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5; + *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; } #endif UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); @@ -26566,6 +30029,19 @@ static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){ } /* +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the +** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and +** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. +*/ +static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){ + sqlite3_int64 i; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i); + *prNow = i/86400000.0; + return 0; +} + +/* ** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing ** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up ** during SQLite operation. But so far, none of that has been implemented @@ -26579,6 +30055,7 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ return 0; } + /* ************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods *************************** ******************************************************************************/ @@ -26607,7 +30084,7 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire ** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock): ** -** PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000 +** PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000 ** RESERVED_BYTE 0x40000001 ** SHARED_RANGE 0x40000002 -> 0x40000200 ** @@ -26625,7 +30102,7 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking ** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a ** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file -** and onto a proxy file on the local file system. +** and onto a proxy file on the local file system. ** ** ** Using proxy locks @@ -26650,19 +30127,19 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the ** database file. For example: ** -** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" +** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" ** The lock path will be "/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:") ** ** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not ** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via ** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another -** connection or process). +** connection or process). ** ** ** How proxy locking works ** ----------------------- ** -** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: +** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: ** ** * conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host ** at a time @@ -26689,11 +30166,11 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file). ** ** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is -** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made. +** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made. ** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where ** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it. -** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until -** the connection to the database is closed. +** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until +** the connection to the database is closed. ** ** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need ** to be created the first time they are used. @@ -26707,7 +30184,7 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are ** named automatically using the same logic as ** PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:" -** +** ** SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG ** ** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file @@ -26722,8 +30199,8 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** ** Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the ** lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set. -** -** +** +** ** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING, ** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will ** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0 @@ -26733,12 +30210,12 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ */ /* -** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX +** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX */ #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* -** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote +** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote ** and local proxy files in it */ typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext; @@ -26753,10 +30230,10 @@ struct proxyLockingContext { sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */ }; -/* -** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, +/* +** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, ** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length -** file path. +** file path. */ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ int len; @@ -26769,11 +30246,11 @@ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ # ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR { if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){ - OSTRACE4("GETLOCKPATH failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n", - lPath, errno, getpid()); + OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n", + lPath, errno, getpid())); return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; } - len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen); + len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen); } # else len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen); @@ -26783,27 +30260,27 @@ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){ len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen); } - + /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */ dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath); - for( i=0; i 0) ){ /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */ - if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') + if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){ buf[i]='\0'; if( mkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){ int err=errno; if( err!=EEXIST ) { - OSTRACE5("CREATELOCKPATH FAILED creating %s, " + OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH FAILED creating %s, " "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", - buf, strerror(err), lockPath, getpid()); + buf, strerror(err), lockPath, getpid())); return err; } } @@ -26828,7 +30305,7 @@ static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){ } buf[i] = lockPath[i]; } - OSTRACE3("CREATELOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lockPath, getpid()); + OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lockPath, getpid())); return 0; } @@ -26845,7 +30322,6 @@ static int proxyCreateUnixFile( int islockfile /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */ ) { int fd = -1; - int dirfd = -1; unixFile *pNew; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; @@ -26869,17 +30345,17 @@ static int proxyCreateUnixFile( } } if( fd<0 ){ - fd = open(path, openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); + fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); terrno = errno; if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){ if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){ - fd = open(path, openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); + fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); } } } if( fd<0 ){ openFlags = O_RDONLY; - fd = open(path, openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); + fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); terrno = errno; } if( fd<0 ){ @@ -26889,13 +30365,13 @@ static int proxyCreateUnixFile( switch (terrno) { case EACCES: return SQLITE_PERM; - case EIO: + case EIO: return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */ default: return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } } - + pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pNew)); if( pNew==NULL ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; @@ -26903,18 +30379,20 @@ static int proxyCreateUnixFile( } memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); pNew->openFlags = openFlags; + memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs)); dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder; + dummyVfs.zName = "dummy"; pUnused->fd = fd; pUnused->flags = openFlags; pNew->pUnused = pUnused; - - rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, dirfd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0, 0); + + rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, 0, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ *ppFile = pNew; return SQLITE_OK; } -end_create_proxy: - close(fd); /* silently leak fd if error, we're already in error */ +end_create_proxy: + robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__); sqlite3_free(pNew); sqlite3_free(pUnused); return rc; @@ -26927,28 +30405,37 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0; #define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 16 /* conch file host id length */ -/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN +/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */ +extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait); + +/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN ** bytes of writable memory. */ static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){ - struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */ - assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t)); memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); - if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){ - int err = errno; - if( pError ){ - *pError = err; +#if defined(__MAX_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED)\ + && __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED<1050 + { + static const struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */ + if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){ + int err = errno; + if( pError ){ + *pError = err; + } + return SQLITE_IOERR; } - return SQLITE_IOERR; } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pError); +#endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */ if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){ pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF)); } #endif - + return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -26959,14 +30446,14 @@ static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){ #define PROXY_PATHINDEX (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) #define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN) -/* -** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves +/* +** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves ** it back. The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the -** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is +** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is ** closed. Returns zero if successful. */ static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; char tPath[MAXPATHLEN]; char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; @@ -26976,92 +30463,95 @@ static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){ char errmsg[64] = ""; int fd = -1; int rc = -1; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID); /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */ pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN); - if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || + if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){ - sprintf(errmsg, "path error (len %d)", (int)pathLen); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen); goto end_breaklock; } /* read the conch content */ - readLen = pread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); + readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); if( readLenh); + robust_close(pFile, conchFile->h, __LINE__); conchFile->h = fd; conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; end_breaklock: if( rc ){ if( fd>=0 ){ - unlink(tPath); - close(fd); + osUnlink(tPath); + robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__); } fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg); } return rc; } -/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the +/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the ** host id matches. */ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nTries = 0; struct timespec conchModTime; - + + memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime)); do { rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); nTries ++; if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ /* If the lock failed (busy): - * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. - * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait + * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. + * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait * 10 sec and try again * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed. */ struct stat buf; - if( fstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){ + if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){ pFile->lastErrno = errno; return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; } - + if( nTries==1 ){ conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec; usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/ - continue; + continue; } assert( nTries>1 ); - if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || + if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } - - if( nTries==2 ){ + + if( nTries==2 ){ char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; - int len = pread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); + int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); if( len<0 ){ pFile->lastErrno = errno; return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; @@ -27076,14 +30566,14 @@ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */ - continue; + continue; } - + assert( nTries==3 ); if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); + rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); } if( !rc ){ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); @@ -27091,19 +30581,19 @@ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ } } } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 ); - + return rc; } -/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if -** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL -** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the -** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically +/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if +** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL +** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the +** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically ** and written to the conch file. */ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else{ @@ -27119,9 +30609,9 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ int readLen = 0; int tryOldLockPath = 0; int forceNewLockPath = 0; - - OSTRACE4("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, - (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid()); + + OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, + (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid())); rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError); if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){ @@ -27139,21 +30629,21 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno; rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ; goto end_takeconch; - }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || + }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){ - /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new - ** conch file. + /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new + ** conch file. */ createConch = 1; } /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch - ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll - ** retry with a new auto-generated path + ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll + ** retry with a new auto-generated path */ do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */ if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){ - hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, + hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); /* if the conch has data compare the contents */ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ @@ -27162,7 +30652,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ */ if( hostIdMatch ){ size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX); - + if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){ pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1; } @@ -27178,34 +30668,34 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX) ){ /* conch host and lock path match */ - goto end_takeconch; + goto end_takeconch; } } - + /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */ if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto end_takeconch; } - + /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN); tempLockPath = lockPath; /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */ } - + /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big ** stick. */ futimes(conchFile->h, NULL); if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){ - if( conchFile->pLock && conchFile->pLock->cnt>1 ){ + if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } else { + } else { rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); } }else{ @@ -27214,7 +30704,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; int writeSize = 0; - + writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION; memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){ @@ -27223,23 +30713,26 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN); } writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]); - ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize); + robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize); rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0); fsync(conchFile->h); - /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a - ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database + /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a + ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){ struct stat buf; - int err = fstat(pFile->h, &buf); + int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf); if( err==0 ){ mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP | S_IROTH|S_IWOTH); /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */ #ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG - fchmod(conchFile->h, cmode); + osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode); #else - if( fchmod(conchFile->h, cmode)!=0 ){ + do{ + rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode); + }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR ); + if( rc!=0 ){ int code = errno; fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n", cmode, code, strerror(code)); @@ -27248,31 +30741,25 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ } }else{ int code = errno; - fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", + fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", err, code, strerror(code)); #endif } } } conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); - + end_takeconch: - OSTRACE2("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h); + OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h)); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){ + int fd; if( pFile->h>=0 ){ -#ifdef STRICT_CLOSE_ERROR - if( close(pFile->h) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE; - } -#else - close(pFile->h); /* silently leak fd if fail */ -#endif + robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__); } pFile->h = -1; - int fd = open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, + fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); - OSTRACE2("TRANSPROXY: OPEN %d\n", fd); + OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN %d\n", fd)); if( fd>=0 ){ pFile->h = fd; }else{ @@ -27285,7 +30772,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){ /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path - ** so try again via auto-naming + ** so try again via auto-naming */ forceNewLockPath = 1; tryOldLockPath = 0; @@ -27305,7 +30792,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCtx->conchHeld = 1; - + if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ afpLockingContext *afpCtx; afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext; @@ -27314,9 +30801,11 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ } else { conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); } - OSTRACE3("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed"); + OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, + rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed")); return rc; - } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */ + } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - + ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */ } } @@ -27324,21 +30813,21 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ ** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock. */ static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){ - int rc; /* Subroutine return code */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subroutine return code */ proxyLockingContext *pCtx; /* The locking context for the proxy lock */ unixFile *conchFile; /* Name of the conch file */ pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; - OSTRACE4("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, - (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), - getpid()); + OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, + (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), + getpid())); if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); } pCtx->conchHeld = 0; - OSTRACE3("RELEASECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, - (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); + OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, + (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"))); return rc; } @@ -27359,13 +30848,13 @@ static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){ char *conchPath; /* buffer in which to construct conch name */ /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to - ** the name of the original database file. */ + ** the name of the original database file. */ *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(len + 8); if( conchPath==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1); - + /* now insert a "." before the last / character */ for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){ if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){ @@ -27388,16 +30877,16 @@ static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){ /* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches -** the local lock file path +** the local lock file path */ static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){ + if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; - } + } /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */ if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") || @@ -27415,7 +30904,7 @@ static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { sqlite3_free(oldPath); pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path); } - + return rc; } @@ -27429,7 +30918,7 @@ static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){ #if defined(__APPLE__) if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ - /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field + /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field ** of the struct */ assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, MAXPATHLEN); @@ -27449,9 +30938,9 @@ static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){ } /* -** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking +** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking ** will be performed on the local proxy lock file. The following fields -** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and +** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and ** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time: ** ->lockingContext ** ->pMethod @@ -27461,8 +30950,8 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Name of the database file */ char *lockPath=NULL; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){ + + if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath); @@ -27471,9 +30960,9 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { }else{ lockPath=(char *)path; } - - OSTRACE4("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h, - (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid()); + + OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h, + (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid())); pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) ); if( pCtx==0 ){ @@ -27494,7 +30983,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { struct stat conchInfo; int goLockless = 0; - if( stat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) { + if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) { int err = errno; if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){ goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY; @@ -27505,7 +30994,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { rc = SQLITE_OK; } } - } + } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){ pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath); } @@ -27517,7 +31006,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, + /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return. */ pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext; @@ -27525,16 +31014,16 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod; pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods; }else{ - if( pCtx->conchFile ){ + if( pCtx->conchFile ){ pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile); sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile); } - sqlite3_free(pCtx->lockProxyPath); - sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); + sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); + sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); sqlite3_free(pCtx); } - OSTRACE3("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h, - (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); + OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h, + (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"))); return rc; } @@ -27575,9 +31064,9 @@ static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ }else{ const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg; if( isProxyStyle ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; - if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") + if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") || (pCtx->lockProxyPath && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN)) ){ @@ -27629,7 +31118,7 @@ static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { } /* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK @@ -27652,15 +31141,15 @@ static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. */ -static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { +static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, locktype); - pFile->locktype = proxy->locktype; + rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock); + pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock; }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ } @@ -27670,21 +31159,21 @@ static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { /* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ -static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { +static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, locktype); - pFile->locktype = proxy->locktype; + rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock); + pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock; }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ } @@ -27702,7 +31191,7 @@ static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - + if( lockProxy ){ rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK); if( rc ) return rc; @@ -27720,9 +31209,9 @@ static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { if( rc ) return rc; sqlite3_free(conchFile); } - sqlite3_free(pCtx->lockProxyPath); + sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); - sqlite3_free(pCtx->dbPath); + sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath); /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */ pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext; pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod; @@ -27739,7 +31228,7 @@ static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { ** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems. ** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also ** restricted to MacOSX. -** +** ** ******************* End of the proxy lock implementation ********************** ******************************************************************************/ @@ -27757,8 +31246,8 @@ static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { ** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they ** should not be used. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ - /* +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ + /* ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object. ** The name of the VFS is NAME. The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer ** to the "finder" function. (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because @@ -27774,12 +31263,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ ** ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods ** object. But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little - ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the + ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for ** that filesystem time. */ #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) { \ - 1, /* iVersion */ \ + 3, /* iVersion */ \ sizeof(unixFile), /* szOsFile */ \ MAX_PATHNAME, /* mxPathname */ \ 0, /* pNext */ \ @@ -27796,7 +31285,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ unixRandomness, /* xRandomness */ \ unixSleep, /* xSleep */ \ unixCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ \ - unixGetLastError /* xGetLastError */ \ + unixGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ \ + unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ \ + unixSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ \ + unixGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ \ + unixNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ \ } /* @@ -27814,6 +31307,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ #endif UNIXVFS("unix-none", nolockIoFinder ), UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile", dotlockIoFinder ), + UNIXVFS("unix-excl", posixIoFinder ), #if OS_VXWORKS UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ), #endif @@ -27831,11 +31325,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ }; unsigned int i; /* Loop counter */ + /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed + ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */ + assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==18 ); + /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */ for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){ sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0); } - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* @@ -27845,10 +31343,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ ** to release dynamically allocated objects. But not on unix. ** This routine is a no-op for unix. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ - return SQLITE_OK; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ + return SQLITE_OK; } - + #endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */ /************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/ @@ -27945,25 +31443,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ # error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." #endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0; -#define OSTRACE1(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X) -#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y) -#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z) -#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A) -#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B) -#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \ - if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) -#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \ - if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE +# define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0 +# endif + int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE; +# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X #else -#define OSTRACE1(X) -#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) -#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) -#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) -#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) -#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) -#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) +# define OSTRACE(X) #endif /* @@ -27972,8 +31459,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0; */ #ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE -/* -** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing +/* +** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing ** high-performance timing routines. */ /************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ @@ -28031,7 +31518,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } - + #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ @@ -28137,7 +31624,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; ** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition. */ #ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES -# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) +# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) #endif /* @@ -28149,6 +31636,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; # define FormatMessageW(a,b,c,d,e,f,g) 0 #endif +/* Forward references */ +typedef struct winShm winShm; /* A connection to shared-memory */ +typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode; /* A region of shared-memory */ + /* ** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it ** with some code of our own. @@ -28168,15 +31659,20 @@ typedef struct winceLock { */ typedef struct winFile winFile; struct winFile { - const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;/* Must be first */ + const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to open this file */ HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ - unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ + u8 locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */ + u8 bPersistWal; /* True to persist WAL files */ DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */ DWORD sectorSize; /* Sector size of the device file is on */ + winShm *pShm; /* Instance of shared memory on this file */ + const char *zPath; /* Full pathname of this file */ + int szChunk; /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */ - HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */ + HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */ HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */ winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */ winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */ @@ -28184,6 +31680,77 @@ struct winFile { }; /* + * If compiled with SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC on Windows, we will use the + * various Win32 API heap functions instead of our own. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC +/* + * The initial size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE ((SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE) * \ + (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE) + 4194304) +#endif + +/* + * The maximum size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE (0) +#endif + +/* + * The extra flags to use in calls to the Win32 heap APIs. This value may be + * zero for the default behavior. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS +# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS (0) +#endif + +/* +** The winMemData structure stores information required by the Win32-specific +** sqlite3_mem_methods implementation. +*/ +typedef struct winMemData winMemData; +struct winMemData { +#ifndef NDEBUG + u32 magic; /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */ +#endif + HANDLE hHeap; /* The handle to our heap. */ + BOOL bOwned; /* Do we own the heap (i.e. destroy it on shutdown)? */ +}; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +#define WINMEM_MAGIC 0x42b2830b +#endif + +static struct winMemData win_mem_data = { +#ifndef NDEBUG + WINMEM_MAGIC, +#endif + NULL, FALSE +}; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +#define winMemAssertMagic() assert( win_mem_data.magic==WINMEM_MAGIC ) +#else +#define winMemAssertMagic() +#endif + +#define winMemGetHeap() win_mem_data.hHeap + +static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes); +static void winMemFree(void *pPrior); +static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes); +static int winMemSize(void *p); +static int winMemRoundup(int n); +static int winMemInit(void *pAppData); +static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void); +#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ + +/* ** Forward prototypes. */ static int getSectorSize( @@ -28234,8 +31801,190 @@ static int sqlite3_os_type = 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */ +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC +/* +** Allocate nBytes of memory. +*/ +static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){ + HANDLE hHeap; + void *p; + + winMemAssertMagic(); + hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); + assert( hHeap!=0 ); + assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE + assert ( HeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); +#endif + assert( nBytes>=0 ); + p = HeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes); + if( !p ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapAlloc %u bytes (%d), heap=%p", + nBytes, GetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Free memory. +*/ +static void winMemFree(void *pPrior){ + HANDLE hHeap; + + winMemAssertMagic(); + hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); + assert( hHeap!=0 ); + assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE + assert ( HeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ); +#endif + if( !pPrior ) return; /* Passing NULL to HeapFree is undefined. */ + if( !HeapFree(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapFree block %p (%d), heap=%p", + pPrior, GetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); + } +} + +/* +** Change the size of an existing memory allocation +*/ +static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ + HANDLE hHeap; + void *p; + + winMemAssertMagic(); + hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); + assert( hHeap!=0 ); + assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE + assert ( HeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ); +#endif + assert( nBytes>=0 ); + if( !pPrior ){ + p = HeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes); + }else{ + p = HeapReAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior, (SIZE_T)nBytes); + } + if( !p ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to %s %u bytes (%d), heap=%p", + pPrior ? "HeapReAlloc" : "HeapAlloc", nBytes, GetLastError(), + (void*)hHeap); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. +*/ +static int winMemSize(void *p){ + HANDLE hHeap; + SIZE_T n; + + winMemAssertMagic(); + hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); + assert( hHeap!=0 ); + assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE + assert ( HeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); +#endif + if( !p ) return 0; + n = HeapSize(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p); + if( n==(SIZE_T)-1 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapSize block %p (%d), heap=%p", + p, GetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); + return 0; + } + return (int)n; +} + +/* +** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. +*/ +static int winMemRoundup(int n){ + return n; +} + +/* +** Initialize this module. +*/ +static int winMemInit(void *pAppData){ + winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData; + + if( !pWinMemData ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + assert( pWinMemData->magic==WINMEM_MAGIC ); + if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ + pWinMemData->hHeap = HeapCreate(SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, + SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE, + SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE); + if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, + "failed to HeapCreate (%d), flags=%u, initSize=%u, maxSize=%u", + GetLastError(), SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE, + SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pWinMemData->bOwned = TRUE; + } + assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=0 ); + assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE + assert( HeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize this module. +*/ +static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData){ + winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData; + + if( !pWinMemData ) return; + if( pWinMemData->hHeap ){ + assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE + assert( HeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); +#endif + if( pWinMemData->bOwned ){ + if( !HeapDestroy(pWinMemData->hHeap) ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapDestroy (%d), heap=%p", + GetLastError(), (void*)pWinMemData->hHeap); + } + pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE; + } + pWinMemData->hHeap = NULL; + } +} + +/* +** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The +** arguments specify the block of memory to manage. +** +** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore +** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods winMemMethods = { + winMemMalloc, + winMemFree, + winMemRealloc, + winMemSize, + winMemRoundup, + winMemInit, + winMemShutdown, + &win_mem_data + }; + return &winMemMethods; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32()); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ + /* -** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?). +** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?). ** ** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc. */ @@ -28281,7 +32030,7 @@ static char *unicodeToUtf8(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){ /* ** Convert an ansi string to microsoft unicode, based on the ** current codepage settings for file apis. -** +** ** Space to hold the returned string is obtained ** from malloc. */ @@ -28347,10 +32096,10 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zFilename){ } /* -** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the +** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the ** returned string is obtained from malloc(). */ -static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zFilename){ char *zFilenameMbcs; WCHAR *zTmpWide; @@ -28363,6 +32112,157 @@ static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){ return zFilenameMbcs; } + +/* +** The return value of getLastErrorMsg +** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero +** otherwise (if the message was truncated). +*/ +static int getLastErrorMsg(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ + /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure. Otherwise it + ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output + ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char. + */ + DWORD error = GetLastError(); + DWORD dwLen = 0; + char *zOut = 0; + + if( isNT() ){ + WCHAR *zTempWide = NULL; + dwLen = FormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, + error, + 0, + (LPWSTR) &zTempWide, + 0, + 0); + if( dwLen > 0 ){ + /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ + zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTempWide); + /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ + LocalFree(zTempWide); + } +/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. +** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, +** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 + }else{ + char *zTemp = NULL; + dwLen = FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, + error, + 0, + (LPSTR) &zTemp, + 0, + 0); + if( dwLen > 0 ){ + /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ + zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp); + /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ + LocalFree(zTemp); + } +#endif + } + if( 0 == dwLen ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error); + }else{ + /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */ + sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut); + /* free the UTF8 buffer */ + free(zOut); + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** +** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro +** winLogError(). +** +** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function. +** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of +** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from +** FormatMessage. +** +** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that +** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). +** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that +** failed and the the associated file-system path, if any. +*/ +#define winLogError(a,b,c) winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__) +static int winLogErrorAtLine( + int errcode, /* SQLite error code */ + const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */ + const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */ + int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */ +){ + char zMsg[500]; /* Human readable error text */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + DWORD iErrno = GetLastError(); /* Error code */ + + zMsg[0] = 0; + getLastErrorMsg(sizeof(zMsg), zMsg); + assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK ); + if( zPath==0 ) zPath = ""; + for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){} + zMsg[i] = 0; + sqlite3_log(errcode, + "os_win.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s", + iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg + ); + + return errcode; +} + +/* +** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile() +** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by +** antivirus software. Also the initial delay before the first retry. +** The delay increases linearly with each retry. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY +# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY +# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY 25 +#endif +static int win32IoerrRetry = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY; +static int win32IoerrRetryDelay = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY; + +/* +** If a ReadFile() or WriteFile() error occurs, invoke this routine +** to see if it should be retried. Return TRUE to retry. Return FALSE +** to give up with an error. +*/ +static int retryIoerr(int *pnRetry){ + DWORD e; + if( *pnRetry>=win32IoerrRetry ){ + return 0; + } + e = GetLastError(); + if( e==ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED || + e==ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION || + e==ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION ){ + Sleep(win32IoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry)); + ++*pnRetry; + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Log a I/O error retry episode. +*/ +static void logIoerr(int nRetry){ + if( nRetry ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, + "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict", + win32IoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2 + ); + } +} + #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE /************************************************************************* ** This section contains code for WinCE only. @@ -28371,6 +32271,7 @@ static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){ ** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function. So create a ** substitute. */ +/* #include */ struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t) { static struct tm y; @@ -28439,23 +32340,24 @@ static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){ pFile->hMutex = CreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName); if (!pFile->hMutex){ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); + winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, "winceCreateLock1", zFilename); free(zName); return FALSE; } /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */ winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are + + /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name ** and using that as the shared filemapping name. */ CharUpperW(zName); pFile->hShared = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock), - zName); + zName); - /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it + /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it ** must be zero-initialized */ if (GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){ bInit = FALSE; @@ -28465,11 +32367,12 @@ static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){ /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */ if (pFile->hShared){ - pFile->shared = (winceLock*)MapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, + pFile->shared = (winceLock*)MapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */ if (!pFile->shared){ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); + winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, "winceCreateLock2", zFilename); CloseHandle(pFile->hShared); pFile->hShared = NULL; } @@ -28482,7 +32385,7 @@ static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){ pFile->hMutex = NULL; return FALSE; } - + /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */ if (bInit) { ZeroMemory(pFile->shared, sizeof(winceLock)); @@ -28520,13 +32423,13 @@ static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){ CloseHandle(pFile->hShared); /* Done with the mutex */ - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); pFile->hMutex = NULL; } } -/* +/* ** An implementation of the LockFile() API of windows for wince */ static BOOL winceLockFile( @@ -28686,6 +32589,43 @@ static BOOL winceLockFileEx( ******************************************************************************/ /* +** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition. +*/ +#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER +# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1) +#endif + +/* +** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first +** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0. +** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero. +*/ +static int seekWinFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){ + LONG upperBits; /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */ + LONG lowerBits; /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */ + DWORD dwRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */ + + upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); + lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff); + + /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword + ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails, + ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN, + ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine + ** whether an error has actually occured, it is also necessary to call + ** GetLastError(). + */ + dwRet = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); + if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); + winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, "seekWinFile", pFile->zPath); + return 1; + } + + return 0; +} + +/* ** Close a file. ** ** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes @@ -28701,9 +32641,11 @@ static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; assert( id!=0 ); - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h); + assert( pFile->pShm==0 ); + OSTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h)); do{ rc = CloseHandle(pFile->h); + /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */ }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (Sleep(100), 1) ); #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE #define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3 @@ -28712,7 +32654,7 @@ static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){ int cnt = 0; while( DeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0 - && GetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff + && GetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS ){ Sleep(100); /* Wait a little before trying again */ @@ -28720,18 +32662,13 @@ static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){ free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose); } #endif + OSTRACE(("CLOSE %d %s\n", pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed")); OpenCounter(-1); - return rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; + return rc ? SQLITE_OK + : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "winClose", pFile->zPath); } /* -** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition. -*/ -#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER -# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1) -#endif - -/* ** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all ** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes ** wrong. @@ -28742,32 +32679,30 @@ static int winRead( int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */ sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */ ){ - LONG upperBits = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); - LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); - DWORD rc; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - DWORD error; - DWORD got; + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* file handle */ + DWORD nRead; /* Number of bytes actually read from file */ + int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retrys */ assert( id!=0 ); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ); - OSTRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype); - rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); - if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && (error=GetLastError())!=NO_ERROR ){ - pFile->lastErrno = error; + OSTRACE(("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); + + if( seekWinFile(pFile, offset) ){ return SQLITE_FULL; } - if( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){ + while( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){ + if( retryIoerr(&nRetry) ) continue; pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); - return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, "winRead", pFile->zPath); } - if( got==(DWORD)amt ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ + logIoerr(nRetry); + if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){ /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */ - memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); + memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead); return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; } + + return SQLITE_OK; } /* @@ -28775,39 +32710,51 @@ static int winRead( ** or some other error code on failure. */ static int winWrite( - sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */ - const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */ -){ - LONG upperBits = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); - LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); - DWORD rc; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - DWORD error; - DWORD wrote = 0; + sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */ + const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */ + int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */ + sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */ +){ + int rc; /* True if error has occured, else false */ + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle */ + int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retries */ - assert( id!=0 ); + assert( amt>0 ); + assert( pFile ); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE); SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL); - OSTRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype); - rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); - if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && (error=GetLastError())!=NO_ERROR ){ - pFile->lastErrno = error; - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - assert( amt>0 ); - while( - amt>0 - && (rc = WriteFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0 - && wrote>0 - ){ - amt -= wrote; - pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; + + OSTRACE(("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); + + rc = seekWinFile(pFile, offset); + if( rc==0 ){ + u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf; /* Data yet to be written */ + int nRem = amt; /* Number of bytes yet to be written */ + DWORD nWrite; /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */ + + while( nRem>0 ){ + if( !WriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){ + if( retryIoerr(&nRetry) ) continue; + break; + } + if( nWrite<=0 ) break; + aRem += nWrite; + nRem -= nWrite; + } + if( nRem>0 ){ + pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); + rc = 1; + } } - if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){ - pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); - return SQLITE_FULL; + + if( rc ){ + if( ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL ) + || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){ + return SQLITE_FULL; + } + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, "winWrite", pFile->zPath); + }else{ + logIoerr(nRetry); } return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -28816,26 +32763,33 @@ static int winWrite( ** Truncate an open file to a specified size */ static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ - LONG upperBits = (LONG)((nByte>>32) & 0x7fffffff); - LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(nByte & 0xffffffff); - DWORD rc; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - DWORD error; + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle object */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code for this function */ - assert( id!=0 ); - OSTRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte); + assert( pFile ); + + OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte)); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE); - rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); - if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && (error=GetLastError())!=NO_ERROR ){ - pFile->lastErrno = error; - return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE; + + /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the + ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the + ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested + ** size). + */ + if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ + nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; } - /* SetEndOfFile will fail if nByte is negative */ - if( !SetEndOfFile(pFile->h) ){ + + /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */ + if( seekWinFile(pFile, nByte) ){ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath); + }else if( 0==SetEndOfFile(pFile->h) ){ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); - return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE; + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath); } - return SQLITE_OK; + + OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE %d %lld %s\n", pFile->h, nByte, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + return rc; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST @@ -28852,32 +32806,57 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; */ static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ #ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC + /* + ** Used only when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined. + */ + BOOL rc; +#endif +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || \ + (defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)) + /* + ** Used when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined and by the assert() and/or + ** OSTRACE() macros. + */ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - - assert( id!=0 ); - OSTRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype); #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); #endif + + assert( pFile ); + /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ + assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL + || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL + ); + + OSTRACE(("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); + + /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This + ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems. + */ + SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); + #ifndef SQLITE_TEST UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); #else - if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){ + if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){ sqlite3_fullsync_count++; } sqlite3_sync_count++; #endif + /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a ** no-op */ #ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; #else - if( FlushFileBuffers(pFile->h) ){ + rc = FlushFileBuffers(pFile->h); + SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE ); + if( rc ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else{ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); - return SQLITE_IOERR; + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "winSync", pFile->zPath); } #endif } @@ -28898,7 +32877,7 @@ static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){ && ((error = GetLastError()) != NO_ERROR) ) { pFile->lastErrno = error; - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, "winFileSize", pFile->zPath); } *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits; return SQLITE_OK; @@ -28925,7 +32904,7 @@ static int getReadLock(winFile *pFile){ ovlp.hEvent = 0; res = LockFileEx(pFile->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0, &ovlp); -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. +/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ @@ -28937,6 +32916,7 @@ static int getReadLock(winFile *pFile){ } if( res == 0 ){ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); + /* No need to log a failure to lock */ } return res; } @@ -28948,15 +32928,16 @@ static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){ int res; if( isNT() ){ res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. +/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); #endif } - if( res == 0 ){ + if( res==0 && GetLastError()!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED ){ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); + winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, "unlockReadLock", pFile->zPath); } return res; } @@ -28996,8 +32977,8 @@ static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ DWORD error = NO_ERROR; assert( id!=0 ); - OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n", - pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte); + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n", + pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte)); /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as @@ -29027,7 +33008,7 @@ static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. The pending lock might be ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily. */ - OSTRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt); + OSTRACE(("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt)); Sleep(1); } gotPendingLock = res; @@ -29072,13 +33053,13 @@ static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); res = unlockReadLock(pFile); - OSTRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res); + OSTRACE(("unreadlock = %d\n", res)); res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); if( res ){ newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; }else{ error = GetLastError(); - OSTRACE2("error-code = %d\n", error); + OSTRACE(("error-code = %d\n", error)); getReadLock(pFile); } } @@ -29096,8 +33077,8 @@ static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ if( res ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ - OSTRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h, - locktype, newLocktype); + OSTRACE(("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h, + locktype, newLocktype)); pFile->lastErrno = error; rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } @@ -29114,17 +33095,19 @@ static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int rc; winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); + assert( id!=0 ); if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ rc = 1; - OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc); + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc)); }else{ rc = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); if( rc ){ UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); } rc = !rc; - OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc); + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc)); } *pResOut = rc; return SQLITE_OK; @@ -29147,15 +33130,15 @@ static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pFile!=0 ); assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte); + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype, + pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte)); type = pFile->locktype; if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){ /* This should never happen. We should always be able to ** reacquire the read lock */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, "winUnlock", pFile->zPath); } } if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ @@ -29175,17 +33158,64 @@ static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ ** Control and query of the open file handle. */ static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; switch( op ){ case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { - *(int*)pArg = ((winFile*)id)->locktype; + *(int*)pArg = pFile->locktype; return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: { - *(int*)pArg = (int)((winFile*)id)->lastErrno; + *(int*)pArg = (int)pFile->lastErrno; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { + pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { + if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 oldSz; + int rc = winFileSize(id, &oldSz); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 newSz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg; + if( newSz>oldSz ){ + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + rc = winTruncate(id, newSz); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + } + } + return rc; + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: { + int bPersist = *(int*)pArg; + if( bPersist<0 ){ + *(int*)pArg = pFile->bPersistWal; + }else{ + pFile->bPersistWal = bPersist!=0; + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED: { + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: { + int *a = (int*)pArg; + if( a[0]>0 ){ + win32IoerrRetry = a[0]; + }else{ + a[0] = win32IoerrRetry; + } + if( a[1]>0 ){ + win32IoerrRetryDelay = a[1]; + }else{ + a[1] = win32IoerrRetryDelay; + } return SQLITE_OK; } } - return SQLITE_ERROR; + return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; } /* @@ -29208,34 +33238,674 @@ static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ */ static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); - return 0; + return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + +/* +** Windows will only let you create file view mappings +** on allocation size granularity boundaries. +** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo() +** to get the granularity size. +*/ +SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo; + +/* +** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The +** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by +** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads. +** +** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex +** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() +** statements. e.g. +** +** winShmEnterMutex() +** assert( winShmMutexHeld() ); +** winShmLeaveMutex() +*/ +static void winShmEnterMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +} +static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +} +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +static int winShmMutexHeld(void) { + return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +} +#endif + +/* +** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide +** shared memory. When multiple threads all reference the same +** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all +** point to a single instance of this object. In other words, each +** log-summary is opened only once per process. +** +** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying +** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: +** +** nRef +** pNext +** +** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: +** +** fid +** zFilename +** +** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and +** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field +** in this structure. +** +*/ +struct winShmNode { + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ + char *zFilename; /* Name of the file */ + winFile hFile; /* File handle from winOpen */ + + int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ + int nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ + struct ShmRegion { + HANDLE hMap; /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */ + void *pMap; + } *aRegion; + DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */ + + int nRef; /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */ + winShm *pFirst; /* All winShm objects pointing to this */ + winShmNode *pNext; /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 nextShmId; /* Next available winShm.id value */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** A global array of all winShmNode objects. +** +** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list. +*/ +static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0; + +/* +** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an +** open shared memory connection. +** +** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and +** are read-only thereafter: +** +** winShm.pShmNode +** winShm.id +** +** All other fields are read/write. The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held +** while accessing any read/write fields. +*/ +struct winShm { + winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying winShmNode object */ + winShm *pNext; /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */ + u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */ + u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ + u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 id; /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Constants used for locking +*/ +#define WIN_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ +#define WIN_SHM_DMS (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ + +/* +** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst. +*/ +#define _SHM_UNLCK 1 +#define _SHM_RDLCK 2 +#define _SHM_WRLCK 3 +static int winShmSystemLock( + winShmNode *pFile, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ + int lockType, /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, or _SHM_WRLCK */ + int ofst, /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */ + int nByte /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */ +){ + OVERLAPPED ovlp; + DWORD dwFlags; + int rc = 0; /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */ + + /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 ); + + /* Initialize the locking parameters */ + dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY; + if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; + + memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); + ovlp.Offset = ofst; + + /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */ + if( lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ){ + rc = UnlockFileEx(pFile->hFile.h, 0, nByte, 0, &ovlp); + }else{ + rc = LockFileEx(pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, 0, nByte, 0, &ovlp); + } + + if( rc!= 0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } + + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK %d %s %s 0x%08lx\n", + pFile->hFile.h, + rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed", + lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ? "UnlockFileEx" : "LockFileEx", + pFile->lastErrno)); + + return rc; +} + +/* Forward references to VFS methods */ +static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*); +static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int); + +/* +** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0. +** +** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called +** by VFS shared-memory methods. +*/ +static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){ + winShmNode **pp; + winShmNode *p; + BOOL bRc; + assert( winShmMutexHeld() ); + pp = &winShmNodeList; + while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){ + if( p->nRef==0 ){ + int i; + if( p->mutex ) sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); + for(i=0; inRegion; i++){ + bRc = UnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap); + OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid-%d unmap region=%d %s\n", + (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), i, + bRc ? "ok" : "failed")); + bRc = CloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap); + OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid-%d close region=%d %s\n", + (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), i, + bRc ? "ok" : "failed")); + } + if( p->hFile.h != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + } + if( deleteFlag ){ + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + } + *pp = p->pNext; + sqlite3_free(p->aRegion); + sqlite3_free(p); + }else{ + pp = &p->pNext; + } + } +} + +/* +** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd. +** +** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that +** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then +** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared. +*/ +static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){ + struct winShm *p; /* The connection to be opened */ + struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0; /* The underlying mmapped file */ + int rc; /* Result code */ + struct winShmNode *pNew; /* Newly allocated winShmNode */ + int nName; /* Size of zName in bytes */ + + assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); /* Not previously opened */ + + /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object. Also speculatively + ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename. + */ + p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath); + pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 15 ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); + pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1]; + sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath); + sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename); + + /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used. + ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one. + */ + winShmEnterMutex(); + for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){ + /* TBD need to come up with better match here. Perhaps + ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break; + } + if( pShmNode ){ + sqlite3_free(pNew); + }else{ + pShmNode = pNew; + pNew = 0; + ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList; + winShmNodeList = pShmNode; + + pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); + if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto shm_open_err; + } + + rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs, + pShmNode->zFilename, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ + (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile, /* File handle here */ + SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, /* Mode flags */ + 0); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + goto shm_open_err; + } + + /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch. + ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. + */ + if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); + rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); + } + if( rc ) goto shm_open_err; + } + + /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */ + p->pShmNode = pShmNode; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++; +#endif + pShmNode->nRef++; + pDbFd->pShm = p; + winShmLeaveMutex(); + + /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under + ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the + ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is + ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting + ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex + ** mutex. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst; + pShmNode->pFirst = p; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; + + /* Jump here on any error */ +shm_open_err: + winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); + winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */ + sqlite3_free(p); + sqlite3_free(pNew); + winShmLeaveMutex(); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying +** storage if deleteFlag is true. +*/ +static int winShmUnmap( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database holding shared memory */ + int deleteFlag /* Delete after closing if true */ +){ + winFile *pDbFd; /* Database holding shared-memory */ + winShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */ + winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */ + winShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */ + + pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; + p = pDbFd->pShm; + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + pShmNode = p->pShmNode; + + /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated + ** with pShmNode */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){} + *pp = p->pNext; + + /* Free the connection p */ + sqlite3_free(p); + pDbFd->pShm = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + + /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying + ** shared-memory file, too */ + winShmEnterMutex(); + assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 ); + pShmNode->nRef--; + if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){ + winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag); + } + winShmLeaveMutex(); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. +*/ +static int winShmLock( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ + int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ + int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ + int flags /* What to do with the lock */ +){ + winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */ + winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */ + winShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ + winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ + u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ + + assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); + assert( n>=1 ); + assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); + assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); + + mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<1 || mask==(1<mutex); + if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ + u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ + + /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( pX==p ) continue; + assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); + allMask |= pX->sharedMask; + } + + /* Unlock the system-level locks */ + if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ + rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Undo the local locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->exclMask &= ~mask; + p->sharedMask &= ~mask; + } + }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ + u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ + + /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. + ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return + ** SQLITE_BUSY. + */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + break; + } + allShared |= pX->sharedMask; + } + + /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ + rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + /* Get the local shared locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->sharedMask |= mask; + } + }else{ + /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this + ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. + */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + break; + } + } + + /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful + ** also mark the local connection as being locked. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); + p->exclMask |= mask; + } + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x %s\n", + p->id, (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask, + rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. +** +** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before +** any load or store begun after the barrier. +*/ +static void winShmBarrier( + sqlite3_file *fd /* Database holding the shared memory */ +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); + /* MemoryBarrier(); // does not work -- do not know why not */ + winShmEnterMutex(); + winShmLeaveMutex(); +} + +/* +** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the +** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions +** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion +** bytes in size. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. +** +** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory +** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a +** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If +** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet +** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. +** +** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by +** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes +** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped +** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. +*/ +static int winShmMap( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */ + int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ + int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ + int isWrite, /* True to extend file if necessary */ + void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ +){ + winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; + winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; + winShmNode *pShmNode; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( !p ){ + rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + p = pDbFd->pShm; + } + pShmNode = p->pShmNode; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 ); + + if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ + struct ShmRegion *apNew; /* New aRegion[] array */ + int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */ + sqlite3_int64 sz; /* Current size of wal-index file */ + + pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion; + + /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space. + ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is + ** large enough to contain the requested region). + */ + rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath); + goto shmpage_out; + } + + if( szhFile, nByte); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath); + goto shmpage_out; + } + } + + /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */ + apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc( + pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0]) + ); + if( !apNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + goto shmpage_out; + } + pShmNode->aRegion = apNew; + + while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ + HANDLE hMap; /* file-mapping handle */ + void *pMap = 0; /* Mapped memory region */ + + hMap = CreateFileMapping(pShmNode->hFile.h, + NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL + ); + OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP pid-%d create region=%d nbyte=%d %s\n", + (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte, + hMap ? "ok" : "failed")); + if( hMap ){ + int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion; + int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity; + pMap = MapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ, + 0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift + ); + OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP pid-%d map region=%d offset=%d size=%d %s\n", + (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset, szRegion, + pMap ? "ok" : "failed")); + } + if( !pMap ){ + pShmNode->lastErrno = GetLastError(); + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath); + if( hMap ) CloseHandle(hMap); + goto shmpage_out; + } + + pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap; + pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap; + pShmNode->nRegion++; + } + } + +shmpage_out: + if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){ + int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion; + int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity; + char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap; + *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift]; + }else{ + *pp = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + return rc; } +#else +# define winShmMap 0 +# define winShmLock 0 +# define winShmBarrier 0 +# define winShmUnmap 0 +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +/* +** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods. +** +********************** End sqlite3_file Methods ******************************* +******************************************************************************/ + /* ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an ** sqlite3_file for win32. */ static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - winClose, - winRead, - winWrite, - winTruncate, - winSync, - winFileSize, - winLock, - winUnlock, - winCheckReservedLock, - winFileControl, - winSectorSize, - winDeviceCharacteristics + 2, /* iVersion */ + winClose, /* xClose */ + winRead, /* xRead */ + winWrite, /* xWrite */ + winTruncate, /* xTruncate */ + winSync, /* xSync */ + winFileSize, /* xFileSize */ + winLock, /* xLock */ + winUnlock, /* xUnlock */ + winCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */ + winFileControl, /* xFileControl */ + winSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ + winDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ + winShmMap, /* xShmMap */ + winShmLock, /* xShmLock */ + winShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ + winShmUnmap /* xShmUnmap */ }; -/*************************************************************************** -** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object. +/**************************************************************************** +**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods **************************** ** -** The next block of code implements the VFS methods. -****************************************************************************/ +** This division contains the implementation of methods on the +** sqlite3_vfs object. +*/ /* ** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying @@ -29247,11 +33917,11 @@ static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){ void *zConverted = 0; if( isNT() ){ zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. +/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ - zConverted = utf8ToMbcs(zFilename); + zConverted = sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(zFilename); #endif } /* caller will handle out of memory */ @@ -29269,6 +33939,13 @@ static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ "0123456789"; size_t i, j; char zTempPath[MAX_PATH+1]; + + /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just + ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this + ** function failing. + */ + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); + if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory); }else if( isNT() ){ @@ -29282,7 +33959,7 @@ static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ }else{ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. +/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. ** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, ** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. */ @@ -29300,113 +33977,116 @@ static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ } #endif } + + /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file + ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR. + */ + if( (sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath) + sqlite3Strlen30(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 17) >= nBuf ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + for(i=sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){} zTempPath[i] = 0; - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-30, zBuf, + + sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-17, zBuf, "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath); j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); - sqlite3_randomness(20, &zBuf[j]); - for(i=0; i<20; i++, j++){ + sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]); + for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){ zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; } zBuf[j] = 0; - OSTRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf); - return SQLITE_OK; + + OSTRACE(("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf)); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** The return value of getLastErrorMsg -** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero -** otherwise (if the message was truncated). +** Open a file. */ -static int getLastErrorMsg(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure. Otherwise it - ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output - ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char. +static int winOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */ + int flags, /* Open mode flags */ + int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */ +){ + HANDLE h; + DWORD dwDesiredAccess; + DWORD dwShareMode; + DWORD dwCreationDisposition; + DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0; +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + int isTemp = 0; +#endif + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + void *zConverted; /* Filename in OS encoding */ + const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */ + int cnt = 0; + + /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open + ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in. */ - DWORD error = GetLastError(); - DWORD dwLen = 0; - char *zOut = 0; + char zTmpname[MAX_PATH+1]; /* Buffer used to create temp filename */ - if( isNT() ){ - WCHAR *zTempWide = NULL; - dwLen = FormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, - NULL, - error, - 0, - (LPWSTR) &zTempWide, - 0, - 0); - if( dwLen > 0 ){ - /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ - zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTempWide); - /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ - LocalFree(zTempWide); - } -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. -** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, -** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 - }else{ - char *zTemp = NULL; - dwLen = FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, - NULL, - error, - 0, - (LPSTR) &zTemp, - 0, - 0); - if( dwLen > 0 ){ - /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ - zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp); - /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ - LocalFree(zTemp); - } + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE + int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ #endif - } - if( 0 == dwLen ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error); - }else{ - /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */ - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut); - /* free the UTF8 buffer */ - free(zOut); - } - return 0; -} -/* -** Open a file. -*/ -static int winOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */ - int flags, /* Open mode flags */ - int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */ -){ - HANDLE h; - DWORD dwDesiredAccess; - DWORD dwShareMode; - DWORD dwCreationDisposition; - DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0; -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - int isTemp = 0; + int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); + int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); + int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); +#ifndef NDEBUG + int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); #endif - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - void *zConverted; /* Filename in OS encoding */ - const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */ - char zTmpname[MAX_PATH+1]; /* Buffer used to create temp filename */ + int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); + +#ifndef NDEBUG + int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && ( + eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + )); +#endif + + /* Check the following statements are true: + ** + ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and + ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and + ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. + ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. + */ + assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); + assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); + assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); + assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); + + /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never + ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); + + /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ + assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + ); assert( id!=0 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a - ** temporary file name to use + pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + + /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a + ** temporary file name to use */ if( !zUtf8Name ){ - int rc = getTempname(MAX_PATH+1, zTmpname); + assert(isDelete && !isOpenJournal); + rc = getTempname(MAX_PATH+1, zTmpname); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } @@ -29419,29 +34099,31 @@ static int winOpen( return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ + if( isReadWrite ){ dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE; }else{ dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ; } - /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is - ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" + + /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is + ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" ** as it is usually understood. */ - assert(!(flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE)); - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE ){ + if( isExclusive ){ /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */ /* If the file exists, it fails. */ dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW; - }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){ + }else if( isCreate ){ /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */ dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS; }else{ /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */ dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING; } + dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE; - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){ + + if( isDelete ){ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN; isTemp = 1; @@ -29458,55 +34140,68 @@ static int winOpen( #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS; #endif + if( isNT() ){ - h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted, - dwDesiredAccess, - dwShareMode, - NULL, - dwCreationDisposition, - dwFlagsAndAttributes, - NULL - ); -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. + while( (h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted, + dwDesiredAccess, + dwShareMode, NULL, + dwCreationDisposition, + dwFlagsAndAttributes, + NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && + retryIoerr(&cnt) ){} +/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. ** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, ** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ - h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted, - dwDesiredAccess, - dwShareMode, - NULL, - dwCreationDisposition, - dwFlagsAndAttributes, - NULL - ); + while( (h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted, + dwDesiredAccess, + dwShareMode, NULL, + dwCreationDisposition, + dwFlagsAndAttributes, + NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && + retryIoerr(&cnt) ){} #endif } + + logIoerr(cnt); + + OSTRACE(("OPEN %d %s 0x%lx %s\n", + h, zName, dwDesiredAccess, + h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ? "failed" : "ok")); + if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ + pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); + winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, "winOpen", zUtf8Name); free(zConverted); - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ - return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id, - ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE), pOutFlags); + if( isReadWrite ){ + return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id, + ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)), pOutFlags); }else{ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } } + if( pOutFlags ){ - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ + if( isReadWrite ){ *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE; }else{ *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; } } + memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile)); pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod; pFile->h = h; pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR; + pFile->pVfs = pVfs; + pFile->pShm = 0; + pFile->zPath = zName; pFile->sectorSize = getSectorSize(pVfs, zUtf8Name); + #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - if( (flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)) == - (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) + if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB && !winceCreateLock(zName, pFile) ){ CloseHandle(h); @@ -29520,8 +34215,9 @@ static int winOpen( { free(zConverted); } + OpenCounter(+1); - return SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } /* @@ -29536,47 +34232,47 @@ static int winOpen( ** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving ** up and returning an error. */ -#define MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 5 static int winDelete( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */ int syncDir /* Not used on win32 */ ){ int cnt = 0; - DWORD rc; - DWORD error = 0; - void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); + int rc; + void *zConverted; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir); + + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); + zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); if( zConverted==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); if( isNT() ){ - do{ - DeleteFileW(zConverted); - }while( ( ((rc = GetFileAttributesW(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) - || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED)) - && (++cnt < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS) - && (Sleep(100), 1) ); -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. + rc = 1; + while( GetFileAttributesW(zConverted)!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES && + (rc = DeleteFileW(zConverted))==0 && retryIoerr(&cnt) ){} + rc = rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_ERROR; +/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. ** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, ** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ - do{ - DeleteFileA(zConverted); - }while( ( ((rc = GetFileAttributesA(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) - || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED)) - && (++cnt < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS) - && (Sleep(100), 1) ); + rc = 1; + while( GetFileAttributesA(zConverted)!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES && + (rc = DeleteFileA(zConverted))==0 && retryIoerr(&cnt) ){} + rc = rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_ERROR; #endif } + if( rc ){ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "winDelete", zFilename); + }else{ + logIoerr(cnt); + } free(zConverted); - OSTRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename); - return ( (rc == INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) - && (error == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE; + OSTRACE(("DELETE \"%s\" %s\n", zFilename, (rc ? "failed" : "ok" ))); + return rc; } /* @@ -29590,14 +34286,43 @@ static int winAccess( ){ DWORD attr; int rc = 0; - void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); + void *zConverted; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); + zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); if( zConverted==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } if( isNT() ){ - attr = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted); -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. + int cnt = 0; + WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; + memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); + while( !(rc = GetFileAttributesExW((WCHAR*)zConverted, + GetFileExInfoStandard, + &sAttrData)) && retryIoerr(&cnt) ){} + if( rc ){ + /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file + ** as if it does not exist. + */ + if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS + && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0 + && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){ + attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; + }else{ + attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; + } + }else{ + logIoerr(cnt); + if( GetLastError()!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND ){ + winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, "winAccess", zFilename); + free(zConverted); + return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; + }else{ + attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; + } + } +/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. ** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, ** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. */ @@ -29613,7 +34338,8 @@ static int winAccess( rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; break; case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: - rc = (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0; + rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES && + (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0; break; default: assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); @@ -29634,14 +34360,16 @@ static int winFullPathname( int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ char *zFull /* Output buffer */ ){ - + #if defined(__CYGWIN__) + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull); cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull); return SQLITE_OK; #endif #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull); /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */ sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zRelative); @@ -29652,6 +34380,20 @@ static int winFullPathname( int nByte; void *zConverted; char *zOut; + + /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic + ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname. + */ + if( zRelative[0]=='/' && sqlite3Isalpha(zRelative[1]) && zRelative[2]==':' ){ + zRelative++; + } + + /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just + ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this + ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the + ** current working directory has been unlinked. + */ + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull); zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative); if( isNT() ){ @@ -29666,7 +34408,7 @@ static int winFullPathname( free(zConverted); zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp); free(zTemp); -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. +/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. ** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, ** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. */ @@ -29719,7 +34461,9 @@ static int getSectorSize( ** to get the drive letter to look up the sector ** size. */ + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); rc = winFullPathname(pVfs, zRelative, MAX_PATH, zFullpath); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); if( rc == SQLITE_OK ) { void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFullpath); @@ -29760,7 +34504,7 @@ static int getSectorSize( } } #endif - return (int) bytesPerSector; + return (int) bytesPerSector; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION @@ -29781,7 +34525,7 @@ static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){ } if( isNT() ){ h = LoadLibraryW((WCHAR*)zConverted); -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. +/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. ** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, ** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. */ @@ -29867,36 +34611,34 @@ static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){ } /* -** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result -** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing. +** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as +** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of +** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */ #endif /* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the -** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and -** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow +** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In +** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian +** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the +** proleptic Gregorian calendar. +** +** On success, return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. */ -int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){ - FILETIME ft; - /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of - 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). +static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ + /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of + 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). */ - sqlite3_int64 timeW; /* Whole days */ - sqlite3_int64 timeF; /* Fractional Days */ - - /* Number of 100-nanosecond intervals in a single day */ - static const sqlite3_int64 ntuPerDay = - 10000000*(sqlite3_int64)86400; - - /* Number of 100-nanosecond intervals in half of a day */ - static const sqlite3_int64 ntuPerHalfDay = - 10000000*(sqlite3_int64)43200; - + FILETIME ft; + static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; +#endif /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */ - static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue = + static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue = (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)294967296; #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE @@ -29909,24 +34651,36 @@ int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){ #else GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft ); #endif - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - timeW = (((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) + (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime; - timeF = timeW % ntuPerDay; /* fractional days (100-nanoseconds) */ - timeW = timeW / ntuPerDay; /* whole days */ - timeW = timeW + 2305813; /* add whole days (from 2305813.5) */ - timeF = timeF + ntuPerHalfDay; /* add half a day (from 2305813.5) */ - timeW = timeW + (timeF/ntuPerDay); /* add whole day if half day made one */ - timeF = timeF % ntuPerDay; /* compute new fractional days */ - *prNow = (double)timeW + ((double)timeF / (double)ntuPerDay); + + *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch + + ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) + + (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000; + #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - *prNow = ((double)sqlite3_current_time + (double)43200) / (double)86400 + (double)2440587; + *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; } #endif + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); return 0; } /* +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the +** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and +** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. +*/ +int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){ + int rc; + sqlite3_int64 i; + rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i); + if( !rc ){ + *prNow = i/86400000.0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* ** The idea is that this function works like a combination of ** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on windows (or errno and ** strerror_r() on unix). After an error is returned by an OS @@ -29961,36 +34715,48 @@ static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ return getLastErrorMsg(nBuf, zBuf); } + + /* ** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ - MAX_PATH, /* mxPathname */ - 0, /* pNext */ - "win32", /* zName */ - 0, /* pAppData */ - - winOpen, /* xOpen */ - winDelete, /* xDelete */ - winAccess, /* xAccess */ - winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ - winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ - winDlError, /* xDlError */ - winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ - winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ - winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ - winSleep, /* xSleep */ - winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ - winGetLastError /* xGetLastError */ + 3, /* iVersion */ + sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ + MAX_PATH, /* mxPathname */ + 0, /* pNext */ + "win32", /* zName */ + 0, /* pAppData */ + winOpen, /* xOpen */ + winDelete, /* xDelete */ + winAccess, /* xAccess */ + winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ + winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ + winDlError, /* xDlError */ + winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ + winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ + winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ + winSleep, /* xSleep */ + winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ + winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ + winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ + 0, /* xSetSystemCall */ + 0, /* xGetSystemCall */ + 0, /* xNextSystemCall */ }; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + /* get memory map allocation granularity */ + memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO)); + GetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo); + assert(winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity > 0); +#endif + sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1); - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; } -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -30017,8 +34783,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ ** property. Usually only a few pages are meet either condition. ** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality. ** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most -** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases, -** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs +** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases, +** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs ** to handle both cases well. ** ** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created. @@ -30036,14 +34802,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ */ /* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */ -#define BITVEC_SZ (sizeof(void*)*128) /* 512 on 32bit. 1024 on 64bit */ +#define BITVEC_SZ 512 -/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how +/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how ** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */ #define BITVEC_USIZE (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*)) -/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. -** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. +/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. +** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. ** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve ** performance. */ #define BITVEC_TELEM u8 @@ -30056,12 +34822,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ /* Number of u32 values in hash table. */ #define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32)) -/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before +/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before ** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ #define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2) /* Hashing function for the aHash representation. -** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier -** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided +** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier +** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided ** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */ #define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT) @@ -30107,7 +34873,7 @@ struct Bitvec { /* ** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize, -** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if +** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if ** malloc fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){ @@ -30361,7 +35127,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){ break; } case 3: - case 4: + case 4: default: { nx = 2; sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i); @@ -30546,17 +35312,21 @@ static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){ /*************************************************** General Interfaces ****** ** -** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these +** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these ** functions are threadsafe. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the + ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined + ** page cache. */ sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); } return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.pArg); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xShutdown ){ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.pArg); } } @@ -30568,8 +35338,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); } /* ** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object -** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. -** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by +** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. +** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by ** calling sqlite3PcacheSize(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen( @@ -30642,14 +35412,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch( if( !pPage && eCreate==1 ){ PgHdr *pPg; - /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a + /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC - ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other + ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other ** unreferenced dirty page. */ expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) ); - for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; - pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); + for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; + pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev ); pCache->pSynced = pPg; @@ -30658,6 +35428,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch( } if( pPg ){ int rc; +#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, + "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d", + pPg->pgno, pgno, + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache), + pCache->nMax); +#endif rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ return rc; @@ -30669,15 +35446,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch( if( pPage ){ if( !pPage->pData ){ - memset(pPage, 0, sizeof(PgHdr) + pCache->szExtra); - pPage->pExtra = (void*)&pPage[1]; - pPage->pData = (void *)&((char *)pPage)[sizeof(PgHdr) + pCache->szExtra]; + memset(pPage, 0, sizeof(PgHdr)); + pPage->pData = (void *)&pPage[1]; + pPage->pExtra = (void*)&((char *)pPage->pData)[pCache->szPage]; + memset(pPage->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra); pPage->pCache = pCache; pPage->pgno = pgno; } assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); assert( pPage->pgno==pgno ); - assert( pPage->pExtra==(void *)&pPage[1] ); + assert( pPage->pData==(void *)&pPage[1] ); + assert( pPage->pExtra==(void *)&((char *)&pPage[1])[pCache->szPage] ); if( 0==pPage->nRef ){ pCache->nRef++; @@ -30787,7 +35566,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){ } /* -** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. +** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){ PCache *pCache = p->pCache; @@ -30816,7 +35595,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){ PgHdr *pNext; for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){ pNext = p->pDirtyNext; - if( p->pgno>pgno ){ + /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right + ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(). So if there are dirty pages, + ** it must be that pgno==0. + */ + assert( p->pgno>0 ); + if( ALWAYS(p->pgno>pgno) ){ assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p); } @@ -30838,7 +35622,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){ } } -/* +/* ** Discard the contents of the cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){ @@ -30926,7 +35710,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){ return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty); } -/* +/* ** Return the total number of referenced pages held by the cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){ @@ -30940,7 +35724,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){ return p->nRef; } -/* +/* ** Return the total number of pages in the cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){ @@ -31009,24 +35793,123 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHd typedef struct PCache1 PCache1; typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1; typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot; +typedef struct PGroup PGroup; + +typedef struct PGroupBlock PGroupBlock; +typedef struct PGroupBlockList PGroupBlockList; + +/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set +** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each others unpinned +** pages when they are under memory pressure. A PGroup is an instance of +** the following object. +** +** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes: +** +** (1) Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup. There is +** one PGroup per PCache. +** +** (2) There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member +** of. +** +** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob +** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex, +** and is therefore often faster. Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be +** threadsafe, but is able recycle pages more efficient. +** +** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL. For mode (2) there is only a single +** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is +** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU. +*/ +struct PGroup { + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */ + int nMaxPage; /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */ + int nMinPage; /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */ + int mxPinned; /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */ + int nCurrentPage; /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */ + PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail; /* LRU list of unpinned pages */ +#ifdef SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC + int isBusy; /* Do not run ReleaseMemory() if true */ + PGroupBlockList *pBlockList; /* List of block-lists for this group */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** If SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC is defined when the library is built, +** each PGroup structure has a linked list of the the following starting +** at PGroup.pBlockList. There is one entry for each distinct page-size +** currently used by members of the PGroup (i.e. 1024 bytes, 4096 bytes +** etc.). Variable PGroupBlockList.nByte is set to the actual allocation +** size requested by each pcache, which is the database page-size plus +** the various header structures used by the pcache, pager and btree layers. +** Usually around (pgsz+200) bytes. +** +** This size (pgsz+200) bytes is not allocated efficiently by some +** implementations of malloc. In particular, some implementations are only +** able to allocate blocks of memory chunks of 2^N bytes, where N is some +** integer value. Since the page-size is a power of 2, this means we +** end up wasting (pgsz-200) bytes in each allocation. +** +** If SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC is defined, the (pgsz+200) byte blocks +** are not allocated directly. Instead, blocks of roughly M*(pgsz+200) bytes +** are requested from malloc allocator. After a block is returned, +** sqlite3MallocSize() is used to determine how many (pgsz+200) byte +** allocations can fit in the space returned by malloc(). This value may +** be more than M. +** +** The blocks are stored in a doubly-linked list. Variable PGroupBlock.nEntry +** contains the number of allocations that will fit in the aData[] space. +** nEntry is limited to the number of bits in bitmask mUsed. If a slot +** within aData is in use, the corresponding bit in mUsed is set. Thus +** when (mUsed+1==(1 << nEntry)) the block is completely full. +** +** Each time a slot within a block is freed, the block is moved to the start +** of the linked-list. And if a block becomes completely full, then it is +** moved to the end of the list. As a result, when searching for a free +** slot, only the first block in the list need be examined. If it is full, +** then it is guaranteed that all blocks are full. +*/ +struct PGroupBlockList { + int nByte; /* Size of each allocation in bytes */ + PGroupBlock *pFirst; /* First PGroupBlock in list */ + PGroupBlock *pLast; /* Last PGroupBlock in list */ + PGroupBlockList *pNext; /* Next block-list attached to group */ +}; + +struct PGroupBlock { + Bitmask mUsed; /* Mask of used slots */ + int nEntry; /* Maximum number of allocations in aData[] */ + u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data block */ + PGroupBlock *pNext; /* Next PGroupBlock in list */ + PGroupBlock *pPrev; /* Previous PGroupBlock in list */ + PGroupBlockList *pList; /* Owner list */ +}; + +/* Minimum value for PGroupBlock.nEntry */ +#define PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC_MINENTRY 15 -/* Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as -** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles +/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object. Every +** open database file (including each in-memory database and each +** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which +** is an instance of this object. +** +** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as +** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles. */ struct PCache1 { /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable - ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be + ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1CacheSize() method. - ** The global mutex must be held when accessing nMax. + ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax. */ + PGroup *pGroup; /* PGroup this cache belongs to */ int szPage; /* Size of allocated pages in bytes */ int bPurgeable; /* True if cache is purgeable */ unsigned int nMin; /* Minimum number of pages reserved */ unsigned int nMax; /* Configured "cache_size" value */ + unsigned int n90pct; /* nMax*9/10 */ /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed - ** when the accessor is holding the global mutex (see pcache1EnterMutex() - ** and pcache1LeaveMutex()). + ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex. */ unsigned int nRecyclable; /* Number of pages in the LRU list */ unsigned int nPage; /* Total number of pages in apHash */ @@ -31037,9 +35920,9 @@ struct PCache1 { }; /* -** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following -** structure. A buffer of PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated -** directly before this structure in memory (see the PGHDR1_TO_PAGE() +** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following +** structure. A buffer of PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated +** directly before this structure in memory (see the PGHDR1_TO_PAGE() ** macro below). */ struct PgHdr1 { @@ -31062,18 +35945,27 @@ struct PgFreeslot { ** Global data used by this cache. */ static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal { - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* static mutex MUTEX_STATIC_LRU */ - - int nMaxPage; /* Sum of nMaxPage for purgeable caches */ - int nMinPage; /* Sum of nMinPage for purgeable caches */ - int nCurrentPage; /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */ - PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail; /* LRU list of unpinned pages */ - - /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. */ - int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */ - void *pStart, *pEnd; /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */ - PgFreeslot *pFree; /* Free page blocks */ - int isInit; /* True if initialized */ + PGroup grp; /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */ + + /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. The + ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all + ** fixed at sqlite3_initialize() time and do not require mutex protection. + ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection. + */ + int isInit; /* True if initialized */ + int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */ + int nSlot; /* The number of pcache slots */ + int nReserve; /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */ + void *pStart, *pEnd; /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */ + /* Above requires no mutex. Use mutex below for variable that follow. */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex for accessing the following: */ + int nFreeSlot; /* Number of unused pcache slots */ + PgFreeslot *pFree; /* Free page blocks */ + /* The following value requires a mutex to change. We skip the mutex on + ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and + ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this + ** is really just an optimization. */ + int bUnderPressure; /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */ } pcache1_g; /* @@ -31099,27 +35991,44 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal { #define PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(c, p) (PgHdr1*)(((char*)p) + c->szPage) /* -** Macros to enter and leave the global LRU mutex. +** Blocks used by the SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC blocks to store/retrieve +** a PGroupBlock pointer based on a pointer to a page buffer. */ -#define pcache1EnterMutex() sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex) -#define pcache1LeaveMutex() sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex) +#define PAGE_SET_BLOCKPTR(pCache, pPg, pBlock) \ + ( *(PGroupBlock **)&(((u8*)pPg)[sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage]) = pBlock ) + +#define PAGE_GET_BLOCKPTR(pCache, pPg) \ + ( *(PGroupBlock **)&(((u8*)pPg)[sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage]) ) + + +/* +** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex. +*/ +#define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex) +#define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex) /******************************************************************************/ /******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/ /* -** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is +** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is ** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE ** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large ** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each. +** +** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed +** to be serialized already. There is no need for further mutexing. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){ if( pcache1.isInit ){ PgFreeslot *p; sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); pcache1.szSlot = sz; + pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n; + pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1); pcache1.pStart = pBuf; pcache1.pFree = 0; + pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0; while( n-- ){ p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf; p->pNext = pcache1.pFree; @@ -31132,34 +36041,41 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){ /* ** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer -** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no -** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls +** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no +** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls ** back to sqlite3Malloc(). +** +** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time. Global variables +** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex. */ static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){ - void *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) ); - if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot && pcache1.pFree ){ - assert( pcache1.isInit ); + void *p = 0; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) ); + sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte); + if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree; - pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext; - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1); - }else{ - - /* Allocate a new buffer using sqlite3Malloc. Before doing so, exit the - ** global pcache mutex and unlock the pager-cache object pCache. This is - ** so that if the attempt to allocate a new buffer causes the the - ** configured soft-heap-limit to be breached, it will be possible to - ** reclaim memory from this pager-cache. + if( p ){ + pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext; + pcache1.nFreeSlot--; + pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot=0 ); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); + } + if( p==0 ){ + /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool. Get + ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead. */ - pcache1LeaveMutex(); p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte); - pcache1EnterMutex(); if( p ){ int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); } + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE); } return p; } @@ -31168,36 +36084,197 @@ static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){ ** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc(). */ static void pcache1Free(void *p){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) ); if( p==0 ) return; if( p>=pcache1.pStart && ppNext = pcache1.pFree; pcache1.pFree = pSlot; + pcache1.nFreeSlot++; + pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot=pcache1.pStart && ppPrev = 0; + pBlock->pNext = pList->pFirst; + pList->pFirst = pBlock; + if( pBlock->pNext ){ + pBlock->pNext->pPrev = pBlock; + }else{ + assert( pList->pLast==0 ); + pList->pLast = pBlock; + } +} + +/* +** If there are no blocks in the list headed by pList, remove pList +** from the pGroup->pBlockList list and free it with sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static void freeListIfEmpty(PGroup *pGroup, PGroupBlockList *pList){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) ); + if( pList->pFirst==0 ){ + PGroupBlockList **pp; + for(pp=&pGroup->pBlockList; *pp!=pList; pp=&(*pp)->pNext); + *pp = (*pp)->pNext; + sqlite3_free(pList); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC */ + /* ** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache. */ static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache){ int nByte = sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage; - void *pPg = pcache1Alloc(nByte); + void *pPg = 0; PgHdr1 *p; + +#ifdef SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC + PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + PGroupBlockList *pList; + PGroupBlock *pBlock; + int i; + + nByte += sizeof(PGroupBlockList *); + nByte = ROUND8(nByte); + + for(pList=pGroup->pBlockList; pList; pList=pList->pNext){ + if( pList->nByte==nByte ) break; + } + if( pList==0 ){ + PGroupBlockList *pNew; + assert( pGroup->isBusy==0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) ); + pGroup->isBusy = 1; /* Disable sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory() */ + pNew = (PGroupBlockList *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PGroupBlockList)); + pGroup->isBusy = 0; /* Reenable sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory() */ + if( pNew==0 ){ + /* malloc() failure. Return early. */ + return 0; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + for(pList=pGroup->pBlockList; pList; pList=pList->pNext){ + assert( pList->nByte!=nByte ); + } +#endif + pNew->nByte = nByte; + pNew->pNext = pGroup->pBlockList; + pGroup->pBlockList = pNew; + pList = pNew; + } + + pBlock = pList->pFirst; + if( pBlock==0 || pBlock->mUsed==(((Bitmask)1<nEntry)-1) ){ + int sz; + + /* Allocate a new block. Try to allocate enough space for the PGroupBlock + ** structure and MINENTRY allocations of nByte bytes each. If the + ** allocator returns more memory than requested, then more than MINENTRY + ** allocations may fit in it. */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) ); + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); + sz = sizeof(PGroupBlock) + PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC_MINENTRY * nByte; + pBlock = (PGroupBlock *)sqlite3Malloc(sz); + pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); + + if( !pBlock ){ + freeListIfEmpty(pGroup, pList); + return 0; + } + pBlock->nEntry = (sqlite3MallocSize(pBlock) - sizeof(PGroupBlock)) / nByte; + if( pBlock->nEntry>=BMS ){ + pBlock->nEntry = BMS-1; + } + pBlock->pList = pList; + pBlock->mUsed = 0; + pBlock->aData = (u8 *)&pBlock[1]; + addBlockToList(pList, pBlock); + + sz = sqlite3MallocSize(pBlock); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); + } + + for(i=0; pPg==0 && ALWAYS(inEntry); i++){ + if( 0==(pBlock->mUsed & ((Bitmask)1<mUsed |= ((Bitmask)1<aData[pList->nByte * i]; + } + } + assert( pPg ); + PAGE_SET_BLOCKPTR(pCache, pPg, pBlock); + + /* If the block is now full, shift it to the end of the list */ + if( pBlock->mUsed==(((Bitmask)1<nEntry)-1) && pList->pLast!=pBlock ){ + assert( pList->pFirst==pBlock ); + assert( pBlock->pPrev==0 ); + assert( pList->pLast->pNext==0 ); + pList->pFirst = pBlock->pNext; + pList->pFirst->pPrev = 0; + pBlock->pPrev = pList->pLast; + pBlock->pNext = 0; + pList->pLast->pNext = pBlock; + pList->pLast = pBlock; + } + p = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, pPg); + if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ + pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++; + } +#else + /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This + ** is because it may call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that + ** this mutex is not held. */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); + pPg = pcache1Alloc(nByte); + pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); if( pPg ){ p = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, pPg); if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ - pcache1.nCurrentPage++; + pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++; } }else{ p = 0; } +#endif return p; } @@ -31210,10 +36287,53 @@ static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache){ */ static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){ if( ALWAYS(p) ){ - if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){ - pcache1.nCurrentPage--; + PCache1 *pCache = p->pCache; + void *pPg = PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p); + +#ifdef SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC + PGroupBlock *pBlock = PAGE_GET_BLOCKPTR(pCache, pPg); + PGroupBlockList *pList = pBlock->pList; + int i = ((u8 *)pPg - pBlock->aData) / pList->nByte; + + assert( pPg==(void *)&pBlock->aData[i*pList->nByte] ); + assert( pBlock->mUsed & ((Bitmask)1<mUsed &= ~((Bitmask)1<pFirst==pBlock ){ + pList->pFirst = pBlock->pNext; + if( pList->pFirst ) pList->pFirst->pPrev = 0; + }else{ + pBlock->pPrev->pNext = pBlock->pNext; + } + if( pList->pLast==pBlock ){ + pList->pLast = pBlock->pPrev; + if( pList->pLast ) pList->pLast->pNext = 0; + }else{ + pBlock->pNext->pPrev = pBlock->pPrev; + } + + if( pBlock->mUsed==0 ){ + PGroup *pGroup = p->pCache->pGroup; + + int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(pBlock); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -sz); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); + freeListIfEmpty(pGroup, pList); + sqlite3_free(pBlock); + }else{ + addBlockToList(pList, pBlock); + } +#else + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); + pcache1Free(pPg); +#endif + if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ + pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--; } - pcache1Free(PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p)); } } @@ -31223,20 +36343,39 @@ static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){ ** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){ - void *p; - pcache1EnterMutex(); - p = pcache1Alloc(sz); - pcache1LeaveMutex(); - return p; + return pcache1Alloc(sz); } /* ** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){ - pcache1EnterMutex(); pcache1Free(p); - pcache1LeaveMutex(); +} + + +/* +** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache +** entry. +** +** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using +** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then +** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because +** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient +** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the +** allocation onto the heap. +** +** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory put the heap is +** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid +** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing +** the heap even further. +*/ +static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){ + if( pcache1.nSlot && pCache->szPage<=pcache1.szSlot ){ + return pcache1.bUnderPressure; + }else{ + return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(); + } } /******************************************************************************/ @@ -31246,25 +36385,25 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){ ** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed ** as the first argument. ** -** The global mutex must be held when this function is called. +** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. */ static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){ PgHdr1 **apNew; unsigned int nNew; unsigned int i; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) ); nNew = p->nHash*2; if( nNew<256 ){ nNew = 256; } - pcache1LeaveMutex(); + pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup); if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); } apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew); if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } - pcache1EnterMutex(); + pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup); if( apNew ){ memset(apNew, 0, sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew); for(i=0; inHash; i++){ @@ -31286,26 +36425,34 @@ static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){ } /* -** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the -** global LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the global +** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the +** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup ** LRU list, then this function is a no-op. ** -** The global mutex must be held when this function is called. +** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called. +** +** If pPage is NULL then this routine is a no-op. */ static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) ); - if( pPage && (pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pcache1.pLruTail) ){ + PCache1 *pCache; + PGroup *pGroup; + + if( pPage==0 ) return; + pCache = pPage->pCache; + pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) ); + if( pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pGroup->pLruTail ){ if( pPage->pLruPrev ){ pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext; } if( pPage->pLruNext ){ pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev; } - if( pcache1.pLruHead==pPage ){ - pcache1.pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext; + if( pGroup->pLruHead==pPage ){ + pGroup->pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext; } - if( pcache1.pLruTail==pPage ){ - pcache1.pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev; + if( pGroup->pLruTail==pPage ){ + pGroup->pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev; } pPage->pLruNext = 0; pPage->pLruPrev = 0; @@ -31315,16 +36462,17 @@ static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){ /* -** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table +** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table ** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in. ** -** The global mutex must be held when this function is called. +** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called. */ static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){ unsigned int h; PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache; PgHdr1 **pp; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash; for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext); *pp = (*pp)->pNext; @@ -31333,13 +36481,14 @@ static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){ } /* -** If there are currently more than pcache.nMaxPage pages allocated, try -** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to pcache.nMaxPage. +** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try +** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage. */ -static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(void){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) ); - while( pcache1.nCurrentPage>pcache1.nMaxPage && pcache1.pLruTail ){ - PgHdr1 *p = pcache1.pLruTail; +static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PGroup *pGroup){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) ); + while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage && pGroup->pLruTail ){ + PgHdr1 *p = pGroup->pLruTail; + assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup ); pcache1PinPage(p); pcache1RemoveFromHash(p); pcache1FreePage(p); @@ -31347,21 +36496,21 @@ static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(void){ } /* -** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) -** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this +** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) +** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this ** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded. ** -** The global mutex must be held when this function is called. +** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. */ static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe( - PCache1 *pCache, - unsigned int iLimit + PCache1 *pCache, /* The cache to truncate */ + unsigned int iLimit /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */ ){ - TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; ) /* Used to assert pCache->nPage is correct */ + TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; ) /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */ unsigned int h; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); for(h=0; hnHash; h++){ - PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; + PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; PgHdr1 *pPage; while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){ if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){ @@ -31389,15 +36538,17 @@ static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){ assert( pcache1.isInit==0 ); memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1)); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU); + pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU); + pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM); } + pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10; pcache1.isInit = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method. -** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does +** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does ** not need to be freed. */ static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ @@ -31412,58 +36563,91 @@ static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ ** Allocate a new cache. */ static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int bPurgeable){ - PCache1 *pCache; + PCache1 *pCache; /* The newly created page cache */ + PGroup *pGroup; /* The group the new page cache will belong to */ + int sz; /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */ - pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PCache1)); + /* + ** The seperateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own private + ** PGroup. In other words, separateCache is true for mode (1) where no + ** mutexing is required. + ** + ** * Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + ** + ** * Always use a unified cache in single-threaded applications + ** + ** * Otherwise (if multi-threaded and ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is off) + ** use separate caches (mode-1) + */ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 + const int separateCache = 0; +#else + int separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0; +#endif + + sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*separateCache; + pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3_malloc(sz); if( pCache ){ - memset(pCache, 0, sizeof(PCache1)); + memset(pCache, 0, sz); + if( separateCache ){ + pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1]; + pGroup->mxPinned = 10; + }else{ + pGroup = &pcache1.grp; + } + pCache->pGroup = pGroup; pCache->szPage = szPage; pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0); if( bPurgeable ){ pCache->nMin = 10; - pcache1EnterMutex(); - pcache1.nMinPage += pCache->nMin; - pcache1LeaveMutex(); + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); + pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin; + pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; + pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); } } return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache; } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. ** ** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache. */ static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ - pcache1EnterMutex(); - pcache1.nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax); + PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); + pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax); + pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; pCache->nMax = nMax; - pcache1EnforceMaxPage(); - pcache1LeaveMutex(); + pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10; + pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup); + pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); } } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. */ static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){ int n; - pcache1EnterMutex(); - n = ((PCache1 *)p)->nPage; - pcache1LeaveMutex(); + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p; + pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); + n = pCache->nPage; + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); return n; } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. ** ** Fetch a page by key value. ** ** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on ** the value of the createFlag argument. 0 means do not allocate a new -** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2 +** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2 ** means to try really hard to allocate a new page. ** ** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory @@ -31474,62 +36658,87 @@ static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){ ** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page, ** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2). ** -** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a +** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a ** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned. ** ** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is ** returned. ** -** 3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, -** and if either of the following are true, return NULL: +** 3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then +** return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following +** conditions are true: ** ** (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than ** PCache1.nMax, or +** ** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than -** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of -** nMin for all other purgeable caches. +** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of +** nMin for all other purgeable caches, or ** ** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked ** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true: ** -** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already +** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already ** PCache1.nMax, or ** ** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is ** already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all ** purgeable caches, ** +** (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid +** unnecessary pages cache entry allocations +** ** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right ** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and -** proceed to step 5. +** proceed to step 5. ** ** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer. */ static void *pcache1Fetch(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iKey, int createFlag){ - unsigned int nPinned; + int nPinned; PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; + PGroup *pGroup; PgHdr1 *pPage = 0; assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 ); - pcache1EnterMutex(); - if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 ); + assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 ); + assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable ); + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup = pCache->pGroup); - /* Search the hash table for an existing entry. */ + /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */ if( pCache->nHash>0 ){ unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash; for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext); } + /* Step 2: Abort if no existing page is found and createFlag is 0 */ if( pPage || createFlag==0 ){ pcache1PinPage(pPage); goto fetch_out; } - /* Step 3 of header comment. */ + /* The pGroup local variable will normally be initialized by the + ** pcache1EnterMutex() macro above. But if SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT is defined, + ** then pcache1EnterMutex() is a no-op, so we have to initialize the + ** local variable here. Delaying the initialization of pGroup is an + ** optimization: The common case is to exit the module before reaching + ** this point. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT + pGroup = pCache->pGroup; +#endif + + + /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */ nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable; + assert( nPinned>=0 ); + assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage ); + assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 ); if( createFlag==1 && ( - nPinned>=(pcache1.nMaxPage+pCache->nMin-pcache1.nMinPage) - || nPinned>=(pCache->nMax * 9 / 10) + nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned + || nPinned>=(int)pCache->n90pct + || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache) )){ goto fetch_out; } @@ -31538,26 +36747,32 @@ static void *pcache1Fetch(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iKey, int createFlag){ goto fetch_out; } - /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page buffer if appropriate. */ - if( pCache->bPurgeable && pcache1.pLruTail && ( - (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax) || pcache1.nCurrentPage>=pcache1.nMaxPage + /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */ + if( pCache->bPurgeable && pGroup->pLruTail && ( + (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax) + || pGroup->nCurrentPage>=pGroup->nMaxPage + || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache) )){ - pPage = pcache1.pLruTail; + PCache1 *pOtherCache; + pPage = pGroup->pLruTail; pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage); pcache1PinPage(pPage); - if( pPage->pCache->szPage!=pCache->szPage ){ + if( (pOtherCache = pPage->pCache)->szPage!=pCache->szPage ){ pcache1FreePage(pPage); pPage = 0; }else{ - pcache1.nCurrentPage -= (pPage->pCache->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable); + pGroup->nCurrentPage -= + (pOtherCache->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable); } } - /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, - ** attempt to allocate a new one. + /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, + ** attempt to allocate a new one. */ if( !pPage ){ + if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache); + if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } if( pPage ){ @@ -31576,8 +36791,7 @@ fetch_out: if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){ pCache->iMaxKey = iKey; } - if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - pcache1LeaveMutex(); + pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); return (pPage ? PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(pPage) : 0); } @@ -31590,41 +36804,38 @@ fetch_out: static void pcache1Unpin(sqlite3_pcache *p, void *pPg, int reuseUnlikely){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; PgHdr1 *pPage = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, pPg); - + PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); - pcache1EnterMutex(); + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); - /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already - ** part of the global LRU list. + /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already + ** part of the PGroup LRU list. */ assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 ); - assert( pcache1.pLruHead!=pPage && pcache1.pLruTail!=pPage ); + assert( pGroup->pLruHead!=pPage && pGroup->pLruTail!=pPage ); - if( reuseUnlikely || pcache1.nCurrentPage>pcache1.nMaxPage ){ + if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){ pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage); pcache1FreePage(pPage); }else{ - /* Add the page to the global LRU list. Normally, the page is added to - ** the head of the list (last page to be recycled). However, if the - ** reuseUnlikely flag passed to this function is true, the page is added - ** to the tail of the list (first page to be recycled). - */ - if( pcache1.pLruHead ){ - pcache1.pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage; - pPage->pLruNext = pcache1.pLruHead; - pcache1.pLruHead = pPage; + /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */ + if( pGroup->pLruHead ){ + pGroup->pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage; + pPage->pLruNext = pGroup->pLruHead; + pGroup->pLruHead = pPage; }else{ - pcache1.pLruTail = pPage; - pcache1.pLruHead = pPage; + pGroup->pLruTail = pPage; + pGroup->pLruHead = pPage; } pCache->nRecyclable++; } - pcache1LeaveMutex(); + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. */ static void pcache1Rekey( sqlite3_pcache *p, @@ -31635,11 +36846,11 @@ static void pcache1Rekey( PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; PgHdr1 *pPage = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, pPg); PgHdr1 **pp; - unsigned int h; + unsigned int h; assert( pPage->iKey==iOld ); assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); - pcache1EnterMutex(); + pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); h = iOld%pCache->nHash; pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; @@ -31656,11 +36867,11 @@ static void pcache1Rekey( pCache->iMaxKey = iNew; } - pcache1LeaveMutex(); + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. ** ** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to ** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number @@ -31668,27 +36879,30 @@ static void pcache1Rekey( */ static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - pcache1EnterMutex(); + pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){ pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit); pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1; } - pcache1LeaveMutex(); + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. ** ** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create(). */ static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - pcache1EnterMutex(); + PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) ); + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0); - pcache1.nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax; - pcache1.nMinPage -= pCache->nMin; - pcache1EnforceMaxPage(); - pcache1LeaveMutex(); + pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax; + pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin; + pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; + pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup); + pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash); sqlite3_free(pCache); } @@ -31699,7 +36913,7 @@ static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){ ** already provided an alternative. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){ - static sqlite3_pcache_methods defaultMethods = { + static const sqlite3_pcache_methods defaultMethods = { 0, /* pArg */ pcache1Init, /* xInit */ pcache1Shutdown, /* xShutdown */ @@ -31722,21 +36936,26 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){ ** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed. ** ** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has -** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number +** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number ** of bytes of memory released. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){ int nFree = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC + if( pcache1.grp.isBusy ) return 0; +#endif + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) ); if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){ PgHdr1 *p; - pcache1EnterMutex(); - while( (nReq<0 || nFreepLruNext){ + for(p=pcache1.grp.pLruHead; p; p=p->pLruNext){ nRecyclable++; } - *pnCurrent = pcache1.nCurrentPage; - *pnMax = pcache1.nMaxPage; - *pnMin = pcache1.nMinPage; + *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage; + *pnMax = pcache1.grp.nMaxPage; + *pnMin = pcache1.grp.nMinPage; *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable; } #endif @@ -31804,7 +37023,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats( ** extracts the least value from the RowSet. ** ** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory. Memory is -** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an +** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an ** upper bound on the size of allocated memory. No memory is freed ** until DESTROY. ** @@ -31845,7 +37064,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats( /* ** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object. */ -struct RowSetEntry { +struct RowSetEntry { i64 v; /* ROWID value for this entry */ struct RowSetEntry *pRight; /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */ struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */ @@ -31887,7 +37106,7 @@ struct RowSet { ** ** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset. If not ** an assertion fault occurs. -** +** ** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial ** allocation of entries available to be filled. */ @@ -31967,7 +37186,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){ /* ** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects. Remove duplicates. ** -** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are +** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are ** assumed to each already be in sorted order. */ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetMerge( @@ -32005,7 +37224,7 @@ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetMerge( /* ** Sort all elements on the pEntry list of the RowSet into ascending order. -*/ +*/ static void rowSetSort(RowSet *p){ unsigned int i; struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; @@ -32145,7 +37364,7 @@ static void rowSetToList(RowSet *p){ ** 0 if the RowSet is already empty. ** ** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert() -** routine may not be called again. +** routine may not be called again. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){ rowSetToList(p); @@ -32203,7 +37422,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, u8 iBatch, sqlite3_int64 i ** ************************************************************************* ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". -** +** ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file @@ -32212,6 +37431,219 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, u8 iBatch, sqlite3_int64 i ** another is writing. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO +/************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/ +/************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/ +/* +** 2010 February 1 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging +** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to +** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details. +*/ + +#ifndef _WAL_H_ +#define _WAL_H_ + + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y) +# define sqlite3WalClose(w,x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z) +# define sqlite3WalRead(v,w,x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y) 0 +# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y) 0 +# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x) 0 +# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z) +# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalCallback(z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z) 0 +#else + +#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4 + +/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. +** There is one object of this type for each pager. +*/ +typedef struct Wal Wal; + +/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, int sync_flags, int, u8 *); + +/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64); + +/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A +** snapshot is like a read-transaction. It is the state of the database +** at an instant in time. sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and +** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes +** write to or checkpoint the WAL. sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the +** transaction and releases the lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal); + +/* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalRead(Wal *pWal, Pgno pgno, int *pInWal, int nOut, u8 *pOut); + +/* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal); + +/* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal); + +/* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx); + +/* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write +** position in the WAL */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); + +/* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame. Called in +** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); + +/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int); + +/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( + Wal *pWal, /* Write-ahead log connection */ + int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */ + int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ + void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ + int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */ + int nBuf, /* Size of buffer nBuf */ + u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */ +); + +/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the +** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since +** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since +** the last call, then return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal); + +/* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released) +** by the pager layer on the database file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op); + +/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using +** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the +** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal); + +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ +#endif /* _WAL_H_ */ + +/************** End of wal.h *************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in pager.c **********************/ + + +/******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ +** +** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback +** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, +** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. +** +** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced +** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. +** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS +** is called successfully on the file containing the page. +** +** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if +** one or more of the following are true about the page: +** +** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of +** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and +** synced. +** +** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. +** +** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in +** the database file at the start of the transaction. +** +** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the +** following are true: +** +** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. +** +** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire +** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence +** number consists of a single page change. +** +** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches +** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written +** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current +** transaction. +** +** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size +** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. +** +** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and +** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the +** first 100 bytes of the database file. +** +** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal +** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. +** +** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file +** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. +** +** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) +** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to +** all queries. Note in particular the the content of freelist leaf +** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence +** of the database. +** +** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, +** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the +** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical +** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. +** +** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS +** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at +** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate +** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will +** invoke it.) +** +** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range +** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing +** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same +** database to flush their caches. +** +** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less +** than one billion transactions. +** +** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion +** of every transaction. +** +** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to +** the database file. +** +** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any +** content out of the database file. +** +******************************************************************************/ /* ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off @@ -32226,7 +37658,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ /* ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above -** to print out file-descriptors. +** to print out file-descriptors. ** ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file @@ -32236,58 +37668,279 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) /* -** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following -** states: -** -** PAGER_UNLOCK The page cache is not currently reading or -** writing the database file. There is no -** data held in memory. This is the initial -** state. -** -** PAGER_SHARED The page cache is reading the database. -** Writing is not permitted. There can be -** multiple readers accessing the same database -** file at the same time. -** -** PAGER_RESERVED This process has reserved the database for writing -** but has not yet made any changes. Only one process -** at a time can reserve the database. The original -** database file has not been modified so other -** processes may still be reading the on-disk -** database file. -** -** PAGER_EXCLUSIVE The page cache is writing the database. -** Access is exclusive. No other processes or -** threads can be reading or writing while one -** process is writing. -** -** PAGER_SYNCED The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE -** after all dirty pages have been written to the -** database file and the file has been synced to -** disk. All that remains to do is to remove or -** truncate the journal file and the transaction -** will be committed. -** -** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time a -** sqlite3PagerGet() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED. -** After all pages have been released using sqlite_page_unref(), -** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time -** that sqlite3PagerWrite() is called, the state transitions to -** PAGER_RESERVED. (Note that sqlite3PagerWrite() can only be -** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must -** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.) -** PAGER_RESERVED means that there is an open rollback journal. -** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs before any changes -** are made to the database file, though writes to the rollback -** journal occurs with just PAGER_RESERVED. After an sqlite3PagerRollback() -** or sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(), the state can go back to PAGER_SHARED, -** or it can stay at PAGER_EXCLUSIVE if we are in exclusive access mode. -*/ -#define PAGER_UNLOCK 0 -#define PAGER_SHARED 1 /* same as SHARED_LOCK */ -#define PAGER_RESERVED 2 /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */ -#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE 4 /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */ -#define PAGER_SYNCED 5 +** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A +** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following +** state diagram. +** +** OPEN <------+------+ +** | | | +** V | | +** +---------> READER-------+ | +** | | | +** | V | +** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR +** | | ^ +** | V | +** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| +** | | | +** | V | +** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| +** | | | +** | V | +** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ +** +** +** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: +** +** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] +** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] +** +** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] +** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] +** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] +** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] +** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] +** +** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] +** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] +** +** +** OPEN: +** +** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this +** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is +** unknown. The database may not be read or written. +** +** * No read or write transaction is active. +** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. +** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. +** +** READER: +** +** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in +** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently +** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is +** open. The database size is known in this state. +** +** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when +** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state +** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection +** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in +** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way +** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN +** is via the ERROR state (see below). +** +** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). +** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. +** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read +** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables +** may not be trusted at this point. +** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. +** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that +** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. +** +** WRITER_LOCKED: +** +** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction +** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks +** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual +** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. +** +** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with +** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when +** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened +** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while +** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database +** file. +** +** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. +** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt +** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. +** +** * A write transaction is active. +** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater +** lock is held on the database file. +** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction +** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully +** called). +** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. +** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. +** * The journal file may or may not be open. +** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. +** +** WRITER_CACHEMOD: +** +** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is +** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file +** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the +** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. +** +** * A write transaction is active. +** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. +** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written +** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. +** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. +** +** WRITER_DBMOD: +** +** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state +** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections +** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, +** just the log file). +** +** * A write transaction is active. +** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. +** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written +** and synced to disk. +** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly +** written to disk). +** +** WRITER_FINISHED: +** +** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. +** +** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD +** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the +** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply +** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is +** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper +** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. +** +** * A write transaction is active. +** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. +** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. +** If no error occured, all that remains is to finalize the journal to +** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need +** to rollback the transaction. +** +** ERROR: +** +** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including +** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it +** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, +** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. +** +** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers +** cannot. +** +** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, +** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. +** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state +** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might +** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if +** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database +** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state +** instead of READER following such an error. +** +** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager +** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all +** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to +** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the +** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything +** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) +** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning +** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered +** from the error. +** +** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: +** +** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in +** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). +** +** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file +** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). +** +** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or +** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up +** memory. +** +** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree +** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition +** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. +** +** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only +** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error +** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not +** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a +** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent +** state. +** +** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. +** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the +** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). +** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. +** +** +** Notes: +** +** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the +** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one +** of the first four states. +** +** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN +** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has +** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are +** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". +** +** * See also: assert_pager_state(). +*/ +#define PAGER_OPEN 0 +#define PAGER_READER 1 +#define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 +#define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 +#define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 +#define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 +#define PAGER_ERROR 6 + +/* +** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the +** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on +** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. +** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by +** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. +** +** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY +** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not +** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and +** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated +** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the +** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set +** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held +** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. +** +** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may +** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than +** required, but nothing really goes wrong. +** +** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves +** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file +** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED +** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() +** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this +** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part +** of hot-journal detection. +** +** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED +** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may +** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but +** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens +** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active +** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database +** without rolling it back. +** +** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the +** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It +** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call +** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition +** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK +** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE +** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function +** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. +** +** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in +** PAGER_OPEN state. +*/ +#define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) /* ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one @@ -32304,7 +37957,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ #endif /* -** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method +** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. @@ -32319,7 +37972,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while -** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset +** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). @@ -32331,140 +37984,199 @@ struct PagerSavepoint { Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ +#endif }; /* -** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure. +** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of +** some of the more important member variables follows: ** -** errCode +** eState +** +** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state +** diagram above for a description of the pager state. +** +** eLock ** -** Pager.errCode may be set to SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or -** or SQLITE_FULL. Once one of the first three errors occurs, it persists -** and is returned as the result of every major pager API call. The -** SQLITE_FULL return code is slightly different. It persists only until the -** next successful rollback is performed on the pager cache. Also, -** SQLITE_FULL does not affect the sqlite3PagerGet() and sqlite3PagerLookup() -** APIs, they may still be used successfully. -** -** dbSizeValid, dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize -** -** Managing the size of the database file in pages is a little complicated. -** The variable Pager.dbSize contains the number of pages that the database -** image currently contains. As the database image grows or shrinks this -** variable is updated. The variable Pager.dbFileSize contains the number -** of pages in the database file. This may be different from Pager.dbSize -** if some pages have been appended to the database image but not yet written -** out from the cache to the actual file on disk. Or if the image has been -** truncated by an incremental-vacuum operation. The Pager.dbOrigSize variable -** contains the number of pages in the database image when the current -** transaction was opened. The contents of all three of these variables is -** only guaranteed to be correct if the boolean Pager.dbSizeValid is true. -** -** TODO: Under what conditions is dbSizeValid set? Cleared? +** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - +** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. +** +** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any +** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such +** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager +** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever +** need (and no reason to release them). +** +** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to +** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for +** details. ** ** changeCountDone ** -** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter -** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is -** not updated more often than necessary. +** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter +** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is +** not updated more often than necessary. ** -** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which +** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. -** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is +** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. ** -** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection +** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction ** committed. ** -** dbModified -** -** The dbModified flag is set whenever a database page is dirtied. -** It is cleared at the end of each transaction. -** -** It is used when committing or otherwise ending a transaction. If -** the dbModified flag is clear then less work has to be done. -** -** journalStarted -** -** This flag is set whenever the the main journal is synced. -** -** The point of this flag is that it must be set after the -** first journal header in a journal file has been synced to disk. -** After this has happened, new pages appended to the database -** do not need the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag set, as they do not need -** to wait for a journal sync before they can be written out to -** the database file (see function pager_write()). -** ** setMaster ** -** This variable is used to ensure that the master journal file name -** (if any) is only written into the journal file once. -** -** When committing a transaction, the master journal file name (if any) -** may be written into the journal file while the pager is still in -** PAGER_RESERVED state (see CommitPhaseOne() for the action). It -** then attempts to upgrade to an exclusive lock. If this attempt -** fails, then SQLITE_BUSY may be returned to the user and the user -** may attempt to commit the transaction again later (calling -** CommitPhaseOne() again). This flag is used to ensure that the -** master journal name is only written to the journal file the first -** time CommitPhaseOne() is called. -** -** doNotSync -** -** This variable is set and cleared by sqlite3PagerWrite(). -** -** needSync -** -** TODO: It might be easier to set this variable in writeJournalHdr() -** and writeMasterJournal() only. Change its meaning to "unsynced data -** has been written to the journal". +** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may +** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the +** journal file before it is synced to disk. +** +** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects +** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is +** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. +** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is +** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If +** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized +** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were +** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. +** +** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized +** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the +** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any +** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. +** +** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either +** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the +** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag +** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). +** +** doNotSpill, doNotSyncSpill +** +** These two boolean variables control the behaviour of cache-spills +** (calls made by the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to +** write cached data to the file-system in order to free up memory). +** +** When doNotSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress() +** is disabled altogether. This is done in a very obscure case that +** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module +** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written +** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). +** +** If doNotSyncSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress() +** is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set +** by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than +** the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening +** in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. ** ** subjInMemory ** ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. +** +** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new +** write-transaction is opened. +** +** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize +** +** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. +** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for +** OPEN and ERROR). +** +** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be +** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset +** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file +** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in +** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). +** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered +** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads +** to dbSize==1). +** +** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than +** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. +** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), +** dbSize is updated. +** +** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states +** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize +** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, +** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before +** being modified. +** +** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of +** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the +** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made +** to write or truncate the database file on disk. +** +** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress +** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, +** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates +** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), +** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() +** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. +** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case +** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be +** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, +** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. +** +** dbHintSize +** +** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to +** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. +** +** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a +** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and +** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, +** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the +** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for +** details. +** +** errCode +** +** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It +** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode +** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX +** sub-codes. */ struct Pager { sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ - u8 journalMode; /* On of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ + u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ u8 noReadlock; /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */ u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ - u8 sync_flags; /* One of SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL */ + u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ + u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary file */ u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ - /* The following block contains those class members that are dynamically - ** modified during normal operations. The other variables in this structure - ** are either constant throughout the lifetime of the pager, or else - ** used to store configuration parameters that affect the way the pager - ** operates. - ** - ** The 'state' variable is described in more detail along with the - ** descriptions of the values it may take - PAGER_UNLOCK etc. Many of the - ** other variables in this block are described in the comment directly - ** above this class definition. - */ - u8 state; /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */ - u8 dbModified; /* True if there are any changes to the Db */ - u8 needSync; /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */ - u8 journalStarted; /* True if header of journal is synced */ + /************************************************************************** + ** The following block contains those class members that change during + ** routine opertion. Class members not in this block are either fixed + ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a + ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, + ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe + ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the + ** "configuration" of the pager. + */ + u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ + u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ - u8 doNotSync; /* Boolean. While true, do not spill the cache */ - u8 dbSizeValid; /* Set when dbSize is correct */ + u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ + u8 doNotSyncSpill; /* Do not do a spill that requires jrnl sync */ u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ + Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ @@ -32475,16 +38187,21 @@ struct Pager { sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ + sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ - u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ + /* + ** End of the routinely-changing class members + ***************************************************************************/ u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ + u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ + i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ @@ -32501,9 +38218,11 @@ struct Pager { void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ #endif char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ - i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ - sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ + char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ +#endif }; /* @@ -32556,7 +38275,7 @@ static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) /* -** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same +** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). */ #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) @@ -32578,22 +38297,223 @@ static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { */ #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 -#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). +** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. +** +** This is so that expressions can be written as: +** +** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... +** +** instead of +** +** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... +*/ +#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods) + +/* +** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual +** rollback journal. Otherwise false. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){ + return (pPager->pWal!=0); +} +#else +# define pagerUseWal(x) 0 +# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 +# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y,z) 0 +# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK +# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK +#endif + +#ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Usage: ** ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); +** +** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in +** the internal state of the Pager object. */ -static int assert_pager_state(Pager *pPager){ +static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ + Pager *pPager = p; + + /* State must be valid. */ + assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN + || p->eState==PAGER_READER + || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED + || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR + ); + + /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves + ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates + ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. + */ + assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); + + /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". + ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. + */ + assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); + assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); + + /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since + ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter + ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing + ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may + ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It + ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR + ** state. + */ + if( MEMDB ){ + assert( p->noSync ); + assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + ); + assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); + assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); + } + + /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held + ** on the file. + */ + assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); + assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); - /* A temp-file is always in PAGER_EXCLUSIVE or PAGER_SYNCED state. */ - assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ); + switch( p->eState ){ + case PAGER_OPEN: + assert( !MEMDB ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); + break; + + case PAGER_READER: + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); + assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || p->noReadlock ); + break; - /* The changeCountDone flag is always set for temp-files */ - assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); + case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: + assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); + } + assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); + assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); + assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); + assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); + break; + + case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: + assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the + ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during + ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off + ** to journal_mode=wal. + */ + assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); + assert( isOpen(p->jfd) + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + ); + } + assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); + assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); + break; + + case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: + assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + assert( isOpen(p->jfd) + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + ); + assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); + break; + + case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: + assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + assert( isOpen(p->jfd) + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + ); + break; + + case PAGER_ERROR: + /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if + ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped + ** back to OPEN state. + */ + assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); + assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); + break; + } return 1; } +#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer +** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This +** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative +** to "print *pPager" in gdb: +** +** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) +*/ +static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ + static char zRet[1024]; + + sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, + "Filename: %s\n" + "State: %s errCode=%d\n" + "Lock: %s\n" + "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" + "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" + "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" + "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" + "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" + , p->zFilename + , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : + p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : + p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : + p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : + p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : + p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : + p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" + , (int)p->errCode + , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : + p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : + p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : + p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : + p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" + , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" + , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : + p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : + p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : + p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : + p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : + p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" + , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal + , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr + , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize + ); + + return zRet; +} #endif /* @@ -32646,6 +38566,7 @@ static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ */ #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) + /* ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. @@ -32657,27 +38578,53 @@ static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ } /* -** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). -** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. -** -** This is so that expressions can be written as: -** -** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... -** -** instead of +** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK +** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() +** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. ** -** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... +** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is +** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of +** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. */ -#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods) +static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); + assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); + rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); + if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ + pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; + } + IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) + } + return rc; +} /* -** If file pFd is open, call sqlite3OsUnlock() on it. +** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, +** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the +** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. +** +** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is +** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. +** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation +** of this. */ -static int osUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFd, int eLock){ - if( !isOpen(pFd) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; +static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + if( pPager->eLockeLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ + pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; + IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) + } } - return sqlite3OsUnlock(pFd, eLock); + return rc; } /* @@ -32753,20 +38700,21 @@ static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - assert( !pPg->pageHash || pPager->errCode - || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); } #else #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 +#define pager_set_pagehash(X) #define CHECK_PAGE(x) #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ /* ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. -** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the -** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied +** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the +** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. ** @@ -32782,7 +38730,7 @@ static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master ** journal file name. ** -** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present +** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. ** ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite @@ -32800,7 +38748,7 @@ static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) || szJ<16 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) - || len>=nMaster + || len>=nMaster || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) @@ -32822,13 +38770,13 @@ static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ len = 0; } zMaster[len] = '\0'; - + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately -** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector +** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately +** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. ** ** i.e for a sector size of 512: @@ -32839,7 +38787,7 @@ static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ ** 512 512 ** 100 512 ** 2000 2048 -** +** */ static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ i64 offset = 0; @@ -32861,12 +38809,12 @@ static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ ** ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, -** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, -** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately +** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, +** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately ** after writing or truncating it. ** ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and -** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the +** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does ** not need to be synced following this operation. @@ -32888,11 +38836,11 @@ static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->sync_flags); + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); } - /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock - ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for + /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock + ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need ** to sync the file following this operation. @@ -32920,13 +38868,13 @@ static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. -** +** ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. */ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ - u32 nHeader = pPager->pageSize; /* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ + u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ int ii; /* Loop counter */ @@ -32936,8 +38884,8 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); } - /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created - ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the + /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created + ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. */ for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ @@ -32948,10 +38896,10 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); - /* + /* ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. - ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, + ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number ** of records (see syncJournal()). ** @@ -32969,8 +38917,8 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. */ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); - if( (pPager->noSync) || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) - || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) + if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) + || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); @@ -32978,7 +38926,7 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); } - /* The random check-hash initialiser */ + /* The random check-hash initialiser */ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); /* The initial database size */ @@ -32997,26 +38945,27 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); - /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the - ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the - ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next + /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the + ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the + ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). ** - ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can + ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, - ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of + ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what - ** is done. + ** is done. ** - ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the + ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required ** to populate the entire journal header sector. - */ + */ for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWritejournalHdr, nHeader)) rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); + assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); pPager->journalOff += nHeader; } @@ -33092,7 +39041,6 @@ static int readJournalHdr( if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ - u16 iPageSize16; /* Copy of iPageSize in 16-bit variable */ /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) @@ -33101,33 +39049,39 @@ static int readJournalHdr( return rc; } + /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the + ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize + ** variable is already set to the correct page size. + */ + if( iPageSize==0 ){ + iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; + } + /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power - ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their + ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their ** respective compile time maximum limits. */ if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE - || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 + || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 ){ - /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is - ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have - ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading + /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is + ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have + ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading ** the journal file here. */ return SQLITE_DONE; } - /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. - ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within + /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. + ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. */ - iPageSize16 = (u16)iPageSize; - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize16, -1); + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iPageSize16==(u16)iPageSize ); - /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by + /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value @@ -33157,7 +39111,7 @@ static int readJournalHdr( ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. ** -** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), +** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), ** this call is a no-op. */ static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ @@ -33167,14 +39121,18 @@ static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ - if( !zMaster || pPager->setMaster - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + + if( !zMaster + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ return SQLITE_OK; } pPager->setMaster = 1; assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ @@ -33202,18 +39160,17 @@ static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ return rc; } pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); - pPager->needSync = !pPager->noSync; - /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical + /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name - ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is + ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file - ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine - ** whether or not the journal is hot. + ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine + ** whether or not the journal is hot. ** - ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal + ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal ** file to the required size. - */ + */ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff ){ @@ -33224,7 +39181,7 @@ static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ /* ** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return -** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not +** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not ** already in memory. */ static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ @@ -33238,17 +39195,11 @@ static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ } /* -** Unless the pager is in error-state, discard all in-memory pages. If -** the pager is in error-state, then this call is a no-op. -** -** TODO: Why can we not reset the pager while in error state? +** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. */ static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ - if( SQLITE_OK==pPager->errCode ){ - sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); - sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); - pPager->dbSizeValid = 0; - } + sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); + sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); } /* @@ -33271,7 +39222,7 @@ static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ } /* -** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint +** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. */ @@ -33291,72 +39242,109 @@ static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ } /* -** Unlock the database file. This function is a no-op if the pager -** is in exclusive mode. +** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not +** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN +** state. +** +** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is +** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does +** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is +** closed (if it is open). ** -** If the pager is currently in error state, discard the contents of -** the cache and reset the Pager structure internal state. If there is -** an open journal-file, then the next time a shared-lock is obtained -** on the pager file (by this or any other process), it will be -** treated as a hot-journal and rolled back. +** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the +** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to +** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode +** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated +** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction +** is opened (by this or by any other connection). */ static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - /* Always close the journal file when dropping the database lock. - ** Otherwise, another connection with journal_mode=delete might - ** delete the file out from under us. - */ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); - pPager->pInJournal = 0; - releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER + || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN + || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR + ); - /* If the file is unlocked, somebody else might change it. The - ** values stored in Pager.dbSize etc. might become invalid if - ** this happens. TODO: Really, this doesn't need to be cleared - ** until the change-counter check fails in PagerSharedLock(). - */ - pPager->dbSizeValid = 0; + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); + pPager->pInJournal = 0; + releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); - rc = osUnlock(pPager->fd, NO_LOCK); - if( rc ){ - pPager->errCode = rc; + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); + pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; + }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ + int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ + int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; + + /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then + ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise + ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file + ** out from under us. + */ + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); + if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) + || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) + ){ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); } - IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p\n", pPager)) - /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be - ** trusted. Now that the pager file is unlocked, the contents of the - ** cache can be discarded and the error code safely cleared. + /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database + ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment + ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this + ** is necessary. */ - if( pPager->errCode ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; - } - pager_reset(pPager); + rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ + pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; } + /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here + ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error + ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. + */ + assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); pPager->changeCountDone = 0; - pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; - pPager->dbModified = 0; + pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; } + + /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be + ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, + ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both + ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. + */ + if( pPager->errCode ){ + assert( !MEMDB ); + pager_reset(pPager); + pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; + pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; + pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; + } + + pPager->journalOff = 0; + pPager->journalHdr = 0; + pPager->setMaster = 0; } /* -** This function should be called when an IOERR, CORRUPT or FULL error -** may have occurred. The first argument is a pointer to the pager -** structure, the second the error-code about to be returned by a pager -** API function. The value returned is a copy of the second argument -** to this function. +** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires +** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. +** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second +** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The +** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. ** -** If the second argument is SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or SQLITE_FULL -** the error becomes persistent. Until the persisten error is cleared, -** subsequent API calls on this Pager will immediately return the same -** error code. +** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the +** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code +** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, +** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. ** -** A persistent error indicates that the contents of the pager-cache -** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding +** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache +** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if @@ -33372,57 +39360,33 @@ static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ ); if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ pPager->errCode = rc; + pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; } return rc; } /* -** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the -** database file. -** -** If the pager has already entered the error state, do not attempt -** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The -** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock -** the database file and clear the error state. If this means that -** there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next connection -** to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) will -** roll it back. -** -** If the pager has not already entered the error state, but an IO or -** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause -** the pager to enter the error state. Which will be cleared by the -** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. -*/ -static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ - if( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK && pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ){ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - } - pager_unlock(pPager); -} - -/* -** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by -** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called +** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by +** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a ** database transaction. -** -** If the pager is in PAGER_SHARED or PAGER_UNLOCK state when this -** routine is called, it is a no-op (returns SQLITE_OK). +** +** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called +** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less +** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. ** ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. ** -** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal -** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a +** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal +** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: ** ** journalMode==MEMORY -** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an +** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an ** in-memory journal. ** ** journalMode==TRUNCATE @@ -33441,17 +39405,13 @@ static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. ** -** After the journal is finalized, if running in non-exclusive mode, the -** pager moves to PAGER_SHARED state (and downgrades the lock on the -** database file accordingly). -** -** If the pager is running in exclusive mode and is in PAGER_SYNCED state, -** it moves to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE. No locks are downgraded when running in -** exclusive mode. +** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. +** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is +** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the -** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the +** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related @@ -33462,13 +39422,29 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ - if( pPager->stateeState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + if( pPager->eStateeLockjfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); /* Finalize the journal file. */ if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){ @@ -33481,66 +39457,103 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); } pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->journalStarted = 0; - }else if( pPager->exclusiveMode - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST + }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST + || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) ){ rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster); - pager_error(pPager, rc); pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->journalStarted = 0; }else{ /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to - ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. */ - assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. + */ + assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); if( !pPager->tempFile ){ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); } } + } #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); + sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); + if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ + PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1); + if( p ){ + p->pageHash = 0; + sqlite3PagerUnref(p); + } + } #endif - sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); - pPager->pInJournal = 0; - pPager->nRec = 0; - } + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); + pPager->pInJournal = 0; + pPager->nRec = 0; + sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); + sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - rc2 = osUnlock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK); - pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in + ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE + ** lock held on the database file. + */ + rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); + assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); + } + if( !pPager->exclusiveMode + && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) + ){ + rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); pPager->changeCountDone = 0; - }else if( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED ){ - pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; } + pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; pPager->setMaster = 0; - pPager->needSync = 0; - pPager->dbModified = 0; - - /* TODO: Is this optimal? Why is the db size invalidated here - ** when the database file is not unlocked? */ - pPager->dbOrigSize = 0; - sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); - if( !MEMDB ){ - pPager->dbSizeValid = 0; - } return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); } /* +** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the +** database file. +** +** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt +** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The +** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock +** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this +** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next +** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) +** will roll it back. +** +** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or +** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause +** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the +** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. +*/ +static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ + if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); + pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0); + } + } + pager_unlock(pPager); +} + +/* ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes -** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the +** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. ** -** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the +** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. @@ -33548,8 +39561,8 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){ ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an ** incompatible journal file format. ** -** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely -** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. +** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely +** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. @@ -33565,14 +39578,28 @@ static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ } /* +** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back +** to the codec. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ + if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ + pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, + (int)pPager->nReserve); + } +} +#else +# define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ +#endif + +/* ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. ** -** The isMainJrnl flag is true if this is the main rollback journal and -** false for the statement journal. The main rollback journal uses -** checksums - the statement journal does not. +** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does +** not. ** ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is @@ -33591,7 +39618,7 @@ static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in ** two circumstances: -** +** ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. @@ -33604,11 +39631,10 @@ static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ */ static int pager_playback_one_page( Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ - int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ - int isUnsync, /* True if reading from unsynced main journal */ i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ - int isSavepnt, /* True for a savepoint rollback */ - Bitvec *pDone /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ + Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ + int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ + int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ ){ int rc; PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ @@ -33616,6 +39642,7 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ + int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ @@ -33624,6 +39651,18 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); + + /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction + ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is + ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager + ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback + ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. + */ + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) + ); + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. @@ -33655,13 +39694,21 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( } } + /* If this page has already been played by before during the current + ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. + */ if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } - assert( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ); + /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting + */ + if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ + pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; + pagerReportSize(pPager); + } - /* If the pager is in RESERVED state, then there must be a copy of this + /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. ** @@ -33672,8 +39719,11 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not ** assert()able. ** - ** If in EXCLUSIVE state, then we update the pager cache if it exists - ** and the main file. The page is then marked not dirty. + ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the + ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked + ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for + ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty + ** if the pager is in OPEN state. ** ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. @@ -33693,18 +39743,29 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. */ - pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + pPg = 0; + }else{ + pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); + } assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 ); PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") )); - if( (pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE) - && (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)) - && isOpen(pPager->fd) - && !isUnsync + if( isMainJrnl ){ + isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); + }else{ + isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); + } + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) + && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) + && isSynced ){ i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; + testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; @@ -33717,24 +39778,27 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential - ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it - ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be - ** current. + ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it + ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be + ** current. ** ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite - ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen + ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). ** ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing - ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty - ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as + ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty + ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. */ assert( isSavepnt ); - if( (rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } + assert( pPager->doNotSpill==0 ); + pPager->doNotSpill++; + rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); + assert( pPager->doNotSpill==1 ); + pPager->doNotSpill--; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ; sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); } @@ -33750,13 +39814,14 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); pPager->xReiniter(pPg); if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){ - /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main - ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the + /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main + ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page - ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the. + ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the + ** database. ** ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled - ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an + ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is @@ -33768,11 +39833,11 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this, ** database corruption may ensue. */ + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); } -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); -#endif + pager_set_pagehash(pPg); + /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. ** Do this before any decoding. */ if( pgno==1 ){ @@ -33792,26 +39857,26 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, ** and does so if it is. ** -** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not +** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not ** available for use within this function. ** -** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names -** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 -** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a +** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names +** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 +** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: ** ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" ** -** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child +** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child ** journals have been rolled back. ** -** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into +** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For ** each child journal, it checks if: ** ** * if the child journal exists, and if so -** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal +** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal ** file zMaster ** ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria @@ -33821,12 +39886,12 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( ** ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation -** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors +** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be -** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page +** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page ** size. */ static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ @@ -33836,6 +39901,9 @@ static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ + char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ + char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ + int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. @@ -33850,92 +39918,87 @@ static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; + /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from + ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain + ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master + ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. + */ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; + nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; + zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); + if( !zMasterJournal ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto delmaster_out; + } + zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; + zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; - if( nMasterJournal>0 ){ - char *zJournal; - char *zMasterPtr = 0; - int nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - - /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from - ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. - */ - zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); - if( !zMasterJournal ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + zJournal = zMasterJournal; + while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)pageSize bytes). If the file -** on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS +** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either +** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size +** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). +** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. ** -** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than -** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if -** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it -** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to +** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than +** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if +** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it +** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to ** the end of the new file instead. ** ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying @@ -33943,16 +40006,28 @@ delmaster_out: */ static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); + + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) + && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) + ){ i64 currentSize, newSize; + int szPage = pPager->pageSize; + assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); - newSize = pPager->pageSize*(i64)nPage; + newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ if( currentSize>newSize ){ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, "", 1, newSize-1); + char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; + memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); + testcase( (newSize-szPage) < currentSize ); + testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); + testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; @@ -33965,8 +40040,8 @@ static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ /* ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method -** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used -** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and +** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used +** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and ** master journal pointers within created journal files. ** ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. @@ -33997,15 +40072,15 @@ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ /* ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to -** the state it was in before we started making changes. +** the state it was in before we started making changes. ** -** The journal file format is as follows: +** The journal file format is as follows: ** ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the ** number of page records from the journal size. -** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the +** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the ** sanity checksum. ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the ** database to during a rollback. @@ -34034,7 +40109,7 @@ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be -** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. +** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. ** ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled @@ -34046,7 +40121,7 @@ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ ** and an error code is returned. ** ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal -** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is +** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is @@ -34068,7 +40143,7 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ */ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ==0 ){ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto end_playback; } @@ -34095,20 +40170,18 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ pPager->journalOff = 0; needPagerReset = isHot; - /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or - ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error - ** occurs. + /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or + ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error + ** occurs. */ while( 1 ){ - int isUnsync = 0; - /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or - ** it is corrupted, then a process must of failed while writing it. + ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. */ rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } @@ -34136,13 +40209,12 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional - ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages + ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages ** should be computed based on the journal file size. */ if( nRec==0 && !isHot && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); - isUnsync = 1; } /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the @@ -34156,7 +40228,7 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ pPager->dbSize = mxPg; } - /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the + /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the ** database file and/or page cache. */ for(u=0; ujournalOff,0,0); + rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; pPager->journalOff = szJ; break; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and + ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was + ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that + ** case, the database should have never been written in the + ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + goto end_playback; }else{ /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state @@ -34195,10 +40275,10 @@ end_playback: sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0)>=SQLITE_OK ); - /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or - ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but - ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter - ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive + /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or + ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but + ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter + ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just @@ -34211,8 +40291,10 @@ end_playback: rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->noSync==0 && pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) + ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0'); @@ -34234,23 +40316,386 @@ end_playback: return rc; } + +/* +** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into +** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database +** file before this function is called. +** +** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to +** the value read from the database file. +** +** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. +** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ + Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int isInWal = 0; /* True if page is in log file */ + int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ + + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); + + if( NEVER(!isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ + assert( pPager->tempFile ); + memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ + rc = sqlite3WalRead(pPager->pWal, pgno, &isInWal, pgsz, pPg->pData); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !isInWal ){ + i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + if( pgno==1 ){ + if( rc ){ + /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something + ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy + ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be + ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 + ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling + ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. + ** + ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes + ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of + ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so + ** we should still be ok. + */ + memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); + }else{ + u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; + memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); + } + } + CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM); + + PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); + PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); + IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); + PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in +** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. +** +** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() +** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually +** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. +*/ +static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ + u32 change_counter; + + /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ + change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; + put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); + + /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in + ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number + ** is valid. */ + put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); + put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been +** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. +** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument +** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. +** +** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, +** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding +** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the +** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, +** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; + PgHdr *pPg; + + pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); + if( pPg ){ + if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ + sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); + }else{ + rc = readDbPage(pPg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->xReiniter(pPg); + } + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); + } + } + + /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are + ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the + ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as + ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one + ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore + ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, + ** the backups must be restarted. + */ + sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. +*/ +static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ + + /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already + ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the + ** following: + ** + ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or + ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). + */ + pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; + rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); + pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); + while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; + rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); + pList = pNext; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging +** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), +** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have +** changed. +** +** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. +** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. +*/ +static int pagerWalFrames( + Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ + PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ + Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ + int isCommit, /* True if this is a commit */ + int syncFlags /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) + PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ +#endif + + assert( pPager->pWal ); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ + for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ + assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); + } +#endif + + if( isCommit ){ + /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing + ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. + ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty + ** list here. */ + PgHdr *p; + PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; + for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p); p=p->pDirty){ + if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ) ppNext = &p->pDirty; + } + assert( pList ); + } + + if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); + rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, + pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, syncFlags + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ + PgHdr *p; + for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ + sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); + } + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); + for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ + pager_set_pagehash(p); + } +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. +** +** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially +** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves +** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by +** other writers or checkpointers. +*/ +static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ + + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); + + /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous + ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we + ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, + ** the duplicate call is harmless. + */ + sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); + + rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ + pager_reset(pPager); + } + + return rc; +} +#endif + +/* +** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN +** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file +** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database +** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps +** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. +*/ +static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ + Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ + + /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() + ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or + ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not + ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or + ** contains no valid committed transactions. + */ + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); + assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock ); + nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); + + /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system, + ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size + ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size, + ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0 + ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page. + */ + if( nPage==0 ){ + i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } + nPage = (Pgno)(n / pPager->pageSize); + if( nPage==0 && n>0 ){ + nPage = 1; + } + } + + /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the + ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so + ** that the file can be read. + */ + if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ + pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; + } + + *pnPage = nPage; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager +** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does +** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. +** +** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager +** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and +** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. +** +** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this +** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete +** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition +** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some +** other connection. +*/ +static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); + assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock ); + + if( !pPager->tempFile ){ + int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ + Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ + + rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( nPage==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); + isWal = 0; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3OsAccess( + pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( isWal ){ + testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); + }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ + pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; + } + } + } + return rc; +} +#endif + /* ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback -** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when -** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction +** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when +** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction ** savepoint. ** -** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is +** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, ** performed in the order specified: ** ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte -** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to +** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. ** ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played -** back starting from the journal header immediately following +** back starting from the journal header immediately following ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. ** ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting @@ -34266,7 +40711,7 @@ end_playback: ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. ** ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable -** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint +** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. */ @@ -34276,7 +40721,8 @@ static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ if( pSavepoint ){ @@ -34286,10 +40732,15 @@ static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ } } - /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint + /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint ** being reverted was opened. */ pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; + pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; + + if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); + } /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in @@ -34297,6 +40748,7 @@ static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. */ szJ = pPager->journalOff; + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. @@ -34305,11 +40757,11 @@ static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they ** are played back. */ - if( pSavepoint ){ + if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOffjournalOff, 1, pDone); + rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); }else{ @@ -34333,17 +40785,17 @@ static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the ** pager_playback() function for additional information. */ - if( nJRec==0 + if( nJRec==0 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); } for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iijournalOffjournalOff, 1, pDone); + rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff==szJ ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) @@ -34352,9 +40804,13 @@ static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ if( pSavepoint ){ u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ i64 offset = pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); + } for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinSubRec; ii++){ assert( offset==ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); - rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, 0, 0, &offset, 1, pDone); + rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); } @@ -34363,6 +40819,7 @@ static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPager->journalOff = szJ; } + return rc; } @@ -34396,22 +40853,56 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. ** +** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues +** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced +** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced +** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL +** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for +** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL +** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the +** syncs associated with NORMAL. +** +** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The +** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync +** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an +** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL +** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the +** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when +** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. +** ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, ** and FULL=3. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager *pPager, int level, int bFullFsync){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel( + Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ + int level, /* PRAGMA synchronous. 1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */ + int bFullFsync, /* PRAGMA fullfsync */ + int bCkptFullFsync /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync */ +){ + assert( level>=1 && level<=3 ); pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; - pPager->sync_flags = (bFullFsync?SQLITE_SYNC_FULL:SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); - if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0; + if( pPager->noSync ){ + pPager->syncFlags = 0; + pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; + }else if( bFullFsync ){ + pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; + pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; + }else if( bCkptFullFsync ){ + pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; + pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; + }else{ + pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; + pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; + } } #endif /* ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for -** testing and analysis only. +** testing and analysis only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; @@ -34420,8 +40911,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; /* ** Open a temporary file. ** -** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically +** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success +** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. ** ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified @@ -34453,9 +40944,9 @@ static int pagerOpentemp( /* ** Set the busy handler function. ** -** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns +** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, -** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE +** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: @@ -34467,7 +40958,7 @@ static int pagerOpentemp( ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes ** -** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is +** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. */ @@ -34475,37 +40966,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ -){ +){ pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; } /* -** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back -** to the codec. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ - if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ - pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, - (int)pPager->nReserve); - } -} -#else -# define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ -#endif - -/* -** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size +** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size ** is passed in *pPageSize. ** ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it -** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. -** one of SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT or SQLITE_FULL). +** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. +** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). ** ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: ** -** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power +** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and ** ** * there are no outstanding page references, and @@ -34515,38 +40991,58 @@ static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ ** ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. ** -** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() -** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt -** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. +** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() +** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt +** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this -** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, +** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u16 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ - int rc = pPager->errCode; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u16 pageSize = *pPageSize; - assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); - if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) - && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 - && pageSize && pageSize!=pPager->pageSize - ){ - char *pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); - if( !pNew ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pager_reset(pPager); - pPager->pageSize = pageSize; - sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); - pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; - sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); - } + /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this + ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state + ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. + ** + ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in + ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that + ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function + ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. + */ + + u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; + assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); + if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) + && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 + && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize + ){ + char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ + i64 nByte = 0; + + if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); + if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pager_reset(pPager); + pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)(nByte/pageSize); + pPager->pageSize = pageSize; + sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); + pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; + sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); } - *pPageSize = (u16)pPager->pageSize; + } + + *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; @@ -34568,7 +41064,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ } /* -** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. +** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. ** @@ -34578,7 +41074,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ if( mxPage>0 ){ pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; } - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ + assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ return pPager->mxPgno; } @@ -34608,11 +41105,11 @@ void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ /* ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory -** that pDest points to. +** that pDest points to. ** ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is -** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this +** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. ** @@ -34624,6 +41121,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned cha int rc = SQLITE_OK; memset(pDest, 0, N); assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); + + /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating + ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition + ** to WAL mode yet. + */ + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); @@ -34635,65 +41139,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned cha } /* -** Return the total number of pages in the database file associated -** with pPager. Normally, this is calculated as (/). -** However, if the file is between 1 and bytes in size, then -** this is considered a 1 page file. -** -** If the pager is in error state when this function is called, then the -** error state error code is returned and *pnPage left unchanged. Or, -** if the file system has to be queried for the size of the file and -** the query attempt returns an IO error, the IO error code is returned -** and *pnPage is left unchanged. +** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on +** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. ** -** Otherwise, if everything is successful, then SQLITE_OK is returned -** and *pnPage is set to the number of pages in the database. +** However, if the file is between 1 and bytes in size, then +** this is considered a 1 page file. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ - Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ - - /* If the pager is already in the error state, return the error code. */ - if( pPager->errCode ){ - return pPager->errCode; - } - - /* Determine the number of pages in the file. Store this in nPage. */ - if( pPager->dbSizeValid ){ - nPage = pPager->dbSize; - }else{ - int rc; /* Error returned by OsFileSize() */ - i64 n = 0; /* File size in bytes returned by OsFileSize() */ - - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) && (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n))) ){ - pager_error(pPager, rc); - return rc; - } - if( n>0 && npageSize ){ - nPage = 1; - }else{ - nPage = (Pgno)(n / pPager->pageSize); - } - if( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ){ - pPager->dbSize = nPage; - pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; - pPager->dbSizeValid = 1; - } - } - - /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the - ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so - ** that the file can be read. - */ - if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ - pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; - } - - /* Set the output variable and return SQLITE_OK */ - if( pnPage ){ - *pnPage = nPage; - } - return SQLITE_OK; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); + *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; } @@ -34702,58 +41157,39 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). ** -** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke -** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat -** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to +** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke +** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat +** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to ** obtain the lock succeeds. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain -** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state +** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state ** variable to locktype before returning. */ static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ int rc; /* Return code */ - /* The OS lock values must be the same as the Pager lock values */ - assert( PAGER_SHARED==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( PAGER_RESERVED==RESERVED_LOCK ); - assert( PAGER_EXCLUSIVE==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - - /* If the file is currently unlocked then the size must be unknown. It - ** must not have been modified at this point. - */ - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || pPager->dbSizeValid==0 ); - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || pPager->dbModified==0 ); - - /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is + /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). */ - assert( (pPager->state>=locktype) - || (pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK && locktype==PAGER_SHARED) - || (pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED && locktype==PAGER_EXCLUSIVE) + assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) + || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) + || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ); - if( pPager->state>=locktype ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - do { - rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, locktype); - }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->state = (u8)locktype; - IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, locktype)) - } - } + do { + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); + }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); return rc; } /* -** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the +** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: ** -** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the +** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the ** current database image, in pages, OR ** ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not @@ -34766,9 +41202,9 @@ static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after ** this happened, the correct behaviour would be to restore the current ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either -** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and +** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the -** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that +** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that ** this circumstance cannot arise. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) @@ -34784,19 +41220,44 @@ static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ #endif /* -** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This -** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It -** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the +** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This +** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It +** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ - assert( pPager->dbSizeValid ); assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); pPager->dbSize = nPage; assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); } + +/* +** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It +** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the +** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows +** that the entire journal file has been synced. +** +** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures +** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that +** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal +** content as this process. +** +** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, +** an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !pPager->noSync ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); + } + return rc; +} + /* ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. ** @@ -34807,34 +41268,49 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ ** result in a coredump. ** ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt -** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback +** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned ** to the caller. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ + u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; + + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); disable_simulated_io_errors(); sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - pPager->errCode = 0; + /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp); + pPager->pWal = 0; +#endif pager_reset(pPager); if( MEMDB ){ pager_unlock(pPager); }else{ - /* Set Pager.journalHdr to -1 for the benefit of the pager_playback() - ** call which may be made from within pagerUnlockAndRollback(). If it - ** is not -1, then the unsynced portion of an open journal file may - ** be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs while - ** this is happening, the database may become corrupt. + /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. + ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal + ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs + ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. + ** + ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager + ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the + ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it + ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal + ** rollback before accessing the database file. */ - pPager->journalHdr = -1; + if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); + } pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); } sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); enable_simulated_io_errors(); PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); - sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); + sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC @@ -34869,9 +41345,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. ** -** If the Pager.needSync flag is not set, then this function is a -** no-op. Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode -** and the device characteristics of the the file-system, as follows: +** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. +** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the +** device characteristics of the the file-system, as follows: ** ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need ** be taken. @@ -34882,7 +41358,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. ** -** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then +** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then ** journal file is synced. ** ** Or, in pseudo-code: @@ -34891,22 +41367,29 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ ** if( ) xSync(); ** -** } +** } ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(); ** } ** -** The Pager.needSync flag is never be set for temporary files, or any -** file operating in no-sync mode (Pager.noSync set to non-zero). -** -** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every +** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. */ -static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){ - if( pPager->needSync ){ +static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + + rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + if( !pPager->noSync ){ assert( !pPager->tempFile ); - if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ - int rc; /* Return code */ + if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); @@ -34916,10 +41399,10 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){ ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the - ** previous connections transaction), and a crash or power-failure - ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes - ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its - ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the + ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure + ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes + ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its + ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. @@ -34929,16 +41412,16 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){ ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. ** ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this - ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used + ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of ** the potential journal header. */ i64 iNextHdrOffset; u8 aMagic[8]; - u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; + u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; - memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); + memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); @@ -34956,7 +41439,7 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){ ** it as a candidate for rollback. ** ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the - ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible + ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written ** and never needs to be updated. @@ -34964,33 +41447,42 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){ if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags); + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); rc = sqlite3OsWrite( pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr - ); + ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags| - (pPager->sync_flags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| + (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } - } - /* The journal file was just successfully synced. Set Pager.needSync - ** to zero and clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on all pagess. - */ - pPager->needSync = 0; - pPager->journalStarted = 1; - sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); + pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; + if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ + pPager->nRec = 0; + rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + }else{ + pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; + } } + /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just + ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on + ** all pages. + */ + sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); + pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -35005,9 +41497,9 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){ ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. -** +** ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file -** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is +** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is ** written out. ** ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, @@ -35022,35 +41514,17 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){ ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in ** the database file. ** -** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error +** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. */ -static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){ - Pager *pPager; /* Pager object */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return SQLITE_OK; - pPager = pList->pPager; +static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - /* At this point there may be either a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the - ** database file. If there is already an EXCLUSIVE lock, the following - ** call is a no-op. - ** - ** Moving the lock from RESERVED to EXCLUSIVE actually involves going - ** through an intermediate state PENDING. A PENDING lock prevents new - ** readers from attaching to the database but is unsufficient for us to - ** write. The idea of a PENDING lock is to prevent new readers from - ** coming in while we wait for existing readers to clear. - ** - ** While the pager is in the RESERVED state, the original database file - ** is unchanged and we can rollback without having to playback the - ** journal into the original database file. Once we transition to - ** EXCLUSIVE, it means the database file has been changed and any rollback - ** will require a journal playback. - */ - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); + assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch @@ -35061,6 +41535,16 @@ static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){ rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); } + /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final + ** file size will be. + */ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbHintSize ){ + sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; + sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); + pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; + } + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; @@ -35074,7 +41558,10 @@ static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){ */ if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ - char *pData; /* Data to write */ + char *pData; /* Data to write */ + + assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); + if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); /* Encode the database */ CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData); @@ -35083,8 +41570,8 @@ static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match - ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this - ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. + ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this + ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. */ if( pgno==1 ){ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); @@ -35104,9 +41591,7 @@ static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){ }else{ PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); } -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pList->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pList); -#endif + pager_set_pagehash(pList); pList = pList->pDirty; } @@ -35114,33 +41599,66 @@ static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){ } /* -** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. -** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check +** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this +** function is a no-op. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An +** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() +** fails. +*/ +static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ + if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ + sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd); + }else{ + rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. +** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check ** that it is really required before calling this function. ** ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs ** for all open savepoints before returning. ** ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO -** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or +** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint ** bitvec. */ static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - if( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ - void *pData = pPg->pData; - i64 offset = pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); - char *pData2; - - CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); - PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); + if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ + + /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ + assert( pPager->useJournal ); + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) + || pageInJournal(pPg) + || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize + ); + rc = openSubJournal(pPager); - assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); - rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); + /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), + ** write the journal record into the file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); + void *pData = pPg->pData; + i64 offset = pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); + char *pData2; + + CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); + PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); + rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); + } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -35151,19 +41669,18 @@ static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ return rc; } - /* ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory -** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is +** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page -** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first +** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first ** argument. ** ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the -** journal file. +** journal file. ** ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the @@ -35178,74 +41695,83 @@ static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); - /* The doNotSync flag is set by the sqlite3PagerWrite() function while it - ** is journalling a set of two or more database pages that are stored - ** on the same disk sector. Syncing the journal is not allowed while - ** this is happening as it is important that all members of such a - ** set of pages are synced to disk together. So, if the page this function - ** is trying to make clean will require a journal sync and the doNotSync - ** flag is set, return without doing anything. The pcache layer will - ** just have to go ahead and allocate a new page buffer instead of - ** reusing pPg. + /* The doNotSyncSpill flag is set during times when doing a sync of + ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs + ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple + ** pages belonging to the same sector. ** - ** Similarly, if the pager has already entered the error state, do not - ** try to write the contents of pPg to disk. - */ - if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) - || (pPager->doNotSync && pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) - ){ + ** The doNotSpill flag inhibits all cache spilling regardless of whether + ** or not a sync is required. This is set during a rollback. + ** + ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could + ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementaton it + ** is impossible for sqlite3PCacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1 + ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to + ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() + ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. + */ + if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( pPager->doNotSpill ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( pPager->doNotSyncSpill && (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; } - /* Sync the journal file if required. */ - if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ - rc = syncJournal(pPager); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync && - !(pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) && - !(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) + pPg->pDirty = 0; + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ + if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ + rc = subjournalPage(pPg); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0, 0); + } + }else{ + + /* Sync the journal file if required. */ + if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ){ - pPager->nRec = 0; - rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); + rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); + } + + /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of + ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal. + ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not + ** actually write data to the file in this case. + ** + ** Consider the following sequence of events: + ** + ** BEGIN; + ** + ** + ** SAVEPOINT sp; + ** + ** pagerStress(page X) + ** ROLLBACK TO sp; + ** + ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written + ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then, + ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read + ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it + ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp" + ** was executed. + ** + ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the + ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will + ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is + ** executed. + */ + if( NEVER( + rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg) + ) ){ + rc = subjournalPage(pPg); + } + + /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); + rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); } - } - - /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of - ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal. - ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not - ** actually write data to the file in this case. - ** - ** Consider the following sequence of events: - ** - ** BEGIN; - ** - ** - ** SAVEPOINT sp; - ** - ** pagerStress(page X) - ** ROLLBACK TO sp; - ** - ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written - ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then, - ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read - ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it - ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp" - ** was executed. - ** - ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the - ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will - ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is - ** executed. - */ - if( NEVER( - rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg) - ) ){ - rc = subjournalPage(pPg); - } - - /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPg->pDirty = 0; - rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg); } /* Mark the page as clean. */ @@ -35254,7 +41780,7 @@ static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); } - return pager_error(pPager, rc); + return pager_error(pPager, rc); } @@ -35266,8 +41792,8 @@ static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted -** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then -** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. +** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then +** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. ** ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated @@ -35279,13 +41805,13 @@ static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ ** of the PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL and PAGER_NO_READLOCK flags. ** ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter -** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. +** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. ** -** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened +** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM -** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or +** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( @@ -35309,14 +41835,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0; /* True to omit read-lock */ int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ - u16 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ + u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ + const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ + int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This - ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle + ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle" ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal - ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see + ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see ** source file journal.c). */ if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){ @@ -35328,28 +41856,33 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ *ppPager = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB + if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ + memDb = 1; + zFilename = 0; + } +#endif + /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. */ if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ + const char *z; nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; zPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nPathname*2); if( zPathname==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB - if( strcmp(zFilename,":memory:")==0 ){ - memDb = 1; - zPathname[0] = 0; - }else -#endif - { - zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ - rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); - } - + zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ + rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); + z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; + while( *z ){ + z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; + z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; + } + nUri = &z[1] - zUri; if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname @@ -35366,7 +41899,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( } /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the - ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal + ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: ** ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) @@ -35381,9 +41914,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ - journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ - nPathname + 1 + /* zFilename */ + journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ + nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ nPathname + 8 + 1 /* zJournal */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + + nPathname + 4 + 1 /* zWal */ +#endif ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); if( !pPtr ){ @@ -35400,11 +41936,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ if( zPathname ){ - pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1); + assert( nPathname>0 ); + pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); + memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 8); - if( pPager->zFilename[0]==0 ) pPager->zJournal[0] = 0; + sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; + memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); + memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal", 4); + sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); +#endif sqlite3_free(zPathname); } pPager->pVfs = pVfs; @@ -35412,9 +41956,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( /* Open the pager file. */ - if( zFilename && zFilename[0] && !memDb ){ + if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); + assert( !memDb ); readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, @@ -35432,7 +41977,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; }else{ - szPageDflt = (u16)pPager->sectorSize; + szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; } } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE @@ -35458,13 +42003,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. - */ + */ tempFile = 1; - pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; + pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; + pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); } - /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of + /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -35473,7 +42019,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } - /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the + /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the ** Pager structure and close the file. */ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -35497,27 +42043,28 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ - pPager->dbSizeValid = (u8)memDb; /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ +#if 0 assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) ); +#endif /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; - assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL + assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); - pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; + pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; - /* pPager->needSync = 0; */ assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; pPager->fullSync = pPager->noSync ?0:1; - pPager->sync_flags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; + pPager->syncFlags = pPager->noSync ? 0 : SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; + pPager->ckptSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ @@ -35544,7 +42091,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( /* ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in -** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that +** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal ** file exists if the following criteria are met: ** @@ -35563,10 +42110,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() -** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and -** will not roll it back. +** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and +** will not roll it back. ** -** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and +** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error @@ -35574,22 +42121,27 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( */ static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - int rc; /* Return code */ - int exists; /* True if a journal file is present */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ + int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); - assert( pPager!=0 ); assert( pPager->useJournal ); assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - assert( pPager->state <= PAGER_SHARED ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); + + assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & + SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN + )); *pExists = 0; - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); + if( !jrnlOpen ){ + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); + } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ - int locked; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ + int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the - ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() + ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when @@ -35598,39 +42150,43 @@ static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ */ rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ - int nPage; + Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ /* Check the size of the database file. If it consists of 0 pages, - ** then delete the journal file. See the header comment above for + ** then delete the journal file. See the header comment above for ** the reasoning here. Delete the obsolete journal file under ** a RESERVED lock to avoid race conditions and to avoid violating ** [H33020]. */ - rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); + rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( nPage==0 ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - if( sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK); + if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); } sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }else{ /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. - ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, + ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, ** it can be ignored. */ - int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); + if( !jrnlOpen ){ + int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); + } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u8 first = 0; rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + if( !jrnlOpen ){ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + } *pExists = (first!=0); }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if @@ -35654,67 +42210,6 @@ static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ } /* -** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into -** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database -** file before this function is called. -** -** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to -** the value read from the database file. -** -** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. -** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ - Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - i64 iOffset; /* Byte offset of file to read from */ - - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED && !MEMDB ); - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - - if( NEVER(!isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ - assert( pPager->tempFile ); - memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset); - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pgno==1 ){ - if( rc ){ - /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something - ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy - ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be - ** zero. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 should be page numbers which are - ** never 0xffffffff. So filling pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff - ** bytes should suffice. - ** - ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes - ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of - ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so - ** we should still be ok. - */ - memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - }else{ - u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - } - CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM); - - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); - PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); - IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); - PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); - - return rc; -} - -/* ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when @@ -35722,11 +42217,11 @@ static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ ** ** The following operations are also performed by this function. ** -** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_UNLOCK state (no lock held +** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, -** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal +** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. @@ -35737,143 +42232,147 @@ static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal ** file. ** -** If the operation described by (2) above is not attempted, and if the -** pager is in an error state other than SQLITE_FULL when this is called, -** the error state error code is returned. It is permitted to read the -** database when in SQLITE_FULL error state. -** -** Otherwise, if everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an -** IO error occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal -** file or rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. +** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error +** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or +** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int isErrorReset = 0; /* True if recovering from error state */ /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no - ** outstanding pages */ + ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either + ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in + ** exclusive access mode. + */ assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; } - /* If this database is in an error-state, now is a chance to clear - ** the error. Discard the contents of the pager-cache and rollback - ** any hot journal in the file-system. - */ - if( pPager->errCode ){ - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->zJournal ){ - isErrorReset = 1; - } - pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; - pager_reset(pPager); - } + if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ + int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ - if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || isErrorReset ){ - sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - int isHotJournal = 0; assert( !MEMDB ); - assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); - if( pPager->noReadlock ){ - assert( pPager->readOnly ); - pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; - }else{ + assert( pPager->noReadlock==0 || pPager->readOnly ); + + if( pPager->noReadlock==0 ){ rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ); - return pager_error(pPager, rc); + assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); + goto failed; } } - assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK ); /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. */ - if( !isErrorReset ){ - assert( pPager->state <= PAGER_SHARED ); - rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &isHotJournal); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto failed; - } + if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ + rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); } - if( isErrorReset || isHotJournal ){ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto failed; + } + if( bHotJournal ){ /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the - ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the + ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the ** hot-journal back. - ** + ** ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any - ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to - ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock + ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to + ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock ** on the database file. + ** + ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is + ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. */ - if( pPager->statefd, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_error(pPager, rc); - goto failed; - } - pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto failed; } - - /* Open the journal for read/write access. This is because in - ** exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open and - ** possibly used for a transaction later on. On some systems, the - ** OsTruncate() call used in exclusive-access mode also requires - ** a read/write file handle. + + /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the + ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because + ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open + ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access + ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist + ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). + ** + ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some + ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before + ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it + ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this + ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. */ if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - int res; - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs,pPager->zJournal,SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS,&res); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( res ){ - int fout = 0; - int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; - assert( !pPager->tempFile ); - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ - rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - } - }else{ - /* If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some - ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before - ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it - ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this - ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. */ - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0); + sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; + int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ + rc = sqlite3OsAccess( + pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ + int fout = 0; + int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; + assert( !pPager->tempFile ); + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ + rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); } } } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto failed; - } - - /* TODO: Why are these cleared here? Is it necessary? */ - pPager->journalStarted = 0; - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; - pPager->journalHdr = 0; - + /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with - ** an inconsistent cache. + ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing + ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal + ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync + ** the journal before playing it back. */ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_error(pPager, rc); - goto failed; + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); + pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; } + }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ + pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); } - assert( (pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED) - || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->state>PAGER_SHARED) + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open + ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The + ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock + ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be + ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for + ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). + ** + ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to + ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition + ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, + ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very + ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling + ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible + ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page + ** references. + */ + pager_error(pPager, rc); + goto failed; + } + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); + assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) + || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) ); } - if( pPager->pBackup || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ + if( !pPager->tempFile + && (pPager->pBackup || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0) + ){ /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database @@ -35885,21 +42384,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when ** a codec is in use. - ** - ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be + ** + ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that ** it can be neglected. */ + Pgno nPage = 0; char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0); - if( pPager->errCode ){ - rc = pPager->errCode; - goto failed; - } + rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); + if( rc ) goto failed; - assert( pPager->dbSizeValid ); - if( pPager->dbSize>0 ){ + if( nPage>0 ){ IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -35913,13 +42409,32 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ pager_reset(pPager); } } - assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ); + + /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL + ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. + */ + rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); +#endif + } + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); + } + + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); } failed: if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* pager_unlock() is a no-op for exclusive mode and in-memory databases. */ + assert( !MEMDB ); pager_unlock(pPager); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); + }else{ + pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; } return rc; } @@ -35931,36 +42446,34 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. -*/ +*/ static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ - if( (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) - && (!pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->journalOff>0) - ){ + if( (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); } } /* ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page -** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is +** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. ** -** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. +** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing ** object with no outstanding references. ** -** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the -** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is +** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the +** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. ** -** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a -** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the -** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no -** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the -** page is initialized to all zeros. +** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a +** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the +** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no +** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the +** page is initialized to all zeros. ** ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents ** of the page. This occurs in two seperate scenarios: @@ -35968,7 +42481,7 @@ static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and ** ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load -** a new page into the cache to populate with the data read +** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read ** from the savepoint journal. ** ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of @@ -35999,16 +42512,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire( int rc; PgHdr *pPg; + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->state>PAGER_UNLOCK ); if( pgno==0 ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } - /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. + /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */ - if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){ + if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pPager->errCode; }else{ rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage); @@ -36024,7 +42537,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire( assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno ); assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 ); - if( (*ppPage)->pPager ){ + if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){ /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of ** the page. Return without further ado. */ assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); @@ -36032,9 +42545,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire( return SQLITE_OK; }else{ - /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to + /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to ** be initialized. */ - int nMax; PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss); pPg = *ppPage; @@ -36047,21 +42559,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire( goto pager_acquire_err; } - rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nMax); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto pager_acquire_err; - } - - if( MEMDB || nMax<(int)pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSizefd) ){ if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ - rc = SQLITE_FULL; - goto pager_acquire_err; + rc = SQLITE_FULL; + goto pager_acquire_err; } if( noContent ){ /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. - ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a - ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure - ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set + ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a + ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure + ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set ** a bit in a bit vector. */ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); @@ -36082,9 +42589,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire( goto pager_acquire_err; } } -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); -#endif + pager_set_pagehash(pPg); } return SQLITE_OK; @@ -36103,14 +42608,12 @@ pager_acquire_err: /* ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, -** or 0 if the page is not in cache. Also, return 0 if the -** pager is in PAGER_UNLOCK state when this function is called, -** or if the pager is in an error state other than SQLITE_FULL. +** or 0 if the page is not in cache. ** ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine -** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error +** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error ** has ever happened. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ @@ -36118,7 +42621,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ assert( pPager!=0 ); assert( pgno!=0 ); assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); - assert( pPager->state > PAGER_UNLOCK ); + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg); return pPg; } @@ -36140,204 +42643,180 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ } /* -** If the main journal file has already been opened, ensure that the -** sub-journal file is open too. If the main journal is not open, -** this function is a no-op. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. -** An SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to -** sqlite3OsOpen() fails. -*/ -static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ - if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ - sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd); - }else{ - rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. -** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database +** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database ** file when this routine is called. ** ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal -** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being -** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used +** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being +** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. ** ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the -** already open file. +** already open file. ** ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. ** -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return -** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or +** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. */ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); - assert( pPager->useJournal ); - assert( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); - + /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in ** an error state. */ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; - /* TODO: Is it really possible to get here with dbSizeValid==0? If not, - ** the call to PagerPagecount() can be removed. - */ - testcase( pPager->dbSizeValid==0 ); - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0); - - pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); - if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ - if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ - sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); - }else{ - const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */ - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| - (pPager->tempFile ? - (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL): - (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) + if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ + pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); + if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ + if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ + sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); + }else{ + const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */ + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| + (pPager->tempFile ? + (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL): + (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) + ); + #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE + rc = sqlite3JournalOpen( + pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager) ); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - rc = sqlite3JournalOpen( - pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager) - ); -#else - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0); -#endif + #else + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0); + #endif + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + } + + + /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open + ** the sub-journal if necessary. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ + pPager->nRec = 0; + pPager->journalOff = 0; + pPager->setMaster = 0; + pPager->journalHdr = 0; + rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - } - - - /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open - ** the sub-journal if necessary. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ - pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; - pPager->journalStarted = 0; - pPager->needSync = 0; - pPager->nRec = 0; - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; - pPager->journalHdr = 0; - rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->nSavepoint ){ - rc = openSubJournal(pPager); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); pPager->pInJournal = 0; + }else{ + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; } + return rc; } /* -** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a +** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. ** ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least -** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking +** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking ** functions need be called. ** -** If this is not a temporary or in-memory file and, the journal file is -** opened if it has not been already. For a temporary file, the opening -** of the journal file is deferred until there is an actual need to -** write to the journal. TODO: Why handle temporary files differently? -** -** If the journal file is opened (or if it is already open), then a -** journal-header is written to the start of it. -** ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required -** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, +** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, ** or using a temporary file otherwise. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ); + + if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eStatesubjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; - if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){ + + if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); - assert( !MEMDB && !pPager->tempFile ); - /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter - ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The - ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE - ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. - */ - rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->state = PAGER_RESERVED; - if( exFlag ){ + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an + ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. + */ + if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); + } + + /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to + ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. + ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already + ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. + */ + rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); + }else{ + /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter + ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The + ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE + ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. + */ + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); } } - /* If the required locks were successfully obtained, open the journal - ** file and write the first journal-header to it. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ - rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); - } - }else if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff==0 ){ - /* This happens when the pager was in exclusive-access mode the last - ** time a (read or write) transaction was successfully concluded - ** by this connection. Instead of deleting the journal file it was - ** kept open and either was truncated to 0 bytes or its header was - ** overwritten with zeros. - */ - assert( pPager->nRec==0 ); - assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==0 ); - assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); - rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. + ** + ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD + ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. + ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint + ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database + ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in + ** WAL mode. + */ + pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; + pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; + pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; + pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; + pPager->journalOff = 0; + } + + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); } PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->journalOff>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( !pPager->dbModified ); - /* Ignore any IO error that occurs within pager_end_transaction(). The - ** purpose of this call is to reset the internal state of the pager - ** sub-system. It doesn't matter if the journal-file is not properly - ** finalized at this point (since it is not a valid journal file anyway). - */ - pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0); - } return rc; } /* -** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the +** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into -** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the +** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. */ @@ -36346,102 +42825,94 @@ static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - /* This routine is not called unless a transaction has already been - ** started. + /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already + ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. + ** It is never called in the ERROR state. */ - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - /* If an error has been previously detected, we should not be - ** calling this routine. Repeat the error for robustness. - */ + /* If an error has been previously detected, report the same error + ** again. This should not happen, but the check provides robustness. */ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; /* Higher-level routines never call this function if database is not ** writable. But check anyway, just for robustness. */ if( NEVER(pPager->readOnly) ) return SQLITE_PERM; - assert( !pPager->setMaster ); - CHECK_PAGE(pPg); + /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already + ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the + ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. + ** + ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. + ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then + ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state + ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. + */ + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ + rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written ** to the journal then we can return right away. */ sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); if( pageInJournal(pPg) && !subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ - pPager->dbModified = 1; + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); }else{ - - /* If we get this far, it means that the page needs to be - ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal - ** or both. - ** - ** Higher level routines should have already started a transaction, - ** which means they have acquired the necessary locks and opened - ** a rollback journal. Double-check to makes sure this is the case. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pPager, 0, pPager->subjInMemory); - if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ){ - return rc; - } - if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ - assert( pPager->useJournal ); - rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - pPager->dbModified = 1; - + /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to ** the transaction journal if it is not there already. */ - if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ + if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); + if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ u32 cksum; char *pData2; + i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; /* We should never write to the journal file the page that ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies ** that we do not. */ assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); + + assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, pPg->pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, - pPager->journalOff + 4); - pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize+4; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, cksum); - pPager->journalOff += 4; - } - IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, - pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); - PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, - ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); - /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurred while journalling the + /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, ** then corruption may follow. */ - if( !pPager->noSync ){ - pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - pPager->needSync = 1; - } + pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - /* An error has occurred writing to the journal file. The - ** transaction will be rolled back by the layer above. - */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } + rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, + pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); + PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); + PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, + ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); + + pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; pPager->nRec++; assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); @@ -36453,16 +42924,15 @@ static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ return rc; } }else{ - if( !pPager->journalStarted && !pPager->noSync ){ + if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - pPager->needSync = 1; } PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); } } - + /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format @@ -36475,7 +42945,6 @@ static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ /* Update the database size and return. */ - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); if( pPager->dbSizepgno ){ pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; } @@ -36483,9 +42952,9 @@ static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ } /* -** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before -** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value -** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless +** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before +** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value +** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. ** ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this @@ -36503,19 +42972,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( nPagePerSector>1 ){ Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ - int nPage; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ + int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ int ii; /* Loop counter */ int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ - /* Set the doNotSync flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow a journal - ** header to be written between the pages journaled by this function. + /* Set the doNotSyncSpill flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow + ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by + ** this function. */ assert( !MEMDB ); - assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 ); - pPager->doNotSync = 1; + assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==0 ); + pPager->doNotSyncSpill++; /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier @@ -36523,7 +42997,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ */ pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, (int *)&nPageCount); + nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ @@ -36545,7 +43019,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ rc = pager_write(pPage); if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ needSync = 1; - assert(pPager->needSync); } sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); } @@ -36558,14 +43031,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ } } - /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages + /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ - assert( !MEMDB && pPager->noSync==0 ); + assert( !MEMDB ); for(ii=0; iineedSync); } - assert( pPager->doNotSync==1 ); - pPager->doNotSync = 0; + assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==1 ); + pPager->doNotSyncSpill--; }else{ rc = pager_write(pDbPage); } @@ -36606,7 +43078,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so ** that it does not get written to disk. ** -** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large +** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large ** DELETE operations. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ @@ -36615,18 +43087,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); -#endif + pager_set_pagehash(pPg); } } /* -** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file -** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at -** byte offset 24 of the pager file. +** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file +** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at +** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at +** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. +** +** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. +** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. +** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an +** unconditional update of the change counters. ** -** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling +** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current ** transaction is committed. @@ -36634,12 +43110,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly -** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the +** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. */ static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter @@ -36658,10 +43139,8 @@ static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode #endif - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); if( !pPager->changeCountDone && pPager->dbSize>0 ){ PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ - u32 change_counter; /* Initial value of change-counter field */ assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); @@ -36670,7 +43149,7 @@ static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not - ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in + ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. */ @@ -36679,16 +43158,17 @@ static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ - change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPager->dbFileVers); - change_counter++; - put32bits(((char*)pPgHdr->pData)+24, change_counter); + /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ + pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ if( DIRECT_MODE ){ - const void *zBuf = pPgHdr->pData; + const void *zBuf; assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); + CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); + } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPager->changeCountDone = 1; } @@ -36704,19 +43184,44 @@ static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ } /* -** Sync the pager file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory files +** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. ** -** If successful, or called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this +** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - assert( !MEMDB ); - if( pPager->noSync ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !pPager->noSync ){ + assert( !MEMDB ); + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); + }else if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + assert( !MEMDB ); + sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED, (void *)&rc); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in +** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on +** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. +** +** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is +** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is +** returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); } return rc; } @@ -36731,12 +43236,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){ ** ** * The database file change-counter is updated, ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), -** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, +** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and -** * the database file synced. +** * the database file synced. ** -** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize -** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or +** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize +** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or ** delete the master journal file if specified). ** ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value @@ -36754,151 +43259,184 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - /* The dbOrigSize is never set if journal_mode=OFF */ - assert( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || pPager->dbOrigSize==0 ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - /* If a prior error occurred, this routine should not be called. ROLLBACK - ** is the appropriate response to an error, not COMMIT. Guard against - ** coding errors by repeating the prior error. */ + /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; - PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", + PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); - if( MEMDB && pPager->dbModified ){ + /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ + if( pPager->eStatepBackup); - }else if( pPager->state!=PAGER_SYNCED && pPager->dbModified ){ - - /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it - ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization - ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the - ** runtime criteria to use the operation: - ** - ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for - ** blocks of size page-size, and - ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and - ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. - ** - ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the - ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change - ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but - ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() - ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call - ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect - ** mode. - ** - ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, - ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter - ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be - ** created for this transaction. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - PgHdr *pPg; - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); - if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) - && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) - && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbFileSize - && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) - ){ - /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The - ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 - ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 - ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write - ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. - */ - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); + }else{ + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); + PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; + if( pList==0 ){ + /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. + ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne); + pList = pPageOne; + pList->pDirty = 0; + } + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ + rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1, + (pPager->fullSync ? pPager->syncFlags : 0) + ); + } + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); + sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); } - } -#else - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); -#endif - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - - /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages - ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal - ** file. This can only happen in auto-vacuum mode. - ** - ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the - ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value - ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the - ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of - ** reading data from the database file. - ** - ** When journal_mode==OFF the dbOrigSize is always zero, so this - ** block never runs if journal_mode=OFF. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pPager->dbSizedbOrigSize - && ALWAYS(pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF) - ){ - Pgno i; /* Iterator variable */ - const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */ - const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize; /* Database image size */ - pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; - for( i=dbSize+1; i<=pPager->dbOrigSize; i++ ){ - if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){ - PgHdr *pPage; /* Page to journal */ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; + }else{ + /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it + ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization + ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the + ** runtime criteria to use the operation: + ** + ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for + ** blocks of size page-size, and + ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and + ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. + ** + ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the + ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change + ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but + ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() + ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call + ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect + ** mode. + ** + ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, + ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter + ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be + ** created for this transaction. + */ + #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE + PgHdr *pPg; + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + ); + if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) + && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) + && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize + && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) + ){ + /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The + ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 + ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 + ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write + ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. + */ + rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); } } - pPager->dbSize = dbSize; - } -#endif - - /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master - ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, - ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. - */ - rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - - /* Sync the journal file. If the atomic-update optimization is being - ** used, this call will not create the journal file or perform any - ** real IO. - */ - rc = syncJournal(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - - /* Write all dirty pages to the database file. */ - rc = pager_write_pagelist(sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); - goto commit_phase_one_exit; - } - sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); - - /* If the file on disk is not the same size as the database image, - ** then use pager_truncate to grow or shrink the file here. - */ - if( pPager->dbSize!=pPager->dbFileSize ){ - Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ); - rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); + #else + rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); + #endif if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; + + /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages + ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal + ** file. This can only happen in auto-vacuum mode. + ** + ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the + ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value + ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the + ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of + ** reading data from the database file. + */ + #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pPager->dbSizedbOrigSize + && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + ){ + Pgno i; /* Iterator variable */ + const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */ + const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize; /* Database image size */ + pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; + for( i=dbSize+1; i<=pPager->dbOrigSize; i++ ){ + if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){ + PgHdr *pPage; /* Page to journal */ + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; + } + } + pPager->dbSize = dbSize; + } + #endif + + /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master + ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, + ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. + */ + rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; + + /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. + ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not + ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. + ** + ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the + ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the + ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive + ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is + ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant + ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. + */ + rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; + + rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); + goto commit_phase_one_exit; + } + sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); + + /* If the file on disk is not the same size as the database image, + ** then use pager_truncate to grow or shrink the file here. + */ + if( pPager->dbSize!=pPager->dbFileSize ){ + Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); + rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; + } + + /* Finally, sync the database file. */ + if( !noSync ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager); + } + IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) } - - /* Finally, sync the database file. */ - if( !pPager->noSync && !noSync ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags); - } - IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - - pPager->state = PAGER_SYNCED; } commit_phase_one_exit: + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; + } return rc; } @@ -36906,12 +43444,12 @@ commit_phase_one_exit: /* ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and -** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system +** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. ** -** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, -** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used +** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, +** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is ** irrevocably committed. ** @@ -36926,112 +43464,103 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; - /* This function should not be called if the pager is not in at least - ** PAGER_RESERVED state. And indeed SQLite never does this. But it is - ** nice to have this defensive test here anyway. - */ - if( NEVER(pPager->stateeState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED + || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. ** - ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal + ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made - ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal + ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need ** to drop any locks either. */ - if( pPager->dbModified==0 && pPager->exclusiveMode + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + && pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ){ - assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); + pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; return SQLITE_OK; } PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - assert( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED || MEMDB || !pPager->dbModified ); rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster); return pager_error(pPager, rc); } /* -** Rollback all changes. The database falls back to PAGER_SHARED mode. +** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the +** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. +** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR +** state if an error occurs. +** +** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, +** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. ** -** This function performs two tasks: +** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: ** -** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and +** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction ** was opened, and +** ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot ** rollback at any point in the future. ** -** subject to the following qualifications: -** -** * If the journal file is not yet open when this function is called, -** then only (2) is performed. In this case there is no journal file -** to roll back. -** -** * If in an error state other than SQLITE_FULL, then task (1) is -** performed. If successful, task (2). Regardless of the outcome -** of either, the error state error code is returned to the caller -** (i.e. either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_CORRUPT). +** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the +** rollback is successful. ** -** * If the pager is in PAGER_RESERVED state, then attempt (1). Whether -** or not (1) is succussful, also attempt (2). If successful, return -** SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, enter the error state and return the first -** error code encountered. -** -** In this case there is no chance that the database was written to. -** So is safe to finalize the journal file even if the playback -** (operation 1) failed. However the pager must enter the error state -** as the contents of the in-memory cache are now suspect. -** -** * Finally, if in PAGER_EXCLUSIVE state, then attempt (1). Only -** attempt (2) if (1) is successful. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, -** otherwise enter the error state and return the error code from the -** failing operation. -** -** In this case the database file may have been written to. So if the -** playback operation did not succeed it would not be safe to finalize -** the journal file. It needs to be left in the file-system so that -** some other process can use it to restore the database state (by -** hot-journal rollback). +** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the +** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to +** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or +** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - if( !pPager->dbModified || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster); - }else if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){ - if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){ - pager_playback(pPager, 0); + + /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If + ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not + ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. + */ + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; + if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + int rc2; + rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); + rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ + int eState = pPager->eState; + rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0); + if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ + /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error + ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. + ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. + */ + pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; + pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; + return rc; } - rc = pPager->errCode; }else{ - if( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED ){ - int rc2; - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); - rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - }else{ - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); - } + rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); + } - if( !MEMDB ){ - pPager->dbSizeValid = 0; - } + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR ); - /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager - ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error - ** persistent. - */ - rc = pager_error(pPager, rc); - } - return rc; + /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager + ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. + */ + return pager_error(pPager, rc); } /* @@ -37050,6 +43579,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ } /* +** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently +** used by the pager and its associated cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ + int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) + + 5*sizeof(void*); + return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) + + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) + + pPager->pageSize; +} + +/* ** Return the number of references to the specified page. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ @@ -37065,8 +43606,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); - a[3] = pPager->dbSizeValid ? (int) pPager->dbSize : -1; - a[4] = pPager->state; + a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; + a[4] = pPager->eState; a[5] = pPager->errCode; a[6] = pPager->nHit; a[7] = pPager->nMiss; @@ -37090,7 +43631,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. ** -** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error +** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ @@ -37098,17 +43639,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){ int ii; /* Iterator variable */ PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ - /* Either there is no active journal or the sub-journal is open or - ** the journal is always stored in memory */ - assert( pPager->nSavepoint==0 || isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || - pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); - /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM - ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a + ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. */ aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( @@ -37119,13 +43658,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ } memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; - pPager->nSavepoint = nSavepoint; /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ for(ii=nCurrent; iidbSizeValid ); aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && ALWAYS(pPager->journalOff>0) ){ + if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; }else{ aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); @@ -37135,10 +43672,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); + } + pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; } - - /* Open the sub-journal, if it is not already opened. */ - rc = openSubJournal(pPager); + assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); } @@ -37147,7 +43686,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ /* ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. -** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently +** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently ** created savepoint. ** ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. @@ -37155,38 +43694,38 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. ** -** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter +** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. ** ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current -** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling +** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate -** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the -** contents of the database to its original state. +** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the +** contents of the database to its original state. ** -** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint +** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. ** ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, -** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a +** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */ assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); - if( iSavepointnSavepoint ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepointnSavepoint ){ int ii; /* Iterator variable */ int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this - ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated + ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. */ nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); @@ -37195,7 +43734,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ } pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; - /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate + /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ @@ -37212,13 +43751,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. */ - else if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); } - } + return rc; } @@ -37264,7 +43803,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){ /* ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager */ -static void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( Pager *pPager, void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), @@ -37278,7 +43817,7 @@ static void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( pPager->pCodec = pCodec; pagerReportSize(pPager); } -static void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->pCodec; } #endif @@ -37302,8 +43841,8 @@ static void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ ** transaction is active). ** ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being -** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction -** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page +** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction +** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. ** ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error @@ -37316,6 +43855,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal ** the page we are moving from. @@ -37326,7 +43869,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i } /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest - ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the + ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: ** ** BEGIN; @@ -37350,7 +43893,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i return rc; } - PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", + PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) @@ -37358,19 +43901,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. ** ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that - ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno + ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. */ if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); - assert( pPager->needSync ); } /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it - ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PgHdr.needSync was set for - ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained + ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for + ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained ** for the page moved there. */ pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; @@ -37381,7 +43923,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i if( MEMDB ){ /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ - assert( pPager->dbSizeValid ); sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); }else{ sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); @@ -37391,14 +43932,23 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i origPgno = pPg->pgno; sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); - pPager->dbModified = 1; + + /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues + ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld + ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. + */ + if( MEMDB ){ + assert( pPgOld ); + sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgOld); + } if( needSyncPgno ){ - /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be + /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. - ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the + ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by - ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PgHdr.needSync + ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ** flag. ** ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due @@ -37407,12 +43957,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. - ** - ** The sqlite3PagerGet() call may cause the journal to sync. So make - ** sure the Pager.needSync flag is set too. */ PgHdr *pPgHdr; - assert( pPager->needSync ); rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ @@ -37421,23 +43967,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i } return rc; } - pPager->needSync = 1; - assert( pPager->noSync==0 && !MEMDB ); pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); } - /* - ** For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues - ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld - ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. - */ - if( MEMDB ){ - sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgOld); - } - return SQLITE_OK; } #endif @@ -37451,7 +43985,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ } /* -** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space +** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space ** allocated along with the specified page. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ @@ -37460,7 +43994,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ /* ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one -** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or +** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. ** @@ -37474,56 +44008,146 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); - if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile ){ + assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); + if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; } return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; } /* -** Get/set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: +** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: ** -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ** -** If the parameter is not _QUERY, then the journal_mode is set to the -** value specified if the change is allowed. The change is disallowed -** for the following reasons: +** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. +** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: ** ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF ** or _MEMORY. ** -** * The journal mode may not be changed while a transaction is active. +** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. ** ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ - assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ + u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger + ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ + print_pager_state(pPager); +#endif + + + /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ + assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY<0 ); - if( eMode>=0 - && (!MEMDB || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF) - && !pPager->dbModified - && (!isOpen(pPager->jfd) || 0==pPager->journalOff) - ){ - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + + /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and + ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed + ** to WAL mode. + */ + assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); + + /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to + ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF + */ + if( MEMDB ){ + assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); + if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ + eMode = eOld; } + } + + if( eMode!=eOld ){ + + /* Change the journal mode. */ + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; + + /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal + ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, + ** delete the journal file. + */ + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); + + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); + if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ + + /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is + ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file + ** here is an optimization only. + ** + ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the + ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted + ** while it is in use by some other client. + */ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ + sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); + }else{ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int state = pPager->eState; + assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); + if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); + } + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ + pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ + pager_unlock(pPager); + } + assert( state==pPager->eState ); + } + } } + + /* Return the new journal mode */ + return (int)pPager->journalMode; +} + +/* +** Return the current journal mode. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ return (int)pPager->journalMode; } /* +** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the +** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database +** is unmodified. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; + if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; + return 1; +} + +/* ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. ** ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. @@ -37532,6 +44156,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ if( iLimit>=-1 ){ pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; + sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); } return pPager->journalSizeLimit; } @@ -37546,31 +44171,205 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ return &pPager->pBackup; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", +** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() +** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. +** +** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pPager->pWal ){ + rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode, + pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, + pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, + pnLog, pnCkpt + ); + } + return rc; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ + return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); +} -/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/ /* -** 2007 August 27 +** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the +** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ + const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; + return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); +} + +/* +** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock +** is obtained instead, immediately release it. +*/ +static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the + ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ + pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in +** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE +** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index +** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. +*/ +static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); + assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock); + + /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use + ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory + ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL + ** file, to make sure this is safe. + */ + if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ + rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); + } + + /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, + ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, + pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, + pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal + ); + } + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call +** this function. ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database +** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file +** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, +** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does +** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is +** not modified in either case. ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if +** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK +** without doing anything. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( + Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ + int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); + assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); + assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); + + if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ + if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + + /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + + rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; + pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; + } + }else{ + *pbOpen = 1; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior +** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. ** -************************************************************************* +** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an +** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an +** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. +** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); + + /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, + ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to + ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. + */ + if( !pPager->pWal ){ + int logexists = 0; + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsAccess( + pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ + rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); + } + } + + /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on + ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ + rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, + pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); + pPager->pWal = 0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +/* +** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content +** into the log file. ** -** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects. -** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too -** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like -** a good breakout. +** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted +** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. */ -/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/ -/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ + void *aData = 0; + CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); + return aData; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ + +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ + +/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file wal.c *********************************************/ /* -** 2004 April 6 +** 2010 February 1 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -37580,15188 +44379,17173 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. -** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to -** -** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3: -** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley -** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts. -** -** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database -** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages. -** -** ---------------------------------------------------------------- -** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) | -** ---------------------------------------------------------------- -** -** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less -** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have -** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys -** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And -** so forth. -** -** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the -** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree. -** -** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate -** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The -** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A -** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database -** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus -** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry -** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each -** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other -** information such as the size of key and data. -** -** FORMAT DETAILS -** -** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1, -** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates -** "no such page". The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768. -** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow -** page, or a pointer-map page. -** -** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first -** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file. -** The format of the file header is as follows: -** -** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000" -** 16 2 Page size in bytes. -** 18 1 File format write version -** 19 1 File format read version -** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page -** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction -** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction -** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction -** 24 4 File change counter -** 28 4 Reserved for future use -** 32 4 First freelist page -** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file -** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers -** -** 40 4 Schema cookie -** 44 4 File format of schema layer -** 48 4 Size of page cache -** 52 4 Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum) -** 56 4 1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be -** 60 4 User version -** 64 4 Incremental vacuum mode -** 68 4 unused -** 72 4 unused -** 76 4 unused -** -** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first). -** -** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed -** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed -** and thus when they need to flush their cache. -** -** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable -** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard -** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default -** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit -** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64. -** -** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra -** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated, -** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting -** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction. -** -** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction -** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum -** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it -** not specified in the header. -** -** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the -** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte -** file header that occurs before the page header. -** -** |----------------| -** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only. -** |----------------| -** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes -** |----------------| -** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order. -** | array | | Grows downward -** | | v -** |----------------| -** | unallocated | -** | space | -** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards -** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks. -** | area | | and free space fragments. -** |----------------| -** -** The page headers looks like this: -** -** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf -** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock -** 3 2 number of cells on this page -** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area -** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes -** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves. -** -** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that -** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries -** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer -** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in -** the payload area. -** -** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header. -** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are -** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell -** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives -** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can -** be easily added without having to defragment the page. -** -** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the -** beginning of the page. -** -** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of -** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset -** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in -** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size, -** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot -** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called -** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded. -** in the page header at offset 7. -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock -** 2 Bytes in this freeblock -** -** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at -** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array -** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily -** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order. -** -** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable -** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each -** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and -** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer -** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long. -** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This -** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes. -** -** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000 -** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f -** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080 -** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100 -** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f -** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678 -** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081 -** -** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of -** bytes of key and data in a btree cell. ** -** The content of a cell looks like this: +** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in +** "journal_mode=WAL" mode. +** +** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT +** +** A WAL file consists of a header followed by zero or more "frames". +** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the +** database file. All changes to the database are recorded by writing +** frames into the WAL. Transactions commit when a frame is written that +** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record +** multiple transactions. Periodically, the content of the WAL is +** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a +** "checkpoint". +** +** A single WAL file can be used multiple times. In other words, the +** WAL can fill up with frames and then be checkpointed and then new +** frames can overwrite the old ones. A WAL always grows from beginning +** toward the end. Checksums and counters attached to each frame are +** used to determine which frames within the WAL are valid and which +** are leftovers from prior checkpoints. +** +** The WAL header is 32 bytes in size and consists of the following eight +** big-endian 32-bit unsigned integer values: +** +** 0: Magic number. 0x377f0682 or 0x377f0683 +** 4: File format version. Currently 3007000 +** 8: Database page size. Example: 1024 +** 12: Checkpoint sequence number +** 16: Salt-1, random integer incremented with each checkpoint +** 20: Salt-2, a different random integer changing with each ckpt +** 24: Checksum-1 (first part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header). +** 28: Checksum-2 (second part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header). +** +** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each +** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a bytes +** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned +** integer values, as follows: +** +** 0: Page number. +** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages +** after the commit. For all other records, zero. +** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the header) +** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the header) +** 16: Checksum-1. +** 20: Checksum-2. +** +** A frame is considered valid if and only if the following conditions are +** true: +** +** (1) The salt-1 and salt-2 values in the frame-header match +** salt values in the wal-header +** +** (2) The checksum values in the final 8 bytes of the frame-header +** exactly match the checksum computed consecutively on the +** WAL header and the first 8 bytes and the content of all frames +** up to and including the current frame. +** +** The checksum is computed using 32-bit big-endian integers if the +** magic number in the first 4 bytes of the WAL is 0x377f0683 and it +** is computed using little-endian if the magic number is 0x377f0682. +** The checksum values are always stored in the frame header in a +** big-endian format regardless of which byte order is used to compute +** the checksum. The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as +** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N]. The +** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows: +** +** for i from 0 to n-1 step 2: +** s0 += x[i] + s1; +** s1 += x[i+1] + s0; +** endfor +** +** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights +** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element +** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit +** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term. +** +** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the +** WAL is transferred into the database, then the database is VFS.xSync-ed. +** The VFS.xSync operations serve as write barriers - all writes launched +** before the xSync must complete before any write that launches after the +** xSync begins. +** +** After each checkpoint, the salt-1 value is incremented and the salt-2 +** value is randomized. This prevents old and new frames in the WAL from +** being considered valid at the same time and being checkpointing together +** following a crash. +** +** READER ALGORITHM +** +** To read a page from the database (call it page number P), a reader +** first checks the WAL to see if it contains page P. If so, then the +** last valid instance of page P that is a followed by a commit frame +** or is a commit frame itself becomes the value read. If the WAL +** contains no copies of page P that are valid and which are a commit +** frame or are followed by a commit frame, then page P is read from +** the database file. ** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set. -** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set. -** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set. -** * Payload -** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow +** To start a read transaction, the reader records the index of the last +** valid frame in the WAL. The reader uses this recorded "mxFrame" value +** for all subsequent read operations. New transactions can be appended +** to the WAL, but as long as the reader uses its original mxFrame value +** and ignores the newly appended content, it will see a consistent snapshot +** of the database from a single point in time. This technique allows +** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database +** content simultaneously. +** +** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but +** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the +** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames. If the +** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow, +** and read performance suffers. To overcome this problem, a separate +** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the +** search for frames of a particular page. +** +** WAL-INDEX FORMAT +** +** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations +** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file. Because +** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL +** on a network filesystem. All users of the database must be able to +** share memory. +** +** The wal-index is transient. After a crash, the wal-index can (and should +** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file. In fact, the VFS is required +** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last +** connection to it closes. Because the wal-index is transient, it can +** use an architecture-specific format; it does not have to be cross-platform. +** Hence, unlike the database and WAL file formats which store all values +** as big endian, the wal-index can store multi-byte values in the native +** byte order of the host computer. +** +** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly: Given +** a page number P, return the index of the last frame for page P in the WAL, +** or return NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL. +** +** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or +** more index blocks. +** +** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL +** in the the mxFrame field. +** +** Each index block except for the first contains information on +** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on +** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and +** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and +** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the +** wal-index. +** +** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the +** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table +** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number. +** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE +** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the +** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the +** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block +** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in +** the log, and so on. +** +** The last index block in a wal-index usually contains less than the full +** complement of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) page-numbers, +** depending on the contents of the WAL file. This does not change the +** allocated size of the page-mapping array - the page-mapping array merely +** contains unused entries. +** +** Even without using the hash table, the last frame for page P +** can be found by scanning the page-mapping sections of each index block +** starting with the last index block and moving toward the first, and +** within each index block, starting at the end and moving toward the +** beginning. The first entry that equals P corresponds to the frame +** holding the content for that page. +** +** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers. +** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the +** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash +** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions +** prior to finding a match is 1. Each entry of the hash table is an +** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same +** index block. Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in +** the mapping section. (For index blocks other than the last, K will +** always be exactly HASHTABLE_NPAGE (4096) and for the last index block +** K will be (mxFrame%HASHTABLE_NPAGE).) Unused slots of the hash table +** contain a value of 0. +** +** To look for page P in the hash table, first compute a hash iKey on +** P as follows: +** +** iKey = (P * 383) % HASHTABLE_NSLOT +** +** Then start scanning entries of the hash table, starting with iKey +** (wrapping around to the beginning when the end of the hash table is +** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot +** be at index iUnused. (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was +** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full, +** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let +** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused, +** where aHash[iMax]==P. If there is no iMax entry (if there exists +** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the +** current index block. Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the +** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references +** page P. +** +** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the +** first index block, looking for entries corresponding to page P. On +** average, only two or three slots in each index block need to be +** examined in order to either find the last entry for page P, or to +** establish that no such entry exists in the block. Each index block +** holds over 4000 entries. So two or three index blocks are sufficient +** to cover a typical 10 megabyte WAL file, assuming 1K pages. 8 or 10 +** comparisons (on average) suffice to either locate a frame in the +** WAL or to establish that the frame does not exist in the WAL. This +** is much faster than scanning the entire 10MB WAL. +** +** Note that entries are added in order of increasing K. Hence, one +** reader might be using some value K0 and a second reader that started +** at a later time (after additional transactions were added to the WAL +** and to the wal-index) might be using a different value K1, where K1>K0. +** Both readers can use the same hash table and mapping section to get +** the correct result. There may be entries in the hash table with +** K>K0 but to the first reader, those entries will appear to be unused +** slots in the hash table and so the first reader will get an answer as +** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table +** in the first place - which is what reader one wants. Meanwhile, the +** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted +** later, which is exactly what reader two wants. +** +** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries +** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed +** from the hash table at this point. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + + +/* +** Trace output macros +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0; +# define WALTRACE(X) if(sqlite3WalTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +#else +# define WALTRACE(X) +#endif + +/* +** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats +** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite. ** -** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely -** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little -** as 1 byte of data. +** If a client begins recovering a WAL file and finds that (a) the checksum +** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not +** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. ** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of next overflow page -** * Data +** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the +** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not +** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite +** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. +*/ +#define WAL_MAX_VERSION 3007000 +#define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000 + +/* +** Indices of various locking bytes. WAL_NREADER is the number +** of available reader locks and should be at least 3. +*/ +#define WAL_WRITE_LOCK 0 +#define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE 1 +#define WAL_CKPT_LOCK 1 +#define WAL_RECOVER_LOCK 2 +#define WAL_READ_LOCK(I) (3+(I)) +#define WAL_NREADER (SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3) + + +/* Object declarations */ +typedef struct WalIndexHdr WalIndexHdr; +typedef struct WalIterator WalIterator; +typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo; + + +/* +** The following object holds a copy of the wal-index header content. ** -** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The -** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk -** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is -** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this: +** The actual header in the wal-index consists of two copies of this +** object. ** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of next trunk page -** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page -** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves -*/ +** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive. +** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page. The latter case was +** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added. +*/ +struct WalIndexHdr { + u32 iVersion; /* Wal-index version */ + u32 unused; /* Unused (padding) field */ + u32 iChange; /* Counter incremented each transaction */ + u8 isInit; /* 1 when initialized */ + u8 bigEndCksum; /* True if checksums in WAL are big-endian */ + u16 szPage; /* Database page size in bytes. 1==64K */ + u32 mxFrame; /* Index of last valid frame in the WAL */ + u32 nPage; /* Size of database in pages */ + u32 aFrameCksum[2]; /* Checksum of last frame in log */ + u32 aSalt[2]; /* Two salt values copied from WAL header */ + u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum over all prior fields */ +}; +/* +** A copy of the following object occurs in the wal-index immediately +** following the second copy of the WalIndexHdr. This object stores +** information used by checkpoint. +** +** nBackfill is the number of frames in the WAL that have been written +** back into the database. (We call the act of moving content from WAL to +** database "backfilling".) The nBackfill number is never greater than +** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame. nBackfill can only be increased by threads +** holding the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock (which includes a recovery thread). +** However, a WAL_WRITE_LOCK thread can move the value of nBackfill from +** mxFrame back to zero when the WAL is reset. +** +** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock. If a reader +** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than +** the mxFrame for that reader. The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff) +** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is +** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder +** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one. Readers holding +** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content +** directly from the database. +** +** The value of aReadMark[K] may only be changed by a thread that +** is holding an exclusive lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). Thus, the value of +** aReadMark[K] cannot changed while there is a reader is using that mark +** since the reader will be holding a shared lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). +** +** The checkpointer may only transfer frames from WAL to database where +** the frame numbers are less than or equal to every aReadMark[] that is +** in use (that is, every aReadMark[j] for which there is a corresponding +** WAL_READ_LOCK(j)). New readers (usually) pick the aReadMark[] with the +** largest value and will increase an unused aReadMark[] to mxFrame if there +** is not already an aReadMark[] equal to mxFrame. The exception to the +** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything +** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers +** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will +** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore +** the WAL. +** +** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL. However, +** if nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that all WAL content has been +** written back into the database) and if no readers are using the WAL +** (in other words, if there are no WAL_READ_LOCK(i) where i>0) then +** the writer will first "reset" the WAL back to the beginning and start +** writing new content beginning at frame 1. +** +** We assume that 32-bit loads are atomic and so no locks are needed in +** order to read from any aReadMark[] entries. +*/ +struct WalCkptInfo { + u32 nBackfill; /* Number of WAL frames backfilled into DB */ + u32 aReadMark[WAL_NREADER]; /* Reader marks */ +}; +#define READMARK_NOT_USED 0xffffffff -/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page -** size give above. -*/ -#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) (pBt->pageSize-8) -/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This -** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself -** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such -** small cells will be rare, but they are possible. +/* A block of WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED bytes beginning at +** WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET is reserved for locks. Since some systems +** only support mandatory file-locks, we do not read or write data +** from the region of the file on which locks are applied. */ -#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6) +#define WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2 + sizeof(WalCkptInfo)) +#define WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED 16 +#define WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE (WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET+WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED) -/* Forward declarations */ -typedef struct MemPage MemPage; -typedef struct BtLock BtLock; +/* Size of header before each frame in wal */ +#define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24 -/* -** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every -** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database. +/* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */ +/* #define WAL_HDRSIZE 24 */ +#define WAL_HDRSIZE 32 + +/* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least +** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit +** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file. ** -** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a -** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The -** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so -** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change -** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read -** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools -** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library. +** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL +** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit +** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting +** all data as 32-bit little-endian words. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */ -# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3" -#endif +#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682 /* -** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the -** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page. +** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, +** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned +** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header. */ -#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01 -#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02 -#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04 -#define PTF_LEAF 0x08 +#define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ( \ + WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE) \ +) /* -** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following -** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores -** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page. -** -** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to -** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to -** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced. -** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore. -** -** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex -** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex. -*/ -struct MemPage { - u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */ - u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */ - u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */ - u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */ - u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */ - u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */ - u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */ - u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */ - u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */ - u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */ - u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */ - u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */ - u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */ - struct _OvflCell { /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */ - u8 *pCell; /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */ - u16 idx; /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */ - } aOvfl[5]; - BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */ - u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */ - Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ +** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the +** following object. +*/ +struct Wal { + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */ + sqlite3_file *pDbFd; /* File handle for the database file */ + sqlite3_file *pWalFd; /* File handle for WAL file */ + u32 iCallback; /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */ + i64 mxWalSize; /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */ + int nWiData; /* Size of array apWiData */ + volatile u32 **apWiData; /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */ + u32 szPage; /* Database page size */ + i16 readLock; /* Which read lock is being held. -1 for none */ + u8 exclusiveMode; /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */ + u8 writeLock; /* True if in a write transaction */ + u8 ckptLock; /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */ + u8 readOnly; /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */ + WalIndexHdr hdr; /* Wal-index header for current transaction */ + const char *zWalName; /* Name of WAL file */ + u32 nCkpt; /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 lockError; /* True if a locking error has occurred */ +#endif }; /* -** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended -** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold -** that extra information. +** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode. */ -#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage) +#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE 0 +#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1 +#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2 /* -** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock. -** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor -** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed -** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when -** a btree handle is closed. +** Possible values for WAL.readOnly */ -struct BtLock { - Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */ - Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */ - u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */ - BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */ -}; +#define WAL_RDWR 0 /* Normal read/write connection */ +#define WAL_RDONLY 1 /* The WAL file is readonly */ +#define WAL_SHM_RDONLY 2 /* The SHM file is readonly */ -/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */ -#define READ_LOCK 1 -#define WRITE_LOCK 2 +/* +** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of +** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type. +*/ +typedef u16 ht_slot; -/* A Btree handle +/* +** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through +** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames +** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the +** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with +** the largest index). ** -** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of -** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure -** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot -** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to -** this structure. +** The internals of this structure are only accessed by: ** -** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be -** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection -** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object -** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the -** schema associated with the database file are all contained within -** the BtShared object. +** walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator, +** walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator, +** walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator. ** -** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex. -** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors -** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those -** cursors have to do go through this Btree to find their BtShared and -** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex. +** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()). */ -struct Btree { - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */ - BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */ - u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */ - u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */ - u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */ - int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */ - int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */ - Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */ - Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - BtLock lock; /* Object used to lock page 1 */ -#endif +struct WalIterator { + int iPrior; /* Last result returned from the iterator */ + int nSegment; /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */ + struct WalSegment { + int iNext; /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */ + ht_slot *aIndex; /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */ + u32 *aPgno; /* Array of page numbers. */ + int nEntry; /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */ + int iZero; /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */ + } aSegment[1]; /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */ }; /* -** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values. +** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There +** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the +** wal-index. ** -** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users -** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction, -** but any number may have active read transactions. +** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and +** create incompatibilities. */ -#define TRANS_NONE 0 -#define TRANS_READ 1 -#define TRANS_WRITE 2 +#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE 4096 /* Must be power of 2 */ +#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1 383 /* Should be prime */ +#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2) /* Must be a power of 2 */ -/* -** An instance of this object represents a single database file. -** -** A single database file can be in use as the same time by two -** or more database connections. When two or more connections are -** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own -** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points -** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of -** connections currently sharing this database file. -** -** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex -** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the -** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field -** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0. -** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and -** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0. -** -** isPending: -** -** If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database -** table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table), -** the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is -** set to true. -** -** The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of -** the following occur: -** -** 1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR -** 2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero. -** -** while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new -** transaction. -** -** This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation. +/* +** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a +** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete +** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index. */ -struct BtShared { - Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */ - BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */ - MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */ - u8 readOnly; /* True if the underlying file is readonly */ - u8 pageSizeFixed; /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */ - u8 secureDelete; /* True if secure_delete is enabled */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */ - u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */ -#endif - u16 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */ - u16 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */ - u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ - u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ - u16 maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ - u16 minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ - u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */ - int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */ - void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */ - void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this struct */ - Bitvec *pHasContent; /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */ - BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */ - BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */ - Btree *pWriter; /* Btree with currently open write transaction */ - u8 isExclusive; /* True if pWriter has an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db */ - u8 isPending; /* If waiting for read-locks to clear */ -#endif - u8 *pTmpSpace; /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ -}; +#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32))) -/* -** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information -** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure -** based on information extract from the raw disk page. -*/ -typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo; -struct CellInfo { - u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */ - i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */ - u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */ - u32 nPayload; /* Total amount of payload */ - u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */ - u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */ - u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */ - u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */ -}; +/* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */ +#define WALINDEX_PGSZ ( \ + sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \ +) /* -** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than -** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a -** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a -** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes. +** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index +** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are +** numbered from zero. ** -** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is -** assumed that the database is corrupt. +** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index +** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs, +** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0. */ -#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20 +static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; -/* -** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular -** b-tree within a database file. -** -** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in -** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry. -** -** A single database file can shared by two more database connections, -** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a -** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db. -** -** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex -** found at self->pBt->mutex. -*/ -struct BtCursor { - Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */ - BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */ - struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */ - Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */ - sqlite3_int64 cachedRowid; /* Next rowid cache. 0 means not valid */ - CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */ - u8 wrFlag; /* True if writable */ - u8 atLast; /* Cursor pointing to the last entry */ - u8 validNKey; /* True if info.nKey is valid */ - u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */ - void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */ - i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */ - int skipNext; /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - u8 isIncrblobHandle; /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */ - Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */ -#endif - i16 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */ - MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Pages from root to current page */ - u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */ -}; + /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */ + if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){ + int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1); + volatile u32 **apNew; + apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte); + if( !apNew ){ + *ppPage = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0, + sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData)); + pWal->apWiData = apNew; + pWal->nWiData = iPage+1; + } + + /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */ + if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ + pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ); + if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, + pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage] + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){ + pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + + *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage]; + assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + return rc; +} /* -** Potential values for BtCursor.eState. -** -** CURSOR_VALID: -** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called. -** -** CURSOR_INVALID: -** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) -** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been -** called. -** -** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK: -** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been -** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved -** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in -** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to -** seek the cursor to the saved position. -** -** CURSOR_FAULT: -** A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred -** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this -** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state. -** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor -** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip +** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index. */ -#define CURSOR_INVALID 0 -#define CURSOR_VALID 1 -#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 2 -#define CURSOR_FAULT 3 +static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){ + assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); + return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]); +} /* -** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used. +** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index. */ -# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt) +static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){ + assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); + return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0]; +} /* -** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a -** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable -** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the -** page number to look up in the pointer map. -** -** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map -** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns -** the offset of the requested map entry. -** -** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page, -** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be -** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements -** this test. +** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian +** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting +** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it +** returns the value that would be produced by intepreting the 4 bytes +** of the input value as a little-endian integer. */ -#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno) -#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1)) -#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno)) +#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \ + (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8) \ + + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8) + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \ +) /* -** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for -** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that -** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains -** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers -** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map -** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number. -** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types. -** -** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one -** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page -** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the -** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly. -** -** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not -** used in this case. -** -** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number -** is not used in this case. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of -** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that -** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page. +** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in +** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or +** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL). ** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of -** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous -** page in the overflow page list. +** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning. ** -** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number -** identifies the parent page in the btree. -*/ -#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1 -#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2 -#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3 -#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4 -#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5 - -/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables -** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent. -*/ -#define btreeIntegrity(p) \ - assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \ - assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); - - -/* -** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine -** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used -** within an expression that is an argument to another macro -** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation. -** So, this macro is defined instead. +** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum) -#else -#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0 -#endif - +static void walChecksumBytes( + int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */ + u8 *a, /* Content to be checksummed */ + int nByte, /* Bytes of content in a[]. Must be a multiple of 8. */ + const u32 *aIn, /* Initial checksum value input */ + u32 *aOut /* OUT: Final checksum value output */ +){ + u32 s1, s2; + u32 *aData = (u32 *)a; + u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte]; -/* -** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines -** in order to keep track of some global state information. -*/ -typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk; -struct IntegrityCk { - BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */ - Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */ - Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ - int *anRef; /* Number of times each page is referenced */ - int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */ - int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */ - int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */ - StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */ -}; + if( aIn ){ + s1 = aIn[0]; + s2 = aIn[1]; + }else{ + s1 = s2 = 0; + } -/* -** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values. -*/ -#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) -#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v)) -#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte -#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte + assert( nByte>=8 ); + assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 ); -/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + if( nativeCksum ){ + do { + s1 += *aData++ + s2; + s2 += *aData++ + s1; + }while( aDatalocked boolean to true. -*/ -static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ - assert( p->locked==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + aOut[0] = s1; + aOut[1] = s2; +} - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); - p->pBt->db = p->db; - p->locked = 1; +static void walShmBarrier(Wal *pWal){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ + sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd); + } } /* -** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and -** clear the p->locked boolean. +** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index. +** +** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written. */ -static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ - assert( p->locked==1 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - assert( p->db==p->pBt->db ); +static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){ + volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); + const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex); - p->locked = 0; + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + pWal->hdr.isInit = 1; + pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION; + walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum); + memcpy((void *)&aHdr[1], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + walShmBarrier(pWal); + memcpy((void *)&aHdr[0], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); } /* -** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object. -** -** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required -** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive. -** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior -** of this interface is recursive. +** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer +** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of +** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows: ** -** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order -** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other -** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree -** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on -** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait -** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the -** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock. +** 0: Page number. +** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages +** after the commit. For all other records, zero. +** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header) +** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header) +** 16: Checksum-1. +** 20: Checksum-2. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ - Btree *pLater; - - /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees - ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by - ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to - ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */ - assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt ); - assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBtpBt ); - assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db ); - assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db ); - assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) ); - - /* Check for locking consistency */ - assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); - assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 ); +static void walEncodeFrame( + Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ + u32 iPage, /* Database page number for frame */ + u32 nTruncate, /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */ + u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data */ + u8 *aFrame /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */ +){ + int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ + u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; + assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate); + memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); - /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); + walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); + walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); - /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db - ** should already be set correctly. */ - assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db ); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]); +} - if( !p->sharable ) return; - p->wantToLock++; - if( p->locked ) return; +/* +** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content +** in aData[] is valid. If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and +** *pnTruncate and return true. Return if the frame is not valid. +*/ +static int walDecodeFrame( + Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ + u32 *piPage, /* OUT: Database page number for frame */ + u32 *pnTruncate, /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */ + u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */ + u8 *aFrame /* Frame data */ +){ + int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ + u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; + u32 pgno; /* Page number of the frame */ + assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); - /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we - ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock - ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block. + /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header + ** match the salt values in the wal-header. */ - if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->pBt->db = p->db; - p->locked = 1; - return; + if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){ + return 0; } - /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger - ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire - ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending - ** order. + /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero. */ - for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - assert( pLater->sharable ); - assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt ); - assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 ); - if( pLater->locked ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(pLater); - } + pgno = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]); + if( pgno==0 ){ + return 0; } - lockBtreeMutex(p); - for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - if( pLater->wantToLock ){ - lockBtreeMutex(pLater); - } + + /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header, + ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, + ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 + ** bytes of this frame-header. + */ + nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); + walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); + walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); + if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) + || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) + ){ + /* Checksum failed. */ + return 0; } + + /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid. Return the page number + ** and the new database size. + */ + *piPage = pgno; + *pnTruncate = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]); + return 1; } + +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* -** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree. +** Names of locks. This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not +** a part of an ordinary build. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){ - if( p->sharable ){ - assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); - p->wantToLock--; - if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(p); - } +static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){ + if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){ + return "WRITE-LOCK"; + }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){ + return "CKPT-LOCK"; + }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){ + return "RECOVER-LOCK"; + }else{ + static char zName[15]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]", + lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); + return zName; } } +#endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ + -#ifndef NDEBUG /* -** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the -** B-Tree is not marked as sharable. +** Set or release locks on the WAL. Locks are either shared or exclusive. +** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go +** through the unlocked state first. ** -** This routine is used only from within assert() statements. +** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){ - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 ); - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db ); - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - - return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked); +static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ + int rc; + if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK; + rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, + SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED); + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal, + walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) + return rc; +} +static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; + (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, + SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED); + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx))); +} +static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ + int rc; + if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK; + rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, + SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal, + walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) + return rc; +} +static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; + (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, + SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal, + walLockName(lockIdx), n)); } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* -** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that -** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be -** omitted if that module is not used. +** Compute a hash on a page number. The resulting hash value must land +** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1). The walHashNext() function advances +** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree); +static int walHash(u32 iPage){ + assert( iPage>0 ); + assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 ); + return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); } -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree); +static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){ + return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ - -/* -** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database -** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing -** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names -** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being -** reset out from under us. +/* +** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on +** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages +** numbered starting from 0. ** -** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures. +** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table +** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame +** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a +** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number +** (*piZero+N) in the log. ** -** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address -** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with -** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees -** at the same instant. +** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the +** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (*piZero+1). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - Btree *p, *pLater; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - assert( !p || (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db ); - if( p && p->sharable ){ - p->wantToLock++; - if( !p->locked ){ - assert( p->wantToLock==1 ); - while( p->pPrev ) p = p->pPrev; - /* Reason for ALWAYS: There must be at least on unlocked Btree in - ** the chain. Otherwise the !p->locked test above would have failed */ - while( p->locked && ALWAYS(p->pNext) ) p = p->pNext; - for(pLater = p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - if( pLater->locked ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(pLater); - } - } - while( p ){ - lockBtreeMutex(p); - p = p->pNext; - } - } +static int walHashGet( + Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ + int iHash, /* Find the iHash'th table */ + volatile ht_slot **paHash, /* OUT: Pointer to hash index */ + volatile u32 **paPgno, /* OUT: Pointer to page number array */ + u32 *piZero /* OUT: Frame associated with *paPgno[0] */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + volatile u32 *aPgno; + + rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &aPgno); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iHash>0 ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u32 iZero; + volatile ht_slot *aHash; + + aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; + if( iHash==0 ){ + aPgno = &aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)]; + iZero = 0; + }else{ + iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE; } + + *paPgno = &aPgno[-1]; + *paHash = aHash; + *piZero = iZero; } + return rc; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - Btree *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p && p->sharable ){ - assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); - p->wantToLock--; - if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(p); - } - } - } + +/* +** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table +** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame +** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages +** are numbered starting from 0. +*/ +static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){ + int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE; + assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) + && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) + && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) + && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE) + && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) + ); + return iHash; } -#ifndef NDEBUG /* -** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection -** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes. -** -** This routine is used inside assert() statements only. +** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){ - return 0; - } - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *p; - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p && p->sharable && - (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){ - return 0; - } +static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){ + int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame); + if( iHash==0 ){ + return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1]; } - return 1; + return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ /* -** Add a new Btree pointer to a BtreeMutexArray. -** if the pointer can possibly be shared with -** another database connection. +** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater +** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. ** -** The pointers are kept in sorted order by pBtree->pBt. That -** way when we go to enter all the mutexes, we can enter them -** in order without every having to backup and retry and without -** worrying about deadlock. +** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due +** to a rollback or savepoint. ** -** The number of shared btrees will always be small (usually 0 or 1) -** so an insertion sort is an adequate algorithm here. +** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be +** updated. Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when +** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are +** actually needed. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray *pArray, Btree *pBtree){ - int i, j; - BtShared *pBt; - if( pBtree==0 || pBtree->sharable==0 ) return; -#ifndef NDEBUG - { - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree ); +static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){ + volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Pointer to hash table to clear */ + volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array for hash table */ + u32 iZero = 0; /* frame == (aHash[x]+iZero) */ + int iLimit = 0; /* Zero values greater than this */ + int nByte; /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */ + + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 ); + testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE ); + testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 ); + + if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return; + + /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing + ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed + ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped. + */ + assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) ); + assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] ); + walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); + + /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater + ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. + */ + iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - iZero; + assert( iLimit>0 ); + for(i=0; iiLimit ){ + aHash[i] = 0; } } -#endif - assert( pArray->nMutex>=0 ); - assert( pArray->nMutexaBtree)-1 ); - pBt = pBtree->pBt; - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree ); - if( pArray->aBtree[i]->pBt>pBt ){ - for(j=pArray->nMutex; j>i; j--){ - pArray->aBtree[j] = pArray->aBtree[j-1]; + + /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with + ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. + */ + nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]); + memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT + /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable + ** via the hash table even after the cleanup. + */ + if( iLimit ){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int iKey; /* Hash key */ + for(i=1; i<=iLimit; i++){ + for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ + if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break; } - pArray->aBtree[i] = pBtree; - pArray->nMutex++; - return; + assert( aHash[iKey]==i ); } } - pArray->aBtree[pArray->nMutex++] = pBtree; +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ } + /* -** Enter the mutex of every btree in the array. This routine is -** called at the beginning of sqlite3VdbeExec(). The mutexes are -** exited at the end of the same function. +** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number +** pPage into WAL frame iFrame. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){ - int i; - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i]; - /* Some basic sanity checking */ - assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBtpBt ); - assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); +static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + u32 iZero = 0; /* One less than frame number of aPgno[1] */ + volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array */ + volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Hash table */ - /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); - /* The Btree is sharable because only sharable Btrees are entered - ** into the array in the first place. */ - assert( p->sharable ); + /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the + ** page number array and hash table entry. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iKey; /* Hash table key */ + int idx; /* Value to write to hash-table slot */ + int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions */ + + idx = iFrame - iZero; + assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 ); + + /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the + ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceding. + */ + if( idx==1 ){ + int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]); + memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte); + } - p->wantToLock++; - if( !p->locked ){ - lockBtreeMutex(p); + /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer + ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after + ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). + ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from + ** the hash-table before writing any new entries. + */ + if( aPgno[idx] ){ + walCleanupHash(pWal); + assert( !aPgno[idx] ); } - } -} -/* -** Leave the mutex of every btree in the group. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){ - int i; - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i]; - /* Some basic sanity checking */ - assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBtpBt ); - assert( p->locked ); - assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); + /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */ + nCollide = idx; + for(iKey=walHash(iPage); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ + if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + aPgno[idx] = iPage; + aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx; - /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT + /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals + ** the number of entries in the mapping region. + */ + { + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int nEntry = 0; /* Number of entries in the hash table */ + for(i=0; iwantToLock--; - if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(p); + /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is reachable + ** via the hash table. This turns out to be a really, really expensive + ** thing to check, so only do this occasionally - not on every + ** iteration. + */ + if( (idx&0x3ff)==0 ){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + for(i=1; i<=idx; i++){ + for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ + if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break; + } + assert( aHash[iKey]==i ); + } } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ } -} -#else -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ - p->pBt->db = p->db; + + return rc; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p ){ - p->pBt->db = p->db; + + +/* +** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file. +** +** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the +** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything +** with the WAL or wal-index while recovery is running. The +** WAL_RECOVER_LOCK is also held so that other threads will know +** that this thread is running recovery. If unable to establish +** the necessary locks, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY. +*/ +static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + i64 nSize; /* Size of log file */ + u32 aFrameCksum[2] = {0, 0}; + int iLock; /* Lock offset to lock for checkpoint */ + int nLock; /* Number of locks to hold */ + + /* Obtain an exclusive lock on all byte in the locking range not already + ** locked by the caller. The caller is guaranteed to have locked the + ** WAL_WRITE_LOCK byte, and may have also locked the WAL_CKPT_LOCK byte. + ** If successful, the same bytes that are locked here are unlocked before + ** this function returns. + */ + assert( pWal->ckptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 ); + assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 ); + assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE ); + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock; + nLock = SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK - iLock; + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal)); + + memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto recovery_error; + } + + if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){ + u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to load WAL header into */ + u8 *aFrame = 0; /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */ + int szFrame; /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */ + u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */ + int iFrame; /* Index of last frame read */ + i64 iOffset; /* Next offset to read from log file */ + int szPage; /* Page size according to the log */ + u32 magic; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ + u32 version; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ + + /* Read in the WAL header. */ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto recovery_error; + } + + /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than + ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid + ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole + ** WAL file. + */ + magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]); + szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]); + if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC + || szPage&(szPage-1) + || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE + || szPage<512 + ){ + goto finished; + } + pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001); + pWal->szPage = szPage; + pWal->nCkpt = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]); + memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8); + + /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */ + walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, + aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum + ); + if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24]) + || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[28]) + ){ + goto finished; + } + + /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that + ** are able to understand */ + version = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]); + if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){ + rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + goto finished; + } + + /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */ + szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; + aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc(szFrame); + if( !aFrame ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto recovery_error; + } + aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; + + /* Read all frames from the log file. */ + iFrame = 0; + for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){ + u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */ + u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */ + int isValid; /* True if this frame is valid */ + + /* Read and decode the next log frame. */ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame); + if( !isValid ) break; + rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, ++iFrame, pgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + + /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */ + if( nTruncate ){ + pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; + pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; + pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); + testcase( szPage<=32768 ); + testcase( szPage>=65536 ); + aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; + aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; + } + } + + sqlite3_free(aFrame); + } + +finished: + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; + int i; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0]; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1]; + walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); + + /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is + ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and + ** checkpointers. + */ + pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); + pInfo->nBackfill = 0; + pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0; + for(i=1; iaReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; + + /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an + ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance + ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without + ** checkpointing the log file. + */ + if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "Recovered %d frames from WAL file %s", + pWal->hdr.nPage, pWal->zWalName + ); } } + +recovery_error: + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock); + return rc; } -#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */ -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ -/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/ /* -** 2004 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** Close an open wal-index. +*/ +static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inWiData; i++){ + sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]); + pWal->apWiData[i] = 0; + } + }else{ + sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete); + } +} + +/* +** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must +** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points +** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle. ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function +** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other +** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process +** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the +** system would be badly broken. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. -** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information. -** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation. +** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and +** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs, +** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */ + sqlite3_file *pDbFd, /* The open database file */ + const char *zWalName, /* Name of the WAL file */ + int bNoShm, /* True to run in heap-memory mode */ + i64 mxWalSize, /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */ + Wal **ppWal /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + Wal *pRet; /* Object to allocate and return */ + int flags; /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */ -/* -** The header string that appears at the beginning of every -** SQLite database. -*/ -static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER; + assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] ); + assert( pDbFd ); -/* -** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE -** macro. -*/ -#if 0 -int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ -# define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);} -#else -# define TRACE(X) + /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before + ** this source file. Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets + ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value. + */ +#ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE + assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); #endif +#ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE + assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); +#endif + + /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */ + *ppWal = 0; + pRet = (Wal*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile); + if( !pRet ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pRet->pVfs = pVfs; + pRet->pWalFd = (sqlite3_file *)&pRet[1]; + pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd; + pRet->readLock = -1; + pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize; + pRet->zWalName = zWalName; + pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE); + + /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */ + flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL); + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ + pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY; + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + walIndexClose(pRet, 0); + sqlite3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd); + sqlite3_free(pRet); + }else{ + *ppWal = pRet; + WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet)); + } + return rc; +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* -** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation -** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds, -** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for -** test builds. -** -** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER. +** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; -#else -static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){ + if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit; +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* -** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features. +** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that +** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the +** same WalIterator object. Write into *piFrame the frame index where +** that page was last written into the WAL. Write into *piPage the page +** number. ** -** This routine has no effect on existing database connections. -** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to -** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2(). +** Return 0 on success. If there are no pages in the WAL with a page +** number larger than *piPage, then return 1. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable; - return SQLITE_OK; +static int walIteratorNext( + WalIterator *p, /* Iterator */ + u32 *piPage, /* OUT: The page number of the next page */ + u32 *piFrame /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */ +){ + u32 iMin; /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */ + u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF; /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */ + int i; /* For looping through segments */ + + iMin = p->iPrior; + assert( iMin<0xffffffff ); + for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){ + struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i]; + while( pSegment->iNextnEntry ){ + u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]]; + if( iPg>iMin ){ + if( iPgiZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]; + } + break; + } + pSegment->iNext++; + } + } + + *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet; + return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF); } -#endif +/* +** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list. +** +** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices. The sort key is +** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]]. Upon entry, the following +** is guaranteed for all J0 && nRight>0 ); + while( iRight=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage ); + assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage ); + } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + *paRight = aLeft; + *pnRight = iOut; + memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut); +} -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. *** +** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key. +** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the +** larger aList[] values. ** -** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the -** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. +** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[]. The values in +** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all JpBt->pSchema; - Pgno iTab = 0; - BtLock *pLock; + struct Sublist { + int nList; /* Number of elements in aList */ + ht_slot *aList; /* Pointer to sub-list content */ + }; - /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading - ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. - ** Return true immediately. - */ - if( (pBtree->sharable==0) - || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)) - ){ - return 1; - } + const int nList = *pnList; /* Size of input list */ + int nMerge = 0; /* Number of elements in list aMerge */ + ht_slot *aMerge = 0; /* List to be merged */ + int iList; /* Index into input list */ + int iSub = 0; /* Index into aSub array */ + struct Sublist aSub[13]; /* Array of sub-lists */ - /* If the client is reading or writing an index and the schema is - ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if - ** the correct locks are held. So do not bother - just return true. - ** This case does not come up very often anyhow. - */ - if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){ - return 1; - } + memset(aSub, 0, sizeof(aSub)); + assert( nList<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE && nList>0 ); + assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) ); - /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table - ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or - ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated - ** table. */ - if( isIndex ){ - HashElem *p; - for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ - Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p); - if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){ - iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum; - } + for(iList=0; iListaList && p->nList<=(1<aList==&aList[iList&~((2<aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); } - }else{ - iTab = iRoot; + aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge; + aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge; } - /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a - ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a - ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */ - for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ - if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree - && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1)) - && pLock->eLock>=eLockType - ){ - return 1; + for(iSub++; iSubnList<=(1<aList==&aList[nList&~((2<aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); } } - - /* Failed to find the required lock. */ - return 0; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + assert( aMerge==aList ); + *pnList = nMerge; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. **** -** -** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the -** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are -** simultaneously reading that same table or index. -** -** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that -** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing -** the iRoot table. Except, if the other Btree object has the -** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to -** have a read cursor. -** -** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index -** rooted at page iRoot, one should call: -** -** assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) ); -*/ -static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){ - BtCursor *p; - for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot - && p->pBtree!=pBtree - && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) - ){ - return 1; + { + int i; + for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){ + assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] ); } } - return 0; +#endif } -#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ -/* -** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock -** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return -** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling -** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not. +/* +** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit(). */ -static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock *pIter; +static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){ + sqlite3ScratchFree(p); +} - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( p->db!=0 ); - assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 ); +/* +** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all +** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint +** lock. +** +** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object +** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine +** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined. +** +** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the +** WalIterator object when it has finished with it. +*/ +static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, WalIterator **pp){ + WalIterator *p; /* Return value */ + int nSegment; /* Number of segments to merge */ + u32 iLast; /* Last frame in log */ + int nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + ht_slot *aTmp; /* Temp space used by merge-sort */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ - /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write - ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there - ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself. + /* This routine only runs while holding the checkpoint lock. And + ** it only runs if there is actually content in the log (mxFrame>0). */ - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 ); + iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ - if( !p->sharable ){ - return SQLITE_OK; + /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */ + nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1; + nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) + + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment) + + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot); + p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(nByte); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + memset(p, 0, nByte); + p->nSegment = nSegment; - /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the - ** requested lock may not be obtained. + /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block + ** of memory will be freed before this function returns. */ - if( pBt->pWriter!=p && pBt->isExclusive ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db); - return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; + aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc( + sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast) + ); + if( !aTmp ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) - ** statement is a simplification of: - ** - ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK) - ** - ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection - ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can - ** only be a single writer). - */ - assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK); - if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db); - if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){ - assert( p==pBt->pWriter ); - pBt->isPending = 1; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iaSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero]; + iZero++; + + for(j=0; jaSegment[i].iZero = iZero; + p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry; + p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex; + p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno; } } - return SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3ScratchFree(aTmp); + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + walIteratorFree(p); + } + *pp = p; + return rc; } -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* -** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used -** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or -** WRITE_LOCK. +** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and +** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a +** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the +** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0. +*/ +static int walBusyLock( + Wal *pWal, /* WAL connection */ + int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ + void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ + int lockIdx, /* Offset of first byte to lock */ + int n /* Number of bytes to lock */ +){ + int rc; + do { + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n); + }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function. +** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database. +*/ +static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){ + return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); +} + +/* +** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file +** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent. ** -** This function assumes the following: +** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited +** by active readers. This routine will never overwrite a database page +** that a concurrent reader might be using. ** -** (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable -** database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and +** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when +** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if +** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background +** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call. ** -** (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts -** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has -** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK). +** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and +** into the database. This ensures that if the new content is persistent +** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset. ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM -** is returned if a malloc attempt fails. -*/ -static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock *pLock = 0; - BtLock *pIter; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( p->db!=0 ); - - /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to - ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained - ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master - ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */ - assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); +** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire +** WAL content is copied into the database file. This second fsync makes +** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the +** database file. +** +** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header. +** This is the only routine tha will increase the value of nBackfill. +** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase +** its value.) +** +** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other +** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same +** time. +*/ +static int walCheckpoint( + Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ + int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */ + int (*xBusyCall)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ + void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ + int sync_flags, /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */ + u8 *zBuf /* Temporary buffer to use */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int szPage; /* Database page-size */ + WalIterator *pIter = 0; /* Wal iterator context */ + u32 iDbpage = 0; /* Next database page to write */ + u32 iFrame = 0; /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */ + u32 mxSafeFrame; /* Max frame that can be backfilled */ + u32 mxPage; /* Max database page to write */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* The checkpoint status information */ + int (*xBusy)(void*) = 0; /* Function to call when waiting for locks */ - /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it - ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */ - assert( p->sharable ); - assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); + szPage = walPagesize(pWal); + testcase( szPage<=32768 ); + testcase( szPage>=65536 ); + pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); + if( pInfo->nBackfill>=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) return SQLITE_OK; - /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */ - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){ - pLock = pIter; - break; - } + /* Allocate the iterator */ + rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } + assert( pIter ); - /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p - ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list. + if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ) xBusy = xBusyCall; + + /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is + ** safe to write into the database. Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might + ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus + ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL. */ - if( !pLock ){ - pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock)); - if( !pLock ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage; + for(i=1; iaReadMark[i]; + if( mxSafeFrame>y ){ + assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); + rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + mxSafeFrame = y; + xBusy = 0; + }else{ + goto walcheckpoint_out; + } } - pLock->iTable = iTable; - pLock->pBtree = p; - pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock; - pBt->pLock = pLock; } - /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock - ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held - ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock. - */ - assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK ); - if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){ - pLock->eLock = eLock; - } + if( pInfo->nBackfillnBackfill; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + /* Sync the WAL to disk */ + if( sync_flags ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags); + } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to -** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p. -** -** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write -** transaction. If it does not, then the BtShared.isPending variable -** may be incorrectly cleared. -*/ -static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock; + /* If the database file may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint + ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage); + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSizepDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq); + } + } - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter ); - assert( p->inTrans>0 ); + /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file. */ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){ + i64 iOffset; + assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage ); + if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ) continue; + iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; + /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage; + testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } - while( *ppIter ){ - BtLock *pLock = *ppIter; - assert( pBt->isExclusive==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree ); - assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock ); - if( pLock->pBtree==p ){ - *ppIter = pLock->pNext; - assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock ); - if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){ - sqlite3_free(pLock); + /* If work was actually accomplished... */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){ + i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage; + testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) ); + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sync_flags ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame; } - }else{ - ppIter = &pLock->pNext; } + + /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */ + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1); } - assert( pBt->isPending==0 || pBt->pWriter ); - if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ - pBt->pWriter = 0; - pBt->isExclusive = 0; - pBt->isPending = 0; - }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){ - /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its - ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not - ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other - ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case - ** set the isPending flag to 0. - ** - ** If there is not currently a writer, then BtShared.isPending must - ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case. - */ - pBt->isPending = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure + ** just because there are active readers. */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART operation, and the entire wal + ** file has been copied into the database file, then block until all + ** readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that the next + ** process to write to the database restarts the wal file. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + if( pInfo->nBackfillhdr.mxFrame ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else if( eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){ + assert( mxSafeFrame==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); + rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); + } + } } + + walcheckpoint_out: + walIteratorFree(pIter); + return rc; } /* -** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks. +** Close a connection to a log file. */ -static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ - BtLock *pLock; - pBt->pWriter = 0; - pBt->isExclusive = 0; - pBt->isPending = 0; - for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ - assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p ); - pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose( + Wal *pWal, /* Wal to close */ + int sync_flags, /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ + int nBuf, + u8 *zBuf /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pWal ){ + int isDelete = 0; /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */ + + /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the + ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the + ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to + ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both + ** the wal and wal-index files. + ** + ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. + */ + rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bPersistWal = -1; + if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){ + pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE; + } + rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint( + pWal, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0 + ); + sqlite3OsFileControl(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersistWal); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bPersistWal!=1 ){ + isDelete = 1; + } + } + + walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete); + sqlite3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd); + if( isDelete ){ + sqlite3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0); } + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal)); + sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData); + sqlite3_free(pWal); } + return rc; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ - /* -***** This routine is used inside of assert() only **** +** Try to read the wal-index header. Return 0 on success and 1 if +** there is a problem. ** -** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared +** The wal-index is in shared memory. Another thread or process might +** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to +** read it, which might result in inconsistency. A dirty read is detected +** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by +** a checksum on the header. +** +** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from +** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header +** and *pChanged is set to 1. +** +** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header +** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){ - return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex); -} -#endif +static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ + u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum on the header content */ + WalIndexHdr h1, h2; /* Two copies of the header content */ + WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr; /* Header in shared memory */ + /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */ + assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any. -*/ -static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow); - pCur->aOverflow = 0; + /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the + ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP, + ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read + ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero. + ** + ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index. + ** When reading, read [0] first then [1]. Writes are in the reverse order. + ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from + ** reordering the reads and writes. + */ + aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); + memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1)); + walShmBarrier(pWal); + memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2)); + + if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){ + return 1; /* Dirty read */ + } + if( h1.isInit==0 ){ + return 1; /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */ + } + walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum); + if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){ + return 1; /* Checksum does not match */ + } + + if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ + *pChanged = 1; + memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); + testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 ); + testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 ); + } + + /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */ + return 0; } /* -** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened -** on the shared btree structure pBt. +** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr. +** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the +** wal-index from the WAL before returning. +** +** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is +** changed by this opertion. If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged +** to 0. +** +** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise an SQLite error code. */ -static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){ - BtCursor *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - invalidateOverflowCache(p); +static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int badHdr; /* True if a header read failed */ + volatile u32 *page0; /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */ + + /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the + ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here. + */ + assert( pChanged ); + rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + }; + assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); + + /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the + ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually + ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently + ** being modified by another thread or process. + */ + badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1); + + /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race + ** with a writer. So get a WRITE lock and try again. + */ + assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); + if( badHdr ){ + if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){ + if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK); + rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY; + } + }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){ + pWal->writeLock = 1; + if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){ + badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged); + if( badHdr ){ + /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding + ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and + ** needs to be reconstructed. So run recovery to do exactly that. + */ + rc = walIndexRecover(pWal); + *pChanged = 1; + } + } + pWal->writeLock = 0; + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + } + } + + /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make + ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that + ** this version of SQLite cannot understand. + */ + if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){ + rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } + + return rc; } /* -** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table -** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the -** row or one of the rows being modified. -** -** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the -** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob -** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot. -** -** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with -** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate -** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row. -*/ -static void invalidateIncrblobCursors( - Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */ - i64 iRow, /* The rowid that might be changing */ - int isClearTable /* True if all rows are being deleted */ -){ - BtCursor *p; - BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->isIncrblobHandle && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){ - p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; +** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to +** be retried. +*/ +#define WAL_RETRY (-1) + +/* +** Attempt to start a read transaction. This might fail due to a race or +** other transient condition. When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to +** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately. +** +** On success return SQLITE_OK. On a permanent failure (such an +** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running +** recovery) return a positive error code. +** +** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable +** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely +** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() +** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the +** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication +** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be +** flushed.) When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already +** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused. +** +** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to +** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY. +** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the +** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive +** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL. The +** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue +** and is not honoring the locking protocol. There is a vanishingly small +** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really +** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that +** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe. +** +** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on +** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock). The pWal->readLock integer is +** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER. If pWal->readLock==(-1) +** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock. The reader must not +** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and +** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock]. The reader will +** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0 +** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL +** completely and get all content directly from the database file. +** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and +** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success. +** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the +** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1. +** +** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header +** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the +** checkpoint process do as much work as possible. This routine might +** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does +** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding +** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values. +*/ +static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ + volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */ + u32 mxReadMark; /* Largest aReadMark[] value */ + int mxI; /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( pWal->readLock<0 ); /* Not currently locked */ + + /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error. + ** + ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest + ** instances of time. No I/O or other system calls are done while the + ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But + ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get + ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, + ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock. In that case, + ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free. + ** + ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep(). The first few + ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond. Really this + ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay. But on the 10th + ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, + ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 21 milliseconds. + ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 1 second. + */ + if( cnt>5 ){ + int nDelay = 1; /* Pause time in microseconds */ + if( cnt>100 ){ + VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; ) + return SQLITE_PROTOCOL; } + if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*238; /* Max delay 21ms. Total delay 996ms */ + sqlite3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay); } -} -#else - /* Stub functions when INCRBLOB is omitted */ - #define invalidateOverflowCache(x) - #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x) - #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ + if( !useWal ){ + rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged); + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process + ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY. If recovery is known to + ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY. There is a race here + ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY + ** would be technically correct. But the race is benign since with + ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be + ** right on the second iteration. + */ + if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){ + /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY. + ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The + ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS + ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the + ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region + ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned. + */ + rc = WAL_RETRY; + }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK); + rc = WAL_RETRY; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY; + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } -/* -** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called -** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf -** page. -** -** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure -** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding -** free-list leaf pages: -** -** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes -** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database -** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes -** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified, -** why bother journalling it?). -** -** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read -** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it -** be, if it is not at all meaningful?). -** -** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy -** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if -** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same -** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when -** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it -** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data -** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible -** to restore the database to its original configuration. -** -** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is -** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is -** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list, -** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already -** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared -** at the end of every transaction. -*/ -static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ - int nPage = 100; - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); - /* If sqlite3PagerPagecount() fails there is no harm because the - ** nPage variable is unchanged from its default value of 100 */ - pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate((u32)nPage); - if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); + if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ + /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty). + ** and can be safely ignored. + */ + rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); + walShmBarrier(pWal); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ + /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames + ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained. + ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file, + ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy + ** snapshoT. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from + ** happening, this is usually correct. + ** + ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log + ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0) + ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may + ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before + ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file. + */ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); + return WAL_RETRY; + } + pWal->readLock = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + return rc; } } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){ - rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno); + + /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use + ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits. The job now is + ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to + ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry. + */ + mxReadMark = 0; + mxI = 0; + for(i=1; iaReadMark[i]; + if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ + assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED ); + mxReadMark = thisMark; + mxI = i; + } + } + /* There was once an "if" here. The extra "{" is to preserve indentation. */ + { + if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0 + && (mxReadMarkhdr.mxFrame || mxI==0) + ){ + for(i=1; iaReadMark[i] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + mxI = i; + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); + break; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + return rc; + } + } + } + if( mxI==0 ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 ); + return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK; + } + + rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); + if( rc ){ + return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc; + } + /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the + ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index + ** header have changed. + ** + ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change + ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained + ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility + ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames + ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been + ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things + ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of + ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry + ** instead. + ** + ** This does not guarantee that the copy of the wal-index header is up to + ** date before proceeding. That would not be possible without somehow + ** blocking writers. It only guarantees that a dangerous checkpoint or + ** log-wrap (either of which would require an exclusive lock on + ** WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)) has not occurred since the snapshot was valid. + */ + walShmBarrier(pWal); + if( pInfo->aReadMark[mxI]!=mxReadMark + || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) + ){ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); + return WAL_RETRY; + }else{ + assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); + pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI; + } } return rc; } /* -** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector. +** Begin a read transaction on the database. ** -** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the -** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the -** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise. +** This routine used to be called sqlite3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason: +** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current +** instant in time. The current thread will continue to use this snapshot. +** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but +** that extra content is ignored by the current thread. +** +** If the database contents have changes since the previous read +** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning. The +** Pager layer will use this to know that is cache is stale and +** needs to be flushed. */ -static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent; - return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno))); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int cnt = 0; /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */ + + do{ + rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt); + }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); + testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY ); + testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL ); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + return rc; } /* -** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be -** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction. +** Finish with a read transaction. All this does is release the +** read-lock. */ -static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){ - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent); - pBt->pHasContent = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){ + sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); + if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); + pWal->readLock = -1; + } } /* -** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey -** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. +** Read a page from the WAL, if it is present in the WAL and if the +** current read transaction is configured to use the WAL. ** -** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID) -** prior to calling this routine. +** The *pInWal is set to 1 if the requested page is in the WAL and +** has been loaded. Or *pInWal is set to 0 if the page was not in +** the WAL and needs to be read out of the database. */ -static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; - - assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ); - assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalRead( + Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ + Pgno pgno, /* Database page number to read data for */ + int *pInWal, /* OUT: True if data is read from WAL */ + int nOut, /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */ + u8 *pOut /* Buffer to write page data to */ +){ + u32 iRead = 0; /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */ + u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; /* Last page in WAL for this reader */ + int iHash; /* Used to loop through N hash tables */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* KeySize() cannot fail */ + /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */ + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); - /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize() - ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is - ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey - ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key - ** data. + /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then + ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early + ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, + ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the + ** WAL were empty. */ - if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){ - void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey ); - if( pKey ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->pKey = pKey; - }else{ - sqlite3_free(pKey); - } - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } + if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){ + *pInWal = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; } - assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); - pCur->apPage[i] = 0; + /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number + ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one + ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames). + ** + ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend() + ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash + ** table). This means the value just read from the hash + ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the + ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the + ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly - + ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume + ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was + ** opened remain unmodified. + ** + ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner + ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required + ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table: + ** + ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): + ** This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions. + ** + ** (iFrame<=iLast): + ** This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash + ** table after the current read-transaction had started. + */ + for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=0 && iRead==0; iHash--){ + volatile ht_slot *aHash; /* Pointer to hash table */ + volatile u32 *aPgno; /* Pointer to array of page numbers */ + u32 iZero; /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */ + int iKey; /* Hash slot index */ + int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions remaining */ + int rc; /* Error code */ + + rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT; + for(iKey=walHash(pgno); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ + u32 iFrame = aHash[iKey] + iZero; + if( iFrame<=iLast && aPgno[aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){ + assert( iFrame>iRead ); + iRead = iFrame; + } + if( (nCollide--)==0 ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } } - pCur->iPage = -1; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; } - invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on -** the table with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor -** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()). -*/ -static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){ - BtCursor *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) && - p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ - int rc = saveCursorPosition(p); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - return rc; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT + /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search + ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the + ** result obtained using the hash indexes above. */ + { + u32 iRead2 = 0; + u32 iTest; + for(iTest=iLast; iTest>0; iTest--){ + if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){ + iRead2 = iTest; + break; } } + assert( iRead==iRead2 ); + } +#endif + + /* If iRead is non-zero, then it is the log frame number that contains the + ** required page. Read and return data from the log file. + */ + if( iRead ){ + int sz; + i64 iOffset; + sz = pWal->hdr.szPage; + sz = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); + testcase( sz<=32768 ); + testcase( sz>=65536 ); + iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; + *pInWal = 1; + /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */ + return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, nOut, iOffset); } + + *pInWal = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Clear the current cursor position. + +/* +** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); - pCur->pKey = 0; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){ + if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){ + return pWal->hdr.nPage; + } + return 0; } -/* -** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record -** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the -** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work. + +/* +** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL. +** +** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call +** to sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(). +** +** If another thread or process has written into the database since +** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this +** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork. So this routine +** returns SQLITE_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started. +** +** There can only be a single writer active at a time. */ -static int btreeMoveto( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */ - const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */ - i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */ - int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */ - int *pRes /* Write search results here */ -){ - int rc; /* Status code */ - UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */ - char aSpace[150]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ + int rc; - if( pKey ){ - assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey ); - pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, - aSpace, sizeof(aSpace)); - if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pIdxKey = 0; + /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read + ** transaction. */ + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); + + if( pWal->readOnly ){ + return SQLITE_READONLY; } - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes); - if( pKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey); + + /* Only one writer allowed at a time. Get the write lock. Return + ** SQLITE_BUSY if unable. + */ + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + pWal->writeLock = 1; + + /* If another connection has written to the database file since the + ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then + ** the write is disallowed. + */ + if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + pWal->writeLock = 0; + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } + return rc; } /* -** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) -** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the -** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be -** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each -** saveCursorPosition(). +** End a write transaction. The commit has already been done. This +** routine merely releases the lock. */ -static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skipNext; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ + if( pWal->writeLock ){ + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + pWal->writeLock = 0; } - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skipNext); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); - pCur->pKey = 0; - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this +** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction. +** +** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written +** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns +** other than SQLITE_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is +** returned to the caller. +** +** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this +** function returns SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){ + Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + Pgno iFrame; + + /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it + ** was in before the client began writing to the database. + */ + memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + + for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; + ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; + iFrame++ + ){ + /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number + ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and + ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op + ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b) + ** is false). + ** + ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there + ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And + ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is + ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail. + */ + assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 ); + rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)); + } + walCleanupHash(pWal); } + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); return rc; } -#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \ - (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \ - btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \ - SQLITE_OK) +/* +** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 +** values. This function populates the array with values required to +** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current +** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; + aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; + aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; +} -/* -** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it -** was last placed at. Cursors can move when the row they are pointing -** at is deleted out from under them. -** -** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong. The -** integer *pHasMoved is set to one if the cursor has moved and 0 if not. +/* +** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by +** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array +** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated +** by a call to WalSavepoint(). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){ - int rc; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc ){ - *pHasMoved = 1; - return rc; + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); + + if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){ + /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction + ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around + ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match. + */ + aWalData[0] = 0; + aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; } - if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || pCur->skipNext!=0 ){ - *pHasMoved = 1; - }else{ - *pHasMoved = 0; + + if( aWalData[0]hdr.mxFrame ){ + pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0]; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1]; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2]; + walCleanupHash(pWal); } - return SQLITE_OK; + + return rc; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* -** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page -** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the -** input page number. +** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log +** file (see sqlite3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending +** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the +** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so, +** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left +** unchanged. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether +** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned +** if an error occurs. */ -static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - int nPagesPerMapPage; - Pgno iPtrMap, ret; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; - iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; - ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; - if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - ret++; +static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int cnt; + + if( pWal->readLock==0 ){ + volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); + assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); + if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){ + u32 salt1; + sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1); + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no + ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions + ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the + ** wal-index header to reflect this. + ** + ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only + ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also + ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlite3WalUndo() + ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back. + */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt; /* Big-endian salt values */ + + /* Limit the size of WAL file if the journal_size_limit PRAGMA is + ** set to a non-negative value. Log errors encountered + ** during the truncation attempt. */ + if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){ + i64 sz; + int rx; + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + rx = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz); + if( rx==SQLITE_OK && (sz > pWal->mxWalSize) ){ + rx = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, pWal->mxWalSize); + } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + if( rx ){ + sqlite3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName); + } + } + + pWal->nCkpt++; + pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0; + sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0])); + aSalt[1] = salt1; + walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); + pInfo->nBackfill = 0; + for(i=1; iaReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; + assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 ); + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + return rc; + } + } + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); + pWal->readLock = -1; + cnt = 0; + do{ + int notUsed; + rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, ¬Used, 1, ++cnt); + }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); + assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */ + testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL ); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK ); } - return ret; + return rc; } -/* -** Write an entry into the pointer map. -** -** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key' -** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'. -** -** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is -** a no-op. If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written -** into *pRC. +/* +** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock +** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()). */ -static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ - u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */ - Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */ - int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */ - int rc; /* Return code from subfunctions */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( + Wal *pWal, /* Wal handle to write to */ + int szPage, /* Database page-size in bytes */ + PgHdr *pList, /* List of dirty pages to write */ + Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ + int isCommit, /* True if this is a commit */ + int sync_flags /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ +){ + int rc; /* Used to catch return codes */ + u32 iFrame; /* Next frame address */ + u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */ + PgHdr *p; /* Iterator to run through pList with. */ + PgHdr *pLast = 0; /* Last frame in list */ + int nLast = 0; /* Number of extra copies of last page */ - if( *pRC ) return; + assert( pList ); + assert( pWal->writeLock ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ - assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) ); +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){} + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n", + pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill")); + } +#endif - assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); - if( key==0 ){ - *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return; + /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the + ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame. + */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){ + return rc; } - iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; + + /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL + ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of + ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format. + */ + iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + if( iFrame==0 ){ + u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */ + u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum for wal-header */ + + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLITE_BIGENDIAN)); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt); + sqlite3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt); + memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); + walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]); + + pWal->szPage = szPage; + pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0]; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1]; + + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0); + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } } - offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); - if( offset<0 ){ - *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto ptrmap_exit; + assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage ); + + /* Write the log file. */ + for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ + u32 nDbsize; /* Db-size field for frame header */ + i64 iOffset; /* Write offset in log file */ + void *pData; + + iOffset = walFrameOffset(++iFrame, szPage); + /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */ + + /* Populate and write the frame header */ + nDbsize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0; +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(p))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; +#else + pData = p->pData; +#endif + walEncodeFrame(pWal, p->pgno, nDbsize, pData, aFrame); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Write the page data */ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, pData, szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame)); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + pLast = p; } - pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){ - TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent)); - *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPtrmap[offset] = eType; - put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent); + /* Sync the log file if the 'isSync' flag was specified. */ + if( sync_flags ){ + i64 iSegment = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pWal->pWalFd); + i64 iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage); + + assert( isCommit ); + assert( iSegment>0 ); + + iSegment = (((iOffset+iSegment-1)/iSegment) * iSegment); + while( iOffsetpData; +#endif + walEncodeFrame(pWal, pLast->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame); + /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + iOffset += WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, pData, szPage, iOffset); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + nLast++; + iOffset += szPage; } + + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags); } -ptrmap_exit: - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the + ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index + ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may + ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten. + */ + iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pDirty){ + iFrame++; + rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno); + } + while( nLast>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + iFrame++; + nLast--; + rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Update the private copy of the header. */ + pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); + testcase( szPage<=32768 ); + testcase( szPage>=65536 ); + pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; + if( isCommit ){ + pWal->hdr.iChange++; + pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; + } + /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */ + if( isCommit ){ + walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); + pWal->iCallback = iFrame; + } + } + + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + return rc; } -/* -** Read an entry from the pointer map. +/* +** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and +** related interfaces. ** -** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing -** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively. -** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. +** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as +** we can from WAL into the database. +** +** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler +** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint. */ -static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ - int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */ - u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */ - int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */ - int rc; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( + Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ + int eMode, /* PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */ + int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ + void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ + int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */ + int nBuf, /* Size of temporary buffer */ + u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int isChanged = 0; /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */ + int eMode2 = eMode; /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 ); + assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); - iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); - if( rc!=0 ){ + if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY; + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal)); + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); + if( rc ){ + /* Usually this is SQLITE_BUSY meaning that another thread or process + ** is already running a checkpoint, or maybe a recovery. But it might + ** also be SQLITE_IOERR. */ return rc; } - pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + pWal->ckptLock = 1; - offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); - assert( pEType!=0 ); - *pEType = pPtrmap[offset]; - if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]); + /* If this is a blocking-checkpoint, then obtain the write-lock as well + ** to prevent any writers from running while the checkpoint is underway. + ** This has to be done before the call to walIndexReadHdr() below. + ** + ** If the writer lock cannot be obtained, then a passive checkpoint is + ** run instead. Since the checkpointer is not holding the writer lock, + ** there is no point in blocking waiting for any readers. Assuming no + ** other error occurs, this function will return SQLITE_BUSY to the caller. + */ + if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ + rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pWal->writeLock = 1; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return SQLITE_OK; + /* Read the wal-index header. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged); + } + + /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, eMode2, xBusy, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf); + } + + /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill); + } + } + + if( isChanged ){ + /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was + ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now + ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that + ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that + ** the cache needs to be reset. + */ + memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + } + + /* Release the locks. */ + sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); + pWal->ckptLock = 0; + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc); } -#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ - #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc) - #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK - #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc) -#endif +/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the +** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since +** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since +** the last call, then return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){ + u32 ret = 0; + if( pWal ){ + ret = pWal->iCallback; + pWal->iCallback = 0; + } + return (int)ret; +} /* -** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on -** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer -** to the cell content. +** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out +** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. ** -** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells. +** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE +** into locking_mode=NORMAL. This means that we must acquire a lock +** on the pWal->readLock byte. If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL +** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0. If the +** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1. This +** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive +** lock on the main database file. +** +** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into +** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. This means that the pWal->readLock must +** be released. Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the +** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this +** routine is a no-op. The pager must already hold the exclusive lock +** on the main database file before invoking this operation. +** +** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do +** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it +** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking +** the op==1 case. */ -#define findCell(P,I) \ - ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aData[(P)->cellOffset+2*(I)]))) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){ + int rc; + assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); + assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 ); -/* -** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for -** pages that do contain overflow cells. -*/ -static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - int i; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){ - int k; - struct _OvflCell *pOvfl; - pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i]; - k = pOvfl->idx; - if( k<=iCell ){ - if( k==iCell ){ - return pOvfl->pCell; - } - iCell--; - } - } - return findCell(pPage, iCell); -} - -/* -** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There -** are two versions of this function. btreeParseCell() takes a -** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr() -** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument. -** -** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of -** btreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster. -*/ -static void btreeParseCellPtr( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - u16 n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */ - u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a + ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot + ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock + ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to + ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error. + */ + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) ); - pInfo->pCell = pCell; - assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); - n = pPage->childPtrSize; - assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf ); - if( pPage->intKey ){ - if( pPage->hasData ){ - n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload); + if( op==0 ){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){ + pWal->exclusiveMode = 0; + if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pWal->exclusiveMode = 1; + } + rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0; }else{ - nPayload = 0; - } - n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey); - pInfo->nData = nPayload; - }else{ - pInfo->nData = 0; - n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload); - pInfo->nKey = nPayload; - } - pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; - pInfo->nHeader = n; - testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal ); - testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); - if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){ - /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits - ** on the local page. No overflow is required. - */ - int nSize; /* Total size of cell content in bytes */ - nSize = nPayload + n; - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload; - pInfo->iOverflow = 0; - if( (nSize & ~3)==0 ){ - nSize = 4; /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ + /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */ + rc = 0; } - pInfo->nSize = (u16)nSize; + }else if( op>0 ){ + assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 ); + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); + pWal->exclusiveMode = 1; + rc = 1; }else{ - /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have - ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto - ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused - ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage - ** in between minLocal and maxLocal. - ** - ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any - ** way will result in an incompatible file format. - */ - int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */ - int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */ - int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */ - - minLocal = pPage->minLocal; - maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal; - surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); - testcase( surplus==maxLocal ); - testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 ); - if( surplus <= maxLocal ){ - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus; - }else{ - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal; - } - pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n); - pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4; + rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0; } -} -#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \ - btreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo)) -static void btreeParseCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo); + return rc; } -/* -** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell -** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell -** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or -** the space used by the cell pointer. +/* +** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using +** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the +** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. */ -static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ - u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize]; - u32 nSize; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){ + return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ); +} -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as - ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the - ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of - ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */ - CellInfo debuginfo; - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo); -#endif +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ - if( pPage->intKey ){ - u8 *pEnd; - if( pPage->hasData ){ - pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize); - }else{ - nSize = 0; - } +/************** End of wal.c *************************************************/ +/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects. +** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too +** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like +** a good breakout. +*/ +/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/ +/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/ +/* +** 2004 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. +** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to +** +** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3: +** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley +** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts. +** +** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database +** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages. +** +** ---------------------------------------------------------------- +** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) | +** ---------------------------------------------------------------- +** +** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less +** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have +** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys +** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And +** so forth. +** +** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the +** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree. +** +** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate +** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The +** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A +** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database +** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus +** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry +** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each +** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other +** information such as the size of key and data. +** +** FORMAT DETAILS +** +** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1, +** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates +** "no such page". The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 65536. +** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow +** page, or a pointer-map page. +** +** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first +** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file. +** The format of the file header is as follows: +** +** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000" +** 16 2 Page size in bytes. +** 18 1 File format write version +** 19 1 File format read version +** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page +** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction +** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction +** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction +** 24 4 File change counter +** 28 4 Reserved for future use +** 32 4 First freelist page +** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file +** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers +** +** 40 4 Schema cookie +** 44 4 File format of schema layer +** 48 4 Size of page cache +** 52 4 Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum) +** 56 4 1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be +** 60 4 User version +** 64 4 Incremental vacuum mode +** 68 4 unused +** 72 4 unused +** 76 4 unused +** +** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first). +** +** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed +** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed +** and thus when they need to flush their cache. +** +** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable +** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard +** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default +** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit +** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64. +** +** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra +** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated, +** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting +** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction. +** +** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction +** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum +** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it +** not specified in the header. +** +** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the +** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte +** file header that occurs before the page header. +** +** |----------------| +** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only. +** |----------------| +** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes +** |----------------| +** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order. +** | array | | Grows downward +** | | v +** |----------------| +** | unallocated | +** | space | +** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards +** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks. +** | area | | and free space fragments. +** |----------------| +** +** The page headers looks like this: +** +** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf +** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock +** 3 2 number of cells on this page +** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area +** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes +** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves. +** +** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that +** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries +** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer +** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in +** the payload area. +** +** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header. +** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are +** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell +** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives +** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can +** be easily added without having to defragment the page. +** +** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the +** beginning of the page. +** +** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of +** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset +** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in +** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size, +** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot +** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called +** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded. +** in the page header at offset 7. +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock +** 2 Bytes in this freeblock +** +** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at +** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array +** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily +** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order. +** +** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable +** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each +** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and +** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer +** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long. +** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This +** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes. +** +** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000 +** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f +** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080 +** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100 +** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f +** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678 +** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081 +** +** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of +** bytes of key and data in a btree cell. +** +** The content of a cell looks like this: +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set. +** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set. +** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set. +** * Payload +** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow +** +** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely +** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little +** as 1 byte of data. +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 4 Page number of next overflow page +** * Data +** +** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The +** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk +** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is +** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this: +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 4 Page number of next trunk page +** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page +** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves +*/ - /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length - ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte - ** past the end of the key value. */ - pEnd = &pIter[9]; - while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pItermaxLocal ); - testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); - if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ - int minLocal = pPage->minLocal; - nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); - testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal ); - testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); - if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ - nSize = minLocal; - } - nSize += 4; - } - nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell); +/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page +** size give above. +*/ +#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ((int)(pBt->pageSize-8)) - /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */ - if( nSize<4 ){ - nSize = 4; - } +/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This +** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself +** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such +** small cells will be rare, but they are possible. +*/ +#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6) - assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize ); - return (u16)nSize; -} +/* Forward declarations */ +typedef struct MemPage MemPage; +typedef struct BtLock BtLock; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements -** only. */ -static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell)); -} +/* +** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every +** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database. +** +** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a +** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The +** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so +** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change +** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read +** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools +** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */ +# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3" #endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* -** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer -** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map -** for the overflow page. +** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the +** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page. */ -static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){ - CellInfo info; - if( *pRC ) return; - assert( pCell!=0 ); - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload ); - if( info.iOverflow ){ - Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC); - } -} -#endif +#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01 +#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02 +#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04 +#define PTF_LEAF 0x08 +/* +** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following +** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores +** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page. +** +** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to +** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to +** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced. +** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore. +** +** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex +** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex. +*/ +struct MemPage { + u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */ + u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */ + u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */ + u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */ + u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */ + u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */ + u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */ + u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */ + u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */ + u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */ + u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */ + u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */ + u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */ + struct _OvflCell { /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */ + u8 *pCell; /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */ + u16 idx; /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */ + } aOvfl[5]; + BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */ + u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */ + DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */ + Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ +}; /* -** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the -** end of the page and all free space is collected into one -** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell -** pointer array and the cell content area. +** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended +** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold +** that extra information. */ -static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */ - int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */ - int size; /* Size of a cell */ - int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */ - int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */ - int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */ - int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */ - unsigned char *data; /* The page data */ - unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */ - int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell index */ - int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell index */ +#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage) +/* +** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock. +** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor +** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed +** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when +** a btree handle is closed. +*/ +struct BtLock { + Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */ + Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */ + u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */ + BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */ +}; - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager); - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; - nCell = pPage->nCell; - assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) ); - usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; - cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk); - cbrk = usableSize; - iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell; - iCellLast = usableSize - 4; - for(i=0; iiCellLast ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } -#endif - assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast ); - size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]); - cbrk -= size; -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) - if( cbrkusableSize ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } +/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */ +#define READ_LOCK 1 +#define WRITE_LOCK 2 + +/* A Btree handle +** +** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of +** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure +** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot +** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to +** this structure. +** +** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be +** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection +** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object +** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the +** schema associated with the database file are all contained within +** the BtShared object. +** +** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex. +** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors +** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those +** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and +** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex. +*/ +struct Btree { + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */ + BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */ + u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */ + u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */ + u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */ + int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */ + int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */ + Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */ + Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + BtLock lock; /* Object used to lock page 1 */ #endif - assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst ); - testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize ); - testcase( pc+size==usableSize ); - memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size); - put2byte(pAddr, cbrk); - } - assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst ); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk); - data[hdr+1] = 0; - data[hdr+2] = 0; - data[hdr+7] = 0; - memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} +}; /* -** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed -** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[] -** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or -** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT). +** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values. ** -** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the -** allocation. This routine might need to defragment in order to bring -** all the space together, however. This routine will avoid using -** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this -** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will -** also end up needing a new cell pointer. +** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users +** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction, +** but any number may have active read transactions. */ -static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){ - const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */ - u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Local cache of pPage->aData */ - int nFrag; /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */ - int top; /* First byte of cell content area */ - int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */ - int rc; /* Integer return code */ - int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */ - - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->pBt ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ - assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; - assert( nByte < usableSize-8 ); - - nFrag = data[hdr+7]; - assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf ); - gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - testcase( gap+2==top ); - testcase( gap+1==top ); - testcase( gap==top ); - - if( nFrag>=60 ){ - /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */ - rc = defragmentPage(pPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - }else if( gap+2<=top ){ - /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy - ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in - ** the list that is large enough to accomadate it. - */ - int pc, addr; - for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){ - int size; /* Size of the free slot */ - if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc=nByte ){ - int x = size - nByte; - testcase( x==4 ); - testcase( x==3 ); - if( x<4 ){ - /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of - ** fragmented bytes within the page. */ - memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2); - data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x); - }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account - ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */ - put2byte(&data[pc+2], x); - } - *pIdx = pc + x; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - } - - /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy - ** the allocation. If not, defragment. - */ - testcase( gap+2+nByte==top ); - if( gap+2+nByte>top ){ - rc = defragmentPage(pPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - assert( gap+nByte<=top ); - } - - - /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array - ** and the cell content area. The btreeInitPage() call has already - ** validated the freelist. Given that the freelist is valid, there - ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page. - ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence. - */ - top -= nByte; - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); - assert( top+nByte <= pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - *pIdx = top; - return SQLITE_OK; -} +#define TRANS_NONE 0 +#define TRANS_READ 1 +#define TRANS_WRITE 2 /* -** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist. -** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start] -** and the size of the block is "size" bytes. +** An instance of this object represents a single database file. +** +** A single database file can be in use as the same time by two +** or more database connections. When two or more connections are +** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own +** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points +** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of +** connections currently sharing this database file. ** -** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent -** free blocks into a single big free block. +** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex +** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the +** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field +** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0. +** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and +** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0. +** +** isPending: +** +** If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database +** table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table), +** the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is +** set to true. +** +** The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of +** the following occur: +** +** 1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR +** 2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero. +** +** while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new +** transaction. +** +** This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation. */ -static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){ - int addr, pbegin, hdr; - int iLast; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */ - unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; +struct BtShared { + Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */ + BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */ + MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */ + u8 readOnly; /* True if the underlying file is readonly */ + u8 pageSizeFixed; /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */ + u8 secureDelete; /* True if secure_delete is enabled */ + u8 initiallyEmpty; /* Database is empty at start of transaction */ + u8 openFlags; /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */ + u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */ +#endif + u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */ + u8 doNotUseWAL; /* If true, do not open write-ahead-log file */ + u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ + u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ + u16 maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ + u16 minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ + u32 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */ + u32 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */ + int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */ + u32 nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ + void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */ + void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this object */ + Bitvec *pHasContent; /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */ + BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */ + BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */ + Btree *pWriter; /* Btree with currently open write transaction */ + u8 isExclusive; /* True if pWriter has an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db */ + u8 isPending; /* If waiting for read-locks to clear */ +#endif + u8 *pTmpSpace; /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ +}; - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize ); - assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( size>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information +** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure +** based on information extract from the raw disk page. +*/ +typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo; +struct CellInfo { + i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */ + u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */ + u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */ + u32 nPayload; /* Total amount of payload */ + u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */ + u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */ + u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */ + u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */ +}; - if( pPage->pBt->secureDelete ){ - /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete - ** option is enabled */ - memset(&data[start], 0, size); - } +/* +** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than +** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a +** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a +** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes. +** +** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is +** assumed that the database is corrupt. +*/ +#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20 - /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks. Note that - ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(), - ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or - ** freeblocks that overlapped cells. Nor does it detect when the - ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header. If these - ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt - ** the freelist. So we do need to check for corruption while scanning - ** the freelist. - */ - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - addr = hdr + 1; - iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4; - assert( start<=iLast ); - while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))0 ){ - if( pbeginiLast ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 ); - put2byte(&data[addr], start); - put2byte(&data[start], pbegin); - put2byte(&data[start+2], size); - pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size; +/* +** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular +** b-tree within a database file. +** +** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in +** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry. +** +** A single database file can shared by two more database connections, +** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a +** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db. +** +** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex +** found at self->pBt->mutex. +*/ +struct BtCursor { + Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */ + BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */ + BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */ + struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */ + Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */ + sqlite3_int64 cachedRowid; /* Next rowid cache. 0 means not valid */ + CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */ + i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */ + void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */ + int skipNext; /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive */ + u8 wrFlag; /* True if writable */ + u8 atLast; /* Cursor pointing to the last entry */ + u8 validNKey; /* True if info.nKey is valid */ + u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */ + u8 isIncrblobHandle; /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */ +#endif + i16 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */ + u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */ + MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Pages from root to current page */ +}; - /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */ - addr = hdr + 1; - while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){ - int pnext, psize, x; - assert( pbegin>addr ); - assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); - pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]); - psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); - if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){ - int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize); - if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag; - x = get2byte(&data[pnext]); - put2byte(&data[pbegin], x); - x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin; - put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x); - }else{ - addr = pbegin; - } - } +/* +** Potential values for BtCursor.eState. +** +** CURSOR_VALID: +** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called. +** +** CURSOR_INVALID: +** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) +** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been +** called. +** +** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK: +** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been +** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved +** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in +** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to +** seek the cursor to the saved position. +** +** CURSOR_FAULT: +** A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred +** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this +** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state. +** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor +** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip +*/ +#define CURSOR_INVALID 0 +#define CURSOR_VALID 1 +#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 2 +#define CURSOR_FAULT 3 - /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */ - if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){ - int top; - pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2); - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); - } - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} +/* +** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used. +*/ +# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt) /* -** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page -** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly. +** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a +** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable +** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the +** page number to look up in the pointer map. ** -** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different -** indicates a corrupt database files: +** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map +** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns +** the offset of the requested map entry. ** -** PTF_ZERODATA -** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF -** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY -** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF +** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page, +** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be +** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements +** this test. */ -static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){ - BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */ - - assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 ); - flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF; - pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf; - pBt = pPage->pBt; - if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){ - pPage->intKey = 1; - pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf; - pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf; - pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf; - }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){ - pPage->intKey = 0; - pPage->hasData = 0; - pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal; - pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal; - }else{ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} +#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno) +#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1)) +#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno)) /* -** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. +** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for +** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that +** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains +** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers +** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map +** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number. +** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types. ** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does -** not contain a well-formed database page, then return -** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not -** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that -** we failed to detect any corruption. +** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one +** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page +** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the +** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly. +** +** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not +** used in this case. +** +** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number +** is not used in this case. +** +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of +** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that +** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page. +** +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of +** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous +** page in the overflow page list. +** +** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number +** identifies the parent page in the btree. */ -static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){ +#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1 +#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2 +#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3 +#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4 +#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5 - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) ); +/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables +** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent. +*/ +#define btreeIntegrity(p) \ + assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \ + assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); - if( !pPage->isInit ){ - u16 pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */ - u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */ - u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */ - u16 usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */ - u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */ - u16 nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */ - u16 top; /* First byte of the cell content area */ - int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */ - int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */ - pBt = pPage->pBt; +/* +** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine +** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used +** within an expression that is an argument to another macro +** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation. +** So, this macro is defined instead. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum) +#else +#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0 +#endif - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - data = pPage->aData; - if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 ); - pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1; - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); - if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){ - /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) ); - /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end - ** of page when parsing a cell. - ** - ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends - ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be - ** returned if it does. - */ - iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; - iCellLast = usableSize - 4; -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) - { - int i; /* Index into the cell pointer array */ - int sz; /* Size of a cell */ +/* +** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines +** in order to keep track of some global state information. +*/ +typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk; +struct IntegrityCk { + BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */ + Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */ + Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ + int *anRef; /* Number of times each page is referenced */ + int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */ + int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */ + int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */ + StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */ +}; - if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--; - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+i*2]); - testcase( pc==iCellFirst ); - testcase( pc==iCellLast ); - if( pciCellLast ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - sz = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]); - testcase( pc+sz==usableSize ); - if( pc+sz>usableSize ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - } - if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++; - } -#endif +/* +** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values. +*/ +#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) +#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v)) +#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte +#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte - /* Compute the total free space on the page */ - pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - nFree = data[hdr+7] + top; - while( pc>0 ){ - u16 next, size; - if( pciCellLast ){ - /* Start of free block is off the page */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - next = get2byte(&data[pc]); - size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); - if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){ - /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of - ** the free-block must lie on the database page. */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - nFree = nFree + size; - pc = next; - } +/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start - ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within - ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size - ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also - ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content - ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page. - */ - if( nFree>usableSize ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst); - pPage->isInit = 1; - } - return SQLITE_OK; +/* +** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also, +** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the +** p->locked boolean to true. +*/ +static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ + assert( p->locked==0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); + p->pBt->db = p->db; + p->locked = 1; } /* -** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding -** no entries. +** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and +** clear the p->locked boolean. */ -static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){ - unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - u16 first; - - assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); +static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( p->locked==1 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pBt->secureDelete ){ - memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr); - } - data[hdr] = (char)flags; - first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ?1:0); - memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); - data[hdr+7] = 0; - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize); - pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first; - decodeFlags(pPage, flags); - pPage->hdrOffset = hdr; - pPage->cellOffset = first; - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 ); - pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1; - pPage->nCell = 0; - pPage->isInit = 1; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + assert( p->db==pBt->db ); + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex); + p->locked = 0; } +/* +** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object. +** +** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required +** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive. +** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior +** of this interface is recursive. +** +** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order +** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other +** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree +** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on +** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait +** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the +** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ + Btree *pLater; + + /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees + ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by + ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to + ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */ + assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt ); + assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBtpBt ); + assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db ); + assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db ); + assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) ); + + /* Check for locking consistency */ + assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); + assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 ); + + /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + + /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db + ** should already be set correctly. */ + assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db ); + + if( !p->sharable ) return; + p->wantToLock++; + if( p->locked ) return; + + /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we + ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock + ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block. + */ + if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->pBt->db = p->db; + p->locked = 1; + return; + } + + /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger + ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire + ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending + ** order. + */ + for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ + assert( pLater->sharable ); + assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt ); + assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 ); + if( pLater->locked ){ + unlockBtreeMutex(pLater); + } + } + lockBtreeMutex(p); + for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ + if( pLater->wantToLock ){ + lockBtreeMutex(pLater); + } + } +} /* -** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by -** the btree layer. +** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree. */ -static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){ - MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); - pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage; - pPage->pBt = pBt; - pPage->pgno = pgno; - pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; - return pPage; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){ + if( p->sharable ){ + assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); + p->wantToLock--; + if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ + unlockBtreeMutex(p); + } + } } +#ifndef NDEBUG /* -** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and -** MemPage.aData elements if needed. +** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the +** B-Tree is not marked as sharable. ** -** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about -** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk -** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now. -** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that -** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk -** read should occur at that point. +** This routine is used only from within assert() statements. */ -static int btreeGetPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ - Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ - int noContent /* Do not load page content if true */ -){ - int rc; - DbPage *pDbPage; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){ + assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 ); + assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db ); + assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent); - if( rc ) return rc; - *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); - return SQLITE_OK; + return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked); } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* -** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not -** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and -** MemPage.aData elements if needed. +** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that +** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be +** omitted if that module is not used. */ -static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - DbPage *pDbPage; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno); - if( pDbPage ){ - return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ + + +/* +** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database +** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing +** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names +** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being +** reset out from under us. +** +** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures. +** +** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address +** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with +** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees +** at the same instant. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + Btree *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p ) sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + Btree *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p ) sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } - return 0; } /* -** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of -** error, return ((unsigned int)-1). +** Return true if a particular Btree requires a lock. Return FALSE if +** no lock is ever required since it is not sharable. */ -static Pgno pagerPagecount(BtShared *pBt){ - int nPage = -1; - int rc; - assert( pBt->pPage1 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || nPage==-1 ); - return (Pgno)nPage; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){ + return p->sharable; } +#ifndef NDEBUG /* -** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine is just a -** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and -** btreeInitPage(). +** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection +** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes. ** -** If an error occurs, then the value *ppPage is set to is undefined. It -** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value. +** This routine is used inside assert() statements only. */ -static int getAndInitPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ - Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */ - MemPage **ppPage /* Write the page pointer here */ -){ - int rc; - TESTONLY( Pgno iLastPg = pagerPagecount(pBt); ) - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){ + return 0; + } + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *p; + p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p && p->sharable && + (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){ + return 0; } } - - /* If the requested page number was either 0 or greater than the page - ** number of the last page in the database, this function should return - ** SQLITE_CORRUPT or some other error (i.e. SQLITE_FULL). Check that this - ** is the case. */ - assert( (pgno>0 && pgno<=iLastPg) || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - testcase( pgno==0 ); - testcase( pgno==iLastPg ); - - return rc; + return 1; } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ +#ifndef NDEBUG /* -** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior -** call to btreeGetPage. +** Return true if the correct mutexes are held for accessing the +** db->aDb[iDb].pSchema structure. The mutexes required for schema +** access are: +** +** (1) The mutex on db +** (2) if iDb!=1, then the mutex on db->aDb[iDb].pBt. +** +** If pSchema is not NULL, then iDb is computed from pSchema and +** db using sqlite3SchemaToIndex(). */ -static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){ - if( pPage ){ - assert( pPage->aData ); - assert( pPage->pBt ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Schema *pSchema){ + Btree *p; + assert( db!=0 ); + if( pSchema ) iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ) return 0; + if( iDb==1 ) return 1; + p = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; + assert( p!=0 ); + return p->sharable==0 || p->locked==1; } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ +#else /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 above. SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 below */ /* -** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache -** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of -** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called. +** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use +** in single threaded applications that use shared cache. Except for +** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and +** are null #defines in btree.h. ** -** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the -** page to agree with the restored data. +** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including +** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h. */ -static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){ - MemPage *pPage; - pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); - assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 ); - if( pPage->isInit ){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pPage->isInit = 0; - if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){ - /* pPage might not be a btree page; it might be an overflow page - ** or ptrmap page or a free page. In those cases, the following - ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT. - ** But no harm is done by this. And it is very important that - ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make - ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */ - btreeInitPage(pPage); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ + p->pBt->db = p->db; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p ){ + p->pBt->db = p->db; } } } +#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */ +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ +/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/ /* -** Invoke the busy handler for a btree. +** 2004 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. +** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information. +** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation. */ -static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){ - BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg; - assert( pBt->db ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) ); - return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler); -} /* -** Open a database file. -** -** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL -** a new database with a random name is created. This randomly named -** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called. -** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created -** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed. -** -** If the database is already opened in the same database connection -** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an -** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error. We cannot allow two or more BtShared -** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead -** to problems with locking. +** The header string that appears at the beginning of every +** SQLite database. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ - sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database handle */ - Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ - int flags, /* Options */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ -){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS to use for this btree */ - BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */ - Btree *p; /* Handle to return */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0; /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code from this function */ - u8 nReserve; /* Byte of unused space on each page */ - unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; /* Database header content */ +static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER; - /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or - ** false for a file-based database. This symbol is only required if - ** either of the shared-data or autovacuum features are compiled - ** into the library. - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) - #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB - const int isMemdb = 0; - #else - const int isMemdb = zFilename && !strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:"); - #endif +/* +** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE +** macro. +*/ +#if 0 +int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ +# define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);} +#else +# define TRACE(X) #endif - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); +/* +** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes. +** But if the value is zero, make it 65536. +** +** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value +** from the header of a btree page. If the page size is 65536 and the page +** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero. +** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536. +*/ +#define get2byteNotZero(X) (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1) - pVfs = db->pVfs; - p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree)); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - p->db = db; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - p->lock.pBtree = p; - p->lock.iTable = 1; -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* - ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an - ** existing BtShared object that we can share with - */ - if( isMemdb==0 && zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ - if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){ - int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname); - sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; - p->sharable = 1; - if( !zFullPathname ){ - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname); - mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen); - mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); - for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){ - assert( pBt->nRef>0 ); - if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager)) - && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){ - int iDb; - for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){ - Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); - sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; - } - } - p->pBt = pBt; - pBt->nRef++; - break; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - else{ - /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable - ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and - ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held()) - ** statements to find locking problems. - */ - p->sharable = 1; - } +/* +** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation +** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds, +** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for +** test builds. +** +** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; +#else +static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; #endif - } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features. +** +** This routine has no effect on existing database connections. +** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to +** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable; + return SQLITE_OK; +} #endif - if( pBt==0 ){ - /* - ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are - ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result - ** when compiling on a different architecture. - */ - assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); - assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); - pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) ); - if( pBt==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto btree_open_out; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename, - EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto btree_open_out; - } - pBt->db = db; - sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt); - p->pBt = pBt; - pBt->pCursor = 0; - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager); -#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE - pBt->secureDelete = 1; -#endif - pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]); - if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){ - pBt->pageSize = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then - ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if - ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if - ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a - ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal. - */ - if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){ - pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0); - } -#endif - nReserve = 0; - }else{ - nReserve = zDbHeader[20]; - pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0); -#endif - } - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); - if( rc ) goto btree_open_out; - pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; - assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds. - */ - if( p->sharable ){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; - pBt->nRef = 1; - mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); - if( pBt->mutex==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - db->mallocFailed = 0; - goto btree_open_out; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); - pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); - GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - } +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + /* + ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(), + ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks() + ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store + ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the + ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user + ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. + ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops. + */ + #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK + #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK + #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) + #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) + #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1 + #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0 #endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. *** +** +** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the +** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. +** +** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via +** Btree connection pBtree: +** +** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) ); +** +** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the +** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of +** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated, +** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine +** the table corresponding to the index being written, this +** function has to search through the database schema. +** +** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may +** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also +** acceptable. +*/ +static int hasSharedCacheTableLock( + Btree *pBtree, /* Handle that must hold lock */ + Pgno iRoot, /* Root page of b-tree */ + int isIndex, /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */ + int eLockType /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */ +){ + Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema; + Pgno iTab = 0; + BtLock *pLock; + + /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading + ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. + ** Return true immediately. + */ + if( (pBtree->sharable==0) + || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)) + ){ + return 1; } -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new - ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection. - ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address. + /* If the client is reading or writing an index and the schema is + ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if + ** the correct locks are held. So do not bother - just return true. + ** This case does not come up very often anyhow. */ - if( p->sharable ){ - int i; - Btree *pSib; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){ - while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; } - if( p->pBtpBt ){ - p->pNext = pSib; - p->pPrev = 0; - pSib->pPrev = p; - }else{ - while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBtpBt ){ - pSib = pSib->pNext; - } - p->pNext = pSib->pNext; - p->pPrev = pSib; - if( p->pNext ){ - p->pNext->pPrev = p; - } - pSib->pNext = p; - } - break; + if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){ + return 1; + } + + /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table + ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or + ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated + ** table. */ + if( isIndex ){ + HashElem *p; + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p); + if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){ + iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum; } } + }else{ + iTab = iRoot; } -#endif - *ppBtree = p; -btree_open_out: - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){ - sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); + /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a + ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a + ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */ + for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ + if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree + && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1)) + && pLock->eLock>=eLockType + ){ + return 1; } - sqlite3_free(pBt); - sqlite3_free(p); - *ppBtree = 0; - } - if( mutexOpen ){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); } - return rc; + + /* Failed to find the required lock. */ + return 0; } +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero, -** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return -** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return -** false if it is still positive. +**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. **** +** +** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the +** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are +** simultaneously reading that same table or index. +** +** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that +** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing +** the iRoot table. Except, if the other Btree object has the +** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to +** have a read cursor. +** +** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index +** rooted at page iRoot, one should call: +** +** assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) ); */ -static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; - BtShared *pList; - int removed = 0; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) ); - pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - pBt->nRef--; - if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){ - if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){ - GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext; - }else{ - pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); - while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){ - pList=pList->pNext; - } - if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ - pList->pNext = pBt->pNext; - } - } - if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){ - sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex); +static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){ + BtCursor *p; + for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot + && p->pBtree!=pBtree + && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) + ){ + return 1; } - removed = 1; } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - return removed; -#else - return 1; -#endif + return 0; } +#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ /* -** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of -** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes. +** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock +** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return +** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling +** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not. */ -static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ - if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){ - pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); +static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + BtLock *pIter; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); + assert( p->db!=0 ); + assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 ); + + /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write + ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there + ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself. + */ + assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) ); + assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + + /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ + if( !p->sharable ){ + return SQLITE_OK; } -} -/* -** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation -*/ -static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ - sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace); - pBt->pTmpSpace = 0; + /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the + ** requested lock may not be obtained. + */ + if( pBt->pWriter!=p && pBt->isExclusive ){ + sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db); + return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; + } + + for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ + /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) + ** statement is a simplification of: + ** + ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK) + ** + ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection + ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can + ** only be a single writer). + */ + assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); + assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK); + if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){ + sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db); + if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){ + assert( p==pBt->pWriter ); + pBt->isPending = 1; + } + return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; } +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* -** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors. +** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used +** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or +** WRITE_LOCK. +** +** This function assumes the following: +** +** (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable +** database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and +** +** (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts +** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has +** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK). +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM +** is returned if a malloc attempt fails. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ +static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtCursor *pCur; + BtLock *pLock = 0; + BtLock *pIter; - /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - pCur = pBt->pCursor; - while( pCur ){ - BtCursor *pTmp = pCur; - pCur = pCur->pNext; - if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){ - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); + assert( p->db!=0 ); + + /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to + ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained + ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master + ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */ + assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); + + /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it + ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */ + assert( p->sharable ); + assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); + + /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */ + for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ + if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){ + pLock = pIter; + break; } } - /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure. - ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by - ** this handle. - */ - sqlite3BtreeRollback(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - - /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree - ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans - ** up the shared-btree. + /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p + ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list. */ - assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 ); - if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){ - /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access - ** it without having to hold the mutex. - ** - ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object. - */ - assert( !pBt->pCursor ); - sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); - if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){ - pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema); + if( !pLock ){ + pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock)); + if( !pLock ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - sqlite3_free(pBt->pSchema); - freeTempSpace(pBt); - sqlite3_free(pBt); + pLock->iTable = iTable; + pLock->pBtree = p; + pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock; + pBt->pLock = pLock; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - assert( p->wantToLock==0 ); - assert( p->locked==0 ); - if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; - if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; -#endif + /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock + ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held + ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock. + */ + assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK ); + if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){ + pLock->eLock = eLock; + } - sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_OK; } +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* -** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache. +** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to +** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p. ** -** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute -** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will -** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s -** to insure data is written to the disk surface before -** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off, -** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program -** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is -** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database -** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state. -** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not -** normally a worry. +** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write +** transaction. If it does not, then the BtShared.isPending variable +** may be incorrectly cleared. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ +static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; + BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter ); + assert( p->inTrans>0 ); + + while( *ppIter ){ + BtLock *pLock = *ppIter; + assert( pBt->isExclusive==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree ); + assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock ); + if( pLock->pBtree==p ){ + *ppIter = pLock->pNext; + assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock ); + if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){ + sqlite3_free(pLock); + } + }else{ + ppIter = &pLock->pNext; + } + } + + assert( pBt->isPending==0 || pBt->pWriter ); + if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ + pBt->pWriter = 0; + pBt->isExclusive = 0; + pBt->isPending = 0; + }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){ + /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its + ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not + ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other + ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case + ** set the isPending flag to 0. + ** + ** If there is not currently a writer, then BtShared.isPending must + ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case. + */ + pBt->isPending = 0; + } } /* -** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease -** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power -** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and -** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There -** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the -** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction. +** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *p, int level, int fullSync){ +static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; + if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ + BtLock *pLock; + pBt->pWriter = 0; + pBt->isExclusive = 0; + pBt->isPending = 0; + for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ + assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p ); + pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK; + } + } +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + +static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ + +/* +***** This routine is used inside of assert() only **** +** +** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){ + return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex); } #endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* -** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other -** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files. +** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( pBt && pBt->pPager ); - rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; +static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow); + pCur->aOverflow = 0; } -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) /* -** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. -** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY -** without changing anything. +** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened +** on the shared btree structure pBt. +*/ +static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){ + BtCursor *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + invalidateOverflowCache(p); + } +} + +/* +** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table +** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the +** row or one of the rows being modified. ** -** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page -** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not -** changed. +** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the +** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob +** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot. ** -** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region -** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE, -** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur -** at the beginning of a page. +** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with +** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate +** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row. +*/ +static void invalidateIncrblobCursors( + Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */ + i64 iRow, /* The rowid that might be changing */ + int isClearTable /* True if all rows are being deleted */ +){ + BtCursor *p; + BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) ); + for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->isIncrblobHandle && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){ + p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + } + } +} + +#else + /* Stub functions when INCRBLOB is omitted */ + #define invalidateOverflowCache(x) + #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x) + #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ + +/* +** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called +** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf +** page. ** -** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved -** bytes per page is left unchanged. +** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure +** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding +** free-list leaf pages: ** -** If the iFix!=0 then the pageSizeFixed flag is set so that the page size -** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed. +** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes +** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database +** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes +** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified, +** why bother journalling it?). +** +** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read +** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it +** be, if it is not at all meaningful?). +** +** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy +** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if +** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same +** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when +** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it +** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data +** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible +** to restore the database to its original configuration. +** +** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is +** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is +** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list, +** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already +** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared +** at the end of every transaction. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){ +static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - if( nReserve<0 ){ - nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; + if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ + assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage ); + pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage); + if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } } - assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 ); - if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE && - ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){ - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor ); - pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize; - freeTempSpace(pBt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){ + rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno); } - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); - pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve; - if( iFix ) pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* -** Return the currently defined page size +** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector. +** +** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the +** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the +** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ - return p->pBt->pageSize; +static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ + Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent; + return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno))); } /* -** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that -** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is -** sometimes used by extensions. +** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be +** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){ - int n; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return n; +static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){ + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent); + pBt->pHasContent = 0; } /* -** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive. -** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative. -** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count. +** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey +** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. +** +** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID) +** prior to calling this routine. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){ - int n; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return n; +static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ + int rc; + + assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ); + assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + + rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* KeySize() cannot fail */ + + /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize() + ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is + ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey + ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key + ** data. + */ + if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){ + void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey ); + if( pKey ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCur->pKey = pKey; + }else{ + sqlite3_free(pKey); + } + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ + releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); + pCur->apPage[i] = 0; + } + pCur->iPage = -1; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; + } + + invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); + return rc; } /* -** Set the secureDelete flag if newFlag is 0 or 1. If newFlag is -1, -** then make no changes. Always return the value of the secureDelete -** setting after the change. +** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on +** the table with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor +** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){ - int b; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( newFlag>=0 ){ - p->pBt->secureDelete = (newFlag!=0) ? 1 : 0; +static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){ + BtCursor *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt ); + for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) && + p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ + int rc = saveCursorPosition(p); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + return rc; + } + } } - b = p->pBt->secureDelete; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return b; + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */ /* -** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' -** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it -** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is -** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. +** Clear the current cursor position. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - return SQLITE_READONLY; -#else - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); + pCur->pKey = 0; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; +} - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; +/* +** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record +** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the +** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work. +*/ +static int btreeMoveto( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */ + const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */ + i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */ + int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */ + int *pRes /* Write search results here */ +){ + int rc; /* Status code */ + UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */ + char aSpace[150]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */ + char *pFree = 0; + + if( pKey ){ + assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey ); + pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( + pCur->pKeyInfo, aSpace, sizeof(aSpace), &pFree + ); + if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, pIdxKey); }else{ - pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0; - pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0; + pIdxKey = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes); + if( pFree ){ + sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree); } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; -#endif } /* -** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is -** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. +** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) +** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the +** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be +** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each +** saveCursorPosition(). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; -#else +static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = ( - (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE: - (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL: - BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR - ); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ + return pCur->skipNext; + } + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skipNext); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); + pCur->pKey = 0; + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); + } return rc; -#endif } +#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \ + (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \ + btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \ + SQLITE_OK) /* -** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will -** also acquire a readlock on that file. +** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it +** was last placed at. Cursors can move when the row they are pointing +** at is deleted out from under them. ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a -** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. -** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM -** is returned if we run out of memory. +** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong. The +** integer *pHasMoved is set to one if the cursor has moved and 0 if not. */ -static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){ int rc; - MemPage *pPage1; - int nPage; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pBt->pPage1==0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is - ** a valid database file. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - }else if( nPage>0 ){ - int pageSize; - int usableSize; - u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData; - rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; - if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - if( page1[18]>1 ){ - pBt->readOnly = 1; - } - if( page1[19]>1 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%. And the minimum - ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data. - ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of - ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed. - */ - if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]); - if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 || pageSize<512 || - (SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE<32768 && pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) - ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - usableSize = pageSize - page1[20]; - if( pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){ - /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size - ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is - ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at - ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function - ** again with the correct page-size. - */ - releasePage(pPage1); - pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize; - pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize; - freeTempSpace(pBt); - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, - pageSize-usableSize); - return rc; - } - if( usableSize<480 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize; - pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0); -#endif + rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc ){ + *pHasMoved = 1; + return rc; + } + if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || pCur->skipNext!=0 ){ + *pHasMoved = 1; + }else{ + *pHasMoved = 0; } - - /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for - ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout - ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header. - ** Besides the payload, the cell must store: - ** 2-byte pointer to the cell - ** 4-byte child pointer - ** 9-byte nKey value - ** 4-byte nData value - ** 4-byte overflow page pointer - ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as - ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow - ** page pointer. - */ - pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23; - pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23; - pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35; - pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23; - assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - pBt->pPage1 = pPage1; return SQLITE_OK; - -page1_init_failed: - releasePage(pPage1); - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - return rc; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* -** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle -** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then -** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which -** has the effect of releasing the read lock. +** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page +** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the +** input page number. ** -** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. +** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is +** no pointer map associated with page 1. The integrity_check logic +** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1. */ -static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){ +static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ + int nPagesPerMapPage; + Pgno iPtrMap, ret; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pBt->pCursor==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); - if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){ - assert( pBt->pPage1->aData ); - assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 ); - assert( pBt->pPage1->aData ); - releasePage(pBt->pPage1); - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - } -} - -/* -** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file -** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of -** the database. -*/ -static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){ - MemPage *pP1; - unsigned char *data; - int rc; - int nPage; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nPage>0 ){ - return rc; + if( pgno<2 ) return 0; + nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; + iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; + ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; + if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + ret++; } - pP1 = pBt->pPage1; - assert( pP1!=0 ); - data = pP1->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader)); - assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 ); - put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize); - data[18] = 1; - data[19] = 1; - assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize); - data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize); - data[21] = 64; - data[22] = 32; - data[23] = 32; - memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24); - zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA ); - pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 ); - assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 ); - put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum); - put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum); -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; + return ret; } /* -** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction -** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read- -** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive -** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed -** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be -** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the -** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. -** -** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any -** changes to the database. None of the following routines -** will work unless a transaction is started first: -** -** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() -** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex() -** sqlite3BtreeClearTable() -** sqlite3BtreeDropTable() -** sqlite3BtreeInsert() -** sqlite3BtreeDelete() -** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() +** Write an entry into the pointer map. ** -** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention -** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler -** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not -** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is -** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. +** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key' +** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'. ** -** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has -** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because -** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B. -** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be -** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback -** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B -** proceed. +** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is +** a no-op. If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written +** into *pRC. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){ - sqlite3 *pBlock = 0; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; +static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){ + DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ + u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */ + Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */ + int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */ + int rc; /* Return code from subfunctions */ - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - btreeIntegrity(p); + if( *pRC ) return; - /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it - ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction - ** is requested, this is a no-op. - */ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){ - goto trans_begun; - } + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ + assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) ); - /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */ - if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - goto trans_begun; + assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); + if( key==0 ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return; } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction - ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is - ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED. - */ - if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->isPending ){ - pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db; - }else if( wrflag>1 ){ - BtLock *pIter; - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){ - pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db; - break; - } - } + iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRC = rc; + return; } - if( pBlock ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock); - rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - goto trans_begun; + offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); + if( offset<0 ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto ptrmap_exit; } -#endif - - /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on - ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock - ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */ - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun; - - do { - /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or - ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree() - ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after - ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database - ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update - ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk. - */ - while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ - if( pBt->readOnly ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db)); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = newDatabase(pBt); - } - } - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - } - }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && - btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) ); + assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); + pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ - pBt->nTransaction++; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( p->sharable ){ - assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 ); - p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK; - p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock; - pBt->pLock = &p->lock; - } -#endif - } - p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ); - if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( wrflag ){ - assert( !pBt->pWriter ); - pBt->pWriter = p; - pBt->isExclusive = (u8)(wrflag>1); + if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){ + TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent)); + *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPtrmap[offset] = eType; + put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent); } -#endif - } - - -trans_begun: - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ - /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of - ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and - ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint); } - btreeIntegrity(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; +ptrmap_exit: + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* -** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if -** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer -** map entries for the overflow pages as well. +** Read an entry from the pointer map. +** +** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing +** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively. +** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. */ -static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; /* Counter variable */ - int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; - Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - rc = btreeInitPage(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; - } - nCell = pPage->nCell; - - for(i=0; imutex) ); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell); - ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); - } + iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); + if( rc!=0 ){ + return rc; } + pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); + offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); + if( offset<0 ){ + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } + assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); + assert( pEType!=0 ); + *pEType = pPtrmap[offset]; + if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]); -set_child_ptrmaps_out: - pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; - return rc; + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return SQLITE_OK; } +#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ + #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc) + #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK + #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc) +#endif + /* -** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so -** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to -** be modified, as follows: -** -** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child -** page of pPage. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow -** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage. +** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on +** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer +** to the cell content. ** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next -** overflow page in the list. +** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells. */ -static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){ - /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */ - if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo); - }else{ - u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; - int i; - int nCell; - - btreeInitPage(pPage); - nCell = pPage->nCell; +#define findCell(P,I) \ + ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aData[(P)->cellOffset+2*(I)]))) +#define findCellv2(D,M,O,I) (D+(M&get2byte(D+(O+2*(I))))) - for(i=0; iaData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; +/* +** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for +** pages that do contain overflow cells. +*/ +static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ + int i; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){ + int k; + struct _OvflCell *pOvfl; + pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i]; + k = pOvfl->idx; + if( k<=iCell ){ + if( k==iCell ){ + return pOvfl->pCell; } - put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo); + iCell--; } - - pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; } - return SQLITE_OK; + return findCell(pPage, iCell); } - /* -** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the -** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. +** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There +** are two versions of this function. btreeParseCell() takes a +** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr() +** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument. ** -** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that -** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno -** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that -** page. +** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of +** btreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster. */ -static int relocatePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */ - MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */ - u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */ - Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */ - Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */ - int isCommit /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */ +static void btreeParseCellPtr( + MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ + u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ + CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ ){ - MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */ - Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno; - Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; - int rc; - - assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || - eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt ); + u16 n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */ + u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ - /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */ - TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", - iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); - rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells - ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these - ** pages need to be changed. - ** - ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a - ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then - ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page. - */ - if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; + pInfo->pCell = pCell; + assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); + n = pPage->childPtrSize; + assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf ); + if( pPage->intKey ){ + if( pPage->hasData ){ + n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload); + }else{ + nPayload = 0; } + n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey); + pInfo->nData = nPayload; }else{ - Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData); - if( nextOvfl!=0 ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } + pInfo->nData = 0; + n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload); + pInfo->nKey = nPayload; } + pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; + pInfo->nHeader = n; + testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal ); + testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); + if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){ + /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits + ** on the local page. No overflow is required. + */ + if( (pInfo->nSize = (u16)(n+nPayload))<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4; + pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload; + pInfo->iOverflow = 0; + }else{ + /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have + ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto + ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused + ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage + ** in between minLocal and maxLocal. + ** + ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any + ** way will result in an incompatible file format. + */ + int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */ + int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */ + int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */ - /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so - ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for - ** iPtrPage. - */ - if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pPtrPage); - return rc; - } - rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType); - releasePage(pPtrPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc); + minLocal = pPage->minLocal; + maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal; + surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); + testcase( surplus==maxLocal ); + testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 ); + if( surplus <= maxLocal ){ + pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus; + }else{ + pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal; } + pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n); + pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4; } - return rc; } - -/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */ -static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); +#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \ + btreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo)) +static void btreeParseCell( + MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ + int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */ + CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ +){ + parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo); +} /* -** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, -** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no -** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. -** -** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the -** database so that the last page of the file currently in use -** is no longer in use. -** -** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, this function assumes -** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until -** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the -** number of pages the database file will contain after this -** process is complete. If nFin is zero, it is assumed that -** incrVacuumStep() will be called a finite amount of times -** which may or may not empty the freelist. A full autovacuum -** has nFin>0. A "PRAGMA incremental_vacuum" has nFin==0. +** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell +** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell +** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or +** the space used by the cell pointer. */ -static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg){ - Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( iLastPg>nFin ); +static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ + u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize]; + u32 nSize; - if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - int rc; - u8 eType; - Pgno iPtrPage; - - nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - if( nFreeList==0 ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as + ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the + ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of + ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */ + CellInfo debuginfo; + btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo); +#endif - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + if( pPage->intKey ){ + u8 *pEnd; + if( pPage->hasData ){ + pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize); + }else{ + nSize = 0; } - if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - if( nFin==0 ){ - /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required - ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be - ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't - ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. - */ - Pgno iFreePg; - MemPage *pFreePg; - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( iFreePg==iLastPg ); - releasePage(pFreePg); - } - } else { - Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */ - MemPage *pLastPg; - - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg - ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list. - ** - ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep - ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages - ** of the file is found. - */ - do { - MemPage *pFreePg; - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pLastPg); - return rc; - } - releasePage(pFreePg); - }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin ); - assert( iFreePgpDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, nFin!=0); - } - releasePage(pLastPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } + testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal ); + testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); + if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ + int minLocal = pPage->minLocal; + nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); + testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal ); + testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); + if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ + nSize = minLocal; } + nSize += 4; } + nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell); - if( nFin==0 ){ - iLastPg--; - while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){ - if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){ - MemPage *pPg; - int rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pPg, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); - releasePage(pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - iLastPg--; - } - sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, iLastPg); + /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */ + if( nSize<4 ){ + nSize = 4; } - return SQLITE_OK; + + assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize ); + return (u16)nSize; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements +** only. */ +static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ + return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell)); } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* -** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function. -** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum. -** -** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run, -** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred, -** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. +** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer +** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map +** for the overflow page. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - }else{ - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0, pagerPagecount(pBt)); +static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){ + CellInfo info; + if( *pRC ) return; + assert( pCell!=0 ); + btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); + assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload ); + if( info.iOverflow ){ + Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); + ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC); } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; } +#endif + /* -** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction -** is commited for an auto-vacuum database. -** -** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages -** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. -** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc -** pages are in use. +** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the +** end of the page and all free space is collected into one +** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell +** pointer array and the cell content area. */ -static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; - VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); +static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */ + int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */ + int size; /* Size of a cell */ + int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */ + int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */ + int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */ + int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */ + unsigned char *data; /* The page data */ + unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */ + int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell index */ + int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell index */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - assert(pBt->autoVacuum); - if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){ - Pgno nFin; /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */ - Pgno nFree; /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */ - Pgno nPtrmap; /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */ - Pgno iFree; /* The next page to be freed */ - int nEntry; /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */ - Pgno nOrig; /* Database size before freeing */ - nOrig = pagerPagecount(pBt); - if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page - ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one - ** is encountered, this indicates corruption. - */ + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); + assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ); + assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager); + data = pPage->aData; + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; + nCell = pPage->nCell; + assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) ); + usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; + cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); + memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk); + cbrk = usableSize; + iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell; + iCellLast = usableSize - 4; + for(i=0; iiCellLast ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } - - nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5; - nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry; - nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap; - if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFinnOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - - for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){ - rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree); - } - if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0); - sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, nFin); +#endif + assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast ); + size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]); + cbrk -= size; +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) + if( cbrkusableSize ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } +#endif + assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst ); + testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize ); + testcase( pc+size==usableSize ); + memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size); + put2byte(pAddr, cbrk); } - - assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); - return rc; + assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst ); + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk); + data[hdr+1] = 0; + data[hdr+2] = 0; + data[hdr+7] = 0; + memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + return SQLITE_OK; } -#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ -# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK -#endif - /* -** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine -** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist) -** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs -** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back -** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to -** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the -** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide. -** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the -** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not -** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the -** commit process. -** -** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt. -** -** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to -** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the -** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file -** (single database transaction). -** -** When this is called, the master journal should already have been -** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk. +** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed +** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[] +** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or +** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT). ** -** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit -** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal. +** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the +** allocation. This routine might need to defragment in order to bring +** all the space together, however. This routine will avoid using +** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this +** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will +** also end up needing a new cell pointer. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - } -#endif - rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} +static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){ + const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */ + u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Local cache of pPage->aData */ + int nFrag; /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */ + int top; /* First byte of cell content area */ + int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */ + int rc; /* Integer return code */ + int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */ + + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->pBt ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ + assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte ); + assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); + usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; + assert( nByte < usableSize-8 ); -/* -** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback() -** at the conclusion of a transaction. -*/ -static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + nFrag = data[hdr+7]; + assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf ); + gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; + top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); + if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + testcase( gap+2==top ); + testcase( gap+1==top ); + testcase( gap==top ); - btreeClearHasContent(pBt); - if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && p->db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){ - /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database - ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements - ** may still be reading from the database. */ - downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); - p->inTrans = TRANS_READ; - }else{ - /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the - ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count - ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() - ** call below will unlock the pager. */ - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ - clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); - pBt->nTransaction--; - if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; + if( nFrag>=60 ){ + /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */ + rc = defragmentPage(pPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); + }else if( gap+2<=top ){ + /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy + ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in + ** the list that is large enough to accomadate it. + */ + int pc, addr; + for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){ + int size; /* Size of the free slot */ + if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc=nByte ){ + int x = size - nByte; + testcase( x==4 ); + testcase( x==3 ); + if( x<4 ){ + /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of + ** fragmented bytes within the page. */ + memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2); + data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x); + }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account + ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */ + put2byte(&data[pc+2], x); + } + *pIdx = pc + x; + return SQLITE_OK; } } + } - /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the - ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */ - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy + ** the allocation. If not, defragment. + */ + testcase( gap+2+nByte==top ); + if( gap+2+nByte>top ){ + rc = defragmentPage(pPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); + assert( gap+nByte<=top ); } - btreeIntegrity(p); + + /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array + ** and the cell content area. The btreeInitPage() call has already + ** validated the freelist. Given that the freelist is valid, there + ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page. + ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence. + */ + top -= nByte; + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); + assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); + *pIdx = top; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Commit the transaction currently in progress. -** -** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The -** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should -** be invoked prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() -** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the -** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this -** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the -** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and -** drop locks. +** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist. +** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start] +** and the size of the block is "size" bytes. ** -** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there -** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. +** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent +** free blocks into a single big free block. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; +static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){ + int addr, pbegin, hdr; + int iLast; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */ + unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - btreeIntegrity(p); + assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize ); + assert( (start + size) <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( size>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ - /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees - ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. + if( pPage->pBt->secureDelete ){ + /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete + ** option is enabled */ + memset(&data[start], 0, size); + } + + /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks. Note that + ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(), + ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or + ** freeblocks that overlapped cells. Nor does it detect when the + ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header. If these + ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt + ** the freelist. So we do need to check for corruption while scanning + ** the freelist. */ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - int rc; - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + addr = hdr + 1; + iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4; + assert( start<=iLast ); + while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))0 ){ + if( pbegininTransaction = TRANS_READ; + addr = pbegin; } + if( pbegin>iLast ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 ); + put2byte(&data[addr], start); + put2byte(&data[start], pbegin); + put2byte(&data[start+2], size); + pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size; - btreeEndTransaction(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Do both phases of a commit. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p); + /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */ + addr = hdr + 1; + while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){ + int pnext, psize, x; + assert( pbegin>addr ); + assert( pbegin <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); + pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]); + psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); + if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){ + int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize); + if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag; + x = get2byte(&data[pnext]); + put2byte(&data[pbegin], x); + x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin; + put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x); + }else{ + addr = pbegin; + } } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use -** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not -** defined. -** -** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that -** is capable of writing to the databse. That means the cursor was -** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled -** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT. -*/ -static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){ - BtCursor *pCur; - int r = 0; - for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ - if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; + /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */ + if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){ + int top; + pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); + memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2); + top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); } - return r; + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* -** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error -** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree -** references. +** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page +** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly. ** -** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong -** to other database connections that happen to be sharing -** the cache with pBtree. +** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different +** indicates a corrupt database files: ** -** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. -** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped -** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after -** the rollback. The rollback may have deleted tables -** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to -** save the state of the cursor. The cursor must be -** invalidated. +** PTF_ZERODATA +** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF +** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY +** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){ - BtCursor *p; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - int i; - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p); - p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT; - p->skipNext = errCode; - for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(p->apPage[i]); - p->apPage[i] = 0; - } +static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){ + BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */ + + assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 ); + flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF; + pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf; + pBt = pPage->pBt; + if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){ + pPage->intKey = 1; + pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf; + pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf; + pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf; + }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){ + pPage->intKey = 0; + pPage->hasData = 0; + pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal; + pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal; + }else{ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be -** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor -** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result -** in an error. +** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. ** -** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there -** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does +** not contain a well-formed database page, then return +** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not +** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that +** we failed to detect any corruption. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - MemPage *pPage1; +static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){ - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occurred whilst - ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as - ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then - ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so - ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort - ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save. + assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) ); + + if( !pPage->isInit ){ + u16 pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */ + u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */ + u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */ + BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */ + int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */ + u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */ + int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */ + int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */ + int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */ + int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */ + + pBt = pPage->pBt; + + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + data = pPage->aData; + if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); + pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); + pPage->nOverflow = 0; + usableSize = pBt->usableSize; + pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; + top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); + pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); + if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){ + /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) ); + + /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end + ** of page when parsing a cell. + ** + ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends + ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be + ** returned if it does. */ - sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc); - } -#endif - btreeIntegrity(p); + iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; + iCellLast = usableSize - 4; +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) + { + int i; /* Index into the cell pointer array */ + int sz; /* Size of a cell */ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - int rc2; + if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--; + for(i=0; inCell; i++){ + pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+i*2]); + testcase( pc==iCellFirst ); + testcase( pc==iCellLast ); + if( pciCellLast ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + sz = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]); + testcase( pc+sz==usableSize ); + if( pc+sz>usableSize ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + } + if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++; + } +#endif - assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction ); - rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager); - if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; + /* Compute the total free space on the page */ + pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); + nFree = data[hdr+7] + top; + while( pc>0 ){ + u16 next, size; + if( pciCellLast ){ + /* Start of free block is off the page */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + next = get2byte(&data[pc]); + size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); + if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){ + /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of + ** the free-block must lie on the database page. */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + nFree = nFree + size; + pc = next; } - /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So - ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make - ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */ - if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pPage1); + /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start + ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within + ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size + ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also + ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content + ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page. + */ + if( nFree>usableSize ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } - assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 ); - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; + pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst); + pPage->isInit = 1; } - - btreeEndTransaction(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled -** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction -** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically -** if the main transaction commits or rolls back. -** -** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements -** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint -** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement -** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction. -** -** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The -** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints, -** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there -** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open, -** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back -** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function. +** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding +** no entries. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->readOnly==0 ); - assert( iStatement>0 ); - assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint ); - if( NEVER(p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pBt->readOnly) ){ - rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL; - }else{ - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with - ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using - ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any - ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement); +static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){ + unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + u16 first; + + assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno ); + assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); + assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + if( pBt->secureDelete ){ + memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr); } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; + data[hdr] = (char)flags; + first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ?1:0); + memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); + data[hdr+7] = 0; + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize); + pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first); + decodeFlags(pPage, flags); + pPage->hdrOffset = hdr; + pPage->cellOffset = first; + pPage->nOverflow = 0; + assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); + pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); + pPage->nCell = 0; + pPage->isInit = 1; } + /* -** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK -** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the -** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value -** of op. -** -** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is -** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the -** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different -** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the -** transaction remains open. +** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by +** the btree layer. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); - assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = newDatabase(pBt); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; +static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){ + MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); + pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage; + pPage->pBt = pBt; + pPage->pgno = pgno; + pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; + return pPage; } /* -** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page -** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that -** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open -** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then -** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction. -** -** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading. -** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for -** writing if other conditions for writing are also met. These -** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to -** be allowed: -** -** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1 -** -** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache -** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have -** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise -** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to -** the read cursors in the other database connection. -** -** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media) -** -** 4: There must be an active transaction. -** -** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the -** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired -** will not work correctly. +** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and +** MemPage.aData elements if needed. ** -** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called -** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine. +** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about +** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk +** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now. +** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that +** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk +** read should occur at that point. */ -static int btreeCursor( - Btree *p, /* The btree */ - int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ - struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */ - BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */ +static int btreeGetPage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ + Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ + MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ + int noContent /* Do not load page content if true */ ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; /* Shared b-tree handle */ - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 ); - - /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable - ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, - ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with - ** this lock. */ - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) ); - assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) ); - - /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */ - assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); - assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData ); - - if( NEVER(wrFlag && pBt->readOnly) ){ - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - if( iTable==1 && pagerPagecount(pBt)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_EMPTY; - } + int rc; + DbPage *pDbPage; - /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor - ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */ - pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable; - pCur->iPage = -1; - pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; - pCur->pBtree = p; - pCur->pBt = pBt; - pCur->wrFlag = (u8)wrFlag; - pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor; - if( pCur->pNext ){ - pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur; - } - pBt->pCursor = pCur; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - pCur->cachedRowid = 0; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent); + if( rc ) return rc; + *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); return SQLITE_OK; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( - Btree *p, /* The btree */ - int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ - struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */ - BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */ -){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} /* -** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes. -** -** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate -** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque -** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call -** this routine. +** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not +** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and +** MemPage.aData elements if needed. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){ - return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor)); +static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ + DbPage *pDbPage; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno); + if( pDbPage ){ + return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); + } + return 0; } /* -** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object. -** -** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object -** to zero. But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays -** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot -** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements. +** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of +** error, return ((unsigned int)-1). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){ - memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage)); +static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){ + return pBt->nPage; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){ + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 ); + return (int)btreePagecount(p->pBt); } /* -** Set the cached rowid value of every cursor in the same database file -** as pCur and having the same root page number as pCur. The value is -** set to iRowid. +** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine is just a +** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and +** btreeInitPage(). ** -** Only positive rowid values are considered valid for this cache. -** The cache is initialized to zero, indicating an invalid cache. -** A btree will work fine with zero or negative rowids. We just cannot -** cache zero or negative rowids, which means tables that use zero or -** negative rowids might run a little slower. But in practice, zero -** or negative rowids are very uncommon so this should not be a problem. +** If an error occurs, then the value *ppPage is set to is undefined. It +** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){ - BtCursor *p; - for(p=pCur->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->pgnoRoot==pCur->pgnoRoot ) p->cachedRowid = iRowid; +static int getAndInitPage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ + Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */ + MemPage **ppPage /* Write the page pointer here */ +){ + int rc; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + + if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(*ppPage); + } + } } - assert( pCur->cachedRowid==iRowid ); + + testcase( pgno==0 ); + assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); + return rc; } /* -** Return the cached rowid for the given cursor. A negative or zero -** return value indicates that the rowid cache is invalid and should be -** ignored. If the rowid cache has never before been set, then a -** zero is returned. +** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior +** call to btreeGetPage. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur){ - return pCur->cachedRowid; +static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){ + if( pPage ){ + assert( pPage->aData ); + assert( pPage->pBt ); + assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); + assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage); + } } /* -** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released -** when the last cursor is closed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree; - if( pBtree ){ - int i; - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); - if( pCur->pPrev ){ - pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext; - }else{ - pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext; - } - if( pCur->pNext ){ - pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev; - } - for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); +** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache +** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of +** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called. +** +** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the +** page to agree with the restored data. +*/ +static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){ + MemPage *pPage; + pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); + assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 ); + if( pPage->isInit ){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + pPage->isInit = 0; + if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){ + /* pPage might not be a btree page; it might be an overflow page + ** or ptrmap page or a free page. In those cases, the following + ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT. + ** But no harm is done by this. And it is very important that + ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make + ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */ + btreeInitPage(pPage); } - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); - /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); } - return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid -** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call -** btreeParseCell() to fill it in. +** Invoke the busy handler for a btree. +*/ +static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){ + BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg; + assert( pBt->db ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) ); + return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler); +} + +/* +** Open a database file. +** +** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL +** then an ephemeral database is created. The ephemeral database might +** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache. +** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted +** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called. ** -** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell. -** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell(). +** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created +** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed. ** -** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the -** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro. -** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc -** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the -** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function -** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457. +** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits +** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_NO_READLOCK. The BTREE_NO_READLOCK +** bit is also set if the SQLITE_NoReadlock flags is set in db->flags. +** These flags are passed through into sqlite3PagerOpen() and must +** be the same values as PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL and PAGER_NO_READLOCK. +** +** If the database is already opened in the same database connection +** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error. We cannot allow two or more BtShared +** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead +** to problems with locking. */ -#ifndef NDEBUG - static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ - CellInfo info; - int iPage = pCur->iPage; - memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); - btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info); - assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 ); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use for this b-tree */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database handle */ + Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ + int flags, /* Options */ + int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ +){ + BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */ + Btree *p; /* Handle to return */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0; /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code from this function */ + u8 nReserve; /* Byte of unused space on each page */ + unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; /* Database header content */ + + /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */ + const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0; + + /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or + ** false for a file-based database. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB + const int isMemdb = 0; #else - #define assertCellInfo(x) + const int isMemdb = (zFilename && strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:")==0) + || (isTempDb && sqlite3TempInMemory(db)); #endif -#ifdef _MSC_VER - /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */ - static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ - if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ - int iPage = pCur->iPage; - btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); - pCur->validNKey = 1; + + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( pVfs!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( (flags&0xff)==flags ); /* flags fit in 8 bits */ + + /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */ + assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 ); + + /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */ + assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb ); + + if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){ + flags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK; + } + if( isMemdb ){ + flags |= BTREE_MEMORY; + } + if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){ + vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; + } + p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree)); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; + p->db = db; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + p->lock.pBtree = p; + p->lock.iTable = 1; +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) + /* + ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an + ** existing BtShared object that we can share with + */ + if( isMemdb==0 && isTempDb==0 ){ + if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){ + int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; + char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname); + sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; + p->sharable = 1; + if( !zFullPathname ){ + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname); + mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen); + mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); + for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){ + assert( pBt->nRef>0 ); + if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager)) + && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){ + int iDb; + for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){ + Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; + if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); + sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + } + } + p->pBt = pBt; + pBt->nRef++; + break; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); + sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + else{ + /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable + ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and + ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held()) + ** statements to find locking problems. + */ + p->sharable = 1; + } +#endif + } +#endif + if( pBt==0 ){ + /* + ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are + ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result + ** when compiling on a different architecture. + */ + assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 ); + assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 ); + assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); + assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); + assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); + + pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) ); + if( pBt==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto btree_open_out; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename, + EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto btree_open_out; + } + pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags; + pBt->db = db; + sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt); + p->pBt = pBt; + + pBt->pCursor = 0; + pBt->pPage1 = 0; + pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager); +#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE + pBt->secureDelete = 1; +#endif + pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16); + if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE + || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){ + pBt->pageSize = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then + ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if + ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if + ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a + ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal. + */ + if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){ + pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0); + pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0); + } +#endif + nReserve = 0; }else{ - assertCellInfo(pCur); + nReserve = zDbHeader[20]; + pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0); + pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0); +#endif + } + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); + if( rc ) goto btree_open_out; + pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; + assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) + /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds. + */ + if( p->sharable ){ + sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; + pBt->nRef = 1; + mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); + if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); + if( pBt->mutex==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + db->mallocFailed = 0; + goto btree_open_out; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); + pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); + GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); } +#endif } -#else /* if not _MSC_VER */ - /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */ -#define getCellInfo(pCur) \ - if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \ - int iPage = pCur->iPage; \ - btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); \ - pCur->validNKey = 1; \ - }else{ \ - assertCellInfo(pCur); \ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) + /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new + ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection. + ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address. + */ + if( p->sharable ){ + int i; + Btree *pSib; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){ + while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; } + if( p->pBtpBt ){ + p->pNext = pSib; + p->pPrev = 0; + pSib->pPrev = p; + }else{ + while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBtpBt ){ + pSib = pSib->pNext; + } + p->pNext = pSib->pNext; + p->pPrev = pSib; + if( p->pNext ){ + p->pNext->pPrev = p; + } + pSib->pNext = p; + } + break; + } + } } -#endif /* _MSC_VER */ +#endif + *ppBtree = p; + +btree_open_out: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){ + sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); + } + sqlite3_free(pBt); + sqlite3_free(p); + *ppBtree = 0; + }else{ + /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the + ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache, + ** do not change the pager-cache size. + */ + if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){ + sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); + } + } + if( mutexOpen ){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); + } + return rc; +} -#ifndef NDEBUG /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */ /* -** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid. A valid cursor is one -** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table. -** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements. +** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero, +** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return +** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return +** false if it is still positive. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){ - return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID; +static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; + BtShared *pList; + int removed = 0; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) ); + pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + pBt->nRef--; + if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){ + if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){ + GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext; + }else{ + pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); + while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){ + pList=pList->pNext; + } + if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ + pList->pNext = pBt->pNext; + } + } + if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){ + sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex); + } + removed = 1; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); + return removed; +#else + return 1; +#endif } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ /* -** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of -** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing -** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. -** -** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key -** itself, not the number of bytes in the key. -** -** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine. -** -** This routine cannot fail. It always returns SQLITE_OK. +** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of +** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ - *pSize = 0; - }else{ - getCellInfo(pCur); - *pSize = pCur->info.nKey; +static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ + if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){ + pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); } - return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the -** cursor currently points to. -** -** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL -** valid entry. In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee -** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID. -** -** Failure is not possible. This function always returns SQLITE_OK. -** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue -** to return an integer result code for historical reasons. +** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - getCellInfo(pCur); - *pSize = pCur->info.nData; - return SQLITE_OK; +static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ + sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace); + pBt->pTmpSpace = 0; } /* -** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter -** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the -** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum -** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. -** -** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: -** -** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is -** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked -** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. -** -** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding -** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that -** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage() -** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because -** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then -** *ppPage is set to zero. +** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors. */ -static int getOverflowPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ - Pgno ovfl, /* Current overflow page number */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */ - Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */ -){ - Pgno next = 0; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + BtCursor *pCur; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert(pPgnoNext); + /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + pCur = pBt->pCursor; + while( pCur ){ + BtCursor *pTmp = pCur; + pCur = pCur->pNext; + if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){ + sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp); + } + } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the - ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in - ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns - ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page - ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. + /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure. + ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by + ** this handle. */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno pgno; - Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1; - u8 eType; - - while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - iGuess++; - } + sqlite3BtreeRollback(p); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - if( iGuess<=pagerPagecount(pBt) ){ - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){ - next = iGuess; - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - } + /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree + ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans + ** up the shared-btree. + */ + assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 ); + if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){ + /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access + ** it without having to hold the mutex. + ** + ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object. + */ + assert( !pBt->pCursor ); + sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); + if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){ + pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema); } + sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema); + freeTempSpace(pBt); + sqlite3_free(pBt); } -#endif - assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, 0); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - next = get4byte(pPage->aData); - } - } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + assert( p->wantToLock==0 ); + assert( p->locked==0 ); + if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; + if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; +#endif - *pPgnoNext = next; - if( ppPage ){ - *ppPage = pPage; - }else{ - releasePage(pPage); - } - return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer. +** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache. ** -** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage. -** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied -** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true, -** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes -** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code. +** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute +** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will +** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s +** to insure data is written to the disk surface before +** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off, +** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program +** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is +** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database +** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state. +** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not +** normally a worry. */ -static int copyPayload( - void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */ - void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */ - int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */ - int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */ - DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease +** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power +** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and +** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There +** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the +** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel( + Btree *p, /* The btree to set the safety level on */ + int level, /* PRAGMA synchronous. 1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */ + int fullSync, /* PRAGMA fullfsync. */ + int ckptFullSync /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfync */ ){ - if( eOp ){ - /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */ - int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte); - }else{ - /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */ - memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte); - } + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + assert( level>=1 && level<=3 ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync, ckptFullSync); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return SQLITE_OK; } +#endif /* -** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information -** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp -** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into -** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from -** buffer pBuf). -** -** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset". -** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf. +** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other +** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + int rc; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( pBt && pBt->pPager ); + rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. +** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY +** without changing anything. ** -** The content being read or written might appear on the main page -** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages. +** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page +** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not +** changed. ** -** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current -** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function -** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list -** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this -** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient. +** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region +** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE, +** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur +** at the beginning of a page. ** -** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be -** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if -** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum -** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache. +** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved +** bytes per page is left unchanged. ** -** * An incremental vacuum, -** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode, -** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page). +** If the iFix!=0 then the pageSizeFixed flag is set so that the page size +** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed. */ -static int accessPayload( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ - u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */ - u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */ - unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ - int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */ -){ - unsigned char *aPayload; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u32 nKey; - int iIdx = 0; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */ - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */ - - assert( pPage ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - - getCellInfo(pCur); - aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader; - nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey); - - if( NEVER(offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData) - || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize] - ){ - /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */ - if( offsetinfo.nLocal ){ - int a = amt; - if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){ - a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset; - } - rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage); - offset = 0; - pBuf += a; - amt -= a; - }else{ - offset -= pCur->info.nLocal; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_READONLY; } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ - const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */ - Pgno nextPage; - - nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[] - ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at - ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The - ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0], - ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known" - ** (the cache is lazily populated). - */ - if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){ - int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize; - pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl); - /* nOvfl is always positive. If it were zero, fetchPayload would have - ** been used instead of this routine. */ - if( ALWAYS(nOvfl) && !pCur->aOverflow ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - - /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the - ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip - ** directly to it. - */ - if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){ - iIdx = (offset/ovflSize); - nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]; - offset = (offset%ovflSize); - } -#endif - - for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */ - if( pCur->aOverflow ){ - assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage); - pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage; - } -#endif - - if( offset>=ovflSize ){ - /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page - ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page - ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow - ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage() - ** function. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){ - nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1]; - } else -#endif - rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage); - offset -= ovflSize; - }else{ - /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the - ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0). - */ - DbPage *pDbPage; - int a = amt; - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - nextPage = get4byte(aPayload); - if( a + offset > ovflSize ){ - a = ovflSize - offset; - } - rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - offset = 0; - amt -= a; - pBuf += a; - } - } - } + if( nReserve<0 ){ + nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 ); + if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE && + ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){ + assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); + assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor ); + pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize; + freeTempSpace(pBt); } + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); + pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve; + if( iFix ) pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* -** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly -** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer -** begins at "offset". -** -** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row -** in the table. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes -** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than -** the available payload. +** Return the currently defined page size */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ + return p->pBt->pageSize; } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) /* -** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly -** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer -** begins at "offset". -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes -** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than -** the available payload. +** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that +** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is +** sometimes used by extensions. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ - int rc; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - return SQLITE_ABORT; - } -#endif - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0); - } - return rc; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){ + int n; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return n; } /* -** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the -** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of -** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if -** skipKey==1. The number of bytes of available key/data is written -** into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be -** a valid pointer. -** -** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key -** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow -** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the -** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills -** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble -** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer. -** -** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached -** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time -** any btree routine is called. +** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive. +** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative. +** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count. */ -static const unsigned char *fetchPayload( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ - int *pAmt, /* Write the number of available bytes here */ - int skipKey /* read beginning at data if this is true */ -){ - unsigned char *aPayload; - MemPage *pPage; - u32 nKey; - u32 nLocal; - - assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); - if( NEVER(pCur->info.nSize==0) ){ - btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage], pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage], - &pCur->info); - } - aPayload = pCur->info.pCell; - aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - nKey = 0; - }else{ - nKey = (int)pCur->info.nKey; - } - if( skipKey ){ - aPayload += nKey; - nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey; - }else{ - nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal; - assert( nLocal<=nKey ); - } - *pAmt = nLocal; - return aPayload; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){ + int n; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return n; } - /* -** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as -** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local -** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt. -** -** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move -** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine, -** including calls from other threads against the same cache. -** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling -** this routine. -** -** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data -** in the common case where no overflow pages are used. +** Set the secureDelete flag if newFlag is 0 or 1. If newFlag is -1, +** then make no changes. Always return the value of the secureDelete +** setting after the change. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ - const void *p = 0; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){ - p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0); - } - return p; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ - const void *p = 0; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){ - p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1); - } - return p; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){ + int b; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( newFlag>=0 ){ + p->pBt->secureDelete = (newFlag!=0) ? 1 : 0; + } + b = p->pBt->secureDelete; + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return b; } - +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */ /* -** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the -** page number of the child page to move to. -** -** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of -** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e. -** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or -** vice-versa). +** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' +** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it +** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is +** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. */ -static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ - int rc; - int i = pCur->iPage; - MemPage *pNewPage; - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPageiPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage; - pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0; - pCur->iPage++; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + return SQLITE_READONLY; +#else + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - if( pNewPage->nCell<1 || pNewPage->intKey!=pCur->apPage[i]->intKey ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + }else{ + pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0; + pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0; } - return SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +#endif } -#ifndef NDEBUG /* -** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function -** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th -** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of -** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of -** the page. +** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is +** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. */ -static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){ - assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell ); - if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){ - assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild ); - }else{ - assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild ); - } -} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; #else -# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) + int rc; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = ( + (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE: + (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL: + BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR + ); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; #endif +} + /* -** Move the cursor up to the parent page. +** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will +** also acquire a readlock on that file. ** -** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer -** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the -** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than -** the largest cell index. +** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a +** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. +** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM +** is returned if we run out of memory. */ -static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>0 ); - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assertParentIndex( - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno - ); - releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); - pCur->iPage--; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; -} +static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ + int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ + MemPage *pPage1; /* Page 1 of the database file */ + int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ + int nPageFile = 0; /* Number of pages in the database file */ + int nPageHeader; /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */ -/* -** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure. -** -** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point -** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a -** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a -** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1. -** -** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to -** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first -** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state -** is set to CURSOR_VALID. -** -** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the -** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected -** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not -** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D, -** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo -** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index -** b-tree). -*/ -static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ - MemPage *pRoot; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pBt->pPage1==0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); - return pCur->skipNext; - } - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); + /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is + ** a valid database file. + */ + nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); + sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile); + if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){ + nPage = nPageFile; } + if( nPage>0 ){ + u32 pageSize; + u32 usableSize; + u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData; + rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; + if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } - if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){ - int i; - for(i=1; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + if( page1[18]>1 ){ + pBt->readOnly = 1; } - pCur->iPage = 0; - }else{ - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return rc; + if( page1[19]>1 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } +#else + if( page1[18]>2 ){ + pBt->readOnly = 1; + } + if( page1[19]>2 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; } - pCur->iPage = 0; - /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor - ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is - ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case, - ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. */ - assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==1 || pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==0 ); - if( (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed + ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then + ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1. + ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is + ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer + ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log + ** file. + */ + if( page1[19]==2 && pBt->doNotUseWAL==0 ){ + int isOpen = 0; + rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + }else if( isOpen==0 ){ + releasePage(pPage1); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; } - } +#endif - /* Assert that the root page is of the correct type. This must be the - ** case as the call to this function that loaded the root-page (either - ** this call or a previous invocation) would have detected corruption - ** if the assumption were not true, and it is not possible for the flags - ** byte to have been modified while this cursor is holding a reference - ** to the page. */ - pRoot = pCur->apPage[0]; - assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ); - assert( pRoot->isInit && (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)==pRoot->intKey ); + /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%. And the minimum + ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data. + ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of + ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed. + */ + if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16); + if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 + || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE + || pageSize<=256 + ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); + usableSize = pageSize - page1[20]; + if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){ + /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size + ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is + ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at + ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function + ** again with the correct page-size. + */ + releasePage(pPage1); + pBt->usableSize = usableSize; + pBt->pageSize = pageSize; + freeTempSpace(pBt); + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, + pageSize-usableSize); + return rc; + } + if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto page1_init_failed; + } + if( usableSize<480 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + pBt->pageSize = pageSize; + pBt->usableSize = usableSize; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0); + pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0); +#endif + } - pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->atLast = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; + /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for + ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout + ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header. + ** Besides the payload, the cell must store: + ** 2-byte pointer to the cell + ** 4-byte child pointer + ** 9-byte nKey value + ** 4-byte nData value + ** 4-byte overflow page pointer + ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as + ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow + ** page pointer. + */ + pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23); + pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); + pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35); + pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); + assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); + pBt->pPage1 = pPage1; + pBt->nPage = nPage; + return SQLITE_OK; - if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){ - Pgno subpage; - if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]); - pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage); - }else{ - pCur->eState = ((pRoot->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID); - } +page1_init_failed: + releasePage(pPage1); + pBt->pPage1 = 0; return rc; } /* -** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the -** entry to which it is currently pointing. +** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle +** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then +** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which +** has the effect of releasing the read lock. ** -** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first -** in ascending order. +** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. */ -static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){ - Pgno pgno; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - MemPage *pPage; +static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pBt->pCursor==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); + if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){ + assert( pBt->pPage1->aData ); + assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 ); + assert( pBt->pPage1->aData ); + releasePage(pBt->pPage1); + pBt->pPage1 = 0; + } +} - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); - pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])); - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); +/* +** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file +** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of +** the database. +*/ +static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){ + MemPage *pP1; + unsigned char *data; + int rc; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + if( pBt->nPage>0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; } - return rc; + pP1 = pBt->pPage1; + assert( pP1!=0 ); + data = pP1->aData; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader)); + assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 ); + data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff); + data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff); + data[18] = 1; + data[19] = 1; + assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize); + data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize); + data[21] = 64; + data[22] = 32; + data[23] = 32; + memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24); + zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA ); + pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 ); + assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 ); + put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum); + put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum); +#endif + pBt->nPage = 1; + data[31] = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the -** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference -** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost() -** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost() -** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*. +** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction +** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read- +** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive +** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed +** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be +** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the +** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. ** -** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last -** key in ascending order. +** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any +** changes to the database. None of the following routines +** will work unless a transaction is started first: +** +** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() +** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex() +** sqlite3BtreeClearTable() +** sqlite3BtreeDropTable() +** sqlite3BtreeInsert() +** sqlite3BtreeDelete() +** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() +** +** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention +** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler +** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not +** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is +** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. +** +** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has +** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because +** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B. +** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be +** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback +** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B +** proceed. */ -static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){ - Pgno pgno; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){ + sqlite3 *pBlock = 0; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + btreeIntegrity(p); + + /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it + ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction + ** is requested, this is a no-op. + */ + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){ + goto trans_begun; } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; + + /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */ + if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + goto trans_begun; } - return rc; -} -/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something -** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction + ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is + ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED. + */ + if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->isPending ){ + pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db; + }else if( wrflag>1 ){ + BtLock *pIter; + for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ + if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){ + pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db; + break; + } + } + } + if( pBlock ){ + sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock); + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; + goto trans_begun; + } +#endif + + /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on + ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock + ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */ + rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun; + + pBt->initiallyEmpty = (u8)(pBt->nPage==0); + do { + /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or + ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree() + ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after + ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database + ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update + ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk. + */ + while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ + if( pBt->readOnly ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db)); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = newDatabase(pBt); + } + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + } + }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && + btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); - *pRes = 1; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ + pBt->nTransaction++; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + if( p->sharable ){ + assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 ); + p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK; + p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock; + pBt->pLock = &p->lock; + } +#endif + } + p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ); + if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){ + pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans; + } + if( wrflag ){ + MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + assert( !pBt->pWriter ); + pBt->pWriter = p; + pBt->isExclusive = (u8)(wrflag>1); +#endif + + /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old + ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing + ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely + ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction + ** rollback occurs within the transaction. + */ + if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); + } + } } } + + +trans_begun: + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ + /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of + ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and + ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint); + } + + btreeIntegrity(p); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } -/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something -** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + +/* +** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if +** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer +** map entries for the overflow pages as well. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; +static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ + int i; /* Counter variable */ + int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; + Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + rc = btreeInitPage(pPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; + } + nCell = pPage->nCell; - /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */ - if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && pCur->atLast ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point - ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */ - int ii; - for(ii=0; iiiPage; ii++){ - assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell ); + for(i=0; ileaf ){ + Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell); + ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); } - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 ); - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf ); -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; } - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); - *pRes = 1; - }else{ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); - pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK ?1:0; - } + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); } + +set_child_ptrmaps_out: + pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; return rc; } -/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key -** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code. -** -** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey -** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey -** is ignored. -** -** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always -** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it -** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes -** before or after the key. -** -** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of -** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is -** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into -** *pRes is as follows: -** -** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty -** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing. +/* +** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so +** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to +** be modified, as follows: ** -** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey. +** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child +** page of pPage. ** -** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey. +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow +** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage. ** +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next +** overflow page in the list. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( - BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ - UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */ - i64 intKey, /* The table key */ - int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */ - int *pRes /* Write search results here */ -){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert( pRes ); - assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); - - /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying - ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && pCur->validNKey - && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey - ){ - if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){ - *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pCur->atLast && pCur->info.nKeypBt->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){ + /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */ + if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } - } + put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo); + }else{ + u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; + int i; + int nCell; - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit ); - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - *pRes = -1; - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey ); - for(;;){ - int lwr, upr; - Pgno chldPg; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - int c; - - /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page - ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop - ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine - ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must - ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise - ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption. */ - assert( pPage->nCell>0 ); - assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) ); - lwr = 0; - upr = pPage->nCell-1; - if( biasRight ){ - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)upr; - }else{ - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((upr+lwr)/2); - } - for(;;){ - int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; /* Index of current cell in pPage */ - u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */ + btreeInitPage(pPage); + nCell = pPage->nCell; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - i64 nCellKey; - if( pPage->hasData ){ - u32 dummy; - pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy); - } - getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey); - if( nCellKey==intKey ){ - c = 0; - }else if( nCellKeyintKey ); - c = +1; - } - pCur->validNKey = 1; - pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey; - }else{ - /* The maximum supported page-size is 32768 bytes. This means that - ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree - ** page is at most 8198 bytes, which may be stored as a 2-byte - ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing - ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is - ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first - ** 2 bytes of the cell. - */ - int nCell = pCell[0]; - if( !(nCell & 0x80) && nCell<=pPage->maxLocal ){ - /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a - ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main - ** b-tree page. */ - c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey); - }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) - && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal + for(i=0; iaData+pPage->maskPage + && iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) ){ - /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record - ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */ - c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey); - }else{ - /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In - ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated - ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the - ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */ - void *pCellKey; - u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize; - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info); - nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey; - pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell ); - if( pCellKey==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto moveto_finish; - } - rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3_free(pCellKey); - goto moveto_finish; - } - c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey); - sqlite3_free(pCellKey); - } - } - if( c==0 ){ - if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ - lwr = idx; - upr = lwr - 1; + put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo); break; - }else{ - *pRes = 0; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - goto moveto_finish; } - } - if( c<0 ){ - lwr = idx+1; }else{ - upr = idx-1; - } - if( lwr>upr ){ - break; + if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){ + put4byte(pCell, iTo); + break; + } } - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((lwr+upr)/2); - } - assert( lwr==upr+1 ); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - if( pPage->leaf ){ - chldPg = 0; - }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){ - chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - }else{ - chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr)); } - if( chldPg==0 ){ - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - *pRes = c; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - goto moveto_finish; + + if( i==nCell ){ + if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || + get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo); } - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg); - if( rc ) goto moveto_finish; + + pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; } -moveto_finish: - return rc; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table. +** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the +** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. ** -** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves -** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past -** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ - /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries - ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code - ** as well as the boolean result value. - */ - return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState); -} - -/* -** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If -** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor -** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before -** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. +** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that +** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno +** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that +** page. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ +static int relocatePage( + BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */ + MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */ + u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */ + Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */ + Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */ + int isCommit /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */ +){ + MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */ + Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno; + Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; int rc; - int idx; - MemPage *pPage; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); + assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || + eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt ); + + /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */ + TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", + iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); + rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } - assert( pRes!=0 ); - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){ - pCur->skipNext = 0; - *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pCur->skipNext = 0; - - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pPage->isInit ); - assert( idx<=pPage->nCell ); + pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - *pRes = 0; + /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells + ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these + ** pages need to be changed. + ** + ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a + ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then + ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page. + */ + if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ + rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } - do{ - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - *pRes = 1; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData); + if( nextOvfl!=0 ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } - moveToParent(pCur); - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell ); - *pRes = 0; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; } - return rc; } - *pRes = 0; - if( pPage->leaf ){ - return SQLITE_OK; + + /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so + ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for + ** iPtrPage. + */ + if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pPtrPage); + return rc; + } + rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType); + releasePage(pPtrPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc); + } } - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); return rc; } +/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */ +static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); /* -** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If -** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor -** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before -** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. +** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, +** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no +** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. +** +** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the +** database so that the last page of the file currently in use +** is no longer in use. +** +** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, this function assumes +** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until +** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the +** number of pages the database file will contain after this +** process is complete. If nFin is zero, it is assumed that +** incrVacuumStep() will be called a finite amount of times +** which may or may not empty the freelist. A full autovacuum +** has nFin>0. A "PRAGMA incremental_vacuum" has nFin==0. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ +static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg){ + Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */ int rc; - MemPage *pPage; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pCur->atLast = 0; - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){ - pCur->skipNext = 0; - *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pCur->skipNext = 0; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( iLastPg>nFin ); - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pPage->isInit ); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx))); - if( rc ){ + if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + u8 eType; + Pgno iPtrPage; + + nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); + if( nFreeList==0 ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } - rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); - }else{ - while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){ - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; + if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ + if( nFin==0 ){ + /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required + ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be + ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't + ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. + */ + Pgno iFreePg; + MemPage *pFreePg; + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + assert( iFreePg==iLastPg ); + releasePage(pFreePg); + } + } else { + Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */ + MemPage *pLastPg; + + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg + ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list. + ** + ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep + ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages + ** of the file is found. + */ + do { + MemPage *pFreePg; + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pLastPg); + return rc; + } + releasePage(pFreePg); + }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin ); + assert( iFreePgpDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, nFin!=0); + } + releasePage(pLastPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } - moveToParent(pCur); } - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; + } - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--; - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( nFin==0 ){ + iLastPg--; + while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){ + if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){ + MemPage *pPg; + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pPg, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); + releasePage(pPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } + iLastPg--; } + sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, iLastPg); + pBt->nPage = iLastPg; } - *pRes = 0; - return rc; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Allocate a new page from the database file. -** -** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite() -** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also -** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling -** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates -** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error. -** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned. -** -** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to -** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an -** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, -** which in turn can make database access faster. +** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function. +** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum. ** -** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists -** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This -** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table. +** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run, +** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred, +** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. */ -static int allocateBtreePage( - BtShared *pBt, - MemPage **ppPage, - Pgno *pPgno, - Pgno nearby, - u8 exact -){ - MemPage *pPage1; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){ int rc; - u32 n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */ - u32 k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */ - MemPage *pTrunk = 0; - MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0; - Pgno mxPage; /* Total size of the database file */ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; - mxPage = pagerPagecount(pBt); - n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); - testcase( n==mxPage-1 ); - if( n>=mxPage ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else{ + invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); + rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0, btreePagecount(pBt)); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); + } } - if( n>0 ){ - /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */ - Pgno iTrunk; - u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} - /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map - ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then - ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( exact && nearby<=mxPage ){ - u8 eType; - assert( nearby>0 ); - assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - searchList = 1; - } - *pPgno = nearby; - } -#endif +/* +** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction +** is commited for an auto-vacuum database. +** +** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages +** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. +** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc +** pages are in use. +*/ +static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; + VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); - /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the - ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); + assert(pBt->autoVacuum); + if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){ + Pgno nFin; /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */ + Pgno nFree; /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */ + Pgno nPtrmap; /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */ + Pgno iFree; /* The next page to be freed */ + int nEntry; /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */ + Pgno nOrig; /* Database size before freeing */ - /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable - ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the - ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located. - */ - do { - pPrevTrunk = pTrunk; - if( pPrevTrunk ){ - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]); - }else{ - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); - } - testcase( iTrunk==mxPage ); - if( iTrunk>mxPage ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); - } - if( rc ){ - pTrunk = 0; - goto end_allocate_page; - } - - k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); - if( k==0 && !searchList ){ - /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. - ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly - ** allocated page */ - assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - *pPgno = iTrunk; - memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - *ppPage = pTrunk; - pTrunk = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); - }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){ - /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){ - /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page - ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves. - */ - assert( *pPgno==iTrunk ); - *ppPage = pTrunk; - searchList = 0; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - if( k==0 ){ - if( !pPrevTrunk ){ - memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - }else{ - memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - } - }else{ - /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains - ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk - ** page in this case. - */ - MemPage *pNewTrunk; - Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); - if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; - } - testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage ); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pNewTrunk); - goto end_allocate_page; - } - memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1); - memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4); - releasePage(pNewTrunk); - if( !pPrevTrunk ){ - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) ); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk); - } - } - pTrunk = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); -#endif - }else if( k>0 ){ - /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */ - u32 closest; - Pgno iPage; - unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - if( nearby>0 ){ - u32 i; - int dist; - closest = 0; - dist = get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby; - if( dist<0 ) dist = -dist; - for(i=1; imxPage ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; - } - testcase( iPage==mxPage ); - if( !searchList || iPage==nearby ){ - int noContent; - *pPgno = iPage; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d" - ": %d more free pages\n", - *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1)); - if( closestpDbPage) ); - noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - } - } - searchList = 0; - } - } - releasePage(pPrevTrunk); - pPrevTrunk = 0; - }while( searchList ); - }else{ - /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the - ** end of the file */ - int nPage = pagerPagecount(pBt); - *pPgno = nPage + 1; - - if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - (*pPgno)++; + nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt); + if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page + ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one + ** is encountered, this indicates corruption. + */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, *pPgno) ){ - /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages - ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page - ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller. - */ - MemPage *pPg = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", *pPgno)); - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, &pPg, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); - releasePage(pPg); - } - if( rc ) return rc; - (*pPgno)++; - if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ (*pPgno)++; } + nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); + nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5; + nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry; + nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap; + if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFinnOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); + for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){ + rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree); + } + if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0); + put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0); + put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin); + sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, nFin); + pBt->nPage = nFin; + } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); + sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); } - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno)); } - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - -end_allocate_page: - releasePage(pTrunk); - releasePage(pPrevTrunk); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - (*ppPage)->isInit = 0; - }else{ - *ppPage = 0; - } + assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); return rc; } +#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ +# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK +#endif + /* -** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. -** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list. +** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine +** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist) +** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs +** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back +** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to +** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the +** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide. +** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the +** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not +** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the +** commit process. ** -** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional. -** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object -** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. -** Otherwise, it may pass NULL. +** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt. ** -** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument, -** its reference count is not altered by this function. +** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to +** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the +** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file +** (single database transaction). +** +** When this is called, the master journal should already have been +** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk. +** +** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit +** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal. */ -static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ - MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */ - Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ - MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( iPage>1 ); - assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage ); - - if( pMemPage ){ - pPage = pMemPage; - sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage); - }else{ - pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; + } + } +#endif + rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } + return rc; +} - /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) goto freepage_out; - nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1); +/* +** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback() +** at the conclusion of a transaction. +*/ +static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - if( pBt->secureDelete ){ - /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then - ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros. - */ - if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) ) - || ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0) - ){ - goto freepage_out; + btreeClearHasContent(pBt); + if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && p->db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){ + /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database + ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements + ** may still be reading from the database. */ + downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); + p->inTrans = TRANS_READ; + }else{ + /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the + ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count + ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() + ** call below will unlock the pager. */ + if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ + clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); + pBt->nTransaction--; + if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ + pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; + } } - memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize); - } - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map - ** to indicate that the page is free. - */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc); - if( rc ) goto freepage_out; + /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the + ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */ + p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); } - /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two - ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first - ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a - ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the - ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it - ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf. - */ - if( nFree!=0 ){ - u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */ + btreeIntegrity(p); +} - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto freepage_out; - } +/* +** Commit the transaction currently in progress. +** +** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The +** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should +** be invoked prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() +** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the +** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this +** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the +** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and +** drop locks. +** +** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to +** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and +** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument +** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file +** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed +** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this +** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer, +** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write +** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have +** transitioned to the error state. +** +** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there +** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){ - nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); - assert( pBt->usableSize>32 ); - if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto freepage_out; - } - if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ - /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page - ** being freed as a new leaf. - ** - ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains - ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have - ** coded. But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to - ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than - ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt. In order - ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite, - ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8 - ** for now. At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded - ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above - ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8". - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1); - put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage); - if( pPage && !pBt->secureDelete ){ - sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - } - rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage); - } - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno)); - goto freepage_out; - } - } + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + btreeIntegrity(p); - /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the - ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list. - ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the - ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed - ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list. + /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees + ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. */ - if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){ - goto freepage_out; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto freepage_out; + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; + } + pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; } - put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk); - put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage); - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk)); -freepage_out: - if( pPage ){ - pPage->isInit = 0; - } - releasePage(pPage); - releasePage(pTrunk); - return rc; -} -static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){ - if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno); - } + btreeEndTransaction(p); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell. +** Do both phases of a commit. */ -static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - CellInfo info; - Pgno ovflPgno; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ int rc; - int nOvfl; - u16 ovflPageSize; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - if( info.iOverflow==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */ + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0); } - ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 ); - ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; - nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; - assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 ); - while( nOvfl-- ){ - Pgno iNext = 0; - MemPage *pOvfl = 0; - if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>pagerPagecount(pBt) ){ - /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an - ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the - ** file the database must be corrupt. */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( nOvfl ){ - rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - - if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) ) - && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1 - ){ - /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference - ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated. - ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it - ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. - ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as - ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is - ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the - ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this - ** can be problematic. - */ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno); - } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} - if( pOvfl ){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage); - } - if( rc ) return rc; - ovflPgno = iNext; +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use +** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not +** defined. +** +** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that +** is capable of writing to the databse. That means the cursor was +** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled +** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT. +*/ +static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){ + BtCursor *pCur; + int r = 0; + for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ + if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; } - return SQLITE_OK; + return r; } +#endif /* -** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage -** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are -** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure -** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated -** for pCell[]. +** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error +** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree +** references. ** -** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData -** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will -** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData -** later. -*/ -static int fillInCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */ - unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */ - const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */ - const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */ - int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */ - int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */ -){ - int nPayload; - const u8 *pSrc; - int nSrc, n, rc; - int spaceLeft; - MemPage *pOvfl = 0; - MemPage *pToRelease = 0; - unsigned char *pPrior; - unsigned char *pPayload; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0; - int nHeader; - CellInfo info; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - - /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary - ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */ - assert( pCellaData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] - || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - - /* Fill in the header. */ - nHeader = 0; - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - nHeader += 4; - } - if( pPage->hasData ){ - nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero); - }else{ - nData = nZero = 0; - } - nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey); - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( info.nHeader==nHeader ); - assert( info.nKey==nKey ); - assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) ); - - /* Fill in the payload */ - nPayload = nData + nZero; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - pSrc = pData; - nSrc = nData; - nData = 0; - }else{ - if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; +** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong +** to other database connections that happen to be sharing +** the cache with pBtree. +** +** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. +** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped +** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after +** the rollback. The rollback may have deleted tables +** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to +** save the state of the cursor. The cursor must be +** invalidated. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){ + BtCursor *p; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); + for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + int i; + sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p); + p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT; + p->skipNext = errCode; + for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){ + releasePage(p->apPage[i]); + p->apPage[i] = 0; } - nPayload += (int)nKey; - pSrc = pKey; - nSrc = (int)nKey; } - *pnSize = info.nSize; - spaceLeft = info.nLocal; - pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; - pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow]; + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); +} - while( nPayload>0 ){ - if( spaceLeft==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - do{ - pgnoOvfl++; - } while( - PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) - ); - } -#endif - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent - ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map - ** for that page now. - ** - ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry - ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, - ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() - ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the - ** wrong pages from the database. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1); - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pOvfl); - } - } -#endif - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pToRelease); - return rc; - } +/* +** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be +** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor +** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result +** in an error. +** +** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there +** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + MemPage *pPage1; - /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area - ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ - assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occurred whilst + ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as + ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then + ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so + ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort + ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save. + */ + sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc); + } +#endif + btreeIntegrity(p); - /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage - ** is still writeable */ - assert( pPrioraData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] - || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ + int rc2; - put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl); - releasePage(pToRelease); - pToRelease = pOvfl; - pPrior = pOvfl->aData; - put4byte(pPrior, 0); - pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4]; - spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4; + assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction ); + rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager); + if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; } - n = nPayload; - if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft; - - /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area - ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ - assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); - - /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage - ** is still writeable */ - assert( pPayloadaData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] - || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - if( nSrc>0 ){ - if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc; - assert( pSrc ); - memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n); - }else{ - memset(pPayload, 0, n); - } - nPayload -= n; - pPayload += n; - pSrc += n; - nSrc -= n; - spaceLeft -= n; - if( nSrc==0 ){ - nSrc = nData; - pSrc = pData; + /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So + ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make + ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */ + if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); + testcase( nPage==0 ); + if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); + testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage ); + pBt->nPage = nPage; + releasePage(pPage1); } + assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 ); + pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; } - releasePage(pToRelease); - return SQLITE_OK; + + btreeEndTransaction(p); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; } /* -** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only. -** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that -** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just -** removes the reference to the cell from pPage. +** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled +** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction +** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically +** if the main transaction commits or rolls back. ** -** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell. +** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements +** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint +** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement +** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction. +** +** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The +** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints, +** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there +** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open, +** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back +** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function. */ -static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */ - u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */ - u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */ - int rc; /* The return code */ - int hdr; /* Beginning of the header. 0 most pages. 100 page 1 */ - - if( *pRC ) return; - - assert( idx>=0 && idxnCell ); - assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - data = pPage->aData; - ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx]; - pc = get2byte(ptr); - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ); - testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - if( pc < get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){ - *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return; - } - rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz); - if( rc ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - for(i=idx+1; inCell; i++, ptr+=2){ - ptr[0] = ptr[2]; - ptr[1] = ptr[3]; - } - pPage->nCell--; - put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell); - pPage->nFree += 2; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( pBt->readOnly==0 ); + assert( iStatement>0 ); + assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint ); + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with + ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using + ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any + ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; } /* -** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the -** content of the cell. -** -** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it -** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if -** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry -** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either -** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. -** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that -** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. +** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK +** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the +** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value +** of op. ** -** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the -** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If -** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location -** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid). +** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is +** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the +** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different +** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the +** transaction remains open. */ -static void insertCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */ - int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */ - u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */ - int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */ - u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */ - Pgno iChild, /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */ - int *pRC /* Read and write return code from here */ -){ - int idx = 0; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */ - int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */ - int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */ - u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */ - u8 *ptr; /* Used for moving information around in data[] */ - - int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0); - - if( *pRC ) return; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); + assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iSavepoint<0 && pBt->initiallyEmpty ) pBt->nPage = 0; + rc = newDatabase(pBt); + pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData); - assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow ); - assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=5460 ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->aOvfl) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - /* The cell should normally be sized correctly. However, when moving a - ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size - ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size - ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node. Hence - ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */ - assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) ); - if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){ - if( pTemp ){ - memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); - pCell = pTemp; + /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header + ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset + ** 28 is nonzero. */ + assert( pBt->nPage>0 ); } - if( iChild ){ - put4byte(pCell, iChild); - } - j = pPage->nOverflow++; - assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0])) ); - pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell; - pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = (u16)i; - }else{ - int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - data = pPage->aData; - cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; - end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; - ins = cellOffset + 2*i; - rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx); - if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; } - /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties - ** if it returns success */ - assert( idx >= end+2 ); - assert( idx+sz <= pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - pPage->nCell++; - pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz); - memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); - if( iChild ){ - put4byte(&data[idx], iChild); - } - for(j=end, ptr=&data[j]; j>ins; j-=2, ptr-=2){ - ptr[0] = ptr[-2]; - ptr[1] = ptr[-1]; - } - put2byte(&data[ins], idx); - put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){ - /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write - ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map. - */ - ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC); - } -#endif + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } + return rc; } /* -** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty. -** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page. +** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page +** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that +** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open +** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then +** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction. +** +** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading. +** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for +** writing if other conditions for writing are also met. These +** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to +** be allowed: +** +** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1 +** +** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache +** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have +** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise +** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to +** the read cursors in the other database connection. +** +** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media) +** +** 4: There must be an active transaction. +** +** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the +** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired +** will not work correctly. +** +** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called +** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine. */ -static void assemblePage( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assemblied */ - int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */ - u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */ - u16 *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */ +static int btreeCursor( + Btree *p, /* The btree */ + int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ + int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ + struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */ + BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */ ){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - u8 *pCellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */ - int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */ - u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Pointer to data for pPage */ - const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Offset of header on pPage */ - const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; /* Shared b-tree handle */ - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=5460 ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 ); - /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */ - assert( pPage->nCell==0 ); - assert( get2byte(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable ); + /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable + ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, + ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with + ** this lock. */ + assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) ); + assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) ); - pCellptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + nCell*2]; - cellbody = nUsable; - for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){ - pCellptr -= 2; - cellbody -= aSize[i]; - put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody); - memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], aSize[i]); + /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */ + assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); + assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData ); + + if( NEVER(wrFlag && pBt->readOnly) ){ + return SQLITE_READONLY; } - put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody); - pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody); - pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell; + if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){ + assert( wrFlag==0 ); + iTable = 0; + } + + /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor + ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */ + pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable; + pCur->iPage = -1; + pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; + pCur->pBtree = p; + pCur->pBt = pBt; + pCur->wrFlag = (u8)wrFlag; + pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor; + if( pCur->pNext ){ + pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur; + } + pBt->pCursor = pCur; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + pCur->cachedRowid = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( + Btree *p, /* The btree */ + int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ + int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ + struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */ + BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; } /* -** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved -** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side -** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the -** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and -** NN neighbors on either side. +** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes. ** -** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1 -** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance -** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance. -** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall. +** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate +** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque +** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call +** this routine. */ -#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */ -#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){ + return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor)); +} +/* +** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object. +** +** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object +** to zero. But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays +** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot +** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){ + memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage)); +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE /* -** This version of balance() handles the common special case where -** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the -** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest -** entry in the tree. +** Set the cached rowid value of every cursor in the same database file +** as pCur and having the same root page number as pCur. The value is +** set to iRowid. ** -** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add -** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in -** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat -** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries -** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly -** fill up. On average. -** -** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree. -** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry -** which is also the right-most entry on the page. -** -** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider -** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4 -** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other -** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at -** least 13 bytes in size. +** Only positive rowid values are considered valid for this cache. +** The cache is initialized to zero, indicating an invalid cache. +** A btree will work fine with zero or negative rowids. We just cannot +** cache zero or negative rowids, which means tables that use zero or +** negative rowids might run a little slower. But in practice, zero +** or negative rowids are very uncommon so this should not be a problem. */ -static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ - BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt; /* B-Tree Database */ - MemPage *pNew; /* Newly allocated page */ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - Pgno pgnoNew; /* Page number of pNew */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 ); - - if( pPage->nCell<=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - - /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of - ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell - ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed. - */ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - - u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4]; - u8 *pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell; - u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell); - u8 *pStop; - - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) ); - zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF); - assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell); - - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map - ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the - ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these - ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents - ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below. - ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to - ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a - ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page. - */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); - if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){ - ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc); - } - } - - /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell - ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and - ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the - ** largest key on pPage). - ** - ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most - ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the - ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size) - ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value). - ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length - ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the - ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer. - */ - pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1); - pStop = &pCell[9]; - while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCellnCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace), - 0, pPage->pgno, &rc); - - /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */ - put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); - - /* Release the reference to the new page. */ - releasePage(pNew); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){ + BtCursor *p; + for(p=pCur->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->pgnoRoot==pCur->pgnoRoot ) p->cachedRowid = iRowid; } - - return rc; + assert( pCur->cachedRowid==iRowid ); } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */ -#if 0 /* -** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite. -** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible -** for setting pointer-map entries. +** Return the cached rowid for the given cursor. A negative or zero +** return value indicates that the rowid cache is invalid and should be +** ignored. If the rowid cache has never before been set, then a +** zero is returned. */ -static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ - int i, j; - for(i=0; ipBt; - assert( pPage->isInit ); - - for(j=0; jnCell; j++){ - CellInfo info; - u8 *z; +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur){ + return pCur->cachedRowid; +} - z = findCell(pPage, j); - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, z, &info); - if( info.iOverflow ){ - Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]); - ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n); - assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ); - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno child = get4byte(z); - ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); - assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); - } +/* +** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released +** when the last cursor is closed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree; + if( pBtree ){ + int i; + BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); + sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); + if( pCur->pPrev ){ + pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext; + }else{ + pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext; } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); - assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); + if( pCur->pNext ){ + pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev; + } + for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ + releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); } + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); + /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); } - return 1; + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* -** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored -** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then -** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the -** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained -** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer -** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo. -** -** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the -** MemPage.aOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. +** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid +** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call +** btreeParseCell() to fill it in. ** -** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage(). +** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell. +** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell(). ** -** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by -** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of -** which are called often under normal circumstances. +** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the +** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro. +** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc +** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the +** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function +** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457. */ -static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ - if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ - BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt; - u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData; - u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData; - int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset; - int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0); - int rc; - int iData; - - - assert( pFrom->isInit ); - assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr ); - assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5])<=pBt->usableSize ); - - /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */ - iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]); - memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData); - memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell); - - /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure - ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under - ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized - ** page pFrom. - */ - pTo->isInit = 0; - rc = btreeInitPage(pTo); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries - ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to. - */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo); +#ifndef NDEBUG + static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ + CellInfo info; + int iPage = pCur->iPage; + memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); + btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info); + assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 ); + } +#else + #define assertCellInfo(x) +#endif +#ifdef _MSC_VER + /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */ + static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ + if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ + int iPage = pCur->iPage; + btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); + pCur->validNKey = 1; + }else{ + assertCellInfo(pCur); } } +#else /* if not _MSC_VER */ + /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */ +#define getCellInfo(pCur) \ + if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \ + int iPage = pCur->iPage; \ + btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); \ + pCur->validNKey = 1; \ + }else{ \ + assertCellInfo(pCur); \ + } +#endif /* _MSC_VER */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */ +/* +** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid. A valid cursor is one +** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table. +** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){ + return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID; } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ /* -** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent -** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the -** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the -** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one -** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page -** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page -** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings -** participate in the balancing. +** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of +** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing +** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. ** -** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by -** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. +** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key +** itself, not the number of bytes in the key. ** -** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page -** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen -** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated -** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning. +** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine. +** +** This routine cannot fail. It always returns SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ + *pSize = 0; + }else{ + getCellInfo(pCur); + *pSize = pCur->info.nKey; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the +** cursor currently points to. ** -** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be -** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so -** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this -** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct -** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). +** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL +** valid entry. In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee +** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID. ** -** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database -** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should -** be rolled back. +** Failure is not possible. This function always returns SQLITE_OK. +** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue +** to return an integer result code for historical reasons. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + getCellInfo(pCur); + *pSize = pCur->info.nData; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter +** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the +** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum +** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. ** -** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a -** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent -** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is -** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts -** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum -** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4 -** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large -** enough for all overflow cells. +** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: ** -** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns -** SQLITE_NOMEM. +** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is +** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked +** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. +** +** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding +** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that +** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage() +** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because +** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then +** *ppPage is set to zero. */ -static int balance_nonroot( - MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */ - int iParentIdx, /* Index of "the page" in pParent */ - u8 *aOvflSpace, /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */ - int isRoot /* True if pParent is a root-page */ +static int getOverflowPage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ + Pgno ovfl, /* Current overflow page number */ + MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */ + Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */ ){ - BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */ - int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */ - int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */ - int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */ - int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */ - int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */ - int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* The return code */ - u16 leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */ - int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */ - int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */ - int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */ - int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */ - int iSpace1 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */ - int iOvflSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */ - int szScratch; /* Size of scratch memory requested */ - MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */ - MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */ - MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */ - u8 *pRight; /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */ - u8 *apDiv[NB-1]; /* Divider cells in pParent */ - int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */ - int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */ - u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */ - u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */ - u8 *aSpace1; /* Space for copies of dividers cells */ - Pgno pgno; /* Temp var to store a page number in */ + Pgno next = 0; + MemPage *pPage = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - pBt = pParent->pBt; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - -#if 0 - TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno)); -#endif + assert(pPgnoNext); - /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if - ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with - ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function - ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete(). +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the + ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in + ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns + ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page + ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. */ - assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 ); - assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aOvfl[0].idx==iParentIdx ); + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + Pgno pgno; + Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1; + u8 eType; - if( !aOvflSpace ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + iGuess++; + } + + if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){ + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){ + next = iGuess; + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + } + } } +#endif - /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent - ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on - ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, - ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent - ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. - ** - ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This - ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any - ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will - ** have already been removed. - */ - i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell; - if( i<2 ){ - nxDiv = 0; - nOld = i+1; - }else{ - nOld = 3; - if( iParentIdx==0 ){ - nxDiv = 0; - }else if( iParentIdx==i ){ - nxDiv = i-2; - }else{ - nxDiv = iParentIdx-1; + assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, 0); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + next = get4byte(pPage->aData); } - i = 2; } - if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){ - pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]; + + *pPgnoNext = next; + if( ppPage ){ + *ppPage = pPage; }else{ - pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); + releasePage(pPage); } - pgno = get4byte(pRight); - while( 1 ){ - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i]); - if( rc ){ - memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); - goto balance_cleanup; - } - nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow; - if( (i--)==0 ) break; - - if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aOvfl[0].idx && pParent->nOverflow ){ - apDiv[i] = pParent->aOvfl[0].pCell; - pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); - szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]); - pParent->nOverflow = 0; - }else{ - apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); - pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); - szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]); + return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); +} - /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to - ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped. - ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first - ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first - ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use - ** later on. - ** - ** Unless SQLite is compiled in secure-delete mode. In this case, - ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes. - ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[] - ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer - ** is allocated. */ - if( pBt->secureDelete ){ - int iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData); - if( (iOff+szNew[i])>pBt->usableSize ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); - goto balance_cleanup; - }else{ - memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]); - apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData]; - } - } - dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc); +/* +** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer. +** +** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage. +** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied +** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true, +** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes +** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code. +*/ +static int copyPayload( + void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */ + void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */ + int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */ + int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */ + DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */ +){ + if( eOp ){ + /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */ + int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } + memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte); + }else{ + /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */ + memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte); } + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte - ** alignment */ - nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3; - - /* - ** Allocate space for memory structures - */ - k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage)); - szScratch = - nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */ - + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16) /* szCell */ - + pBt->pageSize /* aSpace1 */ - + k*nOld; /* Page copies (apCopy) */ - apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); - if( apCell==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto balance_cleanup; - } - szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells]; - aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells]; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) ); +/* +** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information +** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp +** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into +** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from +** buffer pBuf). +** +** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset". +** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf. +** +** The content being read or written might appear on the main page +** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages. +** +** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current +** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function +** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list +** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this +** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient. +** +** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be +** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if +** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum +** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache. +** +** * An incremental vacuum, +** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode, +** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page). +*/ +static int accessPayload( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ + u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */ + u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */ + unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ + int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */ +){ + unsigned char *aPayload; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + u32 nKey; + int iIdx = 0; + MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */ + BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */ - /* - ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells - ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells - ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the the divider Cells - ** from pParent. - ** - ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the - ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied - ** into aSpace1[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without - ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in - ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[] - ** are alike. - ** - ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf. - ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys. - */ - leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4; - leafData = apOld[0]->hasData; - for(i=0; ieState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - /* Before doing anything else, take a copy of the i'th original sibling - ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather - ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the - ** process of being overwritten. */ - MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)&aSpace1[pBt->pageSize + k*i]; - memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage)); - pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1]; - memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize); + getCellInfo(pCur); + aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader; + nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey); - limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow; - for(j=0; jpageSize/4 ); - assert( iSpace1<=pBt->pageSize ); - memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz); - apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection; - assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 ); - szCell[nCell] = szCell[nCell] - leafCorrection; - if( !pOld->leaf ){ - assert( leafCorrection==0 ); - assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 ); - /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left - ** pointer of the divider cell */ - memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4); - }else{ - assert( leafCorrection==4 ); - if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){ - /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */ - szCell[nCell] = 4; - } - } - nCell++; - } + if( NEVER(offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData) + || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize] + ){ + /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } - /* - ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells. - ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total - ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index - ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. - ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell. - ** - ** Values computed by this block: - ** - ** k: The total number of sibling pages - ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page. - ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to - ** the right of the i-th sibling page. - ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. - ** - */ - usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; - for(subtotal=k=i=0; i usableSpace ){ - szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i]; - cntNew[k] = i; - if( leafData ){ i--; } - subtotal = 0; - k++; - if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } + /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */ + if( offsetinfo.nLocal ){ + int a = amt; + if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){ + a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset; } + rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage); + offset = 0; + pBuf += a; + amt -= a; + }else{ + offset -= pCur->info.nLocal; } - szNew[k] = subtotal; - cntNew[k] = nCell; - k++; - /* - ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings - ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the - ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts - ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance. - ** - ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might - ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most - ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional. - */ - for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){ - int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */ - int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */ - int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */ - int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ + const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */ + Pgno nextPage; - r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; - d = r + 1 - leafData; - assert( dinfo.nLocal]); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[] + ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at + ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The + ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0], + ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known" + ** (the cache is lazily populated). + */ + if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){ + int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize; + pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl); + /* nOvfl is always positive. If it were zero, fetchPayload would have + ** been used instead of this routine. */ + if( ALWAYS(nOvfl) && !pCur->aOverflow ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } } - szNew[i] = szRight; - szNew[i-1] = szLeft; - } - /* Either we found one or more cells (cntnew[0])>0) or pPage is - ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root - ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page. - */ - assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) ); + /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the + ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip + ** directly to it. + */ + if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){ + iIdx = (offset/ovflSize); + nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]; + offset = (offset%ovflSize); + } +#endif - TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d ", - apOld[0]->pgno, - nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0, - nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0 - )); + for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){ - /* - ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible. - */ - if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto balance_cleanup; - } - pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0]; - for(i=0; ipDbPage); - nNew++; - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - }else{ - assert( i>0 ); - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, pgno, 0); - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - apNew[i] = pNew; - nNew++; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */ + if( pCur->aOverflow ){ + assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage); + pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage; + } +#endif - /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto balance_cleanup; + if( offset>=ovflSize ){ + /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page + ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page + ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow + ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage() + ** function. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){ + nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1]; + } else +#endif + rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage); + offset -= ovflSize; + }else{ + /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the + ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0). + */ + DbPage *pDbPage; + int a = amt; + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + nextPage = get4byte(aPayload); + if( a + offset > ovflSize ){ + a = ovflSize - offset; + } + rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + offset = 0; + amt -= a; + pBuf += a; } } } } - /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages. - */ - while( ipgno; - int minI = i; - for(j=i+1; jpgno<(unsigned)minV ){ - minI = j; - minV = apNew[j]->pgno; - } - } - if( minI>i ){ - int t; - MemPage *pT; - t = apNew[i]->pgno; - pT = apNew[i]; - apNew[i] = apNew[minI]; - apNew[minI] = pT; - } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } - TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n", - apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0], - nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0, - nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0, - nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0, - nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0)); + return rc; +} - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno); +/* +** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly +** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer +** begins at "offset". +** +** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row +** in the table. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes +** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than +** the available payload. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0); +} - /* - ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages. - ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary. - */ - j = 0; - for(i=0; inCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) ); - assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 ); +/* +** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly +** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer +** begins at "offset". +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes +** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than +** the available payload. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ + int rc; - j = cntNew[i]; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ + return SQLITE_ABORT; + } +#endif - /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling, - ** insert a divider cell into the parent page. - */ - assert( ieState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0); + } + return rc; +} - assert( jleaf ){ - memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); - }else if( leafData ){ - /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, - ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider - ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of - ** the sibling-page assembled above only. - */ - CellInfo info; - j--; - btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info); - pCell = pTemp; - sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey); - pTemp = 0; - }else{ - pCell -= 4; - /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was - ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4 - ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this - ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of - ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to - ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. - ** - ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all - ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used - ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses. - */ - if( szCell[j]==4 ){ - assert(leafCorrection==4); - sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell); - } - } - iOvflSpace += sz; - assert( sz<=pBt->pageSize/4 ); - assert( iOvflSpace<=pBt->pageSize ); - insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup; - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); +/* +** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the +** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of +** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if +** skipKey==1. The number of bytes of available key/data is written +** into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be +** a valid pointer. +** +** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key +** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow +** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the +** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills +** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble +** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer. +** +** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached +** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time +** any btree routine is called. +*/ +static const unsigned char *fetchPayload( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ + int *pAmt, /* Write the number of available bytes here */ + int skipKey /* read beginning at data if this is true */ +){ + unsigned char *aPayload; + MemPage *pPage; + u32 nKey; + u32 nLocal; - j++; - nxDiv++; - } + assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); + if( NEVER(pCur->info.nSize==0) ){ + btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage], pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage], + &pCur->info); } - assert( j==nCell ); - assert( nOld>0 ); - assert( nNew>0 ); - if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){ - u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8]; - memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4); + aPayload = pCur->info.pCell; + aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader; + if( pPage->intKey ){ + nKey = 0; + }else{ + nKey = (int)pCur->info.nKey; + } + if( skipKey ){ + aPayload += nKey; + nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey; + }else{ + nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal; + assert( nLocal<=nKey ); } + *pAmt = nLocal; + return aPayload; +} - if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){ - /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling - ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the - ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the - ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower" - ** sub-algorithm in some documentation. - ** - ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() - ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages - ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied. - ** - ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented - ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This - ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database - ** image. */ - assert( nNew==1 ); - assert( apNew[0]->nFree == - (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2) - ); - copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc); - freePage(apNew[0], &rc); - }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around. - ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to - ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but - ** many have not. The following is a summary: - ** - ** 1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not - ** siblings when this function was called. These have already - ** been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were - ** moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care - ** of those. - ** - ** 2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow - ** page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These - ** have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code. - ** - ** 3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of - ** cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated. - ** - ** 4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any - ** overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated - ** (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages). - ** - ** 5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map - ** entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need - ** to be updated. - ** - ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next - ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since - ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this - ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have - ** actually moved between pages. */ - MemPage *pNew = apNew[0]; - MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0]; - int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow; - int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow; - int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aOvfl[0].idx : -1); - j = 0; /* Current 'old' sibling page */ - k = 0; /* Current 'new' sibling page */ - for(i=0; inCell + pOld->nOverflow; - if( pOld->nOverflow ){ - nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow; - iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aOvfl[0].idx; - } - isDivider = !leafData; - } - - assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflowaOvfl[0].idx==pOld->aOvfl[1].idx-1); - assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aOvfl[1].idx==pOld->aOvfl[2].idx-1); - if( i==iOverflow ){ - isDivider = 1; - if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){ - iOverflow++; - } - } - if( i==cntNew[k] ){ - /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new - ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an - ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell. */ - pNew = apNew[++k]; - if( !leafData ) continue; - } - assert( jpBtree->db->mutex) ); + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){ + p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0); + } + return p; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ + const void *p = 0; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){ + p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1); + } + return p; +} - /* If the cell was originally divider cell (and is not now) or - ** an overflow cell, or if the cell was located on a different sibling - ** page before the balancing, then the pointer map entries associated - ** with any child or overflow pages need to be updated. */ - if( isDivider || pOld->pgno!=pNew->pgno ){ - if( !leafCorrection ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc); - } - if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){ - ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc); - } - } - } - if( !leafCorrection ){ - for(i=0; iaData[8]); - ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc); - } - } +/* +** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the +** page number of the child page to move to. +** +** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of +** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e. +** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or +** vice-versa). +*/ +static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ + int rc; + int i = pCur->iPage; + MemPage *pNewPage; + BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; -#if 0 - /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that - ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while - ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may - ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */ - ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew); - ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1); -#endif + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->iPageiPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } + rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage; + pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0; + pCur->iPage++; - assert( pParent->isInit ); - TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n", - nOld, nNew, nCell)); - - /* - ** Cleanup before returning. - */ -balance_cleanup: - sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell); - for(i=0; iinfo.nSize = 0; + pCur->validNKey = 0; + if( pNewPage->nCell<1 || pNewPage->intKey!=pCur->apPage[i]->intKey ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } + return SQLITE_OK; +} - return rc; +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function +** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th +** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of +** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of +** the page. +*/ +static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){ + assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell ); + if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){ + assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild ); + }else{ + assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild ); + } } +#else +# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) +#endif +/* +** Move the cursor up to the parent page. +** +** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer +** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the +** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than +** the largest cell index. +*/ +static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->iPage>0 ); + assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); + assertParentIndex( + pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], + pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno + ); + releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); + pCur->iPage--; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->validNKey = 0; +} /* -** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is -** overfull (has one or more overflow pages). +** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure. ** -** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root -** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root -** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child -** pointer pointing to the new page. +** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point +** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a +** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a +** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1. ** -** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages -** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The -** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root -** page is also updated. +** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to +** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first +** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state +** is set to CURSOR_VALID. ** -** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child -** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required -** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs, -** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0. +** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the +** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected +** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not +** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D, +** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo +** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index +** b-tree). */ -static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){ - int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */ - MemPage *pChild = 0; /* Pointer to a new child page */ - Pgno pgnoChild = 0; /* Page number of the new child page */ - BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt; /* The BTree */ - - assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); +static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ + MemPage *pRoot; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new - ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents - ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0); - copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc); - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc); + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); + assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); + assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); + if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ + assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); + return pCur->skipNext; } + sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); } - if( rc ){ - *ppChild = 0; - releasePage(pChild); - return rc; - } - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); - assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell ); - TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno)); + if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){ + int i; + for(i=1; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ + releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); + } + pCur->iPage = 0; + }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + return rc; + } + pCur->iPage = 0; - /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */ - memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pRoot->aOvfl, pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aOvfl[0])); - pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow; + /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor + ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is + ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case, + ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. */ + assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==1 || pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==0 ); + if( (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + } - /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */ - zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF); - put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild); + /* Assert that the root page is of the correct type. This must be the + ** case as the call to this function that loaded the root-page (either + ** this call or a previous invocation) would have detected corruption + ** if the assumption were not true, and it is not possible for the flags + ** byte to have been modified while this cursor is holding a reference + ** to the page. */ + pRoot = pCur->apPage[0]; + assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ); + assert( pRoot->isInit && (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)==pRoot->intKey ); - *ppChild = pChild; - return SQLITE_OK; + pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->atLast = 0; + pCur->validNKey = 0; + + if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){ + Pgno subpage; + if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]); + pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; + rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage); + }else{ + pCur->eState = ((pRoot->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID); + } + return rc; } /* -** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in -** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the -** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing -** routine. Balancing routines are: +** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the +** entry to which it is currently pointing. ** -** balance_quick() -** balance_deeper() -** balance_nonroot() +** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first +** in ascending order. */ -static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ +static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){ + Pgno pgno; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3; - u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13]; - u8 *pFree = 0; - - TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 ); - TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 ); - - do { - int iPage = pCur->iPage; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage]; + MemPage *pPage; - if( iPage==0 ){ - if( pPage->nOverflow ){ - /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the - ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page - ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The - ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page. - */ - assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 ); - rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->iPage = 1; - pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; - pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0; - assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow ); - } - }else{ - break; - } - }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){ - break; - }else{ - MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1]; - int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1]; + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); + pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])); + rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); + } + return rc; +} - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE - if( pPage->hasData - && pPage->nOverflow==1 - && pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell - && pParent->pgno!=1 - && pParent->nCell==iIdx - ){ - /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which - ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell - ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this - ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent - ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this - ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[] - ** buffer. - ** - ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a - ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this - ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse - ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in. - */ - assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 ); - rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace); - }else -#endif - { - /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells - ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves - ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to - ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop - ** will balance the parent page to correct this. - ** - ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells - ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. - ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by - ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first, - ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a - ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() - ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by - ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been - ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new - ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot(). - */ - u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize); - rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1); - if( pFree ){ - /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used - ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are - ** now stored either on real database pages or within the - ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */ - sqlite3PageFree(pFree); - } +/* +** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the +** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference +** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost() +** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost() +** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*. +** +** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last +** key in ascending order. +*/ +static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){ + Pgno pgno; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + MemPage *pPage = 0; - /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to - ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever - ** comes first. */ - pFree = pSpace; - } - } + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ + pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell; + rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->validNKey = 0; + } + return rc; +} - pPage->nOverflow = 0; +/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK +** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something +** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + int rc; - /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */ - releasePage(pPage); - pCur->iPage--; + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ + assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); + *pRes = 1; + }else{ + assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); + *pRes = 0; + rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); } - }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - - if( pFree ){ - sqlite3PageFree(pFree); } return rc; } +/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK +** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something +** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + int rc; + + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); -/* -** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey) -** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to -** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor -** is left pointing at a random location. + /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */ + if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && pCur->atLast ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point + ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */ + int ii; + for(ii=0; iiiPage; ii++){ + assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell ); + } + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 ); + assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf ); +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ + assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); + *pRes = 1; + }else{ + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + *pRes = 0; + rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); + pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK ?1:0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key +** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code. ** -** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is -** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored. +** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey +** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey +** is ignored. ** -** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to -** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already -** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative -** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or -** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than -** (pKey, nKey)). +** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always +** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it +** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes +** before or after the key. +** +** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of +** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is +** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into +** *pRes is as follows: +** +** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that +** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty +** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing. +** +** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that +** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey. +** +** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that +** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey. ** -** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that -** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be -** overwritten. If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may -** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek -** the cursor before the new key can be inserted. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */ - const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */ - const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */ - int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */ - int appendBias, /* True if this is likely an append */ - int seekResult /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( + BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ + UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */ + i64 intKey, /* The table key */ + int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */ + int *pRes /* Write search results here */ ){ int rc; - int loc = seekResult; /* -1: before desired location +1: after */ - int szNew = 0; - int idx; - MemPage *pPage; - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - unsigned char *oldCell; - unsigned char *newCell = 0; - - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); - return pCur->skipNext; - } assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->wrFlag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && !pBt->readOnly ); - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); - - /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened - ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob - ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an - ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a - ** blob of associated data. */ - assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + assert( pRes ); + assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); - /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob - ** cursors open on the row being replaced (assuming this is a replace - ** operation - if it is not, the following is a no-op). */ - if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ - invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0); + /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying + ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */ + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && pCur->validNKey + && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey + ){ + if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){ + *pRes = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( pCur->atLast && pCur->info.nKeypgnoRoot, pCur); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( !loc ){ - rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc); - if( rc ) return rc; + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + if( rc ){ + return rc; } - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) ); + assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); + assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ + *pRes = -1; + assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey ); + for(;;){ + int lwr, upr, idx; + Pgno chldPg; + MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + int c; - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 ); - assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ); + /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page + ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop + ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine + ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must + ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise + ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption. */ + assert( pPage->nCell>0 ); + assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) ); + lwr = 0; + upr = pPage->nCell-1; + if( biasRight ){ + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = upr); + }else{ + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = (upr+lwr)/2); + } + for(;;){ + u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */ - TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n", - pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno, - loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry")); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - allocateTempSpace(pBt); - newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace; - if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew); - if( rc ) goto end_insert; - assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) ); - assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - if( loc==0 ){ - u16 szOld; - assert( idxnCell ); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_insert; + assert( idx==pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] ); + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize; + if( pPage->intKey ){ + i64 nCellKey; + if( pPage->hasData ){ + u32 dummy; + pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy); + } + getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey); + if( nCellKey==intKey ){ + c = 0; + }else if( nCellKeyintKey ); + c = +1; + } + pCur->validNKey = 1; + pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey; + }else{ + /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that + ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree + ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte + ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing + ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is + ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first + ** 2 bytes of the cell. + */ + int nCell = pCell[0]; + if( !(nCell & 0x80) && nCell<=pPage->maxLocal ){ + /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a + ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main + ** b-tree page. */ + c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey); + }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) + && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal + ){ + /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record + ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */ + c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey); + }else{ + /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In + ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated + ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the + ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */ + void *pCellKey; + u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize; + btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info); + nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey; + pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell ); + if( pCellKey==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto moveto_finish; + } + rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(pCellKey); + goto moveto_finish; + } + c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey); + sqlite3_free(pCellKey); + } + } + if( c==0 ){ + if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ + lwr = idx; + upr = lwr - 1; + break; + }else{ + *pRes = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + goto moveto_finish; + } + } + if( c<0 ){ + lwr = idx+1; + }else{ + upr = idx-1; + } + if( lwr>upr ){ + break; + } + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = (lwr+upr)/2); } - oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4); + assert( lwr==upr+1 ); + assert( pPage->isInit ); + if( pPage->leaf ){ + chldPg = 0; + }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){ + chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + }else{ + chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr)); } - szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell); - rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell); - dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc); - if( rc ) goto end_insert; - }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){ - assert( pPage->leaf ); - idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - }else{ - assert( pPage->leaf ); + if( chldPg==0 ){ + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + *pRes = c; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + goto moveto_finish; + } + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->validNKey = 0; + rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg); + if( rc ) goto moveto_finish; } - insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 ); - - /* If no error has occured and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() - ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move - ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BtCursor.validNKey - ** variables. - ** - ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor - ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents - ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that, - ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations - ** slightly faster. - ** - ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting - ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can - ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it - ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in - ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last - ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key - ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the - ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost. - */ - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){ - rc = balance(pCur); +moveto_finish: + return rc; +} - /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance() - ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. - ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition() - ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */ - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - } - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 ); -end_insert: - return rc; +/* +** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table. +** +** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves +** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past +** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ + /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries + ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code + ** as well as the boolean result value. + */ + return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState); } /* -** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor -** is left pointing at a arbitrary location. +** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If +** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor +** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before +** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){ - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc; /* Return code */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */ - unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */ - int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */ - int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + int rc; + int idx; + MemPage *pPage; assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( !pBt->readOnly ); - assert( pCur->wrFlag ); - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); - assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) ); - - if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell) - || NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID) - ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; /* Something has gone awry. */ + rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } - - /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree, - ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted. */ - if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ - invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0); + assert( pRes!=0 ); + if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ + *pRes = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; } - - iCellDepth = pCur->iPage; - iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth]; - pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth]; - pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx); - - /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move - ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than - ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted - ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead - ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the - ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes - ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier. */ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - int notUsed; - rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, ¬Used); - if( rc ) return rc; + if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){ + pCur->skipNext = 0; + *pRes = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; } + pCur->skipNext = 0; - /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before - ** making any modifications. Make the page containing the entry to be - ** deleted writable. Then free any overflow pages associated with the - ** entry and finally remove the cell itself from within the page. - */ - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); - dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell), &rc); - if( rc ) return rc; - - /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor - ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed - ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal - ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal - ** node to replace the deleted cell. */ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - int nCell; - Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno; - unsigned char *pTmp; - - pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1); - nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell); - assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=nCell ); - - allocateTempSpace(pBt); - pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace; - - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage); - insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc); - dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc); - if( rc ) return rc; - } + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; + assert( pPage->isInit ); + assert( idx<=pPage->nCell ); - /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page, - ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first - ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is - ** never true. - ** - ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then - ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to - ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly - ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may - ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm - ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the - ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has - ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node, - ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as - ** well. */ - rc = balance(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ - while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->validNKey = 0; + if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){ + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); + *pRes = 0; + return rc; } - rc = balance(pCur); + do{ + if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ + *pRes = 1; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + moveToParent(pCur); + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell ); + *pRes = 0; + if( pPage->intKey ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + return rc; } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - moveToRoot(pCur); + *pRes = 0; + if( pPage->leaf ){ + return SQLITE_OK; } + rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); return rc; } + /* -** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page -** number for the root page of the new table. -** -** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the -** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for -** flags might not work: -** -** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys -** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices +** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If +** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor +** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before +** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. */ -static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - MemPage *pRoot; - Pgno pgnoRoot; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ int rc; + MemPage *pPage; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( !pBt->readOnly ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); - if( rc ){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } -#else - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */ - MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */ - - /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database - ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns - ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches - ** held by open cursors. - */ - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - - /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the - ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page - ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1). - */ - sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot); - pgnoRoot++; - - /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the - ** PENDING_BYTE page. - */ - while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) || - pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - pgnoRoot++; - } - assert( pgnoRoot>=3 ); + pCur->atLast = 0; + if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ + *pRes = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){ + pCur->skipNext = 0; + *pRes = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pCur->skipNext = 0; - /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will - ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens - ** to reside at pgnoRoot). - */ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + assert( pPage->isInit ); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; + rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx))); + if( rc ){ return rc; } - - if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){ - /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of - ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were - ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated - ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove - ** is already journaled. - */ - u8 eType = 0; - Pgno iPtrPage = 0; - - releasePage(pPageMove); - - /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage); - if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); - assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ); - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0); - releasePage(pRoot); - - /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; + rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); + }else{ + while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){ + if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + *pRes = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; } - }else{ - pRoot = pPageMove; + moveToParent(pCur); } + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->validNKey = 0; - /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--; + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; } - - }else{ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; } -#endif - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); - zeroPage(pRoot, flags | PTF_LEAF); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage); - *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + *pRes = 0; return rc; } /* -** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return -** the page to the freelist. +** Allocate a new page from the database file. +** +** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite() +** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also +** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling +** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates +** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error. +** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned. +** +** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to +** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an +** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, +** which in turn can make database access faster. +** +** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists +** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This +** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table. */ -static int clearDatabasePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */ - int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */ - int *pnChange /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */ +static int allocateBtreePage( + BtShared *pBt, + MemPage **ppPage, + Pgno *pPgno, + Pgno nearby, + u8 exact ){ - MemPage *pPage; + MemPage *pPage1; int rc; - unsigned char *pCell; - int i; + u32 n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */ + u32 k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */ + MemPage *pTrunk = 0; + MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0; + Pgno mxPage; /* Total size of the database file */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pgno>pagerPagecount(pBt) ){ + pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; + mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt); + n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); + testcase( n==mxPage-1 ); + if( n>=mxPage ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } + if( n>0 ){ + /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */ + Pgno iTrunk; + u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ + + /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map + ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then + ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( exact && nearby<=mxPage ){ + u8 eType; + assert( nearby>0 ); + assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ + searchList = 1; + } + *pPgno = nearby; + } +#endif - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - pCell = findCell(pPage, i); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; + /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the + ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1); + + /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable + ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the + ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located. + */ + do { + pPrevTrunk = pTrunk; + if( pPrevTrunk ){ + iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]); + }else{ + iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); + } + testcase( iTrunk==mxPage ); + if( iTrunk>mxPage ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); + } + if( rc ){ + pTrunk = 0; + goto end_allocate_page; + } + + k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); /* # of leaves on this trunk page */ + if( k==0 && !searchList ){ + /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. + ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly + ** allocated page */ + assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + *pPgno = iTrunk; + memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + *ppPage = pTrunk; + pTrunk = 0; + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); + }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){ + /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto end_allocate_page; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){ + /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page + ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves. + */ + assert( *pPgno==iTrunk ); + *ppPage = pTrunk; + searchList = 0; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + if( k==0 ){ + if( !pPrevTrunk ){ + memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + } + }else{ + /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains + ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk + ** page in this case. + */ + MemPage *pNewTrunk; + Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); + if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto end_allocate_page; + } + testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage ); + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pNewTrunk); + goto end_allocate_page; + } + memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1); + memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4); + releasePage(pNewTrunk); + if( !pPrevTrunk ){ + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) ); + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk); + } + } + pTrunk = 0; + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); +#endif + }else if( k>0 ){ + /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */ + u32 closest; + Pgno iPage; + unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData; + if( nearby>0 ){ + u32 i; + int dist; + closest = 0; + dist = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby); + for(i=1; imxPage ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto end_allocate_page; + } + testcase( iPage==mxPage ); + if( !searchList || iPage==nearby ){ + int noContent; + *pPgno = iPage; + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d" + ": %d more free pages\n", + *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1)); + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page; + if( closestpDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(*ppPage); + } + } + searchList = 0; + } + } + releasePage(pPrevTrunk); + pPrevTrunk = 0; + }while( searchList ); + }else{ + /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the + ** end of the file */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + pBt->nPage++; + if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){ + /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages + ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page + ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller. + */ + MemPage *pPg = 0; + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage)); + assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); + releasePage(pPg); + } + if( rc ) return rc; + pBt->nPage++; + if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; } } - rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), 1, pnChange); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - }else if( pnChange ){ - assert( pPage->intKey ); - *pnChange += pPage->nCell; - } - if( freePageFlag ){ - freePage(pPage, &rc); - }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){ - zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF); +#endif + put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage); + *pPgno = pBt->nPage; + + assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 1); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(*ppPage); + } + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno)); } -cleardatabasepage_out: - releasePage(pPage); + assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + +end_allocate_page: + releasePage(pTrunk); + releasePage(pPrevTrunk); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){ + releasePage(*ppPage); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + (*ppPage)->isInit = 0; + }else{ + *ppPage = 0; + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3PagerIswriteable((*ppPage)->pDbPage) ); return rc; } /* -** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is -** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns, -** the root page is empty, but still exists. +** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. +** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list. ** -** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open -** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the -** root of the table. +** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional. +** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object +** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. +** Otherwise, it may pass NULL. ** -** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The -** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of -** entries in the table. +** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument, +** its reference count is not altered by this function. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); +static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ + MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */ + Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ + MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */ + MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */ - /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable - ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is - ** a no-op). */ - invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( iPage>1 ); + assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage ); - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0); - if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange); + if( pMemPage ){ + pPage = pMemPage; + sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage); + }else{ + pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage); } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} -/* -** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to -** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on -** page 1) is never added to the freelist. -** -** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open -** cursors on the table. -** -** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last -** root page in the database file, then the last root page -** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by -** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page -** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all -** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which -** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the -** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before -** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. -** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of -** meta[3] is updated by this procedure. -*/ -static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) goto freepage_out; + nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + if( pBt->secureDelete ){ + /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then + ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros. + */ + if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) ) + || ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0) + ){ + goto freepage_out; + } + memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize); + } - /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the - ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may - ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted - ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would - ** occur. - ** - ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point. + /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map + ** to indicate that the page is free. */ - if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db); - return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc); + if( rc ) goto freepage_out; } - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; - } - - *piMoved = 0; + /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two + ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first + ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a + ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the + ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it + ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf. + */ + if( nFree!=0 ){ + u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */ - if( iTable>1 ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - freePage(pPage, &rc); - releasePage(pPage); -#else - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno maxRootPgno; - sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno); + iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto freepage_out; + } - if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ - /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page - ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. - */ - freePage(pPage, &rc); - releasePage(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page - ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the - ** gap left by the deleted root-page. - */ - MemPage *pMove; - releasePage(pPage); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0); - releasePage(pMove); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pMove = 0; - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); - freePage(pMove, &rc); - releasePage(pMove); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; + nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); + assert( pBt->usableSize>32 ); + if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto freepage_out; + } + if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ + /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page + ** being freed as a new leaf. + ** + ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains + ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have + ** coded. But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to + ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than + ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt. In order + ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite, + ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8 + ** for now. At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded + ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above + ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8". + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1); + put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage); + if( pPage && !pBt->secureDelete ){ + sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage); } - *piMoved = maxRootPgno; + rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage); } + TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno)); + goto freepage_out; + } + } - /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This - ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to - ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the - ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE. - */ - maxRootPgno--; - while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) - || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){ - maxRootPgno--; - } - assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the + ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list. + ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the + ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed + ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list. + */ + if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){ + goto freepage_out; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto freepage_out; + } + put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk); + put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0); + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage); + TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk)); - rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno); - }else{ - freePage(pPage, &rc); - releasePage(pPage); - } -#endif - }else{ - /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. - ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt - ** database. - */ - zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF ); - releasePage(pPage); +freepage_out: + if( pPage ){ + pPage->isInit = 0; } + releasePage(pPage); + releasePage(pTrunk); return rc; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; +static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){ + if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno); + } } - /* -** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already -** has a read or write transaction open on the database. -** -** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0] -** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] -** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] -** is read-only, the others are read/write. -** -** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema -** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of -** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. +** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); - assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) ); - assert( pBt->pPage1 ); - assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 ); - - *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]); +static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){ + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + CellInfo info; + Pgno ovflPgno; + int rc; + int nOvfl; + u32 ovflPageSize; - /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum - ** database, mark the database as read-only. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1; -#endif + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); + if( info.iOverflow==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */ + } + if( pCell+info.iOverflow+3 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* Cell extends past end of page */ + } + ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); + assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 ); + ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; + nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; + assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 ); + while( nOvfl-- ){ + Pgno iNext = 0; + MemPage *pOvfl = 0; + if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ + /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an + ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the + ** file the database must be corrupt. */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + if( nOvfl ){ + rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext); + if( rc ) return rc; + } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); -} + if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) ) + && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1 + ){ + /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference + ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated. + ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it + ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. + ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as + ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is + ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the + ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this + ** can be problematic. + */ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno); + } -/* -** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is -** read-only and may not be written. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - unsigned char *pP1; - int rc; - assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 ); - pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){ - assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 ); - assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 ); - pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta; + if( pOvfl ){ + sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage); } -#endif + if( rc ) return rc; + ovflPgno = iNext; } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; + return SQLITE_OK; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT /* -** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the -** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry. +** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage +** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are +** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure +** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated +** for pCell[]. ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. -** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database -** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned. +** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData +** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will +** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData +** later. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ - i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); +static int fillInCell( + MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */ + unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */ + const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */ + const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */ + int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */ + int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */ +){ + int nPayload; + const u8 *pSrc; + int nSrc, n, rc; + int spaceLeft; + MemPage *pOvfl = 0; + MemPage *pToRelease = 0; + unsigned char *pPrior; + unsigned char *pPayload; + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0; + int nHeader; + CellInfo info; - /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each - ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). - */ - while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then - ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter - ** accordingly. - */ - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){ - nEntry += pPage->nCell; + /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary + ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */ + assert( pCellaData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] + || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + + /* Fill in the header. */ + nHeader = 0; + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + nHeader += 4; + } + if( pPage->hasData ){ + nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero); + }else{ + nData = nZero = 0; + } + nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey); + btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); + assert( info.nHeader==nHeader ); + assert( info.nKey==nKey ); + assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) ); + + /* Fill in the payload */ + nPayload = nData + nZero; + if( pPage->intKey ){ + pSrc = pData; + nSrc = nData; + nData = 0; + }else{ + if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } + nPayload += (int)nKey; + pSrc = pKey; + nSrc = (int)nKey; + } + *pnSize = info.nSize; + spaceLeft = info.nLocal; + pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; + pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow]; - /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it - ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of - ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The - ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell - ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page - ** to visit is the right-child of its parent. - ** - ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the - ** caller. - */ - if( pPage->leaf ){ - do { - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */ - *pnEntry = nEntry; - return SQLITE_OK; + while( nPayload>0 ){ + if( spaceLeft==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */ + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + do{ + pgnoOvfl++; + } while( + PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) + ); + } +#endif + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent + ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map + ** for that page now. + ** + ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry + ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, + ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() + ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the + ** wrong pages from the database. + */ + if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1); + ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc); + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pOvfl); } - moveToParent(pCur); - }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + } +#endif + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pToRelease); + return rc; + } - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++; - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area + ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ + assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); + + /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage + ** is still writeable */ + assert( pPrioraData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] + || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + + put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl); + releasePage(pToRelease); + pToRelease = pOvfl; + pPrior = pOvfl->aData; + put4byte(pPrior, 0); + pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4]; + spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4; } + n = nPayload; + if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft; - /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently - ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell). - */ - iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); + /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area + ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ + assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); + + /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage + ** is still writeable */ + assert( pPayloadaData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] + || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + + if( nSrc>0 ){ + if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc; + assert( pSrc ); + memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n); }else{ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx))); + memset(pPayload, 0, n); + } + nPayload -= n; + pPayload += n; + pSrc += n; + nSrc -= n; + spaceLeft -= n; + if( nSrc==0 ){ + nSrc = nData; + pSrc = pData; } } - - /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */ - return rc; + releasePage(pToRelease); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* -** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for -** testing and debugging only. +** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only. +** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that +** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just +** removes the reference to the cell from pPage. +** +** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){ - return p->pBt->pPager; -} +static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){ + u32 pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */ + u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */ + u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */ + u8 *endPtr; /* End of loop */ + int rc; /* The return code */ + int hdr; /* Beginning of the header. 0 most pages. 100 page 1 */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** Append a message to the error message string. -*/ -static void checkAppendMsg( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, - char *zMsg1, - const char *zFormat, - ... -){ - va_list ap; - if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return; - pCheck->mxErr--; - pCheck->nErr++; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1); + if( *pRC ) return; + + assert( idx>=0 && idxnCell ); + assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + data = pPage->aData; + ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx]; + pc = get2byte(ptr); + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ); + testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize ); + if( pc < (u32)get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return; } - if( zMsg1 ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1, -1); + rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz); + if( rc ){ + *pRC = rc; + return; } - sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( pCheck->errMsg.mallocFailed ){ - pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; + endPtr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell - 2]; + assert( (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(ptr)&1)==0 ); /* ptr is always 2-byte aligned */ + while( ptrnCell--; + put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell); + pPage->nFree += 2; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* -** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second -** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg. -** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if -** if this is the first reference to the page. +** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the +** content of the cell. ** -** Also check that the page number is in bounds. +** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it +** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if +** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry +** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either +** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. +** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that +** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. +** +** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the +** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If +** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location +** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid). */ -static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){ - if( iPage==0 ) return 1; - if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage); - return 1; - } - if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage); - return 1; - } - return (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to -** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message -** to pCheck. -*/ -static void checkPtrmap( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */ - Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */ - u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */ - Pgno iParent, /* Expected pointer map parent page number */ - char *zContext /* Context description (used for error msg) */ +static void insertCell( + MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */ + int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */ + u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */ + int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */ + u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */ + Pgno iChild, /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */ + int *pRC /* Read and write return code from here */ ){ - int rc; - u8 ePtrmapType; - Pgno iPtrmapParent; + int idx = 0; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */ + int j; /* Loop counter */ + int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */ + int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */ + int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */ + u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */ + u8 *ptr; /* Used for moving information around in data[] */ + u8 *endPtr; /* End of the loop */ - rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild); - return; - } + int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0); - if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", - iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); - } -} -#endif + if( *pRC ) return; -/* -** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list. -** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N. -*/ -static void checkList( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */ - int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */ - int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ - int N, /* Expected number of pages in the list */ - char *zContext /* Context for error messages */ -){ - int i; - int expected = N; - int iFirst = iPage; - while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){ - DbPage *pOvflPage; - unsigned char *pOvflData; - if( iPage<1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d", - N+1, expected, iFirst); - break; + assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow ); + assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 ); + assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->aOvfl) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + /* The cell should normally be sized correctly. However, when moving a + ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size + ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size + ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node. Hence + ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */ + assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) ); + if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){ + if( pTemp ){ + memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); + pCell = pTemp; } - if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break; - if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage); - break; + if( iChild ){ + put4byte(pCell, iChild); } - pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage); - if( isFreeList ){ - int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); - } -#endif - if( n>pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage); - N--; - }else{ - for(i=0; ipBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); - } -#endif - checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext); - } - N -= n; - } + j = pPage->nOverflow++; + assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0])) ); + pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell; + pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = (u16)i; + }else{ + int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + data = pPage->aData; + cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; + end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; + ins = cellOffset + 2*i; + rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx); + if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; } + /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties + ** if it returns success */ + assert( idx >= end+2 ); + assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); + pPage->nCell++; + pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz); + memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); + if( iChild ){ + put4byte(&data[idx], iChild); + } + ptr = &data[end]; + endPtr = &data[ins]; + assert( (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(ptr)&1)==0 ); /* ptr is always 2-byte aligned */ + while( ptr>endPtr ){ + *(u16*)ptr = *(u16*)&ptr[-2]; + ptr -= 2; } + put2byte(&data[ins], idx); + put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - else{ - /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last - ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for - ** the following page matches iPage. + if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){ + /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write + ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map. */ - if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){ - i = get4byte(pOvflData); - checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext); - } + ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC); } #endif - iPage = get4byte(pOvflData); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage); } } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* -** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return -** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages -** return 1, and so forth. -** -** These checks are done: -** -** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap -** but combine to completely cover the page. -** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order. -** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound. -** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound. -** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages. -** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children. -** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same. -** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is -** the root of the tree. +** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty. +** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page. */ -static int checkTreePage( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */ - int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */ - char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */ - i64 *pnParentMinKey, - i64 *pnParentMaxKey +static void assemblePage( + MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assemblied */ + int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */ + u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */ + u16 *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */ ){ - MemPage *pPage; - int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt; - int hdr, cellStart; - int nCell; - u8 *data; - BtShared *pBt; - int usableSize; - char zContext[100]; - char *hit = 0; - i64 nMinKey = 0; - i64 nMaxKey = 0; + int i; /* Loop counter */ + u8 *pCellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */ + int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */ + u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Pointer to data for pPage */ + const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Offset of header on pPage */ + const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage); + assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=(int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) + && (int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - /* Check that the page exists - */ - pBt = pCheck->pBt; - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - if( iPage==0 ) return 0; - if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0; - if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc); - return 0; - } + /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */ + assert( pPage->nCell==0 ); + assert( get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable ); - /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in - ** btreeInitPage() is executed. */ - pPage->isInit = 0; - if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc); - releasePage(pPage); - return 0; + pCellptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + nCell*2]; + cellbody = nUsable; + for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){ + u16 sz = aSize[i]; + pCellptr -= 2; + cellbody -= sz; + put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody); + memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], sz); } + put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell); + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody); + pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody); + pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell; +} - /* Check out all the cells. +/* +** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved +** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side +** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the +** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and +** NN neighbors on either side. +** +** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1 +** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance +** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance. +** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall. +*/ +#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */ +#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE +/* +** This version of balance() handles the common special case where +** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the +** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest +** entry in the tree. +** +** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add +** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in +** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat +** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries +** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly +** fill up. On average. +** +** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree. +** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry +** which is also the right-most entry on the page. +** +** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider +** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4 +** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other +** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at +** least 13 bytes in size. +*/ +static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ + BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt; /* B-Tree Database */ + MemPage *pNew; /* Newly allocated page */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + Pgno pgnoNew; /* Page number of pNew */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 ); + + /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */ + if( pPage->nCell<=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + + /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of + ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell + ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed. */ - depth = 0; - for(i=0; inCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){ - u8 *pCell; - u32 sz; - CellInfo info; + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0); - /* Check payload overflow pages - */ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, - "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i); - pCell = findCell(pPage,i); - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - sz = info.nData; - if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey; - /* For intKey pages, check that the keys are in order. - */ - else if( i==0 ) nMinKey = nMaxKey = info.nKey; - else{ - if( info.nKey <= nMaxKey ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Rowid %lld out of order (previous was %lld)", info.nKey, nMaxKey); - } - nMaxKey = info.nKey; - } - assert( sz==info.nPayload ); - if( (sz>info.nLocal) - && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]) - ){ - int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4); - Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext); - } -#endif - checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext); - } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Check sanity of left child page. + u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4]; + u8 *pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell; + u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell); + u8 *pStop; + + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) ); + zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF); + assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell); + + /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map + ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the + ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these + ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents + ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below. + ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to + ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a + ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page. */ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(pCell); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); - } -#endif - d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, &nMinKey, i==0 ? NULL : &nMaxKey); - if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs"); + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); + if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){ + ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc); } - depth = d2; } - } + + /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell + ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and + ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the + ** largest key on pPage). + ** + ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most + ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the + ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size) + ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value). + ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length + ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the + ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer. + */ + pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1); + pStop = &pCell[9]; + while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCellleaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, - "On page %d at right child: ", iPage); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); - } -#endif - checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, NULL, !pPage->nCell ? NULL : &nMaxKey); - } + /* Insert the new divider cell into pParent. */ + insertCell(pParent, pParent->nCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace), + 0, pPage->pgno, &rc); - /* For intKey leaf pages, check that the min/max keys are in order - ** with any left/parent/right pages. - */ - if( pPage->leaf && pPage->intKey ){ - /* if we are a left child page */ - if( pnParentMinKey ){ - /* if we are the left most child page */ - if( !pnParentMaxKey ){ - if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMinKey ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent min of %lld)", - nMaxKey, *pnParentMinKey); - } - }else{ - if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMinKey ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent min of %lld)", - nMinKey, *pnParentMinKey); - } - if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMaxKey ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent max of %lld)", - nMaxKey, *pnParentMaxKey); - } - *pnParentMinKey = nMaxKey; - } - /* else if we're a right child page */ - } else if( pnParentMaxKey ){ - if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMaxKey ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent max of %lld)", - nMinKey, *pnParentMaxKey); - } - } + /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */ + put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); + + /* Release the reference to the new page. */ + releasePage(pNew); } - /* Check for complete coverage of the page - */ - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); - if( hit==0 ){ - pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; - }else{ - u16 contentOffset = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset); - memset(hit, 1, contentOffset); - nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); - cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; - for(i=0; i=usableSize ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage); - }else{ - for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++; - } - } - i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - while( i>0 ){ - int size, j; - assert( i<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - size = get2byte(&data[i+2]); - assert( i+size<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++; - j = get2byte(&data[i]); - assert( j==0 || j>i+size ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - assert( j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - i = j; - } - for(i=cnt=0; i1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage); - break; - } - } - if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d", - cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage); - } - } - sqlite3PageFree(hit); - releasePage(pPage); - return depth+1; + return rc; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK +#if 0 /* -** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is -** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of -** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot. -** -** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling -** this function. -** -** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory -** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from -** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is -** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned. +** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite. +** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible +** for setting pointer-map entries. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( - Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ - int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ - int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ - int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ - int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */ -){ - Pgno i; - int nRef; - IntegrityCk sCheck; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - char zErr[100]; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); - nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager); - sCheck.pBt = pBt; - sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager; - sCheck.nPage = pagerPagecount(sCheck.pBt); - sCheck.mxErr = mxErr; - sCheck.nErr = 0; - sCheck.mallocFailed = 0; - *pnErr = 0; - if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return 0; - } - sCheck.anRef = sqlite3Malloc( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) ); - if( !sCheck.anRef ){ - *pnErr = 1; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return 0; - } - for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; } - i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt); - if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){ - sCheck.anRef[i] = 1; - } - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), 20000); - - /* Check the integrity of the freelist - */ - checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), - get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: "); - - /* Check all the tables. - */ - for(i=0; (int)iautoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){ - checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0); - } -#endif - checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ", NULL, NULL); - } +static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ + int i, j; + for(i=0; ipBt; + assert( pPage->isInit ); - /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced - */ - for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); - } -#else - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain - ** references to pointer-map pages. - */ - if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); + for(j=0; jnCell; j++){ + CellInfo info; + u8 *z; + + z = findCell(pPage, j); + btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, z, &info); + if( info.iOverflow ){ + Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]); + ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n); + assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ); + } + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + Pgno child = get4byte(z); + ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); + assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); + } } - if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); + assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); } -#endif - } - - /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages. - ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check - ** of the integrity check. - */ - if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, - "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis", - nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) - ); - } - - /* Clean up and report errors. - */ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - sqlite3_free(sCheck.anRef); - if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); - *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1; - return 0; } - *pnErr = sCheck.nErr; - if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); - return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file. -** -** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager); -} - -/* -** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return -** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file -** has been created or not. -** -** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager); -} - -/* -** Return non-zero if a transaction is active. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ - assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE)); -} - -/* -** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE; -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return p->nBackup!=0; + return 1; } +#endif /* -** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with -** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own -** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with -** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. +** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored +** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then +** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the +** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained +** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer +** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo. ** -** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory -** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent -** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob -** of memory returned. +** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the +** MemPage.aOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. ** -** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been -** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been -** allocated, it is returned as normal. +** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage(). ** -** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the -** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the -** blob of allocated memory. This function should not call sqlite3_free() -** on the memory, the btree layer does that. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){ - pBt->pSchema = sqlite3MallocZero(nBytes); - pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return pBt->pSchema; -} - -/* -** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared -** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the -** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ - int rc; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The -** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock -** if it is false. +** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by +** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of +** which are called often under normal circumstances. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ); - if( p->sharable ){ - u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock; - assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); +static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ + if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ + BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt; + u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData; + u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData; + int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset; + int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0); + int rc; + int iData; + + + assert( pFrom->isInit ); + assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr ); + assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize ); + + /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */ + iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]); + memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData); + memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell); + + /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure + ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under + ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized + ** page pFrom. + */ + pTo->isInit = 0; + rc = btreeInitPage(pTo); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + + /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries + ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to. + */ + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo); } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } - return rc; } -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* -** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an -** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. -** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. +** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent +** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the +** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the +** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one +** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page +** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page +** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings +** participate in the balancing. ** -** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to -** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with -** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data, -** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){ - int rc; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert( pCsr->isIncrblobHandle ); - - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ - return SQLITE_ABORT; - } - - /* Check some assumptions: - ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, - ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open, - ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required), - ** (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and - ** (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table. - */ - if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){ - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - assert( !pCsr->pBt->readOnly && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) ); - assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) ); - assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey ); - - return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1); -} - -/* -** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the -** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened -** for incremental blob IO only. +** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by +** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. ** -** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache -** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function -** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlite3BtreeData() and -** sqlite3BtreePutData()). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert(!pCur->isIncrblobHandle); - assert(!pCur->aOverflow); - pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1; -} -#endif - -/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2009 January 28 +** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page +** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen +** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated +** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning. ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be +** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so +** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this +** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct +** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database +** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should +** be rolled back. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() -** API functions and the related features. -*/ - -/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values. -*/ -#ifndef MIN -# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) -#endif - -/* -** Structure allocated for each backup operation. +** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a +** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent +** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is +** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts +** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum +** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4 +** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large +** enough for all overflow cells. +** +** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns +** SQLITE_NOMEM. */ -struct sqlite3_backup { - sqlite3* pDestDb; /* Destination database handle */ - Btree *pDest; /* Destination b-tree file */ - u32 iDestSchema; /* Original schema cookie in destination */ - int bDestLocked; /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */ +static int balance_nonroot( + MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */ + int iParentIdx, /* Index of "the page" in pParent */ + u8 *aOvflSpace, /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */ + int isRoot /* True if pParent is a root-page */ +){ + BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */ + int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */ + int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */ + int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */ + int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */ + int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */ + int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* The return code */ + u16 leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */ + int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */ + int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */ + int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */ + int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */ + int iSpace1 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */ + int iOvflSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */ + int szScratch; /* Size of scratch memory requested */ + MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */ + MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */ + MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */ + u8 *pRight; /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */ + u8 *apDiv[NB-1]; /* Divider cells in pParent */ + int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */ + int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */ + u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */ + u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */ + u8 *aSpace1; /* Space for copies of dividers cells */ + Pgno pgno; /* Temp var to store a page number in */ - Pgno iNext; /* Page number of the next source page to copy */ - sqlite3* pSrcDb; /* Source database handle */ - Btree *pSrc; /* Source b-tree file */ + pBt = pParent->pBt; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - int rc; /* Backup process error code */ +#if 0 + TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno)); +#endif - /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are - ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount(). + /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if + ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with + ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function + ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete(). */ - Pgno nRemaining; /* Number of pages left to copy */ - Pgno nPagecount; /* Total number of pages to copy */ - - int isAttached; /* True once backup has been registered with pager */ - sqlite3_backup *pNext; /* Next backup associated with source pager */ -}; - -/* -** THREAD SAFETY NOTES: -** -** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup -** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points: -** -** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and -** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database -** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared -** structure, in that order. -** -** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are -** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in -** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex -** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always -** be held when either of these functions are invoked. -** -** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and -** backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called -** while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(), -** the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to -** BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining() -** or backup_pagecount(). -** -** Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or -** the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking. -** Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have -** associated mutexes. -*/ + assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 ); + assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aOvfl[0].idx==iParentIdx ); -/* -** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp") -** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return -** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb. -** -** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this -** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an -** error message to pErrorDb. -*/ -static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){ - int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb); + if( !aOvflSpace ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } - if( i==1 ){ - Parse *pParse; - int rc = 0; - pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse)); - if( pParse==0 ){ - sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory"); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent + ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on + ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, + ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent + ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. + ** + ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This + ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any + ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will + ** have already been removed. + */ + i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell; + if( i<2 ){ + nxDiv = 0; + nOld = i+1; + }else{ + nOld = 3; + if( iParentIdx==0 ){ + nxDiv = 0; + }else if( iParentIdx==i ){ + nxDiv = i-2; }else{ - pParse->db = pDb; - if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ - sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg); - sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse); + nxDiv = iParentIdx-1; } + i = 2; + } + if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){ + pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]; + }else{ + pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); + } + pgno = get4byte(pRight); + while( 1 ){ + rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i]); if( rc ){ - return 0; + memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); + goto balance_cleanup; } - } + nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow; + if( (i--)==0 ) break; - if( i<0 ){ - sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb); - return 0; - } + if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aOvfl[0].idx && pParent->nOverflow ){ + apDiv[i] = pParent->aOvfl[0].pCell; + pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); + szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]); + pParent->nOverflow = 0; + }else{ + apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); + pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); + szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]); - return pDb->aDb[i].pBt; -} + /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to + ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped. + ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first + ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first + ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use + ** later on. + ** + ** Unless SQLite is compiled in secure-delete mode. In this case, + ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes. + ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[] + ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer + ** is allocated. */ + if( pBt->secureDelete ){ + int iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData); + if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); + goto balance_cleanup; + }else{ + memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]); + apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData]; + } + } + dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc); + } + } -/* -** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from -** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return -** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object. -** -** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message -** stored in database handle pDestDb. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( - sqlite3* pDestDb, /* Database to write to */ - const char *zDestDb, /* Name of database within pDestDb */ - sqlite3* pSrcDb, /* Database connection to read from */ - const char *zSrcDb /* Name of database within pSrcDb */ -){ - sqlite3_backup *p; /* Value to return */ + /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte + ** alignment */ + nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3; - /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database - ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in - ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no - ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration - ** of the backup operation. Any attempt to use the destination - ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause - ** a malfunction or a deadlock. + /* + ** Allocate space for memory structures */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex); - - if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){ - sqlite3Error( - pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct" - ); - p = 0; - }else { - /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object */ - p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_backup)); - if( !p ){ - sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); - } + k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage)); + szScratch = + nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */ + + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16) /* szCell */ + + pBt->pageSize /* aSpace1 */ + + k*nOld; /* Page copies (apCopy) */ + apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); + if( apCell==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto balance_cleanup; } + szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells]; + aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells]; + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) ); - /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */ - if( p ){ - memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_backup)); - p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb); - p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb); - p->pDestDb = pDestDb; - p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb; - p->iNext = 1; - p->isAttached = 0; + /* + ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells + ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells + ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the the divider Cells + ** from pParent. + ** + ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the + ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied + ** into aSpace1[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without + ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in + ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[] + ** are alike. + ** + ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf. + ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys. + */ + leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4; + leafData = apOld[0]->hasData; + for(i=0; ipageSize + k*i]; + memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage)); + pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1]; + memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize); - if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest ){ - /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist. An error has - ** already been written into the pDestDb handle. All that is left - ** to do here is free the sqlite3_backup structure. - */ - sqlite3_free(p); - p = 0; + limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow; + if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){ + for(j=0; jaData; + u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage; + u16 cellOffset = pOld->cellOffset; + for(j=0; jmaxLocal+23 ); + assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); + memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz); + apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection; + assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 ); + szCell[nCell] = szCell[nCell] - leafCorrection; + if( !pOld->leaf ){ + assert( leafCorrection==0 ); + assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 ); + /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left + ** pointer of the divider cell */ + memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4); + }else{ + assert( leafCorrection==4 ); + if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){ + /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */ + szCell[nCell] = 4; + } + } + nCell++; } } - if( p ){ - p->pSrc->nBackup++; - } - - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex); - return p; -} - -/* -** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is -** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors -** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED. -*/ -static int isFatalError(int rc){ - return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED)); -} - -/* -** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for -** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the -** destination database. -*/ -static int backupOnePage(sqlite3_backup *p, Pgno iSrcPg, const u8 *zSrcData){ - Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); - const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); - int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); - const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz); - const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz; - - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - i64 iOff; - - assert( p->bDestLocked ); - assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) ); - assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ); - assert( zSrcData ); - /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the - ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. + /* + ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells. + ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total + ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index + ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. + ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell. + ** + ** Values computed by this block: + ** + ** k: The total number of sibling pages + ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page. + ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to + ** the right of the i-th sibling page. + ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. + ** */ - if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest)) ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; + for(subtotal=k=i=0; i usableSpace ){ + szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i]; + cntNew[k] = i; + if( leafData ){ i--; } + subtotal = 0; + k++; + if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } + } } + szNew[k] = subtotal; + cntNew[k] = nCell; + k++; - /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source - ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset - ** of the destination page. + /* + ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings + ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the + ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts + ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance. + ** + ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might + ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most + ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional. */ - for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOffpDest->pBt) ) continue; - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg)) - ){ - const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz]; - u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg); - u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz]; + for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){ + int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */ + int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */ + int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */ + int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */ - /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page. - ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module - ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte - ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers - ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked - ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose. - */ - memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy); - ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0; + r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; + d = r + 1 - leafData; + assert( diSize ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize); + szNew[i] = szRight; + szNew[i-1] = szLeft; } - return rc; -} -/* -** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for -** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated. -*/ -static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){ - sqlite3_backup **pp; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) ); - pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); - p->pNext = *pp; - *pp = p; - p->isAttached = 1; -} + /* Either we found one or more cells (cntnew[0])>0) or pPage is + ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root + ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page. + */ + assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) ); -/* -** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ - int rc; + TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d ", + apOld[0]->pgno, + nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0, + nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0 + )); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); + /* + ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible. + */ + if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto balance_cleanup; } - - rc = p->rc; - if( !isFatalError(rc) ){ - Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc); /* Source pager */ - Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); /* Dest pager */ - int ii; /* Iterator variable */ - int nSrcPage = -1; /* Size of source db in pages */ - int bCloseTrans = 0; /* True if src db requires unlocking */ - - /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return - ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately. - */ - if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0]; + for(i=0; ipDbPage); + nNew++; + if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } + assert( i>0 ); + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, pgno, 0); + if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; + apNew[i] = pNew; + nNew++; - /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */ - if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0 - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2)) - ){ - p->bDestLocked = 1; - sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema); + /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */ + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto balance_cleanup; + } + } } + } - /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open - ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed - ** before this function exits. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0); - bCloseTrans = 1; - } + /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages. + */ + while( iiNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){ - const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext; /* Source page number */ - if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){ - DbPage *pSrcPg; /* Source page object */ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg)); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg); - } + /* + ** Put the new pages in accending order. This helps to + ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan + ** of the table is a linear scan through the file. That + ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages + ** from the disk more rapidly. + ** + ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since + ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should + ** not be a problem. + ** + ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database + ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions. + */ + for(i=0; ipgno; + int minI = i; + for(j=i+1; jpgno<(unsigned)minV ){ + minI = j; + minV = apNew[j]->pgno; } - p->iNext++; } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->nPagecount = nSrcPage; - p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext; - if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - }else if( !p->isAttached ){ - attachBackupObject(p); - } + if( minI>i ){ + MemPage *pT; + pT = apNew[i]; + apNew[i] = apNew[minI]; + apNew[minI] = pT; } + } + TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n", + apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0], + nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0, + nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0, + nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0, + nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0)); - /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This - ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in - ** the case where the source and destination databases have the - ** same schema version. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE - && (rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1))==SQLITE_OK - ){ - const int nSrcPagesize = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); - const int nDestPagesize = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); - int nDestTruncate; + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); + put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno); - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(p->pDestDb, 0); - } + /* + ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages. + ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary. + */ + j = 0; + for(i=0; inCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) ); + assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 ); - /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination - ** database. The complication here is that the destination page - ** size may be different to the source page size. - ** - ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, - ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will - ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call - ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the - ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are - ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed - ** by the file truncation. - */ - if( nSrcPagesizepDest->pBt) ){ - nDestTruncate--; - } - }else{ - nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (nSrcPagesize/nDestPagesize); - } - sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate); + j = cntNew[i]; - if( nSrcPagesizeleaf ){ + memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); + }else if( leafData ){ + /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, + ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider + ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of + ** the sibling-page assembled above only. + */ + CellInfo info; + j--; + btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info); + pCell = pTemp; + sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey); + pTemp = 0; + }else{ + pCell -= 4; + /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was + ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4 + ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this + ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of + ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to + ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. ** - ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the - ** pending-byte page in the source database may need to be - ** copied into the destination database. + ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all + ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used + ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses. */ - const i64 iSize = (i64)nSrcPagesize * (i64)nSrcPage; - sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager); + if( szCell[j]==4 ){ + assert(leafCorrection==4); + sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell); + } + } + iOvflSpace += sz; + assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 ); + assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); + insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup; + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - assert( pFile ); - assert( (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)nDestPagesize >= iSize || ( - nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1) - && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+nDestPagesize - )); - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager)) - ){ - i64 iOff; - i64 iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + nDestPagesize, iSize); - for( - iOff=PENDING_BYTE+nSrcPagesize; - rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff0 ); + assert( nNew>0 ); + if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){ + u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8]; + memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4); + } + + if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){ + /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling + ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the + ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the + ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower" + ** sub-algorithm in some documentation. + ** + ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() + ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages + ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied. + ** + ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented + ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This + ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database + ** image. */ + assert( nNew==1 ); + assert( apNew[0]->nFree == + (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2) + ); + copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc); + freePage(apNew[0], &rc); + }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around. + ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to + ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but + ** many have not. The following is a summary: + ** + ** 1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not + ** siblings when this function was called. These have already + ** been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were + ** moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care + ** of those. + ** + ** 2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow + ** page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These + ** have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code. + ** + ** 3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of + ** cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated. + ** + ** 4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any + ** overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated + ** (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages). + ** + ** 5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map + ** entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need + ** to be updated. + ** + ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next + ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since + ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this + ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have + ** actually moved between pages. */ + MemPage *pNew = apNew[0]; + MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0]; + int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow; + int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow; + int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aOvfl[0].idx : -1); + j = 0; /* Current 'old' sibling page */ + k = 0; /* Current 'new' sibling page */ + for(i=0; inCell + pOld->nOverflow; + if( pOld->nOverflow ){ + nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow; + iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aOvfl[0].idx; } - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0); + isDivider = !leafData; } - /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */ - if( SQLITE_OK==rc - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest)) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; + assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflowaOvfl[0].idx==pOld->aOvfl[1].idx-1); + assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aOvfl[1].idx==pOld->aOvfl[2].idx-1); + if( i==iOverflow ){ + isDivider = 1; + if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){ + iOverflow++; + } + } + + if( i==cntNew[k] ){ + /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new + ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an + ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell. */ + pNew = apNew[++k]; + if( !leafData ) continue; + } + assert( jpgno!=pNew->pgno ){ + if( !leafCorrection ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc); + } + if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){ + ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc); + } } } - /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction - ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is - ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as - ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail. - */ - if( bCloseTrans ){ - TESTONLY( int rc2 ); - TESTONLY( rc2 = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0); - TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc); - assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); + if( !leafCorrection ){ + for(i=0; iaData[8]); + ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc); + } } - p->rc = rc; +#if 0 + /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that + ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while + ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may + ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */ + ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew); + ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1); +#endif } - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); + + assert( pParent->isInit ); + TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n", + nOld, nNew, nCell)); + + /* + ** Cleanup before returning. + */ +balance_cleanup: + sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell); + for(i=0; ipSrc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex); + for(i=0; ipBt; /* The BTree */ - /* Enter the mutexes */ - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); - mutex = p->pSrcDb->mutex; - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); - } + assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */ - if( p->pDestDb ){ - p->pSrc->nBackup--; - } - if( p->isAttached ){ - pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); - while( *pp!=p ){ - pp = &(*pp)->pNext; + /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new + ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents + ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0); + copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc); + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc); } - *pp = p->pNext; } + if( rc ){ + *ppChild = 0; + releasePage(pChild); + return rc; + } + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); + assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell ); - /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */ - sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest); - - /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */ - rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc; - sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0); + TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno)); - /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */ - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3_free(p); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return rc; -} + /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */ + memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pRoot->aOvfl, pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aOvfl[0])); + pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow; -/* -** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent -** call to sqlite3_backup_step(). -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){ - return p->nRemaining; -} + /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */ + zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF); + put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild); -/* -** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most -** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step(). -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){ - return p->nPagecount; + *ppChild = pChild; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the -** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been -** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the -** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs -** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is -** complete. +** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in +** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the +** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing +** routine. Balancing routines are: ** -** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object -** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is -** called. +** balance_quick() +** balance_deeper() +** balance_nonroot() */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){ - sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ - for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); - if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPageiNext ){ - /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it - ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy - ** the new data into the backup. - */ - int rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = rc; +static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3; + u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13]; + u8 *pFree = 0; + + TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 ); + TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 ); + + do { + int iPage = pCur->iPage; + MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage]; + + if( iPage==0 ){ + if( pPage->nOverflow ){ + /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the + ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page + ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The + ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page. + */ + assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 ); + rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCur->iPage = 1; + pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; + pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0; + assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow ); + } + }else{ + break; } - } - } -} + }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){ + break; + }else{ + MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1]; + int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1]; -/* -** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer -** detects that the database has been modified by an external database -** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the -** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still -** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted. -** -** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object -** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is -** called. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){ - sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ - for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); - p->iNext = 1; - } -} + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE + if( pPage->hasData + && pPage->nOverflow==1 + && pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell + && pParent->pgno!=1 + && pParent->nCell==iIdx + ){ + /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which + ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell + ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this + ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent + ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this + ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[] + ** buffer. + ** + ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a + ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this + ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse + ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in. + */ + assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 ); + rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace); + }else +#endif + { + /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells + ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves + ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to + ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop + ** will balance the parent page to correct this. + ** + ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells + ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. + ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by + ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first, + ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a + ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() + ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by + ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been + ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new + ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot(). + */ + u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize); + rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1); + if( pFree ){ + /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used + ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are + ** now stored either on real database pages or within the + ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */ + sqlite3PageFree(pFree); + } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM -/* -** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction -** must be active for both files. -** -** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything -** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the -** transaction is committed before returning. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ - int rc; - sqlite3_backup b; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom); + /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to + ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever + ** comes first. */ + pFree = pSpace; + } + } - /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set - ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step() - ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called - ** from this function, not directly by the user. - */ - memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b)); - b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db; - b.pSrc = pFrom; - b.pDest = pTo; - b.iNext = 1; + pPage->nOverflow = 0; - /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database - ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to - ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes - ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement - ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE - ** or an error code. - */ - sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF); - assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pTo->pBt->pageSizeFixed = 0; - } + /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */ + releasePage(pPage); + pCur->iPage--; + } + }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo); + if( pFree ){ + sqlite3PageFree(pFree); + } return rc; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */ -/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/ + /* -** 2004 May 26 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey) +** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to +** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor +** is left pointing at a random location. ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is +** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored. ** -************************************************************************* +** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to +** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already +** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative +** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or +** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than +** (pKey, nKey)). ** -** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure. A "Mem" -** stores a single value in the VDBE. Mem is an opaque structure visible -** only within the VDBE. Interface routines refer to a Mem using the -** name sqlite_value +** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that +** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be +** overwritten. If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may +** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek +** the cursor before the new key can be inserted. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */ + const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */ + const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */ + int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */ + int appendBias, /* True if this is likely an append */ + int seekResult /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */ +){ + int rc; + int loc = seekResult; /* -1: before desired location +1: after */ + int szNew = 0; + int idx; + MemPage *pPage; + Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + unsigned char *oldCell; + unsigned char *newCell = 0; -/* -** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*) -** P if required. -*/ -#define expandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ + assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); + return pCur->skipNext; + } -/* -** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine -** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is -** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE. -** -** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string -** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this -** routine is a no-op. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required). -** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion -** between formats. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){ - int rc; - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE - || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){ - return SQLITE_OK; + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->wrFlag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && !pBt->readOnly ); + assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); + + /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened + ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob + ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an + ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a + ** blob of associated data. */ + assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); + + /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob + ** cursors open on the row being replaced (assuming this is a replace + ** operation - if it is not, the following is a no-op). */ + if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ + invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0); } - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - return SQLITE_ERROR; -#else - /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned, - ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed. + /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table. + ** + ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For + ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer + ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the + ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the + ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes + ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without + ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important + ** not to clear the cursor here. */ - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc); - assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM); - assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc); - assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc); + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( !loc ){ + rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) ); + + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 ); + assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ); + + TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n", + pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno, + loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry")); + assert( pPage->isInit ); + allocateTempSpace(pBt); + newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace; + if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew); + if( rc ) goto end_insert; + assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) ); + assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); + idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; + if( loc==0 ){ + u16 szOld; + assert( idxnCell ); + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_insert; + } + oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4); + } + szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell); + rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell); + dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc); + if( rc ) goto end_insert; + }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){ + assert( pPage->leaf ); + idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; + }else{ + assert( pPage->leaf ); + } + insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 ); + + /* If no error has occured and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() + ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move + ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BtCursor.validNKey + ** variables. + ** + ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor + ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents + ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that, + ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations + ** slightly faster. + ** + ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting + ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can + ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it + ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in + ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last + ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key + ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the + ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost. + */ + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->validNKey = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){ + rc = balance(pCur); + + /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance() + ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. + ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition() + ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */ + pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + } + assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 ); + +end_insert: return rc; -#endif } /* -** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least -** n bytes. -** -** If the memory cell currently contains string or blob data -** and the third argument passed to this function is true, the -** current content of the cell is preserved. Otherwise, it may -** be discarded. -** -** This function sets the MEM_Dyn flag and clears any xDel callback. -** It also clears MEM_Ephem and MEM_Static. If the preserve flag is -** not set, Mem.n is zeroed. +** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor +** is left pointing at a arbitrary location. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve){ - assert( 1 >= - ((pMem->zMalloc && pMem->zMalloc==pMem->z) ? 1 : 0) + - (((pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)&&pMem->xDel) ? 1 : 0) + - ((pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem) ? 1 : 0) + - ((pMem->flags&MEM_Static) ? 1 : 0) - ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){ + Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + int rc; /* Return code */ + MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */ + unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */ + int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */ + int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */ - if( n<32 ) n = 32; - if( sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)z==pMem->zMalloc ){ - pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n); - preserve = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); - pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n); - } + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( !pBt->readOnly ); + assert( pCur->wrFlag ); + assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); + assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) ); + + if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell) + || NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID) + ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; /* Something has gone awry. */ } - if( pMem->z && preserve && pMem->zMalloc && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){ - memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n); + /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree, + ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted. */ + if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ + invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0); } - if( pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn && pMem->xDel ){ - pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z)); + + iCellDepth = pCur->iPage; + iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth]; + pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth]; + pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx); + + /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move + ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than + ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted + ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead + ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the + ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes + ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier. */ + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + int notUsed; + rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, ¬Used); + if( rc ) return rc; } - pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc; - if( pMem->z==0 ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - }else{ - pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static); + /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before + ** making any modifications. Make the page containing the entry to be + ** deleted writable. Then free any overflow pages associated with the + ** entry and finally remove the cell itself from within the page. + */ + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); + dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell), &rc); + if( rc ) return rc; + + /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor + ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed + ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal + ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal + ** node to replace the deleted cell. */ + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + int nCell; + Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno; + unsigned char *pTmp; + + pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1); + nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell); + assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell ); + + allocateTempSpace(pBt); + pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace; + + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage); + insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc); + dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc); + if( rc ) return rc; } - pMem->xDel = 0; - return (pMem->z ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM); -} -/* -** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn. In other words, make it so -** that any TEXT or BLOB content is stored in memory obtained from -** malloc(). In this way, we know that the memory is safe to be -** overwritten or altered. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){ - int f; - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - expandBlob(pMem); - f = pMem->flags; - if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){ - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page, + ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first + ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is + ** never true. + ** + ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then + ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to + ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly + ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may + ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm + ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the + ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has + ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node, + ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as + ** well. */ + rc = balance(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ + while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ + releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); } - pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; - pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; + rc = balance(pCur); } - return SQLITE_OK; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + moveToRoot(pCur); + } + return rc; } /* -** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary -** blob stored in dynamically allocated space. +** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page +** number for the root page of the new table. +** +** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the +** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for +** flags might not work: +** +** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys +** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){ - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - int nByte; - assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); +static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + MemPage *pRoot; + Pgno pgnoRoot; + int rc; + int ptfFlags; /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */ - /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */ - nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero; - if( nByte<=0 ){ - nByte = 1; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( !pBt->readOnly ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } +#else + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */ + MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */ + + /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database + ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns + ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches + ** held by open cursors. + */ + invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); + + /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the + ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page + ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1). + */ + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot); + pgnoRoot++; + + /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the + ** PENDING_BYTE page. + */ + while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) || + pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + pgnoRoot++; } - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + assert( pgnoRoot>=3 ); + + /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will + ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens + ** to reside at pgnoRoot). + */ + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } - memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero); - pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero; - pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif + if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){ + /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of + ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were + ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated + ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove + ** is already journaled. + */ + u8 eType = 0; + Pgno iPtrPage = 0; + releasePage(pPageMove); -/* -** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; /* Nothing to do */ + /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */ + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage); + if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); + assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ); + rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0); + releasePage(pRoot); + + /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + }else{ + pRoot = pPageMove; + } + + /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ + ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc); + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + + /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in + ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the + ** freelist count. Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail. + */ + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot); + if( NEVER(rc) ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + + }else{ + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; } - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; +#endif + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); + if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){ + ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF; + }else{ + ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF; } - pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; - pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; + zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage); + assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 ); + *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot; return SQLITE_OK; } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ + int rc; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} /* -** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem. Numbers -** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf(). Converting a BLOB to a string -** is a no-op. -** -** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated. -** -** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is -** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via -** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree -** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the -** user and the later is an internal programming error. +** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return +** the page to the freelist. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int fg = pMem->flags; - const int nByte = 32; - - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) ); - assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) ); - assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - +static int clearDatabasePage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */ + Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */ + int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */ + int *pnChange /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */ +){ + MemPage *pPage; + int rc; + unsigned char *pCell; + int i; - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } - /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8 - ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding - ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation. - ** - ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16. - */ - if( fg & MEM_Int ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i); - }else{ - assert( fg & MEM_Real ); - sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r); + rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + for(i=0; inCell; i++){ + pCell = findCell(pPage, i); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange); + if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; + } + rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); + if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; } - pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), 1, pnChange); + if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; + }else if( pnChange ){ + assert( pPage->intKey ); + *pnChange += pPage->nCell; + } + if( freePageFlag ){ + freePage(pPage, &rc); + }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){ + zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF); + } + +cleardatabasepage_out: + releasePage(pPage); return rc; } /* -** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function. -** This routine calls the finalize method for that function. The -** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem. +** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is +** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns, +** the root page is empty, but still exists. ** -** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error. SQLITE_OK -** otherwise. +** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open +** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the +** root of the table. +** +** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The +** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of +** entries in the table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){ - sqlite3_context ctx; - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef ); - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx)); - ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; - ctx.s.db = pMem->db; - ctx.pMem = pMem; - ctx.pFunc = pFunc; - pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); - assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel ); - sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); - memcpy(pMem, &ctx.s, sizeof(ctx.s)); - rc = ctx.isError; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + + /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable + ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is + ** a no-op). */ + invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1); + + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0); + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange); } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* -** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by -** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function -** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer. +** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to +** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on +** page 1) is never added to the freelist. +** +** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open +** cursors on the table. +** +** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last +** root page in the database file, then the last root page +** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by +** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page +** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all +** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which +** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the +** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before +** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. +** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of +** meta[3] is updated by this procedure. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){ - assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg ); - testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn ); - testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ); - testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame ); - if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame) ){ - if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef); - assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p); - }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){ - assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - p->xDel((void *)p->z); - p->xDel = 0; - }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){ - sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet); - }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p); - } +static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ + int rc; + MemPage *pPage = 0; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + + /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the + ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may + ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted + ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would + ** occur. + ** + ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point. + */ + if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){ + sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db); + return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; } -} -/* -** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an -** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and -** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){ - sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(p); - sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc); - p->z = 0; - p->zMalloc = 0; - p->xDel = 0; -} + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0); + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pPage); + return rc; + } -/* -** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer. -** If the double is too large, return 0x8000000000000000. -** -** Most systems appear to do this simply by assigning -** variables and without the extra range tests. But -** there are reports that windows throws an expection -** if the floating point value is out of range. (See ticket #2880.) -** Because we do not completely understand the problem, we will -** take the conservative approach and always do range tests -** before attempting the conversion. -*/ -static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */ - return r; + *piMoved = 0; + + if( iTable>1 ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + freePage(pPage, &rc); + releasePage(pPage); #else - /* - ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the - ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them - ** inconsistently. And many do not understand the "LL" notation. - ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing - ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant. - */ - static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64; - static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64; + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + Pgno maxRootPgno; + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno); - if( r<(double)minInt ){ - return minInt; - }else if( r>(double)maxInt ){ - /* minInt is correct here - not maxInt. It turns out that assigning - ** a very large positive number to an integer results in a very large - ** negative integer. This makes no sense, but it is what x86 hardware - ** does so for compatibility we will do the same in software. */ - return minInt; + if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ + /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page + ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. + */ + freePage(pPage, &rc); + releasePage(pPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + }else{ + /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page + ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the + ** gap left by the deleted root-page. + */ + MemPage *pMove; + releasePage(pPage); + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0); + releasePage(pMove); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + pMove = 0; + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); + freePage(pMove, &rc); + releasePage(pMove); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + *piMoved = maxRootPgno; + } + + /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This + ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to + ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the + ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE. + */ + maxRootPgno--; + while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) + || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){ + maxRootPgno--; + } + assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + + rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno); + }else{ + freePage(pPage, &rc); + releasePage(pPage); + } +#endif }else{ - return (i64)r; + /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. + ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt + ** database. + */ + zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF ); + releasePage(pPage); } -#endif + return rc; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ + int rc; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; } + /* -** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do -** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer. -** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact. If pMem is -** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part. -** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert -** it into a integer and return that. If pMem represents an -** an SQL-NULL value, return 0. +** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already +** has a read or write transaction open on the database. ** -** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed. +** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0] +** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] +** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] +** is read-only, the others are read/write. +** +** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema +** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of +** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){ - int flags; - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - flags = pMem->flags; - if( flags & MEM_Int ){ - return pMem->u.i; - }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){ - return doubleToInt64(pMem->r); - }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - i64 value; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Str; - if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8) - || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){ - return 0; - } - assert( pMem->z ); - sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value); - return value; - }else{ - return 0; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); + assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) ); + assert( pBt->pPage1 ); + assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 ); + + *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]); + + /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum + ** database, mark the database as read-only. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1; +#endif + + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } /* -** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a -** double. If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its -** value. If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double. -** If it is a NULL, return 0.0. +** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is +** read-only and may not be written. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ - return pMem->r; - }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ - return (double)pMem->u.i; - }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - double val = (double)0; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Str; - if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8) - || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){ - /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - return (double)0; - } - assert( pMem->z ); - sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val); - return val; - }else{ - /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - return (double)0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + unsigned char *pP1; + int rc; + assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 ); + pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){ + assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 ); + assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 ); + pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta; + } +#endif } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT /* -** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real. Try to also make it a -** MEM_Int if we can. +** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the +** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. +** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database +** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ); - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ + i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */ + int rc; /* Return code */ - pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r); + if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){ + *pnEntry = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - /* Only mark the value as an integer if - ** - ** (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and - ** (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest - ** possible integer (ticket #3922) - ** - ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces - ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes - ** values to wrap around. On x86 hardware, the third term is always - ** true and could be omitted. But we leave it in because other - ** architectures might behave differently. + /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each + ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). */ - if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i && pMem->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64 - && ALWAYS(pMem->u.iflags |= MEM_Int; - } -} + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */ + MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */ -/* -** Convert pMem to type integer. Invalidate any prior representations. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then + ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter + ** accordingly. + */ + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){ + nEntry += pPage->nCell; + } - pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem); - MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); - return SQLITE_OK; + /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it + ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of + ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The + ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell + ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page + ** to visit is the right-child of its parent. + ** + ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the + ** caller. + */ + if( pPage->leaf ){ + do { + if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ + /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */ + *pnEntry = nEntry; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + moveToParent(pCur); + }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++; + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + } + + /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently + ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell). + */ + iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; + if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){ + rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); + }else{ + rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx))); + } + } + + /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */ + return rc; } +#endif /* -** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real. -** Invalidate any prior representations. +** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for +** testing and debugging only. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - - pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem); - MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); - return SQLITE_OK; +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){ + return p->pBt->pPager; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* -** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both. -** Invalidate any prior representations. -** -** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input -** is a string that does not look completely like a number. Convert -** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest. +** Append a message to the error message string. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){ - int rc; - assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ); - assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 ); - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i) ){ - MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); - }else{ - pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem); - MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); - sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem); +static void checkAppendMsg( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, + char *zMsg1, + const char *zFormat, + ... +){ + va_list ap; + if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return; + pCheck->mxErr--; + pCheck->nErr++; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1); + } + if( zMsg1 ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1, -1); + } + sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( pCheck->errMsg.mallocFailed ){ + pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; } - return SQLITE_OK; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* -** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL. +** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second +** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg. +** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if +** if this is the first reference to the page. +** +** Also check that the page number is in bounds. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){ - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){ - sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pMem->u.pFrame); +static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){ + if( iPage==0 ) return 1; + if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage); + return 1; } - if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){ - sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet); + if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage); + return 1; } - MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null); - pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL; + return (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* -** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length -** n containing all zeros. +** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to +** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message +** to pCheck. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero; - pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB; - pMem->n = 0; - if( n<0 ) n = 0; - pMem->u.nZero = n; - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; +static void checkPtrmap( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */ + Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */ + u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */ + Pgno iParent, /* Expected pointer map parent page number */ + char *zContext /* Context description (used for error msg) */ +){ + int rc; + u8 ePtrmapType; + Pgno iPtrmapParent; -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0); - if( pMem->z ){ - pMem->n = n; - memset(pMem->z, 0, n); + rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild); + return; } -#endif -} -/* -** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, -** manifest type INTEGER. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->u.i = val; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; + if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", + iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); + } } +#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* -** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, -** manifest type REAL. +** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list. +** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){ - if( sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->r = val; - pMem->flags = MEM_Real; - pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT; +static void checkList( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */ + int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */ + int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ + int N, /* Expected number of pages in the list */ + char *zContext /* Context for error messages */ +){ + int i; + int expected = N; + int iFirst = iPage; + while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){ + DbPage *pOvflPage; + unsigned char *pOvflData; + if( iPage<1 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d", + N+1, expected, iFirst); + break; + } + if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break; + if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage); + break; + } + pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage); + if( isFreeList ){ + int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); + } +#endif + if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage); + N--; + }else{ + for(i=0; ipBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); + } +#endif + checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext); + } + N -= n; + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + else{ + /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last + ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for + ** the following page matches iPage. + */ + if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){ + i = get4byte(pOvflData); + checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext); + } + } +#endif + iPage = get4byte(pOvflData); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage); } } -#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* -** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an -** empty boolean index. +** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return +** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages +** return 1, and so forth. +** +** These checks are done: +** +** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap +** but combine to completely cover the page. +** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order. +** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound. +** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound. +** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages. +** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children. +** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same. +** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is +** the root of the tree. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){ - sqlite3 *db = pMem->db; - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; +static int checkTreePage( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */ + int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */ + char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */ + i64 *pnParentMinKey, + i64 *pnParentMaxKey +){ + MemPage *pPage; + int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt; + int hdr, cellStart; + int nCell; + u8 *data; + BtShared *pBt; + int usableSize; + char zContext[100]; + char *hit = 0; + i64 nMinKey = 0; + i64 nMaxKey = 0; + + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage); + + /* Check that the page exists + */ + pBt = pCheck->pBt; + usableSize = pBt->usableSize; + if( iPage==0 ) return 0; + if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0; + if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc); + return 0; + } + + /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in + ** btreeInitPage() is executed. */ + pPage->isInit = 0; + if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc); + releasePage(pPage); + return 0; + } + + /* Check out all the cells. + */ + depth = 0; + for(i=0; inCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){ + u8 *pCell; + u32 sz; + CellInfo info; + + /* Check payload overflow pages + */ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, + "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i); + pCell = findCell(pPage,i); + btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); + sz = info.nData; + if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey; + /* For intKey pages, check that the keys are in order. + */ + else if( i==0 ) nMinKey = nMaxKey = info.nKey; + else{ + if( info.nKey <= nMaxKey ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "Rowid %lld out of order (previous was %lld)", info.nKey, nMaxKey); + } + nMaxKey = info.nKey; + } + assert( sz==info.nPayload ); + if( (sz>info.nLocal) + && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]) + ){ + int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4); + Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext); + } +#endif + checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext); + } + + /* Check sanity of left child page. + */ + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + pgno = get4byte(pCell); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); + } +#endif + d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, &nMinKey, i==0 ? NULL : &nMaxKey); + if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs"); + } + depth = d2; + } + } + + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, + "On page %d at right child: ", iPage); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); + } +#endif + checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, NULL, !pPage->nCell ? NULL : &nMaxKey); + } + + /* For intKey leaf pages, check that the min/max keys are in order + ** with any left/parent/right pages. + */ + if( pPage->leaf && pPage->intKey ){ + /* if we are a left child page */ + if( pnParentMinKey ){ + /* if we are the left most child page */ + if( !pnParentMaxKey ){ + if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMinKey ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent min of %lld)", + nMaxKey, *pnParentMinKey); + } + }else{ + if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMinKey ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent min of %lld)", + nMinKey, *pnParentMinKey); + } + if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMaxKey ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent max of %lld)", + nMaxKey, *pnParentMaxKey); + } + *pnParentMinKey = nMaxKey; + } + /* else if we're a right child page */ + } else if( pnParentMaxKey ){ + if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMaxKey ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent max of %lld)", + nMinKey, *pnParentMaxKey); + } + } + } + + /* Check for complete coverage of the page + */ + data = pPage->aData; + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); + if( hit==0 ){ + pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; }else{ - assert( pMem->zMalloc ); - pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, - sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc)); - assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 ); - pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet; + int contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); + assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ + memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset); + memset(hit, 1, contentOffset); + nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); + cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; + for(i=0; i=usableSize ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, + "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage); + }else{ + for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++; + } + } + i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); + while( i>0 ){ + int size, j; + assert( i<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ + size = get2byte(&data[i+2]); + assert( i+size<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ + for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++; + j = get2byte(&data[i]); + assert( j==0 || j>i+size ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ + assert( j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ + i = j; + } + for(i=cnt=0; i1 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, + "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage); + break; + } + } + if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, + "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d", + cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage); + } } + sqlite3PageFree(hit); + releasePage(pPage); + return depth+1; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* -** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is -** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH. +** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is +** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of +** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot. +** +** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling +** this function. +** +** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory +** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from +** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is +** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){ - assert( p->db!=0 ); - if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - int n = p->n; - if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - n += p->u.nZero; +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( + Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ + int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ + int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ + int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ + int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */ +){ + Pgno i; + int nRef; + IntegrityCk sCheck; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + char zErr[100]; + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); + nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager); + sCheck.pBt = pBt; + sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager; + sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt); + sCheck.mxErr = mxErr; + sCheck.nErr = 0; + sCheck.mallocFailed = 0; + *pnErr = 0; + if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return 0; + } + sCheck.anRef = sqlite3Malloc( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) ); + if( !sCheck.anRef ){ + *pnErr = 1; + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return 0; + } + for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; } + i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt); + if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){ + sCheck.anRef[i] = 1; + } + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), 20000); + sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2; + + /* Check the integrity of the freelist + */ + checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), + get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: "); + + /* Check all the tables. + */ + for(i=0; (int)iautoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){ + checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0); } - return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; +#endif + checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ", NULL, NULL); } - return 0; + + /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced + */ + for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); + } +#else + /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain + ** references to pointer-map pages. + */ + if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 && + (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); + } + if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 && + (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); + } +#endif + } + + /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages. + ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check + ** of the integrity check. + */ + if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, + "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis", + nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) + ); + } + + /* Clean up and report errors. + */ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + sqlite3_free(sCheck.anRef); + if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); + *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1; + return 0; + } + *pnErr = sCheck.nErr; + if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); + return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg); } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ /* -** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member. +** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file. +** +** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is +** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. */ -#define MEMCELLSIZE (size_t)(&(((Mem *)0)->zMalloc)) +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){ + assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); + return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager); +} /* -** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of -** pTo are freed. The pFrom->z field is not duplicated. If -** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z -** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static). +** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return +** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file +** has been created or not. +** +** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is +** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){ - assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo); - memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); - pTo->xDel = 0; - if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){ - pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem); - assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static ); - pTo->flags |= srcType; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){ + assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); + return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager); } /* -** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of pTo are -** freed before the copy is made. +** Return non-zero if a transaction is active. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo); - memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); - pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ + assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE)); +} - if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){ - pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem; - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument. +** +** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open +** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to. +** +** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p ){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } - return rc; } +#endif /* -** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is -** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made. -** -** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns. +** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){ - assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) ); - assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) ); - assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db ); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){ + assert( p ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE; +} - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo); - memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem)); - pFrom->flags = MEM_Null; - pFrom->xDel = 0; - pFrom->zMalloc = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){ + assert( p ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + return p->nBackup!=0; } /* -** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB. +** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with +** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own +** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with +** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. ** -** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel -** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the -** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the -** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the -** pointer copied. +** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory +** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent +** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob +** of memory returned. ** -** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH -** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs. If the string can be -** stored without allocating memory, then it is. If a memory allocation -** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged. In -** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned. +** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been +** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been +** allocated, it is returned as normal. +** +** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the +** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the +** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free() +** on the memory, the btree layer does that. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr( - Mem *pMem, /* Memory cell to set to string value */ - const char *z, /* String pointer */ - int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ - void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ -){ - int nByte = n; /* New value for pMem->n */ - int iLimit; /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */ - u16 flags = 0; /* New value for pMem->flags */ - - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - - /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */ - if( !z ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - if( pMem->db ){ - iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; - }else{ - iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH; - } - flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str); - if( nByte<0 ){ - assert( enc!=0 ); - if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && z[nByte]; nByte++){} - }else{ - for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){} - } - flags |= MEM_Term; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){ + pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes); + pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree; } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return pBt->pSchema; +} - /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It - ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory - ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static). - */ - if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ - int nAlloc = nByte; - if( flags&MEM_Term ){ - nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2); - } - if( nByte>iLimit ){ - return SQLITE_TOOBIG; - } - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc); - }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z; - pMem->xDel = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->z = (char *)z; - pMem->xDel = xDel; - flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn); - } +/* +** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared +** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the +** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ + int rc; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} - pMem->n = nByte; - pMem->flags = flags; - pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc); - pMem->type = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_BLOB : SQLITE_TEXT); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The +** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock +** if it is false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ); + if( p->sharable ){ + u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock; + assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK ); + assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); - if( nByte>iLimit ){ - return SQLITE_TOOBIG; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } - - return SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* -** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning -** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater -** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers -** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating -** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp(). +** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an +** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. +** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. ** -** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function. +** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to +** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with +** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data, +** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){ int rc; - int f1, f2; - int combined_flags; - - f1 = pMem1->flags; - f2 = pMem2->flags; - combined_flags = f1|f2; - assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + assert( pCsr->isIncrblobHandle ); - /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values - ** are NULL, return 0. - */ - if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){ - return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null); + rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); + if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ + return SQLITE_ABORT; } - /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less. - ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers - ** if both values are integers. + /* Check some assumptions: + ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, + ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open, + ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required), + ** (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and + ** (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table. */ - if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){ - if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){ - return 1; - } - if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){ - return -1; - } - if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){ - double r1, r2; - if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){ - r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i; - }else{ - r1 = pMem1->r; - } - if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){ - r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i; - }else{ - r2 = pMem2->r; - } - if( r1r2 ) return 1; - return 0; - }else{ - assert( f1&MEM_Int ); - assert( f2&MEM_Int ); - if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1; - if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1; - return 0; - } + if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){ + return SQLITE_READONLY; } + assert( !pCsr->pBt->readOnly && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) ); + assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) ); + assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey ); - /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less. - ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions. - */ - if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){ - if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ - return 1; - } - if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ - return -1; - } + return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1); +} - assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc ); - assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || - pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); +/* +** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the +** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened +** for incremental blob IO only. +** +** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache +** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function +** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlite3BtreeData() and +** sqlite3BtreePutData()). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); + pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1; +} +#endif - /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if - ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is - ** compiled (this was not always the case). - */ - assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp ); +/* +** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and +** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database +** header to iVersion. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){ + BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 ); - if( pColl ){ - if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){ - /* The strings are already in the correct encoding. Call the - ** comparison function directly */ - return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z); - }else{ - const void *v1, *v2; - int n1, n2; - Mem c1; - Mem c2; - memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1)); - memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2)); - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem); - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem); - v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc); - n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n; - v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc); - n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n; - rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2); - return rc; + /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the + ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2. + */ + pBt->doNotUseWAL = (u8)(iVersion==1); + + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData; + if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + aData[18] = (u8)iVersion; + aData[19] = (u8)iVersion; + } } } - /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through - ** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */ } - /* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */ - rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n); - if( rc==0 ){ - rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n; - } + pBt->doNotUseWAL = 0; return rc; } +/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/ /* -** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure. -** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing -** to. offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve. -** key is true to get the key or false to get data. The result is written -** into the pMem element. +** 2009 January 28 ** -** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized. Any prior content -** is overwritten without being freed. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable -** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() +** API functions and the related features. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */ - int offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */ - int key, /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */ - Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */ -){ - char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */ - int available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); +/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values. +*/ +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) +#endif - /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() - ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */ - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - if( key ){ - zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available); - }else{ - zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available); - } - assert( zData!=0 ); +/* +** Structure allocated for each backup operation. +*/ +struct sqlite3_backup { + sqlite3* pDestDb; /* Destination database handle */ + Btree *pDest; /* Destination b-tree file */ + u32 iDestSchema; /* Original schema cookie in destination */ + int bDestLocked; /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */ - if( offset+amt<=available && (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->z = &zData[offset]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem; - }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term; - pMem->enc = 0; - pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB; - if( key ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); - } - pMem->z[amt] = 0; - pMem->z[amt+1] = 0; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - } - } - pMem->n = amt; + Pgno iNext; /* Page number of the next source page to copy */ + sqlite3* pSrcDb; /* Source database handle */ + Btree *pSrc; /* Source b-tree file */ - return rc; -} + int rc; /* Backup process error code */ -/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the -** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(), -** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second -** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or -** SQLITE_UTF8. + /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are + ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount(). + */ + Pgno nRemaining; /* Number of pages left to copy */ + Pgno nPagecount; /* Total number of pages to copy */ + + int isAttached; /* True once backup has been registered with pager */ + sqlite3_backup *pNext; /* Next backup associated with source pager */ +}; + +/* +** THREAD SAFETY NOTES: ** -** (2006-02-16:) The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED. -** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte -** boundary. +** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup +** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points: +** +** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and +** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database +** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared +** structure, in that order. +** +** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are +** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in +** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex +** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always +** be held when either of these functions are invoked. +** +** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and +** backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called +** while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(), +** the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to +** BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining() +** or backup_pagecount(). +** +** Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or +** the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking. +** Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have +** associated mutexes. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){ - if( !pVal ) return 0; - assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) ); - assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ); - assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); +/* +** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp") +** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return +** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb. +** +** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this +** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an +** error message to pErrorDb. +*/ +static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){ + int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb); - if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){ - return 0; - } - assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str ); - pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3; - expandBlob(pVal); - if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED); - if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){ - assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 ); - if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return 0; + if( i==1 ){ + Parse *pParse; + int rc = 0; + pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( pParse==0 ){ + sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory"); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pParse->db = pDb; + if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ + sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } + sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg); + sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse); + } + if( rc ){ + return 0; } - sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); - }else{ - assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc); - assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ); } - assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0 - || pVal->db->mallocFailed ); - if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){ - return pVal->z; - }else{ + + if( i<0 ){ + sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb); return 0; } + + return pDb->aDb[i].pBt; } /* -** Create a new sqlite3_value object. +** Attempt to set the page size of the destination to match the page size +** of the source. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){ - Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p)); - if( p ){ - p->flags = MEM_Null; - p->type = SQLITE_NULL; - p->db = db; - } - return p; +static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0); + return rc; } /* -** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr. +** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from +** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return +** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object. ** -** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant -** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can -** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and -** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating -** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression -** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL. +** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message +** stored in database handle pDestDb. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ - u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ - sqlite3_value **ppVal /* Write the new value here */ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( + sqlite3* pDestDb, /* Database to write to */ + const char *zDestDb, /* Name of database within pDestDb */ + sqlite3* pSrcDb, /* Database connection to read from */ + const char *zSrcDb /* Name of database within pSrcDb */ ){ - int op; - char *zVal = 0; - sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + sqlite3_backup *p; /* Value to return */ - if( !pExpr ){ - *ppVal = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - op = pExpr->op; - if( op==TK_REGISTER ){ - op = pExpr->op2; /* This only happens with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 */ - } + /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database + ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in + ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no + ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration + ** of the backup operation. Any attempt to use the destination + ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause + ** a malfunction or a deadlock. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex); - if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){ - pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db); - if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue); - }else{ - zVal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken); - if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem; - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - if( op==TK_FLOAT ) pVal->type = SQLITE_FLOAT; - } - if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8); - }else{ - sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8); - } - if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc); + if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){ + sqlite3Error( + pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct" + ); + p = 0; + }else { + /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object... + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a + ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to + ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */ + p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_backup)); + if( !p ){ + sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); } - }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) { - if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) ){ - pVal->u.i = -1 * pVal->u.i; - /* (double)-1 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - pVal->r = (double)-1 * pVal->r; + } + + /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */ + if( p ){ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_backup)); + p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb); + p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb); + p->pDestDb = pDestDb; + p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb; + p->iNext = 1; + p->isAttached = 0; + + if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest || setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM + ** error was hit. The error has already been written into the + ** pDestDb handle. All that is left to do here is free the + ** sqlite3_backup structure. + */ + sqlite3_free(p); + p = 0; } } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - else if( op==TK_BLOB ){ - int nVal; - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); - pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db); - if( !pVal ) goto no_mem; - zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; - nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1; - assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2, - 0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + if( p ){ + p->pSrc->nBackup++; + } + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex); + return p; +} + +/* +** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is +** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors +** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED. +*/ +static int isFatalError(int rc){ + return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED)); +} + +/* +** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for +** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the +** destination database. +*/ +static int backupOnePage(sqlite3_backup *p, Pgno iSrcPg, const u8 *zSrcData){ + Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); + const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); + int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); + const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz); + const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz; +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pSrc); + int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pDest); +#endif + + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + i64 iOff; + + assert( p->bDestLocked ); + assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) ); + assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ); + assert( zSrcData ); + + /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the + ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. + */ + if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing + ** and a codec is in use. + */ + if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + } + + /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ + ** between source and destination. If there is a difference, try to + ** fix the destination to agree with the source. If that is not possible, + ** then the backup cannot proceed. + */ + if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){ + u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz; + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; } #endif - if( pVal ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(pVal); + /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source + ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset + ** of the destination page. + */ + for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOffpDest->pBt) ) continue; + if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg)) + ){ + const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz]; + u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg); + u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz]; + + /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page. + ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module + ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte + ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers + ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked + ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose. + */ + memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy); + ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0; + } + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg); } - *ppVal = pVal; - return SQLITE_OK; -no_mem: - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal); - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - *ppVal = 0; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + return rc; } /* -** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object +** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to +** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then +** this function is a no-op. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error +** code if an error occurs. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr( - sqlite3_value *v, /* Value to be set */ - int n, /* Length of string z */ - const void *z, /* Text of the new string */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ - void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor for the string */ -){ - if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel); +static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){ + i64 iCurrent; + int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize); + } + return rc; } /* -** Free an sqlite3_value object +** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for +** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){ - if( !v ) return; - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v); - sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v); +static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){ + sqlite3_backup **pp; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) ); + pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); + p->pNext = *pp; + *pp = p; + p->isAttached = 1; } /* -** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming -** that it uses the encoding "enc" +** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){ - Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; - if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){ - if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - return p->n + p->u.nZero; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ + int rc; + int destMode; /* Destination journal mode */ + int pgszSrc = 0; /* Source page size */ + int pgszDest = 0; /* Destination page size */ + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); + if( p->pDestDb ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); + } + + rc = p->rc; + if( !isFatalError(rc) ){ + Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc); /* Source pager */ + Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); /* Dest pager */ + int ii; /* Iterator variable */ + int nSrcPage = -1; /* Size of source db in pages */ + int bCloseTrans = 0; /* True if src db requires unlocking */ + + /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return + ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately. + */ + if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ - return p->n; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */ + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0 + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2)) + ){ + p->bDestLocked = 1; + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema); + } + + /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open + ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed + ** before this function exits. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0); + bCloseTrans = 1; + } + + /* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode + ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */ + pgszSrc = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); + pgszDest = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); + destMode = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest)); + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + } + + /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the + ** source pager for the number of pages in the database. + */ + nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc); + assert( nSrcPage>=0 ); + for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || iiiNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){ + const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext; /* Source page number */ + if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){ + DbPage *pSrcPg; /* Source page object */ + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg)); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg); + } + } + p->iNext++; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->nPagecount = nSrcPage; + p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext; + if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else if( !p->isAttached ){ + attachBackupObject(p); + } + } + + /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This + ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in + ** the case where the source and destination databases have the + ** same schema version. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p->pDestDb ){ + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(p->pDestDb, -1); + } + if( destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(p->pDest, 2); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nDestTruncate; + /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination + ** database. The complication here is that the destination page + ** size may be different to the source page size. + ** + ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, + ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will + ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call + ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the + ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are + ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed + ** by the file truncation. + */ + assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) ); + assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) ); + if( pgszSrcpDest->pBt) ){ + nDestTruncate--; + } + }else{ + nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest); + } + sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate); + + if( pgszSrc= iSize || ( + nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1) + && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest + )); + + /* This call ensures that all data required to recreate the original + ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the + ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify + ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure + ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the + ** journal file. */ + rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1); + + /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */ + iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize); + for( + iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; + rc==SQLITE_OK && iOffpDest, 0)) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + } + } + } + + /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction + ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is + ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as + ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail. + */ + if( bCloseTrans ){ + TESTONLY( int rc2 ); + TESTONLY( rc2 = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0); + TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0); + assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } + p->rc = rc; } - return 0; + if( p->pDestDb ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex); + return rc; } -/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/ /* -** 2003 September 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating -** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) Prior -** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file. -** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out. +** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle. */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){ + sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to protect source database */ + int rc; /* Value to return */ + /* Enter the mutexes */ + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); + mutex = p->pSrcDb->mutex; + if( p->pDestDb ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); + } + /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */ + if( p->pDestDb ){ + p->pSrc->nBackup--; + } + if( p->isAttached ){ + pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); + while( *pp!=p ){ + pp = &(*pp)->pNext; + } + *pp = p->pNext; + } -/* -** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can -** set the sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed -** as they are added to the instruction stream. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace = 0; -#endif + /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */ + sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest); + /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */ + rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc; + sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0); -/* -** Create a new virtual database engine. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3 *db){ - Vdbe *p; - p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) ); - if( p==0 ) return 0; - p->db = db; - if( db->pVdbe ){ - db->pVdbe->pPrev = p; + /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */ + if( p->pDestDb ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); } - p->pNext = db->pVdbe; - p->pPrev = 0; - db->pVdbe = p; - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; - return p; + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); + if( p->pDestDb ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a + ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to + ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */ + sqlite3_free(p); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return rc; } /* -** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement. +** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent +** call to sqlite3_backup_step(). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){ - assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 ); - if( p==0 ) return; -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - if( !isPrepareV2 ) return; -#endif - assert( p->zSql==0 ); - p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n); - p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){ + return p->nRemaining; } /* -** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement +** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most +** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step(). */ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - return (p && p->isPrepareV2) ? p->zSql : 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){ + return p->nPagecount; } /* -** Swap all content between two VDBE structures. +** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the +** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been +** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the +** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs +** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is +** complete. +** +** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object +** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is +** called. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){ - Vdbe tmp, *pTmp; - char *zTmp; - tmp = *pA; - *pA = *pB; - *pB = tmp; - pTmp = pA->pNext; - pA->pNext = pB->pNext; - pB->pNext = pTmp; - pTmp = pA->pPrev; - pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev; - pB->pPrev = pTmp; - zTmp = pA->zSql; - pA->zSql = pB->zSql; - pB->zSql = zTmp; - pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){ + sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ + for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); + if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPageiNext ){ + /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it + ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy + ** the new data into the backup. + */ + int rc; + assert( p->pDestDb ); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); + rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = rc; + } + } + } } -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** Turn tracing on or off +** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer +** detects that the database has been modified by an external database +** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the +** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still +** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted. +** +** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object +** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is +** called. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){ - p->trace = trace; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){ + sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ + for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); + p->iNext = 1; + } } -#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM /* -** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least one op larger than -** it was. +** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction +** must be active for both files. ** -** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return -** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain -** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be -** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe). +** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything +** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the +** transaction is committed before returning. */ -static int growOpArray(Vdbe *p){ - VdbeOp *pNew; - int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op))); - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op)); - if( pNew ){ - p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op); - p->aOp = pNew; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ + int rc; + sqlite3_backup b; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom); + + /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set + ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step() + ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called + ** from this function, not directly by the user. + */ + memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b)); + b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db; + b.pSrc = pFrom; + b.pDest = pTo; + b.iNext = 1; + + /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database + ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to + ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes + ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement + ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE + ** or an error code. + */ + sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF); + assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pTo->pBt->pageSizeFixed = 0; } - return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM); + + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo); + return rc; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */ +/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/ /* -** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the -** VDBE. Return the address of the new instruction. +** 2004 May 26 ** -** Parameters: -** -** p Pointer to the VDBE +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** op The opcode for this instruction +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** p1, p2, p3 Operands +************************************************************************* ** -** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and -** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4 -** operand. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){ - int i; - VdbeOp *pOp; - - i = p->nOp; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); - if( p->nOpAlloc<=i ){ - if( growOpArray(p) ){ - return 1; - } - } - p->nOp++; - pOp = &p->aOp[i]; - pOp->opcode = (u8)op; - pOp->p5 = 0; - pOp->p1 = p1; - pOp->p2 = p2; - pOp->p3 = p3; - pOp->p4.p = 0; - pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; - p->expired = 0; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - pOp->zComment = 0; - if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ) sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]); -#endif -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - pOp->cycles = 0; - pOp->cnt = 0; -#endif - return i; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){ - return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){ - return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){ - return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0); -} - - -/* -** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer. +** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure. A "Mem" +** stores a single value in the VDBE. Mem is an opaque structure visible +** only within the VDBE. Interface routines refer to a Mem using the +** name sqlite_value */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( - Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ - int op, /* The new opcode */ - int p1, /* The P1 operand */ - int p2, /* The P2 operand */ - int p3, /* The P3 operand */ - const char *zP4, /* The P4 operand */ - int p4type /* P4 operand type */ -){ - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type); - return addr; -} /* -** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer. +** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*) +** P if required. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int( - Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ - int op, /* The new opcode */ - int p1, /* The P1 operand */ - int p2, /* The P2 operand */ - int p3, /* The P3 operand */ - int p4 /* The P4 operand as an integer */ -){ - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(p4), P4_INT32); - return addr; -} +#define expandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) /* -** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be -** coded. The symbolic label is really just a negative number. The -** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation. Later, when -** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan -** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match -** the label into the resolved address. +** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine +** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is +** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE. ** -** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are -** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative. -** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved. +** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string +** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this +** routine is a no-op. ** -** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){ - int i; - i = p->nLabel++; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){ - int n = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 5; - p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel, - n*sizeof(p->aLabel[0])); - p->nLabelAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, p->aLabel)/sizeof(p->aLabel[0]); - } - if( p->aLabel ){ - p->aLabel[i] = -1; - } - return -1-i; -} - -/* -** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to -** be inserted. The parameter "x" must have been obtained from -** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(). +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required). +** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion +** between formats. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){ - int j = -1-x; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - assert( j>=0 && jnLabel ); - if( p->aLabel ){ - p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){ + int rc; + assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE + || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){ + return SQLITE_OK; } -} + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + return SQLITE_ERROR; +#else -/* -** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){ - p->runOnlyOnce = 1; + /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned, + ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed. + */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc); + assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM); + assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc); + assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc); + return rc; +#endif } -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */ - /* -** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes -** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may -** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows: -** -** Op *pOp; -** VdbeOpIter sIter; +** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least +** n bytes. ** -** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); -** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe* -** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){ -** // Do something with pOp -** } -** sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); +** If the memory cell currently contains string or blob data +** and the third argument passed to this function is true, the +** current content of the cell is preserved. Otherwise, it may +** be discarded. ** +** This function sets the MEM_Dyn flag and clears any xDel callback. +** It also clears MEM_Ephem and MEM_Static. If the preserve flag is +** not set, Mem.n is zeroed. */ -typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter; -struct VdbeOpIter { - Vdbe *v; /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */ - SubProgram **apSub; /* Array of subprograms */ - int nSub; /* Number of entries in apSub */ - int iAddr; /* Address of next instruction to return */ - int iSub; /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */ -}; -static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){ - Vdbe *v = p->v; - Op *pRet = 0; - Op *aOp; - int nOp; - - if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve){ + assert( 1 >= + ((pMem->zMalloc && pMem->zMalloc==pMem->z) ? 1 : 0) + + (((pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)&&pMem->xDel) ? 1 : 0) + + ((pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem) ? 1 : 0) + + ((pMem->flags&MEM_Static) ? 1 : 0) + ); + assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - if( p->iSub==0 ){ - aOp = v->aOp; - nOp = v->nOp; + if( n<32 ) n = 32; + if( sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)z==pMem->zMalloc ){ + pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n); + preserve = 0; }else{ - aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp; - nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp; - } - assert( p->iAddriAddr]; - p->iAddr++; - if( p->iAddr==nOp ){ - p->iSub++; - p->iAddr = 0; + sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); + pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n); } + } - if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ - int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); - int j; - for(j=0; jnSub; j++){ - if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break; - } - if( j==p->nSub ){ - p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte); - if( !p->apSub ){ - pRet = 0; - }else{ - p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram; - } - } - } + if( pMem->z && preserve && pMem->zMalloc && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){ + memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n); + } + if( pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn && pMem->xDel ){ + pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z)); } - return pRet; + pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc; + if( pMem->z==0 ){ + pMem->flags = MEM_Null; + }else{ + pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static); + } + pMem->xDel = 0; + return (pMem->z ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM); } /* -** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may -** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction -** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any -** sub-programs contains any of the following: -** -** * OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. -** * OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. -** * OP_Destroy -** * OP_VUpdate -** * OP_VRename -** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint) -** -** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an -** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does -** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as -** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to: +** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn. In other words, make it so +** that any TEXT or BLOB content is stored in memory obtained from +** malloc(). In this way, we know that the memory is safe to be +** overwritten or altered. ** -** assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) ); +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){ - int hasAbort = 0; - Op *pOp; - VdbeOpIter sIter; - memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); - sIter.v = v; - - while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){ - int opcode = pOp->opcode; - if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - || (opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1) -#endif - || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) - && (pOp->p1==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort)) - ){ - hasAbort = 1; - break; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){ + int f; + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + expandBlob(pMem); + f = pMem->flags; + if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){ + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; + pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; + pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pMem->pScopyFrom = 0; +#endif } - sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); - /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occured. - ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated - ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return - ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame - ** from failing. */ - return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort ); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */ /* -** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative -** on jump instructions. Each such value is a label. Resolve the -** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value. -** -** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted. -** -** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument -** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by -** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array. -** -** The Op.opflags field is set on all opcodes. +** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary +** blob stored in dynamically allocated space. */ -static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){ - int i; - int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs; - Op *pOp; - int *aLabel = p->aLabel; - p->readOnly = 1; - for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){ - u8 opcode = pOp->opcode; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){ + if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + int nByte; + assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob ); + assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - pOp->opflags = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[opcode]; - if( opcode==OP_Function || opcode==OP_AggStep ){ - if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5; - }else if( opcode==OP_Transaction && pOp->p2!=0 ){ - p->readOnly = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate ){ - if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2; - }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){ - int n; - assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 ); - assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer ); - n = pOp[-1].p1; - if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n; -#endif + /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */ + nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero; + if( nByte<=0 ){ + nByte = 1; } - - if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){ - assert( -1-pOp->p2nLabel ); - pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2]; + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - } - sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aLabel); - p->aLabel = 0; - *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs; + memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero); + pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero; + pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term); + } + return SQLITE_OK; } +#endif + /* -** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted. +** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){ - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - return p->nOp; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){ + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; /* Nothing to do */ + } + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; + pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; + pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with -** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility -** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the -** vdbeFreeOpArray() function. +** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem. Numbers +** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf(). Converting a BLOB to a string +** is a no-op. ** -** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned -** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and -** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the -** returned program. +** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated. +** +** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is +** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via +** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree +** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the +** user and the later is an internal programming error. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){ - VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp; - assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed ); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int fg = pMem->flags; + const int nByte = 32; - /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */ - assert( p->aMutex.nMutex==0 ); + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) ); + assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) ); + assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ); + assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg); - *pnOp = p->nOp; - p->aOp = 0; - return aOp; -} -/* -** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack. Return the -** address of the first operation added. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){ - int addr; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( p->nOp + nOp > p->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p) ){ - return 0; + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - addr = p->nOp; - if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){ - int i; - VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp; - for(i=0; ip2; - VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr]; - pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode; - pOut->p1 = pIn->p1; - if( p2<0 && (sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOut->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 ){ - pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2); - }else{ - pOut->p2 = p2; - } - pOut->p3 = pIn->p3; - pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; - pOut->p4.p = 0; - pOut->p5 = 0; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - pOut->zComment = 0; - if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ){ - sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]); - } -#endif - } - p->nOp += nOp; + + /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8 + ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding + ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation. + ** + ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16. + */ + if( fg & MEM_Int ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i); + }else{ + assert( fg & MEM_Real ); + sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r); } - return addr; + pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term; + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc); + return rc; } /* -** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction. -** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a -** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a -** few minor changes to the program. +** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function. +** This routine calls the finalize method for that function. The +** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem. +** +** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error. SQLITE_OK +** otherwise. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){ - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( addr>=0 ); - if( p->nOp>addr ){ - p->aOp[addr].p1 = val; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){ + sqlite3_context ctx; + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef ); + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx)); + ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; + ctx.s.db = pMem->db; + ctx.pMem = pMem; + ctx.pFunc = pFunc; + pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ + assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel ); + sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); + memcpy(pMem, &ctx.s, sizeof(ctx.s)); + rc = ctx.isError; } + return rc; } /* -** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction. -** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination. +** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by +** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function +** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){ - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( addr>=0 ); - if( p->nOp>addr ){ - p->aOp[addr].p2 = val; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){ + assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef); + assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p); + }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){ + assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + p->xDel((void *)p->z); + p->xDel = 0; + }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){ + sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet); + }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p); } } /* -** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction. +** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an +** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and +** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){ - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( addr>=0 ); - if( p->nOp>addr ){ - p->aOp[addr].p3 = val; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){ + MemReleaseExt(p); + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc); + p->z = 0; + p->zMalloc = 0; + p->xDel = 0; } /* -** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently -** added operation. +** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer. +** If the double is too large, return 0x8000000000000000. +** +** Most systems appear to do this simply by assigning +** variables and without the extra range tests. But +** there are reports that windows throws an expection +** if the floating point value is out of range. (See ticket #2880.) +** Because we do not completely understand the problem, we will +** take the conservative approach and always do range tests +** before attempting the conversion. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){ - assert( p!=0 ); - if( p->aOp ){ - assert( p->nOp>0 ); - p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val; +static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */ + return r; +#else + /* + ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the + ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them + ** inconsistently. And many do not understand the "LL" notation. + ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing + ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant. + */ + static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64; + static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64; + + if( r<(double)minInt ){ + return minInt; + }else if( r>(double)maxInt ){ + /* minInt is correct here - not maxInt. It turns out that assigning + ** a very large positive number to an integer results in a very large + ** negative integer. This makes no sense, but it is what x86 hardware + ** does so for compatibility we will do the same in software. */ + return minInt; + }else{ + return (i64)r; } +#endif } /* -** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to -** the address of the next instruction to be coded. +** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do +** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer. +** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact. If pMem is +** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part. +** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert +** it into a integer and return that. If pMem represents an +** an SQL-NULL value, return 0. +** +** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){ + int flags; + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + flags = pMem->flags; + if( flags & MEM_Int ){ + return pMem->u.i; + }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){ + return doubleToInt64(pMem->r); + }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + i64 value = 0; + assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 ); + testcase( pMem->z==0 ); + sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc); + return value; + }else{ + return 0; + } } - /* -** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If -** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing. +** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a +** double. If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its +** value. If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double. +** If it is a NULL, return 0.0. */ -static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){ - if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef); +SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){ + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ + return pMem->r; + }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ + return (double)pMem->u.i; + }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ + double val = (double)0; + sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc); + return val; + }else{ + /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ + return (double)0; } } /* -** Delete a P4 value if necessary. +** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real. Try to also make it a +** MEM_Int if we can. */ -static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){ - if( p4 ){ - switch( p4type ){ - case P4_REAL: - case P4_INT64: - case P4_MPRINTF: - case P4_DYNAMIC: - case P4_KEYINFO: - case P4_INTARRAY: - case P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF: { - sqlite3DbFree(db, p4); - break; - } - case P4_VDBEFUNC: { - VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)p4; - freeEphemeralFunction(db, pVdbeFunc->pFunc); - sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbeFunc); - break; - } - case P4_FUNCDEF: { - freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4); - break; - } - case P4_MEM: { - sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4); - break; - } - case P4_VTAB : { - sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4); - break; - } - case P4_SUBPROGRAM : { - sqlite3VdbeProgramDelete(db, (SubProgram *)p4, 1); - break; - } - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){ + assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + + pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r); + + /* Only mark the value as an integer if + ** + ** (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and + ** (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest + ** possible integer (ticket #3922) + ** + ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces + ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes + ** values to wrap around. On x86 hardware, the third term is always + ** true and could be omitted. But we leave it in because other + ** architectures might behave differently. + */ + if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i && pMem->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64 + && ALWAYS(pMem->u.iflags |= MEM_Int; } } /* -** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the -** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain -** nOp entries. +** Convert pMem to type integer. Invalidate any prior representations. */ -static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){ - if( aOp ){ - Op *pOp; - for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){ - freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment); -#endif - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){ + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + + pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem); + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Decrement the ref-count on the SubProgram structure passed as the -** second argument. If the ref-count reaches zero, free the structure. -** -** The array of VDBE opcodes stored as SubProgram.aOp is freed if -** either the ref-count reaches zero or parameter freeop is non-zero. +** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real. +** Invalidate any prior representations. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){ + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + + pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem); + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both. +** Invalidate any prior representations. ** -** Since the array of opcodes pointed to by SubProgram.aOp may directly -** or indirectly contain a reference to the SubProgram structure itself. -** By passing a non-zero freeop parameter, the caller may ensure that all -** SubProgram structures and their aOp arrays are freed, even when there -** are such circular references. +** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input +** is a string that does not look completely like a number. Convert +** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeProgramDelete(sqlite3 *db, SubProgram *p, int freeop){ - if( p ){ - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - if( freeop || p->nRef==1 ){ - Op *aOp = p->aOp; - p->aOp = 0; - vdbeFreeOpArray(db, aOp, p->nOp); - p->nOp = 0; - } - p->nRef--; - if( p->nRef==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){ + if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){ + assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 ); + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){ + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); + }else{ + pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem); + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); + sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem); } } + assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 ); + pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob); + return SQLITE_OK; } - /* -** Change N opcodes starting at addr to No-ops. +** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr, int N){ - if( p->aOp ){ - VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - while( N-- ){ - freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); - memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0])); - pOp->opcode = OP_Noop; - pOp++; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){ + if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){ + VdbeFrame *pFrame = pMem->u.pFrame; + pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame; + pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame; + } + if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){ + sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet); } + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null); + pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL; } /* -** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction. -** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a -** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a -** few minor changes to the program. -** -** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of -** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the -** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4. -** -** If n==P4_KEYINFO it means that zP4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure. -** A copy is made of the KeyInfo structure into memory obtained from -** sqlite3_malloc, to be freed when the Vdbe is finalized. -** n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF indicates that zP4 points to a KeyInfo structure -** stored in memory that the caller has obtained from sqlite3_malloc. The -** caller should not free the allocation, it will be freed when the Vdbe is -** finalized. -** -** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points -** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of -** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer. -** -** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction. +** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length +** n containing all zeros. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){ - Op *pOp; - sqlite3 *db; - assert( p!=0 ); - db = p->db; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){ - if ( n!=P4_KEYINFO && n!=P4_VTAB ) { - freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4); - } - return; - } - assert( p->nOp>0 ); - assert( addrnOp ); - if( addr<0 ){ - addr = p->nOp - 1; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero; + pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB; + pMem->n = 0; + if( n<0 ) n = 0; + pMem->u.nZero = n; + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0); + if( pMem->z ){ + pMem->n = n; + memset(pMem->z, 0, n); } - pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; - freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); - pOp->p4.p = 0; - if( n==P4_INT32 ){ - /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int - ** that was cast to a (const char *). */ - pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4); - pOp->p4type = P4_INT32; - }else if( zP4==0 ){ - pOp->p4.p = 0; - pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; - }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - int nField, nByte; +#endif +} - nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP4)->nField; - nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]) + nField; - pKeyInfo = sqlite3Malloc( nByte ); - pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; - if( pKeyInfo ){ - u8 *aSortOrder; - memcpy(pKeyInfo, zP4, nByte); - aSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder; - if( aSortOrder ){ - pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (unsigned char*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[nField]; - memcpy(pKeyInfo->aSortOrder, aSortOrder, nField); - } - pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO; - }else{ - p->db->mallocFailed = 1; - pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; - } - }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){ - pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; - pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO; - }else if( n==P4_VTAB ){ - pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; - pOp->p4type = P4_VTAB; - sqlite3VtabLock((VTable *)zP4); - assert( ((VTable *)zP4)->db==p->db ); - }else if( n<0 ){ - pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; - pOp->p4type = (signed char)n; +/* +** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, +** manifest type INTEGER. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->u.i = val; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* +** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, +** manifest type REAL. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){ + if( sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); }else{ - if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4); - pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n); - pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC; + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->r = val; + pMem->flags = MEM_Real; + pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT; } } +#endif -#ifndef NDEBUG /* -** Change the comment on the the most recently coded instruction. Or -** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction. This -** makes the code easier to read during debugging. None of this happens -** in a production build. +** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an +** empty boolean index. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - if( !p ) return; - assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 ); - assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed ); - if( p->nOp ){ - char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz); - *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){ + sqlite3 *db = pMem->db; + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pMem->flags = MEM_Null; + }else{ + assert( pMem->zMalloc ); + pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, + sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc)); + assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 ); + pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet; } } -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - if( !p ) return; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop); - assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 ); - assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed ); - if( p->nOp ){ - char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz); - *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); + +/* +** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is +** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){ + assert( p->db!=0 ); + if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + int n = p->n; + if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + n += p->u.nZero; + } + return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; } + return 0; } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** Return the opcode for a given address. If the address is -1, then -** return the most recently inserted opcode. -** -** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this -** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode -** is readable and writable, but it has no effect. The return of a dummy -** opcode allows the call to continue functioning after a OOM fault without -** having to check to see if the return from this routine is a valid pointer. +** This routine prepares a memory cell for modication by breaking +** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow +** copies of this cell as invalid. ** -** About the #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE: Normally, this routine is never called -** unless p->nOp>0. This is because in the absense of SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE, -** an OP_Trace instruction is always inserted by sqlite3VdbeGet() as soon as -** a new VDBE is created. So we are free to set addr to p->nOp-1 without -** having to double-check to make sure that the result is non-negative. But -** if SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE is defined, the OP_Trace is omitted and we do need to -** check the value of p->nOp-1 before continuing. +** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow +** copies are not misused. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){ - static VdbeOp dummy; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( addr<0 ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - if( p->nOp==0 ) return &dummy; -#endif - addr = p->nOp - 1; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrepareToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){ + int i; + Mem *pX; + for(i=1, pX=&pVdbe->aMem[1]; i<=pVdbe->nMem; i++, pX++){ + if( pX->pScopyFrom==pMem ){ + pX->flags |= MEM_Invalid; + pX->pScopyFrom = 0; + } } - assert( (addr>=0 && addrnOp) || p->db->mallocFailed ); - if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ - return &dummy; - }else{ - return &p->aOp[addr]; + pMem->pScopyFrom = 0; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/* +** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member. +*/ +#define MEMCELLSIZE (size_t)(&(((Mem *)0)->zMalloc)) + +/* +** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of +** pTo are freed. The pFrom->z field is not duplicated. If +** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z +** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){ + assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + MemReleaseExt(pTo); + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); + pTo->xDel = 0; + if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){ + pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem); + assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static ); + pTo->flags |= srcType; } } -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \ - || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* -** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode. -** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space. +** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of pTo are +** freed before the copy is made. */ -static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){ - char *zP4 = zTemp; - assert( nTemp>=20 ); - switch( pOp->p4type ){ - case P4_KEYINFO_STATIC: - case P4_KEYINFO: { - int i, j; - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField); - i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp); - for(j=0; jnField; j++){ - CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j]; - if( pColl ){ - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName); - if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){ - memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4); - break; - } - zTemp[i++] = ','; - if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){ - zTemp[i++] = '-'; - } - memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1); - i += n; - }else if( i+4flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + MemReleaseExt(pTo); + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); + pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn; + + if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){ + pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem; + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo); } - case P4_COLLSEQ: { - CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl; - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName); - break; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is +** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made. +** +** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){ + assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) ); + assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) ); + assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db ); + + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo); + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem)); + pFrom->flags = MEM_Null; + pFrom->xDel = 0; + pFrom->zMalloc = 0; +} + +/* +** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB. +** +** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel +** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the +** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the +** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the +** pointer copied. +** +** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH +** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs. If the string can be +** stored without allocating memory, then it is. If a memory allocation +** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged. In +** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr( + Mem *pMem, /* Memory cell to set to string value */ + const char *z, /* String pointer */ + int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ + u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ + void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ +){ + int nByte = n; /* New value for pMem->n */ + int iLimit; /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */ + u16 flags = 0; /* New value for pMem->flags */ + + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + + /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */ + if( !z ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( pMem->db ){ + iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; + }else{ + iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH; + } + flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str); + if( nByte<0 ){ + assert( enc!=0 ); + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && z[nByte]; nByte++){} + }else{ + for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){} } - case P4_FUNCDEF: { - FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc; - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg); - break; + flags |= MEM_Term; + } + + /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It + ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory + ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static). + */ + if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ + int nAlloc = nByte; + if( flags&MEM_Term ){ + nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2); } - case P4_INT64: { - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64); - break; + if( nByte>iLimit ){ + return SQLITE_TOOBIG; } - case P4_INT32: { - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i); - break; + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - case P4_REAL: { - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal); - break; + memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc); + }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z; + pMem->xDel = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->z = (char *)z; + pMem->xDel = xDel; + flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn); + } + + pMem->n = nByte; + pMem->flags = flags; + pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc); + pMem->type = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_BLOB : SQLITE_TEXT); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } +#endif + + if( nByte>iLimit ){ + return SQLITE_TOOBIG; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning +** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater +** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers +** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating +** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp(). +** +** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){ + int rc; + int f1, f2; + int combined_flags; + + f1 = pMem1->flags; + f2 = pMem2->flags; + combined_flags = f1|f2; + assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + + /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values + ** are NULL, return 0. + */ + if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){ + return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null); + } + + /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less. + ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers + ** if both values are integers. + */ + if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){ + if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){ + return 1; } - case P4_MEM: { - Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem; - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ); - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){ - zP4 = pMem->z; - }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i); - }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r); + if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){ + return -1; + } + if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){ + double r1, r2; + if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){ + r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i; }else{ - assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob ); - zP4 = "(blob)"; + r1 = pMem1->r; } - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - case P4_VTAB: { - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule); - break; + if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){ + r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i; + }else{ + r2 = pMem2->r; + } + if( r1r2 ) return 1; + return 0; + }else{ + assert( f1&MEM_Int ); + assert( f2&MEM_Int ); + if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1; + if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1; + return 0; } -#endif - case P4_INTARRAY: { - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray"); - break; + } + + /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less. + ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions. + */ + if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){ + if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ + return 1; } - case P4_SUBPROGRAM: { - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program"); - break; + if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ + return -1; } - default: { - zP4 = pOp->p4.z; - if( zP4==0 ){ - zP4 = zTemp; - zTemp[0] = 0; + + assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc ); + assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || + pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + + /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if + ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is + ** compiled (this was not always the case). + */ + assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp ); + + if( pColl ){ + if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){ + /* The strings are already in the correct encoding. Call the + ** comparison function directly */ + return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z); + }else{ + const void *v1, *v2; + int n1, n2; + Mem c1; + Mem c2; + memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1)); + memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2)); + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem); + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem); + v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc); + n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n; + v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc); + n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n; + rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2); + return rc; } } + /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through + ** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */ } - assert( zP4!=0 ); - return zP4; + + /* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */ + rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n); + if( rc==0 ){ + rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n; + } + return rc; } -#endif /* -** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used. +** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure. +** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing +** to. offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve. +** key is true to get the key or false to get data. The result is written +** into the pMem element. +** +** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized. Any prior content +** is overwritten without being freed. +** +** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable +** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){ - int mask; - assert( i>=0 && idb->nDb && ibtreeMask)*8 ); - mask = ((u32)1)<btreeMask & mask)==0 ){ - p->btreeMask |= mask; - sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(&p->aMutex, p->db->aDb[i].pBt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */ + int offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */ + int amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */ + int key, /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */ + Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */ +){ + char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */ + int available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); + + /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() + ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */ + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + if( key ){ + zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available); + }else{ + zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available); } -} + assert( zData!=0 ); + if( offset+amt<=available && (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->z = &zData[offset]; + pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem; + }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){ + pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term; + pMem->enc = 0; + pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB; + if( key ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); + } + pMem->z[amt] = 0; + pMem->z[amt+1] = 0; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + } + } + pMem->n = amt; -#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -** Print a single opcode. This routine is used for debugging only. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){ - char *zP4; - char zPtr[50]; - static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-4s %.2X %s\n"; - if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout; - zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr)); - fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, - sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5, -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - pOp->zComment ? pOp->zComment : "" -#else - "" -#endif - ); - fflush(pOut); + return rc; } -#endif -/* -** Release an array of N Mem elements +/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the +** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(), +** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second +** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or +** SQLITE_UTF8. +** +** (2006-02-16:) The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED. +** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte +** boundary. */ -static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){ - if( p && N ){ - Mem *pEnd; - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed; - for(pEnd=&p[N]; pflags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p); - }else if( p->zMalloc ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); - p->zMalloc = 0; - } + assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) ); + assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ); + assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - p->flags = MEM_Null; + if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){ + return 0; + } + assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str ); + pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3; + expandBlob(pVal); + if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED); + if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){ + assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 ); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return 0; + } } - db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed; + sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-59893-45467 */ + }else{ + assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc); + assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ); + } + assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0 + || pVal->db->mallocFailed ); + if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){ + return pVal->z; + }else{ + return 0; } } /* -** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are -** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec(). +** Create a new sqlite3_value object. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){ - int i; - Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p); - VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem]; - for(i=0; inChildCsr; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){ + Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p)); + if( p ){ + p->flags = MEM_Null; + p->type = SQLITE_NULL; + p->db = db; } - releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem); - sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p); + return p; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* -** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine. -** -** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec(). But instead of -** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction. -** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN". -** -** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed. When -** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these -** are shown in a different format. p->explain==2 is used to implement -** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN. +** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr. ** -** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of -** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one. +** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant +** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can +** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and +** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating +** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression +** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList( - Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */ + u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ + u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ + sqlite3_value **ppVal /* Write the new value here */ ){ - int nRow; /* Stop when row count reaches this */ - int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */ - SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */ - Mem *pSub = 0; /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - Mem *pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1]; /* First Mem of result set */ + int op; + char *zVal = 0; + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + int negInt = 1; + const char *zNeg = ""; - assert( p->explain ); - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); - assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + if( !pExpr ){ + *ppVal = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + op = pExpr->op; - /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for - ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls - ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding. + /* op can only be TK_REGISTER if we have compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2. + ** The ifdef here is to enable us to achieve 100% branch test coverage even + ** when SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 is omitted. */ - releaseMemArray(pMem, 8); - - if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or - ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 + if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = pExpr->op2; +#else + if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2; +#endif - /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the - ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE. - ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus - ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered - ** so far. The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are - ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow. + /* Handle negative integers in a single step. This is needed in the + ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808. */ - nRow = p->nOp; - if( p->explain==1 ){ - /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set. So we will - ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers - ** to trigger subprograms. The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9 - ** cells. */ - assert( p->nMem>9 ); - pSub = &p->aMem[9]; - if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){ - /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL. It is - ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */ - nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*); - apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; - } - for(i=0; inOp; - } + if( op==TK_UMINUS + && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){ + pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; + op = pExpr->op; + negInt = -1; + zNeg = "-"; } - do{ - i = p->pc++; - }while( iexplain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain ); - if( i>=nRow ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc)); - }else{ - char *z; - Op *pOp; - if( inOp ){ - /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the - ** main program. */ - pOp = &p->aOp[i]; + if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){ + pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db); + if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue*negInt); }else{ - /* We are currently listing subprograms. Figure out which one and - ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */ - int j; - i -= p->nOp; - for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){ - i -= apSub[j]->nOp; - } - pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i]; - } - if( p->explain==1 ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; - pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */ - pMem++; - - pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */ - assert( pMem->z!=0 ); - pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); - pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pMem++; - - /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has - ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms - ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram - ** has not already been seen. - */ - if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ - int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); - int j; - for(j=0; jp4.pProgram ) break; - } - if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, 1) ){ - apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; - apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram; - pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob; - pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*); - } - } - } - - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */ - pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; - pMem++; - - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */ - pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; - pMem++; - - if( p->explain==1 ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */ - pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; - pMem++; - } - - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){ /* P4 */ - assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_ERROR; + zVal = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", zNeg, pExpr->u.zToken); + if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem; + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + if( op==TK_FLOAT ) pVal->type = SQLITE_FLOAT; } - pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - z = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32); - if( z!=pMem->z ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8); }else{ - assert( pMem->z!=0 ); - pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8); } - pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; - pMem++; - - if( p->explain==1 ){ - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){ - assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - pMem->n = 2; - sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */ - pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pMem++; - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( pOp->zComment ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - pMem->z = pOp->zComment; - pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; - }else -#endif - { - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */ - pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL; + if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ) pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Str; + if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc); + } + }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) { + /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs. Ex: -(-5) */ + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal); + if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ + pVal->flags &= MEM_Int; + pVal->flags |= MEM_Real; + pVal->r = (double)LARGEST_INT64; + }else{ + pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i; } + pVal->r = -pVal->r; + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc); } + }else if( op==TK_NULL ){ + pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db); + if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + else if( op==TK_BLOB ){ + int nVal; + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); + pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db); + if( !pVal ) goto no_mem; + zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; + nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1; + assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2, + 0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } +#endif - p->nResColumn = 8 - 5*(p->explain-1); - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; - rc = SQLITE_ROW; + if( pVal ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(pVal); } - return rc; + *ppVal = pVal; + return SQLITE_OK; + +no_mem: + db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal); + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + *ppVal = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program. +** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){ - int nOp = p->nOp; - VdbeOp *pOp; - if( nOp<1 ) return; - pOp = &p->aOp[0]; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ - const char *z = pOp->p4.z; - while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++; - printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr( + sqlite3_value *v, /* Value to be set */ + int n, /* Length of string z */ + const void *z, /* Text of the new string */ + u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ + void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor for the string */ +){ + if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel); } -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) /* -** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content. +** Free an sqlite3_value object */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){ - int nOp = p->nOp; - VdbeOp *pOp; - if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return; - if( nOp<1 ) return; - pOp = &p->aOp[0]; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ - int i, j; - char z[1000]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z); - for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} - for(j=0; z[i]; i++){ - if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){ - if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){ - z[j++] = ' '; - } - }else{ - z[j++] = z[i]; - } - } - z[j] = 0; - sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){ + if( !v ) return; + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v); + sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v); } -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */ /* -** Allocate space from a fixed size buffer and return a pointer to -** that space. If insufficient space is available, return NULL. -** -** The pBuf parameter is the initial value of a pointer which will -** receive the new memory. pBuf is normally NULL. If pBuf is not -** NULL, it means that memory space has already been allocated and that -** this routine should not allocate any new memory. When pBuf is not -** NULL simply return pBuf. Only allocate new memory space when pBuf -** is NULL. -** -** nByte is the number of bytes of space needed. -** -** *ppFrom points to available space and pEnd points to the end of the -** available space. When space is allocated, *ppFrom is advanced past -** the end of the allocated space. -** -** *pnByte is a counter of the number of bytes of space that have failed -** to allocate. If there is insufficient space in *ppFrom to satisfy the -** request, then increment *pnByte by the amount of the request. +** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming +** that it uses the encoding "enc" */ -static void *allocSpace( - void *pBuf, /* Where return pointer will be stored */ - int nByte, /* Number of bytes to allocate */ - u8 **ppFrom, /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */ - u8 *pEnd, /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */ - int *pnByte /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */ -){ - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) ); - if( pBuf ) return pBuf; - nByte = ROUND8(nByte); - if( &(*ppFrom)[nByte] <= pEnd ){ - pBuf = (void*)*ppFrom; - *ppFrom += nByte; - }else{ - *pnByte += nByte; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){ + Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; + if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){ + if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + return p->n + p->u.nZero; + }else{ + return p->n; + } } - return pBuf; + return 0; } +/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/ /* -** Prepare a virtual machine for execution. This involves things such -** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter. -** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more -** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec(). +** 2003 September 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** This is the only way to move a VDBE from VDBE_MAGIC_INIT to -** VDBE_MAGIC_RUN. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** This function may be called more than once on a single virtual machine. -** The first call is made while compiling the SQL statement. Subsequent -** calls are made as part of the process of resetting a statement to be -** re-executed (from a call to sqlite3_reset()). The nVar, nMem, nCursor -** and isExplain parameters are only passed correct values the first time -** the function is called. On subsequent calls, from sqlite3_reset(), nVar -** is passed -1 and nMem, nCursor and isExplain are all passed zero. +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating +** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) Prior +** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file. +** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( - Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */ - int nVar, /* Number of '?' see in the SQL statement */ - int nMem, /* Number of memory cells to allocate */ - int nCursor, /* Number of cursors to allocate */ - int nArg, /* Maximum number of args in SubPrograms */ - int isExplain, /* True if the EXPLAIN keywords is present */ - int usesStmtJournal /* True to set Vdbe.usesStmtJournal */ -){ - int n; - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - - /* There should be at least one opcode. - */ - assert( p->nOp>0 ); - /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */ - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; - - /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory - ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by - ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for - ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with - ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1) - ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc. - ** - ** See also: allocateCursor(). - */ - nMem += nCursor; - /* Allocate space for memory registers, SQL variables, VDBE cursors and - ** an array to marshal SQL function arguments in. This is only done the - ** first time this function is called for a given VDBE, not when it is - ** being called from sqlite3_reset() to reset the virtual machine. - */ - if( nVar>=0 && ALWAYS(db->mallocFailed==0) ){ - u8 *zCsr = (u8 *)&p->aOp[p->nOp]; /* Memory avaliable for alloation */ - u8 *zEnd = (u8 *)&p->aOp[p->nOpAlloc]; /* First byte past available mem */ - int nByte; /* How much extra memory needed */ - - resolveP2Values(p, &nArg); - p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)usesStmtJournal; - if( isExplain && nMem<10 ){ - nMem = 10; - } - memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr); - zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) ); - - /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in two - ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused space at the - ** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory - ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second - ** pass will fill in the rest using a fresh allocation. - ** - ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from - ** the leftover space at the end of the opcode array can significantly - ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement. - */ - do { - nByte = 0; - p->aMem = allocSpace(p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - p->aVar = allocSpace(p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - p->apArg = allocSpace(p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - p->azVar = allocSpace(p->azVar, nVar*sizeof(char*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - p->apCsr = allocSpace(p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*), - &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - if( nByte ){ - p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); - } - zCsr = p->pFree; - zEnd = &zCsr[nByte]; - }while( nByte && !db->mallocFailed ); - p->nCursor = (u16)nCursor; - if( p->aVar ){ - p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar; - for(n=0; naVar[n].flags = MEM_Null; - p->aVar[n].db = db; - } - } - if( p->aMem ){ - p->aMem--; /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */ - p->nMem = nMem; /* not from 0..nMem-1 */ - for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){ - p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null; - p->aMem[n].db = db; - } - } - } +/* +** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can +** set the sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed +** as they are added to the instruction stream. +*/ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - for(n=1; nnMem; n++){ - assert( p->aMem[n].db==db ); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace = 0; #endif - p->pc = -1; - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; - p->errorAction = OE_Abort; - p->explain |= isExplain; - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; - p->nChange = 0; - p->cacheCtr = 1; - p->minWriteFileFormat = 255; - p->iStatement = 0; -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - { - int i; - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - p->aOp[i].cnt = 0; - p->aOp[i].cycles = 0; - } - } -#endif -} /* -** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor -** happens to hold. +** Create a new virtual database engine. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){ - if( pCx==0 ){ - return; - } - if( pCx->pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt); - /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by - ** the call above. */ - }else if( pCx->pCursor ){ - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){ - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor; - const sqlite3_module *pModule = pCx->pModule; - p->inVtabMethod = 1; - pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor); - p->inVtabMethod = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3 *db){ + Vdbe *p; + p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) ); + if( p==0 ) return 0; + p->db = db; + if( db->pVdbe ){ + db->pVdbe->pPrev = p; } -#endif + p->pNext = db->pVdbe; + p->pPrev = 0; + db->pVdbe = p; + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; + return p; } /* -** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This -** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore -** control to the main program. +** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){ - Vdbe *v = pFrame->v; - v->aOp = pFrame->aOp; - v->nOp = pFrame->nOp; - v->aMem = pFrame->aMem; - v->nMem = pFrame->nMem; - v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr; - v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor; - v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid; - v->nChange = pFrame->nChange; - return pFrame->pc; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){ + assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 ); + if( p==0 ) return; +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + if( !isPrepareV2 ) return; +#endif + assert( p->zSql==0 ); + p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n); + p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2; } /* -** Close all cursors. -** -** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory -** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain -** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to -** open cursors. +** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement */ -static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){ - if( p->pFrame ){ - VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame; - for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); - sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); - } - p->pFrame = 0; - p->nFrame = 0; - - if( p->apCsr ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCursor; i++){ - VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i]; - if( pC ){ - sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC); - p->apCsr[i] = 0; - } - } - } - if( p->aMem ){ - releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem); - } +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + return (p && p->isPrepareV2) ? p->zSql : 0; } /* -** Clean up the VM after execution. -** -** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or -** sorters that were left open. It also deletes the values of -** variables in the aVar[] array. +** Swap all content between two VDBE structures. */ -static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and - ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */ - int i; - for(i=0; inCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr==0 || p->apCsr[i]==0 ); - for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem==0 || p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Null ); -#endif - - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = 0; - p->pResultSet = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){ + Vdbe tmp, *pTmp; + char *zTmp; + tmp = *pA; + *pA = *pB; + *pB = tmp; + pTmp = pA->pNext; + pA->pNext = pB->pNext; + pB->pNext = pTmp; + pTmp = pA->pPrev; + pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev; + pB->pPrev = pTmp; + zTmp = pA->zSql; + pA->zSql = pB->zSql; + pB->zSql = zTmp; + pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2; } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL -** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during -** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can -** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step(). +** Turn tracing on or off */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){ - Mem *pColName; - int n; - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - - releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName); - n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N; - p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn; - p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n ); - if( p->aColName==0 ) return; - while( n-- > 0 ){ - pColName->flags = MEM_Null; - pColName->db = p->db; - pColName++; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){ + p->trace = trace; } +#endif /* -** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement. -** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string. -** -** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(). +** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least one op larger than +** it was. ** -** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC -** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed -** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed. +** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return +** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain +** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be +** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName( - Vdbe *p, /* Vdbe being configured */ - int idx, /* Index of column zName applies to */ - int var, /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */ - const char *zName, /* Pointer to buffer containing name */ - void (*xDel)(void*) /* Memory management strategy for zName */ -){ - int rc; - Mem *pColName; - assert( idxnResColumn ); - assert( vardb->mallocFailed ){ - assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; +static int growOpArray(Vdbe *p){ + VdbeOp *pNew; + int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op))); + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op)); + if( pNew ){ + p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op); + p->aOp = pNew; } - assert( p->aColName!=0 ); - pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); - assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 ); - return rc; + return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM); } /* -** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle -** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a -** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine -** takes care of the master journal trickery. +** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the +** VDBE. Return the address of the new instruction. +** +** Parameters: +** +** p Pointer to the VDBE +** +** op The opcode for this instruction +** +** p1, p2, p3 Operands +** +** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and +** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4 +** operand. */ -static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){ int i; - int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int needXcommit = 0; - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply - ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. - */ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); -#endif - - /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any - ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to - ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is - ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database - ** to the transaction. - */ - rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, &p->zErrMsg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and - ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not - ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than - ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal - ** file is required for an atomic commit. - */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ - needXcommit = 1; - if( i!=1 ) nTrans++; - } - } - - /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */ - if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){ - rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg); - if( rc ){ - return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; - } - } - - /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the - ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the - ** master-journal. - ** - ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length - ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In - ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the - ** simple case then too. - */ - if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) - || nTrans<=1 - ){ - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0); - } - } + VdbeOp *pOp; - /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. - ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an - ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely, - ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error. - */ - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt); - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3VtabCommit(db); + i = p->nOp; + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); + if( p->nOpAlloc<=i ){ + if( growOpArray(p) ){ + return 1; } } + p->nOp++; + pOp = &p->aOp[i]; + pOp->opcode = (u8)op; + pOp->p5 = 0; + pOp->p1 = p1; + pOp->p2 = p2; + pOp->p3 = p3; + pOp->p4.p = 0; + pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pOp->zComment = 0; + if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ) sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]); +#endif +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + pOp->cycles = 0; + pOp->cnt = 0; +#endif + return i; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){ + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){ + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){ + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0); +} - /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active. - ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is - ** committed atomicly. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO - else{ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; - int needSync = 0; - char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */ - char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt); - sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0; - i64 offset = 0; - int res; - - /* Select a master journal file name */ - do { - u32 iRandom; - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); - sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom); - zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mj%08X", zMainFile, iRandom&0x7fffffff); - if( !zMaster ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); - }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Open the master journal. */ - rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0 - ); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); - return rc; - } - - /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new - ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close - ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files - ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll - ** back independently if a failure occurs. - */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ - char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt); - if( zFile==0 || zFile[0]==0 ){ - continue; /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */ - } - if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){ - needSync = 1; - } - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset); - offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); - return rc; - } - } - } - - /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device - ** flag is set this is not required. - */ - if( needSync - && 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) - && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL)) - ){ - sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); - return rc; - } - - /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call - ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If - ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file. - ** - ** If the error occurs during the first call to - ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the - ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it, - ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal - ** file before the failure occurred. - */ - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster); - } - } - sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); - return rc; - } - - /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After - ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual - ** transaction files are deleted. - */ - rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); - zMaster = 0; - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following - ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and - ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while - ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the - ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals - ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters. - */ - disable_simulated_io_errors(); - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt); - } - } - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - enable_simulated_io_errors(); +/* +** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( + Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ + int op, /* The new opcode */ + int p1, /* The P1 operand */ + int p2, /* The P2 operand */ + int p3, /* The P3 operand */ + const char *zP4, /* The P4 operand */ + int p4type /* P4 operand type */ +){ + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type); + return addr; +} - sqlite3VtabCommit(db); - } -#endif +/* +** Add an OP_ParseSchema opcode. This routine is broken out from +** sqlite3VdbeAddOp4() since it needs to also local all btrees. +** +** The zWhere string must have been obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** This routine will take ownership of the allocated memory. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){ + int j; + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); + for(j=0; jdb->nDb; j++) sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j); +} - return rc; +/* +** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int( + Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ + int op, /* The new opcode */ + int p1, /* The P1 operand */ + int p2, /* The P2 operand */ + int p3, /* The P3 operand */ + int p4 /* The P4 operand as an integer */ +){ + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(p4), P4_INT32); + return addr; } /* -** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable -** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are -** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match. -** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing -** step. +** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be +** coded. The symbolic label is really just a negative number. The +** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation. Later, when +** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan +** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match +** the label into the resolved address. ** -** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined. +** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are +** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative. +** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved. +** +** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails. */ -#ifndef NDEBUG -static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){ - Vdbe *p; - int cnt = 0; - int nWrite = 0; - p = db->pVdbe; - while( p ){ - if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){ - cnt++; - if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++; - } - p = p->pNext; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){ + int i; + i = p->nLabel++; + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){ + int n = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 5; + p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel, + n*sizeof(p->aLabel[0])); + p->nLabelAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, p->aLabel)/sizeof(p->aLabel[0]); } - assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt ); - assert( nWrite==db->writeVdbeCnt ); + if( p->aLabel ){ + p->aLabel[i] = -1; + } + return -1-i; } -#else -#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x) -#endif /* -** For every Btree that in database connection db which -** has been modified, "trip" or invalidate each cursor in -** that Btree might have been modified so that the cursor -** can never be used again. This happens when a rollback -*** occurs. We have to trip all the other cursors, even -** cursor from other VMs in different database connections, -** so that none of them try to use the data at which they -** were pointing and which now may have been changed due -** to the rollback. -** -** Remember that a rollback can delete tables complete and -** reorder rootpages. So it is not sufficient just to save -** the state of the cursor. We have to invalidate the cursor -** so that it is never used again. +** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to +** be inserted. The parameter "x" must have been obtained from +** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(). */ -static void invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){ - sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, SQLITE_ABORT); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){ + int j = -1-x; + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + assert( j>=0 && jnLabel ); + if( p->aLabel ){ + p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp; } } /* -** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction, -** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or -** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement -** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the -** statement transaction is commtted. +** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){ + p->runOnlyOnce = 1; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */ + +/* +** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes +** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may +** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows: ** -** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. -** Otherwise SQLITE_OK. +** Op *pOp; +** VdbeOpIter sIter; +** +** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); +** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe* +** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){ +** // Do something with pOp +** } +** sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); +** */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ - sqlite3 *const db = p->db; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; +typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter; +struct VdbeOpIter { + Vdbe *v; /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */ + SubProgram **apSub; /* Array of subprograms */ + int nSub; /* Number of entries in apSub */ + int iAddr; /* Address of next instruction to return */ + int iSub; /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */ +}; +static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){ + Vdbe *v = p->v; + Op *pRet = 0; + Op *aOp; + int nOp; - /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a - ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception - ** is that an IO error may have occured, causing an emergency rollback. - ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do. - */ - if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){ - int i; - const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1; + if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){ - assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE); - assert( db->nStatement>0 ); - assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) ); + if( p->iSub==0 ){ + aOp = v->aOp; + nOp = v->nOp; + }else{ + aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp; + nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp; + } + assert( p->iAddrnDb; i++){ - int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ - rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint); - } - if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; + pRet = &aOp[p->iAddr]; + p->iAddr++; + if( p->iAddr==nOp ){ + p->iSub++; + p->iAddr = 0; + } + + if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ + int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); + int j; + for(j=0; jnSub; j++){ + if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break; + } + if( j==p->nSub ){ + p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte); + if( !p->apSub ){ + pRet = 0; + }else{ + p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram; } } } - db->nStatement--; - p->iStatement = 0; - - /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the - ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when - ** the statement transaction was opened. */ - if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ - db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons; - } } - return rc; + + return pRet; } /* -** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe, -** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure -** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it -** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring -** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required. +** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may +** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction +** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any +** sub-programs contains any of the following: ** -** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then -** sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables -** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle -** associated with the VM. Of course only a subset of these structures -** will be accessed by the VM, and we could use Vdbe.btreeMask to figure -** that subset out, but there is no advantage to doing so. +** * OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. +** * OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. +** * OP_Destroy +** * OP_VUpdate +** * OP_VRename +** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint) ** -** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this -** function is a no-op. +** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an +** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does +** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as +** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to: +** +** assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) ); */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(Vdbe *p){ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex); -#else - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(p->db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){ + int hasAbort = 0; + Op *pOp; + VdbeOpIter sIter; + memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); + sIter.v = v; + + while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){ + int opcode = pOp->opcode; + if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + || (opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1) #endif + || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) + && (pOp->p1==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort)) + ){ + hasAbort = 1; + break; + } + } + sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); + + /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occured. + ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated + ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return + ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame + ** from failing. */ + return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort ); } -#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */ /* -** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database -** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be -** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint -** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative +** on jump instructions. Each such value is a label. Resolve the +** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value. ** -** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns -** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and write -** an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - if( (deferred && db->nDeferredCons>0) || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; - p->errorAction = OE_Abort; - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "foreign key constraint failed"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt. If the VDBE -** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those -** changes. If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback. +** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted. ** -** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from -** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT. It is harmless to -** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state. +** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument +** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by +** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array. ** -** Return an error code. If the commit could not complete because of -** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY. If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it -** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated. +** The Op.opflags field is set on all opcodes. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ - int rc; /* Used to store transient return codes */ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; +static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){ + int i; + int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs; + Op *pOp; + int *aLabel = p->aLabel; + p->readOnly = 1; + for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){ + u8 opcode = pOp->opcode; - /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or - ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the - ** execution of this virtual machine. - ** - ** If any of the following errors occur: - ** - ** SQLITE_NOMEM - ** SQLITE_IOERR - ** SQLITE_FULL - ** SQLITE_INTERRUPT - ** - ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent - ** state. We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is - ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction. - */ + pOp->opflags = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[opcode]; + if( opcode==OP_Function || opcode==OP_AggStep ){ + if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5; + }else if( (opcode==OP_Transaction && pOp->p2!=0) || opcode==OP_Vacuum ){ + p->readOnly = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate ){ + if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2; + }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){ + int n; + assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 ); + assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer ); + n = pOp[-1].p1; + if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n; +#endif + }else if( opcode==OP_Next || opcode==OP_SorterNext ){ + pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext; + pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; + }else if( opcode==OP_Prev ){ + pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious; + pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; + } - if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - closeAllCursors(p); - if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ - return SQLITE_OK; + if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){ + assert( -1-pOp->p2nLabel ); + pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2]; + } } - checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); - - /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */ - if( p->pc>=0 ){ - int mrc; /* Primary error code from p->rc */ - int eStatementOp = 0; - int isSpecialError; /* Set to true if a 'special' error */ + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aLabel); + p->aLabel = 0; - /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */ - sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(p); + *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs; +} - /* Check for one of the special errors */ - mrc = p->rc & 0xff; - assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); /* This error no longer exists */ - isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR - || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL; - if( isSpecialError ){ - /* If the query was read-only, we need do no rollback at all. Otherwise, - ** proceed with the special handling. - */ - if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){ - if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){ - eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; - }else{ - /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing - ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active. - */ - invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db); - sqlite3RollbackAll(db); - sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); - db->autoCommit = 1; - } - } - } +/* +** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){ + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + return p->nOp; +} - /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */ - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0); - } +/* +** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with +** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility +** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the +** vdbeFreeOpArray() function. +** +** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned +** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and +** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the +** returned program. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){ + VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp; + assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed ); - /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer - ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. - ** - ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled - ** above has occurred. - */ - if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) - && db->autoCommit - && db->writeVdbeCnt==(p->readOnly==0) - ){ - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){ - if( sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1) ){ - sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful - ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign - ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit - ** is required. */ - rc = vdbeCommit(db, p); - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = rc; - sqlite3RollbackAll(db); - }else{ - db->nDeferredCons = 0; - sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); - } - }else{ - sqlite3RollbackAll(db); - } - db->nStatement = 0; - }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){ - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){ - eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE; - }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){ - eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; - }else{ - invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db); - sqlite3RollbackAll(db); - sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); - db->autoCommit = 1; - } - } + /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */ + assert( p->btreeMask==0 ); - /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to - ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to - ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement - ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the - ** current statement error code. - ** - ** Note that sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() can only fail if eStatementOp - ** is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK. But if p->rc==SQLITE_OK then eStatementOp - ** must be SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. Hence the NEVER(p->rc==SQLITE_OK) in - ** the following code. - */ - if( eStatementOp ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp); - if( rc && (NEVER(p->rc==SQLITE_OK) || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT) ){ - p->rc = rc; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = 0; - } - } + resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg); + *pnOp = p->nOp; + p->aOp = 0; + return aOp; +} - /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction - ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. - */ - if( p->changeCntOn ){ - if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); +/* +** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack. Return the +** address of the first operation added. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){ + int addr; + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + if( p->nOp + nOp > p->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p) ){ + return 0; + } + addr = p->nOp; + if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){ + int i; + VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp; + for(i=0; ip2; + VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr]; + pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode; + pOut->p1 = pIn->p1; + if( p2<0 && (sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOut->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 ){ + pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2); }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0); + pOut->p2 = p2; } - p->nChange = 0; - } - - /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */ - if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges); + pOut->p3 = pIn->p3; + pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; + pOut->p4.p = 0; + pOut->p5 = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pOut->zComment = 0; + if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ){ + sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]); + } +#endif } - - /* Release the locks */ - sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex); + p->nOp += nOp; } + return addr; +} - /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM. Record this fact. */ - if( p->pc>=0 ){ - db->activeVdbeCnt--; - if( !p->readOnly ){ - db->writeVdbeCnt--; - } - assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>=db->writeVdbeCnt ); - } - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT; - checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); - if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; +/* +** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction. +** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a +** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a +** few minor changes to the program. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ + assert( p!=0 ); + if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){ + p->aOp[addr].p1 = val; } +} - /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held - ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() - ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks. - */ - if( db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); +/* +** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction. +** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ + assert( p!=0 ); + if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){ + p->aOp[addr].p2 = val; } - - assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; } +/* +** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ + assert( p!=0 ); + if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){ + p->aOp[addr].p3 = val; + } +} /* -** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call -** in p->rc. This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK. +** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently +** added operation. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){ - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){ + assert( p!=0 ); + if( p->aOp ){ + assert( p->nOp>0 ); + p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val; + } } /* -** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet. -** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. -** -** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed -** again. -** -** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the -** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to -** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT. +** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to +** the address of the next instruction to be coded. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){ - sqlite3 *db; - db = p->db; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){ + assert( addr>=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp); +} - /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an - ** error, then it might not have been halted properly. So halt - ** it now. - */ - sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); - /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code - ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure. But - ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any - ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged. - */ - if( p->pc>=0 ){ - if( p->zErrMsg ){ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr,-1,p->zErrMsg,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - db->errCode = p->rc; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = 0; - }else if( p->rc ){ - sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0); - }else{ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - } - if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1; - }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){ - /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call - ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was - ** called), set the database error in this case as well. - */ - sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = 0; +/* +** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If +** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing. +*/ +static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){ + if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef); } +} - /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE - */ - Cleanup(p); +static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *, Op *, int); - /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run. - */ -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - { - FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a"); - if( out ){ - int i; - fprintf(out, "---- "); - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode); +/* +** Delete a P4 value if necessary. +*/ +static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){ + if( p4 ){ + assert( db ); + switch( p4type ){ + case P4_REAL: + case P4_INT64: + case P4_DYNAMIC: + case P4_KEYINFO: + case P4_INTARRAY: + case P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF: { + sqlite3DbFree(db, p4); + break; } - fprintf(out, "\n"); - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ", - p->aOp[i].cnt, - p->aOp[i].cycles, - p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0 - ); - sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]); + case P4_MPRINTF: { + if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3_free(p4); + break; + } + case P4_VDBEFUNC: { + VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)p4; + freeEphemeralFunction(db, pVdbeFunc->pFunc); + if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbeFunc); + break; + } + case P4_FUNCDEF: { + freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4); + break; + } + case P4_MEM: { + if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4); + }else{ + Mem *p = (Mem*)p4; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } + break; + } + case P4_VTAB : { + if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4); + break; } - fclose(out); } } -#endif - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; - return p->rc & db->errMask; } /* -** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is -** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg. +** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the +** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain +** nOp entries. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p); - assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc ); +static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){ + if( aOp ){ + Op *pOp; + for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){ + freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment); +#endif + } } - sqlite3VdbeDelete(p); - return rc; + sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp); } /* -** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which -** the corresponding bit in mask is clear. Auxdata entries beyond 31 -** are always destroyed. To destroy all auxdata entries, call this -** routine with mask==0. +** Link the SubProgram object passed as the second argument into the linked +** list at Vdbe.pSubProgram. This list is used to delete all sub-program +** objects when the VM is no longer required. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){ - int i; - for(i=0; inAux; i++){ - struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i]; - if( (i>31 || !(mask&(((u32)1)<pAux ){ - if( pAux->xDelete ){ - pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux); - } - pAux->pAux = 0; - } - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *pVdbe, SubProgram *p){ + p->pNext = pVdbe->pProgram; + pVdbe->pProgram = p; } /* -** Delete an entire VDBE. +** Change the opcode at addr into OP_Noop */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){ - sqlite3 *db; - - if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; - db = p->db; - if( p->pPrev ){ - p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; - }else{ - assert( db->pVdbe==p ); - db->pVdbe = p->pNext; - } - if( p->pNext ){ - p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr){ + if( p->aOp ){ + VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); + memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0])); + pOp->opcode = OP_Noop; } - releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar); - releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); - vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLabel); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql); - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree); - p->db = 0; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } /* -** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it -** was last positioned. Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error -** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position. +** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction. +** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a +** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a +** few minor changes to the program. ** -** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that -** MoveTo now. If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been -** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as -** a NULL row. +** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of +** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the +** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4. ** -** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has -** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op. +** If n==P4_KEYINFO it means that zP4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure. +** A copy is made of the KeyInfo structure into memory obtained from +** sqlite3_malloc, to be freed when the Vdbe is finalized. +** n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF indicates that zP4 points to a KeyInfo structure +** stored in memory that the caller has obtained from sqlite3_malloc. The +** caller should not free the allocation, it will be freed when the Vdbe is +** finalized. +** +** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points +** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of +** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer. +** +** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){ - if( p->deferredMoveto ){ - int res, rc; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - extern int sqlite3_search_count; -#endif - assert( p->isTable ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res); - if( rc ) return rc; - p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget; - p->rowidIsValid = ALWAYS(res==0) ?1:0; - if( NEVER(res<0) ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(p->pCursor, &res); - if( rc ) return rc; - } -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_search_count++; -#endif - p->deferredMoveto = 0; - p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - }else if( ALWAYS(p->pCursor) ){ - int hasMoved; - int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( hasMoved ){ - p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - p->nullRow = 1; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){ + Op *pOp; + sqlite3 *db; + assert( p!=0 ); + db = p->db; + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){ + if ( n!=P4_KEYINFO && n!=P4_VTAB ) { + freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4); } + return; } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The following functions: -** -** sqlite3VdbeSerialType() -** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() -** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen() -** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut() -** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() -** -** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite -** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a -** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned -** integer, stored as a varint. -** -** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before -** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial -** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at -** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the -** serial-type and data blob seperately. -** -** The following table describes the various storage classes for data: -** -** serial type bytes of data type -** -------------- --------------- --------------- -** 0 0 NULL -** 1 1 signed integer -** 2 2 signed integer -** 3 3 signed integer -** 4 4 signed integer -** 5 6 signed integer -** 6 8 signed integer -** 7 8 IEEE float -** 8 0 Integer constant 0 -** 9 0 Integer constant 1 -** 10,11 reserved for expansion -** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB -** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text -** -** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions -** of SQLite will not understand those serial types. -*/ - -/* -** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){ - int flags = pMem->flags; - int n; - - if( flags&MEM_Null ){ - return 0; + assert( p->nOp>0 ); + assert( addrnOp ); + if( addr<0 ){ + addr = p->nOp - 1; } - if( flags&MEM_Int ){ - /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */ -# define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1) - i64 i = pMem->u.i; - u64 u; - if( file_format>=4 && (i&1)==i ){ - return 8+(u32)i; + pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; + freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); + pOp->p4.p = 0; + if( n==P4_INT32 ){ + /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int + ** that was cast to a (const char *). */ + pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4); + pOp->p4type = P4_INT32; + }else if( zP4==0 ){ + pOp->p4.p = 0; + pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; + }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + int nField, nByte; + + nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP4)->nField; + nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]) + nField; + pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nByte); + pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; + if( pKeyInfo ){ + u8 *aSortOrder; + memcpy((char*)pKeyInfo, zP4, nByte - nField); + aSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder; + if( aSortOrder ){ + pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (unsigned char*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[nField]; + memcpy(pKeyInfo->aSortOrder, aSortOrder, nField); + } + pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO; + }else{ + p->db->mallocFailed = 1; + pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; } - u = i<0 ? -i : i; - if( u<=127 ) return 1; - if( u<=32767 ) return 2; - if( u<=8388607 ) return 3; - if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4; - if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5; - return 6; - } - if( flags&MEM_Real ){ - return 7; - } - assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); - n = pMem->n; - if( flags & MEM_Zero ){ - n += pMem->u.nZero; + }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){ + pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; + pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO; + }else if( n==P4_VTAB ){ + pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; + pOp->p4type = P4_VTAB; + sqlite3VtabLock((VTable *)zP4); + assert( ((VTable *)zP4)->db==p->db ); + }else if( n<0 ){ + pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; + pOp->p4type = (signed char)n; + }else{ + if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4); + pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n); + pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC; } - assert( n>=0 ); - return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0)); } +#ifndef NDEBUG /* -** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type. +** Change the comment on the the most recently coded instruction. Or +** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction. This +** makes the code easier to read during debugging. None of this happens +** in a production build. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){ - if( serial_type>=12 ){ - return (serial_type-12)/2; - }else{ - static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; - return aSize[serial_type]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + if( !p ) return; + assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 ); + assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed ); + if( p->nOp ){ + char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz); + *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); } } - -/* -** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating -** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the -** upper 4 bytes. Return the result. -** -** For most architectures, this is a no-op. -** -** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem -** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems -** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit -** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated -** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though. -** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler. -** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different -** ABI get the byte order right. -** -** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their -** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG -** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of -** floating point values is correct. -** -** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely -** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank -** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware -** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full -** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the -** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point -** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems, -** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer -** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here -** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently -** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about -** so we trust him. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT -static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){ - union { - u64 r; - u32 i[2]; - } u; - u32 t; - - u.r = in; - t = u.i[0]; - u.i[0] = u.i[1]; - u.i[1] = t; - return u.r; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + if( !p ) return; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop); + assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 ); + assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed ); + if( p->nOp ){ + char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz); + *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + } } -# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X) -#else -# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) -#endif +#endif /* NDEBUG */ /* -** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into -** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space. -** Return the number of bytes written. +** Return the opcode for a given address. If the address is -1, then +** return the most recently inserted opcode. ** -** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. nBuf must always be -** large enough to hold the entire field. Except, if the field is -** a blob with a zero-filled tail, then buf[] might be just the right -** size to hold everything except for the zero-filled tail. If buf[] -** is only big enough to hold the non-zero prefix, then only write that -** prefix into buf[]. But if buf[] is large enough to hold both the -** prefix and the tail then write the prefix and set the tail to all -** zeros. +** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this +** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode +** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value. +** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning +** after a OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from +** this routine is a valid pointer. But because the dummy.opcode is 0, +** dummy will never be written to. This is verified by code inspection and +** by running with Valgrind. ** -** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number -** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only -** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[]. +** About the #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE: Normally, this routine is never called +** unless p->nOp>0. This is because in the absense of SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE, +** an OP_Trace instruction is always inserted by sqlite3VdbeGet() as soon as +** a new VDBE is created. So we are free to set addr to p->nOp-1 without +** having to double-check to make sure that the result is non-negative. But +** if SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE is defined, the OP_Trace is omitted and we do need to +** check the value of p->nOp-1 before continuing. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, int nBuf, Mem *pMem, int file_format){ - u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem, file_format); - u32 len; - - /* Integer and Real */ - if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){ - u64 v; - u32 i; - if( serial_type==7 ){ - assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) ); - memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v)); - swapMixedEndianFloat(v); - }else{ - v = pMem->u.i; - } - len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); - assert( len<=(u32)nBuf ); - while( i-- ){ - buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF); - v >>= 8; - } - return len; +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){ + /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all + ** zeros, which is correct. MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */ + static VdbeOp dummy; /* Ignore the MSVC warning about no initializer */ + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + if( addr<0 ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + if( p->nOp==0 ) return (VdbeOp*)&dummy; +#endif + addr = p->nOp - 1; } - - /* String or blob */ - if( serial_type>=12 ){ - assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0) - == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) ); - assert( pMem->n<=nBuf ); - len = pMem->n; - memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len); - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - len += pMem->u.nZero; - assert( nBuf>=0 ); - if( len > (u32)nBuf ){ - len = (u32)nBuf; - } - memset(&buf[pMem->n], 0, len-pMem->n); - } - return len; + assert( (addr>=0 && addrnOp) || p->db->mallocFailed ); + if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ + return (VdbeOp*)&dummy; + }else{ + return &p->aOp[addr]; } - - /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */ - return 0; } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \ + || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* -** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type -** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read. +** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode. +** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet( - const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */ - u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */ - Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */ -){ - switch( serial_type ){ - case 10: /* Reserved for future use */ - case 11: /* Reserved for future use */ - case 0: { /* NULL */ - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; +static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){ + char *zP4 = zTemp; + assert( nTemp>=20 ); + switch( pOp->p4type ){ + case P4_KEYINFO_STATIC: + case P4_KEYINFO: { + int i, j; + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField); + i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp); + for(j=0; jnField; j++){ + CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j]; + if( pColl ){ + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName); + if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){ + memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4); + break; + } + zTemp[i++] = ','; + if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){ + zTemp[i++] = '-'; + } + memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1); + i += n; + }else if( i+4u.i = (signed char)buf[0]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 1; + case P4_COLLSEQ: { + CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl; + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName); + break; } - case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */ - pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 2; + case P4_FUNCDEF: { + FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc; + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg); + break; } - case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */ - pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<16) | (buf[1]<<8) | buf[2]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 3; + case P4_INT64: { + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64); + break; } - case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */ - pMem->u.i = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 4; + case P4_INT32: { + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i); + break; } - case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */ - u64 x = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1]; - u32 y = (buf[2]<<24) | (buf[3]<<16) | (buf[4]<<8) | buf[5]; - x = (x<<32) | y; - pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 6; + case P4_REAL: { + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal); + break; } - case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */ - case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */ - u64 x; - u32 y; -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) - /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same - ** byte order. Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is - ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed - ** endian. - */ - static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32; - static const double r1 = 1.0; - u64 t2 = t1; - swapMixedEndianFloat(t2); - assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 ); -#endif - - x = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3]; - y = (buf[4]<<24) | (buf[5]<<16) | (buf[6]<<8) | buf[7]; - x = (x<<32) | y; - if( serial_type==6 ){ - pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + case P4_MEM: { + Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem; + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ); + if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){ + zP4 = pMem->z; + }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i); + }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r); }else{ - assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 ); - swapMixedEndianFloat(x); - memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x)); - pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real; + assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob ); + zP4 = "(blob)"; } - return 8; + break; } - case 8: /* Integer 0 */ - case 9: { /* Integer 1 */ - pMem->u.i = serial_type-8; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + case P4_VTAB: { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule); + break; + } +#endif + case P4_INTARRAY: { + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray"); + break; + } + case P4_SUBPROGRAM: { + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program"); + break; + } + case P4_ADVANCE: { + zTemp[0] = 0; + break; } default: { - u32 len = (serial_type-12)/2; - pMem->z = (char *)buf; - pMem->n = len; - pMem->xDel = 0; - if( serial_type&0x01 ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem; - }else{ - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem; + zP4 = pOp->p4.z; + if( zP4==0 ){ + zP4 = zTemp; + zTemp[0] = 0; } - return len; } } - return 0; + assert( zP4!=0 ); + return zP4; } - +#endif /* -** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], parse the -** record into a UnpackedRecord structure. Return a pointer to -** that structure. -** -** The calling function might provide szSpace bytes of memory -** space at pSpace. This space can be used to hold the returned -** VDbeParsedRecord structure if it is large enough. If it is -** not big enough, space is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used. ** -** The returned structure should be closed by a call to -** sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(). +** The prepared statements need to know in advance the complete set of +** attached databases that they will be using. A mask of these databases +** is maintained in p->btreeMask and is used for locking and other purposes. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack( - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */ - int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */ - const void *pKey, /* The binary record */ - char *pSpace, /* Unaligned space available to hold the object */ - int szSpace /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */ -){ - const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey; - UnpackedRecord *p; /* The unpacked record that we will return */ - int nByte; /* Memory space needed to hold p, in bytes */ - int d; - u32 idx; - u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ - u32 szHdr; - Mem *pMem; - int nOff; /* Increase pSpace by this much to 8-byte align it */ - - /* - ** We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned. - ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift - ** it by. If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero. - */ - nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7; - pSpace += nOff; - szSpace -= nOff; - nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1); - if( nByte>szSpace ){ - p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte); - if( p==0 ) return 0; - p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_FREE | UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY; - }else{ - p = (UnpackedRecord*)pSpace; - p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY; - } - p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; - p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1; - p->aMem = pMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))]; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr); - d = szHdr; - u = 0; - while( idxnField && d<=nKey ){ - u32 serial_type; - - idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type); - pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc; - pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db; - pMem->flags = 0; - pMem->zMalloc = 0; - d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem); - pMem++; - u++; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){ + assert( i>=0 && idb->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 ); + assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 ); + p->btreeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<db->aDb[i].pBt) ){ + p->lockMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<nField + 1 ); - p->nField = u; - return (void*)p; } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* -** This routine destroys a UnpackedRecord object. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord *p){ - int i; - Mem *pMem; - - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( p->flags & UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY ); - for(i=0, pMem=p->aMem; inField; i++, pMem++){ - /* The unpacked record is always constructed by the - ** sqlite3VdbeUnpackRecord() function above, which makes all - ** strings and blobs static. And none of the elements are - ** ever transformed, so there is never anything to delete. - */ - if( NEVER(pMem->zMalloc) ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - } - if( p->flags & UNPACKED_NEED_FREE ){ - sqlite3DbFree(p->pKeyInfo->db, p); - } -} - -/* -** This function compares the two table rows or index records -** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero -** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or -** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob -** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2 -** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from -** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord. +** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe, +** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure +** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it also +** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring +** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required. ** -** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. -** The key with fewer fields is usually compares less than the -** longer key. However if the UNPACKED_INCRKEY flags in pPKey2 is set -** and the common prefixes are equal, then key1 is less than key2. -** Or if the UNPACKED_MATCH_PREFIX flag is set and the prefixes are -** equal, then the keys are considered to be equal and -** the parts beyond the common prefix are ignored. +** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then +** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables +** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle +** associated with the VM. ** -** If the UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID flag is set, then the last byte of -** the header of pKey1 is ignored. It is assumed that pKey1 is -** an index key, and thus ends with a rowid value. The last byte -** of the header will therefore be the serial type of the rowid: -** one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, or 9 - the integer serial types. -** The serial type of the final rowid will always be a single byte. -** By ignoring this last byte of the header, we force the comparison -** to ignore the rowid at the end of key1. +** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this +** function is a no-op. +** +** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared +** statement p will ever use. Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask +** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache. Then the runtime of +** this routine is N*N. But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not +** be a problem. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare( - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ - UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */ -){ - int d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */ - u32 idx1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */ - u32 szHdr1; /* Number of bytes in header */ - int i = 0; - int nField; - int rc = 0; - const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1; - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - Mem mem1; - - pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo; - mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc; - mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db; - /* mem1.flags = 0; // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */ - VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */ - - /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized. - ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints. - ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used initialized, and doing - ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance - ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner. And so, we choose - ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized. - */ - /* mem1.u.i = 0; // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */ - - idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1); - d1 = szHdr1; - if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID ){ - szHdr1--; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){ + int i; + yDbMask mask; + sqlite3 *db; + Db *aDb; + int nDb; + if( p->lockMask==0 ) return; /* The common case */ + db = p->db; + aDb = db->aDb; + nDb = db->nDb; + for(i=0, mask=1; ilockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){ + sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt); + } } - nField = pKeyInfo->nField; - while( idx1nField ){ - u32 serial_type1; - - /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */ - idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 ); - if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break; +} +#endif - /* Extract the values to be compared. - */ - d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1); +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 +/* +** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){ + int i; + yDbMask mask; + sqlite3 *db; + Db *aDb; + int nDb; + if( p->lockMask==0 ) return; /* The common case */ + db = p->db; + aDb = db->aDb; + nDb = db->nDb; + for(i=0, mask=1; ilockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt); + } + } +} +#endif - /* Do the comparison - */ - rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i], - iaColl[i] : 0); - if( rc!=0 ){ - assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */ +#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +** Print a single opcode. This routine is used for debugging only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){ + char *zP4; + char zPtr[50]; + static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-4s %.2X %s\n"; + if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout; + zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr)); + fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, + sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5, +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pOp->zComment ? pOp->zComment : "" +#else + "" +#endif + ); + fflush(pOut); +} +#endif - /* Invert the result if we are using DESC sort order. */ - if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && iaSortOrder[i] ){ - rc = -rc; +/* +** Release an array of N Mem elements +*/ +static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){ + if( p && N ){ + Mem *pEnd; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed; + if( db->pnBytesFreed ){ + for(pEnd=&p[N]; pzMalloc); } + return; + } + for(pEnd=&p[N]; prowid to the value of the rowid field in (pKey1, nKey1). - ** This is used by the OP_IsUnique opcode. + /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() + ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is + ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources. + ** + ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to + ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 + ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if + ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps + ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table + ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() + ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction. */ - if( (pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) && i==(pPKey2->nField-1) ){ - assert( idx1==szHdr1 && rc ); - assert( mem1.flags & MEM_Int ); - pPKey2->flags &= ~UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH; - pPKey2->rowid = mem1.u.i; + if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p); + }else if( p->zMalloc ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); + p->zMalloc = 0; } - return rc; + p->flags = MEM_Null; } - i++; + db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed; } +} - /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using - ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a - ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1). - */ - assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); - - /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and - ** all the fields up to that point were equal. If the UNPACKED_INCRKEY - ** flag is set, then break the tie by treating key2 as larger. - ** If the UPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH flag is set, then keys with common prefixes - ** are considered to be equal. Otherwise, the longer key is the - ** larger. As it happens, the pPKey2 will always be the longer - ** if there is a difference. - */ - assert( rc==0 ); - if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_INCRKEY ){ - rc = -1; - }else if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH ){ - /* Leave rc==0 */ - }else if( idx1nChildMem]; + for(i=0; inChildCsr; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]); } - return rc; + releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem); + sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p); } - +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* -** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode. -** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid. -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise. +** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine. ** -** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file. -** So the content cannot be trusted. Do appropriate checks on the content. +** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec(). But instead of +** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction. +** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN". +** +** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed. When +** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these +** are shown in a different format. p->explain==2 is used to implement +** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN. +** +** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of +** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){ - i64 nCellKey = 0; - int rc; - u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */ - u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */ - u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */ - Mem m, v; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList( + Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ +){ + int nRow; /* Stop when row count reaches this */ + int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */ + SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */ + Mem *pSub = 0; /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Mem *pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1]; /* First Mem of result set */ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + assert( p->explain ); + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less - ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption. - ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so - ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits + /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for + ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls + ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding. */ - assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */ - assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey ); + releaseMemArray(pMem, 8); - /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */ - memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m); - if( rc ){ - return rc; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or + ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return SQLITE_ERROR; } - /* The index entry must begin with a header size */ - (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr); - testcase( szHdr==3 ); - testcase( szHdr==m.n ); - if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){ - goto idx_rowid_corruption; + /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the + ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE. + ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus + ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered + ** so far. The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are + ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow. + */ + nRow = p->nOp; + if( p->explain==1 ){ + /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set. So we will + ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers + ** to trigger subprograms. The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9 + ** cells. */ + assert( p->nMem>9 ); + pSub = &p->aMem[9]; + if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){ + /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL. It is + ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */ + nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*); + apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; + } + for(i=0; inOp; + } } - /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID. - ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */ - (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid); - testcase( typeRowid==1 ); - testcase( typeRowid==2 ); - testcase( typeRowid==3 ); - testcase( typeRowid==4 ); - testcase( typeRowid==5 ); - testcase( typeRowid==6 ); - testcase( typeRowid==8 ); - testcase( typeRowid==9 ); - if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){ - goto idx_rowid_corruption; - } - lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid); - testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid ); - if( unlikely((u32)m.npc++; + }while( iexplain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain ); + if( i>=nRow ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc)); + }else{ + char *z; + Op *pOp; + if( inOp ){ + /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the + ** main program. */ + pOp = &p->aOp[i]; + }else{ + /* We are currently listing subprograms. Figure out which one and + ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */ + int j; + i -= p->nOp; + for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){ + i -= apSub[j]->nOp; + } + pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i]; + } + if( p->explain==1 ){ + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; + pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */ + pMem++; + + pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; + pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */ + assert( pMem->z!=0 ); + pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); + pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pMem++; - /* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */ - sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v); - *rowid = v.u.i; - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); - return SQLITE_OK; + /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has + ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms + ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram + ** has not already been seen. + */ + if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ + int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); + int j; + for(j=0; jp4.pProgram ) break; + } + if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, 1) ){ + apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; + apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram; + pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob; + pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*); + } + } + } - /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been - ** allocated. Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */ -idx_rowid_corruption: - testcase( m.zMalloc!=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; -} + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */ + pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; + pMem++; -/* -** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against -** the key string in pUnpacked. Write into *pRes a number -** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to, -** or greater than pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK on success. -** -** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it -** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry -** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes -** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare( - VdbeCursor *pC, /* The cursor to compare against */ - UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked, /* Unpacked version of key to compare against */ - int *res /* Write the comparison result here */ -){ - i64 nCellKey = 0; - int rc; - BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor; - Mem m; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */ + pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; + pMem++; - assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */ - /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the say - ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */ - if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){ - *res = 0; - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m); - if( rc ){ - return rc; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */ + pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; + pMem++; + + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){ /* P4 */ + assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; + z = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32); + if( z!=pMem->z ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + }else{ + assert( pMem->z!=0 ); + pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + } + pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; + pMem++; + + if( p->explain==1 ){ + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){ + assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; + pMem->n = 2; + sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */ + pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pMem++; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pOp->zComment ){ + pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; + pMem->z = pOp->zComment; + pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; + }else +#endif + { + pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */ + pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL; + } + } + + p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1); + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; + rc = SQLITE_ROW; } - assert( pUnpacked->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID ); - *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); - return SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to -** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. +** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - db->nChange = nChange; - db->nTotalChange += nChange; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){ + int nOp = p->nOp; + VdbeOp *pOp; + if( nOp<1 ) return; + pOp = &p->aOp[0]; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ + const char *z = pOp->p4.z; + while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++; + printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z); + } } +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) /* -** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised -** or reset. +** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){ - v->changeCntOn = 1; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){ + int nOp = p->nOp; + VdbeOp *pOp; + if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return; + if( nOp<1 ) return; + pOp = &p->aOp[0]; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ + int i, j; + char z[1000]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z); + for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} + for(j=0; z[i]; i++){ + if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){ + if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){ + z[j++] = ' '; + } + }else{ + z[j++] = z[i]; + } + } + z[j] = 0; + sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z); + } } +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */ /* -** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection -** as expired. +** Allocate space from a fixed size buffer and return a pointer to +** that space. If insufficient space is available, return NULL. ** -** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is -** recommend. Statements expire when things happen that make their -** programs obsolete. Removing user-defined functions or collating -** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of -** things that make prepared statements obsolete. +** The pBuf parameter is the initial value of a pointer which will +** receive the new memory. pBuf is normally NULL. If pBuf is not +** NULL, it means that memory space has already been allocated and that +** this routine should not allocate any new memory. When pBuf is not +** NULL simply return pBuf. Only allocate new memory space when pBuf +** is NULL. +** +** nByte is the number of bytes of space needed. +** +** *ppFrom points to available space and pEnd points to the end of the +** available space. When space is allocated, *ppFrom is advanced past +** the end of the allocated space. +** +** *pnByte is a counter of the number of bytes of space that have failed +** to allocate. If there is insufficient space in *ppFrom to satisfy the +** request, then increment *pnByte by the amount of the request. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){ - Vdbe *p; - for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){ - p->expired = 1; +static void *allocSpace( + void *pBuf, /* Where return pointer will be stored */ + int nByte, /* Number of bytes to allocate */ + u8 **ppFrom, /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */ + u8 *pEnd, /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */ + int *pnByte /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */ +){ + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) ); + if( pBuf ) return pBuf; + nByte = ROUND8(nByte); + if( &(*ppFrom)[nByte] <= pEnd ){ + pBuf = (void*)*ppFrom; + *ppFrom += nByte; + }else{ + *pnByte += nByte; } + return pBuf; } /* -** Return the database associated with the Vdbe. +** Rewind the VDBE back to the beginning in preparation for +** running it. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){ - return v->db; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) + int i; +#endif + assert( p!=0 ); + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + + /* There should be at least one opcode. + */ + assert( p->nOp>0 ); + + /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */ + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + for(i=1; inMem; i++){ + assert( p->aMem[i].db==p->db ); + } +#endif + p->pc = -1; + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; + p->errorAction = OE_Abort; + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; + p->nChange = 0; + p->cacheCtr = 1; + p->minWriteFileFormat = 255; + p->iStatement = 0; + p->nFkConstraint = 0; +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + for(i=0; inOp; i++){ + p->aOp[i].cnt = 0; + p->aOp[i].cycles = 0; + } +#endif } /* -** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound -** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return -** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_* -** constants) to the value before returning it. +** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after +** creating the virtual machine. This involves things such +** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter. +** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more +** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec(). ** -** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree(). +** This function may be called exact once on a each virtual machine. +** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready +** to run. After this routine is called, futher calls to +** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited. This routine disconnects +** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the +** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be +** destroyed. +** +** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back +** to its initial state after it has been run. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){ - assert( iVar>0 ); - if( v ){ - Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1]; - if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){ - sqlite3_value *pRet = sqlite3ValueNew(v->db); - if( pRet ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem); - sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLITE_UTF8); - sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType((Mem *)pRet); - } - return pRet; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( + Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */ + Parse *pParse /* Parsing context */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + int nVar; /* Number of parameters */ + int nMem; /* Number of VM memory registers */ + int nCursor; /* Number of cursors required */ + int nArg; /* Number of arguments in subprograms */ + int n; /* Loop counter */ + u8 *zCsr; /* Memory available for allocation */ + u8 *zEnd; /* First byte past allocated memory */ + int nByte; /* How much extra memory is needed */ + + assert( p!=0 ); + assert( p->nOp>0 ); + assert( pParse!=0 ); + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + db = p->db; + assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); + nVar = pParse->nVar; + nMem = pParse->nMem; + nCursor = pParse->nTab; + nArg = pParse->nMaxArg; + + /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory + ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by + ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for + ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with + ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1) + ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc. + ** + ** See also: allocateCursor(). + */ + nMem += nCursor; + + /* Allocate space for memory registers, SQL variables, VDBE cursors and + ** an array to marshal SQL function arguments in. + */ + zCsr = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOp]; /* Memory avaliable for allocation */ + zEnd = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOpAlloc]; /* First byte past end of zCsr[] */ + + resolveP2Values(p, &nArg); + p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort); + if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){ + nMem = 10; + } + memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr); + zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7; + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) ); + p->expired = 0; + + /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in two + ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused space at the + ** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory + ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second + ** pass will fill in the rest using a fresh allocation. + ** + ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from + ** the leftover space at the end of the opcode array can significantly + ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement. + */ + do { + nByte = 0; + p->aMem = allocSpace(p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); + p->aVar = allocSpace(p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); + p->apArg = allocSpace(p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); + p->azVar = allocSpace(p->azVar, nVar*sizeof(char*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); + p->apCsr = allocSpace(p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*), + &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); + if( nByte ){ + p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + } + zCsr = p->pFree; + zEnd = &zCsr[nByte]; + }while( nByte && !db->mallocFailed ); + + p->nCursor = (u16)nCursor; + if( p->aVar ){ + p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar; + for(n=0; naVar[n].flags = MEM_Null; + p->aVar[n].db = db; } } - return 0; + if( p->azVar ){ + p->nzVar = pParse->nzVar; + memcpy(p->azVar, pParse->azVar, p->nzVar*sizeof(p->azVar[0])); + memset(pParse->azVar, 0, pParse->nzVar*sizeof(pParse->azVar[0])); + } + if( p->aMem ){ + p->aMem--; /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */ + p->nMem = nMem; /* not from 0..nMem-1 */ + for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){ + p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null; + p->aMem[n].db = db; + } + } + p->explain = pParse->explain; + sqlite3VdbeRewind(p); } /* -** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals -** to sqlite3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result -** in a better query plan. +** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor +** happens to hold. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){ - assert( iVar>0 ); - if( iVar>32 ){ - v->expmask = 0xffffffff; - }else{ - v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){ + if( pCx==0 ){ + return; + } + sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(p->db, pCx); + if( pCx->pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt); + /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by + ** the call above. */ + }else if( pCx->pCursor ){ + sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){ + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor; + const sqlite3_module *pModule = pCx->pModule; + p->inVtabMethod = 1; + pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor); + p->inVtabMethod = 0; } +#endif } -/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2004 May 26 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the -** VDBE. -*/ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* -** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs -** to be recompiled. A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the -** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program -** that sqlite3_prepare() generates. For example, if new functions or -** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is -** added or changed. +** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This +** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore +** control to the main program. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - return p==0 || p->expired; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){ + Vdbe *v = pFrame->v; + v->aOp = pFrame->aOp; + v->nOp = pFrame->nOp; + v->aMem = pFrame->aMem; + v->nMem = pFrame->nMem; + v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr; + v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor; + v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid; + v->nChange = pFrame->nChange; + return pFrame->pc; } -#endif /* -** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized. Log -** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise -** invalid). Return false if it is ok. +** Close all cursors. +** +** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory +** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain +** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to +** open cursors. */ -static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){ - if( p->db==0 ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement"); - return 1; - }else{ - return 0; +static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){ + if( p->pFrame ){ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; + for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); + sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); } -} -static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){ - if( p==0 ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement"); - return 1; - }else{ - return vdbeSafety(p); + p->pFrame = 0; + p->nFrame = 0; + + if( p->apCsr ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCursor; i++){ + VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i]; + if( pC ){ + sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC); + p->apCsr[i] = 0; + } + } + } + if( p->aMem ){ + releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem); + } + while( p->pDelFrame ){ + VdbeFrame *pDel = p->pDelFrame; + p->pDelFrame = pDel->pParent; + sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pDel); } } /* -** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by -** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_ -** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual -** machine. +** Clean up the VM after execution. ** -** This routine sets the error code and string returned by -** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). +** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or +** sorters that were left open. It also deletes the values of +** variables in the aVar[] array. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - int rc; - if( pStmt==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - sqlite3 *db = v->db; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; -#endif - if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - mutex = v->db->mutex; +static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and + ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */ + int i; + for(i=0; inCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr==0 || p->apCsr[i]==0 ); + for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem==0 || p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Null ); #endif - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = 0; + p->pResultSet = 0; +} + +/* +** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL +** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during +** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can +** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){ + Mem *pColName; + int n; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + + releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName); + n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N; + p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn; + p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n ); + if( p->aColName==0 ) return; + while( n-- > 0 ){ + pColName->flags = MEM_Null; + pColName->db = p->db; + pColName++; } - return rc; } /* -** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it -** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from -** the prior execution is returned. +** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement. +** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string. ** -** This routine sets the error code and string returned by -** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). +** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(). +** +** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC +** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed +** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName( + Vdbe *p, /* Vdbe being configured */ + int idx, /* Index of column zName applies to */ + int var, /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */ + const char *zName, /* Pointer to buffer containing name */ + void (*xDel)(void*) /* Memory management strategy for zName */ +){ int rc; - if( pStmt==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex); - rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v); - sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); - assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc ); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(v->db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex); + Mem *pColName; + assert( idxnResColumn ); + assert( vardb->mallocFailed ){ + assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + assert( p->aColName!=0 ); + pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); + assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 ); return rc; } /* -** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL. +** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle +** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a +** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine +** takes care of the master journal trickery. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ +static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ int i; + int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex; + int needXcommit = 0; + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply + ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. + */ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); #endif - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - for(i=0; inVar; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]); - p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null; + + /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any + ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to + ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is + ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database + ** to the transaction. + */ + rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, &p->zErrMsg); + + /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and + ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not + ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than + ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal + ** file is required for an atomic commit. + */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ + needXcommit = 1; + if( i!=1 ) nTrans++; + rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)); + } } - if( p->isPrepareV2 && p->expmask ){ - p->expired = 1; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return rc; -} - -/**************************** sqlite3_value_ ******************************* -** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value -** structure. -*/ -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; - if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p); - p->flags &= ~MEM_Str; - p->flags |= MEM_Blob; - return p->z; - }else{ - return sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */ + if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){ + rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg); + if( rc ){ + return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + } } -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); -} -SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal); -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); -} -SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); -} -SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){ - return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); -} -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE); -} -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){ - return pVal->type; -} -/**************************** sqlite3_result_ ******************************* -** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify -** the function result. -** -** The setStrOrError() funtion calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the -** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it -** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG -*/ -static void setResultStrOrError( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function context */ - const char *z, /* String pointer */ - int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ - void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ -){ - if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx); - } -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( n>=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} -#endif -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const char *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){ - pCtx->isError = errCode; - if( pCtx->s.flags & MEM_Null ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, - SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - } -} - -/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1, - SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - -/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s); - pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM; - pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1; -} - -/* -** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the -** statement is completely executed or an error occurs. -** -** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step() -** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a -** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the -** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure. -*/ -static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){ - sqlite3 *db; - int rc; - - assert(p); - if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, - "attempt to step a halted statement: [%s]", p->zSql); - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the + ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the + ** master-journal. + ** + ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length + ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In + ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the + ** simple case then too. + */ + if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) + || nTrans<=1 + ){ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0); + } + } + + /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. + ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an + ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely, + ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error. + */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 0); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VtabCommit(db); + } } - /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */ - db = p->db; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } + /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active. + ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is + ** committed atomicly. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO + else{ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; + int needSync = 0; + char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */ + char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt); + sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0; + i64 offset = 0; + int res; - if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto end_of_step; - } - if( p->pc<0 ){ - /* If there are no other statements currently running, then - ** reset the interrupt flag. This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt - ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started. + /* Select a master journal file name */ + do { + u32 iRandom; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom); + zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mj%08X", zMainFile, iRandom&0x7fffffff); + if( !zMaster ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster); + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); + }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Open the master journal. */ + rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0 + ); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + return rc; + } + + /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new + ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close + ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files + ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll + ** back independently if a failure occurs. */ - if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ + char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt); + if( zFile==0 ){ + continue; /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */ + } + assert( zFile[0]!=0 ); + if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){ + needSync = 1; + } + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset); + offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); + sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + return rc; + } + } } - assert( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nDeferredCons==0 ); + /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device + ** flag is set this is not required. + */ + if( needSync + && 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) + && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL)) + ){ + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); + sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + return rc; + } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){ - double rNow; - sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow); - p->startTime = (u64)((rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0); + /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call + ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If + ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file. + ** + ** If the error occurs during the first call to + ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the + ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it, + ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal + ** file before the failure occurred. + */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster); + } + } + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + return rc; } -#endif - db->activeVdbeCnt++; - if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->writeVdbeCnt++; - p->pc = 0; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( p->explain ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ - { - rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p); - } + /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After + ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual + ** transaction files are deleted. + */ + rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + zMaster = 0; + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one - */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){ - double rNow; - u64 elapseTime; + /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following + ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and + ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while + ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the + ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals + ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters. + */ + disable_simulated_io_errors(); + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1); + } + } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + enable_simulated_io_errors(); - sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow); - elapseTime = (u64)((rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0); - elapseTime -= p->startTime; - db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, elapseTime); + sqlite3VtabCommit(db); } #endif - db->errCode = rc; - if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -end_of_step: - /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be - ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy - ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only - ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc - ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() - ** were called on statement p. - */ - assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR - || rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE - ); - assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ - /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an - ** error has occured, then return the error code in p->rc to the - ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value. - */ - rc = db->errCode = p->rc; - } - return (rc&db->errMask); + return rc; } -/* -** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step(). Call -** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work. If a schema error occurs, -** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again. +/* +** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable +** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are +** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match. +** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing +** step. +** +** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Step() */ - int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Reprepare() */ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; /* the prepared statement */ - int cnt = 0; /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - - if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - db = v->db; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA - && cnt++ < 5 - && (rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - v->expired = 0; - } - if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(v->isPrepareV2) && ALWAYS(db->pErr) ){ - /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. - ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded - ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message - ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement - ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is - ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via - ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode(). - */ - const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); - sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr); - v->rc = rc2; - } else { - v->zErrMsg = 0; - v->rc = rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; +#ifndef NDEBUG +static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){ + Vdbe *p; + int cnt = 0; + int nWrite = 0; + p = db->pVdbe; + while( p ){ + if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){ + cnt++; + if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++; } + p = p->pNext; } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a -** pointer to it. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){ - assert( p && p->pFunc ); - return p->pFunc->pUserData; -} - -/* -** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a -** pointer to it. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){ - assert( p && p->pFunc ); - return p->s.db; -} - -/* -** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always -** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the -** wrong context. The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct -** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist -** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction -** method of virtual tables. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction( - sqlite3_context *context, /* The function calling context */ - int NotUsed, /* Number of arguments to the function */ - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 /* Value of each argument */ -){ - const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName; - char *zErr; - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - zErr = sqlite3_mprintf( - "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName); - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErr); + assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt ); + assert( nWrite==db->writeVdbeCnt ); } +#else +#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x) +#endif /* -** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function. A new -** context is allocated on the first call. Subsequent calls return the -** same context that was returned on prior calls. +** For every Btree that in database connection db which +** has been modified, "trip" or invalidate each cursor in +** that Btree might have been modified so that the cursor +** can never be used again. This happens when a rollback +*** occurs. We have to trip all the other cursors, even +** cursor from other VMs in different database connections, +** so that none of them try to use the data at which they +** were pointing and which now may have been changed due +** to the rollback. +** +** Remember that a rollback can delete tables complete and +** reorder rootpages. So it is not sufficient just to save +** the state of the cursor. We have to invalidate the cursor +** so that it is never used again. */ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){ - Mem *pMem; - assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) ); - pMem = p->pMem; - testcase( nByte<0 ); - if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){ - if( nByte<=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem); - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - pMem->z = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0); - pMem->flags = MEM_Agg; - pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc; - if( pMem->z ){ - memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte); - } +static void invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){ + sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, SQLITE_ABORT); } } - return (void*)pMem->z; } /* -** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to -** the user-function defined by pCtx. +** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction, +** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or +** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement +** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the +** statement transaction is commtted. +** +** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. +** Otherwise SQLITE_OK. */ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){ - VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ + sqlite3 *const db = p->db; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc; - if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){ - return 0; - } - return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux; -} + /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a + ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception + ** is that an IO error may have occured, causing an emergency rollback. + ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do. + */ + if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){ + int i; + const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1; -/* -** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th -** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is -** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - int iArg, - void *pAux, - void (*xDelete)(void*) -){ - struct AuxData *pAuxData; - VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; - if( iArg<0 ) goto failed; + assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE); + assert( db->nStatement>0 ); + assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc; - if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){ - int nAux = (pVdbeFunc ? pVdbeFunc->nAux : 0); - int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg; - pVdbeFunc = sqlite3DbRealloc(pCtx->s.db, pVdbeFunc, nMalloc); - if( !pVdbeFunc ){ - goto failed; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ + rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint); + } + if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } } - pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc; - memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[nAux], 0, sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-nAux)); - pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1; - pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc; - } + db->nStatement--; + p->iStatement = 0; - pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg]; - if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){ - pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux); - } - pAuxData->pAux = pAux; - pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete; - return; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ + rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint); + } + } -failed: - if( xDelete ){ - xDelete(pAux); + /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the + ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when + ** the statement transaction was opened. */ + if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ + db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons; + } } + return rc; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* -** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been -** called. +** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database +** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be +** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint +** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. ** -** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is -** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code. New aggregate function -** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate -** context. +** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns +** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and write +** an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){ - assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep ); - return p->pMem->n; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + if( (deferred && db->nDeferredCons>0) || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + p->errorAction = OE_Abort; + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "foreign key constraint failed"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* -** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0; -} - -/* -** Return the number of values available from the current row of the -** currently executing statement pStmt. +** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt. If the VDBE +** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those +** changes. If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback. +** +** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from +** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT. It is harmless to +** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state. +** +** Return an error code. If the commit could not complete because of +** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY. If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it +** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0; - return pVm->nResColumn; -} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ + int rc; /* Used to store transient return codes */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or + ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the + ** execution of this virtual machine. + ** + ** If any of the following errors occur: + ** + ** SQLITE_NOMEM + ** SQLITE_IOERR + ** SQLITE_FULL + ** SQLITE_INTERRUPT + ** + ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent + ** state. We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is + ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction. + */ -/* -** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid. If -** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column. -** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value -** of NULL. -*/ -static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - Vdbe *pVm; - int vals; - Mem *pOut; + if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + closeAllCursors(p); + if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); - pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && inResColumn && i>=0 ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); - vals = sqlite3_data_count(pStmt); - pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i]; - }else{ - /* If the value passed as the second argument is out of range, return - ** a pointer to the following static Mem object which contains the - ** value SQL NULL. Even though the Mem structure contains an element - ** of type i64, on certain architecture (x86) with certain compiler - ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary - ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when - ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s - ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent - ** this assert() from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined - ** using gcc, force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical - ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */ - static const Mem nullMem -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__) - __attribute__((aligned(8))) -#endif - = {{0}, (double)0, 0, "", 0, MEM_Null, SQLITE_NULL, 0, 0, 0 }; + /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */ + if( p->pc>=0 ){ + int mrc; /* Primary error code from p->rc */ + int eStatementOp = 0; + int isSpecialError; /* Set to true if a 'special' error */ - if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); - sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0); + /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */ + sqlite3VdbeEnter(p); + + /* Check for one of the special errors */ + mrc = p->rc & 0xff; + assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); /* This error no longer exists */ + isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR + || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL; + if( isSpecialError ){ + /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, + ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint + ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a + ** consistent state. + ** + ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform + ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error + ** occured while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database + ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function + ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore + ** the pager to a consistent state. + */ + if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){ + if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){ + eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; + }else{ + /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing + ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active. + */ + invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db); + sqlite3RollbackAll(db); + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + db->autoCommit = 1; + } + } } - pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem; + + /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0); + } + + /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer + ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. + ** + ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled + ** above has occurred. + */ + if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) + && db->autoCommit + && db->writeVdbeCnt==(p->readOnly==0) + ){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( NEVER(p->readOnly) ){ + sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + }else{ + /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful + ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign + ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit + ** is required. */ + rc = vdbeCommit(db, p); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && p->readOnly ){ + sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = rc; + sqlite3RollbackAll(db); + }else{ + db->nDeferredCons = 0; + sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); + } + }else{ + sqlite3RollbackAll(db); + } + db->nStatement = 0; + }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){ + eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE; + }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){ + eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; + }else{ + invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db); + sqlite3RollbackAll(db); + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + db->autoCommit = 1; + } + } + + /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to + ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to + ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement + ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the + ** current statement error code. + */ + if( eStatementOp ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp); + if( rc ){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ + p->rc = rc; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = 0; + } + invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db); + sqlite3RollbackAll(db); + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + db->autoCommit = 1; + } + } + + /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction + ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. + */ + if( p->changeCntOn ){ + if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0); + } + p->nChange = 0; + } + + /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */ + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){ + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); + db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges); + } + + /* Release the locks */ + sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); } - return pOut; -} -/* -** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a -** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the -** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If -** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result -** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM. -** -** Specifically, this is called from within: -** -** sqlite3_column_int() -** sqlite3_column_int64() -** sqlite3_column_text() -** sqlite3_column_text16() -** sqlite3_column_real() -** sqlite3_column_bytes() -** sqlite3_column_bytes16() -** -** But not for sqlite3_column_blob(), which never calls malloc(). -*/ -static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt) -{ - /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an - ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to - ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR - ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM. - */ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - if( p ){ - p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM. Record this fact. */ + if( p->pc>=0 ){ + db->activeVdbeCnt--; + if( !p->readOnly ){ + db->writeVdbeCnt--; + } + assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>=db->writeVdbeCnt ); + } + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT; + checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); + if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } -} -/**************************** sqlite3_column_ ******************************* -** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row -** in the result set. -*/ -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - const void *val; - val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might - ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() - ** expression. + /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held + ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() + ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks. */ - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i); - if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){ - pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static; - pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem; + if( db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); } - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return (sqlite3_value *)pOut; -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return iType; + + assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 ); + return (p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? SQLITE_BUSY : SQLITE_OK); } -/* The following function is experimental and subject to change or -** removal */ -/*int sqlite3_column_numeric_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ -** return sqlite3_value_numeric_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); -**} + +/* +** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call +** in p->rc. This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){ + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using -** xFunc() then return that string. If N is out of range, return 0. -** -** There are up to 5 names for each column. useType determines which -** name is returned. Here are the names: +** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet. +** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. ** -** 0 The column name as it should be displayed for output -** 1 The datatype name for the column -** 2 The name of the database that the column derives from -** 3 The name of the table that the column derives from -** 4 The name of the table column that the result column derives from +** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed +** again. ** -** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression -** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL. +** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the +** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to +** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT. */ -static const void *columnName( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int N, - const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*), - int useType -){ - const void *ret = 0; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - int n; - sqlite3 *db = p->db; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){ + sqlite3 *db; + db = p->db; - assert( db!=0 ); - n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); - if( N=0 ){ - N += useType*n; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); - ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]); - /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this - ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL. + /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an + ** error, then it might not have been halted properly. So halt + ** it now. + */ + sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); + + /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code + ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure. But + ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any + ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged. + */ + if( p->pc>=0 ){ + if( p->zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr,-1,p->zErrMsg,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + db->errCode = p->rc; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = 0; + }else if( p->rc ){ + sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); + } + if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1; + }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){ + /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call + ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was + ** called), set the database error in this case as well. */ - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - db->mallocFailed = 0; - ret = 0; + sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = 0; + } + + /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE + */ + Cleanup(p); + + /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run. + */ +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + { + FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a"); + if( out ){ + int i; + fprintf(out, "---- "); + for(i=0; inOp; i++){ + fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode); + } + fprintf(out, "\n"); + for(i=0; inOp; i++){ + fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ", + p->aOp[i].cnt, + p->aOp[i].cycles, + p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0 + ); + sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]); + } + fclose(out); } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); } - return ret; +#endif + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; + return p->rc & db->errMask; } - + /* -** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL -** statement pStmt. +** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is +** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg. */ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p); + assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc ); + } + sqlite3VdbeDelete(p); + return rc; } -#endif /* -** Constraint: If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must -** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE. +** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which +** the corresponding bit in mask is clear. Auxdata entries beyond 31 +** are always destroyed. To destroy all auxdata entries, call this +** routine with mask==0. */ -#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) -# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \ - and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA" -#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){ + int i; + for(i=0; inAux; i++){ + struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i]; + if( (i>31 || !(mask&(((u32)1)<pAux ){ + if( pAux->xDelete ){ + pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux); + } + pAux->pAux = 0; + } + } +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE /* -** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column -** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt. +** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument. +** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that +** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with +** the database connection. */ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ + SubProgram *pSub, *pNext; + int i; + assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db ); + releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar); + releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); + for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){ + pNext = pSub->pNext; + vdbeFreeOpArray(db, pSub->aOp, pSub->nOp); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSub); + } + for(i=p->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azVar[i]); + vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLabel); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA /* -** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives. -** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or -** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. +** Delete an entire VDBE. */ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){ + sqlite3 *db; + + if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; + db = p->db; + if( p->pPrev ){ + p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; + }else{ + assert( db->pVdbe==p ); + db->pVdbe = p->pNext; + } + if( p->pNext ){ + p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; + } + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD; + p->db = 0; + sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(db, p); } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* -** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives. -** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or -** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives. -** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or -** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. +** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it +** was last positioned. Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error +** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position. +** +** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that +** MoveTo now. If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been +** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as +** a NULL row. +** +** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has +** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op. */ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){ + if( p->deferredMoveto ){ + int res, rc; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + extern int sqlite3_search_count; +#endif + assert( p->isTable ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res); + if( rc ) return rc; + p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget; + if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + p->rowidIsValid = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_search_count++; +#endif + p->deferredMoveto = 0; + p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + }else if( ALWAYS(p->pCursor) ){ + int hasMoved; + int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( hasMoved ){ + p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + p->nullRow = 1; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */ - -/******************************* sqlite3_bind_ *************************** -** -** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement. -*/ /* -** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the -** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is -** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK. +** The following functions: ** -** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p. -** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs. +** sqlite3VdbeSerialType() +** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() +** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen() +** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut() +** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() ** -** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return -** value in any case. +** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite +** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a +** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned +** integer, stored as a varint. +** +** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before +** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial +** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at +** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the +** serial-type and data blob seperately. +** +** The following table describes the various storage classes for data: +** +** serial type bytes of data type +** -------------- --------------- --------------- +** 0 0 NULL +** 1 1 signed integer +** 2 2 signed integer +** 3 3 signed integer +** 4 4 signed integer +** 5 6 signed integer +** 6 8 signed integer +** 7 8 IEEE float +** 8 0 Integer constant 0 +** 9 0 Integer constant 1 +** 10,11 reserved for expansion +** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB +** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text +** +** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions +** of SQLite will not understand those serial types. */ -static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){ - Mem *pVar; - if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + +/* +** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){ + int flags = pMem->flags; + int n; + + if( flags&MEM_Null ){ + return 0; } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); - if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){ - sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, - "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql); - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + if( flags&MEM_Int ){ + /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */ +# define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1) + i64 i = pMem->u.i; + u64 u; + if( file_format>=4 && (i&1)==i ){ + return 8+(u32)i; + } + if( i<0 ){ + if( i<(-MAX_6BYTE) ) return 6; + /* Previous test prevents: u = -(-9223372036854775808) */ + u = -i; + }else{ + u = i; + } + if( u<=127 ) return 1; + if( u<=32767 ) return 2; + if( u<=8388607 ) return 3; + if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4; + if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5; + return 6; } - if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){ - sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - return SQLITE_RANGE; + if( flags&MEM_Real ){ + return 7; } - i--; - pVar = &p->aVar[i]; - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar); - pVar->flags = MEM_Null; - sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - - /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then - ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan. - */ - if( p->isPrepareV2 && - ((i<32 && p->expmask & ((u32)1 << i)) || p->expmask==0xffffffff) - ){ - p->expired = 1; + assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); + n = pMem->n; + if( flags & MEM_Zero ){ + n += pMem->u.nZero; } - return SQLITE_OK; + assert( n>=0 ); + return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0)); } /* -** Bind a text or BLOB value. +** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type. */ -static int bindText( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* The statement to bind against */ - int i, /* Index of the parameter to bind */ - const void *zData, /* Pointer to the data to be bound */ - int nData, /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */ - void (*xDel)(void*), /* Destructor for the data */ - u8 encoding /* Encoding for the data */ -){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - Mem *pVar; - int rc; - - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( zData!=0 ){ - pVar = &p->aVar[i-1]; - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db)); - } - sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){ + if( serial_type>=12 ){ + return (serial_type-12)/2; + }else{ + static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + return aSize[serial_type]; } - return rc; } - /* -** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable. +** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating +** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the +** upper 4 bytes. Return the result. +** +** For most architectures, this is a no-op. +** +** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem +** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems +** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit +** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated +** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though. +** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler. +** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different +** ABI get the byte order right. +** +** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their +** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG +** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of +** floating point values is correct. +** +** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely +** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank +** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware +** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full +** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the +** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point +** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems, +** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer +** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here +** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently +** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about +** so we trust him. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const void *zData, - int nData, - void (*xDel)(void*) -){ - return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0); -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - } - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){ - return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue); +#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT +static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){ + union { + u64 r; + u32 i[2]; + } u; + u32 t; + + u.r = in; + t = u.i[0]; + u.i[0] = u.i[1]; + u.i[1] = t; + return u.r; } -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); +# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X) +#else +# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) +#endif + +/* +** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into +** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space. +** Return the number of bytes written. +** +** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. nBuf must always be +** large enough to hold the entire field. Except, if the field is +** a blob with a zero-filled tail, then buf[] might be just the right +** size to hold everything except for the zero-filled tail. If buf[] +** is only big enough to hold the non-zero prefix, then only write that +** prefix into buf[]. But if buf[] is large enough to hold both the +** prefix and the tail then write the prefix and set the tail to all +** zeros. +** +** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number +** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only +** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[]. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, int nBuf, Mem *pMem, int file_format){ + u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem, file_format); + u32 len; + + /* Integer and Real */ + if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){ + u64 v; + u32 i; + if( serial_type==7 ){ + assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) ); + memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v)); + swapMixedEndianFloat(v); + }else{ + v = pMem->u.i; + } + len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); + assert( len<=(u32)nBuf ); + while( i-- ){ + buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF); + v >>= 8; + } + return len; } - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + + /* String or blob */ + if( serial_type>=12 ){ + assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0) + == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) ); + assert( pMem->n<=nBuf ); + len = pMem->n; + memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len); + if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + len += pMem->u.nZero; + assert( nBuf>=0 ); + if( len > (u32)nBuf ){ + len = (u32)nBuf; + } + memset(&buf[pMem->n], 0, len-pMem->n); + } + return len; } - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const char *zData, - int nData, - void (*xDel)(void*) -){ - return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8); + + /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */ + return 0; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const void *zData, - int nData, - void (*xDel)(void*) + +/* +** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type +** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet( + const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */ + u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */ + Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */ ){ - return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){ - int rc; - switch( pValue->type ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: { - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i); + switch( serial_type ){ + case 10: /* Reserved for future use */ + case 11: /* Reserved for future use */ + case 0: { /* NULL */ + pMem->flags = MEM_Null; break; } - case SQLITE_FLOAT: { - rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->r); - break; + case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */ + pMem->u.i = (signed char)buf[0]; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + return 1; } - case SQLITE_BLOB: { - if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero); + case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */ + pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1]; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + return 2; + } + case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */ + pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<16) | (buf[1]<<8) | buf[2]; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + return 3; + } + case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */ + pMem->u.i = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3]; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + return 4; + } + case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */ + u64 x = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1]; + u32 y = (buf[2]<<24) | (buf[3]<<16) | (buf[4]<<8) | buf[5]; + x = (x<<32) | y; + pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + return 6; + } + case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */ + case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */ + u64 x; + u32 y; +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) + /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same + ** byte order. Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is + ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed + ** endian. + */ + static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32; + static const double r1 = 1.0; + u64 t2 = t1; + swapMixedEndianFloat(t2); + assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 ); +#endif + + x = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3]; + y = (buf[4]<<24) | (buf[5]<<16) | (buf[6]<<8) | buf[7]; + x = (x<<32) | y; + if( serial_type==6 ){ + pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; }else{ - rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 ); + swapMixedEndianFloat(x); + memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x)); + pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real; } - break; + return 8; } - case SQLITE_TEXT: { - rc = bindText(pStmt,i, pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT, - pValue->enc); - break; + case 8: /* Integer 0 */ + case 9: { /* Integer 1 */ + pMem->u.i = serial_type-8; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + return 0; } default: { - rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i); - break; - } - } - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to. -** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - return p ? p->nVar : 0; -} - -/* -** Create a mapping from variable numbers to variable names -** in the Vdbe.azVar[] array, if such a mapping does not already -** exist. -*/ -static void createVarMap(Vdbe *p){ - if( !p->okVar ){ - int j; - Op *pOp; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); - /* The race condition here is harmless. If two threads call this - ** routine on the same Vdbe at the same time, they both might end - ** up initializing the Vdbe.azVar[] array. That is a little extra - ** work but it results in the same answer. - */ - for(j=0, pOp=p->aOp; jnOp; j++, pOp++){ - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Variable ){ - assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar ); - p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] = pOp->p4.z; + u32 len = (serial_type-12)/2; + pMem->z = (char *)buf; + pMem->n = len; + pMem->xDel = 0; + if( serial_type&0x01 ){ + pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem; + }else{ + pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem; } + return len; } - p->okVar = 1; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); } + return 0; } /* -** Return the name of a wildcard parameter. Return NULL if the index -** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed. +** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord +** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if +** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo. ** -** The result is always UTF-8. +** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within +** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably +** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should +** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the +** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL +** before returning. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned. */ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nVar ){ - return 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Description of the record */ + char *pSpace, /* Unaligned space available */ + int szSpace, /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */ + char **ppFree /* OUT: Caller should free this pointer */ +){ + UnpackedRecord *p; /* Unpacked record to return */ + int nOff; /* Increment pSpace by nOff to align it */ + int nByte; /* Number of bytes required for *p */ + + /* We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned. + ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift + ** it by. If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero. + */ + nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7; + nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1); + if( nByte>szSpace+nOff ){ + p = (UnpackedRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte); + *ppFree = (char *)p; + if( !p ) return 0; + }else{ + p = (UnpackedRecord*)&pSpace[nOff]; + *ppFree = 0; } - createVarMap(p); - return p->azVar[i-1]; + + p->aMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))]; + p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; + p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1; + return p; } /* -** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable -** with that name. If there is no variable with the given name, -** return 0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){ - int i; - if( p==0 ){ - return 0; - } - createVarMap(p); - if( zName ){ - for(i=0; inVar; i++){ - const char *z = p->azVar[i]; - if( z && memcmp(z,zName,nName)==0 && z[nName]==0 ){ - return i+1; - } - } +** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the +** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the +** contents of the decoded record. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack( + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */ + int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */ + const void *pKey, /* The binary record */ + UnpackedRecord *p /* Populate this structure before returning. */ +){ + const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey; + int d; + u32 idx; /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */ + u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ + u32 szHdr; + Mem *pMem = p->aMem; + + p->flags = 0; + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr); + d = szHdr; + u = 0; + while( idxnField && d<=nKey ){ + u32 serial_type; + + idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type); + pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc; + pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db; + /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */ + pMem->zMalloc = 0; + d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem); + pMem++; + u++; } - return 0; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){ - return sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)); + assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 ); + p->nField = u; } /* -** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second. +** This function compares the two table rows or index records +** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero +** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or +** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob +** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2 +** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from +** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord. +** +** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. +** The key with fewer fields is usually compares less than the +** longer key. However if the UNPACKED_INCRKEY flags in pPKey2 is set +** and the common prefixes are equal, then key1 is less than key2. +** Or if the UNPACKED_MATCH_PREFIX flag is set and the prefixes are +** equal, then the keys are considered to be equal and +** the parts beyond the common prefix are ignored. +** +** If the UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID flag is set, then the last byte of +** the header of pKey1 is ignored. It is assumed that pKey1 is +** an index key, and thus ends with a rowid value. The last byte +** of the header will therefore be the serial type of the rowid: +** one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, or 9 - the integer serial types. +** The serial type of the final rowid will always be a single byte. +** By ignoring this last byte of the header, we force the comparison +** to ignore the rowid at the end of key1. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){ - Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; - Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; - int i; - assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db ); - assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar ); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex); - for(i=0; inVar; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare( + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ + UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */ +){ + int d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */ + u32 idx1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */ + u32 szHdr1; /* Number of bytes in header */ + int i = 0; + int nField; + int rc = 0; + const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1; + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + Mem mem1; + + pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo; + mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc; + mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db; + /* mem1.flags = 0; // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */ + VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */ + + /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized. + ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints. + ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing + ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance + ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner. And so, we choose + ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized. + */ + /* mem1.u.i = 0; // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */ + + idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1); + d1 = szHdr1; + if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID ){ + szHdr1--; } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; + nField = pKeyInfo->nField; + while( idx1nField ){ + u32 serial_type1; + + /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */ + idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 ); + if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break; + + /* Extract the values to be compared. + */ + d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1); + + /* Do the comparison + */ + rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i], + iaColl[i] : 0); + if( rc!=0 ){ + assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */ + + /* Invert the result if we are using DESC sort order. */ + if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && iaSortOrder[i] ){ + rc = -rc; + } + + /* If the PREFIX_SEARCH flag is set and all fields except the final + ** rowid field were equal, then clear the PREFIX_SEARCH flag and set + ** pPKey2->rowid to the value of the rowid field in (pKey1, nKey1). + ** This is used by the OP_IsUnique opcode. + */ + if( (pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) && i==(pPKey2->nField-1) ){ + assert( idx1==szHdr1 && rc ); + assert( mem1.flags & MEM_Int ); + pPKey2->flags &= ~UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH; + pPKey2->rowid = mem1.u.i; + } + + return rc; + } + i++; + } + + /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using + ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a + ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1). + */ + assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); + + /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and + ** all the fields up to that point were equal. If the UNPACKED_INCRKEY + ** flag is set, then break the tie by treating key2 as larger. + ** If the UPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH flag is set, then keys with common prefixes + ** are considered to be equal. Otherwise, the longer key is the + ** larger. As it happens, the pPKey2 will always be the longer + ** if there is a difference. + */ + assert( rc==0 ); + if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_INCRKEY ){ + rc = -1; + }else if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH ){ + /* Leave rc==0 */ + }else if( idx1nVar!=pTo->nVar ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){ + i64 nCellKey = 0; + int rc; + u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */ + u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */ + u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */ + Mem m, v; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + + /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less + ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption. + ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so + ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits + */ + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */ + assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey ); + + /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */ + memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m); + if( rc ){ + return rc; } - if( pTo->isPrepareV2 && pTo->expmask ){ - pTo->expired = 1; + + /* The index entry must begin with a header size */ + (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr); + testcase( szHdr==3 ); + testcase( szHdr==m.n ); + if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){ + goto idx_rowid_corruption; } - if( pFrom->isPrepareV2 && pFrom->expmask ){ - pFrom->expired = 1; + + /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID. + ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */ + (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid); + testcase( typeRowid==1 ); + testcase( typeRowid==2 ); + testcase( typeRowid==3 ); + testcase( typeRowid==4 ); + testcase( typeRowid==5 ); + testcase( typeRowid==6 ); + testcase( typeRowid==8 ); + testcase( typeRowid==9 ); + if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){ + goto idx_rowid_corruption; } - return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt); + lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid); + testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid ); + if( unlikely((u32)m.ndb : 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare( + VdbeCursor *pC, /* The cursor to compare against */ + UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked, /* Unpacked version of key to compare against */ + int *res /* Write the comparison result here */ +){ + i64 nCellKey = 0; + int rc; + BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor; + Mem m; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */ + /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the say + ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */ + if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){ + *res = 0; + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + assert( pUnpacked->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID ); + *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated -** with database connection pDb. If pStmt is NULL, return the first -** prepared statement for the database connection. Return NULL if there -** are no more. +** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to +** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. */ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - sqlite3_stmt *pNext; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex); - if( pStmt==0 ){ - pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe; - }else{ - pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex); - return pNext; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + db->nChange = nChange; + db->nTotalChange += nChange; } /* -** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement +** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised +** or reset. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){ - Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - int v = pVdbe->aCounter[op-1]; - if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op-1] = 0; - return v; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){ + v->changeCntOn = 1; } -/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/ /* -** 2009 November 25 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* +** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection +** as expired. ** -** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters -** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace(). +** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is +** recommend. Statements expire when things happen that make their +** programs obsolete. Removing user-defined functions or collating +** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of +** things that make prepared statements obsolete. */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){ + Vdbe *p; + for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){ + p->expired = 1; + } +} /* -** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text. Return the number of -** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in -** a host parameter. If the text contains no host parameters, return -** the total number of bytes in the text. +** Return the database associated with the Vdbe. */ -static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){ - int tokenType; - int nTotal = 0; - int n; - - *pnToken = 0; - while( zSql[0] ){ - n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType); - assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL ); - if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){ - *pnToken = n; - break; - } - nTotal += n; - zSql += n; - } - return nTotal; +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){ + return v->db; } /* -** Return a pointer to a string in memory obtained form sqlite3DbMalloc() which -** holds a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to their -** current bindings. -** -** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned -** is eventually freed. +** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound +** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return +** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_* +** constants) to the value before returning it. ** -** ALGORITHM: Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of -** these forms: ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A. Take care to avoid text within -** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments. For text forms, -** the host parameter index is found by scanning the perpared -** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode. Once the host -** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[]. Then render -** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name. +** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree(). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql( - Vdbe *p, /* The prepared statement being evaluated */ - const char *zRawSql /* Raw text of the SQL statement */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - int idx = 0; /* Index of a host parameter */ - int nextIndex = 1; /* Index of next ? host parameter */ - int n; /* Length of a token prefix */ - int nToken; /* Length of the parameter token */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - Mem *pVar; /* Value of a host parameter */ - StrAccum out; /* Accumulate the output here */ - char zBase[100]; /* Initial working space */ - - db = p->db; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, zBase, sizeof(zBase), - db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); - out.db = db; - while( zRawSql[0] ){ - n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken); - assert( n>0 ); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, n); - zRawSql += n; - assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 ); - if( nToken==0 ) break; - if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){ - if( nToken>1 ){ - assert( sqlite3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) ); - sqlite3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx); - }else{ - idx = nextIndex; - } - }else{ - assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' || zRawSql[0]=='@' ); - testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' ); - testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' ); - testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' ); - idx = sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken); - assert( idx>0 ); - } - zRawSql += nToken; - nextIndex = idx + 1; - assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar ); - pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1]; - if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4); - }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){ - sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%lld", pVar->u.i); - }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){ - sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%!.15g", pVar->r); - }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - u8 enc = ENC(db); - if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - Mem utf8; - memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8)); - utf8.db = db; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLITE_UTF8); - sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", utf8.n, utf8.z); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8); - }else -#endif - { - sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", pVar->n, pVar->z); - } - }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero); - }else{ - assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob ); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "x'", 2); - for(i=0; in; i++){ - sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%02x", pVar->z[i]&0xff); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){ + assert( iVar>0 ); + if( v ){ + Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1]; + if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){ + sqlite3_value *pRet = sqlite3ValueNew(v->db); + if( pRet ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem); + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLITE_UTF8); + sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType((Mem *)pRet); } - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "'", 1); + return pRet; } } - return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&out); + return 0; } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ +/* +** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals +** to sqlite3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result +** in a better query plan. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){ + assert( iVar>0 ); + if( iVar>32 ){ + v->expmask = 0xffffffff; + }else{ + v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1)); + } +} -/************** End of vdbetrace.c *******************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/ +/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 +** 2004 May 26 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -52771,615 +61555,2079 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql( ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** The code in this file implements execution method of the -** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE). A separate file ("vdbeaux.c") -** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting -** VDBE instances. This file is solely interested in executing -** the VDBE program. -** -** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer -** to a VDBE. -** -** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by -** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement. VDBE programs are -** similar in form to assembly language. The program consists of -** a linear sequence of operations. Each operation has an opcode -** and 5 operands. Operands P1, P2, and P3 are integers. Operand P4 -** is a null-terminated string. Operand P5 is an unsigned character. -** Few opcodes use all 5 operands. -** -** Computation results are stored on a set of registers numbered beginning -** with 1 and going up to Vdbe.nMem. Each register can store -** either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point -** number, or the SQL "NULL" value. An implicit conversion from one -** type to the other occurs as necessary. -** -** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec() -** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program. -** But other routines are also provided to help in building up -** a program instruction by instruction. ** -** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML -** documentation, headers files, or other derived files. The formatting -** of the code in this file is, therefore, important. See other comments -** in this file for details. If in doubt, do not deviate from existing -** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code. -*/ - -/* -** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor -** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test -** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are -** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to -** help verify the correct operation of the library. +** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the +** VDBE. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0; -#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* -** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before -** each instruction in the VDBE. When reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted -** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate and interrupt. -** -** This facility is used for testing purposes only. It does not function -** in an ordinary build. +** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs +** to be recompiled. A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the +** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program +** that sqlite3_prepare() generates. For example, if new functions or +** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is +** added or changed. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + return p==0 || p->expired; +} #endif /* -** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode -** is executed. The test procedures use this information to make sure that -** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times. This variable -** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the -** library. +** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized. Log +** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise +** invalid). Return false if it is ok. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob -** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode. The test procedures -** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality -** is working correctly. This variable has no function other than to -** help verify the correct operation of the library. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0; -static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){ - if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){ - sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n; +static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){ + if( p->db==0 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement"); + return 1; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} +static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){ + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement"); + return 1; + }else{ + return vdbeSafety(p); } } -#endif /* -** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Found opcode -** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key -** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable -** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the -** library. +** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by +** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_ +** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual +** machine. +** +** This routine sets the error code and string returned by +** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + int rc; + if( pStmt==0 ){ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57228-12904 Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL + ** pointer is a harmless no-op. */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + sqlite3 *db = v->db; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; #endif - -/* -** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size. -** If it does, record the new maximum blob size. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST) -# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) updateMaxBlobsize(P) -#else -# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) + if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + mutex = v->db->mutex; #endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + } + return rc; +} /* -** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one -** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails. -*/ -#define Stringify(P, enc) \ - if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \ - { goto no_mem; } - -/* -** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains -** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity -** is responsible for deallocating that string. Because the register -** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register -** knowing it. +** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it +** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from +** the prior execution is returned. ** -** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated -** string that the register itself controls. In other words, it -** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string. -*/ -#define Deephemeralize(P) \ - if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \ - && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;} - -/* -** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*) -** P if required. +** This routine sets the error code and string returned by +** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). */ -#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + int rc; + if( pStmt==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex); + rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v); + sqlite3VdbeRewind(v); + assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc ); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(v->db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex); + } + return rc; +} /* -** Argument pMem points at a register that will be passed to a -** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query. -** This routine sets the pMem->type variable used by the sqlite3_value_*() -** routines. +** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem){ - int flags = pMem->flags; - if( flags & MEM_Null ){ - pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL; - } - else if( flags & MEM_Int ){ - pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + for(i=0; inVar; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]); + p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null; } - else if( flags & MEM_Real ){ - pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT; + if( p->isPrepareV2 && p->expmask ){ + p->expired = 1; } - else if( flags & MEM_Str ){ - pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return rc; +} + + +/**************************** sqlite3_value_ ******************************* +** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value +** structure. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; + if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p); + p->flags &= ~MEM_Str; + p->flags |= MEM_Blob; + return p->n ? p->z : 0; }else{ - pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB; + return sqlite3_value_text(pVal); } } +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); +} +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal); +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); +} +SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); +} +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){ + return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); +} +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE); +} +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){ + return pVal->type; +} -/* -** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL -** if we run out of memory. +/**************************** sqlite3_result_ ******************************* +** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify +** the function result. +** +** The setStrOrError() funtion calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the +** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it +** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG */ -static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor( - Vdbe *p, /* The virtual machine */ - int iCur, /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */ - int nField, /* Number of fields in the table or index */ - int iDb, /* When database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */ - int isBtreeCursor /* True for B-Tree. False for pseudo-table or vtab */ +static void setResultStrOrError( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function context */ + const char *z, /* String pointer */ + int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ + u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ + void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ ){ - /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory - ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a - ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a - ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons: - ** - ** * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different - ** purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require - ** different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable - ** allocations. - ** - ** * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can - ** be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This - ** minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system. - ** - ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address - ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for - ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc. - */ - Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur]; - - int nByte; - VdbeCursor *pCx = 0; - nByte = - ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + - (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0) + - 2*nField*sizeof(u32); - - assert( iCurnCursor ); - if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){ - sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]); - p->apCsr[iCur] = 0; + if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx); } - if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){ - p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z; - memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor)); - pCx->iDb = iDb; - pCx->nField = nField; - if( nField ){ - pCx->aType = (u32 *)&pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))]; - } - if( isBtreeCursor ){ - pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*) - &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*nField*sizeof(u32)]; - sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->pCursor); - } +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( n>=0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} +#endif +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const char *z, + int n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){ + pCtx->isError = errCode; + if( pCtx->s.flags & MEM_Null ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, + SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); } - return pCx; +} + +/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1, + SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + +/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s); + pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM; + pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1; } /* -** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can -** do so without loss of information. In other words, if the string -** looks like a number, convert it into a number. If it does not -** look like a number, leave it alone. +** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It +** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required. */ -static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){ - if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){ - int realnum; - u8 enc = pRec->enc; - sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pRec); - if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && sqlite3IsNumber(pRec->z, &realnum, enc) ){ - i64 value; - char *zUtf8 = pRec->z; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - assert( pRec->db ); - zUtf8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(pRec->db, pRec->z, pRec->n, enc); - if( !zUtf8 ) return; - } -#endif - if( !realnum && sqlite3Atoi64(zUtf8, &value) ){ - pRec->u.i = value; - MemSetTypeFlag(pRec, MEM_Int); - }else{ - sqlite3AtoF(zUtf8, &pRec->r); - MemSetTypeFlag(pRec, MEM_Real); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(pRec->db, zUtf8); +static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + int i; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + int nEntry = sqlite3PagerWalCallback(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)); + if( db->xWalCallback && nEntry>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = db->xWalCallback(db->pWalArg, db, db->aDb[i].zName, nEntry); } -#endif } } +#endif + return rc; } /* -** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter: -** -** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: -** SQLITE_AFF_REAL: -** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: -** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a -** floating-point representation if an integer representation -** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is -** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because -** an integer representation is more space efficient on disk. -** -** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: -** Convert pRec to a text representation. +** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the +** statement is completely executed or an error occurs. ** -** SQLITE_AFF_NONE: -** No-op. pRec is unchanged. +** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step() +** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a +** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the +** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure. */ -static void applyAffinity( - Mem *pRec, /* The value to apply affinity to */ - char affinity, /* The affinity to be applied */ - u8 enc /* Use this text encoding */ -){ - if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ - /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real - ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string - ** representation. +static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){ + sqlite3 *db; + int rc; + + assert(p); + if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ + /* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying + ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE. But beginning + ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would + ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error. + ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, + ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by + ** definition. + ** + ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written + ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE + ** returns, and the so were broken by the automatic-reset change. As a + ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the + ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the + ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED + ** or SQLITE_BUSY error. */ - if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc); +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET + if( p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ + sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p); + }else{ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } - pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int); - }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL - || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); - applyNumericAffinity(pRec); - if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){ - sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec); +#else + sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p); +#endif + } + + /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */ + db = p->db; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto end_of_step; + } + if( p->pc<0 ){ + /* If there are no other statements currently running, then + ** reset the interrupt flag. This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt + ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started. + */ + if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){ + db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; + } + + assert( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nDeferredCons==0 ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){ + sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->startTime); + } +#endif + + db->activeVdbeCnt++; + if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->writeVdbeCnt++; + p->pc = 0; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( p->explain ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ + { + db->vdbeExecCnt++; + rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p); + db->vdbeExecCnt--; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one + */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){ + sqlite3_int64 iNow; + sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iNow); + db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, (iNow - p->startTime)*1000000); + } +#endif + + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + p->rc = doWalCallbacks(db); + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } } -} -/* -** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column -** into a numeric representation. Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever -** is appropriate. But only do the conversion if it is possible without -** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument. -** -** This is an EXPERIMENTAL api and is subject to change or removal. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal; - applyNumericAffinity(pMem); - sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(pMem); - return pMem->type; + db->errCode = rc; + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } +end_of_step: + /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be + ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy + ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only + ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc + ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() + ** were called on statement p. + */ + assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR + || rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE + ); + assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ + /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an + ** error has occured, then return the error code in p->rc to the + ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value. + */ + rc = db->errCode = p->rc; + } + return (rc&db->errMask); } /* -** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, -** not the internal Mem* type. +** The maximum number of times that a statement will try to reparse +** itself before giving up and returning SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity( - sqlite3_value *pVal, - u8 affinity, - u8 enc -){ - applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc); -} +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY +# define SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY 5 +#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem -** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf. +** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step(). Call +** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work. If a schema error occurs, +** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){ - char *zCsr = zBuf; - int f = pMem->flags; - - static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"}; - - if( f&MEM_Blob ){ - int i; - char c; - if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ - c = 'z'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ - c = 't'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ - c = 'e'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); - }else{ - c = 's'; - } - - sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c); - zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); - sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n); - zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); - for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){ - sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF)); - zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); - } - for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){ - char z = pMem->z[i]; - if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.'; - else *zCsr++ = z; - } +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Step() */ + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Reprepare() */ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; /* the prepared statement */ + int cnt = 0; /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]); - zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); - if( f & MEM_Zero ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero); - zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); - } - *zCsr = '\0'; - }else if( f & MEM_Str ){ - int j, k; - zBuf[0] = ' '; - if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ - zBuf[1] = 'z'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ - zBuf[1] = 't'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ - zBuf[1] = 'e'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); - }else{ - zBuf[1] = 's'; - } - k = 2; - sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n); - k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); - zBuf[k++] = '['; - for(j=0; j<15 && jn; j++){ - u8 c = pMem->z[j]; - if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){ - zBuf[k++] = c; - }else{ - zBuf[k++] = '.'; - } + if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + db = v->db; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA + && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY + && (rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + assert( v->expired==0 ); + } + if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(v->isPrepareV2) && ALWAYS(db->pErr) ){ + /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. + ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded + ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message + ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement + ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is + ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via + ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode(). + */ + const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr); + v->rc = rc2; + } else { + v->zErrMsg = 0; + v->rc = rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } - zBuf[k++] = ']'; - sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]); - k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); - zBuf[k++] = 0; } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes: +** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a +** pointer to it. */ -static void memTracePrint(FILE *out, Mem *p){ - if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){ - fprintf(out, " NULL"); - }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){ - fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i); - }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){ - fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){ - fprintf(out, " r:%g", p->r); -#endif - }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){ - fprintf(out, " (rowset)"); - }else{ - char zBuf[200]; - sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf); - fprintf(out, " "); - fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf); - } -} -static void registerTrace(FILE *out, int iReg, Mem *p){ - fprintf(out, "REG[%d] = ", iReg); - memTracePrint(out, p); - fprintf(out, "\n"); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){ + assert( p && p->pFunc ); + return p->pFunc->pUserData; } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(p->trace)registerTrace(p->trace,R,M) -#else -# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) -#endif - -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - -/* -** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing -** high-performance timing routines. -*/ -/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/ -/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ /* -** 2008 May 27 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** +** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a +** pointer to it. ** -** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" -** counters for x86 class CPUs. +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46798-50301 The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface +** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st +** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and +** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the +** application defined function. */ -#ifndef _HWTIME_H_ -#define _HWTIME_H_ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){ + assert( p && p->pFunc ); + return p->s.db; +} /* -** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. -** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the -** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res -** profiling. +** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always +** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the +** wrong context. The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct +** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist +** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction +** method of virtual tables. */ -#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ - (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) - - #if defined(__GNUC__) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction( + sqlite3_context *context, /* The function calling context */ + int NotUsed, /* Number of arguments to the function */ + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 /* Value of each argument */ +){ + const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName; + char *zErr; + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + zErr = sqlite3_mprintf( + "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); +} - __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned int lo, hi; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); - return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; +/* +** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function. A new +** context is allocated on the first call. Subsequent calls return the +** same context that was returned on prior calls. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){ + Mem *pMem; + assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) ); + pMem = p->pMem; + testcase( nByte<0 ); + if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){ + if( nByte<=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem); + pMem->flags = MEM_Null; + pMem->z = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0); + pMem->flags = MEM_Agg; + pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc; + if( pMem->z ){ + memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte); + } + } } + return (void*)pMem->z; +} - #elif defined(_MSC_VER) +/* +** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to +** the user-function defined by pCtx. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){ + VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; - __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - __asm { - rdtsc - ret ; return value at EDX:EAX - } + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc; + if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){ + return 0; } + return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux; +} - #endif - -#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) +/* +** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th +** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is +** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int iArg, + void *pAux, + void (*xDelete)(void*) +){ + struct AuxData *pAuxData; + VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; + if( iArg<0 ) goto failed; - __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned long val; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); - return val; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc; + if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){ + int nAux = (pVdbeFunc ? pVdbeFunc->nAux : 0); + int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg; + pVdbeFunc = sqlite3DbRealloc(pCtx->s.db, pVdbeFunc, nMalloc); + if( !pVdbeFunc ){ + goto failed; + } + pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc; + memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[nAux], 0, sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-nAux)); + pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1; + pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc; } -#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) - - __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned long long retval; - unsigned long junk; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ - 1: mftbu %1\n\ - mftb %L0\n\ - mftbu %0\n\ - cmpw %0,%1\n\ - bne 1b" - : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); - return retval; + pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg]; + if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){ + pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux); } + pAuxData->pAux = pAux; + pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete; + return; -#else - - #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. - - /* - ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, - ** you can remove the above #error and use the following - ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many - ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at - ** least compile and run. - */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } +failed: + if( xDelete ){ + xDelete(pAux); + } +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been +** called. +** +** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is +** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code. New aggregate function +** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate +** context. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){ + assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep ); + return p->pMem->n; +} #endif -#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ +/* +** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0; +} -/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/ +/* +** Return the number of values available from the current row of the +** currently executing statement pStmt. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0; + return pVm->nResColumn; +} -#endif /* -** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the -** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called. If it has been, then -** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted. -** -** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to -** implement a loop. This test used to be on every single instruction, -** but that meant we more testing that we needed. By only testing the -** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement. +** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid. If +** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column. +** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value +** of NULL. */ -#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \ - if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; +static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + Vdbe *pVm; + Mem *pOut; + pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && inResColumn && i>=0 ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); + pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i]; + }else{ + /* If the value passed as the second argument is out of range, return + ** a pointer to the following static Mem object which contains the + ** value SQL NULL. Even though the Mem structure contains an element + ** of type i64, on certain architecture (x86) with certain compiler + ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary + ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when + ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s + ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent + ** this assert() from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined + ** using gcc, force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical + ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */ + static const Mem nullMem +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__) + __attribute__((aligned(8))) +#endif + = {0, "", (double)0, {0}, 0, MEM_Null, SQLITE_NULL, 0, #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -static int fileExists(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFile){ - int res = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* If we are currently testing IO errors, then do not call OsAccess() to - ** test for the presence of zFile. This is because any IO error that - ** occurs here will not be reported, causing the test to fail. - */ - extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; - if( sqlite3_io_error_pending<=0 ) + 0, 0, /* pScopyFrom, pFiller */ #endif - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zFile, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); - return (res && rc==SQLITE_OK); + 0, 0 }; + + if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); + sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0); + } + pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem; + } + return pOut; } -#endif -#ifndef NDEBUG /* -** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It -** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to -** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the -** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint. +** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a +** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the +** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If +** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result +** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM. ** -** Usage: +** Specifically, this is called from within: ** -** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); +** sqlite3_column_int() +** sqlite3_column_int64() +** sqlite3_column_text() +** sqlite3_column_text16() +** sqlite3_column_real() +** sqlite3_column_bytes() +** sqlite3_column_bytes16() +** sqiite3_column_blob() */ -static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){ - int n = 0; - Savepoint *p; - for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++; - assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) ); - return 1; +static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt) +{ + /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an + ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to + ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR + ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM. + */ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + if( p ){ + p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + } } -#endif + +/**************************** sqlite3_column_ ******************************* +** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row +** in the result set. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + const void *val; + val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might + ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() + ** expression. + */ + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i); + if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){ + pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static; + pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem; + } + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return (sqlite3_value *)pOut; +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return iType; +} + +/* The following function is experimental and subject to change or +** removal */ +/*int sqlite3_column_numeric_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ +** return sqlite3_value_numeric_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); +**} +*/ /* -** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return. -** -** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to -** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks -** and the error message pointer. +** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using +** xFunc() then return that string. If N is out of range, return 0. ** -** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either -** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with -** SQLITE_ROW. +** There are up to 5 names for each column. useType determines which +** name is returned. Here are the names: ** -** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine -** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will -** return SQLITE_BUSY. +** 0 The column name as it should be displayed for output +** 1 The datatype name for the column +** 2 The name of the database that the column derives from +** 3 The name of the table that the column derives from +** 4 The name of the table column that the result column derives from +** +** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression +** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL. +*/ +static const void *columnName( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int N, + const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*), + int useType +){ + const void *ret = 0; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + int n; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + + assert( db!=0 ); + n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); + if( N=0 ){ + N += useType*n; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); + ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]); + /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this + ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL. + */ + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + db->mallocFailed = 0; + ret = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + } + return ret; +} + +/* +** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL +** statement pStmt. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME); +} +#endif + +/* +** Constraint: If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must +** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) +# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \ + and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA" +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE +/* +** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column +** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +/* +** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives. +** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or +** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives. +** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or +** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives. +** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or +** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */ + + +/******************************* sqlite3_bind_ *************************** +** +** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement. +*/ +/* +** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the +** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is +** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK. +** +** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p. +** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs. +** +** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return +** value in any case. +*/ +static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){ + Mem *pVar; + if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); + if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){ + sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, + "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql); + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){ + sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + return SQLITE_RANGE; + } + i--; + pVar = &p->aVar[i]; + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar); + pVar->flags = MEM_Null; + sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0); + + /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then + ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan. + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host + ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan + ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled, + ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call + ** following any change to the bindings of that parameter. + */ + if( p->isPrepareV2 && + ((i<32 && p->expmask & ((u32)1 << i)) || p->expmask==0xffffffff) + ){ + p->expired = 1; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Bind a text or BLOB value. +*/ +static int bindText( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* The statement to bind against */ + int i, /* Index of the parameter to bind */ + const void *zData, /* Pointer to the data to be bound */ + int nData, /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */ + void (*xDel)(void*), /* Destructor for the data */ + u8 encoding /* Encoding for the data */ +){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + Mem *pVar; + int rc; + + rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( zData!=0 ){ + pVar = &p->aVar[i-1]; + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db)); + } + sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ + xDel((void*)zData); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const void *zData, + int nData, + void (*xDel)(void*) +){ + return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0); +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){ + int rc; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){ + return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue); +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){ + int rc; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + int rc; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const char *zData, + int nData, + void (*xDel)(void*) +){ + return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const void *zData, + int nData, + void (*xDel)(void*) +){ + return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){ + int rc; + switch( pValue->type ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i); + break; + } + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->r); + break; + } + case SQLITE_BLOB: { + if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + break; + } + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + rc = bindText(pStmt,i, pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT, + pValue->enc); + break; + } + default: { + rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i); + break; + } + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){ + int rc; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to. +** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + return p ? p->nVar : 0; +} + +/* +** Return the name of a wildcard parameter. Return NULL if the index +** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed. +** +** The result is always UTF-8. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nzVar ){ + return 0; + } + return p->azVar[i-1]; +} + +/* +** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable +** with that name. If there is no variable with the given name, +** return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){ + int i; + if( p==0 ){ + return 0; + } + if( zName ){ + for(i=0; inzVar; i++){ + const char *z = p->azVar[i]; + if( z && memcmp(z,zName,nName)==0 && z[nName]==0 ){ + return i+1; + } + } + } + return 0; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){ + return sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)); +} + +/* +** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){ + Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; + Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; + int i; + assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db ); + assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar ); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex); + for(i=0; inVar; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code +** should call sqlite3TransferBindings. +** +** Is is misuse to call this routine with statements from different +** database connections. But as this is a deprecated interface, we +** will not bother to check for that condition. +** +** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then +** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise +** SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){ + Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; + Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; + if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( pTo->isPrepareV2 && pTo->expmask ){ + pTo->expired = 1; + } + if( pFrom->isPrepareV2 && pFrom->expmask ){ + pFrom->expired = 1; + } + return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt); +} +#endif + +/* +** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given +** in the argument belongs. This is the same database handle that was +** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create +** the statement in the first place. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0; +} + +/* +** Return true if the prepared statement is guaranteed to not modify the +** database. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->readOnly : 1; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated +** with database connection pDb. If pStmt is NULL, return the first +** prepared statement for the database connection. Return NULL if there +** are no more. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + sqlite3_stmt *pNext; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex); + if( pStmt==0 ){ + pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe; + }else{ + pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex); + return pNext; +} + +/* +** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){ + Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + int v = pVdbe->aCounter[op-1]; + if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op-1] = 0; + return v; +} + +/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/ +/* +** 2009 November 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters +** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace(). +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + +/* +** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text. Return the number of +** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in +** a host parameter. If the text contains no host parameters, return +** the total number of bytes in the text. +*/ +static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){ + int tokenType; + int nTotal = 0; + int n; + + *pnToken = 0; + while( zSql[0] ){ + n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType); + assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL ); + if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){ + *pnToken = n; + break; + } + nTotal += n; + zSql += n; + } + return nTotal; +} + +/* +** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory +** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.vdbeExecCnt is 1, then the +** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to +** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.vdbeExecCnt is greater than 1, +** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended +** to each line of text. +** +** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned +** is eventually freed. +** +** ALGORITHM: Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of +** these forms: ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A. Take care to avoid text within +** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments. For text forms, +** the host parameter index is found by scanning the perpared +** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode. Once the host +** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[]. Then render +** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql( + Vdbe *p, /* The prepared statement being evaluated */ + const char *zRawSql /* Raw text of the SQL statement */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + int idx = 0; /* Index of a host parameter */ + int nextIndex = 1; /* Index of next ? host parameter */ + int n; /* Length of a token prefix */ + int nToken; /* Length of the parameter token */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + Mem *pVar; /* Value of a host parameter */ + StrAccum out; /* Accumulate the output here */ + char zBase[100]; /* Initial working space */ + + db = p->db; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, zBase, sizeof(zBase), + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); + out.db = db; + if( db->vdbeExecCnt>1 ){ + while( *zRawSql ){ + const char *zStart = zRawSql; + while( *(zRawSql++)!='\n' && *zRawSql ); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "-- ", 3); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zStart, (int)(zRawSql-zStart)); + } + }else{ + while( zRawSql[0] ){ + n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken); + assert( n>0 ); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, n); + zRawSql += n; + assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 ); + if( nToken==0 ) break; + if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){ + if( nToken>1 ){ + assert( sqlite3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) ); + sqlite3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx); + }else{ + idx = nextIndex; + } + }else{ + assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' || zRawSql[0]=='@' ); + testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' ); + testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' ); + testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' ); + idx = sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken); + assert( idx>0 ); + } + zRawSql += nToken; + nextIndex = idx + 1; + assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar ); + pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1]; + if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4); + }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%lld", pVar->u.i); + }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%!.15g", pVar->r); + }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + u8 enc = ENC(db); + if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + Mem utf8; + memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8)); + utf8.db = db; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLITE_UTF8); + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", utf8.n, utf8.z); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8); + }else +#endif + { + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", pVar->n, pVar->z); + } + }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero); + }else{ + assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob ); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "x'", 2); + for(i=0; in; i++){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%02x", pVar->z[i]&0xff); + } + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "'", 1); + } + } + } + return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&out); +} + +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ + +/************** End of vdbetrace.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** The code in this file implements execution method of the +** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE). A separate file ("vdbeaux.c") +** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting +** VDBE instances. This file is solely interested in executing +** the VDBE program. +** +** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer +** to a VDBE. +** +** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by +** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement. VDBE programs are +** similar in form to assembly language. The program consists of +** a linear sequence of operations. Each operation has an opcode +** and 5 operands. Operands P1, P2, and P3 are integers. Operand P4 +** is a null-terminated string. Operand P5 is an unsigned character. +** Few opcodes use all 5 operands. +** +** Computation results are stored on a set of registers numbered beginning +** with 1 and going up to Vdbe.nMem. Each register can store +** either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point +** number, or the SQL "NULL" value. An implicit conversion from one +** type to the other occurs as necessary. +** +** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec() +** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program. +** But other routines are also provided to help in building up +** a program instruction by instruction. +** +** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML +** documentation, headers files, or other derived files. The formatting +** of the code in this file is, therefore, important. See other comments +** in this file for details. If in doubt, do not deviate from existing +** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code. +*/ + +/* +** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the +** value of the cell. This macro verifies that shallow copies are +** not misused. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +# define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemPrepareToChange(P,M) +#else +# define memAboutToChange(P,M) +#endif + +/* +** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor +** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test +** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are +** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to +** help verify the correct operation of the library. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before +** each instruction in the VDBE. When reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted +** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate and interrupt. +** +** This facility is used for testing purposes only. It does not function +** in an ordinary build. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode +** is executed. The test procedures use this information to make sure that +** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times. This variable +** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the +** library. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob +** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode. The test procedures +** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality +** is working correctly. This variable has no function other than to +** help verify the correct operation of the library. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0; +static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){ + if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){ + sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n; + } +} +#endif + +/* +** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Found opcode +** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key +** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable +** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the +** library. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size. +** If it does, record the new maximum blob size. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST) +# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) updateMaxBlobsize(P) +#else +# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) +#endif + +/* +** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one +** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails. +*/ +#define Stringify(P, enc) \ + if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \ + { goto no_mem; } + +/* +** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains +** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity +** is responsible for deallocating that string. Because the register +** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register +** knowing it. +** +** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated +** string that the register itself controls. In other words, it +** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string. +*/ +#define Deephemeralize(P) \ + if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \ + && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;} + +/* +** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*) +** P if required. +*/ +#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) + +/* Return true if the cursor was opened using the OP_OpenSorter opcode. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT +# define isSorter(x) 0 +#else +# define isSorter(x) ((x)->pSorter!=0) +#endif + +/* +** Argument pMem points at a register that will be passed to a +** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query. +** This routine sets the pMem->type variable used by the sqlite3_value_*() +** routines. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem){ + int flags = pMem->flags; + if( flags & MEM_Null ){ + pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL; + } + else if( flags & MEM_Int ){ + pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; + } + else if( flags & MEM_Real ){ + pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT; + } + else if( flags & MEM_Str ){ + pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; + }else{ + pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL +** if we run out of memory. +*/ +static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor( + Vdbe *p, /* The virtual machine */ + int iCur, /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */ + int nField, /* Number of fields in the table or index */ + int iDb, /* When database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */ + int isBtreeCursor /* True for B-Tree. False for pseudo-table or vtab */ +){ + /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory + ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a + ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a + ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons: + ** + ** * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different + ** purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require + ** different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable + ** allocations. + ** + ** * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can + ** be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This + ** minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system. + ** + ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address + ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for + ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc. + */ + Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur]; + + int nByte; + VdbeCursor *pCx = 0; + nByte = + ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + + (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0) + + 2*nField*sizeof(u32); + + assert( iCurnCursor ); + if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){ + sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]); + p->apCsr[iCur] = 0; + } + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){ + p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z; + memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor)); + pCx->iDb = iDb; + pCx->nField = nField; + if( nField ){ + pCx->aType = (u32 *)&pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))]; + } + if( isBtreeCursor ){ + pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*) + &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*nField*sizeof(u32)]; + sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->pCursor); + } + } + return pCx; +} + +/* +** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can +** do so without loss of information. In other words, if the string +** looks like a number, convert it into a number. If it does not +** look like a number, leave it alone. +*/ +static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){ + if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){ + double rValue; + i64 iValue; + u8 enc = pRec->enc; + if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return; + if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return; + if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){ + pRec->u.i = iValue; + pRec->flags |= MEM_Int; + }else{ + pRec->r = rValue; + pRec->flags |= MEM_Real; + } + } +} + +/* +** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter: +** +** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: +** SQLITE_AFF_REAL: +** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: +** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a +** floating-point representation if an integer representation +** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is +** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because +** an integer representation is more space efficient on disk. +** +** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: +** Convert pRec to a text representation. +** +** SQLITE_AFF_NONE: +** No-op. pRec is unchanged. +*/ +static void applyAffinity( + Mem *pRec, /* The value to apply affinity to */ + char affinity, /* The affinity to be applied */ + u8 enc /* Use this text encoding */ +){ + if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ + /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real + ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string + ** representation. + */ + if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc); + } + pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int); + }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL + || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); + applyNumericAffinity(pRec); + if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){ + sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec); + } + } +} + +/* +** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column +** into a numeric representation. Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever +** is appropriate. But only do the conversion if it is possible without +** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal; + if( pMem->type==SQLITE_TEXT ){ + applyNumericAffinity(pMem); + sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(pMem); + } + return pMem->type; +} + +/* +** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, +** not the internal Mem* type. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity( + sqlite3_value *pVal, + u8 affinity, + u8 enc +){ + applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem +** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){ + char *zCsr = zBuf; + int f = pMem->flags; + + static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"}; + + if( f&MEM_Blob ){ + int i; + char c; + if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ + c = 'z'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); + }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ + c = 't'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); + }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ + c = 'e'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); + }else{ + c = 's'; + } + + sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c); + zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); + sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n); + zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); + for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){ + sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF)); + zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); + } + for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){ + char z = pMem->z[i]; + if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.'; + else *zCsr++ = z; + } + + sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]); + zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); + if( f & MEM_Zero ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero); + zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); + } + *zCsr = '\0'; + }else if( f & MEM_Str ){ + int j, k; + zBuf[0] = ' '; + if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ + zBuf[1] = 'z'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); + }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ + zBuf[1] = 't'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); + }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ + zBuf[1] = 'e'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); + }else{ + zBuf[1] = 's'; + } + k = 2; + sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n); + k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); + zBuf[k++] = '['; + for(j=0; j<15 && jn; j++){ + u8 c = pMem->z[j]; + if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){ + zBuf[k++] = c; + }else{ + zBuf[k++] = '.'; + } + } + zBuf[k++] = ']'; + sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]); + k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); + zBuf[k++] = 0; + } +} +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes: +*/ +static void memTracePrint(FILE *out, Mem *p){ + if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){ + fprintf(out, " NULL"); + }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){ + fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i); + }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){ + fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){ + fprintf(out, " r:%g", p->r); +#endif + }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){ + fprintf(out, " (rowset)"); + }else{ + char zBuf[200]; + sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf); + fprintf(out, " "); + fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf); + } +} +static void registerTrace(FILE *out, int iReg, Mem *p){ + fprintf(out, "REG[%d] = ", iReg); + memTracePrint(out, p); + fprintf(out, "\n"); +} +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(p->trace)registerTrace(p->trace,R,M) +#else +# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) +#endif + + +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + +/* +** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing +** high-performance timing routines. +*/ +/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/ +/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" +** counters for x86 class CPUs. +*/ +#ifndef _HWTIME_H_ +#define _HWTIME_H_ + +/* +** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. +** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the +** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res +** profiling. +*/ +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ + (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) + + #if defined(__GNUC__) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned int lo, hi; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); + return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; + } + + #elif defined(_MSC_VER) + + __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + __asm { + rdtsc + ret ; return value at EDX:EAX + } + } + + #endif + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long val; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); + return val; + } + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long long retval; + unsigned long junk; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ + 1: mftbu %1\n\ + mftb %L0\n\ + mftbu %0\n\ + cmpw %0,%1\n\ + bne 1b" + : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); + return retval; + } + +#else + + #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. + + /* + ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, + ** you can remove the above #error and use the following + ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many + ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at + ** least compile and run. + */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } + +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ + +/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/ + +#endif + +/* +** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the +** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called. If it has been, then +** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted. +** +** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to +** implement a loop. This test used to be on every single instruction, +** but that meant we more testing that we needed. By only testing the +** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement. +*/ +#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \ + if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; + + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It +** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to +** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the +** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint. +** +** Usage: +** +** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); +*/ +static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){ + int n = 0; + Savepoint *p; + for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++; + assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) ); + return 1; +} +#endif + +/* +** Transfer error message text from an sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored +** in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored +** in memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc). +*/ +static void importVtabErrMsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg); + sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); + pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; +} + + +/* +** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return. +** +** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to +** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks +** and the error message pointer. +** +** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either +** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with +** SQLITE_ROW. +** +** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine +** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will +** return SQLITE_BUSY. ** ** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained ** from sqlite3_malloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory. @@ -53405,7 +63653,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( Op *pOp; /* Current operation */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Value to return */ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database */ - u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if true */ + u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */ u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK int checkProgress; /* True if progress callbacks are enabled */ @@ -53418,6 +63666,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( Mem *pOut = 0; /* Output operand */ int iCompare = 0; /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */ int *aPermute = 0; /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */ + i64 lastRowid = db->lastRowid; /* Saved value of the last insert ROWID */ #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE u64 start; /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */ int origPc; /* Program counter at start of opcode */ @@ -53435,9 +63684,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( int pcDest; } aa; struct OP_Variable_stack_vars { - int p1; /* Variable to copy from */ - int p2; /* Register to copy to */ - int n; /* Number of values left to copy */ Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */ } ab; struct OP_Move_stack_vars { @@ -53468,8 +63714,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( int n; } ag; struct OP_ShiftRight_stack_vars { - i64 a; - i64 b; + i64 iA; + u64 uA; + i64 iB; + u8 op; } ah; struct OP_Ge_stack_vars { int res; /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */ @@ -53516,6 +63764,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( u32 szField; /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */ int szHdr; /* Size of the header size field at start of record */ int avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */ + u32 t; /* A type code from the record header */ Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */ } am; struct OP_Affinity_stack_vars { @@ -53571,6 +63820,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( } au; struct OP_VerifyCookie_stack_vars { int iMeta; + int iGen; Btree *pBt; } av; struct OP_OpenWrite_stack_vars { @@ -53586,9 +63836,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( struct OP_OpenEphemeral_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pCx; } ax; - struct OP_OpenPseudo_stack_vars { + struct OP_SorterOpen_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pCx; } ay; + struct OP_OpenPseudo_stack_vars { + VdbeCursor *pCx; + } az; struct OP_SeekGt_stack_vars { int res; int oc; @@ -53596,18 +63849,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( UnpackedRecord r; int nField; i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */ - } az; + } ba; struct OP_Seek_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; - } ba; + } bb; struct OP_Found_stack_vars { int alreadyExists; VdbeCursor *pC; int res; + char *pFree; UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; UnpackedRecord r; char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7]; - } bb; + } bc; struct OP_IsUnique_stack_vars { u16 ii; VdbeCursor *pCx; @@ -53616,13 +63870,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( Mem *aMx; UnpackedRecord r; /* B-Tree index search key */ i64 R; /* Rowid stored in register P3 */ - } bc; + } bd; struct OP_NotExists_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; u64 iKey; - } bd; + } be; struct OP_NewRowid_stack_vars { i64 v; /* The new rowid */ VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */ @@ -53630,7 +63884,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( int cnt; /* Counter to limit the number of searches */ Mem *pMem; /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Root frame of VDBE */ - } be; + } bf; struct OP_InsertInt_stack_vars { Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */ Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */ @@ -53641,83 +63895,89 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( const char *zDb; /* database name - used by the update hook */ const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */ int op; /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */ - } bf; + } bg; struct OP_Delete_stack_vars { i64 iKey; VdbeCursor *pC; - } bg; + } bh; + struct OP_SorterCompare_stack_vars { + VdbeCursor *pC; + int res; + } bi; + struct OP_SorterData_stack_vars { + VdbeCursor *pC; + } bj; struct OP_RowData_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; u32 n; i64 n64; - } bh; + } bk; struct OP_Rowid_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; i64 v; sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; - } bi; + } bl; struct OP_NullRow_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; - } bj; + } bm; struct OP_Last_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; - } bk; + } bn; struct OP_Rewind_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; - } bl; + } bo; struct OP_Next_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; - } bm; + } bp; struct OP_IdxInsert_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int nKey; const char *zKey; - } bn; + } bq; struct OP_IdxDelete_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; UnpackedRecord r; - } bo; + } br; struct OP_IdxRowid_stack_vars { BtCursor *pCrsr; VdbeCursor *pC; i64 rowid; - } bp; + } bs; struct OP_IdxGE_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; int res; UnpackedRecord r; - } bq; + } bt; struct OP_Destroy_stack_vars { int iMoved; int iCnt; Vdbe *pVdbe; int iDb; - } br; + } bu; struct OP_Clear_stack_vars { int nChange; - } bs; + } bv; struct OP_CreateTable_stack_vars { int pgno; int flags; Db *pDb; - } bt; + } bw; struct OP_ParseSchema_stack_vars { int iDb; const char *zMaster; char *zSql; InitData initData; - } bu; + } bx; struct OP_IntegrityCk_stack_vars { int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */ int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */ @@ -53725,14 +63985,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */ char *z; /* Text of the error report */ Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */ - } bv; + } by; struct OP_RowSetRead_stack_vars { i64 val; - } bw; + } bz; struct OP_RowSetTest_stack_vars { int iSet; int exists; - } bx; + } ca; struct OP_Program_stack_vars { int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */ int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */ @@ -53742,15 +64002,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */ void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */ - } by; + } cb; struct OP_Param_stack_vars { VdbeFrame *pFrame; Mem *pIn; - } bz; + } cc; struct OP_MemMax_stack_vars { Mem *pIn1; VdbeFrame *pFrame; - } ca; + } cd; struct OP_AggStep_stack_vars { int n; int i; @@ -53758,22 +64018,34 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( Mem *pRec; sqlite3_context ctx; sqlite3_value **apVal; - } cb; + } ce; struct OP_AggFinal_stack_vars { Mem *pMem; - } cc; + } cf; + struct OP_Checkpoint_stack_vars { + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int aRes[3]; /* Results */ + Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */ + } cg; + struct OP_JournalMode_stack_vars { + Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */ + Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */ + int eNew; /* New journal mode */ + int eOld; /* The old journal mode */ + const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */ + } ch; struct OP_IncrVacuum_stack_vars { Btree *pBt; - } cd; + } ci; struct OP_VBegin_stack_vars { VTable *pVTab; - } ce; + } cj; struct OP_VOpen_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pCur; sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; sqlite3_module *pModule; - } cf; + } ck; struct OP_VFilter_stack_vars { int nArg; int iQuery; @@ -53786,23 +64058,23 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( int res; int i; Mem **apArg; - } cg; + } cl; struct OP_VColumn_stack_vars { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; Mem *pDest; sqlite3_context sContext; - } ch; + } cm; struct OP_VNext_stack_vars { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; int res; VdbeCursor *pCur; - } ci; + } cn; struct OP_VRename_stack_vars { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; Mem *pName; - } cj; + } co; struct OP_VUpdate_stack_vars { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; sqlite3_module *pModule; @@ -53811,21 +64083,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( sqlite_int64 rowid; Mem **apArg; Mem *pX; - } ck; - struct OP_Pagecount_stack_vars { - int p1; - int nPage; - Pager *pPager; - } cl; + } cp; struct OP_Trace_stack_vars { char *zTrace; - } cm; + char *z; + } cq; } u; /* End automatically generated code ********************************************************************/ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */ - sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(p); + sqlite3VdbeEnter(p); if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */ @@ -53843,9 +64111,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - if( p->pc==0 - && ((p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing) || fileExists(db, "vdbe_explain")) - ){ + if( p->pc==0 && (p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing)!=0 ){ int i; printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n"); sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p); @@ -53853,9 +64119,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &aOp[i]); } } - if( fileExists(db, "vdbe_trace") ){ - p->trace = stdout; - } sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); #endif for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){ @@ -53877,15 +64140,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( } sqlite3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp); } - if( p->trace==0 && pc==0 ){ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - if( fileExists(db, "vdbe_sqltrace") ){ - sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p); - } - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - } #endif - + /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens ** if we have a special test build. @@ -53930,7 +64186,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( assert( pOp->p2>0 ); assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem ); pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pOut); + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + MemReleaseExt(pOut); pOut->flags = MEM_Int; } @@ -53939,28 +64196,33 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p1>0 ); assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem ); + assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]); } if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p2>0 ); assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem ); + assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p2]) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]); } if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p3>0 ); assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); + assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]); } if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p2>0 ); assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem ); + memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p2]); } if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p3>0 ); assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); + memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]); } #endif - + switch( pOp->opcode ){ /***************************************************************************** @@ -54001,7 +64263,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( /* Opcode: Goto * P2 * * * ** ** An unconditional jump to address P2. -** The next instruction executed will be +** The next instruction executed will be ** the one at index P2 from the beginning of ** the program. */ @@ -54019,6 +64281,7 @@ case OP_Goto: { /* jump */ case OP_Gosub: { /* jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); + memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); pIn1->flags = MEM_Int; pIn1->u.i = pc; REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1); @@ -54057,7 +64320,7 @@ case OP_Yield: { /* in1 */ /* Opcode: HaltIfNull P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** -** Check the value in register P3. If is is NULL then Halt using +** Check the value in register P3. If it is NULL then Halt using ** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction. If the ** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op. */ @@ -54078,7 +64341,7 @@ case OP_HaltIfNull: { /* in3 */ ** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback ** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort, ** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the -** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. +** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. ** ** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string. ** @@ -54094,8 +64357,9 @@ case OP_Halt: { p->nFrame--; sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); pc = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); + lastRowid = db->lastRowid; if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){ - /* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program + /* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified @@ -54167,7 +64431,7 @@ case OP_Real: { /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */ /* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 * ** -** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed +** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed ** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time. */ case OP_String8: { /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */ @@ -54198,7 +64462,7 @@ case OP_String8: { /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */ } /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */ } - + /* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 * ** ** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2. @@ -54226,11 +64490,7 @@ case OP_Null: { /* out2-prerelease */ /* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4 ** ** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Store this -** blob in register P2. This instruction is not coded directly -** by the compiler. Instead, the compiler layer specifies -** an OP_HexBlob opcode, with the hex string representation of -** the blob as P4. This opcode is transformed to an OP_Blob -** the first time it is executed. +** blob in register P2. */ case OP_Blob: { /* out2-prerelease */ assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); @@ -54240,40 +64500,26 @@ case OP_Blob: { /* out2-prerelease */ break; } -/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 P3 P4 * +/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 * ** -** Transfer the values of bound parameters P1..P1+P3-1 into registers -** P2..P2+P3-1. +** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2 ** ** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4 and P3==1. ** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(). */ -case OP_Variable: { +case OP_Variable: { /* out2-prerelease */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ab */ - int p1; /* Variable to copy from */ - int p2; /* Register to copy to */ - int n; /* Number of values left to copy */ Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.ab */ - u.ab.p1 = pOp->p1 - 1; - u.ab.p2 = pOp->p2; - u.ab.n = pOp->p3; - assert( u.ab.p1>=0 && u.ab.p1+u.ab.n<=p->nVar ); - assert( u.ab.p2>=1 && u.ab.p2+u.ab.n-1<=p->nMem ); - assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p3==1 || pOp->p3==0 ); - - while( u.ab.n-- > 0 ){ - u.ab.pVar = &p->aVar[u.ab.p1++]; - if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.ab.pVar) ){ - goto too_big; - } - pOut = &aMem[u.ab.p2++]; - sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pOut); - pOut->flags = MEM_Null; - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.ab.pVar, MEM_Static); - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); + assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar ); + assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] ); + u.ab.pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1]; + if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.ab.pVar) ){ + goto too_big; } + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.ab.pVar, MEM_Static); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); break; } @@ -54303,9 +64549,16 @@ case OP_Move: { while( u.ac.n-- ){ assert( pOut<=&aMem[p->nMem] ); assert( pIn1<=&aMem[p->nMem] ); + assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); u.ac.zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc; pOut->zMalloc = 0; sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[u.ac.p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<&aMem[u.ac.p1+pOp->p3] ){ + pOut->pScopyFrom += u.ac.p1 - pOp->p2; + } +#endif pIn1->zMalloc = u.ac.zMalloc; REGISTER_TRACE(u.ac.p2++, pOut); pIn1++; @@ -54348,6 +64601,9 @@ case OP_SCopy: { /* in1, out2 */ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; assert( pOut!=pIn1 ); sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pOut->pScopyFrom==0 ) pOut->pScopyFrom = pIn1; +#endif REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); break; } @@ -54408,6 +64664,10 @@ case OP_ResultRow: { */ u.ad.pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1]; for(u.ad.i=0; u.ad.ip2; u.ad.i++){ + assert( memIsValid(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]) ); + Deephemeralize(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]); + assert( (u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0 + || (u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i].flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]); sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+u.ad.i, &u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]); @@ -54492,14 +64752,14 @@ case OP_Concat: { /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */ /* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2 -** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in -** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is +** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in +** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is ** NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Compute the remainder after integer division of the value in -** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3. +** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3. ** If the value in register P2 is zero the result is NULL. ** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. */ @@ -54527,19 +64787,12 @@ case OP_Remainder: { /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */ u.af.iA = pIn1->u.i; u.af.iB = pIn2->u.i; switch( pOp->opcode ){ - case OP_Add: u.af.iB += u.af.iA; break; - case OP_Subtract: u.af.iB -= u.af.iA; break; - case OP_Multiply: u.af.iB *= u.af.iA; break; + case OP_Add: if( sqlite3AddInt64(&u.af.iB,u.af.iA) ) goto fp_math; break; + case OP_Subtract: if( sqlite3SubInt64(&u.af.iB,u.af.iA) ) goto fp_math; break; + case OP_Multiply: if( sqlite3MulInt64(&u.af.iB,u.af.iA) ) goto fp_math; break; case OP_Divide: { if( u.af.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; - /* Dividing the largest possible negative 64-bit integer (1<<63) by - ** -1 returns an integer too large to store in a 64-bit data-type. On - ** some architectures, the value overflows to (1<<63). On others, - ** a SIGFPE is issued. The following statement normalizes this - ** behavior so that all architectures behave as if integer - ** overflow occurred. - */ - if( u.af.iA==-1 && u.af.iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) u.af.iA = 1; + if( u.af.iA==-1 && u.af.iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math; u.af.iB /= u.af.iA; break; } @@ -54553,6 +64806,7 @@ case OP_Remainder: { /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */ pOut->u.i = u.af.iB; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); }else{ +fp_math: u.af.rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1); u.af.rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2); switch( pOp->opcode ){ @@ -54618,7 +64872,7 @@ case OP_CollSeq: { ** successors. The result of the function is stored in register P3. ** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs. ** -** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the +** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the ** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first ** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine ** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the @@ -54639,14 +64893,19 @@ case OP_Function: { u.ag.n = pOp->p5; u.ag.apVal = p->apArg; assert( u.ag.apVal || u.ag.n==0 ); + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); assert( u.ag.n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+u.ag.n<=p->nMem+1) ); assert( pOp->p3p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+u.ag.n ); u.ag.pArg = &aMem[pOp->p2]; for(u.ag.i=0; u.ag.ip2, u.ag.pArg); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+u.ag.i, u.ag.pArg); } assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF || pOp->p4type==P4_VDBEFUNC ); @@ -54658,8 +64917,6 @@ case OP_Function: { u.ag.ctx.pFunc = u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc; } - assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; u.ag.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; u.ag.ctx.s.db = db; u.ag.ctx.s.xDel = 0; @@ -54679,16 +64936,9 @@ case OP_Function: { assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); u.ag.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl; } - (*u.ag.ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&u.ag.ctx, u.ag.n, u.ag.apVal); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the - ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function - ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources - ** associated with such a value. - */ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.ag.ctx.s); - goto no_mem; - } + db->lastRowid = lastRowid; + (*u.ag.ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&u.ag.ctx, u.ag.n, u.ag.apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ + lastRowid = db->lastRowid; /* If any auxiliary data functions have been called by this user function, ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values. @@ -54699,6 +64949,16 @@ case OP_Function: { pOp->p4type = P4_VDBEFUNC; } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the + ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function + ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources + ** associated with such a value. + */ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.ag.ctx.s); + goto no_mem; + } + /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */ if( u.ag.ctx.isError ){ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&u.ag.ctx.s)); @@ -54711,6 +64971,15 @@ case OP_Function: { if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){ goto too_big; } + +#if 0 + /* The app-defined function has done something that as caused this + ** statement to expire. (Perhaps the function called sqlite3_exec() + ** with a CREATE TABLE statement.) + */ + if( p->expired ) rc = SQLITE_ABORT; +#endif + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut); UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); break; @@ -54731,7 +65000,7 @@ case OP_Function: { /* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the -** number of bits specified by the integer in regiser P1. +** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1. ** Store the result in register P3. ** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. */ @@ -54747,8 +65016,10 @@ case OP_BitOr: /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_ShiftLeft: /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ah */ - i64 a; - i64 b; + i64 iA; + u64 uA; + i64 iB; + u8 op; #endif /* local variables moved into u.ah */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; @@ -54758,22 +65029,44 @@ case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); break; } - u.ah.a = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2); - u.ah.b = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1); - switch( pOp->opcode ){ - case OP_BitAnd: u.ah.a &= u.ah.b; break; - case OP_BitOr: u.ah.a |= u.ah.b; break; - case OP_ShiftLeft: u.ah.a <<= u.ah.b; break; - default: assert( pOp->opcode==OP_ShiftRight ); - u.ah.a >>= u.ah.b; break; + u.ah.iA = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2); + u.ah.iB = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1); + u.ah.op = pOp->opcode; + if( u.ah.op==OP_BitAnd ){ + u.ah.iA &= u.ah.iB; + }else if( u.ah.op==OP_BitOr ){ + u.ah.iA |= u.ah.iB; + }else if( u.ah.iB!=0 ){ + assert( u.ah.op==OP_ShiftRight || u.ah.op==OP_ShiftLeft ); + + /* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */ + if( u.ah.iB<0 ){ + assert( OP_ShiftRight==OP_ShiftLeft+1 ); + u.ah.op = 2*OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - u.ah.op; + u.ah.iB = u.ah.iB>(-64) ? -u.ah.iB : 64; + } + + if( u.ah.iB>=64 ){ + u.ah.iA = (u.ah.iA>=0 || u.ah.op==OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1; + }else{ + memcpy(&u.ah.uA, &u.ah.iA, sizeof(u.ah.uA)); + if( u.ah.op==OP_ShiftLeft ){ + u.ah.uA <<= u.ah.iB; + }else{ + u.ah.uA >>= u.ah.iB; + /* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */ + if( u.ah.iA<0 ) u.ah.uA |= ((((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)|0xffffffff) << (64-u.ah.iB); + } + memcpy(&u.ah.iA, &u.ah.uA, sizeof(u.ah.iA)); + } } - pOut->u.i = u.ah.a; + pOut->u.i = u.ah.iA; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); break; } /* Opcode: AddImm P1 P2 * * * -** +** ** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1. ** The result is always an integer. ** @@ -54781,13 +65074,14 @@ case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ */ case OP_AddImm: { /* in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2; break; } /* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * * -** +** ** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If the value ** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer ** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0 @@ -54840,6 +65134,7 @@ case OP_RealAffinity: { /* in1 */ */ case OP_ToText: { /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break; assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) ); pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3; @@ -54879,23 +65174,21 @@ case OP_ToBlob: { /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */ ** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an ** integer or a floating-point number.) ** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the -** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion +** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion ** is possible. ** ** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. */ case OP_ToNumeric: { /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1); - } + sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1); break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ /* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * * ** -** Force the value in register P1 be an integer. If +** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If ** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part. ** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the ** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible. @@ -54922,6 +65215,7 @@ case OP_ToInt: { /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */ */ case OP_ToReal: { /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1); } @@ -54932,21 +65226,21 @@ case OP_ToReal: { /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */ /* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** Compare the values in register P1 and P3. If reg(P3)p3]; u.ai.flags1 = pIn1->flags; u.ai.flags3 = pIn3->flags; - if( (pIn1->flags | pIn3->flags)&MEM_Null ){ + if( (u.ai.flags1 | u.ai.flags3)&MEM_Null ){ /* One or both operands are NULL */ if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ ){ /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is @@ -55026,7 +65320,7 @@ case OP_Ge: { /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */ ** or not both operands are null. */ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne ); - u.ai.res = (pIn1->flags & pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0; + u.ai.res = (u.ai.flags1 & u.ai.flags3 & MEM_Null)==0; }else{ /* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL, ** then the result is always NULL. @@ -55066,6 +65360,7 @@ case OP_Ge: { /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */ if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); pOut->u.i = u.ai.res; REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); @@ -55097,8 +65392,8 @@ case OP_Permutation: { /* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** -** Compare to vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (all this -** one "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B"). Save the result of +** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this +** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B"). Save the result of ** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct. ** ** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort @@ -55140,6 +65435,8 @@ case OP_Compare: { #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ for(u.aj.i=0; u.aj.inField ); @@ -55229,7 +65526,7 @@ case OP_Or: { /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */ /* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * * ** ** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store the -** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is +** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is ** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2. */ case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */ @@ -55260,18 +65557,29 @@ case OP_BitNot: { /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */ break; } +/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * * +** +** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is a not null or zero. If +** the value is NULL or zero, fall through and change the P1 register +** to an integer 1. +** +** When P1 is not used otherwise in a program, this opcode falls through +** once and jumps on all subsequent invocations. It is the equivalent +** of "OP_If P1 P2", followed by "OP_Integer 1 P1". +*/ /* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * * ** -** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true. The value is +** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true. The value ** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero. If the value ** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true. */ /* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * * ** -** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False. The value is +** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False. The value ** is considered true if it has a numeric value of zero. If the value ** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true. */ +case OP_Once: /* jump, in1 */ case OP_If: /* jump, in1 */ case OP_IfNot: { /* jump, in1 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.al */ @@ -55290,6 +65598,12 @@ case OP_IfNot: { /* jump, in1 */ } if( u.al.c ){ pc = pOp->p2-1; + }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Once ){ + assert( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))==0 ); + memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); + pIn1->flags = MEM_Int; + pIn1->u.i = 1; + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1); } break; } @@ -55308,7 +65622,7 @@ case OP_IsNull: { /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */ /* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * * ** -** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL. +** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL. */ case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; @@ -55323,7 +65637,7 @@ case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */ ** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using ** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional ** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column -** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1) +** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1) ** values in the record, extract a NULL. ** ** The value extracted is stored in register P3. @@ -55360,6 +65674,7 @@ case OP_Column: { u32 szField; /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */ int szHdr; /* Size of the header size field at start of record */ int avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */ + u32 t; /* A type code from the record header */ Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.am */ @@ -55371,7 +65686,7 @@ case OP_Column: { assert( u.am.p1nCursor ); assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); u.am.pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - MemSetTypeFlag(u.am.pDest, MEM_Null); + memAboutToChange(p, u.am.pDest); u.am.zRec = 0; /* This block sets the variable u.am.payloadSize to be the total number of @@ -55415,9 +65730,10 @@ case OP_Column: { rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.payloadSize); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */ } - }else if( u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ){ + }else if( ALWAYS(u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg>0) ){ u.am.pReg = &aMem[u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg]; assert( u.am.pReg->flags & MEM_Blob ); + assert( memIsValid(u.am.pReg) ); u.am.payloadSize = u.am.pReg->n; u.am.zRec = u.am.pReg->z; u.am.pC->cacheStatus = (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE) ? CACHE_STALE : p->cacheCtr; @@ -55427,9 +65743,10 @@ case OP_Column: { u.am.payloadSize = 0; } - /* If u.am.payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL */ + /* If u.am.payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL. This can happen because of + ** nullRow or because of a corrupt database. */ if( u.am.payloadSize==0 ){ - assert( u.am.pDest->flags&MEM_Null ); + MemSetTypeFlag(u.am.pDest, MEM_Null); goto op_column_out; } assert( db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]>=0 ); @@ -55536,8 +65853,14 @@ case OP_Column: { for(u.am.i=0; u.am.ip4type==P4_MEM ){ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(u.am.pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static); }else{ - assert( u.am.pDest->flags&MEM_Null ); + MemSetTypeFlag(u.am.pDest, MEM_Null); } } @@ -55642,6 +65965,7 @@ case OP_Affinity: { pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; while( (u.an.cAff = *(u.an.zAffinity++))!=0 ){ assert( pIn1 <= &p->aMem[p->nMem] ); + assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); ExpandBlob(pIn1); applyAffinity(pIn1, u.an.cAff, encoding); pIn1++; @@ -55651,12 +65975,9 @@ case OP_Affinity: { /* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** -** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into a single entry -** suitable for use as a data record in a database table or as a key -** in an index. The details of the format are irrelevant as long as -** the OP_Column opcode can decode the record later. -** Refer to source code comments for the details of the record -** format. +** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format] +** use as a data record in a database table or as a key +** in an index. The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later. ** ** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the ** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth @@ -55703,7 +66024,6 @@ case OP_MakeRecord: { */ u.ao.nData = 0; /* Number of bytes of data space */ u.ao.nHdr = 0; /* Number of bytes of header space */ - u.ao.nByte = 0; /* Data space required for this record */ u.ao.nZero = 0; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ u.ao.nField = pOp->p1; u.ao.zAffinity = pOp->p4.z; @@ -55713,10 +66033,16 @@ case OP_MakeRecord: { u.ao.pLast = &u.ao.pData0[u.ao.nField-1]; u.ao.file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat; + /* Identify the output register */ + assert( pOp->p3p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 ); + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure ** out how much space is required for the new record. */ for(u.ao.pRec=u.ao.pData0; u.ao.pRec<=u.ao.pLast; u.ao.pRec++){ + assert( memIsValid(u.ao.pRec) ); if( u.ao.zAffinity ){ applyAffinity(u.ao.pRec, u.ao.zAffinity[u.ao.pRec-u.ao.pData0], encoding); } @@ -55751,8 +66077,6 @@ case OP_MakeRecord: { ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to ** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used). */ - assert( pOp->p3p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 ); - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)u.ao.nByte, 0) ){ goto no_mem; } @@ -55785,7 +66109,7 @@ case OP_MakeRecord: { /* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * * ** -** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index +** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index ** opened by cursor P1 in register P2 */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT @@ -55796,7 +66120,7 @@ case OP_Count: { /* out2-prerelease */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.ap */ u.ap.pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor; - if( u.ap.pCrsr ){ + if( ALWAYS(u.ap.pCrsr) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(u.ap.pCrsr, &u.ap.nEntry); }else{ u.ap.nEntry = 0; @@ -55846,6 +66170,17 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { }else{ u.aq.nName = sqlite3Strlen30(u.aq.zName); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction + ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks. + ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed + ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty. */ + assert( db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVTrans==0 ); + rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, + db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; +#endif + /* Create a new savepoint structure. */ u.aq.pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+u.aq.nName+1); if( u.aq.pNew ){ @@ -55924,7 +66259,8 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { } if( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 ){ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); + db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges); } } @@ -55951,6 +66287,11 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { }else{ db->nDeferredCons = u.aq.pSavepoint->nDeferredCons; } + + if( !isTransaction ){ + rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, u.aq.p1, u.aq.iSavepoint); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; + } } } @@ -56067,7 +66408,7 @@ case OP_Transaction: { #endif /* local variables moved into u.as */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 ); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); u.as.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; if( u.as.pBt ){ @@ -56090,7 +66431,11 @@ case OP_Transaction: { db->nStatement++; p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement; } - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(u.as.pBt, p->iStatement); + + rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p->iStatement-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(u.as.pBt, p->iStatement); + } /* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint ** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back, @@ -56125,7 +66470,7 @@ case OP_ReadCookie: { /* out2-prerelease */ assert( pOp->p3=0 && u.at.iDbnDb ); assert( db->aDb[u.at.iDb].pBt!=0 ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[u.at.iDb].pBt, u.at.iCookie, (u32 *)&u.at.iMeta); pOut->u.i = u.at.iMeta; @@ -56135,9 +66480,9 @@ case OP_ReadCookie: { /* out2-prerelease */ /* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer) -** into cookie number P2 of database P1. P2==1 is the schema version. -** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache -** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the +** into cookie number P2 of database P1. P2==1 is the schema version. +** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache +** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the ** database file used to store temporary tables. ** ** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode. @@ -56148,9 +66493,10 @@ case OP_SetCookie: { /* in3 */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.au */ assert( pOp->p2p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 ); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); u.au.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; assert( u.au.pDb->pBt!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) ); pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3); /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */ @@ -56172,10 +66518,12 @@ case OP_SetCookie: { /* in3 */ break; } -/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 * +/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the -** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2. +** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2 and that the +** generation counter on the local schema parse equals P3. +** ** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file ** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number ** for auxiliary databases. @@ -56191,17 +66539,21 @@ case OP_SetCookie: { /* in3 */ case OP_VerifyCookie: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.av */ int iMeta; + int iGen; Btree *pBt; #endif /* local variables moved into u.av */ + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 ); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) ); u.av.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; if( u.av.pBt ){ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(u.av.pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&u.av.iMeta); + u.av.iGen = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->iGeneration; }else{ - u.av.iMeta = 0; + u.av.iGen = u.av.iMeta = 0; } - if( u.av.iMeta!=pOp->p2 ){ + if( u.av.iMeta!=pOp->p2 || u.av.iGen!=pOp->p3 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed"); /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie @@ -56221,7 +66573,7 @@ case OP_VerifyCookie: { sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, pOp->p1); } - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + p->expired = 1; rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; } break; @@ -56230,8 +66582,8 @@ case OP_VerifyCookie: { /* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is -** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3. -** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for +** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3. +** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for ** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached ** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1 ** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers. @@ -56250,9 +66602,9 @@ case OP_VerifyCookie: { ** SQLITE_BUSY error code. ** ** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to -** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo -** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating -** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer +** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo +** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating +** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer ** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table. ** ** See also OpenWrite. @@ -56264,9 +66616,9 @@ case OP_VerifyCookie: { ** root page. ** ** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to -** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo -** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating -** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer +** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo +** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating +** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer ** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the ** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used. ** @@ -56299,12 +66651,13 @@ case OP_OpenWrite: { u.aw.p2 = pOp->p2; u.aw.iDb = pOp->p3; assert( u.aw.iDb>=0 && u.aw.iDbnDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[u.aw.iDb]; u.aw.pX = u.aw.pDb->pBt; assert( u.aw.pX!=0 ); if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){ u.aw.wrFlag = 1; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, u.aw.iDb, 0) ); if( u.aw.pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){ p->minWriteFileFormat = u.aw.pDb->pSchema->file_format; } @@ -56315,6 +66668,8 @@ case OP_OpenWrite: { assert( u.aw.p2>0 ); assert( u.aw.p2<=p->nMem ); pIn2 = &aMem[u.aw.p2]; + assert( memIsValid(pIn2) ); + assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2); u.aw.p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i; /* The u.aw.p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and @@ -56337,18 +66692,13 @@ case OP_OpenWrite: { u.aw.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, u.aw.nField, u.aw.iDb, 1); if( u.aw.pCur==0 ) goto no_mem; u.aw.pCur->nullRow = 1; + u.aw.pCur->isOrdered = 1; rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.aw.pX, u.aw.p2, u.aw.wrFlag, u.aw.pKeyInfo, u.aw.pCur->pCursor); u.aw.pCur->pKeyInfo = u.aw.pKeyInfo; - /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only values that - ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return are SQLITE_EMPTY and SQLITE_OK. - ** SQLITE_EMPTY is only returned when attempting to open the table - ** rooted at page 1 of a zero-byte database. */ - assert( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY || rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){ - u.aw.pCur->pCursor = 0; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } + /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only value that + ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return is SQLITE_OK. */ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable and isIndex variables. Previous versions of ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point @@ -56359,14 +66709,14 @@ case OP_OpenWrite: { break; } -/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 * +/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5 ** ** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table. -** The cursor is always opened read/write even if -** the main database is read-only. The transient or virtual +** The cursor is always opened read/write even if +** the main database is read-only. The ephemeral ** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed. ** -** P2 is the number of columns in the virtual table. +** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table. ** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index ** if P4 is not 0. If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure ** that defines the format of keys in the index. @@ -56376,12 +66726,25 @@ case OP_OpenWrite: { ** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by ** this opcode. Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual. But ** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea. +** +** The P5 parameter can be a mask of the BTREE_* flags defined +** in btree.h. These flags control aspects of the operation of +** the btree. The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are +** added automatically. +*/ +/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 * +** +** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral. It has a +** different name to distinguish its use. Tables created using +** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient +** indices in joins. */ +case OP_OpenAutoindex: case OP_OpenEphemeral: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ax */ VdbeCursor *pCx; #endif /* local variables moved into u.ax */ - static const int openFlags = + static const int vfsFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | @@ -56392,21 +66755,21 @@ case OP_OpenEphemeral: { u.ax.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1); if( u.ax.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; u.ax.pCx->nullRow = 1; - rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 1, SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE, openFlags, - &u.ax.pCx->pBt); + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &u.ax.pCx->pBt, + BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.ax.pCx->pBt, 1); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling - ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_ZERODATA flag before + ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the - ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an INTKEY table). + ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table). */ if( pOp->p4.pKeyInfo ){ int pgno; assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.ax.pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_ZERODATA); + rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.ax.pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 ); rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ax.pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, @@ -56420,15 +66783,40 @@ case OP_OpenEphemeral: { u.ax.pCx->isTable = 1; } } + u.ax.pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED); u.ax.pCx->isIndex = !u.ax.pCx->isTable; break; } +/* Opcode: OpenSorter P1 P2 * P4 * +** +** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens +** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large +** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm. +*/ +case OP_SorterOpen: { +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ay */ + VdbeCursor *pCx; +#endif /* local variables moved into u.ay */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT + u.ay.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1); + if( u.ay.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; + u.ay.pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; + u.ay.pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db); + u.ay.pCx->isSorter = 1; + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(db, u.ay.pCx); +#else + pOp->opcode = OP_OpenEphemeral; + pc--; +#endif + break; +} + /* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single ** row of data. The content of that one row in the content of memory -** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the +** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the ** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2. ** ** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single @@ -56440,17 +66828,17 @@ case OP_OpenEphemeral: { ** the pseudo-table. */ case OP_OpenPseudo: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ay */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.az */ VdbeCursor *pCx; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ay */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.az */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); - u.ay.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0); - if( u.ay.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; - u.ay.pCx->nullRow = 1; - u.ay.pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2; - u.ay.pCx->isTable = 1; - u.ay.pCx->isIndex = 0; + u.az.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0); + if( u.az.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; + u.az.pCx->nullRow = 1; + u.az.pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2; + u.az.pCx->isTable = 1; + u.az.pCx->isIndex = 0; break; } @@ -56468,52 +66856,52 @@ case OP_Close: { /* Opcode: SeekGe P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that -** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that +** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records ** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe */ /* Opcode: SeekGt P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that -** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that +** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than ** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe */ -/* Opcode: SeekLt P1 P2 P3 P4 * +/* Opcode: SeekLt P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that -** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that +** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than ** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe */ /* Opcode: SeekLe P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that -** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that +** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records ** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt @@ -56522,34 +66910,35 @@ case OP_SeekLt: /* jump, in3 */ case OP_SeekLe: /* jump, in3 */ case OP_SeekGe: /* jump, in3 */ case OP_SeekGt: { /* jump, in3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.az */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ba */ int res; int oc; VdbeCursor *pC; UnpackedRecord r; int nField; i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.az */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.ba */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); assert( pOp->p2!=0 ); - u.az.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.az.pC!=0 ); - assert( u.az.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); + u.ba.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.ba.pC!=0 ); + assert( u.ba.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); assert( OP_SeekLe == OP_SeekLt+1 ); assert( OP_SeekGe == OP_SeekLt+2 ); assert( OP_SeekGt == OP_SeekLt+3 ); - if( u.az.pC->pCursor!=0 ){ - u.az.oc = pOp->opcode; - u.az.pC->nullRow = 0; - if( u.az.pC->isTable ){ + assert( u.ba.pC->isOrdered ); + if( ALWAYS(u.ba.pC->pCursor!=0) ){ + u.ba.oc = pOp->opcode; + u.ba.pC->nullRow = 0; + if( u.ba.pC->isTable ){ /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string, ** blob, or NULL. But it needs to be an integer before we can do ** the seek, so covert it. */ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; applyNumericAffinity(pIn3); - u.az.iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3); - u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + u.ba.iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3); + u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */ @@ -56564,98 +66953,101 @@ case OP_SeekGt: { /* jump, in3 */ ** point number. */ assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)!=0 ); - if( u.az.iKey==SMALLEST_INT64 && (pIn3->r<(double)u.az.iKey || pIn3->r>0) ){ + if( u.ba.iKey==SMALLEST_INT64 && (pIn3->r<(double)u.ba.iKey || pIn3->r>0) ){ /* The P3 value is too large in magnitude to be expressed as an ** integer. */ - u.az.res = 1; + u.ba.res = 1; if( pIn3->r<0 ){ - if( u.az.oc>=OP_SeekGe ){ assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res); + if( u.ba.oc>=OP_SeekGe ){ assert( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGt ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.ba.pC->pCursor, &u.ba.res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; } }else{ - if( u.az.oc<=OP_SeekLe ){ assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res); + if( u.ba.oc<=OP_SeekLe ){ assert( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLe ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.ba.pC->pCursor, &u.ba.res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; } } - if( u.az.res ){ + if( u.ba.res ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } break; - }else if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe ){ + }else if( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGe ){ /* Use the ceiling() function to convert real->int */ - if( pIn3->r > (double)u.az.iKey ) u.az.iKey++; + if( pIn3->r > (double)u.ba.iKey ) u.ba.iKey++; }else{ /* Use the floor() function to convert real->int */ - assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt ); - if( pIn3->r < (double)u.az.iKey ) u.az.iKey--; + assert( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLe || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGt ); + if( pIn3->r < (double)u.ba.iKey ) u.ba.iKey--; } } - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.az.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.az.iKey, 0, &u.az.res); + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.ba.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.ba.iKey, 0, &u.ba.res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } - if( u.az.res==0 ){ - u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 1; - u.az.pC->lastRowid = u.az.iKey; + if( u.ba.res==0 ){ + u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 1; + u.ba.pC->lastRowid = u.ba.iKey; } }else{ - u.az.nField = pOp->p4.i; + u.ba.nField = pOp->p4.i; assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); - assert( u.az.nField>0 ); - u.az.r.pKeyInfo = u.az.pC->pKeyInfo; - u.az.r.nField = (u16)u.az.nField; + assert( u.ba.nField>0 ); + u.ba.r.pKeyInfo = u.ba.pC->pKeyInfo; + u.ba.r.nField = (u16)u.ba.nField; /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster: - ** if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe ){ - ** u.az.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY; + ** if( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGt || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLe ){ + ** u.ba.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY; ** }else{ - ** u.az.r.flags = 0; + ** u.ba.r.flags = 0; ** } */ - u.az.r.flags = (u16)(UNPACKED_INCRKEY * (1 & (u.az.oc - OP_SeekLt))); - assert( u.az.oc!=OP_SeekGt || u.az.r.flags==UNPACKED_INCRKEY ); - assert( u.az.oc!=OP_SeekLe || u.az.r.flags==UNPACKED_INCRKEY ); - assert( u.az.oc!=OP_SeekGe || u.az.r.flags==0 ); - assert( u.az.oc!=OP_SeekLt || u.az.r.flags==0 ); - - u.az.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - ExpandBlob(u.az.r.aMem); - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.r, 0, 0, &u.az.res); + u.ba.r.flags = (u16)(UNPACKED_INCRKEY * (1 & (u.ba.oc - OP_SeekLt))); + assert( u.ba.oc!=OP_SeekGt || u.ba.r.flags==UNPACKED_INCRKEY ); + assert( u.ba.oc!=OP_SeekLe || u.ba.r.flags==UNPACKED_INCRKEY ); + assert( u.ba.oc!=OP_SeekGe || u.ba.r.flags==0 ); + assert( u.ba.oc!=OP_SeekLt || u.ba.r.flags==0 ); + + u.ba.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { int i; for(i=0; ipCursor, &u.ba.r, 0, 0, &u.ba.res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } - u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; } - u.az.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - u.az.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + u.ba.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + u.ba.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_search_count++; #endif - if( u.az.oc>=OP_SeekGe ){ assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt ); - if( u.az.res<0 || (u.az.res==0 && u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt) ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res); + if( u.ba.oc>=OP_SeekGe ){ assert( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGt ); + if( u.ba.res<0 || (u.ba.res==0 && u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGt) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(u.ba.pC->pCursor, &u.ba.res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; - u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; }else{ - u.az.res = 0; + u.ba.res = 0; } }else{ - assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe ); - if( u.az.res>0 || (u.az.res==0 && u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt) ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res); + assert( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLe ); + if( u.ba.res>0 || (u.ba.res==0 && u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLt) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(u.ba.pC->pCursor, &u.ba.res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; - u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; }else{ - /* u.az.res might be negative because the table is empty. Check to + /* u.ba.res might be negative because the table is empty. Check to ** see if this is the case. */ - u.az.res = sqlite3BtreeEof(u.az.pC->pCursor); + u.ba.res = sqlite3BtreeEof(u.ba.pC->pCursor); } } assert( pOp->p2>0 ); - if( u.az.res ){ + if( u.ba.res ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } }else{ @@ -56678,24 +67070,24 @@ case OP_SeekGt: { /* jump, in3 */ ** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens. */ case OP_Seek: { /* in2 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ba */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bb */ VdbeCursor *pC; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ba */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bb */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.ba.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.ba.pC!=0 ); - if( ALWAYS(u.ba.pC->pCursor!=0) ){ - assert( u.ba.pC->isTable ); - u.ba.pC->nullRow = 0; + u.bb.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bb.pC!=0 ); + if( ALWAYS(u.bb.pC->pCursor!=0) ){ + assert( u.bb.pC->isTable ); + u.bb.pC->nullRow = 0; pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - u.ba.pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2); - u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - u.ba.pC->deferredMoveto = 1; + u.bb.pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2); + u.bb.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + u.bb.pC->deferredMoveto = 1; } break; } - + /* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** @@ -56712,9 +67104,9 @@ case OP_Seek: { /* in2 */ ** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If ** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked ** record. -** +** ** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 -** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1 +** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1 ** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control ** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the ** matching entry. @@ -56723,59 +67115,63 @@ case OP_Seek: { /* in2 */ */ case OP_NotFound: /* jump, in3 */ case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bb */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bc */ int alreadyExists; VdbeCursor *pC; int res; + char *pFree; UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; UnpackedRecord r; char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7]; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bb */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bc */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_found_count++; #endif - u.bb.alreadyExists = 0; + u.bc.alreadyExists = 0; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); - u.bb.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bb.pC!=0 ); + u.bc.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bc.pC!=0 ); pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - if( ALWAYS(u.bb.pC->pCursor!=0) ){ + if( ALWAYS(u.bc.pC->pCursor!=0) ){ - assert( u.bb.pC->isTable==0 ); + assert( u.bc.pC->isTable==0 ); if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){ - u.bb.r.pKeyInfo = u.bb.pC->pKeyInfo; - u.bb.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; - u.bb.r.aMem = pIn3; - u.bb.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH; - u.bb.pIdxKey = &u.bb.r; + u.bc.r.pKeyInfo = u.bc.pC->pKeyInfo; + u.bc.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; + u.bc.r.aMem = pIn3; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { int i; for(i=0; ipKeyInfo, u.bc.aTempRec, sizeof(u.bc.aTempRec), &u.bc.pFree + ); + if( u.bc.pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem; assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob ); - ExpandBlob(pIn3); - u.bb.pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(u.bb.pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, - u.bb.aTempRec, sizeof(u.bb.aTempRec)); - if( u.bb.pIdxKey==0 ){ - goto no_mem; - } - u.bb.pIdxKey->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH; + assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 ); /* zeroblobs already expanded */ + sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(u.bc.pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, u.bc.pIdxKey); + u.bc.pIdxKey->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH; } - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bb.pC->pCursor, u.bb.pIdxKey, 0, 0, &u.bb.res); + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bc.pC->pCursor, u.bc.pIdxKey, 0, 0, &u.bc.res); if( pOp->p4.i==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(u.bb.pIdxKey); + sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bc.pFree); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ break; } - u.bb.alreadyExists = (u.bb.res==0); - u.bb.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - u.bb.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + u.bc.alreadyExists = (u.bc.res==0); + u.bc.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + u.bc.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; } if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){ - if( u.bb.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + if( u.bc.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; }else{ - if( !u.bb.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + if( !u.bc.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } break; } @@ -56787,7 +67183,7 @@ case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */ ** the list field being the integer ROWID of the entry that the index ** entry refers to. ** -** The P3 register contains an integer record number. Call this record +** The P3 register contains an integer record number. Call this record ** number R. Register P4 is the first in a set of N contiguous registers ** that make up an unpacked index key that can be used with cursor P1. ** The value of N can be inferred from the cursor. N includes the rowid @@ -56807,7 +67203,7 @@ case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */ ** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found */ case OP_IsUnique: { /* jump, in3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bc */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bd */ u16 ii; VdbeCursor *pCx; BtCursor *pCrsr; @@ -56815,52 +67211,55 @@ case OP_IsUnique: { /* jump, in3 */ Mem *aMx; UnpackedRecord r; /* B-Tree index search key */ i64 R; /* Rowid stored in register P3 */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bc */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bd */ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - u.bc.aMx = &aMem[pOp->p4.i]; + u.bd.aMx = &aMem[pOp->p4.i]; /* Assert that the values of parameters P1 and P4 are in range. */ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem ); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); /* Find the index cursor. */ - u.bc.pCx = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bc.pCx->deferredMoveto==0 ); - u.bc.pCx->seekResult = 0; - u.bc.pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - u.bc.pCrsr = u.bc.pCx->pCursor; + u.bd.pCx = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bd.pCx->deferredMoveto==0 ); + u.bd.pCx->seekResult = 0; + u.bd.pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + u.bd.pCrsr = u.bd.pCx->pCursor; /* If any of the values are NULL, take the jump. */ - u.bc.nField = u.bc.pCx->pKeyInfo->nField; - for(u.bc.ii=0; u.bc.iipKeyInfo->nField; + for(u.bd.ii=0; u.bd.iip2 - 1; - u.bc.pCrsr = 0; + u.bd.pCrsr = 0; break; } } - assert( (u.bc.aMx[u.bc.nField].flags & MEM_Null)==0 ); + assert( (u.bd.aMx[u.bd.nField].flags & MEM_Null)==0 ); - if( u.bc.pCrsr!=0 ){ + if( u.bd.pCrsr!=0 ){ /* Populate the index search key. */ - u.bc.r.pKeyInfo = u.bc.pCx->pKeyInfo; - u.bc.r.nField = u.bc.nField + 1; - u.bc.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH; - u.bc.r.aMem = u.bc.aMx; + u.bd.r.pKeyInfo = u.bd.pCx->pKeyInfo; + u.bd.r.nField = u.bd.nField + 1; + u.bd.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH; + u.bd.r.aMem = u.bd.aMx; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { int i; for(i=0; iu.i; + u.bd.R = pIn3->u.i; /* Search the B-Tree index. If no conflicting record is found, jump ** to P2. Otherwise, copy the rowid of the conflicting record to ** register P3 and fall through to the next instruction. */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bc.pCrsr, &u.bc.r, 0, 0, &u.bc.pCx->seekResult); - if( (u.bc.r.flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) || u.bc.r.rowid==u.bc.R ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bd.pCrsr, &u.bd.r, 0, 0, &u.bd.pCx->seekResult); + if( (u.bd.r.flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) || u.bd.r.rowid==u.bd.R ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; }else{ - pIn3->u.i = u.bc.r.rowid; + pIn3->u.i = u.bd.r.rowid; } } break; @@ -56868,9 +67267,9 @@ case OP_IsUnique: { /* jump, in3 */ /* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * * ** -** Use the content of register P3 as a integer key. If a record -** with that key does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2. -** If the record does exist, then fall thru. The cursor is left +** Use the content of register P3 as an integer key. If a record +** with that key does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2. +** If the record does exist, then fall through. The cursor is left ** pointing to the record if it exists. ** ** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this @@ -56881,42 +67280,42 @@ case OP_IsUnique: { /* jump, in3 */ ** See also: Found, NotFound, IsUnique */ case OP_NotExists: { /* jump, in3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bd */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.be */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; u64 iKey; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bd */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.be */ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int ); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bd.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bd.pC!=0 ); - assert( u.bd.pC->isTable ); - assert( u.bd.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); - u.bd.pCrsr = u.bd.pC->pCursor; - if( u.bd.pCrsr!=0 ){ - u.bd.res = 0; - u.bd.iKey = pIn3->u.i; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bd.pCrsr, 0, u.bd.iKey, 0, &u.bd.res); - u.bd.pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i; - u.bd.pC->rowidIsValid = u.bd.res==0 ?1:0; - u.bd.pC->nullRow = 0; - u.bd.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - u.bd.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - if( u.bd.res!=0 ){ + u.be.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.be.pC!=0 ); + assert( u.be.pC->isTable ); + assert( u.be.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); + u.be.pCrsr = u.be.pC->pCursor; + if( ALWAYS(u.be.pCrsr!=0) ){ + u.be.res = 0; + u.be.iKey = pIn3->u.i; + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.be.pCrsr, 0, u.be.iKey, 0, &u.be.res); + u.be.pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i; + u.be.pC->rowidIsValid = u.be.res==0 ?1:0; + u.be.pC->nullRow = 0; + u.be.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + u.be.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + if( u.be.res!=0 ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - assert( u.bd.pC->rowidIsValid==0 ); + assert( u.be.pC->rowidIsValid==0 ); } - u.bd.pC->seekResult = u.bd.res; + u.be.pC->seekResult = u.be.res; }else{ /* This happens when an attempt to open a read cursor on the ** sqlite_master table returns SQLITE_EMPTY. */ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - assert( u.bd.pC->rowidIsValid==0 ); - u.bd.pC->seekResult = 0; + assert( u.be.pC->rowidIsValid==0 ); + u.be.pC->seekResult = 0; } break; } @@ -56926,7 +67325,7 @@ case OP_NotExists: { /* jump, in3 */ ** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1. ** Write the sequence number into register P2. ** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this -** instruction. +** instruction. */ case OP_Sequence: { /* out2-prerelease */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); @@ -56943,29 +67342,29 @@ case OP_Sequence: { /* out2-prerelease */ ** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written ** written to register P2. ** -** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds +** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds ** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are -** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, -** a SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the ' +** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, +** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the ' ** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the ** AUTOINCREMENT feature. */ case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.be */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bf */ i64 v; /* The new rowid */ VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */ int res; /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */ int cnt; /* Counter to limit the number of searches */ Mem *pMem; /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Root frame of VDBE */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.be */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bf */ - u.be.v = 0; - u.be.res = 0; + u.bf.v = 0; + u.bf.res = 0; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.be.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.be.pC!=0 ); - if( NEVER(u.be.pC->pCursor==0) ){ + u.bf.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bf.pC!=0 ); + if( NEVER(u.bf.pC->pCursor==0) ){ /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */ }else{ /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same @@ -56981,8 +67380,7 @@ case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ ** succeeded. If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one ** and try again, up to 100 times. */ - assert( u.be.pC->isTable ); - u.be.cnt = 0; + assert( u.bf.pC->isTable ); #ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID # define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff @@ -56994,23 +67392,23 @@ case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ # define MAX_ROWID (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff ) #endif - if( !u.be.pC->useRandomRowid ){ - u.be.v = sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(u.be.pC->pCursor); - if( u.be.v==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.be.pC->pCursor, &u.be.res); + if( !u.bf.pC->useRandomRowid ){ + u.bf.v = sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(u.bf.pC->pCursor); + if( u.bf.v==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.bf.pC->pCursor, &u.bf.res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } - if( u.be.res ){ - u.be.v = 1; /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */ + if( u.bf.res ){ + u.bf.v = 1; /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */ }else{ - assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.be.pC->pCursor) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.be.pC->pCursor, &u.be.v); + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.bf.pC->pCursor) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bf.pC->pCursor, &u.bf.v); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */ - if( u.be.v==MAX_ROWID ){ - u.be.pC->useRandomRowid = 1; + if( u.bf.v==MAX_ROWID ){ + u.bf.pC->useRandomRowid = 1; }else{ - u.be.v++; /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */ + u.bf.v++; /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */ } } } @@ -57020,62 +67418,71 @@ case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ assert( pOp->p3>0 ); if( p->pFrame ){ - for(u.be.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.be.pFrame->pParent; u.be.pFrame=u.be.pFrame->pParent); + for(u.bf.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.bf.pFrame->pParent; u.bf.pFrame=u.bf.pFrame->pParent); /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ - assert( pOp->p3<=u.be.pFrame->nMem ); - u.be.pMem = &u.be.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pOp->p3<=u.bf.pFrame->nMem ); + u.bf.pMem = &u.bf.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3]; }else{ /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); - u.be.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + u.bf.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + memAboutToChange(p, u.bf.pMem); } + assert( memIsValid(u.bf.pMem) ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.be.pMem); - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.be.pMem); - assert( (u.be.pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); /* mem(P3) holds an integer */ - if( u.be.pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || u.be.pC->useRandomRowid ){ + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.bf.pMem); + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.bf.pMem); + assert( (u.bf.pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); /* mem(P3) holds an integer */ + if( u.bf.pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || u.bf.pC->useRandomRowid ){ rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */ goto abort_due_to_error; } - if( u.be.vu.i+1 ){ - u.be.v = u.be.pMem->u.i + 1; + if( u.bf.vu.i+1 ){ + u.bf.v = u.bf.pMem->u.i + 1; } - u.be.pMem->u.i = u.be.v; + u.bf.pMem->u.i = u.bf.v; } #endif - sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.be.pC->pCursor, u.be.vpCursor, u.bf.vuseRandomRowid ){ - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48598-02938 If the largest ROWID is equal to the + if( u.bf.pC->useRandomRowid ){ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database - ** engine starts picking candidate ROWIDs at random until it finds one - ** that is not previously used. - */ + ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until + ** it finds one that is not previously used. */ assert( pOp->p3==0 ); /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */ - u.be.v = db->lastRowid; - u.be.cnt = 0; - do{ - if( u.be.cnt==0 && (u.be.v&0xffffff)==u.be.v ){ - u.be.v++; + /* on the first attempt, simply do one more than previous */ + u.bf.v = lastRowid; + u.bf.v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */ + u.bf.v++; /* ensure non-zero */ + u.bf.cnt = 0; + while( ((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bf.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.bf.v, + 0, &u.bf.res))==SQLITE_OK) + && (u.bf.res==0) + && (++u.bf.cnt<100)){ + /* collision - try another random rowid */ + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(u.bf.v), &u.bf.v); + if( u.bf.cnt<5 ){ + /* try "small" random rowids for the initial attempts */ + u.bf.v &= 0xffffff; }else{ - sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(u.be.v), &u.be.v); - if( u.be.cnt<5 ) u.be.v &= 0xffffff; + u.bf.v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */ } - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.be.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.be.v, 0, &u.be.res); - u.be.cnt++; - }while( u.be.cnt<100 && rc==SQLITE_OK && u.be.res==0 ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.be.res==0 ){ + u.bf.v++; /* ensure non-zero */ + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bf.res==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */ goto abort_due_to_error; } + assert( u.bf.v>0 ); /* EV: R-40812-03570 */ } - u.be.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - u.be.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - u.be.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + u.bf.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + u.bf.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + u.bf.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; } - pOut->u.i = u.be.v; + pOut->u.i = u.bf.v; break; } @@ -57106,7 +67513,7 @@ case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ ** the update hook. ** ** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or -** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook +** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook ** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert. ** ** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically @@ -57123,9 +67530,9 @@ case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ ** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the ** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3. */ -case OP_Insert: +case OP_Insert: case OP_InsertInt: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bf */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bg */ Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */ Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */ i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */ @@ -57135,58 +67542,60 @@ case OP_InsertInt: { const char *zDb; /* database name - used by the update hook */ const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */ int op; /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bf */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bg */ - u.bf.pData = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + u.bg.pData = &aMem[pOp->p2]; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bf.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bf.pC!=0 ); - assert( u.bf.pC->pCursor!=0 ); - assert( u.bf.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); - assert( u.bf.pC->isTable ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, u.bf.pData); + assert( memIsValid(u.bg.pData) ); + u.bg.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bg.pC!=0 ); + assert( u.bg.pC->pCursor!=0 ); + assert( u.bg.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); + assert( u.bg.pC->isTable ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, u.bg.pData); if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){ - u.bf.pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - assert( u.bf.pKey->flags & MEM_Int ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.bf.pKey); - u.bf.iKey = u.bf.pKey->u.i; + u.bg.pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( u.bg.pKey->flags & MEM_Int ); + assert( memIsValid(u.bg.pKey) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.bg.pKey); + u.bg.iKey = u.bg.pKey->u.i; }else{ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt ); - u.bf.iKey = pOp->p3; + u.bg.iKey = pOp->p3; } if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; - if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = u.bf.iKey; - if( u.bf.pData->flags & MEM_Null ){ - u.bf.pData->z = 0; - u.bf.pData->n = 0; + if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = lastRowid = u.bg.iKey; + if( u.bg.pData->flags & MEM_Null ){ + u.bg.pData->z = 0; + u.bg.pData->n = 0; }else{ - assert( u.bf.pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); + assert( u.bg.pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); } - u.bf.seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bf.pC->seekResult : 0); - if( u.bf.pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - u.bf.nZero = u.bf.pData->u.nZero; + u.bg.seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bg.pC->seekResult : 0); + if( u.bg.pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + u.bg.nZero = u.bg.pData->u.nZero; }else{ - u.bf.nZero = 0; + u.bg.nZero = 0; } - sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bf.pC->pCursor, 0); - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.bf.pC->pCursor, 0, u.bf.iKey, - u.bf.pData->z, u.bf.pData->n, u.bf.nZero, - pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND, u.bf.seekResult + sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bg.pC->pCursor, 0); + rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.bg.pC->pCursor, 0, u.bg.iKey, + u.bg.pData->z, u.bg.pData->n, u.bg.nZero, + pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND, u.bg.seekResult ); - u.bf.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - u.bf.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - u.bf.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + u.bg.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + u.bg.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + u.bg.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){ - u.bf.zDb = db->aDb[u.bf.pC->iDb].zName; - u.bf.zTbl = pOp->p4.z; - u.bf.op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT); - assert( u.bf.pC->isTable ); - db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, u.bf.op, u.bf.zDb, u.bf.zTbl, u.bf.iKey); - assert( u.bf.pC->iDb>=0 ); + u.bg.zDb = db->aDb[u.bg.pC->iDb].zName; + u.bg.zTbl = pOp->p4.z; + u.bg.op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT); + assert( u.bg.pC->isTable ); + db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, u.bg.op, u.bg.zDb, u.bg.zTbl, u.bg.iKey); + assert( u.bg.pC->iDb>=0 ); } break; } @@ -57212,47 +67621,47 @@ case OP_InsertInt: { ** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode. */ case OP_Delete: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bg */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bh */ i64 iKey; VdbeCursor *pC; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bg */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bh */ - u.bg.iKey = 0; + u.bh.iKey = 0; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bg.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bg.pC!=0 ); - assert( u.bg.pC->pCursor!=0 ); /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */ + u.bh.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bh.pC!=0 ); + assert( u.bh.pC->pCursor!=0 ); /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */ - /* If the update-hook will be invoked, set u.bg.iKey to the rowid of the + /* If the update-hook will be invoked, set u.bh.iKey to the rowid of the ** row being deleted. */ if( db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){ - assert( u.bg.pC->isTable ); - assert( u.bg.pC->rowidIsValid ); /* lastRowid set by previous OP_NotFound */ - u.bg.iKey = u.bg.pC->lastRowid; + assert( u.bh.pC->isTable ); + assert( u.bh.pC->rowidIsValid ); /* lastRowid set by previous OP_NotFound */ + u.bh.iKey = u.bh.pC->lastRowid; } /* The OP_Delete opcode always follows an OP_NotExists or OP_Last or ** OP_Column on the same table without any intervening operations that - ** might move or invalidate the cursor. Hence cursor u.bg.pC is always pointing + ** might move or invalidate the cursor. Hence cursor u.bh.pC is always pointing ** to the row to be deleted and the sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() operation ** below is always a no-op and cannot fail. We will run it anyhow, though, ** to guard against future changes to the code generator. **/ - assert( u.bg.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bg.pC); + assert( u.bh.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bh.pC); if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error; - sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bg.pC->pCursor, 0); - rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(u.bg.pC->pCursor); - u.bg.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bh.pC->pCursor, 0); + rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(u.bh.pC->pCursor); + u.bh.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){ - const char *zDb = db->aDb[u.bg.pC->iDb].zName; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[u.bh.pC->iDb].zName; const char *zTbl = pOp->p4.z; - db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, u.bg.iKey); - assert( u.bg.pC->iDb>=0 ); + db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, u.bh.iKey); + assert( u.bh.pC->iDb>=0 ); } if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; break; @@ -57270,11 +67679,54 @@ case OP_ResetCount: { break; } +/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 +** +** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares the record blob in +** register P3 with the entry that the sorter cursor currently points to. +** If, excluding the rowid fields at the end, the two records are a match, +** fall through to the next instruction. Otherwise, jump to instruction P2. +*/ +case OP_SorterCompare: { +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bi */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + int res; +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bi */ + + u.bi.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( isSorter(u.bi.pC) ); + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(u.bi.pC, pIn3, &u.bi.res); + if( u.bi.res ){ + pc = pOp->p2-1; + } + break; +}; + +/* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 * * * +** +** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1. +*/ +case OP_SorterData: { +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bj */ + VdbeCursor *pC; +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bj */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + u.bj.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bj.pC->isSorter ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(u.bj.pC, pOut); +#else + pOp->opcode = OP_RowKey; + pc--; +#endif + break; +} + /* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * * ** ** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1. -** There is no interpretation of the data. -** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as +** There is no interpretation of the data. +** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as ** it is found in the database file. ** ** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row) @@ -57283,8 +67735,8 @@ case OP_ResetCount: { /* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * * ** ** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1. -** There is no interpretation of the data. -** The key is copied onto the P3 register exactly as +** There is no interpretation of the data. +** The key is copied onto the P3 register exactly as ** it is found in the database file. ** ** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row) @@ -57292,60 +67744,63 @@ case OP_ResetCount: { */ case OP_RowKey: case OP_RowData: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bh */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bk */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; u32 n; i64 n64; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bh */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bk */ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bh.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bh.pC->isTable || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey ); - assert( u.bh.pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData ); - assert( u.bh.pC!=0 ); - assert( u.bh.pC->nullRow==0 ); - assert( u.bh.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); - assert( u.bh.pC->pCursor!=0 ); - u.bh.pCrsr = u.bh.pC->pCursor; - assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.bh.pCrsr) ); + u.bk.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bk.pC->isSorter==0 ); + assert( u.bk.pC->isTable || pOp->opcode!=OP_RowData ); + assert( u.bk.pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData ); + assert( u.bk.pC!=0 ); + assert( u.bk.pC->nullRow==0 ); + assert( u.bk.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); + assert( !u.bk.pC->isSorter ); + assert( u.bk.pC->pCursor!=0 ); + u.bk.pCrsr = u.bk.pC->pCursor; + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.bk.pCrsr) ); /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate ** the cursor. Hence the following sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() call is always ** a no-op and can never fail. But we leave it in place as a safety. */ - assert( u.bh.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bh.pC); + assert( u.bk.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bk.pC); if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error; - if( u.bh.pC->isIndex ){ - assert( !u.bh.pC->isTable ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bh.pCrsr, &u.bh.n64); + if( u.bk.pC->isIndex ){ + assert( !u.bk.pC->isTable ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bk.pCrsr, &u.bk.n64); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */ - if( u.bh.n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + if( u.bk.n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ goto too_big; } - u.bh.n = (u32)u.bh.n64; + u.bk.n = (u32)u.bk.n64; }else{ - rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.bh.pCrsr, &u.bh.n); + rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.bk.pCrsr, &u.bk.n); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */ - if( u.bh.n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + if( u.bk.n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ goto too_big; } } - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, u.bh.n, 0) ){ + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, u.bk.n, 0) ){ goto no_mem; } - pOut->n = u.bh.n; + pOut->n = u.bk.n; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob); - if( u.bh.pC->isIndex ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(u.bh.pCrsr, 0, u.bh.n, pOut->z); + if( u.bk.pC->isIndex ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(u.bk.pCrsr, 0, u.bk.n, pOut->z); }else{ - rc = sqlite3BtreeData(u.bh.pCrsr, 0, u.bh.n, pOut->z); + rc = sqlite3BtreeData(u.bk.pCrsr, 0, u.bk.n, pOut->z); } pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); @@ -57362,44 +67817,42 @@ case OP_RowData: { ** one opcode now works for both table types. */ case OP_Rowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bi */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bl */ VdbeCursor *pC; i64 v; sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bi */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bl */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bi.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bi.pC!=0 ); - assert( u.bi.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); - if( u.bi.pC->nullRow ){ + u.bl.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bl.pC!=0 ); + assert( u.bl.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); + if( u.bl.pC->nullRow ){ pOut->flags = MEM_Null; break; - }else if( u.bi.pC->deferredMoveto ){ - u.bi.v = u.bi.pC->movetoTarget; + }else if( u.bl.pC->deferredMoveto ){ + u.bl.v = u.bl.pC->movetoTarget; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - }else if( u.bi.pC->pVtabCursor ){ - u.bi.pVtab = u.bi.pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab; - u.bi.pModule = u.bi.pVtab->pModule; - assert( u.bi.pModule->xRowid ); - rc = u.bi.pModule->xRowid(u.bi.pC->pVtabCursor, &u.bi.v); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = u.bi.pVtab->zErrMsg; - u.bi.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; + }else if( u.bl.pC->pVtabCursor ){ + u.bl.pVtab = u.bl.pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab; + u.bl.pModule = u.bl.pVtab->pModule; + assert( u.bl.pModule->xRowid ); + rc = u.bl.pModule->xRowid(u.bl.pC->pVtabCursor, &u.bl.v); + importVtabErrMsg(p, u.bl.pVtab); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ }else{ - assert( u.bi.pC->pCursor!=0 ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bi.pC); + assert( u.bl.pC->pCursor!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bl.pC); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; - if( u.bi.pC->rowidIsValid ){ - u.bi.v = u.bi.pC->lastRowid; + if( u.bl.pC->rowidIsValid ){ + u.bl.v = u.bl.pC->lastRowid; }else{ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bi.pC->pCursor, &u.bi.v); + rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bl.pC->pCursor, &u.bl.v); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Always so because of CursorMoveto() above */ } } - pOut->u.i = u.bi.v; + pOut->u.i = u.bl.v; break; } @@ -57410,50 +67863,51 @@ case OP_Rowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ ** write a NULL. */ case OP_NullRow: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bj */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bm */ VdbeCursor *pC; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bj */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bm */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bj.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bj.pC!=0 ); - u.bj.pC->nullRow = 1; - u.bj.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - if( u.bj.pC->pCursor ){ - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(u.bj.pC->pCursor); + u.bm.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bm.pC!=0 ); + u.bm.pC->nullRow = 1; + u.bm.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + assert( u.bm.pC->pCursor || u.bm.pC->pVtabCursor ); + if( u.bm.pC->pCursor ){ + sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(u.bm.pC->pCursor); } break; } /* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * * ** -** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 +** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 ** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index. ** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. ** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through ** to the following instruction. */ case OP_Last: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bk */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bn */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bk */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bn */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bk.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bk.pC!=0 ); - u.bk.pCrsr = u.bk.pC->pCursor; - if( u.bk.pCrsr==0 ){ - u.bk.res = 1; + u.bn.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bn.pC!=0 ); + u.bn.pCrsr = u.bn.pC->pCursor; + if( NEVER(u.bn.pCrsr==0) ){ + u.bn.res = 1; }else{ - rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.bk.pCrsr, &u.bk.res); + rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.bn.pCrsr, &u.bn.res); } - u.bk.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bk.res; - u.bk.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - u.bk.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - u.bk.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - if( pOp->p2>0 && u.bk.res ){ + u.bn.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bn.res; + u.bn.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + u.bn.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + u.bn.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + if( pOp->p2>0 && u.bn.res ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } break; @@ -57472,6 +67926,10 @@ case OP_Last: { /* jump */ ** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is ** correctly optimizing out sorts. */ +case OP_SorterSort: /* jump */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT + pOp->opcode = OP_Sort; +#endif case OP_Sort: { /* jump */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_sort_count++; @@ -57482,40 +67940,44 @@ case OP_Sort: { /* jump */ } /* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * * ** -** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 +** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 ** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index. ** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. ** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through ** to the following instruction. */ case OP_Rewind: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bl */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bo */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bl */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bo */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bl.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bl.pC!=0 ); - if( (u.bl.pCrsr = u.bl.pC->pCursor)!=0 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.bl.pCrsr, &u.bl.res); - u.bl.pC->atFirst = u.bl.res==0 ?1:0; - u.bl.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - u.bl.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - u.bl.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + u.bo.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bo.pC!=0 ); + assert( u.bo.pC->isSorter==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) ); + u.bo.res = 1; + if( isSorter(u.bo.pC) ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(db, u.bo.pC, &u.bo.res); }else{ - u.bl.res = 1; + u.bo.pCrsr = u.bo.pC->pCursor; + assert( u.bo.pCrsr ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.bo.pCrsr, &u.bo.res); + u.bo.pC->atFirst = u.bo.res==0 ?1:0; + u.bo.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + u.bo.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + u.bo.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; } - u.bl.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bl.res; + u.bo.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bo.res; assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2nOp ); - if( u.bl.res ){ + if( u.bo.res ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } break; } -/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * * * +/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * P4 P5 ** ** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its ** table or index. If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through @@ -57524,9 +67986,15 @@ case OP_Rewind: { /* jump */ ** ** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. ** +** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to +** sqlite3BtreeNext(). +** +** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter +** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. +** ** See also: Prev */ -/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * * +/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * P5 ** ** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its ** table or index. If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through @@ -57534,46 +68002,59 @@ case OP_Rewind: { /* jump */ ** jump immediately to P2. ** ** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. +** +** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to +** sqlite3BtreePrevious(). +** +** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter +** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. */ +case OP_SorterNext: /* jump */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT + pOp->opcode = OP_Next; +#endif case OP_Prev: /* jump */ case OP_Next: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bm */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bp */ VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bm */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bp */ CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bm.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - if( u.bm.pC==0 ){ + assert( pOp->p5<=ArraySize(p->aCounter) ); + u.bp.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + if( u.bp.pC==0 ){ break; /* See ticket #2273 */ } - u.bm.pCrsr = u.bm.pC->pCursor; - if( u.bm.pCrsr==0 ){ - u.bm.pC->nullRow = 1; - break; - } - u.bm.res = 1; - assert( u.bm.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - rc = pOp->opcode==OP_Next ? sqlite3BtreeNext(u.bm.pCrsr, &u.bm.res) : - sqlite3BtreePrevious(u.bm.pCrsr, &u.bm.res); - u.bm.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bm.res; - u.bm.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - if( u.bm.res==0 ){ + assert( u.bp.pC->isSorter==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterNext) ); + if( isSorter(u.bp.pC) ){ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SorterNext ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, u.bp.pC, &u.bp.res); + }else{ + u.bp.res = 1; + assert( u.bp.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + assert( u.bp.pC->pCursor ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious ); + rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(u.bp.pC->pCursor, &u.bp.res); + } + u.bp.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bp.res; + u.bp.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + if( u.bp.res==0 ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; if( pOp->p5 ) p->aCounter[pOp->p5-1]++; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_search_count++; #endif } - u.bm.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + u.bp.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; break; } /* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5 ** -** Register P2 holds a SQL index key made using the +** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the ** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key ** into the index P1. Data for the entry is nil. ** @@ -57583,31 +68064,40 @@ case OP_Next: { /* jump */ ** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction ** for tables is OP_Insert. */ +case OP_SorterInsert: /* in2 */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT + pOp->opcode = OP_IdxInsert; +#endif case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bn */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bq */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int nKey; const char *zKey; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bn */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bq */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bn.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bn.pC!=0 ); + u.bq.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bq.pC!=0 ); + assert( u.bq.pC->isSorter==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) ); pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob ); - u.bn.pCrsr = u.bn.pC->pCursor; - if( ALWAYS(u.bn.pCrsr!=0) ){ - assert( u.bn.pC->isTable==0 ); + u.bq.pCrsr = u.bq.pC->pCursor; + if( ALWAYS(u.bq.pCrsr!=0) ){ + assert( u.bq.pC->isTable==0 ); rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u.bn.nKey = pIn2->n; - u.bn.zKey = pIn2->z; - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.bn.pCrsr, u.bn.zKey, u.bn.nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3, - ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bn.pC->seekResult : 0) - ); - assert( u.bn.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - u.bn.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + if( isSorter(u.bq.pC) ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(db, u.bq.pC, pIn2); + }else{ + u.bq.nKey = pIn2->n; + u.bq.zKey = pIn2->z; + rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.bq.pCrsr, u.bq.zKey, u.bq.nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3, + ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bq.pC->seekResult : 0) + ); + assert( u.bq.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + u.bq.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + } } } break; @@ -57616,34 +68106,37 @@ case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */ /* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form -** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the +** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the ** index opened by cursor P1. */ case OP_IdxDelete: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bo */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.br */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; UnpackedRecord r; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bo */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.br */ assert( pOp->p3>0 ); assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=p->nMem+1 ); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bo.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bo.pC!=0 ); - u.bo.pCrsr = u.bo.pC->pCursor; - if( ALWAYS(u.bo.pCrsr!=0) ){ - u.bo.r.pKeyInfo = u.bo.pC->pKeyInfo; - u.bo.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3; - u.bo.r.flags = 0; - u.bo.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bo.pCrsr, &u.bo.r, 0, 0, &u.bo.res); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bo.res==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(u.bo.pCrsr); - } - assert( u.bo.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - u.bo.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + u.br.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.br.pC!=0 ); + u.br.pCrsr = u.br.pC->pCursor; + if( ALWAYS(u.br.pCrsr!=0) ){ + u.br.r.pKeyInfo = u.br.pC->pKeyInfo; + u.br.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3; + u.br.r.flags = 0; + u.br.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2]; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { int i; for(i=0; ideferredMoveto==0 ); + u.br.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; } break; } @@ -57657,28 +68150,28 @@ case OP_IdxDelete: { ** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord. */ case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bp */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bs */ BtCursor *pCrsr; VdbeCursor *pC; i64 rowid; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bp */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bs */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bp.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bp.pC!=0 ); - u.bp.pCrsr = u.bp.pC->pCursor; + u.bs.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bs.pC!=0 ); + u.bs.pCrsr = u.bs.pC->pCursor; pOut->flags = MEM_Null; - if( ALWAYS(u.bp.pCrsr!=0) ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bp.pC); + if( ALWAYS(u.bs.pCrsr!=0) ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bs.pC); if( NEVER(rc) ) goto abort_due_to_error; - assert( u.bp.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - assert( u.bp.pC->isTable==0 ); - if( !u.bp.pC->nullRow ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, u.bp.pCrsr, &u.bp.rowid); + assert( u.bs.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + assert( u.bs.pC->isTable==0 ); + if( !u.bs.pC->nullRow ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, u.bs.pCrsr, &u.bs.rowid); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } - pOut->u.i = u.bp.rowid; + pOut->u.i = u.bs.rowid; pOut->flags = MEM_Int; } } @@ -57687,61 +68180,65 @@ case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ /* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index -** key that omits the ROWID. Compare this key value against the index +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the ROWID. Compare this key value against the index ** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index. ** ** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value ** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. ** -** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon +** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon ** prior to the comparison. This make the opcode work like IdxGT except ** that if the key from register P3 is a prefix of the key in the cursor, ** the result is false whereas it would be true with IdxGT. */ -/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 * P5 +/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index -** key that omits the ROWID. Compare this key value against the index +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the ROWID. Compare this key value against the index ** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index. ** ** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2. ** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. ** -** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon prior +** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon prior ** to the comparison. This makes the opcode work like IdxLE. */ case OP_IdxLT: /* jump */ case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bq */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bt */ VdbeCursor *pC; int res; UnpackedRecord r; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bq */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bt */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bq.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bq.pC!=0 ); - if( ALWAYS(u.bq.pC->pCursor!=0) ){ - assert( u.bq.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + u.bt.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bt.pC!=0 ); + assert( u.bt.pC->isOrdered ); + if( ALWAYS(u.bt.pC->pCursor!=0) ){ + assert( u.bt.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 ); assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); - u.bq.r.pKeyInfo = u.bq.pC->pKeyInfo; - u.bq.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; + u.bt.r.pKeyInfo = u.bt.pC->pKeyInfo; + u.bt.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; if( pOp->p5 ){ - u.bq.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY | UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID; + u.bt.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY | UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID; }else{ - u.bq.r.flags = UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID; + u.bt.r.flags = UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID; } - u.bq.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(u.bq.pC, &u.bq.r, &u.bq.res); + u.bt.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { int i; for(i=0; iopcode==OP_IdxLT ){ - u.bq.res = -u.bq.res; + u.bt.res = -u.bt.res; }else{ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE ); - u.bq.res++; + u.bt.res++; } - if( u.bq.res>0 ){ + if( u.bt.res>0 ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ; } } @@ -57761,45 +68258,47 @@ case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */ ** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all ** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former ** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred - -** is stored in register P2. If no page -** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already +** is stored in register P2. If no page +** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already ** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2. ** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2. ** ** See also: Clear */ case OP_Destroy: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.br */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bu */ int iMoved; int iCnt; Vdbe *pVdbe; int iDb; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.br */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bu */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - u.br.iCnt = 0; - for(u.br.pVdbe=db->pVdbe; u.br.pVdbe; u.br.pVdbe = u.br.pVdbe->pNext){ - if( u.br.pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && u.br.pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && u.br.pVdbe->pc>=0 ){ - u.br.iCnt++; + u.bu.iCnt = 0; + for(u.bu.pVdbe=db->pVdbe; u.bu.pVdbe; u.bu.pVdbe = u.bu.pVdbe->pNext){ + if( u.bu.pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && u.bu.pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && u.bu.pVdbe->pc>=0 ){ + u.bu.iCnt++; } } #else - u.br.iCnt = db->activeVdbeCnt; + u.bu.iCnt = db->activeVdbeCnt; #endif pOut->flags = MEM_Null; - if( u.br.iCnt>1 ){ + if( u.bu.iCnt>1 ){ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; p->errorAction = OE_Abort; }else{ - u.br.iDb = pOp->p3; - assert( u.br.iCnt==1 ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<aDb[u.br.iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &u.br.iMoved); + u.bu.iDb = pOp->p3; + assert( u.bu.iCnt==1 ); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[u.bu.iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &u.bu.iMoved); pOut->flags = MEM_Int; - pOut->u.i = u.br.iMoved; + pOut->u.i = u.bu.iMoved; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.br.iMoved!=0 ){ - sqlite3RootPageMoved(&db->aDb[u.br.iDb], u.br.iMoved, pOp->p1); - resetSchemaOnFault = 1; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bu.iMoved!=0 ){ + sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, u.bu.iDb, u.bu.iMoved, pOp->p1); + /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */ + assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==u.bu.iDb+1 ); + resetSchemaOnFault = u.bu.iDb+1; } #endif } @@ -57817,27 +68316,29 @@ case OP_Destroy: { /* out2-prerelease */ ** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. ** ** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an -** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change -** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. +** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change +** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. ** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is ** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. ** ** See also: Destroy */ case OP_Clear: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bs */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bv */ int nChange; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bs */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bv */ - u.bs.nChange = 0; - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p2))!=0 ); + u.bv.nChange = 0; + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p2))!=0 ); rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable( - db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &u.bs.nChange : 0) + db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &u.bv.nChange : 0) ); if( pOp->p3 ){ - p->nChange += u.bs.nChange; + p->nChange += u.bv.nChange; if( pOp->p3>0 ){ - aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += u.bs.nChange; + assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); + memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]); + aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += u.bv.nChange; } } break; @@ -57867,96 +68368,78 @@ case OP_Clear: { */ case OP_CreateIndex: /* out2-prerelease */ case OP_CreateTable: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bt */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bw */ int pgno; int flags; Db *pDb; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bt */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bw */ - u.bt.pgno = 0; + u.bw.pgno = 0; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 ); - u.bt.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bt.pDb->pBt!=0 ); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); + u.bw.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.bw.pDb->pBt!=0 ); if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){ - /* u.bt.flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */ - u.bt.flags = BTREE_LEAFDATA|BTREE_INTKEY; + /* u.bw.flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */ + u.bw.flags = BTREE_INTKEY; }else{ - u.bt.flags = BTREE_ZERODATA; + u.bw.flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY; } - rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.bt.pDb->pBt, &u.bt.pgno, u.bt.flags); - pOut->u.i = u.bt.pgno; + rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.bw.pDb->pBt, &u.bw.pgno, u.bw.flags); + pOut->u.i = u.bw.pgno; break; } -/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 P2 * P4 * +/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 * ** ** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1 -** that match the WHERE clause P4. P2 is the "force" flag. Always do -** the parsing if P2 is true. If P2 is false, then this routine is a -** no-op if the schema is not currently loaded. In other words, if P2 -** is false, the SQLITE_MASTER table is only parsed if the rest of the -** schema is already loaded into the symbol table. +** that match the WHERE clause P4. ** ** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine, ** then runs the new virtual machine. It is thus a re-entrant opcode. */ case OP_ParseSchema: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bu */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bx */ int iDb; const char *zMaster; char *zSql; InitData initData; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bu */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bx */ - u.bu.iDb = pOp->p1; - assert( u.bu.iDb>=0 && u.bu.iDbnDb ); + /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes + ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking + ** sqlite3InitCallback(). + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + for(u.bx.iDb=0; u.bx.iDbnDb; u.bx.iDb++){ + assert( u.bx.iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[u.bx.iDb].pBt) ); + } +#endif - /* If pOp->p2 is 0, then this opcode is being executed to read a - ** single row, for example the row corresponding to a new index - ** created by this VDBE, from the sqlite_master table. It only - ** does this if the corresponding in-memory schema is currently - ** loaded. Otherwise, the new index definition can be loaded along - ** with the rest of the schema when it is required. - ** - ** Although the mutex on the BtShared object that corresponds to - ** database u.bu.iDb (the database containing the sqlite_master table - ** read by this instruction) is currently held, it is necessary to - ** obtain the mutexes on all attached databases before checking if - ** the schema of u.bu.iDb is loaded. This is because, at the start of - ** the sqlite3_exec() call below, SQLite will invoke - ** sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(). If all mutexes are not already held, the - ** u.bu.iDb mutex may be temporarily released to avoid deadlock. If - ** this happens, then some other thread may delete the in-memory - ** schema of database u.bu.iDb before the SQL statement runs. The schema - ** will not be reloaded becuase the db->init.busy flag is set. This - ** can result in a "no such table: sqlite_master" or "malformed - ** database schema" error being returned to the user. - */ - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[u.bu.iDb].pBt) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - if( pOp->p2 || DbHasProperty(db, u.bu.iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ - u.bu.zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(u.bu.iDb); - u.bu.initData.db = db; - u.bu.initData.iDb = pOp->p1; - u.bu.initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg; - u.bu.zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + u.bx.iDb = pOp->p1; + assert( u.bx.iDb>=0 && u.bx.iDbnDb ); + assert( DbHasProperty(db, u.bx.iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ); + /* Used to be a conditional */ { + u.bx.zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(u.bx.iDb); + u.bx.initData.db = db; + u.bx.initData.iDb = pOp->p1; + u.bx.initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg; + u.bx.zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid", - db->aDb[u.bu.iDb].zName, u.bu.zMaster, pOp->p4.z); - if( u.bu.zSql==0 ){ + db->aDb[u.bx.iDb].zName, u.bx.zMaster, pOp->p4.z); + if( u.bx.zSql==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ assert( db->init.busy==0 ); db->init.busy = 1; - u.bu.initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; + u.bx.initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, u.bu.zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &u.bu.initData, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = u.bu.initData.rc; - sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bu.zSql); + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, u.bx.zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &u.bx.initData, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = u.bx.initData.rc; + sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bx.zSql); db->init.busy = 0; } } - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ goto no_mem; } @@ -57973,7 +68456,7 @@ case OP_ParseSchema: { case OP_LoadAnalysis: { assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1); - break; + break; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */ @@ -58023,7 +68506,7 @@ case OP_DropTrigger: { ** ** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors. ** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported. -** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are +** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are ** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining. ** ** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer @@ -58036,41 +68519,41 @@ case OP_DropTrigger: { ** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma. */ case OP_IntegrityCk: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bv */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.by */ int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */ int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */ int j; /* Loop counter */ int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */ char *z; /* Text of the error report */ Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bv */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.by */ - u.bv.nRoot = pOp->p2; - assert( u.bv.nRoot>0 ); - u.bv.aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(u.bv.nRoot+1) ); - if( u.bv.aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem; + u.by.nRoot = pOp->p2; + assert( u.by.nRoot>0 ); + u.by.aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(u.by.nRoot+1) ); + if( u.by.aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem; assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); - u.bv.pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - assert( (u.bv.pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); - assert( (u.bv.pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); + u.by.pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( (u.by.pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); + assert( (u.by.pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - for(u.bv.j=0; u.bv.jp5nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p5))!=0 ); - u.bv.z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, u.bv.aRoot, u.bv.nRoot, - (int)u.bv.pnErr->u.i, &u.bv.nErr); - sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bv.aRoot); - u.bv.pnErr->u.i -= u.bv.nErr; + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p5))!=0 ); + u.by.z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, u.by.aRoot, u.by.nRoot, + (int)u.by.pnErr->u.i, &u.by.nErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, u.by.aRoot); + u.by.pnErr->u.i -= u.by.nErr; sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); - if( u.bv.nErr==0 ){ - assert( u.bv.z==0 ); - }else if( u.bv.z==0 ){ + if( u.by.nErr==0 ){ + assert( u.by.z==0 ); + }else if( u.by.z==0 ){ goto no_mem; }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, u.bv.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, u.by.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free); } UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding); @@ -58104,20 +68587,20 @@ case OP_RowSetAdd: { /* in1, in2 */ ** unchanged and jump to instruction P2. */ case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, in1, out3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bw */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bz */ i64 val; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bw */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.bz */ CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT; pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 - || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &u.bw.val)==0 + || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &u.bz.val)==0 ){ /* The boolean index is empty */ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); pc = pOp->p2 - 1; }else{ /* A value was pulled from the index */ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], u.bw.val); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], u.bz.val); } break; } @@ -58146,14 +68629,14 @@ case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, in1, out3 */ ** inserted as part of some other set). */ case OP_RowSetTest: { /* jump, in1, in3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bx */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ca */ int iSet; int exists; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bx */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.ca */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - u.bx.iSet = pOp->p4.i; + u.ca.iSet = pOp->p4.i; assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int ); /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1, @@ -58165,17 +68648,17 @@ case OP_RowSetTest: { /* jump, in1, in3 */ } assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); - assert( u.bx.iSet==-1 || u.bx.iSet>=0 ); - if( u.bx.iSet ){ - u.bx.exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet, - (u8)(u.bx.iSet>=0 ? u.bx.iSet & 0xf : 0xff), + assert( u.ca.iSet==-1 || u.ca.iSet>=0 ); + if( u.ca.iSet ){ + u.ca.exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet, + (u8)(u.ca.iSet>=0 ? u.ca.iSet & 0xf : 0xff), pIn3->u.i); - if( u.bx.exists ){ + if( u.ca.exists ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; break; } } - if( u.bx.iSet>=0 ){ + if( u.ca.iSet>=0 ){ sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i); } break; @@ -58186,19 +68669,19 @@ case OP_RowSetTest: { /* jump, in1, in3 */ /* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** -** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). +** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). ** -** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory -** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 -** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE -** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address -** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the +** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory +** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 +** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE +** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address +** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the ** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime. ** ** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program. */ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.by */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cb */ int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */ int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */ Mem *pRt; /* Register to allocate runtime space */ @@ -58207,11 +68690,12 @@ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */ void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.by */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.cb */ - u.by.pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram; - u.by.pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - assert( u.by.pProgram->nOp>0 ); + u.cb.pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram; + u.cb.pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( memIsValid(u.cb.pRt) ); + assert( u.cb.pProgram->nOp>0 ); /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program @@ -58225,9 +68709,9 @@ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token ** variable. */ if( pOp->p5 ){ - u.by.t = u.by.pProgram->token; - for(u.by.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.by.pFrame && u.by.pFrame->token!=u.by.t; u.by.pFrame=u.by.pFrame->pParent); - if( u.by.pFrame ) break; + u.cb.t = u.cb.pProgram->token; + for(u.cb.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.cb.pFrame && u.cb.pFrame->token!=u.cb.t; u.cb.pFrame=u.cb.pFrame->pParent); + if( u.cb.pFrame ) break; } if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){ @@ -58236,64 +68720,64 @@ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ break; } - /* Register u.by.pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state + /* Register u.cb.pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute - ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then u.by.pRt + ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then u.cb.pRt ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */ - if( (u.by.pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){ + if( (u.cb.pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){ /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local - ** variable u.by.nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value. + ** variable u.cb.nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value. */ - u.by.nMem = u.by.pProgram->nMem + u.by.pProgram->nCsr; - u.by.nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame)) - + u.by.nMem * sizeof(Mem) - + u.by.pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *); - u.by.pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, u.by.nByte); - if( !u.by.pFrame ){ + u.cb.nMem = u.cb.pProgram->nMem + u.cb.pProgram->nCsr; + u.cb.nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame)) + + u.cb.nMem * sizeof(Mem) + + u.cb.pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *); + u.cb.pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, u.cb.nByte); + if( !u.cb.pFrame ){ goto no_mem; } - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(u.by.pRt); - u.by.pRt->flags = MEM_Frame; - u.by.pRt->u.pFrame = u.by.pFrame; - - u.by.pFrame->v = p; - u.by.pFrame->nChildMem = u.by.nMem; - u.by.pFrame->nChildCsr = u.by.pProgram->nCsr; - u.by.pFrame->pc = pc; - u.by.pFrame->aMem = p->aMem; - u.by.pFrame->nMem = p->nMem; - u.by.pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr; - u.by.pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor; - u.by.pFrame->aOp = p->aOp; - u.by.pFrame->nOp = p->nOp; - u.by.pFrame->token = u.by.pProgram->token; - - u.by.pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(u.by.pFrame)[u.by.pFrame->nChildMem]; - for(u.by.pMem=VdbeFrameMem(u.by.pFrame); u.by.pMem!=u.by.pEnd; u.by.pMem++){ - u.by.pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - u.by.pMem->db = db; + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(u.cb.pRt); + u.cb.pRt->flags = MEM_Frame; + u.cb.pRt->u.pFrame = u.cb.pFrame; + + u.cb.pFrame->v = p; + u.cb.pFrame->nChildMem = u.cb.nMem; + u.cb.pFrame->nChildCsr = u.cb.pProgram->nCsr; + u.cb.pFrame->pc = pc; + u.cb.pFrame->aMem = p->aMem; + u.cb.pFrame->nMem = p->nMem; + u.cb.pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr; + u.cb.pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor; + u.cb.pFrame->aOp = p->aOp; + u.cb.pFrame->nOp = p->nOp; + u.cb.pFrame->token = u.cb.pProgram->token; + + u.cb.pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(u.cb.pFrame)[u.cb.pFrame->nChildMem]; + for(u.cb.pMem=VdbeFrameMem(u.cb.pFrame); u.cb.pMem!=u.cb.pEnd; u.cb.pMem++){ + u.cb.pMem->flags = MEM_Null; + u.cb.pMem->db = db; } }else{ - u.by.pFrame = u.by.pRt->u.pFrame; - assert( u.by.pProgram->nMem+u.by.pProgram->nCsr==u.by.pFrame->nChildMem ); - assert( u.by.pProgram->nCsr==u.by.pFrame->nChildCsr ); - assert( pc==u.by.pFrame->pc ); + u.cb.pFrame = u.cb.pRt->u.pFrame; + assert( u.cb.pProgram->nMem+u.cb.pProgram->nCsr==u.cb.pFrame->nChildMem ); + assert( u.cb.pProgram->nCsr==u.cb.pFrame->nChildCsr ); + assert( pc==u.cb.pFrame->pc ); } p->nFrame++; - u.by.pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame; - u.by.pFrame->lastRowid = db->lastRowid; - u.by.pFrame->nChange = p->nChange; + u.cb.pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame; + u.cb.pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid; + u.cb.pFrame->nChange = p->nChange; p->nChange = 0; - p->pFrame = u.by.pFrame; - p->aMem = aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(u.by.pFrame)[-1]; - p->nMem = u.by.pFrame->nChildMem; - p->nCursor = (u16)u.by.pFrame->nChildCsr; + p->pFrame = u.cb.pFrame; + p->aMem = aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(u.cb.pFrame)[-1]; + p->nMem = u.cb.pFrame->nChildMem; + p->nCursor = (u16)u.cb.pFrame->nChildCsr; p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem+1]; - p->aOp = aOp = u.by.pProgram->aOp; - p->nOp = u.by.pProgram->nOp; + p->aOp = aOp = u.cb.pProgram->aOp; + p->nOp = u.cb.pProgram->nOp; pc = -1; break; @@ -58301,10 +68785,10 @@ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ /* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * * ** -** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the -** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory -** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames -** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* +** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the +** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory +** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames +** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* ** and old.* values. ** ** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding @@ -58312,13 +68796,13 @@ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ ** calling OP_Program instruction. */ case OP_Param: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bz */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cc */ VdbeFrame *pFrame; Mem *pIn; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bz */ - u.bz.pFrame = p->pFrame; - u.bz.pIn = &u.bz.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + u.bz.pFrame->aOp[u.bz.pFrame->pc].p1]; - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.bz.pIn, MEM_Ephem); +#endif /* local variables moved into u.cc */ + u.cc.pFrame = p->pFrame; + u.cc.pIn = &u.cc.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + u.cc.pFrame->aOp[u.cc.pFrame->pc].p1]; + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.cc.pIn, MEM_Ephem); break; } @@ -58328,8 +68812,8 @@ case OP_Param: { /* out2-prerelease */ /* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * * ** ** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive). -** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented -** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the +** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented +** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the ** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints). */ case OP_FkCounter: { @@ -58344,7 +68828,7 @@ case OP_FkCounter: { /* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * * ** ** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero. -** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next +** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next ** instruction. ** ** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter @@ -58367,28 +68851,29 @@ case OP_FkIfZero: { /* jump */ ** ** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is ** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed -** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of +** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of ** its current value and the value in register P2. ** ** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially ** an integer. */ case OP_MemMax: { /* in2 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ca */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cd */ Mem *pIn1; VdbeFrame *pFrame; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ca */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.cd */ if( p->pFrame ){ - for(u.ca.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.ca.pFrame->pParent; u.ca.pFrame=u.ca.pFrame->pParent); - u.ca.pIn1 = &u.ca.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1]; + for(u.cd.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.cd.pFrame->pParent; u.cd.pFrame=u.cd.pFrame->pParent); + u.cd.pIn1 = &u.cd.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1]; }else{ - u.ca.pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + u.cd.pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; } - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.ca.pIn1); + assert( memIsValid(u.cd.pIn1) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.cd.pIn1); pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2); - if( u.ca.pIn1->u.iu.i){ - u.ca.pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i; + if( u.cd.pIn1->u.iu.i){ + u.cd.pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i; } break; } @@ -58412,7 +68897,7 @@ case OP_IfPos: { /* jump, in1 */ /* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * * ** -** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. +** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. ** ** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does ** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. @@ -58429,7 +68914,7 @@ case OP_IfNeg: { /* jump, in1 */ /* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** The register P1 must contain an integer. Add literal P3 to the -** value in register P1. If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2. +** value in register P1. If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2. ** ** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does ** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. @@ -58455,47 +68940,51 @@ case OP_IfZero: { /* jump, in1 */ ** successors. */ case OP_AggStep: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cb */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ce */ int n; int i; Mem *pMem; Mem *pRec; sqlite3_context ctx; sqlite3_value **apVal; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cb */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.ce */ - u.cb.n = pOp->p5; - assert( u.cb.n>=0 ); - u.cb.pRec = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - u.cb.apVal = p->apArg; - assert( u.cb.apVal || u.cb.n==0 ); - for(u.cb.i=0; u.cb.ip4.pFunc; + u.ce.n = pOp->p5; + assert( u.ce.n>=0 ); + u.ce.pRec = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + u.ce.apVal = p->apArg; + assert( u.ce.apVal || u.ce.n==0 ); + for(u.ce.i=0; u.ce.ip4.pFunc; assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); - u.cb.ctx.pMem = u.cb.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - u.cb.pMem->n++; - u.cb.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; - u.cb.ctx.s.z = 0; - u.cb.ctx.s.zMalloc = 0; - u.cb.ctx.s.xDel = 0; - u.cb.ctx.s.db = db; - u.cb.ctx.isError = 0; - u.cb.ctx.pColl = 0; - if( u.cb.ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ + u.ce.ctx.pMem = u.ce.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + u.ce.pMem->n++; + u.ce.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; + u.ce.ctx.s.z = 0; + u.ce.ctx.s.zMalloc = 0; + u.ce.ctx.s.xDel = 0; + u.ce.ctx.s.db = db; + u.ce.ctx.isError = 0; + u.ce.ctx.pColl = 0; + if( u.ce.ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ assert( pOp>p->aOp ); assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); - u.cb.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl; + u.ce.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl; } - (u.cb.ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&u.cb.ctx, u.cb.n, u.cb.apVal); - if( u.cb.ctx.isError ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&u.cb.ctx.s)); - rc = u.cb.ctx.isError; + (u.ce.ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&u.ce.ctx, u.ce.n, u.ce.apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ + if( u.ce.ctx.isError ){ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&u.ce.ctx.s)); + rc = u.ce.ctx.isError; } - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.cb.ctx.s); + + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.ce.ctx.s); + break; } @@ -58512,24 +69001,165 @@ case OP_AggStep: { ** the step function was not previously called. */ case OP_AggFinal: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cc */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cf */ Mem *pMem; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cc */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.cf */ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem ); - u.cc.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( (u.cc.pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(u.cc.pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc); + u.cf.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( (u.cf.pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(u.cf.pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc); if( rc ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(u.cc.pMem)); + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(u.cf.pMem)); } - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(u.cc.pMem, encoding); - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.cc.pMem); - if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.cc.pMem) ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(u.cf.pMem, encoding); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.cf.pMem); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.cf.pMem) ){ goto too_big; } break; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in +** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL +** or RESTART. Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns +** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively. Write the number of pages in the +** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages +** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint +** completes into mem[P3+2]. However on an error, mem[P3+1] and +** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1. +*/ +case OP_Checkpoint: { +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cg */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int aRes[3]; /* Results */ + Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.cg */ + + u.cg.aRes[0] = 0; + u.cg.aRes[1] = u.cg.aRes[2] = -1; + assert( pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE + || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL + || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART + ); + rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &u.cg.aRes[1], &u.cg.aRes[2]); + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + u.cg.aRes[0] = 1; + } + for(u.cg.i=0, u.cg.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; u.cg.i<3; u.cg.i++, u.cg.pMem++){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(u.cg.pMem, (i64)u.cg.aRes[u.cg.i]); + } + break; +}; +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA +/* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * P5 +** +** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback +** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple +** operation. No IO is required. +** +** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated. +** +** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2. +*/ +case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2-prerelease */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ch */ + Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */ + Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */ + int eNew; /* New journal mode */ + int eOld; /* The old journal mode */ + const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.ch */ + + u.ch.eNew = pOp->p3; + assert( u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE + || u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE + || u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST + || u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + || u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + || u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY + ); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); + + u.ch.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; + u.ch.pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(u.ch.pBt); + u.ch.eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(u.ch.pPager); + if( u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) u.ch.eNew = u.ch.eOld; + if( !sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(u.ch.pPager) ) u.ch.eNew = u.ch.eOld; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + u.ch.zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(u.ch.pPager); + + /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database + ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory + */ + if( u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + && (u.ch.zFilename[0]==0 /* Temp file */ + || !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(u.ch.pPager)) /* No shared-memory support */ + ){ + u.ch.eNew = u.ch.eOld; + } + + if( (u.ch.eNew!=u.ch.eOld) + && (u.ch.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) + ){ + if( !db->autoCommit || db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, + "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction", + (u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of") + ); + break; + }else{ + + if( u.ch.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ + /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call + ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log + ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file + ** after a successful return. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(u.ch.pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ch.pPager, u.ch.eNew); + } + }else if( u.ch.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ + /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL. Use mode OFF + ** as an intermediate */ + sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ch.pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF); + } + + /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal + ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal. + */ + assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(u.ch.pBt)==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(u.ch.pBt, (u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1)); + } + } + } +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + + if( rc ){ + u.ch.eNew = u.ch.eOld; + } + u.ch.eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ch.pPager, u.ch.eNew); + + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; + pOut->z = (char *)sqlite3JournalModename(u.ch.eNew); + pOut->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut->z); + pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding); + break; +}; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) /* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * * @@ -58552,14 +69182,14 @@ case OP_Vacuum: { ** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction. */ case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cd */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ci */ Btree *pBt; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cd */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.ci */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 ); - u.cd.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; - rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(u.cd.pBt); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); + u.ci.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; + rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(u.ci.pBt); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -58571,11 +69201,11 @@ case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */ /* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * * ** ** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement -** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed +** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed ** (via sqlite3_step()). -** +** ** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero, -** then only the currently executing statement is affected. +** then only the currently executing statement is affected. */ case OP_Expire: { if( !pOp->p1 ){ @@ -58590,7 +69220,7 @@ case OP_Expire: { /* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when -** the shared-cache feature is enabled. +** the shared-cache feature is enabled. ** ** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database ** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or @@ -58604,9 +69234,9 @@ case OP_Expire: { case OP_TableLock: { u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3; if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){ - int p1 = pOp->p1; + int p1 = pOp->p1; assert( p1>=0 && p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock); if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ @@ -58621,7 +69251,7 @@ case OP_TableLock: { #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 * ** -** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the +** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the ** xBegin method for that table. ** ** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from @@ -58629,16 +69259,12 @@ case OP_TableLock: { ** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED. */ case OP_VBegin: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ce */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cj */ VTable *pVTab; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ce */ - u.ce.pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab; - rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, u.ce.pVTab); - if( u.ce.pVTab ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = u.ce.pVTab->pVtab->zErrMsg; - u.ce.pVTab->pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; - } +#endif /* local variables moved into u.cj */ + u.cj.pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab; + rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, u.cj.pVTab); + if( u.cj.pVTab ) importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cj.pVTab->pVtab); break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ @@ -58677,34 +69303,32 @@ case OP_VDestroy: { ** table and stores that cursor in P1. */ case OP_VOpen: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cf */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ck */ VdbeCursor *pCur; sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; sqlite3_module *pModule; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cf */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.ck */ - u.cf.pCur = 0; - u.cf.pVtabCursor = 0; - u.cf.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; - u.cf.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.cf.pVtab->pModule; - assert(u.cf.pVtab && u.cf.pModule); - rc = u.cf.pModule->xOpen(u.cf.pVtab, &u.cf.pVtabCursor); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = u.cf.pVtab->zErrMsg; - u.cf.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; + u.ck.pCur = 0; + u.ck.pVtabCursor = 0; + u.ck.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; + u.ck.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.ck.pVtab->pModule; + assert(u.ck.pVtab && u.ck.pModule); + rc = u.ck.pModule->xOpen(u.ck.pVtab, &u.ck.pVtabCursor); + importVtabErrMsg(p, u.ck.pVtab); if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */ - u.cf.pVtabCursor->pVtab = u.cf.pVtab; + u.ck.pVtabCursor->pVtab = u.ck.pVtab; /* Initialise vdbe cursor object */ - u.cf.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0); - if( u.cf.pCur ){ - u.cf.pCur->pVtabCursor = u.cf.pVtabCursor; - u.cf.pCur->pModule = u.cf.pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule; + u.ck.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0); + if( u.ck.pCur ){ + u.ck.pCur->pVtabCursor = u.ck.pVtabCursor; + u.ck.pCur->pModule = u.ck.pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule; }else{ db->mallocFailed = 1; - u.cf.pModule->xClose(u.cf.pVtabCursor); + u.ck.pModule->xClose(u.ck.pVtabCursor); } } break; @@ -58731,7 +69355,7 @@ case OP_VOpen: { ** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty. */ case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cg */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cl */ int nArg; int iQuery; const sqlite3_module *pModule; @@ -58743,46 +69367,45 @@ case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */ int res; int i; Mem **apArg; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cg */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.cl */ - u.cg.pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - u.cg.pArgc = &u.cg.pQuery[1]; - u.cg.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.cg.pQuery); - assert( u.cg.pCur->pVtabCursor ); - u.cg.pVtabCursor = u.cg.pCur->pVtabCursor; - u.cg.pVtab = u.cg.pVtabCursor->pVtab; - u.cg.pModule = u.cg.pVtab->pModule; + u.cl.pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + u.cl.pArgc = &u.cl.pQuery[1]; + u.cl.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( memIsValid(u.cl.pQuery) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.cl.pQuery); + assert( u.cl.pCur->pVtabCursor ); + u.cl.pVtabCursor = u.cl.pCur->pVtabCursor; + u.cl.pVtab = u.cl.pVtabCursor->pVtab; + u.cl.pModule = u.cl.pVtab->pModule; /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */ - assert( (u.cg.pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && u.cg.pArgc->flags==MEM_Int ); - u.cg.nArg = (int)u.cg.pArgc->u.i; - u.cg.iQuery = (int)u.cg.pQuery->u.i; + assert( (u.cl.pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && u.cl.pArgc->flags==MEM_Int ); + u.cl.nArg = (int)u.cl.pArgc->u.i; + u.cl.iQuery = (int)u.cl.pQuery->u.i; /* Invoke the xFilter method */ { - u.cg.res = 0; - u.cg.apArg = p->apArg; - for(u.cg.i = 0; u.cg.iapArg; + for(u.cl.i = 0; u.cl.iinVtabMethod = 1; - rc = u.cg.pModule->xFilter(u.cg.pVtabCursor, u.cg.iQuery, pOp->p4.z, u.cg.nArg, u.cg.apArg); + rc = u.cl.pModule->xFilter(u.cl.pVtabCursor, u.cl.iQuery, pOp->p4.z, u.cl.nArg, u.cl.apArg); p->inVtabMethod = 0; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = u.cg.pVtab->zErrMsg; - u.cg.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; + importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cl.pVtab); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u.cg.res = u.cg.pModule->xEof(u.cg.pVtabCursor); + u.cl.res = u.cl.pModule->xEof(u.cl.pVtabCursor); } - if( u.cg.res ){ + if( u.cl.res ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } } - u.cg.pCur->nullRow = 0; + u.cl.pCur->nullRow = 0; break; } @@ -58792,56 +69415,55 @@ case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */ /* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Store the value of the P2-th column of -** the row of the virtual-table that the +** the row of the virtual-table that the ** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3. */ case OP_VColumn: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ch */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cm */ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; Mem *pDest; sqlite3_context sContext; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ch */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.cm */ VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); - u.ch.pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + u.cm.pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + memAboutToChange(p, u.cm.pDest); if( pCur->nullRow ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(u.ch.pDest); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(u.cm.pDest); break; } - u.ch.pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab; - u.ch.pModule = u.ch.pVtab->pModule; - assert( u.ch.pModule->xColumn ); - memset(&u.ch.sContext, 0, sizeof(u.ch.sContext)); + u.cm.pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab; + u.cm.pModule = u.cm.pVtab->pModule; + assert( u.cm.pModule->xColumn ); + memset(&u.cm.sContext, 0, sizeof(u.cm.sContext)); /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move - ** the current contents to u.ch.sContext.s so in case the user-function + ** the current contents to u.cm.sContext.s so in case the user-function ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a ** new one. */ - sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.ch.sContext.s, u.ch.pDest); - MemSetTypeFlag(&u.ch.sContext.s, MEM_Null); + sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.cm.sContext.s, u.cm.pDest); + MemSetTypeFlag(&u.cm.sContext.s, MEM_Null); - rc = u.ch.pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &u.ch.sContext, pOp->p2); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = u.ch.pVtab->zErrMsg; - u.ch.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; - if( u.ch.sContext.isError ){ - rc = u.ch.sContext.isError; + rc = u.cm.pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &u.cm.sContext, pOp->p2); + importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cm.pVtab); + if( u.cm.sContext.isError ){ + rc = u.cm.sContext.isError; } /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occurred to ensure any - ** dynamic allocation in u.ch.sContext.s (a Mem struct) is released. + ** dynamic allocation in u.cm.sContext.s (a Mem struct) is released. */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&u.ch.sContext.s, encoding); - sqlite3VdbeMemMove(u.ch.pDest, &u.ch.sContext.s); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.ch.pDest); - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.ch.pDest); + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&u.cm.sContext.s, encoding); + sqlite3VdbeMemMove(u.cm.pDest, &u.cm.sContext.s); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.cm.pDest); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.cm.pDest); - if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.ch.pDest) ){ + if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.cm.pDest) ){ goto too_big; } break; @@ -58856,22 +69478,22 @@ case OP_VColumn: { ** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction. */ case OP_VNext: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ci */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cn */ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; int res; VdbeCursor *pCur; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ci */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.cn */ - u.ci.res = 0; - u.ci.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.ci.pCur->pVtabCursor ); - if( u.ci.pCur->nullRow ){ + u.cn.res = 0; + u.cn.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.cn.pCur->pVtabCursor ); + if( u.cn.pCur->nullRow ){ break; } - u.ci.pVtab = u.ci.pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab; - u.ci.pModule = u.ci.pVtab->pModule; - assert( u.ci.pModule->xNext ); + u.cn.pVtab = u.cn.pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab; + u.cn.pModule = u.cn.pVtab->pModule; + assert( u.cn.pModule->xNext ); /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during @@ -58880,16 +69502,14 @@ case OP_VNext: { /* jump */ ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor. */ p->inVtabMethod = 1; - rc = u.ci.pModule->xNext(u.ci.pCur->pVtabCursor); + rc = u.cn.pModule->xNext(u.cn.pCur->pVtabCursor); p->inVtabMethod = 0; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = u.ci.pVtab->zErrMsg; - u.ci.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; + importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cn.pVtab); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u.ci.res = u.ci.pModule->xEof(u.ci.pCur->pVtabCursor); + u.cn.res = u.cn.pModule->xEof(u.cn.pCur->pVtabCursor); } - if( !u.ci.res ){ + if( !u.cn.res ){ /* If there is data, jump to P2 */ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } @@ -58905,20 +69525,20 @@ case OP_VNext: { /* jump */ ** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method. */ case OP_VRename: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cj */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.co */ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; Mem *pName; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cj */ - - u.cj.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; - u.cj.pName = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.cj.pVtab->pModule->xRename ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, u.cj.pName); - assert( u.cj.pName->flags & MEM_Str ); - rc = u.cj.pVtab->pModule->xRename(u.cj.pVtab, u.cj.pName->z); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = u.cj.pVtab->zErrMsg; - u.cj.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; +#endif /* local variables moved into u.co */ + + u.co.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; + u.co.pName = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( u.co.pVtab->pModule->xRename ); + assert( memIsValid(u.co.pName) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, u.co.pName); + assert( u.co.pName->flags & MEM_Str ); + rc = u.co.pVtab->pModule->xRename(u.co.pVtab, u.co.pName->z); + importVtabErrMsg(p, u.co.pVtab); + p->expired = 0; break; } @@ -58929,27 +69549,27 @@ case OP_VRename: { ** ** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. ** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values -** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate -** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the +** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate +** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the ** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate. ** ** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both. ** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3) -** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no -** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new -** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new -** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are +** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no +** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new +** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new +** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are ** the values of columns in the new row. ** ** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of ** a row to delete. ** ** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call -** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() +** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() ** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted. */ case OP_VUpdate: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ck */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cp */ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; sqlite3_module *pModule; int nArg; @@ -58957,29 +69577,43 @@ case OP_VUpdate: { sqlite_int64 rowid; Mem **apArg; Mem *pX; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ck */ +#endif /* local variables moved into u.cp */ - u.ck.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; - u.ck.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.ck.pVtab->pModule; - u.ck.nArg = pOp->p2; + assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback + || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace + ); + u.cp.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; + u.cp.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.cp.pVtab->pModule; + u.cp.nArg = pOp->p2; assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); - if( ALWAYS(u.ck.pModule->xUpdate) ){ - u.ck.apArg = p->apArg; - u.ck.pX = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - for(u.ck.i=0; u.ck.ixUpdate(u.ck.pVtab, u.ck.nArg, u.ck.apArg, &u.ck.rowid); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = u.ck.pVtab->zErrMsg; - u.ck.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; + if( ALWAYS(u.cp.pModule->xUpdate) ){ + u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict; + u.cp.apArg = p->apArg; + u.cp.pX = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + for(u.cp.i=0; u.cp.ivtabOnConflict = pOp->p5; + rc = u.cp.pModule->xUpdate(u.cp.pVtab, u.cp.nArg, u.cp.apArg, &u.cp.rowid); + db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict; + importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cp.pVtab); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){ - assert( u.ck.nArg>1 && u.ck.apArg[0] && (u.ck.apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) ); - db->lastRowid = u.ck.rowid; + assert( u.cp.nArg>1 && u.cp.apArg[0] && (u.cp.apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) ); + db->lastRowid = lastRowid = u.cp.rowid; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){ + if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5); + } + }else{ + p->nChange++; } - p->nChange++; } break; } @@ -58991,25 +69625,37 @@ case OP_VUpdate: { ** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2. */ case OP_Pagecount: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cl */ - int p1; - int nPage; - Pager *pPager; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cl */ + pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt); + break; +} +#endif + - u.cl.p1 = pOp->p1; - u.cl.pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[u.cl.p1].pBt); - rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(u.cl.pPager, &u.cl.nPage); - /* OP_Pagecount is always called from within a read transaction. The - ** page count has already been successfully read and cached. So the - ** sqlite3PagerPagecount() call above cannot fail. */ - if( ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ - pOut->u.i = u.cl.nPage; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3. +** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and +** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0. +** +** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2. +*/ +case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2-prerelease */ + unsigned int newMax; + Btree *pBt; + + pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; + newMax = 0; + if( pOp->p3 ){ + newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt); + if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3; } + pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax); break; } #endif + #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE /* Opcode: Trace * * * P4 * ** @@ -59017,23 +69663,23 @@ case OP_Pagecount: { /* out2-prerelease */ ** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback. */ case OP_Trace: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cm */ +#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cq */ char *zTrace; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cm */ + char *z; +#endif /* local variables moved into u.cq */ - u.cm.zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql); - if( u.cm.zTrace ){ - if( db->xTrace ){ - char *z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, u.cm.zTrace); - db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, z); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - } + if( db->xTrace && (u.cq.zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 ){ + u.cq.z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, u.cq.zTrace); + db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, u.cq.z); + sqlite3DbFree(db, u.cq.z); + } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", u.cm.zTrace); - } -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 + && (u.cq.zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 + ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", u.cq.zTrace); } +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ break; } #endif @@ -59104,18 +69750,21 @@ vdbe_error_halt: assert( rc ); p->rc = rc; testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", + sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg); sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - if( resetSchemaOnFault ) sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); + if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){ + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1); + } /* This is the only way out of this procedure. We have to ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the ** top. */ vdbe_return: - sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex); + db->lastRowid = lastRowid; + sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); return rc; /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH @@ -59184,11 +69833,82 @@ struct Incrblob { int flags; /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */ int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */ int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */ + int iCol; /* Table column this handle is open on */ BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */ sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database */ }; + +/* +** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks +** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow. +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to +** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row. +** +** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not +** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the +** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may +** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using +** sqlite3DbFree(). +** +** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent +** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will +** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. +*/ +static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){ + int rc; /* Error code */ + char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt; + + /* Set the value of the SQL statements only variable to integer iRow. + ** This is done directly instead of using sqlite3_bind_int64() to avoid + ** triggering asserts related to mutexes. + */ + assert( v->aVar[0].flags&MEM_Int ); + v->aVar[0].u.i = iRow; + + rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[p->iCol]; + if( type<12 ){ + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s", + type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer" + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); + p->pStmt = 0; + }else{ + p->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[p->iCol]; + p->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type); + p->pCsr = v->apCsr[0]->pCursor; + sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr); + sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(p->pCsr); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( p->pStmt ){ + rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); + p->pStmt = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); + } + } + + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + + *pzErr = zErr; + return rc; +} + /* ** Open a blob handle. */ @@ -59204,7 +69924,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( int nAttempt = 0; int iCol; /* Index of zColumn in row-record */ - /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified + /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction, @@ -59212,11 +69932,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( ** ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow. ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and - ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and + ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and ** blob_bytes() functions. ** ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program, - ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the + ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the ** transaction. */ static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = { @@ -59229,29 +69949,35 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4: Open cursor 0 for read/write */ {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 1}, /* 5: Push the rowid to the stack */ - {OP_NotExists, 0, 9, 1}, /* 6: Seek the cursor */ + {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1}, /* 6: Seek the cursor */ {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1}, /* 7 */ {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0}, /* 8 */ - {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 9 */ - {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 10 */ + {OP_Goto, 0, 5, 0}, /* 9 */ + {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 10 */ + {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 11 */ }; - Vdbe *v = 0; int rc = SQLITE_OK; char *zErr = 0; Table *pTab; - Parse *pParse; + Parse *pParse = 0; + Incrblob *pBlob = 0; + flags = !!flags; /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */ *ppBlob = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + + pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob)); + if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out; pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse)); - if( pParse==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto blob_open_out; - } + if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out; + do { memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse)); pParse->db = db; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + zErr = 0; sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb); @@ -59277,7 +70003,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( } /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */ - for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++) { + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++) { if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){ break; } @@ -59291,7 +70017,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( } /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the - ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. + ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. ** It is against the rules to open a column to which either of these ** descriptions applies for writing. */ if( flags ){ @@ -59301,7 +70027,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent - ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this + ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this ** case. */ FKey *pFKey; for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ @@ -59331,11 +70057,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( } } - v = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db); - if( v ){ + pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(db); + assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed ); + if( pBlob->pStmt ){ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt; int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, sizeof(openBlob)/sizeof(VdbeOpList), openBlob); - flags = !!flags; /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */ + /* Configure the OP_Transaction */ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 0, iDb); @@ -59344,19 +70073,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( /* Configure the OP_VerifyCookie */ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->iGeneration); /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 2); +#else sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 2, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 2, pTab->tnum); sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 2, flags); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 2, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); +#endif - /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 + /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 4 - flags, 1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 4 - flags); sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 3 + flags, pTab->tnum); sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 3 + flags, iDb); @@ -59364,75 +70098,38 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( ** think that the table has one more column than it really ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means - ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type + ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type ** and offset cache without causing any IO. */ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 3+flags, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1),P4_INT32); sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 7, pTab->nCol); if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0); + pParse->nVar = 1; + pParse->nMem = 1; + pParse->nTab = 1; + sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); } } - + + pBlob->flags = flags; + pBlob->iCol = iCol; + pBlob->db = db; sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); if( db->mallocFailed ){ goto blob_open_out; } - - sqlite3_bind_int64((sqlite3_stmt *)v, 1, iRow); - rc = sqlite3_step((sqlite3_stmt *)v); - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ - nAttempt++; - rc = sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt *)v); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - v = 0; - } - } while( nAttempt<5 && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - /* The row-record has been opened successfully. Check that the - ** column in question contains text or a blob. If it contains - ** text, it is up to the caller to get the encoding right. - */ - Incrblob *pBlob; - u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[iCol]; - - if( type<12 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open value of type %s", - type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer" - ); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto blob_open_out; - } - pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob)); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob); - goto blob_open_out; - } - pBlob->flags = flags; - pBlob->pCsr = v->apCsr[0]->pCursor; - sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(pBlob->pCsr); - sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(pBlob->pCsr); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(pBlob->pCsr); - pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)v; - pBlob->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[iCol]; - pBlob->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type); - pBlob->db = db; - *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } + sqlite3_bind_int64(pBlob->pStmt, 1, iRow); + rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr); + } while( (++nAttempt)<5 && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ); blob_open_out: - if( v && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){ - sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob; + }else{ + if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob); } - sqlite3Error(db, rc, zErr); + sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); @@ -59465,10 +70162,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ ** Perform a read or write operation on a blob */ static int blobReadWrite( - sqlite3_blob *pBlob, - void *z, - int n, - int iOffset, + sqlite3_blob *pBlob, + void *z, + int n, + int iOffset, int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*) ){ int rc; @@ -59485,7 +70182,7 @@ static int blobReadWrite( /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 0); - } else if( v==0 ){ + }else if( v==0 ){ /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case. */ @@ -59533,12 +70230,935 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; - return p ? p->nByte : 0; + return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0; +} + +/* +** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same +** database table. +** +** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not +** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the +** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all +** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) +** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ + int rc; + Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; + sqlite3 *db; + + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + db = p->db; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + + if( p->pStmt==0 ){ + /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has + ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case. + */ + rc = SQLITE_ABORT; + }else{ + char *zErr; + rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ); + } + + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ /************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbesort.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2011 July 9 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code for the VdbeSorter object, used in concert with +** a VdbeCursor to sort large numbers of keys (as may be required, for +** example, by CREATE INDEX statements on tables too large to fit in main +** memory). +*/ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT + +typedef struct VdbeSorterIter VdbeSorterIter; +typedef struct SorterRecord SorterRecord; + +/* +** NOTES ON DATA STRUCTURE USED FOR N-WAY MERGES: +** +** As keys are added to the sorter, they are written to disk in a series +** of sorted packed-memory-arrays (PMAs). The size of each PMA is roughly +** the same as the cache-size allowed for temporary databases. In order +** to allow the caller to extract keys from the sorter in sorted order, +** all PMAs currently stored on disk must be merged together. This comment +** describes the data structure used to do so. The structure supports +** merging any number of arrays in a single pass with no redundant comparison +** operations. +** +** The aIter[] array contains an iterator for each of the PMAs being merged. +** An aIter[] iterator either points to a valid key or else is at EOF. For +** the purposes of the paragraphs below, we assume that the array is actually +** N elements in size, where N is the smallest power of 2 greater to or equal +** to the number of iterators being merged. The extra aIter[] elements are +** treated as if they are empty (always at EOF). +** +** The aTree[] array is also N elements in size. The value of N is stored in +** the VdbeSorter.nTree variable. +** +** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing +** pairs of iterator keys together. Element i contains the result of +** comparing aIter[2*i-N] and aIter[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the +** aTree element is set to the index of it. +** +** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any +** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF +** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored. +** +** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that preceed the final (N/2) described +** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 iterators. +** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the iterator that +** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused. +** +** Example: +** +** aIter[0] -> Banana +** aIter[1] -> Feijoa +** aIter[2] -> Elderberry +** aIter[3] -> Currant +** aIter[4] -> Grapefruit +** aIter[5] -> Apple +** aIter[6] -> Durian +** aIter[7] -> EOF +** +** aTree[] = { X, 5 0, 5 0, 3, 5, 6 } +** +** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by +** iterator 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, iterator 5 will +** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is +** "Eggplant": +** +** aIter[5] -> Eggplant +** +** The contents of aTree[] are updated first by comparing the new iterator +** 5 key to the current key of iterator 4 (still "Grapefruit"). The iterator +** 5 value is still smaller, so aTree[6] is set to 5. And so on up the tree. +** The value of iterator 6 - "Durian" - is now smaller than that of iterator +** 5, so aTree[3] is set to 6. Key 0 is smaller than key 6 (BananaaAlloc); + memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(VdbeSorterIter)); +} + +/* +** Advance iterator pIter to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLITE_OK if +** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterIterNext( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle (for sqlite3DbMalloc() ) */ + VdbeSorterIter *pIter /* Iterator to advance */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + int nRead; /* Number of bytes read */ + int nRec = 0; /* Size of record in bytes */ + int iOff = 0; /* Size of serialized size varint in bytes */ + + assert( pIter->iEof>=pIter->iReadOff ); + if( pIter->iEof-pIter->iReadOff>5 ){ + nRead = 5; + }else{ + nRead = (int)(pIter->iEof - pIter->iReadOff); + } + if( nRead<=0 ){ + /* This is an EOF condition */ + vdbeSorterIterZero(db, pIter); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pIter->pFile, pIter->aAlloc, nRead, pIter->iReadOff); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + iOff = getVarint32(pIter->aAlloc, nRec); + if( (iOff+nRec)>nRead ){ + int nRead2; /* Number of extra bytes to read */ + if( (iOff+nRec)>pIter->nAlloc ){ + int nNew = pIter->nAlloc*2; + while( (iOff+nRec)>nNew ) nNew = nNew*2; + pIter->aAlloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, pIter->aAlloc, nNew); + if( !pIter->aAlloc ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pIter->nAlloc = nNew; + } + + nRead2 = iOff + nRec - nRead; + rc = sqlite3OsRead( + pIter->pFile, &pIter->aAlloc[nRead], nRead2, pIter->iReadOff+nRead + ); + } + } + + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nRec>0 ); + pIter->iReadOff += iOff+nRec; + pIter->nKey = nRec; + pIter->aKey = &pIter->aAlloc[iOff]; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Write a single varint, value iVal, to file-descriptor pFile. Return +** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if some error occurs. +** +** The value of *piOffset when this function is called is used as the byte +** offset in file pFile to write to. Before returning, *piOffset is +** incremented by the number of bytes written. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterWriteVarint( + sqlite3_file *pFile, /* File to write to */ + i64 iVal, /* Value to write as a varint */ + i64 *piOffset /* IN/OUT: Write offset in file pFile */ +){ + u8 aVarint[9]; /* Buffer large enough for a varint */ + int nVarint; /* Number of used bytes in varint */ + int rc; /* Result of write() call */ + + nVarint = sqlite3PutVarint(aVarint, iVal); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, aVarint, nVarint, *piOffset); + *piOffset += nVarint; + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Read a single varint from file-descriptor pFile. Return SQLITE_OK if +** successful, or an SQLite error code if some error occurs. +** +** The value of *piOffset when this function is called is used as the +** byte offset in file pFile from whence to read the varint. If successful +** (i.e. if no IO error occurs), then *piOffset is set to the offset of +** the first byte past the end of the varint before returning. *piVal is +** set to the integer value read. If an error occurs, the final values of +** both *piOffset and *piVal are undefined. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterReadVarint( + sqlite3_file *pFile, /* File to read from */ + i64 *piOffset, /* IN/OUT: Read offset in pFile */ + i64 *piVal /* OUT: Value read from file */ +){ + u8 aVarint[9]; /* Buffer large enough for a varint */ + i64 iOff = *piOffset; /* Offset in file to read from */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pFile, aVarint, 9, iOff); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *piOffset += getVarint(aVarint, (u64 *)piVal); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Initialize iterator pIter to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile +** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function +** leaves the iterator pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the +** PMA is empty). +*/ +static int vdbeSorterIterInit( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* Sorter object */ + i64 iStart, /* Start offset in pFile */ + VdbeSorterIter *pIter, /* Iterator to populate */ + i64 *pnByte /* IN/OUT: Increment this value by PMA size */ +){ + int rc; + + assert( pSorter->iWriteOff>iStart ); + assert( pIter->aAlloc==0 ); + pIter->pFile = pSorter->pTemp1; + pIter->iReadOff = iStart; + pIter->nAlloc = 128; + pIter->aAlloc = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pIter->nAlloc); + if( !pIter->aAlloc ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + i64 nByte; /* Total size of PMA in bytes */ + rc = vdbeSorterReadVarint(pSorter->pTemp1, &pIter->iReadOff, &nByte); + *pnByte += nByte; + pIter->iEof = pIter->iReadOff + nByte; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, pIter); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, +** size nKey2 bytes). Argument pKeyInfo supplies the collation functions +** used by the comparison. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. +** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK and set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive +** value, depending on whether key1 is smaller, equal to or larger than key2. +** +** If the bOmitRowid argument is non-zero, assume both keys end in a rowid +** field. For the purposes of the comparison, ignore it. Also, if bOmitRowid +** is true and key1 contains even a single NULL value, it is considered to +** be less than key2. Even if key2 also contains NULL values. +** +** If pKey2 is passed a NULL pointer, then it is assumed that the pCsr->aSpace +** has been allocated and contains an unpacked record that is used as key2. +*/ +static void vdbeSorterCompare( + VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object (for pKeyInfo) */ + int bOmitRowid, /* Ignore rowid field at end of keys */ + void *pKey1, int nKey1, /* Left side of comparison */ + void *pKey2, int nKey2, /* Right side of comparison */ + int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */ +){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo; + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + UnpackedRecord *r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked; + int i; + + if( pKey2 ){ + sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2); + } + + if( bOmitRowid ){ + r2->nField = pKeyInfo->nField; + assert( r2->nField>0 ); + for(i=0; inField; i++){ + if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){ + *pRes = -1; + return; + } + } + r2->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH; + } + + *pRes = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2); +} + +/* +** This function is called to compare two iterator keys when merging +** multiple b-tree segments. Parameter iOut is the index of the aTree[] +** value to recalculate. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterDoCompare(VdbeCursor *pCsr, int iOut){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int i1; + int i2; + int iRes; + VdbeSorterIter *p1; + VdbeSorterIter *p2; + + assert( iOutnTree && iOut>0 ); + + if( iOut>=(pSorter->nTree/2) ){ + i1 = (iOut - pSorter->nTree/2) * 2; + i2 = i1 + 1; + }else{ + i1 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2]; + i2 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2+1]; + } + + p1 = &pSorter->aIter[i1]; + p2 = &pSorter->aIter[i2]; + + if( p1->pFile==0 ){ + iRes = i2; + }else if( p2->pFile==0 ){ + iRes = i1; + }else{ + int res; + assert( pCsr->pSorter->pUnpacked!=0 ); /* allocated in vdbeSorterMerge() */ + vdbeSorterCompare( + pCsr, 0, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey, &res + ); + if( res<=0 ){ + iRes = i1; + }else{ + iRes = i2; + } + } + + pSorter->aTree[iOut] = iRes; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ + int pgsz; /* Page size of main database */ + int mxCache; /* Cache size */ + VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* The new sorter */ + char *d; /* Dummy */ + + assert( pCsr->pKeyInfo && pCsr->pBt==0 ); + pCsr->pSorter = pSorter = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VdbeSorter)); + if( pSorter==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + pSorter->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pCsr->pKeyInfo, 0, 0, &d); + if( pSorter->pUnpacked==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + assert( pSorter->pUnpacked==(UnpackedRecord *)d ); + + if( !sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ + pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt); + pSorter->mnPmaSize = SORTER_MIN_WORKING * pgsz; + mxCache = db->aDb[0].pSchema->cache_size; + if( mxCachemxPmaSize = mxCache * pgsz; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Free the list of sorted records starting at pRecord. +*/ +static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlite3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){ + SorterRecord *p; + SorterRecord *pNext; + for(p=pRecord; p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } +} + +/* +** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + if( pSorter ){ + if( pSorter->aIter ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inTree; i++){ + vdbeSorterIterZero(db, &pSorter->aIter[i]); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->aIter); + } + if( pSorter->pTemp1 ){ + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pSorter->pTemp1); + } + vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pSorter->pRecord); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pUnpacked); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter); + pCsr->pSorter = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate space for a file-handle and open a temporary file. If successful, +** set *ppFile to point to the malloc'd file-handle and return SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, set *ppFile to 0 and return an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file **ppFile){ + int dummy; + return sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(db->pVfs, 0, ppFile, + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE, &dummy + ); +} + +/* +** Merge the two sorted lists p1 and p2 into a single list. +** Set *ppOut to the head of the new list. +*/ +static void vdbeSorterMerge( + VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* For pKeyInfo */ + SorterRecord *p1, /* First list to merge */ + SorterRecord *p2, /* Second list to merge */ + SorterRecord **ppOut /* OUT: Head of merged list */ +){ + SorterRecord *pFinal = 0; + SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal; + void *pVal2 = p2 ? p2->pVal : 0; + + while( p1 && p2 ){ + int res; + vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 0, p1->pVal, p1->nVal, pVal2, p2->nVal, &res); + if( res<=0 ){ + *pp = p1; + pp = &p1->pNext; + p1 = p1->pNext; + pVal2 = 0; + }else{ + *pp = p2; + pp = &p2->pNext; + p2 = p2->pNext; + if( p2==0 ) break; + pVal2 = p2->pVal; + } + } + *pp = p1 ? p1 : p2; + *ppOut = pFinal; +} + +/* +** Sort the linked list of records headed at pCsr->pRecord. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error +** occurs. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterSort(VdbeCursor *pCsr){ + int i; + SorterRecord **aSlot; + SorterRecord *p; + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + + aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlite3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *)); + if( !aSlot ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + p = pSorter->pRecord; + while( p ){ + SorterRecord *pNext = p->pNext; + p->pNext = 0; + for(i=0; aSlot[i]; i++){ + vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p); + aSlot[i] = 0; + } + aSlot[i] = p; + p = pNext; + } + + p = 0; + for(i=0; i<64; i++){ + vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p); + } + pSorter->pRecord = p; + + sqlite3_free(aSlot); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Write the current contents of the in-memory linked-list to a PMA. Return +** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +** +** The format of a PMA is: +** +** * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content +** in the PMA (not including the varint itself). +** +** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. +** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the +** key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + + if( pSorter->nInMemory==0 ){ + assert( pSorter->pRecord==0 ); + return rc; + } + + rc = vdbeSorterSort(pCsr); + + /* If the first temporary PMA file has not been opened, open it now. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->pTemp1==0 ){ + rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pSorter->pTemp1); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->pTemp1 ); + assert( pSorter->iWriteOff==0 ); + assert( pSorter->nPMA==0 ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + i64 iOff = pSorter->iWriteOff; + SorterRecord *p; + SorterRecord *pNext = 0; + static const char eightZeros[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + + pSorter->nPMA++; + rc = vdbeSorterWriteVarint(pSorter->pTemp1, pSorter->nInMemory, &iOff); + for(p=pSorter->pRecord; rc==SQLITE_OK && p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->pNext; + rc = vdbeSorterWriteVarint(pSorter->pTemp1, p->nVal, &iOff); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pSorter->pTemp1, p->pVal, p->nVal, iOff); + iOff += p->nVal; + } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } + + /* This assert verifies that unless an error has occurred, the size of + ** the PMA on disk is the same as the expected size stored in + ** pSorter->nInMemory. */ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->nInMemory==( + iOff-pSorter->iWriteOff-sqlite3VarintLen(pSorter->nInMemory) + )); + + pSorter->iWriteOff = iOff; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Terminate each file with 8 extra bytes so that from any offset + ** in the file we can always read 9 bytes without a SHORT_READ error */ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pSorter->pTemp1, eightZeros, 8, iOff); + } + pSorter->pRecord = p; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Add a record to the sorter. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ + Mem *pVal /* Memory cell containing record */ +){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + SorterRecord *pNew; /* New list element */ + + assert( pSorter ); + pSorter->nInMemory += sqlite3VarintLen(pVal->n) + pVal->n; + + pNew = (SorterRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord)); + if( pNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pNew->pVal = (void *)&pNew[1]; + memcpy(pNew->pVal, pVal->z, pVal->n); + pNew->nVal = pVal->n; + pNew->pNext = pSorter->pRecord; + pSorter->pRecord = pNew; + } + + /* See if the contents of the sorter should now be written out. They + ** are written out when either of the following are true: + ** + ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater + ** than (page-size * cache-size), or + ** + ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater + ** than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->mxPmaSize>0 && ( + (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mxPmaSize) + || (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mnPmaSize && sqlite3HeapNearlyFull()) + )){ + rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr); + pSorter->nInMemory = 0; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Helper function for sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(). +*/ +static int vdbeSorterInitMerge( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Cursor handle for this sorter */ + i64 *pnByte /* Sum of bytes in all opened PMAs */ +){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Used to iterator through aIter[] */ + i64 nByte = 0; /* Total bytes in all opened PMAs */ + + /* Initialize the iterators. */ + for(i=0; iaIter[i]; + rc = vdbeSorterIterInit(db, pSorter, pSorter->iReadOff, pIter, &nByte); + pSorter->iReadOff = pIter->iEof; + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff<=pSorter->iWriteOff ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff>=pSorter->iWriteOff ) break; + } + + /* Initialize the aTree[] array. */ + for(i=pSorter->nTree-1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i>0; i--){ + rc = vdbeSorterDoCompare(pCsr, i); + } + + *pnByte = nByte; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Once the sorter has been populated, this function is called to prepare +** for iterating through its contents in sorted order. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_file *pTemp2 = 0; /* Second temp file to use */ + i64 iWrite2 = 0; /* Write offset for pTemp2 */ + int nIter; /* Number of iterators used */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space required for aIter/aTree */ + int N = 2; /* Power of 2 >= nIter */ + + assert( pSorter ); + + /* If no data has been written to disk, then do not do so now. Instead, + ** sort the VdbeSorter.pRecord list. The vdbe layer will read data directly + ** from the in-memory list. */ + if( pSorter->nPMA==0 ){ + *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord; + assert( pSorter->aTree==0 ); + return vdbeSorterSort(pCsr); + } + + /* Write the current b-tree to a PMA. Close the b-tree cursor. */ + rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Allocate space for aIter[] and aTree[]. */ + nIter = pSorter->nPMA; + if( nIter>SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ) nIter = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; + assert( nIter>0 ); + while( NaIter = (VdbeSorterIter *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( !pSorter->aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pSorter->aTree = (int *)&pSorter->aIter[N]; + pSorter->nTree = N; + + do { + int iNew; /* Index of new, merged, PMA */ + + for(iNew=0; + rc==SQLITE_OK && iNew*SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNTnPMA; + iNew++ + ){ + i64 nWrite; /* Number of bytes in new PMA */ + + /* If there are SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT or less PMAs in file pTemp1, + ** initialize an iterator for each of them and break out of the loop. + ** These iterators will be incrementally merged as the VDBE layer calls + ** sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(). + ** + ** Otherwise, if pTemp1 contains more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs, + ** initialize interators for SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT of them. These PMAs + ** are merged into a single PMA that is written to file pTemp2. + */ + rc = vdbeSorterInitMerge(db, pCsr, &nWrite); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ].pFile ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ + break; + } + + /* Open the second temp file, if it is not already open. */ + if( pTemp2==0 ){ + assert( iWrite2==0 ); + rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pTemp2); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = vdbeSorterWriteVarint(pTemp2, nWrite, &iWrite2); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bEof = 0; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 ){ + int nToWrite; + VdbeSorterIter *pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ]; + assert( pIter->pFile ); + nToWrite = pIter->nKey + sqlite3VarintLen(pIter->nKey); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pTemp2, pIter->aAlloc, nToWrite, iWrite2); + iWrite2 += nToWrite; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pCsr, &bEof); + } + } + } + } + + if( pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ + break; + }else{ + sqlite3_file *pTmp = pSorter->pTemp1; + pSorter->nPMA = iNew; + pSorter->pTemp1 = pTemp2; + pTemp2 = pTmp; + pSorter->iWriteOff = iWrite2; + pSorter->iReadOff = 0; + iWrite2 = 0; + } + }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + if( pTemp2 ){ + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTemp2); + } + *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Advance to the next element in the sorter. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + if( pSorter->aTree ){ + int iPrev = pSorter->aTree[1];/* Index of iterator to advance */ + int i; /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */ + + rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, &pSorter->aIter[iPrev]); + for(i=(pSorter->nTree+iPrev)/2; rc==SQLITE_OK && i>0; i=i/2){ + rc = vdbeSorterDoCompare(pCsr, i); + } + + *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0); + }else{ + SorterRecord *pFree = pSorter->pRecord; + pSorter->pRecord = pFree->pNext; + pFree->pNext = 0; + vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pFree); + *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the +** current key. +*/ +static void *vdbeSorterRowkey( + VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* Sorter object */ + int *pnKey /* OUT: Size of current key in bytes */ +){ + void *pKey; + if( pSorter->aTree ){ + VdbeSorterIter *pIter; + pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ]; + *pnKey = pIter->nKey; + pKey = pIter->aKey; + }else{ + *pnKey = pSorter->pRecord->nVal; + pKey = pSorter->pRecord->pVal; + } + return pKey; +} + +/* +** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */ + + pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nKey, 0) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pOut->n = nKey; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob); + memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor +** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of +** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record. +** +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM). +** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the +** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter +** key. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare( + VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ + Mem *pVal, /* Value to compare to current sorter key */ + int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */ +){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */ + + pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); + vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 1, pVal->z, pVal->n, pKey, nKey, pRes); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT */ + +/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 22 @@ -59562,7 +71182,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ ** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file ** on disk is not created or populated until either: ** -** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated +** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated ** buffer, or ** 2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called. */ @@ -59586,7 +71206,7 @@ struct JournalFile { typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile; /* -** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file +** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file ** for JournalFile p. */ static int createFile(JournalFile *p){ @@ -59723,10 +71343,14 @@ static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = { 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ 0, /* xFileControl */ 0, /* xSectorSize */ - 0 /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ + 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ + 0, /* xShmMap */ + 0, /* xShmLock */ + 0, /* xShmBarrier */ + 0 /* xShmUnmap */ }; -/* +/* ** Open a journal file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen( @@ -59765,7 +71389,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){ return createFile((JournalFile *)p); } -/* +/* ** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs ** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. */ @@ -59863,7 +71487,7 @@ static int memjrnlRead( if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){ sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0; - for(pChunk=p->pFirst; + for(pChunk=p->pFirst; ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst; pChunk=pChunk->pNext ){ @@ -59973,11 +71597,10 @@ static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ ** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other ** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake. */ -static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ /*NO_TEST*/ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); /*NO_TEST*/ - assert( 0 ); /*NO_TEST*/ - return SQLITE_OK; /*NO_TEST*/ -} /*NO_TEST*/ +static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* ** Query the size of the file in bytes. @@ -59991,7 +71614,7 @@ static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ /* ** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object. */ -static struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = { +static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = { 1, /* iVersion */ memjrnlClose, /* xClose */ memjrnlRead, /* xRead */ @@ -60004,30 +71627,33 @@ static struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = { 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ 0, /* xFileControl */ 0, /* xSectorSize */ - 0 /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ + 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ + 0, /* xShmMap */ + 0, /* xShmLock */ + 0, /* xShmBarrier */ + 0 /* xShmUnlock */ }; -/* +/* ** Open a journal file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize()); - p->pMethod = &MemJournalMethods; + p->pMethod = (sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods; } /* -** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is -** an in-memory journal +** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is +** an in-memory journal */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods; } -/* -** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal that uses vfs -** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. +/* +** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal file descriptor. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){ return sizeof(MemJournal); @@ -60049,6 +71675,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){ ** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for ** an SQL statement. */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ /* @@ -60125,7 +71753,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the ** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select ** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery -** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return +** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return ** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue; */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ @@ -60142,7 +71770,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ } } return WRC_Continue; -} +} /* ** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p. @@ -60187,6 +71815,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular ** table and column. */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ /* ** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the @@ -60200,7 +71830,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** ** The reason for suppressing the TK_AS term when the expression is a simple ** column reference is so that the column reference will be recognized as -** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic. +** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic. ** ** Hack: The TK_AS operator is inhibited if zType[0]=='G'. This means ** that in a GROUP BY clause, the expression is evaluated twice. Hence: @@ -60258,7 +71888,7 @@ static void resolveAlias( pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; } - /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This + /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself, ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line. */ @@ -60270,7 +71900,7 @@ static void resolveAlias( /* ** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up -** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr +** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr ** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes ** are made to pExpr: ** @@ -60332,7 +71962,7 @@ static int lookupName( Table *pTab; int iDb; Column *pCol; - + pTab = pItem->pTab; assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 ); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); @@ -60394,7 +72024,7 @@ static int lookupName( } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe + /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference */ if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){ @@ -60409,7 +72039,7 @@ static int lookupName( pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; } - if( pTab ){ + if( pTab ){ int iCol; pSchema = pTab->pSchema; cntTab++; @@ -60486,7 +72116,7 @@ static int lookupName( assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 ); goto lookupname_end; } - } + } } /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either @@ -60527,6 +72157,7 @@ static int lookupName( }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol); } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; pTopNC->nErr++; } @@ -60573,7 +72204,7 @@ lookupname_end: /* ** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol -** from datasource iSrc datasource in SrcList pSrc. +** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0); @@ -60585,6 +72216,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSr p->iColumn = -1; }else{ p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol; + testcase( iCol==BMS ); + testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol); } ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Resolved); @@ -60634,7 +72267,7 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; struct SrcList_item *pItem; assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 ); - pItem = pSrcList->a; + pItem = pSrcList->a; pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab; pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; @@ -60649,7 +72282,7 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ case TK_ID: { return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr); } - + /* A table name and column name: ID.ID ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID */ @@ -60738,7 +72371,7 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList); if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 1; /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return - ** type of the function + ** type of the function */ return WRC_Prune; } @@ -60879,7 +72512,7 @@ static void resolveOutOfRangeError( int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */ int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */ ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r %s BY term out of range - should be " "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx); } @@ -61100,7 +72733,7 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - + assert( p!=0 ); if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){ @@ -61140,14 +72773,14 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){ return WRC_Abort; } - + /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to ** resolve the result-set expression list. */ sNC.allowAgg = 1; sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc; sNC.pNext = pOuterNC; - + /* Resolve names in the result set. */ pEList = p->pEList; assert( pEList!=0 ); @@ -61157,21 +72790,35 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ return WRC_Abort; } } - + /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries */ for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; if( pItem->pSelect ){ + NameContext *pNC; /* Used to iterate name contexts */ + int nRef = 0; /* Refcount for pOuterNC and outer contexts */ const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + + /* Count the total number of references to pOuterNC and all of its + ** parent contexts. After resolving references to expressions in + ** pItem->pSelect, check if this value has changed. If so, then + ** SELECT statement pItem->pSelect must be correlated. Set the + ** pItem->isCorrelated flag if this is the case. */ + for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef += pNC->nRef; + if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName; sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC); pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext; if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort; + + for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef -= pNC->nRef; + assert( pItem->isCorrelated==0 && nRef<=0 ); + pItem->isCorrelated = (nRef!=0); } } - - /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY + + /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions. */ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 ); @@ -61181,14 +72828,14 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ }else{ sNC.allowAgg = 0; } - + /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause. */ if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING"); return WRC_Abort; } - + /* Add the expression list to the name-context before parsing the ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by @@ -61205,7 +72852,7 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ } /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in - ** outer queries + ** outer queries */ sNC.pNext = 0; sNC.allowAgg = 1; @@ -61221,13 +72868,13 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ if( db->mallocFailed ){ return WRC_Abort; } - - /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure + + /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions. */ if( pGroupBy ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; - + if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){ return WRC_Abort; } @@ -61262,7 +72909,7 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions ** are seen. ** -** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the +** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the ** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where ** ** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or @@ -61294,7 +72941,7 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** ** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b; ** -** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is +** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is ** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified. ** If the function is an aggregate function, then the pNC->hasAgg is ** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. @@ -61304,7 +72951,7 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number ** if errors is returned. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */ ){ @@ -61391,7 +73038,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames( ** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any. ** ** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias, -** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the +** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the ** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned, ** indicating no affinity for the expression. ** @@ -61415,7 +73062,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ return sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken); } #endif - if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) + if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) && pExpr->pTab!=0 ){ /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally @@ -61429,24 +73076,31 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ } /* +** Set the explicit collating sequence for an expression to the +** collating sequence supplied in the second argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Expr *pExpr, CollSeq *pColl){ + if( pExpr && pColl ){ + pExpr->pColl = pColl; + pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; + } + return pExpr; +} + +/* ** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating ** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to the revised expression. ** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate ** flag. An explicit collating sequence will override implicit ** collating sequences. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pCollName){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pCollName){ char *zColl = 0; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ CollSeq *pColl; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pCollName); - if( pExpr && zColl ){ - pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl); - if( pColl ){ - pExpr->pColl = pColl; - pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - } - } + pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl); + sqlite3ExprSetColl(pExpr, pColl); sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); return pExpr; } @@ -61458,7 +73112,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pColl SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ CollSeq *pColl = 0; Expr *p = pExpr; - while( ALWAYS(p) ){ + while( p ){ int op; pColl = p->pColl; if( pColl ) break; @@ -61483,7 +73137,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ } p = p->pLeft; } - if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ + if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ pColl = 0; } return pColl; @@ -61579,8 +73233,8 @@ static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){ ** it is not considered. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( - Parse *pParse, - Expr *pLeft, + Parse *pParse, + Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight ){ CollSeq *pColl; @@ -61634,7 +73288,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]; if( nHeight>mxHeight ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight ); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -61680,10 +73334,10 @@ static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){ } /* -** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an -** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or +** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an +** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or ** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression -** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other +** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other ** referenced Expr plus one. */ static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){ @@ -61755,6 +73409,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc( if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0 || sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){ nExtra = pToken->n+1; + assert( iValue>=0 ); } } pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra); @@ -61770,7 +73425,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc( pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1]; memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n); pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0; - if( dequote && nExtra>=3 + if( dequote && nExtra>=3 && ((c = pToken->z[0])=='\'' || c=='"' || c=='[' || c=='`') ){ sqlite3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken); if( c=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted; @@ -61779,7 +73434,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc( } #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 pNew->nHeight = 1; -#endif +#endif } return pNew; } @@ -61850,6 +73505,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr( ){ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, op, pToken, 1); sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight); + if( p ) { + sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); + } return p; } @@ -61890,7 +73548,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token * /* ** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard -** in the original SQL statement. +** in the original SQL statement. ** ** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential ** variable number. @@ -61917,55 +73575,56 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ /* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */ assert( z[0]=='?' ); pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); - }else if( z[0]=='?' ){ - /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and - ** use it as the variable number */ - int i = atoi((char*)&z[1]); - pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)i; - testcase( i==0 ); - testcase( i==1 ); - testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 ); - testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ); - if( i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d", - db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]); - } - if( i>pParse->nVar ){ - pParse->nVar = i; - } }else{ - /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa". Reuse the same variable - ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name - ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number - */ - int i; - u32 n; - n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); - for(i=0; inVarExpr; i++){ - Expr *pE = pParse->apVarExpr[i]; - assert( pE!=0 ); - if( memcmp(pE->u.zToken, z, n)==0 && pE->u.zToken[n]==0 ){ - pExpr->iColumn = pE->iColumn; - break; + ynVar x = 0; + u32 n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + if( z[0]=='?' ){ + /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and + ** use it as the variable number */ + i64 i; + int bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8); + pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i; + testcase( i==0 ); + testcase( i==1 ); + testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 ); + testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ); + if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d", + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]); + x = 0; + } + if( i>pParse->nVar ){ + pParse->nVar = (int)i; } + }else{ + /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa". Reuse the same variable + ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name + ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number + */ + ynVar i; + for(i=0; inzVar; i++){ + if( pParse->azVar[i] && memcmp(pParse->azVar[i],z,n+1)==0 ){ + pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i+1; + break; + } + } + if( x==0 ) x = pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); } - if( i>=pParse->nVarExpr ){ - pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); - if( pParse->nVarExpr>=pParse->nVarExprAlloc-1 ){ - pParse->nVarExprAlloc += pParse->nVarExprAlloc + 10; - pParse->apVarExpr = - sqlite3DbReallocOrFree( - db, - pParse->apVarExpr, - pParse->nVarExprAlloc*sizeof(pParse->apVarExpr[0]) - ); + if( x>0 ){ + if( x>pParse->nzVar ){ + char **a; + a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pParse->azVar, x*sizeof(a[0])); + if( a==0 ) return; /* Error reported through db->mallocFailed */ + pParse->azVar = a; + memset(&a[pParse->nzVar], 0, (x-pParse->nzVar)*sizeof(a[0])); + pParse->nzVar = x; } - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - assert( pParse->apVarExpr!=0 ); - pParse->apVarExpr[pParse->nVarExpr++] = pExpr; + if( z[0]!='?' || pParse->azVar[x-1]==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[x-1]); + pParse->azVar[x-1] = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n); } } - } + } if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables"); } @@ -61976,6 +73635,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ if( p==0 ) return; + /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 ); if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight); @@ -61994,7 +73655,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ } /* -** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure +** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure ** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE, ** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. */ @@ -62009,14 +73670,14 @@ static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){ ** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree. They differ in ** how much of the tree is measured. ** -** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure +** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure ** dupedExprNodeSize() Size of Expr + space for token ** dupedExprSize() Expr + token + subtree components ** *************************************************************************** ** -** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together: -** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and +** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together: +** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and ** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be. ** The return values is always one of: ** @@ -62045,7 +73706,7 @@ static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE; }else{ assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)==0 ); assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_Irreducible)==0 ); if( p->pLeft || p->pRight || p->pColl || p->x.pList ){ @@ -62058,7 +73719,7 @@ static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ } /* -** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy +** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy ** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that ** string is defined.) */ @@ -62071,16 +73732,16 @@ static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){ } /* -** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the +** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the ** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a ** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags. ** ** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct ** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any. ** -** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes -** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft -** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or +** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes +** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft +** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or ** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables). */ static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){ @@ -62095,8 +73756,8 @@ static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){ } /* -** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer -** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough +** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer +** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough ** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken ** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions, ** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte passed the @@ -62193,7 +73854,7 @@ static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){ ** without effecting the originals. ** ** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(), -** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded +** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded ** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines. ** ** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated. @@ -62219,7 +73880,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags) if( pItem==0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); return 0; - } + } pOldItem = p->a; for(i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){ Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr; @@ -62236,7 +73897,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags) /* ** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from -** the build, then none of the following routines, except for +** the build, then none of the following routines, except for ** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes ** called with a NULL argument. */ @@ -62260,7 +73921,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){ pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias); pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype; pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor; - pNewItem->isPopulated = pOldItem->isPopulated; + pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub; + pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn; + pNewItem->isCorrelated = pOldItem->isCorrelated; pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex); pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed; pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex; @@ -62366,7 +74029,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend( } return pList; -no_mem: +no_mem: /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); @@ -62560,16 +74223,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){ */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ int rc = 0; + + /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit + ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */ + assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0 + || sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 ); + if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){ *pValue = p->u.iValue; return 1; } switch( p->op ){ - case TK_INTEGER: { - rc = sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, pValue); - assert( rc==0 ); - break; - } case TK_UPLUS: { rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue); break; @@ -62584,13 +74248,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ } default: break; } - if( rc ){ - assert( ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) - || (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)==0 ); - p->op = TK_INTEGER; - p->flags |= EP_IntValue; - p->u.iValue = *pValue; - } return rc; } @@ -62598,7 +74255,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ ** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL. ** ** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex -** to tell return TRUE. +** to tell return TRUE. ** ** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes ** when we know that a value cannot be NULL. Hence, a false positive @@ -62626,7 +74283,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){ /* ** Generate an OP_IsNull instruction that tests register iReg and jumps -** to location iDest if the value in iReg is NULL. The value in iReg +** to location iDest if the value in iReg is NULL. The value in iReg ** was computed by pExpr. If we can look at pExpr at compile-time and ** determine that it can never generate a NULL, then the OP_IsNull operation ** can be omitted. @@ -62741,7 +74398,7 @@ static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){ ** either to test for membership of the (...) set or to iterate through ** its members, skipping duplicates. ** -** The index of the cursor opened on the b-tree (database table, database index +** The index of the cursor opened on the b-tree (database table, database index ** or ephermal table) is stored in pX->iTable before this function returns. ** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows: ** @@ -62761,13 +74418,13 @@ static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){ ** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it ** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index. ** -** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the b-tree will be used -** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must -** be used unless is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can +** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the b-tree will be used +** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must +** be used unless is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can ** be found with as its left-most column. ** ** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function -** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL +** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL ** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)". ** If there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at ** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written @@ -62799,7 +74456,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){ assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to - ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new + ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new ** ephemeral table. */ p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0); @@ -62810,7 +74467,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ Table *pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; /* Table . */ int iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */ - + /* Code an OP_VerifyCookie and OP_TableLock for
    . */ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); @@ -62825,8 +74482,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){ int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; int iAddr; - iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem); + iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, iMem); sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; @@ -62840,7 +74496,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){ ** to this collation sequence. */ CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr); - /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the + /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index. */ @@ -62855,11 +74511,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){ int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; int iAddr; char *pKey; - + pKey = (char *)sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem); - + iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, iMem); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb, pKey,P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); @@ -62878,14 +74533,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){ /* Could not found an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree. ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job. */ + double savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; int rMayHaveNull = 0; eType = IN_INDEX_EPH; if( prNotFound ){ *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem; - }else if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; + }else{ + testcase( pParse->nQueryLoop>(double)1 ); + pParse->nQueryLoop = (double)1; + if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; + } } sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID); + pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop; }else{ pX->iTable = iTab; } @@ -62894,8 +74555,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){ #endif /* -** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as an expression -** and IN operators. Examples: +** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS, +** or IN operators. Examples: ** ** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery ** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery @@ -62933,7 +74594,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( int rMayHaveNull, /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */ int isRowid /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */ ){ - int testAddr = 0; /* One-time test address */ + int testAddr = -1; /* One-time test address */ int rReg = 0; /* Register storing resulting */ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0; @@ -62951,17 +74612,25 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( */ if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ int mem = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, mem); - testAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, mem); - assert( testAddr>0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + testAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, mem); } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf( + pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", testAddr>=0?"":"CORRELATED ", + pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId + ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + } +#endif + switch( pExpr->op ){ case TK_IN: { - char affinity; - KeyInfo keyInfo; - int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + char affinity; /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */ + KeyInfo keyInfo; /* Keyinfo for the generated table */ + int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */ if( rMayHaveNull ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull); @@ -62970,7 +74639,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft); /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN()' - ** expression it is handled the same way. An ephemeral table is + ** expression it is handled the same way. An ephemeral table is ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results ** from the SELECT or the . ** @@ -62984,6 +74653,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( */ pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++; addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid); + if( rMayHaveNull==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo)); keyInfo.nField = 1; @@ -63000,15 +74670,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable); dest.affinity = (u8)affinity; assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable ); + pExpr->x.pSelect->iLimit = 0; if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){ return 0; } pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList; - if( ALWAYS(pEList!=0 && pEList->nExpr>0) ){ + if( ALWAYS(pEList!=0 && pEList->nExpr>0) ){ keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pEList->a[0].pExpr); } - }else if( pExpr->x.pList!=0 ){ + }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){ /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist) ** ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and @@ -63039,9 +74710,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant ** expression we need to rerun this code each time. */ - if( testAddr && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr-1, 2); - testAddr = 0; + if( testAddr>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr); + testAddr = -1; } /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */ @@ -63078,7 +74749,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( ** an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) into a memory cell ** and record that memory cell in iColumn. */ - static const Token one = { "1", 1 }; /* Token for literal value 1 */ Select *pSel; /* SELECT statement to encode */ SelectDest dest; /* How to deal with SELECt result */ @@ -63099,7 +74769,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result")); } sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit); - pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &one); + pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, + &sqlite3IntTokens[1]); + pSel->iLimit = 0; if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){ return 0; } @@ -63109,8 +74781,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( } } - if( testAddr ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr-1); + if( testAddr>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr); } sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); @@ -63131,7 +74803,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( ** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the ** RHS contains one or more NULL values. ** -** This routine generates code will jump to destIfFalse if the LHS is not +** This routine generates code will jump to destIfFalse if the LHS is not ** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS ** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained ** within the RHS then fall through. @@ -63167,8 +74839,20 @@ static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); + /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending + ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively. + */ + if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){ + /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are + ** the same. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); + }else{ + int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + } if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree @@ -63180,9 +74864,9 @@ static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1); - /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the + /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set - ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set + ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the ** expression is also NULL. */ @@ -63228,7 +74912,7 @@ static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse); - /* The OP_Found at the top of this branch jumps here when true, + /* The OP_Found at the top of this branch jumps here when true, ** causing the overall IN expression evaluation to fall through. */ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); @@ -63256,7 +74940,7 @@ static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){ ** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point ** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem. ** -** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the +** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the ** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look ** like the continuation of the number. */ @@ -63264,7 +74948,7 @@ static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){ if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){ double value; char *zV; - sqlite3AtoF(z, &value); + sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */ if( negateFlag ) value = -value; zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); @@ -63278,24 +74962,24 @@ static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){ ** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by ** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem. ** -** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the -** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look -** like the continuation of the number. +** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated. */ static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ int i = pExpr->u.iValue; + assert( i>=0 ); if( negFlag ) i = -i; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem); }else{ + int c; + i64 value; const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken; assert( z!=0 ); - if( sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(z, negFlag) ){ - i64 value; + c = sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); + if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){ char *zV; - sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value); - if( negFlag ) value = -value; + if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; } zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64); }else{ @@ -63456,6 +75140,27 @@ static void sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ } /* +** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable( + Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */ + Table *pTab, /* The table containing the value */ + int iTabCur, /* The cursor for this table */ + int iCol, /* Index of the column to extract */ + int regOut /* Extract the valud into this register */ +){ + if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut); + }else{ + int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, iCol, regOut); + } + if( iCol>=0 ){ + sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut); + } +} + +/* ** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from ** table pTab and store the column value in a register. An effort ** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is @@ -63481,15 +75186,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn( sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg); return p->iReg; } - } + } assert( v!=0 ); - if( iColumn<0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTable, iReg); - }else if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) ){ - int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTable, iColumn, iReg); - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iColumn, iReg); - } + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg); sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg); return iReg; } @@ -63566,73 +75265,6 @@ static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){ #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG || SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST */ /* -** If the last instruction coded is an ephemeral copy of any of -** the registers in the nReg registers beginning with iReg, then -** convert the last instruction from OP_SCopy to OP_Copy. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprHardCopy(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ - VdbeOp *pOp; - Vdbe *v; - - assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed==0 ); - v = pParse->pVdbe; - assert( v!=0 ); - pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); - assert( pOp!=0 ); - if( pOp->opcode==OP_SCopy && pOp->p1>=iReg && pOp->p1opcode = OP_Copy; - } -} - -/* -** Generate code to store the value of the iAlias-th alias in register -** target. The first time this is called, pExpr is evaluated to compute -** the value of the alias. The value is stored in an auxiliary register -** and the number of that register is returned. On subsequent calls, -** the register number is returned without generating any code. -** -** Note that in order for this to work, code must be generated in the -** same order that it is executed. -** -** Aliases are numbered starting with 1. So iAlias is in the range -** of 1 to pParse->nAlias inclusive. -** -** pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1] records the register number where the value -** of the iAlias-th alias is stored. If zero, that means that the -** alias has not yet been computed. -*/ -static int codeAlias(Parse *pParse, int iAlias, Expr *pExpr, int target){ -#if 0 - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iReg; - if( pParse->nAliasAllocnAlias ){ - pParse->aAlias = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, pParse->aAlias, - sizeof(pParse->aAlias[0])*pParse->nAlias ); - testcase( db->mallocFailed && pParse->nAliasAlloc>0 ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) return 0; - memset(&pParse->aAlias[pParse->nAliasAlloc], 0, - (pParse->nAlias-pParse->nAliasAlloc)*sizeof(pParse->aAlias[0])); - pParse->nAliasAlloc = pParse->nAlias; - } - assert( iAlias>0 && iAlias<=pParse->nAlias ); - iReg = pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1]; - if( iReg==0 ){ - if( pParse->iCacheLevel>0 ){ - iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); - }else{ - iReg = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, iReg); - pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1] = iReg; - } - } - return iReg; -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(iAlias); - return sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); -#endif -} - -/* ** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given ** expression. Attempt to store the results in register "target". ** Return the register where results are stored. @@ -63672,7 +75304,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target) inReg = pCol->iMem; break; }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdx, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab, pCol->iSorterColumn, target); break; } @@ -63726,27 +75358,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target) } #endif case TK_VARIABLE: { - VdbeOp *pOp; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ); assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 ); - if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]==0 - && (pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1))->opcode==OP_Variable - && pOp->p1+pOp->p3==pExpr->iColumn - && pOp->p2+pOp->p3==target - && pOp->p4.z==0 - ){ - /* If the previous instruction was a copy of the previous unnamed - ** parameter into the previous register, then simply increment the - ** repeat count on the prior instruction rather than making a new - ** instruction. - */ - pOp->p3++; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target, 1); - if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pExpr->u.zToken, 0); - } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target); + if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){ + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?' + || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1])==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1], P4_STATIC); } break; } @@ -63755,7 +75374,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target) break; } case TK_AS: { - inReg = codeAlias(pParse, pExpr->iTable, pExpr->pLeft, target); + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST @@ -63835,7 +75454,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target) case TK_BITOR: case TK_SLASH: case TK_LSHIFT: - case TK_RSHIFT: + case TK_RSHIFT: case TK_CONCAT: { assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); @@ -63990,7 +75609,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target) ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the - ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to + ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". */ @@ -64009,7 +75628,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target) } } if( pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target, @@ -64092,7 +75711,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target) ** ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1 ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1) - ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where + ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table. ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1 @@ -64106,7 +75725,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target) ** ** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid ** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a - ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b + ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b */ Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab; int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn; @@ -64126,7 +75745,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target) #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real. */ - if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 + if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target); @@ -64187,6 +75806,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target) opCompare.op = TK_EQ; opCompare.pLeft = &cacheX; pTest = &opCompare; + /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001: + ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result. + ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other + ** purposes and possibly overwritten. */ + regFree1 = 0; } for(i=0; imallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 + assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel ); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER case TK_RAISE: { - assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback + assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore @@ -64280,10 +75904,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ int inReg; assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); - assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); + if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target); + }else{ + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); + assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); + } } return target; } @@ -64296,7 +75924,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ ** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated, ** the result is a copy of the cache register. ** -** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple +** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple ** times. They are evaluated once and the results of the expression ** are reused. */ @@ -64311,7 +75939,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int targe ** no way for a TK_REGISTER to exist here. But it seems prudent to ** keep the ALWAYS() in case the conditions above change with future ** modifications or enhancements. */ - if( ALWAYS(pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER) ){ + if( ALWAYS(pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER) ){ int iMem; iMem = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, inReg, iMem); @@ -64328,12 +75956,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int targe ** ** * Any expression that evaluates to two or more opcodes. ** -** * Any OP_Integer, OP_Real, OP_String, OP_Blob, OP_Null, -** or OP_Variable that does not need to be placed in a +** * Any OP_Integer, OP_Real, OP_String, OP_Blob, OP_Null, +** or OP_Variable that does not need to be placed in a ** specific register. ** ** There is no point in factoring out single-instruction constant -** expressions that need to be placed in a particular register. +** expressions that need to be placed in a particular register. ** We could factor them out, but then we would end up adding an ** OP_SCopy instruction to move the value into the correct register ** later. We might as well just use the original instruction and @@ -64399,7 +76027,7 @@ static int evalConstExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ case TK_CONST_FUNC: { /* The arguments to a function have a fixed destination. ** Mark them this way to avoid generated unneeded OP_SCopy - ** instructions. + ** instructions. */ ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); @@ -64430,9 +76058,22 @@ static int evalConstExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ ** Preevaluate constant subexpressions within pExpr and store the ** results in registers. Modify pExpr so that the constant subexpresions ** are TK_REGISTER opcodes that refer to the precomputed values. +** +** This routine is a no-op if the jump to the cookie-check code has +** already occur. Since the cookie-check jump is generated prior to +** any other serious processing, this check ensures that there is no +** way to accidently bypass the constant initializations. +** +** This routine is also a no-op if the SQLITE_FactorOutConst optimization +** is disabled via the sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS) +** interface. This allows test logic to verify that the same answer is +** obtained for queries regardless of whether or not constants are +** precomputed into registers or if they are inserted in-line. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ Walker w; + if( pParse->cookieGoto ) return; + if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_FactorOutConst)!=0 ) return; w.xExprCallback = evalConstExpr; w.xSelectCallback = 0; w.pParse = pParse; @@ -64456,19 +76097,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( int i, n; assert( pList!=0 ); assert( target>0 ); + assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 ); /* Never gets this far otherwise */ n = pList->nExpr; for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; iiAlias ){ - int iReg = codeAlias(pParse, pItem->iAlias, pItem->pExpr, target+i); - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( iReg!=target+i ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iReg, target+i); - } - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr, target+i); - } - if( doHardCopy && !pParse->db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3ExprHardCopy(pParse, target, n); + Expr *pExpr = pItem->pExpr; + int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i); + if( inReg!=target+i ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, doHardCopy ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy, + inReg, target+i); } } return n; @@ -64479,7 +76115,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( ** ** x BETWEEN y AND z ** -** The above is equivalent to +** The above is equivalent to ** ** x>=y AND x<=z ** @@ -64633,6 +76269,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 1, jumpIfNull); break; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case TK_IN: { int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse; @@ -64641,6 +76278,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); break; } +#endif default: { r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); @@ -64650,7 +76288,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int } } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); } /* @@ -64774,6 +76412,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 0, jumpIfNull); break; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case TK_IN: { if( jumpIfNull ){ sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest); @@ -64784,6 +76423,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int } break; } +#endif default: { r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); @@ -64813,7 +76453,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int ** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){ - int i; if( pA==0||pB==0 ){ return pB==pA ? 0 : 2; } @@ -64826,18 +76465,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){ if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 2; if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 2; if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 2; - - if( pA->x.pList && pB->x.pList ){ - if( pA->x.pList->nExpr!=pB->x.pList->nExpr ) return 2; - for(i=0; ix.pList->nExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExprA = pA->x.pList->a[i].pExpr; - Expr *pExprB = pB->x.pList->a[i].pExpr; - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB) ) return 2; - } - }else if( pA->x.pList || pB->x.pList ){ - return 2; - } - + if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList) ) return 2; if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2; if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_IntValue) ){ if( !ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || pA->u.iValue!=pB->u.iValue ){ @@ -64854,6 +76482,31 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){ return 0; } +/* +** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical and +** non-zero if they differ in any way. +** +** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists. The +** only consequence will be disabled optimizations. But this routine +** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or +** a malfunction will result. +** +** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same. But a NULL pointer +** always differs from a non-NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB){ + int i; + if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0; + if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1; + if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr; + Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr; + if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB) ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} /* ** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of @@ -64871,7 +76524,7 @@ static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ &i ); return i; -} +} /* ** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of @@ -64880,7 +76533,7 @@ static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ int i; pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, + db, pInfo->aFunc, sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), 3, @@ -64889,7 +76542,7 @@ static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ &i ); return i; -} +} /* ** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to @@ -64917,7 +76570,7 @@ static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table - ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. + ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. ** ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there ** is not an entry there already. @@ -64931,7 +76584,7 @@ static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ } } if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn) - && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 + && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 ){ pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab; @@ -64977,7 +76630,7 @@ static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ /* The pNC->nDepth==0 test causes aggregate functions in subqueries ** to be ignored */ if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){ - /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate + /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure */ struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; @@ -65146,9 +76799,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ /* -** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the +** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the ** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or -** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in +** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in ** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third ** argument and the result returned. Examples: ** @@ -65176,7 +76829,7 @@ static void renameTableFunc( UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE + /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token. */ @@ -65201,7 +76854,7 @@ static void renameTableFunc( assert( len>0 ); } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING ); - zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql, + zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } @@ -65210,7 +76863,7 @@ static void renameTableFunc( /* ** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code ** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition -** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the +** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the ** parent table. It is passed three arguments: ** ** 1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified, @@ -65253,7 +76906,7 @@ static void renameParentFunc( if( zParent==0 ) break; sqlite3Dequote(zParent); if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){ - char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"", + char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"", (zOutput?zOutput:""), z-zInput, zInput, (const char *)zNew ); sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput); @@ -65264,7 +76917,7 @@ static void renameParentFunc( } } - zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput), + zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput), sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput); } @@ -65272,9 +76925,9 @@ static void renameParentFunc( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER /* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the -** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER -** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE -** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result +** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER +** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE +** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result ** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE ** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE. */ @@ -65296,7 +76949,7 @@ static void renameTriggerFunc( UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER + /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR. @@ -65323,12 +76976,12 @@ static void renameTriggerFunc( assert( len>0 ); /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most - ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN + ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above ** to be met. ** ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so - ** there is no need to worry about syntax like + ** there is no need to worry about syntax like ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc. */ dist++; @@ -65340,7 +76993,7 @@ static void renameTriggerFunc( /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement. */ - zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql, + zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } @@ -65350,17 +77003,23 @@ static void renameTriggerFunc( /* ** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_rename_table", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, - renameTableFunc, 0, 0); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ + static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = { + FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table, 2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc), #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_rename_trigger", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, - renameTriggerFunc, 0, 0); + FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc), #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_rename_parent", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, - renameParentFunc, 0, 0); + FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_parent, 3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc), #endif + }; + int i; + FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); + FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAlterTableFuncs); + + for(i=0; i OR name= OR ... ** -** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text +** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text ** "name=" is returned, where is the quoted version ** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is ** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the ** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed. ** -** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is +** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is ** " OR name=", where is the contents of zWhere. ** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning. -** +** */ static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){ char *zNew; @@ -65410,7 +77069,7 @@ static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ /* ** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all ** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If -** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the +** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the ** temporary database, NULL is returned. */ static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ @@ -65418,9 +77077,9 @@ static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ char *zWhere = 0; const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */ - /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is + /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger - ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE + ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE ** expression being built up in zWhere. */ if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){ @@ -65431,6 +77090,11 @@ static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ } } } + if( zWhere ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere); + zWhere = zNew; + } return zWhere; } @@ -65439,7 +77103,7 @@ static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ ** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers. ** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at ** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from -** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an +** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an ** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement. */ static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){ @@ -65471,21 +77135,37 @@ static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){ /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */ zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName); if( !zWhere ) return; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp - ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. + /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp + ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. */ if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, 1, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere); } #endif } /* -** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" -** command. +** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered +** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN). +** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message +** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero. +** +** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned. +*/ +static int isSystemTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ + if( sqlite3Strlen30(zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName); + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" +** command. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ @@ -65495,7 +77175,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ - char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ + char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ @@ -65504,7 +77184,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */ #endif VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */ + int savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->flags */ + savedDbFlags = db->flags; if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table; assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); @@ -65513,6 +77195,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); @@ -65522,7 +77205,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error. */ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); goto exit_rename_table; } @@ -65530,14 +77213,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name ** that the table is being renamed to. */ - if( sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName)>6 - && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) - ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); + if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ goto exit_rename_table; } - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto + exit_rename_table; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW @@ -65566,7 +77246,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( } #endif - /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. + /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual ** table. @@ -65598,11 +77278,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ - /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE + /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints ** for which the renamed table is the parent table. */ if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) " "WHERE %s;", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zTabName, zName, zWhere); @@ -65628,8 +77308,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) " "ELSE name END " "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND " - "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", - zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, + "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", + zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER zName, #endif @@ -65637,7 +77317,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update + /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update ** it with the new table name. */ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){ @@ -65653,7 +77333,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( ** the temp database. */ if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), " "tbl_name = %Q " @@ -65680,6 +77360,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( exit_rename_table: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + db->flags = savedDbFlags; } @@ -65748,7 +77429,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ } #endif - /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a + /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking ** for an SQL NULL default below. */ @@ -65769,12 +77450,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ return; } if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value"); return; } if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL"); return; } @@ -65799,17 +77480,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n); if( zCol ){ char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1]; + int savedDbFlags = db->flags; while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){ *zEnd-- = '\0'; } - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) " - "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", + "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, zTab ); sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); + db->flags = savedDbFlags; } /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file @@ -65824,14 +77508,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ /* ** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in -** an "ALTER TABLE ADD" statement is parsed. Argument +** an "ALTER TABLE ADD" statement is parsed. Argument ** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. ** ** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure ** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point ** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition -** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to -** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c +** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to +** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c ** after parsing is finished. ** ** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete @@ -65865,6 +77549,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view"); goto exit_begin_add_column; } + if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 ); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); @@ -65880,7 +77567,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column; pParse->pNewTable = pNew; pNew->nRef = 1; - pNew->dbMem = pTab->dbMem; pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol; assert( pNew->nCol>0 ); nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8; @@ -65941,7 +77627,7 @@ exit_begin_add_column: ** ** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created. ** Similarly, if the sqlite_stat2 table does not exist and the library -** is compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 defined, it is created. +** is compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 defined, it is created. ** ** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name, ** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in @@ -65953,9 +77639,10 @@ static void openStatTable( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */ int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */ - const char *zWhere /* Delete entries associated with this table */ + const char *zWhere, /* Delete entries for this table or index */ + const char *zWhereType /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */ ){ - static struct { + static const struct { const char *zName; const char *zCols; } aTable[] = { @@ -65981,9 +77668,9 @@ static void openStatTable( const char *zTab = aTable[i].zName; Table *pStat; if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, pDb->zName))==0 ){ - /* The sqlite_stat[12] table does not exist. Create it. Note that a - ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage - ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important + /* The sqlite_stat[12] table does not exist. Create it. Note that a + ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage + ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols @@ -65991,14 +77678,14 @@ static void openStatTable( aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot; aCreateTbl[i] = 1; }else{ - /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries + /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the ** entire contents of the table. */ aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum; sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab); if( zWhere ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl=%Q", pDb->zName, zTab, zWhere + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", pDb->zName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere ); }else{ /* The sqlite_stat[12] table already exists. Delete all rows. */ @@ -66022,6 +77709,7 @@ static void openStatTable( static void analyzeOneTable( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */ + Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */ int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */ int iMem /* Available memory locations begin here */ ){ @@ -66032,7 +77720,7 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( int i; /* Loop counter */ int topOfLoop; /* The top of the loop */ int endOfLoop; /* The end of the loop */ - int addr; /* The address of an instruction */ + int jZeroRows = -1; /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */ int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ int regTabname = iMem++; /* Register containing table name */ int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */ @@ -66043,6 +77731,7 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( int regRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 + int addr = 0; /* Instruction address */ int regTemp2 = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */ int regSamplerecno = iMem++; /* Index of next sample to record */ int regRecno = iMem++; /* Current sample index */ @@ -66051,13 +77740,21 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( #endif v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) || pTab->pIndex==0 ){ - /* Do no analysis for tables that have no indices */ + if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){ + return; + } + if( pTab->tnum==0 ){ + /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */ + return; + } + if( memcmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ + /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */ return; } assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iDb>=0 ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0, db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ @@ -66069,10 +77766,14 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0); for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); + int nCol; + KeyInfo *pKey; + if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue; + nCol = pIdx->nColumn; + pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); if( iMem+1+(nCol*2)>pParse->nMem ){ pParse->nMem = iMem+1+(nCol*2); } @@ -66083,10 +77784,7 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); - /* Populate the registers containing the table and index names. */ - if( pTab->pIndex==pIdx ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - } + /* Populate the register containing the index name. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 @@ -66117,18 +77815,18 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( /* The block of memory cells initialized here is used as follows. ** - ** iMem: + ** iMem: ** The total number of rows in the table. ** - ** iMem+1 .. iMem+nCol: - ** Number of distinct entries in index considering the - ** left-most N columns only, where N is between 1 and nCol, + ** iMem+1 .. iMem+nCol: + ** Number of distinct entries in index considering the + ** left-most N columns only, where N is between 1 and nCol, ** inclusive. ** - ** iMem+nCol+1 .. Mem+2*nCol: + ** iMem+nCol+1 .. Mem+2*nCol: ** Previous value of indexed columns, from left to right. ** - ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0. The others are + ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0. The others are ** initialized to contain an SQL NULL. */ for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){ @@ -66146,14 +77844,15 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem, 1); for(i=0; iazColl!=0 ); + assert( pIdx->azColl[i]!=0 ); + pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regCol, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1, + (char*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ); } if( db->mallocFailed ){ - /* If a malloc failure has occurred, then the result of the expression - ** passed as the second argument to the call to sqlite3VdbeJumpHere() + /* If a malloc failure has occurred, then the result of the expression + ** passed as the second argument to the call to sqlite3VdbeJumpHere() ** below may be negative. Which causes an assert() to fail (or an ** out-of-bounds write if SQLITE_DEBUG is not defined). */ return; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endOfLoop); for(i=0; i0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero ** is never possible. */ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iMem, regSampleno); + if( jZeroRows<0 ){ + jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem); + } for(i=0; ipIndex==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pTab->tnum, iDb); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regSampleno); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur); + jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regSampleno); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows); + jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + if( pParse->nMemnMem = regRec; + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows); } /* ** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to -** be laoded into internal hash tables where is can be used. +** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used. */ static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); @@ -66264,20 +77994,22 @@ static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); iStatCur = pParse->nTab; pParse->nTab += 2; - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0); + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0); iMem = pParse->nMem+1; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); - analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, iMem); + analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem); } loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); } /* ** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in -** a database. +** a database. If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index +** in pTab that should be analyzed. */ -static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ +static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){ int iDb; int iStatCur; @@ -66287,8 +78019,12 @@ static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); iStatCur = pParse->nTab; pParse->nTab += 2; - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName); - analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, pParse->nMem+1); + if( pOnlyIdx ){ + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx"); + }else{ + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl"); + } + analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur, pParse->nMem+1); loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); } @@ -66310,6 +78046,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ int i; char *z, *zDb; Table *pTab; + Index *pIdx; Token *pTableName; /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message @@ -66334,11 +78071,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ }else{ z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1); if( z ){ - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - if( pTab ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pTab); + if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, 0))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); + }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); } + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); } } }else{ @@ -66348,13 +78086,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName); if( z ){ - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - if( pTab ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pTab); + if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); + }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); } + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); } - } + } } } @@ -66370,37 +78109,54 @@ struct analysisInfo { /* ** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the -** sqlite_stat1 table. +** sqlite_stat1 table. ** -** argv[0] = name of the index -** argv[1] = results of analysis - on integer for each column +** argv[0] = name of the table +** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL) +** argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column +** +** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in +** the table. */ static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData; Index *pIndex; - int i, c; + Table *pTable; + int i, c, n; unsigned int v; const char *z; - assert( argc==2 ); + assert( argc==3 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); - if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[1]==0 ){ + if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){ return 0; } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase); - if( pIndex==0 ){ + pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase); + if( pTable==0 ){ return 0; } - z = argv[1]; - for(i=0; *z && i<=pIndex->nColumn; i++){ + if( argv[1] ){ + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase); + }else{ + pIndex = 0; + } + n = pIndex ? pIndex->nColumn : 0; + z = argv[2]; + for(i=0; *z && i<=n; i++){ v = 0; while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){ v = v*10 + c - '0'; z++; } + if( i==0 ) pTable->nRowEst = v; + if( pIndex==0 ) break; pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v; if( *z==' ' ) z++; + if( memcmp(z, "unordered", 10)==0 ){ + pIndex->bUnordered = 1; + break; + } } return 0; } @@ -66409,21 +78165,20 @@ static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ ** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array ** and its contents. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(Index *pIdx){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 if( pIdx->aSample ){ int j; - sqlite3 *dbMem = pIdx->pTable->dbMem; for(j=0; jaSample[j]; if( p->eType==SQLITE_TEXT || p->eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - sqlite3DbFree(pIdx->pTable->dbMem, p->u.z); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.z); } } - sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, pIdx->aSample); - pIdx->aSample = 0; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample); } #else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx); #endif } @@ -66435,11 +78190,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(Index *pIdx){ ** Index.aSample[] arrays. ** ** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR -** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 was defined -** during compilation and the sqlite_stat2 table is present, no data is +** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 was defined +** during compilation and the sqlite_stat2 table is present, no data is ** read from it. ** -** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 was defined during compilation and the +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 was defined during compilation and the ** sqlite_stat2 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is ** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1 ** table (if it is present) before returning. @@ -66456,13 +78211,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); /* Clear any prior statistics */ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx); - sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(pIdx); + sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx); + pIdx->aSample = 0; } /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table exists */ @@ -66473,8 +78229,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ } /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */ - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase); + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "SELECT tbl, idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase); if( zSql==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ @@ -66491,7 +78247,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT idx,sampleno,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat2", sInfo.zDatabase); if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; @@ -66502,22 +78258,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ - char *zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); - Index *pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zIndex, sInfo.zDatabase); + char *zIndex; /* Index name */ + Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ + + zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); + pIdx = zIndex ? sqlite3FindIndex(db, zIndex, sInfo.zDatabase) : 0; if( pIdx ){ int iSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); - sqlite3 *dbMem = pIdx->pTable->dbMem; - assert( dbMem==db || dbMem==0 ); if( iSample=0 ){ int eType = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 2); if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){ static const int sz = sizeof(IndexSample)*SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; - pIdx->aSample = (IndexSample *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(dbMem, sz); + pIdx->aSample = (IndexSample *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, sz); if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; break; } + memset(pIdx->aSample, 0, sz); } assert( pIdx->aSample ); @@ -66537,12 +78295,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ n = 24; } pSample->nByte = (u8)n; - pSample->u.z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(dbMem, n); - if( pSample->u.z ){ - memcpy(pSample->u.z, z, n); + if( n < 1){ + pSample->u.z = 0; }else{ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - break; + pSample->u.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(0, z, n); + if( pSample->u.z==0 ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + break; + } } } } @@ -66636,8 +78396,12 @@ static void attachFunc( sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); const char *zName; const char *zFile; + char *zPath = 0; + char *zErr = 0; + unsigned int flags; Db *aNew; char *zErrDyn = 0; + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); @@ -66653,7 +78417,7 @@ static void attachFunc( ** * Specified database name already being used. */ if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED] ); goto attach_error; @@ -66690,9 +78454,18 @@ static void attachFunc( ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may ** or may not be initialised. */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, - db->openFlags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB, - &aNew->pBt); + flags = db->openFlags; + rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } + assert( pVfs ); + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags); + sqlite3_free( zPath ); db->nDb++; if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -66703,13 +78476,12 @@ static void attachFunc( if( !aNew->pSchema ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt); sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode); - sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, db->dfltJournalMode); sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt, sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) ); } @@ -66733,7 +78505,7 @@ static void attachFunc( zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; break; - + case SQLITE_TEXT: case SQLITE_BLOB: nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); @@ -66744,14 +78516,16 @@ static void attachFunc( case SQLITE_NULL: /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */ sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); - rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); + if( nKey>0 || sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){ + rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); + } break; } } #endif /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database. - ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and + ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way ** we found it. */ @@ -66768,7 +78542,7 @@ static void attachFunc( db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0; db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0; } - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); db->nDb = iDb; if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; @@ -66779,7 +78553,7 @@ static void attachFunc( } goto attach_error; } - + return; attach_error: @@ -66840,7 +78614,7 @@ static void detachFunc( sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); pDb->pBt = 0; pDb->pSchema = 0; - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); return; detach_error: @@ -66854,7 +78628,7 @@ detach_error: static void codeAttach( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */ - FuncDef *pFunc, /* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */ + FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */ Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */ Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */ Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */ @@ -66869,7 +78643,7 @@ static void codeAttach( memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); sName.pParse = pParse; - if( + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) @@ -66880,9 +78654,11 @@ static void codeAttach( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION if( pAuthArg ){ - char *zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken; - if( NEVER(zAuthArg==0) ){ - goto attach_end; + char *zAuthArg; + if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){ + zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken; + }else{ + zAuthArg = 0; } rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0); if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -66911,7 +78687,7 @@ static void codeAttach( */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH)); } - + attach_end: sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname); @@ -66924,7 +78700,7 @@ attach_end: ** DETACH pDbname */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ - static FuncDef detach_func = { + static const FuncDef detach_func = { 1, /* nArg */ SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ 0, /* flags */ @@ -66934,7 +78710,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ 0, /* xStep */ 0, /* xFinalize */ "sqlite_detach", /* zName */ - 0 /* pHash */ + 0, /* pHash */ + 0 /* pDestructor */ }; codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname); } @@ -66945,7 +78722,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ ** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){ - static FuncDef attach_func = { + static const FuncDef attach_func = { 3, /* nArg */ SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ 0, /* flags */ @@ -66955,7 +78732,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *p 0, /* xStep */ 0, /* xFinalize */ "sqlite_attach", /* zName */ - 0 /* pHash */ + 0, /* pHash */ + 0 /* pDestructor */ }; codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey); } @@ -67231,10 +79009,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol( /* ** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to -** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. +** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. ** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. ** -** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN +** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN ** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY, ** then generate an error. */ @@ -67333,7 +79111,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck( */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush( Parse *pParse, - AuthContext *pContext, + AuthContext *pContext, const char *zContext ){ assert( pParse ); @@ -67404,7 +79182,7 @@ struct TableLock { }; /* -** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. +** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. ** ** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. ** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. @@ -67455,7 +79233,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock( */ static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ int i; - Vdbe *pVdbe; + Vdbe *pVdbe; pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */ @@ -67494,7 +79272,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ ** vdbe program */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite + assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort)); if( v ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); @@ -67506,7 +79284,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ ** on each used database. */ if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){ - u32 mask; + yDbMask mask; int iDb; sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1); for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDbnDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){ @@ -67514,7 +79292,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0); if( db->init.busy==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VerifyCookie, + iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb], + db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration); } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE @@ -67528,8 +79309,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ } #endif - /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, - ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the + /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, + ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the ** shared-cache feature is enabled. */ codeTableLocks(pParse); @@ -67555,9 +79336,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used * See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */ if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1; - sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem, - pParse->nTab, pParse->nMaxArg, pParse->explain, - pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort); + sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE; pParse->colNamesSet = 0; }else{ @@ -67627,9 +79406,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const cha int nName; assert( zName!=0 ); nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ + assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName); if( p ) break; } @@ -67674,7 +79456,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable( } /* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes ** a particular index given the name of that index ** and the name of the database that contains the index. ** Return NULL if not found. @@ -67689,11 +79471,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const cha Index *p = 0; int i; int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ + assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema; assert( pSchema ); if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName); if( p ) break; } @@ -67703,34 +79488,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const cha /* ** Reclaim the memory used by an index */ -static void freeIndex(Index *p){ - sqlite3 *db = p->pTable->dbMem; +static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE - sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(p); + sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p); #endif sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff); sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } /* -** Remove the given index from the index hash table, and free -** its memory structures. -** -** The index is removed from the database hash tables but -** it is not unlinked from the Table that it indexes. -** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function. -*/ -static void sqlite3DeleteIndex(Index *p){ - Index *pOld; - const char *zName = p->zName; - - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->idxHash, zName, - sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0); - assert( pOld==0 || pOld==p ); - freeIndex(p); -} - -/* ** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb, ** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from ** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated @@ -67739,11 +79505,13 @@ static void sqlite3DeleteIndex(Index *p){ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){ Index *pIndex; int len; - Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash; + Hash *pHash; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash; len = sqlite3Strlen30(zIdxName); pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0); - if( pIndex ){ + if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){ if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){ pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext; }else{ @@ -67756,7 +79524,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char p->pNext = pIndex->pNext; } } - freeIndex(pIndex); + freeIndex(db, pIndex); } db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; } @@ -67768,26 +79536,42 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char ** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a ** schema-cookie mismatch occurs. ** -** If iDb==0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database -** files. If iDb>=1 then reset the internal schema for only the +** If iDb<0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database +** files. If iDb>=0 then reset the internal schema for only the ** single file indicated. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ int i, j; - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( iDbnDb ); - if( iDb==0 ){ - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + if( iDb>=0 ){ + /* Case 1: Reset the single schema identified by iDb */ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 ); + sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); + + /* If any database other than TEMP is reset, then also reset TEMP + ** since TEMP might be holding triggers that reference tables in the + ** other database. + */ + if( iDb!=1 ){ + pDb = &db->aDb[1]; + assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 ); + sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); + } + return; } - for(i=iDb; inDb; i++){ + /* Case 2 (from here to the end): Reset all schemas for all attached + ** databases. */ + assert( iDb<0 ); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; if( pDb->pSchema ){ - assert(i==1 || (pDb->pBt && sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pDb->pBt))); - sqlite3SchemaFree(pDb->pSchema); + sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); } - if( iDb>0 ) return; } - assert( iDb==0 ); db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); @@ -67827,13 +79611,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){ } /* -** Clear the column names from a table or view. +** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the +** Table.aCol[] array). */ -static void sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){ +static void sqliteDeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ int i; Column *pCol; - sqlite3 *db = pTable->dbMem; - testcase( db==0 ); assert( pTable!=0 ); if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){ for(i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ @@ -67845,8 +79628,6 @@ static void sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){ } sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol); } - pTable->aCol = 0; - pTable->nCol = 0; } /* @@ -67855,45 +79636,48 @@ static void sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){ ** ** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink ** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy -** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with +** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with ** the table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table *pTable){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ Index *pIndex, *pNext; - sqlite3 *db; - if( pTable==0 ) return; - db = pTable->dbMem; - testcase( db==0 ); + assert( !pTable || pTable->nRef>0 ); /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */ - pTable->nRef--; - if( pTable->nRef>0 ){ - return; - } - assert( pTable->nRef==0 ); + if( !pTable ) return; + if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nRef)>0) ) return; - /* Delete all indices associated with this table - */ + /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */ for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){ pNext = pIndex->pNext; assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema ); - sqlite3DeleteIndex(pIndex); + if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + char *zName = pIndex->zName; + TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert( + &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0 + ); + assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); + assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 ); + } + freeIndex(db, pIndex); } /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */ - sqlite3FkDelete(pTable); + sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable); /* Delete the Table structure itself. */ - sqliteResetColumnNames(pTable); + sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTable); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTable->pCheck); #endif - sqlite3VtabClear(pTable); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable); +#endif sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable); } @@ -67908,11 +79692,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char assert( db!=0 ); assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); assert( zTabName ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); testcase( zTabName[0]==0 ); /* Zero-length table names are allowed */ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName),0); - sqlite3DeleteTable(p); + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; } @@ -67966,7 +79751,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ Db *pDb; int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){ - if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) && + if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){ break; } @@ -67978,7 +79763,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ /* ** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or ** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the -** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db +** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db ** does not exist. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ @@ -67994,7 +79779,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: ** ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); -** +** ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: ** @@ -68044,7 +79829,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName( ** is reserved for internal use. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ - if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 + if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName); @@ -68089,7 +79874,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: ** ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); - ** + ** ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: ** @@ -68104,8 +79889,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( */ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); if( iDb<0 ) return; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && iDb>1 ){ - /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified */ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){ + /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless + ** the database name is "temp" anyway. */ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); return; } @@ -68153,17 +79939,21 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( ** collisions. */ if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ goto begin_table_error; } - pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); if( pTable ){ if( !noErr ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName); + }else{ + assert( !db->init.busy ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); } goto begin_table_error; } - if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, 0)!=0 && (iDb==0 || !db->init.busy) ){ + if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName); goto begin_table_error; } @@ -68180,7 +79970,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( pTable->iPKey = -1; pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; pTable->nRef = 1; - pTable->dbMem = 0; + pTable->nRowEst = 1000000; assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); pParse->pNewTable = pTable; @@ -68190,6 +79980,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable; } #endif @@ -68198,7 +79989,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause - ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the + ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated ** now. */ @@ -68214,7 +80005,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( } #endif - /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, + /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, ** set them now. */ reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; @@ -68320,7 +80111,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){ pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol]; memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0])); pCol->zName = z; - + /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly. @@ -68346,11 +80137,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ ** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the ** associated affinity type. ** -** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the +** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the ** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is ** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains -** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of -** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', +** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of +** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', ** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned. ** ** Substring | Affinity @@ -68375,7 +80166,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn){ h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff]; zIn++; if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */ aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */ @@ -68411,7 +80202,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn){ ** in the sequence. Use this information to construct a string ** that contains the typename of the column and store that string ** in zType. -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){ Table *p; Column *pCol; @@ -68460,7 +80251,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){ } /* -** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names +** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names ** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the ** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. ** @@ -68489,7 +80280,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey( int iCol = -1, i; if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit; if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); goto primary_key_exit; } @@ -68576,7 +80367,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ Index *pIdx; p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl; - + /* If the column is declared as " PRIMARY KEY COLLATE ", ** then an index may have been created on this column before the ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. @@ -68650,6 +80441,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, r1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); @@ -68672,13 +80464,13 @@ static int identLength(const char *z){ } /* -** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second +** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second ** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at ** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the ** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent, ** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer ** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning. -** +** ** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric ** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword, ** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise, @@ -68722,7 +80514,7 @@ static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5; } n += identLength(p->zName); - if( n<50 ){ + if( n<50 ){ zSep = ""; zSep2 = ","; zEnd = ")"; @@ -68732,7 +80524,7 @@ static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ zEnd = "\n)"; } n += 35 + 6*p->nCol; - zStmt = sqlite3Malloc( n ); + zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n); if( zStmt==0 ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; return 0; @@ -68757,16 +80549,16 @@ static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ zSep = zSep2; identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName); assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT >= 0 ); - assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < sizeof(azType)/sizeof(azType[0]) ); + assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < ArraySize(azType) ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); - + zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT]; len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); - assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE + assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType) ); memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len); k += len; @@ -68792,7 +80584,7 @@ static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ ** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again. ** ** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine -** was called to create a table generated from a +** was called to create a table generated from a ** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of ** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. */ @@ -68866,7 +80658,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0); - /* + /* ** Initialize zType for the new view or table. */ if( p->pSelect==0 ){ @@ -68913,7 +80705,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; pSelTab->nCol = 0; pSelTab->aCol = 0; - sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab); + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); } } @@ -68922,12 +80714,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p); }else{ n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + 1; - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z ); } - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the + /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all ** the information we've collected. */ @@ -68952,6 +80744,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( */ if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)", @@ -68962,8 +80755,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( #endif /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q'",p->zName), P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q'", p->zName)); } @@ -68972,6 +80765,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( if( db->init.busy ){ Table *pOld; Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName),p); if( pOld ){ @@ -69016,7 +80810,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView( const char *z; Token sEnd; DbFixer sFix; - Token *pName; + Token *pName = 0; int iDb; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; @@ -69027,12 +80821,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView( } sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr); p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 ){ + if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); return; } - assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* If sqlite3StartTable return non-NULL then - ** there could not have been an error */ sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName) @@ -69115,7 +80907,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point. ** But the following test is still important as it does come up ** in the following: - ** + ** ** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a); ** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1; ** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1; @@ -69157,7 +80949,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; pSelTab->nCol = 0; pSelTab->aCol = 0; - sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab); + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) ); pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews; }else{ pTable->nCol = 0; @@ -69168,7 +80961,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ nErr++; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - return nErr; + return nErr; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ @@ -69178,11 +80971,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ */ static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ HashElem *i; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) ); if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return; for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqliteResetColumnNames(pTab); + sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTab); + pTab->aCol = 0; + pTab->nCol = 0; } } DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews); @@ -69201,7 +80997,7 @@ static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ ** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. ** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might ** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is -** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match +** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match ** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices ** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. ** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with @@ -69209,10 +81005,13 @@ static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ ** in order to be certain that we got the right one. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db *pDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ HashElem *pElem; Hash *pHash; + Db *pDb; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash; for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); @@ -69235,7 +81034,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db *pDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ ** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema ** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst ** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). -*/ +*/ static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); @@ -69251,7 +81050,7 @@ static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ ** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER ** token for additional information. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d", pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1); #endif @@ -69275,7 +81074,7 @@ static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ #else /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the - ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically + ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the ** following were coded: @@ -69285,7 +81084,7 @@ static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ ** OP_Destroy 5 0 ** ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the - ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the + ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit ** a free-list page. */ @@ -69318,6 +81117,29 @@ static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ } /* +** Remove entries from the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat2 tables +** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command. +*/ +static void sqlite3ClearStatTables( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + int iDb, /* The database number */ + const char *zType, /* "idx" or "tbl" */ + const char *zName /* Name of index or table */ +){ + static const char *azStatTab[] = { "sqlite_stat1", "sqlite_stat2" }; + int i; + const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + for(i=0; idb, azStatTab[i], zDbName) ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", + zDbName, azStatTab[i], zType, zName + ); + } + } +} + +/* ** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement. ** pName is the name of the table to be dropped. */ @@ -69333,11 +81155,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++; - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--; if( pTab==0 ){ + if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); goto exit_drop_table; } iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); @@ -69425,7 +81248,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, */ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); while( pTrigger ){ - assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || + assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; @@ -69452,17 +81275,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another ** database. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", - pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName); - - /* Drop any statistics from the sqlite_stat1 table, if it exists */ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q", pDb->zName, pTab->zName - ); - } - + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", + pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName); + sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName); if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ destroyTable(pParse, pTab); } @@ -69566,8 +81382,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( } } if( j>=p->nCol ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", pFromCol->a[i].zName); goto fk_end; } @@ -69586,7 +81402,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff); /* ON DELETE action */ pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */ - pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); + pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey ); if( pNextTo==pFKey ){ @@ -69643,7 +81460,9 @@ static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */ int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */ int iIdx = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */ + int iSorter = iTab; /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */ int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */ + int addr2; /* Address to jump to for next iteration */ int tnum; /* Root page of index */ Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */ @@ -69671,15 +81490,46 @@ static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); } pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); if( memRootPage>=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT + /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */ + iSorter = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, 0, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO); +#endif + + /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index + ** records into the sorter. */ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); + addr2 = addr1 + 1; regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); regIdxKey = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, iSorter, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); + if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){ + int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord); + sqlite3HaltConstraint( + pParse, OE_Abort, "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC + ); + }else{ + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); +#else if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){ const int regRowid = regIdxKey + pIndex->nColumn; const int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2; @@ -69688,7 +81538,7 @@ static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ /* The registers accessed by the OP_IsUnique opcode were allocated ** using sqlite3GetTempRange() inside of the sqlite3GenerateIndexKey() ** call above. Just before that function was freed they were released - ** (made available to the compiler for reuse) using + ** (made available to the compiler for reuse) using ** sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(). So in some ways having the OP_IsUnique ** opcode use the values stored within seems dangerous. However, since ** we can be sure that no other temp registers have been allocated @@ -69698,18 +81548,21 @@ static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ sqlite3HaltConstraint( pParse, OE_Abort, "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC); } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 0); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); +#endif sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter); } /* -** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index -** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will +** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index +** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will ** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a ** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable ** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is @@ -69717,7 +81570,7 @@ static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ ** ** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this ** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added -** to the table currently under construction. +** to the table currently under construction. ** ** If the index is created successfully, return a pointer to the new Index ** structure. This is used by sqlite3AddPrimaryKey() to mark the index @@ -69767,7 +81620,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( */ if( pTblName!=0 ){ - /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database + /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db ** before looking up the table. */ @@ -69795,7 +81648,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */ assert(0); } - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pTblName->a[0].zName, + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pTblName->a[0].zName, pTblName->a[0].zDatabase); if( !pTab || db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_create_index; assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); @@ -69809,7 +81662,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( assert( pTab!=0 ); assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 && memcmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); goto exit_create_index; @@ -69829,7 +81682,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( /* ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another - ** index or table with the same name. + ** index or table with the same name. ** ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and @@ -69855,6 +81708,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){ if( !ifNotExist ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName); + }else{ + assert( !db->init.busy ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); } goto exit_create_index; } @@ -69912,12 +81768,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( } } - /* - ** Allocate the index structure. + /* + ** Allocate the index structure. */ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); nCol = pList->nExpr; - pIndex = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, + pIndex = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Index) + /* Index structure */ sizeof(int)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */ sizeof(int)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowEst */ @@ -69941,6 +81797,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( pIndex->onError = (u8)onError; pIndex->autoIndex = (u8)(pName==0); pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns */ @@ -69957,7 +81814,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( ** TODO: Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named ** more than once within the same index. Only the first instance of ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer. Note that using the - ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would + ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning. */ for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pListItem++){ @@ -69972,6 +81829,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s", pTab->zName, zColName); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; goto exit_create_index; } pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j; @@ -70046,13 +81904,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. - ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this + ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index. */ if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); } if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ @@ -70065,11 +81923,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( } /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other - ** in-memory database structures. + ** in-memory database structures. */ if( db->init.busy ){ Index *p; - p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); + p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName), pIndex); if( p ){ @@ -70087,8 +81946,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the ** index with the current table contents. ** - ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX - ** command. db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and + ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX + ** command. db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table. In ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why ** we don't want to recreate it. @@ -70120,7 +81979,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */ zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s", onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", - pEnd->z - pName->z + 1, + (int)(pEnd->z - pName->z) + 1, pName->z); }else{ /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */ @@ -70130,7 +81989,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);", db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pIndex->zName, @@ -70146,8 +82005,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( if( pTblName ){ sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName)); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0); } } @@ -70156,7 +82015,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct constraint check ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of - ** UPDATE and INSERT statements. + ** UPDATE and INSERT statements. */ if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){ if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0 @@ -70178,7 +82037,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( /* Clean up before exiting */ exit_create_index: if( pIndex ){ - sqlite3_free(pIndex->zColAff); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pIndex->zColAff); sqlite3DbFree(db, pIndex); } sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); @@ -70208,3549 +82067,4820 @@ exit_create_index: SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ unsigned *a = pIdx->aiRowEst; int i; + unsigned n; assert( a!=0 ); - a[0] = 1000000; - for(i=pIdx->nColumn; i>=5; i--){ - a[i] = 5; + a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowEst; + if( a[0]<10 ) a[0] = 10; + n = 10; + for(i=1; i<=pIdx->nColumn; i++){ + a[i] = n; + if( n>5 ) n--; + } + if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ + a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1; + } +} + +/* +** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine +** implements the DROP INDEX statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){ + Index *pIndex; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + if( pIndex==0 ){ + if( !ifExists ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto exit_drop_index; + } + if( pIndex->autoIndex ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE " + "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0); + goto exit_drop_index; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX; + Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + } +#endif + + /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pIndex->zName + ); + sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0); + } + +exit_drop_index: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +} + +/* +** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the +** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine allocates a new +** object on the end of the array. +** +** *pnEntry is the number of entries already in use. *pnAlloc is +** the previously allocated size of the array. initSize is the +** suggested initial array size allocation. +** +** The index of the new entry is returned in *pIdx. +** +** This routine returns a pointer to the array of objects. This +** might be the same as the pArray parameter or it might be a different +** pointer if the array was resized. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ + void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */ + int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */ + int initSize, /* Suggested initial allocation, in elements */ + int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */ + int *pnAlloc, /* Current size of the allocation, in elements */ + int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */ +){ + char *z; + if( *pnEntry >= *pnAlloc ){ + void *pNew; + int newSize; + newSize = (*pnAlloc)*2 + initSize; + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, newSize*szEntry); + if( pNew==0 ){ + *pIdx = -1; + return pArray; + } + *pnAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew)/szEntry; + pArray = pNew; + } + z = (char*)pArray; + memset(&z[*pnEntry * szEntry], 0, szEntry); + *pIdx = *pnEntry; + ++*pnEntry; + return pArray; +} + +/* +** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if +** need be. +** +** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) ); + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + pList->nAlloc = 0; + } + pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + db, + pList->a, + sizeof(pList->a[0]), + 5, + &pList->nId, + &pList->nAlloc, + &i + ); + if( i<0 ){ + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList); + return 0; + } + pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); + return pList; +} + +/* +** Delete an IdList. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); +} + +/* +** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1 +** if not found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return -1; + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* +** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by +** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart. iStart is zero based. +** New slots are zeroed. +** +** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B. +** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2); +** +** After the call above it would contain: A, B, nil, nil, nil. +** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result +** would have been: A, nil, nil, nil, B. To prepend the new slots, +** the iStart value would be 0. The result then would +** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B. +** +** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged. The +** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The SrcList to be enlarged */ + int nExtra, /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */ + int iStart /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */ +){ + int i; + + /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */ + assert( iStart>=0 ); + assert( nExtra>=1 ); + assert( pSrc!=0 ); + assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc ); + + /* Allocate additional space if needed */ + if( pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){ + SrcList *pNew; + int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra; + int nGot; + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc, + sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + return pSrc; + } + pSrc = pNew; + nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1; + pSrc->nAlloc = (u16)nGot; + } + + /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots + ** out of the way */ + for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){ + pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i]; + } + pSrc->nSrc += (i16)nExtra; + + /* Zero the newly allocated slots */ + memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra); + for(i=iStart; ia[i].iCursor = -1; + } + + /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */ + return pSrc; +} + + +/* +** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if +** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL. +** +** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error. The returned +** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be +** a new one. If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList +** that is input to this routine is automatically freed. +** +** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional +** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase +** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. +** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might +** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. +** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, +** or with NULL if no database is specified. +** +** In other words, if call like this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0); +** +** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called +** like this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C); +** +** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. If C is defined +** then so is B. In other words, we never have a case where: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C); +** +** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted. They are dequoted +** before being added to the SrcList. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ + SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */ + Token *pTable, /* Table to append */ + Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */ +){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 ); /* Cannot have C without B */ + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) ); + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + pList->nAlloc = 1; + } + pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList); + return 0; + } + pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1]; + if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){ + pDatabase = 0; + } + if( pDatabase ){ + Token *pTemp = pDatabase; + pDatabase = pTable; + pTable = pTemp; + } + pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable); + pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase); + return pList; +} + +/* +** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + if( pList ){ + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; + pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){ + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex); + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); +} + +/* +** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the +** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of +** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL +** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase +** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term. +** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the +** usual case. If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the +** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the +** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and +** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing +** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses. +** +** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new +** term added. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */ + Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */ + Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */ + Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */ + Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */ + Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */ + IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */ +){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", + (pOn ? "ON" : "USING") + ); + goto append_from_error; + } + p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase); + if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){ + goto append_from_error; + } + pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; + assert( pAlias!=0 ); + if( pAlias->n ){ + pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias); + } + pItem->pSelect = pSubquery; + pItem->pOn = pOn; + pItem->pUsing = pUsing; + return p; + + append_from_error: + assert( p==0 ); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery); + return 0; +} + +/* +** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added +** element of the source-list passed as the second argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){ + assert( pIndexedBy!=0 ); + if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; + assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 ); + if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){ + /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y + ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */ + pItem->notIndexed = 1; + }else{ + pItem->zIndex = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy); + } + } +} + +/* +** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator +** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator +** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine +** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM +** clause. +** +** Example: Suppose the join is like this: +** +** A natural cross join B +** +** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored +** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the +** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){ + if( p ){ + int i; + assert( p->a || p->nSrc==0 ); + for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){ + p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype; + } + p->a[0].jointype = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Begin a transaction +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ + sqlite3 *db; + Vdbe *v; + int i; + + assert( pParse!=0 ); + db = pParse->db; + assert( db!=0 ); +/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){ + return; + } + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( !v ) return; + if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** Commit a transaction +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db; + Vdbe *v; + + assert( pParse!=0 ); + db = pParse->db; + assert( db!=0 ); +/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){ + return; + } + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0); + } +} + +/* +** Rollback a transaction +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db; + Vdbe *v; + + assert( pParse!=0 ); + db = pParse->db; + assert( db!=0 ); +/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){ + return; } - while( i>=1 ){ - a[i] = 11 - i; - i--; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1); } - if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1; +} + +/* +** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create, +** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){ + char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); + if( zName ){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" }; + assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 ); +#endif + if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName); + return; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC); } } /* -** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine -** implements the DROP INDEX statement. +** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return +** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){ - Index *pIndex; - Vdbe *v; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; + if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ + int rc; + Btree *pBt; + static const int flags = + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | + SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | + SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; - assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - if( pIndex==0 ){ - if( !ifExists ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0); + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database " + "file for storing temporary tables"); + pParse->rc = rc; + return 1; + } + db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt; + assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return 1; } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto exit_drop_index; } - if( pIndex->autoIndex ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE " - "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0); - goto exit_drop_index; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start +** a read-transaction for all named database files. +** +** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all +** read transactions be started before anything else happens in +** the VDBE program. But this routine can be called after much other +** code has been generated. So here is what we do: +** +** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that +** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program. Then we +** record every database that needs its schema verified in the +** pParse->cookieMask field. Later, after all other code has been +** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and +** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value +** will be made to point to that subroutine. The generation of the +** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding(). +** +** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the +** schema on any databases. This can be used to position the OP_Goto +** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + + if( pToplevel->cookieGoto==0 ){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pToplevel); + if( v==0 ) return; /* This only happens if there was a prior error */ + pToplevel->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1; } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX; - Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; + if( iDb>=0 ){ + sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db; + yDbMask mask; + + assert( iDbnDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); + assert( iDbcookieMask & mask)==0 ){ + pToplevel->cookieMask |= mask; + pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie; + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel); + } } } -#endif +} - /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pIndex->zName - ); - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE idx=%Q", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, pIndex->zName - ); +/* +** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each +** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int i; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zName)) ){ + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); } - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0); } - -exit_drop_index: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); } /* -** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the -** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine allocates a new -** object on the end of the array. -** -** *pnEntry is the number of entries already in use. *pnAlloc is -** the previously allocated size of the array. initSize is the -** suggested initial array size allocation. +** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that +** might change the database. ** -** The index of the new entry is returned in *pIdx. +** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within +** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint +** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should +** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of +** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to +** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints +** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never +** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + pToplevel->writeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<isMultiWrite |= setStatement; +} + +/* +** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write +** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another, +** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.) +** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will +** be necessary to undo the completed writes. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1; +} + +/* +** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is +** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to +** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make +** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction. ** -** This routine returns a pointer to the array of objects. This -** might be the same as the pArray parameter or it might be a different -** pointer if the array was resized. +** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the +** isMultiWrite flag was previously set. There is a time dependency +** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes +** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm +** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency +** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in +** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective +** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen +** to take the safe route and skip the optimization. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ - void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */ - int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */ - int initSize, /* Suggested initial allocation, in elements */ - int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */ - int *pnAlloc, /* Current size of the allocation, in elements */ - int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */ -){ - char *z; - if( *pnEntry >= *pnAlloc ){ - void *pNew; - int newSize; - newSize = (*pnAlloc)*2 + initSize; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, newSize*szEntry); - if( pNew==0 ){ - *pIdx = -1; - return pArray; - } - *pnAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew)/szEntry; - pArray = pNew; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + pToplevel->mayAbort = 1; +} + +/* +** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT +** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement +** and/or current transaction is rolled back. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse *pParse, int onError, char *p4, int p4type){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( onError==OE_Abort ){ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); } - z = (char*)pArray; - memset(&z[*pnEntry * szEntry], 0, szEntry); - *pIdx = *pnEntry; - ++*pnEntry; - return pArray; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, p4, p4type); } /* -** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if -** need be. -** -** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. +** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return +** true if it does and false if it does not. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){ int i; - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) ); - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - pList->nAlloc = 0; - } - pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pList->a, - sizeof(pList->a[0]), - 5, - &pList->nId, - &pList->nAlloc, - &i - ); - if( i<0 ){ - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList); - return 0; + assert( zColl!=0 ); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i]; + assert( z!=0 ); + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){ + return 1; + } } - pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); - return pList; + return 0; } +#endif /* -** Delete an IdList. +** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl. +** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){ + Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ + + for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ + if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); + } } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); } +#endif /* -** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1 -** if not found. +** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the +** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute +** all indices everywhere. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return -1; - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){ + Db *pDb; /* A single database */ + int iDb; /* The database index number */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ + Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); /* Needed for schema access */ + for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ + assert( pDb!=0 ); + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl); + } } - return -1; } +#endif /* -** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by -** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart. iStart is zero based. -** New slots are zeroed. -** -** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B. -** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2); +** Generate code for the REINDEX command. ** -** After the call above it would contain: A, B, nil, nil, nil. -** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result -** would have been: A, nil, nil, nil, B. To prepend the new slots, -** the iStart value would be 0. The result then would -** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B. +** REINDEX -- 1 +** REINDEX -- 2 +** REINDEX ?.? -- 3 +** REINDEX ?.? -- 4 ** -** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged. The -** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true. +** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt. +** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named +** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all +** indices associated with the named table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The SrcList to be enlarged */ - int nExtra, /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */ - int iStart /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */ -){ - int i; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */ + char *z; /* Name of a table or index */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */ + Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ + Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ + int iDb; /* The database index number */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */ - /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */ - assert( iStart>=0 ); - assert( nExtra>=1 ); - assert( pSrc!=0 ); - assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc ); + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + return; + } - /* Allocate additional space if needed */ - if( pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){ - SrcList *pNew; - int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra; - int nGot; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc, - sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) ); - if( pNew==0 ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - return pSrc; + if( pName1==0 ){ + reindexDatabases(pParse, 0); + return; + }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){ + char *zColl; + assert( pName1->z ); + zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1); + if( !zColl ) return; + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); + if( pColl ){ + reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); + return; } - pSrc = pNew; - nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1; - pSrc->nAlloc = (u16)nGot; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); } - - /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots - ** out of the way */ - for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){ - pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i]; + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName); + if( z==0 ) return; + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + return; } - pSrc->nSrc += (i16)nExtra; - - /* Zero the newly allocated slots */ - memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra); - for(i=iStart; ia[i].iCursor = -1; + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + if( pIndex ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); + return; } - - /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */ - return pSrc; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed"); } - +#endif /* -** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if -** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL. -** -** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error. The returned -** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be -** a new one. If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList -** that is input to this routine is automatically freed. -** -** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional -** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase -** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. -** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might -** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. -** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, -** or with NULL if no database is specified. -** -** In other words, if call like this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0); -** -** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called -** like this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C); -** -** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. If C is defined -** then so is B. In other words, we never have a case where: -** -** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C); +** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used +** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx. ** -** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted. They are dequoted -** before being added to the SrcList. +** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case +** the caller is responsible for calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the returned +** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation +** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect +** the error. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ - SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */ - Token *pTable, /* Table to append */ - Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */ -){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 ); /* Cannot have C without B */ - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) ); - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - pList->nAlloc = 1; - } - pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList); - return 0; - } - pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1]; - if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){ - pDatabase = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ + int i; + int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; + int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nBytes); + + if( pKey ){ + pKey->db = pParse->db; + pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]); + assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) ); + for(i=0; iazColl[i]; + assert( zColl ); + pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl); + pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; + } + pKey->nField = (u16)nCol; } - if( pDatabase ){ - Token *pTemp = pDatabase; - pDatabase = pTable; - pTable = pTemp; + + if( pParse->nErr ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pKey); + pKey = 0; } - pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable); - pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase); - return pList; + return pKey; } +/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/ /* -** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList +** 2005 May 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables +** of user defined functions and collation sequences. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - if( pList ){ - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; - pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); - } + + +/* +** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence +** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName. +*/ +static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){ + assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 ); + if( db->xCollNeeded ){ + char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); + if( !zExternal ) return; + db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){ + char const *zExternal; + sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zExternal ){ + db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); } + sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp); } +#endif } /* -** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure. +** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a +** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions +** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one +** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if +** possible. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){ +static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ + CollSeq *pColl2; + char *z = pColl->zName; int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing); + static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 }; + for(i=0; i<3; i++){ + pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0); + if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){ + memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq)); + pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */ + return SQLITE_OK; + } } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); + return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* -** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the -** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of -** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL -** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase -** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term. -** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the -** usual case. If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the -** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the -** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and -** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing -** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses. +** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback +** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the +** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding. +** +** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding +** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. ** -** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new -** term added. +** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database +** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation +** sequence can be found. +** +** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq() */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */ - Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */ - Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */ - Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */ - Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */ - Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */ - IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq( + sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */ + u8 enc, /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */ + CollSeq *pColl, /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */ + const char *zName /* Collating sequence name */ ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", - (pOn ? "ON" : "USING") - ); - goto append_from_error; + CollSeq *p; + + p = pColl; + if( !p ){ + p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); } - p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase); - if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){ - goto append_from_error; + if( !p || !p->xCmp ){ + /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered. + ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one. + */ + callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName); + p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); } - pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; - assert( pAlias!=0 ); - if( pAlias->n ){ - pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias); + if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){ + p = 0; } - pItem->pSelect = pSubquery; - pItem->pOn = pOn; - pItem->pUsing = pUsing; + assert( !p || p->xCmp ); return p; - - append_from_error: - assert( p==0 ); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery); - return 0; } /* -** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added -** element of the source-list passed as the second argument. +** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to +** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when +** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences +** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. +** +** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to +** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, +** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different +** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){ - assert( pIndexedBy!=0 ); - if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; - assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 ); - if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){ - /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y - ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */ - pItem->notIndexed = 1; - }else{ - pItem->zIndex = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){ + if( pColl ){ + const char *zName = pColl->zName; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pColl, zName); + if( !p ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); + pParse->nErr++; + return SQLITE_ERROR; } + assert( p==pColl ); } + return SQLITE_OK; } + + /* -** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator -** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator -** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine -** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM -** clause. -** -** Example: Suppose the join is like this: +** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry +** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is +** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL. ** -** A natural cross join B +** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an +** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence +** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be. ** -** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored -** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the -** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B. +** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of +** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in +** each collation sequence structure. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){ - if( p && p->a ){ - int i; - for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){ - p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype; +static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the collating sequence */ + int create /* Create a new entry if true */ +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); + + if( 0==pColl && create ){ + pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 ); + if( pColl ){ + CollSeq *pDel = 0; + pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE; + pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; + memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); + pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0; + pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl); + + /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will + ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added + ** to the hash table). + */ + assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl ); + if( pDel!=0 ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); + pColl = 0; + } } - p->a[0].jointype = 0; } + return pColl; } /* -** Begin a transaction +** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long. +** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName +** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'. +** +** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a +** new entry. Otherwise return NULL. +** +** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around +** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory +** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence +** cannot be found. +** +** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - int i; - - assert( pParse!=0 ); - db = pParse->db; - assert( db!=0 ); -/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){ - return; - } - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) return; - if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq( + sqlite3 *db, + u8 enc, + const char *zName, + int create +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + if( zName ){ + pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create); + }else{ + pColl = db->pDfltColl; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0); + assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); + assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; + return pColl; } -/* -** Commit a transaction +/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure +** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument +** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system +** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the +** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match. +** +** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows: +** +** 0: Not a match, or if nArg<0 and the function is has no implementation. +** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 +** encoding is requested, or vice versa. +** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is +** requested, or vice versa. +** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding. +** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that +** prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa. +** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that +** prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa. +** 6: An exact match. +** */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - assert( pParse!=0 ); - db = pParse->db; - assert( db!=0 ); -/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){ - return; - } - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0); +static int matchQuality(FuncDef *p, int nArg, u8 enc){ + int match = 0; + if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg + || (nArg==-1 && (p->xFunc!=0 || p->xStep!=0)) + ){ + match = 1; + if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){ + match = 4; + } + if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){ + match += 2; + } + else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) || + (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){ + match += 1; + } } + return match; } /* -** Rollback a transaction +** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return +** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - assert( pParse!=0 ); - db = pParse->db; - assert( db!=0 ); -/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){ - return; - } - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1); +static FuncDef *functionSearch( + FuncDefHash *pHash, /* Hash table to search */ + int h, /* Hash of the name */ + const char *zFunc, /* Name of function */ + int nFunc /* Number of bytes in zFunc */ +){ + FuncDef *p; + for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){ + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){ + return p; + } } + return 0; } /* -** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create, -** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. +** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){ - char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); - if( zName ){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - static const char *az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" }; - assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 ); -#endif - if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){ - sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName); - return; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert( + FuncDefHash *pHash, /* The hash table into which to insert */ + FuncDef *pDef /* The function definition to insert */ +){ + FuncDef *pOther; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName); + u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0]; + int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a); + pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName); + if( pOther ){ + assert( pOther!=pDef && pOther->pNext!=pDef ); + pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext; + pOther->pNext = pDef; + }else{ + pDef->pNext = 0; + pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h]; + pHash->a[h] = pDef; } } + + /* -** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return -** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure. +** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag +** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a +** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return +** NULL if the function does not exist. +** +** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef +** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a +** no matching function previously existed. When createFlag is true +** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts +** any number of arguments will be returned. +** +** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid +** function found is returned. A function is valid if either xFunc +** or xStep is non-zero. +** +** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and +** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not +** match that requested. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ - int rc; - Btree *pBt; - static const int flags = - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | - SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | - SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( + sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */ + int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */ + int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */ + u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */ + int createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */ +){ + FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */ + FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */ + int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */ + int h; /* Hash value */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, flags, &pBt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database " - "file for storing temporary tables"); - pParse->rc = rc; - return 1; + + assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); + + /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions. + */ + p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName); + while( p ){ + int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); + if( score>bestScore ){ + pBest = p; + bestScore = score; } - db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt; - assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); - if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return 1; + p = p->pNext; + } + + /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions. + ** + ** If the SQLITE_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in + ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found. And give + ** priority to built-in functions. + ** + ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to + ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will + ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the + ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only. + ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function. + */ + if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){ + FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); + bestScore = 0; + p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName); + while( p ){ + int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); + if( score>bestScore ){ + pBest = p; + bestScore = score; + } + p = p->pNext; } - sqlite3PagerJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), db->dfltJournalMode); + } + + /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an + ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a + ** new entry to the hash table and return it. + */ + if( createFlag && (bestScore<6 || pBest->nArg!=nArg) && + (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){ + pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1]; + pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg; + pBest->iPrefEnc = enc; + memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName); + pBest->zName[nName] = 0; + sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest); + } + + if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){ + return pBest; } return 0; } /* -** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start -** a read-transaction for all named database files. -** -** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all -** read transactions be started before anything else happens in -** the VDBE program. But this routine can be called after much other -** code has been generated. So here is what we do: -** -** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that -** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program. Then we -** record every database that needs its schema verified in the -** pParse->cookieMask field. Later, after all other code has been -** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and -** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value -** will be made to point to that subroutine. The generation of the -** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding(). +** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points +** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the +** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents +** of the schema hash tables). ** -** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the -** schema on any databases. This can be used to position the OP_Goto -** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used. +** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){ + Hash temp1; + Hash temp2; + HashElem *pElem; + Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p; - if( pToplevel->cookieGoto==0 ){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pToplevel); - if( v==0 ) return; /* This only happens if there was a prior error */ - pToplevel->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1; + temp1 = pSchema->tblHash; + temp2 = pSchema->trigHash; + sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash); + sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash); + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem)); } - if( iDb>=0 ){ - sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db; - int mask; - - assert( iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); - assert( iDbcookieMask & mask)==0 ){ - pToplevel->cookieMask |= mask; - pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel); - } - } + sqlite3HashClear(&temp2); + sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash); + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); + sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&temp1); + sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash); + pSchema->pSeqTab = 0; + if( pSchema->flags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){ + pSchema->iGeneration++; + pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded; } } /* -** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that -** might change the database. -** -** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within -** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint -** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should -** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of -** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to -** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints -** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never -** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set. +** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create +** a new one if necessary. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - pToplevel->writeMask |= 1<isMultiWrite |= setStatement; +SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ + Schema * p; + if( pBt ){ + p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear); + }else{ + p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema)); + } + if( !p ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){ + sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash); + p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + } + return p; } +/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/ /* -** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write -** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another, -** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.) -** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will -** be necessary to undo the completed writes. +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1; -} /* -** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is -** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to -** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make -** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction. +** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries +** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains +** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE, +** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and +** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table +** name is not found or if any other error occurs. +** +** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc: +** +** pSrc->a[0].pTab Pointer to the Table object +** pSrc->a[0].pIndex Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one ** -** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the -** isMultiWrite flag was previously set. There is a time dependency -** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes -** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm -** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency -** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in -** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective -** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen -** to take the safe route and skip the optimization. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - pToplevel->mayAbort = 1; +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; + Table *pTab; + assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 ); + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); + sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab); + pItem->pTab = pTab; + if( pTab ){ + pTab->nRef++; + } + if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){ + pTab = 0; + } + return pTab; } /* -** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT -** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement -** and/or current transaction is rolled back. +** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not +** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is +** writable return 0; */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse *pParse, int onError, char *p4, int p4type){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( onError==OE_Abort ){ - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){ + /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances: + ** + ** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method + ** has been provided, or + ** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not + ** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not + ** been specified. + ** + ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero. + */ + if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) + && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 ) + || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0 + && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 + && pParse->nested==0 ) + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName); + return 1; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, p4, p4type); -} -/* -** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return -** true if it does and false if it does not. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){ - int i; - assert( zColl!=0 ); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i]; - assert( z!=0 ); - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){ - return 1; - } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName); + return 1; } +#endif return 0; } -#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) /* -** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl. -** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab. +** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table. The +** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the +** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){ - Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pView, /* View definition */ + Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */ + int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */ +){ + SelectDest dest; + Select *pDup; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ - if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); + pDup = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pView->pSelect, 0); + if( pWhere ){ + SrcList *pFrom; + + pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0); + pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); + if( pFrom ){ + assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 ); + pFrom->a[0].zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName); + pFrom->a[0].pSelect = pDup; + assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 ); + assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 ); + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup); } + pDup = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); } + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pDup, &dest); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup); } -#endif +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) /* -** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the -** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute -** all indices everywhere. +** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY, +** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements. +** +** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1; +** \__________________________/ +** pLimitWhere (pInClause) */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){ - Db *pDb; /* A single database */ - int iDb; /* The database index number */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ - Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause. May be null */ + Expr *pLimit, /* The LIMIT clause. May be null */ + Expr *pOffset, /* The OFFSET clause. May be null */ + char *zStmtType /* Either DELETE or UPDATE. For error messages. */ +){ + Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL; /* WHERE rowid .. */ + Expr *pInClause = NULL; /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */ + Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL; /* SELECT rowid ... */ + ExprList *pEList = NULL; /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */ + SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL; /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */ + Select *pSelect = NULL; /* Complete SELECT tree */ - for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ - assert( pDb!=0 ); - for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ - pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); - reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl); - } + /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause. + */ + if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) { + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType); + pParse->parseError = 1; + goto limit_where_cleanup_2; + } + + /* We only need to generate a select expression if there + ** is a limit/offset term to enforce. + */ + if( pLimit == 0 ) { + /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */ + assert( pOffset == 0 ); + return pWhere; + } + + /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset + ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example: + ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 + ** becomes: + ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( + ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 + ** ); + */ + + pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid); + if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; + + /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree + ** and the SELECT subtree. */ + pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0); + if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) { + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList); + goto limit_where_cleanup_2; } + + /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */ + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0, + pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset); + if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0; + + /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */ + pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); + if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; + pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0); + if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; + + pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect; + pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect; + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause); + return pInClause; + + /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */ +limit_where_cleanup_1: + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect); + return 0; + +limit_where_cleanup_2: + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset); + return 0; } -#endif +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ /* -** Generate code for the REINDEX command. -** -** REINDEX -- 1 -** REINDEX -- 2 -** REINDEX ?.? -- 3 -** REINDEX ?.? -- 4 +** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement. ** -** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt. -** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named -** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all -** indices associated with the named table. +** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL; +** \________/ \________________/ +** pTabList pWhere */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */ - char *z; /* Name of a table or index */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */ - Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ - Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ - int iDb; /* The database index number */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */ + Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ +){ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ + Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */ + int end, addr = 0; /* A couple addresses of generated code */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ + int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */ + AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */ + int iDb; /* Database number */ + int memCnt = -1; /* Memory cell used for change counting */ + int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */ +#endif + + memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + + /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be + ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we + ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect + ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter. + */ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** deleted from is a view + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; +#else +# define pTrigger 0 +# define isView 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + + /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. + */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDbnDb ); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb); + assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE ); + if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + assert(!isView || pTrigger); + + /* Assign cursor number to the table and all its indices. + */ + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + pParse->nTab++; + } + + /* Start the view context + */ + if( isView ){ + sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); + } + + /* Begin generating code. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + + /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into + ** a ephemeral table. + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( isView ){ + sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur); + } +#endif + + /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + + /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if + ** we are counting rows. + */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + memCnt = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION + /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. + ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5, + ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by + ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly. */ + if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) + && 0==sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) + ){ + assert( !isView ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt, + pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + } + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */ + /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through + ** the table and pick which records to delete. + */ + { + int iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */ + int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem; /* Used for storing rowid values. */ + int regRowid; /* Actual register containing rowids */ - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return; - } + /* Collect rowids of every row to be deleted. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin( + pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK + ); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; + regRowid = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, iRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, regRowid); + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1); + } + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - if( pName1==0 ){ - reindexDatabases(pParse, 0); - return; - }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){ - char *zColl; - assert( pName1->z ); - zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1); - if( !zColl ) return; - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); - if( pColl ){ - reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); - return; + /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the + ** database scan. We have to delete items after the scan is complete + ** because deleting an item can change the scan order. */ + end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are + ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the + ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF + ** triggers. */ + if( !isView ){ + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite); } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); - } - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName); - if( z==0 ) return; - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - return; - } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - if( pIndex ){ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); - return; - } - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed"); -} + + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, end, iRowid); + + /* Delete the row */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iRowid, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + }else #endif + { + int count = (pParse->nested==0); /* True to count changes */ + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, iRowid, count, pTrigger, OE_Default); + } -/* -** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used -** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx. -** -** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case -** the caller is responsible for calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the returned -** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation -** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect -** the error. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ - int i; - int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nBytes); + /* End of the delete loop */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end); - if( pKey ){ - pKey->db = pParse->db; - pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]); - assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) ); - for(i=0; iazColl[i]; - assert( zColl ); - pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl); - pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; + /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */ + if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); } - pKey->nField = (u16)nCol; } - if( pParse->nErr ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pKey); - pKey = 0; + /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the + ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into + ** autoincrement tables. + */ + if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); } - return pKey; + + /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. + */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC); + } + +delete_from_cleanup: + sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return; } +/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise +** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file +** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ +#ifdef isView + #undef isView +#endif +#ifdef pTrigger + #undef pTrigger +#endif -/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/ /* -** 2005 May 23 +** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a +** single table to be deleted. ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. +** These are the requirements: ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row +** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number $iCur. ** -************************************************************************* +** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as +** cursor number base+i for the i-th index. ** -** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables -** of user defined functions and collation sequences. +** 3. The record number of the row to be deleted must be stored in +** memory cell iRowid. +** +** This routine generates code to remove both the table record and all +** index entries that point to that record. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ + int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ + int iRowid, /* Memory cell that contains the rowid to delete */ + int count, /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */ + int onconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe */ + int iOld = 0; /* First register in OLD.* array */ + int iLabel; /* Label resolved to end of generated code */ + /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */ + assert( v ); -/* -** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence -** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName. -*/ -static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){ - assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 ); - if( db->xCollNeeded ){ - char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); - if( !zExternal ) return; - db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){ - char const *zExternal; - sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); - if( zExternal ){ - db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); + /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists + ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do + ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */ + iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, iLabel, iRowid); + + /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to + ** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */ + if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){ + u32 mask; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */ + int iCol; /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */ + + /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to + ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register. */ + mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( + pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf + ); + mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab); + iOld = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol); + + /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be + ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iRowid, iOld); + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + if( mask==0xffffffff || mask&(1< UTF-16 conversion if -** possible. -*/ -static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ - CollSeq *pColl2; - char *z = pColl->zName; - int i; - static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 }; - for(i=0; i<3; i++){ - pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0); - if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){ - memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq)); - pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */ - return SQLITE_OK; + /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really + ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to + ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers). */ + if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){ + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); + if( count ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); } } - return SQLITE_ERROR; + + /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to + ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key + ** to the row just deleted. */ + sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld); + + /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */ + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, + TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel + ); + + /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE + ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a + ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel); } /* -** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback -** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the -** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding. +** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all +** index entries associated with a single row of a single table. ** -** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding -** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. +** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. +** These are the requirements: ** -** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database -** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation -** sequence can be found. +** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row +** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur". ** -** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq() +** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as +** cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index. +** +** 3. The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be +** deleted. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq( - sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */ - u8 enc, /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */ - CollSeq *pColl, /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */ - const char *zName /* Collating sequence name */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ + int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ + int *aRegIdx /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */ ){ - CollSeq *p; - - p = pColl; - if( !p ){ - p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); - } - if( !p || !p->xCmp ){ - /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered. - ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one. - */ - callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName); - p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); - } - if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){ - p = 0; - } - assert( !p || p->xCmp ); - return p; -} + int i; + Index *pIdx; + int r1; -/* -** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to -** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when -** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences -** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. -** -** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to -** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, -** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different -** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){ - if( pColl ){ - const char *zName = pColl->zName; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pColl, zName); - if( !p ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); - pParse->nErr++; - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - assert( p==pColl ); + for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i-1]==0 ) continue; + r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iCur, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, r1,pIdx->nColumn+1); } - return SQLITE_OK; } - - /* -** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry -** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is -** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL. -** -** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an -** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence -** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be. +** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it in register +** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab. +** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to +** the entry that needs indexing. ** -** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of -** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in -** each collation sequence structure. +** Return a register number which is the first in a block of +** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The +** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time +** this routine returns. */ -static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the collating sequence */ - int create /* Create a new entry if true */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */ + int iCur, /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */ + int regOut, /* Write the new index key to this register */ + int doMakeRec /* Run the OP_MakeRecord instruction if true */ ){ - CollSeq *pColl; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); - - if( 0==pColl && create ){ - pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 ); - if( pColl ){ - CollSeq *pDel = 0; - pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE; - pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; - memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); - pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0; - pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl); + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int j; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + int regBase; + int nCol; - /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will - ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added - ** to the hash table). - */ - assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl ); - if( pDel!=0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); - pColl = 0; - } + nCol = pIdx->nColumn; + regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regBase+nCol); + for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]; + if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regBase+nCol, regBase+j); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx, regBase+j); + sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx, -1); } } - return pColl; + if( doMakeRec ){ + const char *zAff; + if( pTab->pSelect || (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt)!=0 ){ + zAff = 0; + }else{ + zAff = sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol+1, regOut); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, P4_TRANSIENT); + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1); + return regBase; } +/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/ /* -** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long. -** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName -** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'. -** -** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a -** new entry. Otherwise return NULL. -** -** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around -** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory -** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence -** cannot be found. +** 2002 February 23 ** -** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq( - sqlite3 *db, - u8 enc, - const char *zName, - int create -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - if( zName ){ - pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create); - }else{ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); - assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; - return pColl; -} - -/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure -** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument -** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system -** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the -** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows: +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** 0: Not a match, or if nArg<0 and the function is has no implementation. -** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 -** encoding is requested, or vice versa. -** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is -** requested, or vice versa. -** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding. -** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that -** prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa. -** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that -** prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa. -** 6: An exact match. +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL +** functions of SQLite. ** -*/ -static int matchQuality(FuncDef *p, int nArg, u8 enc){ - int match = 0; - if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg - || (nArg==-1 && (p->xFunc!=0 || p->xStep!=0)) - ){ - match = 1; - if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){ - match = 4; - } - if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){ - match += 2; - } - else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) || - (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){ - match += 1; - } - } - return match; +** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function +** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. +** All other code has file scope. +*/ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +/* +** Return the collating function associated with a function. +*/ +static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){ + return context->pColl; } /* -** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return -** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match. +** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions */ -static FuncDef *functionSearch( - FuncDefHash *pHash, /* Hash table to search */ - int h, /* Hash of the name */ - const char *zFunc, /* Name of function */ - int nFunc /* Number of bytes in zFunc */ +static void minmaxFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv ){ - FuncDef *p; - for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){ - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){ - return p; + int i; + int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */ + int iBest; + CollSeq *pColl; + + assert( argc>1 ); + mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1; + pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + assert( pColl ); + assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 ); + iBest = 0; + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + for(i=1; i=0 ){ + testcase( mask==0 ); + iBest = i; } } - return 0; + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]); } /* -** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table. +** Return the type of the argument. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert( - FuncDefHash *pHash, /* The hash table into which to insert */ - FuncDef *pDef /* The function definition to insert */ +static void typeofFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv ){ - FuncDef *pOther; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName); - u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0]; - int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a); - pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName); - if( pOther ){ - assert( pOther!=pDef && pOther->pNext!=pDef ); - pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext; - pOther->pNext = pDef; - }else{ - pDef->pNext = 0; - pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h]; - pHash->a[h] = pDef; + const char *z = 0; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break; + case SQLITE_TEXT: z = "text"; break; + case SQLITE_FLOAT: z = "real"; break; + case SQLITE_BLOB: z = "blob"; break; + default: z = "null"; break; } + sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } - /* -** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag -** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a -** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return -** NULL if the function does not exist. -** -** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef -** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a -** no matching function previously existed. When createFlag is true -** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts -** any number of arguments will be returned. -** -** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid -** function found is returned. A function is valid if either xFunc -** or xStep is non-zero. -** -** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and -** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not -** match that requested. +** Implementation of the length() function */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( - sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */ - int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */ - int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */ - u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */ - int createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */ +static void lengthFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv ){ - FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */ - FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */ - int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */ - int h; /* Hash value */ - - - assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); + int len; - /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions. - */ - p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName); - while( p ){ - int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); - if( score>bestScore ){ - pBest = p; - bestScore = score; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_BLOB: + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])); + break; } - p = p->pNext; - } - - /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions. - ** - ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to - ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned will - ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the - ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only. - ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function. - */ - if( !createFlag && !pBest ){ - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName); - while( p ){ - int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); - if( score>bestScore ){ - pBest = p; - bestScore = score; + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + len = 0; + while( *z ){ + len++; + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); } - p = p->pNext; + sqlite3_result_int(context, len); + break; + } + default: { + sqlite3_result_null(context); + break; } } - - /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an - ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a - ** new entry to the hash table and return it. - */ - if( createFlag && (bestScore<6 || pBest->nArg!=nArg) && - (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){ - pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1]; - pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg; - pBest->iPrefEnc = enc; - memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName); - pBest->zName[nName] = 0; - sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest); - } - - if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){ - return pBest; - } - return 0; } /* -** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points -** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the -** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsiduary resources (i.e. the contents -** of the schema hash tables). +** Implementation of the abs() function. ** -** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared. +** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of +** the numeric argument X. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *p){ - Hash temp1; - Hash temp2; - HashElem *pElem; - Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p; - - temp1 = pSchema->tblHash; - temp2 = pSchema->trigHash; - sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash); - sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash); - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem)); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&temp2); - sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash); - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); - assert( pTab->dbMem==0 ); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab); +static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + if( iVal<0 ){ + if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){ + /* IMP: R-35460-15084 If X is the integer -9223372036854775807 then + ** abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no + ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1); + return; + } + iVal = -iVal; + } + sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); + break; + } + case SQLITE_NULL: { + /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */ + sqlite3_result_null(context); + break; + } + default: { + /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not + ** something that can be converted into a number, we have: + ** IMP: R-57326-31541 Abs(X) return 0.0 if X is a string or blob that + ** cannot be converted to a numeric value. + */ + double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal; + sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal); + break; + } } - sqlite3HashClear(&temp1); - sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash); - pSchema->pSeqTab = 0; - pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded; } /* -** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create -** a new one if necessary. +** Implementation of the substr() function. +** +** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1. +** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character +** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters. +** If x is a blob, then we count bytes. +** +** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[]. +** +** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceeding p1. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ - Schema * p; - if( pBt ){ - p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaFree); +static void substrFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *z; + const unsigned char *z2; + int len; + int p0type; + i64 p1, p2; + int negP2 = 0; + + assert( argc==3 || argc==2 ); + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL + || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL) + ){ + return; + } + p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); + p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) ); }else{ - p = (Schema *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Schema)); + z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + len = 0; + if( p1<0 ){ + for(z2=z; *z2; len++){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + } + } } - if( !p ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){ - sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash); - p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + if( argc==3 ){ + p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); + if( p2<0 ){ + p2 = -p2; + negP2 = 1; + } + }else{ + p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; + } + if( p1<0 ){ + p1 += len; + if( p1<0 ){ + p2 += p1; + if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; + p1 = 0; + } + }else if( p1>0 ){ + p1--; + }else if( p2>0 ){ + p2--; + } + if( negP2 ){ + p1 -= p2; + if( p1<0 ){ + p2 += p1; + p1 = 0; + } + } + assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 ); + if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ + while( *z && p1 ){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + p1--; + } + for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + if( p1+p2>len ){ + p2 = len-p1; + if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; + } + sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } - return p; } -/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/ -/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements. +** Implementation of the round() function */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + int n = 0; + double r; + char *zBuf; + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + if( argc==2 ){ + if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return; + n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + if( n>30 ) n = 30; + if( n<0 ) n = 0; + } + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int, + ** handle the rounding directly, + ** otherwise use printf. + */ + if( n==0 && r>=0 && rzErrMsg and return NULL. If all tables -** are found, return a pointer to the last table. +** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the +** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify +** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL. +** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then +** raise an SQLITE_TOOBIG exception and return NULL. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; - Table *pTab; - assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 ); - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab); - pItem->pTab = pTab; - if( pTab ){ - pTab->nRef++; - } - if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){ - pTab = 0; +static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){ + char *z; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + assert( nByte>0 ); + testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); + if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + z = 0; + }else{ + z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte); + if( !z ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + } } - return pTab; + return z; } /* -** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not -** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is -** writable return 0; +** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){ - /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances: - ** - ** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method - ** has been provided, or - ** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not - ** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not - ** been specified. - ** - ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero. - */ - if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) - && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 ) - || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0 - && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 - && pParse->nested==0 ) - ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName); - return 1; +static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + char *z1; + const char *z2; + int i, n; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ + assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); + if( z2 ){ + z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); + if( z1 ){ + memcpy(z1, z2, n+1); + for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){ + z1[i] = (char)sqlite3Toupper(z1[i]); + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free); + } } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName); - return 1; +} +static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + u8 *z1; + const char *z2; + int i, n; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ + assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); + if( z2 ){ + z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); + if( z1 ){ + memcpy(z1, z2, n+1); + for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){ + z1[i] = sqlite3Tolower(z1[i]); + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char *)z1, -1, sqlite3_free); + } } -#endif - return 0; } -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +#if 0 /* This function is never used. */ /* -** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table. The -** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the -** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pView, /* View definition */ - Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */ - int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */ -){ - SelectDest dest; - Select *pDup; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - pDup = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pView->pSelect, 0); - if( pWhere ){ - SrcList *pFrom; - - pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0); - pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); - if( pFrom ){ - assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 ); - pFrom->a[0].zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName); - pFrom->a[0].pSelect = pDup; - assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 ); - assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 ); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup); +** The COALESCE() and IFNULL() functions used to be implemented as shown +** here. But now they are implemented as VDBE code so that unused arguments +** do not have to be computed. This legacy implementation is retained as +** comment. +*/ +/* +** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions. +** All three do the same thing. They return the first non-NULL +** argument. +*/ +static void ifnullFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + for(i=0; iparseError = 1; - goto limit_where_cleanup_2; + sqlite_int64 r; + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r); + if( r<0 ){ + /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000 + ** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that + ** number of you get the same value back again. To do this + ** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative + ** values, resulting in a positive value. Then take the + ** 2s complement of that positive value. The end result can + ** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807. + */ + r = -(r ^ (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<63)); } + sqlite3_result_int64(context, r); +} - /* We only need to generate a select expression if there - ** is a limit/offset term to enforce. - */ - if( pLimit == 0 ) { - /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */ - assert( pOffset == 0 ); - return pWhere; +/* +** Implementation of randomblob(N). Return a random blob +** that is N bytes long. +*/ +static void randomBlob( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int n; + unsigned char *p; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); + if( n<1 ){ + n = 1; } - - /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset - ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example: - ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 - ** becomes: - ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( - ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 - ** ); - */ - - pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); - if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid); - if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; - - /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree - ** and the SELECT subtree. */ - pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0); - if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) { - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList); - goto limit_where_cleanup_2; + p = contextMalloc(context, n); + if( p ){ + sqlite3_randomness(n, p); + sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free); } +} - /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */ - pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0, - pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset); - if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0; - - /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */ - pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); - if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; - pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0); - if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; - - pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect; - pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause); - return pInClause; - - /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */ -limit_where_cleanup_1: - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect); - return 0; - -limit_where_cleanup_2: - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset); - return 0; +/* +** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function. The return +** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function. +*/ +static void last_insert_rowid( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + /* IMP: R-51513-12026 The last_insert_rowid() SQL function is a + ** wrapper around the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() C/C++ interface + ** function. */ + sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db)); } -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ /* -** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement. +** Implementation of the changes() SQL function. ** -** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL; -** \________/ \________________/ -** pTabList pWhere +** IMP: R-62073-11209 The changes() SQL function is a wrapper +** around the sqlite3_changes() C/C++ function and hence follows the same +** rules for counting changes. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */ - Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ +static void changes( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ - Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */ - int end, addr = 0; /* A couple addresses of generated code */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ - int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */ - AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */ - int iDb; /* Database number */ - int memCnt = -1; /* Memory cell used for change counting */ - int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */ -#endif + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db)); +} - memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); +/* +** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function. The return value is +** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function. +*/ +static void total_changes( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + /* IMP: R-52756-41993 This function is a wrapper around the + ** sqlite3_total_changes() C/C++ interface. */ + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db)); +} - /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be - ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we - ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect - ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter. - */ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; +/* +** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons. +*/ +struct compareInfo { + u8 matchAll; + u8 matchOne; + u8 matchSet; + u8 noCase; +}; - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** deleted from is a view - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; +/* +** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every +** character is exactly one byte in size. Also, all characters are +** able to participate in upper-case-to-lower-case mappings in EBCDIC +** whereas only characters less than 0x80 do in ASCII. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC) +# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A,C) (*(A++)) +# define GlogUpperToLower(A) A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A] #else -# define pTrigger 0 -# define isView 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif - - /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. - */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDbnDb ); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb); - assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE ); - if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - assert(!isView || pTrigger); - - /* Assign cursor number to the table and all its indices. - */ - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - pParse->nTab++; - } - - /* Start the view context - */ - if( isView ){ - sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); - } - - /* Begin generating code. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - - /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into - ** a ephemeral table. - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( isView ){ - sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur); - } +# define GlogUpperToLower(A) if( !((A)&~0x7f) ){ A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]; } #endif - /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - - /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if - ** we are counting rows. - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - memCnt = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION - /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. - ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5, - ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by - ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly. */ - if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) - && 0==sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) - ){ - assert( !isView ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt, - pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */ - /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through - ** the table and pick which records to delete. - */ - { - int iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */ - int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem; /* Used for storing rowid values. */ - int regRowid; /* Actual register containing rowids */ - - /* Collect rowids of every row to be deleted. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere,0,WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; - regRowid = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, iRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, regRowid); - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1); - } - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - - /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the - ** database scan. We have to delete items after the scan is complete - ** because deleting an item can change the scan order. */ - end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are - ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the - ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF - ** triggers. */ - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite); - } - - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, end, iRowid); - - /* Delete the row */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); - sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iRowid, pVTab, P4_VTAB); - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - }else -#endif - { - int count = (pParse->nested==0); /* True to count changes */ - sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, iRowid, count, pTrigger, OE_Default); - } +static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 }; +/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore +** case. Thus 'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */ +static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_', 0, 1 }; +/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator +** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */ +static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_', 0, 0 }; - /* End of the delete loop */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end); +/* +** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can +** potentially be a "glob" expression. Return true (1) if they +** are the same and false (0) if they are different. +** +** Globbing rules: +** +** '*' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters. +** +** '?' Matches exactly one character. +** +** [...] Matches one character from the enclosed list of +** characters. +** +** [^...] Matches one character not in the enclosed list. +** +** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included +** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'. A +** range of characters can be specified using '-'. Example: +** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter. To match a '-', make +** it the last character in the list. +** +** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case. +** +** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]". Like this: +** +** abc[*]xyz Matches "abc*xyz" only +*/ +static int patternCompare( + const u8 *zPattern, /* The glob pattern */ + const u8 *zString, /* The string to compare against the glob */ + const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */ + u32 esc /* The escape character */ +){ + u32 c, c2; + int invert; + int seen; + u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne; + u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; + u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet; + u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; + int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */ - /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */ - if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum); + while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern))!=0 ){ + if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){ + while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern)) == matchAll + || c == matchOne ){ + if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + } + if( c==0 ){ + return 1; + }else if( c==esc ){ + c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); + if( c==0 ){ + return 0; + } + }else if( c==matchSet ){ + assert( esc==0 ); /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */ + assert( matchSet<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */ + while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString); + } + return *zString!=0; + } + while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString,&zString))!=0 ){ + if( noCase ){ + GlogUpperToLower(c2); + GlogUpperToLower(c); + while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); + GlogUpperToLower(c2); + } + }else{ + while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); + } + } + if( c2==0 ) return 0; + if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1; + } + return 0; + }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){ + if( sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + }else if( c==matchSet ){ + u32 prior_c = 0; + assert( esc==0 ); /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */ + seen = 0; + invert = 0; + c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); + if( c==0 ) return 0; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); + if( c2=='^' ){ + invert = 1; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); + } + if( c2==']' ){ + if( c==']' ) seen = 1; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); + } + while( c2 && c2!=']' ){ + if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); + if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1; + prior_c = 0; + }else{ + if( c==c2 ){ + seen = 1; + } + prior_c = c2; + } + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); + } + if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){ + prevEscape = 1; + }else{ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); + if( noCase ){ + GlogUpperToLower(c); + GlogUpperToLower(c2); } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); + if( c!=c2 ){ + return 0; + } + prevEscape = 0; } } - - /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the - ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into - ** autoincrement tables. - */ - if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ - sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); - } - - /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC); - } - -delete_from_cleanup: - sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return; + return *zString==0; } -/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise -** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file -** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ -#ifdef isView - #undef isView -#endif -#ifdef pTrigger - #undef pTrigger + +/* +** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is +** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing +** only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0; #endif + /* -** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a -** single table to be deleted. -** -** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. -** These are the requirements: -** -** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row -** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number $iCur. +** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements +** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the +** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: ** -** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as -** cursor number base+i for the i-th index. +** A LIKE B ** -** 3. The record number of the row to be deleted must be stored in -** memory cell iRowid. +** is implemented as like(B,A). ** -** This routine generates code to remove both the table record and all -** index entries that point to that record. +** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes +** the GLOB operator. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ - int iRowid, /* Memory cell that contains the rowid to delete */ - int count, /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */ - int onconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */ +static void likeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe */ - int iOld = 0; /* First register in OLD.* array */ - int iLabel; /* Label resolved to end of generated code */ - - /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */ - assert( v ); - - /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists - ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do - ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */ - iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, iLabel, iRowid); - - /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to - ** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */ - if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){ - u32 mask; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */ - int iCol; /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */ - - /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to - ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register. */ - mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( - pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf - ); - mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab); - iOld = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol); - - /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be - ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iRowid, iOld); - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - if( mask==0xffffffff || mask&(1<aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ); + testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 ); + if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); + return; } + assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */ - /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really - ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to - ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers). */ - if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){ - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); - if( count ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); + if( argc==3 ){ + /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. + ** Otherwise, return an error. + */ + const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + if( zEsc==0 ) return; + if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, + "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); + return; } + escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(zEsc, &zEsc); + } + if( zA && zB ){ + struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_like_count++; +#endif + + sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)); } +} - /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to - ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key - ** to the row just deleted. */ - sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld); +/* +** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first +** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the +** arguments are equal to each other. +*/ +static void nullifFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){ + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + } +} - /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, - TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel - ); +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function. The result is the version +** of the SQLite library that is running. +*/ +static void versionFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the + ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} - /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE - ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a - ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel); +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string +** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build +** SQLite. +*/ +static void sourceidFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the + ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } /* -** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all -** index entries associated with a single row of a single table. -** -** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. -** These are the requirements: -** -** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row -** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur". -** -** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as -** cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index. -** -** 3. The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be -** deleted. +** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function. This is a wrapper around +** sqlite3_log(). The return value is NULL. The function exists purely for +** its side-effects. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ - int *aRegIdx /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */ +static void errlogFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv ){ - int i; - Index *pIdx; - int r1; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(context); + sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])); +} - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i-1]==0 ) continue; - r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iCur, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, r1,pIdx->nColumn+1); +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function. +** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option +** was used to build SQLite. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +static void compileoptionusedFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *zOptName; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL + ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++ + ** function. + */ + if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName)); } } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ /* -** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it in register -** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab. -** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to -** the entry that needs indexing. -** -** Return a register number which is the first in a block of -** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The -** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time -** this routine returns. +** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. +** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options +** used to build SQLite. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */ - int regOut, /* Write the new index key to this register */ - int doMakeRec /* Run the OP_MakeRecord instruction if true */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +static void compileoptiongetFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int j; - Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - int regBase; - int nCol; + int n; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function + ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function. + */ + n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ - nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regBase+nCol); - for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]; - if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regBase+nCol, regBase+j); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx, regBase+j); - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx, -1); +/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex +** digits. */ +static const char hexdigits[] = { + '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', + '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' +}; + +/* +** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function. The interface may +** change. This function may disappear. Do not write code that depends +** on this function. +** +** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single +** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as +** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string +** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with +** single-quote escapes. +*/ +static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + break; + } + case SQLITE_BLOB: { + char *zText = 0; + char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); + if( zText ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F]; + zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F]; + } + zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\''; + zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0'; + zText[0] = 'X'; + zText[1] = '\''; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(zText); + } + break; + } + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + int i,j; + u64 n; + const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + char *z; + + if( zArg==0 ) return; + for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; } + z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3); + if( z ){ + z[0] = '\''; + for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){ + z[j++] = zArg[i]; + if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){ + z[j++] = '\''; + } + } + z[j++] = '\''; + z[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free); + } + break; + } + default: { + assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ); + sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; } } - if( doMakeRec ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol+1, regOut); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), 0); - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1); - return regBase; } -/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/ /* -** 2002 February 23 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL -** functions of SQLite. -** -** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function -** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. -** All other code has file scope. +** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return +** a hexadecimal rendering as text. */ +static void hexFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i, n; + const unsigned char *pBlob; + char *zHex, *z; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1); + if( zHex ){ + for(i=0; i>4)&0xf]; + *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf]; + } + *z = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free); + } +} /* -** Return the collating function associated with a function. +** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes. */ -static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){ - return context->pColl; +static void zeroblobFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + i64 n; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); + if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */ + } } /* -** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions +** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call +** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived +** from A by replacing every occurance of B with C. The match +** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used. */ -static void minmaxFunc( +static void replaceFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ - int i; - int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */ - int iBest; - CollSeq *pColl; + const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */ + const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */ + const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */ + unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */ + int nStr; /* Size of zStr */ + int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */ + int nRep; /* Size of zRep */ + i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */ + int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - assert( argc>1 ); - mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1; - pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - assert( pColl ); - assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 ); - iBest = 0; - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - for(i=1; i=0 ){ - testcase( mask==0 ); - iBest = i; - } + assert( argc==3 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zStr==0 ) return; + nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + if( zPattern==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL + || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed ); + return; + } + if( zPattern[0]==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL ); + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + return; + } + nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + if( zRep==0 ) return; + nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); + assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) ); + nOut = nStr + 1; + assert( nOutaLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return; + } + zOld = zOut; + zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut); + if( zOut==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + sqlite3_free(zOld); + return; + } + memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep); + j += nRep; + i += nPattern-1; + } } - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut ); + memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i); + j += nStr - i; + assert( j<=nOut ); + zOut[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free); } - /* -** Implementation of the length() function +** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions. +** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both. */ -static void lengthFunc( +static void trimFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ - int len; + const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */ + const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */ + int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */ + int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + unsigned char *aLen = 0; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */ + unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */ + int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */ - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_BLOB: - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: { - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])); - break; + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ + return; + } + zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zIn==0 ) return; + nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); + if( argc==1 ){ + static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 }; + static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " }; + nChar = 1; + aLen = (u8*)lenOne; + azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne; + zCharSet = 0; + }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){ + return; + }else{ + const unsigned char *z; + for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); } - case SQLITE_TEXT: { - const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - len = 0; - while( *z ){ - len++; + if( nChar>0 ){ + azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1)); + if( azChar==0 ){ + return; + } + aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar]; + for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ + azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z; SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]); } - sqlite3_result_int(context, len); - break; - } - default: { - sqlite3_result_null(context); - break; } } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the abs() function. -** -** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of -** the numeric argument X. -*/ -static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: { - i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - if( iVal<0 ){ - if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){ - /* IMP: R-35460-15084 If X is the integer -9223372036854775807 then - ** abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no - ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1); - return; + if( nChar>0 ){ + flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context)); + if( flags & 1 ){ + while( nIn>0 ){ + int len = 0; + for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; + zIn += len; + nIn -= len; } - sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); - break; } - case SQLITE_NULL: { - /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */ - sqlite3_result_null(context); - break; + if( flags & 2 ){ + while( nIn>0 ){ + int len = 0; + for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; + nIn -= len; + } } - default: { - /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not - ** something that can be converted into a number, we have: - ** IMP: R-57326-31541 Abs(X) return 0.0 if X is a string or blob that - ** cannot be converted to a numeric value. - */ - double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal; - sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal); - break; + if( zCharSet ){ + sqlite3_free(azChar); } } + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } + +/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It +** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used +** when SQLite is built. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX /* -** Implementation of the substr() function. -** -** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1. -** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character -** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters. -** If x is a blob, then we count bytes. -** -** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[]. +** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. ** -** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceeding p1. +** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the +** soundex encoding of the string X. */ -static void substrFunc( +static void soundexFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ - const unsigned char *z; - const unsigned char *z2; - int len; - int p0type; - i64 p1, p2; - int negP2 = 0; - - assert( argc==3 || argc==2 ); - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL - || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL) - ){ - return; - } - p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); - p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) ); - }else{ - z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - len = 0; - if( p1<0 ){ - for(z2=z; *z2; len++){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + char zResult[8]; + const u8 *zIn; + int i, j; + static const unsigned char iCode[] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, + 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, + 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + }; + assert( argc==1 ); + zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)""; + for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){} + if( zIn[i] ){ + u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; + zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]); + for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){ + int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; + if( code>0 ){ + if( code!=prevcode ){ + prevcode = code; + zResult[j++] = code + '0'; + } + }else{ + prevcode = 0; } } - } - if( argc==3 ){ - p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); - if( p2<0 ){ - p2 = -p2; - negP2 = 1; - } - }else{ - p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; - } - if( p1<0 ){ - p1 += len; - if( p1<0 ){ - p2 += p1; - if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; - p1 = 0; - } - }else if( p1>0 ){ - p1--; - }else if( p2>0 ){ - p2--; - } - if( negP2 ){ - p1 -= p2; - if( p1<0 ){ - p2 += p1; - p1 = 0; - } - } - assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 ); - if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ - while( *z && p1 ){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - p1--; - } - for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + while( j<4 ){ + zResult[j++] = '0'; } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + zResult[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); }else{ - if( p1+p2>len ){ - p2 = len-p1; - if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; - } - sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument + ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */ + sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); } } +#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION /* -** Implementation of the round() function +** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - int n = 0; - double r; - char *zBuf; - assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); +static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + const char *zProc; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + char *zErrMsg = 0; + if( argc==2 ){ - if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return; - n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( n>30 ) n = 30; - if( n<0 ) n = 0; - } - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int, - ** handle the rounding directly, - ** otherwise use printf. - */ - if( n==0 && r>=0 && r0 ); - testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); - if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - z = 0; - }else{ - z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte); - if( !z ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - } - } - return z; -} +typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx; +struct SumCtx { + double rSum; /* Floating point sum */ + i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ + i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */ + u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */ + u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */ +}; /* -** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions. +** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total. +** +** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means +** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs. TOTAL returns +** 0.0 in that case. In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where +** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point +** value. TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if +** it overflows an integer. */ -static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - char *z1; - const char *z2; - int i, n; +static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + SumCtx *p; + int type; + assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ - assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( z2 ){ - z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); - if( z1 ){ - memcpy(z1, z2, n+1); - for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){ - z1[i] = (char)sqlite3Toupper(z1[i]); + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); + type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]); + if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + p->cnt++; + if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + p->rSum += v; + if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){ + p->overflow = 1; } - sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free); + }else{ + p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + p->approx = 1; } } } -static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - u8 *z1; - const char *z2; - int i, n; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ - assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( z2 ){ - z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); - if( z1 ){ - memcpy(z1, z2, n+1); - for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){ - z1[i] = sqlite3Tolower(z1[i]); - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char *)z1, -1, sqlite3_free); +static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ + if( p->overflow ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1); + }else if( p->approx ){ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum); + } + } +} +static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt); + } +} +static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0); +} + +/* +** The following structure keeps track of state information for the +** count() aggregate function. +*/ +typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx; +struct CountCtx { + i64 n; +}; + +/* +** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function. +*/ +static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + CountCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); + if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){ + p->n++; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make + ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our + ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be + ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */ + assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff + || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) ); +#endif +} +static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + CountCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0); +} + +/* +** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. +*/ +static void minmaxStep( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; + Mem *pBest; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest)); + if( !pBest ) return; + + if( pBest->flags ){ + int max; + int cmp; + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates, + ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the + ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the + ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it + ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer. + ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max() + ** aggregate, or 0 for min(). + */ + max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0; + cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl); + if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); } + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); + } +} +static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + sqlite3_value *pRes; + pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( pRes ){ + if( ALWAYS(pRes->flags) ){ + sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes); + } + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes); } } - -#if 0 /* This function is never used. */ -/* -** The COALESCE() and IFNULL() functions used to be implemented as shown -** here. But now they are implemented as VDBE code so that unused arguments -** do not have to be computed. This legacy implementation is retained as -** comment. -*/ /* -** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions. -** All three do the same thing. They return the first non-NULL -** argument. +** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?) */ -static void ifnullFunc( +static void groupConcatStep( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ - int i; - for(i=0; iuseMalloc==0; + pAccum->useMalloc = 2; + pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; + if( !firstTerm ){ + if( argc==2 ){ + zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + }else{ + zSep = ","; + nSep = 1; + } + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep); } + zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal); } } -#endif /* NOT USED */ -#define ifnullFunc versionFunc /* Substitute function - never called */ - -/* -** Implementation of random(). Return a random integer. -*/ -static void randomFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - sqlite_int64 r; - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r); - if( r<0 ){ - /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000 - ** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that - ** number of you get the same value back again. To do this - ** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative - ** values, resulting in a positive value. Then take the - ** 2s complement of that positive value. The end result can - ** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807. - */ - r = -(r ^ (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<63)); +static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + StrAccum *pAccum; + pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( pAccum ){ + if( pAccum->tooBig ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + }else if( pAccum->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, + sqlite3_free); + } } - sqlite3_result_int64(context, r); } /* -** Implementation of randomblob(N). Return a random blob -** that is N bytes long. +** This routine does per-connection function registration. Most +** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set. +** This routine only deals with those that are not global. */ -static void randomBlob( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int n; - unsigned char *p; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); - if( n<1 ){ - n = 1; - } - p = contextMalloc(context, n); - if( p ){ - sqlite3_randomness(n, p); - sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; } } /* -** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function. The return -** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function. +** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name. */ -static void last_insert_rowid( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - /* IMP: R-51513-12026 The last_insert_rowid() SQL function is a - ** wrapper around the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() C/C++ interface - ** function. */ - sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db)); +static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){ + FuncDef *pDef; + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), + 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){ + pDef->flags = flagVal; + } } /* -** Implementation of the changes() SQL function. -** -** IMP: R-62073-11209 The changes() SQL function is a wrapper -** around the sqlite3_changes() C/C++ function and hence follows the same -** rules for counting changes. +** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive +** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case +** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive. */ -static void changes( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){ + struct compareInfo *pInfo; + if( caseSensitive ){ + pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt; + }else{ + pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm; + } + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, + (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); + setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE); + setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", + caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE); } /* -** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function. The return value is -** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function. +** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If +** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function +** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and +** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then +** return FALSE. */ -static void total_changes( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - /* IMP: R-52756-41993 This function is a wrapper around the - ** sqlite3_total_changes() C/C++ interface. */ - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){ + FuncDef *pDef; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION + || !pExpr->x.pList + || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2 + ){ + return 0; + } + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, + sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken), + 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + + /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are + ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The + ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption + */ + memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); + assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); + assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); + assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); + *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0; + return 1; } /* -** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons. +** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above +** to the global function hash table. This occurs at start-time (as +** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()). +** +** After this routine runs */ -struct compareInfo { - u8 matchAll; - u8 matchOne; - u8 matchSet; - u8 noCase; -}; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){ + /* + ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions + ** defined in this file. + ** + ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the + ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time. The elements of this array + ** are read-only after initialization is complete. + */ + static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = { + FUNCTION(ltrim, 1, 1, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(ltrim, 2, 1, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(rtrim, 1, 2, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(rtrim, 2, 2, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(trim, 1, 3, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(trim, 2, 3, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(min, -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc ), + FUNCTION(min, 0, 0, 1, 0 ), + AGGREGATE(min, 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), + FUNCTION(max, -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc ), + FUNCTION(max, 0, 1, 1, 0 ), + AGGREGATE(max, 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), + FUNCTION(typeof, 1, 0, 0, typeofFunc ), + FUNCTION(length, 1, 0, 0, lengthFunc ), + FUNCTION(substr, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ), + FUNCTION(substr, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ), + FUNCTION(abs, 1, 0, 0, absFunc ), +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + FUNCTION(round, 1, 0, 0, roundFunc ), + FUNCTION(round, 2, 0, 0, roundFunc ), +#endif + FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ), + FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ), + FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ), + FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), +/* FUNCTION(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, ifnullFunc ), */ + {-1,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE,0,0,ifnullFunc,0,0,"coalesce",0,0}, + FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ), +/* FUNCTION(ifnull, 2, 0, 0, ifnullFunc ), */ + {2,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE,0,0,ifnullFunc,0,0,"ifnull",0,0}, + FUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ), + FUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ), + FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ), + FUNCTION(sqlite_version, 0, 0, 0, versionFunc ), + FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id, 0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc ), + FUNCTION(sqlite_log, 2, 0, 0, errlogFunc ), +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc ), + FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc ), +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + FUNCTION(quote, 1, 0, 0, quoteFunc ), + FUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid), + FUNCTION(changes, 0, 0, 0, changes ), + FUNCTION(total_changes, 0, 0, 0, total_changes ), + FUNCTION(replace, 3, 0, 0, replaceFunc ), + FUNCTION(zeroblob, 1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc ), + #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX + FUNCTION(soundex, 1, 0, 0, soundexFunc ), + #endif + #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + FUNCTION(load_extension, 1, 0, 0, loadExt ), + FUNCTION(load_extension, 2, 0, 0, loadExt ), + #endif + AGGREGATE(sum, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize ), + AGGREGATE(total, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize ), + AGGREGATE(avg, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize ), + /* AGGREGATE(count, 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), */ + {0,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0,0}, + AGGREGATE(count, 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), + AGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), + AGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), + + LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), + #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE + LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), + LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), + #else + LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), + LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), + #endif + }; + + int i; + FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); + FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc); + + for(i=0; imatchOne; - u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; - u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet; - u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; - int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */ - - while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern))!=0 ){ - if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){ - while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern)) == matchAll - || c == matchOne ){ - if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - } - if( c==0 ){ - return 1; - }else if( c==esc ){ - c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - if( c==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( c==matchSet ){ - assert( esc==0 ); /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */ - assert( matchSet<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */ - while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString); - } - return *zString!=0; - } - while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString,&zString))!=0 ){ - if( noCase ){ - GlogUpperToLower(c2); - GlogUpperToLower(c); - while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - GlogUpperToLower(c2); - } - }else{ - while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - } - } - if( c2==0 ) return 0; - if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1; - } - return 0; - }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){ - if( sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( c==matchSet ){ - int prior_c = 0; - assert( esc==0 ); /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */ - seen = 0; - invert = 0; - c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - if( c==0 ) return 0; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - if( c2=='^' ){ - invert = 1; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - } - if( c2==']' ){ - if( c==']' ) seen = 1; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - } - while( c2 && c2!=']' ){ - if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1; - prior_c = 0; - }else{ - if( c==c2 ){ - seen = 1; - } - prior_c = c2; - } - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - } - if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){ - prevEscape = 1; - }else{ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - if( noCase ){ - GlogUpperToLower(c); - GlogUpperToLower(c2); - } - if( c!=c2 ){ - return 0; - } - prevEscape = 0; - } - } - return *zString==0; -} +** DELETE operations: +** +** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, +** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the +** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, +** decrement the counter. +** +** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search +** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row +** in the parent table. For each found increment the counter. +** +** UPDATE operations: +** +** An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only +** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually +** modified (values must be compared at runtime). +** +** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2. +** This simplifies the implementation a bit. +** +** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict +** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted. +** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception +** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new +** row is inserted. +** +** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference +** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement +** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate +** constraint counter is greater than zero, it returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT +** and the statement transaction is rolled back. An exception is an INSERT +** statement that inserts a single row only (no triggers). In this case, +** instead of using a counter, an exception is thrown immediately if the +** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such +** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction. +** +** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a +** table be handled? +** +** +** Query API Notes +** --------------- +** +** Before coding an UPDATE or DELETE row operation, the code-generator +** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation +** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original +** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were +** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be +** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before +** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE +** generation code to query for this information are: +** +** sqlite3FkRequired() - Test to see if FK processing is required. +** sqlite3FkOldmask() - Query for the set of required old.* columns. +** +** +** Externally accessible module functions +** -------------------------------------- +** +** sqlite3FkCheck() - Check for foreign key violations. +** sqlite3FkActions() - Code triggers for ON UPDATE/ON DELETE actions. +** sqlite3FkDelete() - Delete an FKey structure. +*/ /* -** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is -** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing -** only. +** VDBE Calling Convention +** ----------------------- +** +** Example: +** +** For the following INSERT statement: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, c); +** INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3.1); +** +** Register (x): 2 (type integer) +** Register (x+1): 1 (type integer) +** Register (x+2): NULL (type NULL) +** Register (x+3): 3.1 (type real) */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0; -#endif - /* -** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements -** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the -** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: +** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent +** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint. +** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, +** search the schema a unique index on the parent key columns. ** -** A LIKE B +** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY +** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx +** is set to point to the unique index. +** +** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint +** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL. +** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where +** N is the number of columns in the parent key. The first element of the +** array is the index of the child table column that is mapped by the FK +** constraint to the parent table column stored in the left-most column +** of index *ppIdx. The second element of the array is the index of the +** child table column that corresponds to the second left-most column of +** *ppIdx, and so on. ** -** is implemented as like(B,A). +** If the required index cannot be found, either because: ** -** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes -** the GLOB operator. +** 1) The named parent key columns do not exist, or +** +** 2) The named parent key columns do exist, but are not subject to a +** UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, or +** +** 3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the +** foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a +** PRIMARY KEY, or +** +** 4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the +** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table +** consists of a a different number of columns to the child key in +** the child table. +** +** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded +** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the +** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set. */ -static void likeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv +static int locateFkeyIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context to store any error in */ + Table *pParent, /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to find index for */ + Index **ppIdx, /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */ + int **paiCol /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */ ){ - const unsigned char *zA, *zB; - int escape = 0; - int nPat; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Value to return via *ppIdx */ + int *aiCol = 0; /* Value to return via *paiCol */ + int nCol = pFKey->nCol; /* Number of columns in parent key */ + char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol; /* Name of left-most parent key column */ - zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */ + assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 ); + assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 ); + assert( pParse ); - /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems - ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). + /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it + ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx + ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. + ** + ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate + ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol). + ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array. */ - nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ); - testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 ); - if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); - return; - } - assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */ - - if( argc==3 ){ - /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. - ** Otherwise, return an error. + if( nCol==1 ){ + /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true: + ** + ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly + ** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or + ** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER + ** PRIMARY KEY. */ - const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( zEsc==0 ) return; - if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, - "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); - return; + if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){ + if( !zKey ) return 0; + if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0; } - escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(zEsc, &zEsc); - } - if( zA && zB ){ - struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_like_count++; -#endif - - sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first -** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the -** arguments are equal to each other. -*/ -static void nullifFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){ - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function. The result is the version -** of the SQLite library that is running. -*/ -static void versionFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the - ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */ - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string -** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build -** SQLite. -*/ -static void sourceidFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the - ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */ - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function. -** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option -** was used to build SQLite. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS -static void compileoptionusedFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *zOptName; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - /* IMP: R-xxxx This function is an SQL wrapper around the - ** sqlite3_compileoption_used() C interface. */ - if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName)); + }else if( paiCol ){ + assert( nCol>1 ); + aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int)); + if( !aiCol ) return 1; + *paiCol = aiCol; } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. -** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options -** used to build SQLite. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS -static void compileoptiongetFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int n; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - /* IMP: R-xxxx This function is an SQL wrapper around the - ** sqlite3_compileoption_get() C interface. */ - n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ -/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex -** digits. */ -static const char hexdigits[] = { - '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', - '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' -}; + for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->nColumn==nCol && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ + /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number + ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key + ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */ -/* -** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function. The interface may -** change. This function may disappear. Do not write code that depends -** on this function. -** -** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single -** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as -** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string -** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with -** single-quote escapes. -*/ -static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: { - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - break; - } - case SQLITE_BLOB: { - char *zText = 0; - char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); - if( zText ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F]; - zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F]; + if( zKey==0 ){ + /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to + ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be + ** identified by the test (Index.autoIndex==2). */ + if( pIdx->autoIndex==2 ){ + if( aiCol ){ + int i; + for(i=0; iaCol[i].iFrom; + } + break; } - zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\''; - zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0'; - zText[0] = 'X'; - zText[1] = '\''; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3_free(zText); - } - break; - } - case SQLITE_TEXT: { - int i,j; - u64 n; - const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - char *z; + }else{ + /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to + ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this + ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses + ** the default collation sequences for each column. */ + int i, j; + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]; /* Index of column in parent tbl */ + char *zDfltColl; /* Def. collation for column */ + char *zIdxCol; /* Name of indexed column */ - if( zArg==0 ) return; - for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; } - z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3); - if( z ){ - z[0] = '\''; - for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){ - z[j++] = zArg[i]; - if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){ - z[j++] = '\''; + /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from + ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is + ** unusable. Bail out early in this case. */ + zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl; + if( !zDfltColl ){ + zDfltColl = "BINARY"; + } + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break; + + zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName; + for(j=0; jaCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){ + if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom; + break; + } } + if( j==nCol ) break; } - z[j++] = '\''; - z[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free); + if( i==nCol ) break; /* pIdx is usable */ } - break; - } - default: { - assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ); - sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); - break; } } -} -/* -** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return -** a hexadecimal rendering as text. -*/ -static void hexFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i, n; - const unsigned char *pBlob; - char *zHex, *z; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1); - if( zHex ){ - for(i=0; i>4)&0xf]; - *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf]; + if( !pIdx ){ + if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key mismatch"); } - *z = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free); + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol); + return 1; } -} -/* -** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes. -*/ -static void zeroblobFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - i64 n; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); - if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */ - } + *ppIdx = pIdx; + return 0; } /* -** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call -** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived -** from A by replacing every occurance of B with C. The match -** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used. +** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the +** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed +** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row +** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the +** new row. +** +** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the +** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into +** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no +** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be +** found in the parent table: +** +** Operation | FK type | Action taken +** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** INSERT immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". +** +** DELETE immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". +** +** INSERT deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". +** +** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". +** +** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file +** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1". */ -static void replaceFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv +static void fkLookupParent( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + int iDb, /* Index of database housing pTab */ + Table *pTab, /* Parent table of FK pFKey */ + Index *pIdx, /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key constraint */ + int *aiCol, /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */ + int regData, /* Address of array containing child table row */ + int nIncr, /* Increment constraint counter by this */ + int isIgnore /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */ ){ - const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */ - const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */ - const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */ - unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */ - int nStr; /* Size of zStr */ - int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */ - int nRep; /* Size of zRep */ - i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */ - int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Vdbe to add code to */ + int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1; /* Cursor number to use */ + int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* jump here if parent key found */ - assert( argc==3 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zStr==0 ) return; - nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - if( zPattern==0 ){ - assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL - || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed ); - return; - } - if( zPattern[0]==0 ){ - assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL ); - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - return; + /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any + ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need + ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations. + ** + ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If + ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to + ** search for a matching row in the parent table. */ + if( nIncr<0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk); } - nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( zRep==0 ) return; - nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); - assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) ); - nOut = nStr + 1; - assert( nOutnCol; i++){ + int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); } - loopLimit = nStr - nPattern; - for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){ - if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){ - zOut[j++] = zStr[i]; + + if( isIgnore==0 ){ + if( pIdx==0 ){ + /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY + ** column of the parent table (table pTab). */ + int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */ + int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + + /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. + ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there + ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of + ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column + ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp); + iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0); + + /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about + ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), + ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not + ** increment the constraint-counter. */ + if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); + } + + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp); }else{ - u8 *zOld; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - nOut += nRep - nPattern; - testcase( nOut-1==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zOut); - return; + int nCol = pFKey->nCol; + int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); + int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + for(i=0; ipFrom && nIncr==1 ){ + int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1; + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]+1+regData; + assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ + /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */ + iParent = regData; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); } - memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep); - j += nRep; - i += nPattern-1; + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), P4_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); + + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol); } } - assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut ); - memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i); - j += nStr - i; - assert( j<=nOut ); - zOut[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free); + + if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ + /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly + ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of + ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being + ** generated for will not open a statement transaction. */ + assert( nIncr==1 ); + sqlite3HaltConstraint( + pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC + ); + }else{ + if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ + sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); + } + + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); } /* -** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions. -** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both. +** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted +** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is +** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating +** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice - +** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row. +** +** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child +** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted. +** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken: +** +** Operation | FK type | Action taken +** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** DELETE immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". +** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, +** throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception. +** +** INSERT immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". +** +** DELETE deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". +** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, +** throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception. +** +** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". +** +** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file +** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2". */ -static void trimFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv +static void fkScanChildren( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* SrcList containing the table to scan */ + Table *pTab, + Index *pIdx, /* Foreign key index */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key relationship */ + int *aiCol, /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */ + int regData, /* Referenced table data starts here */ + int nIncr /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */ ){ - const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */ - const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */ - int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */ - int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - unsigned char *aLen = 0; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */ - unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */ - int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause to scan with */ + NameContext sNameContext; /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */ + int iFkIfZero = 0; /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ - return; + assert( !pIdx || pIdx->pTable==pTab ); + + if( nIncr<0 ){ + iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0); } - zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zIn==0 ) return; - nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( argc==1 ){ - static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 }; - static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " }; - nChar = 1; - aLen = (u8*)lenOne; - azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne; - zCharSet = 0; - }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){ - return; - }else{ - const unsigned char *z; - for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - } - if( nChar>0 ){ - azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1)); - if( azChar==0 ){ - return; - } - aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar]; - for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ - azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z; - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]); + + /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like: + ** + ** = AND = ... + ** + ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of + ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should + ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place. + */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ + Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ + Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ + int iCol; /* Index of column in child table */ + const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */ + + pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); + if( pLeft ){ + /* Set the collation sequence and affinity of the LHS of each TK_EQ + ** expression to the parent key column defaults. */ + if( pIdx ){ + Column *pCol; + iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + if( pTab->iPKey==iCol ) iCol = -1; + pLeft->iTable = regData+iCol+1; + pLeft->affinity = pCol->affinity; + pLeft->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pCol->zColl); + }else{ + pLeft->iTable = regData; + pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; } } + iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; + assert( iCol>=0 ); + zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName; + pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol); + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0); + pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); } - if( nChar>0 ){ - flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context)); - if( flags & 1 ){ - while( nIn>0 ){ - int len = 0; - for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; - zIn += len; - nIn -= len; - } - } - if( flags & 2 ){ - while( nIn>0 ){ - int len = 0; - for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; - nIn -= len; - } - } - if( zCharSet ){ - sqlite3_free(azChar); + + /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, and this scan + ** is taking place as part of a DELETE operation (operation D.2), omit the + ** row being deleted from the scan by adding ($rowid != rowid) to the WHERE + ** clause, where $rowid is the rowid of the row being deleted. */ + if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){ + Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ + Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ + Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ + pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); + pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0); + if( pLeft && pRight ){ + pLeft->iTable = regData; + pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + pRight->iTable = pSrc->a[0].iCursor; + pRight->iColumn = -1; } + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0); + pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); + } + + /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */ + memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); + sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc; + sNameContext.pParse = pParse; + sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere); + + /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE + ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for + ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the + ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected. */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0); + if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ + sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); + if( pWInfo ){ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + } + + /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + if( iFkIfZero ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero); } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } +/* +** This function returns a pointer to the head of a linked list of FK +** constraints for which table pTab is the parent table. For example, +** given the following schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY); +** CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a); +** +** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer +** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table +** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a +** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent +** table). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){ + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName); + return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName); +} -/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It -** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used -** when SQLite is built. +/* +** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the +** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure +** and all of its sub-components. +** +** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from +** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX +static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){ + if( p ){ + TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list; + sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect); + sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen); + sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p); + } +} + /* -** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. +** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is +** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument +** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to +** table pTab. ** -** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the -** soundex encoding of the string X. +** Normally, no code is required. However, if either +** +** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or +** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is +** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK +** constraint violations in the database, +** +** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM " is executed before dropping +** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this +** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not. */ -static void soundexFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - char zResult[8]; - const u8 *zIn; - int i, j; - static const unsigned char iCode[] = { - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, - 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, - 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - }; - assert( argc==1 ); - zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)""; - for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){} - if( zIn[i] ){ - u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; - zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]); - for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){ - int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; - if( code>0 ){ - if( code!=prevcode ){ - prevcode = code; - zResult[j++] = code + '0'; - } - }else{ - prevcode = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){ + int iSkip = 0; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + + assert( v ); /* VDBE has already been allocated */ + if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){ + /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table + ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without + ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over + ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints + ** when this statement is run. */ + FKey *p; + for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ + if( p->isDeferred ) break; } + if( !p ) return; + iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); } - while( j<4 ){ - zResult[j++] = '0'; + + pParse->disableTriggers = 1; + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0); + pParse->disableTriggers = 0; + + /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint + ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before + ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement + ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + sqlite3HaltConstraint( + pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC + ); + + if( iSkip ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip); } - zResult[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else{ - /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument - ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */ - sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); } } -#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION /* -** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL. +** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of +** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint +** processing for the operation. +** +** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the +** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the +** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values +** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed +** zero in this case. +** +** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the +** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new +** row data. +** +** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before +** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention +** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted +** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. */ -static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - const char *zProc; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - char *zErrMsg = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */ + int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */ + int regNew /* New row data is stored here */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + FKey *pFKey; /* Used to iterate through FKs */ + int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of database containing pTab */ + int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers; - if( argc==2 ){ - zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - }else{ - zProc = 0; - } - if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - } -} -#endif + /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */ + assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) ); + /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return; -/* -** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a -** sum() or avg() aggregate computation. -*/ -typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx; -struct SumCtx { - double rSum; /* Floating point sum */ - i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ - i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */ - u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */ - u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */ -}; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; -/* -** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total. -** -** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means -** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs. TOTAL returns -** 0.0 in that case. In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where -** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point -** value. TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if -** it overflows an integer. -*/ -static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - SumCtx *p; - int type; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); - type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]); - if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - p->cnt++; - if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ - i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - p->rSum += v; - if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 ){ - i64 iNewSum = p->iSum + v; - int s1 = (int)(p->iSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1)); - int s2 = (int)(v >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1)); - int s3 = (int)(iNewSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1)); - p->overflow = ((s1&s2&~s3) | (~s1&~s2&s3))?1:0; - p->iSum = iNewSum; + /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the + ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of). */ + for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ + Table *pTo; /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Index on key columns in pTo */ + int *aiFree = 0; + int *aiCol; + int iCol; + int i; + int isIgnore = 0; + + /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index + ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these + ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return + ** early. */ + if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ + pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb); + }else{ + pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb); + } + if( !pTo || locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){ + assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) ); + if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; + if( pTo==0 ){ + /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this + ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped + ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints. + ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is + ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant + ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys. + */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1); } + continue; + } + assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) ); + + if( aiFree ){ + aiCol = aiFree; }else{ - p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - p->approx = 1; + iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; + aiCol = &iCol; + } + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ + aiCol[i] = -1; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the + ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any + ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */ + if( db->xAuth ){ + int rcauth; + char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName; + rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb); + isIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE); + } +#endif + } + + /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate + ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns + ** in the parent table. */ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName); + pParse->nTab++; + + if( regOld!=0 ){ + /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent. + ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an + ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */ + fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1,isIgnore); } - } -} -static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ - if( p->overflow ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1); - }else if( p->approx ){ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum); + if( regNew!=0 ){ + /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot + ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. */ + fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1,isIgnore); } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree); } -} -static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt); + + /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table */ + for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Foreign key index for pFKey */ + SrcList *pSrc; + int *aiCol = 0; + + if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ + assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 ); + /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause an immediate + ** foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case. */ + continue; + } + + if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){ + if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; + continue; + } + assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + + /* Create a SrcList structure containing a single table (the table + ** the foreign key that refers to this table is attached to). This + ** is required for the sqlite3WhereXXX() interface. */ + pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSrc ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; + pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom; + pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName; + pItem->pTab->nRef++; + pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + + if( regNew!=0 ){ + fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1); + } + if( regOld!=0 ){ + /* If there is a RESTRICT action configured for the current operation + ** on the parent table of this FK, then throw an exception + ** immediately if the FK constraint is violated, even if this is a + ** deferred trigger. That's what RESTRICT means. To defer checking + ** the constraint, the FK should specify NO ACTION (represented + ** using OE_None). NO ACTION is the default. */ + fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1); + } + pItem->zName = 0; + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); } } -static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0); -} -/* -** The following structure keeps track of state information for the -** count() aggregate function. -*/ -typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx; -struct CountCtx { - i64 n; -}; +#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x))) /* -** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function. +** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a +** row contained in table pTab. */ -static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - CountCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); - if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){ - p->n++; +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab /* Table being modified */ +){ + u32 mask = 0; + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + FKey *p; + int i; + for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom); + } + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + Index *pIdx = 0; + locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0); + if( pIdx ){ + for(i=0; inColumn; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]); + } + } } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make - ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our - ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be - ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */ - assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff - || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) ); -#endif -} -static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - CountCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0); + return mask; } /* -** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. +** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a +** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then +** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points +** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab. +** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding +** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified, +** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the +** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table. +** +** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns +** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function +** returns false. */ -static void minmaxStep( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being modified */ + int *aChange, /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */ + int chngRowid /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */ ){ - Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; - Mem *pBest; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + if( !aChange ){ + /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the + ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any + ** foreign key constraint. */ + return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey); + }else{ + /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the + ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */ + int i; + FKey *p; - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest)); - if( !pBest ) return; + /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */ + for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom; + if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1; + if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1; + } + } - if( pBest->flags ){ - int max; - int cmp; - CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates, - ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the - ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the - ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it - ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer. - ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max() - ** aggregate, or 0 for min(). - */ - max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0; - cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl); - if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); - } - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); - } -} -static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - sqlite3_value *pRes; - pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( pRes ){ - if( ALWAYS(pRes->flags) ){ - sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes); + /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */ + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol; + int iKey; + for(iKey=0; iKeynCol; iKey++){ + Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey]; + if( (zKey ? !sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) : pCol->isPrimKey) ){ + if( aChange[iKey]>=0 ) return 1; + if( iKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1; + } + } + } + } } - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes); } + return 0; } /* -** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?) +** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being +** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey. +** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is +** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a +** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer. +** +** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger +** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey. +** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is +** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers +** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()). +** +** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in +** the following schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY); +** CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE); +** +** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to: +** +** CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN +** DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk; +** END; +** +** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It +** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by +** sqlite3FkDelete(). */ -static void groupConcatStep( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv +static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to get action for */ + ExprList *pChanges /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ ){ - const char *zVal; - StrAccum *pAccum; - const char *zSep; - int nVal, nSep; - assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum)); + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + int action; /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger definition to return */ + int iAction = (pChanges!=0); /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */ - if( pAccum ){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - int firstTerm = pAccum->useMalloc==0; - pAccum->useMalloc = 1; - pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; - if( !firstTerm ){ - if( argc==2 ){ - zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - }else{ - zSep = ","; - nSep = 1; + action = pFKey->aAction[iAction]; + pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction]; + + if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){ + u8 enableLookaside; /* Copy of db->lookaside.bEnabled */ + char const *zFrom; /* Name of child table */ + int nFrom; /* Length in bytes of zFrom */ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Parent key index for this FK */ + int *aiCol = 0; /* child table cols -> parent key cols */ + TriggerStep *pStep = 0; /* First (only) step of trigger program */ + Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause of trigger step */ + ExprList *pList = 0; /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */ + Select *pSelect = 0; /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + Expr *pWhen = 0; /* WHEN clause for the trigger */ + + if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0; + assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + Token tOld = { "old", 3 }; /* Literal "old" token */ + Token tNew = { "new", 3 }; /* Literal "new" token */ + Token tFromCol; /* Name of column in child table */ + Token tToCol; /* Name of column in parent table */ + int iFromCol; /* Idx of column in child table */ + Expr *pEq; /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */ + + iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; + assert( iFromCol>=0 ); + tToCol.z = pIdx ? pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].zName : "oid"; + tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName; + + tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z); + tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z); + + /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important + ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so + ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the + ** parent table are used for the comparison. */ + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) + , 0), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tFromCol) + , 0); + pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); + + /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause. + ** The final WHEN clause will be like this: + ** + ** WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN) + */ + if( pChanges ){ + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), + 0), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), + 0), + 0); + pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq); + } + + if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){ + Expr *pNew; + if( action==OE_Cascade ){ + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) + , 0); + }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){ + Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt; + if( pDflt ){ + pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0); + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); + } + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); + } + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0); } - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep); } - zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal); - } -} -static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - StrAccum *pAccum; - pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( pAccum ){ - if( pAccum->tooBig ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - }else if( pAccum->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, - sqlite3_free); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); + + zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName; + nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom); + + if( action==OE_Restrict ){ + Token tFrom; + Expr *pRaise; + + tFrom.z = zFrom; + tFrom.n = nFrom; + pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "foreign key constraint failed"); + if( pRaise ){ + pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort; + } + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, + sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise), + sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0), + pWhere, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 + ); + pWhere = 0; } - } -} -/* -** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL -** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with -** external linkage. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - sqlite3AlterFunctions(db); -#endif - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2); - assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; + /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */ + enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; + db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + + pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, + sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */ + sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */ + nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->target.z */ + ); + if( pTrigger ){ + pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1]; + pStep->target.z = (char *)&pStep[1]; + pStep->target.n = nFrom; + memcpy((char *)pStep->target.z, zFrom, nFrom); + + pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + if( pWhen ){ + pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0); + pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + } } - } -} -/* -** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name. -*/ -static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){ - FuncDef *pDef; - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), - 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); - if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){ - pDef->flags = flagVal; - } -} + /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */ + db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; -/* -** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive -** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case -** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){ - struct compareInfo *pInfo; - if( caseSensitive ){ - pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt; - }else{ - pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){ + fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger); + return 0; + } + + switch( action ){ + case OE_Restrict: + pStep->op = TK_SELECT; + break; + case OE_Cascade: + if( !pChanges ){ + pStep->op = TK_DELETE; + break; + } + default: + pStep->op = TK_UPDATE; + } + pStep->pTrig = pTrigger; + pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger; + pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE); } - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_ANY, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0); - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_ANY, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0); - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_ANY, - (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0,0); - setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE); - setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", - caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE); + + return pTrigger; } /* -** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If -** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function -** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and -** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then -** return FALSE. +** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement +** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){ - FuncDef *pDef; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION - || !pExpr->x.pList - || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2 - ){ - return 0; - } - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, - sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken), - 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); - if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are - ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The - ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption - */ - memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); - assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); - *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0; - return 1; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ + int regOld /* Address of array containing old row */ +){ + /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that + ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK + ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated + ** trigger sub-program. */ + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ + for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ + Trigger *pAction = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges); + if( pAction ){ + sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAction, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0); + } + } + } } +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + /* -** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above -** to the global function hash table. This occurs at start-time (as -** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()). -** -** After this routine runs +** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to +** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash +** hash table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){ - /* - ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions - ** defined in this file. - ** - ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the - ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time. The elements of this array - ** are read-only after initialization is complete. - */ - static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = { - FUNCTION(ltrim, 1, 1, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(ltrim, 2, 1, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(rtrim, 1, 2, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(rtrim, 2, 2, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(trim, 1, 3, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(trim, 2, 3, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(min, -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc ), - FUNCTION(min, 0, 0, 1, 0 ), - AGGREGATE(min, 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), - FUNCTION(max, -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc ), - FUNCTION(max, 0, 1, 1, 0 ), - AGGREGATE(max, 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), - FUNCTION(typeof, 1, 0, 0, typeofFunc ), - FUNCTION(length, 1, 0, 0, lengthFunc ), - FUNCTION(substr, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ), - FUNCTION(substr, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ), - FUNCTION(abs, 1, 0, 0, absFunc ), -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - FUNCTION(round, 1, 0, 0, roundFunc ), - FUNCTION(round, 2, 0, 0, roundFunc ), -#endif - FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ), - FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ), - FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ), - FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), -/* FUNCTION(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, ifnullFunc ), */ - {-1,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE,0,0,ifnullFunc,0,0,"coalesce",0}, - FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ), -/* FUNCTION(ifnull, 2, 0, 0, ifnullFunc ), */ - {2,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE,0,0,ifnullFunc,0,0,"ifnull",0}, - FUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ), - FUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ), - FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ), - FUNCTION(sqlite_version, 0, 0, 0, versionFunc ), - FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id, 0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc ), -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS - FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc ), - FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc ), -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ - FUNCTION(quote, 1, 0, 0, quoteFunc ), - FUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid), - FUNCTION(changes, 0, 0, 0, changes ), - FUNCTION(total_changes, 0, 0, 0, total_changes ), - FUNCTION(replace, 3, 0, 0, replaceFunc ), - FUNCTION(zeroblob, 1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc ), - #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX - FUNCTION(soundex, 1, 0, 0, soundexFunc ), - #endif - #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - FUNCTION(load_extension, 1, 0, 0, loadExt ), - FUNCTION(load_extension, 2, 0, 0, loadExt ), - #endif - AGGREGATE(sum, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize ), - AGGREGATE(total, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize ), - AGGREGATE(avg, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize ), - /* AGGREGATE(count, 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), */ - {0,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0}, - AGGREGATE(count, 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), - AGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), - AGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ + FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ + FKey *pNext; /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */ - LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), - #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE - LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), - LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), - #else - LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), - LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), - #endif - }; + assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) ); + for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){ - int i; - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc); + /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */ + if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){ + pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo; + }else{ + void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo; + const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo); + sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), p); + } + if( pFKey->pNextTo ){ + pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo; + } + } - for(i=0; iisDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 ); + + /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]); + fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]); +#endif + + pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); } - sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(); } +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ -/************** End of func.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file fkey.c ********************************************/ +/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/ /* +** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -73760,10781 +86890,12394 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){ ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used by the compiler to add foreign key -** support to compiled SQL statements. +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* -** Deferred and Immediate FKs -** -------------------------- -** -** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate. -** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT -** is returned and the current statement transaction rolled back. If a -** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken -** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the -** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails. -** -** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated -** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a -** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed -** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each -** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from -** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is -** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is -** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks: -** -** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, -** there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied, -** or which row it is not satisfied for. -** -** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the -** transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction. -** -** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler -** than the alternatives. -** -** INSERT operations: -** -** I.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, search -** the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the -** constraint counter. -** -** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, -** search the child table for rows that correspond to the new -** row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row -** found (as the constraint is now satisfied). -** -** DELETE operations: -** -** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, -** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the -** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, -** decrement the counter. -** -** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search -** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row -** in the parent table. For each found increment the counter. -** -** UPDATE operations: -** -** An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only -** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually -** modified (values must be compared at runtime). -** -** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2. -** This simplifies the implementation a bit. -** -** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict -** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted. -** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception -** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new -** row is inserted. -** -** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference -** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement -** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate -** constraint counter is greater than zero, it returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT -** and the statement transaction is rolled back. An exception is an INSERT -** statement that inserts a single row only (no triggers). In this case, -** instead of using a counter, an exception is thrown immediately if the -** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such -** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction. -** -** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a -** table be handled? -** -** -** Query API Notes -** --------------- -** -** Before coding an UPDATE or DELETE row operation, the code-generator -** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation -** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original -** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were -** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be -** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before -** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE -** generation code to query for this information are: -** -** sqlite3FkRequired() - Test to see if FK processing is required. -** sqlite3FkOldmask() - Query for the set of required old.* columns. -** -** -** Externally accessible module functions -** -------------------------------------- -** -** sqlite3FkCheck() - Check for foreign key violations. -** sqlite3FkActions() - Code triggers for ON UPDATE/ON DELETE actions. -** sqlite3FkDelete() - Delete an FKey structure. +** Generate code that will open a table for reading. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable( + Parse *p, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ + int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */ + int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */ + int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ +){ + Vdbe *v; + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); + assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); + sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol), P4_INT32); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); +} /* -** VDBE Calling Convention -** ----------------------- -** -** Example: +** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index +** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in +** the table, according to the affinity of the column: ** -** For the following INSERT statement: +** Character Column affinity +** ------------------------------ +** 'a' TEXT +** 'b' NONE +** 'c' NUMERIC +** 'd' INTEGER +** 'e' REAL ** -** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, c); -** INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3.1); +** An extra 'b' is appended to the end of the string to cover the +** rowid that appears as the last column in every index. ** -** Register (x): 2 (type integer) -** Register (x+1): 1 (type integer) -** Register (x+2): NULL (type NULL) -** Register (x+3): 3.1 (type real) +** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string +** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be +** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){ + if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ + /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is + ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as + ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use. + ** + ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by + ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned + ** up. + */ + int n; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); + pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+2); + if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return 0; + } + for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){ + pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity; + } + pIdx->zColAff[n++] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0; + } + + return pIdx->zColAff; +} /* -** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent -** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint. -** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, -** search the schema a unique index on the parent key columns. -** -** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY -** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx -** is set to point to the unique index. -** -** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint -** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL. -** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where -** N is the number of columns in the parent key. The first element of the -** array is the index of the child table column that is mapped by the FK -** constraint to the parent table column stored in the left-most column -** of index *ppIdx. The second element of the array is the index of the -** child table column that corresponds to the second left-most column of -** *ppIdx, and so on. -** -** If the required index cannot be found, either because: -** -** 1) The named parent key columns do not exist, or -** -** 2) The named parent key columns do exist, but are not subject to a -** UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, or -** -** 3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the -** foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a -** PRIMARY KEY, or -** -** 4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the -** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table -** consists of a a different number of columns to the child key in -** the child table. +** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity +** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character +** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the +** column: ** -** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded -** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the -** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set. +** Character Column affinity +** ------------------------------ +** 'a' TEXT +** 'b' NONE +** 'c' NUMERIC +** 'd' INTEGER +** 'e' REAL */ -static int locateFkeyIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context to store any error in */ - Table *pParent, /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */ - FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to find index for */ - Index **ppIdx, /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */ - int **paiCol /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */ -){ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Value to return via *ppIdx */ - int *aiCol = 0; /* Value to return via *paiCol */ - int nCol = pFKey->nCol; /* Number of columns in parent key */ - char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol; /* Name of left-most parent key column */ - - /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */ - assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 ); - assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 ); - assert( pParse ); - - /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it - ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx - ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){ + /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table + ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then + ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use. ** - ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate - ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol). - ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array. + ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by + ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up. */ - if( nCol==1 ){ - /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true: - ** - ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly - ** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or - ** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER - ** PRIMARY KEY. - */ - if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){ - if( !zKey ) return 0; - if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0; - } - }else if( paiCol ){ - assert( nCol>1 ); - aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int)); - if( !aiCol ) return 1; - *paiCol = aiCol; - } - - for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->nColumn==nCol && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number - ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key - ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */ - - if( zKey==0 ){ - /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to - ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be - ** identified by the test (Index.autoIndex==2). */ - if( pIdx->autoIndex==2 ){ - if( aiCol ){ - int i; - for(i=0; iaCol[i].iFrom; - } - break; - } - }else{ - /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to - ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this - ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses - ** the default collation sequences for each column. */ - int i, j; - for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]; /* Index of column in parent tbl */ - char *zDfltColl; /* Def. collation for column */ - char *zIdxCol; /* Name of indexed column */ - - /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from - ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is - ** unusable. Bail out early in this case. */ - zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl; - if( !zDfltColl ){ - zDfltColl = "BINARY"; - } - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break; + if( !pTab->zColAff ){ + char *zColAff; + int i; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); - zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName; - for(j=0; jaCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){ - if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom; - break; - } - } - if( j==nCol ) break; - } - if( i==nCol ) break; /* pIdx is usable */ - } + zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1); + if( !zColAff ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return; } - } - if( !pIdx ){ - if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key mismatch"); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity; } - sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol); - return 1; + zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0'; + + pTab->zColAff = zColAff; } - *ppIdx = pIdx; - return 0; + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, P4_TRANSIENT); } /* -** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the -** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed -** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row -** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the -** new row. -** -** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the -** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into -** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no -** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be -** found in the parent table: -** -** Operation | FK type | Action taken -** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -** INSERT immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". -** -** DELETE immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". -** -** INSERT deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". -** -** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". -** -** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file -** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1". +** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices +** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program beginning at location +** iStartAddr throught the end of the program. This is used to see if +** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO SELECT ..." can +** run without using temporary table for the results of the SELECT. */ -static void fkLookupParent( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - int iDb, /* Index of database housing pTab */ - Table *pTab, /* Parent table of FK pFKey */ - Index *pIdx, /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */ - FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key constraint */ - int *aiCol, /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */ - int regData, /* Address of array containing child table row */ - int nIncr, /* Increment constraint counter by this */ - int isIgnore /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */ -){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Vdbe to add code to */ - int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1; /* Cursor number to use */ - int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* jump here if parent key found */ - - /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any - ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need - ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations. - ** - ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If - ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to - ** search for a matching row in the parent table. */ - if( nIncr<0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk); - } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); - } - - if( isIgnore==0 ){ - if( pIdx==0 ){ - /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY - ** column of the parent table (table pTab). */ - int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */ - int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - - /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. - ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there - ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of - ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column - ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp); - iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0); - - /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about - ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), - ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not - ** increment the constraint-counter. */ - if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); - } - - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp); - }else{ - int nCol = pFKey->nCol; - int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); - int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); +static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iStartAddr, int iDb, Table *pTab){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); + int i; + int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0; +#endif - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - for(i=0; iopcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){ + Index *pIndex; + int tnum = pOp->p2; + if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){ + return 1; } - - /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about - ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), - ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not - ** increment the constraint-counter. */ - if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){ - int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1; - for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]+1+regData; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); + for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ + if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){ + return 1; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); } - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); - - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol); } - } - - if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ - /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly - ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of - ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being - ** generated for will not open a statement transaction. */ - assert( nIncr==1 ); - sqlite3HaltConstraint( - pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC - ); - }else{ - if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ - sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){ + assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); + return 1; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); +#endif } - - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); + return 0; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT /* -** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted -** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is -** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating -** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice - -** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row. -** -** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child -** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted. -** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken: -** -** Operation | FK type | Action taken -** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -** DELETE immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". -** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, -** throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception. +** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab +** which is in database iDb. Return the register number for the register +** that holds the maximum rowid. ** -** INSERT immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". +** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the +** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within +** triggers. A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the +** first use of table pTab. On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original +** AutoincInfo structure is used. ** -** DELETE deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". -** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, -** throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception. +** Three memory locations are allocated: ** -** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". +** (1) Register to hold the name of the pTab table. +** (2) Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab. +** (3) Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab ** -** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file -** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2". +** The 2nd register is the one that is returned. That is all the +** insert routine needs to know about. */ -static void fkScanChildren( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* SrcList containing the table to scan */ - Table *pTab, - Index *pIdx, /* Foreign key index */ - FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key relationship */ - int *aiCol, /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */ - int regData, /* Referenced table data starts here */ - int nIncr /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */ +static int autoIncBegin( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ + Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */ ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause to scan with */ - NameContext sNameContext; /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */ - int iFkIfZero = 0; /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - - assert( !pIdx || pIdx->pTable==pTab ); - - if( nIncr<0 ){ - iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0); - } - - /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like: - ** - ** = AND = ... - ** - ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of - ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should - ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place. - */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ - Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ - Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ - int iCol; /* Index of column in child table */ - const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */ - - pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); - if( pLeft ){ - /* Set the collation sequence and affinity of the LHS of each TK_EQ - ** expression to the parent key column defaults. */ - if( pIdx ){ - Column *pCol; - iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - pCol = &pIdx->pTable->aCol[iCol]; - pLeft->iTable = regData+iCol+1; - pLeft->affinity = pCol->affinity; - pLeft->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pCol->zColl); - }else{ - pLeft->iTable = regData; - pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - } - } - iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; - assert( iCol>=0 ); - zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName; - pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol); - pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0); - pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); - } + int memId = 0; /* Register holding maximum rowid */ + if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + AutoincInfo *pInfo; - /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, and this scan - ** is taking place as part of a DELETE operation (operation D.2), omit the - ** row being deleted from the scan by adding ($rowid != rowid) to the WHERE - ** clause, where $rowid is the rowid of the row being deleted. */ - if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){ - Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ - Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ - Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ - pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); - pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0); - if( pLeft && pRight ){ - pLeft->iTable = regData; - pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - pRight->iTable = pSrc->a[0].iCursor; - pRight->iColumn = -1; + pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc; + while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; } + if( pInfo==0 ){ + pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo)); + if( pInfo==0 ) return 0; + pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc; + pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo; + pInfo->pTab = pTab; + pInfo->iDb = iDb; + pToplevel->nMem++; /* Register to hold name of table */ + pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem; /* Max rowid register */ + pToplevel->nMem++; /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */ } - pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0); - pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); + memId = pInfo->regCtr; } + return memId; +} - /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */ - memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); - sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc; - sNameContext.pParse = pParse; - sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere); +/* +** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the +** register used by the autoincrement tracker. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){ + AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Db *pDb; /* Database only autoinc table */ + int memId; /* Register holding max rowid */ + int addr; /* A VDBE address */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VDBE under construction */ - /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE - ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for - ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the - ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected. */ - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0); - if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ - sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); - if( pWInfo ){ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - } + /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation. It is + ** only called from the top-level */ + assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ); + assert( pParse==sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse) ); - /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - if( iFkIfZero ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero); + assert( v ); /* We failed long ago if this is not so */ + for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ + pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; + memId = p->regCtr; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead); + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, p->pTab->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 0, addr+9); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, memId); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 1, memId); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addr+2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); } } /* -** This function returns a pointer to the head of a linked list of FK -** constraints for which table pTab is the parent table. For example, -** given the following schema: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY); -** CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a); +** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation. ** -** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer -** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table -** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a -** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent -** table). +** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a +** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is +** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the +** memory cell is updated. The stack is unchanged. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){ - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName); - return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName); +static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){ + if( memId>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid); + } } /* -** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the -** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure -** and all of its sub-components. -** -** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from -** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem. +** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement +** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register. +** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement +** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this +** routine just before the "exit" code. */ -static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){ - if( p ){ - TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list; - sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect); - sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen); - sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){ + AutoincInfo *p; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + assert( v ); + for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; + int j1, j2, j3, j4, j5; + int iRec; + int memId = p->regCtr; + + iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1); + j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Rewind); + j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, iRec); + j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, memId-1, 0, iRec); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, j3); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, memId+1); + j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j5); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, iRec, memId+1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec); } } +#else +/* +** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines +** above are all no-ops +*/ +# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0) +# define autoIncStep(A,B,C) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ + + +/* Forward declaration */ +static int xferOptimization( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ + int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ +); /* -** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is -** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument -** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to -** table pTab. +** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms: ** -** Normally, no code is required. However, if either +** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST) +** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select ** -** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or -** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is -** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK -** constraint violations in the database, +** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted, +** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted. The IDLIST +** appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted. ** -** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM " is executed before dropping -** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this -** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not. +** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT +** statement above, and pSelect is NULL. For the second form, pList is +** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate +** data for the insert. +** +** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple +** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes +** once straight down through. Pseudo-code follows (we call this +** the "1st template"): +** +** open write cursor to
    and its indices +** puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack +** write the resulting record into
    +** cleanup +** +** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form +** +** INSERT INTO
    SELECT ... +** +** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM " - +** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table +** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and +** if and are distinct tables but have identical +** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization +** is invoked that copies raw records from over to . +** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this +** template. This is the 2nd template. +** +** open a write cursor to
    +** open read cursor on +** transfer all records in over to
    +** close cursors +** foreach index on
    +** open a write cursor on the
    index +** open a read cursor on the corresponding index +** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors +** close cursors +** end foreach +** +** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply +** and the SELECT clause does not read from
    at any time. +** The generated code follows this template: +** +** EOF <- 0 +** X <- A +** goto B +** A: setup for the SELECT +** loop over the rows in the SELECT +** load values into registers R..R+n +** yield X +** end loop +** cleanup after the SELECT +** EOF <- 1 +** yield X +** goto A +** B: open write cursor to
    and its indices +** C: yield X +** if EOF goto D +** insert the select result into
    from R..R+n +** goto C +** D: cleanup +** +** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its +** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table +** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form, +** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of +** the select. The template is like this: +** +** EOF <- 0 +** X <- A +** goto B +** A: setup for the SELECT +** loop over the tables in the SELECT +** load value into register R..R+n +** yield X +** end loop +** cleanup after the SELECT +** EOF <- 1 +** yield X +** halt-error +** B: open temp table +** L: yield X +** if EOF goto M +** insert row from R..R+n into temp table +** goto L +** M: open write cursor to
    and its indices +** rewind temp table +** C: loop over rows of intermediate table +** transfer values form intermediate table into
    +** end loop +** D: cleanup */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){ - int iSkip = 0; - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - - assert( v ); /* VDBE has already been allocated */ - if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){ - /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table - ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without - ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over - ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints - ** when this statement is run. */ - FKey *p; - for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ - if( p->isDeferred ) break; - } - if( !p ) return; - iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */ + ExprList *pList, /* List of values to be inserted */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */ + int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ + Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into. aka TABLE */ + char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */ + int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ + int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */ + int nHidden = 0; /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */ + int baseCur = 0; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ + int keyColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */ + int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */ + int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */ + int addrInsTop = 0; /* Jump to label "D" */ + int addrCont = 0; /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */ + int addrSelect = 0; /* Address of coroutine that implements the SELECT */ + SelectDest dest; /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */ + int iDb; /* Index of database holding TABLE */ + Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */ + int appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */ - pParse->disableTriggers = 1; - sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0); - pParse->disableTriggers = 0; + /* Register allocations */ + int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */ + int regAutoinc = 0; /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */ + int regRowCount = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */ + int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */ + int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */ + int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */ + int regEof = 0; /* Register recording end of SELECT data */ + int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */ - /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint - ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before - ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement - ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); - sqlite3HaltConstraint( - pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC - ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ + int tmask; /* Mask of trigger times */ +#endif - if( iSkip ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip); - } + db = pParse->db; + memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest)); + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto insert_cleanup; } -} -/* -** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of -** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint -** processing for the operation. -** -** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the -** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the -** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values -** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed -** zero in this case. -** -** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the -** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new -** row data. -** -** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before -** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention -** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted -** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */ - int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */ - int regNew /* New row data is stored here */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - Vdbe *v; /* VM to write code to */ - FKey *pFKey; /* Used to iterate through FKs */ - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of database containing pTab */ - int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers; + /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information. + */ + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName; + if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup; + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDbnDb ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + zDb = pDb->zName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } - /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */ - assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) ); + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** inserted into is a view + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; +#else +# define pTrigger 0 +# define tmask 0 +# define isView 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) ); - /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */ - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return; + /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. + ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual + ** module table). + */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* Ensure that: + * (a) the table is not read-only, + * (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist + */ + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + /* Allocate a VDBE + */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb); - /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the - ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of). */ - for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ - Table *pTo; /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Index on key columns in pTo */ - int *aiFree = 0; - int *aiCol; - int iCol; - int i; - int isIgnore = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT + /* If the statement is of the form + ** + ** INSERT INTO SELECT * FROM ; + ** + ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer + ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices. + ** + ** This is the 2nd template. + */ + if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){ + assert( !pTrigger ); + assert( pList==0 ); + goto insert_end; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ - /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index - ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these - ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return - ** early. */ - if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ - pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb); - }else{ - pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb); - } - if( !pTo || locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){ - if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; - continue; - } - assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) ); + /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the + ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc. + */ + regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab); - if( aiFree ){ - aiCol = aiFree; - }else{ - iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; - aiCol = &iCol; - } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ - aiCol[i] = -1; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the - ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any - ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */ - if( db->xAuth ){ - int rcauth; - char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName; - rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb); - isIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE); - } -#endif - } + /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data + ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that + ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation. The + ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates. + */ + if( pSelect ){ + /* Data is coming from a SELECT. Generate code to implement that SELECT + ** as a co-routine. The code is common to both the 3rd and 4th + ** templates: + ** + ** EOF <- 0 + ** X <- A + ** goto B + ** A: setup for the SELECT + ** loop over the tables in the SELECT + ** load value into register R..R+n + ** yield X + ** end loop + ** cleanup after the SELECT + ** EOF <- 1 + ** yield X + ** halt-error + ** + ** On each invocation of the co-routine, it puts a single row of the + ** SELECT result into registers dest.iMem...dest.iMem+dest.nMem-1. + ** (These output registers are allocated by sqlite3Select().) When + ** the SELECT completes, it sets the EOF flag stored in regEof. + */ + int rc, j1; - /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate - ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns - ** in the parent table. */ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName); - pParse->nTab++; + regEof = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEof); /* EOF <- 0 */ + VdbeComment((v, "SELECT eof flag")); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, ++pParse->nMem); + addrSelect = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, addrSelect-1, dest.iParm); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); + VdbeComment((v, "Jump over SELECT coroutine")); - if( regOld!=0 ){ - /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent. - ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an - ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */ - fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1,isIgnore); - } - if( regNew!=0 ){ - /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot - ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. */ - fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1,isIgnore); + /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */ + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); + assert( pParse->nErr==0 || rc ); + if( rc || NEVER(pParse->nErr) || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto insert_cleanup; } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEof); /* EOF <- 1 */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); /* yield X */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_INTERNAL, OE_Abort); + VdbeComment((v, "End of SELECT coroutine")); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); /* label B: */ - sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree); - } - - /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table */ - for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Foreign key index for pFKey */ - SrcList *pSrc; - int *aiCol = 0; - - if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ - assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 ); - /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause an immediate - ** foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case. */ - continue; - } + regFromSelect = dest.iMem; + assert( pSelect->pEList ); + nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; + assert( dest.nMem==nColumn ); - if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){ - if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; - continue; + /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement + ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4). Set to + ** FALSE if each* row of the SELECT can be written directly into + ** the destination table (template 3). + ** + ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one + ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a + ** temp table in the case of row triggers. + */ + if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, addrSelect, iDb, pTab) ){ + useTempTable = 1; } - assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); - /* Create a SrcList structure containing a single table (the table - ** the foreign key that refers to this table is attached to). This - ** is required for the sqlite3WhereXXX() interface. */ - pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); - if( pSrc ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; - pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom; - pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName; - pItem->pTab->nRef++; - pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + if( useTempTable ){ + /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT + ** and add it to a transient table srcTab. The code generated + ** here is from the 4th template: + ** + ** B: open temp table + ** L: yield X + ** if EOF goto M + ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table + ** goto L + ** M: ... + */ + int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */ + int regTempRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */ + int addrTop; /* Label "L" */ + int addrIf; /* Address of jump to M */ - if( regNew!=0 ){ - fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1); - } - if( regOld!=0 ){ - /* If there is a RESTRICT action configured for the current operation - ** on the parent table of this FK, then throw an exception - ** immediately if the FK constraint is violated, even if this is a - ** deferred trigger. That's what RESTRICT means. To defer checking - ** the constraint, the FK should specify NO ACTION (represented - ** using OE_None). NO ACTION is the default. */ - fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1); + srcTab = pParse->nTab++; + regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn); + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); + addrIf = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIf); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid); + } + }else{ + /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES + ** clause + */ + NameContext sNC; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + srcTab = -1; + assert( useTempTable==0 ); + nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; } - pItem->zName = 0; - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); } - sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); } -} -#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x))) + /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number + ** of columns to be inserted into the table. + */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0); + } + } + if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", + pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn); + goto insert_cleanup; + } + if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); + goto insert_cleanup; + } -/* -** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a -** row contained in table pTab. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab /* Table being modified */ -){ - u32 mask = 0; - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ - FKey *p; - int i; - for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom); + /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure + ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and + ** remember the column indices. + ** + ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column + ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable + ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. keyColumn is + ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as + ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the primary + ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.) + */ + if( pColumn ){ + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + pColumn->a[i].idx = -1; } - for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ - Index *pIdx = 0; - locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0); - if( pIdx ){ - for(i=0; inColumn; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]); + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){ + pColumn->a[i].idx = j; + if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ + keyColumn = i; + } + break; + } + } + if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ + if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){ + keyColumn = i; + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s", + pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto insert_cleanup; + } } } } - return mask; -} -/* -** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a -** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then -** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points -** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab. -** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding -** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified, -** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the -** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table. -** -** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns -** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function -** returns false. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table being modified */ - int *aChange, /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */ - int chngRowid /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */ -){ - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ - if( !aChange ){ - /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the - ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any - ** foreign key constraint. */ - return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey); - }else{ - /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the - ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */ - int i; - FKey *p; + /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary + ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index + ** in the original table definition. + */ + if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){ + keyColumn = pTab->iPKey; + } + + /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted + */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); + } - /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */ - for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom; - if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1; - if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1; - } - } + /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */ + if( !isView ){ + int nIdx; - /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */ - for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol; - int iKey; - for(iKey=0; iKeynCol; iKey++){ - Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey]; - if( (zKey ? !sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) : pCol->isPrimKey) ){ - if( aChange[iKey]>=0 ) return 1; - if( iKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1; - } - } - } - } + baseCur = pParse->nTab; + nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, baseCur, OP_OpenWrite); + aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1)); + if( aRegIdx==0 ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + for(i=0; inMem; } } - return 0; -} -/* -** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being -** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey. -** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is -** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a -** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer. -** -** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger -** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey. -** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is -** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers -** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()). -** -** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in -** the following schema: -** -** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY); -** CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE); -** -** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to: -** -** CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN -** DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk; -** END; -** -** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It -** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by -** sqlite3FkDelete(). -*/ -static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ - FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to get action for */ - ExprList *pChanges /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - int action; /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger definition to return */ - int iAction = (pChanges!=0); /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */ + /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */ + if( useTempTable ){ + /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the + ** following pseudocode (template 4): + ** + ** rewind temp table + ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table + ** transfer values form intermediate table into
    + ** end loop + ** D: ... + */ + addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); + addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + }else if( pSelect ){ + /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the + ** following pseudocode (template 3): + ** + ** C: yield X + ** if EOF goto D + ** insert the select result into
    from R..R+n + ** goto C + ** D: ... + */ + addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); + addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof); + } - action = pFKey->aAction[iAction]; - pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction]; + /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row, + ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record. + */ + regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1; + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + regRowid++; + pParse->nMem++; + } + regData = regRowid+1; - if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){ - u8 enableLookaside; /* Copy of db->lookaside.bEnabled */ - char const *zFrom; /* Name of child table */ - int nFrom; /* Length in bytes of zFrom */ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Parent key index for this FK */ - int *aiCol = 0; /* child table cols -> parent key cols */ - TriggerStep *pStep = 0; /* First (only) step of trigger program */ - Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause of trigger step */ - ExprList *pList = 0; /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */ - Select *pSelect = 0; /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - Expr *pWhen = 0; /* WHEN clause for the trigger */ + /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any + */ + endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ + int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1); - if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0; - assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER + ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be + ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger, + ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has + ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1 + */ + if( keyColumn<0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); + }else{ + int j1; + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regCols); + }else{ + assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regCols); + } + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); + } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - Token tOld = { "old", 3 }; /* Literal "old" token */ - Token tNew = { "new", 3 }; /* Literal "new" token */ - Token tFromCol; /* Name of column in child table */ - Token tToCol; /* Name of column in parent table */ - int iFromCol; /* Idx of column in child table */ - Expr *pEq; /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */ + /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible, + ** this block would have to account for hidden column. + */ + assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); - iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; - assert( iFromCol>=0 ); - tToCol.z = pIdx ? pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].zName : "oid"; - tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName; + /* Create the new column data + */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( pColumn==0 ){ + j = i; + }else{ + for(j=0; jnId; j++){ + if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; + } + } + if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1); + }else if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); + }else{ + assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ + sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1); + } + } - tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z); - tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z); + /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger, + ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record. + ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the + ** table column affinities. + */ + if( !isView ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regCols+1, pTab->nCol); + sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); + } - /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important - ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so - ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the - ** parent table are used for the comparison. */ - pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) - , 0), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tFromCol) - , 0); - pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); + /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, + pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop); - /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause. - ** The final WHEN clause will be like this: - ** - ** WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN) - */ - if( pChanges ){ - pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), - 0), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), - 0), - 0); - pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq); - } + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1); + } - if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){ - Expr *pNew; - if( action==OE_Cascade ){ - pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) - , 0); - }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){ - Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt; - if( pDflt ){ - pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0); - }else{ - pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); - } + /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack. The + ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid + ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which + ** case the record number is the same as that column. + */ + if( !isView ){ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns); + } + if( keyColumn>=0 ){ + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regRowid); + }else if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+keyColumn, regRowid); + }else{ + VdbeOp *pOp; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regRowid); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); + if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + appendFlag = 1; + pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid; + pOp->p1 = baseCur; + pOp->p2 = regRowid; + pOp->p3 = regAutoinc; + } + } + /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid + ** to generate a unique primary key value. + */ + if( !appendFlag ){ + int j1; + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); }else{ - pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2); } - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); } + }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); + appendFlag = 1; } - sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); - - zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName; - nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom); - - if( action==OE_Restrict ){ - Token tFrom; - Expr *pRaise; + autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); - tFrom.z = zFrom; - tFrom.n = nFrom; - pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "foreign key constraint failed"); - if( pRaise ){ - pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort; + /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning + ** with the first column. + */ + nHidden = 0; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i; + if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ + /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL. + ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted + ** in its place. So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid + ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRegStore); + continue; + } + if( pColumn==0 ){ + if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){ + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + j = -1; + nHidden++; + }else{ + j = i - nHidden; + } + }else{ + for(j=0; jnId; j++){ + if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; + } + } + if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore); + }else if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); + }else if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore); } - pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, - sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise), - sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0), - pWhere, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 - ); - pWhere = 0; } - /* In the current implementation, pTab->dbMem==0 for all tables except - ** for temporary tables used to describe subqueries. And temporary - ** tables do not have foreign key constraints. Hence, pTab->dbMem - ** should always be 0 there. + /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and + ** do the insertion. */ - enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + }else +#endif + { + int isReplace; /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */ + sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx, + keyColumn>=0, 0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace + ); + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns); + sqlite3CompleteInsertion( + pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0 + ); + } + } - pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */ - sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */ - nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->target.z */ - ); - if( pTrigger ){ - pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1]; - pStep->target.z = (char *)&pStep[1]; - pStep->target.n = nFrom; - memcpy((char *)pStep->target.z, zFrom, nFrom); + /* Update the count of rows that are inserted + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); + } - pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - if( pWhen ){ - pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0); - pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - } - } + if( pTrigger ){ + /* Code AFTER triggers */ + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, + pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop); + } - /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */ - db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; + /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source + ** is a SELECT statement. + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab); + }else if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); + } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){ - fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger); - return 0; + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){ + /* Close all tables opened */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, baseCur); + for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+baseCur); } + } - switch( action ){ - case OE_Restrict: - pStep->op = TK_SELECT; - break; - case OE_Cascade: - if( !pChanges ){ - pStep->op = TK_DELETE; - break; - } - default: - pStep->op = TK_UPDATE; - } - pStep->pTrig = pTrigger; - pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger; - pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE); +insert_end: + /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the + ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into + ** autoincrement tables. + */ + if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); } - return pTrigger; + /* + ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. + */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC); + } + +insert_cleanup: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); } +/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise +** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file +** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ +#ifdef isView + #undef isView +#endif +#ifdef pTrigger + #undef pTrigger +#endif +#ifdef tmask + #undef tmask +#endif + + /* -** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement -** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions. +** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE. +** +** The input is a range of consecutive registers as follows: +** +** 1. The rowid of the row after the update. +** +** 2. The data in the first column of the entry after the update. +** +** i. Data from middle columns... +** +** N. The data in the last column of the entry after the update. +** +** The regRowid parameter is the index of the register containing (1). +** +** If isUpdate is true and rowidChng is non-zero, then rowidChng contains +** the address of a register containing the rowid before the update takes +** place. isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for INSERTs. If isUpdate +** is false, indicating an INSERT statement, then a non-zero rowidChng +** indicates that the rowid was explicitly specified as part of the +** INSERT statement. If rowidChng is false, it means that the rowid is +** computed automatically in an insert or that the rowid value is not +** modified by an update. +** +** The code generated by this routine store new index entries into +** registers identified by aRegIdx[]. No index entry is created for +** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is +** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices +** attached to the table. +** +** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL, +** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails, +** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible +** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE. +** +** Constraint type Action What Happens +** --------------- ---------- ---------------------------------------- +** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and +** sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a +** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. +** +** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command +** only (do not do a complete rollback) then +** cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately +** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. +** +** any FAIL Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a +** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The +** transaction is not rolled back and any +** prior changes are retained. +** +** any IGNORE The record number and data is popped from +** the stack and there is an immediate jump +** to label ignoreDest. +** +** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default +** value for that column. If the default value +** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT. +** +** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row +** being inserted is removed. +** +** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception. +** +** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter. +** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter +** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value +** for the constraint is used. +** +** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with +** cursor number "baseCur". All indices of pTab must also have open +** read/write cursors with cursor number baseCur+i for the i-th cursor. +** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then +** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ - int regOld /* Address of array containing old row */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ + int baseCur, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ + int regRowid, /* Index of the range of input registers */ + int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ + int rowidChng, /* True if the rowid might collide with existing entry */ + int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ + int overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */ + int ignoreDest, /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */ + int *pbMayReplace /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */ ){ - /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that - ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK - ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated - ** trigger sub-program. */ - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ - FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ - for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ - Trigger *pAction = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges); - if( pAction ){ - sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAction, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0); + int i; /* loop counter */ + Vdbe *v; /* VDBE under constrution */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns */ + int onError; /* Conflict resolution strategy */ + int j1; /* Addresss of jump instruction */ + int j2 = 0, j3; /* Addresses of jump instructions */ + int regData; /* Register containing first data column */ + int iCur; /* Table cursor number */ + Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to one of the indices */ + int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */ + int regOldRowid = (rowidChng && isUpdate) ? rowidChng : regRowid; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ + nCol = pTab->nCol; + regData = regRowid + 1; + + /* Test all NOT NULL constraints. + */ + for(i=0; iiPKey ){ + continue; + } + onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull; + if( onError==OE_None ) continue; + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail + || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Abort: + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Fail: { + char *zMsg; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_HaltIfNull, + SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, regData+i); + zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s may not be NULL", + pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[i].zName); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + break; + } + case OE_Ignore: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regData+i, ignoreDest); + break; + } + default: { + assert( onError==OE_Replace ); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regData+i); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regData+i); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + break; } } } -} - -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - -/* -** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to -** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash -** hash table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(Table *pTab){ - FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ - FKey *pNext; /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */ - - for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){ - /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */ - if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){ - pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo; + /* Test all CHECK constraints + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + if( pTab->pCheck && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ + int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + pParse->ckBase = regData; + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort; + if( onError==OE_Ignore ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); }else{ - void *data = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo; - const char *z = (data ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo); - sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), data); - } - if( pFKey->pNextTo ){ - pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo; + if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */ + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, 0, 0); } - - /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - fkTriggerDelete(pTab->dbMem, pFKey->apTrigger[0]); - fkTriggerDelete(pTab->dbMem, pFKey->apTrigger[1]); -#endif - - /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is - ** classified as either immediate or deferred. - */ - assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 ); - - pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom; - sqlite3DbFree(pTab->dbMem, pFKey); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk); } -} -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ - -/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite. -*/ - -/* -** Generate code that will open a table for reading. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable( - Parse *p, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */ - int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */ - int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ -){ - Vdbe *v; - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); - assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); - sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol), P4_INT32); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); -} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ -/* -** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index -** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in -** the table, according to the affinity of the column: -** -** Character Column affinity -** ------------------------------ -** 'a' TEXT -** 'b' NONE -** 'c' NUMERIC -** 'd' INTEGER -** 'e' REAL -** -** An extra 'b' is appended to the end of the string to cover the -** rowid that appears as the last column in every index. -** -** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string -** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be -** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){ - if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ - /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is - ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as - ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use. - ** - ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by - ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned - ** up. - */ - int n; - Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); - pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3Malloc(pIdx->nColumn+2); - if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return 0; + /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key + ** of the new record does not previously exist. Except, if this + ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK. + */ + if( rowidChng ){ + onError = pTab->keyConf; + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; } - for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){ - pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity; + + if( isUpdate ){ + j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regRowid, 0, rowidChng); + } + j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, baseCur, 0, regRowid); + switch( onError ){ + default: { + onError = OE_Abort; + /* Fall thru into the next case */ + } + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Abort: + case OE_Fail: { + sqlite3HaltConstraint( + pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC); + break; + } + case OE_Replace: { + /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the + ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to + ** remove the conflicting row from the the table. This will fire + ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries. + ** + ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers + ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call + ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries + ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry + ** when it is inserted. + ** + ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called, + ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require + ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete + ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless, + ** but being more selective here allows statements like: + ** + ** REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid) + ** + ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the + ** table. + */ + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); + } + if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( + pParse, pTab, baseCur, regRowid, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace + ); + }else if( pTab->pIndex ){ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, 0); + } + seenReplace = 1; + break; + } + case OE_Ignore: { + assert( seenReplace==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); + break; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); + if( isUpdate ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); } - pIdx->zColAff[n++] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0; } - return pIdx->zColAff; -} - -/* -** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity -** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character -** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the -** column: -** -** Character Column affinity -** ------------------------------ -** 'a' TEXT -** 'b' NONE -** 'c' NUMERIC -** 'd' INTEGER -** 'e' REAL -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){ - /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table - ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then - ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use. - ** - ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by - ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up. + /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE + ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist. + ** Add the new records to the indices as we go. */ - if( !pTab->zColAff ){ - char *zColAff; - int i; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); + for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){ + int regIdx; + int regR; - zColAff = (char *)sqlite3Malloc(pTab->nCol+1); - if( !zColAff ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } + if( aRegIdx[iCur]==0 ) continue; /* Skip unused indices */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity; + /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */ + regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn+1); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regData+idx, regIdx+i); + } } - zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0'; - - pTab->zColAff = zColAff; - } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1, aRegIdx[iCur]); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), P4_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, 0); -} + /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */ + onError = pIdx->onError; + if( onError==OE_None ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); + continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ + } + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + if( seenReplace ){ + if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace; + else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort; + } + + /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ + regR = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regOldRowid, regR); + j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, baseCur+iCur+1, 0, + regR, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regIdx), + P4_INT32); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); -/* -** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices -** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program beginning at location -** iStartAddr throught the end of the program. This is used to see if -** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO SELECT ..." can -** run without using temporary table for the results of the SELECT. -*/ -static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iStartAddr, int iDb, Table *pTab){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); - int i; - int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0; -#endif + /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */ + assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail + || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Abort: + case OE_Fail: { + int j; + StrAccum errMsg; + const char *zSep; + char *zErr; - for(i=iStartAddr; iopcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){ - Index *pIndex; - int tnum = pOp->p2; - if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){ - return 1; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, 0, 0, 200); + errMsg.db = pParse->db; + zSep = pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column "; + for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ + char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName; + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zSep, -1); + zSep = ", "; + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zCol, -1); + } + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, + pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique", -1); + zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg); + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, zErr, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(errMsg.db, zErr); + break; } - for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ - if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){ - return 1; + case OE_Ignore: { + assert( seenReplace==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); + break; + } + default: { + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; + assert( onError==OE_Replace ); + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); } + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( + pParse, pTab, baseCur, regR, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace + ); + seenReplace = 1; + break; } } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){ - assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 ); - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); - return 1; - } -#endif + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regR); + } + + if( pbMayReplace ){ + *pbMayReplace = seenReplace; } - return 0; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT /* -** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab -** which is in database iDb. Return the register number for the register -** that holds the maximum rowid. -** -** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the -** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within -** triggers. A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the -** first use of table pTab. On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original -** AutoincInfo structure is used. -** -** Three memory locations are allocated: -** -** (1) Register to hold the name of the pTab table. -** (2) Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab. -** (3) Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab +** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation +** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. +** A consecutive range of registers starting at regRowid contains the +** rowid and the content to be inserted. ** -** The 2nd register is the one that is returned. That is all the -** insert routine needs to know about. +** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six +** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. */ -static int autoIncBegin( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ - Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ + int baseCur, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ + int regRowid, /* Range of content */ + int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ + int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ + int appendBias, /* True if this is likely to be an append */ + int useSeekResult /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */ ){ - int memId = 0; /* Register holding maximum rowid */ - if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - AutoincInfo *pInfo; + int i; + Vdbe *v; + int nIdx; + Index *pIdx; + u8 pik_flags; + int regData; + int regRec; - pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc; - while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; } - if( pInfo==0 ){ - pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo)); - if( pInfo==0 ) return 0; - pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc; - pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo; - pInfo->pTab = pTab; - pInfo->iDb = iDb; - pToplevel->nMem++; /* Register to hold name of table */ - pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem; /* Max rowid register */ - pToplevel->nMem++; /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ + for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){} + for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){ + if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, baseCur+i+1, aRegIdx[i]); + if( useSeekResult ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); } - memId = pInfo->regCtr; } - return memId; -} - -/* -** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the -** register used by the autoincrement tracker. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){ - AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - Db *pDb; /* Database only autoinc table */ - int memId; /* Register holding max rowid */ - int addr; /* A VDBE address */ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VDBE under construction */ - - /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation. It is - ** only called from the top-level */ - assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ); - assert( pParse==sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse) ); - - assert( v ); /* We failed long ago if this is not so */ - for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ - pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; - memId = p->regCtr; - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead); - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, p->pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 0, addr+9); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, memId); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 1, memId); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addr+2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); + regData = regRowid + 1; + regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec); + sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol); + if( pParse->nested ){ + pik_flags = 0; + }else{ + pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE; + pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID); + } + if( appendBias ){ + pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND; + } + if( useSeekResult ){ + pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, baseCur, regRec, regRowid); + if( !pParse->nested ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); } /* -** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation. +** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all +** indices of that table. The "baseCur" parameter is the cursor number used +** for the table. Indices are opened on subsequent cursors. ** -** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a -** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is -** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the -** memory cell is updated. The stack is unchanged. +** Return the number of indices on the table. */ -static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){ - if( memId>0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */ + int baseCur, /* Cursor number assigned to the table */ + int op /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ +){ + int i; + int iDb; + Index *pIdx; + Vdbe *v; + + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, baseCur, iDb, pTab, op); + for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, i+baseCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb, + (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + } + if( pParse->nTabnTab = baseCur+i; } + return i-1; } + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* -** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement -** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register. -** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement -** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this -** routine just before the "exit" code. +** The following global variable is incremented whenever the +** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing +** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really +** is happening when it is suppose to. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){ - AutoincInfo *p; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count; +#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ - assert( v ); - for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; - int j1, j2, j3, j4, j5; - int iRec; - int memId = p->regCtr; - iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1); - j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Rewind); - j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, iRec); - j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, memId-1, 0, iRec); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, j3); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, memId+1); - j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j5); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, iRec, memId+1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT +/* +** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible. +*/ +static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){ + if( z1==0 ){ + return z2==0; + } + if( z2==0 ){ + return 0; } + return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0; } -#else + + /* -** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines -** above are all no-ops +** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data +** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules +** for a compatible index: +** +** * The index is over the same set of columns +** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns +** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) +** * The same collating sequence on each column */ -# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0) -# define autoIncStep(A,B,C) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ - +static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ + int i; + assert( pDest && pSrc ); + assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable ); + if( pDest->nColumn!=pSrc->nColumn ){ + return 0; /* Different number of columns */ + } + if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){ + return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */ + } + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){ + return 0; /* Different columns indexed */ + } + if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){ + return 0; /* Different sort orders */ + } + if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i]) ){ + return 0; /* Different collating sequences */ + } + } -/* Forward declaration */ -static int xferOptimization( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ - int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ -); + /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */ + return 1; +} /* -** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms: -** -** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST) -** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select -** -** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted, -** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted. The IDLIST -** appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted. -** -** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT -** statement above, and pSelect is NULL. For the second form, pList is -** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate -** data for the insert. +** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form ** -** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple -** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes -** once straight down through. Pseudo-code follows (we call this -** the "1st template"): +** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; ** -** open write cursor to
    and its indices -** puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack -** write the resulting record into
    -** cleanup +** This optimization is only attempted if ** -** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form +** (1) tab1 and tab2 have identical schemas including all the +** same indices and constraints ** -** INSERT INTO
    SELECT ... +** (2) tab1 and tab2 are different tables ** -** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM " - -** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table -** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and -** if and are distinct tables but have identical -** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization -** is invoked that copies raw records from over to . -** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this -** template. This is the 2nd template. +** (3) There must be no triggers on tab1 ** -** open a write cursor to
    -** open read cursor on -** transfer all records in over to
    -** close cursors -** foreach index on
    -** open a write cursor on the
    index -** open a read cursor on the corresponding index -** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors -** close cursors -** end foreach +** (4) The result set of the SELECT statement is "*" ** -** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply -** and the SELECT clause does not read from
    at any time. -** The generated code follows this template: +** (5) The SELECT statement has no WHERE, HAVING, ORDER BY, GROUP BY, +** or LIMIT clause. ** -** EOF <- 0 -** X <- A -** goto B -** A: setup for the SELECT -** loop over the rows in the SELECT -** load values into registers R..R+n -** yield X -** end loop -** cleanup after the SELECT -** EOF <- 1 -** yield X -** goto A -** B: open write cursor to
    and its indices -** C: yield X -** if EOF goto D -** insert the select result into
    from R..R+n -** goto C -** D: cleanup +** (6) The SELECT statement is a simple (not a compound) select that +** contains only tab2 in its FROM clause ** -** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its -** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table -** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form, -** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of -** the select. The template is like this: +** This method for implementing the INSERT transfers raw records from +** tab2 over to tab1. The columns are not decoded. Raw records from +** the indices of tab2 are transfered to tab1 as well. In so doing, +** the resulting tab1 has much less fragmentation. ** -** EOF <- 0 -** X <- A -** goto B -** A: setup for the SELECT -** loop over the tables in the SELECT -** load value into register R..R+n -** yield X -** end loop -** cleanup after the SELECT -** EOF <- 1 -** yield X -** halt-error -** B: open temp table -** L: yield X -** if EOF goto M -** insert row from R..R+n into temp table -** goto L -** M: open write cursor to
    and its indices -** rewind temp table -** C: loop over rows of intermediate table -** transfer values form intermediate table into
    -** end loop -** D: cleanup +** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is attempted. If any +** of the conditions above fail so that the optimization should not +** be attempted, then this routine returns FALSE. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( +static int xferOptimization( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */ - ExprList *pList, /* List of values to be inserted */ + Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */ - int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ + int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ + int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ ){ - sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ - Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into. aka TABLE */ - char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */ - int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */ - int nHidden = 0; /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */ - int baseCur = 0; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ - int keyColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */ - int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */ - int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */ - int addrInsTop = 0; /* Jump to label "D" */ - int addrCont = 0; /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */ - int addrSelect = 0; /* Address of coroutine that implements the SELECT */ - SelectDest dest; /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */ - int iDb; /* Index of database holding TABLE */ - Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */ - int appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */ - - /* Register allocations */ - int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */ - int regAutoinc = 0; /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */ - int regRowCount = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */ - int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */ - int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */ - int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */ - int regRecord; /* Holds the assemblied row record */ - int regEof = 0; /* Register recording end of SELECT data */ - int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */ + ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ + Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */ + Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */ + int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */ + int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */ + int emptyDestTest; /* Address of test for empty pDest */ + int emptySrcTest; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */ + Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */ + KeyInfo *pKey; /* Key information for an index */ + int regAutoinc; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */ + int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */ + int regData, regRowid; /* Registers holding data and rowid */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ - int tmask; /* Mask of trigger times */ + if( pSelect==0 ){ + return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */ + } + if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){ + return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */ + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ + return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */ + } #endif - - db = pParse->db; - memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest)); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto insert_cleanup; + if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; } - - /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information. - */ - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName; - if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup; - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ){ - goto insert_cleanup; + if( onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback ){ + return 0; /* Cannot do OR REPLACE or OR IGNORE or OR FAIL */ } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDbnDb ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - zDb = pDb->zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; + assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */ + if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */ + } + if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */ + } + if( pSelect->pWhere ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */ + } + if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */ + } + /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but + ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */ + if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */ + } + if( pSelect->pLimit ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */ + } + assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */ + if( pSelect->pPrior ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */ + } + if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */ + } + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + assert( pEList!=0 ); + if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){ + return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */ + } + assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr ); + if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){ + return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */ } - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** inserted into is a view + /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the + ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now + ** we have to check the semantics. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; -#else -# define pTrigger 0 -# define tmask 0 -# define isView 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 + pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a; + pSrc = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); + if( pSrc==0 ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ + } + if( pSrc==pDest ){ + return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ + return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */ + } #endif - assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) ); - - /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. - ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual - ** module table). - */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; + if( pSrc->pSelect ){ + return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */ } - - /* Ensure that: - * (a) the table is not read-only, - * (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist - */ - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; + if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){ + return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */ } + if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){ + return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + } + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( pDest->aCol[i].affinity!=pSrc->aCol[i].affinity ){ + return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */ + } + if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDest->aCol[i].zColl, pSrc->aCol[i].zColl) ){ + return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */ + } + if( pDest->aCol[i].notNull && !pSrc->aCol[i].notNull ){ + return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */ + } + } + for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ + if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ + destHasUniqueIdx = 1; + } + for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ + if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + } + if( pSrcIdx==0 ){ + return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */ + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){ + return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */ + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains + ** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary. + ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM + ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So + ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably + ** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e] + */ + if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){ + return 0; + } +#endif - /* Allocate a VDBE - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT - /* If the statement is of the form - ** - ** INSERT INTO SELECT * FROM ; + /* If we get this far, it means either: ** - ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer - ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices. + ** * We can always do the transfer if the table contains an + ** an integer primary key ** - ** This is the 2nd template. + ** * We can conditionally do the transfer if the destination + ** table is empty. */ - if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){ - assert( !pTrigger ); - assert( pList==0 ); - goto insert_end; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_xferopt_count++; +#endif + iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc); + iSrc = pParse->nTab++; + iDest = pParse->nTab++; + regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite); + if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) || destHasUniqueIdx ){ + /* If tables do not have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and there + ** are indices to be copied and the destination is not empty, + ** we have to disallow the transfer optimization because the + ** the rowids might change which will mess up indexing. + ** + ** Or if the destination has a UNIQUE index and is not empty, + ** we also disallow the transfer optimization because we cannot + ** insure that all entries in the union of DEST and SRC will be + ** unique. + */ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); + emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + }else{ + emptyDestTest = 0; + } + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead); + emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); + regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid); + sqlite3HaltConstraint( + pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); + autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); + }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid); + }else{ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); + assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 ); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); + for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ + for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ + if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + } + assert( pSrcIdx ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc, + (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName)); + pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pDestIdx); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest, + (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName)); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + if( emptyDestTest ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; } +} #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ - /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the - ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc. - */ - regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab); - - /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data - ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that - ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation. The - ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates. - */ - if( pSelect ){ - /* Data is coming from a SELECT. Generate code to implement that SELECT - ** as a co-routine. The code is common to both the 3rd and 4th - ** templates: - ** - ** EOF <- 0 - ** X <- A - ** goto B - ** A: setup for the SELECT - ** loop over the tables in the SELECT - ** load value into register R..R+n - ** yield X - ** end loop - ** cleanup after the SELECT - ** EOF <- 1 - ** yield X - ** halt-error - ** - ** On each invocation of the co-routine, it puts a single row of the - ** SELECT result into registers dest.iMem...dest.iMem+dest.nMem-1. - ** (These output registers are allocated by sqlite3Select().) When - ** the SELECT completes, it sets the EOF flag stored in regEof. - */ - int rc, j1; - - regEof = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEof); /* EOF <- 0 */ - VdbeComment((v, "SELECT eof flag")); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, ++pParse->nMem); - addrSelect = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, addrSelect-1, dest.iParm); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "Jump over SELECT coroutine")); +/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file +** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in +** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be +** accessed by users of the library. +*/ - /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */ - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); - assert( pParse->nErr==0 || rc ); - if( rc || NEVER(pParse->nErr) || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEof); /* EOF <- 1 */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); /* yield X */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_INTERNAL, OE_Abort); - VdbeComment((v, "End of SELECT coroutine")); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); /* label B: */ - regFromSelect = dest.iMem; - assert( pSelect->pEList ); - nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; - assert( dest.nMem==nColumn ); +/* +** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure +** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from +** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message. +** +** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result +** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first +** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback +** is invoked, even for queries. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ + const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ + sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */ + void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + const char *zLeftover; /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* The current SQL statement */ + char **azCols = 0; /* Names of result columns */ + int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retry attempts */ + int callbackIsInit; /* True if callback data is initialized */ - /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement - ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4). Set to - ** FALSE if each* row of the SELECT can be written directly into - ** the destination table (template 3). - ** - ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one - ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a - ** temp table in the case of row triggers. - */ - if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, addrSelect, iDb, pTab) ){ - useTempTable = 1; - } + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + if( zSql==0 ) zSql = ""; - if( useTempTable ){ - /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT - ** and add it to a transient table srcTab. The code generated - ** here is from the 4th template: - ** - ** B: open temp table - ** L: yield X - ** if EOF goto M - ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table - ** goto L - ** M: ... - */ - int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */ - int regTempRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */ - int addrTop; /* Label "L" */ - int addrIf; /* Address of jump to M */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); + while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){ + int nCol; + char **azVals = 0; - srcTab = pParse->nTab++; - regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn); - addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); - addrIf = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIf); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid); + pStmt = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + continue; } - }else{ - /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES - ** clause - */ - NameContext sNC; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - srcTab = -1; - assert( useTempTable==0 ); - nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } + if( !pStmt ){ + /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ + zSql = zLeftover; + continue; } - } - /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number - ** of columns to be inserted into the table. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0); - } - } - if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", - pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn); - goto insert_cleanup; - } - if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); - goto insert_cleanup; - } + callbackIsInit = 0; + nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); - /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure - ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and - ** remember the column indices. - ** - ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column - ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable - ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. keyColumn is - ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as - ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the primary - ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.) - */ - if( pColumn ){ - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - pColumn->a[i].idx = -1; - } - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){ - pColumn->a[i].idx = j; - if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ - keyColumn = i; + while( 1 ){ + int i; + rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); + + /* Invoke the callback function if required */ + if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || + (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit + && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ + if( !callbackIsInit ){ + azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1); + if( azCols==0 ){ + goto exec_out; } - break; + for(i=0; imallocFailed = 1; + goto exec_out; + } + } + } + if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){ + rc = SQLITE_ABORT; + sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); + pStmt = 0; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0); + goto exec_out; } } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){ - keyColumn = i; - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s", - pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName); - pParse->nErr++; - goto insert_cleanup; + + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); + pStmt = 0; + if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ + nRetry = 0; + zSql = zLeftover; + while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++; } + break; } } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); + azCols = 0; + } + +exec_out: + if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); + + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){ + int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg); + if( *pzErrMsg ){ + memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); + } + }else if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = 0; } - /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary - ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index - ** in the original table definition. - */ - if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){ - keyColumn = pTab->iPKey; - } + assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2006 June 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into +** the SQLite library. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE + #define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */ +#endif +/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/ +/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/ +/* +** 2006 June 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by +** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into +** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded +** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of +** sqlite3.h. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_ +#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_ + +typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; + +/* +** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API +** routines. +** +** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new +** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new +** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different +** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared +** libraries! +*/ +struct sqlite3_api_routines { + void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes); + int (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double); + int (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64); + int (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName); + const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*); + int (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); + int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms); + int (*changes)(sqlite3*); + int (*close)(sqlite3*); + int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)); + int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)); + const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i); + const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + double (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*); + int (*complete)(const char*sql); + int (*complete16)(const void*sql); + int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*); + int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*enable_shared_cache)(int); + int (*errcode)(sqlite3*db); + const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*); + const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*); + int (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**); + int (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*free)(void*); + void (*free_table)(char**result); + int (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*); + void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int); + int (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**); + int (*global_recover)(void); + void (*interruptx)(sqlite3*); + sqlite_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*); + const char * (*libversion)(void); + int (*libversion_number)(void); + void *(*malloc)(int); + char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...); + int (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**); + int (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**); + int (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*); + void (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*); + void *(*realloc)(void*,int); + int (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double); + void (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int); + void (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int); + void (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int); + void (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64); + void (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*); + void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*); + int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),void*); + void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*)); + char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...); + int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); + void (*thread_cleanup)(void); + int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*); + void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*); + int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*); + void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,sqlite_int64),void*); + void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*); + const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*); + double (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*); + sqlite_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*); + const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*); + char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list); + /* Added ??? */ + int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + /* Added by 3.3.13 */ + int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*); + /* Added by 3.4.1 */ + int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,void (*xDestroy)(void *)); + /* Added by 3.5.0 */ + int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*); + int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*); + int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,int,sqlite3_blob**); + int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int); + int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int); + int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),void(*)(void*)); + int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*); + sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int); + sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void); + sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int); + void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*); + void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*); + void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*); + int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*); + int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*); + int (*release_memory)(int); + void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*sleep)(int); + void (*soft_heap_limit)(int); + sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*); + int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int); + int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*); + int (*xthreadsafe)(void); + void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int); + void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int); + int (*test_control)(int, ...); + void (*randomness)(int,void*); + sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int); + int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int); + sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*); + const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int); + int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*); + sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int); + const char *(*compileoption_get)(int); + int (*compileoption_used)(const char*); + int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),void(*xDestroy)(void*)); + int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...); + sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*); + int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int); + int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*); + void (*log)(int,const char*,...); + sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*sourceid)(void); + int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int); + int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*); + int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int); + int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*); + void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*); + int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64); + int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...); + int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*); +}; + +/* +** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are +** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure. +** +** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file +** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that +** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure +** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine +** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the +** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +#define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count +#endif +#define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob +#define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double +#define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int +#define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64 +#define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name +#define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text +#define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16 +#define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value +#define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler +#define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout +#define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes +#define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close +#define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed +#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16 +#define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob +#define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes +#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count +#define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name +#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype +#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16 +#define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double +#define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int +#define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64 +#define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name +#define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name +#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text +#define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16 +#define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type +#define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value +#define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook +#define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete +#define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16 +#define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation +#define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16 +#define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function +#define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16 +#define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module +#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2 +#define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count +#define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle +#define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab +#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache +#define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode +#define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg +#define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16 +#define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired +#endif +#define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize +#define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free +#define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table +#define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit +#define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata +#define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover +#endif +#define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx +#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid +#define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion +#define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number +#define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc +#define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf +#define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open +#define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16 +#define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare +#define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16 +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile +#define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler +#define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc +#define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset +#define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob +#define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double +#define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error +#define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16 +#define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int +#define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64 +#define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null +#define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text +#define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16 +#define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be +#define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le +#define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value +#define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook +#define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer +#define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata +#define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->snprintf +#define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step +#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata +#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup +#define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes +#define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings +#endif +#define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook +#define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data +#define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob +#define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes +#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double +#define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int +#define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64 +#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type +#define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text +#define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16 +#define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be +#define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le +#define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type +#define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf +#define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob +#define sqlite3_blob_bytes sqlite3_api->blob_bytes +#define sqlite3_blob_close sqlite3_api->blob_close +#define sqlite3_blob_open sqlite3_api->blob_open +#define sqlite3_blob_read sqlite3_api->blob_read +#define sqlite3_blob_write sqlite3_api->blob_write +#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2 +#define sqlite3_file_control sqlite3_api->file_control +#define sqlite3_memory_highwater sqlite3_api->memory_highwater +#define sqlite3_memory_used sqlite3_api->memory_used +#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter sqlite3_api->mutex_enter +#define sqlite3_mutex_free sqlite3_api->mutex_free +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave sqlite3_api->mutex_leave +#define sqlite3_mutex_try sqlite3_api->mutex_try +#define sqlite3_open_v2 sqlite3_api->open_v2 +#define sqlite3_release_memory sqlite3_api->release_memory +#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem +#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig +#define sqlite3_sleep sqlite3_api->sleep +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit +#define sqlite3_vfs_find sqlite3_api->vfs_find +#define sqlite3_vfs_register sqlite3_api->vfs_register +#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister +#define sqlite3_threadsafe sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe +#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob +#define sqlite3_result_error_code sqlite3_api->result_error_code +#define sqlite3_test_control sqlite3_api->test_control +#define sqlite3_randomness sqlite3_api->randomness +#define sqlite3_context_db_handle sqlite3_api->context_db_handle +#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes +#define sqlite3_limit sqlite3_api->limit +#define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt +#define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql +#define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status +#define sqlite3_backup_finish sqlite3_api->backup_finish +#define sqlite3_backup_init sqlite3_api->backup_init +#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount +#define sqlite3_backup_remaining sqlite3_api->backup_remaining +#define sqlite3_backup_step sqlite3_api->backup_step +#define sqlite3_compileoption_get sqlite3_api->compileoption_get +#define sqlite3_compileoption_used sqlite3_api->compileoption_used +#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 sqlite3_api->create_function_v2 +#define sqlite3_db_config sqlite3_api->db_config +#define sqlite3_db_mutex sqlite3_api->db_mutex +#define sqlite3_db_status sqlite3_api->db_status +#define sqlite3_extended_errcode sqlite3_api->extended_errcode +#define sqlite3_log sqlite3_api->log +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64 +#define sqlite3_sourceid sqlite3_api->sourceid +#define sqlite3_stmt_status sqlite3_api->stmt_status +#define sqlite3_strnicmp sqlite3_api->strnicmp +#define sqlite3_unlock_notify sqlite3_api->unlock_notify +#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen sqlite3_api->blob_reopen +#define sqlite3_vtab_config sqlite3_api->vtab_config +#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict +#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */ - /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); - } +#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0; +#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api = v; - /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */ - if( !isView ){ - int nIdx; +#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */ - baseCur = pParse->nTab; - nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, baseCur, OP_OpenWrite); - aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1)); - if( aRegIdx==0 ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - for(i=0; inMem; - } - } +/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/ +/* #include */ - /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */ - if( useTempTable ){ - /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the - ** following pseudocode (template 4): - ** - ** rewind temp table - ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table - ** transfer values form intermediate table into
    - ** end loop - ** D: ... - */ - addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); - addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - }else if( pSelect ){ - /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the - ** following pseudocode (template 3): - ** - ** C: yield X - ** if EOF goto D - ** insert the select result into
    from R..R+n - ** goto C - ** D: ... - */ - addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); - addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof); - } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row, - ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record. - */ - regRecord = ++pParse->nMem; - regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1; - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - regRowid++; - pParse->nMem++; - } - regData = regRowid+1; +/* +** Some API routines are omitted when various features are +** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer +** for any missing APIs. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +# define sqlite3_column_database_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata 0 +#endif - /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any - */ - endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ - int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1); +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION +# define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0 +#endif - /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER - ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be - ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger, - ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has - ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1 - */ - if( keyColumn<0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); - }else{ - int j1; - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regCols); - }else{ - assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regCols); - } - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); - } +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +# define sqlite3_bind_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_complete16 0 +# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0 +# define sqlite3_create_function16 0 +# define sqlite3_errmsg16 0 +# define sqlite3_open16 0 +# define sqlite3_prepare16 0 +# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0 +# define sqlite3_result_error16 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16be 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16le 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16be 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16le 0 +# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 +#endif - /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible, - ** this block would have to account for hidden column. - */ - assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE +# define sqlite3_complete 0 +# define sqlite3_complete16 0 +#endif - /* Create the new column data - */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( pColumn==0 ){ - j = i; - }else{ - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; - } - } - if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); - }else{ - assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ - sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1); - } - } +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE +# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_decltype 0 +#endif - /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger, - ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record. - ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the - ** table column affinities. - */ - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regCols+1, pTab->nCol); - sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); - } +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK +# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0 +#endif - /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, - pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop); +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# define sqlite3_create_module 0 +# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0 +# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0 +# define sqlite3_vtab_config 0 +# define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict 0 +#endif - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1); - } +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0 +#endif - /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack. The - ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid - ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which - ** case the record number is the same as that column. - */ - if( !isView ){ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns); - } - if( keyColumn>=0 ){ - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regRowid); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+keyColumn, regRowid); - }else{ - VdbeOp *pOp; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regRowid); - pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); - if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - appendFlag = 1; - pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid; - pOp->p1 = baseCur; - pOp->p2 = regRowid; - pOp->p3 = regAutoinc; - } - } - /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid - ** to generate a unique primary key value. - */ - if( !appendFlag ){ - int j1; - if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - }else{ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); - } - }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); - appendFlag = 1; - } - autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +# define sqlite3_profile 0 +# define sqlite3_trace 0 +#endif - /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning - ** with the first column. - */ - nHidden = 0; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i; - if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ - /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL. - ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted - ** in its place. So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid - ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRegStore); - continue; - } - if( pColumn==0 ){ - if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){ - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - j = -1; - nHidden++; - }else{ - j = i - nHidden; - } - }else{ - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; - } - } - if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore); - } - } +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE +# define sqlite3_free_table 0 +# define sqlite3_get_table 0 +#endif - /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and - ** do the insertion. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); - sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB); - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - }else +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_bytes 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_close 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_open 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_read 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_write 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen 0 +#endif + +/* +** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines. +** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are +** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite +** library. +** +** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure +** in order to preserve backwards compatibility. +** +** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the +** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they +** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should +** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is +** not NULL before calling it. +*/ +static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { + sqlite3_aggregate_context, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_aggregate_count, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_bind_blob, + sqlite3_bind_double, + sqlite3_bind_int, + sqlite3_bind_int64, + sqlite3_bind_null, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_count, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_index, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_name, + sqlite3_bind_text, + sqlite3_bind_text16, + sqlite3_bind_value, + sqlite3_busy_handler, + sqlite3_busy_timeout, + sqlite3_changes, + sqlite3_close, + sqlite3_collation_needed, + sqlite3_collation_needed16, + sqlite3_column_blob, + sqlite3_column_bytes, + sqlite3_column_bytes16, + sqlite3_column_count, + sqlite3_column_database_name, + sqlite3_column_database_name16, + sqlite3_column_decltype, + sqlite3_column_decltype16, + sqlite3_column_double, + sqlite3_column_int, + sqlite3_column_int64, + sqlite3_column_name, + sqlite3_column_name16, + sqlite3_column_origin_name, + sqlite3_column_origin_name16, + sqlite3_column_table_name, + sqlite3_column_table_name16, + sqlite3_column_text, + sqlite3_column_text16, + sqlite3_column_type, + sqlite3_column_value, + sqlite3_commit_hook, + sqlite3_complete, + sqlite3_complete16, + sqlite3_create_collation, + sqlite3_create_collation16, + sqlite3_create_function, + sqlite3_create_function16, + sqlite3_create_module, + sqlite3_data_count, + sqlite3_db_handle, + sqlite3_declare_vtab, + sqlite3_enable_shared_cache, + sqlite3_errcode, + sqlite3_errmsg, + sqlite3_errmsg16, + sqlite3_exec, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_expired, +#else + 0, #endif - { - int isReplace; /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */ - sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx, - keyColumn>=0, 0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace - ); - sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns); - sqlite3CompleteInsertion( - pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0 - ); - } - } - - /* Update the count of rows that are inserted + sqlite3_finalize, + sqlite3_free, + sqlite3_free_table, + sqlite3_get_autocommit, + sqlite3_get_auxdata, + sqlite3_get_table, + 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */ + sqlite3_interrupt, + sqlite3_last_insert_rowid, + sqlite3_libversion, + sqlite3_libversion_number, + sqlite3_malloc, + sqlite3_mprintf, + sqlite3_open, + sqlite3_open16, + sqlite3_prepare, + sqlite3_prepare16, + sqlite3_profile, + sqlite3_progress_handler, + sqlite3_realloc, + sqlite3_reset, + sqlite3_result_blob, + sqlite3_result_double, + sqlite3_result_error, + sqlite3_result_error16, + sqlite3_result_int, + sqlite3_result_int64, + sqlite3_result_null, + sqlite3_result_text, + sqlite3_result_text16, + sqlite3_result_text16be, + sqlite3_result_text16le, + sqlite3_result_value, + sqlite3_rollback_hook, + sqlite3_set_authorizer, + sqlite3_set_auxdata, + sqlite3_snprintf, + sqlite3_step, + sqlite3_table_column_metadata, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_thread_cleanup, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_total_changes, + sqlite3_trace, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_transfer_bindings, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_update_hook, + sqlite3_user_data, + sqlite3_value_blob, + sqlite3_value_bytes, + sqlite3_value_bytes16, + sqlite3_value_double, + sqlite3_value_int, + sqlite3_value_int64, + sqlite3_value_numeric_type, + sqlite3_value_text, + sqlite3_value_text16, + sqlite3_value_text16be, + sqlite3_value_text16le, + sqlite3_value_type, + sqlite3_vmprintf, + /* + ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any + ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But + ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the + ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with + ** a library that is new enough to support that API. + ************************************************************************* */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); - } - - if( pTrigger ){ - /* Code AFTER triggers */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, - pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop); - } + sqlite3_overload_function, - /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source - ** is a SELECT statement. + /* + ** Added after 3.3.13 */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); - } + sqlite3_prepare_v2, + sqlite3_prepare16_v2, + sqlite3_clear_bindings, - if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){ - /* Close all tables opened */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, baseCur); - for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+baseCur); - } - } + /* + ** Added for 3.4.1 + */ + sqlite3_create_module_v2, -insert_end: - /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the - ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into - ** autoincrement tables. + /* + ** Added for 3.5.0 */ - if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ - sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); - } + sqlite3_bind_zeroblob, + sqlite3_blob_bytes, + sqlite3_blob_close, + sqlite3_blob_open, + sqlite3_blob_read, + sqlite3_blob_write, + sqlite3_create_collation_v2, + sqlite3_file_control, + sqlite3_memory_highwater, + sqlite3_memory_used, +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, +#else + sqlite3_mutex_alloc, + sqlite3_mutex_enter, + sqlite3_mutex_free, + sqlite3_mutex_leave, + sqlite3_mutex_try, +#endif + sqlite3_open_v2, + sqlite3_release_memory, + sqlite3_result_error_nomem, + sqlite3_result_error_toobig, + sqlite3_sleep, + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit, + sqlite3_vfs_find, + sqlite3_vfs_register, + sqlite3_vfs_unregister, /* - ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. + ** Added for 3.5.8 */ - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC); - } + sqlite3_threadsafe, + sqlite3_result_zeroblob, + sqlite3_result_error_code, + sqlite3_test_control, + sqlite3_randomness, + sqlite3_context_db_handle, -insert_cleanup: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); - sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); -} + /* + ** Added for 3.6.0 + */ + sqlite3_extended_result_codes, + sqlite3_limit, + sqlite3_next_stmt, + sqlite3_sql, + sqlite3_status, -/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise -** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file -** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ -#ifdef isView - #undef isView + /* + ** Added for 3.7.4 + */ + sqlite3_backup_finish, + sqlite3_backup_init, + sqlite3_backup_pagecount, + sqlite3_backup_remaining, + sqlite3_backup_step, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + sqlite3_compileoption_get, + sqlite3_compileoption_used, +#else + 0, + 0, #endif -#ifdef pTrigger - #undef pTrigger + sqlite3_create_function_v2, + sqlite3_db_config, + sqlite3_db_mutex, + sqlite3_db_status, + sqlite3_extended_errcode, + sqlite3_log, + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64, + sqlite3_sourceid, + sqlite3_stmt_status, + sqlite3_strnicmp, +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + sqlite3_unlock_notify, +#else + 0, #endif -#ifdef tmask - #undef tmask +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint, + sqlite3_wal_checkpoint, + sqlite3_wal_hook, +#else + 0, + 0, + 0, #endif - + sqlite3_blob_reopen, + sqlite3_vtab_config, + sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict, +}; /* -** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE. -** -** The input is a range of consecutive registers as follows: -** -** 1. The rowid of the row after the update. -** -** 2. The data in the first column of the entry after the update. -** -** i. Data from middle columns... -** -** N. The data in the last column of the entry after the update. -** -** The regRowid parameter is the index of the register containing (1). -** -** If isUpdate is true and rowidChng is non-zero, then rowidChng contains -** the address of a register containing the rowid before the update takes -** place. isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for INSERTs. If isUpdate -** is false, indicating an INSERT statement, then a non-zero rowidChng -** indicates that the rowid was explicitly specified as part of the -** INSERT statement. If rowidChng is false, it means that the rowid is -** computed automatically in an insert or that the rowid value is not -** modified by an update. -** -** The code generated by this routine store new index entries into -** registers identified by aRegIdx[]. No index entry is created for -** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is -** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices -** attached to the table. -** -** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL, -** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails, -** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible -** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE. -** -** Constraint type Action What Happens -** --------------- ---------- ---------------------------------------- -** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and -** sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a -** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. -** -** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command -** only (do not do a complete rollback) then -** cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately -** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. -** -** any FAIL Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a -** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The -** transaction is not rolled back and any -** prior changes are retained. -** -** any IGNORE The record number and data is popped from -** the stack and there is an immediate jump -** to label ignoreDest. -** -** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default -** value for that column. If the default value -** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT. -** -** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row -** being inserted is removed. -** -** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception. +** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file +** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a +** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use +** of the default name is recommended. ** -** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter. -** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter -** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value -** for the constraint is used. +** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong. ** -** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with -** cursor number "baseCur". All indices of pTab must also have open -** read/write cursors with cursor number baseCur+i for the i-th cursor. -** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then -** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. +** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with +** error message text. The calling function should free this memory +** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ - int baseCur, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ - int regRowid, /* Index of the range of input registers */ - int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ - int rowidChng, /* True if the rowid might collide with existing entry */ - int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ - int overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */ - int ignoreDest, /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */ - int *pbMayReplace /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */ +static int sqlite3LoadExtension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ ){ - int i; /* loop counter */ - Vdbe *v; /* VDBE under constrution */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns */ - int onError; /* Conflict resolution strategy */ - int j1; /* Addresss of jump instruction */ - int j2 = 0, j3; /* Addresses of jump instructions */ - int regData; /* Register containing first data column */ - int iCur; /* Table cursor number */ - Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to one of the indices */ - int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */ - int regOldRowid = (rowidChng && isUpdate) ? rowidChng : regRowid; + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; + void *handle; + int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); + char *zErrmsg = 0; + void **aHandle; + const int nMsg = 300; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ - nCol = pTab->nCol; - regData = regRowid + 1; + if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; - /* Test all NOT NULL constraints. + /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older + ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the + ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One + ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension + ** loading. Otherwise you get the following error. */ - for(i=0; iiPKey ){ - continue; - } - onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull; - if( onError==OE_None ) continue; - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail - || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Abort: - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Fail: { - char *zMsg; - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_HaltIfNull, - SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, regData+i); - zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s may not be NULL", - pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[i].zName); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regData+i, ignoreDest); - break; - } - default: { - assert( onError==OE_Replace ); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regData+i); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regData+i); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - break; - } + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized"); } + return SQLITE_ERROR; } - /* Test all CHECK constraints - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - if( pTab->pCheck && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ - int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - pParse->ckBase = regData; - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort; - if( onError==OE_Ignore ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - }else{ - sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, 0, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk); + if( zProc==0 ){ + zProc = "sqlite3_extension_init"; } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ - - /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key - ** of the new record does not previously exist. Except, if this - ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK. - */ - if( rowidChng ){ - onError = pTab->keyConf; - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - - if( isUpdate ){ - j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regRowid, 0, rowidChng); - } - j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, baseCur, 0, regRowid); - switch( onError ){ - default: { - onError = OE_Abort; - /* Fall thru into the next case */ - } - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - sqlite3HaltConstraint( - pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC); - break; - } - case OE_Replace: { - /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the - ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to - ** remove the conflicting row from the the table. This will fire - ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries. - ** - ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers - ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call - ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries - ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry - ** when it is inserted. - ** - ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called, - ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require - ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete - ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless, - ** but being more selective here allows statements like: - ** - ** REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid) - ** - ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the - ** table. - */ - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); - } - if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){ - sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); - sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( - pParse, pTab, baseCur, regRowid, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace - ); - }else if( pTab->pIndex ){ - sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, 0); - } - seenReplace = 1; - break; + + handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile); + if( handle==0 ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg); + if( zErrmsg ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, + "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile); + sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); } - case OE_Ignore: { - assert( seenReplace==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; + } + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) + sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zProc); + if( xInit==0 ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg); + if( zErrmsg ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, + "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zProc,zFile); + sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); } + sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); - if( isUpdate ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg); } + sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); + sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); + return SQLITE_ERROR; } - /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE - ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist. - ** Add the new records to the indices as we go. - */ - for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){ - int regIdx; - int regR; + /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */ + aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1)); + if( aHandle==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( db->nExtension>0 ){ + memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); + db->aExtension = aHandle; - if( aRegIdx[iCur]==0 ) continue; /* Skip unused indices */ + db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} - /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */ - regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn+1); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regData+idx, regIdx+i); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1, aRegIdx[iCur]); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), 0); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); +/* +** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order +** to clean up loaded extensions +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(i=0; inExtension; i++){ + sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); +} - /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */ - onError = pIdx->onError; - if( onError==OE_None ){ - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); - continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ - } - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( seenReplace ){ - if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace; - else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort; - } +/* +** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by +** default so as not to open security holes in older applications. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( onoff ){ + db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension; + }else{ + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ - regR = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regOldRowid, regR); - j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, baseCur+iCur+1, 0, - regR, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regIdx), - P4_INT32); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ - /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */ - assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail - || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - int j; - StrAccum errMsg; - const char *zSep; - char *zErr; +/* +** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension +** loading is supported. We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that +** code if regular extension loading is not available. This is that +** dummy pointer. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 }; +#endif - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, 0, 0, 200); - errMsg.db = pParse->db; - zSep = pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column "; - for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ - char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName; - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zSep, -1); - zSep = ", "; - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zCol, -1); - } - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, - pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique", -1); - zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg); - sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, zErr, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(errMsg.db, zErr); - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - assert( seenReplace==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; - } - default: { - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; - assert( onError==OE_Replace ); - sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); - } - sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( - pParse, pTab, baseCur, regR, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace - ); - seenReplace = 1; - break; + +/* +** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded +** extensions. +** +** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +** mutex must be held while accessing this list. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList; +static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList { + int nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ + void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */ +} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 }; + +/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension +** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, +** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common +** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly +** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define wsdAutoextInit \ + sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext) +# define wsdAutoext x[0] +#else +# define wsdAutoextInit +# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext +#endif + + +/* +** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically +** loaded by every new database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + }else +#endif + { + int i; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + wsdAutoextInit; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + for(i=0; ipSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ - for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){} - for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){ - if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, baseCur+i+1, aRegIdx[i]); - if( useSeekResult ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); - } + wsdAutoextInit; + if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){ + /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */ + return; } - regData = regRowid + 1; - regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec); - sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol); - if( pParse->nested ){ - pik_flags = 0; - }else{ - pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE; - pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID); + for(i=0; go; i++){ + char *zErrmsg; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){ + xInit = 0; + go = 0; + }else{ + xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) + wsdAutoext.aExt[i]; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + zErrmsg = 0; + if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, + "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg); + go = 0; + } + sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); } - if( appendBias ){ - pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND; +} + +/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2003 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command. +*/ + +/* +** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, +** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL. Return 1 for an empty or +** unrecognized string argument. +** +** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that +** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done +** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean +** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON. +*/ +static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z){ + /* 123456789 123456789 */ + static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull"; + static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16}; + static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4}; + static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2}; + int i, n; + if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ + return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z); } - if( useSeekResult ){ - pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + for(i=0; inested ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); + return 1; +} + +/* +** Interpret the given string as a boolean value. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z){ + return getSafetyLevel(z)&1; +} + +/* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the +** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing. So omit +** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) + +/* +** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value. +*/ +static int getLockingMode(const char *z){ + if( z ){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE; + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL; } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); + return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* -** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all -** indices of that table. The "baseCur" parameter is the cursor number used -** for the table. Indices are opened on subsequent cursors. +** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value. ** -** Return the number of indices on the table. +** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are +** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */ - int baseCur, /* Cursor number assigned to the table */ - int op /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ -){ +static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){ int i; - int iDb; - Index *pIdx; - Vdbe *v; + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL; + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR; + i = sqlite3Atoi(z); + return (u8)((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0); +} +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, baseCur, iDb, pTab, op); - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, i+baseCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file +** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database +** and 0 to use the compile-time default. +*/ +static int getTempStore(const char *z){ + if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){ + return z[0] - '0'; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){ + return 1; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){ + return 2; + }else{ + return 0; } - if( pParse->nTabnTab = baseCur+i; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed +** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed +*/ +static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ + if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " + "from within a transaction"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt); + db->aDb[1].pBt = 0; + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); } - return i-1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema +** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE +** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas. +*/ +static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){ + int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType); + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + db->temp_store = (u8)ts; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +/* +** Generate code to return a single integer value. +*/ +static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, i64 value){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int mem = ++pParse->nMem; + i64 *pI64 = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(value)); + if( pI64 ){ + memcpy(pI64, &value, sizeof(value)); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, mem, 0, (char*)pI64, P4_INT64); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1); } - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS /* -** The following global variable is incremented whenever the -** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing -** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really -** is happening when it is suppose to. +** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries +** or changes one of the flags in db->flags. Return 1 if so and 0 if not. +** Also, implement the pragma. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count; -#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ +static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ + static const struct sPragmaType { + const char *zName; /* Name of the pragma */ + int mask; /* Mask for the db->flags value */ + } aPragma[] = { + { "full_column_names", SQLITE_FullColNames }, + { "short_column_names", SQLITE_ShortColNames }, + { "count_changes", SQLITE_CountRows }, + { "empty_result_callbacks", SQLITE_NullCallback }, + { "legacy_file_format", SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt }, + { "fullfsync", SQLITE_FullFSync }, + { "checkpoint_fullfsync", SQLITE_CkptFullFSync }, + { "reverse_unordered_selects", SQLITE_ReverseOrder }, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + { "automatic_index", SQLITE_AutoIndex }, +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { "sql_trace", SQLITE_SqlTrace }, + { "vdbe_listing", SQLITE_VdbeListing }, + { "vdbe_trace", SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + { "ignore_check_constraints", SQLITE_IgnoreChecks }, +#endif + /* The following is VERY experimental */ + { "writable_schema", SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode }, + { "omit_readlock", SQLITE_NoReadlock }, + /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted + ** flag if there are any active statements. */ + { "read_uncommitted", SQLITE_ReadUncommitted }, + { "recursive_triggers", SQLITE_RecTriggers }, + + /* This flag may only be set if both foreign-key and trigger support + ** are present in the build. */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + { "foreign_keys", SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, +#endif + }; + int i; + const struct sPragmaType *p; + for(i=0, p=aPragma; izName)==0 ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); /* Already allocated by sqlite3Pragma() */ + if( ALWAYS(v) ){ + if( zRight==0 ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 ); + }else{ + int mask = p->mask; /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */ + if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ + /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not + ** in auto-commit mode. */ + mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys); + } + + if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight) ){ + db->flags |= mask; + }else{ + db->flags &= ~mask; + } + + /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL + ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all + ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); + } + } + + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT /* -** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible. +** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action. */ -static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){ - if( z1==0 ){ - return z2==0; - } - if( z2==0 ){ - return 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +static const char *actionName(u8 action){ + const char *zName; + switch( action ){ + case OE_SetNull: zName = "SET NULL"; break; + case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break; + case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break; + case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break; + default: zName = "NO ACTION"; + assert( action==OE_None ); break; } - return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0; + return zName; } +#endif /* -** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data -** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules -** for a compatible index: -** -** * The index is over the same set of columns -** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns -** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) -** * The same collating sequence on each column +** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants +** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase +** journal-mode name. */ -static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ - int i; - assert( pDest && pSrc ); - assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable ); - if( pDest->nColumn!=pSrc->nColumn ){ - return 0; /* Different number of columns */ - } - if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){ - return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */ - } - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different columns indexed */ - } - if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different sort orders */ - } - if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i]) ){ - return 0; /* Different collating sequences */ - } - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){ + static char * const azModeName[] = { + "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory" +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + , "wal" +#endif + }; + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 ); + assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) ); - /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */ - return 1; + if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0; + return azModeName[eMode]; } /* -** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form -** -** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; -** -** This optimization is only attempted if -** -** (1) tab1 and tab2 have identical schemas including all the -** same indices and constraints -** -** (2) tab1 and tab2 are different tables -** -** (3) There must be no triggers on tab1 -** -** (4) The result set of the SELECT statement is "*" +** Process a pragma statement. ** -** (5) The SELECT statement has no WHERE, HAVING, ORDER BY, GROUP BY, -** or LIMIT clause. +** Pragmas are of this form: ** -** (6) The SELECT statement is a simple (not a compound) select that -** contains only tab2 in its FROM clause +** PRAGMA [database.]id [= value] ** -** This method for implementing the INSERT transfers raw records from -** tab2 over to tab1. The columns are not decoded. Raw records from -** the indices of tab2 are transfered to tab1 as well. In so doing, -** the resulting tab1 has much less fragmentation. +** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and +** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is +** a number that was preceded by a minus sign. ** -** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is attempted. If any -** of the conditions above fail so that the optimization should not -** be attempted, then this routine returns FALSE. +** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name +** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the +** id and pId2 is any empty string. */ -static int xferOptimization( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ - int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( + Parse *pParse, + Token *pId1, /* First part of [database.]id field */ + Token *pId2, /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */ + Token *pValue, /* Token for , or NULL */ + int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded */ ){ - ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ - Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */ - Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */ - int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */ - int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */ - int emptyDestTest; /* Address of test for empty pDest */ - int emptySrcTest; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */ - Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */ - KeyInfo *pKey; /* Key information for an index */ - int regAutoinc; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */ - int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */ - int regData, regRowid; /* Registers holding data and rowid */ + char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string */ + char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string , or NULL */ + const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */ + Token *pId; /* Pointer to token */ + int iDb; /* Database index for */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Db *pDb; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db); + if( v==0 ) return; + sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v); + pParse->nMem = 2; - if( pSelect==0 ){ - return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */ - } - if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){ - return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */ - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ - return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */ - } -#endif - if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback ){ - return 0; /* Cannot do OR REPLACE or OR IGNORE or OR FAIL */ - } - assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */ - if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */ - } - if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */ - } - if( pSelect->pWhere ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */ - } - if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */ - } - /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but - ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */ - if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */ - } - if( pSelect->pLimit ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */ - } - assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */ - if( pSelect->pPrior ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */ - } - if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */ - } - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){ - return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */ - } - assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr ); - if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){ - return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */ - } + /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the + ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the - ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now - ** we have to check the semantics. + /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the + ** pragma, make sure it is open. */ - pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a; - pSrc = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); - if( pSrc==0 ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ - } - if( pSrc==pDest ){ - return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ - return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */ - } -#endif - if( pSrc->pSelect ){ - return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */ + if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ + return; } - if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){ - return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */ + + zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId); + if( !zLeft ) return; + if( minusFlag ){ + zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue); + }else{ + zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue); } - if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){ - return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + + assert( pId2 ); + zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){ + goto pragma_out; } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( pDest->aCol[i].affinity!=pSrc->aCol[i].affinity ){ - return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size + ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the + ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of + ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current + ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value + ** stored in the database file. + ** + ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a + ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF. These days, synchronous + ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache + ** size. But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache + ** size of historical compatibility. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){ + static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE}, /* 1 */ + { OP_IfPos, 1, 7, 0}, + { OP_Integer, 0, 2, 0}, + { OP_Subtract, 1, 2, 1}, + { OP_IfPos, 1, 7, 0}, + { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 6 */ + { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0}, + }; + int addr; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + if( !zRight ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLITE_STATIC); + pParse->nMem += 2; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); + }else{ + int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); } - if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDest->aCol[i].zColl, pSrc->aCol[i].zColl) ){ - return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */ + }else + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size + ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the + ** database page size value. The value can only be set if + ** the database has not yet been created. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){ + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + if( !zRight ){ + int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0; + returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size); + }else{ + /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal + ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc(). + */ + db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } } - if( pDest->aCol[i].notNull && !pSrc->aCol[i].notNull ){ - return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */ + }else + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete + ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete=ON/OFF + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** secure_delete flag. The second form changes the secure_delete + ** flag setting and reports thenew value. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"secure_delete")==0 ){ + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + int b = -1; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + if( zRight ){ + b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight); + } + if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; iinDb; ii++){ + sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b); + } + } + b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b); + returnSingleInt(pParse, "secure_delete", b); + }else + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count + ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The + ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both + ** forms return the current setting. + ** + ** PRAGMA [database.]page_count + ** + ** Return the number of pages in the specified database. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_count")==0 + || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0 + ){ + int iReg; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + iReg = ++pParse->nMem; + if( zLeft[0]=='p' ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode + ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive) + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"locking_mode")==0 ){ + const char *zRet = "normal"; + int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight); + + if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){ + /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for + ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to + ** the locking-mode of the main database). + */ + eMode = db->dfltLockMode; + }else{ + Pager *pPager; + if( pId2->n==0 ){ + /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part + ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be + ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. + ** + ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that + ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified + ** locking mode. + */ + int ii; + assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); + for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){ + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); + } + db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode; + } + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); + } + + assert(eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL||eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE); + if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){ + zRet = "exclusive"; + } + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + }else + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode + ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode = + ** (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off) + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_mode")==0 ){ + int eMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + + /* Force the schema to be loaded on all databases. This cases all + ** database files to be opened and the journal_modes set. */ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto pragma_out; + } + + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); + + if( zRight==0 ){ + /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the + ** current mode */ + eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; + }else{ + const char *zMode; + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight); + for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){ + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break; + } + if( !zMode ){ + /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode, + ** then do a query */ + eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; + } + } + if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){ + /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */ + iDb = 0; + pId2->n = 1; + } + for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ + if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + }else + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit + ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N + ** + ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_size_limit")==0 ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + i64 iLimit = -2; + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit, 1000000, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1; + } + iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit); + returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit); + }else + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum + ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N + ** + ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter. + ** The value is one of: 0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){ + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto pragma_out; } - } - for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ - if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - destHasUniqueIdx = 1; + if( !zRight ){ + int auto_vacuum; + if( ALWAYS(pBt) ){ + auto_vacuum = sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt); + }else{ + auto_vacuum = SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM; + } + returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum); + }else{ + int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight); + assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 ); + db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto; + if( ALWAYS(eAuto>=0) ){ + /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and + ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection + ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created + ** as an auto-vacuum capable db. + */ + int rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ + /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or + ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database + ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates + ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. + */ + static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE}, + { OP_If, 1, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ + { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */ + { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4 */ + { OP_SetCookie, 0, BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 1}, /* 5 */ + }; + int iAddr; + iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + } + } } - for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ - if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + }else +#endif + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N) + ** + ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"incremental_vacuum")==0 ){ + int iLimit, addr; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto pragma_out; } - if( pSrcIdx==0 ){ - return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */ + if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){ + iLimit = 0x7fffffff; } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){ - return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */ - } + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + }else #endif - /* If we get this far, it means either: - ** - ** * We can always do the transfer if the table contains an - ** an integer primary key +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size + ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N ** - ** * We can conditionally do the transfer if the destination - ** table is empty. + ** The first form reports the current local setting for the + ** page cache size. The local setting can be different from + ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database + ** file itself. The value returned is the maximum number of + ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets the local + ** page cache size value. It does not change the persistent + ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert + ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened. + ** N should be a positive integer. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_xferopt_count++; -#endif - iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc); - iSrc = pParse->nTab++; - iDest = pParse->nTab++; - regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite); - if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) || destHasUniqueIdx ){ - /* If tables do not have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and there - ** are indices to be copied and the destination is not empty, - ** we have to disallow the transfer optimization because the - ** the rowids might change which will mess up indexing. - ** - ** Or if the destination has a UNIQUE index and is not empty, - ** we also disallow the transfer optimization because we cannot - ** insure that all entries in the union of DEST and SRC will be - ** unique. - */ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); - emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - }else{ - emptyDestTest = 0; - } - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead); - emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); - regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid); - sqlite3HaltConstraint( - pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); - }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid); - }else{ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); - assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 ); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); - for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ - for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ - if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + }else{ + int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); } - assert( pSrcIdx ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName)); - pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pDestIdx); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName)); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - if( emptyDestTest ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - return 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ - -/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file -** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in -** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be -** accessed by users of the library. -*/ - - -/* -** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure -** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from -** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message. -** -** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result -** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first -** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback -** is invoked, even for queries. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ - const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ - sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */ - void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - const char *zLeftover; /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* The current SQL statement */ - char **azCols = 0; /* Names of result columns */ - int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retry attempts */ - int callbackIsInit; /* True if callback data is initialized */ + }else - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - if( zSql==0 ) zSql = ""; + /* + ** PRAGMA temp_store + ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing + ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default + ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened. + ** + ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to + ** override this setting + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){ + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store); + }else{ + changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight); + } + }else - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){ - int nCol; - char **azVals = 0; + /* + ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory + ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing + ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files. + ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search. + ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage. + ** + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){ + if( !zRight ){ + if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, + "temp_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + } + }else{ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + if( zRight[0] ){ + int rc; + int res; + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); + goto pragma_out; + } + } + if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0 + || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1) + || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1) + ){ + invalidateTempStorage(pParse); + } + sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory); + if( zRight[0] ){ + sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight); + }else{ + sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ + } + }else - pStmt = 0; - rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - continue; +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) +# if defined(__APPLE__) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 +# else +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 +# endif +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file + ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path" + ** + ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag. Changing + ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks. + ** + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_proxy_file")==0 ){ + if( !zRight ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + char *proxy_file_path = NULL; + sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + &proxy_file_path); + + if( proxy_file_path ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, + "lock_proxy_file", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + } + }else{ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + int res; + if( zRight[0] ){ + res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + zRight); + } else { + res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + NULL); + } + if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file"); + goto pragma_out; + } } - if( !pStmt ){ - /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ - zSql = zLeftover; - continue; + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous + ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing + ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the + ** default value will be restored the next time the database is + ** opened. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1); + }else{ + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); + }else{ + pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1; + } } + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - callbackIsInit = 0; - nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS + if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){ + /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code + ** there is nothing more to do here */ + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ - while( 1 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA table_info(
    ) + ** + ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of + ** the returned data set are: + ** + ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0) + ** name: Column name + ** type: Column declaration type. + ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration + ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){ + Table *pTab; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ int i; - rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); - - /* Invoke the callback function if required */ - if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || - (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit - && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ - if( !callbackIsInit ){ - azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1); - if( azCols==0 ){ - goto exec_out; - } - for(i=0; imallocFailed = 1; - goto exec_out; - } - } + int nHidden = 0; + Column *pCol; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6); + pParse->nMem = 6; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); + for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){ + nHidden++; + continue; } - if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){ - rc = SQLITE_ABORT; - sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); - pStmt = 0; - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0); - goto exec_out; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, + pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4); + if( pCol->zDflt ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pCol->zDflt, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5); } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 6); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6); } + } + }else - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); - pStmt = 0; - if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ - nRetry = 0; - zSql = zLeftover; - while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){ + Index *pIdx; + Table *pTab; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pIdx ){ + int i; + pTab = pIdx->pTable; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); + pParse->nMem = 3; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2); + assert( pTab->nCol>cnum ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + } + } + }else + + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){ + Index *pIdx; + Table *pTab; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + pIdx = pTab->pIndex; + if( pIdx ){ + int i = 0; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); + pParse->nMem = 3; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC); + while(pIdx){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + ++i; + pIdx = pIdx->pNext; } - break; } } + }else - sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); - azCols = 0; - } - -exec_out: - if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); - sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); - - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){ - int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg); - if( *pzErrMsg ){ - memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){ + int i; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); + pParse->nMem = 3; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue; + assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, + sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); } - }else if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = 0; - } - - assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2006 June 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into -** the SQLite library. -*/ - -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE - #define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */ -#endif -/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/ -/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/ -/* -** 2006 June 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by -** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into -** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded -** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of -** sqlite3.h. -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_ -#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_ + }else -typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){ + int i = 0; + HashElem *p; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); + pParse->nMem = 2; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); + } + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */ -/* -** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API -** routines. -** -** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new -** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new -** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different -** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared -** libraries! -*/ -struct sqlite3_api_routines { - void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes); - int (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*); - int (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*)); - int (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double); - int (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); - int (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64); - int (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName); - const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - int (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*)); - int (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - int (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*); - int (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); - int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms); - int (*changes)(sqlite3*); - int (*close)(sqlite3*); - int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)); - int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)); - const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); - const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i); - const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - double (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - sqlite_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*); - int (*complete)(const char*sql); - int (*complete16)(const void*sql); - int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); - int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); - int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); - int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); - int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*); - int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); - sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*); - int (*enable_shared_cache)(int); - int (*errcode)(sqlite3*db); - const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*); - const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*); - int (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**); - int (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); - void (*free)(void*); - void (*free_table)(char**result); - int (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*); - void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int); - int (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**); - int (*global_recover)(void); - void (*interruptx)(sqlite3*); - sqlite_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*); - const char * (*libversion)(void); - int (*libversion_number)(void); - void *(*malloc)(int); - char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...); - int (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**); - int (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**); - int (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); - int (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); - void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*); - void (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*); - void *(*realloc)(void*,int); - int (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); - void (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double); - void (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int); - void (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int); - void (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int); - void (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64); - void (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*); - void (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*); - void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*); - int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),void*); - void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*)); - char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...); - int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); - void (*thread_cleanup)(void); - int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*); - void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*); - int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*); - void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,sqlite_int64),void*); - void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*); - const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*); - int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*); - int (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*); - double (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*); - int (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*); - sqlite_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*); - int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*); - const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*); - const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*); - const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*); - const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*); - int (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*); - char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list); - /* Added ??? */ - int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); - /* Added by 3.3.13 */ - int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); - int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); - int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*); - /* Added by 3.4.1 */ - int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,void (*xDestroy)(void *)); - /* Added by 3.5.0 */ - int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); - int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*); - int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*); - int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,int,sqlite3_blob**); - int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int); - int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int); - int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),void(*)(void*)); - int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*); - sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int); - sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void); - sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int); - void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*); - void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*); - void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*); - int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*); - int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*); - int (*release_memory)(int); - void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*); - void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*); - int (*sleep)(int); - void (*soft_heap_limit)(int); - sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*); - int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int); - int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*); - int (*xthreadsafe)(void); - void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int); - void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int); - int (*test_control)(int, ...); - void (*randomness)(int,void*); - sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*); - int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int); - int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int); - sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*); - const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int); -}; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){ + FKey *pFK; + Table *pTab; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + pFK = pTab->pFKey; + if( pFK ){ + int i = 0; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8); + pParse->nMem = 8; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLITE_STATIC); + while(pFK){ + int j; + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol; + char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[0]); + char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[1]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, + pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8); + } + ++i; + pFK = pFK->pNextFrom; + } + } + } + }else +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ -/* -** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are -** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure. -** -** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file -** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that -** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure -** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine -** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the -** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE -#define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count -#endif -#define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob -#define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double -#define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int -#define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64 -#define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name -#define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text -#define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16 -#define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value -#define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler -#define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout -#define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes -#define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close -#define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed -#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16 -#define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob -#define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes -#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16 -#define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count -#define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name -#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype -#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16 -#define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double -#define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int -#define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64 -#define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name -#define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name -#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name -#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text -#define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16 -#define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type -#define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value -#define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook -#define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete -#define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16 -#define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation -#define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16 -#define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function -#define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16 -#define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module -#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2 -#define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count -#define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle -#define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab -#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache -#define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode -#define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg -#define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16 -#define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired -#endif -#define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize -#define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free -#define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table -#define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit -#define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata -#define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover -#endif -#define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx -#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid -#define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion -#define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number -#define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc -#define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf -#define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open -#define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16 -#define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare -#define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16 -#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 -#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 -#define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile -#define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler -#define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc -#define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset -#define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob -#define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double -#define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error -#define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16 -#define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int -#define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64 -#define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null -#define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text -#define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16 -#define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be -#define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le -#define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value -#define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook -#define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer -#define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata -#define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->snprintf -#define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step -#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata -#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup -#define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes -#define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings -#endif -#define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook -#define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data -#define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob -#define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes -#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16 -#define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double -#define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int -#define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64 -#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type -#define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text -#define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16 -#define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be -#define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le -#define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type -#define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf -#define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function -#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 -#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 -#define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings -#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob -#define sqlite3_blob_bytes sqlite3_api->blob_bytes -#define sqlite3_blob_close sqlite3_api->blob_close -#define sqlite3_blob_open sqlite3_api->blob_open -#define sqlite3_blob_read sqlite3_api->blob_read -#define sqlite3_blob_write sqlite3_api->blob_write -#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2 -#define sqlite3_file_control sqlite3_api->file_control -#define sqlite3_memory_highwater sqlite3_api->memory_highwater -#define sqlite3_memory_used sqlite3_api->memory_used -#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc -#define sqlite3_mutex_enter sqlite3_api->mutex_enter -#define sqlite3_mutex_free sqlite3_api->mutex_free -#define sqlite3_mutex_leave sqlite3_api->mutex_leave -#define sqlite3_mutex_try sqlite3_api->mutex_try -#define sqlite3_open_v2 sqlite3_api->open_v2 -#define sqlite3_release_memory sqlite3_api->release_memory -#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem -#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig -#define sqlite3_sleep sqlite3_api->sleep -#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit -#define sqlite3_vfs_find sqlite3_api->vfs_find -#define sqlite3_vfs_register sqlite3_api->vfs_register -#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister -#define sqlite3_threadsafe sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe -#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob -#define sqlite3_result_error_code sqlite3_api->result_error_code -#define sqlite3_test_control sqlite3_api->test_control -#define sqlite3_randomness sqlite3_api->randomness -#define sqlite3_context_db_handle sqlite3_api->context_db_handle -#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes -#define sqlite3_limit sqlite3_api->limit -#define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt -#define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql -#define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status -#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */ +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){ + if( zRight ){ + if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight) ){ + sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: "); + }else{ + sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0); + } + } + }else +#endif -#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0; -#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api = v; + /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE + ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){ + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight)); + } + }else -#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */ +#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX +# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100 +#endif -/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK + /* Pragma "quick_check" is an experimental reduced version of + ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption + ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0 + || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "quick_check")==0 + ){ + int i, j, addr, mxErr; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check. If no error + ** messages have been generated, output OK. Otherwise output the + ** error message + */ + static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = { + { OP_AddImm, 1, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_IfNeg, 1, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 2 */ + { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, + }; -/* -** Some API routines are omitted when various features are -** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer -** for any missing APIs. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -# define sqlite3_column_database_name 0 -# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_table_name 0 -# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0 -# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata 0 -#endif + int isQuick = (zLeft[0]=='q'); -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION -# define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0 -#endif + /* Initialize the VDBE program */ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + pParse->nMem = 6; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLITE_STATIC); -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -# define sqlite3_bind_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_complete16 0 -# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0 -# define sqlite3_create_function16 0 -# define sqlite3_errmsg16 0 -# define sqlite3_open16 0 -# define sqlite3_prepare16 0 -# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0 -# define sqlite3_result_error16 0 -# define sqlite3_result_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_result_text16be 0 -# define sqlite3_result_text16le 0 -# define sqlite3_value_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_value_text16be 0 -# define sqlite3_value_text16le 0 -# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 -#endif + /* Set the maximum error count */ + mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr); + if( mxErr<=0 ){ + mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE -# define sqlite3_complete 0 -# define sqlite3_complete16 0 -#endif + /* Do an integrity check on each database file */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + HashElem *x; + Hash *pTbls; + int cnt = 0; -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK -# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0 -#endif + if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue; -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -# define sqlite3_create_module 0 -# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0 -# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0 -#endif + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0 -#endif + /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree + ** + ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers + ** for all tables and indices in the database. + */ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash; + for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); + Index *pIdx; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt); + cnt++; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt); + cnt++; + } + } -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE -# define sqlite3_profile 0 -# define sqlite3_trace 0 -#endif + /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */ + if( pParse->nMem < cnt+4 ){ + pParse->nMem = cnt+4; + } -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE -# define sqlite3_free_table 0 -# define sqlite3_get_table 0 -#endif + /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName), + P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_bytes 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_close 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_open 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_read 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_write 0 -#endif + /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly. + */ + for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); + Index *pIdx; + int loopTop; -/* -** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines. -** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are -** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite -** library. -** -** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure -** in order to preserve backwards compatibility. -** -** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the -** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they -** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should -** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is -** not NULL before calling it. -*/ -static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { - sqlite3_aggregate_context, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_aggregate_count, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_bind_blob, - sqlite3_bind_double, - sqlite3_bind_int, - sqlite3_bind_int64, - sqlite3_bind_null, - sqlite3_bind_parameter_count, - sqlite3_bind_parameter_index, - sqlite3_bind_parameter_name, - sqlite3_bind_text, - sqlite3_bind_text16, - sqlite3_bind_value, - sqlite3_busy_handler, - sqlite3_busy_timeout, - sqlite3_changes, - sqlite3_close, - sqlite3_collation_needed, - sqlite3_collation_needed16, - sqlite3_column_blob, - sqlite3_column_bytes, - sqlite3_column_bytes16, - sqlite3_column_count, - sqlite3_column_database_name, - sqlite3_column_database_name16, - sqlite3_column_decltype, - sqlite3_column_decltype16, - sqlite3_column_double, - sqlite3_column_int, - sqlite3_column_int64, - sqlite3_column_name, - sqlite3_column_name16, - sqlite3_column_origin_name, - sqlite3_column_origin_name16, - sqlite3_column_table_name, - sqlite3_column_table_name16, - sqlite3_column_text, - sqlite3_column_text16, - sqlite3_column_type, - sqlite3_column_value, - sqlite3_commit_hook, - sqlite3_complete, - sqlite3_complete16, - sqlite3_create_collation, - sqlite3_create_collation16, - sqlite3_create_function, - sqlite3_create_function16, - sqlite3_create_module, - sqlite3_data_count, - sqlite3_db_handle, - sqlite3_declare_vtab, - sqlite3_enable_shared_cache, - sqlite3_errcode, - sqlite3_errmsg, - sqlite3_errmsg16, - sqlite3_exec, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_expired, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_finalize, - sqlite3_free, - sqlite3_free_table, - sqlite3_get_autocommit, - sqlite3_get_auxdata, - sqlite3_get_table, - 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */ - sqlite3_interrupt, - sqlite3_last_insert_rowid, - sqlite3_libversion, - sqlite3_libversion_number, - sqlite3_malloc, - sqlite3_mprintf, - sqlite3_open, - sqlite3_open16, - sqlite3_prepare, - sqlite3_prepare16, - sqlite3_profile, - sqlite3_progress_handler, - sqlite3_realloc, - sqlite3_reset, - sqlite3_result_blob, - sqlite3_result_double, - sqlite3_result_error, - sqlite3_result_error16, - sqlite3_result_int, - sqlite3_result_int64, - sqlite3_result_null, - sqlite3_result_text, - sqlite3_result_text16, - sqlite3_result_text16be, - sqlite3_result_text16le, - sqlite3_result_value, - sqlite3_rollback_hook, - sqlite3_set_authorizer, - sqlite3_set_auxdata, - sqlite3_snprintf, - sqlite3_step, - sqlite3_table_column_metadata, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_thread_cleanup, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_total_changes, - sqlite3_trace, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_transfer_bindings, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_update_hook, - sqlite3_user_data, - sqlite3_value_blob, - sqlite3_value_bytes, - sqlite3_value_bytes16, - sqlite3_value_double, - sqlite3_value_int, - sqlite3_value_int64, - sqlite3_value_numeric_type, - sqlite3_value_text, - sqlite3_value_text16, - sqlite3_value_text16be, - sqlite3_value_text16le, - sqlite3_value_type, - sqlite3_vmprintf, + if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Stop if out of errors */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 2); /* reg(2) will count entries */ + loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 2, 1); /* increment entry count */ + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + int jmp2; + int r1; + static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = { + { OP_AddImm, 1, -1, 0}, + { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_Rowid, 1, 4, 0}, + { OP_String8, 0, 5, 0}, /* 3 */ + { OP_String8, 0, 6, 0}, /* 4 */ + { OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3}, + { OP_Concat, 5, 3, 3}, + { OP_Concat, 6, 3, 3}, + { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, + { OP_IfPos, 1, 0, 0}, /* 9 */ + { OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, + }; + r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, 1, 3, 0); + jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0, r1, pIdx->nColumn+1); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+1, "rowid ", P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+3, " missing from index ", P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+9); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop); + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = { + { OP_Integer, 0, 3, 0}, + { OP_Rewind, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_AddImm, 3, 1, 0}, + { OP_Next, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3 */ + { OP_Eq, 2, 0, 3}, /* 4 */ + { OP_AddImm, 1, -1, 0}, + { OP_String8, 0, 2, 0}, /* 6 */ + { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 7 */ + { OP_Concat, 3, 2, 2}, + { OP_ResultRow, 2, 1, 0}, + }; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+4); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+6, + "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+7, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + } + } + } + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* - ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any - ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But - ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the - ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with - ** a library that is new enough to support that API. - ************************************************************************* + ** PRAGMA encoding + ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be" + ** + ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main + ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now. + ** + ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file + ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default + ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file + ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the + ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. + ** + ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are + ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If + ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH + ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation. + ** + ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in + ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only + ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i */ - sqlite3_overload_function, + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){ + static const struct EncName { + char *zName; + u8 enc; + } encnames[] = { + { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, + { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, /* Must be element [1] */ + { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, /* Must be element [2] */ + { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, /* Must be element [3] */ + { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, + { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, + { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ + { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ + { 0, 0 } + }; + const struct EncName *pEnc; + if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1); + assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); + assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); + assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */ + /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not + ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value + ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not + ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. + */ + if( + !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || + DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) + ){ + for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ + ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + break; + } + } + if( !pEnc->zName ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight); + } + } + } + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version + ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = + ** + ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version + ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version = + ** + ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get + ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both + ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers + ** stored in the database header. + ** + ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It + ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by + ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by + ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache + ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of + ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed. + ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify + ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program + ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution! + ** + ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by + ** applications for any purpose. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0 + || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0 + || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0 + ){ + int iCookie; /* Cookie index. 1 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */ + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + switch( zLeft[0] ){ + case 'f': case 'F': + iCookie = BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT; + break; + case 's': case 'S': + iCookie = BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION; + break; + default: + iCookie = BTREE_USER_VERSION; + break; + } + + if( zRight && iCookie!=BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT ){ + /* Write the specified cookie value */ + static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 1}, /* 2 */ + }; + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie); + }else{ + /* Read the specified cookie value */ + static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0} + }; + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+1, iCookie); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS /* - ** Added after 3.3.13 + ** PRAGMA compile_options + ** + ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build, + ** one option per row. */ - sqlite3_prepare_v2, - sqlite3_prepare16_v2, - sqlite3_clear_bindings, + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "compile_options")==0 ){ + int i = 0; + const char *zOpt; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + pParse->nMem = 1; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "compile_option", SQLITE_STATIC); + while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zOpt, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + } + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* - ** Added for 3.4.1 + ** PRAGMA [database.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart + ** + ** Checkpoint the database. */ - sqlite3_create_module_v2, + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "wal_checkpoint")==0 ){ + int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED); + int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; + if( zRight ){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){ + eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){ + eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART; + } + } + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); + pParse->nMem = 3; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "busy", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "log", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "checkpointed", SQLITE_STATIC); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + }else /* - ** Added for 3.5.0 + ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint + ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N + ** + ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database + ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value + ** of N. */ - sqlite3_bind_zeroblob, - sqlite3_blob_bytes, - sqlite3_blob_close, - sqlite3_blob_open, - sqlite3_blob_read, - sqlite3_blob_write, - sqlite3_create_collation_v2, - sqlite3_file_control, - sqlite3_memory_highwater, - sqlite3_memory_used, -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT - 0, - 0, - 0, - 0, - 0, -#else - sqlite3_mutex_alloc, - sqlite3_mutex_enter, - sqlite3_mutex_free, - sqlite3_mutex_leave, - sqlite3_mutex_try, + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "wal_autocheckpoint")==0 ){ + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + } + returnSingleInt(pParse, "wal_autocheckpoint", + db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? + SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0); + }else #endif - sqlite3_open_v2, - sqlite3_release_memory, - sqlite3_result_error_nomem, - sqlite3_result_error_toobig, - sqlite3_sleep, - sqlite3_soft_heap_limit, - sqlite3_vfs_find, - sqlite3_vfs_register, - sqlite3_vfs_unregister, +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) /* - ** Added for 3.5.8 + ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases */ - sqlite3_threadsafe, - sqlite3_result_zeroblob, - sqlite3_result_error_code, - sqlite3_test_control, - sqlite3_randomness, - sqlite3_context_db_handle, + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){ + static const char *const azLockName[] = { + "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive" + }; + int i; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); + pParse->nMem = 2; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt; + Pager *pPager; + const char *zState = "unknown"; + int j; + if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC); + pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){ + zState = "closed"; + }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, + SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){ + zState = azLockName[j]; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); + } + + }else +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 && zRight ){ + sqlite3_key(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); + }else + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "rekey")==0 && zRight ){ + sqlite3_rekey(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); + }else + if( zRight && (sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexkey")==0 || + sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexrekey")==0) ){ + int i, h1, h2; + char zKey[40]; + for(i=0; (h1 = zRight[i])!=0 && (h2 = zRight[i+1])!=0; i+=2){ + h1 += 9*(1&(h1>>6)); + h2 += 9*(1&(h2>>6)); + zKey[i/2] = (h2 & 0x0f) | ((h1 & 0xf)<<4); + } + if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){ + sqlite3_key(db, zKey, i/2); + }else{ + sqlite3_rekey(db, zKey, i/2); + } + }else +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){ + sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]); + } +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){ + sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]); + } +#endif + }else +#endif + + + {/* Empty ELSE clause */} /* - ** Added for 3.6.0 + ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous + ** setting changed. */ - sqlite3_extended_result_codes, - sqlite3_limit, - sqlite3_next_stmt, - sqlite3_sql, - sqlite3_status, -}; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + if( db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level, + (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0, + (db->flags&SQLITE_CkptFullFSync)!=0); + } +#endif +pragma_out: + sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight); +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */ +/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/ /* -** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file -** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a -** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use -** of the default name is recommended. +** 2005 May 25 ** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with -** error message text. The calling function should free this memory -** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ). +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare() +** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema +** from disk. */ -static int sqlite3LoadExtension( - sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ - const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ - const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ + +/* +** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates +** that the database is corrupt. +*/ +static void corruptSchema( + InitData *pData, /* Initialization context */ + const char *zObj, /* Object being parsed at the point of error */ + const char *zExtra /* Error information */ ){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; - void *handle; - int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); - char *zErrmsg = 0; - void **aHandle; - const int nMsg = 300; + sqlite3 *db = pData->db; + if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){ + if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?"; + sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, db, + "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj); + if( zExtra ){ + *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, *pData->pzErrMsg, + "%s - %s", *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra); + } + } + pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; +} - if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; +/* +** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the +** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information. +** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE. +** +** Each callback contains the following information: +** +** argv[0] = name of thing being created +** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view. +** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement. +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ + InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit; + sqlite3 *db = pData->db; + int iDb = pData->iDb; + + assert( argc==3 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); + return 1; + } + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */ + if( argv[1]==0 ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); + }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){ + /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW. + ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated + ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data + ** structures that describe the table, index, or view. + */ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + TESTONLY(int rcp); /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */ + + assert( db->init.busy ); + db->init.iDb = iDb; + db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]); + db->init.orphanTrigger = 0; + TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0); + rc = db->errCode; + assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) ); + db->init.iDb = 0; + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){ + assert( iDb==1 ); + }else{ + pData->rc = rc; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + } + } + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + }else if( argv[0]==0 ){ + corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0); + }else{ + /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that + ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE + ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already + ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have + ** to do here is record the root page number for that index. + */ + Index *pIndex; + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( pIndex==0 ){ + /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which + ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since + ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also + ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table. + */ + /* Do Nothing */; + }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage"); + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal +** data structures for a single database file. The index of the +** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main +** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for +** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to +** indicate success or failure. +*/ +static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){ + int rc; + int i; + int size; + Table *pTab; + Db *pDb; + char const *azArg[4]; + int meta[5]; + InitData initData; + char const *zMasterSchema; + char const *zMasterName; + int openedTransaction = 0; + + /* + ** The master database table has a structure like this + */ + static const char master_schema[] = + "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n" + " type text,\n" + " name text,\n" + " tbl_name text,\n" + " rootpage integer,\n" + " sql text\n" + ")" + ; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + static const char temp_master_schema[] = + "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n" + " type text,\n" + " name text,\n" + " tbl_name text,\n" + " rootpage integer,\n" + " sql text\n" + ")" + ; +#else + #define temp_master_schema 0 +#endif + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); + + /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema + ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being + ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table. + */ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema; + }else{ + zMasterSchema = master_schema; + } + zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + + /* Construct the schema tables. */ + azArg[0] = zMasterName; + azArg[1] = "1"; + azArg[2] = zMasterSchema; + azArg[3] = 0; + initData.db = db; + initData.iDb = iDb; + initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; + initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; + sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0); + if( initData.rc ){ + rc = initData.rc; + goto error_out; + } + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( ALWAYS(pTab) ){ + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly; + } + + /* Create a cursor to hold the database open + */ + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){ + DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded); + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened + ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it + ** will be closed before this function returns. */ + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); + if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + goto initone_error_out; + } + openedTransaction = 1; + } + + /* Get the database meta information. + ** + ** Meta values are as follows: + ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change. + ** meta[1] File format of schema layer. + ** meta[2] Size of the page cache. + ** meta[3] Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode) + ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE + ** meta[5] User version + ** meta[6] Incremental vacuum mode + ** meta[7] unused + ** meta[8] unused + ** meta[9] unused + ** + ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to + ** the possible values of meta[4]. + */ + for(i=0; ipBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]); + } + pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1]; + + /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the + ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database. + ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same + ** as sqlite3.enc. + */ + if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){ /* text encoding */ + if( iDb==0 ){ + u8 encoding; + /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ + encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3; + if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8; + ENC(db) = encoding; + db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0); + }else{ + /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ + if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same" + " text encoding as main database"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto initone_error_out; + } + } + }else{ + DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); + } + pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); + + if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){ + size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]); + if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; } + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + } + + /* + ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. + ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN + ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults + ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants + */ + pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]; + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){ + pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1; + } + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto initone_error_out; + } + + /* Ticket #2804: When we open a database in the newer file format, + ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will + ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending + ** indices that the user might have created. + */ + if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){ + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt; + } + + /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables + */ + assert( db->init.busy ); + { + char *zSql; + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); + xAuth = db->xAuth; + db->xAuth = 0; +#endif + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + db->xAuth = xAuth; + } +#endif + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); + } +#endif + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){ + /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider + ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the + ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one + ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset + ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary + ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table + ** even when its contents have been corrupted. + */ + DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } - /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older - ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the - ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One - ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension - ** loading. Otherwise you get the following error. + /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating + ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs + ** before that point, jump to error_out. */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized"); - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; +initone_error_out: + if( openedTransaction ){ + sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt); } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); - if( zProc==0 ){ - zProc = "sqlite3_extension_init"; +error_out: + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; } + return rc; +} - handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile); - if( handle==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - zErrmsg = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, nMsg); - if( zErrmsg ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, - "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile); - sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zErrmsg); - sqlite3StackFree(db, zErrmsg); - } +/* +** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file +** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files +** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an +** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. +** +** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set +** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database +** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ + int i, rc; + int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges); + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + db->init.busy = 1; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ + if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue; + rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i); } - return SQLITE_ERROR; } - xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) - sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zProc); - if( xInit==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - zErrmsg = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, nMsg); - if( zErrmsg ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, - "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zProc,zFile); - sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zErrmsg); - sqlite3StackFree(db, zErrmsg); - } - sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; - }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg); + + /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema + ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database + ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(db->nDb>1) + && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ + rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1); } - sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); - sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); - return SQLITE_ERROR; } +#endif - /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */ - aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1)); - if( aHandle==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( db->nExtension>0 ){ - memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension); + db->init.busy = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){ + sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); } - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); - db->aExtension = aHandle; - db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( - sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ - const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ - const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; + return rc; } /* -** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order -** to clean up loaded extensions +** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised. +** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inExtension; i++){ - sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]); + if( !db->init.busy ){ + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg); } - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); -} - -/* -** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by -** default so as not to open security holes in older applications. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( onoff ){ - db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension; - }else{ - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pParse->rc = rc; + pParse->nErr++; } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ /* -** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension -** loading is supported. We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that -** code if regular extension loading is not available. This is that -** dummy pointer. +** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out +** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. If all schema cookies +** make no changes to pParse->rc. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 }; -#endif +static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + int rc; + int cookie; + assert( pParse->checkSchema ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ + int openedTransaction = 0; /* True if a transaction is opened */ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; /* Btree database to read cookie from */ + if( pBt==0 ) continue; -/* -** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded -** extensions. -** -** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -** mutex must be held while accessing this list. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList; -static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList { - int nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ - void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */ -} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 }; + /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened + ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it + ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */ + if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; + openedTransaction = 1; + } -/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension -** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, -** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common -** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly -** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD -# define wsdAutoextInit \ - sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext) -# define wsdAutoext x[0] -#else -# define wsdAutoextInit -# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext -#endif + /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the + ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation, + ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){ + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, iDb); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + } + /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */ + if( openedTransaction ){ + sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt); + } + } +} /* -** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically -** loaded by every new database connection. +** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates +** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to. +** +** If the same database is attached more than once, the first +** attached database is returned. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - }else -#endif - { - int i; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - wsdAutoextInit; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - for(i=0; iaDb[] is much + ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() + ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). + */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( pSchema ){ + for(i=0; ALWAYS(inDb); i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){ + break; } } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); - return rc; + assert( i>=0 && inDb ); } + return i; } /* -** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism. +** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK ) -#endif - { -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - wsdAutoextInit; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt); - wsdAutoext.aExt = 0; - wsdAutoext.nExt = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); +static int sqlite3Prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ + Vdbe *pReprepare, /* VM being reprepared */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + /* Allocate the parsing context */ + pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( pParse==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto end_prepare; } -} + pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare; + assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 ); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); -/* -** Load all automatic extensions. -** -** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - int go = 1; - int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); + /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all + ** database schemas. The inability to get a read lock indicates that + ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in + ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes + ** to the schema. + ** + ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted + ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled + ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this + ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect + ** the schema change. Disaster would follow. + ** + ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because + ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it + ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change + ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold + ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is + ** holding them. + ** + ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection, + ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still + ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set. + */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++) { + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt); + if( rc ){ + const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName; + sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb); + testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted ); + goto end_prepare; + } + } + } - wsdAutoextInit; - if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){ - /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */ - return; + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + + pParse->db = db; + pParse->nQueryLoop = (double)1; + if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){ + char *zSqlCopy; + int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; + testcase( nBytes==mxLen ); + testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 ); + if( nBytes>mxLen ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long"); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG); + goto end_prepare; + } + zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes); + if( zSqlCopy ){ + sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy); + pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy]; + }else{ + pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes]; + } + }else{ + sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); } - for(i=0; go; i++){ - char *zErrmsg; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){ - xInit = 0; - go = 0; + assert( 1==(int)pParse->nQueryLoop ); + + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pParse->checkSchema ){ + schemaIsValid(pParse); + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( pzTail ){ + *pzTail = pParse->zTail; + } + rc = pParse->rc; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){ + static const char * const azColName[] = { + "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment", + "selectid", "order", "from", "detail" + }; + int iFirst, mx; + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 4); + iFirst = 8; + mx = 12; }else{ - xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) - wsdAutoext.aExt[i]; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8); + iFirst = 0; + mx = 8; } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - zErrmsg = 0; - if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, - "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg); - go = 0; + for(i=iFirst; ipVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME, + azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC); } - sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); } -} - -/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2003 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command. -*/ +#endif -/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) + assert( db->init.busy==0 || saveSqlFlag==0 ); + if( db->init.busy==0 ){ + Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag); + } + if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){ + sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); + assert(!(*ppStmt)); + }else{ + *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe; + } -/* -** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, -** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL. Return 1 for an empty or -** unrecognized string argument. -** -** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that -** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done -** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean -** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON. -*/ -static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z){ - /* 123456789 123456789 */ - static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull"; - static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16}; - static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4}; - static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2}; - int i, n; - if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ - return (u8)atoi(z); + if( zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + }else{ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); } - n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); - for(i=0; ipTriggerPrg ){ + TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg; + pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pT); } - return 1; -} -/* -** Interpret the given string as a boolean value. -*/ -static u8 getBoolean(const char *z){ - return getSafetyLevel(z)&1; +end_prepare: + + sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); + return rc; } - -/* -** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value. -*/ -static int getLockingMode(const char *z){ - if( z ){ - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE; - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL; +static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ + Vdbe *pOld, /* VM being reprepared */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + assert( ppStmt!=0 ); + *ppStmt = 0; + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } - return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); + if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ + sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt); + rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* -** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value. +** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change. ** -** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are -** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively. -*/ -static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){ - int i; - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL; - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR; - i = atoi(z); - return (u8)((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0); -} -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file -** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database -** and 0 to use the compile-time default. +** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, +** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has +** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error +** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ -static int getTempStore(const char *z){ - if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){ - return z[0] - '0'; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){ - return 1; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){ - return 2; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pNew; + const char *zSql; + sqlite3 *db; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed -** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed -*/ -static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ - if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " - "from within a transaction"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) ); + zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p); + assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */ + db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0); + if( rc ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; } - sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt); - db->aDb[1].pBt = 0; - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); + assert( pNew==0 ); + return rc; + }else{ + assert( pNew!=0 ); } + sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p); + sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p); + sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew); + sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew); return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema -** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE -** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas. -*/ -static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){ - int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType); - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - db->temp_store = (u8)ts; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ /* -** Generate code to return a single integer value. +** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy +** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement +** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by +** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained +** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change +** occurs. */ -static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, i64 value){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - int mem = ++pParse->nMem; - i64 *pI64 = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(value)); - if( pI64 ){ - memcpy(pI64, &value, sizeof(value)); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, mem, 0, (char*)pI64, P4_INT64); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries -** or changes one of the flags in db->flags. Return 1 if so and 0 if not. -** Also, implement the pragma. +** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. */ -static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ - static const struct sPragmaType { - const char *zName; /* Name of the pragma */ - int mask; /* Mask for the db->flags value */ - } aPragma[] = { - { "full_column_names", SQLITE_FullColNames }, - { "short_column_names", SQLITE_ShortColNames }, - { "count_changes", SQLITE_CountRows }, - { "empty_result_callbacks", SQLITE_NullCallback }, - { "legacy_file_format", SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt }, - { "fullfsync", SQLITE_FullFSync }, - { "reverse_unordered_selects", SQLITE_ReverseOrder }, -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - { "sql_trace", SQLITE_SqlTrace }, - { "vdbe_listing", SQLITE_VdbeListing }, - { "vdbe_trace", SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - { "ignore_check_constraints", SQLITE_IgnoreChecks }, -#endif - /* The following is VERY experimental */ - { "writable_schema", SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode }, - { "omit_readlock", SQLITE_NoReadlock }, - - /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted - ** flag if there are any active statements. */ - { "read_uncommitted", SQLITE_ReadUncommitted }, - { "recursive_triggers", SQLITE_RecTriggers }, - - /* This flag may only be set if both foreign-key and trigger support - ** are present in the build. */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - { "foreign_keys", SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, -#endif - }; - int i; - const struct sPragmaType *p; - for(i=0, p=aPragma; izName)==0 ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); /* Already allocated by sqlite3Pragma() */ - if( ALWAYS(v) ){ - if( zRight==0 ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 ); - }else{ - int mask = p->mask; /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */ - if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ - /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not - ** in auto-commit mode. */ - mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys); - } - - if( getBoolean(zRight) ){ - db->flags |= mask; - }else{ - db->flags &= ~mask; - } +static int sqlite3Prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16 + ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The + ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail. + */ + char *zSql8; + const char *zTail8 = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL - ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all - ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); - } - } + assert( ppStmt ); + *ppStmt = 0; + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zSql8 ){ + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8); + } - return 1; - } + if( zTail8 && pzTail ){ + /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the + ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode + ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer + ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string. + */ + int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8)); + *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); } - return 0; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ /* -** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action. +** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy +** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement +** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by +** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained +** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change +** occurs. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -static const char *actionName(u8 action){ - const char *zName; - switch( action ){ - case OE_SetNull: zName = "SET NULL"; break; - case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break; - case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break; - case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break; - default: zName = "NO ACTION"; - assert( action==OE_None ); break; - } - return zName; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; } -#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/ /* -** Process a pragma statement. -** -** Pragmas are of this form: +** 2001 September 15 ** -** PRAGMA [database.]id [= value] +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and -** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is -** a number that was preceded by a minus sign. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name -** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the -** id and pId2 is any empty string. +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( - Parse *pParse, - Token *pId1, /* First part of [database.]id field */ - Token *pId2, /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */ - Token *pValue, /* Token for , or NULL */ - int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded */ -){ - char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string */ - char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string , or NULL */ - const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */ - Token *pId; /* Pointer to token */ - int iDb; /* Database index for */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db); - if( v==0 ) return; - sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v); - pParse->nMem = 2; - - /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the - ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - - /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the - ** pragma, make sure it is open. - */ - if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ - return; - } - - zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId); - if( !zLeft ) return; - if( minusFlag ){ - zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue); - }else{ - zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue); - } - - assert( pId2 ); - zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the - ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of - ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current - ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value - ** stored in the database file. - ** - ** The default cache size is stored in meta-value 2 of page 1 of the - ** database file. The cache size is actually the absolute value of - ** this memory location. The sign of meta-value 2 determines the - ** synchronous setting. A negative value means synchronous is off - ** and a positive value means synchronous is on. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){ - static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE}, /* 1 */ - { OP_IfPos, 1, 7, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 2, 0}, - { OP_Subtract, 1, 2, 1}, - { OP_IfPos, 1, 7, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 6 */ - { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0}, - }; - int addr; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - if( !zRight ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLITE_STATIC); - pParse->nMem += 2; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); - }else{ - int size = atoi(zRight); - if( size<0 ) size = -size; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 2, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 2, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -size, 1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1); - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the - ** database page size value. The value can only be set if - ** the database has not yet been created. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( !zRight ){ - int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0; - returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size); - }else{ - /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal - ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc(). - */ - db->nextPagesize = atoi(zRight); - if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count - ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The - ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both - ** forms return the current setting. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - int newMax = 0; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( zRight ){ - newMax = atoi(zRight); - } - if( ALWAYS(pBt) ){ - newMax = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax); - } - returnSingleInt(pParse, "max_page_count", newMax); - }else - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete - ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete=ON/OFF - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** secure_delete flag. The second form changes the secure_delete - ** flag setting and reports thenew value. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"secure_delete")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - int b = -1; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( zRight ){ - b = getBoolean(zRight); - } - if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){ - int ii; - for(ii=0; iinDb; ii++){ - sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b); - } - } - b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b); - returnSingleInt(pParse, "secure_delete", b); - }else - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_count - ** - ** Return the number of pages in the specified database. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_count")==0 ){ - int iReg; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - iReg = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "page_count", SQLITE_STATIC); - }else +/* +** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate +** the select structure itself. +*/ +static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); +} - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode - ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive) - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"locking_mode")==0 ){ - const char *zRet = "normal"; - int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight); +/* +** Initialize a SelectDest structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){ + pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest; + pDest->iParm = iParm; + pDest->affinity = 0; + pDest->iMem = 0; + pDest->nMem = 0; +} - if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){ - /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for - ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to - ** the locking-mode of the main database). - */ - eMode = db->dfltLockMode; - }else{ - Pager *pPager; - if( pId2->n==0 ){ - /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part - ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be - ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. - ** - ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that - ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified - ** locking mode. - */ - int ii; - assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); - for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){ - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); - } - db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode; - } - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); - } - assert(eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL||eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE); - if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){ - zRet = "exclusive"; - } - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - }else +/* +** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that +** structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ + Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */ + Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */ + int isDistinct, /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ + Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ + Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */ +){ + Select *pNew; + Select standin; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */ + if( pNew==0 ){ + pNew = &standin; + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); + } + if( pEList==0 ){ + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0)); + } + pNew->pEList = pEList; + pNew->pSrc = pSrc; + pNew->pWhere = pWhere; + pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; + pNew->pHaving = pHaving; + pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pNew->selFlags = isDistinct ? SF_Distinct : 0; + pNew->op = TK_SELECT; + pNew->pLimit = pLimit; + pNew->pOffset = pOffset; + assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 ); + pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; + if( db->mallocFailed ) { + clearSelect(db, pNew); + if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); + pNew = 0; + }else{ + assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 ); + } + return pNew; +} - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode = (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory) - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_mode")==0 ){ - int eMode; - static char * const azModeName[] = { - "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory" - }; +/* +** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ + if( p ){ + clearSelect(db, p); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } +} - if( zRight==0 ){ - eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; - }else{ - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight); - eMode = sizeof(azModeName)/sizeof(azModeName[0]) - 1; - while( eMode>=0 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, azModeName[eMode], n)!=0 ){ - eMode--; +/* +** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the +** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type +** in terms of the following bit values: +** +** JT_INNER +** JT_CROSS +** JT_OUTER +** JT_NATURAL +** JT_LEFT +** JT_RIGHT +** +** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT. +** +** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return +** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){ + int jointype = 0; + Token *apAll[3]; + Token *p; + /* 0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */ + static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross"; + static const struct { + u8 i; /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */ + u8 nChar; /* Length of the keyword in characters */ + u8 code; /* Join type mask */ + } aKeyword[] = { + /* natural */ { 0, 7, JT_NATURAL }, + /* left */ { 6, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER }, + /* outer */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER }, + /* right */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, + /* full */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, + /* inner */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER }, + /* cross */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS }, + }; + int i, j; + apAll[0] = pA; + apAll[1] = pB; + apAll[2] = pC; + for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ + p = apAll[i]; + for(j=0; jn==aKeyword[j].nChar + && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){ + jointype |= aKeyword[j].code; + break; } } - if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ){ - /* Simple "PRAGMA journal_mode;" statement. This is a query for - ** the current default journal mode (which may be different to - ** the journal-mode of the main database). - */ - eMode = db->dfltJournalMode; - }else{ - Pager *pPager; - if( pId2->n==0 ){ - /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part - ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the journal-mode must be - ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. - ** - ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltJournalMode variable is set so that - ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified - ** journal mode. - */ - int ii; - assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); - for(ii=1; iinDb; ii++){ - if( db->aDb[ii].pBt ){ - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); - sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, eMode); - } - } - db->dfltJournalMode = (u8)eMode; - } - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - eMode = sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, eMode); + testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 ); + if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){ + jointype |= JT_ERROR; + break; } - assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, - azModeName[eMode], P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - }else + } + if( + (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) || + (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0 + ){ + const char *zSp = " "; + assert( pB!=0 ); + if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; } + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " + "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC); + jointype = JT_INNER; + }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 + && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); + jointype = JT_INNER; + } + return jointype; +} - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N - ** - ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_size_limit")==0 ){ - Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - i64 iLimit = -2; - if( zRight ){ - sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit); - if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1; - } - iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit); - returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit); - }else +/* +** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column +** is not contained in the table. +*/ +static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; + } + return -1; +} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ +/* +** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a +** table that has a column named zCol. +** +** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index +** of the matching column and return TRUE. +** +** If not found, return FALSE. +*/ +static int tableAndColumnIndex( + SrcList *pSrc, /* Array of tables to search */ + int N, /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */ + const char *zCol, /* Name of the column we are looking for */ + int *piTab, /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */ + int *piCol /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */ +){ + int i; /* For looping over tables in pSrc */ + int iCol; /* Index of column matching zCol */ - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum - ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N - ** - ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter. - ** The value is one of: 0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - if( !zRight ){ - int auto_vacuum; - if( ALWAYS(pBt) ){ - auto_vacuum = sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt); - }else{ - auto_vacuum = SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM; - } - returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum); - }else{ - int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight); - assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 ); - db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto; - if( ALWAYS(eAuto>=0) ){ - /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and - ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection - ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created - ** as an auto-vacuum capable db. - */ - int rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ - /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or - ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database - ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates - ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. - */ - static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE}, - { OP_If, 1, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ - { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4 */ - { OP_SetCookie, 0, BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 1}, /* 5 */ - }; - int iAddr; - iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - } + assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */ + for(i=0; ia[i].pTab, zCol); + if( iCol>=0 ){ + if( piTab ){ + *piTab = i; + *piCol = iCol; } + return 1; } - }else -#endif + } + return 0; +} - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N) - ** - ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"incremental_vacuum")==0 ){ - int iLimit, addr; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){ - iLimit = 0x7fffffff; - } - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - }else -#endif +/* +** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the +** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which +** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form: +** +** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2) +** +** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the +** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is +** column iColRight of tab2. +*/ +static void addWhereTerm( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* List of tables in FROM clause */ + int iLeft, /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */ + int iColLeft, /* Index of column in first table */ + int iRight, /* Index of second table in pSrc */ + int iColRight, /* Index of column in second table */ + int isOuterJoin, /* True if this is an OUTER join */ + Expr **ppWhere /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Expr *pE1; + Expr *pE2; + Expr *pEq; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current local setting for the - ** page cache size. The local setting can be different from - ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database - ** file itself. The value returned is the maximum number of - ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets the local - ** page cache size value. It does not change the persistent - ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert - ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened. - ** N should be a positive integer. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - }else{ - int size = atoi(zRight); - if( size<0 ) size = -size; - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - }else + assert( iLeftnSrc>iRight ); + assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab ); + assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab ); - /* - ** PRAGMA temp_store - ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file" - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing - ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default - ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened. - ** - ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to - ** override this setting - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store); - }else{ - changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight); - } - }else + pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft); + pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight); - /* - ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory - ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing - ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files. - ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search. - ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage. - ** - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, - "temp_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0); + if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){ + ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin); + assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + ExprSetIrreducible(pEq); + pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable; + } + *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq); +} + +/* +** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression. +** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the +** expression. +** +** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell +** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the +** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part +** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the +** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they +** originated in the ON or USING clause. +** +** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the +** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not +** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed +** for cases like this: +** +** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5 +** +** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5 +** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a +** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not +** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately +** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in +** the output, which is incorrect. +*/ +static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ + while( p ){ + ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); + assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + ExprSetIrreducible(p); + p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable; + setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); + p = p->pRight; + } +} + +/* +** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement. +** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause. +** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms. +** +** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure. +** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most +** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to +** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between +** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are +** also attached to the left entry. +** +** This routine returns the number of errors encountered. +*/ +static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ + SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */ + struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */ + + pSrc = p->pSrc; + pLeft = &pSrc->a[0]; + pRight = &pLeft[1]; + for(i=0; inSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){ + Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab; + Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab; + int isOuter; + + if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue; + isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0; + + /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for + ** every column that the two tables have in common. + */ + if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ + if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have " + "an ON or USING clause", 0); + return 1; } - }else{ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - if( zRight[0] ){ - int rc; - int res; - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); - goto pragma_out; + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + char *zName; /* Name of column in the right table */ + int iLeft; /* Matching left table */ + int iLeftCol; /* Matching column in the left table */ + + zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName; + if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){ + addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j, + isOuter, &p->pWhere); } } - if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0 - || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1) - || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1) - ){ - invalidateTempStorage(pParse); - } - sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory); - if( zRight[0] ){ - sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zRight); - }else{ - sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ } - }else - -#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) -# if defined(__APPLE__) -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 -# else -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 -# endif -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file - ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path" - ** - ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag. Changing - ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks. - ** - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_proxy_file")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - char *proxy_file_path = NULL; - sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, - &proxy_file_path); - if( proxy_file_path ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, - "lock_proxy_file", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - } - }else{ - Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - int res; - if( zRight[0] ){ - res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, - zRight); - } else { - res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, - NULL); - } - if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file"); - goto pragma_out; - } + /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join + */ + if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING " + "clauses in the same join"); + return 1; } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous - ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing - ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the - ** default value will be restored the next time the database is - ** opened. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1); - }else{ - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); - }else{ - pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1; - } + /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by + ** an AND operator. + */ + if( pRight->pOn ){ + if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor); + p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn); + pRight->pOn = 0; } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS - if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){ - /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code - ** there is nothing more to do here */ - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ + /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named + ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are + ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this + ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z + ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is + ** not contained in both tables to be joined. + */ + if( pRight->pUsing ){ + IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing; + for(j=0; jnId; j++){ + char *zName; /* Name of the term in the USING clause */ + int iLeft; /* Table on the left with matching column name */ + int iLeftCol; /* Column number of matching column on the left */ + int iRightCol; /* Column number of matching column on the right */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA table_info(
    ) - ** - ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of - ** the returned data set are: - ** - ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0) - ** name: Column name - ** type: Column declaration type. - ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration - ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){ - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - int i; - int nHidden = 0; - Column *pCol; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6); - pParse->nMem = 6; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); - for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){ - nHidden++; - continue; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, - pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4); - if( pCol->zDflt ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pCol->zDflt, 0); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5); + zName = pList->a[j].zName; + iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName); + if( iRightCol<0 + || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column " + "not present in both tables", zName); + return 1; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 6); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6); + addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol, + isOuter, &p->pWhere); } } - }else + } + return 0; +} - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){ - Index *pIdx; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pIdx ){ - int i; - pTab = pIdx->pTable; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2); - assert( pTab->nCol>cnum ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); - } +/* +** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the +** stack into the sorter. +*/ +static void pushOntoSorter( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ + Select *pSelect, /* The whole SELECT statement */ + int regData /* Register holding data to be sorted */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int nExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr; + int regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+2); + int regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + int op; + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, regBase, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, regBase+nExpr); + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nExpr + 2, regRecord); + if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_UseSorter ){ + op = OP_SorterInsert; + }else{ + op = OP_IdxInsert; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, pOrderBy->iECursor, regRecord); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nExpr+2); + if( pSelect->iLimit ){ + int addr1, addr2; + int iLimit; + if( pSelect->iOffset ){ + iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1; + }else{ + iLimit = pSelect->iLimit; } - }else + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); + } +} - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){ - Index *pIdx; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - pIdx = pTab->pIndex; - if( pIdx ){ - int i = 0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC); - while(pIdx){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); - ++i; - pIdx = pIdx->pNext; - } - } - } - }else +/* +** Add code to implement the OFFSET +*/ +static void codeOffset( + Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded */ + int iContinue /* Jump here to skip the current record */ +){ + if( p->iOffset && iContinue!=0 ){ + int addr; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iOffset, -1); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, p->iOffset); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue); + VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records")); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } +} - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){ - int i; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue; - assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, - sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); - } - }else +/* +** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem +** form a distinct entry. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously +** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab +** if the current N values are new. +** +** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the +** stack if the top N elements are not distinct. +*/ +static void codeDistinct( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */ + int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */ + int N, /* Number of elements */ + int iMem /* First element */ +){ + Vdbe *v; + int r1; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){ - int i = 0; - HashElem *p; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); - pParse->nMem = 2; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ - CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); + v = pParse->pVdbe; + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +/* +** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression +** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result +** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error used to occur +** in multiple places. (The error only occurs in one place now, but we +** retain the subroutine to minimize code disruption.) +*/ +static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context. */ + SelectDest *pDest, /* Destination of SELECT results */ + int nExpr /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */ +){ + int eDest = pDest->eDest; + if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for " + "a SELECT that is part of an expression"); + return 1; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} +#endif + +/* +** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop +** of a SELECT. +** +** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions +** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If nColumn>0 +** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the +** datatypes for each column. +*/ +static void selectInnerLoop( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */ + ExprList *pEList, /* List of values being extracted */ + int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table */ + int nColumn, /* Number of columns in the source table */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */ + int distinct, /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */ + SelectDest *pDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ + int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */ + int iBreak /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ + int regResult; /* Start of memory holding result set */ + int eDest = pDest->eDest; /* How to dispose of results */ + int iParm = pDest->iParm; /* First argument to disposal method */ + int nResultCol; /* Number of result columns */ + + assert( v ); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; + assert( pEList!=0 ); + hasDistinct = distinct>=0; + if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){ + codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); + } + + /* Pull the requested columns. + */ + if( nColumn>0 ){ + nResultCol = nColumn; + }else{ + nResultCol = pEList->nExpr; + } + if( pDest->iMem==0 ){ + pDest->iMem = pParse->nMem+1; + pDest->nMem = nResultCol; + pParse->nMem += nResultCol; + }else{ + assert( pDest->nMem==nResultCol ); + } + regResult = pDest->iMem; + if( nColumn>0 ){ + for(i=0; ipFKey; - if( pFK ){ - int i = 0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8); - pParse->nMem = 8; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLITE_STATIC); - while(pFK){ - int j; - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol; - char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[0]); - char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[1]); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, - pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8); - } - ++i; - pFK = pFK->pNextFrom; - } - } + /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement + ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row + ** part of the result. + */ + if( hasDistinct ){ + assert( pEList!=0 ); + assert( pEList->nExpr==nColumn ); + codeDistinct(pParse, distinct, iContinue, nColumn, regResult); + if( pOrderBy==0 ){ + codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); } - }else -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + } -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){ - if( zRight ){ - if( getBoolean(zRight) ){ - sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: "); - }else{ - sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0); - } + switch( eDest ){ + /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary + ** table iParm. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT + case SRT_Union: { + int r1; + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; } - }else -#endif - /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE - ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){ - if( zRight ){ - sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, getBoolean(zRight)); + /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of + ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from + ** the temporary table iParm. + */ + case SRT_Except: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nColumn); + break; } - }else - -#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX -# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100 #endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK - /* Pragma "quick_check" is an experimental reduced version of - ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption - ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0 - || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "quick_check")==0 - ){ - int i, j, addr, mxErr; - - /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check. If no error - ** messages have been generated, output OK. Otherwise output the - ** error message + /* Store the result as data using a unique key. */ - static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = { - { OP_AddImm, 1, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_IfNeg, 1, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 2 */ - { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, - }; - - int isQuick = (zLeft[0]=='q'); - - /* Initialize the VDBE program */ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pParse->nMem = 6; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLITE_STATIC); - - /* Set the maximum error count */ - mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; - if( zRight ){ - mxErr = atoi(zRight); - if( mxErr<=0 ){ - mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + case SRT_Table: + case SRT_EphemTab: { + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); + if( pOrderBy ){ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1); + }else{ + int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */ - - /* Do an integrity check on each database file */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - HashElem *x; - Hash *pTbls; - int cnt = 0; - - if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue; - - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - - /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree - ** - ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers - ** for all tables and indices in the database. - */ - pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash; - for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); - Index *pIdx; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt); - cnt++; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt); - cnt++; - } - } - - /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */ - if( pParse->nMem < cnt+4 ){ - pParse->nMem = cnt+4; - } - - /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName), - P4_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - - /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly. - */ - for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); - Index *pIdx; - int loopTop; - if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Stop if out of errors */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 2); /* reg(2) will count entries */ - loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 2, 1); /* increment entry count */ - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - int jmp2; - int r1; - static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = { - { OP_AddImm, 1, -1, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_Rowid, 1, 4, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 5, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_String8, 0, 6, 0}, /* 4 */ - { OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3}, - { OP_Concat, 5, 3, 3}, - { OP_Concat, 6, 3, 3}, - { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, - { OP_IfPos, 1, 0, 0}, /* 9 */ - { OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, - }; - r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, 1, 3, 0); - jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0, r1, pIdx->nColumn+1); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+1, "rowid ", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+3, " missing from index ", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+9); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop); - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = { - { OP_Integer, 0, 3, 0}, - { OP_Rewind, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_AddImm, 3, 1, 0}, - { OP_Next, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_Eq, 2, 0, 3}, /* 4 */ - { OP_AddImm, 1, -1, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 2, 0}, /* 6 */ - { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 7 */ - { OP_Concat, 3, 2, 2}, - { OP_ResultRow, 2, 1, 0}, - }; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+4); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+6, - "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+7, pIdx->zName, P4_STATIC); - } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, + ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this + ** item into the set table with bogus data. + */ + case SRT_Set: { + assert( nColumn==1 ); + p->affinity = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity); + if( pOrderBy ){ + /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the + ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set + ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which + ** case the order does matter */ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult); + }else{ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); } + break; } - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - /* - ** PRAGMA encoding - ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be" - ** - ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main - ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now. - ** - ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file - ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default - ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file - ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the - ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. - ** - ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are - ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If - ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH - ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation. - ** - ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in - ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only - ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){ - static const struct EncName { - char *zName; - u8 enc; - } encnames[] = { - { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, - { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, /* Must be element [1] */ - { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, /* Must be element [2] */ - { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, /* Must be element [3] */ - { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, - { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, - { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ - { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ - { 0, 0 } - }; - const struct EncName *pEnc; - if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1); - assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); - assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); - assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */ - /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not - ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value - ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not - ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. - */ - if( - !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || - DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) - ){ - for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ - ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - break; - } - } - if( !pEnc->zName ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight); - } - } + /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. + */ + case SRT_Exists: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm); + /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + break; } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version - ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = - ** - ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version - ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version = - ** - ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get - ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both - ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers - ** stored in the database header. - ** - ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It - ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by - ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by - ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache - ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of - ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed. - ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify - ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program - ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution! - ** - ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by - ** applications for any purpose. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0 - || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0 - || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0 - ){ - int iCookie; /* Cookie index. 1 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - switch( zLeft[0] ){ - case 'f': case 'F': - iCookie = BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT; - break; - case 's': case 'S': - iCookie = BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION; - break; - default: - iCookie = BTREE_USER_VERSION; - break; + /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then + ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out + ** of the scan loop. + */ + case SRT_Mem: { + assert( nColumn==1 ); + if( pOrderBy ){ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1); + /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ + } + break; } +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - if( zRight && iCookie!=BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT ){ - /* Write the specified cookie value */ - static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 1}, /* 2 */ - }; - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, atoi(zRight)); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie); - }else{ - /* Read the specified cookie value */ - static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0} - }; - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+1, iCookie); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine. In the + ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for + ** popping the data from the stack. + */ + case SRT_Coroutine: + case SRT_Output: { + testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); + if( pOrderBy ){ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nColumn); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nColumn); + } + break; } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS - /* - ** PRAGMA compile_options - ** - ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build, - ** one option per row. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "compile_options")==0 ){ - int i = 0; - const char *zOpt; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - pParse->nMem = 1; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "compile_option", SQLITE_STATIC); - while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zOpt, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside + ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call + ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care + ** about the actual results of the select. + */ + default: { + assert( eDest==SRT_Discard ); + break; } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ +#endif + } -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) - /* - ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases + /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. Except, if + ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited + ** the output for us. */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){ - static const char *const azLockName[] = { - "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive" - }; - int i; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); - pParse->nMem = 2; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt; - Pager *pPager; - const char *zState = "unknown"; - int j; - if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC); - pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){ - zState = "closed"; - }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, - SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){ - zState = azLockName[j]; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); - } + if( pOrderBy==0 && p->iLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); + } +} - }else -#endif +/* +** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records +** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list. +** +** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting +** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to +** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT +** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual +** index to implement a DISTINCT test. +** +** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc. The calling +** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually +** freed. Add the KeyInfo structure to the P4 field of an opcode using +** P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF is the usual way of dealing with this. +*/ +static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int nExpr; + KeyInfo *pInfo; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int i; -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 && zRight ){ - sqlite3_key(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); - }else - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "rekey")==0 && zRight ){ - sqlite3_rekey(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); - }else - if( zRight && (sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexkey")==0 || - sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexrekey")==0) ){ - int i, h1, h2; - char zKey[40]; - for(i=0; (h1 = zRight[i])!=0 && (h2 = zRight[i+1])!=0; i+=2){ - h1 += 9*(1&(h1>>6)); - h2 += 9*(1&(h2>>6)); - zKey[i/2] = (h2 & 0x0f) | ((h1 & 0xf)<<4); - } - if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){ - sqlite3_key(db, zKey, i/2); - }else{ - sqlite3_rekey(db, zKey, i/2); - } - }else -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){ - sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]); - } -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){ - sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]); + nExpr = pList->nExpr; + pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) ); + if( pInfo ){ + pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr]; + pInfo->nField = (u16)nExpr; + pInfo->enc = ENC(db); + pInfo->db = db; + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; ipExpr); + if( !pColl ){ + pColl = db->pDfltColl; + } + pInfo->aColl[i] = pColl; + pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pItem->sortOrder; } -#endif - }else -#endif - - - {/* Empty ELSE clause */} - - /* - ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous - ** setting changed. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - if( db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level, - (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0); } -#endif -pragma_out: - sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight); + return pInfo; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +/* +** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages. +*/ +static const char *selectOpName(int id){ + char *z; + switch( id ){ + case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break; + case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break; + case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break; + default: z = "UNION"; break; + } + return z; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ -/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* -** 2005 May 25 +** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function +** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, +** where the caption is of the form: ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx" ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare() -** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema -** from disk. +** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which +** is determined by the zUsage argument. */ +static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){ + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + } +} /* -** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates -** that the database is corrupt. +** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro +** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code +** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that +** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the +** code with #ifndef directives. */ -static void corruptSchema( - InitData *pData, /* Initialization context */ - const char *zObj, /* Object being parsed at the point of error */ - const char *zExtra /* Error information */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pData->db; - if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){ - if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?"; - sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, db, - "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj); - if( zExtra ){ - *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, *pData->pzErrMsg, - "%s - %s", *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra); - } - } - pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT; -} +# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b + +#else +/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ +# define explainTempTable(y,z) +# define explainSetInteger(y,z) +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT) /* -** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the -** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information. -** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE. -** -** Each callback contains the following information: +** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function +** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, +** where the caption is of one of the two forms: ** -** argv[0] = name of thing being created -** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view. -** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement. +** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)" +** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)" ** +** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding +** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter +** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, +** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is +** false, or the second form if it is true. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ - InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit; - sqlite3 *db = pData->db; - int iDb = pData->iDb; - - assert( argc==3 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); - return 1; - } - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */ - if( argv[1]==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); - }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){ - /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW. - ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated - ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data - ** structures that describe the table, index, or view. - */ - char *zErr; - int rc; - assert( db->init.busy ); - db->init.iDb = iDb; - db->init.newTnum = atoi(argv[1]); - db->init.orphanTrigger = 0; - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr); - db->init.iDb = 0; - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){ - assert( iDb==1 ); - }else{ - pData->rc = rc; - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], zErr); - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - } - }else if( argv[0]==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0); - }else{ - /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that - ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE - ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already - ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have - ** to do here is record the root page number for that index. - */ - Index *pIndex; - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( pIndex==0 ){ - /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which - ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since - ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also - ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table. - */ - /* Do Nothing */; - }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage"); - } +static void explainComposite( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + int op, /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */ + int iSub1, /* Subquery id 1 */ + int iSub2, /* Subquery id 2 */ + int bUseTmp /* True if a temp table was used */ +){ + assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL ); + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf( + pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2, + bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op) + ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); } - return 0; } +#else +/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ +# define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z) +#endif /* -** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal -** data structures for a single database file. The index of the -** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main -** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for -** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to -** indicate success or failure. +** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument, +** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated +** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following +** routine generates the code needed to do that. */ -static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){ - int rc; - int i; - int size; - Table *pTab; - Db *pDb; - char const *azArg[4]; - int meta[5]; - InitData initData; - char const *zMasterSchema; - char const *zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - int openedTransaction = 0; +static void generateSortTail( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ + Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ + int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */ + SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */ +){ + int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here to exit loop */ + int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here for next cycle */ + int addr; + int iTab; + int pseudoTab = 0; + ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - /* - ** The master database table has a structure like this - */ - static const char master_schema[] = - "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")" - ; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - static const char temp_master_schema[] = - "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")" - ; -#else - #define temp_master_schema 0 -#endif + int eDest = pDest->eDest; + int iParm = pDest->iParm; - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); + int regRow; + int regRowid; - /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema - ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being - ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table. - */ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema; + iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor; + regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ + pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, regRow, nColumn); + regRowid = 0; }else{ - zMasterSchema = master_schema; - } - zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - - /* Construct the schema tables. */ - azArg[0] = zMasterName; - azArg[1] = "1"; - azArg[2] = zMasterSchema; - azArg[3] = 0; - initData.db = db; - initData.iDb = iDb; - initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; - initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; - sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0); - if( initData.rc ){ - rc = initData.rc; - goto error_out; + regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); } - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( ALWAYS(pTab) ){ - pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly; + if( p->selFlags & SF_UseSorter ){ + int regSortOut = ++pParse->nMem; + int ptab2 = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, ptab2, regSortOut, pOrderBy->nExpr+2); + addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak); + codeOffset(v, p, addrContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iTab, regSortOut); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ptab2, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regRow); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); + }else{ + addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); + codeOffset(v, p, addrContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regRow); } - - /* Create a cursor to hold the database open - */ - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){ - DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded); + switch( eDest ){ + case SRT_Table: + case SRT_EphemTab: { + testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + break; } - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened - ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it - ** will be closed before this function returns. */ - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); - if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); - goto initone_error_out; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case SRT_Set: { + assert( nColumn==1 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, &p->affinity, 1); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid); + break; } - openedTransaction = 1; - } - - /* Get the database meta information. - ** - ** Meta values are as follows: - ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change. - ** meta[1] File format of schema layer. - ** meta[2] Size of the page cache. - ** meta[3] Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode) - ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE - ** meta[5] User version - ** meta[6] Incremental vacuum mode - ** meta[7] unused - ** meta[8] unused - ** meta[9] unused - ** - ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to - ** the possible values of meta[4]. - */ - for(i=0; ipBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]); - } - pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1]; - - /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the - ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database. - ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same - ** as sqlite3.enc. - */ - if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){ /* text encoding */ - if( iDb==0 ){ - u8 encoding; - /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ - encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3; - if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8; - ENC(db) = encoding; - db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0); - }else{ - /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ - if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same" - " text encoding as main database"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto initone_error_out; + case SRT_Mem: { + assert( nColumn==1 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1); + /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + break; + } +#endif + default: { + int i; + assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + for(i=0; iiMem+i ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iMem+i); + if( i==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); + } + } + if( eDest==SRT_Output ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iMem, nColumn); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iMem, nColumn); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); } + break; } - }else{ - DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); - } - pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); - - if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){ - size = meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]; - if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; } - if( size<0 ) size = -size; - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); - /* - ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. - ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN - ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults - ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants + /* The bottom of the loop */ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]; - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue); + if( p->selFlags & SF_UseSorter ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iTab, addr); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); } - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto initone_error_out; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); + if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0); } +} - /* Ticket #2804: When we open a database in the newer file format, - ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will - ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending - ** indices that the user might have created. - */ - if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){ - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt; - } +/* +** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the +** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller. +** +** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the +** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The +** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression +** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The +** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is +** considered a column by this function. +** +** SELECT col FROM tbl; +** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; +** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); +** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); +** +** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. +*/ +static const char *columnType( + NameContext *pNC, + Expr *pExpr, + const char **pzOriginDb, + const char **pzOriginTab, + const char **pzOriginCol +){ + char const *zType = 0; + char const *zOriginDb = 0; + char const *zOriginTab = 0; + char const *zOriginCol = 0; + int j; + if( NEVER(pExpr==0) || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0; - /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables - */ - assert( db->init.busy ); - { - char *zSql; - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); - xAuth = db->xAuth; - db->xAuth = 0; -#endif - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - db->xAuth = xAuth; + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: + case TK_COLUMN: { + /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being + ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real + ** database table or a subquery. + */ + Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */ + Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */ + int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */ + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + while( pNC && !pTab ){ + SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList; + for(j=0;jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++); + if( jnSrc ){ + pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; + pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect; + }else{ + pNC = pNC->pNext; + } + } + + if( pTab==0 ){ + /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would + ** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how + ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer + ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like + ** the following: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER); + ** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1; + ** + ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the + ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even + ** though it should really be "INTEGER". + ** + ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never + ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression + ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT + ** branch below. */ + break; + } + + assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab ); + if( pS ){ + /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause + ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin + ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select. + */ + if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iColpEList->nExpr) ){ + /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the + ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see + ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. + */ + NameContext sNC; + Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; + sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = pNC; + sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); + } + }else if( ALWAYS(pTab->pSchema) ){ + /* A real table */ + assert( !pS ); + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); + if( iCol<0 ){ + zType = "INTEGER"; + zOriginCol = "rowid"; + }else{ + zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; + zOriginCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + } + zOriginTab = pTab->zName; + if( pNC->pParse ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + zOriginDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + } + } + break; } -#endif - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_SELECT: { + /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and + ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT + ** statement. + */ + NameContext sNC; + Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect; + Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr; + assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = pNC; + sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); + break; } #endif } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); + + if( pzOriginDb ){ + assert( pzOriginTab && pzOriginCol ); + *pzOriginDb = zOriginDb; + *pzOriginTab = zOriginTab; + *pzOriginCol = zOriginCol; } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){ - /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider - ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the - ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one - ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset - ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary - ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table - ** even when its contents have been corrupted. + return zType; +} + +/* +** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns +** in the result set. +*/ +static void generateColumnTypes( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ + ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + NameContext sNC; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + sNC.pParse = pParse; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + const char *zType; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + const char *zOrigDb = 0; + const char *zOrigTab = 0; + const char *zOrigCol = 0; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); + + /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other + ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this + ** virtual machine is deleted. */ - DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); - rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +#else + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */ +} - /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating - ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs - ** before that point, jump to error_out. - */ -initone_error_out: - if( openedTransaction ){ - sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt); +/* +** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns +** in the result set. This information is used to provide the +** azCol[] values in the callback. +*/ +static void generateColumnNames( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ + ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i, j; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int fullNames, shortNames; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */ + if( pParse->explain ){ + return; } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); +#endif -error_out: - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; + if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return; + pParse->colNamesSet = 1; + fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0; + shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr); + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p; + p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue; + if( pEList->a[i].zName ){ + char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){ + Table *pTab; + char *zCol; + int iCol = p->iColumn; + for(j=0; ALWAYS(jnSrc); j++){ + if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break; + } + assert( jnSrc ); + pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); + if( iCol<0 ){ + zCol = "rowid"; + }else{ + zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + } + if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, + sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + }else if( fullNames ){ + char *zName = 0; + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, + sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } } - return rc; + generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList); } /* -** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file -** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files -** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an -** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. +** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions +** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate +** column names for a table that would hold the expression list. ** -** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set -** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database -** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. +** All column names will be unique. +** +** Only the column names are computed. Column.zType, Column.zColl, +** and other fields of Column are zeroed. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If a memory allocation error occurs, +** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ - int i, rc; - int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges); +static int selectColumnsFromExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pEList, /* Expr list from which to derive column names */ + int *pnCol, /* Write the number of columns here */ + Column **paCol /* Write the new column list here */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int cnt; /* Index added to make the name unique */ + Column *aCol, *pCol; /* For looping over result columns */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */ + Expr *p; /* Expression for a single result column */ + char *zName; /* Column name */ + int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - db->init.busy = 1; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue; - rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i); + *pnCol = nCol = pEList->nExpr; + aCol = *paCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol); + if( aCol==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + for(i=0, pCol=aCol; ia[i].pExpr; + assert( p->pRight==0 || ExprHasProperty(p->pRight, EP_IntValue) + || p->pRight->u.zToken==0 || p->pRight->u.zToken[0]!=0 ); + if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){ + /* If the column contains an "AS " phrase, use as the name */ + zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); + }else{ + Expr *pColExpr = p; /* The expression that is the result column name */ + Table *pTab; /* Table associated with this expression */ + while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ) pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight; + if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){ + /* For columns use the column name name */ + int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn; + pTab = pColExpr->pTab; + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", + iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid"); + }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken); + }else{ + /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */ + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan); + } + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + break; } - } - /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema - ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database - ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(db->nDb>1) - && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ - rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1); + /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique, + ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique. + */ + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + for(j=cnt=0; jzName = zName; } -#endif - - db->init.busy = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){ - sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + for(j=0; jdb; + NameContext sNC; + Column *pCol; + CollSeq *pColl; + int i; + Expr *p; + struct ExprList_item *a; + + assert( pSelect!=0 ); + assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 ); + assert( nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); + if( db->mallocFailed ) return; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; + a = pSelect->pEList->a; + for(i=0, pCol=aCol; izType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0)); + pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p); + if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); + if( pColl ){ + pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName); + } + } } /* -** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised. -** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned. +** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes +** the result set of that SELECT. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ + Table *pTab; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( !db->init.busy ){ - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg); + int savedFlags; + + savedFlags = db->flags; + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames; + db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames; + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0); + if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; + while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; + db->flags = savedFlags; + pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) ); + if( pTab==0 ){ + return 0; } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pParse->rc = rc; - pParse->nErr++; + /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside + ** is disabled */ + assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 ); + pTab->nRef = 1; + pTab->zName = 0; + pTab->nRowEst = 1000000; + selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); + selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSelect); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab); + return 0; } - return rc; + return pTab; } - /* -** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out -** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. If all schema cookies -** make no changes to pParse->rc. +** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary. +** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse. */ -static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - int rc; - int cookie; +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( v==0 ){ + v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Trace); + } +#endif + } + return v; +} - assert( pParse->checkSchema ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ - int openedTransaction = 0; /* True if a transaction is opened */ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; /* Btree database to read cookie from */ - if( pBt==0 ) continue; - /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened - ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it - ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */ - if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; +/* +** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the +** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions +** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET +** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset +** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute +** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then +** iLimit and iOffset are negative. +** +** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if +** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and +** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values +** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine. +** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get +** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force +** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple +** SELECT statements. +*/ +static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ + Vdbe *v = 0; + int iLimit = 0; + int iOffset; + int addr1, n; + if( p->iLimit ) return; + + /* + ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some + ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be. + ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean + ** no rows. + */ + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 ); + if( p->pLimit ){ + p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* VDBE should have already been allocated */ + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit); + VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); + if( n==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak); + }else{ + if( p->nSelectRow > (double)n ) p->nSelectRow = (double)n; } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; - openedTransaction = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); + VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak); } - - /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the - ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation, - ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ - sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie); - if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + if( p->pOffset ){ + p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem; + pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); + VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter")); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1); + VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET")); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); } + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +/* +** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of +** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if +** the column has no default collating sequence. +** +** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the +** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence. +*/ +static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){ + CollSeq *pRet; + if( p->pPrior ){ + pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol); + }else{ + pRet = 0; + } + assert( iCol>=0 ); + if( pRet==0 && iColpEList->nExpr ){ + pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr); + } + return pRet; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ + +/* Forward reference */ +static int multiSelectOrderBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +); + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +/* +** This routine is called to process a compound query form from +** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or +** INTERSECT +** +** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the +** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query +** in which case this routine will be called recursively. +** +** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination +** of type eDest with parameter iParm. +** +** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement. +** +** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3 +** +** This statement is parsed up as follows: +** +** SELECT c FROM t3 +** | +** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2 +** | +** `------> SELECT a FROM t1 +** +** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer. +** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then +** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case. +** +** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the +** individual selects always group from left to right. +*/ +static int multiSelect( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */ + Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ + SelectDest dest; /* Alternative data destination */ + Select *pDelete = 0; /* Chain of simple selects to delete */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ + int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ +#endif - /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */ - if( openedTransaction ){ - sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt); - } + /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only + ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT. + */ + assert( p && p->pPrior ); /* Calling function guarantees this much */ + db = pParse->db; + pPrior = p->pPrior; + assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior ); + assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost ); + dest = *pDest; + if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before", + selectOpName(p->op)); + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + if( pPrior->pLimit ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before", + selectOpName(p->op)); + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; } -} -/* -** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates -** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to. -** -** If the same database is attached more than once, the first -** attached database is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ - int i = -1000000; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); /* The VDBE already created by calling function */ - /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in - ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one - ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this - ** function should never be used. - ** - ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using - ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much - ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() - ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). + /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( pSchema ){ - for(i=0; ALWAYS(inDb); i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){ - break; - } - } - assert( i>=0 && inDb ); + if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ + assert( p->pEList ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iParm, p->pEList->nExpr); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); + dest.eDest = SRT_Table; } - return i; -} -/* -** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. -*/ -static int sqlite3Prepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - Vdbe *pReprepare, /* VM being reprepared */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ - char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ + /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements + ** in their result sets. + */ + assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList ); + if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s" + " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op)); + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } - /* Allocate the parsing context */ - pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); - if( pParse==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto end_prepare; + /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately. + */ + if( p->pOrderBy ){ + return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest); } - pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare; - assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 ); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all - ** database schemas. The inability to get a read lock indicates that - ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in - ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes - ** to the schema. - ** - ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted - ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled - ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this - ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect - ** the schema change. Disaster would follow. - ** - ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because - ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it - ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change - ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold - ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is - ** holding them. - ** - ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection, - ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still - ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set. + /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements. */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++) { - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt); + switch( p->op ){ + case TK_ALL: { + int addr = 0; + int nLimit; + assert( !pPrior->pLimit ); + pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit; + pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset; + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest); + p->pLimit = 0; + p->pOffset = 0; if( rc ){ - const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName; - sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb); - testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted ); - goto end_prepare; + goto multi_select_end; + } + p->pPrior = 0; + p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit; + p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset; + if( p->iLimit ){ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit); + VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached")); + } + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + pDelete = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = pPrior; + p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; + if( pPrior->pLimit + && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit) + && p->nSelectRow > (double)nLimit + ){ + p->nSelectRow = (double)nLimit; } + if( addr ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } + break; } - } + case TK_EXCEPT: + case TK_UNION: { + int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */ + u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */ + int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */ + Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */ + int addr; + SelectDest uniondest; - sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ); + testcase( p->op==TK_UNION ); + priorOp = SRT_Union; + if( dest.eDest==priorOp && ALWAYS(!p->pLimit &&!p->pOffset) ){ + /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our + ** right. + */ + assert( p->pRightmost!=p ); /* Can only happen for leftward elements + ** of a 3-way or more compound */ + assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ + assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ + unionTab = dest.iParm; + }else{ + /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the + ** intermediate results. + */ + unionTab = pParse->nTab++; + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; + p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; + assert( p->pEList ); + } - pParse->db = db; - if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){ - char *zSqlCopy; - int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; - testcase( nBytes==mxLen ); - testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 ); - if( nBytes>mxLen ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long"); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG); - goto end_prepare; - } - zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes); - if( zSqlCopy ){ - sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy); - pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy]; - }else{ - pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes]; - } - }else{ - sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); - } + /* Code the SELECT statements to our left + */ + assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab); + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest); + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pParse->checkSchema ){ - schemaIsValid(pParse); - } - if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( pzTail ){ - *pzTail = pParse->zTail; - } - rc = pParse->rc; + /* Code the current SELECT statement + */ + if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){ + op = SRT_Except; + }else{ + assert( p->op==TK_UNION ); + op = SRT_Union; + } + p->pPrior = 0; + pLimit = p->pLimit; + p->pLimit = 0; + pOffset = p->pOffset; + p->pOffset = 0; + uniondest.eDest = op; + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. + ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + pDelete = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = pPrior; + p->pOrderBy = 0; + if( p->op==TK_UNION ) p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOffset = pOffset; + p->iLimit = 0; + p->iOffset = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){ - static const char * const azColName[] = { - "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment", - "order", "from", "detail" - }; - int iFirst, mx; - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 3); - iFirst = 8; - mx = 11; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8); - iFirst = 0; - mx = 8; - } - for(i=iFirst; ipVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME, - azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC); + /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form + ** it is that we currently need. + */ + assert( unionTab==dest.iParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp ); + if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){ + int iCont, iBreak, iStart; + assert( p->pEList ); + if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ + Select *pFirst = p; + while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; + generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); + } + iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); + iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr, + 0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0); + } + break; } - } -#endif + default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); { + int tab1, tab2; + int iCont, iBreak, iStart; + Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; + int addr; + SelectDest intersectdest; + int r1; - assert( db->init.busy==0 || saveSqlFlag==0 ); - if( db->init.busy==0 ){ - Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag); - } - if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){ - sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); - assert(!(*ppStmt)); - }else{ - *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe; - } + /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires + ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin + ** by allocating the tables we will need. + */ + tab1 = pParse->nTab++; + tab2 = pParse->nTab++; + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); - if( zErrMsg ){ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - }else{ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - } + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; + p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; + assert( p->pEList ); - /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */ - while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){ - TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg; - pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext; - sqlite3VdbeProgramDelete(db, pT->pProgram, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pT); - } + /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". + */ + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1); + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest); + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } -end_prepare: + /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" + */ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr; + p->pPrior = 0; + pLimit = p->pLimit; + p->pLimit = 0; + pOffset = p->pOffset; + p->pOffset = 0; + intersectdest.iParm = tab2; + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + pDelete = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = pPrior; + if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOffset = pOffset; - sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); - return rc; -} -static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - Vdbe *pOld, /* VM being reprepared */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - assert( ppStmt!=0 ); - *ppStmt = 0; - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); - if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ - sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt); - rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); + /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary + ** tables. + */ + assert( p->pEList ); + if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ + Select *pFirst = p; + while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; + generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); + } + iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr, + 0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0); + break; + } } - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -/* -** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change. -** -** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, -** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has -** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error -** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pNew; - const char *zSql; - sqlite3 *db; + explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) ); - zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p); - assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */ - db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0); - if( rc ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; + /* Compute collating sequences used by + ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. + ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. + ** + ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only. + ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most + ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and + ** no temp tables are required. + */ + if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */ + Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */ + CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in result set */ + + assert( p->pRightmost==p ); + nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; + pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, + sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*) + 1)); + if( !pKeyInfo ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto multi_select_end; + } + + pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(db); + pKeyInfo->nField = (u16)nCol; + + for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; ipDfltColl; + } } - assert( pNew==0 ); - return rc; - }else{ - assert( pNew!=0 ); - } - sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p); - sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p); - sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew); - sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew); - return SQLITE_OK; -} + for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){ + for(i=0; i<2; i++){ + int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i]; + if( addr<0 ){ + /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can + ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */ + assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 ); + break; + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1; + } + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pKeyInfo); + } -/* -** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy -** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement -** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by -** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained -** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change -** occurs. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ +multi_select_end: + pDest->iMem = dest.iMem; + pDest->nMem = dest.nMem; + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete); return rc; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. +** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a +** SELECT statment. +** +** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iMem. There are +** pIn->nMem columns to be output. pDest is where the output should +** be sent. +** +** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine +** return address. +** +** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that +** records the previous output. mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false +** if there has been no previous output. If regPrev>0 then code is +** generated to suppress duplicates. pKeyInfo is used for comparing +** keys. +** +** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to +** iBreak. */ -static int sqlite3Prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +static int generateOutputSubroutine( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ + SelectDest *pIn, /* Coroutine supplying data */ + SelectDest *pDest, /* Where to send the data */ + int regReturn, /* The return address register */ + int regPrev, /* Previous result register. No uniqueness if 0 */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* For comparing with previous entry */ + int p4type, /* The p4 type for pKeyInfo */ + int iBreak /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */ ){ - /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16 - ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The - ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail. - */ - char *zSql8; - const char *zTail8 = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iContinue; + int addr; - assert( ppStmt ); - *ppStmt = 0; - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); - if( zSql8 ){ - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8); + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT + */ + if( regPrev ){ + int j1, j2; + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); + j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem, + (char*)pKeyInfo, p4type); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev); } + if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; - if( zTail8 && pzTail ){ - /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the - ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode - ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer - ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string. + /* Suppress the the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause + */ + codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); + + switch( pDest->eDest ){ + /* Store the result as data using a unique key. */ - int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8)); - *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); + case SRT_Table: + case SRT_EphemTab: { + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_Table ); + testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iParm, r2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iParm, r1, r2); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, + ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this + ** item into the set table with bogus data. + */ + case SRT_Set: { + int r1; + assert( pIn->nMem==1 ); + p->affinity = + sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity); + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iParm, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; + } + +#if 0 /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */ + /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. + */ + case SRT_Exists: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iParm); + /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + break; + } +#endif + + /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then + ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out + ** of the scan loop. + */ + case SRT_Mem: { + assert( pIn->nMem==1 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iParm, 1); + /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ + break; + } +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + + /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers + ** starting at pDest->iMem. Then the co-routine yields. + */ + case SRT_Coroutine: { + if( pDest->iMem==0 ){ + pDest->iMem = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nMem); + pDest->nMem = pIn->nMem; + } + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iMem, pDest->nMem); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); + break; + } + + /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be + ** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other + ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output. + ** + ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers. + ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to + ** return the next row of result. + */ + default: { + assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem); + break; + } } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -/* -** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy -** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement -** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by -** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained -** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change -** occurs. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} + /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. + */ + if( p->iLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); + } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + /* Generate the subroutine return + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn); + + return addr; +} -/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 +** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there +** is an ORDER BY clause. ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** We assume a query of the following form: ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** ORDER BY ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite. +** is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT. The idea +** is to code both and with the ORDER BY clause as +** co-routines. Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results +** into the output. In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and +** selectB) there are 7 subroutines: +** +** outA: Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output +** of the compound query. +** +** outB: Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output +** of the compound query. (Only generated for UNION and +** UNION ALL. EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that +** appears only in B.) +** +** AltB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and AB. +** +** EofA: Called when data is exhausted from selectA. +** +** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB. +** +** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which +** is used: +** +** +** UNION ALL UNION EXCEPT INTERSECT +** ------------- ----------------- -------------- ----------------- +** AltB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA nextA +** +** AeqB: outA, nextA nextA nextA outA, nextA +** +** AgtB: outB, nextB outB, nextB nextB nextB +** +** EofA: outB, nextB outB, nextB halt halt +** +** EofB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA halt +** +** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA +** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes +** an immediate jump to EofB. Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or +** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing. +** +** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled +** within the output subroutine. The regPrev register set holds the previously +** output value. A comparison is made against this value and the output +** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous. +** +** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven +** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom. Like this: +** +** goto Init +** coA: coroutine for left query (A) +** coB: coroutine for right query (B) +** outA: output one row of A +** outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only) +** EofA: ... +** EofB: ... +** AltB: ... +** AeqB: ... +** AgtB: ... +** Init: initialize coroutine registers +** yield coA +** if eof(A) goto EofA +** yield coB +** if eof(B) goto EofB +** Cmpr: Compare A, B +** Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB +** End: ... +** +** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not +** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return. EofA and EofB loop +** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe. AltB, AeqB, +** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +static int multiSelectOrderBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ + SelectDest destA; /* Destination for coroutine A */ + SelectDest destB; /* Destination for coroutine B */ + int regAddrA; /* Address register for select-A coroutine */ + int regEofA; /* Flag to indicate when select-A is complete */ + int regAddrB; /* Address register for select-B coroutine */ + int regEofB; /* Flag to indicate when select-B is complete */ + int addrSelectA; /* Address of the select-A coroutine */ + int addrSelectB; /* Address of the select-B coroutine */ + int regOutA; /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */ + int regOutB; /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */ + int addrOutA; /* Address of the output-A subroutine */ + int addrOutB = 0; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */ + int addrEofA; /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */ + int addrEofB; /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */ + int addrAltB; /* Address of the AB subroutine */ + int regLimitA; /* Limit register for select-A */ + int regLimitB; /* Limit register for select-A */ + int regPrev; /* A range of registers to hold previous output */ + int savedLimit; /* Saved value of p->iLimit */ + int savedOffset; /* Saved value of p->iOffset */ + int labelCmpr; /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */ + int labelEnd; /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */ + int j1; /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */ + int op; /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */ + KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */ + KeyInfo *pKeyMerge; /* Comparison information for merging rows */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ + int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ +#endif + assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 ); + assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */ + db = pParse->db; + v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */ + labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); -/* -** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate -** the select structure itself. -*/ -static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); -} - -/* -** Initialize a SelectDest structure. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){ - pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest; - pDest->iParm = iParm; - pDest->affinity = 0; - pDest->iMem = 0; - pDest->nMem = 0; -} + /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause + */ + op = p->op; + pPrior = p->pPrior; + assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 ); + pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + assert( pOrderBy ); + nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; -/* -** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that -** structure. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ - Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */ - ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */ - Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */ - int isDistinct, /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ - Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */ -){ - Select *pNew; - Select standin; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */ - if( pNew==0 ){ - pNew = &standin; - memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); - } - if( pEList==0 ){ - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0)); + /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that + ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set. Add + ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary. + */ + if( op!=TK_ALL ){ + for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; jiCol>0 ); + if( pItem->iCol==i ) break; + } + if( j==nOrderBy ){ + Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); + if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; + pNew->u.iValue = i; + pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew); + pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].iCol = (u16)i; + } + } } - pNew->pEList = pEList; - pNew->pSrc = pSrc; - pNew->pWhere = pWhere; - pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; - pNew->pHaving = pHaving; - pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - pNew->selFlags = isDistinct ? SF_Distinct : 0; - pNew->op = TK_SELECT; - pNew->pLimit = pLimit; - pNew->pOffset = pOffset; - assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 ); - pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; - if( db->mallocFailed ) { - clearSelect(db, pNew); - if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); - pNew = 0; + + /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with + ** the permutation used to determine if the next + ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB. Also add explicit + ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries + ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct + ** collation. + */ + aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy); + if( aPermute ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; iiCol>0 && pItem->iCol<=p->pEList->nExpr ); + aPermute[i] = pItem->iCol - 1; + } + pKeyMerge = + sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pKeyMerge)+nOrderBy*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1)); + if( pKeyMerge ){ + pKeyMerge->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyMerge->aColl[nOrderBy]; + pKeyMerge->nField = (u16)nOrderBy; + pKeyMerge->enc = ENC(db); + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; + if( pTerm->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ + pColl = pTerm->pColl; + }else{ + pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, aPermute[i]); + pTerm->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; + pTerm->pColl = pColl; + } + pKeyMerge->aColl[i] = pColl; + pKeyMerge->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; + } + } + }else{ + pKeyMerge = 0; } - return pNew; -} -/* -** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ - if( p ){ - clearSelect(db, p); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - } -} + /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query. + */ + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0); -/* -** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the -** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type -** in terms of the following bit values: -** -** JT_INNER -** JT_CROSS -** JT_OUTER -** JT_NATURAL -** JT_LEFT -** JT_RIGHT -** -** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT. -** -** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return -** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){ - int jointype = 0; - Token *apAll[3]; - Token *p; - /* 0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */ - static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross"; - static const struct { - u8 i; /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */ - u8 nChar; /* Length of the keyword in characters */ - u8 code; /* Join type mask */ - } aKeyword[] = { - /* natural */ { 0, 7, JT_NATURAL }, - /* left */ { 6, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER }, - /* outer */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER }, - /* right */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, - /* full */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, - /* inner */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER }, - /* cross */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS }, - }; - int i, j; - apAll[0] = pA; - apAll[1] = pB; - apAll[2] = pC; - for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ - p = apAll[i]; - for(j=0; jn==aKeyword[j].nChar - && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){ - jointype |= aKeyword[j].code; - break; + /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed + ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the + ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL). + */ + if( op==TK_ALL ){ + regPrev = 0; + }else{ + int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr; + assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); + regPrev = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev); + pKeyDup = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, + sizeof(*pKeyDup) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) ); + if( pKeyDup ){ + pKeyDup->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyDup->aColl[nExpr]; + pKeyDup->nField = (u16)nExpr; + pKeyDup->enc = ENC(db); + for(i=0; iaColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i); + pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0; } } - testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 ); - if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){ - jointype |= JT_ERROR; - break; - } } - if( - (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) || - (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0 - ){ - const char *zSp = " "; - assert( pB!=0 ); - if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; } - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " - "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC); - jointype = JT_INNER; - }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 - && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); - jointype = JT_INNER; + + /* Separate the left and the right query from one another + */ + p->pPrior = 0; + sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); + if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){ + sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); } - return jointype; -} -/* -** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column -** is not contained in the table. -*/ -static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; + /* Compute the limit registers */ + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd); + if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){ + regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem; + regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit, + regLimitA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB); + }else{ + regLimitA = regLimitB = 0; } - return -1; -} + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = 0; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); + p->pOffset = 0; -/* -** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a -** table that has a column named zCol. -** -** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index -** of the matching column and return TRUE. -** -** If not found, return FALSE. -*/ -static int tableAndColumnIndex( - SrcList *pSrc, /* Array of tables to search */ - int N, /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */ - const char *zCol, /* Name of the column we are looking for */ - int *piTab, /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */ - int *piCol /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */ -){ - int i; /* For looping over tables in pSrc */ - int iCol; /* Index of column matching zCol */ + regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem; + regEofA = ++pParse->nMem; + regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem; + regEofB = ++pParse->nMem; + regOutA = ++pParse->nMem; + regOutB = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB); - assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */ - for(i=0; ia[i].pTab, zCol); - if( iCol>=0 ){ - if( piTab ){ - *piTab = i; - *piCol = iCol; - } - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} + /* Jump past the various subroutines and coroutines to the main + ** merge loop + */ + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); -/* -** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the -** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which -** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form: -** -** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2) -** -** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the -** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is -** column iColRight of tab2. -*/ -static void addWhereTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* List of tables in FROM clause */ - int iLeft, /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */ - int iColLeft, /* Index of column in first table */ - int iRight, /* Index of second table in pSrc */ - int iColRight, /* Index of column in second table */ - int isOuterJoin, /* True if this is an OUTER join */ - Expr **ppWhere /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Expr *pE1; - Expr *pE2; - Expr *pEq; - assert( iLeftnSrc>iRight ); - assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab ); - assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab ); + /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the + ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select. + */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for left SELECT")); + pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA; + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); + VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for left SELECT")); - pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft); - pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight); + /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on + ** the right - the "B" select + */ + addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for right SELECT")); + savedLimit = p->iLimit; + savedOffset = p->iOffset; + p->iLimit = regLimitB; + p->iOffset = 0; + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB); + p->iLimit = savedLimit; + p->iOffset = savedOffset; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofB); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); + VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for right SELECT")); - pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0); - if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){ - ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin); - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - ExprSetIrreducible(pEq); - pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable; + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A + ** select as the next output row of the compound select. + */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A")); + addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, + p, &destA, pDest, regOutA, + regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, labelEnd); + + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B + ** select as the next output row of the compound select. + */ + if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B")); + addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, + p, &destB, pDest, regOutB, + regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_STATIC, labelEnd); } - *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq); -} -/* -** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression. -** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the -** expression. -** -** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell -** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the -** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part -** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the -** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they -** originated in the ON or USING clause. -** -** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the -** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not -** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed -** for cases like this: -** -** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5 -** -** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5 -** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a -** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not -** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately -** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in -** the output, which is incorrect. -*/ -static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ - while( p ){ - ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - ExprSetIrreducible(p); - p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable; - setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); - p = p->pRight; + /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A + ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains. + */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine")); + if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){ + addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelEnd); + }else{ + addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, labelEnd); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA); + p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; } -} -/* -** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement. -** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause. -** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms. -** -** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure. -** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most -** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to -** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between -** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are -** also attached to the left entry. -** -** This routine returns the number of errors encountered. -*/ -static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ - SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */ - struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */ + /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B + ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains. + */ + if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ + addrEofB = addrEofA; + if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; + }else{ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine")); + addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, labelEnd); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB); + } - pSrc = p->pSrc; - pLeft = &pSrc->a[0]; - pRight = &pLeft[1]; - for(i=0; inSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){ - Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab; - Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab; - int isOuter; + /* Generate code to handle the case of Ajointype & JT_OUTER)!=0; + /* Generate code to handle the case of A==B + */ + if( op==TK_ALL ){ + addrAeqB = addrAltB; + }else if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ + addrAeqB = addrAltB; + addrAltB++; + }else{ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-eq-B subroutine")); + addrAeqB = + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr); + } - /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for - ** every column that the two tables have in common. - */ - if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ - if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have " - "an ON or USING clause", 0); - return 1; - } - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - char *zName; /* Name of column in the right table */ - int iLeft; /* Matching left table */ - int iLeftCol; /* Matching column in the left table */ + /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B + */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine")); + addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr); - zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName; - if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){ - addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j, - isOuter, &p->pWhere); - } - } - } + /* This code runs once to initialize everything. + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofB); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrA, addrSelectA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrB, addrSelectB); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB); - /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join - */ - if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING " - "clauses in the same join"); - return 1; - } + /* Implement the main merge loop + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iMem, destB.iMem, nOrderBy, + (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); - /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by - ** an AND operator. - */ - if( pRight->pOn ){ - if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor); - p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn); - pRight->pOn = 0; - } + /* Release temporary registers + */ + if( regPrev ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regPrev, nOrderBy+1); + } - /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named - ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are - ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this - ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z - ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is - ** not contained in both tables to be joined. - */ - if( pRight->pUsing ){ - IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing; - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - char *zName; /* Name of the term in the USING clause */ - int iLeft; /* Table on the left with matching column name */ - int iLeftCol; /* Column number of matching column on the left */ - int iRightCol; /* Column number of matching column on the right */ + /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query. + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd); - zName = pList->a[j].zName; - iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName); - if( iRightCol<0 - || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) - ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column " - "not present in both tables", zName); - return 1; - } - addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol, - isOuter, &p->pWhere); - } - } + /* Set the number of output columns + */ + if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ + Select *pFirst = pPrior; + while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; + generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); } - return 0; -} -/* -** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the -** stack into the sorter. -*/ -static void pushOntoSorter( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - Select *pSelect, /* The whole SELECT statement */ - int regData /* Register holding data to be sorted */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int nExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr; - int regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+2); - int regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, regBase, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, regBase+nExpr); - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nExpr + 2, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pOrderBy->iECursor, regRecord); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nExpr+2); - if( pSelect->iLimit ){ - int addr1, addr2; - int iLimit; - if( pSelect->iOffset ){ - iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1; - }else{ - iLimit = pSelect->iLimit; - } - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - pSelect->iLimit = 0; + /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly + ** by the calling function */ + if( p->pPrior ){ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); } + p->pPrior = pPrior; + + /*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete + **** subqueries ****/ + explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0); + return SQLITE_OK; } +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) +/* Forward Declarations */ +static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*); +static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *); /* -** Add code to implement the OFFSET +** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to +** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th +** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column +** unchanged.) +** +** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery +** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the +** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that +** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine make the necessary +** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table +** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. */ -static void codeOffset( - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded */ - int iContinue /* Jump here to skip the current record */ +static Expr *substExpr( + sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors to this connection */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Expr in which substitution occurs */ + int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ + ExprList *pEList /* Substitute expressions */ ){ - if( p->iOffset && iContinue!=0 ){ - int addr; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iOffset, -1); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, p->iOffset); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue); - VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records")); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){ + if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + }else{ + Expr *pNew; + assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumnnExpr ); + assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); + pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0); + if( pNew && pExpr->pColl ){ + pNew->pColl = pExpr->pColl; + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); + pExpr = pNew; + } + }else{ + pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList); + pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList); + }else{ + substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList); + } } + return pExpr; } - -/* -** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem -** form a distinct entry. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously -** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab -** if the current N values are new. -** -** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the -** stack if the top N elements are not distinct. -*/ -static void codeDistinct( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */ - int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */ - int N, /* Number of elements */ - int iMem /* First element */ +static void substExprList( + sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ + ExprList *pList, /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */ + int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ + ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ ){ - Vdbe *v; - int r1; - - v = pParse->pVdbe; - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList); + } } - -/* -** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression -** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result -** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error occurs in multiple -** places. -*/ -static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context. */ - SelectDest *pDest, /* Destination of SELECT results */ - int nExpr /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */ +static void substSelect( + sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ + Select *p, /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */ + int iTable, /* Table to be replaced */ + ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ ){ - int eDest = pDest->eDest; - if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for " - "a SELECT that is part of an expression"); - return 1; - }else{ - return 0; + SrcList *pSrc; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + int i; + if( !p ) return; + substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList); + substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList); + substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList); + p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList); + p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList); + substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList); + pSrc = p->pSrc; + assert( pSrc ); /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */ + if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){ + for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList); + } } } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) /* -** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop -** of a SELECT. +** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed +** execution. It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening +** occurs. ** -** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions -** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If nColumn>0 -** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the -** datatypes for each column. +** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following +** query: +** +** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5 +** +** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the +** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then +** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two +** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table +** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be +** optimized. +** +** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into +** a single flat select, like this: +** +** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 +** +** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result +** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might +** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be +** avoided. +** +** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true: +** +** (1) The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates. +** +** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join. +** +** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join +** (Originally ticket #306. Strengthened by ticket #3300) +** +** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT. +** +** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT +** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction +** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries. +** +** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not +** DISTINCT. +** +** (7) The subquery has a FROM clause. +** +** (8) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join. +** +** (9) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use +** aggregates. +** +** (10) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not +** use LIMIT. +** +** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses. +** +** (**) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously +** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350. +** +** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT. +** +** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET. +** +** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the +** subquery does not have a LIMIT clause. +** (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]). +** +** (16) The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does +** not contain ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter +** until we introduced the group_concat() function. +** +** (17) The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL +** compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and +** the parent query: +** +** * is not itself part of a compound select, +** * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and +** * has no other tables or sub-selects in the FROM clause. +** +** The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to +** rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY, +** LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. +** +** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the +** ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to +** columns of the sub-query. +** +** (19) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not +** have a WHERE clause. +** +** (20) If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use +** an ORDER BY clause. Ticket #3773. We could relax this constraint +** somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must +** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But +** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case. +** +** (21) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not +** DISTINCT. (See ticket [752e1646fc]). +** +** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query. +** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query +** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates. +** +** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0. +** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1. +** +** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and +** the subquery before this routine runs. */ -static void selectInnerLoop( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */ - ExprList *pEList, /* List of values being extracted */ - int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table */ - int nColumn, /* Number of columns in the source table */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */ - int distinct, /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */ - SelectDest *pDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ - int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */ - int iBreak /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */ +static int flattenSubquery( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */ + int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */ + int isAgg, /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */ + int subqueryIsAgg /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */ ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - int regResult; /* Start of memory holding result set */ - int eDest = pDest->eDest; /* How to dispose of results */ - int iParm = pDest->iParm; /* First argument to disposal method */ - int nResultCol; /* Number of result columns */ - - assert( v ); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - hasDistinct = distinct>=0; - if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); - } + const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + Select *pParent; + Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */ + Select *pSub1; /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */ + SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */ + SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ + ExprList *pList; /* The result set of the outer query */ + int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - /* Pull the requested columns. + /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. */ - if( nColumn>0 ){ - nResultCol = nColumn; - }else{ - nResultCol = pEList->nExpr; + assert( p!=0 ); + assert( p->pPrior==0 ); /* Unable to flatten compound queries */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_QueryFlattener ) return 0; + pSrc = p->pSrc; + assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFromnSrc ); + pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom]; + iParent = pSubitem->iCursor; + pSub = pSubitem->pSelect; + assert( pSub!=0 ); + if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (1) */ + if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0; /* Restriction (2) */ + pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; + assert( pSubSrc ); + /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants, + ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET + ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET + ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13) + ** and (14). */ + if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */ + if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */ + if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (15) */ } - if( pDest->iMem==0 ){ - pDest->iMem = pParse->nMem+1; - pDest->nMem = nResultCol; - pParse->nMem += nResultCol; - }else{ - assert( pDest->nMem==nResultCol ); + if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */ + if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0; /* Restriction (5) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ + return 0; /* Restrictions (8)(9) */ } - regResult = pDest->iMem; - if( nColumn>0 ){ - for(i=0; iselFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (6) */ } - nColumn = nResultCol; - - /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement - ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row - ** part of the result. - */ - if( hasDistinct ){ - assert( pEList!=0 ); - assert( pEList->nExpr==nColumn ); - codeDistinct(pParse, distinct, iContinue, nColumn, regResult); - if( pOrderBy==0 ){ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); - } + if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (11) */ } - - if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ - return; + if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (21) */ } - switch( eDest ){ - /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary - ** table iParm. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - case SRT_Union: { - int r1; - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; - } - - /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of - ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from - ** the temporary table iParm. - */ - case SRT_Except: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nColumn); - break; - } -#endif - - /* Store the result as data using a unique key. - */ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); - if( pOrderBy ){ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1); - }else{ - int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, - ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this - ** item into the set table with bogus data. - */ - case SRT_Set: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - p->affinity = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity); - if( pOrderBy ){ - /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the - ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set - ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which - ** case the order does matter */ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult); - }else{ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - } - break; - } - - /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. - */ - case SRT_Exists: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; - } + /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1: + ** Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is + ** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this + ** is not allowed: + ** + ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3) + ** + ** If we flatten the above, we would get + ** + ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3 + ** + ** which is not at all the same thing. + ** + ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2: + ** Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer + ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause. + ** An examples of why this is not allowed: + ** + ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0) + ** + ** If we flatten the above, we would get + ** + ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0 + ** + ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which + ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN. + ** + ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE: + ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN + ** is fraught with danger. Best to avoid the whole thing. If the + ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten. + */ + if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){ + return 0; + } - /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then - ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out - ** of the scan loop. - */ - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - if( pOrderBy ){ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ - } - break; + /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must + ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries + ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct + ** queries. + */ + if( pSub->pPrior ){ + if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* Restriction 20 */ } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - - /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine. In the - ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for - ** popping the data from the stack. - */ - case SRT_Coroutine: - case SRT_Output: { - testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); - if( pOrderBy ){ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nColumn); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nColumn); - } - break; + if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ + return 0; } - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside - ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call - ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care - ** about the actual results of the select. - */ - default: { - assert( eDest==SRT_Discard ); - break; + for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){ + testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); + testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); + if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0 + || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) + || NEVER(pSub1->pSrc==0) || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc!=1 + ){ + return 0; + } } -#endif - } - - /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. - */ - if( p->iLimit ){ - assert( pOrderBy==0 ); /* If there is an ORDER BY, the call to - ** pushOntoSorter() would have cleared p->iLimit */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); - } -} - -/* -** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records -** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list. -** -** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting -** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to -** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT -** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual -** index to implement a DISTINCT test. -** -** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc. The calling -** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually -** freed. Add the KeyInfo structure to the P4 field of an opcode using -** P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF is the usual way of dealing with this. -*/ -static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int nExpr; - KeyInfo *pInfo; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i; - nExpr = pList->nExpr; - pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) ); - if( pInfo ){ - pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr]; - pInfo->nField = (u16)nExpr; - pInfo->enc = ENC(db); - pInfo->db = db; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; ipExpr); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; + /* Restriction 18. */ + if( p->pOrderBy ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; iipOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){ + if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].iCol==0 ) return 0; } - pInfo->aColl[i] = pColl; - pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pItem->sortOrder; } } - return pInfo; -} - - -/* -** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument, -** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated -** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following -** routine generates the code needed to do that. -*/ -static void generateSortTail( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */ - SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */ -){ - int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here to exit loop */ - int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here for next cycle */ - int addr; - int iTab; - int pseudoTab = 0; - ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - int eDest = pDest->eDest; - int iParm = pDest->iParm; + /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/ - int regRow; - int regRowid; + /* Authorize the subquery */ + pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName; + sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); + pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; - iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor; - regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ - pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, regRow, nColumn); - regRowid = 0; - }else{ - regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - } - addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); - codeOffset(v, p, addrContinue); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1, regRow); - switch( eDest ){ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case SRT_Set: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid); - break; - } - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; - } -#endif - default: { - int i; - assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); - for(i=0; iiMem+i ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iMem+i); - if( i==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); - } - } - if( eDest==SRT_Output ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iMem, nColumn); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iMem, nColumn); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); - } - break; + /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions + ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must + ** be of the form: + ** + ** SELECT FROM () + ** + ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block + ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or + ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original + ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple + ** select statements in the compound sub-query. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT a+1 FROM ( + ** SELECT x FROM tab + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT y FROM tab + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2 + ** ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1 + ** + ** Transformed into: + ** + ** SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5 + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5 + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5 + ** ORDER BY 1 + ** + ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening". + */ + for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){ + Select *pNew; + ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit; + Select *pPrior = p->pPrior; + p->pOrderBy = 0; + p->pSrc = 0; + p->pPrior = 0; + p->pLimit = 0; + pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0); + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + p->pSrc = pSrc; + p->op = TK_ALL; + p->pRightmost = 0; + if( pNew==0 ){ + pNew = pPrior; + }else{ + pNew->pPrior = pPrior; + pNew->pRightmost = 0; } + p->pPrior = pNew; + if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1; } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); - /* LIMIT has been implemented by the pushOntoSorter() routine. + /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause + ** in the outer query. + */ + pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect; + + /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the + ** subquery */ - assert( p->iLimit==0 ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias); + pSubitem->zDatabase = 0; + pSubitem->zName = 0; + pSubitem->zAlias = 0; + pSubitem->pSelect = 0; - /* The bottom of the loop + /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the + ** subquery until code generation is + ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that + ** refer to the subquery even after flattening. Ticket #3346. + ** + ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above. */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); - if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0); + if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){ + Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab; + if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab; + pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel; + }else{ + pTabToDel->nRef--; + } + pSubitem->pTab = 0; } -} -/* -** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the -** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller. -** -** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the -** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The -** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression -** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The -** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is -** considered a column by this function. -** -** SELECT col FROM tbl; -** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; -** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); -** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); -** -** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. -*/ -static const char *columnType( - NameContext *pNC, - Expr *pExpr, - const char **pzOriginDb, - const char **pzOriginTab, - const char **pzOriginCol -){ - char const *zType = 0; - char const *zOriginDb = 0; - char const *zOriginTab = 0; - char const *zOriginCol = 0; - int j; - if( NEVER(pExpr==0) || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0; + /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery + ** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind + ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening - + ** then this loop only runs once. + ** + ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the + ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember + ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in + ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code + ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace + ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM + ** elements we are now copying in. + */ + for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){ + int nSubSrc; + u8 jointype = 0; + pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */ + nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */ + pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */ - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: - case TK_COLUMN: { - /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being - ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real - ** database table or a subquery. - */ - Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */ - Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */ - int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */ - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); - while( pNC && !pTab ){ - SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList; - for(j=0;jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++); - if( jnSrc ){ - pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; - pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect; - }else{ - pNC = pNC->pNext; - } + if( pSrc ){ + assert( pParent==p ); /* First time through the loop */ + jointype = pSubitem->jointype; + }else{ + assert( pParent!=p ); /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */ + pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSrc==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + break; } + } - if( pTab==0 ){ - /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would - ** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how - ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer - ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like - ** the following: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER); - ** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1; - ** - ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the - ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even - ** though it should really be "INTEGER". - ** - ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never - ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression - ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT - ** branch below. */ + /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer + ** query. If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause, + ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements + ** of the subquery. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB; + ** + ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause. One slot of the + ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery. The next + ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots. The middle + ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the + ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery. + */ + if( nSubSrc>1 ){ + pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ break; } + } - assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab ); - if( pS ){ - /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause - ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin - ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select. - */ - if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iColpEList->nExpr) ){ - /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the - ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see - ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. - */ - NameContext sNC; - Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; - sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pNC; - sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); - } - }else if( ALWAYS(pTab->pSchema) ){ - /* A real table */ - assert( !pS ); - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); - if( iCol<0 ){ - zType = "INTEGER"; - zOriginCol = "rowid"; - }else{ - zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - zOriginCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - } - zOriginTab = pTab->zName; - if( pNC->pParse ){ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - zOriginDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the + ** outer query. + */ + for(i=0; ia[i+iFrom].pUsing); + pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i]; + memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); + } + pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype; + + /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for + ** references to the iParent in the outer query. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; + ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ / + ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/ + ** + ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see + ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". + */ + pList = pParent->pEList; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){ + const char *zSpan = pList->a[i].zSpan; + if( ALWAYS(zSpan) ){ + pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zSpan); } } - break; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_SELECT: { - /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and - ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT - ** statement. - */ - NameContext sNC; - Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect; - Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr; - assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pNC; - sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); - break; + substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList); + if( isAgg ){ + substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); + pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); + } + if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ + assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 ); + pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; + pSub->pOrderBy = 0; + }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){ + substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); + } + if( pSub->pWhere ){ + pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0); + }else{ + pWhere = 0; + } + if( subqueryIsAgg ){ + assert( pParent->pHaving==0 ); + pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere; + pParent->pWhere = pWhere; + pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); + pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0)); + assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 ); + pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0); + }else{ + pParent->pWhere = substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList); + pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere); + } + + /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the + ** outer query is distinct. + */ + pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct; + + /* + ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; + ** + ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this + ** does not work if either limit is negative. + */ + if( pSub->pLimit ){ + pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; + pSub->pLimit = 0; } -#endif } - if( pzOriginDb ){ - assert( pzOriginTab && pzOriginCol ); - *pzOriginDb = zOriginDb; - *pzOriginTab = zOriginTab; - *pzOriginCol = zOriginCol; - } - return zType; + /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return + ** success. + */ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1); + + return 1; } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ /* -** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns -** in the result set. +** Analyze the SELECT statement passed as an argument to see if it +** is a min() or max() query. Return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX if +** it is, or 0 otherwise. At present, a query is considered to be +** a min()/max() query if: +** +** 1. There is a single object in the FROM clause. +** +** 2. There is a single expression in the result set, and it is +** either min(x) or max(x), where x is a column reference. */ -static void generateColumnTypes( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ - ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ -){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - NameContext sNC; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - sNC.pParse = pParse; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - const char *zType; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA - const char *zOrigDb = 0; - const char *zOrigTab = 0; - const char *zOrigCol = 0; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); +static u8 minMaxQuery(Select *p){ + Expr *pExpr; + ExprList *pEList = p->pEList; - /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other - ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this - ** virtual machine is deleted. - */ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -#else - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0); -#endif - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; + pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; + if( NEVER(ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) ) return 0; + pEList = pExpr->x.pList; + if( pEList==0 || pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; + if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"min")==0 ){ + return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"max")==0 ){ + return WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */ + return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; } /* -** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns -** in the result set. This information is used to provide the -** azCol[] values in the callback. +** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query. +** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This +** function tests if the SELECT is of the form: +** +** SELECT count(*) FROM +** +** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query +** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing +** is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned. */ -static void generateColumnNames( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ - ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i, j; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int fullNames, shortNames; +static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Table *pTab; + Expr *pExpr; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */ - if( pParse->explain ){ - return; - } -#endif + assert( !p->pGroupBy ); - if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return; - pParse->colNamesSet = 1; - fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0; - shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr); - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p; - p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue; - if( pEList->a[i].zName ){ - char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){ - Table *pTab; - char *zCol; - int iCol = p->iColumn; - for(j=0; ALWAYS(jnSrc); j++){ - if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break; - } - assert( jnSrc ); - pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); - if( iCol<0 ){ - zCol = "rowid"; - }else{ - zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - } - if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, - sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - }else if( fullNames ){ - char *zName = 0; - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, - sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - } + if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 + || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect + ){ + return 0; } - generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList); + pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; + pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; + assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr ); + + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; + if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->flags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0; + if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0; + + return pTab; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT /* -** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages. +** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an +** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there +** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return +** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate +** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK. */ -static const char *selectOpName(int id){ - char *z; - switch( id ){ - case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break; - case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break; - case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break; - default: z = "UNION"; break; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ + if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex; + Index *pIdx; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; + pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex); + pIdx=pIdx->pNext + ); + if( !pIdx ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pFrom->pIndex = pIdx; } - return z; + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ /* -** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions -** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate -** column names for a table that would hold the expression list. +** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement. +** "Expanding" means to do the following: ** -** All column names will be unique. +** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every +** element of the FROM clause. ** -** Only the column names are computed. Column.zType, Column.zColl, -** and other fields of Column are zeroed. +** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that +** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, +** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement +** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT +** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement +** without worrying about messing up the presistent representation +** of the view. +** +** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword +** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins. +** +** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking +** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator. +** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table +** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE. ** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If a memory allocation error occurs, -** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM. */ -static int selectColumnsFromExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList, /* Expr list from which to derive column names */ - int *pnCol, /* Write the number of columns here */ - Column **paCol /* Write the new column list here */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int cnt; /* Index added to make the name unique */ - Column *aCol, *pCol; /* For looping over result columns */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */ - Expr *p; /* Expression for a single result column */ - char *zName; /* Column name */ - int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */ +static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + int i, j, k; + SrcList *pTabList; + ExprList *pEList; + struct SrcList_item *pFrom; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - *pnCol = nCol = pEList->nExpr; - aCol = *paCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol); - if( aCol==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - for(i=0, pCol=aCol; ia[i].pExpr; - assert( p->pRight==0 || ExprHasProperty(p->pRight, EP_IntValue) - || p->pRight->u.zToken==0 || p->pRight->u.zToken[0]!=0 ); - if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){ - /* If the column contains an "AS " phrase, use as the name */ - zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){ + return WRC_Prune; + } + p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; + pTabList = p->pSrc; + pEList = p->pEList; + + /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in + ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement. + */ + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList); + + /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If + ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view, + ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery. + */ + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab; + if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){ + /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need + ** to go further. */ + assert( i==0 ); + return WRC_Prune; + } + if( pFrom->zName==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ + assert( pSel!=0 ); + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); + pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + pTab->nRef = 1; + pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pTab); + while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; } + selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + pTab->nRowEst = 1000000; + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; +#endif }else{ - Expr *pColExpr = p; /* The expression that is the result column name */ - Table *pTab; /* Table associated with this expression */ - while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ) pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight; - if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){ - /* For columns use the column name name */ - int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn; - pTab = pColExpr->pTab; - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", - iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid"); - }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken); - }else{ - /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */ - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan); + /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */ + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + pFrom->pTab = pTab = + sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,0,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase); + if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + pTab->nRef++; +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) + if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort; + assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 ); + pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0); + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect); } +#endif } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - break; + + /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */ + if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){ + return WRC_Abort; } + } - /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique, - ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique. + /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins. + */ + if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + + /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of + ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names + ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression + ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list. + ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand + ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables. + ** + ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators + ** that need expanding. + */ + for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ + Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr; + if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break; + assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); + assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) ); + if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break; + } + if( knExpr ){ + /* + ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*" + ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression + ** in the result set and expand them one by one. */ - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - for(j=cnt=0; ja; + ExprList *pNew = 0; + int flags = pParse->db->flags; + int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 + && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0; + + for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ + Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr; + assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); + if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){ + /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded. + */ + pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName; + pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan; + a[k].zName = 0; + a[k].zSpan = 0; + } + a[k].pExpr = 0; + }else{ + /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be + ** expanded. */ + int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */ + char *zTName; /* text of name of TABLE */ + if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){ + assert( pE->pLeft!=0 ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) ); + zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken; + }else{ + zTName = 0; + } + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias; + if( zTabName==0 ){ + zTabName = pTab->zName; + } + if( db->mallocFailed ) break; + if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){ + continue; + } + tableSeen = 1; + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + Expr *pExpr, *pRight; + char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName; + char *zColname; /* The computed column name */ + char *zToFree; /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */ + Token sColname; /* Computed column name as a token */ + + /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible + ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded + ** result-set list. + */ + if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){ + assert(IsVirtual(pTab)); + continue; + } + + if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){ + if( (pFrom->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 + && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0) + ){ + /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the + ** table to the right of the join */ + continue; + } + if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){ + /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the + ** using clause from the table on the right. */ + continue; + } + } + pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName); + zColname = zName; + zToFree = 0; + if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){ + Expr *pLeft; + pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName); + pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); + if( longNames ){ + zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName); + zToFree = zColname; + } + }else{ + pExpr = pRight; + } + pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr); + sColname.z = zColname; + sColname.n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColname); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree); + } + } + if( !tableSeen ){ + if( zTName ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified"); + } + } } } - pCol->zName = zName; + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); + p->pEList = pNew; } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - for(j=0; jpEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set"); } - return SQLITE_OK; +#endif + return WRC_Continue; } /* -** Add type and collation information to a column list based on -** a SELECT statement. +** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker. ** -** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList(). -** The column list has only names, not types or collations. This -** routine goes through and adds the types and collations. +** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees +** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably, +** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then +** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every +** subquery in the parser tree. +*/ +static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries. +** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT +** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above. ** -** This routine requires that all identifiers in the SELECT -** statement be resolved. +** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a +** SELECT statement. The SELECT statement must be expanded before +** name resolution is performed. +** +** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse. +** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr +** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed. */ -static void selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing contexts */ - int nCol, /* Number of columns */ - Column *aCol, /* List of columns */ - Select *pSelect /* SELECT used to determine types and collations */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - NameContext sNC; - Column *pCol; - CollSeq *pColl; +static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ + Walker w; + w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander; + w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; + w.pParse = pParse; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +/* +** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo() +** interface. +** +** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl +** information to the Table structure that represents the result set +** of that subquery. +** +** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed +** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted +** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved. This +** routine is called after identifier resolution. +*/ +static int selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + Parse *pParse; int i; - Expr *p; - struct ExprList_item *a; + SrcList *pTabList; + struct SrcList_item *pFrom; - assert( pSelect!=0 ); - assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 ); - assert( nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; - a = pSelect->pEList->a; - for(i=0, pCol=aCol; izType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0)); - pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p); - if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); - if( pColl ){ - pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName); + assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ); + if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){ + p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo; + pParse = pWalker->pParse; + pTabList = p->pSrc; + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){ + /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ + Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + assert( pSel ); + while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior; + selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSel); + } } } + return WRC_Continue; } +#endif + /* -** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes -** the result set of that SELECT. +** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to +** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a +** SELECT statement. +** +** Use this routine after name resolution. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ - Table *pTab; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int savedFlags; +static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + Walker w; + w.xSelectCallback = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo; + w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; + w.pParse = pParse; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); +#endif +} - savedFlags = db->flags; - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames; - db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames; - sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0); - if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; - while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - db->flags = savedFlags; - pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) ); - if( pTab==0 ){ - return 0; - } - /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside - ** is disabled, so we might as well hard-code pTab->dbMem to NULL. */ - assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 ); - pTab->dbMem = 0; - pTab->nRef = 1; - pTab->zName = 0; - selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); - selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSelect); - pTab->iPKey = -1; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab); - return 0; - } - return pTab; + +/* +** This routine sets of a SELECT statement for processing. The +** following is accomplished: +** +** * VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms. +** * Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries. +** * ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements +** * Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded. +** * Identifiers in expression are matched to tables. +** +** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ + NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for container */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; + if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; + db = pParse->db; + if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return; + sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p); + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; + sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC); + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; + sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p); } /* -** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary. -** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse. +** Reset the aggregate accumulator. +** +** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold +** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This +** routine simply stores NULLs in all of those memory cells. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ +static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( v==0 ){ - v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Trace); + int i; + struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; + if( pAggInfo->nFunc+pAggInfo->nColumn==0 ){ + return; + } + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem); + } + for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; inFunc; i++, pFunc++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pFunc->iMem); + if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ + Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one " + "argument"); + pFunc->iDistinct = -1; + }else{ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + } } -#endif } - return v; } +/* +** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function +** in the AggInfo structure. +*/ +static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct AggInfo_func *pF; + for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ + ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0, + (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + } +} /* -** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the -** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions -** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET -** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset -** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute -** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then -** iLimit and iOffset are negative. -** -** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if -** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and -** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values -** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine. -** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get -** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force -** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple -** SELECT statements. +** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on +** the current cursor position. */ -static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ - Vdbe *v = 0; - int iLimit = 0; - int iOffset; - int addr1, n; - if( p->iLimit ) return; +static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct AggInfo_func *pF; + struct AggInfo_col *pC; - /* - ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some - ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be. - ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean - ** no rows. - */ + pAggInfo->directMode = 1; sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 ); - if( p->pLimit ){ - p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* VDBE should have already been allocated */ - if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit); - VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); - if( n==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak); - } + for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ + int nArg; + int addrNext = 0; + int regAgg; + ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( pList ){ + nArg = pList->nExpr; + regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 1); }else{ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); - VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak); + nArg = 0; + regAgg = 0; } - if( p->pOffset ){ - p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem; - pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); - VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter")); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1); - VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET")); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ + addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + assert( nArg==1 ); + codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg); + } + if( pF->pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ + CollSeq *pColl = 0; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int j; + assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */ + for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && jpExpr); + } + if( !pColl ){ + pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem, + (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); + if( addrNext ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); } } + + /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache. + ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present + ** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value + ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register + ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the + ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5]. + ** + ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached + ** values to an OP_Copy. + */ + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; inAccumulator; i++, pC++){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem); + } + pAggInfo->directMode = 0; + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT /* -** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of -** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if -** the column has no default collating sequence. -** -** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the -** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence. +** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple +** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab"). */ -static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){ - CollSeq *pRet; - if( p->pPrior ){ - pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol); - }else{ - pRet = 0; - } - assert( iCol>=0 ); - if( pRet==0 && iColpEList->nExpr ){ - pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +static void explainSimpleCount( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being queried */ + Index *pIdx /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */ +){ + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + char *zEqp = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "SCAN TABLE %s %s%s(~%d rows)", + pTab->zName, + pIdx ? "USING COVERING INDEX " : "", + pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "", + pTab->nRowEst + ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( + pParse->pVdbe, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zEqp, P4_DYNAMIC + ); } - return pRet; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -/* Forward reference */ -static int multiSelectOrderBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ -); - +#else +# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c) +#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT /* -** This routine is called to process a compound query form from -** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or -** INTERSECT +** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. ** -** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the -** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query -** in which case this routine will be called recursively. +** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the +** contents of the SelectDest structure pointed to by argument pDest +** as follows: ** -** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination -** of type eDest with parameter iParm. +** pDest->eDest Result +** ------------ ------------------------------------------- +** SRT_Output Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow +** opcode) for each row in the result set. ** -** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement. +** SRT_Mem Only valid if the result is a single column. +** Store the first column of the first result row +** in register pDest->iParm then abandon the rest +** of the query. This destination implies "LIMIT 1". ** -** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3 +** SRT_Set The result must be a single column. Store each +** row of result as the key in table pDest->iParm. +** Apply the affinity pDest->affinity before storing +** results. Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)". ** -** This statement is parsed up as follows: +** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary table pDest->iParm. ** -** SELECT c FROM t3 -** | -** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2 -** | -** `------> SELECT a FROM t1 +** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary table pDest->iParm. ** -** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer. -** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then -** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case. +** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table pDest->iParm. +** This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table +** is assumed to already be open. ** -** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the -** individual selects always group from left to right. +** SRT_EphemTab Create an temporary table pDest->iParm and store +** the result there. The cursor is left open after +** returning. This is like SRT_Table except that +** this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create +** the table first. +** +** SRT_Coroutine Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of +** results each time it is invoked. The entry point +** of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iParm. +** +** SRT_Exists Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iParm if the result +** set is not empty. +** +** SRT_Discard Throw the results away. This is used by SELECT +** statements within triggers whose only purpose is +** the side-effects of functions. +** +** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are +** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in +** pParse->zErrMsg. +** +** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The +** calling function needs to do that. */ -static int multiSelect( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with the query results */ ){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */ - Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ - SelectDest dest; /* Alternative data destination */ - Select *pDelete = 0; /* Chain of simple selects to delete */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */ + int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */ + ExprList *pEList; /* List of columns to extract. */ + SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause. May be NULL */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ + Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ + int isDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ + int distinct; /* Table to use for the distinct set */ + int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ + int addrSortIndex; /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ + int addrDistinctIndex; /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ + AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ + int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId; + pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++; +#endif - /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only - ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT. - */ - assert( p && p->pPrior ); /* Calling function guarantees this much */ db = pParse->db; - pPrior = p->pPrior; - assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior ); - assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost ); - dest = *pDest; - if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before", - selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; + if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ + return 1; } - if( pPrior->pLimit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before", - selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; + memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); + + if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ + assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || + pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard); + /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does + ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + p->pOrderBy = 0; + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; + } + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0); + pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + pTabList = p->pSrc; + pEList = p->pEList; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto select_end; + } + isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; + assert( pEList!=0 ); + + /* Begin generating code. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto select_end; + + /* If writing to memory or generating a set + ** only a single column may be output. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ + goto select_end; + } +#endif + + /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) + for(i=0; !p->pPrior && inSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; + SelectDest dest; + Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect; + int isAggSub; + + if( pSub==0 ) continue; + if( pItem->addrFillSub ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub); + continue; + } + + /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression + ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select + ** may contain expression trees of at most + ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit + ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing + ** an exact limit. + */ + pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); + + isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; + if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){ + /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */ + if( isAggSub ){ + isAgg = 1; + p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; + } + i = -1; + }else{ + /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with + ** the content of this subquery. pItem->addrFillSub will point + ** to the address of the generated subroutine. pItem->regReturn + ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address + */ + int topAddr; + int onceAddr = 0; + int retAddr; + assert( pItem->addrFillSub==0 ); + pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; + topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pItem->regReturn); + pItem->addrFillSub = topAddr+1; + VdbeNoopComment((v, "materialize %s", pItem->pTab->zName)); + if( pItem->isCorrelated==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ + /* If the subquery is no correlated and if we are not inside of + ** a trigger, then we only need to compute the value of the subquery + ** once. */ + int regOnce = ++pParse->nMem; + onceAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, regOnce); + } + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor); + explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); + pItem->pTab->nRowEst = (unsigned)pSub->nSelectRow; + if( onceAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, onceAddr); + retAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pItem->regReturn); + VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, topAddr, retAddr); + + } + if( /*pParse->nErr ||*/ db->mallocFailed ){ + goto select_end; + } + pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); + pTabList = p->pSrc; + if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ + pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + } + } + pEList = p->pEList; +#endif + pWhere = p->pWhere; + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + pHaving = p->pHaving; + isDistinct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT + /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first. + */ + if( p->pPrior ){ + if( p->pRightmost==0 ){ + Select *pLoop, *pRight = 0; + int cnt = 0; + int mxSelect; + for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){ + pLoop->pRightmost = p; + pLoop->pNext = pRight; + pRight = pLoop; + } + mxSelect = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]; + if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT"); + goto select_end; + } + } + rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest); + explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); + return rc; + } +#endif + + /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are + ** identical, then disable the ORDER BY clause since the GROUP BY + ** will cause elements to come out in the correct order. This is + ** an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless. + ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER + ** to disable this optimization for testing purposes. + */ + if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(p->pGroupBy, pOrderBy)==0 + && (db->flags & SQLITE_GroupByOrder)==0 ){ + pOrderBy = 0; + } + + /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and + ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query + ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this: + ** + ** SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz + ** + ** is transformed to: + ** + ** SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz + ** + ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be + ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally + ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER + ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other. + */ + if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct + && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pOrderBy, p->pEList)==0 + ){ + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; + p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0); + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + pOrderBy = 0; + } + + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting + ** index might end up being unused if the data can be + ** extracted in pre-sorted order. If that is the case, then the + ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once + ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed. The addrSortIndex + ** variable is used to facilitate that change. + */ + if( pOrderBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy); + pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++; + p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addrSortIndex = + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, + pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + }else{ + addrSortIndex = -1; } - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); /* The VDBE already created by calling function */ - - /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary + /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. */ - if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - assert( p->pEList ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iParm, p->pEList->nExpr); - dest.eDest = SRT_Table; + if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iParm, pEList->nExpr); } - /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements - ** in their result sets. + /* Set the limiter. */ - assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList ); - if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s" - " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; + iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + p->nSelectRow = (double)LARGEST_INT64; + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd); + if( p->iLimit==0 && addrSortIndex>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addrSortIndex)->opcode = OP_SorterOpen; + p->selFlags |= SF_UseSorter; } - /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately. + /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set. */ - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest); + if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + distinct = pParse->nTab++; + pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList); + addrDistinctIndex = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); + }else{ + distinct = addrDistinctIndex = -1; } - /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements. - */ - switch( p->op ){ - case TK_ALL: { - int addr = 0; - assert( !pPrior->pLimit ); - pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit; - pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset; - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest); - p->pLimit = 0; - p->pOffset = 0; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; + /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */ + if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){ + ExprList *pDist = (isDistinct ? p->pEList : 0); + + /* Begin the database scan. */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, pDist, 0); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; + if( pWInfo->nRowOut < p->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pWInfo->nRowOut; + + /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral + ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral + ** into an OP_Noop. + */ + if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex); + p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; + } + + if( pWInfo->eDistinct ){ + VdbeOp *pOp; /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */ + + assert( addrDistinctIndex>=0 ); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addrDistinctIndex); + + assert( isDistinct ); + assert( pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED + || pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE + ); + distinct = -1; + if( pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED ){ + int iJump; + int iExpr; + int iFlag = ++pParse->nMem; + int iBase = pParse->nMem+1; + int iBase2 = iBase + pEList->nExpr; + pParse->nMem += (pEList->nExpr*2); + + /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Integer. The + ** OP_Integer initializes the "first row" flag. */ + pOp->opcode = OP_Integer; + pOp->p1 = 1; + pOp->p2 = iFlag; + + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, iBase, 1); + iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1 + pEList->nExpr + 1 + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, iFlag, iJump-1); + for(iExpr=0; iExprnExpr; iExpr++){ + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pEList->a[iExpr].pExpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iBase+iExpr, iJump, iBase2+iExpr); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iContinue); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iFlag); + assert( sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)==iJump ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, iBase, iBase2, pEList->nExpr); + }else{ + pOp->opcode = OP_Noop; } - p->pPrior = 0; - p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit; - p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset; - if( p->iLimit ){ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit); - VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached")); + } + + /* Use the standard inner loop. */ + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, distinct, pDest, + pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak); + + /* End the database scan loop. + */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + }else{ + /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */ + int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */ + int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */ + int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least + ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been + ** processed */ + int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */ + int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */ + int addrEnd; /* End of processing for this SELECT */ + int sortPTab = 0; /* Pseudotable used to decode sorting results */ + int sortOut = 0; /* Output register from the sorter */ + + /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the + ** GROUP BY clause. + */ + if( pGroupBy ){ + int k; /* Loop counter */ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* For looping over expression in a list */ + + for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ + pItem->iAlias = 0; } - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - pDelete = p->pPrior; - p->pPrior = pPrior; - if( addr ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ + pItem->iAlias = 0; } - break; + if( p->nSelectRow>(double)100 ) p->nSelectRow = (double)100; + }else{ + p->nSelectRow = (double)1; } - case TK_EXCEPT: - case TK_UNION: { - int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */ - u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */ - int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */ - Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */ - int addr; - SelectDest uniondest; - testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ); - testcase( p->op==TK_UNION ); - priorOp = SRT_Union; - if( dest.eDest==priorOp && ALWAYS(!p->pLimit &&!p->pOffset) ){ - /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our - ** right. + + /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */ + addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in + ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the + ** SELECT statement. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; + sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0; + sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList); + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pOrderBy); + if( pHaving ){ + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving); + } + sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; + for(i=0; ix.pList); + } + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; + + /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and + ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY. + */ + if( pGroupBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */ + int j1; /* A-vs-B comparision jump */ + int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */ + int regOutputRow; /* Return address register for output subroutine */ + int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */ + int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */ + int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */ + int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */ + int regReset; /* Return address register for reset subroutine */ + + /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to + ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out + ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction + ** will be converted into a Noop. + */ + sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; + pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy); + addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, + sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, + 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + + /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing + */ + iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem; + iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem; + regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem; + addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + regReset = ++pParse->nMem; + addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; + iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty")); + + /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order. + ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or + ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information + ** in the right order to begin with. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0, 0); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; + if( pGroupBy==0 ){ + /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so + ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be + ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo */ - assert( p->pRightmost!=p ); /* Can only happen for leftward elements - ** of a 3-way or more compound */ - assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ - assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ - unionTab = dest.iParm; + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + groupBySort = 0; }else{ - /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the - ** intermediate results. + /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push + ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop, + ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output + ** in sorted order */ - unionTab = pParse->nTab++; - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; - p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; - assert( p->pEList ); + int regBase; + int regRecord; + int nCol; + int nGroupBy; + + explainTempTable(pParse, + isDistinct && !(p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)?"DISTINCT":"GROUP BY"); + + groupBySort = 1; + nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr; + nCol = nGroupBy + 1; + j = nGroupBy+1; + for(i=0; i=j ){ + nCol++; + j++; + } + } + regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy); + j = nGroupBy+1; + for(i=0; iiSorterColumn>=j ){ + int r1 = j + regBase; + int r2; + + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, + pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1); + if( r1!=r2 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1); + } + j++; + } + } + regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++; + sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); + VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); + sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); } - /* Code the SELECT statements to our left + /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2... + ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth) + ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms + ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2... */ - assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest); - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; + addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sortOut); + } + for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j); + if( j==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); + }else{ + sAggInfo.directMode = 1; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j); + } } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1); - /* Code the current SELECT statement + /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes. + ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code + ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped. + ** + ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,... + ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine + ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation + ** for the next GROUP BY batch. */ - if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){ - op = SRT_Except; + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "output one row")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); + VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); + VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator")); + + /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of + ** the current row + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator")); + + /* End of the loop + */ + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); }else{ - assert( p->op==TK_UNION ); - op = SRT_Union; + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx); } - p->pPrior = 0; - pLimit = p->pLimit; - p->pLimit = 0; - pOffset = p->pOffset; - p->pOffset = 0; - uniondest.eDest = op; - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. - ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); - pDelete = p->pPrior; - p->pPrior = pPrior; - p->pOrderBy = 0; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOffset = pOffset; - p->iLimit = 0; - p->iOffset = 0; - /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form - ** it is that we currently need. + /* Output the final row of result */ - assert( unionTab==dest.iParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp ); - if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){ - int iCont, iBreak, iStart; - assert( p->pEList ); - if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ - Select *pFirst = p; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "output final row")); + + /* Jump over the subroutines + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd); + + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result + ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag + ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If + ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine + ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in + ** order to signal the caller to abort. + */ + addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow); + addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); + VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); + finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, + distinct, pDest, + addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator")); + + /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset); + resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset); + + } /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */ + else { + ExprList *pDel = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT + Table *pTab; + if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){ + /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then + ** the SQL statement is of the form: + ** + ** SELECT count(*) FROM + ** + ** where the Table structure returned represents table . + ** + ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The + ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that + ** contains the data for table or on one of its indexes. It + ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost + ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables. + */ + const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor to scan b-tree */ + Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */ + Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */ + int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */ + + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + + /* Search for the index that has the least amount of columns. If + ** there is such an index, and it has less columns than the table + ** does, then we can assume that it consumes less space on disk and + ** will therefore be cheaper to scan to determine the query result. + ** In this case set iRoot to the root page number of the index b-tree + ** and pKeyInfo to the KeyInfo structure required to navigate the + ** index. + ** + ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index. + ** + ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only + ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy. + */ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->bUnordered==0 && (!pBest || pIdx->nColumnnColumn) ){ + pBest = pIdx; + } } - iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); - iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr, - 0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0); - } - break; - } - default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); { - int tab1, tab2; - int iCont, iBreak, iStart; - Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; - int addr; - SelectDest intersectdest; - int r1; + if( pBest && pBest->nColumnnCol ){ + iRoot = pBest->tnum; + pKeyInfo = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pBest); + } + + /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb); + if( pKeyInfo ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); + explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ + { + /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms: + ** + ** SELECT min(x) FROM ... + ** SELECT max(x) FROM ... + ** + ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results + ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. + ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then + ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the + ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is + ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum + ** value of x, the only row required). + ** + ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly + ** modify behaviour as follows: + ** + ** + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by + ** where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value + ** for x. + ** + ** + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which + ** index or indices to use) should place a different priority on + ** satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases. + ** Refer to code and comments in where.c for details. + */ + ExprList *pMinMax = 0; + u8 flag = minMaxQuery(p); + if( flag ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList->a[0].pExpr->x.pList,0); + pDel = pMinMax; + if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){ + pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0; + pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; + } + } + + /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The + ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row + ** of output. + */ + resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax, 0, flag); + if( pWInfo==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); + goto select_end; + } + updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + if( !pMinMax && flag ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iBreak); + VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index", + (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max"))); + } + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); + } - /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires - ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin - ** by allocating the tables we will need. - */ - tab1 = pParse->nTab++; - tab2 = pParse->nTab++; - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); + pOrderBy = 0; + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, 0, -1, + pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); + + } /* endif aggregate query */ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; - p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; - assert( p->pEList ); + if( distinct>=0 ){ + explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT"); + } - /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". - */ - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest); - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results + ** and send them to the callback one by one. + */ + if( pOrderBy ){ + explainTempTable(pParse, "ORDER BY"); + generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, pDest); + } - /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" - */ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr; - p->pPrior = 0; - pLimit = p->pLimit; - p->pLimit = 0; - pOffset = p->pOffset; - p->pOffset = 0; - intersectdest.iParm = tab2; - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - pDelete = p->pPrior; - p->pPrior = pPrior; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOffset = pOffset; + /* Jump here to skip this query + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); - /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary - ** tables. - */ - assert( p->pEList ); - if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ - Select *pFirst = p; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); - } - iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr, - 0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0); - break; - } - } + /* The SELECT was successfully coded. Set the return code to 0 + ** to indicate no errors. + */ + rc = 0; - /* Compute collating sequences used by - ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. - ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. - ** - ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only. - ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most - ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and - ** no temp tables are required. + /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon + ** successful coding of the SELECT. */ - if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */ - Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */ - CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in result set */ +select_end: + explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); - assert( p->pRightmost==p ); - nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; - pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*) + 1)); - if( !pKeyInfo ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto multi_select_end; - } + /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ + generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList); + } - pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(db); - pKeyInfo->nField = (u16)nCol; + sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol); + sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc); + return rc; +} - for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; ipDfltColl; - } +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +******************************************************************************* +** The following code is used for testing and debugging only. The code +** that follows does not appear in normal builds. +** +** These routines are used to print out the content of all or part of a +** parse structures such as Select or Expr. Such printouts are useful +** for helping to understand what is happening inside the code generator +** during the execution of complex SELECT statements. +** +** These routine are not called anywhere from within the normal +** code base. Then are intended to be called from within the debugger +** or from temporary "printf" statements inserted for debugging. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintExpr(Expr *p){ + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%s", p->u.zToken); + }else{ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%d", p->op); + } + if( p->pLeft ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" "); + sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pLeft); + } + if( p->pRight ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" "); + sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pRight); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(")"); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintExprList(ExprList *pList){ + int i; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + sqlite3PrintExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr); + if( inExpr-1 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(", "); } - - for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){ - for(i=0; i<2; i++){ - int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i]; - if( addr<0 ){ - /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can - ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */ - assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 ); - break; - } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1; + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*sSELECT(%p) ", indent, "", p); + sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pEList); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + if( p->pSrc ){ + char *zPrefix; + int i; + zPrefix = "FROM"; + for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ", indent+6, zPrefix); + zPrefix = ""; + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("(\n"); + sqlite3PrintSelect(pItem->pSelect, indent+10); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s)", indent+8, ""); + }else if( pItem->zName ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", pItem->zName); + } + if( pItem->pTab ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("(table: %s)", pItem->pTab->zName); + } + if( pItem->zAlias ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" AS %s", pItem->zAlias); + } + if( ipSrc->nSrc-1 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(","); } + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pKeyInfo); } - -multi_select_end: - pDest->iMem = dest.iMem; - pDest->nMem = dest.nMem; - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete); - return rc; + if( p->pWhere ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s WHERE ", indent, ""); + sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pWhere); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + } + if( p->pGroupBy ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s GROUP BY ", indent, ""); + sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pGroupBy); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + } + if( p->pHaving ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s HAVING ", indent, ""); + sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pHaving); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + } + if( p->pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ORDER BY ", indent, ""); + sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pOrderBy); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + } } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ +/* End of the structure debug printing code +*****************************************************************************/ +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ +/************** End of select.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/ /* -** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a -** SELECT statment. +** 2001 September 15 ** -** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iMem. There are -** pIn->nMem columns to be output. pDest is where the output should -** be sent. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine -** return address. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** If regPrev>0 then it is a the first register in a vector that -** records the previous output. mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false -** if there has been no previous output. If regPrev>0 then code is -** generated to suppress duplicates. pKeyInfo is used for comparing -** keys. +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table() +** interface routines. These are just wrappers around the main +** interface routine of sqlite3_exec(). ** -** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to -** iBreak. +** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked +** if they are not used. */ -static int generateOutputSubroutine( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ - SelectDest *pIn, /* Coroutine supplying data */ - SelectDest *pDest, /* Where to send the data */ - int regReturn, /* The return address register */ - int regPrev, /* Previous result register. No uniqueness if 0 */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* For comparing with previous entry */ - int p4type, /* The p4 type for pKeyInfo */ - int iBreak /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int iContinue; - int addr; +/* #include */ +/* #include */ - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE + +/* +** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through +** to the callback function is uses to build the result. +*/ +typedef struct TabResult { + char **azResult; /* Accumulated output */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message text, if an error occurs */ + int nAlloc; /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */ + int nRow; /* Number of rows in the result */ + int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the result */ + int nData; /* Slots used in azResult[]. (nRow+1)*nColumn */ + int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */ +} TabResult; + +/* +** This routine is called once for each row in the result table. Its job +** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new +** memory as necessary. +*/ +static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){ + TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg; /* Result accumulator */ + int need; /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + char *z; /* A single column of result */ - /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT + /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything + ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback. */ - if( regPrev ){ - int j1, j2; - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); - j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem, - (char*)pKeyInfo, p4type); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev); + if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){ + need = nCol*2; + }else{ + need = nCol; + } + if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){ + char **azNew; + p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need; + azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc ); + if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed; + p->azResult = azNew; } - if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; - /* Suppress the the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause + /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing + ** the names of all columns. */ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); - - switch( pDest->eDest ){ - /* Store the result as data using a unique key. - */ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_Table ); - testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iParm, r2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iParm, r1, r2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; + if( p->nRow==0 ){ + p->nColumn = nCol; + for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; } + }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){ + sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries" + ); + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + return 1; + } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, - ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this - ** item into the set table with bogus data. - */ - case SRT_Set: { - int r1; - assert( pIn->nMem==1 ); - p->affinity = - sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity); - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iParm, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; + /* Copy over the row data + */ + if( argv!=0 ){ + for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; } + p->nRow++; + } + return 0; -#if 0 /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */ - /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. - */ - case SRT_Exists: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iParm); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; - } -#endif +malloc_failed: + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return 1; +} - /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then - ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out - ** of the scan loop. - */ - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( pIn->nMem==1 ); - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ - break; - } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ +/* +** Query the database. But instead of invoking a callback for each row, +** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results +** at the conclusion of the call. +** +** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained +** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. +** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when +** the calling procedure is finished using it. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ + const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ + char ***pazResult, /* Write the result table here */ + int *pnRow, /* Write the number of rows in the result here */ + int *pnColumn, /* Write the number of columns of result here */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ +){ + int rc; + TabResult res; - /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers - ** starting at pDest->iMem. Then the co-routine yields. - */ - case SRT_Coroutine: { - if( pDest->iMem==0 ){ - pDest->iMem = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nMem); - pDest->nMem = pIn->nMem; + *pazResult = 0; + if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0; + if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0; + if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; + res.zErrMsg = 0; + res.nRow = 0; + res.nColumn = 0; + res.nData = 1; + res.nAlloc = 20; + res.rc = SQLITE_OK; + res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc ); + if( res.azResult==0 ){ + db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + res.azResult[0] = 0; + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg); + assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) ); + res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData); + if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){ + sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); + if( res.zErrMsg ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg); + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg); } - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iMem, pDest->nMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); - break; - } - - /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be - ** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other - ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output. - ** - ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers. - ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to - ** return the next row of result. - */ - default: { - assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem); - break; + sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); } + db->errCode = res.rc; /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */ + return res.rc; } - - /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. - */ - if( p->iLimit ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); + sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); + return rc; + } + if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){ + char **azNew; + azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData ); + if( azNew==0 ){ + sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); + db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + res.azResult = azNew; } + *pazResult = &res.azResult[1]; + if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn; + if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow; + return rc; +} - /* Generate the subroutine return - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn); - - return addr; +/* +** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table( + char **azResult /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */ +){ + if( azResult ){ + int i, n; + azResult--; + assert( azResult!=0 ); + n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]); + for(i=1; i ORDER BY -** -** is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT. The idea -** is to code both and with the ORDER BY clause as -** co-routines. Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results -** into the output. In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and -** selectB) there are 7 subroutines: -** -** outA: Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output -** of the compound query. -** -** outB: Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output -** of the compound query. (Only generated for UNION and -** UNION ALL. EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that -** appears only in B.) -** -** AltB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and AB. -** -** EofA: Called when data is exhausted from selectA. -** -** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB. -** -** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which -** is used: -** -** -** UNION ALL UNION EXCEPT INTERSECT -** ------------- ----------------- -------------- ----------------- -** AltB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA nextA -** -** AeqB: outA, nextA nextA nextA outA, nextA -** -** AgtB: outB, nextB outB, nextB nextB nextB -** -** EofA: outB, nextB outB, nextB halt halt -** -** EofB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA halt -** -** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA -** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes -** an immediate jump to EofB. Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or -** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing. -** -** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled -** within the output subroutine. The regPrev register set holds the previously -** output value. A comparison is made against this value and the output -** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous. ** -** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven -** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom. Like this: +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** goto Init -** coA: coroutine for left query (A) -** coB: coroutine for right query (B) -** outA: output one row of A -** outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only) -** EofA: ... -** EofB: ... -** AltB: ... -** AeqB: ... -** AgtB: ... -** Init: initialize coroutine registers -** yield coA -** if eof(A) goto EofA -** yield coB -** if eof(B) goto EofB -** Cmpr: Compare A, B -** Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB -** End: ... +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not -** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return. EofA and EofB loop -** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe. AltB, AeqB, -** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB. +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the implementation for TRIGGERs */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -static int multiSelectOrderBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ - SelectDest destA; /* Destination for coroutine A */ - SelectDest destB; /* Destination for coroutine B */ - int regAddrA; /* Address register for select-A coroutine */ - int regEofA; /* Flag to indicate when select-A is complete */ - int regAddrB; /* Address register for select-B coroutine */ - int regEofB; /* Flag to indicate when select-B is complete */ - int addrSelectA; /* Address of the select-A coroutine */ - int addrSelectB; /* Address of the select-B coroutine */ - int regOutA; /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */ - int regOutB; /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */ - int addrOutA; /* Address of the output-A subroutine */ - int addrOutB = 0; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */ - int addrEofA; /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */ - int addrEofB; /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */ - int addrAltB; /* Address of the AB subroutine */ - int regLimitA; /* Limit register for select-A */ - int regLimitB; /* Limit register for select-A */ - int regPrev; /* A range of registers to hold previous output */ - int savedLimit; /* Saved value of p->iLimit */ - int savedOffset; /* Saved value of p->iOffset */ - int labelCmpr; /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */ - int labelEnd; /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */ - int j1; /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */ - int op; /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */ - KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */ - KeyInfo *pKeyMerge; /* Comparison information for merging rows */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ - int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ - int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */ - assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 ); - assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */ - db = pParse->db; - v = pParse->pVdbe; - assert( v!=0 ); /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */ - labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +/* +** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){ + while( pTriggerStep ){ + TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep; + pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList); - /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause - */ - op = p->op; - pPrior = p->pPrior; - assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 ); - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - assert( pOrderBy ); - nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); + } +} - /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that - ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set. Add - ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary. - */ - if( op!=TK_ALL ){ - for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; jiCol>0 ); - if( pItem->iCol==i ) break; - } - if( j==nOrderBy ){ - Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); - if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; - pNew->u.iValue = i; - pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew); - pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].iCol = (u16)i; - } - } +/* +** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to +** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers. +** +** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab +** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger. But there might be additional +** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema. This routine prepends all +** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list +** and returns the combined list. +** +** To state it another way: This routine returns a list of all triggers +** that fire off of pTab. The list will include any TEMP triggers on +** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; + Trigger *pList = 0; /* List of triggers to return */ + + if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ + return 0; } - /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with - ** the permutation used to determine if the next - ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB. Also add explicit - ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries - ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct - ** collation. - */ - aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy); - if( aPermute ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; iiCol>0 && pItem->iCol<=p->pEList->nExpr ); - aPermute[i] = pItem->iCol - 1; - } - pKeyMerge = - sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pKeyMerge)+nOrderBy*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1)); - if( pKeyMerge ){ - pKeyMerge->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyMerge->aColl[nOrderBy]; - pKeyMerge->nField = (u16)nOrderBy; - pKeyMerge->enc = ENC(db); - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; - if( pTerm->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pColl = pTerm->pColl; - }else{ - pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, aPermute[i]); - pTerm->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - pTerm->pColl = pColl; - } - pKeyMerge->aColl[i] = pColl; - pKeyMerge->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; + if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ + HashElem *p; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) ); + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p); + if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema + && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) + ){ + pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); + pList = pTrig; } } - }else{ - pKeyMerge = 0; } - /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query. - */ - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0); + return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); +} - /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed - ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the - ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL). - */ - if( op==TK_ALL ){ - regPrev = 0; +/* +** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement +** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions. A Trigger +** structure is generated based on the information available and stored +** in pParse->pNewTrigger. After the trigger actions have been parsed, the +** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger +** construction process. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */ + Token *pName1, /* The name of the trigger */ + Token *pName2, /* The name of the trigger */ + int tr_tm, /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */ + int op, /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */ + IdList *pColumns, /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */ + SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */ + Expr *pWhen, /* WHEN clause */ + int isTemp, /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */ + int noErr /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */ +){ + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; /* The new trigger */ + Table *pTab; /* Table that the trigger fires off of */ + char *zName = 0; /* Name of the trigger */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int iDb; /* The database to store the trigger in */ + Token *pName; /* The unqualified db name */ + DbFixer sFix; /* State vector for the DB fixer */ + int iTabDb; /* Index of the database holding pTab */ + + assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */ + assert( pName2!=0 ); + assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE ); + assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); + if( isTemp ){ + /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */ + if( pName2->n>0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name"); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + iDb = 1; + pName = pName1; }else{ - int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr; - assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); - regPrev = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev); - pKeyDup = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(*pKeyDup) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) ); - if( pKeyDup ){ - pKeyDup->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyDup->aColl[nExpr]; - pKeyDup->nField = (u16)nExpr; - pKeyDup->enc = ENC(db); - for(i=0; iaColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i); - pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0; - } + /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + if( iDb<0 ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; } } - - /* Separate the left and the right query from one another - */ - p->pPrior = 0; - pPrior->pRightmost = 0; - sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); - if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){ - sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); - } - - /* Compute the limit registers */ - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd); - if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){ - regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem; - regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit, - regLimitA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB); - }else{ - regLimitA = regLimitB = 0; + if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = 0; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); - p->pOffset = 0; - - regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem; - regEofA = ++pParse->nMem; - regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem; - regEofB = ++pParse->nMem; - regOutA = ++pParse->nMem; - regOutB = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB); - /* Jump past the various subroutines and coroutines to the main - ** merge loop + /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed: + ** + ** CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab .... + ** ^^^^^^^^ + ** + ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database + ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing our of SQLITE_MASTER. */ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - + if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase); + pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0; + } - /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the - ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select. + /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table, + ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database. + ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not + ** exist, the error is caught by the block below. */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for left SELECT")); - pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA; - sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); - VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for left SELECT")); + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); + if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab + && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ + iDb = 1; + } - /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on - ** the right - the "B" select - */ - addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for right SELECT")); - savedLimit = p->iLimit; - savedOffset = p->iOffset; - p->iLimit = regLimitB; - p->iOffset = 0; - sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB); - p->iLimit = savedLimit; - p->iOffset = savedOffset; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); - VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for right SELECT")); + /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */ + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup; + assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 ); + if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) && + sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); + if( !pTab ){ + /* The table does not exist. */ + if( db->init.iDb==1 ){ + /* Ticket #3810. + ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are + ** dropped too. But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table + ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the + ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the + ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped. This results in an + ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing. + */ + db->init.orphanTrigger = 1; + } + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables"); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A - ** select as the next output row of the compound select. - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A")); - addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, - p, &destA, pDest, regOutA, - regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, labelEnd); + /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the + ** specified name exists */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash), + zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){ + if( !noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName); + }else{ + assert( !db->init.busy ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + } + goto trigger_cleanup; + } - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B - ** select as the next output row of the compound select. - */ - if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B")); - addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, - p, &destB, pDest, regOutB, - regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_STATIC, labelEnd); + /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */ + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table"); + pParse->nErr++; + goto trigger_cleanup; } - /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A - ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains. + /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD + ** of triggers. */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine")); - if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){ - addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelEnd); - }else{ - addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, labelEnd); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA); + if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", + (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF" + " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0); + goto trigger_cleanup; } + iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B - ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains. - */ - if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ - addrEofB = addrEofA; - }else{ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine")); - addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, labelEnd); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName; + const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb; + if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } } +#endif - /* Generate code to handle the case of AB - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine")); - addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr); + /* Build the Trigger object */ + pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger)); + if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup; + pTrigger->zName = zName; + zName = 0; + pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName); + pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pTrigger->op = (u8)op; + pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER; + pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns); + assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); + pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger; - /* This code runs once to initialize everything. - */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrA, addrSelectA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrB, addrSelectB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB); +trigger_cleanup: + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); + if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); + }else{ + assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger ); + } +} - /* Implement the main merge loop - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iMem, destB.iMem, nOrderBy, - (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); +/* +** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed +** in order to complete the process of building the trigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */ + Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */ +){ + Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */ + char *zName; /* Name of trigger */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */ + DbFixer sFix; /* Fixer object */ + int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */ + Token nameToken; /* Trigger name for error reporting */ - /* Release temporary registers - */ - if( regPrev ){ - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regPrev, nOrderBy+1); + pParse->pNewTrigger = 0; + if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; + zName = pTrig->zName; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); + pTrig->step_list = pStepList; + while( pStepList ){ + pStepList->pTrig = pTrig; + pStepList = pStepList->pNext; + } + nameToken.z = pTrig->zName; + nameToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(nameToken.z); + if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken) + && sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) ){ + goto triggerfinish_cleanup; } - /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query. + /* if we are not initializing, + ** build the sqlite_master entry */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd); + if( !db->init.busy ){ + Vdbe *v; + char *z; - /* Set the number of output columns - */ - if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ - Select *pFirst = pPrior; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); + /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, + pTrig->table, z); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName)); } - /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly - ** by the calling function */ - if( p->pPrior ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); + if( db->init.busy ){ + Trigger *pLink = pTrig; + Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig); + if( pTrig ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){ + Table *pTab; + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table); + pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n); + assert( pTab!=0 ); + pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger; + pTab->pTrigger = pLink; + } } - p->pPrior = pPrior; - /*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete - **** subqueries ****/ - return SQLITE_OK; +triggerfinish_cleanup: + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig); + assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger ); + sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList); } -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) -/* Forward Declarations */ -static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*); -static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *); /* -** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to -** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th -** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column -** unchanged.) +** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into +** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure. ** -** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery -** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the -** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that -** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine make the necessary -** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table -** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. +** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in +** body of a TRIGGER. */ -static Expr *substExpr( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors to this connection */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Expr in which substitution occurs */ - int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute expressions */ -){ - if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; - if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){ - if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - }else{ - Expr *pNew; - assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumnnExpr ); - assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); - pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0); - if( pNew && pExpr->pColl ){ - pNew->pColl = pExpr->pColl; - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); - pExpr = pNew; - } - }else{ - pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList); - pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList); - }else{ - substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList); - } - } - return pExpr; -} -static void substExprList( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */ - int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ -){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList); +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep)); + if( pTriggerStep==0 ) { + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + return 0; } + pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT; + pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect; + pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; + return pTriggerStep; } -static void substSelect( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ - Select *p, /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */ - int iTable, /* Table to be replaced */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ + +/* +** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step. The allocated space +** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set. +*/ +static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + u8 op, /* Trigger opcode */ + Token *pName /* The target name */ ){ - SrcList *pSrc; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - int i; - if( !p ) return; - substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList); - p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList); - p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList); - substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList); - pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc ); /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */ - if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){ - for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList); - } + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; + + pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1]; + memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n); + pTriggerStep->target.z = z; + pTriggerStep->target.n = pName->n; + pTriggerStep->op = op; } + return pTriggerStep; } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) /* -** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed -** execution. It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening -** occurs. -** -** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following -** query: -** -** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5 -** -** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the -** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then -** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two -** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table -** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be -** optimized. -** -** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into -** a single flat select, like this: -** -** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 -** -** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result -** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might -** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be -** avoided. -** -** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true: -** -** (1) The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates. -** -** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join -** (Originally ticket #306. Strenghtened by ticket #3300) -** -** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (5) The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query does not use -** aggregates. -** -** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not -** DISTINCT. -** -** (7) The subquery has a FROM clause. -** -** (8) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (9) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use -** aggregates. -** -** (10) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not -** use LIMIT. -** -** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses. -** -** (**) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously -** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350. -** -** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT -** -** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET -** -** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the -** subquery does not have both an ORDER BY and a LIMIT clause. -** (See ticket #2339) -** -** (16) The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does -** not contain ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter -** until we introduced the group_concat() function. -** -** (17) The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL -** compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and -** the parent query: -** -** * is not itself part of a compound select, -** * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and -** * has no other tables or sub-selects in the FROM clause. -** -** The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to -** rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY, -** LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. -** -** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the -** ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to -** columns of the sub-query. -** -** (19) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not -** have a WHERE clause. -** -** (20) If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use -** an ORDER BY clause. Ticket #3773. We could relax this constraint -** somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must -** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But -** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case. -** -** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query. -** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query -** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates. -** -** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0. -** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1. +** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement. Return a pointer +** to the new trigger step. ** -** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and -** the subquery before this routine runs. +** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the +** body of a trigger. */ -static int flattenSubquery( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */ - int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */ - int isAgg, /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */ - int subqueryIsAgg /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */ + IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */ + ExprList *pEList, /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */ + u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */ ){ - const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; - Select *pParent; - Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */ - Select *pSub1; /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */ - SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */ - SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ - ExprList *pList; /* The result set of the outer query */ - int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; - /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. - */ - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( p->pPrior==0 ); /* Unable to flatten compound queries */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_QueryFlattener ) return 0; - pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFromnSrc ); - pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom]; - iParent = pSubitem->iCursor; - pSub = pSubitem->pSelect; - assert( pSub!=0 ); - if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (1) */ - if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0; /* Restriction (2) */ - pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; - assert( pSubSrc ); - /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants, - ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET - ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET - ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13) - ** and (14). */ - if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */ - if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */ - if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit && pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (15) */ - } - if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */ - if( ((pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSub->pLimit) - && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ /* Restrictions (4)(5)(8)(9) */ - return 0; - } - if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (6) */ - } - if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (11) */ - } - if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */ - if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */ + assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0); + assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed); - /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1: - ** Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is - ** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this - ** is not allowed: - ** - ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3) - ** - ** If we flatten the above, we would get - ** - ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3 - ** - ** which is not at all the same thing. - ** - ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2: - ** Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer - ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause. - ** An examples of why this is not allowed: - ** - ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0) - ** - ** If we flatten the above, we would get - ** - ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0 - ** - ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which - ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN. - ** - ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE: - ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN - ** is fraught with danger. Best to avoid the whole thing. If the - ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten. - */ - if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){ - return 0; + pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn; + pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; + }else{ + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); } + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must - ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries - ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct - ** queries. - */ - if( pSub->pPrior ){ - if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction 20 */ - } - if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ - return 0; - } - for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){ - testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); - testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); - if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0 - || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) - || NEVER(pSub1->pSrc==0) || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc!=1 - ){ - return 0; - } - } + return pTriggerStep; +} + +/* +** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return +** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it +** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */ + ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ + u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */ +){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; + + pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; + } + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return pTriggerStep; +} - /* Restriction 18. */ - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - int ii; - for(ii=0; iipOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){ - if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].iCol==0 ) return 0; - } - } +/* +** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return +** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it +** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */ + Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause */ +){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; + + pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return pTriggerStep; +} - /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/ +/* +** Recursively delete a Trigger structure +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){ + if( pTrigger==0 ) return; + sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger); +} - /* Authorize the subquery */ - pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName; - sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); - pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; +/* +** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. +** +** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies +** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the +** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger +** instead of the trigger name. +**/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){ + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; + int i; + const char *zDb; + const char *zName; + int nName; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions - ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must - ** be of the form: - ** - ** SELECT FROM () - ** - ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block - ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or - ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original - ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple - ** select statements in the compound sub-query. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT a+1 FROM ( - ** SELECT x FROM tab - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT y FROM tab - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2 - ** ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1 - ** - ** Transformed into: - ** - ** SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5 - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5 - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5 - ** ORDER BY 1 - ** - ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening". - */ - for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){ - Select *pNew; - ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit; - Select *pPrior = p->pPrior; - p->pOrderBy = 0; - p->pSrc = 0; - p->pPrior = 0; - p->pLimit = 0; - pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - p->pSrc = pSrc; - p->op = TK_ALL; - p->pRightmost = 0; - if( pNew==0 ){ - pNew = pPrior; + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto drop_trigger_cleanup; + } + + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase; + zName = pName->a[0].zName; + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ + int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ + if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); + pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName); + if( pTrigger ) break; + } + if( !pTrigger ){ + if( !noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0); }else{ - pNew->pPrior = pPrior; - pNew->pRightmost = 0; + sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb); } - p->pPrior = pNew; - if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1; + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto drop_trigger_cleanup; } + sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); - /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause - ** in the outer query. - */ - pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect; +drop_trigger_cleanup: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +} - /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the - ** subquery - */ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias); - pSubitem->zDatabase = 0; - pSubitem->zName = 0; - pSubitem->zAlias = 0; - pSubitem->pSelect = 0; +/* +** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger +** is set on. +*/ +static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){ + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table); + return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n); +} - /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the - ** subquery until code generation is - ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that - ** refer to the subquery even after flattening. Ticket #3346. - ** - ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above. - */ - if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){ - Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab; - if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab; - pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel; - }else{ - pTabToDel->nRef--; + +/* +** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){ + Table *pTable; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); + assert( pTable ); + assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) || + sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ + return; } - pSubitem->pTab = 0; } +#endif - /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery - ** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind - ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening - - ** then this loop only runs once. - ** - ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the - ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember - ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in - ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code - ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace - ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM - ** elements we are now copying in. + /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger. */ - for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){ - int nSubSrc; - u8 jointype = 0; - pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */ - nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */ - pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */ + assert( pTable!=0 ); + if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ + int base; + static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = { + { OP_Rewind, 0, ADDR(9), 0}, + { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_Column, 0, 1, 2}, + { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, + { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4: "trigger" */ + { OP_Column, 0, 0, 2}, + { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, + { OP_Delete, 0, 0, 0}, + { OP_Next, 0, ADDR(1), 0}, /* 8 */ + }; - if( pSrc ){ - assert( pParent==p ); /* First time through the loop */ - jointype = pSubitem->jointype; - }else{ - assert( pParent!=p ); /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */ - pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); - if( pSrc==0 ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - break; - } + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); + base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0); + if( pParse->nMem<3 ){ + pParse->nMem = 3; } + } +} - /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer - ** query. If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause, - ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements - ** of the subquery. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB; - ** - ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause. One slot of the - ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery. The next - ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots. The middle - ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the - ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery. - */ - if( nSubSrc>1 ){ - pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - break; - } - } +/* +** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){ + Trigger *pTrigger; + Hash *pHash; - /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the - ** outer query. - */ - for(i=0; ia[i+iFrom].pUsing); - pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i]; - memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash); + pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0); + if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){ + if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){ + Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); + Trigger **pp; + for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); + *pp = (*pp)->pNext; } - pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype; + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; + } +} - /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for - ** references to the iParent in the outer query. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; - ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ / - ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/ - ** - ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see - ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". - */ - pList = pParent->pEList; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){ - const char *zSpan = pList->a[i].zSpan; - if( ALWAYS(zSpan) ){ - pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zSpan); - } - } - } - substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList); - if( isAgg ){ - substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); - pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); - } - if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ - assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 ); - pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; - pSub->pOrderBy = 0; - }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){ - substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); - } - if( pSub->pWhere ){ - pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0); - }else{ - pWhere = 0; - } - if( subqueryIsAgg ){ - assert( pParent->pHaving==0 ); - pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere; - pParent->pWhere = pWhere; - pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); - pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0)); - assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 ); - pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0); - }else{ - pParent->pWhere = substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList); - pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere); - } +/* +** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement. Each entry +** in pEList is of the format =. If any of the entries +** in pEList have an which matches an identifier in pIdList, +** then return TRUE. If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a +** wildcard that matches anything. Likewise if pEList==NULL then +** it matches anything so always return true. Return false only +** if there is no match. +*/ +static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){ + int e; + if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1; + for(e=0; enExpr; e++){ + if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} - /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the - ** outer query is distinct. - */ - pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct; +/* +** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least +** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is +** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at +** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */ + int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */ + int *pMask /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ +){ + int mask = 0; + Trigger *pList = 0; + Trigger *p; - /* - ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; - ** - ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this - ** does not work if either limit is negative. - */ - if( pSub->pLimit ){ - pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; - pSub->pLimit = 0; + if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){ + pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); + } + assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 ); + for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){ + mask |= p->tr_tm; } } + if( pMask ){ + *pMask = mask; + } + return (mask ? pList : 0); +} - /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return - ** success. - */ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1); +/* +** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer +** to that SrcList. +** +** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when +** forming the SrcList. This prevents a trigger in one database from +** referring to a target in another database. An exception is when the +** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it +** wants. +*/ +static SrcList *targetSrcList( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */ +){ + int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */ + SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */ - return 1; + pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0); + if( pSrc ){ + assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 ); + assert( pSrc->a!=0 ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema); + if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + assert( iDbdb->nDb ); + pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + } + } + return pSrc; } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ /* -** Analyze the SELECT statement passed as an argument to see if it -** is a min() or max() query. Return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX if -** it is, or 0 otherwise. At present, a query is considered to be -** a min()/max() query if: -** -** 1. There is a single object in the FROM clause. -** -** 2. There is a single expression in the result set, and it is -** either min(x) or max(x), where x is a column reference. +** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single +** trigger. */ -static u8 minMaxQuery(Select *p){ - Expr *pExpr; - ExprList *pEList = p->pEList; +static int codeTriggerProgram( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */ + int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ +){ + TriggerStep *pStep; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; - pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; - if( NEVER(ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) ) return 0; - pEList = pExpr->x.pList; - if( pEList==0 || pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; - if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"min")==0 ){ - return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"max")==0 ){ - return WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX; + assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel ); + assert( pStepList ); + assert( v!=0 ); + for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ + /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step + ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger + ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use + ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger + ** step statement. Example: + ** + ** CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN; + ** INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b); + ** END; + ** + ** INSERT INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy + ** INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy + */ + pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf; + + switch( pStep->op ){ + case TK_UPDATE: { + sqlite3Update(pParse, + targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), + pParse->eOrconf + ); + break; + } + case TK_INSERT: { + sqlite3Insert(pParse, + targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), + sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), + sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), + pParse->eOrconf + ); + break; + } + case TK_DELETE: { + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, + targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0) + ); + break; + } + default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); { + SelectDest sDest; + Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + break; + } + } + if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount); + } } - return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; + + return 0; } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query. -** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This -** function tests if the SELECT is of the form: -** -** SELECT count(*) FROM -** -** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query -** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing -** is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned. +** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE +** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging. */ -static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Table *pTab; - Expr *pExpr; - - assert( !p->pGroupBy ); - - if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 - || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect - ){ - return 0; +static const char *onErrorText(int onError){ + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Abort: return "abort"; + case OE_Rollback: return "rollback"; + case OE_Fail: return "fail"; + case OE_Replace: return "replace"; + case OE_Ignore: return "ignore"; + case OE_Default: return "default"; } - pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; - pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; - assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr ); - - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; - if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->flags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0; - if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0; - - return pTab; + return "n/a"; } +#endif /* -** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an -** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there -** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return -** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate -** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK. +** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe +** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information +** from pFrom to pTo. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ - if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex; - Index *pIdx; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; - pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex); - pIdx=pIdx->pNext - ); - if( !pIdx ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pFrom->pIndex = pIdx; +static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){ + assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr ); + assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr ); + if( pTo->nErr==0 ){ + pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg; + pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr; + }else{ + sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg); } - return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement. -** "Expanding" means to do the following: -** -** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every -** element of the FROM clause. -** -** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that -** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, -** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement -** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT -** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement -** without worrying about messing up the presistent representation -** of the view. -** -** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword -** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins. -** -** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking -** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator. -** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table -** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE. -** +** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program +** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf. */ -static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; - int i, j, k; - SrcList *pTabList; - ExprList *pEList; - struct SrcList_item *pFrom; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ + Table *pTab, /* The table pTrigger is attached to */ + int orconf /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */ +){ + Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + TriggerPrg *pPrg; /* Value to return */ + Expr *pWhen = 0; /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */ + Vdbe *v; /* Temporary VM */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context for sub-vdbe */ + SubProgram *pProgram = 0; /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */ + Parse *pSubParse; /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */ + int iEndTrigger = 0; /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */ - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){ - return WRC_Prune; - } - p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pEList = p->pEList; + assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); + assert( pTop->pVdbe ); - /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in - ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement. - */ - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList); + /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they + ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg + ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */ + pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg)); + if( !pPrg ) return 0; + pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg; + pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg; + pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram)); + if( !pProgram ) return 0; + sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram); + pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger; + pPrg->orconf = orconf; + pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff; + pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff; - /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If - ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view, - ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery. - */ - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab; - if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){ - /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need - ** to go further. */ - assert( i==0 ); - return WRC_Prune; - } - if( pFrom->zName==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; - /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ - assert( pSel!=0 ); - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); - pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; - pTab->dbMem = db->lookaside.bEnabled ? db : 0; - pTab->nRef = 1; - pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pTab); - while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; } - selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); - pTab->iPKey = -1; - pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; + /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the + ** trigger sub-program. */ + pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse)); + if( !pSubParse ) return 0; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pSubParse; + pSubParse->db = db; + pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab; + pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop; + pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName; + pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op; + pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse); + if( v ){ + VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", + pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf), + (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"), + (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""), + (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""), + (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""), + pTab->zName + )); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC + ); #endif - }else{ - /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */ - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - pFrom->pTab = pTab = - sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,0,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase); - if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; - pTab->nRef++; -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) - if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort; - assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 ); - pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0); - sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect); + + /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false + ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the + ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */ + if( pTrigger->pWhen ){ + pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0); + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) + && db->mallocFailed==0 + ){ + iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); } -#endif + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); } - /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */ - if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){ - return WRC_Abort; + /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */ + codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf); + + /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */ + if( iEndTrigger ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger); } - } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf))); - /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins. - */ - if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){ - return WRC_Abort; + transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg); + } + pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem; + pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab; + pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger; + pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask; + pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask; + sqlite3VdbeDelete(v); } - /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of - ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names - ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression - ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list. - ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand - ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables. - ** - ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators - ** that need expanding. - */ - for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ - Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr; - if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break; - assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); - assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) ); - if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break; - } - if( knExpr ){ - /* - ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*" - ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression - ** in the result set and expand them one by one. - */ - struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a; - ExprList *pNew = 0; - int flags = pParse->db->flags; - int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 - && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0; + assert( !pSubParse->pAinc && !pSubParse->pZombieTab ); + assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg ); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse); - for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ - Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr; - assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); - if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){ - /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded. - */ - pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName; - pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan; - a[k].zName = 0; - a[k].zSpan = 0; - } - a[k].pExpr = 0; - }else{ - /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be - ** expanded. */ - int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */ - char *zTName; /* text of name of TABLE */ - if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){ - assert( pE->pLeft!=0 ); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) ); - zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken; - }else{ - zTName = 0; - } - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias; - if( zTabName==0 ){ - zTabName = pTab->zName; - } - if( db->mallocFailed ) break; - if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){ - continue; - } - tableSeen = 1; - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - Expr *pExpr, *pRight; - char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName; - char *zColname; /* The computed column name */ - char *zToFree; /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */ - Token sColname; /* Computed column name as a token */ + return pPrg; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for +** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such +** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before +** being returned. +*/ +static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ + Table *pTab, /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */ + int orconf /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */ +){ + Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + TriggerPrg *pPrg; - /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible - ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded - ** result-set list. - */ - if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){ - assert(IsVirtual(pTab)); - continue; - } + assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); - if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){ - if( (pFrom->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 - && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0) - ){ - /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the - ** table to the right of the join */ - continue; - } - if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){ - /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the - ** using clause from the table on the right. */ - continue; - } - } - pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName); - zColname = zName; - zToFree = 0; - if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){ - Expr *pLeft; - pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName); - pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); - if( longNames ){ - zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName); - zToFree = zColname; - } - }else{ - pExpr = pRight; - } - pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr); - sColname.z = zColname; - sColname.n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColname); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree); - } - } - if( !tableSeen ){ - if( zTName ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified"); - } - } - } - } - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); - p->pEList = pNew; - } -#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN - if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set"); + /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the + ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with + ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere + ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */ + for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; + pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); + pPrg=pPrg->pNext + ); + + /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */ + if( !pPrg ){ + pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf); } -#endif - return WRC_Continue; + + return pPrg; } /* -** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker. -** -** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees -** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably, -** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then -** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every -** subquery in the parser tree. +** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on +** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this +** function are the same as those described in the header function for +** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger() */ -static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return WRC_Continue; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Trigger *p, /* Trigger to code */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ + int reg, /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */ + int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ + int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ +){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */ + TriggerPrg *pPrg; + pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); + assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + + /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program + ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */ + if( pPrg ){ + int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers)); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM); + VdbeComment( + (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf))); + + /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if + ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive + ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger, + ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers + ** is clear. */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive); + } } /* -** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries. -** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT -** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above. +** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation +** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE) +** is given by the op paramater. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the +** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then +** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified. ** -** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a -** SELECT statement. The SELECT statement must be expanded before -** name resolution is performed. +** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified +** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op. ** -** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse. -** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr -** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed. +** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers +** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references +** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab +** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows: +** +** Register Contains +** ------------------------------------------------------ +** reg+0 OLD.rowid +** reg+1 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab +** ... ... +** reg+N OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab +** reg+N+1 NEW.rowid +** reg+N+2 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab +** ... ... +** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab +** +** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will +** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or +** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). +** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers +** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an +** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg +** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through +** (reg+N+N+1) are. +** +** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the +** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump +** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program +** raises an IGNORE exception. */ -static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ - Walker w; - w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander; - w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; - w.pParse = pParse; - sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); -} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ + int op, /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ + int tr_tm, /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ + int reg, /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */ + int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ + int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ +){ + Trigger *p; /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */ + + assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE ); + assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER ); + assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) ); + + for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ + + /* Sanity checking: The schema for the trigger and for the table are + ** always defined. The trigger must be in the same schema as the table + ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */ + assert( p->pSchema!=0 ); + assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 ); + assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema + || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */ + if( p->op==op + && p->tr_tm==tr_tm + && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) + ){ + sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump); + } + } +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo() -** interface. +** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. +** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the +** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information +** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire +** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command. ** -** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl -** information to the Table structure that represents the result set -** of that subquery. +** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the +** table may be accessed using an [old|new].reference. Bit 1 is set if +** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there +** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns +** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned. ** -** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed -** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted -** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved. This -** routine is called after identifier resolution. +** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is +** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is. +** +** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned +** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table. +** +** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE +** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only +** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the +** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only +** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm. */ -static int selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - Parse *pParse; - int i; - SrcList *pTabList; - struct SrcList_item *pFrom; +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ + int isNew, /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */ + int tr_tm, /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ + int orconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ +){ + const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE; + u32 mask = 0; + Trigger *p; - assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ); - if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){ - p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo; - pParse = pWalker->pParse; - pTabList = p->pSrc; - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){ - /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ - Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; - assert( pSel ); - while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior; - selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSel); + assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 ); + for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm) + && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges) + ){ + TriggerPrg *pPrg; + pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); + if( pPrg ){ + mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew]; } } } - return WRC_Continue; + + return mask; } -#endif +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ +/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/ /* -** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to -** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a -** SELECT statement. +** 2001 September 15 ** -** Use this routine after name resolution. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle UPDATE statements. */ -static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - Walker w; - w.xSelectCallback = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo; - w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; - w.pParse = pParse; - sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); -#endif -} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Forward declaration */ +static void updateVirtualTable( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ + Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ + Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ + int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ + Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ + int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ +); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /* -** This routine sets of a SELECT statement for processing. The -** following is accomplished: +** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the +** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the +** OP_Column to the default value, if any. ** -** * VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms. -** * Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries. -** * ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements -** * Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded. -** * Identifiers in expression are matched to tables. +** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the +** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table +** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE +** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk +** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken +** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead. +** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value +** for the column and the P4 value is not required. ** -** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT. +** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have +** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more +** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated +** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written +** into the sqlite_master table.) +** +** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for +** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() +** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into +** sqlite3_value objects. +** +** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction +** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is +** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save +** space. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for container */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; - if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; - db = pParse->db; - if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return; - sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){ + assert( pTab!=0 ); + if( !pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3_value *pValue; + u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v)); + Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i]; + VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName)); + assert( inCol ); + sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, + pCol->affinity, &pValue); + if( pValue ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( iReg>=0 && pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg); + } +#endif + } } /* -** Reset the aggregate accumulator. +** Process an UPDATE statement. ** -** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold -** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This -** routine simply stores NULLs in all of those memory cells. +** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL; +** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/ +* onError pTabList pChanges pWhere */ -static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; - if( pAggInfo->nFunc+pAggInfo->nColumn==0 ){ - return; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ + int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */ + int addr = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */ + int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */ + int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database structure */ + int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */ + int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the + ** an expression for the i-th column of the table. + ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */ + int chngRowid; /* True if the record number is being changed */ + Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */ + int openAll = 0; /* True if all indices need to be opened */ + AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */ + NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */ + int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */ + int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */ + int hasFK; /* True if foreign key processing is required */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ + int tmask; /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ +#endif + int newmask; /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */ + + /* Register Allocations */ + int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */ + int regOldRowid; /* The old rowid */ + int regNewRowid; /* The new rowid */ + int regNew; + int regOld = 0; + int regRowSet = 0; /* Rowset of rows to be updated */ + + memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto update_cleanup; } - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem); + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + + /* Locate the table which we want to update. + */ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** updated is a view. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; + assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 ); +#else +# define pTrigger 0 +# define isView 0 +# define tmask 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto update_cleanup; } - for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; inFunc; i++, pFunc++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pFunc->iMem); - if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ - Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) ); - if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one " - "argument"); - pFunc->iDistinct = -1; - }else{ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - } - } + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ + goto update_cleanup; } -} + aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol ); + if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + for(i=0; inCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1; -/* -** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function -** in the AggInfo structure. -*/ -static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pF; - for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0, - (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices. + ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they + ** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and + ** allocate enough space, just in case. + */ + pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + pParse->nTab++; } -} -/* -** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on -** the current cursor position. -*/ -static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pF; - struct AggInfo_col *pC; + /* Initialize the name-context */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - pAggInfo->directMode = 1; - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ - int nArg; - int addrNext = 0; - int regAgg; - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - if( pList ){ - nArg = pList->nExpr; - regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg); - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 0); - }else{ - nArg = 0; - regAgg = 0; - } - if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ - addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - assert( nArg==1 ); - codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg); + /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the + ** of the UPDATE statement. Also find the column index + ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array. For each + ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change + ** that column. + */ + chngRowid = 0; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){ + goto update_cleanup; } - if( pF->pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - CollSeq *pColl = 0; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int j; - assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */ - for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && jpExpr); + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ + chngRowid = 1; + pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; + } + aXRef[j] = i; + break; } - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; + } + if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ + if( sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){ + chngRowid = 1; + pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto update_cleanup; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem, - (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); - if( addrNext ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int rc; + rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ + goto update_cleanup; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){ + aXRef[j] = -1; + } } +#endif } - for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; inAccumulator; i++, pC++){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem); + + hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngRowid); + + /* Allocate memory for the array aRegIdx[]. There is one entry in the + ** array for each index associated with table being updated. Fill in + ** the value with a register number for indices that are to be used + ** and with zero for unused indices. + */ + for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){} + if( nIdx>0 ){ + aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Index*) * nIdx ); + if( aRegIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + } + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + int reg; + if( hasFK || chngRowid ){ + reg = ++pParse->nMem; + }else{ + reg = 0; + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){ + reg = ++pParse->nMem; + break; + } + } + } + aRegIdx[j] = reg; } - pAggInfo->directMode = 0; - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); -} -/* -** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. -** -** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the -** contents of the SelectDest structure pointed to by argument pDest -** as follows: -** -** pDest->eDest Result -** ------------ ------------------------------------------- -** SRT_Output Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow -** opcode) for each row in the result set. -** -** SRT_Mem Only valid if the result is a single column. -** Store the first column of the first result row -** in register pDest->iParm then abandon the rest -** of the query. This destination implies "LIMIT 1". -** -** SRT_Set The result must be a single column. Store each -** row of result as the key in table pDest->iParm. -** Apply the affinity pDest->affinity before storing -** results. Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)". -** -** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary table pDest->iParm. -** -** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary table pDest->iParm. -** -** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table pDest->iParm. -** This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table -** is assumed to already be open. -** -** SRT_EphemTab Create an temporary table pDest->iParm and store -** the result there. The cursor is left open after -** returning. This is like SRT_Table except that -** this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create -** the table first. -** -** SRT_Coroutine Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of -** results each time it is invoked. The entry point -** of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iParm. -** -** SRT_Exists Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iParm if the result -** set is not empty. -** -** SRT_Discard Throw the results away. This is used by SELECT -** statements within triggers whose only purpose is -** the side-effects of functions. -** -** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are -** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in -** pParse->zErrMsg. -** -** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The -** calling function needs to do that. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with the query results */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */ - int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */ - ExprList *pEList; /* List of columns to extract. */ - SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause. May be NULL */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ - Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ - int isDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - int distinct; /* Table to use for the distinct set */ - int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ - int addrSortIndex; /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ - AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ - int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + /* Begin generating code. */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef, + pWhere, onError); + pWhere = 0; + pTabList = 0; + goto update_cleanup; + } +#endif - db = pParse->db; - if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ - return 1; + /* Allocate required registers. */ + regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + if( pTrigger || hasFK ){ + regOld = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; - memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); + if( chngRowid || pTrigger || hasFK ){ + regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + } + regNew = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; - if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ - assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || - pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard); - /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does - ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); - p->pOrderBy = 0; - p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; + /* Start the view context. */ + if( isView ){ + sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); } - sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0); - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pEList = p->pEList; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto select_end; + + /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into + ** a ephemeral table. + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( isView ){ + sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur); } - isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; - assert( pEList!=0 ); +#endif - /* Begin generating code. + /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the + ** WHERE clause. */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto select_end; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } - /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause + /* Begin the database scan */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) - for(i=0; !p->pPrior && inSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; - SelectDest dest; - Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect; - int isAggSub; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOldRowid); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin( + pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED + ); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + okOnePass = pWInfo->okOnePass; - if( pSub==0 || pItem->isPopulated ) continue; + /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regOldRowid); + if( !okOnePass ){ + regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid); + } - /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression - ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select - ** may contain expression trees of at most - ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit - ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing - ** an exact limit. - */ - pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); + /* End the database scan loop. + */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - /* Check to see if the subquery can be absorbed into the parent. */ - isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; - if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){ - if( isAggSub ){ - isAgg = 1; - p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; - } - i = -1; + /* Initialize the count of updated rows + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); + } + + if( !isView ){ + /* + ** Open every index that needs updating. Note that if any + ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution + ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need + ** to be deleting some records. + */ + if( !okOnePass ) sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenWrite); + if( onError==OE_Replace ){ + openAll = 1; }else{ - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor); - assert( pItem->isPopulated==0 ); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); - pItem->isPopulated = 1; + openAll = 0; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){ + openAll = 1; + break; + } + } } - if( /*pParse->nErr ||*/ db->mallocFailed ){ - goto select_end; + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){ + KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum, iDb, + (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 ); + } } - pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); - pTabList = p->pSrc; - if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + } + + /* Top of the update loop */ + if( okOnePass ){ + int a1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regOldRowid); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, a1); + }else{ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, 0, regOldRowid); + } + + /* Make cursor iCur point to the record that is being updated. If + ** this record does not exist for some reason (deleted by a trigger, + ** for example, then jump to the next iteration of the RowSet loop. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid); + + /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to + ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified, + ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is + ** already populated. */ + assert( chngRowid || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid ); + if( chngRowid ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); + } + + /* If there are triggers on this table, populate an array of registers + ** with the required old.* column data. */ + if( hasFK || pTrigger ){ + u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0); + oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, + pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError + ); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( aXRef[i]<0 || oldmask==0xffffffff || (i<32 && (oldmask & (1<pEList; -#endif - pWhere = p->pWhere; - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - pHaving = p->pHaving; - isDistinct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first. + /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new + ** row data. This array is used to check constaints, create the new + ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references + ** made by triggers. + ** + ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the + ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by + ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The + ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from + ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger + ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to + ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes. */ - if( p->pPrior ){ - if( p->pRightmost==0 ){ - Select *pLoop, *pRight = 0; - int cnt = 0; - int mxSelect; - for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){ - pLoop->pRightmost = p; - pLoop->pNext = pRight; - pRight = pLoop; + newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( + pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError + ); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); + }else{ + j = aXRef[i]; + if( j>=0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i); + }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask&(1<aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]; - if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT"); - return 1; + } + } + + /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are + ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong. + */ + if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regNew, pTab->nCol); + sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, + TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr); + + /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this + ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are + ** required. This behaviour - what happens when the row being updated + ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the + ** documentation. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid); + + /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified + ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for + ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their + ** registers in case this has happened. + */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regNew+i); + sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, regNew+i); } } - return multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest); } -#endif - /* If writing to memory or generating a set - ** only a single column may be output. + if( !isView ){ + int j1; /* Address of jump instruction */ + + /* Do constraint checks. */ + sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, + aRegIdx, (chngRowid?regOldRowid:0), 1, onError, addr, 0); + + /* Do FK constraint checks. */ + if( hasFK ){ + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0); + } + + /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record. */ + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regOldRowid); + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, aRegIdx); + + /* If changing the record number, delete the old record. */ + if( hasFK || chngRowid ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + + if( hasFK ){ + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid); + } + + /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */ + sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0); + + /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to + ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key + ** to the row just updated. */ + if( hasFK ){ + sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid); + } + } + + /* Increment the row counter */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ - goto select_end; + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); } -#endif - /* If possible, rewrite the query to use GROUP BY instead of DISTINCT. - ** GROUP BY might use an index, DISTINCT never does. + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, + TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr); + + /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until + ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated. */ - assert( p->pGroupBy==0 || (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0 ); - if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ){ - p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0); - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; - isDistinct = 0; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + + /* Close all tables */ + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0); + } } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting - ** index might end up being unused if the data can be - ** extracted in pre-sorted order. If that is the case, then the - ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once - ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed. The addrSortIndex - ** variable is used to facilitate that change. + /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the + ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into + ** autoincrement tables. */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy); - pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++; - p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addrSortIndex = - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, - pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - }else{ - addrSortIndex = -1; + if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); } - /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. + /* + ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. */ - if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iParm, pEList->nExpr); + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC); } - /* Set the limiter. +update_cleanup: + sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return; +} +/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise +** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file +** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ +#ifdef isView + #undef isView +#endif +#ifdef pTrigger + #undef pTrigger +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table. +** +** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains +** for each row to be changed: +** +** (A) The original rowid of that row. +** (B) The revised rowid for the row. (note1) +** (C) The content of every column in the row. +** +** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in +** the ephermeral table call VUpdate. +** +** When finished, drop the ephemeral table. +** +** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same +** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling +** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate. +*/ +static void updateVirtualTable( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ + Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ + Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ + int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ + Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ + int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */ + ExprList *pEList = 0; /* The result set of the SELECT statement */ + Select *pSelect = 0; /* The SELECT statement */ + Expr *pExpr; /* Temporary expression */ + int ephemTab; /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int addr; /* Address of top of loop */ + int iReg; /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + SelectDest dest; + + /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for + ** all updated rows. */ - iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd); + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, "_rowid_")); + if( pRowid ){ + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0)); + } + assert( pTab->iPKey<0 ); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){ + pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0); + }else{ + pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[i].zName); + } + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr); + } + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); + + /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will + ** be stored. + */ + assert( v ); + ephemTab = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0)); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); - /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set. + /* fill the ephemeral table */ - if( isDistinct ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - assert( isAgg || pGroupBy ); - distinct = pParse->nTab++; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - }else{ - distinct = -1; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); + + /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */ + iReg = ++pParse->nMem; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 0, iReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i); } + sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0); - /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */ - if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){ - /* This case is for non-aggregate queries - ** Begin the database scan - */ - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, 0); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; + /* Cleanup */ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral - ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral - ** into an OP_Noop. - */ - if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex, 1); - p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; - } +/************** End of update.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2003 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command. +** +** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the +** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro. +*/ - /* Use the standard inner loop - */ - assert(!isDistinct); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, -1, pDest, - pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak); +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) +/* +** Finalize a prepared statement. If there was an error, store the +** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. +*/ +static int vacuumFinalize(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + return rc; +} - /* End the database scan loop. - */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - }else{ - /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */ - int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */ - int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */ - int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least - ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been - ** processed */ - int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */ - int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */ - int addrEnd; /* End of processing for this SELECT */ +/* +** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code. +*/ +static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + VVA_ONLY( int rc; ) + if( !zSql ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + return sqlite3_errcode(db); + } + VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ); + return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); +} - /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the - ** GROUP BY clause. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - int k; /* Loop counter */ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* For looping over expression in a list */ +/* +** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly +** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database. +*/ +static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; - for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ - pItem->iAlias = 0; - } - for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ - pItem->iAlias = 0; - } - } + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0)); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); + return rc; + } + } - /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */ - addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); +} - /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in - ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the - ** SELECT statement. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; - sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0; - sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; - sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList); - sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pOrderBy); - if( pHaving ){ - sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving); - } - sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; - for(i=0; ix.pList); - } - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; +/* +** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database, +** collapse free space, etc. It is modelled after the VACUUM command +** in PostgreSQL. +** +** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call +** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables. But beginning +** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has +** become a no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0); + } + return; +} - /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and - ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */ - int j1; /* A-vs-B comparision jump */ - int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */ - int regOutputRow; /* Return address register for output subroutine */ - int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */ - int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */ - int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */ - int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */ - int regReset; /* Return address register for reset subroutine */ +/* +** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from service routines */ + Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */ + Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */ + char *zSql = 0; /* SQL statements */ + int saved_flags; /* Saved value of the db->flags */ + int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */ + int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */ + void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Saved db->xTrace */ + Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */ + int isMemDb; /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */ + int nRes; /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */ + int nDb; /* Number of attached databases */ - /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to - ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out - ** that we do not need it after all, the OpenEphemeral instruction - ** will be converted into a Noop. - */ - sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy); - addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, - sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, - 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } - /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing - */ - iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem; - iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem; - regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem; - addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - regReset = ++pParse->nMem; - addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; - iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty")); + /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be + ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and + ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */ + saved_flags = db->flags; + saved_nChange = db->nChange; + saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange; + saved_xTrace = db->xTrace; + db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks | SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; + db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder); + db->xTrace = 0; - /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order. - ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or - ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information - ** in the right order to begin with. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; - if( pGroupBy==0 ){ - /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so - ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be - ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo - */ - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - groupBySort = 0; - }else{ - /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push - ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop, - ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output - ** in sorted order - */ - int regBase; - int regRecord; - int nCol; - int nGroupBy; + pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt; + isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)); - groupBySort = 1; - nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr; - nCol = nGroupBy + 1; - j = nGroupBy+1; - for(i=0; i=j ){ - nCol++; - j++; - } - } - regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy); - j = nGroupBy+1; - for(i=0; iiSorterColumn>=j ){ - int r1 = j + regBase; - int r2; + /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma + ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash + ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a + ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before + ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called. + ** + ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager. + ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but + ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower. Very little journalling + ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially + ** empty. Only the journal header is written. Apparently it takes more + ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does + ** to write the journal header file. + */ + nDb = db->nDb; + if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ + zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;"; + }else{ + zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;"; + } + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql); + if( db->nDb>nDb ){ + pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1]; + assert( strcmp(pDb->zName,"vacuum_db")==0 ); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt; - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, - pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1); - if( r1!=r2 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1); - } - j++; - } - } - regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); - VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); - sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - } + /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file + ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction + ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't + ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below. */ + sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp); - /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2... - ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth) - ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms - ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2... - */ - addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, j, iBMem+j); - }else{ - sAggInfo.directMode = 1; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1); + nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain); - /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes. - ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code - ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped. - ** - ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,... - ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine - ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation - ** for the next GROUP BY batch. - */ - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "output one row")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); - VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); - VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator")); + /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( db->nextPagesize ){ + extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); + int nKey; + char *zKey; + sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); + if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0; + } +#endif - /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of - ** the current row - */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator")); + /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */ + if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)) + ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ + db->nextPagesize = 0; + } - /* End of the loop - */ - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); - }else{ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx, 1); - } + if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0) + || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0)) + || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto end_of_vacuum; + } + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_of_vacuum; + } - /* Output the final row of result - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "output final row")); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac : + sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain)); +#endif - /* Jump over the subroutines - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd); + /* Begin a transaction */ + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result - ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag - ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If - ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine - ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in - ** order to signal the caller to abort. - */ - addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow); - addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); - VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, - distinct, pDest, - addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator")); + /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema + ** in the temporary database. + */ + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) " + " FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'" + " AND rootpage>0" + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)" + " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' "); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) " + " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset); - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset); + /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do + ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy + ** the contents to the temporary database. + */ + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " + "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'" + "FROM main.sqlite_master " + "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' " + " AND rootpage>0" + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - } /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */ - else { - ExprList *pDel = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT - Table *pTab; - if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){ - /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then - ** the SQL statement is of the form: - ** - ** SELECT count(*) FROM - ** - ** where the Table structure returned represents table . - ** - ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The - ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that - ** contains the data for table or on one of its indexes. It - ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost - ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables. - */ - const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor to scan b-tree */ - Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */ - Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */ - int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */ + /* Copy over the sequence table + */ + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' " + "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' " + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " + "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' " + "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';" + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - /* Search for the index that has the least amount of columns. If - ** there is such an index, and it has less columns than the table - ** does, then we can assume that it consumes less space on disk and - ** will therefore be cheaper to scan to determine the query result. - ** In this case set iRoot to the root page number of the index b-tree - ** and pKeyInfo to the KeyInfo structure required to navigate the - ** index. - ** - ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only - ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy. - */ - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( !pBest || pIdx->nColumnnColumn ){ - pBest = pIdx; - } - } - if( pBest && pBest->nColumnnCol ){ - iRoot = pBest->tnum; - pKeyInfo = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pBest); - } + /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database + ** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any + ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries + ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table. + */ + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master " + " SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql" + " FROM main.sqlite_master" + " WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'" + " OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)" + ); + if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum; - /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb); - if( pKeyInfo ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ - { - /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms: - ** - ** SELECT min(x) FROM ... - ** SELECT max(x) FROM ... - ** - ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results - ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. - ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then - ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the - ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is - ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum - ** value of x, the only row required). - ** - ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly - ** modify behaviour as follows: - ** - ** + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by - ** where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value - ** for x. - ** - ** + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which - ** index or indices to use) should place a different priority on - ** satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases. - ** Refer to code and comments in where.c for details. - */ - ExprList *pMinMax = 0; - u8 flag = minMaxQuery(p); - if( flag ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList->a[0].pExpr->x.pList,0); - pDel = pMinMax; - if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){ - pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0; - pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; - } - } + /* At this point, unless the main db was completely empty, there is now a + ** transaction open on the vacuum database, but not on the main database. + ** Open a btree level transaction on the main database. This allows a + ** call to sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(). The main database btree level + ** transaction is then committed, so the SQL level never knows it was + ** opened for writing. This way, the SQL transaction used to create the + ** temporary database never needs to be committed. + */ + { + u32 meta; + int i; - /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The - ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row - ** of output. - */ - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax, flag); - if( pWInfo==0 ){ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); - goto select_end; - } - updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - if( !pMinMax && flag ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iBreak); - VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index", - (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max"))); - } - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); - } + /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the + ** vacuum. Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries + ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum. + ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other + ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema. + */ + static const unsigned char aCopy[] = { + BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, 1, /* Add one to the old schema cookie */ + BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0, /* Preserve the default page cache size */ + BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, 0, /* Preserve the text encoding */ + BTREE_USER_VERSION, 0, /* Preserve the user version */ + }; - pOrderBy = 0; - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, 0, -1, - pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); + assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) ); + assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) ); - } /* endif aggregate query */ + /* Copy Btree meta values */ + for(i=0; inExpr, pDest); + rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp)); +#endif } - /* Jump here to skip this query - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1); - /* The SELECT was successfully coded. Set the return code to 0 - ** to indicate no errors. - */ - rc = 0; +end_of_vacuum: + /* Restore the original value of db->flags */ + db->flags = saved_flags; + db->nChange = saved_nChange; + db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange; + db->xTrace = saved_xTrace; + sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1); - /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon - ** successful coding of the SELECT. + /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum + ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file + ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction + ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the + ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager + ** is closed by the DETACH. */ -select_end: + db->autoCommit = 1; - /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ - generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList); + if( pDb ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + pDb->pSchema = 0; } - sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol); - sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc); + /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[] + ** array. */ + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); + return rc; } -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -******************************************************************************* -** The following code is used for testing and debugging only. The code -** that follows does not appear in normal builds. -** -** These routines are used to print out the content of all or part of a -** parse structures such as Select or Expr. Such printouts are useful -** for helping to understand what is happening inside the code generator -** during the execution of complex SELECT statements. -** -** These routine are not called anywhere from within the normal -** code base. Then are intended to be called from within the debugger -** or from temporary "printf" statements inserted for debugging. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintExpr(Expr *p){ - if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%s", p->u.zToken); - }else{ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%d", p->op); - } - if( p->pLeft ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" "); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pLeft); - } - if( p->pRight ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" "); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pRight); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf(")"); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintExprList(ExprList *pList){ - int i; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - sqlite3PrintExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr); - if( inExpr-1 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(", "); - } - } -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*sSELECT(%p) ", indent, "", p); - sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pEList); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - if( p->pSrc ){ - char *zPrefix; - int i; - zPrefix = "FROM"; - for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ", indent+6, zPrefix); - zPrefix = ""; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(\n"); - sqlite3PrintSelect(pItem->pSelect, indent+10); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s)", indent+8, ""); - }else if( pItem->zName ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", pItem->zName); - } - if( pItem->pTab ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(table: %s)", pItem->pTab->zName); - } - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" AS %s", pItem->zAlias); - } - if( ipSrc->nSrc-1 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(","); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - } - if( p->pWhere ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s WHERE ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pWhere); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pGroupBy ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s GROUP BY ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pGroupBy); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pHaving ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s HAVING ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pHaving); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ORDER BY ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pOrderBy); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } -} -/* End of the structure debug printing code -*****************************************************************************/ -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ -/************** End of select.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/ +/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 +** 2006 June 10 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -84544,17795 +99287,20255 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent){ ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table() -** interface routines. These are just wrappers around the main -** interface routine of sqlite3_exec(). -** -** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked -** if they are not used. +** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables. */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* -** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through -** to the callback function is uses to build the result. +** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the +** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of +** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of +** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which +** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods. */ -typedef struct TabResult { - char **azResult; /* Accumulated output */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Error message text, if an error occurs */ - int nAlloc; /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */ - int nRow; /* Number of rows in the result */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the result */ - int nData; /* Slots used in azResult[]. (nRow+1)*nColumn */ - int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */ -} TabResult; +struct VtabCtx { + Table *pTab; + VTable *pVTable; +}; /* -** This routine is called once for each row in the result table. Its job -** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new -** memory as necessary. +** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module. +** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and +** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces. */ -static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){ - TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg; /* Result accumulator */ - int need; /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - char *z; /* A single column of result */ - - /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything - ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback. - */ - if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){ - need = nCol*2; - }else{ - need = nCol; - } - if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){ - char **azNew; - p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need; - azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc ); - if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed; - p->azResult = azNew; - } +static int createModule( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ +){ + int rc, nName; + Module *pMod; - /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing - ** the names of all columns. - */ - if( p->nRow==0 ){ - p->nColumn = nCol; - for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1); + if( pMod ){ + Module *pDel; + char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]); + memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1); + pMod->zName = zCopy; + pMod->pModule = pModule; + pMod->pAux = pAux; + pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy; + pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule, zCopy, nName, (void*)pMod); + if( pDel && pDel->xDestroy ){ + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); + pDel->xDestroy(pDel->pAux); } - }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){ - sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( - "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries" - ); - p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - return 1; - } - - /* Copy over the row data - */ - if( argv!=0 ){ - for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); + if( pDel==pMod ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; } - p->nRow++; + }else if( xDestroy ){ + xDestroy(pAux); } - return 0; - -malloc_failed: - p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return 1; + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } + /* -** Query the database. But instead of invoking a callback for each row, -** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results -** at the conclusion of the call. -** -** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained -** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. -** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when -** the calling procedure is finished using it. +** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ - const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ - char ***pazResult, /* Write the result table here */ - int *pnRow, /* Write the number of rows in the result here */ - int *pnColumn, /* Write the number of columns of result here */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ ){ - int rc; - TabResult res; - - *pazResult = 0; - if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0; - if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0; - if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; - res.zErrMsg = 0; - res.nRow = 0; - res.nColumn = 0; - res.nData = 1; - res.nAlloc = 20; - res.rc = SQLITE_OK; - res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc ); - if( res.azResult==0 ){ - db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - res.azResult[0] = 0; - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg); - assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) ); - res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData); - if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){ - sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); - if( res.zErrMsg ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg); - } - sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); - } - db->errCode = res.rc; /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */ - return res.rc; - } - sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); - return rc; - } - if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){ - char **azNew; - azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData ); - if( azNew==0 ){ - sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); - db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - res.azResult = azNew; - } - *pazResult = &res.azResult[1]; - if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn; - if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow; - return rc; + return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0); } /* -** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced. +** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table( - char **azResult /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ ){ - if( azResult ){ - int i, n; - azResult--; - assert( azResult!=0 ); - n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]); - for(i=1; inRef++; +} + -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER /* -** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures. +** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table. +** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access +** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){ - while( pTriggerStep ){ - TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep; - pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext; +SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ + VTable *pVtab; + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext); + return pVtab; +} - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList); +/* +** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count +** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){ + sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); + assert( db ); + assert( pVTab->nRef>0 ); + assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ); + + pVTab->nRef--; + if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){ + sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; + if( p ){ + p->pModule->xDisconnect(p); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab); } } /* -** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to -** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers. +** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the +** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated +** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. +** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with +** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list. +*/ +static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + VTable *pRet = 0; + VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable; + p->pVTable = 0; + + /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database + ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments + ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why + ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any + ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list. + */ + assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); + + while( pVTable ){ + sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db; + VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext; + assert( db2 ); + if( db2==db ){ + pRet = pVTable; + p->pVTable = pRet; + pRet->pNext = 0; + }else{ + pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect; + db2->pDisconnect = pVTable; + } + pVTable = pNext; + } + + assert( !db || pRet ); + return pRet; +} + + +/* +** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. ** -** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab -** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger. But there might be additional -** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema. This routine prepends all -** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list -** and returns the combined list. +** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all +** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the +** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The +** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows: ** -** To state it another way: This routine returns a list of all triggers -** that fire off of pTab. The list will include any TEMP triggers on -** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger. +** 1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex +** associated with the database handle itself must be held. +** +** 2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to +** the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex +** associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held +** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then +** the database handle mutex is held. +** +** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously +** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; - Trigger *pList = 0; /* List of triggers to return */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){ + VTable *p = db->pDisconnect; + db->pDisconnect = 0; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ - return 0; + if( p ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + do { + VTable *pNext = p->pNext; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); + p = pNext; + }while( p ); } +} - if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ - HashElem *p; - for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ - Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p); - if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema - && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) - ){ - pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); - pList = pTrig; - } +/* +** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record. +** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table +** record. +** +** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer +** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable +** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema. +** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database +** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the +** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures +** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated +** database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p); + if( p->azModuleArg ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inModuleArg; i++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]); } + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg); } - - return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); } /* -** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement -** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions. A Trigger -** structure is generated based on the information available and stored -** in pParse->pNewTrigger. After the trigger actions have been parsed, the -** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger -** construction process. +** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[]. +** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored. The +** string will be freed automatically when the table is +** deleted. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */ - Token *pName1, /* The name of the trigger */ - Token *pName2, /* The name of the trigger */ - int tr_tm, /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */ - int op, /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */ - IdList *pColumns, /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */ - SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */ - Expr *pWhen, /* WHEN clause */ - int isTemp, /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */ - int noErr /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */ -){ - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; /* The new trigger */ - Table *pTab; /* Table that the trigger fires off of */ - char *zName = 0; /* Name of the trigger */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - int iDb; /* The database to store the trigger in */ - Token *pName; /* The unqualified db name */ - DbFixer sFix; /* State vector for the DB fixer */ - int iTabDb; /* Index of the database holding pTab */ - - assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */ - assert( pName2!=0 ); - assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE ); - assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); - if( isTemp ){ - /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */ - if( pName2->n>0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name"); - goto trigger_cleanup; +static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){ + int i = pTable->nModuleArg++; + int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg); + char **azModuleArg; + azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes); + if( azModuleArg==0 ){ + int j; + for(j=0; jazModuleArg[j]); } - iDb = 1; - pName = pName1; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg); + pTable->nModuleArg = 0; }else{ - /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - } - - /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table, - ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database. - ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not - ** exist, the error is caught by the block below. - */ - if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); - if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab - && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ - iDb = 1; + azModuleArg[i] = zArg; + azModuleArg[i+1] = 0; } + pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg; +} - /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */ - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup; - assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 ); - if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) && - sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); - if( !pTab ){ - /* The table does not exist. */ - if( db->init.iDb==1 ){ - /* Ticket #3810. - ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are - ** dropped too. But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table - ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the - ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the - ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped. This results in an - ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing. - */ - db->init.orphanTrigger = 1; - } - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables"); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } +/* +** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** statement. The module name has been parsed, but the optional list +** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Token *pName1, /* Name of new table, or database name */ + Token *pName2, /* Name of new table or NULL */ + Token *pModuleName /* Name of the module for the virtual table */ +){ + int iDb; /* The database the table is being created in */ + Table *pTable; /* The new virtual table */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the - ** specified name exists */ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash), - zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName); - } - goto trigger_cleanup; - } + sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, 0); + pTable = pParse->pNewTable; + if( pTable==0 ) return; + assert( 0==pTable->pIndex ); - /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */ - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table"); - pParse->nErr++; - goto trigger_cleanup; - } + db = pParse->db; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 ); - /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD - ** of triggers. - */ - if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", - (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF" - " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual; + pTable->nModuleArg = 0; + addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName)); + addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName)); + addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName)); + pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName; - const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb; - if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - } -#endif - - /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers - ** cannot appear on views. So we might as well translate every - ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger. It simplifies code - ** elsewhere. + /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice. + ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the + ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable(). + ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now. */ - if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){ - tr_tm = TK_BEFORE; + if( pTable->azModuleArg ){ + sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, + pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName); } +#endif +} - /* Build the Trigger object */ - pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger)); - if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup; - pTrigger->zName = zName; - zName = 0; - pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName); - pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pTrigger->op = (u8)op; - pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER; - pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns); - assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); - pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger; - -trigger_cleanup: - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); - if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){ - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); - }else{ - assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger ); +/* +** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating +** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the +** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable. +*/ +static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){ + if( pParse->sArg.z && ALWAYS(pParse->pNewTable) ){ + const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z; + int n = pParse->sArg.n; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n)); } } /* -** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed -** in order to complete the process of building the trigger. +** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement +** has been completely parsed. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */ - Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */ -){ - Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */ - char *zName; /* Name of trigger */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */ - DbFixer sFix; /* Fixer object */ - int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */ - Token nameToken; /* Trigger name for error reporting */ - - pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; - pParse->pNewTrigger = 0; - if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; - zName = pTrig->zName; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); - pTrig->step_list = pStepList; - while( pStepList ){ - pStepList->pTrig = pTrig; - pStepList = pStepList->pNext; - } - nameToken.z = pTrig->zName; - nameToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(nameToken.z); - if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken) - && sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) ){ - goto triggerfinish_cleanup; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ + Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; /* The table being constructed */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - /* if we are not initializing, - ** build the sqlite_master entry + if( pTab==0 ) return; + addArgumentToVtab(pParse); + pParse->sArg.z = 0; + if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return; + + /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the + ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being + ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then + ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text + ** in the sqlite_master table. */ if( !db->init.busy ){ + char *zStmt; + char *zWhere; + int iDb; Vdbe *v; - char *z; - /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n); + /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */ + if( pEnd ){ + pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n; + } + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken); + + /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the + ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all + ** the information we've collected. + ** + ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an + ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab + ** by sqlite3StartTable(). + */ + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, - pTrig->table, z); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, sqlite3MPrintf( - db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName), P4_DYNAMIC + "UPDATE %Q.%s " + "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q " + "WHERE rowid=#%d", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), + pTab->zName, + pTab->zName, + zStmt, + pParse->regRowid ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); + zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, + pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1); } - if( db->init.busy ){ - Trigger *pLink = pTrig; - Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash; - pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig); - if( pTrig ){ + /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory + ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until + ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This + ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before + ** the required virtual table implementations are registered. */ + else { + Table *pOld; + Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + const char *zName = pTab->zName; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) ); + pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab); + if( pOld ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){ - Table *pTab; - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table); - pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n); - assert( pTab!=0 ); - pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger; - pTab->pTrigger = pLink; + assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ + return; } + pParse->pNewTable = 0; } +} -triggerfinish_cleanup: - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig); - assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger ); - sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList); +/* +** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token +** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){ + addArgumentToVtab(pParse); + pParse->sArg.z = 0; + pParse->sArg.n = 0; } /* -** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into -** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure. -** -** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in -** body of a TRIGGER. +** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token +** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep)); - if( pTriggerStep==0 ) { - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){ + Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg; + if( pArg->z==0 ){ + pArg->z = p->z; + pArg->n = p->n; + }else{ + assert(pArg->z < p->z); + pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z); } - pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT; - pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect; - pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; - return pTriggerStep; } /* -** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step. The allocated space -** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string. -** -** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set. +** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The +** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter +** to this procedure. */ -static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - u8 op, /* Trigger opcode */ - Token *pName /* The target name */ +static int vtabCallConstructor( + sqlite3 *db, + Table *pTab, + Module *pMod, + int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**), + char **pzErr ){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; + VtabCtx sCtx; + VTable *pVTable; + int rc; + const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg; + int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg; + char *zErr = 0; + char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName); - pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1]; - memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n); - pTriggerStep->target.z = z; - pTriggerStep->target.n = pName->n; - pTriggerStep->op = op; + if( !zModuleName ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - return pTriggerStep; + + pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable)); + if( !pVTable ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pVTable->db = db; + pVTable->pMod = pMod; + + /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */ + assert( &db->pVtabCtx ); + assert( xConstruct ); + sCtx.pTab = pTab; + sCtx.pVTable = pVTable; + db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx; + rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr); + db->pVtabCtx = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; + + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + if( zErr==0 ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName); + }else { + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable); + }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){ + /* Justification of ALWAYS(): A correct vtab constructor must allocate + ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful. */ + pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule; + pVTable->nRef = 1; + if( sCtx.pTab ){ + const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s"; + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName); + sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + int iCol; + /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure + ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the + ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden". + ** If so, set the Column.isHidden flag and remove the token from + ** the type string. */ + pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable; + pTab->pVTable = pVTable; + + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; + int nType; + int i = 0; + if( !zType ) continue; + nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); + if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6)||(zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){ + for(i=0; i0 ){ + assert(zType[i-1]==' '); + zType[i-1] = '\0'; + } + pTab->aCol[iCol].isHidden = 1; + } + } + } + } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); + return rc; } /* -** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement. Return a pointer -** to the new trigger step. +** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method +** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned +** and an error left in pParse. ** -** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the -** body of a trigger. +** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */ - IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */ - ExprList *pEList, /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */ - u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + const char *zMod; + Module *pMod; + int rc; - assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0); - assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed); + assert( pTab ); + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } - pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn; - pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; + /* Locate the required virtual table module */ + zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; + pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod)); + + if( !pMod ){ + const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); + char *zErr = 0; + rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); } - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return pTriggerStep; + return rc; } - /* -** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return -** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it -** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. +** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one +** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */ - ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ - u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; +static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){ + const int ARRAY_INCR = 5; - pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; + /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */ + if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){ + VTable **aVTrans; + int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR); + aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes); + if( !aVTrans ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR); + db->aVTrans = aVTrans; } - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return pTriggerStep; -} - -/* -** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return -** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it -** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */ - Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; - pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return pTriggerStep; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Recursively delete a Trigger structure +** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should +** have already been reserved using growVTrans(). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){ - if( pTrigger==0 ) return; - sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger); +static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ + /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */ + db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab; + sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab); } /* -** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. +** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method +** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. ** -** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies -** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the -** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger -** instead of the trigger name. -**/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){ - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; - int i; - const char *zDb; - const char *zName; - int nName; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language +** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned. +** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Table *pTab; + Module *pMod; + const char *zMod; - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto drop_trigger_cleanup; - } + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable ); - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase; - zName = pName->a[0].zName; - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue; - pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName); - if( pTrigger ) break; + /* Locate the required virtual table module */ + zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; + pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod)); + + /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, + ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an + ** error. Otherwise, do nothing. + */ + if( !pMod ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr); } - if( !pTrigger ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0); + + /* Justification of ALWAYS(): The xConstructor method is required to + ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){ + rc = growVTrans(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)); } - goto drop_trigger_cleanup; } - sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); -drop_trigger_cleanup: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); + return rc; } /* -** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger -** is set on. +** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table. It is only +** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a +** virtual table module. */ -static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){ - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table); - return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n); -} - +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){ + Parse *pParse; -/* -** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){ - Table *pTable; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Table *pTab; + char *zErr = 0; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); - assert( pTable ); - assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) || - sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ - return; - } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } -#endif - - /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger. - */ - assert( pTable!=0 ); - if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ - int base; - static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = { - { OP_Rewind, 0, ADDR(9), 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_Column, 0, 1, 2}, - { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, - { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4: "trigger" */ - { OP_Column, 0, 0, 2}, - { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, - { OP_Delete, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Next, 0, ADDR(1), 0}, /* 8 */ - }; + assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); - base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0); - if( pParse->nMem<3 ){ - pParse->nMem = 3; + pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( pParse==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pParse->declareVtab = 1; + pParse->db = db; + pParse->nQueryLoop = 1; + + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) + && pParse->pNewTable + && !db->mallocFailed + && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect + && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 + ){ + if( !pTab->aCol ){ + pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol; + pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol; + pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0; + pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0; + } + db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pParse->declareVtab = 0; + + if( pParse->pVdbe ){ + sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); } + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); } + + assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } /* -** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer. +** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method +** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs +** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned. +** +** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){ - Hash *pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash); - Trigger *pTrigger; - pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0); - if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){ - if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){ - Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); - Trigger **pp; - for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); - *pp = (*pp)->pNext; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Table *pTab; + + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){ + VTable *p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab); + + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy(p->pVtab); + + /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 ); + p->pVtab = 0; + pTab->pVTable = 0; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); } - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; } + + return rc; } /* -** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement. Each entry -** in pEList is of the format =. If any of the entries -** in pEList have an which matches an identifier in pIdList, -** then return TRUE. If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a -** wildcard that matches anything. Likewise if pEList==NULL then -** it matches anything so always return true. Return false only -** if there is no match. +** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method +** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method +** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is +** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure. +** +** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. */ -static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){ - int e; - if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1; - for(e=0; enExpr; e++){ - if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1; +static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){ + int i; + if( db->aVTrans ){ + for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ + VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; + sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; + if( p ){ + int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); + x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset); + if( x ) x(p); + } + pVTab->iSavepoint = 0; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans); + db->nVTrans = 0; + db->aVTrans = 0; } - return 0; } /* -** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least -** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is -** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at -** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified. +** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans +** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or +** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful. +** +** Set *pzErrmsg to point to a buffer that should be released using +** sqlite3DbFree() containing an error message, if one is available. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */ - int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */ - int *pMask /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ -){ - int mask = 0; - Trigger *pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); - Trigger *p; - assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 ); - for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){ - mask |= p->tr_tm; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrmsg){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans; + + db->aVTrans = 0; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans; i++){ + int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab; + if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){ + rc = x(pVtab); + sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrmsg); + *pzErrmsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg); + sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); } } - if( pMask ){ - *pMask = mask; - } - return (mask ? pList : 0); + db->aVTrans = aVTrans; + return rc; } /* -** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer -** to that SrcList. -** -** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when -** forming the SrcList. This prevents a trigger in one database from -** referring to a target in another database. An exception is when the -** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it -** wants. +** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the +** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. */ -static SrcList *targetSrcList( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */ -){ - int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */ - SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){ + callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} - pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0); - if( pSrc ){ - assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 ); - assert( pSrc->a!=0 ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema); - if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( iDbdb->nDb ); - pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - } - } - return pSrc; +/* +** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the +** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){ + callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit)); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single -** trigger. +** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface +** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is +** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now. +** +** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer +** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. */ -static int codeTriggerProgram( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */ - int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ -){ - TriggerStep *pStep; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; - assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel ); - assert( pStepList ); - assert( v!=0 ); - for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ - /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step - ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger - ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use - ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger - ** step statement. Example: - ** - ** CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN; - ** INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b); - ** END; - ** - ** INSERT INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy - ** INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy - */ - pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf; + /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater + ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a + ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to + ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED. + */ + if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){ + return SQLITE_LOCKED; + } + if( !pVTab ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule; - switch( pStep->op ){ - case TK_UPDATE: { - sqlite3Update(pParse, - targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), - pParse->eOrconf - ); - break; - } - case TK_INSERT: { - sqlite3Insert(pParse, - targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), - sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), - sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), - pParse->eOrconf - ); - break; + if( pModule->xBegin ){ + int i; + + /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */ + for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ + if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){ + return SQLITE_OK; } - case TK_DELETE: { - sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, - targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0) - ); - break; + } + + /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the + ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */ + rc = growVTrans(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + addToVTrans(db, pVTab); } - default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); { - SelectDest sDest; - Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - break; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all +** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint +** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked. +** +** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is +** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is +** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with +** an open transaction is invoked. +** +** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, +** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this +** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful, +** SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ); + assert( iSavepoint>=0 ); + if( db->aVTrans ){ + int i; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans; i++){ + VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; + const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule; + if( pMod->iVersion>=2 ){ + int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int); + switch( op ){ + case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN: + xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint; + pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1; + break; + case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK: + xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo; + break; + default: + xMethod = pMod->xRelease; + break; + } + if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){ + rc = xMethod(db->aVTrans[i]->pVtab, iSavepoint); + } } } - if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount); - } } - - return 0; + return rc; } -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE -** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging. +** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation. The +** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function. +** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual +** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function. +** +** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to +** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators. +** +** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a +** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the +** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag. */ -static const char *onErrorText(int onError){ - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Abort: return "abort"; - case OE_Rollback: return "rollback"; - case OE_Fail: return "fail"; - case OE_Replace: return "replace"; - case OE_Ignore: return "ignore"; - case OE_Default: return "default"; +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */ + FuncDef *pDef, /* Function to possibly overload */ + int nArg, /* Number of arguments to the function */ + Expr *pExpr /* First argument to the function */ +){ + Table *pTab; + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + sqlite3_module *pMod; + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0; + void *pArg = 0; + FuncDef *pNew; + int rc = 0; + char *zLowerName; + unsigned char *z; + + + /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */ + if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef; + pTab = pExpr->pTab; + if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef; + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef; + pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab; + assert( pVtab!=0 ); + assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); + pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; + if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef; + + /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation + ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function + */ + zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName); + if( zLowerName ){ + for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){ + *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z]; + } + rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName); } - return "n/a"; + if( rc==0 ){ + return pDef; + } + + /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded + ** function */ + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) + + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1); + if( pNew==0 ){ + return pDef; + } + *pNew = *pDef; + pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1]; + memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1); + pNew->xFunc = xFunc; + pNew->pUserData = pArg; + pNew->flags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM; + return pNew; } -#endif /* -** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe -** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information -** from pFrom to pTo. +** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[] +** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it. Add pTab to the +** array if it is missing. If pTab is already in the array, this routine +** is a no-op. */ -static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){ - assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr ); - assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr ); - if( pTo->nErr==0 ){ - pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg; - pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + int i, n; + Table **apVtabLock; + + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ + if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return; + } + n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]); + apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n); + if( apVtabLock ){ + pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock; + pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab; }else{ - sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg); + pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1; } } /* -** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program -** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf. +** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual +** table update operation currently in progress. +** +** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from +** within an xUpdate method. */ -static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ - Table *pTab, /* The table pTrigger is attached to */ - int orconf /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */ -){ - Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - TriggerPrg *pPrg; /* Value to return */ - Expr *pWhen = 0; /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */ - Vdbe *v; /* Temporary VM */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for sub-vdbe */ - SubProgram *pProgram = 0; /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */ - Parse *pSubParse; /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */ - int iEndTrigger = 0; /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */ - - assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); - - /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they - ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg - ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */ - pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg)); - if( !pPrg ) return 0; - pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg; - pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg; - pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram)); - if( !pProgram ) return 0; - pProgram->nRef = 1; - pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger; - pPrg->orconf = orconf; - pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff; - pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){ + static const unsigned char aMap[] = { + SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE + }; + assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 ); + assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 ); + assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 ); + return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1]; +} - /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the - ** trigger sub-program. */ - pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse)); - if( !pSubParse ) return 0; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pSubParse; - pSubParse->db = db; - pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab; - pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop; - pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName; - pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op; +/* +** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide +** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior +** of the virtual table being implemented. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ + va_list ap; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse); - if( v ){ - VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", - pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf), - (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"), - (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""), - (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""), - (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""), - pTab->zName - )); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC - ); -#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false - ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the - ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */ - if( pTrigger->pWhen ){ - pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0); - if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) - && db->mallocFailed==0 - ){ - iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: { + VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx; + if( !p ){ + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + }else{ + assert( p->pTab==0 || (p->pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); + p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int); } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); - } - - /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */ - codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf); - - /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */ - if( iEndTrigger ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); - VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf))); - - transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse); - if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ - pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg); + break; } - pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem; - pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab; - pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger; - pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask; - pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask; - sqlite3VdbeDelete(v); + default: + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + break; } + va_end(ap); - assert( !pSubParse->pAinc && !pSubParse->pZombieTab ); - assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg ); - sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse); - - return pPrg; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/ /* -** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for -** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such -** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before -** being returned. +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process +** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. This module is responsible for +** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable +** rows. Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing +** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting +** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer". */ -static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ - Table *pTab, /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */ - int orconf /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */ -){ - Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - TriggerPrg *pPrg; - assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); - /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the - ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with - ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere - ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */ - for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; - pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); - pPrg=pPrg->pNext - ); +/* +** Trace output macros +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0; +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define WHERETRACE(X) if(sqlite3WhereTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +#else +# define WHERETRACE(X) +#endif - /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */ - if( !pPrg ){ - pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf); - } +/* Forward reference +*/ +typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause; +typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet; +typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo; +typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo; +typedef struct WhereCost WhereCost; - return pPrg; -} +/* +** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to +** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause. Each WHERE +** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators, +** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR. +** +** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. +** The following identity holds: +** +** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm +** +** When a term is of the form: +** +** X +** +** where X is a column name and is one of certain operators, +** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the +** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.eOperator records +** the using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The +** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search +** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators. +** +** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR: +** +** (t1.X ) OR (t1.Y ) OR .... +** +** In this second case, wtFlag as the TERM_ORINFO set and eOperator==WO_OR +** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that +** is collected about the +** +** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous +** categories, then eOperator==0. The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set +** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately +** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful. +** +** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers, +** but they do so indirectly. A single WhereMaskSet structure translates +** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq +** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of +** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be +** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor +** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The WhereMaskSet +** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers +** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available +** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers +** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7. +** +** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits +** in prereqRight and prereqAll. The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite +** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables. +*/ +typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm; +struct WhereTerm { + Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */ + int iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */ + int leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X " */ + union { + int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X " */ + WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_OR */ + WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_AND */ + } u; + u16 eOperator; /* A WO_xx value describing */ + u8 wtFlags; /* TERM_xxx bit flags. See below */ + u8 nChild; /* Number of children that must disable us */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */ + Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */ + Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */ +}; /* -** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on -** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this -** function are the same as those described in the header function for -** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger() +** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Trigger *p, /* Trigger to code */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ - int reg, /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */ - int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ - int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ -){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */ - TriggerPrg *pPrg; - pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); - assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); +#define TERM_DYNAMIC 0x01 /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */ +#define TERM_VIRTUAL 0x02 /* Added by the optimizer. Do not code */ +#define TERM_CODED 0x04 /* This term is already coded */ +#define TERM_COPIED 0x08 /* Has a child */ +#define TERM_ORINFO 0x10 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */ +#define TERM_ANDINFO 0x20 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */ +#define TERM_OR_OK 0x40 /* Used during OR-clause processing */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 +# define TERM_VNULL 0x80 /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */ +#else +# define TERM_VNULL 0x00 /* Disabled if not using stat2 */ +#endif - /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program - ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */ - if( pPrg ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem); - pPrg->pProgram->nRef++; - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM); - VdbeComment( - (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf))); +/* +** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a +** WHERE clause. Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms. +*/ +struct WhereClause { + Parse *pParse; /* The parser context */ + WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Mapping of table cursor numbers to bitmasks */ + Bitmask vmask; /* Bitmask identifying virtual table cursors */ + u8 op; /* Split operator. TK_AND or TK_OR */ + int nTerm; /* Number of terms */ + int nSlot; /* Number of entries in a[] */ + WhereTerm *a; /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */ +#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK) + WhereTerm aStatic[1]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ +#else + WhereTerm aStatic[8]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ +#endif +}; - /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if - ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive - ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger, - ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers - ** is clear. */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(p->zName && !(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers))); - } -} +/* +** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to +** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct WhereOrInfo { + WhereClause wc; /* Decomposition into subterms */ + Bitmask indexable; /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */ +}; /* -** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation -** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE) -** is given by the op paramater. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the -** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then -** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified. +** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to +** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct WhereAndInfo { + WhereClause wc; /* The subexpression broken out */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping +** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm. ** -** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified -** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op. +** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in +** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE +** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might +** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum +** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping +** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning +** with 0. ** -** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers -** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references -** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab -** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows: +** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask +** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0, +** 57->5, 73->4. Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It +** does not really matter. What is important is that sparse cursor +** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain +** no gaps. +*/ +struct WhereMaskSet { + int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */ + int ix[BMS]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */ +}; + +/* +** A WhereCost object records a lookup strategy and the estimated +** cost of pursuing that strategy. +*/ +struct WhereCost { + WherePlan plan; /* The lookup strategy */ + double rCost; /* Overall cost of pursuing this search strategy */ + Bitmask used; /* Bitmask of cursors used by this plan */ +}; + +/* +** Bitmasks for the operators that indices are able to exploit. An +** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for +** terms in the where clause. +*/ +#define WO_IN 0x001 +#define WO_EQ 0x002 +#define WO_LT (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_LE (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_GT (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_GE (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_MATCH 0x040 +#define WO_ISNULL 0x080 +#define WO_OR 0x100 /* Two or more OR-connected terms */ +#define WO_AND 0x200 /* Two or more AND-connected terms */ +#define WO_NOOP 0x800 /* This term does not restrict search space */ + +#define WO_ALL 0xfff /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */ +#define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */ + +/* +** Value for wsFlags returned by bestIndex() and stored in +** WhereLevel.wsFlags. These flags determine which search +** strategies are appropriate. ** -** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the -** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump -** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program -** raises an IGNORE exception. +** The least significant 12 bits is reserved as a mask for WO_ values above. +** The WhereLevel.wsFlags field is usually set to WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL. +** But if the table is the right table of a left join, WhereLevel.wsFlags +** is set to WO_IN|WO_EQ. The WhereLevel.wsFlags field can then be used as +** the "op" parameter to findTerm when we are resolving equality constraints. +** ISNULL constraints will then not be used on the right table of a left +** join. Tickets #2177 and #2189. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ - int op, /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ - int tr_tm, /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ - int reg, /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */ - int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ - int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ +#define WHERE_ROWID_EQ 0x00001000 /* rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) */ +#define WHERE_ROWID_RANGE 0x00002000 /* rowidEXPR */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x00010000 /* x=EXPR or x IN (...) or x IS NULL */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00020000 /* xEXPR */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x00040000 /* x IN (...) */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL 0x00080000 /* x IS NULL */ +#define WHERE_INDEXED 0x000f0000 /* Anything that uses an index */ +#define WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN 0x100f3000 /* Does not do a full table scan */ +#define WHERE_IN_ABLE 0x000f1000 /* Able to support an IN operator */ +#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x00100000 /* xEXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */ +#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT 0x00300000 /* Both x>EXPR and xpParse = pParse; + pWC->pMaskSet = pMaskSet; + pWC->nTerm = 0; + pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic); + pWC->a = pWC->aStatic; + pWC->vmask = 0; +} - assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE ); - assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER ); - assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) ); +/* Forward reference */ +static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause*); - for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ +/* +** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object. +*/ +static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){ + whereClauseClear(&p->wc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} - /* Sanity checking: The schema for the trigger and for the table are - ** always defined. The trigger must be in the same schema as the table - ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */ - assert( p->pSchema!=0 ); - assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 ); - assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema - || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema ); +/* +** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object. +*/ +static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){ + whereClauseClear(&p->wc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} - /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */ - if( p->op==op - && p->tr_tm==tr_tm - && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) - ){ - sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump); +/* +** Deallocate a WhereClause structure. The WhereClause structure +** itself is not freed. This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit(). +*/ +static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){ + int i; + WhereTerm *a; + sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db; + for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){ + if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr); + } + if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){ + whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo); + }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){ + whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo); } } + if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a); + } } /* -** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. -** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the -** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information -** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire -** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command. -** -** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the -** table may be accessed using an [old|new].reference. Bit 1 is set if -** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there -** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns -** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned. +** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC. +** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags. +** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success. +** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory +** allocation error. The memory allocation failure will be recorded in +** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it. ** -** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is -** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is. +** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary. ** -** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned -** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table. +** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility +** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC. +** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm. ** -** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE -** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only -** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the -** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only -** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm. +** WARNING: This routine might reallocate the space used to store +** WhereTerms. All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after +** calling this routine. Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing +** the pWC->a[] array. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ - int isNew, /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */ - int tr_tm, /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ - int orconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ -){ - const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE; - u32 mask = 0; - Trigger *p; - - assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 ); - for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm) - && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges) - ){ - TriggerPrg *pPrg; - pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); - if( pPrg ){ - mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew]; +static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){ + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int idx; + testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-00211-15100 */ + if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){ + WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a; + sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db; + pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 ); + if( pWC->a==0 ){ + if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p); } + pWC->a = pOld; + return 0; + } + memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm); + if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld); } + pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]); } - - return mask; + pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++]; + pTerm->pExpr = p; + pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags; + pTerm->pWC = pWC; + pTerm->iParent = -1; + return idx; } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ - -/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 +** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where +** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other +** operator specified in the op parameter. The WhereClause structure +** is filled with pointers to subexpressions. For example: ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** WHERE a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22) +** \________/ \_______________/ \________________/ +** slot[0] slot[1] slot[2] ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered. All this routine +** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle UPDATE statements. +** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to +** the WhereClause.a[] array. The slot[] array grows as needed to contain +** all terms of the WHERE clause. */ +static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, int op){ + pWC->op = (u8)op; + if( pExpr==0 ) return; + if( pExpr->op!=op ){ + whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0); + }else{ + whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op); + whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op); + } +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Forward declaration */ -static void updateVirtualTable( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ - Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ - Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ - int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ - Expr *pWhere /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ -); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ +/* +** Initialize an expression mask set (a WhereMaskSet object) +*/ +#define initMaskSet(P) memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P)) /* -** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the -** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the -** OP_Column to the default value, if any. -** -** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the -** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table -** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE -** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk -** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken -** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead. -** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value -** for the column and the P4 value is not required. -** -** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have -** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more -** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated -** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written -** into the sqlite_master table.) +** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if +** iCursor is not in the set. +*/ +static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ + int i; + assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ); + for(i=0; in; i++){ + if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){ + return ((Bitmask)1)<ix[] +** array will never overflow. +*/ +static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ + assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) ); + pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor; +} + +/* +** This routine walks (recursively) an expression tree and generates +** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression +** tree. ** -** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction -** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is -** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save -** space. +** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have +** previously invoked sqlite3ResolveExprNames() on the expression. See +** the header comment on that routine for additional information. +** The sqlite3ResolveExprNames() routines looks for column names and +** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to +** the VDBE cursor number of the table. This routine just has to +** translate the cursor numbers into bitmask values and OR all +** the bitmasks together. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){ - assert( pTab!=0 ); - if( !pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3_value *pValue; - u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v)); - Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i]; - VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName)); - assert( inCol ); - sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, - pCol->affinity, &pValue); - if( pValue ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM); +static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*); +static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Select*); +static Bitmask exprTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){ + Bitmask mask = 0; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable); + return mask; + } + mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight); + mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft); + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect); + }else{ + mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList); + } + return mask; +} +static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){ + int i; + Bitmask mask = 0; + if( pList ){ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr); } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( iReg>=0 && pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg); + } + return mask; +} +static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){ + Bitmask mask = 0; + while( pS ){ + SrcList *pSrc = pS->pSrc; + mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList); + mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy); + mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy); + mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere); + mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving); + if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect); + mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn); + } } -#endif + pS = pS->pPrior; } + return mask; } /* -** Process an UPDATE statement. +** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is +** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term. The allowed operators are +** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN". ** -** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL; -** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/ -* onError pTabList pChanges pWhere +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59926-26393 To be usable by an index a term must be +** of one of the following forms: column = expression column > expression +** column >= expression column < expression column <= expression +** expression = column expression > column expression >= column +** expression < column expression <= column column IN +** (expression-list) column IN (subquery) column IS NULL */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ - int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */ - int addr = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */ - int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */ - int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database structure */ - int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */ - int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the - ** an expression for the i-th column of the table. - ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */ - int chngRowid; /* True if the record number is being changed */ - Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */ - int openAll = 0; /* True if all indices need to be opened */ - AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */ - NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */ - int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */ - int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */ - int hasFK; /* True if foreign key processing is required */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ - int tmask; /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ -#endif - int newmask; /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */ +static int allowedOp(int op){ + assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GTTK_EQ && TK_LTTK_EQ && TK_LE=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL; +} - /* Register Allocations */ - int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */ - int regOldRowid; /* The old rowid */ - int regNewRowid; /* The new rowid */ - int regNew; - int regOld = 0; - int regRowSet = 0; /* Rowset of rows to be updated */ - int regRec; /* Register used for new table record to insert */ +/* +** Swap two objects of type TYPE. +*/ +#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} - memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto update_cleanup; +/* +** Commute a comparison operator. Expressions of the form "X op Y" +** are converted into "Y op X". +** +** If a collation sequence is associated with either the left or right +** side of the comparison, it remains associated with the same side after +** the commutation. So "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes +** "X collate NOCASE op Y". This is because any collation sequence on +** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence +** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_ExpCollate flag +** is not commuted. +*/ +static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate); + u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate); + assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN ); + pExpr->pRight->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pRight); + pExpr->pLeft->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl); + pExpr->pRight->flags = (pExpr->pRight->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expLeft; + pExpr->pLeft->flags = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expRight; + SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft); + if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){ + assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); + assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 ); + assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ ); + assert( TK_GTop>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE ); + pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT; } - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - - /* Locate the table which we want to update. - */ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** updated is a view. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; - assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 ); -#else -# define pTrigger 0 -# define isView 0 -# define tmask 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif +} - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ - goto update_cleanup; +/* +** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask. +*/ +static u16 operatorMask(int op){ + u16 c; + assert( allowedOp(op) ); + if( op==TK_IN ){ + c = WO_IN; + }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ + c = WO_ISNULL; + }else{ + assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff ); + c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); } - aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol ); - if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - for(i=0; inCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1; + assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL ); + assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN ); + assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ ); + assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT ); + assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE ); + assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT ); + assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE ); + return c; +} + +/* +** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X " +** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and is one of +** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter. +** Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found. +*/ +static WhereTerm *findTerm( + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */ + int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */ + int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */ + Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */ + u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */ + Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */ +){ + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int k; + assert( iCur>=0 ); + op &= WO_ALL; + for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; k; k--, pTerm++){ + if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur + && (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0 + && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn + && (pTerm->eOperator & op)!=0 + ){ + if( pIdx && pTerm->eOperator!=WO_ISNULL ){ + Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; + CollSeq *pColl; + char idxaff; + int j; + Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; - /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices. - ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they - ** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and - ** allocate enough space, just in case. - */ - pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - pParse->nTab++; - } + idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity; + if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ) continue; - /* Initialize the name-context */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + /* Figure out the collation sequence required from an index for + ** it to be useful for optimising expression pX. Store this + ** value in variable pColl. + */ + assert(pX->pLeft); + pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); + assert(pColl || pParse->nErr); - /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the - ** of the UPDATE statement. Also find the column index - ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array. For each - ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change - ** that column. - */ - chngRowid = 0; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){ - if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ - chngRowid = 1; - pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; + for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){ + if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nColumn) ) return 0; } - aXRef[j] = i; - break; - } - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - if( sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){ - chngRowid = 1; - pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName); - goto update_cleanup; - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int rc; - rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName, - pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ - goto update_cleanup; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){ - aXRef[j] = -1; + if( pColl && sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue; } + return pTerm; } -#endif } + return 0; +} - hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngRowid); +/* Forward reference */ +static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int); - /* Allocate memory for the array aRegIdx[]. There is one entry in the - ** array for each index associated with table being updated. Fill in - ** the value with a register number for indices that are to be used - ** and with zero for unused indices. - */ - for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){} - if( nIdx>0 ){ - aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Index*) * nIdx ); - if( aRegIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - } - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - int reg; - if( chngRowid ){ - reg = ++pParse->nMem; - }else{ - reg = 0; - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){ - reg = ++pParse->nMem; - break; - } - } - } - aRegIdx[j] = reg; +/* +** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. +** +** +*/ +static void exprAnalyzeAll( + SrcList *pTabList, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */ +){ + int i; + for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ + exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i); } +} - /* Begin generating code. */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION +/* +** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that +** can be optimized using inequality constraints. Return TRUE if it is +** so and false if not. +** +** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string +** literal that does not begin with a wildcard. +*/ +static int isLikeOrGlob( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */ + Expr **ppPrefix, /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */ + int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */ + int *pnoCase /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */ +){ + const char *z = 0; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */ + Expr *pRight, *pLeft; /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */ + ExprList *pList; /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */ + int c; /* One character in z[] */ + int cnt; /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */ + char wc[3]; /* Wildcard characters */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + int op; /* Opcode of pRight */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef, - pWhere); - pWhere = 0; - pTabList = 0; - goto update_cleanup; + if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){ + return 0; } +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + if( *pnoCase ) return 0; #endif - - /* Allocate required registers. */ - regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; - if( pTrigger || hasFK ){ - regOld = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; - } - if( chngRowid || pTrigger || hasFK ){ - regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + pList = pExpr->x.pList; + pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr; + if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ + /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must + ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */ + return 0; } - regNew = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; - regRec = ++pParse->nMem; + assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */ - /* Start the view context. */ - if( isView ){ - sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); + pRight = pList->a[0].pExpr; + op = pRight->op; + if( op==TK_REGISTER ){ + op = pRight->op2; } - - /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into - ** a ephemeral table. - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( isView ){ - sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur); + if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ + Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare; + int iCol = pRight->iColumn; + pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_NONE); + if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){ + z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + } + sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol); /* IMP: R-23257-02778 */ + assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER ); + }else if( op==TK_STRING ){ + z = pRight->u.zToken; } -#endif - - /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the - ** WHERE clause. - */ - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ - goto update_cleanup; + if( z ){ + cnt = 0; + while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){ + cnt++; + } + if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){ + Expr *pPrefix; + *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0; + pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z); + if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0; + *ppPrefix = pPrefix; + if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn); /* IMP: R-23257-02778 */ + if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){ + /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current + ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE + ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program. + ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name() + ** API. To workaround them, add a dummy OP_Variable here. + */ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + } + } + }else{ + z = 0; + } } - /* Begin the database scan - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOldRowid); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere,0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - okOnePass = pWInfo->okOnePass; + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + return (z!=0); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ - /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regOldRowid); - if( !okOnePass ){ - regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid); - } - /* End the database scan loop. - */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Check to see if the given expression is of the form +** +** column MATCH expr +** +** If it is then return TRUE. If not, return FALSE. +*/ +static int isMatchOfColumn( + Expr *pExpr /* Test this expression */ +){ + ExprList *pList; - /* Initialize the count of updated rows - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); + if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){ + return 0; } - - if( !isView ){ - /* - ** Open every index that needs updating. Note that if any - ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution - ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need - ** to be deleting some records. - */ - if( !okOnePass ) sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenWrite); - if( onError==OE_Replace ){ - openAll = 1; - }else{ - openAll = 0; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){ - openAll = 1; - break; - } - } - } - for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){ - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum, iDb, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 ); - } - } + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"match")!=0 ){ + return 0; } - - /* Top of the update loop */ - if( okOnePass ){ - int a1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regOldRowid); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, a1); - }else{ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, 0, regOldRowid); + pList = pExpr->x.pList; + if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){ + return 0; + } + if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){ + return 0; } + return 1; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - /* Make cursor iCur point to the record that is being updated. If - ** this record does not exist for some reason (deleted by a trigger, - ** for example, then jump to the next iteration of the RowSet loop. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid); +/* +** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of +** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived. +*/ +static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){ + pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin; + pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable; +} - /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to - ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified, - ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is - ** already populated. */ - assert( chngRowid || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid ); - if( chngRowid ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); - } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +/* +** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected +** subterms. So in: +** +** ... WHERE (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13) +** ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +** +** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example. +** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under +** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis. Hence: +** +** WhereTerm.wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO +** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo = a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object +** +** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms. +** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms. +** Examples of terms under analysis: +** +** (A) t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5 +** (B) x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3 +** (C) t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15) +** (D) x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*') +** (E) (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6) +** +** CASE 1: +** +** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C +** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual +** term that is an equivalent IN expression. In other words, if the term +** being analyzed is: +** +** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3 +** +** then create a new virtual term like this: +** +** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3) +** +** CASE 2: +** +** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set +** +** WhereTerm.eOperator = WO_OR +** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T +** +** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form +** "T.C " where C is any column of table T and +** is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN". +** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more +** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND +** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have +** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object. +** +** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could +** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists. +** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that +** is something the bestIndex() routine will determine. This analysis +** only looks at whether subterms appropriate for indexing exist. +** +** All examples A through E above all satisfy case 2. But if a term +** also statisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will +** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not +** satisfied. +** +** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable. For example, +** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R. +** +** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using +** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing +** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object. This is similar +** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines. +** +** OTHERWISE: +** +** If neither case 1 nor case 2 apply, then leave the eOperator set to +** zero. This term is not useful for search. +*/ +static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* the complete WHERE clause */ + int idxTerm /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */ +){ + Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; /* Parser context */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; /* The term to be analyzed */ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; /* The expression of the term */ + WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; /* Table use masks */ + int i; /* Loop counters */ + WhereClause *pOrWc; /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */ + WhereTerm *pOrTerm; /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */ + WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Additional information associated with pTerm */ + Bitmask chngToIN; /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */ + Bitmask indexable; /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */ - /* If there are triggers on this table, populate an array of registers - ** with the required old.* column data. */ - if( hasFK || pTrigger ){ - u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0); - oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, - pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError - ); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aXRef[i]<0 || oldmask==0xffffffff || (oldmask & (1<wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR ); + pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo)); + if( pOrInfo==0 ) return; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO; + pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc; + whereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet); + whereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR); + exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pOrWc); + if( db->mallocFailed ) return; + assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 ); - /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new - ** row data. This array is used to check constaints, create the new - ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references - ** made by triggers. - ** - ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the - ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by - ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The - ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from - ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger - ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to - ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes. + /* + ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 2. */ - newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( - pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError - ); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); - }else{ - j = aXRef[i]; - if( j>=0 ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i); - }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask&(1<vmask); + for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){ + if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){ + WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==0 ); + assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 ); + chngToIN = 0; + pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo)); + if( pAndInfo ){ + WhereClause *pAndWC; + WhereTerm *pAndTerm; + int j; + Bitmask b = 0; + pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo; + pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO; + pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND; + pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc; + whereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet); + whereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND); + exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pAndWC); + testcase( db->mallocFailed ); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; jnTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){ + assert( pAndTerm->pExpr ); + if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){ + b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor); + } + } + } + indexable &= b; + } + }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){ + /* Skip this term for now. We revisit it when we process the + ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */ + }else{ + Bitmask b; + b = getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor); + if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){ + WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent]; + b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor); + } + indexable &= b; + if( pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ){ + chngToIN = 0; + }else{ + chngToIN &= b; } } } - /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are - ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong. + /* + ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 2. The set might be + ** empty. */ - if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regNew, pTab->nCol); - sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, - TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr); + pOrInfo->indexable = indexable; + pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR; - /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this - ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are - ** required. This behaviour - what happens when the row being updated - ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the - ** documentation. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid); + /* + ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1. But + ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really + ** is satisfied. + ** + ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits. The 0-bit case means + ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an + ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain + ** something other than == on a column in the single table. The 1-bit + ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form + ** "table.column=expr" for some single table. The one bit that is set + ** will correspond to the common table. We still need to check to make + ** sure the same column is used on all terms. The 2-bit case is when + ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column". It + ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column + ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of + ** the OR clause. + ** + ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the + ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized. + */ + if( chngToIN ){ + int okToChngToIN = 0; /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */ + int iColumn = -1; /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */ + int iCursor = -1; /* Table cursor common to all terms */ + int j = 0; /* Loop counter */ - /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified - ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for - ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their - ** registers in case this has happened. + /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the + ** other of the == operator in every subterm. That table and column + ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn. There might not be any + ** such table and column. Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table + ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found. */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regNew+i); - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, regNew+i); + for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){ + pOrTerm = pOrWc->a; + for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); + pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; + if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){ + /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and + ** current term is from the first iteration. So skip this term. */ + assert( j==1 ); + continue; + } + if( (chngToIN & getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){ + /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the + ** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceeded + ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term + ** and use its inversion. */ + testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ); + testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) ); + continue; + } + iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn; + iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor; + break; } - } - } - - if( !isView ){ - int j1; /* Address of jump instruction */ - - /* Do constraint checks. */ - sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, - aRegIdx, (chngRowid?regOldRowid:0), 1, onError, addr, 0); + if( i<0 ){ + /* No candidate table+column was found. This can only occur + ** on the second iteration */ + assert( j==1 ); + assert( (chngToIN&(chngToIN-1))==0 ); + assert( chngToIN==getMask(pMaskSet, iCursor) ); + break; + } + testcase( j==1 ); - /* Do FK constraint checks. */ - if( hasFK ){ - sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0); + /* We have found a candidate table and column. Check to see if that + ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */ + okToChngToIN = 1; + for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){ + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); + if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){ + pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; + }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){ + okToChngToIN = 0; + }else{ + int affLeft, affRight; + /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities + ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type + ** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249) + */ + affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight); + affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft); + if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){ + okToChngToIN = 0; + }else{ + pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK; + } + } + } } - /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record. */ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regOldRowid); - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, aRegIdx); + /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies + ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is + ** pTerm converted into an IN operator. + ** + ** EV: R-00211-15100 + */ + if( okToChngToIN ){ + Expr *pDup; /* A transient duplicate expression */ + ExprList *pList = 0; /* The RHS of the IN operator */ + Expr *pLeft = 0; /* The LHS of the IN operator */ + Expr *pNew; /* The complete IN operator */ - /* If changing the record number, delete the old record. */ - if( hasFK || chngRowid ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0); + for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ + if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue; + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); + assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ); + assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn ); + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWC->pParse, pList, pDup); + pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft; + } + assert( pLeft!=0 ); + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0); + if( pNew ){ + int idxNew; + transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pNew->x.pList = pList; + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; + pTerm->nChild = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + } + pTerm->eOperator = WO_NOOP; /* case 1 trumps case 2 */ } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + } +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - if( hasFK ){ - sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid); - } - /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */ - sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0); +/* +** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the +** "pExpr" field filled in. The job of this routine is to analyze the +** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm +** structure. +** +** If the expression is of the form " X" it gets commuted +** to the standard form of "X ". +** +** If the expression is of the form "X Y" where both X and Y are +** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual +** term of the form "Y X" is added to the WHERE clause and +** analyzed separately. The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED +** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr +** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it +** is a commuted copy of a prior term.) The original term has nChild=1 +** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term. +*/ +static void exprAnalyze( + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* the WHERE clause */ + int idxTerm /* Index of the term to be analyzed */ +){ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term to be analyzed */ + WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Set of table index masks */ + Expr *pExpr; /* The expression to be analyzed */ + Bitmask prereqLeft; /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */ + Bitmask prereqAll; /* Prerequesites of pExpr */ + Bitmask extraRight = 0; /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */ + Expr *pStr1 = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ + int isComplete = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */ + int noCase = 0; /* LIKE/GLOB distinguishes case */ + int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */ + Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to - ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key - ** to the row just updated. */ - if( hasFK ){ - sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return; + } + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; + pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft); + op = pExpr->op; + if( op==TK_IN ){ + assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect); + }else{ + pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList); } + }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ + pTerm->prereqRight = 0; + }else{ + pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight); } - - /* Increment the row counter - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); + prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ + Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable); + prereqAll |= x; + extraRight = x-1; /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index + ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN. Ticket #3015 */ + } + pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll; + pTerm->leftCursor = -1; + pTerm->iParent = -1; + pTerm->eOperator = 0; + if( allowedOp(op) && (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ){ + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; + if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op); + } + if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + WhereTerm *pNew; + Expr *pDup; + if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){ + int idxNew; + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); + return; + } + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + if( idxNew==0 ) return; + pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew]; + pNew->iParent = idxTerm; + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->nChild = 1; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; + }else{ + pDup = pExpr; + pNew = pTerm; + } + exprCommute(pParse, pDup); + pLeft = pDup->pLeft; + pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft ); + pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight; + pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll; + pNew->eOperator = operatorMask(pDup->op); + } } - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, - TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr); - - /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until - ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION + /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms + ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements. For example: + ** + ** a BETWEEN b AND c + ** + ** is converted into: + ** + ** (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c) + ** + ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object. + ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN + ** term. That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are + ** skipped. Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original + ** BETWEEN term is skipped. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - - /* Close all tables */ - for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0); + else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){ + ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; + int i; + static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE}; + assert( pList!=0 ); + assert( pList->nExpr==2 ); + for(i=0; i<2; i++){ + Expr *pNewExpr; + int idxNew; + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0); + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; } + pTerm->nChild = 2; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */ - /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the - ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into - ** autoincrement tables. +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) + /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by + ** an OR operator. */ - if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ - sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){ + assert( pWC->op==TK_AND ); + exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ - /* - ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION + /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB + ** operator. + ** + ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints + ** + ** x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%' + ** + ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the + ** termination condition "abd". */ - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC); - } + if( pWC->op==TK_AND + && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase) + ){ + Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ + Expr *pStr2; /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ + Expr *pNewExpr1; + Expr *pNewExpr2; + int idxNew1; + int idxNew2; + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use */ -update_cleanup: - sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); - sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); - sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return; -} -/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise -** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file -** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ -#ifdef isView - #undef isView -#endif -#ifdef pTrigger - #undef pTrigger -#endif + pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + u8 c, *pC; /* Last character before the first wildcard */ + pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1]; + c = *pC; + if( noCase ){ + /* The point is to increment the last character before the first + ** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the + ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the + ** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full + ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag + */ + if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0; /* EV: R-64339-08207 */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* -** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table. -** -** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains -** for each row to be changed: -** -** (A) The original rowid of that row. -** (B) The revised rowid for the row. (note1) -** (C) The content of every column in the row. -** -** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in -** the ephermeral table call VUpdate. -** -** When finished, drop the ephemeral table. -** -** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same -** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling -** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate. -*/ -static void updateVirtualTable( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ - Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ - Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ - int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ - Expr *pWhere /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */ - ExprList *pEList = 0; /* The result set of the SELECT statement */ - Select *pSelect = 0; /* The SELECT statement */ - Expr *pExpr; /* Temporary expression */ - int ephemTab; /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int addr; /* Address of top of loop */ - int iReg; /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); - SelectDest dest; - /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for - ** all updated rows. - */ - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, "_rowid_")); - if( pRowid ){ - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0)); + c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c]; + } + *pC = c + 1; + } + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY",0); + pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, + sqlite3ExprSetColl(sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl), + pStr1, 0); + idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew1==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1); + pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, + sqlite3ExprSetColl(sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl), + pStr2, 0); + idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew2==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + if( isComplete ){ + pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm; + pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm; + pTerm->nChild = 2; + } } - assert( pTab->iPKey<0 ); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){ - pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0); - }else{ - pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[i].zName); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the + ** current expression is of the form: column MATCH expr. + ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of + ** virtual tables. The native query optimizer does not attempt + ** to do anything with MATCH functions. + */ + if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){ + int idxNew; + Expr *pRight, *pLeft; + WhereTerm *pNewTerm; + Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr; + + pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; + pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight); + prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft); + if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){ + Expr *pNewExpr; + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, + 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0); + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew==0 ); + pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; + pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr; + pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH; + pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm; + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->nChild = 1; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; + pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; } - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr); } - pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will - ** be stored. - */ - assert( v ); - ephemTab = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0)); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 + /* When sqlite_stat2 histogram data is available an operator of the + ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently + ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. So construct a + ** virtual term of that form. + ** + ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL. This + ** TERM_VNULL tag will suppress the not-null check at the beginning + ** of the loop. Without the TERM_VNULL flag, the not-null check at + ** the start of the loop will prevent any results from being returned. + */ + if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL + && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN + && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0 + ){ + Expr *pNewExpr; + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + int idxNew; + WhereTerm *pNewTerm; - /* fill the ephemeral table - */ - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT, + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0), 0); - /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */ - iReg = ++pParse->nMem; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 0, iReg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i); + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, + TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL); + if( idxNew ){ + pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; + pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0; + pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT; + pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm; + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->nChild = 1; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; + pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; + } } - sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB); - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0); - - /* Cleanup */ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/************** End of update.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2003 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command. -** -** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the -** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro. -*/ +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) -/* -** Finalize a prepared statement. If there was an error, store the -** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. -*/ -static int vacuumFinalize(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - } - return rc; + /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive + ** an index for tables to the left of the join. + */ + pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight; } /* -** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code. +** Return TRUE if any of the expressions in pList->a[iFirst...] contain +** a reference to any table other than the iBase table. */ -static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - VVA_ONLY( int rc; ) - if( !zSql ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - return sqlite3_errcode(db); +static int referencesOtherTables( + ExprList *pList, /* Search expressions in ths list */ + WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */ + int iFirst, /* Be searching with the iFirst-th expression */ + int iBase /* Ignore references to this table */ +){ + Bitmask allowed = ~getMask(pMaskSet, iBase); + while( iFirstnExpr ){ + if( (exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[iFirst++].pExpr)&allowed)!=0 ){ + return 1; + } } - VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ); - return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); + return 0; } /* -** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly -** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database. +** This function searches the expression list passed as the second argument +** for an expression of type TK_COLUMN that refers to the same column and +** uses the same collation sequence as the iCol'th column of index pIdx. +** Argument iBase is the cursor number used for the table that pIdx refers +** to. +** +** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If +** no expression is found, -1 is returned. */ -static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc; - - rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; +static int findIndexCol( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + ExprList *pList, /* Expression list to search */ + int iBase, /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index to match column of */ + int iCol /* Column of index to match */ +){ + int i; + const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol]; - while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0)); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); - return rc; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = pList->a[i].pExpr; + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN + && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol] + && p->iTable==iBase + ){ + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); + if( ALWAYS(pColl) && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){ + return i; + } } } - return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); + return -1; } /* -** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database, -** collapse free space, etc. It is modelled after the VACUUM command -** in PostgreSQL. +** This routine determines if pIdx can be used to assist in processing a +** DISTINCT qualifier. In other words, it tests whether or not using this +** index for the outer loop guarantees that rows with equal values for +** all expressions in the pDistinct list are delivered grouped together. ** -** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call -** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables. But beginning -** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has -** become a no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0); - } - return; -} - -/* -** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE. +** For example, the query +** +** SELECT DISTINCT a, b, c FROM tbl WHERE a = ? +** +** can benefit from any index on columns "b" and "c". */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from service routines */ - Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */ - Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */ - char *zSql = 0; /* SQL statements */ - int saved_flags; /* Saved value of the db->flags */ - int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */ - int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */ - void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Saved db->xTrace */ - Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */ - int isMemDb; /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */ - int nRes; - - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be - ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and - ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */ - saved_flags = db->flags; - saved_nChange = db->nChange; - saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange; - saved_xTrace = db->xTrace; - db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks; - db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder); - db->xTrace = 0; +static int isDistinctIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + Index *pIdx, /* The index being considered */ + int base, /* Cursor number for the table pIdx is on */ + ExprList *pDistinct, /* The DISTINCT expressions */ + int nEqCol /* Number of index columns with == */ +){ + Bitmask mask = 0; /* Mask of unaccounted for pDistinct exprs */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ - pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt; - isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)); + if( pIdx->zName==0 || pDistinct==0 || pDistinct->nExpr>=BMS ) return 0; + testcase( pDistinct->nExpr==BMS-1 ); - /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma - ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash - ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a - ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before - ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called. - ** - ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager. - ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but - ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower. Very little journalling - ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially - ** empty. Only the journal header is written. Apparently it takes more - ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does - ** to write the journal header file. + /* Loop through all the expressions in the distinct list. If any of them + ** are not simple column references, return early. Otherwise, test if the + ** WHERE clause contains a "col=X" clause. If it does, the expression + ** can be ignored. If it does not, and the column does not belong to the + ** same table as index pIdx, return early. Finally, if there is no + ** matching "col=X" expression and the column is on the same table as pIdx, + ** set the corresponding bit in variable mask. */ - if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ - zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;"; - }else{ - zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;"; - } - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1]; - assert( strcmp(db->aDb[db->nDb-1].zName,"vacuum_db")==0 ); - pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt; - - /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file - ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction - ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't - ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below. */ - sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp); - - nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain); - - /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( db->nextPagesize ){ - extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); - int nKey; - char *zKey; - sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); - if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + WhereTerm *pTerm; + Expr *p = pDistinct->a[i].pExpr; + if( p->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; + pTerm = findTerm(pWC, p->iTable, p->iColumn, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, 0); + if( pTerm ){ + Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; + CollSeq *p1 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); + CollSeq *p2 = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); + if( p1==p2 ) continue; + } + if( p->iTable!=base ) return 0; + mask |= (((Bitmask)1) << i); } -#endif - if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0) - || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0)) - || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto end_of_vacuum; - } - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF"); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_of_vacuum; + for(i=nEqCol; mask && inColumn; i++){ + int iExpr = findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, base, pIdx, i); + if( iExpr<0 ) break; + mask &= ~(((Bitmask)1) << iExpr); } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac : - sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain)); -#endif - - /* Begin a transaction */ - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;"); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema - ** in the temporary database. - */ - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) " - " FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'" - " AND rootpage>0" - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)" - " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' "); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) " - " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'"); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do - ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy - ** the contents to the temporary database. - */ - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " - "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'" - "FROM main.sqlite_master " - "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' " - " AND rootpage>0" - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + return (mask==0); +} - /* Copy over the sequence table - */ - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' " - "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' " - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " - "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' " - "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';" - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; +/* +** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument +** is redundant. A DISTINCT list is redundant if the database contains a +** UNIQUE index that guarantees that the result of the query will be distinct +** anyway. +*/ +static int isDistinctRedundant( + Parse *pParse, + SrcList *pTabList, + WhereClause *pWC, + ExprList *pDistinct +){ + Table *pTab; + Index *pIdx; + int i; + int iBase; - /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database - ** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any - ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries - ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table. - */ - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master " - " SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql" - " FROM main.sqlite_master" - " WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'" - " OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)" - ); - if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum; + /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of + ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT + ** clause is redundant. */ + if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; + iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; + pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; - /* At this point, unless the main db was completely empty, there is now a - ** transaction open on the vacuum database, but not on the main database. - ** Open a btree level transaction on the main database. This allows a - ** call to sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(). The main database btree level - ** transaction is then committed, so the SQL level never knows it was - ** opened for writing. This way, the SQL transaction used to create the - ** temporary database never needs to be committed. + /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return + ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the + ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query. */ - { - u32 meta; - int i; - - /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the - ** vacuum. Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries - ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum. - ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other - ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema. - */ - static const unsigned char aCopy[] = { - BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, 1, /* Add one to the old schema cookie */ - BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0, /* Preserve the default page cache size */ - BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, 0, /* Preserve the text encoding */ - BTREE_USER_VERSION, 0, /* Preserve the user version */ - }; - - assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) ); - assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) ); - - /* Copy Btree meta values */ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = pDistinct->a[i].pExpr; + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1; } - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1); - -end_of_vacuum: - /* Restore the original value of db->flags */ - db->flags = saved_flags; - db->nChange = saved_nChange; - db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange; - db->xTrace = saved_xTrace; - - /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum - ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file - ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction - ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the - ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager - ** is closed by the DETACH. + /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes + ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if: + ** + ** 1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and + ** + ** 2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct + ** list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X", + ** where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the + ** comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index. */ - db->autoCommit = 1; - - if( pDb ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - pDb->pSchema = 0; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->onError==OE_None ) continue; + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + if( 0==findTerm(pWC, iBase, iCol, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) + && 0>findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i) + ){ + break; + } + } + if( i==pIdx->nColumn ){ + /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */ + return 1; + } } - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - - return rc; + return 0; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ -/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/ /* -** 2006 June 10 +** This routine decides if pIdx can be used to satisfy the ORDER BY +** clause. If it can, it returns 1. If pIdx cannot satisfy the +** ORDER BY clause, this routine returns 0. ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement. pTab is the +** left-most table in the FROM clause of that same SELECT statement and +** the table has a cursor number of "base". pIdx is an index on pTab. ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** nEqCol is the number of columns of pIdx that are used as equality +** constraints. Any of these columns may be missing from the ORDER BY +** clause and the match can still be a success. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - -/* -** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module. -** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and -** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces. +** All terms of the ORDER BY that match against the index must be either +** ASC or DESC. (Terms of the ORDER BY clause past the end of a UNIQUE +** index do not need to satisfy this constraint.) The *pbRev value is +** set to 1 if the ORDER BY clause is all DESC and it is set to 0 if +** the ORDER BY clause is all ASC. */ -static int createModule( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ - const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ - const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ - void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ - void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ +static int isSortingIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmaps */ + Index *pIdx, /* The index we are testing */ + int base, /* Cursor number for the table to be sorted */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ + int nEqCol, /* Number of index columns with == constraints */ + int wsFlags, /* Index usages flags */ + int *pbRev /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */ ){ - int rc, nName; - Module *pMod; + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int sortOrder = 0; /* XOR of index and ORDER BY sort direction */ + int nTerm; /* Number of ORDER BY terms */ + struct ExprList_item *pTerm; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1); - if( pMod ){ - Module *pDel; - char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]); - memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1); - pMod->zName = zCopy; - pMod->pModule = pModule; - pMod->pAux = pAux; - pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy; - pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule, zCopy, nName, (void*)pMod); - if( pDel && pDel->xDestroy ){ - pDel->xDestroy(pDel->pAux); + if( !pOrderBy ) return 0; + if( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN ) return 0; + if( pIdx->bUnordered ) return 0; + + nTerm = pOrderBy->nExpr; + assert( nTerm>0 ); + + /* Argument pIdx must either point to a 'real' named index structure, + ** or an index structure allocated on the stack by bestBtreeIndex() to + ** represent the rowid index that is part of every table. */ + assert( pIdx->zName || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->aiColumn[0]==-1) ); + + /* Match terms of the ORDER BY clause against columns of + ** the index. + ** + ** Note that indices have pIdx->nColumn regular columns plus + ** one additional column containing the rowid. The rowid column + ** of the index is also allowed to match against the ORDER BY + ** clause. + */ + for(i=j=0, pTerm=pOrderBy->a; jnColumn; i++){ + Expr *pExpr; /* The expression of the ORDER BY pTerm */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* The collating sequence of pExpr */ + int termSortOrder; /* Sort order for this term */ + int iColumn; /* The i-th column of the index. -1 for rowid */ + int iSortOrder; /* 1 for DESC, 0 for ASC on the i-th index term */ + const char *zColl; /* Name of the collating sequence for i-th index term */ + + pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=base ){ + /* Can not use an index sort on anything that is not a column in the + ** left-most table of the FROM clause */ + break; + } + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr); + if( !pColl ){ + pColl = db->pDfltColl; + } + if( pIdx->zName && inColumn ){ + iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){ + iColumn = -1; + } + iSortOrder = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; + zColl = pIdx->azColl[i]; + }else{ + iColumn = -1; + iSortOrder = 0; + zColl = pColl->zName; + } + if( pExpr->iColumn!=iColumn || sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){ + /* Term j of the ORDER BY clause does not match column i of the index */ + if( inColumn ){ + /* Index column i is the rowid. All other terms match. */ + break; + }else{ + /* If an index column fails to match and is not constrained by == + ** then the index cannot satisfy the ORDER BY constraint. + */ + return 0; + } } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); - if( pDel==pMod ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; + assert( pIdx->aSortOrder!=0 || iColumn==-1 ); + assert( pTerm->sortOrder==0 || pTerm->sortOrder==1 ); + assert( iSortOrder==0 || iSortOrder==1 ); + termSortOrder = iSortOrder ^ pTerm->sortOrder; + if( i>nEqCol ){ + if( termSortOrder!=sortOrder ){ + /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms past the + ** equality constraints are all either DESC or ASC. */ + return 0; + } + }else{ + sortOrder = termSortOrder; + } + j++; + pTerm++; + if( iColumn<0 && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){ + /* If the indexed column is the primary key and everything matches + ** so far and none of the ORDER BY terms to the right reference other + ** tables in the join, then we are assured that the index can be used + ** to sort because the primary key is unique and so none of the other + ** columns will make any difference + */ + j = nTerm; } - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - }else if( xDestroy ){ - xDestroy(pAux); } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} + *pbRev = sortOrder!=0; + if( j>=nTerm ){ + /* All terms of the ORDER BY clause are covered by this index so + ** this index can be used for sorting. */ + return 1; + } + if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None && i==pIdx->nColumn + && (wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)==0 + && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){ + /* All terms of this index match some prefix of the ORDER BY clause + ** and the index is UNIQUE and no terms on the tail of the ORDER BY + ** clause reference other tables in a join. If this is all true then + ** the order by clause is superfluous. Not that if the matching + ** condition is IS NULL then the result is not necessarily unique + ** even on a UNIQUE index, so disallow those cases. */ + return 1; + } + return 0; +} /* -** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. +** Prepare a crude estimate of the logarithm of the input value. +** The results need not be exact. This is only used for estimating +** the total cost of performing operations with O(logN) or O(NlogN) +** complexity. Because N is just a guess, it is no great tragedy if +** logN is a little off. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ - const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ - const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ - void *pAux /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ -){ - return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0); +static double estLog(double N){ + double logN = 1; + double x = 10; + while( N>x ){ + logN += 1; + x *= 10; + } + return logN; } /* -** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. +** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info +** structure. Used for testing and debugging only. If neither +** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines +** are no-ops. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ - const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ - const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ - void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ - void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ -){ - return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy); +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ + int i; + if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n", + i, + p->aConstraint[i].iColumn, + p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset, + p->aConstraint[i].op, + p->aConstraint[i].usable); + } + for(i=0; inOrderBy; i++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n", + i, + p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn, + p->aOrderBy[i].desc); + } +} +static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ + int i; + if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n", + i, + p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex, + p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost); } +#else +#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A) +#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A) +#endif + +/* +** Required because bestIndex() is called by bestOrClauseIndex() +*/ +static void bestIndex( + Parse*, WhereClause*, struct SrcList_item*, + Bitmask, Bitmask, ExprList*, WhereCost*); /* -** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected. -** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock. -** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur. +** This routine attempts to find an scanning strategy that can be used +** to optimize an 'OR' expression that is part of a WHERE clause. ** -** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked, -** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed. +** The table associated with FROM clause term pSrc may be either a +** regular B-Tree table or a virtual table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){ - pVTab->nRef++; -} +static void bestOrClauseIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ + Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */ + Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ + WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION + const int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */ + const Bitmask maskSrc = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur); /* Bitmask for pSrc */ + WhereTerm * const pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; /* End of pWC->a[] */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ + /* No OR-clause optimization allowed if the INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clauses + ** are used */ + if( pSrc->notIndexed || pSrc->pIndex!=0 ){ + return; + } -/* -** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table. -** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access -** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ - VTable *pVtab; - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext); - return pVtab; -} + /* Search the WHERE clause terms for a usable WO_OR term. */ + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermeOperator==WO_OR + && ((pTerm->prereqAll & ~maskSrc) & notReady)==0 + && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & maskSrc)!=0 + ){ + WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; + WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm]; + WhereTerm *pOrTerm; + int flags = WHERE_MULTI_OR; + double rTotal = 0; + double nRow = 0; + Bitmask used = 0; -/* -** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count -** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){ - sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db; + for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTerma), (pTerm - pWC->a) + )); + if( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){ + WhereClause *pAndWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc; + bestIndex(pParse, pAndWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, 0, &sTermCost); + }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){ + WhereClause tempWC; + tempWC.pParse = pWC->pParse; + tempWC.pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; + tempWC.op = TK_AND; + tempWC.a = pOrTerm; + tempWC.nTerm = 1; + bestIndex(pParse, &tempWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, 0, &sTermCost); + }else{ + continue; + } + rTotal += sTermCost.rCost; + nRow += sTermCost.plan.nRow; + used |= sTermCost.used; + if( rTotal>=pCost->rCost ) break; + } - assert( db ); - assert( pVTab->nRef>0 ); - assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ); + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, increase the scan cost to account + ** for the cost of the sort. */ + if( pOrderBy!=0 ){ + WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases OR cost %.9g to %.9g\n", + rTotal, rTotal+nRow*estLog(nRow))); + rTotal += nRow*estLog(nRow); + } - pVTab->nRef--; - if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){ - sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; - if( p ){ - p->pModule->xDisconnect(p); + /* If the cost of scanning using this OR term for optimization is + ** less than the current cost stored in pCost, replace the contents + ** of pCost. */ + WHERETRACE(("... multi-index OR cost=%.9g nrow=%.9g\n", rTotal, nRow)); + if( rTotalrCost ){ + pCost->rCost = rTotal; + pCost->used = used; + pCost->plan.nRow = nRow; + pCost->plan.wsFlags = flags; + pCost->plan.u.pTerm = pTerm; + } } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab); } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX /* -** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the -** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated -** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. -** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with -** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list. +** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it +** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate +** index existed. */ -static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ - VTable *pRet = 0; - VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable; - p->pVTable = 0; - - /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database - ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments - ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why - ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any - ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list. */ - assert( db==0 || - sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema)].pBt) - ); - - while( pVTable ){ - sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db; - VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext; - assert( db2 ); - if( db2==db ){ - pRet = pVTable; - p->pVTable = pRet; - pRet->pNext = 0; - }else{ - pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect; - db2->pDisconnect = pVTable; - } - pVTable = pNext; - } - - assert( !db || pRet ); - return pRet; +static int termCanDriveIndex( + WhereTerm *pTerm, /* WHERE clause term to check */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* Table we are trying to access */ + Bitmask notReady /* Tables in outer loops of the join */ +){ + char aff; + if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0; + if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ) return 0; + if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0; + aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity; + if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0; + return 1; } +#endif - +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX /* -** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. -** -** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all -** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the -** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The -** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows: -** -** 1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex -** associated with the database handle itself must be held. -** -** 2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to -** the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex -** associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held -** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then -** the database handle mutex is held. -** -** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously -** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe. +** If the query plan for pSrc specified in pCost is a full table scan +** and indexing is allows (if there is no NOT INDEXED clause) and it +** possible to construct a transient index that would perform better +** than a full table scan even when the cost of constructing the index +** is taken into account, then alter the query plan to use the +** transient index. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){ - VTable *p = db->pDisconnect; - db->pDisconnect = 0; +static void bestAutomaticIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ + Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ + WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ +){ + double nTableRow; /* Rows in the input table */ + double logN; /* log(nTableRow) */ + double costTempIdx; /* per-query cost of the transient index */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ + WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */ + Table *pTable; /* Table tht might be indexed */ + + if( pParse->nQueryLoop<=(double)1 ){ + /* There is no point in building an automatic index for a single scan */ + return; + } + if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)==0 ){ + /* Automatic indices are disabled at run-time */ + return; + } + if( (pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0 ){ + /* We already have some kind of index in use for this query. */ + return; + } + if( pSrc->notIndexed ){ + /* The NOT INDEXED clause appears in the SQL. */ + return; + } + if( pSrc->isCorrelated ){ + /* The source is a correlated sub-query. No point in indexing it. */ + return; + } - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( pParse->nQueryLoop >= (double)1 ); + pTable = pSrc->pTab; + nTableRow = pTable->nRowEst; + logN = estLog(nTableRow); + costTempIdx = 2*logN*(nTableRow/pParse->nQueryLoop + 1); + if( costTempIdx>=pCost->rCost ){ + /* The cost of creating the transient table would be greater than + ** doing the full table scan */ + return; + } - if( p ){ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - do { - VTable *pNext = p->pNext; - sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); - p = pNext; - }while( p ); + /* Search for any equality comparison term */ + pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermrCost, costTempIdx)); + pCost->rCost = costTempIdx; + pCost->plan.nRow = logN + 1; + pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_TEMP_INDEX; + pCost->used = pTerm->prereqRight; + break; + } } } +#else +# define bestAutomaticIndex(A,B,C,D,E) /* no-op */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX /* -** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record. -** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table -** record. -** -** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer -** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable -** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema. -** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database -** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the -** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures -** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated -** database connection. +** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index +** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator +** makes use of the automatic index. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(Table *p){ - vtabDisconnectAll(0, p); - if( p->azModuleArg ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inModuleArg; i++){ - sqlite3DbFree(p->dbMem, p->azModuleArg[i]); +static void constructAutomaticIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */ + Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ + WhereLevel *pLevel /* Write new index here */ +){ + int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the constructed index */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ + WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */ + int nByte; /* Byte of memory needed for pIdx */ + Index *pIdx; /* Object describing the transient index */ + Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statement under construction */ + int regIsInit; /* Register set by initialization */ + int addrInit; /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */ + Table *pTable; /* The table being indexed */ + KeyInfo *pKeyinfo; /* Key information for the index */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the index fill loop */ + int regRecord; /* Register holding an index record */ + int n; /* Column counter */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int mxBitCol; /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to on a column */ + Bitmask idxCols; /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */ + Bitmask extraCols; /* Bitmap of additional columns */ + + /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the + ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */ + v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); + regIsInit = ++pParse->nMem; + addrInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, regIsInit); + + /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index + ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */ + nColumn = 0; + pTable = pSrc->pTab; + pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; + idxCols = 0; + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermu.leftColumn; + Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? ((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1) : ((Bitmask)1)<0 ); + pLevel->plan.nEq = nColumn; + + /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a + ** covering index. A "covering index" is an index that contains all + ** columns that are needed by the query. With a covering index, the + ** original table never needs to be accessed. Automatic indices must + ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the + ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used + ** if they go out of sync. + */ + extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1))); + mxBitCol = (pTable->nCol >= BMS-1) ? BMS-1 : pTable->nCol; + testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 ); + testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 ); + for(i=0; icolUsed & (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){ + nColumn += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1; + } + pLevel->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WO_EQ; + + /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */ + nByte = sizeof(Index); + nByte += nColumn*sizeof(int); /* Index.aiColumn */ + nByte += nColumn*sizeof(char*); /* Index.azColl */ + nByte += nColumn; /* Index.aSortOrder */ + pIdx = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, nByte); + if( pIdx==0 ) return; + pLevel->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx; + pIdx->azColl = (char**)&pIdx[1]; + pIdx->aiColumn = (int*)&pIdx->azColl[nColumn]; + pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pIdx->aiColumn[nColumn]; + pIdx->zName = "auto-index"; + pIdx->nColumn = nColumn; + pIdx->pTable = pTable; + n = 0; + idxCols = 0; + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermu.leftColumn; + Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? ((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1) : ((Bitmask)1)<pExpr; + idxCols |= cMask; + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); + pIdx->azColl[n] = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : "BINARY"; + n++; + } } - sqlite3DbFree(p->dbMem, p->azModuleArg); } -} + assert( (u32)n==pLevel->plan.nEq ); -/* -** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[]. -** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored. The -** string will be freed automatically when the table is -** deleted. -*/ -static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){ - int i = pTable->nModuleArg++; - int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg); - char **azModuleArg; - azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes); - if( azModuleArg==0 ){ - int j; - for(j=0; jazModuleArg[j]); + /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into + ** a covering index */ + for(i=0; iaiColumn[n] = i; + pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; + n++; } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg); - pTable->nModuleArg = 0; - }else{ - azModuleArg[i] = zArg; - azModuleArg[i+1] = 0; } - pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg; + if( pSrc->colUsed & (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){ + for(i=BMS-1; inCol; i++){ + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i; + pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; + n++; + } + } + assert( n==nColumn ); + + /* Create the automatic index */ + pKeyinfo = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); + assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nColumn+1, 0, + (char*)pKeyinfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName)); + + /* Fill the automatic index with content */ + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur); + regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); + + /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit); } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* -** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE -** statement. The module name has been parsed, but the optional list -** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending. +** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure +** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free(). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Token *pName1, /* Name of new table, or database name */ - Token *pName2, /* Name of new table or NULL */ - Token *pModuleName /* Name of the module for the virtual table */ +static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( + Parse *pParse, + WhereClause *pWC, + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, + ExprList *pOrderBy ){ - int iDb; /* The database the table is being created in */ - Table *pTable; /* The new virtual table */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + int i, j; + int nTerm; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; + struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int nOrderBy; + sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; - sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, 0); - pTable = pParse->pNewTable; - if( pTable==0 ) return; - assert( 0==pTable->pIndex ); + WHERETRACE(("Recomputing index info for %s...\n", pSrc->pTab->zName)); - db = pParse->db; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); + /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring + ** to this virtual table */ + for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ + if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; + assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL ); + if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; + nTerm++; + } - pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual; - pTable->nModuleArg = 0; - addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName)); - addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName)); - addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName)); - pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z); + /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current + ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of + ** the sqlite3_index_info structure. + */ + nOrderBy = 0; + if( pOrderBy ){ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break; + } + if( i==pOrderBy->nExpr ){ + nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; + } + } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice. - ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the - ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable(). - ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now. + /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure */ - if( pTable->azModuleArg ){ - sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, - pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName); + pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo) + + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm + + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy ); + if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory"); + /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ + return 0; } -#endif -} -/* -** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating -** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the -** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable. -*/ -static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){ - if( pParse->sArg.z && ALWAYS(pParse->pNewTable) ){ - const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z; - int n = pParse->sArg.n; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n)); + /* Initialize the structure. The sqlite3_index_info structure contains + ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from + ** changing them. We have to do some funky casting in order to + ** initialize those fields. + */ + pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1]; + pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm]; + pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy]; + *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm; + *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; + *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons; + *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy; + *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage = + pUsage; + + for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ + if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; + assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL ); + if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; + pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i; + pIdxCons[j].op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator; + /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because + ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical. The + ** following asserts verify this fact. */ + assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ); + assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ); + assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ); + assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ); + assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ); + assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); + assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) ); + j++; } + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; + pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; + pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; + } + + return pIdxInfo; } /* -** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement -** has been completely parsed. +** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function +** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex() +** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info pointer passed +** as the argument. +** +** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a +** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output +** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated. +** +** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the +** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates +** that this is required. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; /* The table being constructed */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - - if( pTab==0 ) return; - addArgumentToVtab(pParse); - pParse->sArg.z = 0; - if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return; +static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){ + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab; + int i; + int rc; - /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the - ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being - ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then - ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text - ** in the sqlite_master table. - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - char *zStmt; - char *zWhere; - int iDb; - Vdbe *v; + WHERETRACE(("xBestIndex for %s\n", pTab->zName)); + TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p); + rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p); + TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p); - /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */ - if( pEnd ){ - pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; + }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg); } - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken); - - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the - ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all - ** the information we've collected. - ** - ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an - ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab - ** by sqlite3StartTable(). - */ - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s " - "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q " - "WHERE rowid=#%d", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pTab->zName, - pTab->zName, - zStmt, - pParse->regRowid - ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); - zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pTab->zName); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 1, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, - pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1); } + sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); + pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; - /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory - ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until - ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This - ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before - ** the required virtual table implementations are registered. */ - else { - Table *pOld; - Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - const char *zName = pTab->zName; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab); - if( pOld ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ - return; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName); } - pSchema->db = pParse->db; - pParse->pNewTable = 0; } -} -/* -** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token -** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){ - addArgumentToVtab(pParse); - pParse->sArg.z = 0; - pParse->sArg.n = 0; + return pParse->nErr; } -/* -** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token -** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){ - Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg; - if( pArg->z==0 ){ - pArg->z = p->z; - pArg->n = p->n; - }else{ - assert(pArg->z < p->z); - pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z); - } -} /* -** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The -** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter -** to this procedure. +** Compute the best index for a virtual table. +** +** The best index is computed by the xBestIndex method of the virtual +** table module. This routine is really just a wrapper that sets up +** the sqlite3_index_info structure that is used to communicate with +** xBestIndex. +** +** In a join, this routine might be called multiple times for the +** same virtual table. The sqlite3_index_info structure is created +** and initialized on the first invocation and reused on all subsequent +** invocations. The sqlite3_index_info structure is also used when +** code is generated to access the virtual table. The whereInfoDelete() +** routine takes care of freeing the sqlite3_index_info structure after +** everybody has finished with it. */ -static int vtabCallConstructor( - sqlite3 *db, - Table *pTab, - Module *pMod, - int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**), - char **pzErr +static void bestVirtualIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ + Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for index */ + Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not valid for any purpose */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The order by clause */ + WhereCost *pCost, /* Lowest cost query plan */ + sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo /* Index information passed to xBestIndex */ ){ - VTable *pVTable; - int rc; - const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg; - int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg; - char *zErr = 0; - char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName); + Table *pTab = pSrc->pTab; + sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int i, j; + int nOrderBy; + double rCost; - if( !zModuleName ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } + /* Make sure wsFlags is initialized to some sane value. Otherwise, if the + ** malloc in allocateIndexInfo() fails and this function returns leaving + ** wsFlags in an uninitialized state, the caller may behave unpredictably. + */ + memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost)); + pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE; - pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable)); - if( !pVTable ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + /* If the sqlite3_index_info structure has not been previously + ** allocated and initialized, then allocate and initialize it now. + */ + pIdxInfo = *ppIdxInfo; + if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ + *ppIdxInfo = pIdxInfo = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, pSrc, pOrderBy); + } + if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ + return; } - pVTable->db = db; - pVTable->pMod = pMod; - - assert( !db->pVTab ); - assert( xConstruct ); - db->pVTab = pTab; - /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */ - rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; + /* At this point, the sqlite3_index_info structure that pIdxInfo points + ** to will have been initialized, either during the current invocation or + ** during some prior invocation. Now we just have to customize the + ** details of pIdxInfo for the current invocation and pass it to + ** xBestIndex. + */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - if( zErr==0 ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName); - }else { - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable); - }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){ - /* Justification of ALWAYS(): A correct vtab constructor must allocate - ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful. */ - pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule; - pVTable->nRef = 1; - if( db->pVTab ){ - const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s"; - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName); - sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - int iCol; - /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure - ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the - ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden". - ** If so, set the Column.isHidden flag and remove the token from - ** the type string. */ - pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable; - pTab->pVTable = pVTable; + /* The module name must be defined. Also, by this point there must + ** be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. Otherwise + ** sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames() would have picked up the error. + */ + assert( pTab->azModuleArg && pTab->azModuleArg[0] ); + assert( sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab) ); - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - int nType; - int i = 0; - if( !zType ) continue; - nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); - if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6)||(zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){ - for(i=0; i0 ){ - assert(zType[i-1]==' '); - zType[i-1] = '\0'; - } - pTab->aCol[iCol].isHidden = 1; - } - } - } + /* Set the aConstraint[].usable fields and initialize all + ** output variables to zero. + ** + ** aConstraint[].usable is true for constraints where the right-hand + ** side contains only references to tables to the left of the current + ** table. In other words, if the constraint is of the form: + ** + ** column = expr + ** + ** and we are evaluating a join, then the constraint on column is + ** only valid if all tables referenced in expr occur to the left + ** of the table containing column. + ** + ** The aConstraints[] array contains entries for all constraints + ** on the current table. That way we only have to compute it once + ** even though we might try to pick the best index multiple times. + ** For each attempt at picking an index, the order of tables in the + ** join might be different so we have to recompute the usable flag + ** each time. + */ + pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; + pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){ + j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset; + pTerm = &pWC->a[j]; + pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight¬Ready) ? 0 : 1; + } + memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint); + if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){ + sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr); + } + pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0; + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; + pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; + pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; + /* ((double)2) In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / ((double)2); + nOrderBy = pIdxInfo->nOrderBy; + if( !pOrderBy ){ + pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = 0; } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); - db->pVTab = 0; - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method -** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned -** and an error left in pParse. -** -** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - const char *zMod; - Module *pMod; - int rc; + if( vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo) ){ + return; + } - assert( pTab ); - if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; + pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + if( pUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){ + pCost->used |= pWC->a[pIdxCons[i].iTermOffset].prereqRight; + } } - /* Locate the required virtual table module */ - zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; - pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod)); + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, and the selected virtual table index + ** does not satisfy it, increase the cost of the scan accordingly. This + ** matches the processing for non-virtual tables in bestBtreeIndex(). + */ + rCost = pIdxInfo->estimatedCost; + if( pOrderBy && pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed==0 ){ + rCost += estLog(rCost)*rCost; + } - if( !pMod ){ - const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + /* The cost is not allowed to be larger than SQLITE_BIG_DBL (the + ** inital value of lowestCost in this loop. If it is, then the + ** (costrCost = (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2)); }else{ - char *zErr = 0; - rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + pCost->rCost = rCost; + } + pCost->plan.u.pVtabIdx = pIdxInfo; + if( pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ){ + pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_ORDERBY; } + pCost->plan.nEq = 0; + pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; - return rc; + /* Try to find a more efficient access pattern by using multiple indexes + ** to optimize an OR expression within the WHERE clause. + */ + bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost); } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /* -** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. +** Argument pIdx is a pointer to an index structure that has an array of +** SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES evenly spaced samples of the first indexed column +** stored in Index.aSample. These samples divide the domain of values stored +** the index into (SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1) regions. +** Region 0 contains all values less than the first sample value. Region +** 1 contains values between the first and second samples. Region 2 contains +** values between samples 2 and 3. And so on. Region SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES +** contains values larger than the last sample. +** +** If the index contains many duplicates of a single value, then it is +** possible that two or more adjacent samples can hold the same value. +** When that is the case, the smallest possible region code is returned +** when roundUp is false and the largest possible region code is returned +** when roundUp is true. +** +** If successful, this function determines which of the regions value +** pVal lies in, sets *piRegion to the region index (a value between 0 +** and SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1, inclusive) and returns SQLITE_OK. +** Or, if an OOM occurs while converting text values between encodings, +** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and *piRegion is undefined. */ -static int addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ - const int ARRAY_INCR = 5; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 +static int whereRangeRegion( + Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index to consider domain of */ + sqlite3_value *pVal, /* Value to consider */ + int roundUp, /* Return largest valid region if true */ + int *piRegion /* OUT: Region of domain in which value lies */ +){ + assert( roundUp==0 || roundUp==1 ); + if( ALWAYS(pVal) ){ + IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample; + int i = 0; + int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal); - /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */ - if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){ - VTable **aVTrans; - int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR); - aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes); - if( !aVTrans ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){ + double r = sqlite3_value_double(pVal); + for(i=0; i=SQLITE_TEXT ) break; + if( roundUp ){ + if( aSample[i].u.r>r ) break; + }else{ + if( aSample[i].u.r>=r ) break; + } + } + }else if( eType==SQLITE_NULL ){ + i = 0; + if( roundUp ){ + while( idb; + CollSeq *pColl; + const u8 *z; + int n; + + /* pVal comes from sqlite3ValueFromExpr() so the type cannot be NULL */ + assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ); + + if( eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + z = (const u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(pVal); + pColl = db->pDfltColl; + assert( pColl->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); + }else{ + pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, *pIdx->azColl); + if( pColl==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", + *pIdx->azColl); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + z = (const u8 *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, pColl->enc); + if( !z ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + assert( z && pColl && pColl->xCmp ); + } + n = sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, pColl->enc); + + for(i=0; ienc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + int nSample; + char *zSample = sqlite3Utf8to16( + db, pColl->enc, aSample[i].u.z, aSample[i].nByte, &nSample + ); + if( !zSample ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + c = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, nSample, zSample, n, z); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSample); + }else +#endif + { + c = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, aSample[i].nByte, aSample[i].u.z, n, z); + } + if( c-roundUp>=0 ) break; + } } - memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR); - db->aVTrans = aVTrans; - } - /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */ - db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab; - sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab); + assert( i>=0 && i<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES ); + *piRegion = i; + } return SQLITE_OK; } +#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 */ /* -** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method -** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. +** If expression pExpr represents a literal value, set *pp to point to +** an sqlite3_value structure containing the same value, with affinity +** aff applied to it, before returning. It is the responsibility of the +** caller to eventually release this structure by passing it to +** sqlite3ValueFree(). ** -** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language -** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned. -** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr. +** If the current parse is a recompile (sqlite3Reprepare()) and pExpr +** is an SQL variable that currently has a non-NULL value bound to it, +** create an sqlite3_value structure containing this value, again with +** affinity aff applied to it, instead. +** +** If neither of the above apply, set *pp to NULL. +** +** If an error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Table *pTab; - Module *pMod; - const char *zMod; - - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable ); - - /* Locate the required virtual table module */ - zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; - pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod)); - - /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, - ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an - ** error. Otherwise, do nothing. - */ - if( !pMod ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr); - } - - /* Justification of ALWAYS(): The xConstructor method is required to - ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){ - rc = addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 +static int valueFromExpr( + Parse *pParse, + Expr *pExpr, + u8 aff, + sqlite3_value **pp +){ + if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE + || (pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE) + ){ + int iVar = pExpr->iColumn; + sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iVar); /* IMP: R-23257-02778 */ + *pp = sqlite3VdbeGetValue(pParse->pReprepare, iVar, aff); + return SQLITE_OK; } - - return rc; + return sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pParse->db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, aff, pp); } +#endif /* -** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table. It is only -** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a -** virtual table module. +** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited +** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper +** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper +** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For +** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a): +** +** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... +** |_____| |_____| +** | | +** pLower pUpper +** +** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in +** place of the corresponding WhereTerm. +** +** The nEq parameter is passed the index of the index column subject to the +** range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of equality constraints +** optimized by the proposed index scan. For example, assuming index p is +** on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is: +** +** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ... +** +** then nEq should be passed the value 1 (as the range restricted column, +** b, is the second left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is: +** +** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... +** +** then nEq should be passed 0. +** +** The returned value is an integer between 1 and 100, inclusive. A return +** value of 1 indicates that the proposed range scan is expected to visit +** approximately 1/100th (1%) of the rows selected by the nEq equality +** constraints (if any). A return value of 100 indicates that it is expected +** that the range scan will visit every row (100%) selected by the equality +** constraints. +** +** In the absence of sqlite_stat2 ANALYZE data, each range inequality +** reduces the search space by 3/4ths. Hence a single constraint (x>?) +** results in a return of 25 and a range constraint (x>? AND xaCol[] of the range-compared column */ + WhereTerm *pLower, /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */ + WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */ + int *piEst /* OUT: Return value */ +){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Table *pTab; - char *zErr = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pTab = db->pVTab; - if( !pTab ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 - pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); - if( pParse==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pParse->declareVtab = 1; - pParse->db = db; + if( nEq==0 && p->aSample ){ + sqlite3_value *pLowerVal = 0; + sqlite3_value *pUpperVal = 0; + int iEst; + int iLower = 0; + int iUpper = SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; + int roundUpUpper = 0; + int roundUpLower = 0; + u8 aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity; - if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) - && pParse->pNewTable - && !db->mallocFailed - && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect - && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 - ){ - if( !pTab->aCol ){ - pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol; - pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol; - pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0; - pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0; - } - db->pVTab = 0; + if( pLower ){ + Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight; + rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pLowerVal); + assert( pLower->eOperator==WO_GT || pLower->eOperator==WO_GE ); + roundUpLower = (pLower->eOperator==WO_GT) ?1:0; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pUpper ){ + Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight; + rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pUpperVal); + assert( pUpper->eOperator==WO_LT || pUpper->eOperator==WO_LE ); + roundUpUpper = (pUpper->eOperator==WO_LE) ?1:0; + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pLowerVal==0 && pUpperVal==0) ){ + sqlite3ValueFree(pLowerVal); + sqlite3ValueFree(pUpperVal); + goto range_est_fallback; + }else if( pLowerVal==0 ){ + rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pUpperVal, roundUpUpper, &iUpper); + if( pLower ) iLower = iUpper/2; + }else if( pUpperVal==0 ){ + rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pLowerVal, roundUpLower, &iLower); + if( pUpper ) iUpper = (iLower + SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES + 1)/2; }else{ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, zErr); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pUpperVal, roundUpUpper, &iUpper); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pLowerVal, roundUpLower, &iLower); + } } - pParse->declareVtab = 0; + WHERETRACE(("range scan regions: %d..%d\n", iLower, iUpper)); - if( pParse->pVdbe ){ - sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); + iEst = iUpper - iLower; + testcase( iEst==SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES ); + assert( iEst<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES ); + if( iEst<1 ){ + *piEst = 50/SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; + }else{ + *piEst = (iEst*100)/SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; } - sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable); - sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); + sqlite3ValueFree(pLowerVal); + sqlite3ValueFree(pUpperVal); + return rc; } - - assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); +range_est_fallback: +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nEq); +#endif + assert( pLower || pUpper ); + *piEst = 100; + if( pLower && (pLower->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ) *piEst /= 4; + if( pUpper ) *piEst /= 4; return rc; } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 /* -** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method -** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs -** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned. +** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on +** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in +** the histogram data. This only works when x is the left-most +** column of an index and sqlite_stat2 histogram data is available +** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is +** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE". ** -** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table. +** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. +** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return +** non-zero. +** +** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence +** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory +** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored +** in the pParse structure. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Table *pTab; - - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){ - VTable *p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab); - - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy(p->pVtab); - - /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 ); - p->pVtab = 0; - pTab->pVTable = 0; - sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); - } +static int whereEqualScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + Index *p, /* The index whose left-most column is pTerm */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */ + double *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ +){ + sqlite3_value *pRhs = 0; /* VALUE on right-hand side of pTerm */ + int iLower, iUpper; /* Range of histogram regions containing pRhs */ + u8 aff; /* Column affinity */ + int rc; /* Subfunction return code */ + double nRowEst; /* New estimate of the number of rows */ + + assert( p->aSample!=0 ); + aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity; + if( pExpr ){ + rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pRhs); + if( rc ) goto whereEqualScanEst_cancel; + }else{ + pRhs = sqlite3ValueNew(pParse->db); + } + if( pRhs==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pRhs, 0, &iLower); + if( rc ) goto whereEqualScanEst_cancel; + rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pRhs, 1, &iUpper); + if( rc ) goto whereEqualScanEst_cancel; + WHERETRACE(("equality scan regions: %d..%d\n", iLower, iUpper)); + if( iLower>=iUpper ){ + nRowEst = p->aiRowEst[0]/(SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES*2); + if( nRowEst<*pnRow ) *pnRow = nRowEst; + }else{ + nRowEst = (iUpper-iLower)*p->aiRowEst[0]/SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; + *pnRow = nRowEst; } +whereEqualScanEst_cancel: + sqlite3ValueFree(pRhs); return rc; } +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2) */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 /* -** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method -** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method -** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is -** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure. +** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on +** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator +** is a list of values. Example: ** -** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. -*/ -static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){ - int i; - if( db->aVTrans ){ - for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ - VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; - sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; - if( p ){ - int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); - x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset); - if( x ) x(p); - } - sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans); - db->nVTrans = 0; - db->aVTrans = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans -** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or -** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful. +** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4) ** -** Set *pzErrmsg to point to a buffer that should be released using -** sqlite3DbFree() containing an error message, if one is available. +** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. +** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return +** non-zero. +** +** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence +** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory +** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored +** in the pParse structure. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrmsg){ - int i; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans; +static int whereInScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + Index *p, /* The index whose left-most column is pTerm */ + ExprList *pList, /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */ + double *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ +){ + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; /* One value from list */ + int iLower, iUpper; /* Range of histogram regions containing pRhs */ + u8 aff; /* Column affinity */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subfunction return code */ + double nRowEst; /* New estimate of the number of rows */ + int nSpan = 0; /* Number of histogram regions spanned */ + int nSingle = 0; /* Histogram regions hit by a single value */ + int nNotFound = 0; /* Count of values that are not constants */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + u8 aSpan[SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1]; /* Histogram regions that are spanned */ + u8 aSingle[SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1]; /* Histogram regions hit once */ - db->aVTrans = 0; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans; i++){ - int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab; - if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){ - rc = x(pVtab); - sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrmsg); - *pzErrmsg = pVtab->zErrMsg; - pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; + assert( p->aSample!=0 ); + aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity; + memset(aSpan, 0, sizeof(aSpan)); + memset(aSingle, 0, sizeof(aSingle)); + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr, aff, &pVal); + if( rc ) break; + if( pVal==0 || sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_NULL ){ + nNotFound++; + continue; + } + rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pVal, 0, &iLower); + if( rc ) break; + rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pVal, 1, &iUpper); + if( rc ) break; + if( iLower>=iUpper ){ + aSingle[iLower] = 1; + }else{ + assert( iLower>=0 && iUpper<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES ); + while( iLoweraVTrans = aVTrans; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + for(i=nSpan=0; i<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; i++){ + if( aSpan[i] ){ + nSpan++; + }else if( aSingle[i] ){ + nSingle++; + } + } + nRowEst = (nSpan*2+nSingle)*p->aiRowEst[0]/(2*SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES) + + nNotFound*p->aiRowEst[1]; + if( nRowEst > p->aiRowEst[0] ) nRowEst = p->aiRowEst[0]; + *pnRow = nRowEst; + WHERETRACE(("IN row estimate: nSpan=%d, nSingle=%d, nNotFound=%d, est=%g\n", + nSpan, nSingle, nNotFound, nRowEst)); + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); return rc; } +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2) */ -/* -** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the -** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){ - callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the -** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){ - callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} /* -** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface -** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is -** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now. +** Find the best query plan for accessing a particular table. Write the +** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied as the +** last parameter. ** -** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer -** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. +** The lowest cost plan wins. The cost is an estimate of the amount of +** CPU and disk I/O needed to process the requested result. +** Factors that influence cost include: +** +** * The estimated number of rows that will be retrieved. (The +** fewer the better.) +** +** * Whether or not sorting must occur. +** +** * Whether or not there must be separate lookups in the +** index and in the main table. +** +** If there was an INDEXED BY clause (pSrc->pIndex) attached to the table in +** the SQL statement, then this function only considers plans using the +** named index. If no such plan is found, then the returned cost is +** SQLITE_BIG_DBL. If a plan is found that uses the named index, +** then the cost is calculated in the usual way. +** +** If a NOT INDEXED clause (pSrc->notIndexed!=0) was attached to the table +** in the SELECT statement, then no indexes are considered. However, the +** selected plan may still take advantage of the built-in rowid primary key +** index. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - const sqlite3_module *pModule; +static void bestBtreeIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ + Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */ + Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ + ExprList *pDistinct, /* The select-list if query is DISTINCT */ + WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ +){ + int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */ + Index *pProbe; /* An index we are evaluating */ + Index *pIdx; /* Copy of pProbe, or zero for IPK index */ + int eqTermMask; /* Current mask of valid equality operators */ + int idxEqTermMask; /* Index mask of valid equality operators */ + Index sPk; /* A fake index object for the primary key */ + unsigned int aiRowEstPk[2]; /* The aiRowEst[] value for the sPk index */ + int aiColumnPk = -1; /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */ + int wsFlagMask; /* Allowed flags in pCost->plan.wsFlag */ - /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater - ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a - ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to - ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED. + /* Initialize the cost to a worst-case value */ + memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost)); + pCost->rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL; + + /* If the pSrc table is the right table of a LEFT JOIN then we may not + ** use an index to satisfy IS NULL constraints on that table. This is + ** because columns might end up being NULL if the table does not match - + ** a circumstance which the index cannot help us discover. Ticket #2177. */ - if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; + if( pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT ){ + idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN; + }else{ + idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL; } - if( !pVTab ){ - return SQLITE_OK; + + if( pSrc->pIndex ){ + /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */ + pIdx = pProbe = pSrc->pIndex; + wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE); + eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask; + }else{ + /* There is no INDEXED BY clause. Create a fake Index object in local + ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index. Make this + ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real + ** indices to follow */ + Index *pFirst; /* First of real indices on the table */ + memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index)); + sPk.nColumn = 1; + sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk; + sPk.aiRowEst = aiRowEstPk; + sPk.onError = OE_Replace; + sPk.pTable = pSrc->pTab; + aiRowEstPk[0] = pSrc->pTab->nRowEst; + aiRowEstPk[1] = 1; + pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex; + if( pSrc->notIndexed==0 ){ + /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the + ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */ + sPk.pNext = pFirst; + } + pProbe = &sPk; + wsFlagMask = ~( + WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE + ); + eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN; + pIdx = 0; } - pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule; - if( pModule->xBegin ){ - int i; + /* Loop over all indices looking for the best one to use + */ + for(; pProbe; pIdx=pProbe=pProbe->pNext){ + const unsigned int * const aiRowEst = pProbe->aiRowEst; + double cost; /* Cost of using pProbe */ + double nRow; /* Estimated number of rows in result set */ + double log10N; /* base-10 logarithm of nRow (inexact) */ + int rev; /* True to scan in reverse order */ + int wsFlags = 0; + Bitmask used = 0; + /* The following variables are populated based on the properties of + ** index being evaluated. They are then used to determine the expected + ** cost and number of rows returned. + ** + ** nEq: + ** Number of equality terms that can be implemented using the index. + ** In other words, the number of initial fields in the index that + ** are used in == or IN or NOT NULL constraints of the WHERE clause. + ** + ** nInMul: + ** The "in-multiplier". This is an estimate of how many seek operations + ** SQLite must perform on the index in question. For example, if the + ** WHERE clause is: + ** + ** WHERE a IN (1, 2, 3) AND b IN (4, 5, 6) + ** + ** SQLite must perform 9 lookups on an index on (a, b), so nInMul is + ** set to 9. Given the same schema and either of the following WHERE + ** clauses: + ** + ** WHERE a = 1 + ** WHERE a >= 2 + ** + ** nInMul is set to 1. + ** + ** If there exists a WHERE term of the form "x IN (SELECT ...)", then + ** the sub-select is assumed to return 25 rows for the purposes of + ** determining nInMul. + ** + ** bInEst: + ** Set to true if there was at least one "x IN (SELECT ...)" term used + ** in determining the value of nInMul. Note that the RHS of the + ** IN operator must be a SELECT, not a value list, for this variable + ** to be true. + ** + ** estBound: + ** An estimate on the amount of the table that must be searched. A + ** value of 100 means the entire table is searched. Range constraints + ** might reduce this to a value less than 100 to indicate that only + ** a fraction of the table needs searching. In the absence of + ** sqlite_stat2 ANALYZE data, a single inequality reduces the search + ** space to 1/4rd its original size. So an x>? constraint reduces + ** estBound to 25. Two constraints (x>? AND xnVTrans; i++){ - if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){ - return SQLITE_OK; + /* Determine the values of nEq and nInMul */ + for(nEq=0; nEqnColumn; nEq++){ + int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq]; + pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, eqTermMask, pIdx); + if( pTerm==0 ) break; + wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_EQ); + if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + /* "x IN (SELECT ...)": Assume the SELECT returns 25 rows */ + nInMul *= 25; + bInEst = 1; + }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){ + /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */ + nInMul *= pExpr->x.pList->nExpr; + } + }else if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ){ + wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL; } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 + if( nEq==0 && pProbe->aSample ) pFirstTerm = pTerm; +#endif + used |= pTerm->prereqRight; } - /* Invoke the xBegin method */ - rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = addToVTrans(db, pVTab); + /* Determine the value of estBound. */ + if( nEqnColumn && pProbe->bUnordered==0 ){ + int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq]; + if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx) ){ + WhereTerm *pTop = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, pIdx); + WhereTerm *pBtm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx); + whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pProbe, nEq, pBtm, pTop, &estBound); + if( pTop ){ + nBound = 1; + wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; + used |= pTop->prereqRight; + } + if( pBtm ){ + nBound++; + wsFlags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT; + used |= pBtm->prereqRight; + } + wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE); + } + }else if( pProbe->onError!=OE_None ){ + testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN ); + testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL ); + if( (wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL))==0 ){ + wsFlags |= WHERE_UNIQUE; + } } - } - return rc; -} -/* -** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation. The -** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function. -** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual -** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function. -** -** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to -** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators. -** -** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a -** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the -** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */ - FuncDef *pDef, /* Function to possibly overload */ - int nArg, /* Number of arguments to the function */ - Expr *pExpr /* First argument to the function */ -){ - Table *pTab; - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; - sqlite3_module *pMod; - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0; - void *pArg = 0; - FuncDef *pNew; - int rc = 0; - char *zLowerName; - unsigned char *z; + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and the index being considered will + ** naturally scan rows in the required order, set the appropriate flags + ** in wsFlags. Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause but the index + ** will scan rows in a different order, set the bSort variable. */ + if( isSortingIndex( + pParse, pWC->pMaskSet, pProbe, iCur, pOrderBy, nEq, wsFlags, &rev) + ){ + bSort = 0; + wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ORDERBY; + wsFlags |= (rev ? WHERE_REVERSE : 0); + } + /* If there is a DISTINCT qualifier and this index will scan rows in + ** order of the DISTINCT expressions, clear bDist and set the appropriate + ** flags in wsFlags. */ + if( isDistinctIndex(pParse, pWC, pProbe, iCur, pDistinct, nEq) ){ + bDist = 0; + wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_DISTINCT; + } - /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */ - if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef; - pTab = pExpr->pTab; - if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef; - if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef; - pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab; - assert( pVtab!=0 ); - assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); - pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; - if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef; + /* If currently calculating the cost of using an index (not the IPK + ** index), determine if all required column data may be obtained without + ** using the main table (i.e. if the index is a covering + ** index for this query). If it is, set the WHERE_IDX_ONLY flag in + ** wsFlags. Otherwise, set the bLookup variable to true. */ + if( pIdx && wsFlags ){ + Bitmask m = pSrc->colUsed; + int j; + for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ + int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; + if( xzName); - if( zLowerName ){ - for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){ - *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z]; + /* + ** Estimate the number of rows of output. For an "x IN (SELECT...)" + ** constraint, do not let the estimate exceed half the rows in the table. + */ + nRow = (double)(aiRowEst[nEq] * nInMul); + if( bInEst && nRow*2>aiRowEst[0] ){ + nRow = aiRowEst[0]/2; + nInMul = (int)(nRow / aiRowEst[nEq]); } - rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName); - } - if( rc==0 ){ - return pDef; - } - /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded - ** function */ - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) - + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1); - if( pNew==0 ){ - return pDef; - } - *pNew = *pDef; - pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1]; - memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1); - pNew->xFunc = xFunc; - pNew->pUserData = pArg; - pNew->flags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM; - return pNew; -} +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 + /* If the constraint is of the form x=VALUE or x IN (E1,E2,...) + ** and we do not think that values of x are unique and if histogram + ** data is available for column x, then it might be possible + ** to get a better estimate on the number of rows based on + ** VALUE and how common that value is according to the histogram. + */ + if( nRow>(double)1 && nEq==1 && pFirstTerm!=0 && aiRowEst[1]>1 ){ + if( pFirstTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL) ){ + testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); + testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL ); + whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->pRight, &nRow); + }else if( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_IN && bInEst==0 ){ + whereInScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->x.pList, &nRow); + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 */ + + /* Adjust the number of output rows and downward to reflect rows + ** that are excluded by range constraints. + */ + nRow = (nRow * (double)estBound) / (double)100; + if( nRow<1 ) nRow = 1; + + /* Experiments run on real SQLite databases show that the time needed + ** to do a binary search to locate a row in a table or index is roughly + ** log10(N) times the time to move from one row to the next row within + ** a table or index. The actual times can vary, with the size of + ** records being an important factor. Both moves and searches are + ** slower with larger records, presumably because fewer records fit + ** on one page and hence more pages have to be fetched. + ** + ** The ANALYZE command and the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat2 tables do + ** not give us data on the relative sizes of table and index records. + ** So this computation assumes table records are about twice as big + ** as index records + */ + if( (wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ){ + /* The cost of a full table scan is a number of move operations equal + ** to the number of rows in the table. + ** + ** We add an additional 4x penalty to full table scans. This causes + ** the cost function to err on the side of choosing an index over + ** choosing a full scan. This 4x full-scan penalty is an arguable + ** decision and one which we expect to revisit in the future. But + ** it seems to be working well enough at the moment. + */ + cost = aiRowEst[0]*4; + }else{ + log10N = estLog(aiRowEst[0]); + cost = nRow; + if( pIdx ){ + if( bLookup ){ + /* For an index lookup followed by a table lookup: + ** nInMul index searches to find the start of each index range + ** + nRow steps through the index + ** + nRow table searches to lookup the table entry using the rowid + */ + cost += (nInMul + nRow)*log10N; + }else{ + /* For a covering index: + ** nInMul index searches to find the initial entry + ** + nRow steps through the index + */ + cost += nInMul*log10N; + } + }else{ + /* For a rowid primary key lookup: + ** nInMult table searches to find the initial entry for each range + ** + nRow steps through the table + */ + cost += nInMul*log10N; + } + } + + /* Add in the estimated cost of sorting the result. Actual experimental + ** measurements of sorting performance in SQLite show that sorting time + ** adds C*N*log10(N) to the cost, where N is the number of rows to be + ** sorted and C is a factor between 1.95 and 4.3. We will split the + ** difference and select C of 3.0. + */ + if( bSort ){ + cost += nRow*estLog(nRow)*3; + } + if( bDist ){ + cost += nRow*estLog(nRow)*3; + } + + /**** Cost of using this index has now been computed ****/ + + /* If there are additional constraints on this table that cannot + ** be used with the current index, but which might lower the number + ** of output rows, adjust the nRow value accordingly. This only + ** matters if the current index is the least costly, so do not bother + ** with this step if we already know this index will not be chosen. + ** Also, never reduce the output row count below 2 using this step. + ** + ** It is critical that the notValid mask be used here instead of + ** the notReady mask. When computing an "optimal" index, the notReady + ** mask will only have one bit set - the bit for the current table. + ** The notValid mask, on the other hand, always has all bits set for + ** tables that are not in outer loops. If notReady is used here instead + ** of notValid, then a optimal index that depends on inner joins loops + ** might be selected even when there exists an optimal index that has + ** no such dependency. + */ + if( nRow>2 && cost<=pCost->rCost ){ + int k; /* Loop counter */ + int nSkipEq = nEq; /* Number of == constraints to skip */ + int nSkipRange = nBound; /* Number of < constraints to skip */ + Bitmask thisTab; /* Bitmap for pSrc */ + + thisTab = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur); + for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; nRow>2 && k; k--, pTerm++){ + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) continue; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notValid)!=thisTab ) continue; + if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ){ + if( nSkipEq ){ + /* Ignore the first nEq equality matches since the index + ** has already accounted for these */ + nSkipEq--; + }else{ + /* Assume each additional equality match reduces the result + ** set size by a factor of 10 */ + nRow /= 10; + } + }else if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE) ){ + if( nSkipRange ){ + /* Ignore the first nSkipRange range constraints since the index + ** has already accounted for these */ + nSkipRange--; + }else{ + /* Assume each additional range constraint reduces the result + ** set size by a factor of 3. Indexed range constraints reduce + ** the search space by a larger factor: 4. We make indexed range + ** more selective intentionally because of the subjective + ** observation that indexed range constraints really are more + ** selective in practice, on average. */ + nRow /= 3; + } + }else if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_NOOP ){ + /* Any other expression lowers the output row count by half */ + nRow /= 2; + } + } + if( nRow<2 ) nRow = 2; + } + + + WHERETRACE(( + "%s(%s): nEq=%d nInMul=%d estBound=%d bSort=%d bLookup=%d wsFlags=0x%x\n" + " notReady=0x%llx log10N=%.1f nRow=%.1f cost=%.1f used=0x%llx\n", + pSrc->pTab->zName, (pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "ipk"), + nEq, nInMul, estBound, bSort, bLookup, wsFlags, + notReady, log10N, nRow, cost, used + )); + + /* If this index is the best we have seen so far, then record this + ** index and its cost in the pCost structure. + */ + if( (!pIdx || wsFlags) + && (costrCost || (cost<=pCost->rCost && nRowplan.nRow)) + ){ + pCost->rCost = cost; + pCost->used = used; + pCost->plan.nRow = nRow; + pCost->plan.wsFlags = (wsFlags&wsFlagMask); + pCost->plan.nEq = nEq; + pCost->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx; + } -/* -** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[] -** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it. Add pTab to the -** array if it is missing. If pTab is already in the array, this routine -** is a no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - int i, n; - Table **apVtabLock; + /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is + ** considered. */ + if( pSrc->pIndex ) break; - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ - if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return; + /* Reset masks for the next index in the loop */ + wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE); + eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask; } - n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]); - apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n); - if( apVtabLock ){ - pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock; - pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab; - }else{ - pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1; + + /* If there is no ORDER BY clause and the SQLITE_ReverseOrder flag + ** is set, then reverse the order that the index will be scanned + ** in. This is used for application testing, to help find cases + ** where application behaviour depends on the (undefined) order that + ** SQLite outputs rows in in the absence of an ORDER BY clause. */ + if( !pOrderBy && pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder ){ + pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE; } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + assert( pOrderBy || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY)==0 ); + assert( pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0 || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ROWID_EQ)==0 ); + assert( pSrc->pIndex==0 + || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0 + || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==pSrc->pIndex + ); -/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process -** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. This module is responsible for -** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable -** rows. Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing -** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting -** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer". -*/ + WHERETRACE(("best index is: %s\n", + ((pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ? "none" : + pCost->plan.u.pIdx ? pCost->plan.u.pIdx->zName : "ipk") + )); + + bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost); + bestAutomaticIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pCost); + pCost->plan.wsFlags |= eqTermMask; +} /* -** Trace output macros +** Find the query plan for accessing table pSrc->pTab. Write the +** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied +** as the last parameter. This function may calculate the cost of +** both real and virtual table scans. */ -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0; -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# define WHERETRACE(X) if(sqlite3WhereTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X -#else -# define WHERETRACE(X) +static void bestIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ + Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */ + Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ + WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ){ + sqlite3_index_info *p = 0; + bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost,&p); + if( p->needToFreeIdxStr ){ + sqlite3_free(p->idxStr); + } + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p); + }else #endif - -/* Forward reference -*/ -typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause; -typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet; -typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo; -typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo; -typedef struct WhereCost WhereCost; + { + bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, 0, pCost); + } +} /* -** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to -** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause. Each WHERE -** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators, -** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR. -** -** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. -** The following identity holds: -** -** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm -** -** When a term is of the form: -** -** X -** -** where X is a column name and is one of certain operators, -** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the -** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.eOperator records -** the using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The -** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search -** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators. -** -** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR: +** Disable a term in the WHERE clause. Except, do not disable the term +** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON +** or USING clause of that join. ** -** (t1.X ) OR (t1.Y ) OR .... +** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries: ** -** In this second case, wtFlag as the TERM_ORINFO set and eOperator==WO_OR -** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that -** is collected about the +** (1) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok' +** (2) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' +** (3) SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' ** -** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous -** categories, then eOperator==0. The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set -** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately -** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful. +** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates +** in the ON clause. The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part +** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN. In (1), the term is not disabled. ** -** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers, -** but they do so indirectly. A single WhereMaskSet structure translates -** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq -** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of -** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be -** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor -** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The WhereMaskSet -** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers -** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available -** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers -** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7. +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-24597-58655 No tests are done for terms that are +** completely satisfied by indices. ** -** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits -** in prereqRight and prereqAll. The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite -** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables. +** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop +** of the join. Disabling is an optimization. When terms are satisfied +** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner +** loop. We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled, +** but joins might run a little slower. The trick is to disable as much +** as we can without disabling too much. If we disabled in (1), we'd get +** the wrong answer. See ticket #813. */ -typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm; -struct WhereTerm { - Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */ - int iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */ - int leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X " */ - union { - int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X " */ - WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_OR */ - WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_AND */ - } u; - u16 eOperator; /* A WO_xx value describing */ - u8 wtFlags; /* TERM_xxx bit flags. See below */ - u8 nChild; /* Number of children that must disable us */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */ - Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */ - Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */ -}; +static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){ + if( pTerm + && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0 + && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) + ){ + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){ + WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent]; + if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){ + disableTerm(pLevel, pOther); + } + } + } +} /* -** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags +** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff +** to the n registers starting at base. +** +** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which are no-ops) at the +** beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries in zAff are +** SQLITE_AFF_NONE, then no code gets generated. +** +** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free +** to modify zAff after this routine returns. */ -#define TERM_DYNAMIC 0x01 /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */ -#define TERM_VIRTUAL 0x02 /* Added by the optimizer. Do not code */ -#define TERM_CODED 0x04 /* This term is already coded */ -#define TERM_COPIED 0x08 /* Has a child */ -#define TERM_ORINFO 0x10 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */ -#define TERM_ANDINFO 0x20 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */ -#define TERM_OR_OK 0x40 /* Used during OR-clause processing */ +static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( zAff==0 ){ + assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + return; + } + assert( v!=0 ); -/* -** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a -** WHERE clause. Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms. -*/ -struct WhereClause { - Parse *pParse; /* The parser context */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Mapping of table cursor numbers to bitmasks */ - Bitmask vmask; /* Bitmask identifying virtual table cursors */ - u8 op; /* Split operator. TK_AND or TK_OR */ - int nTerm; /* Number of terms */ - int nSlot; /* Number of entries in a[] */ - WhereTerm *a; /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */ -#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK) - WhereTerm aStatic[1]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ -#else - WhereTerm aStatic[8]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ -#endif -}; + /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries at the beginning + ** and end of the affinity string. + */ + while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + n--; + base++; + zAff++; + } + while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + n--; + } -/* -** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to -** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct WhereOrInfo { - WhereClause wc; /* Decomposition into subterms */ - Bitmask indexable; /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */ -}; + /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */ + if( n>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, n); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n); + } +} -/* -** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to -** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct WhereAndInfo { - WhereClause wc; /* The subexpression broken out */ -}; /* -** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping -** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm. -** -** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in -** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE -** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might -** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum -** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping -** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning -** with 0. -** -** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask -** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0, -** 57->5, 73->4. Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It -** does not really matter. What is important is that sparse cursor -** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain -** no gaps. -*/ -struct WhereMaskSet { - int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */ - int ix[BMS]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */ -}; - -/* -** A WhereCost object records a lookup strategy and the estimated -** cost of pursuing that strategy. +** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its +** result is left on the stack. For constraints of the form X IN (...) +** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X. */ -struct WhereCost { - WherePlan plan; /* The lookup strategy */ - double rCost; /* Overall cost of pursuing this search strategy */ - double nRow; /* Estimated number of output rows */ - Bitmask used; /* Bitmask of cursors used by this plan */ -}; +static int codeEqualityTerm( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereTerm *pTerm, /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* When level of the FROM clause we are working on */ + int iTarget /* Attempt to leave results in this register */ +){ + Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iReg; /* Register holding results */ -/* -** Bitmasks for the operators that indices are able to exploit. An -** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for -** terms in the where clause. -*/ -#define WO_IN 0x001 -#define WO_EQ 0x002 -#define WO_LT (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_LE (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_GT (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_GE (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_MATCH 0x040 -#define WO_ISNULL 0x080 -#define WO_OR 0x100 /* Two or more OR-connected terms */ -#define WO_AND 0x200 /* Two or more AND-connected terms */ + assert( iTarget>0 ); + if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){ + iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget); + }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){ + iReg = iTarget; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + }else{ + int eType; + int iTab; + struct InLoop *pIn; -#define WO_ALL 0xfff /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */ -#define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */ + assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); + iReg = iTarget; + eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, 0); + iTab = pX->iTable; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); + assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE ); + if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){ + pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + } + pLevel->u.in.nIn++; + pLevel->u.in.aInLoop = + sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop, + sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn); + pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop; + if( pIn ){ + pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1; + pIn->iCur = iTab; + if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ + pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg); + }else{ + pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg); + }else{ + pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0; + } +#endif + } + disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); + return iReg; +} /* -** Value for wsFlags returned by bestIndex() and stored in -** WhereLevel.wsFlags. These flags determine which search -** strategies are appropriate. +** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an +** index. ** -** The least significant 12 bits is reserved as a mask for WO_ values above. -** The WhereLevel.wsFlags field is usually set to WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL. -** But if the table is the right table of a left join, WhereLevel.wsFlags -** is set to WO_IN|WO_EQ. The WhereLevel.wsFlags field can then be used as -** the "op" parameter to findTerm when we are resolving equality constraints. -** ISNULL constraints will then not be used on the right table of a left -** join. Tickets #2177 and #2189. -*/ -#define WHERE_ROWID_EQ 0x00001000 /* rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) */ -#define WHERE_ROWID_RANGE 0x00002000 /* rowidEXPR */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x00010000 /* x=EXPR or x IN (...) or x IS NULL */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00020000 /* xEXPR */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x00040000 /* x IN (...) */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL 0x00080000 /* x IS NULL */ -#define WHERE_INDEXED 0x000f0000 /* Anything that uses an index */ -#define WHERE_IN_ABLE 0x000f1000 /* Able to support an IN operator */ -#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x00100000 /* xEXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */ -#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY 0x00800000 /* Use index only - omit table */ -#define WHERE_ORDERBY 0x01000000 /* Output will appear in correct order */ -#define WHERE_REVERSE 0x02000000 /* Scan in reverse order */ -#define WHERE_UNIQUE 0x04000000 /* Selects no more than one row */ -#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x08000000 /* Use virtual-table processing */ -#define WHERE_MULTI_OR 0x10000000 /* OR using multiple indices */ - -/* -** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure. +** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c). +** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10 +** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this +** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two +** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate +** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored +** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned. +** +** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value +** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op. +** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and +** compute the affinity string. +** +** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and returns +** the index of that memory cell. The code that +** calls this routine will use that memory cell to store the termination +** key value of the loop. If one or more IN operators appear, then +** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal +** use. +** +** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a +** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using +** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated +** with equality constraints that use NONE affinity are set to +** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. This is to deal with SQL such as the following: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b); +** SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b; +** +** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since +** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has NONE affinity, +** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of +** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity +** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */ -static void whereClauseInit( - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WhereClause to be initialized */ - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmasks */ +static int codeAllEqualityTerms( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + Bitmask notReady, /* Which parts of FROM have not yet been coded */ + int nExtraReg, /* Number of extra registers to allocate */ + char **pzAff /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */ ){ - pWC->pParse = pParse; - pWC->pMaskSet = pMaskSet; - pWC->nTerm = 0; - pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic); - pWC->a = pWC->aStatic; - pWC->vmask = 0; -} + int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The vm under construction */ + Index *pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */ + int iCur = pLevel->iTabCur; /* The cursor of the table */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single constraint term */ + int j; /* Loop counter */ + int regBase; /* Base register */ + int nReg; /* Number of registers to allocate */ + char *zAff; /* Affinity string to return */ -/* Forward reference */ -static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause*); + /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */ + assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ); + pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; -/* -** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object. -*/ -static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){ - whereClauseClear(&p->wc); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); -} + /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them. + */ + regBase = pParse->nMem + 1; + nReg = pLevel->plan.nEq + nExtraReg; + pParse->nMem += nReg; -/* -** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object. -*/ -static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){ - whereClauseClear(&p->wc); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); -} + zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx)); + if( !zAff ){ + pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; + } -/* -** Deallocate a WhereClause structure. The WhereClause structure -** itself is not freed. This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit(). -*/ -static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){ - int i; - WhereTerm *a; - sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db; - for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){ - if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr); + /* Evaluate the equality constraints + */ + assert( pIdx->nColumn>=nEq ); + for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]; + pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, pLevel->plan.wsFlags, pIdx); + if( NEVER(pTerm==0) ) break; + /* The following true for indices with redundant columns. + ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */ + testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ + r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, regBase+j); + if( r1!=regBase+j ){ + if( nReg==1 ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase); + regBase = r1; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j); + } } - if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){ - whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo); - }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){ - whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); + if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){ + Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; + sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk); + if( zAff ){ + if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){ + zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + } } } - if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a); - } + *pzAff = zAff; + return regBase; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* -** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC. -** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags. -** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success. -** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory -** allocation error. The memory allocation failure will be recorded in -** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it. -** -** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary. -** -** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility -** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC. -** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm. +** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below ** -** WARNING: This routine might reallocate the space used to store -** WhereTerms. All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after -** calling this routine. Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing -** the pWC->a[] array. +** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term +** at a time. This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression. +** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent +** terms only. */ -static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int idx; - if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){ - WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a; - sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db; - pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 ); - if( pWC->a==0 ){ - if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p); - } - pWC->a = pOld; - return 0; - } - memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm); - if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld); - } - pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]); - } - pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++]; - pTerm->pExpr = p; - pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags; - pTerm->pWC = pWC; - pTerm->iParent = -1; - return idx; +static void explainAppendTerm( + StrAccum *pStr, /* The text expression being built */ + int iTerm, /* Index of this term. First is zero */ + const char *zColumn, /* Name of the column */ + const char *zOp /* Name of the operator */ +){ + if( iTerm ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zColumn, -1); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1); } /* -** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where -** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other -** operator specified in the op parameter. The WhereClause structure -** is filled with pointers to subexpressions. For example: +** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This +** function returns a pointer to a string buffer containing a description +** of the subset of table rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an +** SQL expression. Or, if all rows are scanned, NULL is returned. ** -** WHERE a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22) -** \________/ \_______________/ \________________/ -** slot[0] slot[1] slot[2] +** For example, if the query: ** -** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered. All this routine -** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr. +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2; ** -** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to -** the WhereClause.a[] array. The slot[] array grows as needed to contain -** all terms of the WHERE clause. +** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a +** string similar to: +** +** "a=? AND b>?" +** +** The returned pointer points to memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). +** It is the responsibility of the caller to free the buffer when it is +** no longer required. */ -static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, int op){ - pWC->op = (u8)op; - if( pExpr==0 ) return; - if( pExpr->op!=op ){ - whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0); - }else{ - whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op); - whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op); +static char *explainIndexRange(sqlite3 *db, WhereLevel *pLevel, Table *pTab){ + WherePlan *pPlan = &pLevel->plan; + Index *pIndex = pPlan->u.pIdx; + int nEq = pPlan->nEq; + int i, j; + Column *aCol = pTab->aCol; + int *aiColumn = pIndex->aiColumn; + StrAccum txt; + + if( nEq==0 && (pPlan->wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ){ + return 0; + } + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&txt, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); + txt.db = db; + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " (", 2); + for(i=0; i"); + } + if( pPlan->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ + explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName, "<"); } + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1); + return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&txt); } /* -** Initialize an expression mask set (a WhereMaskSet object) +** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN +** command. If the query being compiled is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN, a single +** record is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in +** pLevel. */ -#define initMaskSet(P) memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P)) +static void explainOneScan( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */ + int iLevel, /* Value for "level" column of output */ + int iFrom, /* Value for "from" column of output */ + u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ +){ + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + u32 flags = pLevel->plan.wsFlags; + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VM being constructed */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + char *zMsg; /* Text to add to EQP output */ + sqlite3_int64 nRow; /* Expected number of rows visited by scan */ + int iId = pParse->iSelectId; /* Select id (left-most output column) */ + int isSearch; /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */ + + if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ) return; + + isSearch = (pLevel->plan.nEq>0) + || (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 + || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX)); + + zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", isSearch?"SEARCH":"SCAN"); + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s SUBQUERY %d", zMsg,pItem->iSelectId); + }else{ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s TABLE %s", zMsg, pItem->zName); + } -/* -** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if -** iCursor is not in the set. -*/ -static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ - int i; - assert( pMaskSet->n<=sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ); - for(i=0; in; i++){ - if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){ - return ((Bitmask)1)<zAlias ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias); + } + if( (flags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){ + char *zWhere = explainIndexRange(db, pLevel, pItem->pTab); + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING %s%sINDEX%s%s%s", zMsg, + ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"AUTOMATIC ":""), + ((flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)?"COVERING ":""), + ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"":" "), + ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"": pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName), + zWhere + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); + }else if( flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", zMsg); + + if( flags&WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid=?)", zMsg); + }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>? AND rowid?)", zMsg); + }else if( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowidplan.u.pVtabIdx; + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg, + pVtabIdx->idxNum, pVtabIdx->idxStr); + } +#endif + if( wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX) ){ + testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ); + nRow = 1; + }else{ + nRow = (sqlite3_int64)pLevel->plan.nRow; } + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (~%lld rows)", zMsg, nRow); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); } - return 0; } +#else +# define explainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ -/* -** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor. -** -** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause. The number of -** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the -** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine. So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[] -** array will never overflow. -*/ -static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ - assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) ); - pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor; -} /* -** This routine walks (recursively) an expression tree and generates -** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression -** tree. -** -** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have -** previously invoked sqlite3ResolveExprNames() on the expression. See -** the header comment on that routine for additional information. -** The sqlite3ResolveExprNames() routines looks for column names and -** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to -** the VDBE cursor number of the table. This routine just has to -** translate the cursor numbers into bitmask values and OR all -** the bitmasks together. +** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause +** implementation described by pWInfo. */ -static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*); -static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Select*); -static Bitmask exprTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){ - Bitmask mask = 0; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable); - return mask; - } - mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft); - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect); - }else{ - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList); +static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart( + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */ + int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */ + u16 wctrlFlags, /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */ + Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */ +){ + int j, k; /* Loop counters */ + int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */ + int addrNxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */ + int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */ + int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */ + WhereLevel *pLevel; /* The where level to be coded */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WHERE clause term */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + Vdbe *v; /* The prepared stmt under constructions */ + struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being coded */ + int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ + int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */ + int iRowidReg = 0; /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */ + int iReleaseReg = 0; /* Temp register to free before returning */ + + pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + v = pParse->pVdbe; + pWC = pWInfo->pWC; + pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel]; + pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; + bRev = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_REVERSE)!=0; + omitTable = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 + && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0; + + /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions + ** for the current loop. Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop. + ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the + ** loop. + ** + ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that + ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When + ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label + ** is the same as "addrBrk". + */ + addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and + ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any + ** row of the left table of the join. + */ + if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ + pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin); + VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag")); } - return mask; -} -static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){ - int i; - Bitmask mask = 0; - if( pList ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ + /* Case 0: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext + ** to access the data. + */ + int iReg; /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */ + sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx; + int nConstraint = pVtabIdx->nConstraint; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *aUsage = + pVtabIdx->aConstraintUsage; + const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *aConstraint = + pVtabIdx->aConstraint; + + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2); + for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){ + for(k=0; ka[iTerm].pExpr->pRight, iReg+j+1); + break; + } + } + if( k==nConstraint ) break; } - } - return mask; -} -static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){ - Bitmask mask = 0; - while( pS ){ - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList); - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy); - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving); - pS = pS->pPrior; - } - return mask; -} + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pVtabIdx->idxNum, iReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j-1, iReg+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrBrk, iReg, pVtabIdx->idxStr, + pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC); + pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; + for(j=0; ja[iTerm]); + } + } + pLevel->op = OP_VNext; + pLevel->p1 = iCur; + pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + + if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){ + /* Case 1: We can directly reference a single row using an + ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or + ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)" + ** construct. + */ + iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0); + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 ); + assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur ); + assert( omitTable==0 ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ + iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, iReleaseReg); + addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg); + sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); + VdbeComment((v, "pk")); + pLevel->op = OP_Noop; + }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ){ + /* Case 2: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field. + */ + int testOp = OP_Noop; + int start; + int memEndValue = 0; + WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd; + + assert( omitTable==0 ); + pStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0); + pEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0); + if( bRev ){ + pTerm = pStart; + pStart = pEnd; + pEnd = pTerm; + } + if( pStart ){ + Expr *pX; /* The expression that defines the start bound */ + int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */ + + /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding + ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx + */ + const u8 aMoveOp[] = { + /* TK_GT */ OP_SeekGt, + /* TK_LE */ OP_SeekLe, + /* TK_LT */ OP_SeekLt, + /* TK_GE */ OP_SeekGe + }; + assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 ); /* Make sure the ordering.. */ + assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); /* ... of the TK_xx values... */ + assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 ); /* ... is correcct. */ + + testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ + pX = pStart->pExpr; + assert( pX!=0 ); + assert( pStart->leftCursor==iCur ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1); + VdbeComment((v, "pk")); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp); + disableTerm(pLevel, pStart); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk); + } + if( pEnd ){ + Expr *pX; + pX = pEnd->pExpr; + assert( pX!=0 ); + assert( pEnd->leftCursor==iCur ); + testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ + memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue); + if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){ + testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge; + }else{ + testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt; + } + disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd); + } + start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; + pLevel->p1 = iCur; + pLevel->p2 = start; + if( pStart==0 && pEnd==0 ){ + pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; + }else{ + assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); + } + if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){ + iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg); + sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) ){ + /* Case 3: A scan using an index. + ** + ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality + ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N + ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain + ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed + ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only + ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must + ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the + ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all + ** optimized: + ** + ** x=5 + ** x=5 AND y=10 + ** x=5 AND y<10 + ** x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10 + ** x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10 + ** + ** The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only + ** the x=5 term: + ** + ** x=5 AND z<10 + ** + ** N may be zero if there are inequality constraints. + ** If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at + ** least one. + ** + ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause + ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order + ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY. + */ + static const u8 aStartOp[] = { + 0, + 0, + OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ + OP_Last, /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ + OP_SeekGt, /* 4: (start_constraints && !startEq && !bRev) */ + OP_SeekLt, /* 5: (start_constraints && !startEq && bRev) */ + OP_SeekGe, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ + OP_SeekLe /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ + }; + static const u8 aEndOp[] = { + OP_Noop, /* 0: (!end_constraints) */ + OP_IdxGE, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev) */ + OP_IdxLT /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev) */ + }; + int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms */ + int isMinQuery = 0; /* If this is an optimized SELECT min(x).. */ + int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */ + int r1; /* Temp register */ + WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */ + WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */ + int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */ + int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */ + int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */ + Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */ + int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */ + int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */ + int op; /* Instruction opcode */ + char *zStartAff; /* Affinity for start of range constraint */ + char *zEndAff; /* Affinity for end of range constraint */ + + pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; + iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; + k = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq]; /* Column for inequality constraints */ + + /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that + ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." + ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for + ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned + ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is + ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index, + ** this requires some special handling. + */ + if( (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0 + && (pLevel->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY) + && (pIdx->nColumn>nEq) + ){ + /* assert( pOrderBy->nExpr==1 ); */ + /* assert( pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[nEq] ); */ + isMinQuery = 1; + nExtraReg = 1; + } + + /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end + ** of the range. + */ + if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ + pRangeEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_LT|WO_LE), pIdx); + nExtraReg = 1; + } + if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ + pRangeStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_GT|WO_GE), pIdx); + nExtraReg = 1; + } + + /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN + ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers + ** starting at regBase. + */ + regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms( + pParse, pLevel, pWC, notReady, nExtraReg, &zStartAff + ); + zEndAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, zStartAff); + addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; + + /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or + ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the + ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd). + */ + if( nEqnColumn && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC) ){ + SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart); + } + + testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE ); + testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE ); + testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE ); + testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE ); + startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); + endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); + start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0; + + /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */ + nConstraint = nEq; + if( pRangeStart ){ + Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); + if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); + } + if( zStartAff ){ + if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zStartAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){ + /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions + ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to + ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */ + zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zStartAff[nEq]) ){ + zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + } + nConstraint++; + testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ + }else if( isMinQuery ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); + nConstraint++; + startEq = 0; + start_constraints = 1; + } + codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint, zStartAff); + op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev]; + assert( op!=0 ); + testcase( op==OP_Rewind ); + testcase( op==OP_Last ); + testcase( op==OP_SeekGt ); + testcase( op==OP_SeekGe ); + testcase( op==OP_SeekLe ); + testcase( op==OP_SeekLt ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); + + /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the + ** range (if any). + */ + nConstraint = nEq; + if( pRangeEnd ){ + Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight; + sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); + if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); + } + if( zEndAff ){ + if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zEndAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){ + /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions + ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to + ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */ + zEndAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zEndAff[nEq]) ){ + zEndAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + } + codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, zEndAff); + nConstraint++; + testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ + } + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zStartAff); + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zEndAff); -/* -** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is -** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term. The allowed operators are -** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN". -*/ -static int allowedOp(int op){ - assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GTTK_EQ && TK_LTTK_EQ && TK_LE=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL; -} + /* Top of the loop body */ + pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); -/* -** Swap two objects of type TYPE. -*/ -#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} + /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */ + op = aEndOp[(pRangeEnd || nEq) * (1 + bRev)]; + testcase( op==OP_Noop ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxGE ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxLT ); + if( op!=OP_Noop ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, endEq!=bRev ?1:0); + } -/* -** Commute a comparison operator. Expressions of the form "X op Y" -** are converted into "Y op X". -** -** If a collation sequence is associated with either the left or right -** side of the comparison, it remains associated with the same side after -** the commutation. So "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes -** "X collate NOCASE op Y". This is because any collation sequence on -** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence -** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_ExpCollate flag -** is not commuted. -*/ -static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate); - u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate); - assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN ); - pExpr->pRight->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pRight); - pExpr->pLeft->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl); - pExpr->pRight->flags = (pExpr->pRight->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expLeft; - pExpr->pLeft->flags = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expRight; - SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft); - if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){ - assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); - assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 ); - assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ ); - assert( TK_GTop>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE ); - pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT; - } -} + /* If there are inequality constraints, check that the value + ** of the table column that the inequality contrains is not NULL. + ** If it is, jump to the next iteration of the loop. + */ + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ); + testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ); + if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, addrCont); + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); -/* -** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask. -*/ -static u16 operatorMask(int op){ - u16 c; - assert( allowedOp(op) ); - if( op==TK_IN ){ - c = WO_IN; - }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ - c = WO_ISNULL; - }else{ - assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff ); - c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); - } - assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL ); - assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN ); - assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ ); - assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT ); - assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE ); - assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT ); - assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE ); - return c; -} + /* Seek the table cursor, if required */ + disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart); + disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd); + if( !omitTable ){ + iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg); + sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, iRowidReg); /* Deferred seek */ + } -/* -** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X " -** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and is one of -** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter. -** Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found. -*/ -static WhereTerm *findTerm( - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */ - int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */ - Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */ - u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */ - Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */ -){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int k; - assert( iCur>=0 ); - op &= WO_ALL; - for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; k; k--, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur - && (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0 - && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn - && (pTerm->eOperator & op)!=0 - ){ - if( pIdx && pTerm->eOperator!=WO_ISNULL ){ - Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; - CollSeq *pColl; - char idxaff; - int j; - Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; + /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable + ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan. + */ + if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE ){ + pLevel->op = OP_Noop; + }else if( bRev ){ + pLevel->op = OP_Prev; + }else{ + pLevel->op = OP_Next; + } + pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur; + }else - idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity; - if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ) continue; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION + if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ + /* Case 4: Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d); + ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a); + ** CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b); + ** CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c); + ** + ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13) + ** + ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR. + ** The top of the loop looks like this: + ** + ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 + ** + ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to + ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted + ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the + ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd(). + ** + ** sqlite3WhereBegin() + ** RowSetTest # Insert rowid into rowset + ** Gosub 2 A + ** sqlite3WhereEnd() + ** + ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target + ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto. + ** + ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 + ** Goto B # The loop is finished. + ** + ** A: # Return data, whatever. + ** + ** Return 2 # Jump back to the Gosub + ** + ** B: + ** + */ + WhereClause *pOrWc; /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */ + SrcList *pOrTab; /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */ - /* Figure out the collation sequence required from an index for - ** it to be useful for optimising expression pX. Store this - ** value in variable pColl. - */ - assert(pX->pLeft); - pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); - assert(pColl || pParse->nErr); + int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register used with OP_Gosub */ + int regRowset = 0; /* Register for RowSet object */ + int regRowid = 0; /* Register holding rowid */ + int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Start of loop body */ + int iRetInit; /* Address of regReturn init */ + int untestedTerms = 0; /* Some terms not completely tested */ + int ii; + + pTerm = pLevel->plan.u.pTerm; + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + assert( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR ); + assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 ); + pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; + pLevel->op = OP_Return; + pLevel->p1 = regReturn; - for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){ - if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nColumn) ) return 0; - } - if( pColl && sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue; + /* Set up a new SrcList ni pOrTab containing the table being scanned + ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots. + ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). + */ + if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){ + int nNotReady; /* The number of notReady tables */ + struct SrcList_item *origSrc; /* Original list of tables */ + nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1; + pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(pParse->db, + sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0])); + if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady; + pOrTab->nAlloc = (i16)(nNotReady + 1); + pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc; + memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem)); + origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a; + for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){ + memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k])); } - return pTerm; + }else{ + pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList; } - } - return 0; -} -/* Forward reference */ -static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int); + /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is + ** equivalent to an empty rowset. + ** + ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction + ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This + ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps + ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the + ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to + ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if + ** called on an uninitialized cursor. + */ + if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ + regRowset = ++pParse->nMem; + regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset); + } + iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn); -/* -** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. -** -** -*/ -static void exprAnalyzeAll( - SrcList *pTabList, /* the FROM clause */ - WhereClause *pWC /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */ -){ - int i; - for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ - exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i); - } -} + for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ + WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii]; + if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){ + WhereInfo *pSubWInfo; /* Info for single OR-term scan */ + /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ + pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrTerm->pExpr, 0, 0, + WHERE_OMIT_OPEN | WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE | + WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY); + if( pSubWInfo ){ + explainOneScan( + pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0 + ); + if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ + int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii); + int r; + r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTabItem->pTab, -1, iCur, + regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, + sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, r, iSet); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION -/* -** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that -** can be optimized using inequality constraints. Return TRUE if it is -** so and false if not. -** -** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string -** literal that does not begin with a wildcard. -*/ -static int isLikeOrGlob( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */ - Expr **ppPrefix, /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */ - int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */ - int *pnoCase /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */ -){ - const char *z = 0; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */ - Expr *pRight, *pLeft; /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */ - ExprList *pList; /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */ - int c; /* One character in z[] */ - int cnt; /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */ - char wc[3]; /* Wildcard characters */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence for LHS */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; - int op; /* Opcode of pRight */ + /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term + ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table. The + ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will + ** need to be tested later. + */ + if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1; - if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){ - return 0; - } -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC - if( *pnoCase ) return 0; -#endif - pList = pExpr->x.pList; - pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr; - if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ - /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must - ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */ - return 0; - } - assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); - if( pColl==0 ) return 0; /* Happens when LHS has an undefined collation */ - if( (pColl->type!=SQLITE_COLL_BINARY || *pnoCase) && - (pColl->type!=SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE || !*pnoCase) ){ - /* IMP: R-09003-32046 For the GLOB operator, the column must use the - ** default BINARY collating sequence. - ** IMP: R-41408-28306 For the LIKE operator, if case_sensitive_like mode - ** is enabled then the column must use the default BINARY collating - ** sequence, or if case_sensitive_like mode is disabled then the column - ** must use the built-in NOCASE collating sequence. + /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo); + } + } + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrBrk); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody); + + if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(pParse->db, pOrTab); + if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ + + { + /* Case 5: There is no usable index. We must do a complete + ** scan of the entire table. */ - return 0; + static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev }; + static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last }; + assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 ); + assert( omitTable==0 ); + pLevel->op = aStep[bRev]; + pLevel->p1 = iCur; + pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk); + pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; } + notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur); - pRight = pList->a[0].pExpr; - op = pRight->op; - if( op==TK_REGISTER ){ - op = pRight->op2; - } - if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ - Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare; - pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetValue(pReprepare, pRight->iColumn, SQLITE_AFF_NONE); - if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){ - z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely + ** computed using the current set of tables. + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49525-50935 Terms that cannot be satisfied through + ** the use of indices become tests that are evaluated against each row of + ** the relevant input tables. + */ + for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ + Expr *pE; + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* IMP: R-30575-11662 */ + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){ + testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ); + pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1; + continue; } - sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, pRight->iColumn); - assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER ); - }else if( op==TK_STRING ){ - z = pRight->u.zToken; - } - if( z ){ - cnt = 0; - while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){ - cnt++; + pE = pTerm->pExpr; + assert( pE!=0 ); + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){ + continue; } - if( cnt!=0 && c!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){ - Expr *pPrefix; - *pisComplete = z[cnt]==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0; - pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z); - if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0; - *ppPrefix = pPrefix; - if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn); - if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){ - /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current - ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE - ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program. - ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name() - ** API. To workaround them, add a dummy OP_Variable here. - */ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - } + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } + + /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that + ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. + */ + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ + pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin); + VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit")); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; jnTerm; j++, pTerm++){ + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* IMP: R-30575-11662 */ + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){ + assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms ); + continue; } - }else{ - z = 0; + assert( pTerm->pExpr ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; } } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg); - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - return (z!=0); + return notReady; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) /* -** Check to see if the given expression is of the form -** -** column MATCH expr -** -** If it is then return TRUE. If not, return FALSE. +** The following variable holds a text description of query plan generated +** by the most recent call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). Each call to WhereBegin +** overwrites the previous. This information is used for testing and +** analysis only. */ -static int isMatchOfColumn( - Expr *pExpr /* Test this expression */ -){ - ExprList *pList; +SQLITE_API char sqlite3_query_plan[BMS*2*40]; /* Text of the join */ +static int nQPlan = 0; /* Next free slow in _query_plan[] */ + +#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ - if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){ - return 0; - } - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"match")!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - pList = pExpr->x.pList; - if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){ - return 0; - } - if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){ - return 0; - } - return 1; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /* -** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of -** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived. +** Free a WhereInfo structure */ -static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){ - pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin; - pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable; +static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inLevel; i++){ + sqlite3_index_info *pInfo = pWInfo->a[i].pIdxInfo; + if( pInfo ){ + /* assert( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 || db->mallocFailed ); */ + if( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){ + sqlite3_free(pInfo->idxStr); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pInfo); + } + if( pWInfo->a[i].plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX ){ + Index *pIdx = pWInfo->a[i].plan.u.pIdx; + if( pIdx ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->zColAff); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx); + } + } + } + whereClauseClear(pWInfo->pWC); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); + } } - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) -/* -** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected -** subterms. So in: -** -** ... WHERE (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13) -** ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -** -** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example. -** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under -** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis. Hence: -** -** WhereTerm.wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO -** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo = a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object + + +/* +** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing. +** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains +** information needed to terminate the loop. Later, the calling routine +** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function +** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing. ** -** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms. -** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms. -** Examples of terms under analysis: +** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL. ** -** (A) t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5 -** (B) x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3 -** (C) t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15) -** (D) x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*') -** (E) (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6) +** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in +** the FROM clause of a select. (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the +** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.) For +** example, if the SQL is this: ** -** CASE 1: +** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...; ** -** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C -** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual -** term that is an equivalent IN expression. In other words, if the term -** being analyzed is: +** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following: ** -** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3 +** foreach row1 in t1 do \ Code generated +** foreach row2 in t2 do |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin() +** foreach row3 in t3 do / +** ... +** end \ Code generated +** end |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd() +** end / ** -** then create a new virtual term like this: +** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they +** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make +** use of indices. Note also that when the IN operator appears in +** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for +** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN. ** -** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3) +** There are Btree cursors associated with each table. t1 uses cursor +** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor. t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor. +** And so forth. This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors +** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them. ** -** CASE 2: +** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named +** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries. The [...] code +** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract +** data from the various tables of the loop. ** -** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set +** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their +** entire tables. Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation. But if +** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that +** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the +** code will run much faster. Most of the work of this routine is checking +** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop. ** -** WhereTerm.eOperator = WO_OR -** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T +** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually +** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop. After each "foreach", +** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer +** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent +** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner- +** most loop) ** -** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form -** "T.C " where C is any column of table T and -** is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN". -** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more -** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND -** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have -** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object. +** OUTER JOINS ** -** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could -** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists. -** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that -** is something the bestIndex() routine will determine. This analysis -** only looks at whether subterms appropriate for indexing exist. +** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows: ** -** All examples A through E above all satisfy case 2. But if a term -** also statisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will -** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not -** satisfied. +** foreach row1 in t1 do +** flag = 0 +** foreach row2 in t2 do +** start: +** ... +** flag = 1 +** end +** if flag==0 then +** move the row2 cursor to a null row +** goto start +** fi +** end ** -** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable. For example, -** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R. +** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING ** -** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using -** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing -** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object. This is similar -** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines. +** *ppOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause of a SELECT statement, +** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine +** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then ppOrderBy is NULL. ** -** OTHERWISE: +** If an index can be used so that the natural output order of the table +** scan is correct for the ORDER BY clause, then that index is used and +** *ppOrderBy is set to NULL. This is an optimization that prevents an +** unnecessary sort of the result set if an index appropriate for the +** ORDER BY clause already exists. ** -** If neither case 1 nor case 2 apply, then leave the eOperator set to -** zero. This term is not useful for search. +** If the where clause loops cannot be arranged to provide the correct +** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged. */ -static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* the complete WHERE clause */ - int idxTerm /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* A list of all tables to be scanned */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList **ppOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */ + ExprList *pDistinct, /* The select-list for DISTINCT queries - or NULL */ + u16 wctrlFlags /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */ ){ - Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; /* Parser context */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; /* The term to be analyzed */ - Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; /* The expression of the term */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; /* Table use masks */ - int i; /* Loop counters */ - WhereClause *pOrWc; /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */ - WhereTerm *pOrTerm; /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */ - WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Additional information associated with pTerm */ - Bitmask chngToIN; /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */ - Bitmask indexable; /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int nByteWInfo; /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */ + int nTabList; /* Number of elements in pTabList */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */ + Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */ + WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* The expression mask set */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* A single entry from pTabList */ + WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in the pWInfo list */ + int iFrom; /* First unused FROM clause element */ + int andFlags; /* AND-ed combination of all pWC->a[].wtFlags */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - /* - ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms. The subterms are - ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo - ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term. + /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of + ** bits in a Bitmask */ - assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 ); - assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR ); - pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo)); - if( pOrInfo==0 ) return; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO; - pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc; - whereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet); - whereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR); - exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pOrWc); - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 ); + testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS ); + if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS); + return 0; + } - /* - ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 2. + /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in + ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should + ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that + ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized. */ - indexable = ~(Bitmask)0; - chngToIN = ~(pWC->vmask); - for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){ - if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){ - WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==0 ); - assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 ); - chngToIN = 0; - pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo)); - if( pAndInfo ){ - WhereClause *pAndWC; - WhereTerm *pAndTerm; - int j; - Bitmask b = 0; - pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo; - pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO; - pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND; - pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc; - whereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet); - whereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND); - exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pAndWC); - testcase( db->mallocFailed ); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; jnTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){ - assert( pAndTerm->pExpr ); - if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){ - b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor); - } - } - } - indexable &= b; - } - }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){ - /* Skip this term for now. We revisit it when we process the - ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */ - }else{ - Bitmask b; - b = getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor); - if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){ - WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent]; - b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor); - } - indexable &= b; - if( pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ){ - chngToIN = 0; - }else{ - chngToIN &= b; - } + nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc; + + /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the + ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo + ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure + ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte + ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on + ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below. + */ + db = pParse->db; + nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel)); + pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, + nByteWInfo + + sizeof(WhereClause) + + sizeof(WhereMaskSet) + ); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); + pWInfo = 0; + goto whereBeginError; + } + pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList; + pWInfo->pParse = pParse; + pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList; + pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + pWInfo->pWC = pWC = (WhereClause *)&((u8 *)pWInfo)[nByteWInfo]; + pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags; + pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; + pMaskSet = (WhereMaskSet*)&pWC[1]; + + /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLITE_DistinctOpt is set via + ** sqlite3_test_ctrl(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_DistinctOpt ) pDistinct = 0; + + /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each + ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator. + */ + initMaskSet(pMaskSet); + whereClauseInit(pWC, pParse, pMaskSet); + sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(pParse, pWhere); + whereSplit(pWC, pWhere, TK_AND); /* IMP: R-15842-53296 */ + + /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant. Evaluate the + ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru. + */ + if( pWhere && (nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pWhere)) ){ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pWhere = 0; + } + + /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause. + ** + ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be + ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then + ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term + ** is (X-1). An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use + ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table + ** of the join. Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a + ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join. Knowing the bitmask + ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important. Ticket #3015. + ** + ** Configure the WhereClause.vmask variable so that bits that correspond + ** to virtual table cursors are set. This is used to selectively disable + ** the OR-to-IN transformation in exprAnalyzeOrTerm(). It is not helpful + ** with virtual tables. + ** + ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in + ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables. nTabList is normally + ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the + ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set. + */ + assert( pWC->vmask==0 && pMaskSet->n==0 ); + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( ALWAYS(pTabList->a[i].pTab) && IsVirtual(pTabList->a[i].pTab) ){ + pWC->vmask |= ((Bitmask)1 << i); + } +#endif + } +#ifndef NDEBUG + { + Bitmask toTheLeft = 0; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + Bitmask m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); + assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft ); + toTheLeft |= m; } } +#endif - /* - ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 2. The set might be - ** empty. + /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. Note that exprAnalyze() might + ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause. We do not + ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end + ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed. */ - pOrInfo->indexable = indexable; - pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR; + exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, pWC); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto whereBeginError; + } - /* - ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1. But - ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really - ** is satisfied. + /* Check if the DISTINCT qualifier, if there is one, is redundant. + ** If it is, then set pDistinct to NULL and WhereInfo.eDistinct to + ** WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE to tell the caller to ignore the DISTINCT. + */ + if( pDistinct && isDistinctRedundant(pParse, pTabList, pWC, pDistinct) ){ + pDistinct = 0; + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; + } + + /* Chose the best index to use for each table in the FROM clause. ** - ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits. The 0-bit case means - ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an - ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain - ** something other than == on a column in the single table. The 1-bit - ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form - ** "table.column=expr" for some single table. The one bit that is set - ** will correspond to the common table. We still need to check to make - ** sure the same column is used on all terms. The 2-bit case is when - ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column". It - ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column - ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of - ** the OR clause. + ** This loop fills in the following fields: ** - ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the - ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized. + ** pWInfo->a[].pIdx The index to use for this level of the loop. + ** pWInfo->a[].wsFlags WHERE_xxx flags associated with pIdx + ** pWInfo->a[].nEq The number of == and IN constraints + ** pWInfo->a[].iFrom Which term of the FROM clause is being coded + ** pWInfo->a[].iTabCur The VDBE cursor for the database table + ** pWInfo->a[].iIdxCur The VDBE cursor for the index + ** pWInfo->a[].pTerm When wsFlags==WO_OR, the OR-clause term + ** + ** This loop also figures out the nesting order of tables in the FROM + ** clause. */ - if( chngToIN ){ - int okToChngToIN = 0; /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */ - int iColumn = -1; /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */ - int iCursor = -1; /* Table cursor common to all terms */ - int j = 0; /* Loop counter */ + notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; + andFlags = ~0; + WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Start ***\n")); + for(i=iFrom=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; ia; - for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); - pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; - if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){ - /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and - ** current term is from the first iteration. So skip this term. */ - assert( j==1 ); + nUnconstrained = 0; + notIndexed = 0; + for(isOptimal=(iFrom=0 && bestJ<0; isOptimal--){ + Bitmask mask; /* Mask of tables not yet ready */ + for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; jjointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0; + if( j!=iFrom && doNotReorder ) break; + m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor); + if( (m & notReady)==0 ){ + if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++; continue; } - if( (chngToIN & getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){ - /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the - ** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceeded - ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term - ** and use its inversion. */ - testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ); - testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) ); - continue; + mask = (isOptimal ? m : notReady); + pOrderBy = ((i==0 && ppOrderBy )?*ppOrderBy:0); + pDist = (i==0 ? pDistinct : 0); + if( pTabItem->pIndex==0 ) nUnconstrained++; + + WHERETRACE(("=== trying table %d with isOptimal=%d ===\n", + j, isOptimal)); + assert( pTabItem->pTab ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){ + sqlite3_index_info **pp = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo; + bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy, + &sCost, pp); + }else +#endif + { + bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy, + pDist, &sCost); } - iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn; - iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor; - break; - } - if( i<0 ){ - /* No candidate table+column was found. This can only occur - ** on the second iteration */ - assert( j==1 ); - assert( (chngToIN&(chngToIN-1))==0 ); - assert( chngToIN==getMask(pMaskSet, iCursor) ); - break; - } - testcase( j==1 ); + assert( isOptimal || (sCost.used¬Ready)==0 ); - /* We have found a candidate table and column. Check to see if that - ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */ - okToChngToIN = 1; - for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){ - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); - if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){ - pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; - }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){ - okToChngToIN = 0; - }else{ - int affLeft, affRight; - /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities - ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type - ** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249) - */ - affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight); - affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft); - if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){ - okToChngToIN = 0; - }else{ - pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK; - } - } - } - } + /* If an INDEXED BY clause is present, then the plan must use that + ** index if it uses any index at all */ + assert( pTabItem->pIndex==0 + || (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 + || sCost.plan.u.pIdx==pTabItem->pIndex ); - /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies - ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is - ** pTerm converted into an IN operator. - */ - if( okToChngToIN ){ - Expr *pDup; /* A transient duplicate expression */ - ExprList *pList = 0; /* The RHS of the IN operator */ - Expr *pLeft = 0; /* The LHS of the IN operator */ - Expr *pNew; /* The complete IN operator */ + if( isOptimal && (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ){ + notIndexed |= m; + } - for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ - if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue; - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); - assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ); - assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn ); - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWC->pParse, pList, pDup); - pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft; + /* Conditions under which this table becomes the best so far: + ** + ** (1) The table must not depend on other tables that have not + ** yet run. + ** + ** (2) A full-table-scan plan cannot supercede indexed plan unless + ** the full-table-scan is an "optimal" plan as defined above. + ** + ** (3) All tables have an INDEXED BY clause or this table lacks an + ** INDEXED BY clause or this table uses the specific + ** index specified by its INDEXED BY clause. This rule ensures + ** that a best-so-far is always selected even if an impossible + ** combination of INDEXED BY clauses are given. The error + ** will be detected and relayed back to the application later. + ** The NEVER() comes about because rule (2) above prevents + ** An indexable full-table-scan from reaching rule (3). + ** + ** (4) The plan cost must be lower than prior plans or else the + ** cost must be the same and the number of rows must be lower. + */ + if( (sCost.used¬Ready)==0 /* (1) */ + && (bestJ<0 || (notIndexed&m)!=0 /* (2) */ + || (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 + || (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0) + && (nUnconstrained==0 || pTabItem->pIndex==0 /* (3) */ + || NEVER((sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0)) + && (bestJ<0 || sCost.rCostx.pList = pList; - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm->nChild = 1; + } + assert( bestJ>=0 ); + assert( notReady & getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor) ); + WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer selects table %d for loop %d" + " with cost=%g and nRow=%g\n", + bestJ, pLevel-pWInfo->a, bestPlan.rCost, bestPlan.plan.nRow)); + if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 ){ + *ppOrderBy = 0; + } + if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_DISTINCT)!=0 ){ + assert( pWInfo->eDistinct==0 ); + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED; + } + andFlags &= bestPlan.plan.wsFlags; + pLevel->plan = bestPlan.plan; + testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ); + testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX ); + if( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_TEMP_INDEX) ){ + pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; + }else{ + pLevel->iIdxCur = -1; + } + notReady &= ~getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor); + pLevel->iFrom = (u8)bestJ; + if( bestPlan.plan.nRow>=(double)1 ){ + pParse->nQueryLoop *= bestPlan.plan.nRow; + } + + /* Check that if the table scanned by this loop iteration had an + ** INDEXED BY clause attached to it, that the named index is being + ** used for the scan. If not, then query compilation has failed. + ** Return an error. + */ + pIdx = pTabList->a[bestJ].pIndex; + if( pIdx ){ + if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot use index: %s", pIdx->zName); + goto whereBeginError; }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + /* If an INDEXED BY clause is used, the bestIndex() function is + ** guaranteed to find the index specified in the INDEXED BY clause + ** if it find an index at all. */ + assert( bestPlan.plan.u.pIdx==pIdx ); } - pTerm->eOperator = 0; /* case 1 trumps case 2 */ } } -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - + WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n")); + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto whereBeginError; + } -/* -** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the -** "pExpr" field filled in. The job of this routine is to analyze the -** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm -** structure. -** -** If the expression is of the form " X" it gets commuted -** to the standard form of "X ". -** -** If the expression is of the form "X Y" where both X and Y are -** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual -** term of the form "Y X" is added to the WHERE clause and -** analyzed separately. The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED -** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr -** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it -** is a commuted copy of a prior term.) The original term has nChild=1 -** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term. -*/ -static void exprAnalyze( - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* the WHERE clause */ - int idxTerm /* Index of the term to be analyzed */ -){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term to be analyzed */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Set of table index masks */ - Expr *pExpr; /* The expression to be analyzed */ - Bitmask prereqLeft; /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */ - Bitmask prereqAll; /* Prerequesites of pExpr */ - Bitmask extraRight = 0; /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */ - Expr *pStr1 = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ - int isComplete = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */ - int noCase = 0; /* LIKE/GLOB distinguishes case */ - int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */ - Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; /* Parsing context */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + /* If the total query only selects a single row, then the ORDER BY + ** clause is irrelevant. + */ + if( (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 && ppOrderBy ){ + *ppOrderBy = 0; + } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return; + /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting + ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate. + ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constraints + ** the statement to update a single row. + */ + assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 ); + if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 && (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 ){ + pWInfo->okOnePass = 1; + pWInfo->a[0].plan.wsFlags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY; } - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; - pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft); - op = pExpr->op; - if( op==TK_IN ){ - assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect); + + /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for + ** searching those tables. + */ + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */ + notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; + pWInfo->nRowOut = (double)1; + for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; ia[pLevel->iFrom]; + pTab = pTabItem->pTab; + pLevel->iTabCur = pTabItem->iCursor; + pWInfo->nRowOut *= pLevel->plan.nRow; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){ + /* Do nothing */ + }else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ + const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + }else +#endif + if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 + && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN)==0 ){ + int op = pWInfo->okOnePass ? OP_OpenWrite : OP_OpenRead; + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op); + testcase( pTab->nCol==BMS-1 ); + testcase( pTab->nCol==BMS ); + if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nColcolUsed; + int n = 0; + for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){} + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32); + assert( n<=pTab->nCol ); + } }else{ - pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList); - } - }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ - pTerm->prereqRight = 0; - }else{ - pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight); - } - prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ - Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable); - prereqAll |= x; - extraRight = x-1; /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index - ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN. Ticket #3015 */ - } - pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll; - pTerm->leftCursor = -1; - pTerm->iParent = -1; - pTerm->eOperator = 0; - if( allowedOp(op) && (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ){ - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; - if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); } - if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - WhereTerm *pNew; - Expr *pDup; - if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){ - int idxNew; - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); - return; - } - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - if( idxNew==0 ) return; - pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew]; - pNew->iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pTerm->nChild = 1; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; - }else{ - pDup = pExpr; - pNew = pTerm; - } - exprCommute(pParse, pDup); - pLeft = pDup->pLeft; - pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft ); - pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight; - pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll; - pNew->eOperator = operatorMask(pDup->op); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)!=0 ){ + constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, notReady, pLevel); + }else +#endif + if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){ + Index *pIx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; + KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIx); + int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; + assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + assert( iIdxCur>=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIx->tnum, iDb, + (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName)); } + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor); } + pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION - /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms - ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements. For example: - ** - ** a BETWEEN b AND c - ** - ** is converted into: - ** - ** (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c) - ** - ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object. - ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN - ** term. That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are - ** skipped. Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original - ** BETWEEN term is skipped. + /* Generate the code to do the search. Each iteration of the for + ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM + ** program. */ - else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){ - ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; - int i; - static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE}; - assert( pList!=0 ); - assert( pList->nExpr==2 ); - for(i=0; i<2; i++){ - Expr *pNewExpr; - int idxNew; - pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0), - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0); - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; - } - pTerm->nChild = 2; + notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; + for(i=0; ia[i]; + explainOneScan(pParse, pTabList, pLevel, i, pLevel->iFrom, wctrlFlags); + notReady = codeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, i, wctrlFlags, notReady); + pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) - /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by - ** an OR operator. +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* For testing and debugging use only */ + /* Record in the query plan information about the current table + ** and the index used to access it (if any). If the table itself + ** is not used, its name is just '{}'. If no index is used + ** the index is listed as "{}". If the primary key is used the + ** index name is '*'. */ - else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){ - assert( pWC->op==TK_AND ); - exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + for(i=0; ia[i]; + pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + z = pTabItem->zAlias; + if( z==0 ) z = pTabItem->pTab->zName; + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-10 ){ + if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){ + memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{}", 2); + nQPlan += 2; + }else{ + memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], z, n); + nQPlan += n; + } + sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' '; + } + testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ); + testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ); + if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){ + memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "* ", 2); + nQPlan += 2; + }else if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){ + n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName); + if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-2 ){ + memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName, n); + nQPlan += n; + sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' '; + } + }else{ + memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{} ", 3); + nQPlan += 3; + } } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ + while( nQPlan>0 && sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan-1]==' ' ){ + sqlite3_query_plan[--nQPlan] = 0; + } + sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan] = 0; + nQPlan = 0; +#endif /* SQLITE_TEST // Testing and debugging use only */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION - /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB - ** operator. - ** - ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints - ** - ** x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%' - ** - ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the - ** termination condition "abd". + /* Record the continuation address in the WhereInfo structure. Then + ** clean up and return. */ - if( pWC->op==TK_AND - && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase) - ){ - Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ - Expr *pStr2; /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ - Expr *pNewExpr1; - Expr *pNewExpr2; - int idxNew1; - int idxNew2; + return pWInfo; - pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; - pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - u8 c, *pC; /* Last character before the first wildcard */ - pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1]; - c = *pC; - if( noCase ){ - /* The point is to increment the last character before the first - ** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the - ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the - ** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full - ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag - */ - if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0; + /* Jump here if malloc fails */ +whereBeginError: + if( pWInfo ){ + pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; + whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); + } + return 0; +} - c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c]; +/* +** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on +** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + WhereLevel *pLevel; + SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + /* Generate loop termination code. + */ + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){ + pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont); + if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5); + } + if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){ + struct InLoop *pIn; + int j; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt); + for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1); } - *pC = c + 1; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop); } - pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0),pStr1,0); - idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew1==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1); - pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0),pStr2,0); - idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew2==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - if( isComplete ){ - pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm; - pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm->nChild = 2; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk); + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ + int addr; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); + assert( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 + || (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ); + if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); + } + if( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur); + } + if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrFirst); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); } } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the - ** current expression is of the form: column MATCH expr. - ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of - ** virtual tables. The native query optimizer does not attempt - ** to do anything with MATCH functions. + /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop. + ** Set it. */ - if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){ - int idxNew; - Expr *pRight, *pLeft; - WhereTerm *pNewTerm; - Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak); - pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; - pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; - prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight); - prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft); - if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){ - Expr *pNewExpr; - pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, - 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0); - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew==0 ); - pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; - pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr; - pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH; - pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pTerm->nChild = 1; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; - pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; + /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin. + */ + assert( pWInfo->nLevel==1 || pWInfo->nLevel==pTabList->nSrc ); + for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inLevel; i++, pLevel++){ + struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 ); + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 + && pTab->pSelect==0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE)==0 + ){ + int ws = pLevel->plan.wsFlags; + if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor); + } + if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 && (ws & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur); + } + } + + /* If this scan uses an index, make code substitutions to read data + ** from the index in preference to the table. Sometimes, this means + ** the table need never be read from. This is a performance boost, + ** as the vdbe level waits until the table is read before actually + ** seeking the table cursor to the record corresponding to the current + ** position in the index. + ** + ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and + ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table + ** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes + ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that + ** reference the index. + */ + if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 && !db->mallocFailed){ + int k, j, last; + VdbeOp *pOp; + Index *pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; + + assert( pIdx!=0 ); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pWInfo->iTop); + last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + for(k=pWInfo->iTop; kp1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){ + for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ + if( pOp->p2==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ){ + pOp->p2 = j; + pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; + break; + } + } + assert( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 + || jnColumn ); + }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ + pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; + pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid; + } + } } } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive - ** an index for tables to the left of the join. + /* Final cleanup */ - pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight; + pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; + whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); + return; } +/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/ +/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. +** +** This version of "lempar.c" is modified, slightly, for use by SQLite. +** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER() +** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general +** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the +** specific grammar used by SQLite. +*/ +/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration +** in the input grammar file. */ +/* #include */ + + +/* +** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down +** automaton. +*/ +#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1 + +/* +** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase() +*/ +#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X) + +/* +** An instance of this structure holds information about the +** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement. +*/ +struct LimitVal { + Expr *pLimit; /* The LIMIT expression. NULL if there is no limit */ + Expr *pOffset; /* The OFFSET expression. NULL if there is none */ +}; + /* -** Return TRUE if any of the expressions in pList->a[iFirst...] contain -** a reference to any table other than the iBase table. +** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE, +** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators. */ -static int referencesOtherTables( - ExprList *pList, /* Search expressions in ths list */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */ - int iFirst, /* Be searching with the iFirst-th expression */ - int iBase /* Ignore references to this table */ -){ - Bitmask allowed = ~getMask(pMaskSet, iBase); - while( iFirstnExpr ){ - if( (exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[iFirst++].pExpr)&allowed)!=0 ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - +struct LikeOp { + Token eOperator; /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */ + int not; /* True if the NOT keyword is present */ +}; /* -** This routine decides if pIdx can be used to satisfy the ORDER BY -** clause. If it can, it returns 1. If pIdx cannot satisfy the -** ORDER BY clause, this routine returns 0. -** -** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement. pTab is the -** left-most table in the FROM clause of that same SELECT statement and -** the table has a cursor number of "base". pIdx is an index on pTab. +** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a +** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, +** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form ** -** nEqCol is the number of columns of pIdx that are used as equality -** constraints. Any of these columns may be missing from the ORDER BY -** clause and the match can still be a success. +** UPDATE ON (a,b,c) ** -** All terms of the ORDER BY that match against the index must be either -** ASC or DESC. (Terms of the ORDER BY clause past the end of a UNIQUE -** index do not need to satisfy this constraint.) The *pbRev value is -** set to 1 if the ORDER BY clause is all DESC and it is set to 0 if -** the ORDER BY clause is all ASC. +** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c". */ -static int isSortingIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmaps */ - Index *pIdx, /* The index we are testing */ - int base, /* Cursor number for the table to be sorted */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - int nEqCol, /* Number of index columns with == constraints */ - int *pbRev /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int sortOrder = 0; /* XOR of index and ORDER BY sort direction */ - int nTerm; /* Number of ORDER BY terms */ - struct ExprList_item *pTerm; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; }; - assert( pOrderBy!=0 ); - nTerm = pOrderBy->nExpr; - assert( nTerm>0 ); +/* +** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type. +*/ +struct AttachKey { int type; Token key; }; - /* Argument pIdx must either point to a 'real' named index structure, - ** or an index structure allocated on the stack by bestBtreeIndex() to - ** represent the rowid index that is part of every table. */ - assert( pIdx->zName || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->aiColumn[0]==-1) ); - /* Match terms of the ORDER BY clause against columns of - ** the index. - ** - ** Note that indices have pIdx->nColumn regular columns plus - ** one additional column containing the rowid. The rowid column - ** of the index is also allowed to match against the ORDER BY - ** clause. + /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and + ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete + ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd. */ - for(i=j=0, pTerm=pOrderBy->a; jnColumn; i++){ - Expr *pExpr; /* The expression of the ORDER BY pTerm */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* The collating sequence of pExpr */ - int termSortOrder; /* Sort order for this term */ - int iColumn; /* The i-th column of the index. -1 for rowid */ - int iSortOrder; /* 1 for DESC, 0 for ASC on the i-th index term */ - const char *zColl; /* Name of the collating sequence for i-th index term */ + static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){ + pOut->zStart = pStart->z; + pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n]; + } - pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=base ){ - /* Can not use an index sort on anything that is not a column in the - ** left-most table of the FROM clause */ - break; - } - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - if( pIdx->zName && inColumn ){ - iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){ - iColumn = -1; - } - iSortOrder = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; - zColl = pIdx->azColl[i]; - }else{ - iColumn = -1; - iSortOrder = 0; - zColl = pColl->zName; - } - if( pExpr->iColumn!=iColumn || sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){ - /* Term j of the ORDER BY clause does not match column i of the index */ - if( inColumn ){ - /* Index column i is the rowid. All other terms match. */ - break; - }else{ - /* If an index column fails to match and is not constrained by == - ** then the index cannot satisfy the ORDER BY constraint. - */ - return 0; - } - } - assert( pIdx->aSortOrder!=0 || iColumn==-1 ); - assert( pTerm->sortOrder==0 || pTerm->sortOrder==1 ); - assert( iSortOrder==0 || iSortOrder==1 ); - termSortOrder = iSortOrder ^ pTerm->sortOrder; - if( i>nEqCol ){ - if( termSortOrder!=sortOrder ){ - /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms past the - ** equality constraints are all either DESC or ASC. */ - return 0; - } - }else{ - sortOrder = termSortOrder; - } - j++; - pTerm++; - if( iColumn<0 && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){ - /* If the indexed column is the primary key and everything matches - ** so far and none of the ORDER BY terms to the right reference other - ** tables in the join, then we are assured that the index can be used - ** to sort because the primary key is unique and so none of the other - ** columns will make any difference - */ - j = nTerm; - } + /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier. Use the + ** new Expr to populate pOut. Set the span of pOut to be the identifier + ** that created the expression. + */ + static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pValue){ + pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, 0, 0, pValue); + pOut->zStart = pValue->z; + pOut->zEnd = &pValue->z[pValue->n]; } - *pbRev = sortOrder!=0; - if( j>=nTerm ){ - /* All terms of the ORDER BY clause are covered by this index so - ** this index can be used for sorting. */ - return 1; + /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan + ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object. + */ + static void spanBinaryExpr( + ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the result here */ + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context. Errors accumulate here */ + int op, /* The binary operation */ + ExprSpan *pLeft, /* The left operand */ + ExprSpan *pRight /* The right operand */ + ){ + pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr, 0); + pOut->zStart = pLeft->zStart; + pOut->zEnd = pRight->zEnd; } - if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None && i==pIdx->nColumn - && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){ - /* All terms of this index match some prefix of the ORDER BY clause - ** and the index is UNIQUE and no terms on the tail of the ORDER BY - ** clause reference other tables in a join. If this is all true then - ** the order by clause is superfluous. */ - return 1; + + /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator + */ + static void spanUnaryPostfix( + ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */ + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ + int op, /* The operator */ + ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */ + Token *pPostOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ + ){ + pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); + pOut->zStart = pOperand->zStart; + pOut->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n]; + } + + /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a + ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */ + static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pY->op==TK_NULL ){ + pA->op = (u8)op; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight); + pA->pRight = 0; + } } - return 0; -} -/* -** Prepare a crude estimate of the logarithm of the input value. -** The results need not be exact. This is only used for estimating -** the total cost of performing operations with O(logN) or O(NlogN) -** complexity. Because N is just a guess, it is no great tragedy if -** logN is a little off. -*/ -static double estLog(double N){ - double logN = 1; - double x = 10; - while( N>x ){ - logN += 1; - x *= 10; + /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator + */ + static void spanUnaryPrefix( + ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */ + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ + int op, /* The operator */ + ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */ + Token *pPreOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ + ){ + pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); + pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z; + pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd; } - return logN; -} +/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders. +** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch. +*/ +/* +** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator) +** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser +** understands. +** +** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar. +*/ +/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined. +*/ +#ifndef INTERFACE +# define INTERFACE 1 +#endif +/* The next thing included is series of defines which control +** various aspects of the generated parser. +** YYCODETYPE is the data type used for storing terminal +** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is +** used if there are fewer than 250 terminals +** and nonterminals. "int" is used otherwise. +** YYNOCODE is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds +** to no legal terminal or nonterminal number. This +** number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash +** table. +** YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens +** have fall-back values which should be used if the +** original value of the token will not parse. +** YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for storing terminal +** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is +** used if there are fewer than 250 rules and +** states combined. "int" is used otherwise. +** sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor tokens given +** directly to the parser from the tokenizer. +** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor tokens. +** This is typically a union of many types, one of +** which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE. The entry in the union +** for base tokens is called "yy0". +** YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If +** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc() +** sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument +** sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument +** sqlite3ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser +** sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser +** YYNSTATE the combined number of states. +** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar +** YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not +** defined, then do no error processing. +*/ +#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char +#define YYNOCODE 253 +#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int +#define YYWILDCARD 67 +#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token +typedef union { + int yyinit; + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0; + int yy4; + struct TrigEvent yy90; + ExprSpan yy118; + TriggerStep* yy203; + u8 yy210; + struct {int value; int mask;} yy215; + SrcList* yy259; + struct LimitVal yy292; + Expr* yy314; + ExprList* yy322; + struct LikeOp yy342; + IdList* yy384; + Select* yy387; +} YYMINORTYPE; +#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH +#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100 +#endif +#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse; +#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse +#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse +#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse +#define YYNSTATE 630 +#define YYNRULE 329 +#define YYFALLBACK 1 +#define YY_NO_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2) +#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1) +#define YY_ERROR_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE) -/* -** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info -** structure. Used for testing and debugging only. If neither -** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines -** are no-ops. +/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of +** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */ +static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 }; + +/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined +** otherwise. +** +** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section +** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage. For production +** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off. But it is useful +** for testing. */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ - int i; - if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n", - i, - p->aConstraint[i].iColumn, - p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset, - p->aConstraint[i].op, - p->aConstraint[i].usable); - } - for(i=0; inOrderBy; i++){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n", - i, - p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn, - p->aOrderBy[i].desc); - } -} -static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ - int i; - if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n", - i, - p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex, - p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost); -} -#else -#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A) -#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A) +#ifndef yytestcase +# define yytestcase(X) #endif -/* -** Required because bestIndex() is called by bestOrClauseIndex() + +/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the +** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement +** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an +** action integer. +** +** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as +** follows +** +** 0 <= N < YYNSTATE Shift N. That is, push the lookahead +** token onto the stack and goto state N. +** +** YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE. +** +** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE A syntax error has occurred. +** +** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1 The parser accepts its input. +** +** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2 No such action. Denotes unused +** slots in the yy_action[] table. +** +** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[]. +** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as +** +** yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ] +** +** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value +** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S] +** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table +** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead. +** +** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is +** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after +** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of +** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of +** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT. +** +** The following are the tables generated in this section: +** +** yy_action[] A single table containing all actions. +** yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in +** yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions. +** yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for +** shifting terminals. +** yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for +** shifting non-terminals after a reduce. +** yy_default[] Default action for each state. */ -static void bestIndex( - Parse*, WhereClause*, struct SrcList_item*, Bitmask, ExprList*, WhereCost*); +#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1557) +static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = { + /* 0 */ 313, 960, 186, 419, 2, 172, 627, 597, 55, 55, + /* 10 */ 55, 55, 48, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, + /* 20 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 302, 283, 623, 622, 516, 515, + /* 30 */ 590, 584, 55, 55, 55, 55, 282, 53, 53, 53, + /* 40 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 6, 56, + /* 50 */ 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, + /* 60 */ 55, 55, 608, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, + /* 70 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 597, 409, 330, 579, 579, + /* 80 */ 32, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, + /* 90 */ 50, 238, 330, 217, 620, 619, 166, 411, 624, 382, + /* 100 */ 379, 378, 7, 491, 590, 584, 200, 199, 198, 58, + /* 110 */ 377, 300, 414, 621, 481, 66, 623, 622, 621, 580, + /* 120 */ 254, 601, 94, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, + /* 130 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 671, 53, 53, 53, + /* 140 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 532, + /* 150 */ 226, 506, 507, 133, 177, 139, 284, 385, 279, 384, + /* 160 */ 169, 197, 342, 398, 251, 226, 253, 275, 388, 167, + /* 170 */ 139, 284, 385, 279, 384, 169, 570, 236, 590, 584, + /* 180 */ 672, 240, 275, 157, 620, 619, 554, 437, 51, 51, + /* 190 */ 51, 50, 238, 343, 439, 553, 438, 56, 57, 47, + /* 200 */ 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, + /* 210 */ 465, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, + /* 220 */ 50, 238, 313, 390, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, + /* 230 */ 238, 391, 166, 491, 566, 382, 379, 378, 409, 440, + /* 240 */ 579, 579, 252, 440, 607, 66, 377, 513, 621, 49, + /* 250 */ 46, 147, 590, 584, 621, 16, 466, 189, 621, 441, + /* 260 */ 442, 673, 526, 441, 340, 577, 595, 64, 194, 482, + /* 270 */ 434, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, + /* 280 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 30, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, + /* 290 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 593, 593, 593, + /* 300 */ 387, 578, 606, 493, 259, 351, 258, 411, 1, 623, + /* 310 */ 622, 496, 623, 622, 65, 240, 623, 622, 597, 443, + /* 320 */ 237, 239, 414, 341, 237, 602, 590, 584, 18, 603, + /* 330 */ 166, 601, 87, 382, 379, 378, 67, 623, 622, 38, + /* 340 */ 623, 622, 176, 270, 377, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, + /* 350 */ 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 175, 53, + /* 360 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, + /* 370 */ 313, 396, 233, 411, 531, 565, 317, 620, 619, 44, + /* 380 */ 620, 619, 240, 206, 620, 619, 597, 266, 414, 268, + /* 390 */ 409, 597, 579, 579, 352, 184, 505, 601, 73, 533, + /* 400 */ 590, 584, 466, 548, 190, 620, 619, 576, 620, 619, + /* 410 */ 547, 383, 551, 35, 332, 575, 574, 600, 504, 56, + /* 420 */ 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, + /* 430 */ 55, 55, 567, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, + /* 440 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, 561, 561, 528, 364, + /* 450 */ 259, 351, 258, 183, 361, 549, 524, 374, 411, 597, + /* 460 */ 414, 240, 560, 560, 409, 604, 579, 579, 328, 601, + /* 470 */ 93, 623, 622, 414, 590, 584, 237, 564, 559, 559, + /* 480 */ 520, 402, 601, 87, 409, 210, 579, 579, 168, 421, + /* 490 */ 950, 519, 950, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, + /* 500 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 192, 53, 53, 53, + /* 510 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 600, + /* 520 */ 293, 563, 511, 234, 357, 146, 475, 475, 367, 411, + /* 530 */ 562, 411, 358, 542, 425, 171, 411, 215, 144, 620, + /* 540 */ 619, 544, 318, 353, 414, 203, 414, 275, 590, 584, + /* 550 */ 549, 414, 174, 601, 94, 601, 79, 558, 471, 61, + /* 560 */ 601, 79, 421, 949, 350, 949, 34, 56, 57, 47, + /* 570 */ 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, + /* 580 */ 535, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, + /* 590 */ 50, 238, 313, 307, 424, 394, 272, 49, 46, 147, + /* 600 */ 349, 322, 4, 411, 491, 312, 321, 425, 568, 492, + /* 610 */ 216, 264, 407, 575, 574, 429, 66, 549, 414, 621, + /* 620 */ 540, 602, 590, 584, 13, 603, 621, 601, 72, 12, + /* 630 */ 618, 617, 616, 202, 210, 621, 546, 469, 422, 319, + /* 640 */ 148, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, + /* 650 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 338, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, + /* 660 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 600, 600, 411, + /* 670 */ 39, 21, 37, 170, 237, 875, 411, 572, 572, 201, + /* 680 */ 144, 473, 538, 331, 414, 474, 143, 146, 630, 628, + /* 690 */ 334, 414, 353, 601, 68, 168, 590, 584, 132, 365, + /* 700 */ 601, 96, 307, 423, 530, 336, 49, 46, 147, 568, + /* 710 */ 406, 216, 549, 360, 529, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, + /* 720 */ 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, + /* 730 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, + /* 740 */ 313, 411, 605, 414, 484, 510, 172, 422, 597, 318, + /* 750 */ 496, 485, 601, 99, 411, 142, 414, 411, 231, 411, + /* 760 */ 540, 411, 359, 629, 2, 601, 97, 426, 308, 414, + /* 770 */ 590, 584, 414, 20, 414, 621, 414, 621, 601, 106, + /* 780 */ 503, 601, 105, 601, 108, 601, 109, 204, 28, 56, + /* 790 */ 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, + /* 800 */ 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, + /* 810 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, 597, 414, 411, 276, + /* 820 */ 214, 600, 411, 366, 213, 381, 601, 134, 274, 500, + /* 830 */ 414, 167, 130, 414, 621, 411, 354, 414, 376, 601, + /* 840 */ 135, 129, 601, 100, 590, 584, 601, 104, 522, 521, + /* 850 */ 414, 621, 224, 273, 600, 167, 327, 282, 600, 601, + /* 860 */ 103, 468, 521, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, + /* 870 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, + /* 880 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, + /* 890 */ 27, 414, 411, 375, 276, 167, 359, 544, 50, 238, + /* 900 */ 601, 95, 128, 223, 414, 411, 165, 414, 411, 621, + /* 910 */ 411, 621, 612, 601, 102, 372, 601, 76, 590, 584, + /* 920 */ 414, 570, 236, 414, 470, 414, 167, 621, 188, 601, + /* 930 */ 98, 225, 601, 138, 601, 137, 232, 56, 45, 47, + /* 940 */ 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, + /* 950 */ 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, + /* 960 */ 50, 238, 313, 276, 276, 414, 411, 276, 544, 459, + /* 970 */ 359, 171, 209, 479, 601, 136, 628, 334, 621, 621, + /* 980 */ 125, 414, 621, 368, 411, 621, 257, 540, 589, 588, + /* 990 */ 601, 75, 590, 584, 458, 446, 23, 23, 124, 414, + /* 1000 */ 326, 325, 621, 427, 324, 309, 600, 288, 601, 92, + /* 1010 */ 586, 585, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, + /* 1020 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, + /* 1030 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 587, 411, 414, + /* 1040 */ 411, 207, 611, 476, 171, 472, 160, 123, 601, 91, + /* 1050 */ 323, 261, 15, 414, 464, 414, 411, 621, 411, 354, + /* 1060 */ 222, 411, 601, 74, 601, 90, 590, 584, 159, 264, + /* 1070 */ 158, 414, 461, 414, 621, 600, 414, 121, 120, 25, + /* 1080 */ 601, 89, 601, 101, 621, 601, 88, 47, 582, 581, + /* 1090 */ 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 544, 53, + /* 1100 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, + /* 1110 */ 43, 405, 263, 3, 610, 264, 140, 415, 622, 24, + /* 1120 */ 410, 11, 456, 594, 118, 155, 219, 452, 408, 621, + /* 1130 */ 621, 621, 156, 43, 405, 621, 3, 286, 621, 113, + /* 1140 */ 415, 622, 111, 445, 411, 400, 557, 403, 545, 10, + /* 1150 */ 411, 408, 264, 110, 205, 436, 541, 566, 453, 414, + /* 1160 */ 621, 621, 63, 621, 435, 414, 411, 621, 601, 94, + /* 1170 */ 403, 621, 411, 337, 601, 86, 150, 40, 41, 534, + /* 1180 */ 566, 414, 242, 264, 42, 413, 412, 414, 600, 595, + /* 1190 */ 601, 85, 191, 333, 107, 451, 601, 84, 621, 539, + /* 1200 */ 40, 41, 420, 230, 411, 149, 316, 42, 413, 412, + /* 1210 */ 398, 127, 595, 315, 621, 399, 278, 625, 181, 414, + /* 1220 */ 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, 14, 450, 411, 601, 71, + /* 1230 */ 240, 621, 43, 405, 264, 3, 615, 180, 264, 415, + /* 1240 */ 622, 614, 414, 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, 14, 621, + /* 1250 */ 408, 601, 70, 621, 417, 33, 405, 613, 3, 411, + /* 1260 */ 264, 411, 415, 622, 418, 626, 178, 509, 8, 403, + /* 1270 */ 241, 416, 126, 408, 414, 621, 414, 449, 208, 566, + /* 1280 */ 240, 221, 621, 601, 83, 601, 82, 599, 297, 277, + /* 1290 */ 296, 30, 403, 31, 395, 264, 295, 397, 489, 40, + /* 1300 */ 41, 411, 566, 220, 621, 294, 42, 413, 412, 271, + /* 1310 */ 621, 595, 600, 621, 59, 60, 414, 269, 267, 623, + /* 1320 */ 622, 36, 40, 41, 621, 601, 81, 598, 235, 42, + /* 1330 */ 413, 412, 621, 621, 595, 265, 344, 411, 248, 556, + /* 1340 */ 173, 185, 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, 14, 218, 29, + /* 1350 */ 621, 543, 414, 305, 304, 303, 179, 301, 411, 566, + /* 1360 */ 454, 601, 80, 289, 335, 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, + /* 1370 */ 14, 411, 287, 414, 151, 392, 246, 260, 411, 196, + /* 1380 */ 195, 523, 601, 69, 411, 245, 414, 526, 537, 285, + /* 1390 */ 389, 595, 621, 414, 536, 601, 17, 362, 153, 414, + /* 1400 */ 466, 463, 601, 78, 154, 414, 462, 152, 601, 77, + /* 1410 */ 355, 255, 621, 455, 601, 9, 621, 386, 444, 517, + /* 1420 */ 247, 621, 593, 593, 593, 621, 621, 244, 621, 243, + /* 1430 */ 430, 518, 292, 621, 329, 621, 145, 393, 280, 513, + /* 1440 */ 291, 131, 621, 514, 621, 621, 311, 621, 259, 346, + /* 1450 */ 249, 621, 621, 229, 314, 621, 228, 512, 227, 240, + /* 1460 */ 494, 488, 310, 164, 487, 486, 373, 480, 163, 262, + /* 1470 */ 369, 371, 162, 26, 212, 478, 477, 161, 141, 363, + /* 1480 */ 467, 122, 339, 187, 119, 348, 347, 117, 116, 115, + /* 1490 */ 114, 112, 182, 457, 320, 22, 433, 432, 448, 19, + /* 1500 */ 609, 431, 428, 62, 193, 596, 573, 298, 555, 552, + /* 1510 */ 571, 404, 290, 380, 498, 510, 495, 306, 281, 499, + /* 1520 */ 250, 5, 497, 460, 345, 447, 569, 550, 238, 299, + /* 1530 */ 527, 525, 508, 961, 502, 501, 961, 401, 961, 211, + /* 1540 */ 490, 356, 256, 961, 483, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, + /* 1550 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 370, +}; +static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { + /* 0 */ 19, 142, 143, 144, 145, 24, 1, 26, 77, 78, + /* 10 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, + /* 20 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 15, 98, 26, 27, 7, 8, + /* 30 */ 49, 50, 77, 78, 79, 80, 109, 82, 83, 84, + /* 40 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 22, 68, + /* 50 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, + /* 60 */ 79, 80, 23, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, + /* 70 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 94, 112, 19, 114, 115, + /* 80 */ 25, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, + /* 90 */ 91, 92, 19, 22, 94, 95, 96, 150, 150, 99, + /* 100 */ 100, 101, 76, 150, 49, 50, 105, 106, 107, 54, + /* 110 */ 110, 158, 165, 165, 161, 162, 26, 27, 165, 113, + /* 120 */ 16, 174, 175, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, + /* 130 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 118, 82, 83, 84, + /* 140 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 23, + /* 150 */ 92, 97, 98, 24, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, + /* 160 */ 102, 25, 97, 216, 60, 92, 62, 109, 221, 25, + /* 170 */ 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 86, 87, 49, 50, + /* 180 */ 118, 116, 109, 25, 94, 95, 32, 97, 88, 89, + /* 190 */ 90, 91, 92, 128, 104, 41, 106, 68, 69, 70, + /* 200 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, + /* 210 */ 11, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, + /* 220 */ 91, 92, 19, 19, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, + /* 230 */ 92, 27, 96, 150, 66, 99, 100, 101, 112, 150, + /* 240 */ 114, 115, 138, 150, 161, 162, 110, 103, 165, 222, + /* 250 */ 223, 224, 49, 50, 165, 22, 57, 24, 165, 170, + /* 260 */ 171, 118, 94, 170, 171, 23, 98, 25, 185, 186, + /* 270 */ 243, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, + /* 280 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 126, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, + /* 290 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 129, 130, 131, + /* 300 */ 88, 23, 172, 173, 105, 106, 107, 150, 22, 26, + /* 310 */ 27, 181, 26, 27, 22, 116, 26, 27, 26, 230, + /* 320 */ 231, 197, 165, 230, 231, 113, 49, 50, 204, 117, + /* 330 */ 96, 174, 175, 99, 100, 101, 22, 26, 27, 136, + /* 340 */ 26, 27, 118, 16, 110, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, + /* 350 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 118, 82, + /* 360 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, + /* 370 */ 19, 214, 215, 150, 23, 23, 155, 94, 95, 22, + /* 380 */ 94, 95, 116, 160, 94, 95, 94, 60, 165, 62, + /* 390 */ 112, 26, 114, 115, 128, 23, 36, 174, 175, 88, + /* 400 */ 49, 50, 57, 120, 22, 94, 95, 23, 94, 95, + /* 410 */ 120, 51, 25, 136, 169, 170, 171, 194, 58, 68, + /* 420 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, + /* 430 */ 79, 80, 23, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, + /* 440 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, 12, 12, 23, 228, + /* 450 */ 105, 106, 107, 23, 233, 25, 165, 19, 150, 94, + /* 460 */ 165, 116, 28, 28, 112, 174, 114, 115, 108, 174, + /* 470 */ 175, 26, 27, 165, 49, 50, 231, 11, 44, 44, + /* 480 */ 46, 46, 174, 175, 112, 160, 114, 115, 50, 22, + /* 490 */ 23, 57, 25, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, + /* 500 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 119, 82, 83, 84, + /* 510 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 194, + /* 520 */ 225, 23, 23, 215, 19, 95, 105, 106, 107, 150, + /* 530 */ 23, 150, 27, 23, 67, 25, 150, 206, 207, 94, + /* 540 */ 95, 166, 104, 218, 165, 22, 165, 109, 49, 50, + /* 550 */ 120, 165, 25, 174, 175, 174, 175, 23, 21, 234, + /* 560 */ 174, 175, 22, 23, 239, 25, 25, 68, 69, 70, + /* 570 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, + /* 580 */ 205, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, + /* 590 */ 91, 92, 19, 22, 23, 216, 23, 222, 223, 224, + /* 600 */ 63, 220, 35, 150, 150, 163, 220, 67, 166, 167, + /* 610 */ 168, 150, 169, 170, 171, 161, 162, 25, 165, 165, + /* 620 */ 150, 113, 49, 50, 25, 117, 165, 174, 175, 35, + /* 630 */ 7, 8, 9, 160, 160, 165, 120, 100, 67, 247, + /* 640 */ 248, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, + /* 650 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 193, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, + /* 660 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 194, 194, 150, + /* 670 */ 135, 24, 137, 35, 231, 138, 150, 129, 130, 206, + /* 680 */ 207, 30, 27, 213, 165, 34, 118, 95, 0, 1, + /* 690 */ 2, 165, 218, 174, 175, 50, 49, 50, 22, 48, + /* 700 */ 174, 175, 22, 23, 23, 244, 222, 223, 224, 166, + /* 710 */ 167, 168, 120, 239, 23, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, + /* 720 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, + /* 730 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, + /* 740 */ 19, 150, 173, 165, 181, 182, 24, 67, 26, 104, + /* 750 */ 181, 188, 174, 175, 150, 39, 165, 150, 52, 150, + /* 760 */ 150, 150, 150, 144, 145, 174, 175, 249, 250, 165, + /* 770 */ 49, 50, 165, 52, 165, 165, 165, 165, 174, 175, + /* 780 */ 29, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 160, 22, 68, + /* 790 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, + /* 800 */ 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, + /* 810 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, 94, 165, 150, 150, + /* 820 */ 160, 194, 150, 213, 160, 52, 174, 175, 23, 23, + /* 830 */ 165, 25, 22, 165, 165, 150, 150, 165, 52, 174, + /* 840 */ 175, 22, 174, 175, 49, 50, 174, 175, 190, 191, + /* 850 */ 165, 165, 240, 23, 194, 25, 187, 109, 194, 174, + /* 860 */ 175, 190, 191, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, + /* 870 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, + /* 880 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, + /* 890 */ 22, 165, 150, 23, 150, 25, 150, 166, 91, 92, + /* 900 */ 174, 175, 22, 217, 165, 150, 102, 165, 150, 165, + /* 910 */ 150, 165, 150, 174, 175, 19, 174, 175, 49, 50, + /* 920 */ 165, 86, 87, 165, 23, 165, 25, 165, 24, 174, + /* 930 */ 175, 187, 174, 175, 174, 175, 205, 68, 69, 70, + /* 940 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, + /* 950 */ 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, + /* 960 */ 91, 92, 19, 150, 150, 165, 150, 150, 166, 23, + /* 970 */ 150, 25, 160, 20, 174, 175, 1, 2, 165, 165, + /* 980 */ 104, 165, 165, 43, 150, 165, 240, 150, 49, 50, + /* 990 */ 174, 175, 49, 50, 23, 23, 25, 25, 53, 165, + /* 1000 */ 187, 187, 165, 23, 187, 25, 194, 205, 174, 175, + /* 1010 */ 71, 72, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, + /* 1020 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, + /* 1030 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 98, 150, 165, + /* 1040 */ 150, 160, 150, 59, 25, 53, 104, 22, 174, 175, + /* 1050 */ 213, 138, 5, 165, 1, 165, 150, 165, 150, 150, + /* 1060 */ 240, 150, 174, 175, 174, 175, 49, 50, 118, 150, + /* 1070 */ 35, 165, 27, 165, 165, 194, 165, 108, 127, 76, + /* 1080 */ 174, 175, 174, 175, 165, 174, 175, 70, 71, 72, + /* 1090 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 166, 82, + /* 1100 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, + /* 1110 */ 19, 20, 193, 22, 150, 150, 150, 26, 27, 76, + /* 1120 */ 150, 22, 1, 150, 119, 121, 217, 20, 37, 165, + /* 1130 */ 165, 165, 16, 19, 20, 165, 22, 205, 165, 119, + /* 1140 */ 26, 27, 108, 128, 150, 150, 150, 56, 150, 22, + /* 1150 */ 150, 37, 150, 127, 160, 23, 150, 66, 193, 165, + /* 1160 */ 165, 165, 16, 165, 23, 165, 150, 165, 174, 175, + /* 1170 */ 56, 165, 150, 65, 174, 175, 15, 86, 87, 88, + /* 1180 */ 66, 165, 140, 150, 93, 94, 95, 165, 194, 98, + /* 1190 */ 174, 175, 22, 3, 164, 193, 174, 175, 165, 150, + /* 1200 */ 86, 87, 4, 180, 150, 248, 251, 93, 94, 95, + /* 1210 */ 216, 180, 98, 251, 165, 221, 150, 149, 6, 165, + /* 1220 */ 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 193, 150, 174, 175, + /* 1230 */ 116, 165, 19, 20, 150, 22, 149, 151, 150, 26, + /* 1240 */ 27, 149, 165, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 165, + /* 1250 */ 37, 174, 175, 165, 149, 19, 20, 13, 22, 150, + /* 1260 */ 150, 150, 26, 27, 146, 147, 151, 150, 25, 56, + /* 1270 */ 152, 159, 154, 37, 165, 165, 165, 193, 160, 66, + /* 1280 */ 116, 193, 165, 174, 175, 174, 175, 194, 199, 150, + /* 1290 */ 200, 126, 56, 124, 123, 150, 201, 122, 150, 86, + /* 1300 */ 87, 150, 66, 193, 165, 202, 93, 94, 95, 150, + /* 1310 */ 165, 98, 194, 165, 125, 22, 165, 150, 150, 26, + /* 1320 */ 27, 135, 86, 87, 165, 174, 175, 203, 226, 93, + /* 1330 */ 94, 95, 165, 165, 98, 150, 218, 150, 193, 157, + /* 1340 */ 118, 157, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 5, 104, + /* 1350 */ 165, 211, 165, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 150, 66, + /* 1360 */ 17, 174, 175, 210, 246, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, + /* 1370 */ 134, 150, 210, 165, 31, 121, 33, 150, 150, 86, + /* 1380 */ 87, 176, 174, 175, 150, 42, 165, 94, 211, 210, + /* 1390 */ 150, 98, 165, 165, 211, 174, 175, 150, 55, 165, + /* 1400 */ 57, 150, 174, 175, 61, 165, 150, 64, 174, 175, + /* 1410 */ 150, 150, 165, 150, 174, 175, 165, 104, 150, 184, + /* 1420 */ 150, 165, 129, 130, 131, 165, 165, 150, 165, 150, + /* 1430 */ 150, 176, 150, 165, 47, 165, 150, 150, 176, 103, + /* 1440 */ 150, 22, 165, 178, 165, 165, 179, 165, 105, 106, + /* 1450 */ 107, 165, 165, 229, 111, 165, 92, 176, 229, 116, + /* 1460 */ 184, 176, 179, 156, 176, 176, 18, 157, 156, 237, + /* 1470 */ 45, 157, 156, 135, 157, 157, 238, 156, 68, 157, + /* 1480 */ 189, 189, 139, 219, 22, 157, 18, 192, 192, 192, + /* 1490 */ 192, 189, 219, 199, 157, 242, 40, 157, 199, 242, + /* 1500 */ 153, 157, 38, 245, 196, 166, 232, 198, 177, 177, + /* 1510 */ 232, 227, 209, 178, 166, 182, 166, 148, 177, 177, + /* 1520 */ 209, 196, 177, 199, 209, 199, 166, 208, 92, 195, + /* 1530 */ 174, 174, 183, 252, 183, 183, 252, 191, 252, 235, + /* 1540 */ 186, 241, 241, 252, 186, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, + /* 1550 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 236, +}; +#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-74) +#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (418) +#define YY_SHIFT_MIN (-73) +#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1468) +static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = { + /* 0 */ 975, 1114, 1343, 1114, 1213, 1213, 90, 90, 0, -19, + /* 10 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 345, 445, 721, 1091, 1213, + /* 20 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, + /* 30 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, + /* 40 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1236, 1213, 1213, + /* 50 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, + /* 60 */ 1213, 199, 445, 445, 835, 835, 365, 1164, 55, 647, + /* 70 */ 573, 499, 425, 351, 277, 203, 129, 795, 795, 795, + /* 80 */ 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, + /* 90 */ 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 869, 795, 943, 1017, 1017, + /* 100 */ -69, -45, -45, -45, -45, -45, -1, 58, 138, 100, + /* 110 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, + /* 120 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 537, 438, 445, 445, + /* 130 */ 445, 445, 445, 365, 807, 1436, -74, -74, -74, 1293, + /* 140 */ 73, 434, 434, 311, 314, 290, 283, 286, 540, 467, + /* 150 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, + /* 160 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, + /* 170 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, + /* 180 */ 445, 445, 65, 722, 722, 722, 688, 266, 1164, 1164, + /* 190 */ 1164, -74, -74, -74, 136, 168, 168, 234, 360, 360, + /* 200 */ 360, 430, 372, 435, 352, 278, 126, -36, -36, -36, + /* 210 */ -36, 421, 651, -36, -36, 592, 292, 212, 623, 158, + /* 220 */ 204, 204, 505, 158, 505, 144, 365, 154, 365, 154, + /* 230 */ 645, 154, 204, 154, 154, 535, 548, 548, 365, 387, + /* 240 */ 508, 233, 1464, 1222, 1222, 1456, 1456, 1222, 1462, 1410, + /* 250 */ 1165, 1468, 1468, 1468, 1468, 1222, 1165, 1462, 1410, 1410, + /* 260 */ 1222, 1448, 1338, 1425, 1222, 1222, 1448, 1222, 1448, 1222, + /* 270 */ 1448, 1419, 1313, 1313, 1313, 1387, 1364, 1364, 1419, 1313, + /* 280 */ 1336, 1313, 1387, 1313, 1313, 1254, 1245, 1254, 1245, 1254, + /* 290 */ 1245, 1222, 1222, 1186, 1189, 1175, 1169, 1171, 1165, 1164, + /* 300 */ 1243, 1244, 1244, 1212, 1212, 1212, 1212, -74, -74, -74, + /* 310 */ -74, -74, -74, 939, 104, 680, 571, 327, 1, 980, + /* 320 */ 26, 972, 971, 946, 901, 870, 830, 806, 54, 21, + /* 330 */ -73, 510, 242, 1198, 1190, 1170, 1042, 1161, 1108, 1146, + /* 340 */ 1141, 1132, 1015, 1127, 1026, 1034, 1020, 1107, 1004, 1116, + /* 350 */ 1121, 1005, 1099, 951, 1043, 1003, 969, 1045, 1035, 950, + /* 360 */ 1053, 1047, 1025, 942, 913, 992, 1019, 945, 984, 940, + /* 370 */ 876, 904, 953, 896, 748, 804, 880, 786, 868, 819, + /* 380 */ 805, 810, 773, 751, 766, 706, 716, 691, 681, 568, + /* 390 */ 655, 638, 676, 516, 541, 594, 599, 567, 541, 534, + /* 400 */ 507, 527, 498, 523, 466, 382, 409, 384, 357, 6, + /* 410 */ 240, 224, 143, 62, 18, 71, 39, 9, 5, +}; +#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-142) +#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (312) +#define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-141) +#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1369) +static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = { + /* 0 */ -141, 994, 1118, 223, 157, -53, 93, 89, 83, 375, + /* 10 */ 386, 381, 379, 308, 295, 325, -47, 27, 1240, 1234, + /* 20 */ 1228, 1221, 1208, 1187, 1151, 1111, 1109, 1077, 1054, 1022, + /* 30 */ 1016, 1000, 911, 908, 906, 890, 888, 874, 834, 816, + /* 40 */ 800, 760, 758, 755, 742, 739, 726, 685, 672, 668, + /* 50 */ 665, 652, 611, 609, 607, 604, 591, 578, 526, 519, + /* 60 */ 453, 474, 454, 461, 443, 245, 442, 473, 484, 484, + /* 70 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, + /* 80 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, + /* 90 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, + /* 100 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 130, 484, 484, + /* 110 */ 1145, 909, 1110, 1088, 1084, 1033, 1002, 965, 820, 837, + /* 120 */ 746, 686, 612, 817, 610, 919, 221, 563, 814, 813, + /* 130 */ 744, 669, 470, 543, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 291, + /* 140 */ 569, 671, 658, 970, 1290, 1287, 1286, 1282, 518, 518, + /* 150 */ 1280, 1279, 1277, 1270, 1268, 1263, 1261, 1260, 1256, 1251, + /* 160 */ 1247, 1227, 1185, 1168, 1167, 1159, 1148, 1139, 1117, 1066, + /* 170 */ 1049, 1006, 998, 996, 995, 973, 970, 966, 964, 892, + /* 180 */ 762, -52, 881, 932, 802, 731, 619, 812, 664, 660, + /* 190 */ 627, 392, 331, 124, 1358, 1357, 1356, 1354, 1352, 1351, + /* 200 */ 1349, 1319, 1334, 1346, 1334, 1334, 1334, 1334, 1334, 1334, + /* 210 */ 1334, 1320, 1304, 1334, 1334, 1319, 1360, 1325, 1369, 1326, + /* 220 */ 1315, 1311, 1301, 1324, 1300, 1335, 1350, 1345, 1348, 1342, + /* 230 */ 1333, 1341, 1303, 1332, 1331, 1284, 1278, 1274, 1339, 1309, + /* 240 */ 1308, 1347, 1258, 1344, 1340, 1257, 1253, 1337, 1273, 1302, + /* 250 */ 1299, 1298, 1297, 1296, 1295, 1328, 1294, 1264, 1292, 1291, + /* 260 */ 1322, 1321, 1238, 1232, 1318, 1317, 1316, 1314, 1312, 1310, + /* 270 */ 1307, 1283, 1289, 1288, 1285, 1276, 1229, 1224, 1267, 1281, + /* 280 */ 1265, 1262, 1235, 1255, 1205, 1183, 1179, 1177, 1162, 1140, + /* 290 */ 1153, 1184, 1182, 1102, 1124, 1103, 1095, 1090, 1089, 1093, + /* 300 */ 1112, 1115, 1086, 1105, 1092, 1087, 1068, 962, 955, 957, + /* 310 */ 1031, 1023, 1030, +}; +static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = { + /* 0 */ 635, 870, 959, 959, 959, 870, 899, 899, 959, 759, + /* 10 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 868, 959, 959, 933, 959, 959, + /* 20 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 30 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 40 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 50 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 60 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 899, 899, 674, 763, 794, 959, + /* 70 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 932, 934, 809, + /* 80 */ 808, 802, 801, 912, 774, 799, 792, 785, 796, 871, + /* 90 */ 864, 865, 863, 867, 872, 959, 795, 831, 848, 830, + /* 100 */ 842, 847, 854, 846, 843, 833, 832, 666, 834, 835, + /* 110 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 120 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 661, 728, 959, 959, + /* 130 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 836, 837, 851, 850, 849, 959, + /* 140 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 150 */ 959, 939, 937, 959, 883, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 160 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 170 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 180 */ 959, 641, 959, 759, 759, 759, 635, 959, 959, 959, + /* 190 */ 959, 951, 763, 753, 719, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 200 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 804, 742, 922, + /* 210 */ 924, 959, 905, 740, 663, 761, 676, 751, 643, 798, + /* 220 */ 776, 776, 917, 798, 917, 700, 959, 788, 959, 788, + /* 230 */ 697, 788, 776, 788, 788, 866, 959, 959, 959, 760, + /* 240 */ 751, 959, 944, 767, 767, 936, 936, 767, 810, 732, + /* 250 */ 798, 739, 739, 739, 739, 767, 798, 810, 732, 732, + /* 260 */ 767, 658, 911, 909, 767, 767, 658, 767, 658, 767, + /* 270 */ 658, 876, 730, 730, 730, 715, 880, 880, 876, 730, + /* 280 */ 700, 730, 715, 730, 730, 780, 775, 780, 775, 780, + /* 290 */ 775, 767, 767, 959, 793, 781, 791, 789, 798, 959, + /* 300 */ 718, 651, 651, 640, 640, 640, 640, 956, 956, 951, + /* 310 */ 702, 702, 684, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 320 */ 885, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 330 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 636, 946, 959, 959, 943, 959, + /* 340 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 350 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 915, + /* 360 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 908, 907, 959, 959, + /* 370 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 380 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 390 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 790, 959, 782, 959, 869, 959, + /* 400 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 745, + /* 410 */ 819, 959, 818, 822, 817, 668, 959, 649, 959, 632, + /* 420 */ 637, 955, 958, 957, 954, 953, 952, 947, 945, 942, + /* 430 */ 941, 940, 938, 935, 931, 889, 887, 894, 893, 892, + /* 440 */ 891, 890, 888, 886, 884, 805, 803, 800, 797, 930, + /* 450 */ 882, 741, 738, 737, 657, 948, 914, 923, 921, 811, + /* 460 */ 920, 919, 918, 916, 913, 900, 807, 806, 733, 874, + /* 470 */ 873, 660, 904, 903, 902, 906, 910, 901, 769, 659, + /* 480 */ 656, 665, 722, 721, 729, 727, 726, 725, 724, 723, + /* 490 */ 720, 667, 675, 686, 714, 699, 698, 879, 881, 878, + /* 500 */ 877, 707, 706, 712, 711, 710, 709, 708, 705, 704, + /* 510 */ 703, 696, 695, 701, 694, 717, 716, 713, 693, 736, + /* 520 */ 735, 734, 731, 692, 691, 690, 822, 689, 688, 828, + /* 530 */ 827, 815, 858, 756, 755, 754, 766, 765, 778, 777, + /* 540 */ 813, 812, 779, 764, 758, 757, 773, 772, 771, 770, + /* 550 */ 762, 752, 784, 787, 786, 783, 860, 768, 857, 929, + /* 560 */ 928, 927, 926, 925, 862, 861, 829, 826, 679, 680, + /* 570 */ 898, 896, 897, 895, 682, 681, 678, 677, 859, 747, + /* 580 */ 746, 855, 852, 844, 840, 856, 853, 845, 841, 839, + /* 590 */ 838, 824, 823, 821, 820, 816, 825, 670, 748, 744, + /* 600 */ 743, 814, 750, 749, 687, 685, 683, 664, 662, 655, + /* 610 */ 653, 652, 654, 650, 648, 647, 646, 645, 644, 673, + /* 620 */ 672, 671, 669, 668, 642, 639, 638, 634, 633, 631, +}; + +/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens. If a construct +** like the following: +** +** %fallback ID X Y Z. +** +** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, +** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser +** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and +** the parse is retried before an error is thrown. +*/ +#ifdef YYFALLBACK +static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = { + 0, /* $ => nothing */ + 0, /* SEMI => nothing */ + 26, /* EXPLAIN => ID */ + 26, /* QUERY => ID */ + 26, /* PLAN => ID */ + 26, /* BEGIN => ID */ + 0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */ + 26, /* DEFERRED => ID */ + 26, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */ + 26, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */ + 0, /* COMMIT => nothing */ + 26, /* END => ID */ + 26, /* ROLLBACK => ID */ + 26, /* SAVEPOINT => ID */ + 26, /* RELEASE => ID */ + 0, /* TO => nothing */ + 0, /* TABLE => nothing */ + 0, /* CREATE => nothing */ + 26, /* IF => ID */ + 0, /* NOT => nothing */ + 0, /* EXISTS => nothing */ + 26, /* TEMP => ID */ + 0, /* LP => nothing */ + 0, /* RP => nothing */ + 0, /* AS => nothing */ + 0, /* COMMA => nothing */ + 0, /* ID => nothing */ + 0, /* INDEXED => nothing */ + 26, /* ABORT => ID */ + 26, /* ACTION => ID */ + 26, /* AFTER => ID */ + 26, /* ANALYZE => ID */ + 26, /* ASC => ID */ + 26, /* ATTACH => ID */ + 26, /* BEFORE => ID */ + 26, /* BY => ID */ + 26, /* CASCADE => ID */ + 26, /* CAST => ID */ + 26, /* COLUMNKW => ID */ + 26, /* CONFLICT => ID */ + 26, /* DATABASE => ID */ + 26, /* DESC => ID */ + 26, /* DETACH => ID */ + 26, /* EACH => ID */ + 26, /* FAIL => ID */ + 26, /* FOR => ID */ + 26, /* IGNORE => ID */ + 26, /* INITIALLY => ID */ + 26, /* INSTEAD => ID */ + 26, /* LIKE_KW => ID */ + 26, /* MATCH => ID */ + 26, /* NO => ID */ + 26, /* KEY => ID */ + 26, /* OF => ID */ + 26, /* OFFSET => ID */ + 26, /* PRAGMA => ID */ + 26, /* RAISE => ID */ + 26, /* REPLACE => ID */ + 26, /* RESTRICT => ID */ + 26, /* ROW => ID */ + 26, /* TRIGGER => ID */ + 26, /* VACUUM => ID */ + 26, /* VIEW => ID */ + 26, /* VIRTUAL => ID */ + 26, /* REINDEX => ID */ + 26, /* RENAME => ID */ + 26, /* CTIME_KW => ID */ +}; +#endif /* YYFALLBACK */ -/* -** This routine attempts to find an scanning strategy that can be used -** to optimize an 'OR' expression that is part of a WHERE clause. +/* The following structure represents a single element of the +** parser's stack. Information stored includes: ** -** The table associated with FROM clause term pSrc may be either a -** regular B-Tree table or a virtual table. +** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack. +** +** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack. +** (In other words, the "major" token.) +** +** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is +** the information used by the action routines in the grammar. +** It is sometimes called the "minor" token. */ -static void bestOrClauseIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ -){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION - const int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */ - const Bitmask maskSrc = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur); /* Bitmask for pSrc */ - WhereTerm * const pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; /* End of pWC->a[] */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ - - /* Search the WHERE clause terms for a usable WO_OR term. */ - for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermeOperator==WO_OR - && ((pTerm->prereqAll & ~maskSrc) & notReady)==0 - && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & maskSrc)!=0 - ){ - WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; - WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm]; - WhereTerm *pOrTerm; - int flags = WHERE_MULTI_OR; - double rTotal = 0; - double nRow = 0; - Bitmask used = 0; - - for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTerma), (pTerm - pWC->a) - )); - if( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){ - WhereClause *pAndWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc; - bestIndex(pParse, pAndWC, pSrc, notReady, 0, &sTermCost); - }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){ - WhereClause tempWC; - tempWC.pParse = pWC->pParse; - tempWC.pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; - tempWC.op = TK_AND; - tempWC.a = pOrTerm; - tempWC.nTerm = 1; - bestIndex(pParse, &tempWC, pSrc, notReady, 0, &sTermCost); - }else{ - continue; - } - rTotal += sTermCost.rCost; - nRow += sTermCost.nRow; - used |= sTermCost.used; - if( rTotal>=pCost->rCost ) break; - } +struct yyStackEntry { + YYACTIONTYPE stateno; /* The state-number */ + YYCODETYPE major; /* The major token value. This is the code + ** number for the token at this stack level */ + YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This + ** is the value of the token */ +}; +typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry; - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, increase the scan cost to account - ** for the cost of the sort. */ - if( pOrderBy!=0 ){ - rTotal += nRow*estLog(nRow); - WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases OR cost to %.9g\n", rTotal)); - } +/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of +** the following structure */ +struct yyParser { + int yyidx; /* Index of top element in stack */ +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + int yyidxMax; /* Maximum value of yyidx */ +#endif + int yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */ + sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */ +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + int yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */ + yyStackEntry *yystack; /* The parser's stack */ +#else + yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */ +#endif +}; +typedef struct yyParser yyParser; - /* If the cost of scanning using this OR term for optimization is - ** less than the current cost stored in pCost, replace the contents - ** of pCost. */ - WHERETRACE(("... multi-index OR cost=%.9g nrow=%.9g\n", rTotal, nRow)); - if( rTotalrCost ){ - pCost->rCost = rTotal; - pCost->nRow = nRow; - pCost->used = used; - pCost->plan.wsFlags = flags; - pCost->plan.u.pTerm = pTerm; - } - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ -} +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* #include */ +static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0; +static char *yyTracePrompt = 0; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* -** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure -** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free(). +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace +** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off +** by making either argument NULL +** +** Inputs: +**
      +**
    • A FILE* to which trace output should be written. +** If NULL, then tracing is turned off. +**
    • A prefix string written at the beginning of every +** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is +** turned off. +**
    +** +** Outputs: +** None. */ -static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( - Parse *pParse, - WhereClause *pWC, - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, - ExprList *pOrderBy -){ - int i, j; - int nTerm; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; - struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int nOrderBy; - sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; - - WHERETRACE(("Recomputing index info for %s...\n", pSrc->pTab->zName)); - - /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring - ** to this virtual table */ - for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; - assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL ); - if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue; - nTerm++; - } - - /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current - ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of - ** the sqlite3_index_info structure. - */ - nOrderBy = 0; - if( pOrderBy ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break; - } - if( i==pOrderBy->nExpr ){ - nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; - } - } - - /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure - */ - pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo) - + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm - + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy ); - if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory"); - /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - return 0; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ + yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE; + yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt; + if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0; + else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0; +} +#endif /* NDEBUG */ - /* Initialize the structure. The sqlite3_index_info structure contains - ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from - ** changing them. We have to do some funky casting in order to - ** initialize those fields. - */ - pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1]; - pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm]; - pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy]; - *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm; - *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; - *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons; - *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy; - *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage = - pUsage; +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals +** are required. The following table supplies these names */ +static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { + "$", "SEMI", "EXPLAIN", "QUERY", + "PLAN", "BEGIN", "TRANSACTION", "DEFERRED", + "IMMEDIATE", "EXCLUSIVE", "COMMIT", "END", + "ROLLBACK", "SAVEPOINT", "RELEASE", "TO", + "TABLE", "CREATE", "IF", "NOT", + "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP", "RP", + "AS", "COMMA", "ID", "INDEXED", + "ABORT", "ACTION", "AFTER", "ANALYZE", + "ASC", "ATTACH", "BEFORE", "BY", + "CASCADE", "CAST", "COLUMNKW", "CONFLICT", + "DATABASE", "DESC", "DETACH", "EACH", + "FAIL", "FOR", "IGNORE", "INITIALLY", + "INSTEAD", "LIKE_KW", "MATCH", "NO", + "KEY", "OF", "OFFSET", "PRAGMA", + "RAISE", "REPLACE", "RESTRICT", "ROW", + "TRIGGER", "VACUUM", "VIEW", "VIRTUAL", + "REINDEX", "RENAME", "CTIME_KW", "ANY", + "OR", "AND", "IS", "BETWEEN", + "IN", "ISNULL", "NOTNULL", "NE", + "EQ", "GT", "LE", "LT", + "GE", "ESCAPE", "BITAND", "BITOR", + "LSHIFT", "RSHIFT", "PLUS", "MINUS", + "STAR", "SLASH", "REM", "CONCAT", + "COLLATE", "BITNOT", "STRING", "JOIN_KW", + "CONSTRAINT", "DEFAULT", "NULL", "PRIMARY", + "UNIQUE", "CHECK", "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR", + "ON", "INSERT", "DELETE", "UPDATE", + "SET", "DEFERRABLE", "FOREIGN", "DROP", + "UNION", "ALL", "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", + "SELECT", "DISTINCT", "DOT", "FROM", + "JOIN", "USING", "ORDER", "GROUP", + "HAVING", "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO", + "VALUES", "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB", + "REGISTER", "VARIABLE", "CASE", "WHEN", + "THEN", "ELSE", "INDEX", "ALTER", + "ADD", "error", "input", "cmdlist", + "ecmd", "explain", "cmdx", "cmd", + "transtype", "trans_opt", "nm", "savepoint_opt", + "create_table", "create_table_args", "createkw", "temp", + "ifnotexists", "dbnm", "columnlist", "conslist_opt", + "select", "column", "columnid", "type", + "carglist", "id", "ids", "typetoken", + "typename", "signed", "plus_num", "minus_num", + "carg", "ccons", "term", "expr", + "onconf", "sortorder", "autoinc", "idxlist_opt", + "refargs", "defer_subclause", "refarg", "refact", + "init_deferred_pred_opt", "conslist", "tcons", "idxlist", + "defer_subclause_opt", "orconf", "resolvetype", "raisetype", + "ifexists", "fullname", "oneselect", "multiselect_op", + "distinct", "selcollist", "from", "where_opt", + "groupby_opt", "having_opt", "orderby_opt", "limit_opt", + "sclp", "as", "seltablist", "stl_prefix", + "joinop", "indexed_opt", "on_opt", "using_opt", + "joinop2", "inscollist", "sortlist", "sortitem", + "nexprlist", "setlist", "insert_cmd", "inscollist_opt", + "itemlist", "exprlist", "likeop", "between_op", + "in_op", "case_operand", "case_exprlist", "case_else", + "uniqueflag", "collate", "nmnum", "plus_opt", + "number", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list", "trigger_time", + "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause", "trigger_cmd", + "trnm", "tridxby", "database_kw_opt", "key_opt", + "add_column_fullname", "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab", "vtabarglist", + "vtabarg", "vtabargtoken", "lp", "anylist", +}; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ - for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; - assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL ); - if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue; - pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn; - pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i; - pIdxCons[j].op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator; - /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because - ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical. The - ** following asserts verify this fact. */ - assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ); - assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ); - assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ); - assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ); - assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ); - assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); - assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) ); - j++; - } - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; - pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; - pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; - } +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required. +*/ +static const char *const yyRuleName[] = { + /* 0 */ "input ::= cmdlist", + /* 1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd", + /* 2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd", + /* 3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI", + /* 4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI", + /* 5 */ "explain ::=", + /* 6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN", + /* 7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN", + /* 8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd", + /* 9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt", + /* 10 */ "trans_opt ::=", + /* 11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION", + /* 12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm", + /* 13 */ "transtype ::=", + /* 14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED", + /* 15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE", + /* 16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE", + /* 17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt", + /* 18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt", + /* 19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt", + /* 20 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT", + /* 21 */ "savepoint_opt ::=", + /* 22 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm", + /* 23 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm", + /* 24 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm", + /* 25 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args", + /* 26 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm", + /* 27 */ "createkw ::= CREATE", + /* 28 */ "ifnotexists ::=", + /* 29 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS", + /* 30 */ "temp ::= TEMP", + /* 31 */ "temp ::=", + /* 32 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP", + /* 33 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select", + /* 34 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column", + /* 35 */ "columnlist ::= column", + /* 36 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist", + /* 37 */ "columnid ::= nm", + /* 38 */ "id ::= ID", + /* 39 */ "id ::= INDEXED", + /* 40 */ "ids ::= ID|STRING", + /* 41 */ "nm ::= id", + /* 42 */ "nm ::= STRING", + /* 43 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW", + /* 44 */ "type ::=", + /* 45 */ "type ::= typetoken", + /* 46 */ "typetoken ::= typename", + /* 47 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP", + /* 48 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP", + /* 49 */ "typename ::= ids", + /* 50 */ "typename ::= typename ids", + /* 51 */ "signed ::= plus_num", + /* 52 */ "signed ::= minus_num", + /* 53 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg", + /* 54 */ "carglist ::=", + /* 55 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons", + /* 56 */ "carg ::= ccons", + /* 57 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term", + /* 58 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP", + /* 59 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term", + /* 60 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term", + /* 61 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT id", + /* 62 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf", + /* 63 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf", + /* 64 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc", + /* 65 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf", + /* 66 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP", + /* 67 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs", + /* 68 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause", + /* 69 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ids", + /* 70 */ "autoinc ::=", + /* 71 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR", + /* 72 */ "refargs ::=", + /* 73 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg", + /* 74 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm", + /* 75 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact", + /* 76 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact", + /* 77 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact", + /* 78 */ "refact ::= SET NULL", + /* 79 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT", + /* 80 */ "refact ::= CASCADE", + /* 81 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT", + /* 82 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION", + /* 83 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", + /* 84 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", + /* 85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=", + /* 86 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED", + /* 87 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE", + /* 88 */ "conslist_opt ::=", + /* 89 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist", + /* 90 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons", + /* 91 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons", + /* 92 */ "conslist ::= tcons", + /* 93 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", + /* 94 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf", + /* 95 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf", + /* 96 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf", + /* 97 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt", + /* 98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=", + /* 99 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause", + /* 100 */ "onconf ::=", + /* 101 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype", + /* 102 */ "orconf ::=", + /* 103 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype", + /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype", + /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE", + /* 106 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE", + /* 107 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname", + /* 108 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS", + /* 109 */ "ifexists ::=", + /* 110 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select", + /* 111 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname", + /* 112 */ "cmd ::= select", + /* 113 */ "select ::= oneselect", + /* 114 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect", + /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION", + /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL", + /* 117 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT", + /* 118 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt", + /* 119 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT", + /* 120 */ "distinct ::= ALL", + /* 121 */ "distinct ::=", + /* 122 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA", + /* 123 */ "sclp ::=", + /* 124 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as", + /* 125 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR", + /* 126 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR", + /* 127 */ "as ::= AS nm", + /* 128 */ "as ::= ids", + /* 129 */ "as ::=", + /* 130 */ "from ::=", + /* 131 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist", + /* 132 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop", + /* 133 */ "stl_prefix ::=", + /* 134 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt", + /* 135 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt", + /* 136 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt", + /* 137 */ "dbnm ::=", + /* 138 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm", + /* 139 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm", + /* 140 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN", + /* 141 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN", + /* 142 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN", + /* 143 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN", + /* 144 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr", + /* 145 */ "on_opt ::=", + /* 146 */ "indexed_opt ::=", + /* 147 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm", + /* 148 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED", + /* 149 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP", + /* 150 */ "using_opt ::=", + /* 151 */ "orderby_opt ::=", + /* 152 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist", + /* 153 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder", + /* 154 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder", + /* 155 */ "sortitem ::= expr", + /* 156 */ "sortorder ::= ASC", + /* 157 */ "sortorder ::= DESC", + /* 158 */ "sortorder ::=", + /* 159 */ "groupby_opt ::=", + /* 160 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist", + /* 161 */ "having_opt ::=", + /* 162 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr", + /* 163 */ "limit_opt ::=", + /* 164 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr", + /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr", + /* 166 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr", + /* 167 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt", + /* 168 */ "where_opt ::=", + /* 169 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr", + /* 170 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt", + /* 171 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr", + /* 172 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr", + /* 173 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP", + /* 174 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select", + /* 175 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES", + /* 176 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf", + /* 177 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE", + /* 178 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr", + /* 179 */ "itemlist ::= expr", + /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::=", + /* 181 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP", + /* 182 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm", + /* 183 */ "inscollist ::= nm", + /* 184 */ "expr ::= term", + /* 185 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP", + /* 186 */ "term ::= NULL", + /* 187 */ "expr ::= id", + /* 188 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW", + /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm", + /* 190 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm", + /* 191 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB", + /* 192 */ "term ::= STRING", + /* 193 */ "expr ::= REGISTER", + /* 194 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE", + /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ids", + /* 196 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP", + /* 197 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP", + /* 198 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP", + /* 199 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW", + /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr", + /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr", + /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr", + /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr", + /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr", + /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr", + /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr", + /* 207 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr", + /* 208 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW", + /* 209 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW", + /* 210 */ "likeop ::= MATCH", + /* 211 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH", + /* 212 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr", + /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr", + /* 214 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL", + /* 215 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL", + /* 216 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr", + /* 217 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr", + /* 218 */ "expr ::= NOT expr", + /* 219 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr", + /* 220 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr", + /* 221 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr", + /* 222 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN", + /* 223 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN", + /* 224 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr", + /* 225 */ "in_op ::= IN", + /* 226 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN", + /* 227 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP", + /* 228 */ "expr ::= LP select RP", + /* 229 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP", + /* 230 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm", + /* 231 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP", + /* 232 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END", + /* 233 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr", + /* 234 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr", + /* 235 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr", + /* 236 */ "case_else ::=", + /* 237 */ "case_operand ::= expr", + /* 238 */ "case_operand ::=", + /* 239 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist", + /* 240 */ "exprlist ::=", + /* 241 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr", + /* 242 */ "nexprlist ::= expr", + /* 243 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP", + /* 244 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE", + /* 245 */ "uniqueflag ::=", + /* 246 */ "idxlist_opt ::=", + /* 247 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP", + /* 248 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder", + /* 249 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder", + /* 250 */ "collate ::=", + /* 251 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ids", + /* 252 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname", + /* 253 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM", + /* 254 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm", + /* 255 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm", + /* 256 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum", + /* 257 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP", + /* 258 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num", + /* 259 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP", + /* 260 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num", + /* 261 */ "nmnum ::= nm", + /* 262 */ "nmnum ::= ON", + /* 263 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE", + /* 264 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT", + /* 265 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number", + /* 266 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number", + /* 267 */ "number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT", + /* 268 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS", + /* 269 */ "plus_opt ::=", + /* 270 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END", + /* 271 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause", + /* 272 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE", + /* 273 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER", + /* 274 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF", + /* 275 */ "trigger_time ::=", + /* 276 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT", + /* 277 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE", + /* 278 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist", + /* 279 */ "foreach_clause ::=", + /* 280 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW", + /* 281 */ "when_clause ::=", + /* 282 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr", + /* 283 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI", + /* 284 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI", + /* 285 */ "trnm ::= nm", + /* 286 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm", + /* 287 */ "tridxby ::=", + /* 288 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm", + /* 289 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED", + /* 290 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt", + /* 291 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP", + /* 292 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select", + /* 293 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt", + /* 294 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select", + /* 295 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP", + /* 296 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP", + /* 297 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK", + /* 298 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT", + /* 299 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL", + /* 300 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname", + /* 301 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt", + /* 302 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr", + /* 303 */ "key_opt ::=", + /* 304 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr", + /* 305 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE", + /* 306 */ "database_kw_opt ::=", + /* 307 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX", + /* 308 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm", + /* 309 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE", + /* 310 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm", + /* 311 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm", + /* 312 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column", + /* 313 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname", + /* 314 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=", + /* 315 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW", + /* 316 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab", + /* 317 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP", + /* 318 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm", + /* 319 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg", + /* 320 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg", + /* 321 */ "vtabarg ::=", + /* 322 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken", + /* 323 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY", + /* 324 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP", + /* 325 */ "lp ::= LP", + /* 326 */ "anylist ::=", + /* 327 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP", + /* 328 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY", +}; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ - return pIdxInfo; -} +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 /* -** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function -** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex() -** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info pointer passed -** as the argument. -** -** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a -** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output -** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated. -** -** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the -** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates -** that this is required. +** Try to increase the size of the parser stack. */ -static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){ - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab; - int i; - int rc; - - WHERETRACE(("xBestIndex for %s\n", pTab->zName)); - TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p); - rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p); - TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p); - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg); - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, pVtab->zErrMsg); - pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; - - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName); +static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){ + int newSize; + yyStackEntry *pNew; + + newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100; + pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); + if( pNew ){ + p->yystack = pNew; + p->yystksz = newSize; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n", + yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz); } +#endif } - - return pParse->nErr; } +#endif - -/* -** Compute the best index for a virtual table. +/* +** This function allocates a new parser. +** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like +** malloc. ** -** The best index is computed by the xBestIndex method of the virtual -** table module. This routine is really just a wrapper that sets up -** the sqlite3_index_info structure that is used to communicate with -** xBestIndex. +** Inputs: +** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory. ** -** In a join, this routine might be called multiple times for the -** same virtual table. The sqlite3_index_info structure is created -** and initialized on the first invocation and reused on all subsequent -** invocations. The sqlite3_index_info structure is also used when -** code is generated to access the virtual table. The whereInfoDelete() -** routine takes care of freeing the sqlite3_index_info structure after -** everybody has finished with it. +** Outputs: +** A pointer to a parser. This pointer is used in subsequent calls +** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree. */ -static void bestVirtualIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The order by clause */ - WhereCost *pCost, /* Lowest cost query plan */ - sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo /* Index information passed to xBestIndex */ -){ - Table *pTab = pSrc->pTab; - sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int i, j; - int nOrderBy; - - /* Make sure wsFlags is initialized to some sane value. Otherwise, if the - ** malloc in allocateIndexInfo() fails and this function returns leaving - ** wsFlags in an uninitialized state, the caller may behave unpredictably. - */ - memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost)); - pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE; - - /* If the sqlite3_index_info structure has not been previously - ** allocated and initialized, then allocate and initialize it now. - */ - pIdxInfo = *ppIdxInfo; - if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ - *ppIdxInfo = pIdxInfo = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, pSrc, pOrderBy); - } - if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ - return; - } - - /* At this point, the sqlite3_index_info structure that pIdxInfo points - ** to will have been initialized, either during the current invocation or - ** during some prior invocation. Now we just have to customize the - ** details of pIdxInfo for the current invocation and pass it to - ** xBestIndex. - */ - - /* The module name must be defined. Also, by this point there must - ** be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. Otherwise - ** sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames() would have picked up the error. - */ - assert( pTab->azModuleArg && pTab->azModuleArg[0] ); - assert( sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab) ); - - /* Set the aConstraint[].usable fields and initialize all - ** output variables to zero. - ** - ** aConstraint[].usable is true for constraints where the right-hand - ** side contains only references to tables to the left of the current - ** table. In other words, if the constraint is of the form: - ** - ** column = expr - ** - ** and we are evaluating a join, then the constraint on column is - ** only valid if all tables referenced in expr occur to the left - ** of the table containing column. - ** - ** The aConstraints[] array contains entries for all constraints - ** on the current table. That way we only have to compute it once - ** even though we might try to pick the best index multiple times. - ** For each attempt at picking an index, the order of tables in the - ** join might be different so we have to recompute the usable flag - ** each time. - */ - pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; - pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){ - j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset; - pTerm = &pWC->a[j]; - pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight¬Ready) ? 0 : 1; - } - memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint); - if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){ - sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr); - } - pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0; - pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; - pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; - pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; - /* ((double)2) In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / ((double)2); - nOrderBy = pIdxInfo->nOrderBy; - if( !pOrderBy ){ - pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){ + yyParser *pParser; + pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) ); + if( pParser ){ + pParser->yyidx = -1; +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + pParser->yyidxMax = 0; +#endif +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + pParser->yystack = NULL; + pParser->yystksz = 0; + yyGrowStack(pParser); +#endif } + return pParser; +} - if( vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo) ){ - return; +/* The following function deletes the value associated with a +** symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal. +** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to +** the value. +*/ +static void yy_destructor( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + YYCODETYPE yymajor, /* Type code for object to destroy */ + YYMINORTYPE *yypminor /* The object to be destroyed */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; + switch( yymajor ){ + /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a + ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen + ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a + ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is + ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. + ** + ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those + ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used + ** inside the C code. + */ + case 160: /* select */ + case 194: /* oneselect */ +{ +sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy387)); +} + break; + case 174: /* term */ + case 175: /* expr */ +{ +sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy118).pExpr); +} + break; + case 179: /* idxlist_opt */ + case 187: /* idxlist */ + case 197: /* selcollist */ + case 200: /* groupby_opt */ + case 202: /* orderby_opt */ + case 204: /* sclp */ + case 214: /* sortlist */ + case 216: /* nexprlist */ + case 217: /* setlist */ + case 220: /* itemlist */ + case 221: /* exprlist */ + case 226: /* case_exprlist */ +{ +sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy322)); +} + break; + case 193: /* fullname */ + case 198: /* from */ + case 206: /* seltablist */ + case 207: /* stl_prefix */ +{ +sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy259)); +} + break; + case 199: /* where_opt */ + case 201: /* having_opt */ + case 210: /* on_opt */ + case 215: /* sortitem */ + case 225: /* case_operand */ + case 227: /* case_else */ + case 238: /* when_clause */ + case 243: /* key_opt */ +{ +sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy314)); +} + break; + case 211: /* using_opt */ + case 213: /* inscollist */ + case 219: /* inscollist_opt */ +{ +sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy384)); +} + break; + case 234: /* trigger_cmd_list */ + case 239: /* trigger_cmd */ +{ +sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy203)); +} + break; + case 236: /* trigger_event */ +{ +sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy90).b); +} + break; + default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */ } +} - pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - if( pUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){ - pCost->used |= pWC->a[pIdxCons[i].iTermOffset].prereqRight; - } - } +/* +** Pop the parser's stack once. +** +** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which +** is popped from the stack, then call it. +** +** Return the major token number for the symbol popped. +*/ +static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){ + YYCODETYPE yymajor; + yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx]; - /* The cost is not allowed to be larger than SQLITE_BIG_DBL (the - ** inital value of lowestCost in this loop. If it is, then the - ** (costestimatedCost ){ - pCost->rCost = (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2)); - }else{ - pCost->rCost = pIdxInfo->estimatedCost; - } - pCost->plan.u.pVtabIdx = pIdxInfo; - if( pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ){ - pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_ORDERBY; + /* There is no mechanism by which the parser stack can be popped below + ** empty in SQLite. */ + if( NEVER(pParser->yyidx<0) ) return 0; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, + yyTokenName[yytos->major]); } - pCost->plan.nEq = 0; - pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; - - /* Try to find a more efficient access pattern by using multiple indexes - ** to optimize an OR expression within the WHERE clause. - */ - bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pOrderBy, pCost); +#endif + yymajor = yytos->major; + yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor); + pParser->yyidx--; + return yymajor; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -/* -** Argument pIdx is a pointer to an index structure that has an array of -** SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES evenly spaced samples of the first indexed column -** stored in Index.aSample. The domain of values stored in said column -** may be thought of as divided into (SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1) regions. -** Region 0 contains all values smaller than the first sample value. Region -** 1 contains values larger than or equal to the value of the first sample, -** but smaller than the value of the second. And so on. +/* +** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are all called for +** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. ** -** If successful, this function determines which of the regions value -** pVal lies in, sets *piRegion to the region index (a value between 0 -** and SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1, inclusive) and returns SQLITE_OK. -** Or, if an OOM occurs while converting text values between encodings, -** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and *piRegion is undefined. +** Inputs: +**
      +**
    • A pointer to the parser. This should be a pointer +** obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc. +**
    • A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained +** from malloc. +**
    */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 -static int whereRangeRegion( - Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */ - Index *pIdx, /* Index to consider domain of */ - sqlite3_value *pVal, /* Value to consider */ - int *piRegion /* OUT: Region of domain in which value lies */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree( + void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */ + void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */ ){ - if( ALWAYS(pVal) ){ - IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample; - int i = 0; - int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal); - - if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){ - double r = sqlite3_value_double(pVal); - for(i=0; i=SQLITE_TEXT || aSample[i].u.r>r ) break; - } - }else{ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - CollSeq *pColl; - const u8 *z; - int n; - - /* pVal comes from sqlite3ValueFromExpr() so the type cannot be NULL */ - assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ); - - if( eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - z = (const u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(pVal); - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - assert( pColl->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); - }else{ - pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, *pIdx->azColl); - if( pColl==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", - *pIdx->azColl); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - z = (const u8 *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, pColl->enc); - if( !z ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - assert( z && pColl && pColl->xCmp ); - } - n = sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, pColl->enc); - - for(i=0; ienc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - int nSample; - char *zSample = sqlite3Utf8to16( - db, pColl->enc, aSample[i].u.z, aSample[i].nByte, &nSample - ); - if( !zSample ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - r = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, nSample, zSample, n, z); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSample); - }else + yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; + /* In SQLite, we never try to destroy a parser that was not successfully + ** created in the first place. */ + if( NEVER(pParser==0) ) return; + while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser); +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + free(pParser->yystack); #endif - { - r = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, aSample[i].nByte, aSample[i].u.z, n, z); - } - if( r>0 ) break; - } - } - - assert( i>=0 && i<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES ); - *piRegion = i; - } - return SQLITE_OK; + (*freeProc)((void*)pParser); } -#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 */ /* -** If expression pExpr represents a literal value, set *pp to point to -** an sqlite3_value structure containing the same value, with affinity -** aff applied to it, before returning. It is the responsibility of the -** caller to eventually release this structure by passing it to -** sqlite3ValueFree(). -** -** If the current parse is a recompile (sqlite3Reprepare()) and pExpr -** is an SQL variable that currently has a non-NULL value bound to it, -** create an sqlite3_value structure containing this value, again with -** affinity aff applied to it, instead. -** -** If neither of the above apply, set *pp to NULL. -** -** If an error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 -static int valueFromExpr( - Parse *pParse, - Expr *pExpr, - u8 aff, - sqlite3_value **pp -){ - /* The evalConstExpr() function will have already converted any TK_VARIABLE - ** expression involved in an comparison into a TK_REGISTER. */ - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_VARIABLE ); - if( pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE ){ - int iVar = pExpr->iColumn; - sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iVar); - *pp = sqlite3VdbeGetValue(pParse->pReprepare, iVar, aff); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - return sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pParse->db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, aff, pp); +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){ + yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; + return pParser->yyidxMax; } #endif /* -** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited -** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper -** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper -** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For -** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a): -** -** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... -** |_____| |_____| -** | | -** pLower pUpper -** -** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in -** place of the corresponding WhereTerm. -** -** The nEq parameter is passed the index of the index column subject to the -** range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of equality constraints -** optimized by the proposed index scan. For example, assuming index p is -** on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is: -** -** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ... -** -** then nEq should be passed the value 1 (as the range restricted column, -** b, is the second left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is: -** -** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... -** -** then nEq should be passed 0. -** -** The returned value is an integer between 1 and 100, inclusive. A return -** value of 1 indicates that the proposed range scan is expected to visit -** approximately 1/100th (1%) of the rows selected by the nEq equality -** constraints (if any). A return value of 100 indicates that it is expected -** that the range scan will visit every row (100%) selected by the equality -** constraints. +** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal +** look-ahead token iLookAhead. ** -** In the absence of sqlite_stat2 ANALYZE data, each range inequality -** reduces the search space by 2/3rds. Hence a single constraint (x>?) -** results in a return of 33 and a range constraint (x>? AND xaCol[] of the range-compared column */ - WhereTerm *pLower, /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */ - WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */ - int *piEst /* OUT: Return value */ +static int yy_find_shift_action( + yyParser *pParser, /* The parser */ + YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ ){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 - - if( nEq==0 && p->aSample ){ - sqlite3_value *pLowerVal = 0; - sqlite3_value *pUpperVal = 0; - int iEst; - int iLower = 0; - int iUpper = SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; - u8 aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity; - - if( pLower ){ - Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight; - rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pLowerVal); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pUpper ){ - Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight; - rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pUpperVal); - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pLowerVal==0 && pUpperVal==0) ){ - sqlite3ValueFree(pLowerVal); - sqlite3ValueFree(pUpperVal); - goto range_est_fallback; - }else if( pLowerVal==0 ){ - rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pUpperVal, &iUpper); - if( pLower ) iLower = iUpper/2; - }else if( pUpperVal==0 ){ - rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pLowerVal, &iLower); - if( pUpper ) iUpper = (iLower + SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES + 1)/2; - }else{ - rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pUpperVal, &iUpper); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pLowerVal, &iLower); + int i; + int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno; + + if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_COUNT + || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; + } + assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); + i += iLookAhead; + if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ + if( iLookAhead>0 ){ +#ifdef YYFALLBACK + YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */ + if( iLookAhead %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]); + } +#endif + return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback); } +#endif +#ifdef YYWILDCARD + { + int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD; + if( +#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0 + j>=0 && +#endif +#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT + j %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]); + } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + return yy_action[j]; + } + } +#endif /* YYWILDCARD */ } - - iEst = iUpper - iLower; - testcase( iEst==SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES ); - assert( iEst<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES ); - if( iEst<1 ){ - iEst = 1; - } - - sqlite3ValueFree(pLowerVal); - sqlite3ValueFree(pUpperVal); - *piEst = (iEst * 100)/SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; - return rc; - } -range_est_fallback: -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nEq); -#endif - assert( pLower || pUpper ); - if( pLower && pUpper ){ - *piEst = 11; + return yy_default[stateno]; }else{ - *piEst = 33; + return yy_action[i]; } - return rc; } - /* -** Find the query plan for accessing a particular table. Write the -** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied as the -** last parameter. -** -** The lowest cost plan wins. The cost is an estimate of the amount of -** CPU and disk I/O need to process the request using the selected plan. -** Factors that influence cost include: -** -** * The estimated number of rows that will be retrieved. (The -** fewer the better.) -** -** * Whether or not sorting must occur. -** -** * Whether or not there must be separate lookups in the -** index and in the main table. -** -** If there was an INDEXED BY clause (pSrc->pIndex) attached to the table in -** the SQL statement, then this function only considers plans using the -** named index. If no such plan is found, then the returned cost is -** SQLITE_BIG_DBL. If a plan is found that uses the named index, -** then the cost is calculated in the usual way. +** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal +** look-ahead token iLookAhead. ** -** If a NOT INDEXED clause (pSrc->notIndexed!=0) was attached to the table -** in the SELECT statement, then no indexes are considered. However, the -** selected plan may still take advantage of the tables built-in rowid -** index. +** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is +** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise +** return YY_NO_ACTION. */ -static void bestBtreeIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ +static int yy_find_reduce_action( + int stateno, /* Current state number */ + YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ ){ - int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */ - Index *pProbe; /* An index we are evaluating */ - Index *pIdx; /* Copy of pProbe, or zero for IPK index */ - int eqTermMask; /* Current mask of valid equality operators */ - int idxEqTermMask; /* Index mask of valid equality operators */ - Index sPk; /* A fake index object for the primary key */ - unsigned int aiRowEstPk[2]; /* The aiRowEst[] value for the sPk index */ - int aiColumnPk = -1; /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */ - int wsFlagMask; /* Allowed flags in pCost->plan.wsFlag */ - - /* Initialize the cost to a worst-case value */ - memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost)); - pCost->rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL; - - /* If the pSrc table is the right table of a LEFT JOIN then we may not - ** use an index to satisfy IS NULL constraints on that table. This is - ** because columns might end up being NULL if the table does not match - - ** a circumstance which the index cannot help us discover. Ticket #2177. - */ - if( pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT ){ - idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN; - }else{ - idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL; + int i; +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; } - - if( pSrc->pIndex ){ - /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */ - pIdx = pProbe = pSrc->pIndex; - wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE); - eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask; - }else{ - /* There is no INDEXED BY clause. Create a fake Index object to - ** represent the primary key */ - Index *pFirst; /* Any other index on the table */ - memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index)); - sPk.nColumn = 1; - sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk; - sPk.aiRowEst = aiRowEstPk; - aiRowEstPk[1] = 1; - sPk.onError = OE_Replace; - sPk.pTable = pSrc->pTab; - pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex; - if( pSrc->notIndexed==0 ){ - sPk.pNext = pFirst; - } - /* The aiRowEstPk[0] is an estimate of the total number of rows in the - ** table. Get this information from the ANALYZE information if it is - ** available. If not available, assume the table 1 million rows in size. - */ - if( pFirst ){ - assert( pFirst->aiRowEst!=0 ); /* Allocated together with pFirst */ - aiRowEstPk[0] = pFirst->aiRowEst[0]; - }else{ - aiRowEstPk[0] = 1000000; - } - pProbe = &sPk; - wsFlagMask = ~( - WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE - ); - eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN; - pIdx = 0; +#else + assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT ); +#endif + i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno]; + assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ); + assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); + i += iLookAhead; +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; } +#else + assert( i>=0 && ipNext){ - const unsigned int * const aiRowEst = pProbe->aiRowEst; - double cost; /* Cost of using pProbe */ - double nRow; /* Estimated number of rows in result set */ - int rev; /* True to scan in reverse order */ - int wsFlags = 0; - Bitmask used = 0; - - /* The following variables are populated based on the properties of - ** scan being evaluated. They are then used to determine the expected - ** cost and number of rows returned. - ** - ** nEq: - ** Number of equality terms that can be implemented using the index. - ** - ** nInMul: - ** The "in-multiplier". This is an estimate of how many seek operations - ** SQLite must perform on the index in question. For example, if the - ** WHERE clause is: - ** - ** WHERE a IN (1, 2, 3) AND b IN (4, 5, 6) - ** - ** SQLite must perform 9 lookups on an index on (a, b), so nInMul is - ** set to 9. Given the same schema and either of the following WHERE - ** clauses: - ** - ** WHERE a = 1 - ** WHERE a >= 2 - ** - ** nInMul is set to 1. - ** - ** If there exists a WHERE term of the form "x IN (SELECT ...)", then - ** the sub-select is assumed to return 25 rows for the purposes of - ** determining nInMul. - ** - ** bInEst: - ** Set to true if there was at least one "x IN (SELECT ...)" term used - ** in determining the value of nInMul. - ** - ** nBound: - ** An estimate on the amount of the table that must be searched. A - ** value of 100 means the entire table is searched. Range constraints - ** might reduce this to a value less than 100 to indicate that only - ** a fraction of the table needs searching. In the absence of - ** sqlite_stat2 ANALYZE data, a single inequality reduces the search - ** space to 1/3rd its original size. So an x>? constraint reduces - ** nBound to 33. Two constraints (x>? AND xnColumn; nEq++){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ - int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq]; - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, eqTermMask, pIdx); - if( pTerm==0 ) break; - wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_EQ); - if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ - Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - nInMul *= 25; - bInEst = 1; - }else if( pExpr->x.pList ){ - nInMul *= pExpr->x.pList->nExpr + 1; - } - }else if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ){ - wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL; - } - used |= pTerm->prereqRight; - } - - /* Determine the value of nBound. */ - if( nEqnColumn ){ - int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq]; - if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx) ){ - WhereTerm *pTop = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, pIdx); - WhereTerm *pBtm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx); - whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pProbe, nEq, pBtm, pTop, &nBound); - if( pTop ){ - wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; - used |= pTop->prereqRight; - } - if( pBtm ){ - wsFlags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT; - used |= pBtm->prereqRight; - } - wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE); - } - }else if( pProbe->onError!=OE_None ){ - testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN ); - testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL ); - if( (wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL))==0 ){ - wsFlags |= WHERE_UNIQUE; - } - } - - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and the index being considered will - ** naturally scan rows in the required order, set the appropriate flags - ** in wsFlags. Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause but the index - ** will scan rows in a different order, set the bSort variable. */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - if( (wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL))==0 - && isSortingIndex(pParse,pWC->pMaskSet,pProbe,iCur,pOrderBy,nEq,&rev) - ){ - wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ORDERBY; - wsFlags |= (rev ? WHERE_REVERSE : 0); - }else{ - bSort = 1; - } - } - - /* If currently calculating the cost of using an index (not the IPK - ** index), determine if all required column data may be obtained without - ** seeking to entries in the main table (i.e. if the index is a covering - ** index for this query). If it is, set the WHERE_IDX_ONLY flag in - ** wsFlags. Otherwise, set the bLookup variable to true. */ - if( pIdx && wsFlags ){ - Bitmask m = pSrc->colUsed; - int j; - for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ - int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; - if( xaiRowEst[0] ){ - nRow = aiRowEst[0]/2; - nInMul = (int)(nRow / aiRowEst[nEq]); - } - - /* Assume constant cost to access a row and logarithmic cost to - ** do a binary search. Hence, the initial cost is the number of output - ** rows plus log2(table-size) times the number of binary searches. - */ - cost = nRow + nInMul*estLog(aiRowEst[0]); - - /* Adjust the number of rows and the cost downward to reflect rows - ** that are excluded by range constraints. - */ - nRow = (nRow * (double)nBound) / (double)100; - cost = (cost * (double)nBound) / (double)100; - - /* Add in the estimated cost of sorting the result - */ - if( bSort ){ - cost += cost*estLog(cost); - } - - /* If all information can be taken directly from the index, we avoid - ** doing table lookups. This reduces the cost by half. (Not really - - ** this needs to be fixed.) - */ - if( pIdx && bLookup==0 ){ - cost /= (double)2; - } - /**** Cost of using this index has now been computed ****/ +/* +** The following routine is called if the stack overflows. +*/ +static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser, YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; + yypParser->yyidx--; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser + ** stack every overflows */ - WHERETRACE(( - "tbl=%s idx=%s nEq=%d nInMul=%d nBound=%d bSort=%d bLookup=%d" - " wsFlags=%d (nRow=%.2f cost=%.2f)\n", - pSrc->pTab->zName, (pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "ipk"), - nEq, nInMul, nBound, bSort, bLookup, wsFlags, nRow, cost - )); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow"); + pParse->parseError = 1; + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */ +} - /* If this index is the best we have seen so far, then record this - ** index and its cost in the pCost structure. - */ - if( (!pIdx || wsFlags) && costrCost ){ - pCost->rCost = cost; - pCost->nRow = nRow; - pCost->used = used; - pCost->plan.wsFlags = (wsFlags&wsFlagMask); - pCost->plan.nEq = nEq; - pCost->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx; +/* +** Perform a shift action. +*/ +static void yy_shift( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser to be shifted */ + int yyNewState, /* The new state to shift in */ + int yyMajor, /* The major token to shift in */ + YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */ +){ + yyStackEntry *yytos; + yypParser->yyidx++; +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){ + yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx; + } +#endif +#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 + if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){ + yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); + return; + } +#else + if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ + yyGrowStack(yypParser); + if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ + yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); + return; } + } +#endif + yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; + yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState; + yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor; + yytos->minor = *yypMinor; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){ + int i; + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState); + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt); + for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++) + fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]); + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n"); + } +#endif +} - /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is - ** considered. */ - if( pSrc->pIndex ) break; +/* The following table contains information about every rule that +** is used during the reduce. +*/ +static const struct { + YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */ + unsigned char nrhs; /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */ +} yyRuleInfo[] = { + { 142, 1 }, + { 143, 2 }, + { 143, 1 }, + { 144, 1 }, + { 144, 3 }, + { 145, 0 }, + { 145, 1 }, + { 145, 3 }, + { 146, 1 }, + { 147, 3 }, + { 149, 0 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 148, 0 }, + { 148, 1 }, + { 148, 1 }, + { 148, 1 }, + { 147, 2 }, + { 147, 2 }, + { 147, 2 }, + { 151, 1 }, + { 151, 0 }, + { 147, 2 }, + { 147, 3 }, + { 147, 5 }, + { 147, 2 }, + { 152, 6 }, + { 154, 1 }, + { 156, 0 }, + { 156, 3 }, + { 155, 1 }, + { 155, 0 }, + { 153, 4 }, + { 153, 2 }, + { 158, 3 }, + { 158, 1 }, + { 161, 3 }, + { 162, 1 }, + { 165, 1 }, + { 165, 1 }, + { 166, 1 }, + { 150, 1 }, + { 150, 1 }, + { 150, 1 }, + { 163, 0 }, + { 163, 1 }, + { 167, 1 }, + { 167, 4 }, + { 167, 6 }, + { 168, 1 }, + { 168, 2 }, + { 169, 1 }, + { 169, 1 }, + { 164, 2 }, + { 164, 0 }, + { 172, 3 }, + { 172, 1 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 4 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 5 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 4 }, + { 173, 4 }, + { 173, 1 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 178, 0 }, + { 178, 1 }, + { 180, 0 }, + { 180, 2 }, + { 182, 2 }, + { 182, 3 }, + { 182, 3 }, + { 182, 3 }, + { 183, 2 }, + { 183, 2 }, + { 183, 1 }, + { 183, 1 }, + { 183, 2 }, + { 181, 3 }, + { 181, 2 }, + { 184, 0 }, + { 184, 2 }, + { 184, 2 }, + { 159, 0 }, + { 159, 2 }, + { 185, 3 }, + { 185, 2 }, + { 185, 1 }, + { 186, 2 }, + { 186, 7 }, + { 186, 5 }, + { 186, 5 }, + { 186, 10 }, + { 188, 0 }, + { 188, 1 }, + { 176, 0 }, + { 176, 3 }, + { 189, 0 }, + { 189, 2 }, + { 190, 1 }, + { 190, 1 }, + { 190, 1 }, + { 147, 4 }, + { 192, 2 }, + { 192, 0 }, + { 147, 8 }, + { 147, 4 }, + { 147, 1 }, + { 160, 1 }, + { 160, 3 }, + { 195, 1 }, + { 195, 2 }, + { 195, 1 }, + { 194, 9 }, + { 196, 1 }, + { 196, 1 }, + { 196, 0 }, + { 204, 2 }, + { 204, 0 }, + { 197, 3 }, + { 197, 2 }, + { 197, 4 }, + { 205, 2 }, + { 205, 1 }, + { 205, 0 }, + { 198, 0 }, + { 198, 2 }, + { 207, 2 }, + { 207, 0 }, + { 206, 7 }, + { 206, 7 }, + { 206, 7 }, + { 157, 0 }, + { 157, 2 }, + { 193, 2 }, + { 208, 1 }, + { 208, 2 }, + { 208, 3 }, + { 208, 4 }, + { 210, 2 }, + { 210, 0 }, + { 209, 0 }, + { 209, 3 }, + { 209, 2 }, + { 211, 4 }, + { 211, 0 }, + { 202, 0 }, + { 202, 3 }, + { 214, 4 }, + { 214, 2 }, + { 215, 1 }, + { 177, 1 }, + { 177, 1 }, + { 177, 0 }, + { 200, 0 }, + { 200, 3 }, + { 201, 0 }, + { 201, 2 }, + { 203, 0 }, + { 203, 2 }, + { 203, 4 }, + { 203, 4 }, + { 147, 5 }, + { 199, 0 }, + { 199, 2 }, + { 147, 7 }, + { 217, 5 }, + { 217, 3 }, + { 147, 8 }, + { 147, 5 }, + { 147, 6 }, + { 218, 2 }, + { 218, 1 }, + { 220, 3 }, + { 220, 1 }, + { 219, 0 }, + { 219, 3 }, + { 213, 3 }, + { 213, 1 }, + { 175, 1 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 174, 1 }, + { 175, 1 }, + { 175, 1 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 174, 1 }, + { 174, 1 }, + { 175, 1 }, + { 175, 1 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 6 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 175, 4 }, + { 174, 1 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 222, 1 }, + { 222, 2 }, + { 222, 1 }, + { 222, 2 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 4 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 223, 1 }, + { 223, 2 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 224, 1 }, + { 224, 2 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 175, 4 }, + { 175, 4 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 226, 5 }, + { 226, 4 }, + { 227, 2 }, + { 227, 0 }, + { 225, 1 }, + { 225, 0 }, + { 221, 1 }, + { 221, 0 }, + { 216, 3 }, + { 216, 1 }, + { 147, 11 }, + { 228, 1 }, + { 228, 0 }, + { 179, 0 }, + { 179, 3 }, + { 187, 5 }, + { 187, 3 }, + { 229, 0 }, + { 229, 2 }, + { 147, 4 }, + { 147, 1 }, + { 147, 2 }, + { 147, 3 }, + { 147, 5 }, + { 147, 6 }, + { 147, 5 }, + { 147, 6 }, + { 230, 1 }, + { 230, 1 }, + { 230, 1 }, + { 230, 1 }, + { 230, 1 }, + { 170, 2 }, + { 171, 2 }, + { 232, 1 }, + { 231, 1 }, + { 231, 0 }, + { 147, 5 }, + { 233, 11 }, + { 235, 1 }, + { 235, 1 }, + { 235, 2 }, + { 235, 0 }, + { 236, 1 }, + { 236, 1 }, + { 236, 3 }, + { 237, 0 }, + { 237, 3 }, + { 238, 0 }, + { 238, 2 }, + { 234, 3 }, + { 234, 2 }, + { 240, 1 }, + { 240, 3 }, + { 241, 0 }, + { 241, 3 }, + { 241, 2 }, + { 239, 7 }, + { 239, 8 }, + { 239, 5 }, + { 239, 5 }, + { 239, 1 }, + { 175, 4 }, + { 175, 6 }, + { 191, 1 }, + { 191, 1 }, + { 191, 1 }, + { 147, 4 }, + { 147, 6 }, + { 147, 3 }, + { 243, 0 }, + { 243, 2 }, + { 242, 1 }, + { 242, 0 }, + { 147, 1 }, + { 147, 3 }, + { 147, 1 }, + { 147, 3 }, + { 147, 6 }, + { 147, 6 }, + { 244, 1 }, + { 245, 0 }, + { 245, 1 }, + { 147, 1 }, + { 147, 4 }, + { 246, 7 }, + { 247, 1 }, + { 247, 3 }, + { 248, 0 }, + { 248, 2 }, + { 249, 1 }, + { 249, 3 }, + { 250, 1 }, + { 251, 0 }, + { 251, 4 }, + { 251, 2 }, +}; - /* Reset masks for the next index in the loop */ - wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE); - eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask; - } +static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */ - /* If there is no ORDER BY clause and the SQLITE_ReverseOrder flag - ** is set, then reverse the order that the index will be scanned - ** in. This is used for application testing, to help find cases - ** where application behaviour depends on the (undefined) order that - ** SQLite outputs rows in in the absence of an ORDER BY clause. */ - if( !pOrderBy && pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder ){ - pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE; +/* +** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately +** follow the reduce. +*/ +static void yy_reduce( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + int yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */ +){ + int yygoto; /* The next state */ + int yyact; /* The next action */ + YYMINORTYPE yygotominor; /* The LHS of the rule reduced */ + yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */ + int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; + yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 + && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt, + yyRuleName[yyruleno]); } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ - assert( pOrderBy || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY)==0 ); - assert( pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0 || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ROWID_EQ)==0 ); - assert( pSrc->pIndex==0 - || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0 - || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==pSrc->pIndex - ); + /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized + ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following + ** switch. yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does + ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal. Leaving the + ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long + ** as the value is never used. So really the only thing this code + ** accomplishes is to quieten purify. + ** + ** 2007-01-16: The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that + ** without this code, their parser segfaults. I'm not sure what there + ** parser is doing to make this happen. This is the second bug report + ** from wireshark this week. Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways + ** that it has not been previously stressed... (SQLite ticket #2172) + */ + /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/ + yygotominor = yyzerominor; - WHERETRACE(("best index is: %s\n", - (pCost->plan.u.pIdx ? pCost->plan.u.pIdx->zName : "ipk") - )); - bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pOrderBy, pCost); - pCost->plan.wsFlags |= eqTermMask; + switch( yyruleno ){ + /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example + ** follows: + ** case 0: + ** #line + ** { ... } // User supplied code + ** #line + ** break; + */ + case 5: /* explain ::= */ +{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); } + break; + case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */ +{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); } + break; + case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ +{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); } + break; + case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */ +{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); } + break; + case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */ +{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);} + break; + case 13: /* transtype ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy4 = TK_DEFERRED;} + break; + case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */ + case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==15); + case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==16); + case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==115); + case 117: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==117); +{yygotominor.yy4 = yymsp[0].major;} + break; + case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */ + case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18); +{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);} + break; + case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */ +{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);} + break; + case 22: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */ +{ + sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } - -/* -** Find the query plan for accessing table pSrc->pTab. Write the -** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied -** as the last parameter. This function may calculate the cost of -** both real and virtual table scans. -*/ -static void bestIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ -){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ){ - sqlite3_index_info *p = 0; - bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pOrderBy, pCost, &p); - if( p->needToFreeIdxStr ){ - sqlite3_free(p->idxStr); - } - sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p); - }else -#endif - { - bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pOrderBy, pCost); + break; + case 23: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */ +{ + sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 24: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */ +{ + sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 26: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */ +{ + sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy4,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4); +} + break; + case 27: /* createkw ::= CREATE */ +{ + pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; +} + break; + case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= */ + case 31: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==31); + case 70: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==70); + case 83: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==83); + case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==85); + case 87: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==87); + case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==98); + case 109: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==109); + case 120: /* distinct ::= ALL */ yytestcase(yyruleno==120); + case 121: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==121); + case 222: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==222); + case 225: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==225); +{yygotominor.yy4 = 0;} + break; + case 29: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */ + case 30: /* temp ::= TEMP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==30); + case 71: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==71); + case 86: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==86); + case 108: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==108); + case 119: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119); + case 223: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==223); + case 226: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==226); +{yygotominor.yy4 = 1;} + break; + case 32: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP */ +{ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0); +} + break; + case 33: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */ +{ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy387); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387); +} + break; + case 36: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */ +{ + yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; +} + break; + case 37: /* columnid ::= nm */ +{ + sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; +} + break; + case 38: /* id ::= ID */ + case 39: /* id ::= INDEXED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==39); + case 40: /* ids ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==40); + case 41: /* nm ::= id */ yytestcase(yyruleno==41); + case 42: /* nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42); + case 43: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43); + case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==46); + case 49: /* typename ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==49); + case 127: /* as ::= AS nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==127); + case 128: /* as ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==128); + case 138: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==138); + case 147: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==147); + case 251: /* collate ::= COLLATE ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==251); + case 260: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==260); + case 261: /* nmnum ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==261); + case 262: /* nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==262); + case 263: /* nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==263); + case 264: /* nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==264); + case 265: /* plus_num ::= plus_opt number */ yytestcase(yyruleno==265); + case 266: /* minus_num ::= MINUS number */ yytestcase(yyruleno==266); + case 267: /* number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==267); + case 285: /* trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==285); +{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} + break; + case 45: /* type ::= typetoken */ +{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 47: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z); +} + break; + case 48: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z); +} + break; + case 50: /* typename ::= typename ids */ +{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);} + break; + case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */ + case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==59); +{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118);} + break; + case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */ +{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy118);} + break; + case 60: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */ +{ + ExprSpan v; + v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); + v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; + v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd; + sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); +} + break; + case 61: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT id */ +{ + ExprSpan v; + spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); +} + break; + case 63: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */ +{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy4);} + break; + case 64: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */ +{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy4,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4);} + break; + case 65: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */ +{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,0,0,0,0);} + break; + case 66: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */ +{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr);} + break; + case 67: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */ +{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4);} + break; + case 68: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */ +{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy4);} + break; + case 69: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ids */ +{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 72: /* refargs ::= */ +{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */} + break; + case 73: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */ +{ yygotominor.yy4 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy215.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy215.value; } + break; + case 74: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */ + case 75: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ yytestcase(yyruleno==75); +{ yygotominor.yy215.value = 0; yygotominor.yy215.mask = 0x000000; } + break; + case 76: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */ +{ yygotominor.yy215.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy4; yygotominor.yy215.mask = 0x0000ff; } + break; + case 77: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */ +{ yygotominor.yy215.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy4<<8; yygotominor.yy215.mask = 0x00ff00; } + break; + case 78: /* refact ::= SET NULL */ +{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_SetNull; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 79: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */ +{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_SetDflt; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 80: /* refact ::= CASCADE */ +{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Cascade; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 81: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */ +{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 82: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */ +{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_None; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 84: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ + case 99: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==99); + case 101: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==101); + case 104: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==104); +{yygotominor.yy4 = yymsp[0].minor.yy4;} + break; + case 88: /* conslist_opt ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;} + break; + case 89: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ +{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;} + break; + case 94: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */ +{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4,0);} + break; + case 95: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */ +{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,0,0,0,0);} + break; + case 96: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */ +{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr);} + break; + case 97: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */ +{ + sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy322, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4); + sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy4); +} + break; + case 100: /* onconf ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Default;} + break; + case 102: /* orconf ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy210 = OE_Default;} + break; + case 103: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ +{yygotominor.yy210 = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;} + break; + case 105: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */ +{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Ignore;} + break; + case 106: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */ +{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Replace;} + break; + case 107: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */ +{ + sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4); +} + break; + case 110: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */ +{ + sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-6].minor.yy4, yymsp[-4].minor.yy4); +} + break; + case 111: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */ +{ + sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4); +} + break; + case 112: /* cmd ::= select */ +{ + SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0}; + sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, &dest); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387); +} + break; + case 113: /* select ::= oneselect */ +{yygotominor.yy387 = yymsp[0].minor.yy387;} + break; + case 114: /* select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect */ +{ + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy387 ){ + yymsp[0].minor.yy387->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy4; + yymsp[0].minor.yy387->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy387; + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy387); } + yygotominor.yy387 = yymsp[0].minor.yy387; } - -/* -** Disable a term in the WHERE clause. Except, do not disable the term -** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON -** or USING clause of that join. -** -** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries: -** -** (1) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok' -** (2) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' -** (3) SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' -** -** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates -** in the ON clause. The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part -** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN. In (1), the term is not disabled. -** -** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop -** of the join. Disabling is an optimization. When terms are satisfied -** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner -** loop. We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled, -** but joins might run a little slower. The trick is to disable as much -** as we can without disabling too much. If we disabled in (1), we'd get -** the wrong answer. See ticket #813. -*/ -static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){ - if( pTerm - && ALWAYS((pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0) - && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) - ){ - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; - if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){ - WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent]; - if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){ - disableTerm(pLevel, pOther); - } + break; + case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */ +{yygotominor.yy4 = TK_ALL;} + break; + case 118: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */ +{ + yygotominor.yy387 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy322,yymsp[-5].minor.yy259,yymsp[-4].minor.yy314,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[-2].minor.yy314,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[-7].minor.yy4,yymsp[0].minor.yy292.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy292.pOffset); +} + break; + case 122: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ + case 247: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==247); +{yygotominor.yy322 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy322;} + break; + case 123: /* sclp ::= */ + case 151: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==151); + case 159: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==159); + case 240: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==240); + case 246: /* idxlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==246); +{yygotominor.yy322 = 0;} + break; + case 124: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */ +{ + yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322, yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr); + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); + sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yygotominor.yy322,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy118); +} + break; + case 125: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */ +{ + Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0); + yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, p); +} + break; + case 126: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */ +{ + Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); + Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); + yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322, pDot); +} + break; + case 129: /* as ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} + break; + case 130: /* from ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy259));} + break; + case 131: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */ +{ + yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[0].minor.yy259; + sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy259); +} + break; + case 132: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */ +{ + yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy259; + if( ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>0) ) yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4; +} + break; + case 133: /* stl_prefix ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy259 = 0;} + break; + case 134: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */ +{ + yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384); + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy259, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 135: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */ +{ + yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy387,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384); + } + break; + case 136: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */ +{ + if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy259==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy314==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy384==0 ){ + yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy259; + }else{ + Select *pSubquery; + sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy259); + pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy259,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); + yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384); } } + break; + case 137: /* dbnm ::= */ + case 146: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==146); +{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;} + break; + case 139: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */ +{yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 140: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */ +{ yygotominor.yy4 = JT_INNER; } + break; + case 141: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */ +{ yygotominor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); } + break; + case 142: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */ +{ yygotominor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); } + break; + case 143: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */ +{ yygotominor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); } + break; + case 144: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */ + case 155: /* sortitem ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==155); + case 162: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==162); + case 169: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==169); + case 235: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==235); + case 237: /* case_operand ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==237); +{yygotominor.yy314 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr;} + break; + case 145: /* on_opt ::= */ + case 161: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161); + case 168: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==168); + case 236: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236); + case 238: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==238); +{yygotominor.yy314 = 0;} + break; + case 148: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */ +{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;} + break; + case 149: /* using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP */ + case 181: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==181); +{yygotominor.yy384 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy384;} + break; + case 150: /* using_opt ::= */ + case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180); +{yygotominor.yy384 = 0;} + break; + case 152: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */ + case 160: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160); + case 239: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==239); +{yygotominor.yy322 = yymsp[0].minor.yy322;} + break; + case 153: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder */ +{ + yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314); + if( yygotominor.yy322 ) yygotominor.yy322->a[yygotominor.yy322->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4; } - -/* -** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff -** to the n registers starting at base. -** -** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which are no-ops) at the -** beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries in zAff are -** SQLITE_AFF_NONE, then no code gets generated. -** -** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free -** to modify zAff after this routine returns. -*/ -static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( zAff==0 ){ - assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - return; - } - assert( v!=0 ); - - /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries at the beginning - ** and end of the affinity string. - */ - while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - n--; - base++; - zAff++; - } - while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - n--; - } - - /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */ - if( n>0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, n); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n); - } + break; + case 154: /* sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder */ +{ + yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314); + if( yygotominor.yy322 && ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy322->a) ) yygotominor.yy322->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4; } - - -/* -** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality -** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be -** coded. -** -** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg. -** -** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its -** result is left on the stack. For constraints of the form X IN (...) -** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X. -*/ -static int codeEqualityTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereTerm *pTerm, /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */ - WhereLevel *pLevel, /* When level of the FROM clause we are working on */ - int iTarget /* Attempt to leave results in this register */ -){ - Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int iReg; /* Register holding results */ - - assert( iTarget>0 ); - if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){ - iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget); - }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){ - iReg = iTarget; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + break; + case 156: /* sortorder ::= ASC */ + case 158: /* sortorder ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==158); +{yygotominor.yy4 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} + break; + case 157: /* sortorder ::= DESC */ +{yygotominor.yy4 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;} + break; + case 163: /* limit_opt ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = 0;} + break; + case 164: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */ +{yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr; yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = 0;} + break; + case 165: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */ +{yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr; yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr;} + break; + case 166: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */ +{yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr; yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr;} + break; + case 167: /* cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */ +{ + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy259,yymsp[0].minor.yy314); +} + break; + case 170: /* cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ +{ + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy259, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,"set list"); + sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy259,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy314,yymsp[-5].minor.yy210); +} + break; + case 171: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ +{ + yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); +} + break; + case 172: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */ +{ + yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); +} + break; + case 173: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */ +{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy384, yymsp[-7].minor.yy210);} + break; + case 174: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */ +{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-1].minor.yy384, yymsp[-4].minor.yy210);} + break; + case 175: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */ +{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy259, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy384, yymsp[-5].minor.yy210);} + break; + case 176: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ +{yygotominor.yy210 = yymsp[0].minor.yy210;} + break; + case 177: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ +{yygotominor.yy210 = OE_Replace;} + break; + case 178: /* itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr */ + case 241: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==241); +{yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);} + break; + case 179: /* itemlist ::= expr */ + case 242: /* nexprlist ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==242); +{yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);} + break; + case 182: /* inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm */ +{yygotominor.yy384 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy384,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 183: /* inscollist ::= nm */ +{yygotominor.yy384 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 184: /* expr ::= term */ +{yygotominor.yy118 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118;} + break; + case 185: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */ +{yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr; spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 186: /* term ::= NULL */ + case 191: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==191); + case 192: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==192); +{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy118, pParse, yymsp[0].major, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 187: /* expr ::= id */ + case 188: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==188); +{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy118, pParse, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */ +{ + Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 190: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */ +{ + Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0); + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 193: /* expr ::= REGISTER */ +{ + /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression + ** that look like this: #1 #2 ... These terms refer to registers + ** in the virtual machine. #N is the N-th register. */ + if( pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = 0; }else{ - int eType; - int iTab; - struct InLoop *pIn; - - assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); - iReg = iTarget; - eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, 0); - iTab = pX->iTable; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); - assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE ); - if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){ - pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - } - pLevel->u.in.nIn++; - pLevel->u.in.aInLoop = - sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop, - sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn); - pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop; - if( pIn ){ - pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1; - pIn->iCur = iTab; - if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ - pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg); - }else{ - pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg); - }else{ - pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0; - } -#endif + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1], &yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->iTable); } - disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); - return iReg; + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } - -/* -** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an -** index. -** -** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c). -** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10 -** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this -** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two -** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate -** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored -** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned. -** -** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value -** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op. -** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and -** compute the affinity string. -** -** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and returns -** the index of that memory cell. The code that -** calls this routine will use that memory cell to store the termination -** key value of the loop. If one or more IN operators appear, then -** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal -** use. -** -** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a -** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using -** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated -** with equality constraints that use NONE affinity are set to -** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. This is to deal with SQL such as the following: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b); -** SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b; -** -** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since -** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has NONE affinity, -** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of -** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity -** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_NONE. -*/ -static int codeAllEqualityTerms( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Which parts of FROM have not yet been coded */ - int nExtraReg, /* Number of extra registers to allocate */ - char **pzAff /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */ -){ - int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The vm under construction */ - Index *pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */ - int iCur = pLevel->iTabCur; /* The cursor of the table */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single constraint term */ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - int regBase; /* Base register */ - int nReg; /* Number of registers to allocate */ - char *zAff; /* Affinity string to return */ - - /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */ - assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ); - pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; - - /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them. - */ - regBase = pParse->nMem + 1; - nReg = pLevel->plan.nEq + nExtraReg; - pParse->nMem += nReg; - - zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx)); - if( !zAff ){ - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; + break; + case 194: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */ +{ + spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy118, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 195: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ids */ +{ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.zStart; + yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; +} + break; + case 196: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 197: /* expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP */ +{ + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy322 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy322->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); } - - /* Evaluate the equality constraints - */ - assert( pIdx->nColumn>=nEq ); - for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]; - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, pLevel->plan.wsFlags, pIdx); - if( NEVER(pTerm==0) ) break; - assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0 ); - r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, regBase+j); - if( r1!=regBase+j ){ - if( nReg==1 ){ - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase); - regBase = r1; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j); - } - } - testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); - if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){ - Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; - sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk); - if( zAff ){ - if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){ - zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - } - } + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy4 && yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct; } - *pzAff = zAff; - return regBase; } - -/* -** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause -** implementation described by pWInfo. -*/ -static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart( - WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */ - int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */ - u16 wctrlFlags, /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */ - Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */ -){ - int j, k; /* Loop counters */ - int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */ - int addrNxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */ - int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */ - int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */ - WhereLevel *pLevel; /* The where level to be coded */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WHERE clause term */ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ - Vdbe *v; /* The prepared stmt under constructions */ - struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being coded */ - int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ - int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */ - int iRowidReg = 0; /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */ - int iReleaseReg = 0; /* Temp register to free before returning */ - - pParse = pWInfo->pParse; - v = pParse->pVdbe; - pWC = pWInfo->pWC; - pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel]; - pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; - bRev = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_REVERSE)!=0; - omitTable = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 - && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0; - - /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions - ** for the current loop. Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop. - ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the - ** loop. - ** - ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that - ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When - ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label - ** is the same as "addrBrk". - */ - addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and - ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any - ** row of the left table of the join. - */ - if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ - pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin); - VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag")); + break; + case 198: /* expr ::= ID LP STAR RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 199: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */ +{ + /* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are + ** treated as functions that return constants */ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->op = TK_CONST_FUNC; } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ - /* Case 0: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext - ** to access the data. - */ - int iReg; /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */ - sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx; - int nConstraint = pVtabIdx->nConstraint; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *aUsage = - pVtabIdx->aConstraintUsage; - const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *aConstraint = - pVtabIdx->aConstraint; - - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2); - for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){ - for(k=0; ka[iTerm].pExpr->pRight, iReg+j+1); - break; - } - } - if( k==nConstraint ) break; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pVtabIdx->idxNum, iReg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j-1, iReg+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrBrk, iReg, pVtabIdx->idxStr, - pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC); - pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; - for(j=0; ja[iTerm]); - } - } - pLevel->op = OP_VNext; - pLevel->p1 = iCur; - pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){ - /* Case 1: We can directly reference a single row using an - ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or - ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)" - ** construct. - */ - iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0); - assert( pTerm!=0 ); - assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 ); - assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur ); - assert( omitTable==0 ); - iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, iReleaseReg); - addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg); - sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); - VdbeComment((v, "pk")); - pLevel->op = OP_Noop; - }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ){ - /* Case 2: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field. - */ - int testOp = OP_Noop; - int start; - int memEndValue = 0; - WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd; - - assert( omitTable==0 ); - pStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0); - pEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0); - if( bRev ){ - pTerm = pStart; - pStart = pEnd; - pEnd = pTerm; - } - if( pStart ){ - Expr *pX; /* The expression that defines the start bound */ - int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */ - - /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding - ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 200: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */ + case 201: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201); + case 202: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202); + case 203: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203); + case 204: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204); + case 205: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205); + case 206: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==206); + case 207: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==207); +{spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118);} + break; + case 208: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW */ + case 210: /* likeop ::= MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==210); +{yygotominor.yy342.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy342.not = 0;} + break; + case 209: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW */ + case 211: /* likeop ::= NOT MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==211); +{yygotominor.yy342.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy342.not = 1;} + break; + case 212: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */ +{ + ExprList *pList; + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr); + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.eOperator); + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.not ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); + yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.zStart; + yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd; + if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; +} + break; + case 213: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */ +{ + ExprList *pList; + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.eOperator); + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.not ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); + yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart; + yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd; + if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; +} + break; + case 214: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */ +{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 215: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */ +{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 216: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */ +{ + spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118); + binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, TK_ISNULL); +} + break; + case 217: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */ +{ + spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118); + binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL); +} + break; + case 218: /* expr ::= NOT expr */ + case 219: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==219); +{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 220: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */ +{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 221: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */ +{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 224: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */ +{ + ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pList = pList; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); + } + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); + yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart; + yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd; +} + break; + case 227: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */ +{ + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy322==0 ){ + /* Expressions of the form + ** + ** expr1 IN () + ** expr1 NOT IN () + ** + ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively, + ** regardless of the value of expr1. */ - const u8 aMoveOp[] = { - /* TK_GT */ OP_SeekGt, - /* TK_LE */ OP_SeekLe, - /* TK_LT */ OP_SeekLt, - /* TK_GE */ OP_SeekGe - }; - assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 ); /* Make sure the ordering.. */ - assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); /* ... of the TK_xx values... */ - assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 ); /* ... is correcct. */ - - pX = pStart->pExpr; - assert( pX!=0 ); - assert( pStart->leftCursor==iCur ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1); - VdbeComment((v, "pk")); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp); - disableTerm(pLevel, pStart); + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy4]); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr); }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk); - } - if( pEnd ){ - Expr *pX; - pX = pEnd->pExpr; - assert( pX!=0 ); - assert( pEnd->leftCursor==iCur ); - memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue); - if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){ - testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge; + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy322; + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); }else{ - testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt; + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322); } - disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd); - } - start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; - pLevel->p1 = iCur; - pLevel->p2 = start; - pLevel->p5 = (pStart==0 && pEnd==0) ?1:0; - if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){ - iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg); - sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - } - }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) ){ - /* Case 3: A scan using an index. - ** - ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality - ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N - ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain - ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed - ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only - ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must - ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the - ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all - ** optimized: - ** - ** x=5 - ** x=5 AND y=10 - ** x=5 AND y<10 - ** x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10 - ** x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10 - ** - ** The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only - ** the x=5 term: - ** - ** x=5 AND z<10 - ** - ** N may be zero if there are inequality constraints. - ** If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at - ** least one. - ** - ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause - ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order - ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY. - */ - int aStartOp[] = { - 0, - 0, - OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ - OP_Last, /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ - OP_SeekGt, /* 4: (start_constraints && !startEq && !bRev) */ - OP_SeekLt, /* 5: (start_constraints && !startEq && bRev) */ - OP_SeekGe, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ - OP_SeekLe /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ - }; - int aEndOp[] = { - OP_Noop, /* 0: (!end_constraints) */ - OP_IdxGE, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev) */ - OP_IdxLT /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev) */ - }; - int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq; - int isMinQuery = 0; /* If this is an optimized SELECT min(x).. */ - int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */ - int r1; /* Temp register */ - WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */ - WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */ - int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */ - int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */ - int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */ - int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */ - Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */ - int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */ - int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */ - int op; /* Instruction opcode */ - char *zAff; - - pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; - iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; - k = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq]; /* Column for inequality constraints */ - - /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that - ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." - ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for - ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned - ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is - ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index, - ** this requires some special handling. - */ - if( (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0 - && (pLevel->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY) - && (pIdx->nColumn>nEq) - ){ - /* assert( pOrderBy->nExpr==1 ); */ - /* assert( pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[nEq] ); */ - isMinQuery = 1; - nExtraReg = 1; - } - - /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end - ** of the range. - */ - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ - pRangeEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_LT|WO_LE), pIdx); - nExtraReg = 1; - } - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ - pRangeStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_GT|WO_GE), pIdx); - nExtraReg = 1; - } - - /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN - ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers - ** starting at regBase. - */ - regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms( - pParse, pLevel, pWC, notReady, nExtraReg, &zAff - ); - addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; - - /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or - ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the - ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd). - */ - if( bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC) ){ - SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart); + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); } - - testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE ); - testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE ); - testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE ); - testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE ); - startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); - endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); - start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0; - - /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */ - nConstraint = nEq; - if( pRangeStart ){ - Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); - sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); - if( zAff ){ - if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[nConstraint])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){ - /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions - ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to - ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */ - zAff[nConstraint] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[nConstraint]) ){ - zAff[nConstraint] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - } - nConstraint++; - }else if( isMinQuery ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); - nConstraint++; - startEq = 0; - start_constraints = 1; + yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart; + yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + } + break; + case 228: /* expr ::= LP select RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy387; + ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387); } - codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint, zAff); - op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev]; - assert( op!=0 ); - testcase( op==OP_Rewind ); - testcase( op==OP_Last ); - testcase( op==OP_SeekGt ); - testcase( op==OP_SeekGe ); - testcase( op==OP_SeekLe ); - testcase( op==OP_SeekLt ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); - - /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the - ** range (if any). - */ - nConstraint = nEq; - if( pRangeEnd ){ - Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight; - sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); - sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); - if( zAff ){ - if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[nConstraint])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){ - /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions - ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to - ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */ - zAff[nConstraint] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[nConstraint]) ){ - zAff[nConstraint] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - } - codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, zAff); - nConstraint++; + yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + } + break; + case 229: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy387; + ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387); } - sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zAff); - - /* Top of the loop body */ - pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - - /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */ - op = aEndOp[(pRangeEnd || nEq) * (1 + bRev)]; - testcase( op==OP_Noop ); - testcase( op==OP_IdxGE ); - testcase( op==OP_IdxLT ); - if( op!=OP_Noop ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, endEq!=bRev ?1:0); + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); + yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart; + yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + } + break; + case 230: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */ +{ + SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); + ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc); } - - /* If there are inequality constraints, check that the value - ** of the table column that the inequality contrains is not NULL. - ** If it is, jump to the next iteration of the loop. - */ - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ); - testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ); - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, addrCont); + if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); + yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.zStart; + yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n]; + } + break; + case 231: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */ +{ + Expr *p = yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0); + if( p ){ + p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy387; + ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, p); + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387); } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - - /* Seek the table cursor, if required */ - disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart); - disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd); - if( !omitTable ){ - iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg); - sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, iRowidReg); /* Deferred seek */ + yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + } + break; + case 232: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */ +{ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy314, yymsp[-1].minor.yy314, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy322; + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322); + } + yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; +} + break; + case 233: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */ +{ + yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr); + yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); +} + break; + case 234: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */ +{ + yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr); + yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); +} + break; + case 243: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP */ +{ + sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, + sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, yymsp[-9].minor.yy4, + &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy4); +} + break; + case 244: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */ + case 298: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==298); +{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Abort;} + break; + case 245: /* uniqueflag ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_None;} + break; + case 248: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */ +{ + Expr *p = 0; + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){ + p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_COLUMN, 0); + sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + } + yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, p); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,yygotominor.yy322,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,1); + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, "index"); + if( yygotominor.yy322 ) yygotominor.yy322->a[yygotominor.yy322->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4; +} + break; + case 249: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */ +{ + Expr *p = 0; + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){ + p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + } + yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, "index"); + if( yygotominor.yy322 ) yygotominor.yy322->a[yygotominor.yy322->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4; +} + break; + case 250: /* collate ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} + break; + case 252: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */ +{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);} + break; + case 253: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */ + case 254: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==254); +{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);} + break; + case 255: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);} + break; + case 256: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);} + break; + case 257: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);} + break; + case 258: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);} + break; + case 259: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);} + break; + case 270: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */ +{ + Token all; + all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; + all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n; + sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy203, &all); +} + break; + case 271: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */ +{ + sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy4, yymsp[-4].minor.yy90.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy90.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, yymsp[-10].minor.yy4, yymsp[-8].minor.yy4); + yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 272: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */ + case 275: /* trigger_time ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==275); +{ yygotominor.yy4 = TK_BEFORE; } + break; + case 273: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */ +{ yygotominor.yy4 = TK_AFTER; } + break; + case 274: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */ +{ yygotominor.yy4 = TK_INSTEAD;} + break; + case 276: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */ + case 277: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==277); +{yygotominor.yy90.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy90.b = 0;} + break; + case 278: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist */ +{yygotominor.yy90.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy90.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy384;} + break; + case 281: /* when_clause ::= */ + case 303: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==303); +{ yygotominor.yy314 = 0; } + break; + case 282: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */ + case 304: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==304); +{ yygotominor.yy314 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr; } + break; + case 283: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */ +{ + assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy203!=0 ); + yymsp[-2].minor.yy203->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203; + yymsp[-2].minor.yy203->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203; + yygotominor.yy203 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy203; +} + break; + case 284: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ +{ + assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy203!=0 ); + yymsp[-1].minor.yy203->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203; + yygotominor.yy203 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203; +} + break; + case 286: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ +{ + yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE " + "statements within triggers"); +} + break; + case 288: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */ +{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " + "within triggers"); +} + break; + case 289: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */ +{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " + "within triggers"); +} + break; + case 290: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */ +{ yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, yymsp[-5].minor.yy210); } + break; + case 291: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */ +{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy384, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy210);} + break; + case 292: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select */ +{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy384, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-4].minor.yy210);} + break; + case 293: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */ +{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);} + break; + case 294: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */ +{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387); } + break; + case 295: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore; + } + yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; +} + break; + case 296: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) { + yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy4; + } + yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; +} + break; + case 297: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */ +{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Rollback;} + break; + case 299: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */ +{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Fail;} + break; + case 300: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */ +{ + sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy259,yymsp[-1].minor.yy4); +} + break; + case 301: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */ +{ + sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy314); +} + break; + case 302: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */ +{ + sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); +} + break; + case 307: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */ +{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);} + break; + case 308: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */ +{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 309: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */ +{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);} + break; + case 310: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */ +{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 311: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */ +{ + sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy259,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 312: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */ +{ + sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 313: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */ +{ + pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259); +} + break; + case 316: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */ +{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);} + break; + case 317: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */ +{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 318: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm */ +{ + sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 321: /* vtabarg ::= */ +{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);} + break; + case 323: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */ + case 324: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324); + case 325: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==325); +{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + default: + /* (0) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==0); + /* (1) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==1); + /* (2) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==2); + /* (3) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==3); + /* (4) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==4); + /* (10) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==10); + /* (11) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==11); + /* (12) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==12); + /* (20) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==20); + /* (21) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21); + /* (25) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==25); + /* (34) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==34); + /* (35) columnlist ::= column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==35); + /* (44) type ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==44); + /* (51) signed ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==51); + /* (52) signed ::= minus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==52); + /* (53) carglist ::= carglist carg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==53); + /* (54) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==54); + /* (55) carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==55); + /* (56) carg ::= ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==56); + /* (62) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==62); + /* (90) conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==90); + /* (91) conslist ::= conslist tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==91); + /* (92) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==92); + /* (93) tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==93); + /* (268) plus_opt ::= PLUS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==268); + /* (269) plus_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==269); + /* (279) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279); + /* (280) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==280); + /* (287) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==287); + /* (305) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==305); + /* (306) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==306); + /* (314) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==314); + /* (315) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315); + /* (319) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319); + /* (320) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320); + /* (322) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==322); + /* (326) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==326); + /* (327) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==327); + /* (328) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==328); + break; + }; + yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs; + yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs; + yypParser->yyidx -= yysize; + yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto); + if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){ +#ifdef NDEBUG + /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least + ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back + ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift(). + ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */ + if( yysize ){ + yypParser->yyidx++; + yymsp -= yysize-1; + yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact; + yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto; + yymsp->minor = yygotominor; + }else +#endif + { + yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor); } + }else{ + assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ); + yy_accept(yypParser); + } +} - /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable - ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan. - */ - pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; - pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur; - }else - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ - /* Case 4: Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d); - ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a); - ** CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b); - ** CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c); - ** - ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13) - ** - ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR. - ** The top of the loop looks like this: - ** - ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 - ** - ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to - ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted - ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the - ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd(). - ** - ** sqlite3WhereBegin() - ** RowSetTest # Insert rowid into rowset - ** Gosub 2 A - ** sqlite3WhereEnd() - ** - ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target - ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto. - ** - ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 - ** Goto B # The loop is finished. - ** - ** A: # Return data, whatever. - ** - ** Return 2 # Jump back to the Gosub - ** - ** B: - ** - */ - WhereClause *pOrWc; /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */ - WhereTerm *pFinal; /* Final subterm within the OR-clause. */ - SrcList *pOrTab; /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */ +/* +** The following code executes when the parse fails +*/ +#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY +static void yy_parse_failed( + yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the + ** parser fails */ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +} +#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */ - int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register used with OP_Gosub */ - int regRowset = 0; /* Register for RowSet object */ - int regRowid = 0; /* Register holding rowid */ - int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Start of loop body */ - int iRetInit; /* Address of regReturn init */ - int untestedTerms = 0; /* Some terms not completely tested */ - int ii; +/* +** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs. +*/ +static void yy_syntax_error( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + int yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */ + YYMINORTYPE yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; +#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0) - pTerm = pLevel->plan.u.pTerm; - assert( pTerm!=0 ); - assert( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR ); - assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 ); - pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; - pFinal = &pOrWc->a[pOrWc->nTerm-1]; - pLevel->op = OP_Return; - pLevel->p1 = regReturn; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ + assert( TOKEN.z[0] ); /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN); + pParse->parseError = 1; + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +} - /* Set up a new SrcList ni pOrTab containing the table being scanned - ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots. - ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). - */ - if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){ - int nNotReady; /* The number of notReady tables */ - struct SrcList_item *origSrc; /* Original list of tables */ - nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1; - pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(pParse->db, - sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0])); - if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady; - pOrTab->nAlloc = (i16)(nNotReady + 1); - pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc; - memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem)); - origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a; - for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){ - memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k])); - } - }else{ - pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList; - } +/* +** The following is executed when the parser accepts +*/ +static void yy_accept( + yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the + ** parser accepts */ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +} - /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is - ** equivalent to an empty rowset. - ** - ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction - ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This - ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps - ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the - ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to - ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if - ** called on an uninitialized cursor. - */ - if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ - regRowset = ++pParse->nMem; - regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset); - } - iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn); +/* The main parser program. +** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from +** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser. +** The second argument is the major token number. The third is +** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the +** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for +** use by the action routines. +** +** Inputs: +**
      +**
    • A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.) +**
    • The major token number. +**
    • The minor token number. +**
    • An option argument of a grammar-specified type. +**
    +** +** Outputs: +** None. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser( + void *yyp, /* The parser */ + int yymajor, /* The major token code number */ + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */ + sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */ +){ + YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion; + int yyact; /* The parser action. */ + int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */ +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */ +#endif + yyParser *yypParser; /* The parser */ - for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ - WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii]; - if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){ - WhereInfo *pSubWInfo; /* Info for single OR-term scan */ - /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ - pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrTerm->pExpr, 0, - WHERE_OMIT_OPEN | WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE | - WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY); - if( pSubWInfo ){ - if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ - int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii); - int r; - r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTabItem->pTab, -1, iCur, - regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, - sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, r, iSet); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody); + /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */ + yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp; + if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){ +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){ + /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/ + yyminorunion = yyzerominor; + yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion); + return; + } +#endif + yypParser->yyidx = 0; + yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; + yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0; + yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0; + } + yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor; + yyendofinput = (yymajor==0); + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; - /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term - ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table. The - ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will - ** need to be tested later. - */ - if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); + } +#endif - /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo); + do{ + yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor); + if( yyactyyerrcnt--; + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){ + yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE); + }else{ + assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ); +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + int yymx; +#endif +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + /* A syntax error has occurred. + ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the + ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". + ** + ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: + ** + ** * Call the %syntax_error function. + ** + ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where + ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift + ** the error symbol. + ** + ** * Set the error count to three. + ** + ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error + ** processing will occur until three tokens have been + ** shifted successfully. + ** + */ + if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); + } + yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major; + if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n", + yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); } +#endif + yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + }else{ + while( + yypParser->yyidx >= 0 && + yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL && + (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action( + yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno, + YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE + ){ + yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + } + if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){ + yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + yy_parse_failed(yypParser); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){ + YYMINORTYPE u2; + u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0; + yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2); + } + } + yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; + yyerrorhit = 1; +#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to + ** do any kind of error recovery. Instead, simply invoke the syntax + ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened. + ** + ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if + ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen. + */ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); + yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + +#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */ + /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR: + ** + ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token. + ** + ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse. + ** + ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until + ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted. + */ + if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); } + yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; + yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + if( yyendofinput ){ + yy_parse_failed(yypParser); + } + yymajor = YYNOCODE; +#endif } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrBrk); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody); - - if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(pParse->db, pOrTab); - if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ + }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ); + return; +} - { - /* Case 5: There is no usable index. We must do a complete - ** scan of the entire table. - */ - static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev }; - static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last }; - assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 ); - assert( omitTable==0 ); - pLevel->op = aStep[bRev]; - pLevel->p1 = iCur; - pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk); - pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; - } - notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur); +/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** An tokenizer for SQL +** +** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into +** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the +** parser for analysis. +*/ +/* #include */ - /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely - ** computed using the current set of tables. - */ - k = 0; - for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ - Expr *pE; - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); - if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; - if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){ - testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0 - && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ); - pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1; - continue; - } - pE = pTerm->pExpr; - assert( pE!=0 ); - if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){ - continue; - } - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - k = 1; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; - } +/* +** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their +** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just +** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need +** to adjust the encoding. Only alphabetic characters and underscores +** need to be translated. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X] +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X] +const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = { +/* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ + 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */ + 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */ + 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ + 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */ + 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */ + 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */ +}; +#endif - /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that - ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. - */ - if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ - pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin); - VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit")); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; jnTerm; j++, pTerm++){ - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); - if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; - if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){ - assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms ); - continue; - } - assert( pTerm->pExpr ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; +/* +** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if +** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is +** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned. +** +** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program, +** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution. +** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file +** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by +** the #include below. +*/ +/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/ +/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/ +/***** This file contains automatically generated code ****** +** +** The code in this file has been automatically generated by +** +** sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c +** +** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether +** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing +** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table. +** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code +** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications +** on platforms with limited memory. +*/ +/* Hash score: 175 */ +static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){ + /* zText[] encodes 811 bytes of keywords in 541 bytes */ + /* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */ + /* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */ + /* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */ + /* UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERELEASEBETWEENOTNULLIKE */ + /* CASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACHIMMEDIATEJOIN */ + /* SERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHENWHERENAME */ + /* AFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICTCROSS */ + /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOBYIF */ + /* ISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUMVIEW */ + /* INITIALLY */ + static const char zText[540] = { + 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H', + 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G', + 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A', + 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F', + 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N', + 'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I', + 'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E', + 'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E', + 'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T', + 'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q', + 'U','E','R','Y','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U', + 'P','D','A','T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','L','E','A','S', + 'E','B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C', + 'A','S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L', + 'A','T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D', + 'A','T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E', + 'J','O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A', + 'L','Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U', + 'E','S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W', + 'H','E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C', + 'E','A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R', + 'E','M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M', + 'M','I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U', + 'R','R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M', + 'A','R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T', + 'D','R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L', + 'O','B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S', + 'T','R','I','C','T','O','U','T','E','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L', + 'B','A','C','K','R','O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V', + 'A','C','U','U','M','V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y', + }; + static const unsigned char aHash[127] = { + 72, 101, 114, 70, 0, 45, 0, 0, 78, 0, 73, 0, 0, + 42, 12, 74, 15, 0, 113, 81, 50, 108, 0, 19, 0, 0, + 118, 0, 116, 111, 0, 22, 89, 0, 9, 0, 0, 66, 67, + 0, 65, 6, 0, 48, 86, 98, 0, 115, 97, 0, 0, 44, + 0, 99, 24, 0, 17, 0, 119, 49, 23, 0, 5, 106, 25, + 92, 0, 0, 121, 102, 56, 120, 53, 28, 51, 0, 87, 0, + 96, 26, 0, 95, 0, 0, 0, 91, 88, 93, 84, 105, 14, + 39, 104, 0, 77, 0, 18, 85, 107, 32, 0, 117, 76, 109, + 58, 46, 80, 0, 0, 90, 40, 0, 112, 0, 36, 0, 0, + 29, 0, 82, 59, 60, 0, 20, 57, 0, 52, + }; + static const unsigned char aNext[121] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 33, 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 43, 3, 47, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 30, 0, 54, 0, 38, 0, 0, 0, 1, + 62, 0, 0, 63, 0, 41, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 61, 0, 0, 0, 0, 31, 55, 16, 34, 10, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 68, 75, 0, 8, 0, 100, 94, 0, + 103, 0, 83, 0, 71, 0, 0, 110, 27, 37, 69, 79, 0, + 35, 64, 0, 0, + }; + static const unsigned char aLen[121] = { + 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7, 3, 6, 6, + 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6, + 11, 6, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10, + 4, 6, 2, 3, 9, 4, 2, 6, 5, 6, 6, 5, 6, + 5, 5, 7, 7, 7, 3, 2, 4, 4, 7, 3, 6, 4, + 7, 6, 12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, 7, 6, 5, 6, + 7, 5, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, 13, 2, 2, 4, + 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, 2, 4, 4, 4, + 4, 4, 2, 2, 6, 5, 8, 5, 5, 8, 3, 5, 5, + 6, 4, 9, 3, + }; + static const unsigned short int aOffset[121] = { + 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33, + 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81, + 86, 91, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152, + 159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 189, 194, 197, + 203, 206, 210, 217, 223, 223, 223, 226, 229, 233, 234, 238, 244, + 248, 255, 261, 273, 279, 288, 290, 296, 301, 303, 310, 315, 320, + 326, 332, 337, 341, 344, 350, 354, 361, 363, 370, 372, 374, 383, + 387, 393, 399, 407, 412, 412, 428, 435, 442, 443, 450, 454, 458, + 462, 466, 469, 471, 473, 479, 483, 491, 495, 500, 508, 511, 516, + 521, 527, 531, 536, + }; + static const unsigned char aCode[121] = { + TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE, + TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN, + TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD, + TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE, + TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW, + TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT, + TK_INTERSECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO, + TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, + TK_OR, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, + TK_GROUP, TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, + TK_BETWEEN, TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, + TK_LIKE_KW, TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, + TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, + TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, + TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT, + TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE, + TK_AND, TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, + TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW, + TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, + TK_IS, TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, + TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, + TK_RESTRICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, + TK_UNION, TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, + TK_ALL, + }; + int h, i; + if( n<2 ) return TK_ID; + h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ + (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ + n) % 127; + for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){ + if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){ + testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */ + testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */ + testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */ + testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */ + testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */ + testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */ + testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */ + testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */ + testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */ + testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */ + testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */ + testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */ + testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */ + testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */ + testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */ + testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */ + testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */ + testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */ + testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */ + testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */ + testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */ + testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */ + testcase( i==22 ); /* END */ + testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */ + testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */ + testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */ + testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */ + testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */ + testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */ + testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */ + testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */ + testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */ + testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */ + testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */ + testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */ + testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */ + testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */ + testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */ + testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */ + testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */ + testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */ + testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */ + testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */ + testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMPORARY */ + testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMP */ + testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */ + testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */ + testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */ + testcase( i==48 ); /* ATTACH */ + testcase( i==49 ); /* HAVING */ + testcase( i==50 ); /* GROUP */ + testcase( i==51 ); /* UPDATE */ + testcase( i==52 ); /* BEGIN */ + testcase( i==53 ); /* INNER */ + testcase( i==54 ); /* RELEASE */ + testcase( i==55 ); /* BETWEEN */ + testcase( i==56 ); /* NOTNULL */ + testcase( i==57 ); /* NOT */ + testcase( i==58 ); /* NO */ + testcase( i==59 ); /* NULL */ + testcase( i==60 ); /* LIKE */ + testcase( i==61 ); /* CASCADE */ + testcase( i==62 ); /* ASC */ + testcase( i==63 ); /* DELETE */ + testcase( i==64 ); /* CASE */ + testcase( i==65 ); /* COLLATE */ + testcase( i==66 ); /* CREATE */ + testcase( i==67 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */ + testcase( i==68 ); /* DETACH */ + testcase( i==69 ); /* IMMEDIATE */ + testcase( i==70 ); /* JOIN */ + testcase( i==71 ); /* INSERT */ + testcase( i==72 ); /* MATCH */ + testcase( i==73 ); /* PLAN */ + testcase( i==74 ); /* ANALYZE */ + testcase( i==75 ); /* PRAGMA */ + testcase( i==76 ); /* ABORT */ + testcase( i==77 ); /* VALUES */ + testcase( i==78 ); /* VIRTUAL */ + testcase( i==79 ); /* LIMIT */ + testcase( i==80 ); /* WHEN */ + testcase( i==81 ); /* WHERE */ + testcase( i==82 ); /* RENAME */ + testcase( i==83 ); /* AFTER */ + testcase( i==84 ); /* REPLACE */ + testcase( i==85 ); /* AND */ + testcase( i==86 ); /* DEFAULT */ + testcase( i==87 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */ + testcase( i==88 ); /* TO */ + testcase( i==89 ); /* IN */ + testcase( i==90 ); /* CAST */ + testcase( i==91 ); /* COLUMN */ + testcase( i==92 ); /* COMMIT */ + testcase( i==93 ); /* CONFLICT */ + testcase( i==94 ); /* CROSS */ + testcase( i==95 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */ + testcase( i==96 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */ + testcase( i==97 ); /* PRIMARY */ + testcase( i==98 ); /* DEFERRED */ + testcase( i==99 ); /* DISTINCT */ + testcase( i==100 ); /* IS */ + testcase( i==101 ); /* DROP */ + testcase( i==102 ); /* FAIL */ + testcase( i==103 ); /* FROM */ + testcase( i==104 ); /* FULL */ + testcase( i==105 ); /* GLOB */ + testcase( i==106 ); /* BY */ + testcase( i==107 ); /* IF */ + testcase( i==108 ); /* ISNULL */ + testcase( i==109 ); /* ORDER */ + testcase( i==110 ); /* RESTRICT */ + testcase( i==111 ); /* OUTER */ + testcase( i==112 ); /* RIGHT */ + testcase( i==113 ); /* ROLLBACK */ + testcase( i==114 ); /* ROW */ + testcase( i==115 ); /* UNION */ + testcase( i==116 ); /* USING */ + testcase( i==117 ); /* VACUUM */ + testcase( i==118 ); /* VIEW */ + testcase( i==119 ); /* INITIALLY */ + testcase( i==120 ); /* ALL */ + return aCode[i]; } } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg); - - return notReady; + return TK_ID; } - -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) -/* -** The following variable holds a text description of query plan generated -** by the most recent call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). Each call to WhereBegin -** overwrites the previous. This information is used for testing and -** analysis only. -*/ -SQLITE_API char sqlite3_query_plan[BMS*2*40]; /* Text of the join */ -static int nQPlan = 0; /* Next free slow in _query_plan[] */ - -#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ - - -/* -** Free a WhereInfo structure -*/ -static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){ - if( pWInfo ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inLevel; i++){ - sqlite3_index_info *pInfo = pWInfo->a[i].pIdxInfo; - if( pInfo ){ - /* assert( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 || db->mallocFailed ); */ - if( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){ - sqlite3_free(pInfo->idxStr); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pInfo); - } - } - whereClauseClear(pWInfo->pWC); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){ + return keywordCode((char*)z, n); } +#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD 121 + +/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/ /* -** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing. -** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains -** information needed to terminate the loop. Later, the calling routine -** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function -** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing. -** -** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL. -** -** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in -** the FROM clause of a select. (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the -** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.) For -** example, if the SQL is this: -** -** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...; -** -** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following: -** -** foreach row1 in t1 do \ Code generated -** foreach row2 in t2 do |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin() -** foreach row3 in t3 do / -** ... -** end \ Code generated -** end |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd() -** end / -** -** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they -** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make -** use of indices. Note also that when the IN operator appears in -** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for -** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN. -** -** There are Btree cursors associated with each table. t1 uses cursor -** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor. t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor. -** And so forth. This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors -** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them. -** -** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named -** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries. The [...] code -** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract -** data from the various tables of the loop. -** -** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their -** entire tables. Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation. But if -** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that -** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the -** code will run much faster. Most of the work of this routine is checking -** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop. -** -** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually -** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop. After each "foreach", -** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer -** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent -** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner- -** most loop) -** -** OUTER JOINS -** -** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows: -** -** foreach row1 in t1 do -** flag = 0 -** foreach row2 in t2 do -** start: -** ... -** flag = 1 -** end -** if flag==0 then -** move the row2 cursor to a null row -** goto start -** fi -** end -** -** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING +** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then +** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false. ** -** *ppOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause of a SELECT statement, -** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine -** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then ppOrderBy is NULL. +** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is +** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, +** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1. ** -** If an index can be used so that the natural output order of the table -** scan is correct for the ORDER BY clause, then that index is used and -** *ppOrderBy is set to NULL. This is an optimization that prevents an -** unnecessary sort of the result set if an index appropriate for the -** ORDER BY clause already exists. +** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same +** end result. ** -** If the where clause loops cannot be arranged to provide the correct -** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged. +** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the +** middle of identfiers. But many SQL implementations do. +** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility. +** But the feature is undocumented. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* A list of all tables to be scanned */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ - ExprList **ppOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */ - u16 wctrlFlags /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int nByteWInfo; /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */ - int nTabList; /* Number of elements in pTabList */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */ - Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* The expression mask set */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* A single entry from pTabList */ - WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in the pWInfo list */ - int iFrom; /* First unused FROM clause element */ - int andFlags; /* AND-ed combination of all pWC->a[].wtFlags */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - - /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of - ** bits in a Bitmask - */ - if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS); - return 0; - } - - /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in - ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should - ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that - ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized. - */ - nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc; - - /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the - ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo - ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure - ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte - ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on - ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below. - */ - db = pParse->db; - nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel)); - pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - nByteWInfo + - sizeof(WhereClause) + - sizeof(WhereMaskSet) - ); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto whereBeginError; - } - pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList; - pWInfo->pParse = pParse; - pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList; - pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - pWInfo->pWC = pWC = (WhereClause *)&((u8 *)pWInfo)[nByteWInfo]; - pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags; - pMaskSet = (WhereMaskSet*)&pWC[1]; - - /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each - ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator. - */ - initMaskSet(pMaskSet); - whereClauseInit(pWC, pParse, pMaskSet); - sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(pParse, pWhere); - whereSplit(pWC, pWhere, TK_AND); - - /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant. Evaluate the - ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru. - */ - if( pWhere && (nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pWhere)) ){ - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - pWhere = 0; - } - - /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause. - ** - ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be - ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then - ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term - ** is (X-1). An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use - ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table - ** of the join. Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a - ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join. Knowing the bitmask - ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important. Ticket #3015. - ** - ** Configure the WhereClause.vmask variable so that bits that correspond - ** to virtual table cursors are set. This is used to selectively disable - ** the OR-to-IN transformation in exprAnalyzeOrTerm(). It is not helpful - ** with virtual tables. - ** - ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in - ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables. nTabList is normally - ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the - ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set. - */ - assert( pWC->vmask==0 && pMaskSet->n==0 ); - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( ALWAYS(pTabList->a[i].pTab) && IsVirtual(pTabList->a[i].pTab) ){ - pWC->vmask |= ((Bitmask)1 << i); - } +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) #endif - } -#ifndef NDEBUG - { - Bitmask toTheLeft = 0; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - Bitmask m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); - assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft ); - toTheLeft |= m; - } - } +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = { +/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ + 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ + 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */ + 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */ + 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */ +}; +#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) #endif - /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. Note that exprAnalyze() might - ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause. We do not - ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end - ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed. - */ - exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, pWC); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto whereBeginError; - } - - /* Chose the best index to use for each table in the FROM clause. - ** - ** This loop fills in the following fields: - ** - ** pWInfo->a[].pIdx The index to use for this level of the loop. - ** pWInfo->a[].wsFlags WHERE_xxx flags associated with pIdx - ** pWInfo->a[].nEq The number of == and IN constraints - ** pWInfo->a[].iFrom Which term of the FROM clause is being coded - ** pWInfo->a[].iTabCur The VDBE cursor for the database table - ** pWInfo->a[].iIdxCur The VDBE cursor for the index - ** pWInfo->a[].pTerm When wsFlags==WO_OR, the OR-clause term - ** - ** This loop also figures out the nesting order of tables in the FROM - ** clause. - */ - notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; - pTabItem = pTabList->a; - pLevel = pWInfo->a; - andFlags = ~0; - WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Start ***\n")); - for(i=iFrom=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i=0 && bestJ<0; isOptimal--){ - Bitmask mask = (isOptimal ? 0 : notReady); - assert( (nTabList-iFrom)>1 || isOptimal ); - for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; jjointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0; - if( j!=iFrom && doNotReorder ) break; - m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor); - if( (m & notReady)==0 ){ - if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++; - continue; - } - pOrderBy = ((i==0 && ppOrderBy )?*ppOrderBy:0); - - assert( pTabItem->pTab ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){ - sqlite3_index_info **pp = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo; - bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, pOrderBy, &sCost, pp); - }else -#endif - { - bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, pOrderBy, &sCost); - } - assert( isOptimal || (sCost.used¬Ready)==0 ); - if( (sCost.used¬Ready)==0 - && (j==iFrom || sCost.rCost=0 ); - assert( notReady & getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor) ); - WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer selects table %d for loop %d\n", bestJ, - pLevel-pWInfo->a)); - if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 ){ - *ppOrderBy = 0; + case '%': { + *tokenType = TK_REM; + return 1; } - andFlags &= bestPlan.plan.wsFlags; - pLevel->plan = bestPlan.plan; - if( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ - pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; - }else{ - pLevel->iIdxCur = -1; + case '=': { + *tokenType = TK_EQ; + return 1 + (z[1]=='='); } - notReady &= ~getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor); - pLevel->iFrom = (u8)bestJ; - - /* Check that if the table scanned by this loop iteration had an - ** INDEXED BY clause attached to it, that the named index is being - ** used for the scan. If not, then query compilation has failed. - ** Return an error. - */ - pIdx = pTabList->a[bestJ].pIndex; - if( pIdx ){ - if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot use index: %s", pIdx->zName); - goto whereBeginError; + case '<': { + if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ + *tokenType = TK_LE; + return 2; + }else if( c=='>' ){ + *tokenType = TK_NE; + return 2; + }else if( c=='<' ){ + *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT; + return 2; }else{ - /* If an INDEXED BY clause is used, the bestIndex() function is - ** guaranteed to find the index specified in the INDEXED BY clause - ** if it find an index at all. */ - assert( bestPlan.plan.u.pIdx==pIdx ); + *tokenType = TK_LT; + return 1; } } - } - WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n")); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto whereBeginError; - } - - /* If the total query only selects a single row, then the ORDER BY - ** clause is irrelevant. - */ - if( (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 && ppOrderBy ){ - *ppOrderBy = 0; - } - - /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting - ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate. - ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constraints - ** the statement to update a single row. - */ - assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 ); - if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 && (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 ){ - pWInfo->okOnePass = 1; - pWInfo->a[0].plan.wsFlags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY; - } - - /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for - ** searching those tables. - */ - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */ - for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; iexplain==2 ){ - char *zMsg; - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "TABLE %s", pItem->zName); - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias); - } - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s WITH INDEX %s", - zMsg, pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName); - }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIA MULTI-INDEX UNION", zMsg); - }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING PRIMARY KEY", zMsg); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - else if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ - sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx; - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg, - pVtabIdx->idxNum, pVtabIdx->idxStr); - } -#endif - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s ORDER BY", zMsg); + case '>': { + if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ + *tokenType = TK_GE; + return 2; + }else if( c=='>' ){ + *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT; + return 2; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_GT; + return 1; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, i, pLevel->iFrom, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ - pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - pTab = pTabItem->pTab; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ) continue; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ - const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); - int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB); - }else -#endif - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 - && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN)==0 ){ - int op = pWInfo->okOnePass ? OP_OpenWrite : OP_OpenRead; - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op); - if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nColcolUsed; - int n = 0; - for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){} - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, - SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32); - assert( n<=pTab->nCol ); + case '!': { + if( z[1]!='=' ){ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return 2; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_NE; + return 2; } - }else{ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - } - pLevel->iTabCur = pTabItem->iCursor; - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){ - Index *pIx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIx); - int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; - assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - assert( iIdxCur>=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIx->tnum, iDb, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName)); } - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - } - pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - - /* Generate the code to do the search. Each iteration of the for - ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM - ** program. - */ - notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; - for(i=0; iiContinue = pWInfo->a[i].addrCont; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* For testing and debugging use only */ - /* Record in the query plan information about the current table - ** and the index used to access it (if any). If the table itself - ** is not used, its name is just '{}'. If no index is used - ** the index is listed as "{}". If the primary key is used the - ** index name is '*'. - */ - for(i=0; ia[i]; - pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - z = pTabItem->zAlias; - if( z==0 ) z = pTabItem->pTab->zName; - n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); - if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-10 ){ - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){ - memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{}", 2); - nQPlan += 2; + case '|': { + if( z[1]!='|' ){ + *tokenType = TK_BITOR; + return 1; }else{ - memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], z, n); - nQPlan += n; + *tokenType = TK_CONCAT; + return 2; } - sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' '; } - testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ); - testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ); - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){ - memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "* ", 2); - nQPlan += 2; - }else if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){ - n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName); - if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-2 ){ - memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName, n); - nQPlan += n; - sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' '; - } - }else{ - memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{} ", 3); - nQPlan += 3; + case ',': { + *tokenType = TK_COMMA; + return 1; } - } - while( nQPlan>0 && sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan-1]==' ' ){ - sqlite3_query_plan[--nQPlan] = 0; - } - sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan] = 0; - nQPlan = 0; -#endif /* SQLITE_TEST // Testing and debugging use only */ - - /* Record the continuation address in the WhereInfo structure. Then - ** clean up and return. - */ - return pWInfo; - - /* Jump here if malloc fails */ -whereBeginError: - whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); - return 0; -} - -/* -** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on -** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ - Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - WhereLevel *pLevel; - SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - /* Generate loop termination code. - */ - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){ - pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont); - if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5); + case '&': { + *tokenType = TK_BITAND; + return 1; } - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){ - struct InLoop *pIn; - int j; - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt); - for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop); + case '~': { + *tokenType = TK_BITNOT; + return 1; } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk); - if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ - int addr; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); - assert( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 - || (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ); - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); - } - if( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur); + case '`': + case '\'': + case '"': { + int delim = z[0]; + testcase( delim=='`' ); + testcase( delim=='\'' ); + testcase( delim=='"' ); + for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ + if( c==delim ){ + if( z[i+1]==delim ){ + i++; + }else{ + break; + } + } } - if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst); + if( c=='\'' ){ + *tokenType = TK_STRING; + return i+1; + }else if( c!=0 ){ + *tokenType = TK_ID; + return i+1; }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrFirst); + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return i; } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); } - } - - /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop. - ** Set it. - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak); - - /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin. - */ - assert( pWInfo->nLevel==1 || pWInfo->nLevel==pTabList->nSrc ); - for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inLevel; i++, pLevel++){ - struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; - assert( pTab!=0 ); - if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ) continue; - if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE)==0 ){ - if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor); + case '.': { +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) ) +#endif + { + *tokenType = TK_DOT; + return 1; } - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur); + /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point + ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */ + } + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { + testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' ); + testcase( z[0]=='3' ); testcase( z[0]=='4' ); testcase( z[0]=='5' ); + testcase( z[0]=='6' ); testcase( z[0]=='7' ); testcase( z[0]=='8' ); + testcase( z[0]=='9' ); + *tokenType = TK_INTEGER; + for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( z[i]=='.' ){ + i++; + while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } + *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; + } + if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') && + ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) + || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2])) + ) + ){ + i += 2; + while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } + *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; + } +#endif + while( IdChar(z[i]) ){ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + i++; } + return i; } - - /* If this scan uses an index, make code substitutions to read data - ** from the index in preference to the table. Sometimes, this means - ** the table need never be read from. This is a performance boost, - ** as the vdbe level waits until the table is read before actually - ** seeking the table cursor to the record corresponding to the current - ** position in the index. - ** - ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and - ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table - ** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes - ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that - ** reference the index. - */ - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 && !db->mallocFailed){ - int k, j, last; - VdbeOp *pOp; - Index *pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; - - assert( pIdx!=0 ); - pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pWInfo->iTop); - last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - for(k=pWInfo->iTop; kp1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){ - for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ - if( pOp->p2==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ){ - pOp->p2 = j; - pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; - break; - } + case '[': { + for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} + *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL; + return i; + } + case '?': { + *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; + for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} + return i; + } + case '#': { + for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} + if( i>1 ){ + /* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used + ** internally by sqlite3NestedParse. */ + *tokenType = TK_REGISTER; + return i; + } + /* Fall through into the next case if the '#' is not followed by + ** a digit. Try to match #AAAA where AAAA is a parameter name. */ + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE + case '$': +#endif + case '@': /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */ + case ':': { + int n = 0; + testcase( z[0]=='$' ); testcase( z[0]=='@' ); testcase( z[0]==':' ); + *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; + for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ + if( IdChar(c) ){ + n++; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE + }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){ + do{ + i++; + }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' ); + if( c==')' ){ + i++; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; } - assert( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 - || jnColumn ); - }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ - pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; - pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid; + break; + }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){ + i++; +#endif + }else{ + break; } } + if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return i; } - } - - /* Final cleanup - */ - whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); - return; -} - -/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/ -/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator. -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. -** -** This version of "lempar.c" is modified, slightly, for use by SQLite. -** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER() -** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general -** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the -** specific grammar used by SQLite. -*/ -/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration -** in the input grammar file. */ - - -/* -** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down -** automaton. -*/ -#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1 - -/* -** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase() -*/ -#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X) - -/* -** An instance of this structure holds information about the -** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement. -*/ -struct LimitVal { - Expr *pLimit; /* The LIMIT expression. NULL if there is no limit */ - Expr *pOffset; /* The OFFSET expression. NULL if there is none */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE, -** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators. -*/ -struct LikeOp { - Token eOperator; /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */ - int not; /* True if the NOT keyword is present */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a -** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, -** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form -** -** UPDATE ON (a,b,c) -** -** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c". -*/ -struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; }; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + case 'x': case 'X': { + testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' ); + if( z[1]=='\'' ){ + *tokenType = TK_BLOB; + for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){} + if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; } + } + if( z[i] ) i++; + return i; + } + /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */ + } +#endif + default: { + if( !IdChar(*z) ){ + break; + } + for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){} + *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i); + return i; + } + } + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return 1; +} /* -** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type. +** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is +** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs +** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into +** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that +** error message. */ -struct AttachKey { int type; Token key; }; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){ + int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + void *pEngine; /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */ + int tokenType; /* type of the next token */ + int lastTokenParsed = -1; /* type of the previous token */ + u8 enableLookaside; /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int mxSqlLen; /* Max length of an SQL string */ - /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and - ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete - ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd. - */ - static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){ - pOut->zStart = pStart->z; - pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n]; + mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; + if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){ + db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; } - - /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier. Use the - ** new Expr to populate pOut. Set the span of pOut to be the identifier - ** that created the expression. - */ - static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pValue){ - pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, 0, 0, pValue); - pOut->zStart = pValue->z; - pOut->zEnd = &pValue->z[pValue->n]; + pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; + pParse->zTail = zSql; + i = 0; + assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); + pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc); + if( pEngine==0 ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - - /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan - ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object. - */ - static void spanBinaryExpr( - ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the result here */ - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context. Errors accumulate here */ - int op, /* The binary operation */ - ExprSpan *pLeft, /* The left operand */ - ExprSpan *pRight /* The right operand */ - ){ - pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr, 0); - pOut->zStart = pLeft->zStart; - pOut->zEnd = pRight->zEnd; + assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); + assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); + assert( pParse->nVar==0 ); + assert( pParse->nzVar==0 ); + assert( pParse->azVar==0 ); + enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; + if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1; + while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){ + assert( i>=0 ); + pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i]; + pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType); + i += pParse->sLastToken.n; + if( i>mxSqlLen ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + break; + } + switch( tokenType ){ + case TK_SPACE: { + if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt"); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; + goto abort_parse; + } + break; + } + case TK_ILLEGAL: { + sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg); + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"", + &pParse->sLastToken); + nErr++; + goto abort_parse; + } + case TK_SEMI: { + pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; + /* Fall thru into the default case */ + } + default: { + sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); + lastTokenParsed = tokenType; + if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_parse; + } + break; + } + } } - - /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator - */ - static void spanUnaryPostfix( - ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */ - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ - int op, /* The operator */ - ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */ - Token *pPostOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ - ){ - pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); - pOut->zStart = pOperand->zStart; - pOut->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n]; +abort_parse: + if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){ + sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); + pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; + } + sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); + } +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, + sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine) + ); +#endif /* YYDEBUG */ + sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free); + db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){ + sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc)); + } + assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); + if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg; + sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg); + pParse->zErrMsg = 0; + nErr++; } + if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe); + pParse->pVdbe = 0; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + if( pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock); + pParse->aTableLock = 0; + pParse->nTableLock = 0; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock); +#endif - /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a - ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */ - static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pY->op==TK_NULL ){ - pA->op = (u8)op; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight); - pA->pRight = 0; - } + if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table + ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c) + ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure. + */ + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); } - /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator - */ - static void spanUnaryPrefix( - ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */ - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ - int op, /* The operator */ - ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */ - Token *pPreOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ - ){ - pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); - pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z; - pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd; + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger); + for(i=pParse->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[i]); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aAlias); + while( pParse->pAinc ){ + AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc; + pParse->pAinc = p->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } -/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders. -** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch. -*/ + while( pParse->pZombieTab ){ + Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab; + pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie; + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); + } + if( nErr>0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return nErr; +} + +/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/ /* -** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator) -** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser -** understands. +** 2001 September 15 ** -** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** An tokenizer for SQL +** +** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API. +** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by +** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from +** static links that do not use it. */ -/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE + +/* +** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition. */ -#ifndef INTERFACE -# define INTERFACE 1 +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) #endif -/* The next thing included is series of defines which control -** various aspects of the generated parser. -** YYCODETYPE is the data type used for storing terminal -** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is -** used if there are fewer than 250 terminals -** and nonterminals. "int" is used otherwise. -** YYNOCODE is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds -** to no legal terminal or nonterminal number. This -** number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash -** table. -** YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens -** have fall-back values which should be used if the -** original value of the token will not parse. -** YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for storing terminal -** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is -** used if there are fewer than 250 rules and -** states combined. "int" is used otherwise. -** sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor tokens given -** directly to the parser from the tokenizer. -** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor tokens. -** This is typically a union of many types, one of -** which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE. The entry in the union -** for base tokens is called "yy0". -** YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If -** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc() -** sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument -** sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument -** sqlite3ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser -** sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser -** YYNSTATE the combined number of states. -** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar -** YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not -** defined, then do no error processing. -*/ -#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char -#define YYNOCODE 254 -#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int -#define YYWILDCARD 67 -#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token -typedef union { - int yyinit; - sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0; - Select* yy3; - ExprList* yy14; - SrcList* yy65; - struct LikeOp yy96; - Expr* yy132; - u8 yy186; - int yy328; - ExprSpan yy346; - struct TrigEvent yy378; - IdList* yy408; - struct {int value; int mask;} yy429; - TriggerStep* yy473; - struct LimitVal yy476; -} YYMINORTYPE; -#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH -#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100 +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[]; +#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) #endif -#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse; -#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse -#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse -#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse -#define YYNSTATE 631 -#define YYNRULE 330 -#define YYFALLBACK 1 -#define YY_NO_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2) -#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1) -#define YY_ERROR_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE) +#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ -/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of -** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */ -static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 }; -/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined -** otherwise. -** -** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section -** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage. For production -** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off. But it is useful -** for testing. +/* +** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header +** comments on that procedure for additional information. */ -#ifndef yytestcase -# define yytestcase(X) +#define tkSEMI 0 +#define tkWS 1 +#define tkOTHER 2 +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +#define tkEXPLAIN 3 +#define tkCREATE 4 +#define tkTEMP 5 +#define tkTRIGGER 6 +#define tkEND 7 #endif - -/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the -** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement -** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an -** action integer. -** -** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as -** follows -** -** 0 <= N < YYNSTATE Shift N. That is, push the lookahead -** token onto the stack and goto state N. -** -** YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE. -** -** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE A syntax error has occurred. -** -** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1 The parser accepts its input. -** -** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2 No such action. Denotes unused -** slots in the yy_action[] table. -** -** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[]. -** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as -** -** yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ] -** -** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value -** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S] -** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table -** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead. -** -** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is -** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after -** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of -** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of -** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT. +/* +** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon. ** -** The following are the tables generated in this section: +** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements. +** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement +** must end with ";END;". ** -** yy_action[] A single table containing all actions. -** yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in -** yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions. -** yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for -** shifting terminals. -** yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for -** shifting non-terminals after a reduce. -** yy_default[] Default action for each state. -*/ -#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1550) -static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = { - /* 0 */ 313, 49, 556, 46, 147, 172, 628, 598, 55, 55, - /* 10 */ 55, 55, 302, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, - /* 20 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 603, 66, 624, 623, 604, 598, - /* 30 */ 591, 585, 48, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, - /* 40 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 56, - /* 50 */ 57, 47, 583, 582, 584, 584, 54, 54, 55, 55, - /* 60 */ 55, 55, 609, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, - /* 70 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 598, 672, 330, 411, 217, - /* 80 */ 32, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, - /* 90 */ 50, 238, 330, 414, 621, 620, 166, 598, 673, 382, - /* 100 */ 379, 378, 602, 73, 591, 585, 307, 424, 166, 58, - /* 110 */ 377, 382, 379, 378, 516, 515, 624, 623, 254, 200, - /* 120 */ 199, 198, 377, 56, 57, 47, 583, 582, 584, 584, - /* 130 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 581, 53, 53, 53, - /* 140 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 270, - /* 150 */ 226, 422, 283, 133, 177, 139, 284, 385, 279, 384, - /* 160 */ 169, 197, 251, 282, 253, 226, 411, 275, 440, 167, - /* 170 */ 139, 284, 385, 279, 384, 169, 571, 236, 591, 585, - /* 180 */ 240, 414, 275, 622, 621, 620, 674, 437, 441, 442, - /* 190 */ 602, 88, 352, 266, 439, 268, 438, 56, 57, 47, - /* 200 */ 583, 582, 584, 584, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, - /* 210 */ 465, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, - /* 220 */ 50, 238, 313, 471, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, - /* 230 */ 238, 234, 166, 491, 567, 382, 379, 378, 1, 440, - /* 240 */ 252, 176, 624, 623, 608, 67, 377, 513, 622, 443, - /* 250 */ 237, 577, 591, 585, 622, 172, 466, 598, 554, 441, - /* 260 */ 340, 409, 526, 580, 580, 349, 596, 553, 194, 482, - /* 270 */ 175, 56, 57, 47, 583, 582, 584, 584, 54, 54, - /* 280 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 562, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, - /* 290 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 594, 594, 594, - /* 300 */ 561, 578, 469, 65, 259, 351, 258, 411, 624, 623, - /* 310 */ 621, 620, 332, 576, 575, 240, 560, 568, 520, 411, - /* 320 */ 341, 237, 414, 624, 623, 598, 591, 585, 542, 519, - /* 330 */ 171, 602, 95, 68, 414, 624, 623, 624, 623, 38, - /* 340 */ 877, 506, 507, 602, 88, 56, 57, 47, 583, 582, - /* 350 */ 584, 584, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 532, 53, - /* 360 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, - /* 370 */ 313, 411, 579, 398, 531, 237, 621, 620, 388, 625, - /* 380 */ 500, 206, 167, 396, 233, 312, 414, 387, 569, 492, - /* 390 */ 216, 621, 620, 566, 622, 602, 74, 533, 210, 491, - /* 400 */ 591, 585, 548, 621, 620, 621, 620, 300, 598, 466, - /* 410 */ 481, 67, 603, 35, 622, 601, 604, 547, 6, 56, - /* 420 */ 57, 47, 583, 582, 584, 584, 54, 54, 55, 55, - /* 430 */ 55, 55, 601, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, - /* 440 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, 184, 409, 528, 580, - /* 450 */ 580, 551, 962, 186, 419, 2, 353, 259, 351, 258, - /* 460 */ 414, 409, 411, 580, 580, 44, 411, 544, 240, 602, - /* 470 */ 94, 190, 7, 62, 591, 585, 598, 414, 350, 607, - /* 480 */ 493, 414, 409, 317, 580, 580, 602, 95, 496, 565, - /* 490 */ 602, 80, 203, 56, 57, 47, 583, 582, 584, 584, - /* 500 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 535, 53, 53, 53, - /* 510 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 202, - /* 520 */ 564, 293, 511, 49, 562, 46, 147, 411, 394, 183, - /* 530 */ 563, 549, 505, 549, 174, 409, 322, 580, 580, 39, - /* 540 */ 561, 37, 414, 624, 623, 192, 473, 383, 591, 585, - /* 550 */ 474, 602, 80, 601, 504, 544, 560, 364, 402, 210, - /* 560 */ 421, 952, 361, 952, 365, 201, 144, 56, 57, 47, - /* 570 */ 583, 582, 584, 584, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, - /* 580 */ 559, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, - /* 590 */ 50, 238, 313, 601, 232, 264, 272, 321, 374, 484, - /* 600 */ 510, 146, 342, 146, 328, 425, 485, 407, 576, 575, - /* 610 */ 622, 621, 620, 49, 168, 46, 147, 353, 546, 491, - /* 620 */ 204, 240, 591, 585, 421, 951, 549, 951, 549, 168, - /* 630 */ 429, 67, 390, 343, 622, 434, 307, 423, 338, 360, - /* 640 */ 391, 56, 57, 47, 583, 582, 584, 584, 54, 54, - /* 650 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 601, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, - /* 660 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 34, 318, 425, - /* 670 */ 237, 21, 359, 273, 411, 167, 411, 276, 411, 540, - /* 680 */ 411, 422, 13, 318, 619, 618, 617, 622, 275, 414, - /* 690 */ 336, 414, 622, 414, 622, 414, 591, 585, 602, 69, - /* 700 */ 602, 97, 602, 100, 602, 98, 631, 629, 334, 475, - /* 710 */ 475, 367, 319, 148, 327, 56, 57, 47, 583, 582, - /* 720 */ 584, 584, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, - /* 730 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, - /* 740 */ 313, 411, 331, 414, 411, 49, 276, 46, 147, 569, - /* 750 */ 406, 216, 602, 106, 573, 573, 414, 354, 524, 414, - /* 760 */ 411, 622, 411, 224, 4, 602, 104, 605, 602, 108, - /* 770 */ 591, 585, 622, 20, 375, 414, 167, 414, 215, 144, - /* 780 */ 470, 239, 167, 225, 602, 109, 602, 134, 18, 56, - /* 790 */ 57, 47, 583, 582, 584, 584, 54, 54, 55, 55, - /* 800 */ 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, - /* 810 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, 276, 414, 12, 459, - /* 820 */ 276, 171, 411, 16, 223, 189, 602, 135, 354, 170, - /* 830 */ 414, 622, 630, 2, 411, 622, 540, 414, 143, 602, - /* 840 */ 61, 359, 132, 622, 591, 585, 602, 105, 458, 414, - /* 850 */ 23, 622, 446, 326, 23, 538, 622, 325, 602, 103, - /* 860 */ 427, 530, 309, 56, 57, 47, 583, 582, 584, 584, - /* 870 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, - /* 880 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, - /* 890 */ 264, 414, 411, 276, 359, 219, 157, 214, 357, 366, - /* 900 */ 602, 96, 522, 521, 414, 622, 358, 414, 622, 622, - /* 910 */ 411, 613, 612, 602, 102, 142, 602, 77, 591, 585, - /* 920 */ 529, 540, 231, 426, 308, 414, 622, 622, 468, 521, - /* 930 */ 324, 601, 257, 263, 602, 99, 622, 56, 45, 47, - /* 940 */ 583, 582, 584, 584, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, - /* 950 */ 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, - /* 960 */ 50, 238, 313, 264, 264, 414, 411, 213, 209, 544, - /* 970 */ 544, 207, 611, 28, 602, 138, 50, 238, 622, 622, - /* 980 */ 381, 414, 503, 140, 323, 222, 274, 622, 590, 589, - /* 990 */ 602, 137, 591, 585, 629, 334, 606, 30, 622, 571, - /* 1000 */ 236, 601, 601, 130, 496, 601, 453, 451, 288, 286, - /* 1010 */ 587, 586, 57, 47, 583, 582, 584, 584, 54, 54, - /* 1020 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, - /* 1030 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 588, 411, 414, - /* 1040 */ 411, 264, 410, 129, 595, 400, 27, 376, 602, 136, - /* 1050 */ 128, 165, 479, 414, 282, 414, 622, 622, 411, 622, - /* 1060 */ 622, 411, 602, 76, 602, 93, 591, 585, 188, 372, - /* 1070 */ 368, 125, 476, 414, 261, 160, 414, 171, 124, 472, - /* 1080 */ 123, 15, 602, 92, 450, 602, 75, 47, 583, 582, - /* 1090 */ 584, 584, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 464, 53, - /* 1100 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, - /* 1110 */ 43, 405, 264, 3, 558, 264, 545, 415, 623, 159, - /* 1120 */ 541, 158, 539, 278, 25, 461, 121, 622, 408, 622, - /* 1130 */ 622, 622, 24, 43, 405, 622, 3, 622, 622, 120, - /* 1140 */ 415, 623, 11, 456, 411, 156, 452, 403, 509, 277, - /* 1150 */ 118, 408, 489, 113, 205, 449, 271, 567, 221, 414, - /* 1160 */ 269, 267, 155, 622, 622, 111, 411, 622, 602, 95, - /* 1170 */ 403, 622, 411, 110, 10, 622, 622, 40, 41, 534, - /* 1180 */ 567, 414, 64, 264, 42, 413, 412, 414, 601, 596, - /* 1190 */ 602, 91, 445, 436, 150, 435, 602, 90, 622, 265, - /* 1200 */ 40, 41, 337, 242, 411, 191, 333, 42, 413, 412, - /* 1210 */ 398, 420, 596, 316, 622, 399, 260, 107, 230, 414, - /* 1220 */ 594, 594, 594, 593, 592, 14, 220, 411, 602, 101, - /* 1230 */ 240, 622, 43, 405, 362, 3, 149, 315, 626, 415, - /* 1240 */ 623, 127, 414, 594, 594, 594, 593, 592, 14, 622, - /* 1250 */ 408, 602, 89, 411, 181, 33, 405, 463, 3, 411, - /* 1260 */ 264, 462, 415, 623, 616, 615, 614, 355, 414, 403, - /* 1270 */ 417, 416, 622, 408, 414, 622, 622, 602, 87, 567, - /* 1280 */ 418, 627, 622, 602, 86, 8, 241, 180, 126, 255, - /* 1290 */ 600, 178, 403, 240, 208, 455, 395, 294, 444, 40, - /* 1300 */ 41, 297, 567, 248, 622, 296, 42, 413, 412, 247, - /* 1310 */ 622, 596, 244, 622, 30, 60, 31, 243, 430, 624, - /* 1320 */ 623, 292, 40, 41, 622, 295, 145, 622, 601, 42, - /* 1330 */ 413, 412, 622, 622, 596, 393, 622, 397, 599, 59, - /* 1340 */ 235, 622, 594, 594, 594, 593, 592, 14, 218, 291, - /* 1350 */ 622, 36, 344, 305, 304, 303, 179, 301, 411, 567, - /* 1360 */ 454, 557, 173, 185, 622, 594, 594, 594, 593, 592, - /* 1370 */ 14, 411, 29, 414, 151, 289, 246, 523, 411, 196, - /* 1380 */ 195, 335, 602, 85, 411, 245, 414, 526, 392, 543, - /* 1390 */ 411, 596, 287, 414, 285, 602, 72, 537, 153, 414, - /* 1400 */ 466, 411, 602, 71, 154, 414, 411, 152, 602, 84, - /* 1410 */ 386, 536, 329, 411, 602, 83, 414, 518, 280, 411, - /* 1420 */ 513, 414, 594, 594, 594, 602, 82, 517, 414, 311, - /* 1430 */ 602, 81, 411, 514, 414, 512, 131, 602, 70, 229, - /* 1440 */ 228, 227, 494, 602, 17, 411, 488, 414, 259, 346, - /* 1450 */ 249, 389, 487, 486, 314, 164, 602, 79, 310, 240, - /* 1460 */ 414, 373, 480, 163, 262, 371, 414, 162, 369, 602, - /* 1470 */ 78, 212, 478, 26, 477, 602, 9, 161, 467, 363, - /* 1480 */ 141, 122, 339, 187, 119, 457, 348, 347, 117, 116, - /* 1490 */ 115, 112, 114, 448, 182, 22, 320, 433, 432, 431, - /* 1500 */ 19, 428, 610, 597, 574, 193, 572, 63, 298, 404, - /* 1510 */ 555, 552, 290, 281, 510, 460, 498, 499, 495, 447, - /* 1520 */ 356, 497, 256, 380, 306, 570, 5, 250, 345, 238, - /* 1530 */ 299, 550, 527, 490, 508, 525, 502, 401, 501, 963, - /* 1540 */ 211, 963, 483, 963, 963, 963, 963, 963, 963, 370, -}; -static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { - /* 0 */ 19, 222, 223, 224, 225, 24, 1, 26, 77, 78, - /* 10 */ 79, 80, 15, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, - /* 20 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 113, 22, 26, 27, 117, 26, - /* 30 */ 49, 50, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, - /* 40 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 68, - /* 50 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, - /* 60 */ 79, 80, 23, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, - /* 70 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 94, 118, 19, 150, 22, - /* 80 */ 25, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, - /* 90 */ 91, 92, 19, 165, 94, 95, 96, 94, 118, 99, - /* 100 */ 100, 101, 174, 175, 49, 50, 22, 23, 96, 54, - /* 110 */ 110, 99, 100, 101, 7, 8, 26, 27, 16, 105, - /* 120 */ 106, 107, 110, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, - /* 130 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 113, 82, 83, 84, - /* 140 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 16, - /* 150 */ 92, 67, 98, 24, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, - /* 160 */ 102, 25, 60, 109, 62, 92, 150, 109, 150, 25, - /* 170 */ 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 86, 87, 49, 50, - /* 180 */ 116, 165, 109, 165, 94, 95, 118, 97, 170, 171, - /* 190 */ 174, 175, 128, 60, 104, 62, 106, 68, 69, 70, - /* 200 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, - /* 210 */ 11, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, - /* 220 */ 91, 92, 19, 21, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, - /* 230 */ 92, 215, 96, 150, 66, 99, 100, 101, 22, 150, - /* 240 */ 138, 118, 26, 27, 161, 162, 110, 103, 165, 231, - /* 250 */ 232, 23, 49, 50, 165, 24, 57, 26, 32, 170, - /* 260 */ 171, 112, 94, 114, 115, 63, 98, 41, 185, 186, - /* 270 */ 118, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, - /* 280 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 12, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, - /* 290 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 129, 130, 131, - /* 300 */ 28, 23, 100, 25, 105, 106, 107, 150, 26, 27, - /* 310 */ 94, 95, 169, 170, 171, 116, 44, 23, 46, 150, - /* 320 */ 231, 232, 165, 26, 27, 94, 49, 50, 23, 57, - /* 330 */ 25, 174, 175, 22, 165, 26, 27, 26, 27, 136, - /* 340 */ 138, 97, 98, 174, 175, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, - /* 350 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 23, 82, - /* 360 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, - /* 370 */ 19, 150, 23, 216, 23, 232, 94, 95, 221, 150, - /* 380 */ 23, 160, 25, 214, 215, 163, 165, 88, 166, 167, - /* 390 */ 168, 94, 95, 23, 165, 174, 175, 88, 160, 150, - /* 400 */ 49, 50, 120, 94, 95, 94, 95, 158, 26, 57, - /* 410 */ 161, 162, 113, 136, 165, 194, 117, 120, 22, 68, - /* 420 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, - /* 430 */ 79, 80, 194, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, - /* 440 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, 23, 112, 23, 114, - /* 450 */ 115, 25, 142, 143, 144, 145, 218, 105, 106, 107, - /* 460 */ 165, 112, 150, 114, 115, 22, 150, 166, 116, 174, - /* 470 */ 175, 22, 76, 235, 49, 50, 94, 165, 240, 172, - /* 480 */ 173, 165, 112, 155, 114, 115, 174, 175, 181, 11, - /* 490 */ 174, 175, 22, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, - /* 500 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 205, 82, 83, 84, - /* 510 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 160, - /* 520 */ 23, 226, 23, 222, 12, 224, 225, 150, 216, 23, - /* 530 */ 23, 25, 36, 25, 25, 112, 220, 114, 115, 135, - /* 540 */ 28, 137, 165, 26, 27, 119, 30, 51, 49, 50, - /* 550 */ 34, 174, 175, 194, 58, 166, 44, 229, 46, 160, - /* 560 */ 22, 23, 234, 25, 48, 206, 207, 68, 69, 70, - /* 570 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, - /* 580 */ 23, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, - /* 590 */ 91, 92, 19, 194, 205, 150, 23, 220, 19, 181, - /* 600 */ 182, 95, 97, 95, 108, 67, 188, 169, 170, 171, - /* 610 */ 165, 94, 95, 222, 50, 224, 225, 218, 120, 150, - /* 620 */ 160, 116, 49, 50, 22, 23, 120, 25, 120, 50, - /* 630 */ 161, 162, 19, 128, 165, 244, 22, 23, 193, 240, - /* 640 */ 27, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, - /* 650 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 194, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, - /* 660 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 25, 104, 67, - /* 670 */ 232, 24, 150, 23, 150, 25, 150, 150, 150, 150, - /* 680 */ 150, 67, 25, 104, 7, 8, 9, 165, 109, 165, - /* 690 */ 245, 165, 165, 165, 165, 165, 49, 50, 174, 175, - /* 700 */ 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 0, 1, 2, 105, - /* 710 */ 106, 107, 248, 249, 187, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, - /* 720 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, - /* 730 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, - /* 740 */ 19, 150, 213, 165, 150, 222, 150, 224, 225, 166, - /* 750 */ 167, 168, 174, 175, 129, 130, 165, 150, 165, 165, - /* 760 */ 150, 165, 150, 241, 35, 174, 175, 174, 174, 175, - /* 770 */ 49, 50, 165, 52, 23, 165, 25, 165, 206, 207, - /* 780 */ 23, 197, 25, 187, 174, 175, 174, 175, 204, 68, - /* 790 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, - /* 800 */ 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, - /* 810 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, 150, 165, 35, 23, - /* 820 */ 150, 25, 150, 22, 217, 24, 174, 175, 150, 35, - /* 830 */ 165, 165, 144, 145, 150, 165, 150, 165, 118, 174, - /* 840 */ 175, 150, 22, 165, 49, 50, 174, 175, 23, 165, - /* 850 */ 25, 165, 23, 187, 25, 27, 165, 187, 174, 175, - /* 860 */ 23, 23, 25, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, - /* 870 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, - /* 880 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, - /* 890 */ 150, 165, 150, 150, 150, 217, 25, 160, 19, 213, - /* 900 */ 174, 175, 190, 191, 165, 165, 27, 165, 165, 165, - /* 910 */ 150, 150, 150, 174, 175, 39, 174, 175, 49, 50, - /* 920 */ 23, 150, 52, 250, 251, 165, 165, 165, 190, 191, - /* 930 */ 187, 194, 241, 193, 174, 175, 165, 68, 69, 70, - /* 940 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, - /* 950 */ 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, - /* 960 */ 91, 92, 19, 150, 150, 165, 150, 160, 160, 166, - /* 970 */ 166, 160, 150, 22, 174, 175, 91, 92, 165, 165, - /* 980 */ 52, 165, 29, 150, 213, 241, 23, 165, 49, 50, - /* 990 */ 174, 175, 49, 50, 1, 2, 173, 126, 165, 86, - /* 1000 */ 87, 194, 194, 22, 181, 194, 193, 193, 205, 205, - /* 1010 */ 71, 72, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, - /* 1020 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, - /* 1030 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 98, 150, 165, - /* 1040 */ 150, 150, 150, 22, 150, 150, 22, 52, 174, 175, - /* 1050 */ 22, 102, 20, 165, 109, 165, 165, 165, 150, 165, - /* 1060 */ 165, 150, 174, 175, 174, 175, 49, 50, 24, 19, - /* 1070 */ 43, 104, 59, 165, 138, 104, 165, 25, 53, 53, - /* 1080 */ 22, 5, 174, 175, 193, 174, 175, 70, 71, 72, - /* 1090 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 1, 82, - /* 1100 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, - /* 1110 */ 19, 20, 150, 22, 150, 150, 150, 26, 27, 118, - /* 1120 */ 150, 35, 150, 150, 76, 27, 108, 165, 37, 165, - /* 1130 */ 165, 165, 76, 19, 20, 165, 22, 165, 165, 127, - /* 1140 */ 26, 27, 22, 1, 150, 16, 20, 56, 150, 150, - /* 1150 */ 119, 37, 150, 119, 160, 193, 150, 66, 193, 165, - /* 1160 */ 150, 150, 121, 165, 165, 108, 150, 165, 174, 175, - /* 1170 */ 56, 165, 150, 127, 22, 165, 165, 86, 87, 88, - /* 1180 */ 66, 165, 16, 150, 93, 94, 95, 165, 194, 98, - /* 1190 */ 174, 175, 128, 23, 15, 23, 174, 175, 165, 150, - /* 1200 */ 86, 87, 65, 140, 150, 22, 3, 93, 94, 95, - /* 1210 */ 216, 4, 98, 252, 165, 221, 150, 164, 180, 165, - /* 1220 */ 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 193, 150, 174, 175, - /* 1230 */ 116, 165, 19, 20, 150, 22, 249, 252, 149, 26, - /* 1240 */ 27, 180, 165, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 165, - /* 1250 */ 37, 174, 175, 150, 6, 19, 20, 150, 22, 150, - /* 1260 */ 150, 150, 26, 27, 149, 149, 13, 150, 165, 56, - /* 1270 */ 149, 159, 165, 37, 165, 165, 165, 174, 175, 66, - /* 1280 */ 146, 147, 165, 174, 175, 25, 152, 151, 154, 150, - /* 1290 */ 194, 151, 56, 116, 160, 150, 123, 202, 150, 86, - /* 1300 */ 87, 199, 66, 193, 165, 200, 93, 94, 95, 150, - /* 1310 */ 165, 98, 150, 165, 126, 22, 124, 150, 150, 26, - /* 1320 */ 27, 150, 86, 87, 165, 201, 150, 165, 194, 93, - /* 1330 */ 94, 95, 165, 165, 98, 150, 165, 122, 203, 125, - /* 1340 */ 227, 165, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 5, 150, - /* 1350 */ 165, 135, 218, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 150, 66, - /* 1360 */ 17, 157, 118, 157, 165, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, - /* 1370 */ 134, 150, 104, 165, 31, 210, 33, 176, 150, 86, - /* 1380 */ 87, 247, 174, 175, 150, 42, 165, 94, 121, 211, - /* 1390 */ 150, 98, 210, 165, 210, 174, 175, 211, 55, 165, - /* 1400 */ 57, 150, 174, 175, 61, 165, 150, 64, 174, 175, - /* 1410 */ 104, 211, 47, 150, 174, 175, 165, 176, 176, 150, - /* 1420 */ 103, 165, 129, 130, 131, 174, 175, 184, 165, 179, - /* 1430 */ 174, 175, 150, 178, 165, 176, 22, 174, 175, 230, - /* 1440 */ 92, 230, 184, 174, 175, 150, 176, 165, 105, 106, - /* 1450 */ 107, 150, 176, 176, 111, 156, 174, 175, 179, 116, - /* 1460 */ 165, 18, 157, 156, 238, 157, 165, 156, 45, 174, - /* 1470 */ 175, 157, 157, 135, 239, 174, 175, 156, 189, 157, - /* 1480 */ 68, 189, 139, 219, 22, 199, 157, 18, 192, 192, - /* 1490 */ 192, 189, 192, 199, 219, 243, 157, 40, 157, 157, - /* 1500 */ 243, 38, 153, 166, 233, 196, 233, 246, 198, 228, - /* 1510 */ 177, 177, 209, 177, 182, 199, 166, 177, 166, 199, - /* 1520 */ 242, 177, 242, 178, 148, 166, 196, 209, 209, 92, - /* 1530 */ 195, 208, 174, 186, 183, 174, 183, 191, 183, 253, - /* 1540 */ 236, 253, 186, 253, 253, 253, 253, 253, 253, 237, -}; -#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-90) -#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (418) -#define YY_SHIFT_MIN (-89) -#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1469) -static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = { - /* 0 */ 993, 1114, 1343, 1114, 1213, 1213, 90, 90, 0, -19, - /* 10 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 352, 517, 721, 1091, 1213, - /* 20 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, - /* 30 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, - /* 40 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1236, 1213, 1213, - /* 50 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, - /* 60 */ 1213, -49, 199, 517, 517, 913, 913, 382, 1177, 55, - /* 70 */ 647, 573, 499, 425, 351, 277, 203, 129, 795, 795, - /* 80 */ 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, - /* 90 */ 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 869, 795, 943, 1017, - /* 100 */ 1017, -69, -69, -69, -69, -1, -1, 58, 138, -44, - /* 110 */ 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, - /* 120 */ 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 202, 579, 517, 517, - /* 130 */ 517, 517, 517, 382, 885, 1437, -90, -90, -90, 1293, - /* 140 */ 73, 272, 272, 309, 311, 297, 282, 216, 602, 538, - /* 150 */ 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, - /* 160 */ 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, - /* 170 */ 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, 517, - /* 180 */ 517, 517, 505, 231, 231, 231, 706, 64, 1177, 1177, - /* 190 */ 1177, -90, -90, -90, 136, 168, 168, 12, 496, 496, - /* 200 */ 496, 506, 423, 512, 370, 349, 335, 149, 149, 149, - /* 210 */ 149, 604, 516, 149, 149, 508, 3, 299, 677, 871, - /* 220 */ 613, 613, 879, 871, 879, 144, 382, 226, 382, 226, - /* 230 */ 564, 226, 613, 226, 226, 404, 625, 625, 382, 426, - /* 240 */ -89, 801, 1463, 1244, 1244, 1457, 1457, 1244, 1462, 1412, - /* 250 */ 1188, 1469, 1469, 1469, 1469, 1244, 1188, 1462, 1412, 1412, - /* 260 */ 1244, 1443, 1338, 1423, 1244, 1244, 1443, 1244, 1443, 1244, - /* 270 */ 1443, 1414, 1306, 1306, 1306, 1365, 1348, 1348, 1414, 1306, - /* 280 */ 1317, 1306, 1365, 1306, 1306, 1267, 1268, 1267, 1268, 1267, - /* 290 */ 1268, 1244, 1244, 1216, 1214, 1215, 1192, 1173, 1188, 1177, - /* 300 */ 1260, 1253, 1253, 1248, 1248, 1248, 1248, -90, -90, -90, - /* 310 */ -90, -90, -90, 939, 102, 614, 84, 133, 14, 837, - /* 320 */ 396, 829, 825, 796, 757, 751, 650, 357, 244, 107, - /* 330 */ 54, 305, 278, 1207, 1203, 1183, 1063, 1179, 1137, 1166, - /* 340 */ 1172, 1170, 1064, 1152, 1046, 1057, 1034, 1126, 1041, 1129, - /* 350 */ 1142, 1031, 1120, 1012, 1056, 1048, 1018, 1098, 1086, 1001, - /* 360 */ 1097, 1076, 1058, 971, 936, 1026, 1052, 1025, 1013, 1027, - /* 370 */ 967, 1044, 1032, 1050, 945, 949, 1028, 995, 1024, 1021, - /* 380 */ 963, 981, 928, 953, 951, 870, 876, 897, 838, 720, - /* 390 */ 828, 794, 820, 498, 642, 783, 657, 729, 642, 557, - /* 400 */ 507, 509, 497, 470, 478, 449, 294, 228, 443, 23, - /* 410 */ 152, 123, 68, -20, -42, 57, 39, -3, 5, -}; -#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-222) -#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (312) -#define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-221) -#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1376) -static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = { - /* 0 */ 310, 994, 1134, 221, 169, 157, 89, 18, 83, 301, - /* 10 */ 377, 316, 312, 16, 295, 238, 249, 391, 1301, 1295, - /* 20 */ 1282, 1269, 1263, 1256, 1251, 1240, 1234, 1228, 1221, 1208, - /* 30 */ 1109, 1103, 1077, 1054, 1022, 1016, 911, 908, 890, 888, - /* 40 */ 874, 816, 800, 760, 742, 739, 726, 684, 672, 665, - /* 50 */ 652, 612, 610, 594, 591, 578, 530, 528, 526, 524, - /* 60 */ -72, -221, 399, 469, 445, 438, 143, 222, 359, 523, - /* 70 */ 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, - /* 80 */ 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, - /* 90 */ 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, - /* 100 */ 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 307, 523, 523, - /* 110 */ 1110, 678, 1033, 965, 962, 891, 814, 813, 744, 771, - /* 120 */ 691, 607, 522, 743, 686, 740, 328, 418, 670, 666, - /* 130 */ 596, 527, 529, 583, 523, 523, 523, 523, 523, 593, - /* 140 */ 823, 738, 712, 892, 1199, 1185, 1176, 1171, 673, 673, - /* 150 */ 1168, 1167, 1162, 1159, 1148, 1145, 1139, 1117, 1111, 1107, - /* 160 */ 1084, 1066, 1049, 1011, 1010, 1006, 1002, 999, 998, 973, - /* 170 */ 972, 970, 966, 964, 895, 894, 892, 833, 822, 762, - /* 180 */ 761, 229, 811, 804, 803, 389, 688, 808, 807, 737, - /* 190 */ 460, 464, 572, 584, 1356, 1361, 1358, 1347, 1355, 1353, - /* 200 */ 1351, 1323, 1335, 1346, 1335, 1335, 1335, 1335, 1335, 1335, - /* 210 */ 1335, 1312, 1304, 1335, 1335, 1323, 1359, 1330, 1376, 1320, - /* 220 */ 1319, 1318, 1280, 1316, 1278, 1345, 1352, 1344, 1350, 1340, - /* 230 */ 1332, 1336, 1303, 1334, 1333, 1281, 1273, 1271, 1337, 1310, - /* 240 */ 1309, 1349, 1261, 1342, 1341, 1257, 1252, 1339, 1275, 1302, - /* 250 */ 1294, 1300, 1298, 1297, 1296, 1329, 1286, 1264, 1292, 1289, - /* 260 */ 1322, 1321, 1235, 1226, 1315, 1314, 1311, 1308, 1307, 1305, - /* 270 */ 1299, 1279, 1277, 1276, 1270, 1258, 1211, 1209, 1250, 1259, - /* 280 */ 1255, 1242, 1243, 1241, 1201, 1200, 1184, 1186, 1182, 1178, - /* 290 */ 1165, 1206, 1204, 1113, 1135, 1095, 1124, 1105, 1102, 1096, - /* 300 */ 1112, 1140, 1136, 1121, 1116, 1115, 1089, 985, 961, 987, - /* 310 */ 1061, 1038, 1053, -}; -static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = { - /* 0 */ 636, 872, 961, 961, 961, 872, 901, 901, 961, 760, - /* 10 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 870, 961, 961, 935, 961, 961, - /* 20 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 30 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 40 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 50 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 60 */ 961, 844, 961, 961, 961, 901, 901, 675, 764, 795, - /* 70 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 934, 936, - /* 80 */ 810, 809, 803, 802, 914, 775, 800, 793, 786, 797, - /* 90 */ 873, 866, 867, 865, 869, 874, 961, 796, 832, 850, - /* 100 */ 831, 849, 856, 848, 834, 843, 833, 667, 835, 836, - /* 110 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 120 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 662, 729, 961, 961, - /* 130 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 837, 838, 853, 852, 851, 961, - /* 140 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 150 */ 961, 941, 939, 961, 885, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 160 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 170 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 180 */ 961, 642, 961, 760, 760, 760, 636, 961, 961, 961, - /* 190 */ 961, 953, 764, 754, 720, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 200 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 805, 743, 924, - /* 210 */ 926, 961, 907, 741, 664, 762, 677, 752, 644, 799, - /* 220 */ 777, 777, 919, 799, 919, 701, 961, 789, 961, 789, - /* 230 */ 698, 789, 777, 789, 789, 868, 961, 961, 961, 761, - /* 240 */ 752, 961, 946, 768, 768, 938, 938, 768, 811, 733, - /* 250 */ 799, 740, 740, 740, 740, 768, 799, 811, 733, 733, - /* 260 */ 768, 659, 913, 911, 768, 768, 659, 768, 659, 768, - /* 270 */ 659, 878, 731, 731, 731, 716, 882, 882, 878, 731, - /* 280 */ 701, 731, 716, 731, 731, 781, 776, 781, 776, 781, - /* 290 */ 776, 768, 768, 961, 794, 782, 792, 790, 799, 961, - /* 300 */ 719, 652, 652, 641, 641, 641, 641, 958, 958, 953, - /* 310 */ 703, 703, 685, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 320 */ 887, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 330 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 637, 948, 961, 961, 945, 961, - /* 340 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 350 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 917, - /* 360 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 910, 909, 961, 961, - /* 370 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 380 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 390 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 791, 961, 783, 961, 871, 961, - /* 400 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 746, - /* 410 */ 820, 961, 819, 823, 818, 669, 961, 650, 961, 633, - /* 420 */ 638, 957, 960, 959, 956, 955, 954, 949, 947, 944, - /* 430 */ 943, 942, 940, 937, 933, 891, 889, 896, 895, 894, - /* 440 */ 893, 892, 890, 888, 886, 806, 804, 801, 798, 932, - /* 450 */ 884, 742, 739, 738, 658, 950, 916, 925, 923, 812, - /* 460 */ 922, 921, 920, 918, 915, 902, 808, 807, 734, 876, - /* 470 */ 875, 661, 906, 905, 904, 908, 912, 903, 770, 660, - /* 480 */ 657, 666, 723, 722, 730, 728, 727, 726, 725, 724, - /* 490 */ 721, 668, 676, 687, 715, 700, 699, 881, 883, 880, - /* 500 */ 879, 708, 707, 713, 712, 711, 710, 709, 706, 705, - /* 510 */ 704, 697, 696, 702, 695, 718, 717, 714, 694, 737, - /* 520 */ 736, 735, 732, 693, 692, 691, 823, 690, 689, 829, - /* 530 */ 828, 816, 860, 757, 756, 755, 767, 766, 779, 778, - /* 540 */ 814, 813, 780, 765, 759, 758, 774, 773, 772, 771, - /* 550 */ 763, 753, 785, 788, 787, 784, 845, 862, 769, 859, - /* 560 */ 931, 930, 929, 928, 927, 864, 863, 830, 827, 680, - /* 570 */ 681, 900, 898, 899, 897, 683, 682, 679, 678, 861, - /* 580 */ 748, 747, 857, 854, 846, 841, 858, 855, 847, 842, - /* 590 */ 840, 839, 825, 824, 822, 821, 817, 826, 671, 749, - /* 600 */ 745, 744, 815, 751, 750, 688, 686, 684, 665, 663, - /* 610 */ 656, 654, 653, 655, 651, 649, 648, 647, 646, 645, - /* 620 */ 674, 673, 672, 670, 669, 643, 640, 639, 635, 634, - /* 630 */ 632, -}; - -/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens. If a construct -** like the following: +** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states: ** -** %fallback ID X Y Z. +** (0) INVALID We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character. ** -** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, -** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser -** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and -** the parse is retried before an error is thrown. -*/ -#ifdef YYFALLBACK -static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = { - 0, /* $ => nothing */ - 0, /* SEMI => nothing */ - 26, /* EXPLAIN => ID */ - 26, /* QUERY => ID */ - 26, /* PLAN => ID */ - 26, /* BEGIN => ID */ - 0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */ - 26, /* DEFERRED => ID */ - 26, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */ - 26, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */ - 0, /* COMMIT => nothing */ - 26, /* END => ID */ - 26, /* ROLLBACK => ID */ - 26, /* SAVEPOINT => ID */ - 26, /* RELEASE => ID */ - 0, /* TO => nothing */ - 0, /* TABLE => nothing */ - 0, /* CREATE => nothing */ - 26, /* IF => ID */ - 0, /* NOT => nothing */ - 0, /* EXISTS => nothing */ - 26, /* TEMP => ID */ - 0, /* LP => nothing */ - 0, /* RP => nothing */ - 0, /* AS => nothing */ - 0, /* COMMA => nothing */ - 0, /* ID => nothing */ - 0, /* INDEXED => nothing */ - 26, /* ABORT => ID */ - 26, /* ACTION => ID */ - 26, /* AFTER => ID */ - 26, /* ANALYZE => ID */ - 26, /* ASC => ID */ - 26, /* ATTACH => ID */ - 26, /* BEFORE => ID */ - 26, /* BY => ID */ - 26, /* CASCADE => ID */ - 26, /* CAST => ID */ - 26, /* COLUMNKW => ID */ - 26, /* CONFLICT => ID */ - 26, /* DATABASE => ID */ - 26, /* DESC => ID */ - 26, /* DETACH => ID */ - 26, /* EACH => ID */ - 26, /* FAIL => ID */ - 26, /* FOR => ID */ - 26, /* IGNORE => ID */ - 26, /* INITIALLY => ID */ - 26, /* INSTEAD => ID */ - 26, /* LIKE_KW => ID */ - 26, /* MATCH => ID */ - 26, /* NO => ID */ - 26, /* KEY => ID */ - 26, /* OF => ID */ - 26, /* OFFSET => ID */ - 26, /* PRAGMA => ID */ - 26, /* RAISE => ID */ - 26, /* REPLACE => ID */ - 26, /* RESTRICT => ID */ - 26, /* ROW => ID */ - 26, /* TRIGGER => ID */ - 26, /* VACUUM => ID */ - 26, /* VIEW => ID */ - 26, /* VIRTUAL => ID */ - 26, /* REINDEX => ID */ - 26, /* RENAME => ID */ - 26, /* CTIME_KW => ID */ -}; -#endif /* YYFALLBACK */ - -/* The following structure represents a single element of the -** parser's stack. Information stored includes: +** (1) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine +** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends +** in any other state. ** -** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack. +** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single +** semicolon. ** -** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack. -** (In other words, the "major" token.) +** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of +** a statement. ** -** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is -** the information used by the action routines in the grammar. -** It is sometimes called the "minor" token. +** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a +** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by +** TEMP or TEMPORARY +** +** (5) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be +** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon. +** +** (6) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at +** the end of a trigger definition. +** +** (7) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end +** of a trigger difinition. +** +** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted +** from the input. The following tokens are significant: +** +** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon. +** (1) tkWS Whitespace. +** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token. +** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword. +** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword. +** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword. +** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword. +** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword. +** +** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored. +** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid. +** +** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed +** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do +** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment. */ -struct yyStackEntry { - YYACTIONTYPE stateno; /* The state-number */ - YYCODETYPE major; /* The major token value. This is the code - ** number for the token at this stack level */ - YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This - ** is the value of the token */ -}; -typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){ + u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */ + u8 token; /* Value of the next token */ -/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of -** the following structure */ -struct yyParser { - int yyidx; /* Index of top element in stack */ -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH - int yyidxMax; /* Maximum value of yyidx */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER + ** statement. This is the normal case. + */ + static const u8 trans[8][8] = { + /* Token: */ + /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */ + /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ { 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 4 CREATE: */ { 1, 4, 2, 2, 2, 4, 5, 2, }, + /* 5 TRIGGER: */ { 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, + /* 6 SEMI: */ { 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 7, }, + /* 7 END: */ { 1, 7, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, + }; +#else + /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine + ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier + */ + static const u8 trans[3][3] = { + /* Token: */ + /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */ + /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, }, + /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, }, + /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, }, + }; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + + while( *zSql ){ + switch( *zSql ){ + case ';': { /* A semicolon */ + token = tkSEMI; + break; + } + case ' ': + case '\r': + case '\t': + case '\n': + case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */ + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '/': { /* C-style comments */ + if( zSql[1]!='*' ){ + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + zSql += 2; + while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; } + if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0; + zSql++; + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */ + if( zSql[1]!='-' ){ + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1; + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */ + zSql++; + while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */ + case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */ + case '\'': { + int c = *zSql; + zSql++; + while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + default: { +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + unsigned char c; #endif - int yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */ - sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */ -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - int yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */ - yyStackEntry *yystack; /* The parser's stack */ + if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){ + /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */ + int nId; + for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){} +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + token = tkOTHER; #else - yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */ + switch( *zSql ){ + case 'c': case 'C': { + if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){ + token = tkCREATE; + }else{ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + case 't': case 'T': { + if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){ + token = tkTRIGGER; + }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){ + token = tkTEMP; + }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){ + token = tkTEMP; + }else{ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + case 'e': case 'E': { + if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){ + token = tkEND; + }else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){ + token = tkEXPLAIN; + }else #endif -}; -typedef struct yyParser yyParser; + { + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + default: { + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + zSql += nId-1; + }else{ + /* Operators and special symbols */ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + } + state = trans[state][token]; + zSql++; + } + return state==1; +} -#ifndef NDEBUG -static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0; -static char *yyTracePrompt = 0; -#endif /* NDEBUG */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described +** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not +** UTF-8. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){ + sqlite3_value *pVal; + char const *zSql8; + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; -#ifndef NDEBUG +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); + zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( zSql8 ){ + rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */ + +/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/ /* -** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace -** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off -** by making either argument NULL +** 2001 September 15 ** -** Inputs: -**
      -**
    • A FILE* to which trace output should be written. -** If NULL, then tracing is turned off. -**
    • A prefix string written at the beginning of every -** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is -** turned off. -**
    +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** Outputs: -** None. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file +** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in +** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be +** accessed by users of the library. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ - yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE; - yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt; - if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0; - else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0; -} -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals -** are required. The following table supplies these names */ -static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { - "$", "SEMI", "EXPLAIN", "QUERY", - "PLAN", "BEGIN", "TRANSACTION", "DEFERRED", - "IMMEDIATE", "EXCLUSIVE", "COMMIT", "END", - "ROLLBACK", "SAVEPOINT", "RELEASE", "TO", - "TABLE", "CREATE", "IF", "NOT", - "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP", "RP", - "AS", "COMMA", "ID", "INDEXED", - "ABORT", "ACTION", "AFTER", "ANALYZE", - "ASC", "ATTACH", "BEFORE", "BY", - "CASCADE", "CAST", "COLUMNKW", "CONFLICT", - "DATABASE", "DESC", "DETACH", "EACH", - "FAIL", "FOR", "IGNORE", "INITIALLY", - "INSTEAD", "LIKE_KW", "MATCH", "NO", - "KEY", "OF", "OFFSET", "PRAGMA", - "RAISE", "REPLACE", "RESTRICT", "ROW", - "TRIGGER", "VACUUM", "VIEW", "VIRTUAL", - "REINDEX", "RENAME", "CTIME_KW", "ANY", - "OR", "AND", "IS", "BETWEEN", - "IN", "ISNULL", "NOTNULL", "NE", - "EQ", "GT", "LE", "LT", - "GE", "ESCAPE", "BITAND", "BITOR", - "LSHIFT", "RSHIFT", "PLUS", "MINUS", - "STAR", "SLASH", "REM", "CONCAT", - "COLLATE", "BITNOT", "STRING", "JOIN_KW", - "CONSTRAINT", "DEFAULT", "NULL", "PRIMARY", - "UNIQUE", "CHECK", "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR", - "ON", "INSERT", "DELETE", "UPDATE", - "SET", "DEFERRABLE", "FOREIGN", "DROP", - "UNION", "ALL", "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", - "SELECT", "DISTINCT", "DOT", "FROM", - "JOIN", "USING", "ORDER", "GROUP", - "HAVING", "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO", - "VALUES", "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB", - "REGISTER", "VARIABLE", "CASE", "WHEN", - "THEN", "ELSE", "INDEX", "ALTER", - "ADD", "error", "input", "cmdlist", - "ecmd", "explain", "cmdx", "cmd", - "transtype", "trans_opt", "nm", "savepoint_opt", - "create_table", "create_table_args", "createkw", "temp", - "ifnotexists", "dbnm", "columnlist", "conslist_opt", - "select", "column", "columnid", "type", - "carglist", "id", "ids", "typetoken", - "typename", "signed", "plus_num", "minus_num", - "carg", "ccons", "term", "expr", - "onconf", "sortorder", "autoinc", "idxlist_opt", - "refargs", "defer_subclause", "refarg", "refact", - "init_deferred_pred_opt", "conslist", "tcons", "idxlist", - "defer_subclause_opt", "orconf", "resolvetype", "raisetype", - "ifexists", "fullname", "oneselect", "multiselect_op", - "distinct", "selcollist", "from", "where_opt", - "groupby_opt", "having_opt", "orderby_opt", "limit_opt", - "sclp", "as", "seltablist", "stl_prefix", - "joinop", "indexed_opt", "on_opt", "using_opt", - "joinop2", "inscollist", "sortlist", "sortitem", - "nexprlist", "setlist", "insert_cmd", "inscollist_opt", - "itemlist", "exprlist", "likeop", "escape", - "between_op", "in_op", "case_operand", "case_exprlist", - "case_else", "uniqueflag", "collate", "nmnum", - "plus_opt", "number", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list", - "trigger_time", "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause", - "trigger_cmd", "trnm", "tridxby", "database_kw_opt", - "key_opt", "add_column_fullname", "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab", - "vtabarglist", "vtabarg", "vtabargtoken", "lp", - "anylist", -}; -#endif /* NDEBUG */ -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required. -*/ -static const char *const yyRuleName[] = { - /* 0 */ "input ::= cmdlist", - /* 1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd", - /* 2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd", - /* 3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI", - /* 4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI", - /* 5 */ "explain ::=", - /* 6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN", - /* 7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN", - /* 8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd", - /* 9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt", - /* 10 */ "trans_opt ::=", - /* 11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION", - /* 12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm", - /* 13 */ "transtype ::=", - /* 14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED", - /* 15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE", - /* 16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE", - /* 17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt", - /* 18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt", - /* 19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt", - /* 20 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT", - /* 21 */ "savepoint_opt ::=", - /* 22 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm", - /* 23 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm", - /* 24 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm", - /* 25 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args", - /* 26 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm", - /* 27 */ "createkw ::= CREATE", - /* 28 */ "ifnotexists ::=", - /* 29 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS", - /* 30 */ "temp ::= TEMP", - /* 31 */ "temp ::=", - /* 32 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP", - /* 33 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select", - /* 34 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column", - /* 35 */ "columnlist ::= column", - /* 36 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist", - /* 37 */ "columnid ::= nm", - /* 38 */ "id ::= ID", - /* 39 */ "id ::= INDEXED", - /* 40 */ "ids ::= ID|STRING", - /* 41 */ "nm ::= id", - /* 42 */ "nm ::= STRING", - /* 43 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW", - /* 44 */ "type ::=", - /* 45 */ "type ::= typetoken", - /* 46 */ "typetoken ::= typename", - /* 47 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP", - /* 48 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP", - /* 49 */ "typename ::= ids", - /* 50 */ "typename ::= typename ids", - /* 51 */ "signed ::= plus_num", - /* 52 */ "signed ::= minus_num", - /* 53 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg", - /* 54 */ "carglist ::=", - /* 55 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons", - /* 56 */ "carg ::= ccons", - /* 57 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term", - /* 58 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP", - /* 59 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term", - /* 60 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term", - /* 61 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT id", - /* 62 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf", - /* 63 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf", - /* 64 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc", - /* 65 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf", - /* 66 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP", - /* 67 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs", - /* 68 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause", - /* 69 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ids", - /* 70 */ "autoinc ::=", - /* 71 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR", - /* 72 */ "refargs ::=", - /* 73 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg", - /* 74 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm", - /* 75 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact", - /* 76 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact", - /* 77 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact", - /* 78 */ "refact ::= SET NULL", - /* 79 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT", - /* 80 */ "refact ::= CASCADE", - /* 81 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT", - /* 82 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION", - /* 83 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", - /* 84 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", - /* 85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=", - /* 86 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED", - /* 87 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE", - /* 88 */ "conslist_opt ::=", - /* 89 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist", - /* 90 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons", - /* 91 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons", - /* 92 */ "conslist ::= tcons", - /* 93 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", - /* 94 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf", - /* 95 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf", - /* 96 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf", - /* 97 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt", - /* 98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=", - /* 99 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause", - /* 100 */ "onconf ::=", - /* 101 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype", - /* 102 */ "orconf ::=", - /* 103 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype", - /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype", - /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE", - /* 106 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE", - /* 107 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname", - /* 108 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS", - /* 109 */ "ifexists ::=", - /* 110 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select", - /* 111 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname", - /* 112 */ "cmd ::= select", - /* 113 */ "select ::= oneselect", - /* 114 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect", - /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION", - /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL", - /* 117 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT", - /* 118 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt", - /* 119 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT", - /* 120 */ "distinct ::= ALL", - /* 121 */ "distinct ::=", - /* 122 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA", - /* 123 */ "sclp ::=", - /* 124 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as", - /* 125 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR", - /* 126 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR", - /* 127 */ "as ::= AS nm", - /* 128 */ "as ::= ids", - /* 129 */ "as ::=", - /* 130 */ "from ::=", - /* 131 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist", - /* 132 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop", - /* 133 */ "stl_prefix ::=", - /* 134 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt", - /* 135 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt", - /* 136 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt", - /* 137 */ "dbnm ::=", - /* 138 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm", - /* 139 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm", - /* 140 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN", - /* 141 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN", - /* 142 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN", - /* 143 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN", - /* 144 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr", - /* 145 */ "on_opt ::=", - /* 146 */ "indexed_opt ::=", - /* 147 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm", - /* 148 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED", - /* 149 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP", - /* 150 */ "using_opt ::=", - /* 151 */ "orderby_opt ::=", - /* 152 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist", - /* 153 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder", - /* 154 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder", - /* 155 */ "sortitem ::= expr", - /* 156 */ "sortorder ::= ASC", - /* 157 */ "sortorder ::= DESC", - /* 158 */ "sortorder ::=", - /* 159 */ "groupby_opt ::=", - /* 160 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist", - /* 161 */ "having_opt ::=", - /* 162 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr", - /* 163 */ "limit_opt ::=", - /* 164 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr", - /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr", - /* 166 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr", - /* 167 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt", - /* 168 */ "where_opt ::=", - /* 169 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr", - /* 170 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt", - /* 171 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr", - /* 172 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr", - /* 173 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP", - /* 174 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select", - /* 175 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES", - /* 176 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf", - /* 177 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE", - /* 178 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr", - /* 179 */ "itemlist ::= expr", - /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::=", - /* 181 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP", - /* 182 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm", - /* 183 */ "inscollist ::= nm", - /* 184 */ "expr ::= term", - /* 185 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP", - /* 186 */ "term ::= NULL", - /* 187 */ "expr ::= id", - /* 188 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW", - /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm", - /* 190 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm", - /* 191 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB", - /* 192 */ "term ::= STRING", - /* 193 */ "expr ::= REGISTER", - /* 194 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE", - /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ids", - /* 196 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP", - /* 197 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP", - /* 198 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP", - /* 199 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW", - /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr", - /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr", - /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr", - /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr", - /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr", - /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr", - /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr", - /* 207 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr", - /* 208 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW", - /* 209 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW", - /* 210 */ "likeop ::= MATCH", - /* 211 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH", - /* 212 */ "escape ::= ESCAPE expr", - /* 213 */ "escape ::=", - /* 214 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr escape", - /* 215 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL", - /* 216 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL", - /* 217 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr", - /* 218 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr", - /* 219 */ "expr ::= NOT expr", - /* 220 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr", - /* 221 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr", - /* 222 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr", - /* 223 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN", - /* 224 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN", - /* 225 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr", - /* 226 */ "in_op ::= IN", - /* 227 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN", - /* 228 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP", - /* 229 */ "expr ::= LP select RP", - /* 230 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP", - /* 231 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm", - /* 232 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP", - /* 233 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END", - /* 234 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr", - /* 235 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr", - /* 236 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr", - /* 237 */ "case_else ::=", - /* 238 */ "case_operand ::= expr", - /* 239 */ "case_operand ::=", - /* 240 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist", - /* 241 */ "exprlist ::=", - /* 242 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr", - /* 243 */ "nexprlist ::= expr", - /* 244 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP", - /* 245 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE", - /* 246 */ "uniqueflag ::=", - /* 247 */ "idxlist_opt ::=", - /* 248 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP", - /* 249 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder", - /* 250 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder", - /* 251 */ "collate ::=", - /* 252 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ids", - /* 253 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname", - /* 254 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM", - /* 255 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm", - /* 256 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm", - /* 257 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum", - /* 258 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP", - /* 259 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num", - /* 260 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP", - /* 261 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num", - /* 262 */ "nmnum ::= nm", - /* 263 */ "nmnum ::= ON", - /* 264 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE", - /* 265 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT", - /* 266 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number", - /* 267 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number", - /* 268 */ "number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT", - /* 269 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS", - /* 270 */ "plus_opt ::=", - /* 271 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END", - /* 272 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause", - /* 273 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE", - /* 274 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER", - /* 275 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF", - /* 276 */ "trigger_time ::=", - /* 277 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT", - /* 278 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE", - /* 279 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist", - /* 280 */ "foreach_clause ::=", - /* 281 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW", - /* 282 */ "when_clause ::=", - /* 283 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr", - /* 284 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI", - /* 285 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI", - /* 286 */ "trnm ::= nm", - /* 287 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm", - /* 288 */ "tridxby ::=", - /* 289 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm", - /* 290 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED", - /* 291 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt", - /* 292 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP", - /* 293 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select", - /* 294 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt", - /* 295 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select", - /* 296 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP", - /* 297 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP", - /* 298 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK", - /* 299 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT", - /* 300 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL", - /* 301 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname", - /* 302 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt", - /* 303 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr", - /* 304 */ "key_opt ::=", - /* 305 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr", - /* 306 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE", - /* 307 */ "database_kw_opt ::=", - /* 308 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX", - /* 309 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm", - /* 310 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE", - /* 311 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm", - /* 312 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm", - /* 313 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column", - /* 314 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname", - /* 315 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=", - /* 316 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW", - /* 317 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab", - /* 318 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP", - /* 319 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm", - /* 320 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg", - /* 321 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg", - /* 322 */ "vtabarg ::=", - /* 323 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken", - /* 324 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY", - /* 325 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP", - /* 326 */ "lp ::= LP", - /* 327 */ "anylist ::=", - /* 328 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP", - /* 329 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY", -}; -#endif /* NDEBUG */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 +/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/ +/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2006 Oct 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface. +*/ + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db); -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 +#if 0 +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE +/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/ +/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/ /* -** Try to increase the size of the parser stack. +** 2008 May 26 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** RTREE library. All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface. */ -static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){ - int newSize; - yyStackEntry *pNew; - newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100; - pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); - if( pNew ){ - p->yystack = pNew; - p->yystksz = newSize; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n", - yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz); - } -#endif - } -} -#endif +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db); + +#if 0 +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ +/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU +/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/ +/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/ /* -** This function allocates a new parser. -** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like -** malloc. +** 2008 May 26 ** -** Inputs: -** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** Outputs: -** A pointer to a parser. This pointer is used in subsequent calls -** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** ICU extension. All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){ - yyParser *pParser; - pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) ); - if( pParser ){ - pParser->yyidx = -1; -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH - pParser->yyidxMax = 0; + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db); + +#if 0 +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + + +/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ #endif -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - pParser->yystack = NULL; - pParser->yystksz = 0; - yyGrowStack(pParser); + +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant +** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; #endif - } - return pParser; -} -/* The following function deletes the value associated with a -** symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal. -** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to -** the value. +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns +** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. */ -static void yy_destructor( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ - YYCODETYPE yymajor, /* Type code for object to destroy */ - YYMINORTYPE *yypminor /* The object to be destroyed */ -){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; - switch( yymajor ){ - /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a - ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen - ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a - ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is - ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. - ** - ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those - ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used - ** inside the C code. - */ - case 160: /* select */ - case 194: /* oneselect */ -{ -sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy3)); -} - break; - case 174: /* term */ - case 175: /* expr */ - case 223: /* escape */ -{ -sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy346).pExpr); -} - break; - case 179: /* idxlist_opt */ - case 187: /* idxlist */ - case 197: /* selcollist */ - case 200: /* groupby_opt */ - case 202: /* orderby_opt */ - case 204: /* sclp */ - case 214: /* sortlist */ - case 216: /* nexprlist */ - case 217: /* setlist */ - case 220: /* itemlist */ - case 221: /* exprlist */ - case 227: /* case_exprlist */ -{ -sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy14)); -} - break; - case 193: /* fullname */ - case 198: /* from */ - case 206: /* seltablist */ - case 207: /* stl_prefix */ -{ -sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy65)); -} - break; - case 199: /* where_opt */ - case 201: /* having_opt */ - case 210: /* on_opt */ - case 215: /* sortitem */ - case 226: /* case_operand */ - case 228: /* case_else */ - case 239: /* when_clause */ - case 244: /* key_opt */ -{ -sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy132)); -} - break; - case 211: /* using_opt */ - case 213: /* inscollist */ - case 219: /* inscollist_opt */ -{ -sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy408)); -} - break; - case 235: /* trigger_cmd_list */ - case 240: /* trigger_cmd */ -{ -sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy473)); -} - break; - case 237: /* trigger_event */ -{ -sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy378).b); -} - break; - default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */ - } -} +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } -/* -** Pop the parser's stack once. -** -** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which -** is popped from the stack, then call it. -** -** Return the major token number for the symbol popped. +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a +** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro. */ -static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){ - YYCODETYPE yymajor; - yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx]; +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; } - /* There is no mechanism by which the parser stack can be popped below - ** empty in SQLite. */ - if( NEVER(pParser->yyidx<0) ) return 0; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n", - yyTracePrompt, - yyTokenName[yytos->major]); - } -#endif - yymajor = yytos->major; - yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor); - pParser->yyidx--; - return yymajor; -} +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function +** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; } + +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-54823-41343 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns +** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled mutexing code omitted due to +** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) /* -** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are all called for -** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. -** -** Inputs: -**
      -**
    • A pointer to the parser. This should be a pointer -** obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc. -**
    • A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained -** from malloc. -**
    +** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if +** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing +** I/O active are written using this function. These messages +** are intended for debugging activity only. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree( - void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */ - void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */ -){ - yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; - /* In SQLite, we never try to destroy a parser that was not successfully - ** created in the first place. */ - if( NEVER(pParser==0) ) return; - while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser); -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - free(pParser->yystack); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0; #endif - (*freeProc)((void*)pParser); -} /* -** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser. +** If the following global variable points to a string which is the +** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store +** temporary files. +** +** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command. */ -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){ - yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; - return pParser->yyidxMax; -} -#endif +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; /* -** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal -** look-ahead token iLookAhead. +** Initialize SQLite. ** -** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is -** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise -** return YY_NO_ACTION. +** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation, +** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with +** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT +** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as +** sqlite3_open(). +** +** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process, +** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown. +** +** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to +** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first +** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent +** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization. +** +** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive +** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the +** initialization process would never complete. +** +** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other +** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is +** incomplete, it is required that: +** +** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most +** call by X completes. +** +** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately +** without blocking. */ -static int yy_find_shift_action( - yyParser *pParser, /* The parser */ - YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ -){ - int i; - int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ + sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; /* The main static mutex */ + int rc; /* Result code */ - if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_COUNT - || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){ - return yy_default[stateno]; +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } - assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); - i += iLookAhead; - if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ - if( iLookAhead>0 ){ -#ifdef YYFALLBACK - YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */ - if( iLookAhead %s\n", - yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]); - } #endif - return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback); + + /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call + ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization + ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end + ** of this routine. + */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; + + /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to + ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error. + ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex, + ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do. + ** + ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own + ** initialization. + */ + rc = sqlite3MutexInit(); + if( rc ) return rc; + + /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex. + ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that + ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the + ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static + ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem. + */ + pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1; + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ + rc = sqlite3MallocInit(); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1; + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = + sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); + + /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc + ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate + ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case. */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so + ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into + ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through + ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other + ** recursive calls might also be possible. + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls + ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. + ** + ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit + ** methods. The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the + ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize(). + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){ + FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1; + memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions)); + sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize(); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1; + rc = sqlite3OsInit(); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1; + } + sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); + + /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive + ** mutex to prevent a resource leak. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){ + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 ); + sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); + + /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has + ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but + ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no + ** reason. So we run it once during initialization. + */ +#ifndef NDEBUG +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */ + if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1; + double y; + assert(sizeof(x)==8); + assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y)); + memcpy(&y, &x, 8); + assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) ); + } #endif -#ifdef YYWILDCARD - { - int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD; - if( -#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0 - j>=0 && -#endif -#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT - j %s\n", - yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]); - } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - return yy_action[j]; - } - } -#endif /* YYWILDCARD */ - } - return yy_default[stateno]; - }else{ - return yy_action[i]; + + /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + ** compile-time option. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){ + int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(void); + rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(); } +#endif + + return rc; } /* -** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal -** look-ahead token iLookAhead. -** -** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is -** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise -** return YY_NO_ACTION. +** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize(). Must not be called while +** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or +** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This +** routine is not threadsafe. But it is safe to invoke this routine +** on when SQLite is already shut down. If SQLite is already shut down +** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op. */ -static int yy_find_reduce_action( - int stateno, /* Current state number */ - YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ -){ - int i; -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){ - return yy_default[stateno]; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){ + sqlite3_os_end(); + sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0; } -#else - assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT ); -#endif - i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno]; - assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ); - assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); - i += iLookAhead; -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ - return yy_default[stateno]; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){ + sqlite3PcacheShutdown(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0; + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ + sqlite3MallocEnd(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0; + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){ + sqlite3MutexEnd(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0; } -#else - assert( i>=0 && iyyidx--; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif - while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser - ** stack every overflows */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ + va_list ap; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow"); - pParse->parseError = 1; - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */ -} + /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while + ** the SQLite library is in use. */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; -/* -** Perform a shift action. -*/ -static void yy_shift( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser to be shifted */ - int yyNewState, /* The new state to shift in */ - int yyMajor, /* The major token to shift in */ - YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */ -){ - yyStackEntry *yytos; - yypParser->yyidx++; -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH - if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){ - yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx; - } + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + + /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe + ** compile. + */ +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: { + /* Disable all mutexing */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: { + /* Disable mutexing of database connections */ + /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: { + /* Enable all mutexing */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1; + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: { + /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: { + /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */ + *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; + break; + } #endif -#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 - if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){ - yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); - return; - } -#else - if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ - yyGrowStack(yypParser); - if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ - yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); - return; + + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: { + /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*); + break; } - } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: { + /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault(); + *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m; + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: { + /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: { + /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: { + /* Designate a buffer for page cache memory space */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: { + /* Specify an alternative page cache implementation */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*); + break; + } + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: { + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){ + sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); + } + *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache; + break; + } + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5) + case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: { + /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int); + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){ + /* cap min request size at 2^12 */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12); + } + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){ + /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation + ** back to NULL pointers too. This will cause the malloc to go + ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is + ** run. + */ + memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m)); + }else{ + /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the + ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. If neither ENABLE_MEMSYS3 nor + ** ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined, return an error. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(); #endif - yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; - yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState; - yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor; - yytos->minor = *yypMinor; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){ - int i; - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState); - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt); - for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++) - fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]); - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n"); - } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(); +#endif + } + break; + } #endif -} -/* The following table contains information about every rule that -** is used during the reduce. -*/ -static const struct { - YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */ - unsigned char nrhs; /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */ -} yyRuleInfo[] = { - { 142, 1 }, - { 143, 2 }, - { 143, 1 }, - { 144, 1 }, - { 144, 3 }, - { 145, 0 }, - { 145, 1 }, - { 145, 3 }, - { 146, 1 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 149, 0 }, - { 149, 1 }, - { 149, 2 }, - { 148, 0 }, - { 148, 1 }, - { 148, 1 }, - { 148, 1 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 151, 1 }, - { 151, 0 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 152, 6 }, - { 154, 1 }, - { 156, 0 }, - { 156, 3 }, - { 155, 1 }, - { 155, 0 }, - { 153, 4 }, - { 153, 2 }, - { 158, 3 }, - { 158, 1 }, - { 161, 3 }, - { 162, 1 }, - { 165, 1 }, - { 165, 1 }, - { 166, 1 }, - { 150, 1 }, - { 150, 1 }, - { 150, 1 }, - { 163, 0 }, - { 163, 1 }, - { 167, 1 }, - { 167, 4 }, - { 167, 6 }, - { 168, 1 }, - { 168, 2 }, - { 169, 1 }, - { 169, 1 }, - { 164, 2 }, - { 164, 0 }, - { 172, 3 }, - { 172, 1 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 4 }, - { 173, 3 }, - { 173, 3 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 3 }, - { 173, 5 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 4 }, - { 173, 4 }, - { 173, 1 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 178, 0 }, - { 178, 1 }, - { 180, 0 }, - { 180, 2 }, - { 182, 2 }, - { 182, 3 }, - { 182, 3 }, - { 182, 3 }, - { 183, 2 }, - { 183, 2 }, - { 183, 1 }, - { 183, 1 }, - { 183, 2 }, - { 181, 3 }, - { 181, 2 }, - { 184, 0 }, - { 184, 2 }, - { 184, 2 }, - { 159, 0 }, - { 159, 2 }, - { 185, 3 }, - { 185, 2 }, - { 185, 1 }, - { 186, 2 }, - { 186, 7 }, - { 186, 5 }, - { 186, 5 }, - { 186, 10 }, - { 188, 0 }, - { 188, 1 }, - { 176, 0 }, - { 176, 3 }, - { 189, 0 }, - { 189, 2 }, - { 190, 1 }, - { 190, 1 }, - { 190, 1 }, - { 147, 4 }, - { 192, 2 }, - { 192, 0 }, - { 147, 8 }, - { 147, 4 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 160, 1 }, - { 160, 3 }, - { 195, 1 }, - { 195, 2 }, - { 195, 1 }, - { 194, 9 }, - { 196, 1 }, - { 196, 1 }, - { 196, 0 }, - { 204, 2 }, - { 204, 0 }, - { 197, 3 }, - { 197, 2 }, - { 197, 4 }, - { 205, 2 }, - { 205, 1 }, - { 205, 0 }, - { 198, 0 }, - { 198, 2 }, - { 207, 2 }, - { 207, 0 }, - { 206, 7 }, - { 206, 7 }, - { 206, 7 }, - { 157, 0 }, - { 157, 2 }, - { 193, 2 }, - { 208, 1 }, - { 208, 2 }, - { 208, 3 }, - { 208, 4 }, - { 210, 2 }, - { 210, 0 }, - { 209, 0 }, - { 209, 3 }, - { 209, 2 }, - { 211, 4 }, - { 211, 0 }, - { 202, 0 }, - { 202, 3 }, - { 214, 4 }, - { 214, 2 }, - { 215, 1 }, - { 177, 1 }, - { 177, 1 }, - { 177, 0 }, - { 200, 0 }, - { 200, 3 }, - { 201, 0 }, - { 201, 2 }, - { 203, 0 }, - { 203, 2 }, - { 203, 4 }, - { 203, 4 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 199, 0 }, - { 199, 2 }, - { 147, 7 }, - { 217, 5 }, - { 217, 3 }, - { 147, 8 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 218, 2 }, - { 218, 1 }, - { 220, 3 }, - { 220, 1 }, - { 219, 0 }, - { 219, 3 }, - { 213, 3 }, - { 213, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 6 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 222, 1 }, - { 222, 2 }, - { 222, 1 }, - { 222, 2 }, - { 223, 2 }, - { 223, 0 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 224, 1 }, - { 224, 2 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 225, 1 }, - { 225, 2 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 227, 5 }, - { 227, 4 }, - { 228, 2 }, - { 228, 0 }, - { 226, 1 }, - { 226, 0 }, - { 221, 1 }, - { 221, 0 }, - { 216, 3 }, - { 216, 1 }, - { 147, 11 }, - { 229, 1 }, - { 229, 0 }, - { 179, 0 }, - { 179, 3 }, - { 187, 5 }, - { 187, 3 }, - { 230, 0 }, - { 230, 2 }, - { 147, 4 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 231, 1 }, - { 231, 1 }, - { 231, 1 }, - { 231, 1 }, - { 231, 1 }, - { 170, 2 }, - { 171, 2 }, - { 233, 1 }, - { 232, 1 }, - { 232, 0 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 234, 11 }, - { 236, 1 }, - { 236, 1 }, - { 236, 2 }, - { 236, 0 }, - { 237, 1 }, - { 237, 1 }, - { 237, 3 }, - { 238, 0 }, - { 238, 3 }, - { 239, 0 }, - { 239, 2 }, - { 235, 3 }, - { 235, 2 }, - { 241, 1 }, - { 241, 3 }, - { 242, 0 }, - { 242, 3 }, - { 242, 2 }, - { 240, 7 }, - { 240, 8 }, - { 240, 5 }, - { 240, 5 }, - { 240, 1 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 6 }, - { 191, 1 }, - { 191, 1 }, - { 191, 1 }, - { 147, 4 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 244, 0 }, - { 244, 2 }, - { 243, 1 }, - { 243, 0 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 245, 1 }, - { 246, 0 }, - { 246, 1 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 147, 4 }, - { 247, 7 }, - { 248, 1 }, - { 248, 3 }, - { 249, 0 }, - { 249, 2 }, - { 250, 1 }, - { 250, 3 }, - { 251, 1 }, - { 252, 0 }, - { 252, 4 }, - { 252, 2 }, -}; + case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + /* Record a pointer to the logger funcction and its first argument. + ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is + ** NULL. + */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: { + /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. + ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 + ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*)); + */ + typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*); + break; + } -static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + default: { + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + } + va_end(ap); + return rc; +} /* -** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately -** follow the reduce. +** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection. +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. +** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY. +** +** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot. +** The cnt parameter is the number of slots. If pStart is NULL the +** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for +** the lookaside memory. */ -static void yy_reduce( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ - int yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */ -){ - int yygoto; /* The next state */ - int yyact; /* The next action */ - YYMINORTYPE yygotominor; /* The LHS of the rule reduced */ - yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */ - int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; - yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 - && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt, - yyRuleName[yyruleno]); +static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){ + void *pStart; + if( db->lookaside.nOut ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - - /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized - ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following - ** switch. yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does - ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal. Leaving the - ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long - ** as the value is never used. So really the only thing this code - ** accomplishes is to quieten purify. - ** - ** 2007-01-16: The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that - ** without this code, their parser segfaults. I'm not sure what there - ** parser is doing to make this happen. This is the second bug report - ** from wireshark this week. Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways - ** that it has not been previously stressed... (SQLite ticket #2172) + /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before + ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for + ** both at the same time. */ - /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/ - yygotominor = yyzerominor; - - - switch( yyruleno ){ - /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example - ** follows: - ** case 0: - ** #line - ** { ... } // User supplied code - ** #line - ** break; + if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ + sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); + } + /* The size of a lookaside slot needs to be larger than a pointer + ** to be useful. */ - case 5: /* explain ::= */ -{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); } - break; - case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */ -{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); } - break; - case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ -{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); } - break; - case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */ -{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); } - break; - case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */ -{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);} - break; - case 13: /* transtype ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_DEFERRED;} - break; - case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */ - case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==15); - case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==16); - case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==115); - case 117: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==117); -{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].major;} - break; - case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */ - case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18); -{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);} - break; - case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */ -{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);} - break; - case 22: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */ -{ - sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 23: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */ -{ - sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 24: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */ -{ - sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 26: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */ -{ - sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy328,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328); -} - break; - case 27: /* createkw ::= CREATE */ -{ - pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; - yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; -} - break; - case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= */ - case 31: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==31); - case 70: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==70); - case 83: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==83); - case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==85); - case 87: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==87); - case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==98); - case 109: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==109); - case 120: /* distinct ::= ALL */ yytestcase(yyruleno==120); - case 121: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==121); - case 223: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==223); - case 226: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==226); -{yygotominor.yy328 = 0;} - break; - case 29: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */ - case 30: /* temp ::= TEMP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==30); - case 71: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==71); - case 86: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==86); - case 108: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==108); - case 119: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119); - case 224: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==224); - case 227: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==227); -{yygotominor.yy328 = 1;} - break; - case 32: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP */ -{ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0); -} - break; - case 33: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */ -{ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy3); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); -} - break; - case 36: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */ -{ - yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; -} - break; - case 37: /* columnid ::= nm */ -{ - sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; -} - break; - case 38: /* id ::= ID */ - case 39: /* id ::= INDEXED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==39); - case 40: /* ids ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==40); - case 41: /* nm ::= id */ yytestcase(yyruleno==41); - case 42: /* nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42); - case 43: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43); - case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==46); - case 49: /* typename ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==49); - case 127: /* as ::= AS nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==127); - case 128: /* as ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==128); - case 138: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==138); - case 147: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==147); - case 252: /* collate ::= COLLATE ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==252); - case 261: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==261); - case 262: /* nmnum ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==262); - case 263: /* nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==263); - case 264: /* nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==264); - case 265: /* nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==265); - case 266: /* plus_num ::= plus_opt number */ yytestcase(yyruleno==266); - case 267: /* minus_num ::= MINUS number */ yytestcase(yyruleno==267); - case 268: /* number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==268); - case 286: /* trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==286); -{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} - break; - case 45: /* type ::= typetoken */ -{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 47: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z); -} - break; - case 48: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z); -} - break; - case 50: /* typename ::= typename ids */ -{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);} - break; - case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */ - case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==59); -{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);} - break; - case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */ -{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346);} - break; - case 60: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */ -{ - ExprSpan v; - v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; - v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd; - sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); -} - break; - case 61: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT id */ -{ - ExprSpan v; - spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); -} - break; - case 63: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */ -{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328);} - break; - case 64: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */ -{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328);} - break; - case 65: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */ -{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);} - break; - case 66: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */ -{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);} - break; - case 67: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */ -{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);} - break; - case 68: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */ -{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);} - break; - case 69: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ids */ -{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 72: /* refargs ::= */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */} - break; - case 73: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy328 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy429.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy429.value; } - break; - case 74: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */ - case 75: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ yytestcase(yyruleno==75); -{ yygotominor.yy429.value = 0; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x000000; } - break; - case 76: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */ -{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x0000ff; } - break; - case 77: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */ -{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328<<8; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x00ff00; } - break; - case 78: /* refact ::= SET NULL */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetNull; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} - break; - case 79: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetDflt; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} - break; - case 80: /* refact ::= CASCADE */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Cascade; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} - break; - case 81: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} - break; - case 82: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} - break; - case 84: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ - case 99: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==99); - case 101: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==101); - case 104: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==104); -{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].minor.yy328;} - break; - case 88: /* conslist_opt ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;} - break; - case 89: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ -{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;} - break; - case 94: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */ -{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328,0);} - break; - case 95: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */ -{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);} - break; - case 96: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */ -{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);} - break; - case 97: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */ -{ - sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); - sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328); -} - break; - case 100: /* onconf ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Default;} - break; - case 102: /* orconf ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Default;} - break; - case 103: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ -{yygotominor.yy186 = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;} - break; - case 105: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Ignore;} - break; - case 106: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Replace;} - break; - case 107: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */ -{ - sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); -} - break; - case 110: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */ -{ - sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-6].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy328); -} - break; - case 111: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */ -{ - sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); -} - break; - case 112: /* cmd ::= select */ -{ - SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0}; - sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, &dest); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); -} - break; - case 113: /* select ::= oneselect */ -{yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[0].minor.yy3;} - break; - case 114: /* select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect */ -{ - if( yymsp[0].minor.yy3 ){ - yymsp[0].minor.yy3->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy328; - yymsp[0].minor.yy3->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy3; + if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0; + if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0; + if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){ + sz = 0; + pStart = 0; + }else if( pBuf==0 ){ + sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt ); /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */ + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy3); + sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */ + pStart = pBuf; } - yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[0].minor.yy3; -} - break; - case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_ALL;} - break; - case 118: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */ -{ - yygotominor.yy3 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy14,yymsp[-5].minor.yy65,yymsp[-4].minor.yy132,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-2].minor.yy132,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[-7].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pOffset); -} - break; - case 122: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ - case 248: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==248); -{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;} - break; - case 123: /* sclp ::= */ - case 151: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==151); - case 159: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==159); - case 241: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==241); - case 247: /* idxlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==247); -{yygotominor.yy14 = 0;} - break; - case 124: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */ -{ - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr); - if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); - sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346); -} - break; - case 125: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */ -{ - Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0); - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, p); -} - break; - case 126: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */ -{ - Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); - Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14, pDot); + db->lookaside.pStart = pStart; + db->lookaside.pFree = 0; + db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz; + if( pStart ){ + int i; + LookasideSlot *p; + assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ); + p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart; + for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){ + p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; + db->lookaside.pFree = p; + p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz]; + } + db->lookaside.pEnd = p; + db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1; + db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0; + }else{ + db->lookaside.pEnd = 0; + db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0; + } + return SQLITE_OK; } - break; - case 129: /* as ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} - break; - case 130: /* from ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy65));} - break; - case 131: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */ -{ - yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[0].minor.yy65; - sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy65); + +/* +** Return the mutex associated with a database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->mutex; } - break; - case 132: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */ -{ - yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy65; - if( ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy65 && yygotominor.yy65->nSrc>0) ) yygotominor.yy65->a[yygotominor.yy65->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; + +/* +** Configuration settings for an individual database connection +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ + va_list ap; + int rc; + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { + void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */ + int sz = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */ + int cnt = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */ + rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt); + break; + } + default: { + static const struct { + int op; /* The opcode */ + u32 mask; /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */ + } aFlagOp[] = { + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY, SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER, SQLITE_EnableTrigger }, + }; + unsigned int i; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */ + for(i=0; iflags; + if( onoff>0 ){ + db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask; + }else if( onoff==0 ){ + db->flags &= ~aFlagOp[i].mask; + } + if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + } + if( pRes ){ + *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0; + } + rc = SQLITE_OK; + break; + } + } + break; + } + } + va_end(ap); + return rc; } - break; - case 133: /* stl_prefix ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy65 = 0;} - break; - case 134: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */ -{ - yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408); - sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy65, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); + + +/* +** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces. +*/ +static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){ + while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; } + return n==0; } - break; - case 135: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */ -{ - yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy3,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408); - } - break; - case 136: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */ -{ - if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy65==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy132==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy408==0 ){ - yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy65; + +/* +** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always +** available. +** +** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end +** of strings is ignored. This implements the RTRIM collation. +*/ +static int binCollFunc( + void *padFlag, + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, + int nKey2, const void *pKey2 +){ + int rc, n; + n = nKey1db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 140: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = JT_INNER; } - break; - case 141: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); } - break; - case 142: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); } - break; - case 143: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); } - break; - case 144: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */ - case 155: /* sortitem ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==155); - case 162: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==162); - case 169: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==169); - case 236: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236); - case 238: /* case_operand ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==238); -{yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;} - break; - case 145: /* on_opt ::= */ - case 161: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161); - case 168: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==168); - case 237: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==237); - case 239: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==239); -{yygotominor.yy132 = 0;} - break; - case 148: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */ -{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;} - break; - case 149: /* using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP */ - case 181: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==181); -{yygotominor.yy408 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy408;} - break; - case 150: /* using_opt ::= */ - case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180); -{yygotominor.yy408 = 0;} - break; - case 152: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */ - case 160: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160); - case 240: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==240); -{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[0].minor.yy14;} - break; - case 153: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder */ -{ - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132); - if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; -} - break; - case 154: /* sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder */ -{ - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132); - if( yygotominor.yy14 && ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy14->a) ) yygotominor.yy14->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; -} - break; - case 156: /* sortorder ::= ASC */ - case 158: /* sortorder ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==158); -{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} - break; - case 157: /* sortorder ::= DESC */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;} - break; - case 163: /* limit_opt ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;} - break; - case 164: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */ -{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;} - break; - case 165: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */ -{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;} - break; - case 166: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */ -{yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;} - break; - case 167: /* cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */ -{ - sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy65,yymsp[0].minor.yy132); -} - break; - case 170: /* cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ -{ - sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,"set list"); - sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy132,yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); + return rc; } - break; - case 171: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ -{ - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); + +/* +** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. +** +** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independant +** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents +** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language. +** +** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation. +*/ +static int nocaseCollatingFunc( + void *NotUsed, + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, + int nKey2, const void *pKey2 +){ + int r = sqlite3StrNICmp( + (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1lastRowid; } - break; - case 173: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */ -{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy65, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy408, yymsp[-7].minor.yy186);} - break; - case 174: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */ -{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186);} - break; - case 175: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */ -{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy65, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy408, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186);} - break; - case 176: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ -{yygotominor.yy186 = yymsp[0].minor.yy186;} - break; - case 177: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ -{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Replace;} - break; - case 178: /* itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr */ - case 242: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==242); -{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);} - break; - case 179: /* itemlist ::= expr */ - case 243: /* nexprlist ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==243); -{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);} - break; - case 182: /* inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm */ -{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy408,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 183: /* inscollist ::= nm */ -{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 184: /* expr ::= term */ - case 212: /* escape ::= ESCAPE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==212); -{yygotominor.yy346 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346;} - break; - case 185: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */ -{yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr; spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 186: /* term ::= NULL */ - case 191: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==191); - case 192: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==192); -{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, yymsp[0].major, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 187: /* expr ::= id */ - case 188: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==188); -{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */ -{ - Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + +/* +** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->nChange; } - break; - case 190: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */ -{ - Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0); - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + +/* +** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->nTotalChange; } - break; - case 193: /* expr ::= REGISTER */ -{ - /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression - ** that look like this: #1 #2 ... These terms refer to registers - ** in the virtual machine. #N is the N-th register. */ - if( pParse->nested==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = 0; - }else{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1], &yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->iTable); + +/* +** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the +** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open +** at the b-tree/pager level. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){ + while( db->pSavepoint ){ + Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint; + db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); } - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 194: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */ -{ - spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + db->nSavepoint = 0; + db->nStatement = 0; + db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; } - break; - case 195: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ids */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.zStart; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + +/* +** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except, +** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple +** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called +** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding. +*/ +static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){ + FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->pDestructor; + if( pDestructor ){ + pDestructor->nRef--; + if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){ + pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor); + } + } } - break; - case 196: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + +/* +** Close an existing SQLite database +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ + HashElem *i; /* Hash table iterator */ + int j; + + if( !db ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + + /* Force xDestroy calls on all virtual tables */ + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); + + /* If a transaction is open, the ResetInternalSchema() call above + ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual + ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback() + ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active + ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing + ** some prepared statements internally. + */ + sqlite3VtabRollback(db); + + /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */ + if( db->pVdbe ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + "unable to close due to unfinalised statements"); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ); + + for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt; + if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + "unable to close due to unfinished backup operation"); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + } + + /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */ + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + + for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ + struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j]; + if( pDb->pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + if( j!=1 ){ + pDb->pSchema = 0; + } + } + } + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); + + /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any + ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks. + */ + sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db); + + assert( db->nDb<=2 ); + assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ); + for(j=0; jaFunc.a); j++){ + FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p; + for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){ + pHash = p->pHash; + while( p ){ + functionDestroy(db, p); + pNext = p->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + p = pNext; + } + } + } + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i); + /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */ + for(j=0; j<3; j++){ + if( pColl[j].xDel ){ + pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser); + } + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i); + if( pMod->xDestroy ){ + pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule); +#endif + + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */ + if( db->pErr ){ + sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr); + } + sqlite3CloseExtensions(db); + + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; + + /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema + ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). + ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into + ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database + ** structure? + */ + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; + sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex); + assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 ); /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */ + if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ + sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); + } + sqlite3_free(db); + return SQLITE_OK; } - break; - case 197: /* expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP */ -{ - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); + +/* +** Rollback all database files. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + int inTrans = 0; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){ + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){ + inTrans = 1; + } + sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt); + db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0; + } + } + sqlite3VtabRollback(db); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + + if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); } - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy328 && yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct; + + /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */ + db->nDeferredCons = 0; + + /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */ + if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){ + db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg); } } - break; - case 198: /* expr ::= ID LP STAR RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + +/* +** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the +** argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){ + static const char* const aMsg[] = { + /* SQLITE_OK */ "not an error", + /* SQLITE_ERROR */ "SQL logic error or missing database", + /* SQLITE_INTERNAL */ 0, + /* SQLITE_PERM */ "access permission denied", + /* SQLITE_ABORT */ "callback requested query abort", + /* SQLITE_BUSY */ "database is locked", + /* SQLITE_LOCKED */ "database table is locked", + /* SQLITE_NOMEM */ "out of memory", + /* SQLITE_READONLY */ "attempt to write a readonly database", + /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT */ "interrupted", + /* SQLITE_IOERR */ "disk I/O error", + /* SQLITE_CORRUPT */ "database disk image is malformed", + /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND */ "unknown operation", + /* SQLITE_FULL */ "database or disk is full", + /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN */ "unable to open database file", + /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL */ "locking protocol", + /* SQLITE_EMPTY */ "table contains no data", + /* SQLITE_SCHEMA */ "database schema has changed", + /* SQLITE_TOOBIG */ "string or blob too big", + /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT */ "constraint failed", + /* SQLITE_MISMATCH */ "datatype mismatch", + /* SQLITE_MISUSE */ "library routine called out of sequence", + /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ "large file support is disabled", + /* SQLITE_AUTH */ "authorization denied", + /* SQLITE_FORMAT */ "auxiliary database format error", + /* SQLITE_RANGE */ "bind or column index out of range", + /* SQLITE_NOTADB */ "file is encrypted or is not a database", + }; + rc &= 0xff; + if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<(int)(sizeof(aMsg)/sizeof(aMsg[0])) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){ + return aMsg[rc]; + }else{ + return "unknown error"; + } } - break; - case 199: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */ -{ - /* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are - ** treated as functions that return constants */ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->op = TK_CONST_FUNC; + +/* +** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries +** again until a timeout value is reached. The timeout value is +** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first +** argument. +*/ +static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback( + void *ptr, /* Database connection */ + int count /* Number of times table has been busy */ +){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP) + static const u8 delays[] = + { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 }; + static const u8 totals[] = + { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 }; +# define NDELAY ArraySize(delays) + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; + int timeout = db->busyTimeout; + int delay, prior; + + assert( count>=0 ); + if( count < NDELAY ){ + delay = delays[count]; + prior = totals[count]; + }else{ + delay = delays[NDELAY-1]; + prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1)); + } + if( prior + delay > timeout ){ + delay = timeout - prior; + if( delay<=0 ) return 0; + } + sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000); + return 1; +#else + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; + int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; + if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){ + return 0; } - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000); + return 1; +#endif } - break; - case 200: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */ - case 201: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201); - case 202: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202); - case 203: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203); - case 204: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204); - case 205: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205); - case 206: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==206); - case 207: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==207); -{spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);} - break; - case 208: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW */ - case 210: /* likeop ::= MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==210); -{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.not = 0;} - break; - case 209: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW */ - case 211: /* likeop ::= NOT MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==211); -{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.not = 1;} - break; - case 213: /* escape ::= */ -{memset(&yygotominor.yy346,0,sizeof(yygotominor.yy346));} - break; - case 214: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr escape */ -{ - ExprList *pList; - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr); - if( yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr ){ - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); + +/* +** Invoke the given busy handler. +** +** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock. +** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it +** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){ + int rc; + if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; + rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy); + if( rc==0 ){ + p->nBusy = -1; + }else{ + p->nBusy++; } - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy96.eOperator); - if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy96.not ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.zStart; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.zEnd; - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; + return rc; } - break; - case 215: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */ -{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 216: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */ -{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 217: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */ -{ - spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346); - binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, TK_ISNULL); + +/* +** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the +** given callback function with the given argument. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler( + sqlite3 *db, + int (*xBusy)(void*,int), + void *pArg +){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy; + db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg; + db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; } - break; - case 218: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */ -{ - spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346); - binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK +/* +** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the +** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will +** be invoked every nOps opcodes. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler( + sqlite3 *db, + int nOps, + int (*xProgress)(void*), + void *pArg +){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( nOps>0 ){ + db->xProgress = xProgress; + db->nProgressOps = nOps; + db->pProgressArg = pArg; + }else{ + db->xProgress = 0; + db->nProgressOps = 0; + db->pProgressArg = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); } - break; - case 219: /* expr ::= NOT expr */ - case 220: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==220); -{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 221: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */ -{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 222: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */ -{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 225: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */ -{ - ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = pList; +#endif + + +/* +** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the +** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){ + if( ms>0 ){ + db->busyTimeout = ms; + sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db); }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); + sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0); } - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd; + return SQLITE_OK; } - break; - case 228: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14); - } - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + +/* +** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ + db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; +} + + +/* +** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except +** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is +** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code +** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *pUserData, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + FuncDestructor *pDestructor +){ + FuncDef *p; + int nName; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( zFunctionName==0 || + (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || + (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) || + (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) || + (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) || + (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } - break; - case 229: /* expr ::= LP select RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3; - ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this + ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the + ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. + ** + ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function + ** to the hash table. + */ + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ + enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, + pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE, + pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor); } - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; - } - break; - case 230: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3; - ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; } - break; - case 231: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */ -{ - SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); - ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); +#else + enc = SQLITE_UTF8; +#endif + + /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, + ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function + ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the + ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements. + */ + p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0); + if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ + if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + return SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc); + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); } - if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.zStart; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n]; } - break; - case 232: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */ -{ - Expr *p = yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0); - if( p ){ - p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3; - ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, p); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); - } - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + + p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1); + assert(p || db->mallocFailed); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - break; - case 233: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy132, yymsp[-1].minor.yy132, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy14; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14); + + /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is + ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */ + functionDestroy(db, p); + + if( pDestructor ){ + pDestructor->nRef++; } - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; -} - break; - case 234: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */ -{ - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); -} - break; - case 235: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */ -{ - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); + p->pDestructor = pDestructor; + p->flags = 0; + p->xFunc = xFunc; + p->xStep = xStep; + p->xFinalize = xFinal; + p->pUserData = pUserData; + p->nArg = (u16)nArg; + return SQLITE_OK; } - break; - case 244: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP */ -{ - sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, - sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, yymsp[-9].minor.yy328, - &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy328); + +/* +** Create new user functions. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunc, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *p, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +){ + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, + xFinal, 0); } - break; - case 245: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */ - case 299: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==299); -{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Abort;} - break; - case 246: /* uniqueflag ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None;} - break; - case 249: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */ -{ - Expr *p = 0; - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){ - p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_COLUMN, 0); - sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunc, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *p, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xDestroy)(void *) +){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + FuncDestructor *pArg = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( xDestroy ){ + pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(FuncDestructor)); + if( !pArg ){ + xDestroy(p); + goto out; + } + pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy; + pArg->pUserData = p; } - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, p); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,1); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index"); - if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; -} - break; - case 250: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */ -{ - Expr *p = 0; - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){ - p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pArg); + if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + xDestroy(p); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pArg); } - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index"); - if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; -} - break; - case 251: /* collate ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} - break; - case 253: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */ -{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);} - break; - case 254: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */ - case 255: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==255); -{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);} - break; - case 256: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */ -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);} - break; - case 257: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */ -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);} - break; - case 258: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */ -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);} - break; - case 259: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */ -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);} - break; - case 260: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */ -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);} - break; - case 271: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */ -{ - Token all; - all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; - all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n; - sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy473, &all); -} - break; - case 272: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */ -{ - sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-10].minor.yy328, yymsp[-8].minor.yy328); - yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 273: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */ - case 276: /* trigger_time ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==276); -{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_BEFORE; } - break; - case 274: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_AFTER; } - break; - case 275: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_INSTEAD;} - break; - case 277: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */ - case 278: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==278); -{yygotominor.yy378.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy378.b = 0;} - break; - case 279: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist */ -{yygotominor.yy378.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy378.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy408;} - break; - case 282: /* when_clause ::= */ - case 304: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==304); -{ yygotominor.yy132 = 0; } - break; - case 283: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */ - case 305: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==305); -{ yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; } - break; - case 284: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */ -{ - assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy473!=0 ); - yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; - yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; - yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy473; -} - break; - case 285: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ -{ - assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy473!=0 ); - yymsp[-1].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; - yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; -} - break; - case 287: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ -{ - yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE " - "statements within triggers"); -} - break; - case 289: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */ -{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " - "within triggers"); -} - break; - case 290: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */ -{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " - "within triggers"); + + out: + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } - break; - case 291: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */ -{ yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); } - break; - case 292: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */ -{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy408, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy186);} - break; - case 293: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select */ -{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186);} - break; - case 294: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */ -{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy132);} - break; - case 295: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */ -{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); } - break; - case 296: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore; - } - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3 *db, + const void *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *p, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +){ + int rc; + char *zFunc8; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal,0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } - break; - case 297: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) { - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy328; +#endif + + +/* +** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table. +** +** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then +** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create +** a new one that always throws a run-time error. +** +** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they +** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. +** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work +** properly. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zName, + int nArg +){ + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + int rc; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){ + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, + 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, 0); } - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; -} - break; - case 298: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Rollback;} - break; - case 300: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Fail;} - break; - case 301: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */ -{ - sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); -} - break; - case 302: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */ -{ - sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy132); -} - break; - case 303: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */ -{ - sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); -} - break; - case 308: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */ -{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);} - break; - case 309: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */ -{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 310: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */ -{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);} - break; - case 311: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */ -{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 312: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */ -{ - sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy65,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 313: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */ -{ - sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } - break; - case 314: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */ -{ - pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; - sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +/* +** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace +** is returned. +** +** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL +** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each +** SQL statement. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){ + void *pOld; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pOld = db->pTraceArg; + db->xTrace = xTrace; + db->pTraceArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pOld; } - break; - case 317: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */ -{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);} - break; - case 318: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */ -{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 319: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm */ -{ - sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +/* +** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered +** profile function is returned. +** +** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL +** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of +** each SQL statement that is run. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile( + sqlite3 *db, + void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), + void *pArg +){ + void *pOld; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pOld = db->pProfileArg; + db->xProfile = xProfile; + db->pProfileArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pOld; } - break; - case 322: /* vtabarg ::= */ -{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);} - break; - case 324: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */ - case 325: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==325); - case 326: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==326); -{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - default: - /* (0) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==0); - /* (1) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==1); - /* (2) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==2); - /* (3) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==3); - /* (4) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==4); - /* (10) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==10); - /* (11) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==11); - /* (12) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==12); - /* (20) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==20); - /* (21) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21); - /* (25) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==25); - /* (34) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==34); - /* (35) columnlist ::= column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==35); - /* (44) type ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==44); - /* (51) signed ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==51); - /* (52) signed ::= minus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==52); - /* (53) carglist ::= carglist carg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==53); - /* (54) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==54); - /* (55) carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==55); - /* (56) carg ::= ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==56); - /* (62) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==62); - /* (90) conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==90); - /* (91) conslist ::= conslist tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==91); - /* (92) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==92); - /* (93) tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==93); - /* (269) plus_opt ::= PLUS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==269); - /* (270) plus_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==270); - /* (280) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==280); - /* (281) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==281); - /* (288) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==288); - /* (306) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==306); - /* (307) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==307); - /* (315) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315); - /* (316) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==316); - /* (320) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320); - /* (321) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==321); - /* (323) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==323); - /* (327) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==327); - /* (328) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==328); - /* (329) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==329); - break; - }; - yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs; - yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs; - yypParser->yyidx -= yysize; - yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto); - if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){ -#ifdef NDEBUG - /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least - ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back - ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift(). - ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */ - if( yysize ){ - yypParser->yyidx++; - yymsp -= yysize-1; - yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact; - yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto; - yymsp->minor = yygotominor; - }else -#endif - { - yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor); - } - }else{ - assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ); - yy_accept(yypParser); - } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ + +/*** EXPERIMENTAL *** +** +** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments. +** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a +** rollback. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */ + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +){ + void *pOld; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pOld = db->pCommitArg; + db->xCommitCallback = xCallback; + db->pCommitArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pOld; } /* -** The following code executes when the parse fails +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, +** inserted or deleted using this database connection. */ -#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY -static void yy_parse_failed( - yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ ){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif - while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the - ** parser fails */ - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ + void *pRet; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pUpdateArg; + db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback; + db->pUpdateArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; } -#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */ /* -** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs. +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled +** back by this database connection. */ -static void yy_syntax_error( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ - int yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */ - YYMINORTYPE yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */ + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ ){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; -#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0) + void *pRet; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pRollbackArg; + db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback; + db->pRollbackArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; +} - UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ - assert( TOKEN.z[0] ); /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN); - pParse->parseError = 1; - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(). +** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file +** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by +** wal_autocheckpoint()). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook( + void *pClientData, /* Argument */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */ + const char *zDb, /* Database */ + int nFrame /* Size of WAL */ +){ + if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + } + return SQLITE_OK; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ /* -** The following is executed when the parser accepts +** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint +** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or +** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the +** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely. +** +** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback +** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback +** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism +** configured by this function. */ -static void yy_accept( - yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ -){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame); +#else + if( nFrame>0 ){ + sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame)); + }else{ + sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0); } #endif - while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the - ** parser accepts */ - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* The main parser program. -** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from -** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser. -** The second argument is the major token number. The third is -** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the -** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for -** use by the action routines. -** -** Inputs: -**
      -**
    • A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.) -**
    • The major token number. -**
    • The minor token number. -**
    • An option argument of a grammar-specified type. -**
    -** -** Outputs: -** None. +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written +** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser( - void *yyp, /* The parser */ - int yymajor, /* The major token code number */ - sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */ - sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this db handle */ + int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int), + void *pArg /* First argument passed to xCallback() */ ){ - YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion; - int yyact; /* The parser action. */ - int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */ -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + void *pRet; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pWalArg; + db->xWalCallback = xCallback; + db->pWalArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; +#else + return 0; #endif - yyParser *yypParser; /* The parser */ +} - /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */ - yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp; - if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){ -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){ - /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/ - yyminorunion = yyzerominor; - yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion); - return; - } -#endif - yypParser->yyidx = 0; - yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; - yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0; - yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0; +/* +** Checkpoint database zDb. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + return SQLITE_OK; +#else + int rc; /* Return code */ + int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED; /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */ + + /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */ + if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1; + if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1; + + assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ); + assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULLSQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; } - yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor; - yyendofinput = (yymajor==0); - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( zDb && zDb[0] ){ + iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); } + if( iDb<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); + sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; #endif +} - do{ - yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor); - if( yyactyyerrcnt--; - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){ - yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE); - }else{ - assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ); -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - int yymx; -#endif -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - /* A syntax error has occurred. - ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the - ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". - ** - ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: - ** - ** * Call the %syntax_error function. - ** - ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where - ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift - ** the error symbol. - ** - ** * Set the error count to three. - ** - ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error - ** processing will occur until three tokens have been - ** shifted successfully. - ** - */ - if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){ - yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); - } - yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major; - if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){ -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n", - yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); - } -#endif - yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - }else{ - while( - yypParser->yyidx >= 0 && - yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL && - (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action( - yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno, - YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE - ){ - yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - } - if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){ - yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); - yy_parse_failed(yypParser); - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){ - YYMINORTYPE u2; - u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0; - yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2); - } - } - yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; - yyerrorhit = 1; -#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) - /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to - ** do any kind of error recovery. Instead, simply invoke the syntax - ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened. - ** - ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if - ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen. - */ - yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); - yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); - yymajor = YYNOCODE; -#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */ - /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR: - ** - ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token. - ** - ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse. - ** - ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until - ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted. - */ - if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){ - yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); - } - yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; - yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); - if( yyendofinput ){ - yy_parse_failed(yypParser); - } - yymajor = YYNOCODE; -#endif - } - }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ); - return; +/* +** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points +** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are +** checkpointed. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ + return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db, zDb, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0); } -/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* -** 2001 September 15 +** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is +** not currently open in WAL mode. ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this +** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If +** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is +** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex +** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by +** this function while the checkpoint is running. ** -************************************************************************* -** An tokenizer for SQL +** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are +** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately - +** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases. ** -** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into -** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the -** parser for analysis. +** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */ + int bBusy = 0; /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 ); + assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 ); + + for(i=0; inDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); + pnLog = 0; + pnCkpt = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + bBusy = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ /* -** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their -** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just -** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need -** to adjust the encoding. Only alphabetic characters and underscores -** need to be translated. +** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of +** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals. +** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime +** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The +** following table describes the relationship between these two values +** and this functions return value. +** +** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database +** ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------ +** 0 any file (return 0) +** 1 1 file (return 0) +** 1 2 memory (return 1) +** 1 0 file (return 0) +** 2 1 file (return 0) +** 2 2 memory (return 1) +** 2 0 memory (return 1) +** 3 any memory (return 1) */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X] +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){ +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 + return ( db->temp_store==2 ); #endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC -# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X] -const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = { -/* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ - 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */ - 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */ - 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ - 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */ - 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */ - 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */ -}; +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 + return ( db->temp_store!=1 ); +#endif +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 + return 1; +#endif +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3 + return 0; #endif +} /* -** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if -** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is -** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned. -** -** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program, -** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution. -** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file -** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by -** the #include below. +** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent +** error. */ -/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/ -/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/ -/***** This file contains automatically generated code ****** -** -** The code in this file has been automatically generated by -** -** sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c -** -** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether -** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing -** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table. -** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code -** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications -** on platforms with limited memory. +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){ + const char *z; + if( !db ){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); + } + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT); + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); + }else{ + z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + if( z==0 ){ + z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode); + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return z; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent +** error. */ -/* Hash score: 175 */ -static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){ - /* zText[] encodes 811 bytes of keywords in 541 bytes */ - /* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */ - /* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */ - /* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */ - /* UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERELEASEBETWEENOTNULLIKE */ - /* CASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACHIMMEDIATEJOIN */ - /* SERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHENWHERENAME */ - /* AFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICTCROSS */ - /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOBYIF */ - /* ISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUMVIEW */ - /* INITIALLY */ - static const char zText[540] = { - 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H', - 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G', - 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A', - 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F', - 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N', - 'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I', - 'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E', - 'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E', - 'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T', - 'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q', - 'U','E','R','Y','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U', - 'P','D','A','T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','L','E','A','S', - 'E','B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C', - 'A','S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L', - 'A','T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D', - 'A','T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E', - 'J','O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A', - 'L','Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U', - 'E','S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W', - 'H','E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C', - 'E','A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R', - 'E','M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M', - 'M','I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U', - 'R','R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M', - 'A','R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T', - 'D','R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L', - 'O','B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S', - 'T','R','I','C','T','O','U','T','E','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L', - 'B','A','C','K','R','O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V', - 'A','C','U','U','M','V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y', - }; - static const unsigned char aHash[127] = { - 72, 101, 114, 70, 0, 45, 0, 0, 78, 0, 73, 0, 0, - 42, 12, 74, 15, 0, 113, 81, 50, 108, 0, 19, 0, 0, - 118, 0, 116, 111, 0, 22, 89, 0, 9, 0, 0, 66, 67, - 0, 65, 6, 0, 48, 86, 98, 0, 115, 97, 0, 0, 44, - 0, 99, 24, 0, 17, 0, 119, 49, 23, 0, 5, 106, 25, - 92, 0, 0, 121, 102, 56, 120, 53, 28, 51, 0, 87, 0, - 96, 26, 0, 95, 0, 0, 0, 91, 88, 93, 84, 105, 14, - 39, 104, 0, 77, 0, 18, 85, 107, 32, 0, 117, 76, 109, - 58, 46, 80, 0, 0, 90, 40, 0, 112, 0, 36, 0, 0, - 29, 0, 82, 59, 60, 0, 20, 57, 0, 52, - }; - static const unsigned char aNext[121] = { - 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 33, 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 43, 3, 47, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 30, 0, 54, 0, 38, 0, 0, 0, 1, - 62, 0, 0, 63, 0, 41, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 61, 0, 0, 0, 0, 31, 55, 16, 34, 10, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 68, 75, 0, 8, 0, 100, 94, 0, - 103, 0, 83, 0, 71, 0, 0, 110, 27, 37, 69, 79, 0, - 35, 64, 0, 0, - }; - static const unsigned char aLen[121] = { - 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7, 3, 6, 6, - 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6, - 11, 6, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10, - 4, 6, 2, 3, 9, 4, 2, 6, 5, 6, 6, 5, 6, - 5, 5, 7, 7, 7, 3, 2, 4, 4, 7, 3, 6, 4, - 7, 6, 12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, 7, 6, 5, 6, - 7, 5, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, 13, 2, 2, 4, - 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, 2, 4, 4, 4, - 4, 4, 2, 2, 6, 5, 8, 5, 5, 8, 3, 5, 5, - 6, 4, 9, 3, - }; - static const unsigned short int aOffset[121] = { - 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33, - 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81, - 86, 91, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152, - 159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 189, 194, 197, - 203, 206, 210, 217, 223, 223, 223, 226, 229, 233, 234, 238, 244, - 248, 255, 261, 273, 279, 288, 290, 296, 301, 303, 310, 315, 320, - 326, 332, 337, 341, 344, 350, 354, 361, 363, 370, 372, 374, 383, - 387, 393, 399, 407, 412, 412, 428, 435, 442, 443, 450, 454, 458, - 462, 466, 469, 471, 473, 479, 483, 491, 495, 500, 508, 511, 516, - 521, 527, 531, 536, +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){ + static const u16 outOfMem[] = { + 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0 }; - static const unsigned char aCode[121] = { - TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE, - TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN, - TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD, - TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE, - TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE, - TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW, - TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT, - TK_INTERSECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO, - TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, - TK_OR, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, - TK_GROUP, TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, - TK_BETWEEN, TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, - TK_LIKE_KW, TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, - TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, - TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, - TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT, - TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE, - TK_AND, TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, - TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW, - TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, - TK_IS, TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, - TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, - TK_RESTRICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, - TK_UNION, TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, - TK_ALL, + static const u16 misuse[] = { + 'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ', + 'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ', + 'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ', + 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', + 'o', 'f', ' ', + 's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0 }; - int h, i; - if( n<2 ) return TK_ID; - h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ - (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ - n) % 127; - for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){ - if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){ - testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */ - testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */ - testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */ - testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */ - testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */ - testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */ - testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */ - testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */ - testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */ - testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */ - testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */ - testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */ - testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */ - testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */ - testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */ - testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */ - testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */ - testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */ - testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */ - testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */ - testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */ - testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */ - testcase( i==22 ); /* END */ - testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */ - testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */ - testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */ - testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */ - testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */ - testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */ - testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */ - testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */ - testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */ - testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */ - testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */ - testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */ - testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */ - testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */ - testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */ - testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */ - testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */ - testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */ - testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */ - testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */ - testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMPORARY */ - testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMP */ - testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */ - testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */ - testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */ - testcase( i==48 ); /* ATTACH */ - testcase( i==49 ); /* HAVING */ - testcase( i==50 ); /* GROUP */ - testcase( i==51 ); /* UPDATE */ - testcase( i==52 ); /* BEGIN */ - testcase( i==53 ); /* INNER */ - testcase( i==54 ); /* RELEASE */ - testcase( i==55 ); /* BETWEEN */ - testcase( i==56 ); /* NOTNULL */ - testcase( i==57 ); /* NOT */ - testcase( i==58 ); /* NO */ - testcase( i==59 ); /* NULL */ - testcase( i==60 ); /* LIKE */ - testcase( i==61 ); /* CASCADE */ - testcase( i==62 ); /* ASC */ - testcase( i==63 ); /* DELETE */ - testcase( i==64 ); /* CASE */ - testcase( i==65 ); /* COLLATE */ - testcase( i==66 ); /* CREATE */ - testcase( i==67 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */ - testcase( i==68 ); /* DETACH */ - testcase( i==69 ); /* IMMEDIATE */ - testcase( i==70 ); /* JOIN */ - testcase( i==71 ); /* INSERT */ - testcase( i==72 ); /* MATCH */ - testcase( i==73 ); /* PLAN */ - testcase( i==74 ); /* ANALYZE */ - testcase( i==75 ); /* PRAGMA */ - testcase( i==76 ); /* ABORT */ - testcase( i==77 ); /* VALUES */ - testcase( i==78 ); /* VIRTUAL */ - testcase( i==79 ); /* LIMIT */ - testcase( i==80 ); /* WHEN */ - testcase( i==81 ); /* WHERE */ - testcase( i==82 ); /* RENAME */ - testcase( i==83 ); /* AFTER */ - testcase( i==84 ); /* REPLACE */ - testcase( i==85 ); /* AND */ - testcase( i==86 ); /* DEFAULT */ - testcase( i==87 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */ - testcase( i==88 ); /* TO */ - testcase( i==89 ); /* IN */ - testcase( i==90 ); /* CAST */ - testcase( i==91 ); /* COLUMN */ - testcase( i==92 ); /* COMMIT */ - testcase( i==93 ); /* CONFLICT */ - testcase( i==94 ); /* CROSS */ - testcase( i==95 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */ - testcase( i==96 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */ - testcase( i==97 ); /* PRIMARY */ - testcase( i==98 ); /* DEFERRED */ - testcase( i==99 ); /* DISTINCT */ - testcase( i==100 ); /* IS */ - testcase( i==101 ); /* DROP */ - testcase( i==102 ); /* FAIL */ - testcase( i==103 ); /* FROM */ - testcase( i==104 ); /* FULL */ - testcase( i==105 ); /* GLOB */ - testcase( i==106 ); /* BY */ - testcase( i==107 ); /* IF */ - testcase( i==108 ); /* ISNULL */ - testcase( i==109 ); /* ORDER */ - testcase( i==110 ); /* RESTRICT */ - testcase( i==111 ); /* OUTER */ - testcase( i==112 ); /* RIGHT */ - testcase( i==113 ); /* ROLLBACK */ - testcase( i==114 ); /* ROW */ - testcase( i==115 ); /* UNION */ - testcase( i==116 ); /* USING */ - testcase( i==117 ); /* VACUUM */ - testcase( i==118 ); /* VIEW */ - testcase( i==119 ); /* INITIALLY */ - testcase( i==120 ); /* ALL */ - return aCode[i]; + + const void *z; + if( !db ){ + return (void *)outOfMem; + } + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return (void *)misuse; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + z = (void *)outOfMem; + }else{ + z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); + if( z==0 ){ + sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode), + SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); } + /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16() + ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to + ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via + ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message. + */ + db->mallocFailed = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return z; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is +** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - return TK_ID; + return db->errCode & db->errMask; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){ - return keywordCode((char*)z, n); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + return db->errCode; } -#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD 121 - -/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/ - /* -** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then -** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false. -** -** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is -** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, -** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1. -** -** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same -** end result. -** -** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the -** middle of identfiers. But many SQL implementations do. -** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility. -** But the feature is undocumented. +** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName +** and the encoding is enc. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = { -/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ - 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ - 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */ - 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */ - 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */ -}; -#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) -#endif +static int createCollation( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + u8 enc, + u8 collType, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDel)(void*) +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + int enc2; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this + ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the + ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. + */ + enc2 = enc; + testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ); + testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ); + if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){ + enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + } + if( enc2SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } -/* -** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. -** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ - int i, c; - switch( *z ){ - case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': { - testcase( z[0]==' ' ); - testcase( z[0]=='\t' ); - testcase( z[0]=='\n' ); - testcase( z[0]=='\f' ); - testcase( z[0]=='\r' ); - for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} - *tokenType = TK_SPACE; - return i; - } - case '-': { - if( z[1]=='-' ){ - /* IMP: R-15891-05542 -- syntax diagram for comments */ - for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){} - *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ - return i; - } - *tokenType = TK_MINUS; - return 1; - } - case '(': { - *tokenType = TK_LP; - return 1; - } - case ')': { - *tokenType = TK_RP; - return 1; - } - case ';': { - *tokenType = TK_SEMI; - return 1; - } - case '+': { - *tokenType = TK_PLUS; - return 1; - } - case '*': { - *tokenType = TK_STAR; - return 1; - } - case '/': { - if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){ - *tokenType = TK_SLASH; - return 1; - } - /* IMP: R-15891-05542 -- syntax diagram for comments */ - for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} - if( c ) i++; - *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ - return i; - } - case '%': { - *tokenType = TK_REM; - return 1; - } - case '=': { - *tokenType = TK_EQ; - return 1 + (z[1]=='='); - } - case '<': { - if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ - *tokenType = TK_LE; - return 2; - }else if( c=='>' ){ - *tokenType = TK_NE; - return 2; - }else if( c=='<' ){ - *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT; - return 2; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_LT; - return 1; - } - } - case '>': { - if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ - *tokenType = TK_GE; - return 2; - }else if( c=='>' ){ - *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT; - return 2; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_GT; - return 1; - } - } - case '!': { - if( z[1]!='=' ){ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return 2; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_NE; - return 2; - } - } - case '|': { - if( z[1]!='|' ){ - *tokenType = TK_BITOR; - return 1; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_CONCAT; - return 2; - } - } - case ',': { - *tokenType = TK_COMMA; - return 1; - } - case '&': { - *tokenType = TK_BITAND; - return 1; - } - case '~': { - *tokenType = TK_BITNOT; - return 1; + /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation + ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there + ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. + */ + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0); + if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ + if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); + return SQLITE_BUSY; } - case '`': - case '\'': - case '"': { - int delim = z[0]; - testcase( delim=='`' ); - testcase( delim=='\'' ); - testcase( delim=='"' ); - for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ - if( c==delim ){ - if( z[i+1]==delim ){ - i++; - }else{ - break; + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + + /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to + ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(), + ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. + ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need + ** to be called. + */ + if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ + CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); + int j; + for(j=0; j<3; j++){ + CollSeq *p = &aColl[j]; + if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){ + if( p->xDel ){ + p->xDel(p->pUser); } + p->xCmp = 0; } } - if( c=='\'' ){ - *tokenType = TK_STRING; - return i+1; - }else if( c!=0 ){ - *tokenType = TK_ID; - return i+1; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return i; - } } - case '.': { -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) ) + } + + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1); + if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pColl->xCmp = xCompare; + pColl->pUser = pCtx; + pColl->xDel = xDel; + pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)); + pColl->type = collType; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values. The +** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_* +** #defines in sqlite3.h. +*/ +static const int aHardLimit[] = { + SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH, + SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH, + SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, + SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH, + SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT, + SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP, + SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG, + SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, + SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH, + SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER, + SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH, +}; + +/* +** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100 +# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100 #endif - { - *tokenType = TK_DOT; - return 1; - } - /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point - ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */ - } - case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': - case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { - testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' ); - testcase( z[0]=='3' ); testcase( z[0]=='4' ); testcase( z[0]=='5' ); - testcase( z[0]=='6' ); testcase( z[0]=='7' ); testcase( z[0]=='8' ); - testcase( z[0]=='9' ); - *tokenType = TK_INTEGER; - for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( z[i]=='.' ){ - i++; - while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } - *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; - } - if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') && - ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) - || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2])) - ) - ){ - i += 2; - while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } - *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; - } +#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100 +# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100 #endif - while( IdChar(z[i]) ){ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - i++; - } - return i; - } - case '[': { - for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} - *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL; - return i; - } - case '?': { - *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; - for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} - return i; - } - case '#': { - for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} - if( i>1 ){ - /* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used - ** internally by sqlite3NestedParse. */ - *tokenType = TK_REGISTER; - return i; - } - /* Fall through into the next case if the '#' is not followed by - ** a digit. Try to match #AAAA where AAAA is a parameter name. */ - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE - case '$': +#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH #endif - case '@': /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */ - case ':': { - int n = 0; - testcase( z[0]=='$' ); testcase( z[0]=='@' ); testcase( z[0]==':' ); - *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; - for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ - if( IdChar(c) ){ - n++; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE - }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){ - do{ - i++; - }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' ); - if( c==')' ){ - i++; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - } - break; - }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){ - i++; +#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2 +# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2 #endif - }else{ - break; - } - } - if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return i; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - case 'x': case 'X': { - testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' ); - if( z[1]=='\'' ){ - *tokenType = TK_BLOB; - for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\''; i++){ - if( !sqlite3Isxdigit(c) ){ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - } - } - if( i%2 || !c ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - if( c ) i++; - return i; - } - /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */ - } +#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40 +# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40 #endif - default: { - if( !IdChar(*z) ){ - break; - } - for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){} - *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i); - return i; +#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000 +# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>62 +# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 62 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1 +# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767 +# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1 +# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1 +#endif + + +/* +** Change the value of a limit. Report the old value. +** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1. +** Make no changes but still report the old value if the +** new limit is negative. +** +** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs. +** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit +** from forming. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){ + int oldLimit; + + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME + ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor + ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to + ** "_MAX_".) + */ + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]== + SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH ); + assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) ); + + + if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){ + return -1; + } + oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId]; + if( newLimit>=0 ){ /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */ + if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){ + newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId]; /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */ } + db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit; } - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return 1; + return oldLimit; /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */ } /* -** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is -** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs -** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into -** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that -** error message. +** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the +** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database +** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements. +** +** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or +** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx" +** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename) +** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain +** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in +** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains +** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to +** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to +** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release +** this buffer. +** +** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release +** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free(). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){ - int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - void *pEngine; /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */ - int tokenType; /* type of the next token */ - int lastTokenParsed = -1; /* type of the previous token */ - u8 enableLookaside; /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - int mxSqlLen; /* Max length of an SQL string */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( + const char *zDefaultVfs, /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */ + const char *zUri, /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */ + unsigned int *pFlags, /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */ + sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */ + char **pzFile, /* OUT: Filename component of URI */ + char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unsigned int flags = *pFlags; + const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs; + char *zFile; + char c; + int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri); + assert( *pzErrMsg==0 ); - mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; - if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; - } - pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; - pParse->zTail = zSql; - i = 0; - assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); - pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc); - if( pEngine==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); - assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); - assert( pParse->nVar==0 ); - assert( pParse->nVarExpr==0 ); - assert( pParse->nVarExprAlloc==0 ); - assert( pParse->apVarExpr==0 ); - enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; - if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1; - while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){ - assert( i>=0 ); - pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i]; - pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType); - i += pParse->sLastToken.n; - if( i>mxSqlLen ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; - break; - } - switch( tokenType ){ - case TK_SPACE: { - if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt"); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; - goto abort_parse; - } - break; - } - case TK_ILLEGAL: { - sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"", - &pParse->sLastToken); - nErr++; - goto abort_parse; - } - case TK_SEMI: { - pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; - /* Fall thru into the default case */ + if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri) + && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0 + ){ + char *zOpt; + int eState; /* Parser state when parsing URI */ + int iIn; /* Input character index */ + int iOut = 0; /* Output character index */ + int nByte = nUri+2; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + + /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen + ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name. */ + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI; + + for(iIn=0; iInsLastToken, pParse); - lastTokenParsed = tokenType; - if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_parse; + }else{ + iIn = 5; + } + + /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer. + ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way. + ** + ** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending + ** on the parsing context. As follows: + ** + ** 0: Parsing file-name. + ** 1: Parsing name section of a name=value query parameter. + ** 2: Parsing value section of a name=value query parameter. + */ + eState = 0; + while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){ + iIn++; + if( c=='%' + && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn]) + && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1]) + ){ + int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4); + octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]); + + assert( octet>=0 && octet<256 ); + if( octet==0 ){ + /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this + ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or + ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character + ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */ + while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' + && (eState!=0 || c!='?') + && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&')) + && (eState!=2 || c!='&') + ){ + iIn++; + } + continue; + } + c = octet; + }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){ + if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){ + /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */ + while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++; + continue; + } + if( c=='&' ){ + zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + }else{ + eState = 2; + } + c = 0; + }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){ + c = 0; + eState = 1; + } + zFile[iOut++] = c; + } + if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + + /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted + ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that + ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2() + ** method. */ + zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1]; + while( zOpt[0] ){ + int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt); + char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1]; + int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal); + + if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){ + zVfs = zVal; + }else{ + struct OpenMode { + const char *z; + int mode; + } *aMode = 0; + char *zModeType = 0; + int mask = 0; + int limit = 0; + + if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){ + static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = { + { "shared", SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE }, + { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE }, + { 0, 0 } + }; + + mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE; + aMode = aCacheMode; + limit = mask; + zModeType = "cache"; + } + if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){ + static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = { + { "ro", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY }, + { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, + { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE }, + { 0, 0 } + }; + + mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; + aMode = aOpenMode; + limit = mask & flags; + zModeType = "access"; + } + + if( aMode ){ + int i; + int mode = 0; + for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){ + const char *z = aMode[i].z; + if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){ + mode = aMode[i].mode; + break; + } + } + if( mode==0 ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto parse_uri_out; + } + if( mode>limit ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s", + zModeType, zVal); + rc = SQLITE_PERM; + goto parse_uri_out; + } + flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode; } - break; } + + zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1]; } + + }else{ + zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nUri+2); + if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri); + zFile[nUri] = '\0'; + zFile[nUri+1] = '\0'; } -abort_parse: - if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){ - sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); - pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; - } - sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); - } -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, - sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine) - ); -#endif /* YYDEBUG */ - sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free); - db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + + *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs); + if( *ppVfs==0 ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } - if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){ - sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc)); + parse_uri_out: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(zFile); + zFile = 0; } - assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); - if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg; - sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg); - pParse->zErrMsg = 0; - nErr++; + *pFlags = flags; + *pzFile = zFile; + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" +** is UTF-8 encoded. +*/ +static int openDatabase( + const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */ + unsigned int flags, /* Operational flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* Store allocated handle here */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int isThreadsafe; /* True for threadsafe connections */ + char *zOpen = 0; /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */ + char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */ + + *ppDb = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + + /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument. + ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we + ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger + ** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations + ** are: + ** + ** 1: SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY + ** 2: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE + ** 6: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE + */ + assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY == 0x01 ); + assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 ); + assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE == 0x04 ); + testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */ + testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */ + testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */ + if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){ + isThreadsafe = 0; + }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){ + isThreadsafe = 0; + }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){ + isThreadsafe = 1; + }else{ + isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex; } - if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe); - pParse->pVdbe = 0; + if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){ + flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){ + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( pParse->nested==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock); - pParse->aTableLock = 0; - pParse->nTableLock = 0; + + /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter + ** + ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were + ** dealt with in the previous code block. Besides these, the only + ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY, + ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE, + ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits. Silently mask + ** off all other flags. + */ + flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | + SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX | + SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX | + SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + ); + + /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ + db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) ); + if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; + if( isThreadsafe ){ + db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); + if( db->mutex==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(db); + db = 0; + goto opendb_out; + } } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->errMask = 0xff; + db->nDb = 2; + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; + db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; + + assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) ); + memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit)); + db->autoCommit = 1; + db->nextAutovac = -1; + db->nextPagesize = 0; + db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_AutoIndex | SQLITE_EnableTrigger +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4 + | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION + | SQLITE_LoadExtension +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS + | SQLITE_RecTriggers +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS + | SQLITE_ForeignKeys #endif + ; + sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->apVtabLock); + sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule); #endif - if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table - ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c) - ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure. - */ - sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable); + /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8 + ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary + ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure. + */ + createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0, + binCollFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0, + binCollFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0, + binCollFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_USER, (void*)1, + binCollFunc, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto opendb_out; } + db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0); + assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 ); - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->apVarExpr); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aAlias); - while( pParse->pAinc ){ - AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc; - pParse->pAinc = p->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */ + createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE, 0, + nocaseCollatingFunc, 0); + + /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */ + db->openFlags = flags; + rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3Error(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg); + sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); + goto opendb_out; } - while( pParse->pZombieTab ){ - Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab; - pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie; - sqlite3DeleteTable(p); + + /* Open the backend database driver */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, + flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + goto opendb_out; } - if( nErr>0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt); + db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0); + + + /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp + ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults. + */ + db->aDb[0].zName = "main"; + db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3; + db->aDb[1].zName = "temp"; + db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1; + + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto opendb_out; } - return nErr; -} -/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/ -/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** An tokenizer for SQL -** -** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API. -** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by -** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from -** static links that do not use it. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE + /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the + ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database + ** is accessed. + */ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); + sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db); -/* -** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) + /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered + ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API. + */ + sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db); + rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto opendb_out; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); + rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db); + } #endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[]; -#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); + rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db); + } #endif -#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db); + } +#endif -/* -** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header -** comments on that procedure for additional information. -*/ -#define tkSEMI 0 -#define tkWS 1 -#define tkOTHER 2 -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -#define tkEXPLAIN 3 -#define tkCREATE 4 -#define tkTEMP 5 -#define tkTRIGGER 6 -#define tkEND 7 +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db); + } #endif -/* -** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon. -** -** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements. -** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement -** must end with ";END;". -** -** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states: -** -** (0) INVALID We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character. -** -** (1) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine -** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends -** in any other state. -** -** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single -** semicolon. -** -** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of -** a statement. -** -** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a -** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by -** TEMP or TEMPORARY -** -** (5) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be -** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon. -** -** (6) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at -** the end of a trigger definition. -** -** (7) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end -** of a trigger difinition. -** -** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted -** from the input. The following tokens are significant: -** -** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon. -** (1) tkWS Whitespace. -** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token. -** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword. -** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword. -** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword. -** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword. -** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword. -** -** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored. -** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid. -** -** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed -** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do -** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){ - u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */ - u8 token; /* Value of the next token */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ + rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db); + } +#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER - ** statement. This is the normal case. - */ - static const u8 trans[8][8] = { - /* Token: */ - /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */ - /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, - /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, - /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, }, - /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ { 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, - /* 4 CREATE: */ { 1, 4, 2, 2, 2, 4, 5, 2, }, - /* 5 TRIGGER: */ { 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, - /* 6 SEMI: */ { 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 7, }, - /* 7 END: */ { 1, 7, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, - }; -#else - /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine - ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier - */ - static const u8 trans[3][3] = { - /* Token: */ - /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */ - /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, }, - /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, }, - /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, }, - }; -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - while( *zSql ){ - switch( *zSql ){ - case ';': { /* A semicolon */ - token = tkSEMI; - break; - } - case ' ': - case '\r': - case '\t': - case '\n': - case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */ - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '/': { /* C-style comments */ - if( zSql[1]!='*' ){ - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - zSql += 2; - while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; } - if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0; - zSql++; - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */ - if( zSql[1]!='-' ){ - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1; - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */ - zSql++; - while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */ - case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */ - case '\'': { - int c = *zSql; - zSql++; - while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - default: { -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC - unsigned char c; -#endif - if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){ - /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */ - int nId; - for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){} -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - token = tkOTHER; -#else - switch( *zSql ){ - case 'c': case 'C': { - if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){ - token = tkCREATE; - }else{ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - case 't': case 'T': { - if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){ - token = tkTRIGGER; - }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){ - token = tkTEMP; - }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){ - token = tkTEMP; - }else{ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - case 'e': case 'E': { - if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){ - token = tkEND; - }else -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){ - token = tkEXPLAIN; - }else + /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking + ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking + ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE + db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE; + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt), + SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE); #endif - { - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - default: { - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - zSql += nId-1; - }else{ - /* Operators and special symbols */ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - } - state = trans[state][token]; - zSql++; + + /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */ + setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside, + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside); + + sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT); + +opendb_out: + sqlite3_free(zOpen); + if( db ){ + assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + } + rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_close(db); + db = 0; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK; } - return state==1; + *ppDb = db; + return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); +} + +/* +** Open a new database handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( + const char *zFilename, + sqlite3 **ppDb +){ + return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb, + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ +){ + return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, (unsigned int)flags, zVfs); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described -** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not -** UTF-8. +** Open a new database handle. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( + const void *zFilename, + sqlite3 **ppDb +){ + char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */ sqlite3_value *pVal; - char const *zSql8; - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + int rc; + assert( zFilename ); + assert( ppDb ); + *ppDb = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ) return rc; #endif pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); - zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( zSql8 ){ - rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); + zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( zFilename8 ){ + rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb, + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); + assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ + ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + } }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */ -/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/ -/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file -** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in -** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be -** accessed by users of the library. +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, 0); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 -/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/ -/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/ /* -** 2006 Oct 10 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the -** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface. +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDel)(void*) +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, xDel); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} -#if 0 -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db); - -#if 0 -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE -/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/ -/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** 2008 May 26 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the -** RTREE library. All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface. +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3* db, + const void *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zName8; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zName8 ){ + rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8); + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#if 0 -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db); - -#if 0 -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU -/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/ -/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/ /* -** 2008 May 26 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the -** ICU extension. All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface. +** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle +** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, + void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded; + db->xCollNeeded16 = 0; + db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} -#if 0 -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db); - -#if 0 -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - - -/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ -#endif - +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** The version of the library +** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle +** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; -#endif -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; } -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; } -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; } +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, + void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->xCollNeeded = 0; + db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16; + db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* -** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if -** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing -** I/O active are written using this function. These messages -** are intended for debugging activity only. +** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a +** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){ + return SQLITE_OK; +} #endif /* -** If the following global variable points to a string which is the -** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store -** temporary files. +** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit +** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on +** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled +** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. ** -** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command. +******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ****** */ -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->autoCommit; +} /* -** Initialize SQLite. -** -** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation, -** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with -** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT -** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as -** sqlite3_open(). -** -** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process, -** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown. -** -** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to -** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first -** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent -** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization. -** -** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive -** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the -** initialization process would never complete. -** -** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other -** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is -** incomplete, it is required that: +** The following routines are subtitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT, +** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error +** constants. They server two purposes: ** -** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most -** call by X completes. +** 1. Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger +** to detect when version error conditions occurs. ** -** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately -** without blocking. +** 2. Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where +** a low-level error is first detected. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ - sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; /* The main static mutex */ - int rc; /* Result code */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CORRUPT, + "database corruption at line %d of [%.10s]", + lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, + "misuse at line %d of [%.10s]", + lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); + return SQLITE_MISUSE; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, + "cannot open file at line %d of [%.10s]", + lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; +} -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific +** data for this thread has been deallocated. +** +** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a +** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){ +} #endif - /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call - ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization - ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end - ** of this routine. - */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; +/* +** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table. +** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ + const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ + const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ + const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ + char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ + char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ + int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ + int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ + int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ +){ + int rc; + char *zErrMsg = 0; + Table *pTab = 0; + Column *pCol = 0; + int iCol; - /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to - ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error. - ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex, - ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do. - ** - ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own - ** initialization. - */ - rc = sqlite3MutexInit(); - if( rc ) return rc; + char const *zDataType = 0; + char const *zCollSeq = 0; + int notnull = 0; + int primarykey = 0; + int autoinc = 0; - /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex. - ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that - ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the - ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static - ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem. - */ - pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1; - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ - rc = sqlite3MallocInit(); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1; - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = - sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++; + /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + goto error_out; } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc - ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate - ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case. */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; + /* Locate the table in question */ + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName); + if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){ + pTab = 0; + goto error_out; } - /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so - ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into - ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through - ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other - ** recursive calls might also be possible. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){ - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1; - memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions)); - sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize(); + /* Find the column for which info is requested */ + if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){ + iCol = pTab->iPKey; + if( iCol>=0 ){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1; - rc = sqlite3OsInit(); + }else{ + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){ + break; + } } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1; + if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ + pTab = 0; + goto error_out; } - sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0; } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive - ** mutex to prevent a resource leak. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--; - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){ - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0; + /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned + ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey + ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: + ** + ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" + ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. + ** + ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an + ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. + */ + if( pCol ){ + zDataType = pCol->zType; + zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; + notnull = pCol->notNull!=0; + primarykey = pCol->isPrimKey!=0; + autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0; + }else{ + zDataType = "INTEGER"; + primarykey = 1; + } + if( !zCollSeq ){ + zCollSeq = "BINARY"; } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has - ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but - ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no - ** reason. So we run it once during initialization. +error_out: + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + + /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters + ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur, + ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters. */ -#ifndef NDEBUG -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */ - if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1; - double y; - assert(sizeof(x)==8); - assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y)); - memcpy(&y, &x, 8); - assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) ); + if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType; + if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq; + if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull; + if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey; + if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc; + + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName, + zColumnName); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } + sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} #endif -#endif +/* +** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; + int rc; + pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); + if( pVfs==0 ) return 0; + + /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() + ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's. + */ + rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000); return rc; } /* -** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize(). Must not be called while -** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or -** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This -** routine is not threadsafe. But it is safe to invoke this routine -** on when SQLite is already shut down. If SQLite is already shut down -** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op. +** Enable or disable the extended result codes. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){ - sqlite3_os_end(); - sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0; - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){ - sqlite3PcacheShutdown(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0; - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ - sqlite3MallocEnd(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + int iDb; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( zDbName==0 ){ + iDb = 0; + }else{ + for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ + if( strcmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDbName)==0 ) break; + } } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){ - sqlite3MutexEnd(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0; + if( iDbnDb ){ + Btree *pBtree = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; + if( pBtree ){ + Pager *pPager; + sqlite3_file *fd; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree); + assert( pPager!=0 ); + fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + assert( fd!=0 ); + if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){ + *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( fd->pMethods ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); + } } - - return SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } /* -** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of -** the SQLite library at run-time. -** -** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding -** database connections or memory allocations. This routine is not -** threadsafe. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable -** behavior. +** Interface to the testing logic. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ + int rc = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST va_list ap; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while - ** the SQLite library is in use. */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - va_start(ap, op); switch( op ){ - /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe - ** compile. + /* + ** Save the current state of the PRNG. */ -#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: { - /* Disable all mutexing */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: { - /* Disable mutexing of database connections */ - /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: { - /* Enable all mutexing */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1; + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: { + sqlite3PrngSaveState(); break; } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: { - /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*); + + /* + ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using + ** PRNG_SAVE. If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then + ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: { + sqlite3PrngRestoreState(); break; } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: { - /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */ - *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; + + /* + ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state. The next call + ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call + ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: { + sqlite3PrngResetState(); break; } -#endif - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: { - /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*); + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program) + ** + ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size. The program argument + ** is an array of integers that defines the test. Return -1 on a + ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error. + ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: { + int sz = va_arg(ap, int); + int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*); + rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg); break; } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: { - /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault(); - *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m; + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd) + ** + ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures + ** are benign. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: { + typedef void (*void_function)(void); + void_function xBenignBegin; + void_function xBenignEnd; + xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function); + xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function); + sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd); break; } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: { - /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int); + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X) + ** + ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0. + ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte + ** as it existing before this routine was called. + ** + ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in + ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte + ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and + ** dileterious behavior. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: { + rc = PENDING_BYTE; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + { + unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); + if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal; + } +#endif break; } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: { - /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int); + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X) + ** + ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not + ** assert() was enabled at compile-time. If X is true and assert() + ** is enabled, then the return value is true. If X is true and + ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero. If X is + ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the + ** process aborts. If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the + ** return value is zero. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: { + volatile int x = 0; + assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 ); + rc = x; break; } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: { - /* Designate a buffer for page cache memory space */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int); + + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X) + ** + ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and + ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time. + ** + ** The return value is ALWAYS(X). + ** + ** The recommended test is X==2. If the return value is 2, that means + ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the + ** default setting. If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either + ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false. + ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if + ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second + ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if + ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled. + ** + ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this: + ** + ** if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){ + ** // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros + ** }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){ + ** // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false. + ** }else{ + ** // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1. NEVER(x) is a constant 0. + ** } + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: { + int x = va_arg(ap,int); + rc = ALWAYS(x); break; } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: { - /* Specify an alternative page cache implementation */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*); + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N) + ** + ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database + ** connection db. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: { + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + int x = va_arg(ap,int); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); break; } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: { - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){ - sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); - } - *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache; + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N) + ** + ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The + ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal + ** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the + ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times + ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer + ** is obtained in every case. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: { + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + int x = va_arg(ap,int); + db->flags = (x & SQLITE_OptMask) | (db->flags & ~SQLITE_OptMask); break; } -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5) - case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: { - /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int); - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){ - /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation - ** back to NULL pointers too. This will cause the malloc to go - ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is - ** run. - */ - memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m)); - }else{ - /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the - ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. If neither ENABLE_MEMSYS3 nor - ** ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined, return an error. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(); -#endif - } +#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord) + ** + ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the + ** number of keywords. Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0. + ** + ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since + ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite + ** is built using separate source files. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: { + const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*); + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord); + rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0; break; } -#endif +#endif - case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ) + ** + ** Return the size of a pcache header in bytes. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ: { + rc = sizeof(PgHdr); break; } - /* Record a pointer to the logger funcction and its first argument. - ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is - ** NULL. + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC, sz, &pNew, pFree); + ** + ** Pass pFree into sqlite3ScratchFree(). + ** If sz>0 then allocate a scratch buffer into pNew. */ - case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: { - /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. - ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 - ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*)); - */ - typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*); + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: { + void *pFree, **ppNew; + int sz; + sz = va_arg(ap, int); + ppNew = va_arg(ap, void**); + pFree = va_arg(ap, void*); + if( sz ) *ppNew = sqlite3ScratchMalloc(sz); + sqlite3ScratchFree(pFree); break; } - default: { - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff); + ** + ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, configure the wrappers so that all + ** subsequent calls to localtime() and variants fail. If onoff is zero, + ** undo this setting. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int); break; } + } va_end(ap); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ return rc; } /* -** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection. -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. -** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY. +** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter. ** -** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot. -** The cnt parameter is the number of slots. If pStart is NULL the -** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for -** the lookaside memory. +** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen() +** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the +** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam +** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine +** returns a NULL pointer. */ -static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){ - void *pStart; - if( db->lookaside.nOut ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before - ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for - ** both at the same time. - */ - if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ - sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); - } - /* The size of a lookaside slot needs to be larger than a pointer - ** to be useful. - */ - if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0; - if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0; - if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){ - sz = 0; - pStart = 0; - }else if( pBuf==0 ){ - sz = ROUND8(sz); - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt ); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - }else{ - sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); - pStart = pBuf; - } - db->lookaside.pStart = pStart; - db->lookaside.pFree = 0; - db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz; - if( pStart ){ - int i; - LookasideSlot *p; - assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ); - p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart; - for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){ - p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; - db->lookaside.pFree = p; - p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz]; - } - db->lookaside.pEnd = p; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1; - db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0; - }else{ - db->lookaside.pEnd = 0; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; - db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0; +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){ + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; + while( zFilename[0] ){ + int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam); + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; + if( x==0 ) return zFilename; + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; } - return SQLITE_OK; + return 0; } +/************** End of main.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/ /* -** Return the mutex associated with a database connection. +** 2009 March 3 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify() +** API method and its associated functionality. */ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->mutex; -} + +/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY /* -** Configuration settings for an individual database connection +** Public interfaces: +** +** sqlite3ConnectionBlocked() +** sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() +** sqlite3ConnectionClosed() +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ - va_list ap; - int rc; - va_start(ap, op); - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { - void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); - int sz = va_arg(ap, int); - int cnt = va_arg(ap, int); - rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt); - break; + +#define assertMutexHeld() \ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ) + +/* +** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process +** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection +** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER +** mutex is held. +*/ +static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following +** properties of the blocked connections list: +** +** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either +** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both. +** +** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for +** xUnlockNotify are grouped together. +** +** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the +** blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection +** set to db. This is used when closing connection db. +*/ +static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3 *p; + for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){ + int seen = 0; + sqlite3 *p2; + + /* Verify property (1) */ + assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection ); + + /* Verify property (2) */ + for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){ + if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1; + assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen ); + assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db ); + assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db ); } - default: { - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } +} +#else +# define checkListProperties(x) +#endif + +/* +** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection +** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3 **pp; + assertMutexHeld(); + for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){ + if( *pp==db ){ + *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked; break; } } - va_end(ap); - return rc; } - /* -** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces. +** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed +** that it is not already a part of the list. +*/ +static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3 **pp; + assertMutexHeld(); + for( + pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; + *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; + pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked + ); + db->pNextBlocked = *pp; + *pp = db; +} + +/* +** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex. +*/ +static void enterMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); + checkListProperties(0); +} + +/* +** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex. */ -static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){ - while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; } - return n==0; +static void leaveMutex(void){ + assertMutexHeld(); + checkListProperties(0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); } /* -** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always -** available. +** Register an unlock-notify callback. ** -** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end -** of strings is ignored. This implements the RTRIM collation. +** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation +** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection +** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared +** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection. +** +** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately, +** before this routine returns. +** +** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate +** a deadlock. +** +** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops +** its locks. +** +** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered +** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately +** cancelled. */ -static int binCollFunc( - void *padFlag, - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, - int nKey2, const void *pKey2 +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( + sqlite3 *db, + void (*xNotify)(void **, int), + void *pArg ){ - int rc, n; - n = nKey1mutex); + enterMutex(); + + if( xNotify==0 ){ + removeFromBlockedList(db); + db->pBlockingConnection = 0; + db->pUnlockConnection = 0; + db->xUnlockNotify = 0; + db->pUnlockArg = 0; + }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){ + /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a + ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback + ** immediately. + */ + xNotify(&pArg, 1); + }else{ + sqlite3 *p; + + for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){} + if( p ){ + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */ }else{ - rc = nKey1 - nKey2; + db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection; + db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify; + db->pUnlockArg = pArg; + removeFromBlockedList(db); + addToBlockedList(db); } } + + leaveMutex(); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0)); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* -** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. -** -** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independant -** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents -** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language. -** -** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation. +** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement +** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED +** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available +** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction. */ -static int nocaseCollatingFunc( - void *NotUsed, - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, - int nKey2, const void *pKey2 -){ - int r = sqlite3StrNICmp( - (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ + addToBlockedList(db); } - return r; + db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker; + leaveMutex(); } /* -** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert +** This function is called when +** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held +** by database connection db have been released. +** +** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections +** list and does the following: +** +** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is +** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0. +** +** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is +** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and +** set pUnlockConnection=0. +** +** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and +** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections +** list. */ -SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->lastRowid; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ + void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */ + int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */ + sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */ + void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */ + void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */ + void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */ + + aArg = aStatic; + enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */ + + /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */ + for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){ + sqlite3 *p = *pp; + + /* Step 1. */ + if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){ + p->pBlockingConnection = 0; + } + + /* Step 2. */ + if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){ + assert( p->xUnlockNotify ); + if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){ + xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); + nArg = 0; + } + + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) ); + assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn ); + if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic)) + || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*))) + ){ + /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */ + void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2); + if( pNew ){ + memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *)); + sqlite3_free(aDyn); + aDyn = aArg = pNew; + }else{ + /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to + ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the + ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to + ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed. + ** + ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error + ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code + ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be + ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections + ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait + ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never + ** arrive. + ** + ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context + ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and + ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without + ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because + ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of + ** context pointers the application will receive two or more + ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will + ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple + ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the + ** circumstances. + */ + xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); + nArg = 0; + } + } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + + aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg; + xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify; + p->pUnlockConnection = 0; + p->xUnlockNotify = 0; + p->pUnlockArg = 0; + } + + /* Step 3. */ + if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ + /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */ + *pp = p->pNextBlocked; + p->pNextBlocked = 0; + }else{ + pp = &p->pNextBlocked; + } + } + + if( nArg!=0 ){ + xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); + } + sqlite3_free(aDyn); + leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */ } /* -** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec(). +** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is +** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->nChange; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); + enterMutex(); + removeFromBlockedList(db); + checkListProperties(db); + leaveMutex(); } +#endif +/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/ /* -** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened. +** 2006 Oct 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->nTotalChange; -} /* -** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the -** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open -** at the b-tree/pager level. +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){ - while( db->pSavepoint ){ - Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint; - db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); - } - db->nSavepoint = 0; - db->nStatement = 0; - db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; -} -/* -** Close an existing SQLite database +/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like) +** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The +** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the +** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees +** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the +** bottom up. +** +** +**** Varints **** +** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a +** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order +** using seven bits * per byte as follows: +** +** KEY: +** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** +** 7 bits - A +** 14 bits - BA +** 21 bits - BBA +** and so on. +** +** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but +** the encoding is not the same. SQLite varints are big-endian +** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are +** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory). +** +** Example encodings: +** +** 1: 0x01 +** 127: 0x7f +** 128: 0x81 0x00 +** +** +**** Document lists **** +** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a +** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions. +** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document. +** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first +** word of the document has a position of 0. +** +** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time +** option. But that functionality is no longer supported. +** +** A doclist is stored like this: +** +** array { +** varint docid; +** array { (position list for column 0) +** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) +** } +** array { +** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column) +** varint column; (index of new column) +** array { +** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) +** } +** } +** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document. +** } +** +** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in +** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream +** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur +** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals +** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1. +** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more +** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus +** 2 for the first position. Example: +** +** label: A B C D E F G H I J K +** value: 123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0 +** +** The 123 value is the first docid. For column zero in this document +** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3). The 1 +** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the +** new column is column number 1. There are two positions at 12 and 45 +** (14-2 and 35-2+12). The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document. The +** 234 at I is the next docid. It has one position 72 (72-2) and then +** terminates with the 0 at K. +** +** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for +** a single docid. A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single +** column. Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists, +** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and +** a doclist consists of one or more document records. +** +** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an +** array of varint-encoded docids. +** +**** Segment leaf nodes **** +** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf +** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to +** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to +** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have +** the format: +** +** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0) +** varint nTerm; (length of first term) +** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) +** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) +** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) +** array { +** (further terms are delta-encoded) +** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term) +** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) +** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term) +** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) +** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) +** } +** +** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in +** memory. +** +** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in +** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end +** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next +** greater node id. +** +** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node +** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is +** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone +** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of +** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while +** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The +** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more +** likely to be query targets. +** +** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more +** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf +** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is +** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize. +** +** +**** Segment interior nodes **** +** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms +** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior +** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using +** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when +** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node +** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior +** nodes: +** +** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0) +** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree) +** optional { +** varint nTerm; (length of first term) +** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) +** array { +** (further terms are delta-encoded) +** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term) +** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) +** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term) +** } +** } +** +** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X } +** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory. +** +** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The +** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid +** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less +** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded). +** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less +** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at +** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to +** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left +** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is +** "wicked", only "w" is stored). +** +** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when +** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048). +** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing +** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes +** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at +** height+1, and so on. +** +** +**** Segment directory **** +** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for +** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the +** segment's tree. +** +** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding +** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024). +** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top +** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments +** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit +** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the +** height and the blockid of the previous root). +** +** The meta-information in the segment directory is: +** level - segment level (see below) +** idx - index within level +** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment) +** start_block - first leaf node +** leaves_end_block - last leaf node +** end_block - last block (including interior nodes) +** root - contents of root node +** +** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block, +** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0. +** +** +**** Segment merging **** +** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and +** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially +** more documents. +** +** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and +** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with +** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all +** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1 +** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1 +** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing +** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on. +** +** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in +** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment +** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this +** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently. +** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are +** deleted. +** +** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be +** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show +** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're +** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time +** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than +** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16. +** +** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments +** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs +** inserted: +** +** MERGE_COUNT segments +** 16 25 +** 8 12 +** 4 10 +** 2 6 +** +** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very +** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge +** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast +** even with many segments. +** +** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side +** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16. Also, it is possible/likely that +** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet +** spot around. +** +** +** +**** Handling of deletions and updates **** +** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented +** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term +** index when a document is deleted or updated. For deletions, we +** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates +** we simply write the new doclist. Segment merges overwrite older +** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates +** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out. The +** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out +** older data. +** +** TODO(shess) Provide a VACUUM type operation to clear out all +** deletions and duplications. This would basically be a forced merge +** into a single segment. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ - HashElem *i; - int j; - - if( !db ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - - /* If a transaction is open, the ResetInternalSchema() call above - ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual - ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback() - ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active - ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing - ** some prepared statements internally. - */ - sqlite3VtabRollback(db); - - /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */ - if( db->pVdbe ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "unable to close due to unfinalised statements"); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ); - - for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt; - if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "unable to close due to unfinished backup operation"); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - } - - /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */ - sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); - - for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ - struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j]; - if( pDb->pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - if( j!=1 ){ - pDb->pSchema = 0; - } - } - } - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - - /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any - ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks. - */ - sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db); - - assert( db->nDb<=2 ); - assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ); - for(j=0; jaFunc.a); j++){ - FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p; - for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){ - pHash = p->pHash; - while( p ){ - pNext = p->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - p = pNext; - } - } - } - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i); - /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */ - for(j=0; j<3; j++){ - if( pColl[j].xDel ){ - pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser); - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i); - if( pMod->xDestroy ){ - pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule); -#endif - - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */ - if( db->pErr ){ - sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr); - } - sqlite3CloseExtensions(db); - - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; - - /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema - ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). - ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into - ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database - ** structure? - */ - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; - sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex); - assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 ); /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */ - if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ - sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); - } - sqlite3_free(db); - return SQLITE_OK; -} +/************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/ +/************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/ /* -** Rollback all database files. +** 2009 Nov 12 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - int inTrans = 0; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){ - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){ - inTrans = 1; - } - sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt); - db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0; - } - } - sqlite3VtabRollback(db); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - - if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - - /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */ - db->nDeferredCons = 0; +#ifndef _FTSINT_H +#define _FTSINT_H - /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */ - if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){ - db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg); - } -} +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif /* -** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the -** argument. +** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all +** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){ - static const char* const aMsg[] = { - /* SQLITE_OK */ "not an error", - /* SQLITE_ERROR */ "SQL logic error or missing database", - /* SQLITE_INTERNAL */ 0, - /* SQLITE_PERM */ "access permission denied", - /* SQLITE_ABORT */ "callback requested query abort", - /* SQLITE_BUSY */ "database is locked", - /* SQLITE_LOCKED */ "database table is locked", - /* SQLITE_NOMEM */ "out of memory", - /* SQLITE_READONLY */ "attempt to write a readonly database", - /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT */ "interrupted", - /* SQLITE_IOERR */ "disk I/O error", - /* SQLITE_CORRUPT */ "database disk image is malformed", - /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND */ 0, - /* SQLITE_FULL */ "database or disk is full", - /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN */ "unable to open database file", - /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL */ 0, - /* SQLITE_EMPTY */ "table contains no data", - /* SQLITE_SCHEMA */ "database schema has changed", - /* SQLITE_TOOBIG */ "string or blob too big", - /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT */ "constraint failed", - /* SQLITE_MISMATCH */ "datatype mismatch", - /* SQLITE_MISUSE */ "library routine called out of sequence", - /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ "large file support is disabled", - /* SQLITE_AUTH */ "authorization denied", - /* SQLITE_FORMAT */ "auxiliary database format error", - /* SQLITE_RANGE */ "bind or column index out of range", - /* SQLITE_NOTADB */ "file is encrypted or is not a database", - }; - rc &= 0xff; - if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<(int)(sizeof(aMsg)/sizeof(aMsg[0])) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){ - return aMsg[rc]; - }else{ - return "unknown error"; - } -} +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 +#endif -/* -** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries -** again until a timeout value is reached. The timeout value is -** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first -** argument. -*/ -static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback( - void *ptr, /* Database connection */ - int count /* Number of times table has been busy */ -){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP) - static const u8 delays[] = - { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 }; - static const u8 totals[] = - { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 }; -# define NDELAY (sizeof(delays)/sizeof(delays[0])) - sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; - int timeout = db->busyTimeout; - int delay, prior; +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - assert( count>=0 ); - if( count < NDELAY ){ - delay = delays[count]; - prior = totals[count]; - }else{ - delay = delays[NDELAY-1]; - prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1)); - } - if( prior + delay > timeout ){ - delay = timeout - prior; - if( delay<=0 ) return 0; - } - sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000); - return 1; -#else - sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; - int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; - if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){ - return 0; - } - sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000); - return 1; +/* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +SQLITE_API extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api; #endif -} +/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3Int.h **********/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/ /* -** Invoke the given busy handler. +** 2006 July 10 ** -** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock. -** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it -** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. +** +************************************************************************* +** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There +** are three basic components: +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer +** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for +** tokenizers. +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps +** including customization information defined at creation time. +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate +** tokens from a particular input. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){ - int rc; - if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; - rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy); - if( rc==0 ){ - p->nBusy = -1; - }else{ - p->nBusy++; - } - return rc; -} +#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ +#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ -/* -** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the -** given callback function with the given argument. +/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time. +** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then +** we will need a way to register the API consistently. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler( - sqlite3 *db, - int (*xBusy)(void*,int), - void *pArg -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy; - db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg; - db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK /* -** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the -** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will -** be invoked every nOps opcodes. +** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer +** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to +** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback +** functions that make up an implementation. +** +** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to +** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the +** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer +** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an +** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to +** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments). +** +** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen() +** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object +** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on +** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer +** object. */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler( - sqlite3 *db, - int nOps, - int (*xProgress)(void*), - void *pArg -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( nOps>0 ){ - db->xProgress = xProgress; - db->nProgressOps = nOps; - db->pProgressArg = pArg; - }else{ - db->xProgress = 0; - db->nProgressOps = 0; - db->pProgressArg = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); -} -#endif +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module; +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer; +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor; +struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { -/* -** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the -** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){ - if( ms>0 ){ - db->busyTimeout = ms; - sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db); - }else{ - sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} + /* + ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0. + */ + int iVersion; -/* -** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; -} + /* + ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the + ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL + ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if + ** the following SQL is executed: + ** + ** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer arg1 arg2) + ** + ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers + ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2". + ** + ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error + ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set + ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic + ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by + ** this callback. The caller will do so. + */ + int (*xCreate)( + int argc, /* Size of argv array */ + const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ + ); + /* + ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method + ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). + */ + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer); -/* -** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except -** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is -** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code -** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int enc, - void *pUserData, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - FuncDef *p; - int nName; + /* + ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller + ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid + ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). + */ + int (*xOpen)( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */ + const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */ + ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( zFunctionName==0 || - (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || - (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) || - (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) || - (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) || - (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } + /* + ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this + ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen(). + */ + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this - ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the - ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. + /* + ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This + ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the + ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that + ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code. ** - ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function - ** to the hash table. + ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the + ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or + ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length + ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is + ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and + ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first + ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set + ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in + ** the input buffer. + ** + ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer + ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call + ** to xNext() or xClose(). */ - if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ - enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, - pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE, - pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; - } -#else - enc = SQLITE_UTF8; -#endif - - /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, - ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function - ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the - ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements. + /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be + ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes + ** should be converted to zInput. */ - p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0); - if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ - if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - } - } - - p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1); - assert(p || db->mallocFailed); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p->flags = 0; - p->xFunc = xFunc; - p->xStep = xStep; - p->xFinalize = xFinal; - p->pUserData = pUserData; - p->nArg = (u16)nArg; - return SQLITE_OK; -} + int (*xNext)( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */ + const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */ + ); +}; -/* -** Create new user functions. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int enc, - void *p, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} +struct sqlite3_tokenizer { + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */ + /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( - sqlite3 *db, - const void *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int eTextRep, - void *p, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - int rc; - char *zFunc8; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif +struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */ + /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; +int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); +int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); -/* -** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table. -** -** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then -** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create -** a new one that always throws a run-time error. -** -** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they -** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. -** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work -** properly. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zName, - int nArg -){ - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){ - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, - 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0); - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */ + +/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ +/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/ /* -** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace -** is returned. +** 2001 September 22 ** -** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL -** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each -** SQL statement. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pTraceArg; - db->xTrace = xTrace; - db->pTraceArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} -/* -** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered -** profile function is returned. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL -** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of -** each SQL statement that is run. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile( - sqlite3 *db, - void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), - void *pArg -){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pProfileArg; - db->xProfile = xProfile; - db->pProfileArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ - -/*** EXPERIMENTAL *** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation +** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone +** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module. ** -** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments. -** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a -** rollback. */ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */ - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pCommitArg; - db->xCommitCallback = xCallback; - db->pCommitArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} +#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_ +#define _FTS3_HASH_H_ -/* -** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, -** inserted or deleted using this database connection. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pRet; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pRet = db->pUpdateArg; - db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback; - db->pUpdateArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pRet; -} +/* Forward declarations of structures. */ +typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash; +typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem; -/* -** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled -** back by this database connection. +/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. +** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client +** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure +** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. +** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and +** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make +** this structure opaque. */ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */ - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pRet; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pRet = db->pRollbackArg; - db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback; - db->pRollbackArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pRet; -} +struct Fts3Hash { + char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */ + char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ + int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ + Fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ + int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ + struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */ + int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ + Fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ + } *ht; +}; -/* -** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of -** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals. -** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime -** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The -** following table describes the relationship between these two values -** and this functions return value. +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. ** -** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database -** ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------ -** 0 any file (return 0) -** 1 1 file (return 0) -** 1 2 memory (return 1) -** 1 0 file (return 0) -** 2 1 file (return 0) -** 2 2 memory (return 1) -** 2 0 memory (return 1) -** 3 any memory (return 1) +** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really +** be opaque because it is used by macros. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){ -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 - return ( db->temp_store==2 ); -#endif -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 - return ( db->temp_store!=1 ); -#endif -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 - return 1; -#endif -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3 - return 0; -#endif -} +struct Fts3HashElem { + Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ + void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ + void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ +}; /* -** This routine is called to create a connection to a database BTree -** driver. If zFilename is the name of a file, then that file is -** opened and used. If zFilename is the magic name ":memory:" then -** the database is stored in memory (and is thus forgotten as soon as -** the connection is closed.) If zFilename is NULL then the database -** is a "virtual" database for transient use only and is deleted as -** soon as the connection is closed. +** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table: +** +** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long +** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case +** is respected in comparisons. +** +** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. +** memcmp() is used to compare keys. ** -** A virtual database can be either a disk file (that is automatically -** deleted when the file is closed) or it an be held entirely in memory. -** The sqlite3TempInMemory() function is used to determine which. +** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFactory( - sqlite3 *db, /* Main database when opening aux otherwise 0 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ - int omitJournal, /* if TRUE then do not journal this file */ - int nCache, /* How many pages in the page cache */ - int vfsFlags, /* Flags passed through to vfsOpen */ - Btree **ppBtree /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ -){ - int btFlags = 0; - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - assert( ppBtree != 0); - if( omitJournal ){ - btFlags |= BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL; - } - if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){ - btFlags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB - if( zFilename==0 && sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ - zFilename = ":memory:"; - } -#endif - - if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (zFilename==0 || *zFilename==0) ){ - vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, (sqlite3 *)db, ppBtree, btFlags, vfsFlags); - - /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the - ** default value. Except, if the call to BtreeOpen() returned a handle - ** open on an existing shared pager-cache, do not change the pager-cache - ** size. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeSchema(*ppBtree, 0, 0) ){ - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(*ppBtree, nCache); - } - return rc; -} +#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1 +#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2 /* -** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent -** error. +** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. */ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){ - const char *z; - if( !db ){ - return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); - } - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); - }else{ - z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - if( z==0 ){ - z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode); - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return z; -} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent -** error. +** Shorthand for the functions above */ -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){ - static const u16 outOfMem[] = { - 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0 - }; - static const u16 misuse[] = { - 'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ', - 'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ', - 'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ', - 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', - 'o', 'f', ' ', - 's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0 - }; - - const void *z; - if( !db ){ - return (void *)outOfMem; - } - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return (void *)misuse; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - z = (void *)outOfMem; - }else{ - z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); - if( z==0 ){ - sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode), - SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); - } - /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16() - ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to - ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via - ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message. - */ - db->mallocFailed = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return z; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit +#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert +#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind +#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear +#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem /* -** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is -** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open(). +** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is +** like this: +** +** Fts3Hash h; +** Fts3HashElem *p; +** ... +** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){ +** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p); +** // do something with pData +** } */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ - if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - return db->errCode & db->errMask; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ - if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - return db->errCode; -} +#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first) +#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next) +#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data) +#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) +#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) /* -** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName -** and the encoding is enc. +** Number of entries in a hash table */ -static int createCollation( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - u8 enc, - u8 collType, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*xDel)(void*) -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - int enc2; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this - ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the - ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. - */ - enc2 = enc; - testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ); - testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ); - if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){ - enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - } - if( enc2SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - - /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation - ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there - ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. - */ - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0); - if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ - if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - - /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to - ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(), - ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. - ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need - ** to be called. - */ - if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ - CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); - int j; - for(j=0; j<3; j++){ - CollSeq *p = &aColl[j]; - if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){ - if( p->xDel ){ - p->xDel(p->pUser); - } - p->xCmp = 0; - } - } - } - } +#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count) - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1); - if( pColl ){ - pColl->xCmp = xCompare; - pColl->pUser = pCtx; - pColl->xDel = xDel; - pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)); - pColl->type = collType; - } - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - return SQLITE_OK; -} +#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */ +/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ /* -** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values. The -** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_* -** #defines in sqlite3.h. +** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are +** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single +** segment of level N+1. */ -static const int aHardLimit[] = { - SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH, - SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH, - SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, - SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH, - SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT, - SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP, - SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG, - SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, - SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH, - SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER, - SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH, -}; +#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16 /* -** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values +** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the +** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is +** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction +** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed. +** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new +** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately. */ -#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100 -# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100 -# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH -# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2 -# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40 -# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000 -# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 -# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 30 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1 -# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767 -# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1 -# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1 +#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024) + +/* +** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a +** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid +** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3. +*/ +#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) + + +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) #endif +/* +** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different +** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9. +*/ +#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10 /* -** Change the value of a limit. Report the old value. -** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1. -** Make no changes but still report the old value if the -** new limit is negative. +** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms +** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored +** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. ** -** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs. -** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit -** from forming. +** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the +** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index +** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with +** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels +** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on. +** +** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In +** theory though this may happen, but only after at least +** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){ - int oldLimit; - if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){ - return -1; - } - oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId]; - if( newLimit>=0 ){ - if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){ - newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId]; - } - db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit; - } - return oldLimit; -} +#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024 +#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024" /* -** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of -** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" -** is UTF-8 encoded. +** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation. If undefined, +** make it a no-op. */ -static int openDatabase( - const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */ - sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */ - unsigned flags, /* Operational flags */ - const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; - int rc; - int isThreadsafe; - - *ppDb = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; +#ifndef testcase +# define testcase(X) #endif - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){ - isThreadsafe = 0; - }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){ - isThreadsafe = 0; - }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){ - isThreadsafe = 1; - }else{ - isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex; - } - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){ - flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; - }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){ - flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; - } +/* +** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists. +*/ +#define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */ +#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */ - /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter - ** - ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were - ** dealt with in the previous code block. Besides these, the only - ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY, - ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. Silently mask - ** off all other flags. - */ - flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | - SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX | - SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX - ); +/* +** This section provides definitions to allow the +** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the +** amalgamation. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +/* +** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or +** false. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +# define ALWAYS(x) (1) +# define NEVER(X) (0) +#else +# define ALWAYS(x) (x) +# define NEVER(X) (x) +#endif - /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ - db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) ); - if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; - if( isThreadsafe ){ - db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - if( db->mutex==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(db); - db = 0; - goto opendb_out; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->errMask = 0xff; - db->nDb = 2; - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; - db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; +/* +** Internal types used by SQLite. +*/ +typedef unsigned char u8; /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */ +typedef short int i16; /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */ +typedef unsigned int u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ - assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) ); - memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit)); - db->autoCommit = 1; - db->nextAutovac = -1; - db->nextPagesize = 0; - db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4 - | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION - | SQLITE_LoadExtension -#endif -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS - | SQLITE_RecTriggers -#endif - ; - sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule); +/* +** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters. +*/ +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) + +/* +** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 #endif - db->pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs); - if( !db->pVfs ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3Error(db, rc, "no such vfs: %s", zVfs); - goto opendb_out; - } +/* +** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or +** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments +** within testcase() and assert() macros. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define TESTONLY(X) X +#else +# define TESTONLY(X) +#endif - /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8 - ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary - ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure. - */ - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0, - binCollFunc, 0); - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0, - binCollFunc, 0); - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0, - binCollFunc, 0); - createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_USER, (void*)1, - binCollFunc, 0); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto opendb_out; - } - db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0); - assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 ); +#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ - /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */ - createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE, 0, - nocaseCollatingFunc, 0); +typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table; +typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor; +typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr; +typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase; +typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken; - /* Open the backend database driver */ - db->openFlags = flags; - rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFilename, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, - flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB, - &db->aDb[0].pBt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - goto opendb_out; - } - db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt); - db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0); +typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist; +typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter; +typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken; +typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader; +typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader; +/* +** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following +** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance +** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance. +** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their +** arguments. +*/ +struct Fts3Table { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + const char *zDb; /* logical database name */ + const char *zName; /* virtual table name */ + int nColumn; /* number of named columns in virtual table */ + char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */ - /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp - ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults. + /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these + ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. */ - db->aDb[0].zName = "main"; - db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3; - db->aDb[1].zName = "temp"; - db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1; + sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[27]; - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto opendb_out; - } + char *zReadExprlist; + char *zWriteExprlist; - /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the - ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database - ** is accessed. - */ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db); + int nNodeSize; /* Soft limit for node size */ + u8 bHasStat; /* True if %_stat table exists */ + u8 bHasDocsize; /* True if %_docsize table exists */ + u8 bDescIdx; /* True if doclists are in reverse order */ + int nPgsz; /* Page size for host database */ + char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */ + sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */ - /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered - ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API. - */ - sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db); - rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto opendb_out; - } + /* TODO: Fix the first paragraph of this comment. + ** + ** The following hash table is used to buffer pending index updates during + ** transactions. Variable nPendingData estimates the memory size of the + ** pending data, including hash table overhead, but not malloc overhead. + ** When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, the buffer is flushed + ** automatically. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most recently + ** inserted record. + ** + ** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index + ** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the + ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[] + ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length. + */ + int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */ + struct Fts3Index { + int nPrefix; /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */ + Fts3Hash hPending; /* Pending terms table for this index */ + } *aIndex; + int nMaxPendingData; /* Max pending data before flush to disk */ + int nPendingData; /* Current bytes of pending data */ + sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; /* Docid of most recently inserted document */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db); - } +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + /* State variables used for validating that the transaction control + ** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times. These + ** values do not contribution to the FTS computation; they are used for + ** verifying the SQLite core. + */ + int inTransaction; /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */ + int mxSavepoint; /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */ #endif +}; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db); - } -#endif +/* +** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a +** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using +** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method. +*/ +struct Fts3Cursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + i16 eSearch; /* Search strategy (see below) */ + u8 isEof; /* True if at End Of Results */ + u8 isRequireSeek; /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Parsed MATCH query string */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred search tokens, if any */ + sqlite3_int64 iPrevId; /* Previous id read from aDoclist */ + char *pNextId; /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */ + char *aDoclist; /* List of docids for full-text queries */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */ + u8 bDesc; /* True to sort in descending order */ + int eEvalmode; /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */ + int nRowAvg; /* Average size of database rows, in pages */ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Documents in table */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db); - } -#endif + int isMatchinfoNeeded; /* True when aMatchinfo[] needs filling in */ + u32 *aMatchinfo; /* Information about most recent match */ + int nMatchinfo; /* Number of elements in aMatchinfo[] */ + char *zMatchinfo; /* Matchinfo specification */ +}; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db); - } -#endif +#define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER 0 +#define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT 1 +#define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2 -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ - rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db); - } -#endif +/* +** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following. +** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to +** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH. If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index +** of the column to be searched. For example, in +** +** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d); +** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three'; +** +** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b", +** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a, +** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" +** indicating that all columns should be searched, +** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4. +*/ +#define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0 /* Linear scan of %_content table */ +#define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH 1 /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */ +#define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2 /* Full-text index search */ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking - ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking - ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE - db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE; - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt), - SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE); -#endif +struct Fts3Doclist { + char *aAll; /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */ + int nAll; /* Size of a[] in bytes */ + char *pNextDocid; /* Pointer to next docid */ - /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */ - setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside, - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside); + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */ + int bFreeList; /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */ + char *pList; /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */ + int nList; /* Length of position list */ +}; -opendb_out: - if( db ){ - assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - } - rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - sqlite3_close(db); - db = 0; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK; - } - *ppDb = db; - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); -} +/* +** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in +** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case. +** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three") +** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string. +*/ +struct Fts3PhraseToken { + char *z; /* Text of the token */ + int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer z */ + int isPrefix; /* True if token ends with a "*" character */ + + /* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is + ** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are + ** used when evaluating the expression. */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred token object for this token */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Segment-reader for this token */ +}; + +struct Fts3Phrase { + /* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */ + Fts3Doclist doclist; + int bIncr; /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */ + int iDoclistToken; + + /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing + ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. + */ + int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */ + int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */ + Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */ +}; /* -** Open a new database handle. +** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator. +** +** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist +** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results +** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial +** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this +** buffer. +** +** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global +** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3, +** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array +** is populated as follows: +** +** aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined +** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences +** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance +** +** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed +** when the expression node is. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( - const char *zFilename, - sqlite3 **ppDb -){ - return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb, - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( - const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ -){ - return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, flags, zVfs); -} +struct Fts3Expr { + int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */ + int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */ + Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */ + Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */ + Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */ + + /* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid */ + u8 bEof; /* True this expression is at EOF already */ + u8 bStart; /* True if iDocid is valid */ + u8 bDeferred; /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */ + + u32 *aMI; +}; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** Open a new database handle. +** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first +** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For +** example, the following: +** +** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e" +** +** is equivalent to: +** +** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))" */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( - const void *zFilename, - sqlite3 **ppDb -){ - char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */ - sqlite3_value *pVal; - int rc; +#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1 +#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2 +#define FTSQUERY_AND 3 +#define FTSQUERY_OR 4 +#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5 - assert( zFilename ); - assert( ppDb ); - *ppDb = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; + +/* fts3_write.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, sqlite3_int64, + sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( + Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *); + +/* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */ +#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING -1 +#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL -2 + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( + Fts3Table *, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *); + +/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS 0x00000001 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY 0x00000002 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX 0x00000008 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN 0x00000010 + +/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ +struct Fts3SegFilter { + const char *zTerm; + int nTerm; + int iCol; + int flags; +}; + +struct Fts3MultiSegReader { + /* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */ + Fts3SegReader **apSegment; /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */ + int nSegment; /* Size of apSegment array */ + int nAdvance; /* How many seg-readers to advance */ + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Pointer to filter object */ + char *aBuffer; /* Buffer to merge doclists in */ + int nBuffer; /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */ + + int iColFilter; /* If >=0, filter for this column */ + int bRestart; + + /* Used by fts3.c only. */ + int nCost; /* Cost of running iterator */ + int bLookup; /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */ + + /* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to term buffer */ + int nTerm; /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist buffer */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */ +}; + +/* fts3.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *); + +/* fts3_tokenizer.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, + sqlite3_tokenizer **, char ** +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char); + +/* fts3_snippet.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *, + const char *, const char *, int, int +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *); + +/* fts3_expr.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, + char **, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr ** +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db); #endif - pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); - zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( zFilename8 ){ - rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb, - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); - assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ - ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - } - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +/* fts3_aux.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db); -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, 0); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *); -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*xDel)(void*) -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, xDel); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( + Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( + Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *); + +#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */ +#endif /* _FTSINT_H */ + +/************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE) +# define SQLITE_CORE 1 +#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3* db, - const void *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - char *zName8; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); - if( zName8 ){ - rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8); - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ -/* -** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle -** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 +#endif + +static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); +static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); +static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( + Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **); + +/* +** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. +** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes. +** The number of bytes written is returned. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, - void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded; - db->xCollNeeded16 = 0; - db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){ + unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p; + sqlite_uint64 vu = v; + do{ + *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80); + vu >>= 7; + }while( vu!=0 ); + q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */ + assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX ); + return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle -** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. +/* +** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. +** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. +** The value is stored in *v. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, - void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xCollNeeded = 0; - db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16; - db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){ + const unsigned char *q = (const unsigned char *) p; + sqlite_uint64 x = 0, y = 1; + while( (*q&0x80)==0x80 && q-(unsigned char *)pautoCommit; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){ + int i = 0; + do{ + i++; + v >>= 7; + }while( v!=0 ); + return i; } /* -** The following routines are subtitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT, -** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error -** constants. They server two purposes: +** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing +** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the +** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine +** is a no-op. ** -** 1. Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger -** to detect when version error conditions occurs. +** Examples: +** +** "abc" becomes abc +** 'xyz' becomes xyz +** [pqr] becomes pqr +** `mno` becomes mno ** -** 2. Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where -** a low-level error is first detected. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CORRUPT, - "database corruption found by source line %d", lineno); - return SQLITE_CORRUPT; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "misuse detected by source line %d", lineno); - return SQLITE_MISUSE; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, "cannot open file at source line %d", lineno); - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; -} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){ + char quote; /* Quote character (if any ) */ + quote = z[0]; + if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){ + int iIn = 1; /* Index of next byte to read from input */ + int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */ + + /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */ + if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; + + while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){ + if( z[iIn]==quote ){ + if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break; + z[iOut++] = quote; + iIn += 2; + }else{ + z[iOut++] = z[iIn++]; + } + } + z[iOut] = '\0'; + } +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* -** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific -** data for this thread has been deallocated. -** -** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a -** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility. +** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point +** to the first byte past the end of the varint. Add the value of the varint +** to *pVal. */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){ +static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){ + sqlite3_int64 iVal; + *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); + *pVal += iVal; } -#endif /* -** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table. -** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details. +** When this function is called, *pp points to the first byte following a +** varint that is part of a doclist (or position-list, or any other list +** of varints). This function moves *pp to point to the start of that varint, +** and sets *pVal by the varint value. +** +** Argument pStart points to the first byte of the doclist that the +** varint is part of. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ - const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ - const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ - const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ - char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ - char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ - int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ - int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ - int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ +static void fts3GetReverseVarint( + char **pp, + char *pStart, + sqlite3_int64 *pVal ){ - int rc; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - Table *pTab = 0; - Column *pCol = 0; - int iCol; + sqlite3_int64 iVal; + char *p = *pp; - char const *zDataType = 0; - char const *zCollSeq = 0; - int notnull = 0; - int primarykey = 0; - int autoinc = 0; + /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are + ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is + ** clear on character p[-1]. */ + for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--); + p++; + *pp = p; - /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - goto error_out; - } + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVal); + *pVal = iVal; +} - /* Locate the table in question */ - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName); - if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){ - pTab = 0; - goto error_out; - } +/* +** The xDisconnect() virtual table method. +*/ +static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + int i; - /* Find the column for which info is requested */ - if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){ - iCol = pTab->iPKey; - if( iCol>=0 ){ - pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - } - }else{ - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){ - break; - } - } - if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ - pTab = 0; - goto error_out; - } - } + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); - /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned - ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey - ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: - ** - ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" - ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. - ** - ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an - ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. - */ - if( pCol ){ - zDataType = pCol->zType; - zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; - notnull = pCol->notNull!=0; - primarykey = pCol->isPrimKey!=0; - autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0; - }else{ - zDataType = "INTEGER"; - primarykey = 1; - } - if( !zCollSeq ){ - zCollSeq = "BINARY"; + /* Free any prepared statements held */ + for(i=0; iaStmt); i++){ + sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]); } + sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl); + sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist); + sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist); -error_out: - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */ + p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer); - /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters - ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur, - ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters. - */ - if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType; - if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq; - if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull; - if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey; - if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc; + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} - if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName, - zColumnName); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; +/* +** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given +** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written +** into *pRc. +** +** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts3DbExec( + int *pRc, /* Success code */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which to run SQL */ + const char *zFormat, /* Format string for SQL */ + ... /* Arguments to the format string */ +){ + va_list ap; + char *zSql; + if( *pRc ) return; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( zSql==0 ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); } - sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; } -#endif /* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. +** The xDestroy() virtual table method. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; - int rc; - pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); - if( pVfs==0 ) return 0; +static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; - /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() - ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's. + /* Drop the shadow tables */ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", p->zDb, p->zName); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", p->zDb,p->zName); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", p->zDb, p->zName); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", p->zDb, p->zName); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", p->zDb, p->zName); + + /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the + ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK. + ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. */ - rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000); - return rc; + return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc); } -/* -** Enable or disable the extended result codes. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} /* -** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database. +** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table +** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect() +** and xCreate() methods. +** +** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc +** before returning. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){ - int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - int iDb; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( zDbName==0 ){ - iDb = 0; - }else{ - for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ - if( strcmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDbName)==0 ) break; +static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + char *zSql; /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */ + char *zCols; /* List of user defined columns */ + + sqlite3_vtab_config(p->db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); + + /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */ + zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]); + for(i=1; zCols && inColumn; i++){ + zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]); } - } - if( iDbnDb ){ - Btree *pBtree = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - if( pBtree ){ - Pager *pPager; - sqlite3_file *fd; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree); - assert( pPager!=0 ); - fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - assert( fd!=0 ); - if( fd->pMethods ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); + + /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN)", zCols, p->zName + ); + if( !zCols || !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql); } + + sqlite3_free(zSql); + sqlite3_free(zCols); + *pRc = rc; } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; } /* -** Interface to the testing logic. +** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir) +** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done +** as part of the vtab xCreate() method. +** +** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an +** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and +** %_stat tables required by FTS4. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ - int rc = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST - va_list ap; - va_start(ap, op); - switch( op ){ - - /* - ** Save the current state of the PRNG. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: { - sqlite3PrngSaveState(); - break; - } - - /* - ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using - ** PRNG_SAVE. If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then - ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: { - sqlite3PrngRestoreState(); - break; - } - - /* - ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state. The next call - ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call - ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: { - sqlite3PrngResetState(); - break; - } +static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + char *zContentCols; /* Columns of %_content table */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program) - ** - ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size. The program argument - ** is an array of integers that defines the test. Return -1 on a - ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error. - ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: { - int sz = va_arg(ap, int); - int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*); - rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg); - break; - } + /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */ + zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); + for(i=0; zContentCols && inColumn; i++){ + char *z = p->azColumn[i]; + zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z); + } + if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd) - ** - ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures - ** are benign. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: { - typedef void (*void_function)(void); - void_function xBenignBegin; - void_function xBenignEnd; - xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function); - xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function); - sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd); - break; - } + /* Create the content table */ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)", + p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols + ); + sqlite3_free(zContentCols); + /* Create other tables */ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'(" + "level INTEGER," + "idx INTEGER," + "start_block INTEGER," + "leaves_end_block INTEGER," + "end_block INTEGER," + "root BLOB," + "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)" + ");", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + } + if( p->bHasStat ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_stat'(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + } + return rc; +} - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X) - ** - ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0. - ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte - ** as it existing before this routine was called. - ** - ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in - ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte - ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and - ** dileterious behavior. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: { - unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); - rc = sqlite3PendingByte; - if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal; - break; +/* +** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz. +** +** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc +** before returning. +*/ +static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */ + + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_AUTH ){ + p->nPgsz = 1024; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } } + assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + *pRc = rc; + } +} - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X) - ** - ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not - ** assert() was enabled at compile-time. If X is true and assert() - ** is enabled, then the return value is true. If X is true and - ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero. If X is - ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the - ** process aborts. If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the - ** return value is zero. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: { - volatile int x = 0; - assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 ); - rc = x; - break; - } +/* +** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form: +** +** = +** +** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The +** term may be quoted, but the may not. +*/ +static int fts3IsSpecialColumn( + const char *z, + int *pnKey, + char **pzValue +){ + char *zValue; + const char *zCsr = z; + while( *zCsr!='=' ){ + if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0; + zCsr++; + } - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X) - ** - ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and - ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time. - ** - ** The return value is ALWAYS(X). - ** - ** The recommended test is X==2. If the return value is 2, that means - ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the - ** default setting. If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either - ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false. - ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if - ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second - ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if - ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled. - ** - ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this: - ** - ** if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){ - ** // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros - ** }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){ - ** // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false. - ** }else{ - ** // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1. NEVER(x) is a constant 0. - ** } - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: { - int x = va_arg(ap,int); - rc = ALWAYS(x); - break; - } + *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z); + zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]); + if( zValue ){ + sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue); + } + *pzValue = zValue; + return 1; +} - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N) - ** - ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database - ** connection db. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: { - sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); - int x = va_arg(ap,int); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - break; +/* +** Append the output of a printf() style formatting to an existing string. +*/ +static void fts3Appendf( + int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: Error code */ + char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to string buffer */ + const char *zFormat, /* Printf format string to append */ + ... /* Arguments for printf format string */ +){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + va_list ap; + char *z; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + if( z && *pz ){ + char *z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", *pz, z); + sqlite3_free(z); + z = z2; } + if( z==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3_free(*pz); + *pz = z; + } +} - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N) - ** - ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The - ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal - ** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the - ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times - ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer - ** is obtained in every case. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: { - sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); - int x = va_arg(ap,int); - db->flags = (x & SQLITE_OptMask) | (db->flags & ~SQLITE_OptMask); - break; +/* +** Return a copy of input string zInput enclosed in double-quotes (") and +** with all double quote characters escaped. For example: +** +** fts3QuoteId("un \"zip\"") -> "un \"\"zip\"\"" +** +** The pointer returned points to memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). It +** is the callers responsibility to call sqlite3_free() to release this +** memory. +*/ +static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){ + int nRet; + char *zRet; + nRet = 2 + strlen(zInput)*2 + 1; + zRet = sqlite3_malloc(nRet); + if( zRet ){ + int i; + char *z = zRet; + *(z++) = '"'; + for(i=0; zInput[i]; i++){ + if( zInput[i]=='"' ) *(z++) = '"'; + *(z++) = zInput[i]; } + *(z++) = '"'; + *(z++) = '\0'; + } + return zRet; +} -#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord) - ** - ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the - ** number of keywords. Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0. - ** - ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since - ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite - ** is built using separate source files. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: { - const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*); - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord); - rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0; - break; - } -#endif +/* +** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions that could be used +** in a SELECT statement such as the following: +** +** SELECT FROM %_content AS x ... +** +** to return the docid, followed by each column of text data in order +** from left to write. If parameter zFunc is not NULL, then instead of +** being returned directly each column of text data is passed to an SQL +** function named zFunc first. For example, if zFunc is "unzip" and the +** table has the three user-defined columns "a", "b", and "c", the following +** string is returned: +** +** "docid, unzip(x.'a'), unzip(x.'b'), unzip(x.'c')" +** +** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It +** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and +** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered +** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If +** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. +*/ +static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ + char *zRet = 0; + char *zFree = 0; + char *zFunction; + int i; + if( !zFunc ){ + zFunction = ""; + }else{ + zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); } - va_end(ap); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ - return rc; + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "docid"); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(x.'c%d%q')", zFunction, i, p->azColumn[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(zFree); + return zRet; } -/************** End of main.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/ /* -** 2009 March 3 +** Return a list of N comma separated question marks, where N is the number +** of columns in the %_content table (one for the docid plus one for each +** user-defined text column). ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark +** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed +** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three +** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned: ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)" ** -************************************************************************* +** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It +** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. ** -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify() -** API method and its associated functionality. +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and +** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered +** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If +** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. */ +static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ + char *zRet = 0; + char *zFree = 0; + char *zFunction; + int i; -/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + if( !zFunc ){ + zFunction = ""; + }else{ + zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); + } + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "?"); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction); + } + sqlite3_free(zFree); + return zRet; +} /* -** Public interfaces: +** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer +** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then +** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of +** the integer value. ** -** sqlite3ConnectionBlocked() -** sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() -** sqlite3ConnectionClosed() -** sqlite3_unlock_notify() +** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. +** +** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and +** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** This function is used when parsing the "prefix=" FTS4 parameter. */ +static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){ + const char *p = *pp; /* Iterator pointer */ + int nInt = 0; /* Output value */ -#define assertMutexHeld() \ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ) + for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){ + nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0'); + } + if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + *pnOut = nInt; + *pp = p; + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process -** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection -** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER -** mutex is held. +** This function is called to allocate an array of Fts3Index structures +** representing the indexes maintained by the current FTS table. FTS tables +** always maintain the main "terms" index, but may also maintain one or +** more "prefix" indexes, depending on the value of the "prefix=" parameter +** (if any) specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. +** +** Argument zParam is passed the value of the "prefix=" option if one was +** specified, or NULL otherwise. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and *apIndex set to point to +** the allocated array. *pnIndex is set to the number of elements in the +** array. If an error does occur, an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** Regardless of whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility +** of the caller to call sqlite3_free() on the output array to free it. */ -static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0; +static int fts3PrefixParameter( + const char *zParam, /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */ + int *pnIndex, /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */ + struct Fts3Index **apIndex /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */ +){ + struct Fts3Index *aIndex; /* Allocated array */ + int nIndex = 1; /* Number of entries in array */ + + if( zParam && zParam[0] ){ + const char *p; + nIndex++; + for(p=zParam; *p; p++){ + if( *p==',' ) nIndex++; + } + } + + aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); + *apIndex = aIndex; + *pnIndex = nIndex; + if( !aIndex ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); + if( zParam ){ + const char *p = zParam; + int i; + for(i=1; i module name ("fts3" or "fts4") +** argv[1] -> database name +** argv[2] -> table name +** argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields. */ -static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3 *p; - for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){ - int seen = 0; - sqlite3 *p2; +static int fts3InitVtab( + int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ + sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Hash table containing tokenizers */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */ + char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */ +){ + Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux; + Fts3Table *p = 0; /* Pointer to allocated vtab */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int nByte; /* Size of allocation used for *p */ + int iCol; /* Column index */ + int nString = 0; /* Bytes required to hold all column names */ + int nCol = 0; /* Number of columns in the FTS table */ + char *zCsr; /* Space for holding column names */ + int nDb; /* Bytes required to hold database name */ + int nName; /* Bytes required to hold table name */ + int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */ + const char **aCol; /* Array of column names */ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; /* Tokenizer for this table */ - /* Verify property (1) */ - assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection ); + int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] array */ + struct Fts3Index *aIndex = 0; /* Array of indexes for this table */ - /* Verify property (2) */ - for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){ - if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1; - assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen ); - assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db ); - assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db ); + /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */ + int bNoDocsize = 0; /* True to omit %_docsize table */ + int bDescIdx = 0; /* True to store descending indexes */ + char *zPrefix = 0; /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */ + char *zCompress = 0; /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char *zUncompress = 0; /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */ + + assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 ); + assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4) + || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4) + ); + + nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1; + nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1; + + aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2) ); + if( !aCol ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset((void *)aCol, 0, sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2)); + + /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4 + ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop + ** does the following: + ** + ** + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and + ** the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies + ** of the column names. + ** + ** + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments, + ** initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer. + */ + for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i8 + && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) + && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8]) + ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr); + } + + /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */ + else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){ + struct Fts4Option { + const char *zOpt; + int nOpt; + char **pzVar; + } aFts4Opt[] = { + { "matchinfo", 9, 0 }, /* 0 -> MATCHINFO */ + { "prefix", 6, 0 }, /* 1 -> PREFIX */ + { "compress", 8, 0 }, /* 2 -> COMPRESS */ + { "uncompress", 10, 0 }, /* 3 -> UNCOMPRESS */ + { "order", 5, 0 } /* 4 -> ORDER */ + }; + + int iOpt; + if( !zVal ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + for(iOpt=0; iOptnOpt && !sqlite3_strnicmp(z, pOp->zOpt, pOp->nOpt) ){ + break; + } + } + if( iOpt==SizeofArray(aFts4Opt) ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized parameter: %s", z); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + switch( iOpt ){ + case 0: /* MATCHINFO */ + if( strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + bNoDocsize = 1; + break; + + case 1: /* PREFIX */ + sqlite3_free(zPrefix); + zPrefix = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 2: /* COMPRESS */ + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + zCompress = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 3: /* UNCOMPRESS */ + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + zUncompress = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 4: /* ORDER */ + if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) + && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 3)) + ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized order: %s", zVal); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + bDescIdx = (zVal[0]=='d' || zVal[0]=='D'); + break; + } + } + sqlite3_free(zVal); + } + } + + /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */ + else { + nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1); + aCol[nCol++] = z; + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; + + if( nCol==0 ){ + assert( nString==0 ); + aCol[0] = "content"; + nString = 8; + nCol = 1; + } + + if( pTokenizer==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, "simple", &pTokenizer, pzErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; + } + assert( pTokenizer ); + + rc = fts3PrefixParameter(zPrefix, &nIndex, &aIndex); + if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ + assert( zPrefix ); + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error parsing prefix parameter: %s", zPrefix); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; + + /* Allocate and populate the Fts3Table structure. */ + nByte = sizeof(Fts3Table) + /* Fts3Table */ + nCol * sizeof(char *) + /* azColumn */ + nIndex * sizeof(struct Fts3Index) + /* aIndex */ + nName + /* zName */ + nDb + /* zDb */ + nString; /* Space for azColumn strings */ + p = (Fts3Table*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( p==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto fts3_init_out; + } + memset(p, 0, nByte); + p->db = db; + p->nColumn = nCol; + p->nPendingData = 0; + p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1]; + p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA; + p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0); + p->bHasStat = isFts4; + p->bDescIdx = bDescIdx; + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 ); + + p->aIndex = (struct Fts3Index *)&p->azColumn[nCol]; + memcpy(p->aIndex, aIndex, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); + p->nIndex = nIndex; + for(i=0; iaIndex[i].hPending, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); + } + + /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */ + zCsr = (char *)&p->aIndex[nIndex]; + p->zName = zCsr; + memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName); + zCsr += nName; + p->zDb = zCsr; + memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb); + zCsr += nDb; + + /* Fill in the azColumn array */ + for(iCol=0; iColazColumn[iCol] = zCsr; + zCsr += n+1; + assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] ); + } + + if( (zCompress==0)!=(zUncompress==0) ){ + char const *zMiss = (zCompress==0 ? "compress" : "uncompress"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("missing %s parameter in fts4 constructor", zMiss); + } + p->zReadExprlist = fts3ReadExprList(p, zUncompress, &rc); + p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; + + /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the + ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist. + */ + if( isCreate ){ + rc = fts3CreateTables(p); + } + + /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to + ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database. */ + fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p); + p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35; + + /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */ + fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p); + +fts3_init_out: + sqlite3_free(zPrefix); + sqlite3_free(aIndex); + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + sqlite3_free((void *)aCol); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p ){ + fts3DisconnectMethod((sqlite3_vtab *)p); + }else if( pTokenizer ){ + pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); } + }else{ + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + *ppVTab = &p->base; } + return rc; } -#else -# define checkListProperties(x) -#endif /* -** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection -** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op. +** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the +** work is done in function fts3InitVtab(). */ -static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3 **pp; - assertMutexHeld(); - for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){ - if( *pp==db ){ - *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked; +static int fts3ConnectMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); +} +static int fts3CreateMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There +** are three possible strategies, in order of preference: +** +** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. +** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column. +** 3. Linear scan of %_content table. +*/ +static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab; + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int iCons = -1; /* Index of constraint to use */ + + /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option, + ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient + ** strategy is possible. + */ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 500000; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i]; + if( pCons->usable==0 ) continue; + + /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */ + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + && (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ) + ){ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; + iCons = i; + } + + /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search. + ** + ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first + ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct + ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even + ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting + ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested + ** context" error. + */ + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH + && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn + ){ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0; + iCons = i; break; } } + + if( iCons>=0 ){ + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = 1; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1; + } + + /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or + ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. + */ + if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){ + struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0]; + if( pOrder->iColumn<0 || pOrder->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ){ + if( pOrder->desc ){ + pInfo->idxStr = "DESC"; + }else{ + pInfo->idxStr = "ASC"; + } + pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; + } + } + + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed -** that it is not already a part of the list. +** Implementation of xOpen method. */ -static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3 **pp; - assertMutexHeld(); - for( - pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; - *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; - pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked - ); - db->pNextBlocked = *pp; - *pp = db; +static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr; /* Allocated cursor */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the + ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, + ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM. + */ + *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); + if( !pCsr ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex. +** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation +** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface. */ -static void enterMutex(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - checkListProperties(0); +static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); + sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex. +** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row +** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return +** SQLITE_OK on success. */ -static void leaveMutex(void){ - assertMutexHeld(); - checkListProperties(0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId); + pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0; + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + int rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If no row was found and no error has occured, then the %_content + ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index. + ** The data structures are corrupt. + */ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + pCsr->isEof = 1; + if( pContext ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); + } + return rc; + } + }else{ + return SQLITE_OK; + } } /* -** Register an unlock-notify callback. -** -** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation -** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection -** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared -** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection. -** -** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately, -** before this routine returns. +** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching +** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this +** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is +** passed in zTerm/nTerm. ** -** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate -** a deadlock. +** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid +** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term. ** -** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops -** its locks. +** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node +** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is +** a prefix. ** -** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered -** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately -** cancelled. +** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( - sqlite3 *db, - void (*xNotify)(void **, int), - void *pArg +static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( + const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ + const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ + int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ + sqlite3_int64 *piFirst, /* OUT: Selected child node */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLast /* OUT: Selected child node */ ){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + const char *zCsr = zNode; /* Cursor to iterate through node */ + const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */ + char *zBuffer = 0; /* Buffer to load terms into */ + int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated buffer */ + int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */ + sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - enterMutex(); + /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every + ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree + ** node into variable iChild. + ** + ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two + ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a + ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does + ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always + ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of + ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments + ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the + ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details). + */ + zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); + zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); + if( zCsr>zEnd ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + + while( zCsrzEnd ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + goto finish_scan; + } + if( nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){ + char *zNew; + nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2; + zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc); + if( !zNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto finish_scan; + } + zBuffer = zNew; + } + memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix); + nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix; + zCsr += nSuffix; - if( xNotify==0 ){ - removeFromBlockedList(db); - db->pUnlockConnection = 0; - db->xUnlockNotify = 0; - db->pUnlockArg = 0; - }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){ - /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a - ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback - ** immediately. + /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from + ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal + ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree + ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search + ** iChild. + ** + ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then + ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term. */ - xNotify(&pArg, 1); - }else{ - sqlite3 *p; + cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer)); + if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){ + *piFirst = iChild; + piFirst = 0; + } - for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){} - if( p ){ - rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */ - }else{ - db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection; - db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify; - db->pUnlockArg = pArg; - removeFromBlockedList(db); - addToBlockedList(db); + if( piLast && cmp<0 ){ + *piLast = iChild; + piLast = 0; } - } - leaveMutex(); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0)); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + iChild++; + }; + + if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild; + if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild; + + finish_scan: + sqlite3_free(zBuffer); return rc; } -/* -** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement -** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED -** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available -** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){ - enterMutex(); - if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ - addToBlockedList(db); - } - db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker; - leaveMutex(); -} /* -** This function is called when -** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held -** by database connection db have been released. -** -** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections -** list and does the following: +** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an +** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes) +** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode +** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term +** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix. ** -** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is -** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0. +** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the +** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term. +** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the +** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified +** term is a prefix. ** -** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is -** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and -** set pUnlockConnection=0. +** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain +** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the +** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified +** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and +** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure. ** -** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and -** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections -** list. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ - void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */ - int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */ - sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */ - void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */ - void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */ - void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */ - - aArg = aStatic; - enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */ +** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +static int fts3SelectLeaf( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ + const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ + int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf, /* Selected leaf node */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2 /* Selected leaf node */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int iHeight; /* Height of this node in tree */ - /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */ - for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){ - sqlite3 *p = *pp; + assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 ); - /* Step 1. */ - if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){ - p->pBlockingConnection = 0; - } + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight); + rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2); + assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) ); - /* Step 2. */ - if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){ - assert( p->xUnlockNotify ); - if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){ - xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); - nArg = 0; - } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){ + char *zBlob = 0; /* Blob read from %_segments table */ + int nBlob; /* Size of zBlob in bytes */ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) ); - assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn ); - if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic)) - || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, aDyn)/sizeof(void*))) - ){ - /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */ - void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2); - if( pNew ){ - memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *)); - sqlite3_free(aDyn); - aDyn = aArg = pNew; - }else{ - /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to - ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the - ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to - ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed. - ** - ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error - ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code - ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be - ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections - ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait - ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never - ** arrive. - ** - ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context - ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and - ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without - ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because - ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of - ** context pointers the application will receive two or more - ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will - ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple - ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the - ** circumstances. - */ - xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); - nArg = 0; - } + if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0); } - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - - aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg; - xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify; - p->pUnlockConnection = 0; - p->xUnlockNotify = 0; - p->pUnlockArg = 0; + sqlite3_free(zBlob); + piLeaf = 0; + zBlob = 0; } - /* Step 3. */ - if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ - /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */ - *pp = p->pNextBlocked; - p->pNextBlocked = 0; - }else{ - pp = &p->pNextBlocked; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf?*piLeaf:*piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2); } + sqlite3_free(zBlob); } - if( nArg!=0 ){ - xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); - } - sqlite3_free(aDyn); - leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */ + return rc; } /* -** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is -** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list. +** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 +** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); - enterMutex(); - removeFromBlockedList(db); - checkListProperties(db); - leaveMutex(); +static void fts3PutDeltaVarint( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ + sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ + sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ +){ + assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) ); + *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev); + *piPrev = iVal; } -#endif -/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/ /* -** 2006 Oct 10 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the +** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the +** first byte after the position-list. ** -****************************************************************************** +** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for +** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this +** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in +** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist. ** -** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search. +** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied +** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied +** before this function returns. */ +static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ + char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; + char c = 0; + + /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 + ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by + ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail + ** of some other, multi-byte, value. + ** + ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not + ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments + ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the + ** last byte in the position-list. + */ + while( *pEnd | c ){ + c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; + testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 ); + } + pEnd++; /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */ + + if( pp ){ + int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); + char *p = *pp; + memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); + p += n; + *pp = p; + } + *ppPoslist = pEnd; +} /* -** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the +** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the +** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list. ** -** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension -** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column +** within a single document within a doclist. ** -** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of -** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or +** a POS_END varint (0). This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to +** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list. +** +** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied +** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied +** before this function returns. The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator +** is not copied into *pp. */ +static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ + char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; + char c = 0; -/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like) -** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The -** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the -** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees -** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the -** bottom up. -** -** -**** Varints **** -** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a -** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order -** using seven bits * per byte as follows: -** -** KEY: -** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit -** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit -** -** 7 bits - A -** 14 bits - BA -** 21 bits - BBA -** and so on. -** -** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but -** the encoding is not the same. SQLite varints are big-endian -** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are -** little-endian and can be upt to 10 bytes in length (in theory). -** -** Example encodings: -** -** 1: 0x01 -** 127: 0x7f -** 128: 0x81 0x00 -** -** -**** Document lists **** -** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a -** given term. Doclists hold docids, and can optionally associate -** token positions and offsets with docids. A position is the index -** of a word within the document. The first word of the document has -** a position of 0. -** -** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time -** option. But that functionality is no longer supported. -** -** A DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS doclist is stored like this: -** -** array { -** varint docid; -** array { (position list for column 0) -** varint position; (delta from previous position plus POS_BASE) -** } -** array { -** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column) -** varint column; (index of new column) -** array { -** varint position; (delta from previous position plus POS_BASE) -** } -** } -** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document. -** } -** -** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in -** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream -** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur -** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals -** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1. -** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more -** the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus -** 2 for the first position. Example: -** -** label: A B C D E F G H I J K -** value: 123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0 -** -** The 123 value is the first docid. For column zero in this document -** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3). The 1 -** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the -** new column is column number 1. There are two positions at 12 and 45 -** (14-2 and 35-2+12). The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document. The -** 234 at I is the next docid. It has one position 72 (72-2) and then -** terminates with the 0 at K. -** -** A DL_POSITIONS doclist omits the startOffset and endOffset -** information. A DL_DOCIDS doclist omits both the position and -** offset information, becoming an array of varint-encoded docids. -** -** On-disk data is stored as type DL_DEFAULT, so we don't serialize -** the type. Due to how deletion is implemented in the segmentation -** system, on-disk doclists MUST store at least positions. -** -** -**** Segment leaf nodes **** -** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf -** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to -** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to -** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have -** the format: -** -** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0) -** varint nTerm; (length of first term) -** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) -** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) -** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) -** array { -** (further terms are delta-encoded) -** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term) -** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) -** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term) -** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) -** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) -** } -** -** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in -** memory. -** -** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in -** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end -** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next -** greater node id. -** -** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node -** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is -** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone -** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of -** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while -** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The -** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more -** likely to be query targets. -** -** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more -** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf -** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is -** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize. -** -** -**** Segment interior nodes **** -** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms -** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior -** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using -** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when -** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node -** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior -** nodes: -** -** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0) -** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree) -** optional { -** varint nTerm; (length of first term) -** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) -** array { -** (further terms are delta-encoded) -** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term) -** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) -** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term) -** } -** } -** -** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X } -** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory. -** -** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The -** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid -** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less -** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded). -** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less -** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at -** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to -** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left -** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is -** "wicked", only "w" is stored). -** -** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when -** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048). -** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing -** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes -** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at -** height+1, and so on. -** -** -**** Segment directory **** -** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for -** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the -** segment's tree. -** -** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding -** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024). -** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top -** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments -** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit -** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the -** height and the blockid of the previous root). -** -** The meta-information in the segment directory is: -** level - segment level (see below) -** idx - index within level -** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment) -** start_block - first leaf node -** leaves_end_block - last leaf node -** end_block - last block (including interior nodes) -** root - contents of root node -** -** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block, -** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0. -** -** -**** Segment merging **** -** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and -** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially -** more documents. -** -** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and -** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with -** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all -** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1 -** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1 -** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing -** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on. -** -** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in -** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment -** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this -** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently. -** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are -** deleted. + /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is + ** not part of a multi-byte varint. + */ + while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){ + c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; + testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 ); + } + if( pp ){ + int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); + char *p = *pp; + memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); + p += n; + *pp = p; + } + *ppPoslist = pEnd; +} + +/* +** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This is safe because +** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms. +*/ +#define POSITION_LIST_END 0x7fffffff + +/* +** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is +** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list +** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list +** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or +** (1)). ** -** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be -** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show -** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're -** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time -** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than -** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16. +** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to +** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp, +** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to +** point to the next value before returning. ** -** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments -** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs -** inserted: +** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of +** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position +** in the position-list. Because positions are delta-encoded, the value +** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of +** the next position. +*/ +static void fts3ReadNextPos( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */ + sqlite3_int64 *pi /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */ +){ + if( (**pp)&0xFE ){ + fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi); + *pi -= 2; + }else{ + *pi = POSITION_LIST_END; + } +} + +/* +** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by +** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new +** column list. ** -** MERGE_COUNT segments -** 16 25 -** 8 12 -** 4 10 -** 2 6 +** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before +** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes +** written (0 if iCol==0). +*/ +static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){ + int n = 0; /* Number of bytes written */ + if( iCol ){ + char *p = *pp; /* Output pointer */ + n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol); + *p = 0x01; + *pp = &p[n]; + } + return n; +} + +/* +** Compute the union of two position lists. The output written +** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted +** order and with any duplicates removed. All pointers are +** updated appropriately. The caller is responsible for insuring +** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output. +*/ +static void fts3PoslistMerge( + char **pp, /* Output buffer */ + char **pp1, /* Left input list */ + char **pp2 /* Right input list */ +){ + char *p = *pp; + char *p1 = *pp1; + char *p2 = *pp2; + + while( *p1 || *p2 ){ + int iCol1; /* The current column index in pp1 */ + int iCol2; /* The current column index in pp2 */ + + if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ) sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1); + else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = POSITION_LIST_END; + else iCol1 = 0; + + if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ) sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2); + else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = POSITION_LIST_END; + else iCol2 = 0; + + if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ + sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; /* Last position from pp1 */ + sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; /* Last position from pp2 */ + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1); + p1 += n; + p2 += n; + + /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists + ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2). + ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each + ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a + ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists + ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte + ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is + ** written to the output. + */ + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2); + do { + fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e. +** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken +** slots before it. ** -** TODO(shess) Provide a VACUUM type operation to clear out all -** deletions and duplications. This would basically be a forced merge -** into a single segment. +** e.g. nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions. */ +static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */ + int nToken, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ + int isSaveLeft, /* Save the left position */ + int isExact, /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */ + char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */ + char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */ +){ + char *p = (pp ? *pp : 0); + char *p1 = *pp1; + char *p2 = *pp2; + int iCol1 = 0; + int iCol2 = 0; -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */ + assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 ); -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE) -# define SQLITE_CORE 1 -#endif + assert( *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 ); + if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ + p1++; + p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); + } + if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ + p2++; + p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); + } + + while( 1 ){ + if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ + char *pSave = p; + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0; + + if( pp && iCol1 ){ + *p++ = POS_COLUMN; + p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1); + } + + assert( *p1!=POS_END && *p1!=POS_COLUMN ); + assert( *p2!=POS_END && *p2!=POS_COLUMN ); + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; + + while( 1 ){ + if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken + || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) + ){ + sqlite3_int64 iSave; + if( !pp ){ + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); + *pp1 = p1; + *pp2 = p2; + return 1; + } + iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2; + fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2; + pSave = 0; + } + if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){ + if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break; + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; + }else{ + if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break; + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; + } + } + + if( pSave ){ + assert( pp && p ); + p = pSave; + } + + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1); + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2); + assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 ); + if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break; + + p1++; + p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); + p2++; + p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); + } + + /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of + ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the + ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next + ** column-number in the position list. + */ + else if( iCol1=pEnd ){ + *pp = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3_int64 iVal; + *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); + if( bDescIdx ){ + *pVal -= iVal; + }else{ + *pVal += iVal; + } + } +} + +/* +** This function is used to write a single varint to a buffer. The varint +** is written to *pp. Before returning, *pp is set to point 1 byte past the +** end of the value written. ** -** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer -** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for -** tokenizers. +** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to +** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. ** -** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps -** including customization information defined at creation time. +** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value +** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal) +** (if bDescIdx is non-zero). ** -** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate -** tokens from a particular input. +** Before returning, this function always sets *pbFirst to 1 and *piPrev +** to the value of parameter iVal. */ -#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ -#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ +static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ + int bDescIdx, /* True for descending docids */ + sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ + int *pbFirst, /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */ + sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 iWrite; + if( bDescIdx==0 || *pbFirst==0 ){ + iWrite = iVal - *piPrev; + }else{ + iWrite = *piPrev - iVal; + } + assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 ); + assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 ); + *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite); + *piPrev = iVal; + *pbFirst = 1; +} -/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time. -** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then -** we will need a way to register the API consistently. + +/* +** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two +** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable +** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). +** Otherwise, (i2-i1). +** +** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are +** sorted in either ascending or descending order. */ +#define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((bDescDoclist?-1:1) * (i1-i2)) /* -** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer -** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to -** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback -** functions that make up an implementation. +** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all +** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the +** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist +** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be +** passed a non-zero value. ** -** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to -** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the -** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer -** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an -** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to -** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments). +** If no error occurs, *paOut is set to point at an sqlite3_malloc'd buffer +** containing the output doclist and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case +** *pnOut is set to the number of bytes in the output doclist. ** -** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen() -** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object -** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on -** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer -** object. +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. The output values +** are undefined in this case. */ -typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module; -typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer; -typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor; - -struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { +static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( + int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ + char *a1, int n1, /* First doclist */ + char *a2, int n2, /* Second doclist */ + char **paOut, int *pnOut /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1]; + char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2]; + char *p1 = a1; + char *p2 = a2; + char *p; + char *aOut; + int bFirstOut = 0; - /* - ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0. - */ - int iVersion; + *paOut = 0; + *pnOut = 0; - /* - ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the - ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL - ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if - ** the following SQL is executed: - ** - ** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer arg1 arg2) + /* Allocate space for the output. Both the input and output doclists + ** are delta encoded. If they are in ascending order (bDescDoclist==0), + ** then the first docid in each list is simply encoded as a varint. For + ** each subsequent docid, the varint stored is the difference between the + ** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in + ** ascending order). ** - ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers - ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2". + ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the + ** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is + ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list + ** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since + ** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must + ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from + ** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid + ** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists + ** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output. ** - ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error - ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set - ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic - ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by - ** this callback. The caller will do so. - */ - int (*xCreate)( - int argc, /* Size of argv array */ - const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */ - sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ - ); - - /* - ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method - ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). - */ - int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer); - - /* - ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller - ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid - ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). - */ - int (*xOpen)( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */ - const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */ - ); - - /* - ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this - ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen(). - */ - int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor); - - /* - ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This - ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the - ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that - ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code. + ** However, if the first docid copied to the output is a negative number, + ** then the encoding of the first docid from the 'other' input list may + ** be larger in the output than it was in the input (since the delta value + ** may be a larger positive integer than the actual docid). ** - ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the - ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or - ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length - ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is - ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and - ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first - ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set - ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in - ** the input buffer. + ** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the + ** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input + ** docids to grow. ** - ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer - ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call - ** to xNext() or xClose(). - */ - /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be - ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes - ** should be converted to zInput. + ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending + ** order. */ - int (*xNext)( - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */ - const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */ - int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */ - int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */ - int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */ - ); -}; + aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1); + if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + p = aOut; + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); + while( p1 || p2 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); + + if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){ + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); + fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){ + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); + fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + }else{ + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2); + fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + } + } -struct sqlite3_tokenizer { - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */ - /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ -}; + *paOut = aOut; + *pnOut = (p-aOut); + assert( *pnOut<=n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1 ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} -struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor { - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */ - /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ -}; +/* +** This function does a "phrase" merge of two doclists. In a phrase merge, +** the output contains a copy of each position from the right-hand input +** doclist for which there is a position in the left-hand input doclist +** exactly nDist tokens before it. +** +** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order, +** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending +** order, it should be passed a non-zero value. +** +** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function. +*/ +static void fts3DoclistPhraseMerge( + int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ + int nDist, /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */ + char *aLeft, int nLeft, /* Left doclist */ + char *aRight, int *pnRight /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + char *pEnd1 = &aLeft[nLeft]; + char *pEnd2 = &aRight[*pnRight]; + char *p1 = aLeft; + char *p2 = aRight; + char *p; + int bFirstOut = 0; + char *aOut = aRight; + + assert( nDist>0 ); + + p = aOut; + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); + + while( p1 && p2 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); + if( iDiff==0 ){ + char *pSave = p; + sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev; + int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut; -int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); -int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); + if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ + p = pSave; + iPrev = iPrevSave; + bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave; + } + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + }else if( iDiff<0 ){ + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + }else{ + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + } + } + *pnRight = p - aOut; +} -#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */ -/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ -/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation -** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone -** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module. +** Merge all doclists in the TermSelect.aaOutput[] array into a single +** doclist stored in TermSelect.aaOutput[0]. If successful, delete all +** other doclists (except the aaOutput[0] one) and return SQLITE_OK. ** +** If an OOM error occurs, return SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case it is +** the responsibility of the caller to free any doclists left in the +** TermSelect.aaOutput[] array. */ -#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_ -#define _FTS3_HASH_H_ +static int fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){ + char *aOut = 0; + int nOut = 0; + int i; -/* Forward declarations of structures. */ -typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash; -typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem; + /* Loop through the doclists in the aaOutput[] array. Merge them all + ** into a single doclist. + */ + for(i=0; iaaOutput); i++){ + if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){ + if( !aOut ){ + aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i]; + nOut = pTS->anOutput[i]; + pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; + }else{ + int nNew; + char *aNew; -/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. -** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client -** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure -** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. -** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and -** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make -** this structure opaque. -*/ -struct Fts3Hash { - char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */ - char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ - int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ - Fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ - int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ - struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */ - int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ - Fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ - } *ht; -}; + int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, + pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(aOut); + return rc; + } -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following -** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. -** -** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really -** be opaque because it is used by macros. -*/ -struct Fts3HashElem { - Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ - void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ - void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ -}; + sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]); + sqlite3_free(aOut); + pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; + aOut = aNew; + nOut = nNew; + } + } + } + + pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut; + pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut; + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table: -** -** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long -** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case -** is respected in comparisons. +** Merge the doclist aDoclist/nDoclist into the TermSelect object passed +** as the first argument. The merge is an "OR" merge (see function +** fts3DoclistOrMerge() for details). ** -** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. -** memcmp() is used to compare keys. +** This function is called with the doclist for each term that matches +** a queried prefix. It merges all these doclists into one, the doclist +** for the specified prefix. Since there can be a very large number of +** doclists to merge, the merging is done pair-wise using the TermSelect +** object. ** -** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1. +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if the merge is successful, or an +** SQLite error code (SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. */ -#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1 -#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2 +static int fts3TermSelectMerge( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + TermSelect *pTS, /* TermSelect object to merge into */ + char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to doclist */ + int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ +){ + if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){ + /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output + ** buffer using memcpy(). */ + pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist); + pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist; + if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){ + memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist); + }else{ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + }else{ + char *aMerge = aDoclist; + int nMerge = nDoclist; + int iOut; + + for(iOut=0; iOutaaOutput); iOut++){ + if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){ + assert( iOut>0 ); + pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; + pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; + break; + }else{ + char *aNew; + int nNew; -/* -** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int); + int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, + pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); + return rc; + } + + if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); + sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]); + pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0; + + aMerge = aNew; + nMerge = nNew; + if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){ + pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; + pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; + } + } + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** Shorthand for the functions above +** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array. */ -#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit -#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert -#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind -#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear -#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem +static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend( + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, + Fts3SegReader *pNew +){ + if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){ + Fts3SegReader **apNew; + int nByte = (pCsr->nSegment + 16)*sizeof(Fts3SegReader*); + apNew = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->apSegment, nByte); + if( !apNew ){ + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pCsr->apSegment = apNew; + } + pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew; + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is -** like this: +** Add seg-reader objects to the Fts3MultiSegReader object passed as the +** 8th argument. ** -** Fts3Hash h; -** Fts3HashElem *p; -** ... -** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){ -** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p); -** // do something with pData -** } +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code +** otherwise. */ -#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first) -#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next) -#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data) -#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) -#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) +static int fts3SegReaderCursor( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ + int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ + int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement to iterate through segments */ + int rc2; /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */ + + /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader + ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being + ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling + ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by + ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these + ** calls out here. */ + if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, iIndex, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &pSeg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); + } + } + + if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, iIndex, iLevel, &pStmt); + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; + + /* Read the values returned by the SELECT into local variables. */ + sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); + sqlite3_int64 iLeavesEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2); + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3); + int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); + char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4); + + /* If zTerm is not NULL, and this segment is not stored entirely on its + ** root node, the range of leaves scanned can be reduced. Do this. */ + if( iStartBlock && zTerm ){ + sqlite3_int64 *pi = (isPrefix ? &iLeavesEndBlock : 0); + rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &iStartBlock, pi); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock; + } + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, + iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); + } + } + + finished: + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2; + + return rc; +} /* -** Number of entries in a hash table +** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a +** single level therein. */ -#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ + int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ + int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ +){ + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); + assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL + || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING + || iLevel>=0 + ); + assert( iLevelaIndex==0 ); -/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader)); -/* -** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are -** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single -** segment of level N+1. -*/ -#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16 + return fts3SegReaderCursor( + p, iIndex, iLevel, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, isScan, pCsr + ); +} /* -** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the -** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is -** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction -** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed. -** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new -** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately. +** In addition to its current configuration, have the Fts3MultiSegReader +** passed as the 4th argument also scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ -#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024) +static int fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS virtual table handle */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to scan doclist of */ + int nTerm, /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Fts3MultiSegReader to modify */ +){ + return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr); +} /* -** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a -** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid -** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3. +** Open an Fts3MultiSegReader to scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. Or, +** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which +** zTerm/nTerm is a prefix. If successful, return SQLITE_OK and write +** a pointer to the new Fts3MultiSegReader to *ppSegcsr. Otherwise, return +** an SQLite error code. +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object by eventually +** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree() +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. +** Output parameter *ppSegcsr is set to 0 if an error occurs. */ -#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) +static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Virtual table cursor handle */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ + Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */ +){ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Object to allocate and return */ + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; /* Return code */ -/* -** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different -** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9. -*/ -#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10 + pSegcsr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader)); + if( pSegcsr ){ + int i; + int bFound = 0; /* True once an index has been found */ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + + if( isPrefix ){ + for(i=1; bFound==0 && inIndex; i++){ + if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){ + bFound = 1; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( + p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr); + pSegcsr->bLookup = 1; + } + } + + for(i=1; bFound==0 && inIndex; i++){ + if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){ + bFound = 1; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( + p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(p, zTerm, nTerm, pSegcsr); + } + } + } + } + + if( bFound==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( + p, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr + ); + pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix; + } + } + + *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr; + return rc; +} /* -** This section provides definitions to allow the -** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the -** amalgamation. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -/* -** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or -** false. -*/ -# define ALWAYS(x) (x) -# define NEVER(X) (x) -/* -** Internal types used by SQLite. -*/ -typedef unsigned char u8; /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */ -typedef short int i16; /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */ -typedef unsigned int u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ -/* -** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters. +** Free an Fts3MultiSegReader allocated by fts3TermSegReaderCursor(). */ -#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) -#endif - -typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table; -typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor; -typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr; -typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase; -typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader; -typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter; +static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){ + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr); + sqlite3_free(pSegcsr); +} /* -** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following -** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance -** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance. -** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their -** arguments. +** This function retreives the doclist for the specified term (or term +** prefix) from the database. */ -struct Fts3Table { - sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - const char *zDb; /* logical database name */ - const char *zName; /* virtual table name */ - int nColumn; /* number of named columns in virtual table */ - char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */ - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */ +static int fts3TermSelect( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pTok, /* Token to query for */ + int iColumn, /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */ + int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */ + char **ppOut /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */ + TermSelect tsc; /* Object for pair-wise doclist merging */ + Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter configuration */ - /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these - ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. - */ - sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[25]; + pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr; + memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect)); - /* Pointer to string containing the SQL: - ** - ** "SELECT block FROM %_segments WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ? - ** ORDER BY blockid" - */ - char *zSelectLeaves; - int nLeavesStmt; /* Valid statements in aLeavesStmt */ - int nLeavesTotal; /* Total number of prepared leaves stmts */ - int nLeavesAlloc; /* Allocated size of aLeavesStmt */ - sqlite3_stmt **aLeavesStmt; /* Array of prepared zSelectLeaves stmts */ + filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY | FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS + | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0) + | (iColumnnColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0); + filter.iCol = iColumn; + filter.zTerm = pTok->z; + filter.nTerm = pTok->n; - int nNodeSize; /* Soft limit for node size */ - u8 bHasContent; /* True if %_content table exists */ - u8 bHasDocsize; /* True if %_docsize table exists */ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter); + while( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) + ){ + rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist); + } - /* The following hash table is used to buffer pending index updates during - ** transactions. Variable nPendingData estimates the memory size of the - ** pending data, including hash table overhead, but not malloc overhead. - ** When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, the buffer is flushed - ** automatically. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most recently - ** inserted record. - */ - int nMaxPendingData; - int nPendingData; - sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; - Fts3Hash pendingTerms; -}; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(p, &tsc); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0]; + *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0]; + }else{ + int i; + for(i=0; ipSegcsr = 0; + return rc; +} /* -** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following. -** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to -** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH. If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index -** of the column to be searched. For example, in +** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored +** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes. ** -** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d); -** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three'; -** -** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b", -** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a, -** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" -** indicating that all columns should be searched, -** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4. +** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist +** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed +** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded +** varints. */ -#define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0 /* Linear scan of %_content table */ -#define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH 1 /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */ -#define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2 /* Full-text index search */ +static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){ + int nDoc = 0; /* Return value */ + if( aList ){ + char *aEnd = &aList[nList]; /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */ + char *p = aList; /* Cursor */ + while( ppLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */ - Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */ - Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */ - - int isLoaded; /* True if aDoclist/nDoclist are initialized. */ - char *aDoclist; /* Buffer containing doclist */ - int nDoclist; /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ - - sqlite3_int64 iCurrent; - char *pCurrent; -}; +static int fts3NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + int rc; + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; + if( pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + }else{ + pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + }else{ + rc = fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor); + } + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + return rc; +} /* -** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first -** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For -** example, the following: +** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See +** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional +** information. ** -** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e" +** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against +** the %_content table. ** -** is equivalent to: +** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry +** in the %_content table. ** -** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))" +** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index. The +** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column +** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand +** side of the MATCH operator. */ -#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1 -#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2 -#define FTSQUERY_AND 3 -#define FTSQUERY_OR 4 -#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5 +static int fts3FilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ + int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + int rc; + char *zSql; /* SQL statement used to access %_content */ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); -/* fts3_init.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeleteVtab(int, sqlite3_vtab *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitVtab(int, sqlite3*, void*, int, const char*const*, - sqlite3_vtab **, char **); + assert( idxNum>=0 && idxNum<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) ); + assert( nVal==0 || nVal==1 ); + assert( (nVal==0)==(idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH) ); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); -/* fts3_write.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(Fts3Table *,int, sqlite3_int64, - sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(Fts3Table*,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3Table *, Fts3SegReader *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate( - Fts3Table *, Fts3SegReader **, int, Fts3SegFilter *, - int (*)(Fts3Table *, void *, char *, int, char *, int), void * -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char const**, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_stmt **); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MatchinfoDocsizeLocal(Fts3Cursor*, u32*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MatchinfoDocsizeGlobal(Fts3Cursor*, u32*); + /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */ + sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); + memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor)); -/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ -#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS 0x00000001 -#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY 0x00000002 -#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004 -#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX 0x00000008 + if( idxStr ){ + pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D'); + }else{ + pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx; + } + pCsr->eSearch = (i16)idxNum; -/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ -struct Fts3SegFilter { - const char *zTerm; - int nTerm; - int iCol; - int flags; -}; + if( idxNum!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && idxNum!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ + int iCol = idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH; + const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); -/* fts3.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *); + if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Fts3FindPositions(Fts3Expr *, sqlite3_int64, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprLoadDoclist(Fts3Table *, Fts3Expr *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprNearTrim(Fts3Expr *, Fts3Expr *, int); + rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, p->azColumn, p->nColumn, + iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ + static const char *zErr = "malformed MATCH expression: [%s]"; + p->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(zErr, zQuery); + } + return rc; + } -/* fts3_tokenizer.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, - const char *, sqlite3_tokenizer **, const char **, char ** -); + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; -/* fts3_snippet.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *, - const char *, const char *, int, int -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *); + rc = fts3EvalStart(pCsr); -/* fts3_expr.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, - char **, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr ** -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db); -#endif + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist; + pCsr->iPrevId = 0; + } -#endif /* _FTSINT_H */ + /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the + ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a + ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single + ** row by docid. + */ + if( idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ + const char *zSort = (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC"); + const char *zTmpl = "SELECT %s FROM %Q.'%q_content' AS x ORDER BY docid %s"; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zTmpl, p->zReadExprlist, p->zDb, p->zName, zSort); + }else{ + const char *zTmpl = "SELECT %s FROM %Q.'%q_content' AS x WHERE docid = ?"; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zTmpl, p->zReadExprlist, p->zDb, p->zName); + } + if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; -/************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/ + if( idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, apVal[0]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + return fts3NextMethod(pCursor); +} -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE - SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 -#endif +/* +** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this +** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. +*/ +static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + return ((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor)->isEof; +} -/* -** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. -** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes. -** The number of bytes written is returned. +/* +** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to +** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3 +** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The +** rowid should be written to *pRowid. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){ - unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p; - sqlite_uint64 vu = v; - do{ - *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80); - vu >>= 7; - }while( vu!=0 ); - q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */ - assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX ); - return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); +static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; + *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId; + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. -** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. -** The value is stored in *v. +/* +** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from +** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){ - const unsigned char *q = (const unsigned char *) p; - sqlite_uint64 x = 0, y = 1; - while( (*q&0x80)==0x80 && q-(unsigned char *)ppVtab; + + /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */ + assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+1 ); + + if( iCol==p->nColumn+1 ){ + /* This call is a request for the "docid" column. Since "docid" is an + ** alias for "rowid", use the xRowid() method to obtain the value. + */ + sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, pCsr->iPrevId); + }else if( iCol==p->nColumn ){ + /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table. + ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor. + */ + sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, &pCsr, sizeof(pCsr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_value(pContext, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)); + } } - x += y * (*q++); - *v = (sqlite_int64) x; - return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); + + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by +** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be +** inserted, updated or deleted. +*/ +static int fts3UpdateMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ +){ + return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid); } /* -** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to a -** 32-bit integer before it is returned. +** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms +** hash-table to the database. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){ - sqlite_int64 i; - int ret = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &i); - *pi = (int) i; - return ret; +static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush((Fts3Table *)pVtab); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose((Fts3Table *)pVtab); + return rc; } /* -** Return the number of bytes required to store the value passed as the -** first argument in varint form. +** Implementation of xBegin() method. This is a no-op. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){ - int i = 0; - do{ - i++; - v >>= 7; - }while( v!=0 ); - return i; +static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + assert( p->inTransaction!=1 ); + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 1 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing -** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the -** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine -** is a no-op. -** -** Examples: -** -** "abc" becomes abc -** 'xyz' becomes xyz -** [pqr] becomes pqr -** `mno` becomes mno -** +** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of +** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database +** by fts3SyncMethod(). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){ - char quote; /* Quote character (if any ) */ +static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} - quote = z[0]; - if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){ - int iIn = 1; /* Index of next byte to read from input */ - int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */ +/* +** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms +** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite. +*/ +static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */ - if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; +/* +** When called, *ppPoslist must point to the byte immediately following the +** end of a position-list. i.e. ( (*ppPoslist)[-1]==POS_END ). This function +** moves *ppPoslist so that it instead points to the first byte of the +** same position list. +*/ +static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){ + char *p = &(*ppPoslist)[-2]; + char c; - while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){ - if( z[iIn]==quote ){ - if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break; - z[iOut++] = quote; - iIn += 2; - }else{ - z[iOut++] = z[iIn++]; - } - } - z[iOut] = '\0'; + while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 ); + while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ + c = *p--; + } + if( p>pStart ){ p = &p[2]; } + while( *p++&0x80 ); + *ppPoslist = p; +} + +/* +** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(), +** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions. +** +** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size +** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the +** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error +** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The +** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message. +*/ +static int fts3FunctionArg( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQL function call context */ + const char *zFunc, /* Function name */ + sqlite3_value *pVal, /* argv[0] passed to function */ + Fts3Cursor **ppCsr /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pRet; + if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=SQLITE_BLOB + || sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=sizeof(Fts3Cursor *) + ){ + char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc); + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return SQLITE_ERROR; } + memcpy(&pRet, sqlite3_value_blob(pVal), sizeof(Fts3Cursor *)); + *ppCsr = pRet; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point -** to the next element of the varlist. Add the value of the varint -** to *pVal. +** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3 */ -static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){ - sqlite3_int64 iVal; - *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); - *pVal += iVal; -} +static void fts3SnippetFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of apVal[] array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + const char *zStart = ""; + const char *zEnd = ""; + const char *zEllipsis = "..."; + int iCol = -1; + int nToken = 15; /* Default number of tokens in snippet */ -/* -** As long as *pp has not reached its end (pEnd), then do the same -** as fts3GetDeltaVarint(): read a single varint and add it to *pVal. -** But if we have reached the end of the varint, just set *pp=0 and -** leave *pVal unchanged. -*/ -static void fts3GetDeltaVarint2(char **pp, char *pEnd, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){ - if( *pp>=pEnd ){ - *pp = 0; - }else{ - fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pVal); + /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise + ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one). + */ + assert( nVal>=1 ); + + if( nVal>6 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, + "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1); + return; + } + if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; + + switch( nVal ){ + case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]); + case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]); + case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]); + case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]); + case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); + } + if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext); + }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ + sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken); } } /* -** The xDisconnect() virtual table method. +** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3 */ -static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; - int i; +static void fts3OffsetsFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ - assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); - /* Free any prepared statements held */ - for(i=0; iaStmt); i++){ - sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]); - } - for(i=0; inLeavesStmt; i++){ - sqlite3_finalize(p->aLeavesStmt[i]); + assert( nVal==1 ); + if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; + assert( pCsr ); + if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ + sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr); } - sqlite3_free(p->zSelectLeaves); - sqlite3_free(p->aLeavesStmt); - - /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */ - p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer); - - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given -** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is writting -** into *pRc. +/* +** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This +** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment. +** Example usage is: ** -** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op. +** SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1; +** +** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table. */ -void fts3DbExec( - int *pRc, /* Success code */ - sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which to run SQL */ - const char *zFormat, /* Format string for SQL */ - ... /* Arguments to the format string */ +static void fts3OptimizeFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ ){ - va_list ap; - char *zSql; - if( *pRc ) return; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( zSql==0 ){ - *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); + int rc; /* Return code */ + Fts3Table *p; /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + + assert( nVal==1 ); + if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return; + p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab; + assert( p ); + + rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p); + + switch( rc ){ + case SQLITE_OK: + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + case SQLITE_DONE: + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + default: + sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); + break; } } /* -** The xDestroy() virtual table method. +** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3 */ -static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - - /* Drop the shadow tables */ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", p->zDb, p->zName); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", p->zDb,p->zName); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", p->zDb, p->zName); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", p->zDb, p->zName); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", p->zDb, p->zName); - - /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the - ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK. - ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. - */ - return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc); +static void fts3MatchinfoFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 ); + if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){ + const char *zArg = 0; + if( nVal>1 ){ + zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); + } + sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg); + } } - /* -** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table -** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect() -** and xCreate() methods. +** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3 +** virtual table. */ -static int fts3DeclareVtab(Fts3Table *p){ +static int fts3FindFunctionMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + int nArg, /* Number of SQL function arguments */ + const char *zName, /* Name of SQL function */ + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */ + void **ppArg /* Unused */ +){ + struct Overloaded { + const char *zName; + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + } aOverload[] = { + { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc }, + { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc }, + { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc }, + { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc }, + }; int i; /* Iterator variable */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - char *zSql; /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */ - char *zCols; /* List of user defined columns */ - - /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */ - zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]); - for(i=1; zCols && inColumn; i++){ - zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]); - } - /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */ - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN)", zCols, p->zName - ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg); - if( !zCols || !zSql ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql); + for(i=0; idb; /* The database connection */ - - /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */ - if( p->bHasContent ){ - zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); - for(i=0; zContentCols && inColumn; i++){ - char *z = p->azColumn[i]; - zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z); - } - if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; +static int fts3RenameMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + const char *zName /* New name of table */ +){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database connection */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ - /* Create the content table */ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)", - p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols - ); - sqlite3_free(zContentCols); + rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } - /* Create other tables */ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);", - p->zDb, p->zName - ); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'(" - "level INTEGER," - "idx INTEGER," - "start_block INTEGER," - "leaves_end_block INTEGER," - "end_block INTEGER," - "root BLOB," - "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)" - ");", - p->zDb, p->zName + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName ); if( p->bHasDocsize ){ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);", - p->zDb, p->zName + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize' RENAME TO '%q_docsize';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName ); + } + if( p->bHasStat ){ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_stat'(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);", - p->zDb, p->zName + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat' RENAME TO '%q_stat';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName ); } + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); return rc; } /* -** An sqlite3_exec() callback for fts3TableExists. +** The xSavepoint() method. +** +** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk. */ -static int fts3TableExistsCallback(void *pArg, int n, char **pp1, char **pp2){ - *(int*)pArg = 1; - return 1; +static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction ); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint < iSavepoint ); + TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); + return fts3SyncMethod(pVtab); } /* -** Determine if a table currently exists in the database. +** The xRelease() method. +** +** This is a no-op. */ -static void fts3TableExists( - int *pRc, /* Success code */ - sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection to test */ - const char *zDb, /* ATTACHed database within the connection */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the FTS3 table */ - const char *zSuffix, /* Shadow table extension */ - u8 *pResult /* Write results here */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int res = 0; - char *zSql; - if( *pRc ) return; - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "SELECT 1 FROM %Q.sqlite_master WHERE name='%q%s'", - zDb, zName, zSuffix - ); - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, fts3TableExistsCallback, &res, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - *pResult = res & 0xff; - if( rc!=SQLITE_ABORT ) *pRc = rc; +static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + assert( p->inTransaction ); + assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 ); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate -** methods of the FTS3 virtual table. -** -** The argv[] array contains the following: +** The xRollbackTo() method. ** -** argv[0] -> module name -** argv[1] -> database name -** argv[2] -> table name -** argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields. +** Discard the contents of the pending terms table. */ -static int fts3InitVtab( - int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ - sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */ - void *pAux, /* Hash table containing tokenizers */ - int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ - const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ - sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */ - char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */ -){ - Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux; - Fts3Table *p; /* Pointer to allocated vtab */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - int nByte; /* Size of allocation used for *p */ - int iCol; - int nString = 0; - int nCol = 0; - char *zCsr; - int nDb; - int nName; +static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + assert( p->inTransaction ); + assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} - const char *zTokenizer = 0; /* Name of tokenizer to use */ - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; /* Tokenizer for this table */ +static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = { + /* iVersion */ 2, + /* xCreate */ fts3CreateMethod, + /* xConnect */ fts3ConnectMethod, + /* xBestIndex */ fts3BestIndexMethod, + /* xDisconnect */ fts3DisconnectMethod, + /* xDestroy */ fts3DestroyMethod, + /* xOpen */ fts3OpenMethod, + /* xClose */ fts3CloseMethod, + /* xFilter */ fts3FilterMethod, + /* xNext */ fts3NextMethod, + /* xEof */ fts3EofMethod, + /* xColumn */ fts3ColumnMethod, + /* xRowid */ fts3RowidMethod, + /* xUpdate */ fts3UpdateMethod, + /* xBegin */ fts3BeginMethod, + /* xSync */ fts3SyncMethod, + /* xCommit */ fts3CommitMethod, + /* xRollback */ fts3RollbackMethod, + /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod, + /* xRename */ fts3RenameMethod, + /* xSavepoint */ fts3SavepointMethod, + /* xRelease */ fts3ReleaseMethod, + /* xRollbackTo */ fts3RollbackToMethod, +}; - nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1; - nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1; - for(i=3; idb = db; - p->nColumn = nCol; - p->nPendingData = 0; - p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1]; - p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; - p->nNodeSize = 1000; - p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA; - zCsr = (char *)&p->azColumn[nCol]; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0; + sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu); +#endif - fts3HashInit(&p->pendingTerms, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; +#endif - /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */ - p->zName = zCsr; - memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName); - zCsr += nName; - p->zDb = zCsr; - memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb); - zCsr += nDb; + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitAux(db); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - /* Fill in the azColumn array */ - iCol = 0; - for(i=3; iazColumn[iCol++] = zCsr; - zCsr += n+1; - assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] ); - } - } - if( iCol==0 ){ - assert( nCol==1 ); - p->azColumn[0] = "content"; - } + sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple); + sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter); - /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the - ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist. - */ - if( isCreate ){ - p->bHasContent = 1; - p->bHasDocsize = argv[0][3]=='4'; - rc = fts3CreateTables(p); + /* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */ + pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash)); + if( !pHash ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - fts3TableExists(&rc, db, argv[1], argv[2], "_content", &p->bHasContent); - fts3TableExists(&rc, db, argv[1], argv[2], "_docsize", &p->bHasDocsize); + sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; - - rc = fts3DeclareVtab(p); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; - *ppVTab = &p->base; - -fts3_init_out: - assert( p || (pTokenizer && rc!=SQLITE_OK) ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( p ){ - fts3DisconnectMethod((sqlite3_vtab *)p); - }else{ - pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); + /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple) + || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu)) +#endif + ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the -** work is done in function fts3InitVtab(). -*/ -static int fts3ConnectMethod( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ - int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ - const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ - sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ - char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ -){ - return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); -} -static int fts3CreateMethod( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ - int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ - const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ - sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ - char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ -){ - return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); -} -/* -** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There -** are three possible strategies, in order of preference: -** -** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. -** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column. -** 3. Linear scan of %_content table. -*/ -static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab; - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - int iCons = -1; /* Index of constraint to use */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db); + } +#endif - /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option, - ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient - ** strategy is possible. + /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload + ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the + ** module with sqlite. */ - pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; - pInfo->estimatedCost = 500000; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i]; - if( pCons->usable==0 ) continue; - - /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */ - if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ - && (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ) - ){ - pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH; - pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; - iCons = i; - } - - /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search. - ** - ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first - ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct - ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even - ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting - ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested - ** context" error. - */ - if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH - && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn - ){ - pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn; - pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0; - iCons = i; - break; + if( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer")) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1)) + ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( + db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( + db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0 + ); } + return rc; } - if( iCons>=0 ){ - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = 1; - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1; + /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + if( pHash ){ + sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); + sqlite3_free(pHash); } - return SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } /* -** Implementation of xOpen method. +** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed +** by pExpr. +** +** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of +** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple +** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan +** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name. +** +** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a +** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which +** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed +** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory +** doclist and then traversed. */ -static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr; /* Allocated cursor */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); - - /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the - ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, - ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM. - */ - *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); - if( !pCsr ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; +static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Allocate readers for this expression */ + int *pnToken, /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */ + int *pnOr, /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + int i; + int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + *pnToken += nToken; + for(i=0; ipPhrase->aToken[i]; + int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, + pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRc = rc; + return; + } + } + assert( pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken==0 ); + pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken = -1; + }else{ + *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR); + fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); + fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); + } } - memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); - return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation -** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface. +** Arguments pList/nList contain the doclist for token iToken of phrase p. +** It is merged into the main doclist stored in p->doclist.aAll/nAll. +** +** This function assumes that pList points to a buffer allocated using +** sqlite3_malloc(). This function takes responsibility for eventually +** freeing the buffer. */ -static int fulltextClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; - sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo); - sqlite3_free(pCsr); - return SQLITE_OK; -} +static void fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS Table pointer */ + Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase to merge pList/nList into */ + int iToken, /* Token pList/nList corresponds to */ + char *pList, /* Pointer to doclist */ + int nList /* Number of bytes in pList */ +){ + assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken ); -static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ - if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){ - pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0; - sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; + if( pList==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll); + p->doclist.aAll = 0; + p->doclist.nAll = 0; + } + + else if( p->iDoclistToken<0 ){ + p->doclist.aAll = pList; + p->doclist.nAll = nList; + } + + else if( p->doclist.aAll==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pList); + } + + else { + char *pLeft; + char *pRight; + int nLeft; + int nRight; + int nDiff; + + if( p->iDoclistTokendoclist.aAll; + nLeft = p->doclist.nAll; + pRight = pList; + nRight = nList; + nDiff = iToken - p->iDoclistToken; }else{ - int rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If no row was found and no error has occured, then the %_content - ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index. - ** The data structures are corrupt. - */ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; - } - pCsr->isEof = 1; - if( pContext ){ - sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); - } - return rc; + pRight = p->doclist.aAll; + nRight = p->doclist.nAll; + pLeft = pList; + nLeft = nList; + nDiff = p->iDoclistToken - iToken; } - }else{ - return SQLITE_OK; + + fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(pTab->bDescIdx, nDiff, pLeft, nLeft, pRight,&nRight); + sqlite3_free(pLeft); + p->doclist.aAll = pRight; + p->doclist.nAll = nRight; } + + if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken; } -static int fts3NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; +/* +** Load the doclist for phrase p into p->doclist.aAll/nAll. The loaded doclist +** does not take deferred tokens into account. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Phrase *p /* Phrase object */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int iToken; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pCsr->aDoclist==0 ){ - if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ - pCsr->isEof = 1; - rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTokennToken; iToken++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken]; + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); + + if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ + int nThis = 0; + char *pThis = 0; + rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, &nThis, &pThis); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis); + } } - }else if( pCsr->pNextId>=&pCsr->aDoclist[pCsr->nDoclist] ){ - pCsr->isEof = 1; - }else{ - sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&pCsr->pNextId, &pCsr->iPrevId); - pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; - pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; + assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); } + return rc; } - /* -** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains the -** root node of a b-tree segment. The segment is guaranteed to be at least -** one level high (i.e. the root node is not also a leaf). If successful, -** this function locates the leaf node of the segment that may contain the -** term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm and writes its block number -** to *piLeaf. -** -** It is possible that the returned leaf node does not contain the specified -** term. However, if the segment does contain said term, it is stored on -** the identified leaf node. Because this function only inspects interior -** segment nodes (and never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible -** to be sure. +** This function is called on each phrase after the position lists for +** any deferred tokens have been loaded into memory. It updates the phrases +** current position list to include only those positions that are really +** instances of the phrase (after considering deferred tokens). If this +** means that the phrase does not appear in the current row, doclist.pList +** and doclist.nList are both zeroed. ** -** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned. +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ -static int fts3SelectLeaf( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ - int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ - const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ - int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ - sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf /* Selected leaf node */ -){ +static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ + int iToken; /* Used to iterate through phrase tokens */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - const char *zCsr = zNode; /* Cursor to iterate through node */ - const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */ - char *zBuffer = 0; /* Buffer to load terms into */ - int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated buffer */ + char *aPoslist = 0; /* Position list for deferred tokens */ + int nPoslist = 0; /* Number of bytes in aPoslist */ + int iPrev = -1; /* Token number of previous deferred token */ - while( 1 ){ - int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */ - int iHeight; /* Height of this node in tree */ - sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */ - int nBlock; /* Size of child node in bytes */ - - zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &iHeight); - zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); - - while( zCsrnAlloc ){ - char *zNew; - nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2; - zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc); - if( !zNew ){ - sqlite3_free(zBuffer); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); + + for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTokennToken; iToken++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken]; + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred; + + if( pDeferred ){ + char *pList; + int nList; + rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(pDeferred, &pList, &nList); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + if( pList==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + + }else if( aPoslist==0 ){ + aPoslist = pList; + nPoslist = nList; + + }else{ + char *aOut = pList; + char *p1 = aPoslist; + char *p2 = aOut; + + assert( iPrev>=0 ); + fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, iToken-iPrev, 0, 1, &p1, &p2); + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + aPoslist = pList; + nPoslist = aOut - aPoslist; + if( nPoslist==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; } - zBuffer = zNew; } - memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix); - nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix; - zCsr += nSuffix; + iPrev = iToken; + } + } - /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from - ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal - ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree - ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search - ** iChild. - ** - ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then - ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term. - */ - cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer)); - if( cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm) ) break; - iChild++; - }; + if( iPrev>=0 ){ + int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken; + if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){ + pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist; + pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; + pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; + }else{ + int nDistance; + char *p1; + char *p2; + char *aOut; + + if( nMaxUndeferred>iPrev ){ + p1 = aPoslist; + p2 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + nDistance = nMaxUndeferred - iPrev; + }else{ + p1 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + p2 = aPoslist; + nDistance = iPrev - nMaxUndeferred; + } - /* If (iHeight==1), the children of this interior node are leaves. The - ** specified term may be present on leaf node iChild. - */ - if( iHeight==1 ){ - *piLeaf = iChild; - break; + aOut = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nPoslist+8); + if( !aOut ){ + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut; + if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ + pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = (aOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList); + }else{ + sqlite3_free(aOut); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + } + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); } + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query +** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this +** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be +** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids. +** +** If parameter bOptOk is true, then the phrase may (or may not) use the +** incremental loading strategy. Otherwise, the entire doclist is loaded into +** memory within this call. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){ + int rc; /* Error code */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pFirst = &p->aToken[0]; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + + if( pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx + && bOptOk==1 + && p->nToken==1 + && pFirst->pSegcsr + && pFirst->pSegcsr->bLookup + ){ + /* Use the incremental approach. */ + int iCol = (p->iColumn >= pTab->nColumn ? -1 : p->iColumn); + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( + pTab, pFirst->pSegcsr, iCol, pFirst->z, pFirst->n); + p->bIncr = 1; - /* Descend to interior node iChild. */ - rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iChild, &zCsr, &nBlock); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - zEnd = &zCsr[nBlock]; + }else{ + /* Load the full doclist for the phrase into memory. */ + rc = fts3EvalPhraseLoad(pCsr, p); + p->bIncr = 0; } - sqlite3_free(zBuffer); + + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr ); return rc; } /* -** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 -** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list. +** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) +** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase +** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through +** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc". +** +** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or +** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this +** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning. */ -static void fts3PutDeltaVarint( - char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ - sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ - sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( + int bDescIdx, /* True if the doclist is desc */ + char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to entire doclist */ + int nDoclist, /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */ + char **ppIter, /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */ + sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */ + int *pnList, /* IN/OUT: List length pointer */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: End-of-file flag */ ){ - assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) ); - *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev); - *piPrev = iVal; + char *p = *ppIter; + + assert( nDoclist>0 ); + assert( *pbEof==0 ); + assert( p || *piDocid==0 ); + assert( !p || (p>aDoclist && p<&aDoclist[nDoclist]) ); + + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid = 0; + char *pNext = 0; + char *pDocid = aDoclist; + char *pEnd = &aDoclist[nDoclist]; + int iMul = 1; + + while( pDociddoclist; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 - ** varint. A single 0x00 byte. Except, if the 0x00 byte is preceded by - ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail - ** of some other, multi-byte, value. - ** - ** The following block moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not - ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments - ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the - ** last byte in the position-list. - */ - while( *pEnd | c ) c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; - pEnd++; + if( p->bIncr ){ + assert( p->nToken==1 ); + assert( pDL->pNextDocid==0 ); + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, + &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pDL->pList ){ + *pbEof = 1; + } + }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){ + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, + &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof + ); + pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid; + }else{ + char *pIter; /* Used to iterate through aAll */ + char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll]; /* 1 byte past end of aAll */ + if( pDL->pNextDocid ){ + pIter = pDL->pNextDocid; + }else{ + pIter = pDL->aAll; + } - if( pp ){ - int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); - char *p = *pp; - memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); - p += n; - *pp = p; - } - *ppPoslist = pEnd; -} + if( pIter>=pEnd ){ + /* We have already reached the end of this doclist. EOF. */ + *pbEof = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pIter, &iDelta); + if( pTab->bDescIdx==0 || pDL->pNextDocid==0 ){ + pDL->iDocid += iDelta; + }else{ + pDL->iDocid -= iDelta; + } + pDL->pList = pIter; + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter); + pDL->nList = (pIter - pDL->pList); -static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ - char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; - char c = 0; + /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position- + ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was + ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim(), then pIter may not actually + ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals + ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by + ** fts3EvalNearTrim(). */ + while( pIterpNextDocid = pIter; + assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter ); + *pbEof = 0; + } } - *ppPoslist = pEnd; -} -/* -** Value used to signify the end of an offset-list. This is safe because -** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms. -*/ -#define OFFSET_LIST_END 0x7fffffff + return rc; +} /* -** This function is used to help parse offset-lists. When this function is -** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the offset-list -** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the offset-list -** (in which case **pp will be 0x00 or 0x01). ** -** If *pp points past the end of the current offset list, set *pi to -** OFFSET_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp, -** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to -** point to the next value before returning. +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, fts3EvalPhraseStart() is called on all phrases within the +** expression. Also the Fts3Expr.bDeferred variable is set to true for any +** expressions for which all descendent tokens are deferred. +** +** If parameter bOptOk is zero, then it is guaranteed that the +** Fts3Phrase.doclist.aAll/nAll variables contain the entire doclist for +** each phrase in the expression (subject to deferred token processing). +** Or, if bOptOk is non-zero, then one or more tokens within the expression +** may be loaded incrementally, meaning doclist.aAll/nAll is not available. +** +** If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an SQLite error +** code before returning. */ -static void fts3ReadNextPos( - char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into offset-list buffer */ - sqlite3_int64 *pi /* IN/OUT: Value read from offset-list */ +static void fts3EvalStartReaders( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to initialize phrases in */ + int bOptOk, /* True to enable incremental loading */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ - if( **pp&0xFE ){ - fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi); - *pi -= 2; - }else{ - *pi = OFFSET_LIST_END; + if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + int i; + int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + for(i=0; ipPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break; + } + pExpr->bDeferred = (i==nToken); + *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, bOptOk, pExpr->pPhrase); + }else{ + fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, bOptOk, pRc); + fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, bOptOk, pRc); + pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred); + } } } /* -** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an 0x01 byte followed by the value of -** iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. +** An array of the following structures is assembled as part of the process +** of selecting tokens to defer before the query starts executing (as part +** of the xFilter() method). There is one element in the array for each +** token in the FTS expression. ** -** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before -** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes -** written (0 if iCol==0). +** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong +** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or +** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered +** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in +** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot. */ -static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){ - int n = 0; /* Number of bytes written */ - if( iCol ){ - char *p = *pp; /* Output pointer */ - n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol); - *p = 0x01; - *pp = &p[n]; - } - return n; -} +typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost; +struct Fts3TokenAndCost { + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* The phrase the token belongs to */ + int iToken; /* Position of token in phrase */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* The token itself */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR/AND cluster */ + int nOvfl; /* Number of overflow pages to load doclist */ + int iCol; /* The column the token must match */ +}; /* +** This function is used to populate an allocated Fts3TokenAndCost array. ** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs during execution, *pRc is set to an +** SQLite error code. */ -static void fts3PoslistMerge( - char **pp, /* Output buffer */ - char **pp1, /* Left input list */ - char **pp2 /* Right input list */ +static void fts3EvalTokenCosts( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Root of current AND/NEAR cluster */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to consider */ + Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC, /* Write new entries to *(*ppTC)++ */ + Fts3Expr ***ppOr, /* Write new OR root to *(*ppOr)++ */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ - char *p = *pp; - char *p1 = *pp1; - char *p2 = *pp2; - - while( *p1 || *p2 ){ - int iCol1; - int iCol2; - - if( *p1==0x01 ) sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1); - else if( *p1==0x00 ) iCol1 = OFFSET_LIST_END; - else iCol1 = 0; + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && pExpr ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + int i; + for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && inToken; i++){ + Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++; + pTC->pPhrase = pPhrase; + pTC->iToken = i; + pTC->pRoot = pRoot; + pTC->pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i]; + pTC->iCol = pPhrase->iColumn; + *pRc = sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(pCsr, pTC->pToken->pSegcsr, &pTC->nOvfl); + } + }else if( pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ + pRoot = pExpr->pLeft; + **ppOr = pRoot; + (*ppOr)++; + } + fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pLeft, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ + pRoot = pExpr->pRight; + **ppOr = pRoot; + (*ppOr)++; + } + fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); + } + } +} - if( *p2==0x01 ) sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2); - else if( *p2==0x00 ) iCol2 = OFFSET_LIST_END; - else iCol2 = 0; +/* +** Determine the average document (row) size in pages. If successful, +** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return +** an SQLite error code. +** +** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating +** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount +** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in +** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus +** the number of overflow pages consumed by a record B bytes in size. +*/ +static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){ + if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){ + /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost + ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required + ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it. + ** + ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 + ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table. + ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in + ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of + ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left + ** to right. + */ + int rc; + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; + sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0; + const char *pEnd; + const char *a; - if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ - sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; - sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; - sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; - int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1); - p1 += n; - p2 += n; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); + assert( a ); - /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of offset-lists. - ** An offset-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each - ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a 0 - ** or 1 value (0x00 or 0x01). The following block merges the two lists - ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte - ** after the list written. No terminator (0x00 or 0x01) is written to - ** the output. - */ - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2); - do { - fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1nDoc = nDoc; + pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz); + assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } - *p++ = '\0'; - *pp = p; - *pp1 = p1 + 1; - *pp2 = p2 + 1; + *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions. +** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be +** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is +** called. +** +** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the +** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within +** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition +** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and sqlite3Fts3DeferToken() +** called on each token to defer. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is +** returned. */ -static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( - char **pp, /* Output buffer */ - int nToken, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ - int isSaveLeft, /* Save the left position */ - char **pp1, /* Left input list */ - char **pp2 /* Right input list */ +static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Consider tokens with this root node */ + Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC, /* Array of expression tokens and costs */ + int nTC /* Number of entries in aTC[] */ ){ - char *p = (pp ? *pp : 0); - char *p1 = *pp1; - char *p2 = *pp2; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int nDocSize = 0; /* Number of pages per doc loaded */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int ii; /* Iterator variable for various purposes */ + int nOvfl = 0; /* Total overflow pages used by doclists */ + int nToken = 0; /* Total number of tokens in cluster */ - int iCol1 = 0; - int iCol2 = 0; - assert( *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 ); - if( *p1==0x01 ){ - p1++; - p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); - } - if( *p2==0x01 ){ - p2++; - p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); - } + int nMinEst = 0; /* The minimum count for any phrase so far. */ + int nLoad4 = 1; /* (Phrases that will be loaded)^4. */ - while( 1 ){ - if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ - char *pSave = p; - sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; - sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0; - sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0; + /* Count the tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster. If none of the doclists + ** associated with the tokens spill onto overflow pages, or if there is + ** only 1 token, exit early. No tokens to defer in this case. */ + for(ii=0; ii0 ); - assert( *p1!=0x00 && *p2!=0x00 && *p1!=0x01 && *p2!=0x01 ); - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; - while( 1 ){ - if( iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken ){ - sqlite3_int64 iSave; - if( !pp ){ - fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); - fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); - *pp1 = p1; - *pp2 = p2; - return 1; - } - iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2; - fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2; - pSave = 0; - } - if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){ - if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break; - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; - }else{ - if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break; - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; - } - } + /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order + ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer + ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index. + ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either: + ** + ** a. The cheapest token in the entire query (i.e. the one visited by the + ** first iteration of this loop), or + ** + ** b. Part of a multi-token phrase. + ** + ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the + ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist + ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in + ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded. + ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that + ** one or more tokens will not be deferred. + ** + ** Then, for each token, defer it if loading the doclist would result in + ** loading N or more overflow pages into memory, where N is computed as: + ** + ** (nMinEst + 4^nOther - 1) / (4^nOther) + */ + for(ii=0; iinOvfl) + ){ + pTC = &aTC[iTC]; } - - fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1); - fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2); - assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 ); - if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break; - - p1++; - p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); - p2++; - p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); } + assert( pTC ); - /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of - ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the - ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next - ** column-number in the position list. - */ - else if( iCol1nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){ + /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all + ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages + ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred. + */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; + rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol); + fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr); + pToken->pSegcsr = 0; }else{ - fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2); - if( 0==*p2 ) break; - p2++; - p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); + nLoad4 = nLoad4*4; + if( ii==0 || pTC->pPhrase->nToken>1 ){ + /* Either this is the cheapest token in the entire query, or it is + ** part of a multi-token phrase. Either way, the entire doclist will + ** (eventually) be loaded into memory. It may as well be now. */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; + int nList = 0; + char *pList = 0; + rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, &nList, &pList); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nCount; + fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList); + nCount = fts3DoclistCountDocids( + pTC->pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pTC->pPhrase->doclist.nAll + ); + if( ii==0 || nCountpToken = 0; } - fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); - fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); - *pp1 = p1; - *pp2 = p2; - if( !pp || *pp==p ){ - return 0; - } - *p++ = 0x00; - *pp = p; - return 1; + return rc; } /* -** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. +** This function is called from within the xFilter method. It initializes +** the full-text query currently stored in pCsr->pExpr. To iterate through +** the results of a query, the caller does: +** +** fts3EvalStart(pCsr); +** while( 1 ){ +** fts3EvalNext(pCsr); +** if( pCsr->bEof ) break; +** ... return row pCsr->iPrevId to the caller ... +** } */ -static int fts3PoslistNearMerge( - char **pp, /* Output buffer */ - char *aTmp, /* Temporary buffer space */ - int nRight, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ - int nLeft, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ - char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */ - char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */ -){ - char *p1 = *pp1; - char *p2 = *pp2; +static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nToken = 0; + int nOr = 0; + + /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */ + fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc); + + /* Determine which, if any, tokens in the expression should be deferred. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nToken>1 && pTab->bHasStat ){ + Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC; + Fts3Expr **apOr; + aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc( + sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken + + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2 + ); + apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken]; - if( !pp ){ - if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(0, nRight, 0, pp1, pp2) ) return 1; - *pp1 = p1; - *pp2 = p2; - return fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(0, nLeft, 0, pp2, pp1); - }else{ - char *pTmp1 = aTmp; - char *pTmp2; - char *aTmp2; - int res = 1; - - fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp1, nRight, 0, pp1, pp2); - aTmp2 = pTmp2 = pTmp1; - *pp1 = p1; - *pp2 = p2; - fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp2, nLeft, 1, pp2, pp1); - if( pTmp1!=aTmp && pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){ - fts3PoslistMerge(pp, &aTmp, &aTmp2); - }else if( pTmp1!=aTmp ){ - fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp); - }else if( pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){ - fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp2); + if( !aTC ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - res = 0; - } + int ii; + Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC; + Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr; + + fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pCsr->pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc); + nToken = pTC-aTC; + nOr = ppOr-apOr; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken); + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iipExpr, 1, &rc); + return rc; } /* -** Values that may be used as the first parameter to fts3DoclistMerge(). +** Invalidate the current position list for phrase pPhrase. */ -#define MERGE_NOT 2 /* D + D -> D */ -#define MERGE_AND 3 /* D + D -> D */ -#define MERGE_OR 4 /* D + D -> D */ -#define MERGE_POS_OR 5 /* P + P -> P */ -#define MERGE_PHRASE 6 /* P + P -> D */ -#define MERGE_POS_PHRASE 7 /* P + P -> P */ -#define MERGE_NEAR 8 /* P + P -> D */ -#define MERGE_POS_NEAR 9 /* P + P -> P */ +static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ + if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){ + sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList); + } + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0; +} /* -** Merge the two doclists passed in buffer a1 (size n1 bytes) and a2 -** (size n2 bytes). The output is written to pre-allocated buffer aBuffer, -** which is guaranteed to be large enough to hold the results. The number -** of bytes written to aBuffer is stored in *pnBuffer before returning. +** This function is called to edit the position list associated with +** the phrase object passed as the fifth argument according to a NEAR +** condition. For example: ** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, if a malloc error -** occurs while allocating a temporary buffer as part of the merge operation, -** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. +** abc NEAR/5 "def ghi" +** +** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in +** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to +** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the +** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example, +** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to +** the position list associated with phrase "abc". +** +** All positions in the pPhrase position list that are not sufficiently +** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this +** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero. +** +** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit +** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in +** pPhrase. */ -static int fts3DoclistMerge( - int mergetype, /* One of the MERGE_XXX constants */ - int nParam1, /* Used by MERGE_NEAR and MERGE_POS_NEAR */ - int nParam2, /* Used by MERGE_NEAR and MERGE_POS_NEAR */ - char *aBuffer, /* Pre-allocated output buffer */ - int *pnBuffer, /* OUT: Bytes written to aBuffer */ - char *a1, /* Buffer containing first doclist */ - int n1, /* Size of buffer a1 */ - char *a2, /* Buffer containing second doclist */ - int n2 /* Size of buffer a2 */ +static int fts3EvalNearTrim( + int nNear, /* NEAR distance. As in "NEAR/nNear". */ + char *aTmp, /* Temporary space to use */ + char **paPoslist, /* IN/OUT: Position list */ + int *pnToken, /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */ ){ - sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; - sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; - sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken; + int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken; + int nNew; + char *p2; + char *pOut; + int res; - char *p = aBuffer; - char *p1 = a1; - char *p2 = a2; - char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1]; - char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2]; + assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList ); - assert( mergetype==MERGE_OR || mergetype==MERGE_POS_OR - || mergetype==MERGE_AND || mergetype==MERGE_NOT - || mergetype==MERGE_PHRASE || mergetype==MERGE_POS_PHRASE - || mergetype==MERGE_NEAR || mergetype==MERGE_POS_NEAR + p2 = pOut = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + res = fts3PoslistNearMerge( + &pOut, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, paPoslist, &p2 ); - - if( !aBuffer ){ - *pnBuffer = 0; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + if( res ){ + nNew = (pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1; + assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' ); + assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 ); + memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew); + pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew; + *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken; } - /* Read the first docid from each doclist */ - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p1, pEnd1, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p2, pEnd2, &i2); - - switch( mergetype ){ - case MERGE_OR: - case MERGE_POS_OR: - while( p1 || p2 ){ - if( p2 && p1 && i1==i2 ){ - fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, i1); - if( mergetype==MERGE_POS_OR ) fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2); - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p1, pEnd1, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p2, pEnd2, &i2); - }else if( !p2 || (p1 && i1doclist.nList (length of pList in bytes) +** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList (pointer to position list) +** +** It says above that this function advances the expression to the next +** matching row. This is usually true, but there are the following exceptions: +** +** 1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists +** entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in +** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. +** +** Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or +** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the +** next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other +** words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression +** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", +** where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case +** is populated as for "A * C" before returning. +** +** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is +** advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y". +** +** See fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear() for details on testing if a row is +** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators. +*/ +static void fts3EvalNextRow( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr. to advance to next matching row */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc; /* Used by DOCID_CMP() macro */ + assert( pExpr->bEof==0 ); + pExpr->bStart = 1; + + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTSQUERY_NEAR: + case FTSQUERY_AND: { + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; + assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred ); + + if( pLeft->bDeferred ){ + /* LHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. + ** Advance the RHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof; + }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){ + /* RHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. + ** Advance the LHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; }else{ - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p2, pEnd2, &i2); + /* Neither the RHS or LHS are deferred. */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); + if( iDiff==0 ) break; + if( iDiff<0 ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + }else{ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } + } + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof); } + break; } - break; + + case FTSQUERY_OR: { + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; + sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); - case MERGE_NOT: - while( p1 ){ - if( p2 && i1==i2 ){ - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p1, pEnd1, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p2, pEnd2, &i2); - }else if( !p2 || i1bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); + assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); + + if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + }else if( pLeft->bEof || (pRight->bEof==0 && iCmp>0) ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); }else{ - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p2, pEnd2, &i2); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); } - } - break; - case MERGE_POS_PHRASE: - case MERGE_PHRASE: { - char **ppPos = (mergetype==MERGE_PHRASE ? 0 : &p); - while( p1 && p2 ){ - if( i1==i2 ){ - char *pSave = p; - sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev; - fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, i1); - if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(ppPos, 1, 0, &p1, &p2) ){ - p = pSave; - iPrev = iPrevSave; - } - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p1, pEnd1, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p2, pEnd2, &i2); - }else if( i1bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof); + iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); + if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; }else{ - fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p2, pEnd2, &i2); + pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; } - } - break; - } - default: assert( mergetype==MERGE_POS_NEAR || mergetype==MERGE_NEAR ); { - char *aTmp = 0; - char **ppPos = 0; - if( mergetype==MERGE_POS_NEAR ){ - ppPos = &p; - aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(2*(n1+n2+1)); - if( !aTmp ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } + break; } - while( p1 && p2 ){ - if( i1==i2 ){ - char *pSave = p; - sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev; - fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, i1); + case FTSQUERY_NOT: { + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; - if( !fts3PoslistNearMerge(ppPos, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, &p1, &p2) ){ - iPrev = iPrevSave; - p = pSave; - } + if( pRight->bStart==0 ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart ); + } - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p1, pEnd1, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p2, pEnd2, &i2); - }else if( i1bEof==0 ){ + while( !*pRc + && !pRight->bEof + && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 + ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } } + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; + break; + } + + default: { + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof); + pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid; + break; } - sqlite3_free(aTmp); - break; } } - - *pnBuffer = (int)(p-aBuffer); - return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** A pointer to an instance of this structure is used as the context -** argument to sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() -*/ -typedef struct TermSelect TermSelect; -struct TermSelect { - int isReqPos; - char *aOutput; /* Malloc'd output buffer */ - int nOutput; /* Size of output in bytes */ -}; - -/* -** This function is used as the sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() callback when -** querying the full-text index for a doclist associated with a term or -** term-prefix. +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR +** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately. +** +** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR +** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists +** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. +** +** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each +** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those +** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR +** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not +** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not +** be edited if 0 is returned. */ -static int fts3TermSelectCb( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table object */ - void *pContext, /* Pointer to TermSelect structure */ - char *zTerm, - int nTerm, - char *aDoclist, - int nDoclist -){ - TermSelect *pTS = (TermSelect *)pContext; - int nNew = pTS->nOutput + nDoclist; - char *aNew = sqlite3_malloc(nNew); +static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){ + int res = 1; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(zTerm); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nTerm); - - if( !aNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } + /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query. + ** For example, the query: + ** + ** "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z" + ** + ** which is represented in tree form as: + ** + ** | + ** +--NEAR--+ <-- root of NEAR query + ** | | + ** +--NEAR--+ "z" + ** | | + ** +--NEAR--+ "y" + ** | | + ** "w" "x" + ** + ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The + ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are + ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works. + */ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK + && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && pExpr->bEof==0 + && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) + ){ + Fts3Expr *p; + int nTmp = 0; /* Bytes of temp space */ + char *aTmp; /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */ + + /* Allocate temporary working space. */ + for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){ + nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList; + } + nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList; + aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2); + if( !aTmp ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + res = 0; + }else{ + char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList; + int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken; + + for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase; + int nNear = p->nNear; + res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); + } + + aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList; + nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken; + for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){ + int nNear = p->pParent->nNear; + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = ( + p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase + ); + res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); + } + } - if( pTS->nOutput==0 ){ - /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output - ** buffer using memcpy(). TODO: Add a way to transfer control of the - ** aDoclist buffer from the caller so as to avoid the memcpy(). - */ - memcpy(aNew, aDoclist, nDoclist); - }else{ - /* The output buffer is not empty. Merge doclist aDoclist with the - ** existing output. This can only happen with prefix-searches (as - ** searches for exact terms return exactly one doclist). - */ - int mergetype = (pTS->isReqPos ? MERGE_POS_OR : MERGE_OR); - fts3DoclistMerge(mergetype, 0, 0, - aNew, &nNew, pTS->aOutput, pTS->nOutput, aDoclist, nDoclist - ); + sqlite3_free(aTmp); } - sqlite3_free(pTS->aOutput); - pTS->aOutput = aNew; - pTS->nOutput = nNew; - - return SQLITE_OK; + return res; } /* -** This function retreives the doclist for the specified term (or term -** prefix) from the database. +** This function is a helper function for fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(). +** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the +** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr +** currently points to, or zero if it does not. ** -** The returned doclist may be in one of two formats, depending on the -** value of parameter isReqPos. If isReqPos is zero, then the doclist is -** a sorted list of delta-compressed docids. If isReqPos is non-zero, -** then the returned list is in the same format as is stored in the -** database without the found length specifier at the start of on-disk -** doclists. +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to +** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is +** undefined. */ -static int fts3TermSelect( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - int iColumn, /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */ - const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ - int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ - int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ - int isReqPos, /* True to include position lists in output */ - int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */ - char **ppOut /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */ +static int fts3EvalTestExpr( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr to test. May or may not be root. */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ - int i; - TermSelect tsc; - Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter configuration */ - Fts3SegReader **apSegment; /* Array of segments to read data from */ - int nSegment = 0; /* Size of apSegment array */ - int nAlloc = 16; /* Allocated size of segment array */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* SQL statement to scan %_segdir table */ - int iAge = 0; /* Used to assign ages to segments */ + int bHit = 1; /* Return value */ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTSQUERY_NEAR: + case FTSQUERY_AND: + bHit = ( + fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) + && fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) + && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc) + ); - apSegment = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader*)*nAlloc); - if( !apSegment ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &apSegment[0]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - if( apSegment[0] ){ - nSegment = 1; - } + /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for + ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(), + ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize + ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. + ** For example if this expression: + ** + ** ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)' + ** + ** is matched against a row containing: + ** + ** 'a b d e' + ** + ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b" + ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause). + */ + if( bHit==0 + && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) + ){ + Fts3Expr *p; + for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){ + if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase); + } + } + if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pPhrase); + } + } - /* Loop through the entire %_segdir table. For each segment, create a - ** Fts3SegReader to iterate through the subset of the segment leaves - ** that may contain a term that matches zTerm/nTerm. For non-prefix - ** searches, this is always a single leaf. For prefix searches, this - ** may be a contiguous block of leaves. - ** - ** The code in this loop does not actually load any leaves into memory - ** (unless the root node happens to be a leaf). It simply examines the - ** b-tree structure to determine which leaves need to be inspected. - */ - rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, &pStmt); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){ - Fts3SegReader *pNew = 0; - int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); - char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4); - if( sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1)==0 ){ - /* The entire segment is stored on the root node (which must be a - ** leaf). Do not bother inspecting any data in this case, just - ** create a Fts3SegReader to scan the single leaf. - */ - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(p, iAge, 0, 0, 0, zRoot, nRoot, &pNew); - }else{ - int rc2; /* Return value of sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() */ - sqlite3_int64 i1; /* Blockid of leaf that may contain zTerm */ - rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &i1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_int64 i2 = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2); - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(p, iAge, i1, i2, 0, 0, 0, &pNew); - } + break; - /* The following call to ReadBlock() serves to reset the SQL statement - ** used to retrieve blocks of data from the %_segments table. If it is - ** not reset here, then it may remain classified as an active statement - ** by SQLite, which may lead to "DROP TABLE" or "DETACH" commands - ** failing. - */ - rc2 = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, 0, 0, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; + case FTSQUERY_OR: { + int bHit1 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); + int bHit2 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); + bHit = bHit1 || bHit2; + break; } - } - iAge++; - /* If a new Fts3SegReader was allocated, add it to the apSegment array. */ - assert( pNew!=0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - if( pNew ){ - if( nSegment==nAlloc ){ - Fts3SegReader **pArray; - nAlloc += 16; - pArray = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc( - apSegment, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3SegReader *) + case FTSQUERY_NOT: + bHit = ( + fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) + && !fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) ); - if( !pArray ){ - sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(p, pNew); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto finished; + break; + + default: { + if( pCsr->pDeferred + && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred) + ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); + if( pExpr->bDeferred ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + } + *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase); + bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0); + pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; + }else{ + bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId); } - apSegment = pArray; + break; } - apSegment[nSegment++] = pNew; } } - if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - goto finished; - } - - memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect)); - tsc.isReqPos = isReqPos; - - filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY - | (isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0) - | (isReqPos ? FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS : 0) - | (iColumnnColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0); - filter.iCol = iColumn; - filter.zTerm = zTerm; - filter.nTerm = nTerm; - - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate(p, apSegment, nSegment, &filter, - fts3TermSelectCb, (void *)&tsc - ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *ppOut = tsc.aOutput; - *pnOut = tsc.nOutput; - }else{ - sqlite3_free(tsc.aOutput); - } - -finished: - sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - for(i=0; iiColumn; - int isTermPos = (pPhrase->nToken>1 || isReqPos); - - for(ii=0; iinToken; ii++){ - struct PhraseToken *pTok = &pPhrase->aToken[ii]; - char *z = pTok->z; /* Next token of the phrase */ - int n = pTok->n; /* Size of z in bytes */ - int isPrefix = pTok->isPrefix;/* True if token is a prefix */ - char *pList; /* Pointer to token doclist */ - int nList; /* Size of buffer at pList */ - - rc = fts3TermSelect(p, iCol, z, n, isPrefix, isTermPos, &nList, &pList); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - - if( ii==0 ){ - pOut = pList; - nOut = nList; - }else{ - /* Merge the new term list and the current output. If this is the - ** last term in the phrase, and positions are not required in the - ** output of this function, the positions can be dropped as part - ** of this merge. Either way, the result of this merge will be - ** smaller than nList bytes. The code in fts3DoclistMerge() is written - ** so that it is safe to use pList as the output as well as an input - ** in this case. - */ - int mergetype = MERGE_POS_PHRASE; - if( ii==pPhrase->nToken-1 && !isReqPos ){ - mergetype = MERGE_PHRASE; +static int fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){ + int rc = *pRc; + int bMiss = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + /* If there are one or more deferred tokens, load the current row into + ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred + ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred + ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account + ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). + */ + if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ + rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr); } - fts3DoclistMerge(mergetype, 0, 0, pList, &nOut, pOut, nOut, pList, nList); - sqlite3_free(pOut); - pOut = pList; } - assert( nOut==0 || pOut!=0 ); + bMiss = (0==fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc)); + + /* Free the position-lists accumulated for each deferred token above. */ + sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr); + *pRc = rc; } + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss); +} - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *paOut = pOut; - *pnOut = nOut; +/* +** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in +** Fts3Cursor.pExpr. +*/ +static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; + assert( pCsr->isEof==0 ); + if( pExpr==0 ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; }else{ - sqlite3_free(pOut); + do { + if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){ + sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + } + assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); + pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof; + pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; + pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; + pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid; + }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) ); } return rc; } -static int fts3NearMerge( - int mergetype, /* MERGE_POS_NEAR or MERGE_NEAR */ - int nNear, /* Parameter to NEAR operator */ - int nTokenLeft, /* Number of tokens in LHS phrase arg */ - char *aLeft, /* Doclist for LHS (incl. positions) */ - int nLeft, /* Size of LHS doclist in bytes */ - int nTokenRight, /* As nTokenLeft */ - char *aRight, /* As aLeft */ - int nRight, /* As nRight */ - char **paOut, /* OUT: Results of merge (malloced) */ - int *pnOut /* OUT: Sized of output buffer */ +/* +** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to +** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental +** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration. +** +** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is +** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an +** SQLite error code before returning. +*/ +static void fts3EvalRestart( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, + Fts3Expr *pExpr, + int *pRc ){ - char *aOut; - int rc; + if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - assert( mergetype==MERGE_POS_NEAR || MERGE_NEAR ); + if( pPhrase ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + if( pPhrase->bIncr ){ + assert( pPhrase->nToken==1 ); + assert( pPhrase->aToken[0].pSegcsr ); + sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pPhrase->aToken[0].pSegcsr); + *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase); + } - aOut = sqlite3_malloc(nLeft+nRight+1); - if( aOut==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = fts3DoclistMerge(mergetype, nNear+nTokenRight, nNear+nTokenLeft, - aOut, pnOut, aLeft, nLeft, aRight, nRight - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(aOut); - aOut = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.pNextDocid = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = 0; } - } - - *paOut = aOut; - return rc; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprNearTrim(Fts3Expr *pLeft, Fts3Expr *pRight, int nNear){ - int rc; - if( pLeft->aDoclist==0 || pRight->aDoclist==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pLeft->aDoclist); - sqlite3_free(pRight->aDoclist); - pRight->aDoclist = 0; - pLeft->aDoclist = 0; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - char *aOut; - int nOut; + pExpr->iDocid = 0; + pExpr->bEof = 0; + pExpr->bStart = 0; - rc = fts3NearMerge(MERGE_POS_NEAR, nNear, - pLeft->pPhrase->nToken, pLeft->aDoclist, pLeft->nDoclist, - pRight->pPhrase->nToken, pRight->aDoclist, pRight->nDoclist, - &aOut, &nOut - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - sqlite3_free(pRight->aDoclist); - pRight->aDoclist = aOut; - pRight->nDoclist = nOut; - - rc = fts3NearMerge(MERGE_POS_NEAR, nNear, - pRight->pPhrase->nToken, pRight->aDoclist, pRight->nDoclist, - pLeft->pPhrase->nToken, pLeft->aDoclist, pLeft->nDoclist, - &aOut, &nOut - ); - sqlite3_free(pLeft->aDoclist); - pLeft->aDoclist = aOut; - pLeft->nDoclist = nOut; + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); } - return rc; } /* -** Evaluate the full-text expression pExpr against fts3 table pTab. Store -** the resulting doclist in *paOut and *pnOut. +** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the +** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched +** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments +** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently +** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase +** expression nodes. */ -static int evalFts3Expr( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Parsed fts3 expression */ - char **paOut, /* OUT: Pointer to malloc'd result buffer */ - int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *paOut */ - int isReqPos /* Require positions in output buffer */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - /* Zero the output parameters. */ - *paOut = 0; - *pnOut = 0; - +static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ if( pExpr ){ - assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE - || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR - || isReqPos==0 - ); - if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ - rc = fts3PhraseSelect(p, pExpr->pPhrase, - isReqPos || (pExpr->pParent && pExpr->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR), - paOut, pnOut - ); - }else{ - char *aLeft; - char *aRight; - int nLeft; - int nRight; - - if( 0==(rc = evalFts3Expr(p, pExpr->pRight, &aRight, &nRight, isReqPos)) - && 0==(rc = evalFts3Expr(p, pExpr->pLeft, &aLeft, &nLeft, isReqPos)) - ){ - assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR - || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NOT - ); - switch( pExpr->eType ){ - case FTSQUERY_NEAR: { - Fts3Expr *pLeft; - Fts3Expr *pRight; - int mergetype = isReqPos ? MERGE_POS_NEAR : MERGE_NEAR; - - if( pExpr->pParent && pExpr->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - mergetype = MERGE_POS_NEAR; - } - pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - while( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - pLeft=pLeft->pRight; - } - pRight = pExpr->pRight; - assert( pRight->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - assert( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - - rc = fts3NearMerge(mergetype, pExpr->nNear, - pLeft->pPhrase->nToken, aLeft, nLeft, - pRight->pPhrase->nToken, aRight, nRight, - paOut, pnOut - ); - sqlite3_free(aLeft); - break; - } - - case FTSQUERY_OR: { - /* Allocate a buffer for the output. The maximum size is the - ** sum of the sizes of the two input buffers. The +1 term is - ** so that a buffer of zero bytes is never allocated - this can - ** cause fts3DoclistMerge() to incorrectly return SQLITE_NOMEM. - */ - char *aBuffer = sqlite3_malloc(nRight+nLeft+1); - rc = fts3DoclistMerge(MERGE_OR, 0, 0, aBuffer, pnOut, - aLeft, nLeft, aRight, nRight - ); - *paOut = aBuffer; - sqlite3_free(aLeft); - break; - } + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){ + int iCol = 0; + char *p = pPhrase->doclist.pList; - default: { - assert( FTSQUERY_NOT==MERGE_NOT && FTSQUERY_AND==MERGE_AND ); - fts3DoclistMerge(pExpr->eType, 0, 0, aLeft, pnOut, - aLeft, nLeft, aRight, nRight - ); - *paOut = aLeft; - break; - } + assert( *p ); + while( 1 ){ + u8 c = 0; + int iCnt = 0; + while( 0xFE & (*p | c) ){ + if( (c&0x80)==0 ) iCnt++; + c = *p++ & 0x80; } + + /* aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences + ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance + */ + pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1] += iCnt; + pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2] += (iCnt>0); + if( *p==0x00 ) break; + p++; + p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCol); } - sqlite3_free(aRight); } - } - return rc; + fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pLeft); + fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pRight); + } } /* -** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See -** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional -** information. -** -** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against -** the %_content table. +** Expression pExpr must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. ** -** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry -** in the %_content table. +** If it is not already allocated and populated, this function allocates and +** populates the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for expression pExpr. If pExpr is part +** of a NEAR expression, then it also allocates and populates the same array +** for all other phrases that are part of the NEAR expression. ** -** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index. The -** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column -** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand -** side of the MATCH operator. -*/ -/* TODO(shess) Upgrade the cursor initialization and destruction to -** account for fts3FilterMethod() being called multiple times on the -** same cursor. The current solution is very fragile. Apply fix to -** fts3 as appropriate. +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the aMI[] array is successfully allocated and +** populated. Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. */ -static int fts3FilterMethod( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ - int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ - const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ - int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +static int fts3EvalGatherStats( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr /* FTSQUERY_PHRASE expression */ ){ - const char *azSql[] = { - "SELECT * FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE docid = ?", /* non-full-table-scan */ - "SELECT * FROM %Q.'%q_content'", /* full-table-scan */ - }; - int rc; /* Return code */ - char *zSql; /* SQL statement used to access %_content */ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; - Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); + if( pExpr->aMI==0 ){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR expression */ + Fts3Expr *p; /* Iterator used for several purposes */ - assert( idxNum>=0 && idxNum<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) ); - assert( nVal==0 || nVal==1 ); - assert( (nVal==0)==(idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH) ); + sqlite3_int64 iPrevId = pCsr->iPrevId; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; + u8 bEof; - /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */ - sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); - memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor)); + /* Find the root of the NEAR expression */ + pRoot = pExpr; + while( pRoot->pParent && pRoot->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + pRoot = pRoot->pParent; + } + iDocid = pRoot->iDocid; + bEof = pRoot->bEof; + assert( pRoot->bStart ); - /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the - ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a - ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single - ** row by docid. - */ - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH], p->zDb, p->zName); - if( !zSql ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - pCsr->eSearch = (i16)idxNum; + /* Allocate space for the aMSI[] array of each FTSQUERY_PHRASE node */ + for(p=pRoot; p; p=p->pLeft){ + Fts3Expr *pE = (p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE?p:p->pRight); + assert( pE->aMI==0 ); + pE->aMI = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); + if( !pE->aMI ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pE->aMI, 0, pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); + } - if( idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){ - rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, apVal[0]); - }else if( idxNum!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ - int iCol = idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH; - const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); - if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } + while( pCsr->isEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, p->azColumn, p->nColumn, - iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ - p->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed MATCH expression: [%s]", - zQuery); + do { + /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */ + if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); + + /* Advance to the next document */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); + pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof; + pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; + pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; + pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid; + }while( pCsr->isEof==0 + && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) + ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){ + fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot); } - return rc; } - rc = evalFts3Expr(p, pCsr->pExpr, &pCsr->aDoclist, &pCsr->nDoclist, 0); - pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist; - pCsr->iPrevId = 0; - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - return fts3NextMethod(pCursor); -} - -/* -** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this -** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. -*/ -static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - return ((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor)->isEof; -} + pCsr->isEof = 0; + pCsr->iPrevId = iPrevId; -/* -** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to -** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3 -** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The -** rowid should be written to *pRowid. -*/ -static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; - if( pCsr->aDoclist ){ - *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId; - }else{ - *pRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); + if( bEof ){ + pRoot->bEof = bEof; + }else{ + /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending + ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the + ** do loop can not be written: + ** + ** do {...} while( pRoot->iDocidbEof==0 ); + }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK ); + fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc); + } } - return SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } /* -** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from -** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to. +** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase +** expression node for the following information: +** +** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of +** the FTS table (considering all rows), and +** +** 2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the +** column contains at least one instance of the phrase. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the values for each column +** written into the array aiOut as follows: +** +** aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences +** aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance +** +** Caveats: +** +** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output +** values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other +** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each +** column of each row of the table. +** +** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred +** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering +** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences. +** +** * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances +** that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts. */ -static int fts3ColumnMethod( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ - int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression */ + u32 *aiOut /* Array to write results into (see above) */ ){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; - - /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */ - assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+1 ); + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iCol; - if( iCol==p->nColumn+1 ){ - /* This call is a request for the "docid" column. Since "docid" is an - ** alias for "rowid", use the xRowid() method to obtain the value. - */ - sqlite3_int64 iRowid; - rc = fts3RowidMethod(pCursor, &iRowid); - sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, iRowid); - }else if( iCol==p->nColumn ){ - /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table. - ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor. - */ - sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, &pCsr, sizeof(pCsr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 ); + for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ + aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; + aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; + } }else{ - rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); + rc = fts3EvalGatherStats(pCsr, pExpr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_result_value(pContext, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)); + assert( pExpr->aMI ); + for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ + aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1]; + aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2]; + } } } + return rc; } /* -** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by -** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be -** inserted, updated or deleted. +** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function +** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. +** +** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing +** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol +** of the current row. +** +** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each +** occurence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) +** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example, +** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list +** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain: +** +** 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01 or 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00 +** +** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred, +** incremental, or neither. */ -static int fts3UpdateMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ - int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ - sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase to return doclist for */ + int iCol /* Column to return position list for */ ){ - return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid); -} - -/* -** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms -** hash-table to the database. -*/ -static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - return sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush((Fts3Table *)pVtab); -} - -/* -** Implementation of xBegin() method. This is a no-op. -*/ -static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); - assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->nPendingData==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of -** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database -** by fts3SyncMethod(). -*/ -static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); - assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->nPendingData==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + char *pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + int iThis; + + assert( iCol>=0 && iColnColumn ); + if( !pIter + || pExpr->bEof + || pExpr->iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId + || (pPhrase->iColumnnColumn && pPhrase->iColumn!=iCol) + ){ + return 0; + } -/* -** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms -** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite. -*/ -static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear((Fts3Table *)pVtab); - return SQLITE_OK; -} + assert( pPhrase->doclist.nList>0 ); + if( *pIter==0x01 ){ + pIter++; + pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis); + }else{ + iThis = 0; + } + while( iThisaDoclist. -** The loaded doclist contains positions as well as the document ids. -** This is used by the matchinfo(), snippet() and offsets() auxillary -** functions. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprLoadDoclist(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3Expr *pExpr){ - return evalFts3Expr(pTab, pExpr, &pExpr->aDoclist, &pExpr->nDoclist, 1); + return ((iCol==iThis)?pIter:0); } /* -** After ExprLoadDoclist() (see above) has been called, this function is -** used to iterate/search through the position lists that make up the doclist -** stored in pExpr->aDoclist. +** Free all components of the Fts3Phrase structure that were allocated by +** the eval module. Specifically, this means to free: +** +** * the contents of pPhrase->doclist, and +** * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Fts3FindPositions( - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Access this expressions doclist */ - sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid associated with requested pos-list */ - int iCol /* Column of requested pos-list */ -){ - assert( pExpr->isLoaded ); - if( pExpr->aDoclist ){ - char *pEnd = &pExpr->aDoclist[pExpr->nDoclist]; - char *pCsr = pExpr->pCurrent; - - assert( pCsr ); - while( pCsriCurrentiCurrent); - } - pExpr->pCurrent = pCsr; - }else{ - if( pExpr->iCurrent==iDocid ){ - int iThis = 0; - if( iCol<0 ){ - /* If iCol is negative, return a pointer to the start of the - ** position-list (instead of a pointer to the start of a list - ** of offsets associated with a specific column). - */ - return pCsr; - } - while( iThisdoclist.aAll); + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist)); + for(i=0; inToken; i++){ + fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr); + pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0; } } - - return 0; } +#if !SQLITE_CORE /* -** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(), -** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions. -** -** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size -** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the -** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error -** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The -** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message. +** Initialize API pointer table, if required. */ -static int fts3FunctionArg( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQL function call context */ - const char *zFunc, /* Function name */ - sqlite3_value *pVal, /* argv[0] passed to function */ - Fts3Cursor **ppCsr /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ - Fts3Cursor *pRet; - if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=SQLITE_BLOB - || sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=sizeof(Fts3Cursor *) - ){ - char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc); - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErr); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - memcpy(&pRet, sqlite3_value_blob(pVal), sizeof(Fts3Cursor *)); - *ppCsr = pRet; - return SQLITE_OK; + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) + return sqlite3Fts3Init(db); } +#endif +#endif + +/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_aux.c ****************************************/ /* -** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3 +** 2011 Jan 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** */ -static void fts3SnippetFunc( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ - int nVal, /* Size of apVal[] array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ -){ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ - const char *zStart = ""; - const char *zEnd = ""; - const char *zEllipsis = "..."; - int iCol = -1; - int nToken = 15; /* Default number of tokens in snippet */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise - ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one). - */ - assert( nVal>=1 ); +/* #include */ +/* #include */ - if( nVal>6 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, - "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1); - return; - } - if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; +typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable; +typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor; - switch( nVal ){ - case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]); - case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]); - case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]); - case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]); - case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); - } - if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext); - }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ - sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken); - } -} +struct Fts3auxTable { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + Fts3Table *pFts3Tab; +}; + +struct Fts3auxCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Must be right after "base" */ + Fts3SegFilter filter; + char *zStop; + int nStop; /* Byte-length of string zStop */ + int isEof; /* True if cursor is at EOF */ + sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */ + + int iCol; /* Current value of 'col' column */ + int nStat; /* Size of aStat[] array */ + struct Fts3auxColstats { + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* 'documents' values for current csr row */ + sqlite3_int64 nOcc; /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */ + } *aStat; +}; /* -** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3 +** Schema of the terms table. */ -static void fts3OffsetsFunc( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ - int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ -){ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); - - assert( nVal==1 ); - if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; - assert( pCsr ); - if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ - sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr); - } -} +#define FTS3_TERMS_SCHEMA "CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences)" /* -** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This -** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment. -** Example usage is: -** -** SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1; -** -** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table. +** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods. +** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect +** and xCreate are identical operations. */ -static void fts3OptimizeFunc( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ - int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +static int fts3auxConnectMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pUnused, /* Unused */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ ){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - Fts3Table *p; /* Virtual table handle */ - Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + char const *zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */ + char const *zFts3; /* Name of fts3 table */ + int nDb; /* Result of strlen(zDb) */ + int nFts3; /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate here */ + int rc; /* value returned by declare_vtab() */ + Fts3auxTable *p; /* Virtual table object to return */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused); + + /* The user should specify a single argument - the name of an fts3 table. */ + if( argc!=4 ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf( + "wrong number of arguments to fts4aux constructor" + ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + zDb = argv[1]; + nDb = strlen(zDb); + zFts3 = argv[3]; + nFts3 = strlen(zFts3); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_TERMS_SCHEMA); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - assert( nVal==1 ); - if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return; - p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab; - assert( p ); + nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2; + p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(p, 0, nByte); - rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p); + p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1]; + p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1]; + p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1]; + p->pFts3Tab->db = db; + p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1; - switch( rc ){ - case SQLITE_OK: - sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - break; - case SQLITE_DONE: - sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - break; - default: - sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); - break; + memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb); + memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3); + sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName); + + *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods. +** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect +** and xDestroy are identical operations. +*/ +static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab; + Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab; + int i; + + /* Free any prepared statements held */ + for(i=0; iaStmt); i++){ + sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]); } + sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl); + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; } +#define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1 +#define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2 +#define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4 + /* -** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3 +** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. */ -static void fts3MatchinfoFunc( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ - int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_index_info *pInfo ){ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + int i; + int iEq = -1; + int iGe = -1; + int iLe = -1; - if( nVal!=1 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, - "wrong number of arguments to function matchinfo()", -1); - return; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */ + if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 + && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 + && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0 + ){ + pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; } - if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){ - sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr); + /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. */ + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 ){ + int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i; + } + } + + if( iEq>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = 1; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 5; + }else{ + pInfo->idxNum = 0; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000; + if( iGe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = 1; + pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; + } + if( iLe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = 1 + (iGe>=0); + pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; + } } + + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3 -** virtual table. +** xOpen - Open a cursor. */ -static int fts3FindFunctionMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ - int nArg, /* Number of SQL function arguments */ - const char *zName, /* Name of SQL function */ - void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */ - void **ppArg /* Unused */ -){ - struct Overloaded { - const char *zName; - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); - } aOverload[] = { - { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc }, - { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc }, - { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc }, - { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc }, - }; - int i; /* Iterator variable */ +static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr; /* Pointer to cursor object to return */ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); - for(i=0; ipVtab)->pFts3Tab; + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; - db = p->db; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';", - p->zDb, p->zName, zName - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p->bHasDocsize ){ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize' RENAME TO '%q_docsize';", - p->zDb, p->zName, zName + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3); + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); + sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){ + if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){ + struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew; + aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat, + sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize ); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat' RENAME TO '%q_stat';", - p->zDb, p->zName, zName + if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, + sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat) ); + pCsr->aStat = aNew; + pCsr->nStat = nSize; } - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';", - p->zDb, p->zName, zName - ); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';", - p->zDb, p->zName, zName - ); - return rc; + return SQLITE_OK; } -static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = { - /* iVersion */ 0, - /* xCreate */ fts3CreateMethod, - /* xConnect */ fts3ConnectMethod, - /* xBestIndex */ fts3BestIndexMethod, - /* xDisconnect */ fts3DisconnectMethod, - /* xDestroy */ fts3DestroyMethod, - /* xOpen */ fts3OpenMethod, - /* xClose */ fulltextClose, - /* xFilter */ fts3FilterMethod, - /* xNext */ fts3NextMethod, - /* xEof */ fts3EofMethod, - /* xColumn */ fts3ColumnMethod, - /* xRowid */ fts3RowidMethod, - /* xUpdate */ fts3UpdateMethod, - /* xBegin */ fts3BeginMethod, - /* xSync */ fts3SyncMethod, - /* xCommit */ fts3CommitMethod, - /* xRollback */ fts3RollbackMethod, - /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod, - /* xRename */ fts3RenameMethod, -}; - /* -** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an -** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory -** allocated for the tokenizer hash table. +** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any. */ -static void hashDestroy(void *p){ - Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p; - sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); - sqlite3_free(pHash); +static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; + int rc; + + /* Increment our pretend rowid value. */ + pCsr->iRowid++; + + for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iColnStat; pCsr->iCol++){ + if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + } + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int i = 0; + int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist; + char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist; + int iCol; + + int eState = 0; + + if( pCsr->zStop ){ + int n = (pCsr->nStopcsr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm; + int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n); + if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat); + iCol = 0; + + while( iaStat[0].nDoc++; + eState = 1; + iCol = 0; + break; + + /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating + ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the + ** start of a position list for column 0. + ** + ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the + ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to + ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term. + */ + case 1: + assert( iCol==0 ); + if( v>1 ){ + pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++; + } + eState = 2; + /* fall through */ + + case 2: + if( v==0 ){ /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */ + eState = 0; + }else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */ + eState = 3; + }else{ /* 2 or greater. A position. */ + pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++; + pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++; + } + break; + + /* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */ + default: assert( eState==3 ); + iCol = (int)v; + if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++; + eState = 2; + break; + } + } + + pCsr->iCol = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + } + return rc; } /* -** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple" and "porter" - are implemented -** in files fts3_tokenizer1.c and fts3_porter.c respectively. The following -** two forward declarations are for functions declared in these files -** used to retrieve the respective implementations. -** -** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed -** to by the argument to point a the "simple" tokenizer implementation. -** Function ...PorterTokenizerModule() sets *pModule to point to the -** porter tokenizer/stemmer implementation. +** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +static int fts3auxFilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ + int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; + int rc; + int isScan; -/* -** Initialise the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part -** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by -** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this -** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Fts3Hash *pHash = 0; - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0; - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0; - sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu); -#endif + assert( idxStr==0 ); + assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0 + || idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT + || idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) + ); + isScan = (idxNum!=FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT); - sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple); - sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter); + /* In case this cursor is being reused, close and zero it. */ + testcase(pCsr->filter.zTerm); + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); + sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); + memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr); - /* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */ - pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash)); - if( !pHash ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); - } + pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; + if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN; - /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple) - || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu)) -#endif - ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + if( idxNum&(FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) ){ + const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); + if( zStr ){ + pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr); + pCsr->filter.nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]); + if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; } } + if( idxNum&FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){ + int iIdx = (idxNum&FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) ? 1 : 0; + pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iIdx])); + pCsr->nStop = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iIdx]); + if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, + pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr + ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db); + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter); } -#endif - /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload - ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the - ** module with sqlite. - */ - if( SQLITE_OK==rc - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer")) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", -1)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1)) - ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( - db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( - db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0 - ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor); + return rc; +} + +/* +** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + return pCsr->isEof; +} + +/* +** xColumn - Return a column value. +*/ +static int fts3auxColumnMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ + int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ +){ + Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + + assert( p->isEof==0 ); + if( iCol==0 ){ /* Column "term" */ + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else if( iCol==1 ){ /* Column "col" */ + if( p->iCol ){ + sqlite3_result_int(pContext, p->iCol-1); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } - return rc; + }else if( iCol==2 ){ /* Column "documents" */ + sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc); + }else{ /* Column "occurrences" */ + sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc); } - /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - if( pHash ){ - sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); - sqlite3_free(pHash); - } - return rc; + return SQLITE_OK; } -#if !SQLITE_CORE -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, - const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +/* +** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor. +*/ +static int fts3auxRowidMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */ ){ - SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) - return sqlite3Fts3Init(db); + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid; + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif -#endif +/* +** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ + static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xCreate */ + fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xConnect */ + fts3auxBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */ + fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */ + fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ + fts3auxOpenMethod, /* xOpen */ + fts3auxCloseMethod, /* xClose */ + fts3auxFilterMethod, /* xFilter */ + fts3auxNextMethod, /* xNext */ + fts3auxEofMethod, /* xEof */ + fts3auxColumnMethod, /* xColumn */ + fts3auxRowidMethod, /* xRowid */ + 0, /* xUpdate */ + 0, /* xBegin */ + 0, /* xSync */ + 0, /* xCommit */ + 0, /* xRollback */ + 0, /* xFindFunction */ + 0, /* xRename */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0 /* xRollbackTo */ + }; + int rc; /* Return code */ -/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/ + rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0); + return rc; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_aux.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/ /* ** 2008 Nov 28 @@ -102347,14 +119550,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( ****************************************************************************** ** ** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings -** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported +** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported ** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is -** hand-coded. +** hand-coded. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* -** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been +** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been ** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS ** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between ** the new and the old syntaxes are: @@ -102363,7 +119566,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( ** ** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not. ** -** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not +** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not ** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator). ** ** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence @@ -102372,7 +119575,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( ** ** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the ** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable -** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to +** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to ** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can ** be tested using a single build of testfixture. ** @@ -102401,7 +119604,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0; #else -# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS # define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1 # else # define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0 @@ -102413,19 +119616,30 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0; */ #define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10 +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* +** isNot: +** This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is +** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a +** FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the +** FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to +** zero. +*/ typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext; struct ParseContext { sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */ const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */ + int isNot; /* True if getNextNode() sees a unary - */ sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */ int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */ }; /* -** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. +** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. ** ** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it ** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behaviour when passed @@ -102436,16 +119650,28 @@ struct ParseContext { ** negative values). */ static int fts3isspace(char c){ - return (c&0x80)==0 ? isspace(c) : 0; + return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f'; +} + +/* +** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful, +** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, +** return NULL. +*/ +static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){ + void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte); + return pRet; } + /* ** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer ** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr ** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this ** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is ** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated +** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated ** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free(). ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation @@ -102476,11 +119702,10 @@ static int getNextToken( if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken; - pRet = (Fts3Expr *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte); if( !pRet ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - memset(pRet, 0, nByte); pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1]; pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1; @@ -102494,7 +119719,7 @@ static int getNextToken( iEnd++; } if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' ){ - pRet->pPhrase->isNot = 1; + pParse->isNot = 1; } } nConsumed = iEnd; @@ -102502,7 +119727,7 @@ static int getNextToken( pModule->xClose(pCursor); } - + *pnConsumed = nConsumed; *ppExpr = pRet; return rc; @@ -102525,7 +119750,7 @@ static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){ ** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string ** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character ** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire -** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE +** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE ** containing the results. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the @@ -102546,35 +119771,55 @@ static int getNextString( char *zTemp = 0; int nTemp = 0; + const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase); + int nToken = 0; + + /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase, + ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single + ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to + ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach. + ** + ** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate + ** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree() + ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers: + ** + ** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase + ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken + ** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array. + ** + ** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens. + ** + ** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below, + ** appends buffer zTemp to buffer p, and fills in the Fts3Expr and Fts3Phrase + ** structures. + */ rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCursor); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int ii; pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ - const char *zToken; - int nToken, iBegin, iEnd, iPos; - rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos); + const char *zByte; + int nByte, iBegin, iEnd, iPos; + rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase); - p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nByte+ii*sizeof(struct PhraseToken)); - zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nToken); - if( !p || !zTemp ){ - goto no_mem; - } - if( ii==0 ){ - memset(p, 0, nByte); - p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; - } - p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; - p->pPhrase->nToken = ii+1; - p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].n = nToken; - memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zToken, nToken); - nTemp += nToken; - if( iEndpPhrase->aToken[ii].isPrefix = 1; - }else{ - p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].isPrefix = 0; - } + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; + + p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); + if( !p ) goto no_mem; + + zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nByte); + if( !zTemp ) goto no_mem; + + assert( nToken==ii ); + pToken = &((Fts3Phrase *)(&p[1]))->aToken[ii]; + memset(pToken, 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); + + memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zByte, nByte); + nTemp += nByte; + + pToken->n = nByte; + pToken->isPrefix = (iEndpPhrase->nToken-1):0) * sizeof(struct PhraseToken); - p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nByte + nTemp); - if( !p ){ - goto no_mem; - } - if( zTemp ){ - zNew = &(((char *)p)[nByte]); - memcpy(zNew, zTemp, nTemp); - }else{ - memset(p, 0, nByte+nTemp); - } + char *zBuf = 0; + + p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + nToken*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken) + nTemp); + if( !p ) goto no_mem; + memset(p, 0, (char *)&(((Fts3Phrase *)&p[1])->aToken[0])-(char *)p); + p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; + p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol; + p->pPhrase->nToken = nToken; + + zBuf = (char *)&p->pPhrase->aToken[nToken]; + memcpy(zBuf, zTemp, nTemp); + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + for(jj=0; jjpPhrase->nToken; jj++){ - p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = &zNew[nNew]; - nNew += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n; + p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = zBuf; + zBuf += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n; } - sqlite3_free(zTemp); - p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; - p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol; rc = SQLITE_OK; } @@ -102629,7 +119870,7 @@ no_mem: static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *); /* -** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr +** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr ** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached. ** ** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM @@ -102662,8 +119903,10 @@ static int getNextNode( const char *zInput = z; int nInput = n; + pParse->isNot = 0; + /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or - ** close bracket, or a quoted string. + ** close bracket, or a quoted string. */ while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){ nInput--; @@ -102699,17 +119942,16 @@ static int getNextNode( /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true, ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close - ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. + ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. */ cNext = zInput[nKey]; - if( fts3isspace(cNext) + if( fts3isspace(cNext) || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0 ){ - pRet = (Fts3Expr *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); + pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); if( !pRet ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - memset(pRet, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr)); pRet->eType = pKey->eType; pRet->nNear = nNear; *ppExpr = pRet; @@ -102727,7 +119969,6 @@ static int getNextNode( if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ if( *zInput=='(' ){ int nConsumed; - int rc; pParse->nNest++; rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, &zInput[1], nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){ @@ -102736,7 +119977,7 @@ static int getNextNode( *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed); return rc; } - + /* Check for a close bracket. */ if( *zInput==')' ){ pParse->nNest--; @@ -102760,15 +120001,15 @@ static int getNextNode( } - /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or + /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit - ** column specifier for the token. + ** column specifier for the token. ** ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was - ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the + ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the ** limitation. */ iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol; @@ -102776,8 +120017,8 @@ static int getNextNode( for(ii=0; iinCol; ii++){ const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii]; int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr); - if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' - && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 + if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' + && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 ){ iCol = ii; iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1); @@ -102822,7 +120063,7 @@ static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){ } /* -** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query +** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query ** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently ** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary ** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence @@ -102852,7 +120093,7 @@ static void insertBinaryOperator( /* ** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function -** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched +** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched ** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the @@ -102881,17 +120122,16 @@ static int fts3ExprParse( if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int isPhrase; - if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses - && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && p->pPhrase->isNot + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses + && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot ){ /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */ - Fts3Expr *pNot = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); + Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); if( !pNot ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto exprparse_out; } - memset(pNot, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr)); pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT; pNot->pRight = p; if( pNotBranch ){ @@ -102901,7 +120141,6 @@ static int fts3ExprParse( p = pPrev; }else{ int eType = p->eType; - assert( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE || !p->pPhrase->isNot ); isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft); /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or @@ -102914,18 +120153,17 @@ static int fts3ExprParse( rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto exprparse_out; } - + if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){ /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */ Fts3Expr *pAnd; assert( pRet && pPrev ); - pAnd = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); + pAnd = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); if( !pAnd ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto exprparse_out; } - memset(pAnd, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr)); pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND; insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd); pPrev = pAnd; @@ -102948,7 +120186,7 @@ static int fts3ExprParse( rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto exprparse_out; } - + if( isPhrase ){ if( pRet ){ assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 ); @@ -103016,7 +120254,7 @@ exprparse_out: ** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to ** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[] ** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names -** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. +** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. ** Column names must be nul-terminated strings. ** ** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column @@ -103065,9 +120303,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *p){ if( p ){ + assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pPhrase==0 ); sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pLeft); sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pRight); - sqlite3_free(p->aDoclist); + sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(p->pPhrase); + sqlite3_free(p->aMI); sqlite3_free(p); } } @@ -103079,13 +120319,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *p){ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* #include */ /* ** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers). */ static int queryTestTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zName, + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zName, const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp ){ int rc; @@ -103109,51 +120350,57 @@ static int queryTestTokenizer( } /* -** This function is part of the test interface for the query parser. It -** writes a text representation of the query expression pExpr into the -** buffer pointed to by argument zBuf. It is assumed that zBuf is large -** enough to store the required text representation. +** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the +** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from +** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use +** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered, +** NULL is returned. +** +** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to +** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free(). */ -static void exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ +static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ switch( pExpr->eType ){ case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: { Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; int i; - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "PHRASE %d %d", pPhrase->iColumn, pPhrase->isNot); - for(i=0; inToken; i++){ - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf," %.*s",pPhrase->aToken[i].n,pPhrase->aToken[i].z); - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf,"%s", (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"")); + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf( + "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn); + for(i=0; zBuf && inToken; i++){ + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, + pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z, + (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"") + ); } - return; + return zBuf; } case FTSQUERY_NEAR: - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "NEAR/%d ", pExpr->nNear); + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear); break; case FTSQUERY_NOT: - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "NOT "); + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf); break; case FTSQUERY_AND: - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "AND "); + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf); break; case FTSQUERY_OR: - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "OR "); + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf); break; } - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "{"); - exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf); - zBuf += strlen(zBuf); - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "} "); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf); + + if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf); - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "{"); - exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf); - zBuf += strlen(zBuf); - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "}"); + return zBuf; } /* -** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the +** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the ** expression parser. It should be called as follows: ** ** fts3_exprtest(, , , ...); @@ -103180,10 +120427,11 @@ static void fts3ExprTest( int nCol; int ii; Fts3Expr *pExpr; + char *zBuf = 0; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); if( argc<3 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, + sqlite3_result_error(context, "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1 ); return; @@ -103222,18 +120470,17 @@ static void fts3ExprTest( rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( pTokenizer, azCol, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr ); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || !(zBuf = exprToString(pExpr, 0)) ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - goto exprtest_out; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - char zBuf[4096]; - exprToString(pExpr, zBuf); - sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr); }else{ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(zBuf); } + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr); + exprtest_out: if( pModule && pTokenizer ){ rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); @@ -103242,8 +120489,8 @@ exprtest_out: } /* -** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() -** with database connection db. +** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() +** with database connection db. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){ return sqlite3_create_function( @@ -103283,6 +120530,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){ */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ /* @@ -103303,8 +120553,8 @@ static void fts3HashFree(void *p){ ** fields of the Hash structure. ** ** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. -** keyClass is one of the constants -** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass +** keyClass is one of the constants +** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass ** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is ** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and ** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. @@ -103381,7 +120631,7 @@ static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ /* ** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. ** -** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some +** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some ** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: ** ** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a @@ -103441,7 +120691,7 @@ static void fts3HashInsertElement( /* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. -** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail +** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail ** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails. ** ** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs. @@ -103486,7 +120736,7 @@ static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash( count = pEntry->count; xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass); while( count-- && elem ){ - if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ + if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ return elem; } elem = elem->next; @@ -103505,7 +120755,7 @@ static void fts3RemoveElementByHash( ){ struct _fts3ht *pEntry; if( elem->prev ){ - elem->prev->next = elem->next; + elem->prev->next = elem->next; }else{ pH->first = elem->next; } @@ -103533,8 +120783,8 @@ static void fts3RemoveElementByHash( } SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem( - const Fts3Hash *pH, - const void *pKey, + const Fts3Hash *pH, + const void *pKey, int nKey ){ int h; /* A hash on key */ @@ -103548,7 +120798,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem( return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); } -/* +/* ** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key ** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is ** found, or NULL if there is no match. @@ -103663,7 +120913,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert( */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ /* @@ -103717,7 +120970,7 @@ static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int porterOpen( @@ -103770,7 +121023,7 @@ static const char cType[] = { /* ** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in ** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according -** to Porter ruls. +** to Porter ruls. ** ** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'. ** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant, @@ -103890,11 +121143,11 @@ static int star_oh(const char *z){ /* ** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem -** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the +** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the ** ending to zTo. ** ** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo -** is in normal order. +** is in normal order. ** ** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not ** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and @@ -103963,9 +121216,9 @@ static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ ** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and ** 3 bytes from the end. For long words without digits, 10 bytes ** are taken from each end. US-ASCII case folding still applies. -** -** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not -** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just +** +** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not +** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just ** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII ** case folding. ** @@ -103976,7 +121229,7 @@ static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ int i, j; char zReverse[28]; char *z, *z2; - if( nIn<3 || nIn>=sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){ + if( nIn<3 || nIn>=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){ /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer. ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */ copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); @@ -104010,11 +121263,11 @@ static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ } } - /* Step 1b */ + /* Step 1b */ z2 = z; if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){ /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ - }else if( + }else if( (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel)) && z!=z2 ){ @@ -104307,13 +121560,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule( */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE - SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 -#endif - +/* #include */ +/* #include */ /* -** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying +** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying ** hash table. This function may be called as follows: ** ** SELECT (); @@ -104375,7 +121626,7 @@ static void scalarFunc( sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } -static int fts3IsIdChar(char c){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char c){ static const char isFtsIdChar[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ @@ -104413,9 +121664,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){ break; default: - if( fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){ + if( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){ z2 = &z1[1]; - while( fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++; + while( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++; }else{ z1++; } @@ -104428,38 +121679,26 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Tokenizer hash table */ - const char *zArg, /* Possible tokenizer specification */ + const char *zArg, /* Tokenizer name */ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTok, /* OUT: Tokenizer (if applicable) */ - const char **pzTokenizer, /* OUT: Set to zArg if is tokenizer */ char **pzErr /* OUT: Set to malloced error message */ ){ int rc; char *z = (char *)zArg; - int n; + int n = 0; char *zCopy; char *zEnd; /* Pointer to nul-term of zCopy */ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m; - if( !z ){ - zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("simple"); - }else{ - if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) || fts3IsIdChar(z[8])){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &z[8]); - *pzTokenizer = zArg; - } - if( !zCopy ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - + zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zArg); + if( !zCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; zEnd = &zCopy[strlen(zCopy)]; z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(zCopy, &n); z[n] = '\0'; sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z); - m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, z, (int)strlen(z)+1); + m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash,z,(int)strlen(z)+1); if( !m ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", z); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -104486,7 +121725,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer"); }else{ - (*ppTok)->pModule = m; + (*ppTok)->pModule = m; } sqlite3_free((void *)aArg); } @@ -104498,9 +121737,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( #ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* #include */ +/* #include */ /* -** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers +** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers ** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This ** function must be called with two arguments: ** @@ -104513,9 +121754,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( ** ** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl ** list. For each token in the , three elements are -** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the +** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the ** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the -** substring of associated with the token. For example, +** substring of associated with the token. For example, ** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer: ** ** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how'); @@ -104523,7 +121764,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( ** will return the string: ** ** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}" -** +** */ static void testFunc( sqlite3_context *context, @@ -104615,8 +121856,8 @@ finish: static int registerTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - char *zName, + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p ){ int rc; @@ -104637,8 +121878,8 @@ int registerTokenizer( static int queryTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - char *zName, + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp ){ int rc; @@ -104719,23 +121960,23 @@ static void intTestFunc( /* ** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of ** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must -** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy +** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy ** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to: ** ** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); ** ** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above ** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is -** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header -** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both +** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header +** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both ** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash. ** ** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name ** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable( - sqlite3 *db, - Fts3Hash *pHash, + sqlite3 *db, + Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *zName ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -104753,15 +121994,23 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable( } #endif - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0)) + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0); + } + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0); + } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 2, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 3, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0)) + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 2, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0); + } + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 3, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0); + } + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0); + } #endif - ); #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_free(zTest); @@ -104801,7 +122050,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable( */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ typedef struct simple_tokenizer { @@ -104823,6 +122075,9 @@ typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor { static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){ return c<0x80 && t->delim[c]; } +static int fts3_isalnum(int x){ + return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z'); +} /* ** Create a new tokenizer instance. @@ -104857,7 +122112,7 @@ static int simpleCreate( /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */ int i; for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){ - t->delim[i] = !isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0; + t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0; } } @@ -104876,7 +122131,7 @@ static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int simpleOpen( @@ -104963,7 +122218,7 @@ static int simpleNext( ** case-insensitivity. */ unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i]; - c->pToken[i] = (char)(ch<0x80 ? tolower(ch) : ch); + c->pToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch); } *ppToken = c->pToken; *pnBytes = n; @@ -105018,21 +122273,62 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule( ** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically, ** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3 ** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some -** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query +** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query ** code in fts3.c. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +/* +** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they +** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end +** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer +** of 920 bytes is allocated for it. +** +** This means that if we have a pointer into a buffer containing node data, +** it is always safe to read up to two varints from it without risking an +** overread, even if the node data is corrupted. +*/ +#define FTS3_NODE_PADDING (FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2) + +/* +** Under certain circumstances, b-tree nodes (doclists) can be loaded into +** memory incrementally instead of all at once. This can be a big performance +** win (reduced IO and CPU) if SQLite stops calling the virtual table xNext() +** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example, +** if a query has a LIMIT clause). +** +** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD +** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes. +** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values +** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful +** for testing purposes. +** +** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may +** be overridden at runtime for testing purposes. File fts3_test.c contains +** a Tcl interface to read and write the values. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int test_fts3_node_chunksize = (4*1024); +int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4; +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE test_fts3_node_chunksize +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold +#else +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024) +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4) +#endif typedef struct PendingList PendingList; typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode; typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter; /* -** Data structure used while accumulating terms in the pending-terms hash -** table. The hash table entry maps from term (a string) to a malloc'd -** instance of this structure. +** An instance of the following data structure is used to build doclists +** incrementally. See function fts3PendingListAppend() for details. */ struct PendingList { int nData; @@ -105043,6 +122339,17 @@ struct PendingList { sqlite3_int64 iLastPos; }; + +/* +** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects. +*/ +struct Fts3DeferredToken { + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */ + int iCol; /* Column token must occur in */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; /* Next in list of deferred tokens */ + PendingList *pList; /* Doclist is assembled here */ +}; + /* ** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on ** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of @@ -105062,12 +122369,17 @@ struct PendingList { */ struct Fts3SegReader { int iIdx; /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */ - sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock; - sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* SQL Statement to access leaf nodes */ + + sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock; /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock; /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock; /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */ + sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock; /* Current leaf block (or 0) */ + char *aNode; /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */ int nNode; /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */ - int nTermAlloc; /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */ + int nPopulate; /* If >0, bytes of buffer aNode[] loaded */ + sqlite3_blob *pBlob; /* If not NULL, blob handle to read node */ + Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem; /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly @@ -105077,15 +122389,20 @@ struct Fts3SegReader { */ int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in current term */ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to current term */ + int nTermAlloc; /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */ char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */ int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */ - /* The following variables are used to iterate through the current doclist */ + /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate + ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist). + */ char *pOffsetList; + int nOffsetList; /* For descending pending seg-readers only */ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; }; #define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0) +#define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->aNode==(char *)&(p)[1]) /* ** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the @@ -105118,6 +122435,14 @@ struct SegmentWriter { ** fts3NodeAddTerm() ** fts3NodeWrite() ** fts3NodeFree() +** +** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge +** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the +** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of +** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have +** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually +** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively +** little memory. */ struct SegmentNode { SegmentNode *pParent; /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */ @@ -105137,7 +122462,7 @@ struct SegmentNode { */ #define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT 0 #define SQL_IS_EMPTY 1 -#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS 3 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR 4 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE 5 @@ -105148,18 +122473,22 @@ struct SegmentNode { #define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID 10 #define SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR 11 #define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL 12 -#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_LEVEL 13 +#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE 13 #define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT 14 -#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_COUNT_MAX 15 -#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_BY_LEVEL 16 +#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL 15 +#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL 16 #define SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE 17 #define SQL_CONTENT_INSERT 18 -#define SQL_GET_BLOCK 19 -#define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE 20 -#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE 21 -#define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE 22 -#define SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL 23 -#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCTOTAL 24 +#define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE 19 +#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE 20 +#define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE 21 +#define SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL 22 +#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCTOTAL 23 + +#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_PREFIX_LEVEL 24 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_TERMS_SEGDIR 25 + +#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE 26 /* ** This function is used to obtain an SQLite prepared statement handle @@ -105168,7 +122497,7 @@ struct SegmentNode { ** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0. ** ** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with -** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound +** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound ** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before ** returning. */ @@ -105186,55 +122515,49 @@ static int fts3SqlStmt( /* 4 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", /* 5 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'", /* 6 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'", -/* 7 */ "SELECT * FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid=?", +/* 7 */ "SELECT %s FROM %Q.'%q_content' AS x WHERE rowid=?", /* 8 */ "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1", /* 9 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)", /* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)", /* 11 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)", - /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ + /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ /* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC", /* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " - "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?" + "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", /* 14 */ "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", -/* 15 */ "SELECT count(*), max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", +/* 15 */ "SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", /* 16 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", /* 17 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?", -/* 18 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%z)", -/* 19 */ "SELECT block FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid = ?", -/* 20 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?", -/* 21 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)", -/* 22 */ "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?", -/* 23 */ "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=0", -/* 24 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(0,?)", +/* 18 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)", +/* 19 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?", +/* 20 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)", +/* 21 */ "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?", +/* 22 */ "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=0", +/* 23 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(0,?)", +/* 24 */ "", +/* 25 */ "", + +/* 26 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", + }; int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) ); assert( eStmt=0 ); - + pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt]; if( !pStmt ){ char *zSql; if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - char *zVarlist; /* The "?, ?, ..." string */ - zVarlist = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(2*p->nColumn+2); - if( !zVarlist ){ - *pp = 0; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - zVarlist[0] = '?'; - zVarlist[p->nColumn*2+1] = '\0'; - for(i=1; i<=p->nColumn; i++){ - zVarlist[i*2-1] = ','; - zVarlist[i*2] = '?'; - } - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, zVarlist); + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, p->zWriteExprlist); + }else if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zReadExprlist, p->zDb, p->zName); }else{ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName); } @@ -105258,6 +122581,51 @@ static int fts3SqlStmt( return rc; } +static int fts3SelectDocsize( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int eStmt, /* Either SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE or DOCTOTAL */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to bind for SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement requested from fts3SqlStmt() */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + assert( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE || eStmt==SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL ); + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, eStmt, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iDocid); + } + rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + pStmt = 0; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + *ppStmt = pStmt; + return rc; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ +){ + return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL, 0, ppStmt); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to read size data for */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ +){ + return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE, iDocid, ppStmt); +} + /* ** Similar to fts3SqlStmt(). Except, after binding the parameters in ** array apVal[] to the SQL statement identified by eStmt, the statement @@ -105275,7 +122643,7 @@ static void fts3SqlExec( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc; if( *pRC ) return; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_step(pStmt); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); @@ -105285,48 +122653,39 @@ static void fts3SqlExec( /* -** Read a single block from the %_segments table. If the specified block -** does not exist, return SQLITE_CORRUPT. If some other error (malloc, IO -** etc.) occurs, return the appropriate SQLite error code. +** This function ensures that the caller has obtained a shared-cache +** table-lock on the %_content table. This is required before reading +** data from the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then +** the caller may end up holding read-locks on the %_segments and %_segdir +** tables, but no read-lock on the %_content table. If this happens +** a second connection will be able to write to the fts3 table, but +** attempting to commit those writes might return SQLITE_LOCKED or +** SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (because the commit attempts to obtain +** write-locks on the %_segments and %_segdir ** tables). ** -** Otherwise, if successful, set *pzBlock to point to a buffer containing -** the block read from the database, and *pnBlock to the size of the read -** block in bytes. -** -** WARNING: The returned buffer is only valid until the next call to -** sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(). +** We try to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when committing +** a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. And this is +** not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. It can +** still happen if the user reads data directly from the %_segments or +** %_segdir tables instead of going through FTS3 though. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( - Fts3Table *p, - sqlite3_int64 iBlock, - char const **pzBlock, - int *pnBlock -){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_GET_BLOCK, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - - if( pzBlock ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock); - rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ - return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_CORRUPT : rc); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to obtain lock */ - *pnBlock = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0); - *pzBlock = (char *)sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); - if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT; - } + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } - return SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } /* ** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through ** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful, -** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, +** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, ** return an SQLite error code. ** ** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for @@ -105340,8 +122699,35 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( ** 3: end_block ** 4: root */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){ - return fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LEVEL, ppStmt, 0); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table */ + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex[] */ + int iLevel, /* Level to select */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Compiled statement */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + + assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel>=0 ); + assert( iLevel=0 && iIndexnIndex ); + + if( iLevel<0 ){ + /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL); + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, (iIndex+1)*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1); + } + }else{ + /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iLevel+iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL); + } + } + *ppStmt = pStmt; + return rc; } @@ -105454,6 +122840,47 @@ static int fts3PendingListAppend( } /* +** Free a PendingList object allocated by fts3PendingListAppend(). +*/ +static void fts3PendingListDelete(PendingList *pList){ + sqlite3_free(pList); +} + +/* +** Add an entry to one of the pending-terms hash tables. +*/ +static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne( + Fts3Table *p, + int iCol, + int iPos, + Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Pending terms hash table to add entry to */ + const char *zToken, + int nToken +){ + PendingList *pList; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken); + if( pList ){ + p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); + } + if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){ + if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){ + /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only + ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token. + */ + assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) ); + sqlite3_free(pList); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); + } + return rc; +} + +/* ** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the ** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in ** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol. @@ -105461,10 +122888,10 @@ static int fts3PendingListAppend( ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table into which text will be inserted */ - const char *zText, /* Text of document to be inseted */ - int iCol, /* Column number into which text is inserted */ - u32 *pnWord /* OUT: Number of tokens inserted */ + Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which text will be inserted */ + const char *zText, /* Text of document to be inserted */ + int iCol, /* Column into which text is being inserted */ + u32 *pnWord /* OUT: Number of tokens inserted */ ){ int rc; int iStart; @@ -105483,6 +122910,14 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( assert( pTokenizer && pModule ); + /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with + ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and + ** return early. */ + if( zText==0 ){ + *pnWord = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zText, -1, &pCsr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; @@ -105493,8 +122928,7 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( while( SQLITE_OK==rc && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos)) ){ - PendingList *pList; - + int i; if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1; /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally. @@ -105505,22 +122939,19 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( break; } - pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(&p->pendingTerms, zToken, nToken); - if( pList ){ - p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); - } - if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){ - if( pList==fts3HashInsert(&p->pendingTerms, zToken, nToken, pList) ){ - /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only - ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token. - */ - assert( 0==fts3HashFind(&p->pendingTerms, zToken, nToken) ); - sqlite3_free(pList); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); + /* Add the term to the terms index */ + rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( + p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken + ); + + /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too + ** short for. */ + for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ + struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i]; + if( nTokennPrefix ) continue; + rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( + p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix + ); } } @@ -105529,8 +122960,8 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); } -/* -** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to +/* +** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to ** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the ** contents of the document with docid iDocid. */ @@ -105549,12 +122980,20 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsDocid(Fts3Table *p, sqlite_int64 iDocid){ return SQLITE_OK; } +/* +** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){ - Fts3HashElem *pElem; - for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(&p->pendingTerms); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){ - sqlite3_free(fts3HashData(pElem)); + int i; + for(i=0; inIndex; i++){ + Fts3HashElem *pElem; + Fts3Hash *pHash = &p->aIndex[i].hPending; + for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){ + PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); + fts3PendingListDelete(pList); + } + fts3HashClear(pHash); } - fts3HashClear(&p->pendingTerms); p->nPendingData = 0; } @@ -105570,12 +123009,11 @@ static int fts3InsertTerms(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value **apVal, u32 *aSz){ int i; /* Iterator variable */ for(i=2; inColumn+2; i++){ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]); - if( zText ){ - int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, zText, i-2, &aSz[i-2]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } + int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, zText, i-2, &aSz[i-2]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } + aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]); } return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -105635,8 +123073,8 @@ static int fts3InsertData( if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } - /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the - ** new docid value. + /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the + ** new docid value. */ sqlite3_step(pContentInsert); rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert); @@ -105663,6 +123101,8 @@ static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p){ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0); if( p->bHasDocsize ){ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0); + } + if( p->bHasStat ){ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0); } return rc; @@ -105673,17 +123113,17 @@ static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p){ ** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the ** full-text index. */ -static void fts3DeleteTerms( +static void fts3DeleteTerms( int *pRC, /* Result code */ Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */ - sqlite3_value **apVal, /* apVal[] contains the docid to be deleted */ + sqlite3_value *pRowid, /* The docid to be deleted */ u32 *aSz /* Sizes of deleted document written here */ ){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; if( *pRC ) return; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, apVal); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ int i; @@ -105695,6 +123135,7 @@ static void fts3DeleteTerms( *pRC = rc; return; } + aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i); } } rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); @@ -105708,9 +123149,9 @@ static void fts3DeleteTerms( ** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between ** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(). */ -static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int); +static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int); -/* +/* ** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table. ** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting ** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned @@ -105719,13 +123160,18 @@ static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int); ** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel ** ** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested -** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the +** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the ** allocated index is 0. ** ** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK ** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. */ -static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(Fts3Table *p, int iLevel, int *piIdx){ +static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx( + Fts3Table *p, + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ + int iLevel, + int *piIdx +){ int rc; /* Return Code */ sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx; /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */ int iNext = 0; /* Result of query pNextIdx */ @@ -105733,7 +123179,7 @@ static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(Fts3Table *p, int iLevel, int *piIdx){ /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int(pNextIdx, 1, iLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pNextIdx, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + iLevel); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){ iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0); } @@ -105747,7 +123193,7 @@ static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(Fts3Table *p, int iLevel, int *piIdx){ ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext. */ if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){ - rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLevel); + rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iIndex, iLevel); *piIdx = 0; }else{ *piIdx = iNext; @@ -105758,11 +123204,139 @@ static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(Fts3Table *p, int iLevel, int *piIdx){ } /* +** The %_segments table is declared as follows: +** +** CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB) +** +** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The +** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not +** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated +** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the +** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set +** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning. +** +** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row, +** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If +** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to +** eventually free the returned buffer. +** +** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the +** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls +** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the +** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy +** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed +** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held +** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table +** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function +** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iBlockid, /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */ + char **paBlob, /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */ + int *pnBlob, /* OUT: Size of blob data */ + int *pnLoad /* OUT: Bytes actually loaded */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */ + assert( pnBlob); + + if( p->pSegments ){ + rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid); + }else{ + if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){ + p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName); + if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + rc = sqlite3_blob_open( + p->db, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments + ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pSegments); + *pnBlob = nByte; + if( paBlob ){ + char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( !aByte ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + if( pnLoad && nByte>(FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD) ){ + nByte = FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE; + *pnLoad = nByte; + } + rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0); + memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(aByte); + aByte = 0; + } + } + *paBlob = aByte; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above +** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){ + sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments); + p->pSegments = 0; +} + +static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ + int nRead; /* Number of bytes to read */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE); + rc = sqlite3_blob_read( + pReader->pBlob, + &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], + nRead, + pReader->nPopulate + ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pReader->nPopulate += nRead; + memset(&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( pReader->nPopulate==pReader->nNode ){ + sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); + pReader->pBlob = 0; + pReader->nPopulate = 0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( !pReader->pBlob + || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]) + ); + while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK + && (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate + ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); + } + return rc; +} + +/* ** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the ** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term, ** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ -static int fts3SegReaderNext(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ +static int fts3SegReaderNext( + Fts3Table *p, + Fts3SegReader *pReader, + int bIncr +){ + int rc; /* Return code of various sub-routines */ char *pNext; /* Cursor variable */ int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes in term prefix */ int nSuffix; /* Number of bytes in term suffix */ @@ -105774,7 +123348,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNext(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ } if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){ - int rc; + if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem); if( pElem==0 ){ @@ -105790,22 +123364,48 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNext(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ } return SQLITE_OK; } - if( !pReader->pStmt ){ - pReader->aNode = 0; + + if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ + sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode); + sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); + pReader->pBlob = 0; + } + pReader->aNode = 0; + + /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf + ** blocks have already been traversed. */ + assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ); + if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } - rc = sqlite3_step(pReader->pStmt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ - pReader->aNode = 0; - return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); + + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( + p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, + (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0) + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + assert( pReader->pBlob==0 ); + if( bIncr && pReader->nPopulatenNode ){ + pReader->pBlob = p->pSegments; + p->pSegments = 0; } - pReader->nNode = sqlite3_column_bytes(pReader->pStmt, 0); - pReader->aNode = (char *)sqlite3_column_blob(pReader->pStmt, 0); pNext = pReader->aNode; } + assert( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ); + + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is + ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */ pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix); pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix); + if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0 + || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] + ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } if( nPrefix+nSuffix>pReader->nTermAlloc ){ int nNew = (nPrefix+nSuffix)*2; @@ -105816,13 +123416,26 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNext(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ pReader->zTerm = zNew; pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew; } + + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, nSuffix+FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix); pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix; pNext += nSuffix; pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist); - assert( pNext<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ); pReader->aDoclist = pNext; pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + + /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the + ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either + ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt. + */ + if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] + || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1]) + ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -105830,87 +123443,179 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNext(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ ** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated ** with the current term. */ -static void fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ - int n; +static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pReader->aDoclist ); assert( !pReader->pOffsetList ); - n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid); - pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n]; + if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + u8 bEof = 0; + pReader->iDocid = 0; + pReader->nOffsetList = 0; + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, + pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, + &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof + ); + }else{ + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pReader->aDoclist, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid); + pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n]; + } + } + return rc; } /* ** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist ** associated with the current term. -** -** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then +** +** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then ** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list ** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint). ** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset ** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example: */ -static void fts3SegReaderNextDocid( - Fts3SegReader *pReader, - char **ppOffsetList, - int *pnOffsetList +static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid( + Fts3Table *pTab, + Fts3SegReader *pReader, /* Reader to advance to next docid */ + char **ppOffsetList, /* OUT: Pointer to current position-list */ + int *pnOffsetList /* OUT: Length of *ppOffsetList in bytes */ ){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; char *p = pReader->pOffsetList; char c = 0; - /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The - ** following two lines advance it to point one byte past the end of - ** the same offset list. - */ - while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80; - p++; + assert( p ); - /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the - ** size of the previous offset-list. - */ - if( ppOffsetList ){ - *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; - *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1); + if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + /* A pending-terms seg-reader for an FTS4 table that uses order=desc. + ** Pending-terms doclists are always built up in ascending order, so + ** we have to iterate through them backwards here. */ + u8 bEof = 0; + if( ppOffsetList ){ + *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; + *pnOffsetList = pReader->nOffsetList - 1; + } + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, + pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &p, &pReader->iDocid, + &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof + ); + if( bEof ){ + pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + }else{ + pReader->pOffsetList = p; + } + }else{ + char *pEnd = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; + + /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The + ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of + ** the same offset list. */ + while( 1 ){ + + /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is + ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired + ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk + ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte passed + ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[]. + */ + while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80; + assert( *p==0 ); + + if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break; + rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + p++; + + /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the + ** size of the previous offset-list. + */ + if( ppOffsetList ){ + *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; + *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1); + } + + while( p=pEnd ){ + pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + }else{ + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, p, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta); + if( pTab->bDescIdx ){ + pReader->iDocid -= iDelta; + }else{ + pReader->iDocid += iDelta; + } + } + } } - /* If there are no more entries in the doclist, set pOffsetList to - ** NULL. Otherwise, set Fts3SegReader.iDocid to the next docid and - ** Fts3SegReader.pOffsetList to point to the next offset list before - ** returning. - */ - if( p>=&pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist] ){ - pReader->pOffsetList = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3_int64 iDelta; - pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta); - pReader->iDocid += iDelta; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, + Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, + int *pnOvfl +){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int nOvfl = 0; + int ii; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int pgsz = p->nPgsz; + + assert( p->bHasStat ); + assert( pgsz>0 ); + + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinSegment; ii++){ + Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii]; + if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) + && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) + ){ + sqlite3_int64 jj; + for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){ + int nBlob; + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, jj, 0, &nBlob, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){ + nOvfl += (nBlob + 34)/pgsz; + } + } + } } + *pnOvfl = nOvfl; + return rc; } /* -** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the +** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the ** second argument. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3Table *p, Fts3SegReader *pReader){ - if( pReader ){ - if( pReader->pStmt ){ - /* Move the leaf-range SELECT statement to the aLeavesStmt[] array, - ** so that it can be reused when required by another query. - */ - assert( p->nLeavesStmtnLeavesTotal ); - sqlite3_reset(pReader->pStmt); - p->aLeavesStmt[p->nLeavesStmt++] = pReader->pStmt; - } - if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ - sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ + if( pReader && !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm); + if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ + sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode); + sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); } - sqlite3_free(pReader); } + sqlite3_free(pReader); } /* ** Allocate a new SegReader object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ int iAge, /* Segment "age". */ sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf, /* First leaf to traverse */ sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf, /* Final leaf to traverse */ @@ -105923,8 +123628,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew( Fts3SegReader *pReader; /* Newly allocated SegReader object */ int nExtra = 0; /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */ + assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf ); if( iStartLeaf==0 ){ - nExtra = nRoot; + nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING; } pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra); @@ -105932,8 +123638,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew( return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader)); - pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf; pReader->iIdx = iAge; + pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf; + pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf; pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock; if( nExtra ){ @@ -105941,59 +123648,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew( pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1]; pReader->nNode = nRoot; memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot); + memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); }else{ - /* If the text of the SQL statement to iterate through a contiguous - ** set of entries in the %_segments table has not yet been composed, - ** compose it now. - */ - if( !p->zSelectLeaves ){ - p->zSelectLeaves = sqlite3_mprintf( - "SELECT block FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ? " - "ORDER BY blockid", p->zDb, p->zName - ); - if( !p->zSelectLeaves ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto finished; - } - } - - /* If there are no free statements in the aLeavesStmt[] array, prepare - ** a new statement now. Otherwise, reuse a prepared statement from - ** aLeavesStmt[]. - */ - if( p->nLeavesStmt==0 ){ - if( p->nLeavesTotal==p->nLeavesAlloc ){ - int nNew = p->nLeavesAlloc + 16; - sqlite3_stmt **aNew = (sqlite3_stmt **)sqlite3_realloc( - p->aLeavesStmt, nNew*sizeof(sqlite3_stmt *) - ); - if( !aNew ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto finished; - } - p->nLeavesAlloc = nNew; - p->aLeavesStmt = aNew; - } - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, p->zSelectLeaves, -1, &pReader->pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto finished; - } - p->nLeavesTotal++; - }else{ - pReader->pStmt = p->aLeavesStmt[--p->nLeavesStmt]; - } - - /* Bind the start and end leaf blockids to the prepared SQL statement. */ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pReader->pStmt, 1, iStartLeaf); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pReader->pStmt, 2, iEndLeaf); + pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1; } - rc = fts3SegReaderNext(pReader); - finished: if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ *ppReader = pReader; }else{ - sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(p, pReader); + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pReader); } return rc; } @@ -106020,24 +123683,42 @@ static int fts3CompareElemByTerm(const void *lhs, const void *rhs){ /* ** This function is used to allocate an Fts3SegReader that iterates through ** a subset of the terms stored in the Fts3Table.pendingTerms array. +** +** If the isPrefixIter parameter is zero, then the returned SegReader iterates +** through each term in the pending-terms table. Or, if isPrefixIter is +** non-zero, it iterates through each term and its prefixes. For example, if +** the pending terms hash table contains the terms "sqlite", "mysql" and +** "firebird", then the iterator visits the following 'terms' (in the order +** shown): +** +** f fi fir fire fireb firebi firebir firebird +** m my mys mysq mysql +** s sq sql sqli sqlit sqlite +** +** Whereas if isPrefixIter is zero, the terms visited are: +** +** firebird mysql sqlite */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to search for */ int nTerm, /* Size of buffer zTerm */ - int isPrefix, /* True for a term-prefix query */ + int bPrefix, /* True for a prefix iterator */ Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: SegReader for pending-terms */ ){ Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0; /* Fts3SegReader object to return */ Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0; /* Array of term hash entries to scan */ int nElem = 0; /* Size of array at aElem */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + Fts3Hash *pHash; - if( isPrefix ){ + pHash = &p->aIndex[iIndex].hPending; + if( bPrefix ){ int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated array at aElem */ Fts3HashElem *pE = 0; /* Iterator variable */ - for(pE=fts3HashFirst(&p->pendingTerms); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){ + for(pE=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){ char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE); int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE); if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){ @@ -106054,6 +123735,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( } aElem = aElem2; } + aElem[nElem++] = pE; } } @@ -106067,7 +123749,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( } }else{ - Fts3HashElem *pE = fts3HashFindElem(&p->pendingTerms, zTerm, nTerm); + /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in + ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. */ + Fts3HashElem *pE = fts3HashFindElem(pHash, zTerm, nTerm); if( pE ){ aElem = &pE; nElem = 1; @@ -106084,56 +123768,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF; pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1]; memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)); - fts3SegReaderNext(pReader); } } - if( isPrefix ){ + if( bPrefix ){ sqlite3_free(aElem); } *ppReader = pReader; return rc; } - /* -** The second argument to this function is expected to be a statement of -** the form: -** -** SELECT -** idx, -- col 0 -** start_block, -- col 1 -** leaves_end_block, -- col 2 -** end_block, -- col 3 -** root -- col 4 -** FROM %_segdir ... -** -** This function allocates and initializes a Fts3SegReader structure to -** iterate through the terms stored in the segment identified by the -** current row that pStmt is pointing to. -** -** If successful, the Fts3SegReader is left pointing to the first term -** in the segment and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error -** code is returned. -*/ -static int fts3SegReaderNew( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* See above */ - int iAge, /* Segment "age". */ - Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */ -){ - return sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(p, iAge, - sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1), - sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2), - sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3), - sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4), - sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4), - ppReader - ); -} - -/* -** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. +** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. ** Comparison is as follows: ** ** 1) EOF is greater than not EOF. @@ -106189,10 +123835,22 @@ static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); return rc; } +static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ + int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); + if( rc==0 ){ + if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ + rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; + }else{ + rc = (pLhs->iDocid < pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; + } + } + assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); + return rc; +} /* ** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument -** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. +** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. ** ** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return ** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are @@ -106253,7 +123911,7 @@ static void fts3SegReaderSort( #endif } -/* +/* ** Insert a record into the %_segments table. */ static int fts3WriteSegment( @@ -106273,7 +123931,7 @@ static int fts3WriteSegment( return rc; } -/* +/* ** Insert a record into the %_segdir table. */ static int fts3WriteSegdir( @@ -106303,7 +123961,7 @@ static int fts3WriteSegdir( /* ** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and -** zNext, in bytes. For example, +** zNext, in bytes. For example, ** ** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3 ** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2 @@ -106326,8 +123984,8 @@ static int fts3PrefixCompress( ** (according to memcmp) than the previous term. */ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */ + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */ int isCopyTerm, /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */ const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ int nTerm /* Size of term in bytes */ @@ -106336,7 +123994,7 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( int rc; SegmentNode *pNew; - /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if + /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if ** this is possible. */ if( pTree ){ @@ -106356,8 +124014,8 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when - ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, - ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. + ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, + ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. */ assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] ); pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq); @@ -106401,7 +124059,7 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it. ** ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for - ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree + ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree ** has no parent, one is created here. */ pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize); @@ -106426,7 +124084,7 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( pTree->zMalloc = 0; }else{ pNew->pLeftmost = pNew; - rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); } *ppTree = pNew; @@ -106437,8 +124095,8 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( ** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite(). */ static int fts3TreeFinishNode( - SegmentNode *pTree, - int iHeight, + SegmentNode *pTree, + int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild ){ int nStart; @@ -106451,15 +124109,15 @@ static int fts3TreeFinishNode( /* ** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the -** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of -** pTree and its peers to the database. +** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of +** pTree and its peers to the database. ** ** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead, ** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is ** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no -** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is +** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is ** returned. */ static int fts3NodeWrite( @@ -106487,7 +124145,7 @@ static int fts3NodeWrite( for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){ int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf); int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart; - + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite); iNextFree++; iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1); @@ -106533,7 +124191,7 @@ static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){ */ static int fts3SegWriterAdd( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ + SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */ const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */ @@ -106701,7 +124359,7 @@ static int fts3SegWriterFlush( } /* -** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the +** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the ** first argument. */ static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){ @@ -106717,16 +124375,16 @@ static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){ ** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer. ** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that ** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid -** apVal[0] would mean the FTS3 table were empty. +** pRowid would mean the FTS3 table were empty. ** ** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for -** document apVal[0], or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an +** document pRowid, or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an ** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. */ -static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value **apVal, int *pisEmpty){ +static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, apVal); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, &pRowid); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); @@ -106737,40 +124395,30 @@ static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value **apVal, int *pisEmpty){ } /* -** Set *pnSegment to the number of segments of level iLevel in the database. +** Set *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database for the index +** iIndex. ** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not. -*/ -static int fts3SegmentCount(Fts3Table *p, int iLevel, int *pnSegment){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc; - - assert( iLevel>=0 ); - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iLevel); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - *pnSegment = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); - } - return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); -} - -/* -** Set *pnSegment to the total number of segments in the database. Set -** *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database (segment levels -** are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table). +** Segment levels are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not. */ -static int fts3SegmentCountMax(Fts3Table *p, int *pnSegment, int *pnMax){ +static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int iIndex, int *pnMax){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc; + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_COUNT_MAX, &pStmt, 0); + /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of: + ** + ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? + ** + ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR). + */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL); + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, (iIndex+1)*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - *pnSegment = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); - *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); + *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); } return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } @@ -106779,9 +124427,9 @@ static int fts3SegmentCountMax(Fts3Table *p, int *pnSegment, int *pnMax){ ** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large ** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically, ** it: -** -** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with -** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third +** +** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with +** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third ** argument, and ** ** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir @@ -106791,6 +124439,7 @@ static int fts3SegmentCountMax(Fts3Table *p, int *pnSegment, int *pnMax){ */ static int fts3DeleteSegdir( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ int iLevel, /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */ Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array of SegReader objects */ int nReader /* Size of array apSegment */ @@ -106813,22 +124462,30 @@ static int fts3DeleteSegdir( return rc; } - if( iLevel>=0 ){ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_BY_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0); + assert( iLevel>=0 || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ); + if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 1, iLevel); - sqlite3_step(pDelete); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); + sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL); + sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 2, (iIndex+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1); } }else{ - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + iLevel); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pDelete); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); } return rc; } /* -** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains +** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains ** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This ** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they ** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol. @@ -106851,7 +124508,7 @@ static void fts3ColumnFilter( while( 1 ){ char c = 0; while( ppMsr->nBuffer ){ + char *pNew; + pMsr->nBuffer = nList*2; + pNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pMsr->aBuffer, pMsr->nBuffer); + if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pMsr->aBuffer = pNew; + } -/* -** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() callback used when flushing the contents -** of the pending-terms hash table to the database. -*/ -static int fts3FlushCallback( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 Virtual table handle */ - void *pContext, /* Pointer to SegmentWriter* to write with */ - char *zTerm, /* Term to write to the db */ - int nTerm, /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ - char *aDoclist, /* Doclist associated with zTerm */ - int nDoclist /* Number of bytes in doclist */ -){ - SegmentWriter **ppW = (SegmentWriter **)pContext; - return fts3SegWriterAdd(p, ppW, 0, zTerm, nTerm, aDoclist, nDoclist); + memcpy(pMsr->aBuffer, pList, nList); + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** This function is used to iterate through a contiguous set of terms -** stored in the full-text index. It merges data contained in one or -** more segments to support this. -** -** The second argument is passed an array of pointers to SegReader objects -** allocated with sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(). This function merges the range -** of terms selected by each SegReader. If a single term is present in -** more than one segment, the associated doclists are merged. For each -** term and (possibly merged) doclist in the merged range, the callback -** function xFunc is invoked with its arguments set as follows. -** -** arg 0: Copy of 'p' parameter passed to this function -** arg 1: Copy of 'pContext' parameter passed to this function -** arg 2: Pointer to buffer containing term -** arg 3: Size of arg 2 buffer in bytes -** arg 4: Pointer to buffer containing doclist -** arg 5: Size of arg 2 buffer in bytes -** -** The 4th argument to this function is a pointer to a structure of type -** Fts3SegFilter, defined in fts3Int.h. The contents of this structure -** further restrict the range of terms that callbacks are made for and -** modify the behaviour of this function. See comments above structure -** definition for details. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate( +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */ - int nSegment, /* Size of apSegment array */ - Fts3SegFilter *pFilter, /* Restrictions on range of iteration */ - int (*xFunc)(Fts3Table *, void *, char *, int, char *, int), /* Callback */ - void *pContext /* Callback context (2nd argument) */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */ + sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* OUT: Docid value */ + char **paPoslist, /* OUT: Pointer to position list */ + int *pnPoslist /* OUT: Size of position list in bytes */ ){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - char *aBuffer = 0; /* Buffer to merge doclists in */ - int nAlloc = 0; /* Allocated size of aBuffer buffer */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int nMerge = pMsr->nAdvance; + Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pMsr->apSegment; + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( + p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp + ); - int isIgnoreEmpty = (pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY); - int isRequirePos = (pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS); - int isColFilter = (pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER); - int isPrefix = (pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX); + if( nMerge==0 ){ + *paPoslist = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } - /* If there are zero segments, this function is a no-op. This scenario - ** comes about only when reading from an empty database. - */ - if( nSegment==0 ) goto finished; + while( 1 ){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg; + pSeg = pMsr->apSegment[0]; - /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search + if( pSeg->pOffsetList==0 ){ + *paPoslist = 0; + break; + }else{ + int rc; + char *pList; + int nList; + int j; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; + + rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); + j = 1; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK + && jpOffsetList + && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid + ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); + j++; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + fts3SegReaderSort(pMsr->apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); + + if( pMsr->iColFilter>=0 ){ + fts3ColumnFilter(pMsr->iColFilter, &pList, &nList); + } + + if( nList>0 ){ + if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ + rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pMsr, pList, nList+1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + *paPoslist = pMsr->aBuffer; + assert( (pMsr->aBuffer[nList] & 0xFE)==0x00 ); + }else{ + *paPoslist = pList; + } + *piDocid = iDocid; + *pnPoslist = nList; + break; + } + } + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fts3SegReaderStart( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term searched for (or NULL) */ + int nTerm /* Length of zTerm in bytes */ +){ + int i; + int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment; + + /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term. */ - if( pFilter->zTerm ){ - int nTerm = pFilter->nTerm; - const char *zTerm = pFilter->zTerm; - for(i=0; ibRestart==0 && inSegment; i++){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i]; + do { + int rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + }while( zTerm && fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm)<0 ); + } + fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, nSeg, nSeg, fts3SegReaderCmp); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter /* Restrictions on range of iteration */ +){ + pCsr->pFilter = pFilter; + return fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + int iCol, /* Column to match on. */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to iterate through a doclist for */ + int nTerm /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ +){ + int i; + int rc; + int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( + p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp + ); + + assert( pCsr->pFilter==0 ); + assert( zTerm && nTerm>0 ); + + /* Advance each segment iterator until it points to the term zTerm/nTerm. */ + rc = fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, zTerm, nTerm); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Determine how many of the segments actually point to zTerm/nTerm. */ + for(i=0; iapSegment[i]; + if( !pSeg->aNode || fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm) ){ + break; } } + pCsr->nAdvance = i; + + /* Advance each of the segments to point to the first docid. */ + for(i=0; inAdvance; i++){ + rc = fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, pCsr->apSegment[i]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, i, i, xCmp); - fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, nSegment, fts3SegReaderCmp); - while( apSegment[0]->aNode ){ - int nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm; - char *zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm; - int nMerge = 1; + assert( iCol<0 || iColnColumn ); + pCsr->iColFilter = iCol; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is called on a MultiSegReader that has been started using +** sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(). One or more calls to MsrIncrNext() may also +** have been made. Calling this function puts the MultiSegReader in such +** a state that if the next two calls are: +** +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart() +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep() +** +** then the entire doclist for the term is available in +** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through segment-readers */ + + assert( pCsr->zTerm==0 ); + assert( pCsr->nTerm==0 ); + assert( pCsr->aDoclist==0 ); + assert( pCsr->nDoclist==0 ); + + pCsr->nAdvance = 0; + pCsr->bRestart = 1; + for(i=0; inSegment; i++){ + pCsr->apSegment[i]->pOffsetList = 0; + pCsr->apSegment[i]->nOffsetList = 0; + pCsr->apSegment[i]->iDocid = 0; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + int isIgnoreEmpty = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY); + int isRequirePos = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS); + int isColFilter = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER); + int isPrefix = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX); + int isScan = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN); + + Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pCsr->apSegment; + int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter = pCsr->pFilter; + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( + p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp + ); + + if( pCsr->nSegment==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + do { + int nMerge; + int i; + + /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array + ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again. + */ + for(i=0; inAdvance; i++){ + rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, apSegment[i], 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, pCsr->nAdvance, fts3SegReaderCmp); + pCsr->nAdvance = 0; + + /* If all the seg-readers are at EOF, we're finished. return SQLITE_OK. */ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( apSegment[0]->aNode==0 ) break; + + pCsr->nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm; + pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm; /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points - ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all + ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early. ** ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early. */ - if( pFilter->zTerm ){ - if( nTermnTerm - || (!isPrefix && nTerm>pFilter->nTerm) - || memcmp(zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) - ){ - goto finished; + if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){ + if( pCsr->nTermnTerm + || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm) + || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) + ){ + break; } } - while( nMergeaNode - && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==nTerm - && 0==memcmp(zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, nTerm) + && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm + && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm) ){ nMerge++; } assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) ); - if( nMerge==1 && !isIgnoreEmpty ){ - Fts3SegReader *p0 = apSegment[0]; - rc = xFunc(p, pContext, zTerm, nTerm, p0->aDoclist, p0->nDoclist); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + if( nMerge==1 + && !isIgnoreEmpty + && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0) + ){ + pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist; + if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ + rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pCsr, apSegment[0]->aDoclist, pCsr->nDoclist); + pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; + }else{ + pCsr->aDoclist = apSegment[0]->aDoclist; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ROW; }else{ int nDoclist = 0; /* Size of doclist */ sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; /* Previous docid stored in doclist */ /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged - ** and a single term added to the new segment. + ** and a single term returned with the merged doclist. */ for(i=0; ipOffsetList ){ int j; /* Number of segments that share a docid */ char *pList; int nList; int nByte; sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; - fts3SegReaderNextDocid(apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); + fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); j = 1; while( jpOffsetList && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid ){ - fts3SegReaderNextDocid(apSegment[j], 0, 0); + fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); j++; } @@ -107035,217 +124843,165 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate( } if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){ - nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDocid-iPrev) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0); - if( nDoclist+nByte>nAlloc ){ + + /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged + ** doclist. */ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){ + iDelta = iPrev - iDocid; + }else{ + iDelta = iDocid - iPrev; + } + assert( iDelta>0 || (nDoclist==0 && iDelta==iDocid) ); + assert( nDoclist>0 || iDelta==iDocid ); + + nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0); + if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){ char *aNew; - nAlloc = nDoclist+nByte*2; - aNew = sqlite3_realloc(aBuffer, nAlloc); + pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2; + aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer); if( !aNew ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto finished; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - aBuffer = aNew; + pCsr->aBuffer = aNew; } - nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&aBuffer[nDoclist], iDocid-iPrev); + nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], iDelta); iPrev = iDocid; if( isRequirePos ){ - memcpy(&aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList); + memcpy(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList); nDoclist += nList; - aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0'; + pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0'; } } - fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp); + fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); } - if( nDoclist>0 ){ - rc = xFunc(p, pContext, zTerm, nTerm, aBuffer, nDoclist); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; + pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist; + rc = SQLITE_ROW; } } + pCsr->nAdvance = nMerge; + }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - /* If there is a term specified to filter on, and this is not a prefix - ** search, return now. The callback that corresponds to the required - ** term (if such a term exists in the index) has already been made. - */ - if( pFilter->zTerm && !isPrefix ){ - goto finished; - } + return rc; +} - for(i=0; inSegment; i++){ + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pCsr->apSegment[i]); } - fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, nMerge, fts3SegReaderCmp); - } + sqlite3_free(pCsr->apSegment); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer); - finished: - sqlite3_free(aBuffer); - return rc; + pCsr->nSegment = 0; + pCsr->apSegment = 0; + pCsr->aBuffer = 0; + } } /* -** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single +** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single ** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a -** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level +** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level ** currently present in the database. ** ** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one -** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. -** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, +** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. +** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, ** an SQLite error code is returned. */ -static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *p, int iLevel){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ +static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *p, int iIndex, int iLevel){ int rc; /* Return code */ - int iIdx; /* Index of new segment */ - int iNewLevel; /* Level to create new segment at */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0; - int nSegment = 0; /* Number of segments being merged */ - Fts3SegReader **apSegment = 0; /* Array of Segment iterators */ - Fts3SegReader *pPending = 0; /* Iterator for pending-terms */ + int iIdx = 0; /* Index of new segment */ + int iNewLevel = 0; /* Level/index to create new segment at */ + SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0; /* Used to write the new, merged, segment */ Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter condition */ + Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Cursor to iterate through level(s) */ + int bIgnoreEmpty = 0; /* True to ignore empty segments */ - if( iLevel<0 ){ - /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single - ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the the numerically - ** greatest segment level currently present in the database. The index - ** of the new segment is always 0. - */ - iIdx = 0; - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, 0, 0, 1, &pPending); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - rc = fts3SegmentCountMax(p, &nSegment, &iNewLevel); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - nSegment += (pPending!=0); - if( nSegment<=1 ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - }else{ - /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. Find the next - ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to - ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to - ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. - */ - iNewLevel = iLevel+1; - rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iNewLevel, &iIdx); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - rc = fts3SegmentCount(p, iLevel, &nSegment); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - } - assert( nSegment>0 ); - assert( iNewLevel>=0 ); + assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL + || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING + || iLevel>=0 + ); + assert( iLevel=0 && iIndexnIndex ); - /* Allocate space for an array of pointers to segment iterators. */ - apSegment = (Fts3SegReader**)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader *)*nSegment); - if( !apSegment ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto finished; - } - memset(apSegment, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader *)*nSegment); + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iIndex, iLevel, 0, 0, 1, 0, &csr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || csr.nSegment==0 ) goto finished; - /* Allocate a Fts3SegReader structure for each segment being merged. A - ** Fts3SegReader stores the state data required to iterate through all - ** entries on all leaves of a single segment. - */ - assert( SQL_SELECT_LEVEL+1==SQL_SELECT_ALL_LEVEL); - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL+(iLevel<0), &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iLevel); - for(i=0; SQLITE_ROW==(sqlite3_step(pStmt)); i++){ - rc = fts3SegReaderNew(p, pStmt, i, &apSegment[i]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ + /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single + ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the the numerically + ** greatest segment level currently present in the database for this + ** index. The idx of the new segment is always 0. */ + if( csr.nSegment==1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; goto finished; } + rc = fts3SegmentMaxLevel(p, iIndex, &iNewLevel); + bIgnoreEmpty = 1; + + }else if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ + iNewLevel = iIndex * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL; + rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iIndex, 0, &iIdx); + }else{ + /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next + ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to + ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to + ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. */ + rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iIndex, iLevel+1, &iIdx); + iNewLevel = iIndex * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + iLevel+1; } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - if( pPending ){ - apSegment[i] = pPending; - pPending = 0; - } - pStmt = 0; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + assert( csr.nSegment>0 ); + assert( iNewLevel>=(iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) ); + assert( iNewLevel<((iIndex+1)*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) ); memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegFilter)); filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS; - filter.flags |= (iLevel<0 ? FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY : 0); - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate(p, apSegment, nSegment, - &filter, fts3MergeCallback, (void *)&pWriter - ); + filter.flags |= (bIgnoreEmpty ? FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY : 0); + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter); + while( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) break; + rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1, + csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, csr.aDoclist, csr.nDoclist); + } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + assert( pWriter ); - rc = fts3DeleteSegdir(p, iLevel, apSegment, nSegment); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3SegWriterFlush(p, pWriter, iNewLevel, iIdx); + if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ + rc = fts3DeleteSegdir(p, iIndex, iLevel, csr.apSegment, csr.nSegment); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; } + rc = fts3SegWriterFlush(p, pWriter, iNewLevel, iIdx); finished: fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter); - if( apSegment ){ - for(i=0; inIndex; i++){ + rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); return rc; } @@ -107285,75 +125041,6 @@ static void fts3DecodeIntArray( } /* -** Fill in the document size auxiliary information for the matchinfo -** structure. The auxiliary information is: -** -** N Total number of documents in the full-text index -** a0 Average length of column 0 over the whole index -** n0 Length of column 0 on the matching row -** ... -** aM Average length of column M over the whole index -** nM Length of column M on the matching row -** -** The fts3MatchinfoDocsizeLocal() routine fills in the nX values. -** The fts3MatchinfoDocsizeGlobal() routine fills in N and the aX values. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MatchinfoDocsizeLocal(Fts3Cursor *pCur, u32 *a){ - const char *pBlob; /* The BLOB holding %_docsize info */ - int nBlob; /* Size of the BLOB */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement for reading and writing */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - sqlite3_int64 x; /* Varint value */ - int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ - Fts3Table *p; /* The FTS table */ - - p = (Fts3Table*)pCur->base.pVtab; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, pCur->iPrevId); - if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ - nBlob = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0); - pBlob = (const char*)sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); - for(i=j=0; inColumn && jbase.pVtab; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ - nBlob = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0); - pBlob = (const char*)sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); - j = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pBlob, &x); - a[0] = nDoc = (u32)(x & 0xffffffff); - for(i=0; inColumn && jiPrevDocid. The sizes are encoded as ** a blob of varints. @@ -107388,16 +125075,26 @@ static void fts3InsertDocsize( } /* -** Update the 0 record of the %_stat table so that it holds a blob -** which contains the document count followed by the cumulative -** document sizes for all columns. +** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints, +** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus +** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the +** varints are set as follows: +** +** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table. +** +** Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in +** the column for all rows of the table. +** +** Varint 1+nCol: The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all +** columns of all rows of the table. +** */ static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( - int *pRC, /* The result code */ - Fts3Table *p, /* Table being updated */ - u32 *aSzIns, /* Size increases */ - u32 *aSzDel, /* Size decreases */ - int nChng /* Change in the number of documents */ + int *pRC, /* The result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* Table being updated */ + u32 *aSzIns, /* Size increases */ + u32 *aSzDel, /* Size decreases */ + int nChng /* Change in the number of documents */ ){ char *pBlob; /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */ int nBlob; /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */ @@ -107406,13 +125103,15 @@ static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( int i; /* Loop counter */ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ + const int nStat = p->nColumn+2; + if( *pRC ) return; - a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*(p->nColumn+1) ); + a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*nStat ); if( a==0 ){ *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; return; } - pBlob = (char*)&a[p->nColumn+1]; + pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat]; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc ){ sqlite3_free(a); @@ -107420,11 +125119,11 @@ static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( return; } if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ - fts3DecodeIntArray(p->nColumn+1, a, + fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)); }else{ - memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(p->nColumn+1) ); + memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) ); } sqlite3_reset(pStmt); if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){ @@ -107432,7 +125131,7 @@ static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( }else{ a[0] += nChng; } - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + for(i=0; inColumn+1; i++){ u32 x = a[i+1]; if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){ x = 0; @@ -107441,7 +125140,7 @@ static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( } a[i+1] = x; } - fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn+1, a, pBlob, &nBlob); + fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob); rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCTOTAL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc ){ sqlite3_free(a); @@ -107454,12 +125153,29 @@ static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( sqlite3_free(a); } +static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){ + int i; + int bSeenDone = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ + rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + bSeenDone = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bReturnDone && bSeenDone) ? SQLITE_DONE : rc; +} + /* ** Handle a 'special' INSERT of the form: ** ** "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES()" ** -** Argument pVal contains the result of . Currently the only +** Argument pVal contains the result of . Currently the only ** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'. */ static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){ @@ -107470,12 +125186,7 @@ static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){ if( !zVal ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; }else if( nVal==8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "optimize", 8) ){ - rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, -1); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); - } + rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 0); #ifdef SQLITE_TEST }else if( nVal>9 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "nodesize=", 9) ){ p->nNodeSize = atoi(&zVal[9]); @@ -107492,6 +125203,179 @@ static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){ } /* +** Delete all cached deferred doclists. Deferred doclists are cached +** (allocated) by the sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists() function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pDef->pNext){ + fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); + pDef->pList = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to +** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; + Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pNext){ + pNext = pDef->pNext; + fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); + sqlite3_free(pDef); + } + pCsr->pDeferred = 0; +} + +/* +** Generate deferred-doclists for all tokens in the pCsr->pDeferred list +** based on the row that pCsr currently points to. +** +** A deferred-doclist is like any other doclist with position information +** included, except that it only contains entries for a single row of the +** table, not for all rows. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through table columns */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */ + + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule; + + assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); + iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); + + for(i=0; inColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1); + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0; + + rc = pModule->xOpen(pT, zText, -1, &pTC); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */ + int nToken; /* Number of bytes in token */ + int iDum1, iDum2; /* Dummy variables */ + int iPos; /* Position of token in zText */ + + pTC->pTokenizer = pT; + rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos); + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken; + if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i) + && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->nz, pPT->n)) + ){ + fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc); + } + } + } + if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ + if( pDef->pList ){ + rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&pDef->pList, 0); + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList( + Fts3DeferredToken *p, + char **ppData, + int *pnData +){ + char *pRet; + int nSkip; + sqlite3_int64 dummy; + + *ppData = 0; + *pnData = 0; + + if( p->pList==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + pRet = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->pList->nData); + if( !pRet ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy); + *pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip; + *ppData = pRet; + + memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Add an entry for token pToken to the pCsr->pDeferred list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 table cursor */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken, /* Token to defer */ + int iCol /* Column that token must appear in (or -1) */ +){ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; + pDeferred = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pDeferred)); + if( !pDeferred ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred)); + pDeferred->pToken = pToken; + pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred; + pDeferred->iCol = iCol; + pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred; + + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); + pToken->pDeferred = pDeferred; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be +** present in the FTS3 table. If it is, delete it and adjust the contents +** of subsiduary data structures accordingly. +*/ +static int fts3DeleteByRowid( + Fts3Table *p, + sqlite3_value *pRowid, + int *pnDoc, + u32 *aSzDel +){ + int isEmpty = 0; + int rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( isEmpty ){ + /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case + ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any + ** data in the pendingTerms hash table. */ + rc = fts3DeleteAll(p); + *pnDoc = *pnDoc - 1; + }else{ + sqlite3_int64 iRemove = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid); + rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iRemove); + fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel); + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid); + if( sqlite3_changes(p->db) ) *pnDoc = *pnDoc - 1; + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid); + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* ** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual ** tables. */ @@ -107505,48 +125389,97 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ int isRemove = 0; /* True for an UPDATE or DELETE */ sqlite3_int64 iRemove = 0; /* Rowid removed by UPDATE or DELETE */ - u32 *aSzIns; /* Sizes of inserted documents */ + u32 *aSzIns = 0; /* Sizes of inserted documents */ u32 *aSzDel; /* Sizes of deleted documents */ int nChng = 0; /* Net change in number of documents */ + int bInsertDone = 0; + + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + /* Check for a "special" INSERT operation. One of the form: + ** + ** INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command'); + */ + if( nArg>1 + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL + ){ + rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]); + goto update_out; + } /* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */ - aSzIns = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzIns[0])*p->nColumn*2 ); - if( aSzIns==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn]; - memset(aSzIns, 0, sizeof(aSzIns[0])*p->nColumn*2); + aSzIns = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzIns[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 ); + if( aSzIns==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto update_out; + } + aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1]; + memset(aSzIns, 0, sizeof(aSzIns[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2); - /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */ - if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - int isEmpty; - rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, apVal, &isEmpty); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( isEmpty ){ - /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case - ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any - ** data in the pendingTerms hash table. - */ - rc = fts3DeleteAll(p); + /* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid + ** value, then this operation requires constraint handling. + ** + ** If the on-conflict mode is REPLACE, this means that the existing row + ** should be deleted from the database before inserting the new row. Or, + ** if the on-conflict mode is other than REPLACE, then this method must + ** detect the conflict and return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT before beginning to + ** modify the database file. + */ + if( nArg>1 ){ + /* Find the value object that holds the new rowid value. */ + sqlite3_value *pNewRowid = apVal[3+p->nColumn]; + if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){ + pNewRowid = apVal[1]; + } + + if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( + sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL + || sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid) + )){ + /* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be + ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and + ** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the + ** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any + ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. + ** + ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into + ** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any + ** other error) while doing so, return immediately. + ** + ** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot + ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual + ** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this + ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is + ** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have + ** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value). + */ + if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(p->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ + rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, pNewRowid, &nChng, aSzDel); }else{ - isRemove = 1; - iRemove = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0]); - rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iRemove); - fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, apVal, aSzDel); - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, apVal); - if( p->bHasDocsize ){ - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, apVal); - nChng--; - } + rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); + bInsertDone = 1; } } - }else if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - sqlite3_free(aSzIns); - return fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto update_out; } + /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER ); + rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel); + isRemove = 1; + iRemove = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0]); + } + /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */ if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); + if( bInsertDone==0 ){ + rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); + if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (!isRemove || *pRowid!=iRemove) ){ rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, *pRowid); } @@ -107554,39 +125487,40 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, apVal, aSzIns); } if( p->bHasDocsize ){ - nChng++; fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSzIns); } + nChng++; } - if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + if( p->bHasStat ){ fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng); } + update_out: sqlite3_free(aSzIns); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); return rc; } -/* +/* ** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful, -** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if -** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. +** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if +** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){ int rc; rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT fts3", 0, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, -1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); - } + rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + int rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); + if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; }else{ sqlite3_exec(p->db, "ROLLBACK TO fts3", 0, 0, 0); sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); } } + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); return rc; } @@ -107609,6 +125543,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +/* +** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo(). +*/ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE 'p' /* 1 value */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL 'c' /* 1 value */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC 'n' /* 1 value */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH 'a' /* nCol values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH 'l' /* nCol values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS 's' /* nCol values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS 'x' /* 3*nCol*nPhrase values */ + +/* +** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo(). +*/ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT "pcx" /* @@ -107617,13 +125569,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){ */ typedef struct LoadDoclistCtx LoadDoclistCtx; struct LoadDoclistCtx { - Fts3Table *pTab; /* FTS3 Table */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* FTS3 Cursor */ int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases seen so far */ int nToken; /* Number of tokens seen so far */ }; /* -** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the +** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the ** fts3BestSnippet() routine. */ typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter; @@ -107656,13 +125608,15 @@ struct SnippetFragment { }; /* -** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while +** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while ** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function. */ typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo; struct MatchInfo { Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* FTS3 Cursor */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in table */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of docs in database */ u32 *aMatchinfo; /* Pre-allocated buffer */ }; @@ -107737,7 +125691,7 @@ static int fts3ExprIterate2( ** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator. ** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked. ** -** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, +** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, ** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately. ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for ** all eligible phrase nodes. @@ -107752,98 +125706,30 @@ static int fts3ExprIterate( } /* -** The argument to this function is always a phrase node. Its doclist -** (Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]) and the doclists associated with all phrase nodes -** to the left of this one in the query tree have already been loaded. -** -** If this phrase node is part of a series of phrase nodes joined by -** NEAR operators (and is not the left-most of said series), then elements are -** removed from the phrases doclist consistent with the NEAR restriction. If -** required, elements may be removed from the doclists of phrases to the -** left of this one that are part of the same series of NEAR operator -** connected phrases. -** -** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int fts3ExprNearTrim(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Fts3Expr *pParent = pExpr->pParent; - - assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK - && pParent - && pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR - && pParent->pRight==pExpr - ){ - /* This expression (pExpr) is the right-hand-side of a NEAR operator. - ** Find the expression to the left of the same operator. - */ - int nNear = pParent->nNear; - Fts3Expr *pLeft = pParent->pLeft; - - if( pLeft->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ - assert( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ); - assert( pLeft->pRight->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - pLeft = pLeft->pRight; - } - - rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprNearTrim(pLeft, pExpr, nNear); - - pExpr = pLeft; - pParent = pExpr->pParent; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* ** This is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used while loading the doclists ** for each phrase into Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. See also ** fts3ExprLoadDoclists(). */ -static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb1(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ +static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; LoadDoclistCtx *p = (LoadDoclistCtx *)ctx; UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); p->nPhrase++; - p->nToken += pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; - - if( pExpr->isLoaded==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprLoadDoclist(p->pTab, pExpr); - pExpr->isLoaded = 1; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3ExprNearTrim(pExpr); - } - } + p->nToken += pPhrase->nToken; return rc; } /* -** This is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used while loading the doclists -** for each phrase into Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. See also -** fts3ExprLoadDoclists(). -*/ -static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb2(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(ctx); - if( pExpr->aDoclist ){ - pExpr->pCurrent = pExpr->aDoclist; - pExpr->iCurrent = 0; - pExpr->pCurrent += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pExpr->pCurrent, &pExpr->iCurrent); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* ** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor -** pCsr. +** pCsr. ** -** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable -** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or -** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If +** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable +** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or +** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If ** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all ** matchable phrases of the expression. */ @@ -107854,18 +125740,27 @@ static int fts3ExprLoadDoclists( ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ LoadDoclistCtx sCtx = {0,0,0}; /* Context for fts3ExprIterate() */ - sCtx.pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb1, (void *)&sCtx); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb2, 0); - } + sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; + rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb, (void *)&sCtx); if( pnPhrase ) *pnPhrase = sCtx.nPhrase; if( pnToken ) *pnToken = sCtx.nToken; return rc; } +static int fts3ExprPhraseCountCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ + (*(int *)ctx)++; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pExpr); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +static int fts3ExprPhraseCount(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ + int nPhrase = 0; + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprPhraseCountCb, (void *)&nPhrase); + return nPhrase; +} + /* -** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two +** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two ** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater ** than or equal to parameter iNext. */ @@ -107934,7 +125829,7 @@ static int fts3SnippetNextCandidate(SnippetIter *pIter){ } /* -** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet +** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet ** iterator pIter. */ static void fts3SnippetDetails( @@ -107997,7 +125892,7 @@ static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ pPhrase->nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; - pCsr = sqlite3Fts3FindPositions(pExpr, p->pCsr->iPrevId, p->iCol); + pCsr = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol); if( pCsr ){ int iFirst = 0; pPhrase->pList = pCsr; @@ -108014,14 +125909,14 @@ static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ } /* -** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens +** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens ** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet ** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated ** by adding: ** ** (a) +1 point for each occurence of a matchable phrase in the snippet. ** -** (b) +1000 points for the first occurence of each matchable phrase in +** (b) +1000 points for the first occurence of each matchable phrase in ** the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set. ** ** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before @@ -108081,7 +125976,7 @@ static int fts3BestSnippet( } } - /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in + /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in ** *pFragment. Store its associated 'score' in iBestScore. */ pFragment->iCol = iCol; @@ -108151,8 +126046,8 @@ static int fts3StringAppend( ** ** ........X.....X ** -** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the -** document so that there are approximately the same number of +** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the +** document so that there are approximately the same number of ** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there ** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this: ** @@ -108160,10 +126055,10 @@ static int fts3StringAppend( ** ** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting ** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there -** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document -** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. +** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document +** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. */ -int fts3SnippetShift( +static int fts3SnippetShift( Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */ int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens desired for snippet */ const char *zDoc, /* Document text to extract snippet from */ @@ -108252,7 +126147,7 @@ static int fts3SnippetText( sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */ const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ int DUMMY1; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ - + zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); if( zDoc==0 ){ if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ @@ -108280,7 +126175,7 @@ static int fts3SnippetText( if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end - ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. + ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. ** Then break out of the loop. */ rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1); } @@ -108295,7 +126190,7 @@ static int fts3SnippetText( /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment, - ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. + ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (iPos>0 || iFragment>0) ){ rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1); @@ -108327,8 +126222,8 @@ static int fts3SnippetText( /* -** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a -** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single +** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a +** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single ** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the ** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that ** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data). @@ -108354,143 +126249,452 @@ static int fts3ColumnlistCount(char **ppCollist){ return nEntry; } -static void fts3LoadColumnlistCounts(char **pp, u32 *aOut, int isGlobal){ - char *pCsr = *pp; - while( *pCsr ){ - int nHit; - sqlite3_int64 iCol = 0; - if( *pCsr==0x01 ){ - pCsr++; - pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iCol); - } - nHit = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr); - assert( nHit>0 ); - if( isGlobal ){ - aOut[iCol*3+1]++; - } - aOut[iCol*3] += nHit; - } - pCsr++; - *pp = pCsr; -} - /* ** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats -** for a single query. The "global" stats are those elements of the matchinfo -** array that are constant for all rows returned by the current query. +** for a single query. +** +** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a +** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements +** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the +** current query. +** +** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This +** function populates Matchinfo.aMatchinfo[] as follows: +** +** for(iCol=0; iColnCol * 3) + 1; + return sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats( + p->pCursor, pExpr, &p->aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*p->nCol] + ); +} - assert( pExpr->isLoaded ); +/* +** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the +** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the +** array that are different for each row returned by the query. +*/ +static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ + int iPhrase, /* Phrase number */ + void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ +){ + MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx; + int iStart = iPhrase * p->nCol * 3; + int i; - /* Fill in the global hit count matrix row for this phrase. */ - pCsr = pExpr->aDoclist; - pEnd = &pExpr->aDoclist[pExpr->nDoclist]; - while( pCsraMatchinfo[iStart], 1); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + char *pCsr; + pCsr = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCursor, pExpr, i); + if( pCsr ){ + p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr); + }else{ + p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = 0; + } } return SQLITE_OK; } +static int fts3MatchinfoCheck( + Fts3Table *pTab, + char cArg, + char **pzErr +){ + if( (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bHasStat) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bHasStat) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH && pTab->bHasDocsize) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS) + ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo request: %c", cArg); + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +static int fts3MatchinfoSize(MatchInfo *pInfo, char cArg){ + int nVal; /* Number of integers output by cArg */ + + switch( cArg ){ + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: + nVal = 1; + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS: + nVal = pInfo->nCol; + break; + + default: + assert( cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS ); + nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase * 3; + break; + } + + return nVal; +} + +static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal( + Fts3Table *pTab, + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, + sqlite3_int64 *pnDoc, + const char **paLen +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char *a; + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; + + if( !*ppStmt ){ + int rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(pTab, ppStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + pStmt = *ppStmt; + assert( sqlite3_data_count(pStmt)==1 ); + + a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); + if( nDoc==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + *pnDoc = (u32)nDoc; + + if( paLen ) *paLen = a; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + /* -** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" matchinfo stats -** for a single query. The "local" stats are those elements of the matchinfo -** array that are different for each row returned by the query. +** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while +** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the +** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the +** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request. +*/ +typedef struct LcsIterator LcsIterator; +struct LcsIterator { + Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to phrase expression */ + int iPosOffset; /* Tokens count up to end of this phrase */ + char *pRead; /* Cursor used to iterate through aDoclist */ + int iPos; /* Current position */ +}; + +/* +** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has +** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns. */ -static int fts3ExprLocalMatchinfoCb( +#define LCS_ITERATOR_FINISHED 0x7FFFFFFF; + +static int fts3MatchinfoLcsCb( Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ - int iPhrase, /* Phrase number */ + int iPhrase, /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */ void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ ){ - MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx; + LcsIterator *aIter = (LcsIterator *)pCtx; + aIter[iPhrase].pExpr = pExpr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - if( pExpr->aDoclist ){ - char *pCsr; - int iStart = 2 + (iPhrase * p->nCol * 3); - int i; +/* +** Advance the iterator passed as an argument to the next position. Return +** 1 if the iterator is at EOF or if it now points to the start of the +** position list for the next column. +*/ +static int fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(LcsIterator *pIter){ + char *pRead = pIter->pRead; + sqlite3_int64 iRead; + int rc = 0; - for(i=0; inCol; i++) p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = 0; + pRead += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pRead, &iRead); + if( iRead==0 || iRead==1 ){ + pRead = 0; + rc = 1; + }else{ + pIter->iPos += (int)(iRead-2); + } - pCsr = sqlite3Fts3FindPositions(pExpr, p->pCursor->iPrevId, -1); - if( pCsr ){ - fts3LoadColumnlistCounts(&pCsr, &p->aMatchinfo[iStart], 0); + pIter->pRead = pRead; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag. +** +** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each +** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] +** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case. +** +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the +** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is +** undefined. +*/ +static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){ + LcsIterator *aIter; + int i; + int iCol; + int nToken = 0; + + /* Allocate and populate the array of LcsIterator objects. The array + ** contains one element for each matchable phrase in the query. + **/ + aIter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase); + if( !aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(aIter, 0, sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase); + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3MatchinfoLcsCb, (void*)aIter); + + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; + nToken -= pIter->pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + pIter->iPosOffset = nToken; + } + + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + int nLcs = 0; /* LCS value for this column */ + int nLive = 0; /* Number of iterators in aIter not at EOF */ + + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + LcsIterator *pIt = &aIter[i]; + pIt->pRead = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(pCsr, pIt->pExpr, iCol); + if( pIt->pRead ){ + pIt->iPos = pIt->iPosOffset; + fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(&aIter[i]); + nLive++; + } + } + + while( nLive>0 ){ + LcsIterator *pAdv = 0; /* The iterator to advance by one position */ + int nThisLcs = 0; /* LCS for the current iterator positions */ + + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; + if( pIter->pRead==0 ){ + /* This iterator is already at EOF for this column. */ + nThisLcs = 0; + }else{ + if( pAdv==0 || pIter->iPosiPos ){ + pAdv = pIter; + } + if( nThisLcs==0 || pIter->iPos==pIter[-1].iPos ){ + nThisLcs++; + }else{ + nThisLcs = 1; + } + if( nThisLcs>nLcs ) nLcs = nThisLcs; + } + } + if( fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(pAdv) ) nLive--; } + + pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = nLcs; } + sqlite3_free(aIter); return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The +** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to +** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the +** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the +** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format +** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array +** is guaranteed to be large enough for the output. +** +** If bGlobal is true, then populate all fields of the matchinfo() output. +** If it is false, then assume that those fields that do not change between +** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS) +** have already been populated. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error +** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the +** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined. +*/ +static int fts3MatchinfoValues( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */ + int bGlobal, /* True to grab the global stats */ + MatchInfo *pInfo, /* Matchinfo context object */ + const char *zArg /* Matchinfo format string */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && zArg[i]; i++){ + + switch( zArg[i] ){ + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: + if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nPhrase; + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: + if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol; + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: + if( bGlobal ){ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; + rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, 0); + pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = (u32)nDoc; + } + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: + if( bGlobal ){ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of rows in table */ + const char *a; /* Aggregate column length array */ + + rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, &a); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iCol; + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + u32 iVal; + sqlite3_int64 nToken; + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken); + iVal = (u32)(((u32)(nToken&0xffffffff)+nDoc/2)/nDoc); + pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = iVal; + } + } + } + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: { + sqlite3_stmt *pSelectDocsize = 0; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, pCsr->iPrevId, &pSelectDocsize); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iCol; + const char *a = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelectDocsize, 0); + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + sqlite3_int64 nToken; + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken); + pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = (u32)nToken; + } + } + sqlite3_reset(pSelectDocsize); + break; + } + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS: + rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3MatchinfoLcs(pCsr, pInfo); + } + break; + + default: { + Fts3Expr *pExpr; + assert( zArg[i]==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS ); + pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; + rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + if( bGlobal ){ + if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ + rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &pInfo->nDoc, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } + rc = fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprLocalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo); + break; + } + } + + pInfo->aMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]); + } + + sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The ** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32). */ -static int fts3GetMatchinfo(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ +static int fts3GetMatchinfo( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor object */ + const char *zArg /* Second argument to matchinfo() function */ +){ MatchInfo sInfo; Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int bGlobal = 0; /* Collect 'global' stats as well as local */ + memset(&sInfo, 0, sizeof(MatchInfo)); sInfo.pCursor = pCsr; sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn; + /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the + ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard + ** the cached data. */ + if( pCsr->zMatchinfo && strcmp(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){ + assert( pCsr->aMatchinfo ); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo); + pCsr->zMatchinfo = 0; + pCsr->aMatchinfo = 0; + } + + /* If Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] is NULL, then this is the first time the + ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case + ** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and + ** initialize those elements that are constant for every row. + */ if( pCsr->aMatchinfo==0 ){ - /* If Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] is NULL, then this is the first time the - ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case - ** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and - ** initialize those elements that are constant for every row. - */ - int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases */ - int nMatchinfo; /* Number of u32 elements in match-info */ + int nMatchinfo = 0; /* Number of u32 elements in match-info */ + int nArg; /* Bytes in zArg */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through zArg */ - /* Load doclists for each phrase in the query. */ - rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, &nPhrase, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - nMatchinfo = 2 + 3*sInfo.nCol*nPhrase; - if( pTab->bHasDocsize ){ - nMatchinfo += 1 + 2*pTab->nColumn; - } + /* Determine the number of phrases in the query */ + pCsr->nPhrase = fts3ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr); + sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase; - sInfo.aMatchinfo = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo); - if( !sInfo.aMatchinfo ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + /* Determine the number of integers in the buffer returned by this call. */ + for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){ + nMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(&sInfo, zArg[i]); } - memset(sInfo.aMatchinfo, 0, sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo); + /* Allocate space for Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] and Fts3Cursor.zMatchinfo. */ + nArg = (int)strlen(zArg); + pCsr->aMatchinfo = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo + nArg + 1); + if( !pCsr->aMatchinfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - /* First element of match-info is the number of phrases in the query */ - sInfo.aMatchinfo[0] = nPhrase; - sInfo.aMatchinfo[1] = sInfo.nCol; - (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprGlobalMatchinfoCb,(void*)&sInfo); - if( pTab->bHasDocsize ){ - int ofst = 2 + 3*sInfo.aMatchinfo[0]*sInfo.aMatchinfo[1]; - rc = sqlite3Fts3MatchinfoDocsizeGlobal(pCsr, &sInfo.aMatchinfo[ofst]); - } - pCsr->aMatchinfo = sInfo.aMatchinfo; + pCsr->zMatchinfo = (char *)&pCsr->aMatchinfo[nMatchinfo]; + pCsr->nMatchinfo = nMatchinfo; + memcpy(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg, nArg+1); + memset(pCsr->aMatchinfo, 0, sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo); pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; + bGlobal = 1; } sInfo.aMatchinfo = pCsr->aMatchinfo; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded ){ - (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLocalMatchinfoCb, (void*)&sInfo); - if( pTab->bHasDocsize ){ - int ofst = 2 + 3*sInfo.aMatchinfo[0]*sInfo.aMatchinfo[1]; - rc = sqlite3Fts3MatchinfoDocsizeLocal(pCsr, &sInfo.aMatchinfo[ofst]); - } + sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase; + if( pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded ){ + rc = fts3MatchinfoValues(pCsr, bGlobal, &sInfo, zArg); pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 0; } - return SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } /* @@ -108512,7 +126716,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet( /* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from ** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop - ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in + ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in ** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query ** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text ** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate @@ -108551,7 +126755,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet( ** columns of the FTS3 table. Otherwise, only column iCol is considered. */ for(iRead=0; iReadnColumn; iRead++){ - SnippetFragment sF; + SnippetFragment sF = {0, 0, 0, 0}; int iS; if( iCol>=0 && iRead!=iCol ) continue; @@ -108579,12 +126783,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet( assert( nFToken>0 ); for(i=0; iiDocid, p->iCol); + pList = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol); nTerm = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; if( pList ){ fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pList, &iPos); @@ -108674,8 +126880,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( goto offsets_out; } sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; + sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; - /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to + /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to ** string-buffer res for each column. */ for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ @@ -108686,7 +126893,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( const char *zDoc; int nDoc; - /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is + /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded. */ @@ -108694,11 +126901,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( sCtx.iTerm = 0; (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void *)&sCtx); - /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored + /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored ** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop. ** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite - ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM - ** to the caller. + ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM + ** to the caller. */ zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); @@ -108744,12 +126951,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ char aBuffer[64]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, "%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart ); rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1); }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } } } @@ -108764,6 +126971,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( offsets_out: sqlite3_free(sCtx.aTerm); assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); sqlite3_free(res.z); @@ -108776,21 +126984,43 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( /* ** Implementation of matchinfo() function. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Function call context */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 table cursor */ + const char *zArg /* Second arg to matchinfo() function */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int rc; + int i; + const char *zFormat; + + if( zArg ){ + for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){ + char *zErr = 0; + if( fts3MatchinfoCheck(pTab, zArg[i], &zErr) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } + } + zFormat = zArg; + }else{ + zFormat = FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT; + } + if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); return; } - rc = fts3GetMatchinfo(pCsr); + + /* Retrieve matchinfo() data. */ + rc = fts3GetMatchinfo(pCsr, zFormat); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); }else{ - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; - int n = sizeof(u32)*(2+pCsr->aMatchinfo[0]*pCsr->aMatchinfo[1]*3); - if( pTab->bHasDocsize ){ - n += sizeof(u32)*(1 + 2*pTab->nColumn); - } + int n = pCsr->nMatchinfo * sizeof(u32); sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, pCsr->aMatchinfo, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } @@ -108814,23 +127044,62 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor * ** algorithms packaged as an SQLite virtual table module. */ +/* +** Database Format of R-Tree Tables +** -------------------------------- +** +** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three +** native SQLite tables declared as follows. In each case, the '%' character +** in the table name is replaced with the user-supplied name of the r-tree +** table. +** +** CREATE TABLE %_node(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB) +** CREATE TABLE %_parent(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER) +** CREATE TABLE %_rowid(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER) +** +** The data for each node of the r-tree structure is stored in the %_node +** table. For each node that is not the root node of the r-tree, there is +** an entry in the %_parent table associating the node with its parent. +** And for each row of data in the table, there is an entry in the %_rowid +** table that maps from the entries rowid to the id of the node that it +** is stored on. +** +** The root node of an r-tree always exists, even if the r-tree table is +** empty. The nodeno of the root node is always 1. All other nodes in the +** table must be the same size as the root node. The content of each node +** is formatted as follows: +** +** 1. If the node is the root node (node 1), then the first 2 bytes +** of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer. +** For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused. +** +** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently +** stored in the node. +** +** 3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry +** consists of a single 8-byte integer followed by an even number +** of 4-byte coordinates. For leaf nodes the integer is the rowid +** of a record. For internal nodes it is the node number of a +** child page. +*/ + #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE) /* ** This file contains an implementation of a couple of different variants -** of the r-tree algorithm. See the README file for further details. The +** of the r-tree algorithm. See the README file for further details. The ** same data-structure is used for all, but the algorithms for insert and -** delete operations vary. The variants used are selected at compile time +** delete operations vary. The variants used are selected at compile time ** by defining the following symbols: */ -/* Either, both or none of the following may be set to activate +/* Either, both or none of the following may be set to activate ** r*tree variant algorithms. */ #define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE 0 #define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_REINSERT 1 -/* +/* ** Exactly one of the following must be set to 1. */ #define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT 0 @@ -108854,36 +127123,50 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor * #define AssignCells splitNodeStartree #endif +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif #ifndef SQLITE_CORE SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 #else #endif +/* #include */ +/* #include */ #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +#include "sqlite3rtree.h" typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; typedef unsigned char u8; typedef unsigned int u32; #endif +/* The following macro is used to suppress compiler warnings. +*/ +#ifndef UNUSED_PARAMETER +# define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) +#endif + typedef struct Rtree Rtree; typedef struct RtreeCursor RtreeCursor; typedef struct RtreeNode RtreeNode; typedef struct RtreeCell RtreeCell; typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint; +typedef struct RtreeMatchArg RtreeMatchArg; +typedef struct RtreeGeomCallback RtreeGeomCallback; typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord; /* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */ #define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5 /* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to -** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is +** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is ** used. */ #define HASHSIZE 128 -/* +/* ** An rtree virtual-table object. */ struct Rtree { @@ -108894,13 +127177,13 @@ struct Rtree { int nBytesPerCell; /* Bytes consumed per cell */ int iDepth; /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */ char *zDb; /* Name of database containing r-tree table */ - char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */ - RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ + char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */ + RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ int nBusy; /* Current number of users of this structure */ /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains - - ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree + ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0). */ RtreeNode *pDeleted; @@ -108929,7 +127212,7 @@ struct Rtree { #define RTREE_COORD_INT32 1 /* -** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the +** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the ** maximum. In Gutman's notation: ** ** m = M/3 @@ -108942,6 +127225,15 @@ struct Rtree { #define RTREE_MAXCELLS 51 /* +** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest +** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates). +** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since +** 2^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of +** 40 or less. +*/ +#define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40 + +/* ** An rtree cursor object. */ struct RtreeCursor { @@ -108973,35 +127265,23 @@ union RtreeCoord { ** A search constraint. */ struct RtreeConstraint { - int iCoord; /* Index of constrained coordinate */ - int op; /* Constraining operation */ - double rValue; /* Constraint value. */ + int iCoord; /* Index of constrained coordinate */ + int op; /* Constraining operation */ + double rValue; /* Constraint value. */ + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *); + sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom; /* Constraint callback argument for a MATCH */ }; /* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */ -#define RTREE_EQ 0x41 -#define RTREE_LE 0x42 -#define RTREE_LT 0x43 -#define RTREE_GE 0x44 -#define RTREE_GT 0x45 - -/* +#define RTREE_EQ 0x41 +#define RTREE_LE 0x42 +#define RTREE_LT 0x43 +#define RTREE_GE 0x44 +#define RTREE_GT 0x45 +#define RTREE_MATCH 0x46 + +/* ** An rtree structure node. -** -** Data format (RtreeNode.zData): -** -** 1. If the node is the root node (node 1), then the first 2 bytes -** of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer. -** For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused. -** -** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently -** stored in the node. -** -** 3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry -** consists of a single 8-byte integer followed by an even number -** of 4-byte coordinates. For leaf nodes the integer is the rowid -** of a record. For internal nodes it is the node number of a -** child page. */ struct RtreeNode { RtreeNode *pParent; /* Parent node */ @@ -109013,7 +127293,7 @@ struct RtreeNode { }; #define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2]) -/* +/* ** Structure to store a deserialized rtree record. */ struct RtreeCell { @@ -109021,6 +127301,40 @@ struct RtreeCell { RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; }; + +/* +** Value for the first field of every RtreeMatchArg object. The MATCH +** operator tests that the first field of a blob operand matches this +** value to avoid operating on invalid blobs (which could cause a segfault). +*/ +#define RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC 0x891245AB + +/* +** An instance of this structure must be supplied as a blob argument to +** the right-hand-side of an SQL MATCH operator used to constrain an +** r-tree query. +*/ +struct RtreeMatchArg { + u32 magic; /* Always RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC */ + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *); + void *pContext; + int nParam; + double aParam[1]; +}; + +/* +** When a geometry callback is created (see sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback), +** a single instance of the following structure is allocated. It is used +** as the context for the user-function created by by s_r_g_c(). The object +** is eventually deleted by the destructor mechanism provided by +** sqlite3_create_function_v2() (which is called by s_r_g_c() to create +** the geometry callback function). +*/ +struct RtreeGeomCallback { + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *); + void *pContext; +}; + #ifndef MAX # define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x)) #endif @@ -109037,22 +127351,22 @@ static int readInt16(u8 *p){ } static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){ u32 i = ( - (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + - (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + - (((u32)p[2]) << 8) + + (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + + (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + + (((u32)p[2]) << 8) + (((u32)p[3]) << 0) ); *(u32 *)pCoord = i; } static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){ return ( - (((i64)p[0]) << 56) + - (((i64)p[1]) << 48) + - (((i64)p[2]) << 40) + - (((i64)p[3]) << 32) + - (((i64)p[4]) << 24) + - (((i64)p[5]) << 16) + - (((i64)p[6]) << 8) + + (((i64)p[0]) << 56) + + (((i64)p[1]) << 48) + + (((i64)p[2]) << 40) + + (((i64)p[3]) << 32) + + (((i64)p[4]) << 24) + + (((i64)p[5]) << 16) + + (((i64)p[6]) << 8) + (((i64)p[7]) << 0) ); } @@ -109103,10 +127417,8 @@ static void nodeReference(RtreeNode *p){ ** Clear the content of node p (set all bytes to 0x00). */ static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){ - if( p ){ - memset(&p->zData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2); - p->isDirty = 1; - } + memset(&p->zData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2); + p->isDirty = 1; } /* @@ -109115,7 +127427,7 @@ static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){ */ static int nodeHash(i64 iNode){ return ( - (iNode>>56) ^ (iNode>>48) ^ (iNode>>40) ^ (iNode>>32) ^ + (iNode>>56) ^ (iNode>>48) ^ (iNode>>40) ^ (iNode>>32) ^ (iNode>>24) ^ (iNode>>16) ^ (iNode>> 8) ^ (iNode>> 0) ) % HASHSIZE; } @@ -109126,7 +127438,6 @@ static int nodeHash(i64 iNode){ */ static RtreeNode *nodeHashLookup(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iNode){ RtreeNode *p; - assert( iNode!=0 ); for(p=pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(iNode)]; p && p->iNode!=iNode; p=p->pNext); return p; } @@ -109135,13 +127446,11 @@ static RtreeNode *nodeHashLookup(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iNode){ ** Add node pNode to the node hash table. */ static void nodeHashInsert(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ - if( pNode ){ - int iHash; - assert( pNode->pNext==0 ); - iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode); - pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash]; - pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode; - } + int iHash; + assert( pNode->pNext==0 ); + iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode); + pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash]; + pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode; } /* @@ -109163,11 +127472,11 @@ static void nodeHashDelete(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ ** assigned a node number when nodeWrite() is called to write the ** node contents out to the database. */ -static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent, int zero){ +static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent){ RtreeNode *pNode; pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize); if( pNode ){ - memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + (zero?pRtree->iNodeSize:0)); + memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize); pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1]; pNode->nRef = 1; pNode->pParent = pParent; @@ -109188,6 +127497,7 @@ nodeAcquire( RtreeNode **ppNode /* OUT: Acquired node */ ){ int rc; + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; RtreeNode *pNode; /* Check if the requested node is already in the hash table. If so, @@ -109204,39 +127514,63 @@ nodeAcquire( return SQLITE_OK; } - pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize); - if( !pNode ){ - *ppNode = 0; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pNode->pParent = pParent; - pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1]; - pNode->nRef = 1; - pNode->iNode = iNode; - pNode->isDirty = 0; - pNode->pNext = 0; - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadNode, 1, iNode); rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadNode); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ const u8 *zBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pRtree->pReadNode, 0); - assert( sqlite3_column_bytes(pRtree->pReadNode, 0)==pRtree->iNodeSize ); - memcpy(pNode->zData, zBlob, pRtree->iNodeSize); - nodeReference(pParent); - }else{ - sqlite3_free(pNode); - pNode = 0; + if( pRtree->iNodeSize==sqlite3_column_bytes(pRtree->pReadNode, 0) ){ + pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode)+pRtree->iNodeSize); + if( !pNode ){ + rc2 = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pNode->pParent = pParent; + pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1]; + pNode->nRef = 1; + pNode->iNode = iNode; + pNode->isDirty = 0; + pNode->pNext = 0; + memcpy(pNode->zData, zBlob, pRtree->iNodeSize); + nodeReference(pParent); + } + } } - - *ppNode = pNode; rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadNode); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iNode==1 ){ + /* If the root node was just loaded, set pRtree->iDepth to the height + ** of the r-tree structure. A height of zero means all data is stored on + ** the root node. A height of one means the children of the root node + ** are the leaves, and so on. If the depth as specified on the root node + ** is greater than RTREE_MAX_DEPTH, the r-tree structure must be corrupt. + */ + if( pNode && iNode==1 ){ pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData); + if( pRtree->iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } } - assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK && pNode) || (pNode==0 && rc!=SQLITE_OK) ); - nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode); + /* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries" + ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to + ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. + */ + if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( NCELL(pNode)>((pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell) ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pNode!=0 ){ + nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + *ppNode = pNode; + }else{ + sqlite3_free(pNode); + *ppNode = 0; + } return rc; } @@ -109245,9 +127579,9 @@ nodeAcquire( ** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell. */ static void nodeOverwriteCell( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeNode *pNode, - RtreeCell *pCell, + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + RtreeCell *pCell, int iCell ){ int ii; @@ -109279,9 +127613,9 @@ static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){ */ static int nodeInsertCell( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeNode *pNode, - RtreeCell *pCell + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + RtreeCell *pCell ){ int nCell; /* Current number of cells in pNode */ int nMaxCell; /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */ @@ -109289,8 +127623,7 @@ nodeInsertCell( nMaxCell = (pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell; nCell = NCELL(pNode); - assert(nCell<=nMaxCell); - + assert( nCell<=nMaxCell ); if( nCellzData[2], nCell+1); @@ -109358,8 +127691,8 @@ nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ ** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number. */ static i64 nodeGetRowid( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeNode *pNode, + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell ){ assert( iCellzDb, pRtree->zName, + pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName ); @@ -109492,7 +127825,7 @@ static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method. */ static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ @@ -109510,14 +127843,33 @@ static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ return rc; } + /* +** Free the RtreeCursor.aConstraint[] array and its contents. +*/ +static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){ + if( pCsr->aConstraint ){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through constraint array */ + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pGeom; + if( pGeom ){ + if( pGeom->xDelUser ) pGeom->xDelUser(pGeom->pUser); + sqlite3_free(pGeom); + } + } + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint); + pCsr->aConstraint = 0; + } +} + +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xClose method. */ static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab); int rc; RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint); + freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode); sqlite3_free(pCsr); return rc; @@ -109526,7 +127878,7 @@ static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ /* ** Rtree virtual table module xEof method. ** -** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid +** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid ** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise. */ static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ @@ -109535,15 +127887,42 @@ static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ } /* +** The r-tree constraint passed as the second argument to this function is +** guaranteed to be a MATCH constraint. +*/ +static int testRtreeGeom( + Rtree *pRtree, /* R-Tree object */ + RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* MATCH constraint to test */ + RtreeCell *pCell, /* Cell to test */ + int *pbRes /* OUT: Test result */ +){ + int i; + double aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; + int nCoord = pRtree->nDim*2; + + assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH ); + assert( pConstraint->pGeom ); + + for(i=0; iaCoord[i]); + } + return pConstraint->xGeom(pConstraint->pGeom, nCoord, aCoord, pbRes); +} + +/* ** Cursor pCursor currently points to a cell in a non-leaf page. -** Return true if the sub-tree headed by the cell is filtered -** (excluded) by the constraints in the pCursor->aConstraint[] +** Set *pbEof to true if the sub-tree headed by the cell is filtered +** (excluded) by the constraints in the pCursor->aConstraint[] ** array, or false otherwise. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code if an error +** occurs within a geometry callback. */ -static int testRtreeCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor){ +static int testRtreeCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor, int *pbEof){ RtreeCell cell; int ii; int bRes = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell); for(ii=0; bRes==0 && iinConstraint; ii++){ @@ -109551,40 +127930,60 @@ static int testRtreeCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor){ double cell_min = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[(p->iCoord>>1)*2]); double cell_max = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[(p->iCoord>>1)*2+1]); - assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE - || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ + assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE + || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_MATCH ); switch( p->op ){ - case RTREE_LE: case RTREE_LT: bRes = p->rValuerValue>cell_max; break; + case RTREE_LE: case RTREE_LT: + bRes = p->rValuerValue>cell_max; + break; + case RTREE_EQ: bRes = (p->rValue>cell_max || p->rValueop==RTREE_MATCH ); + rc = testRtreeGeom(pRtree, p, &cell, &bRes); + bRes = !bRes; + break; + } } } - return bRes; + *pbEof = bRes; + return rc; } -/* -** Return true if the cell that cursor pCursor currently points to -** would be filtered (excluded) by the constraints in the -** pCursor->aConstraint[] array, or false otherwise. +/* +** Test if the cell that cursor pCursor currently points to +** would be filtered (excluded) by the constraints in the +** pCursor->aConstraint[] array. If so, set *pbEof to true before +** returning. If the cell is not filtered (excluded) by the constraints, +** set pbEof to zero. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code if an error +** occurs within a geometry callback. ** ** This function assumes that the cell is part of a leaf node. */ -static int testRtreeEntry(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor){ +static int testRtreeEntry(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor, int *pbEof){ RtreeCell cell; int ii; + *pbEof = 0; nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell); for(ii=0; iinConstraint; ii++){ RtreeConstraint *p = &pCursor->aConstraint[ii]; double coord = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[p->iCoord]); int res; - assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE - || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ + assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE + || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_MATCH ); switch( p->op ){ case RTREE_LE: res = (coord<=p->rValue); break; @@ -109592,23 +127991,35 @@ static int testRtreeEntry(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor){ case RTREE_GE: res = (coord>=p->rValue); break; case RTREE_GT: res = (coord>p->rValue); break; case RTREE_EQ: res = (coord==p->rValue); break; + default: { + int rc; + assert( p->op==RTREE_MATCH ); + rc = testRtreeGeom(pRtree, p, &cell, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + break; + } } - if( !res ) return 1; + if( !res ){ + *pbEof = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } } - return 0; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Cursor pCursor currently points at a node that heads a sub-tree of ** height iHeight (if iHeight==0, then the node is a leaf). Descend -** to point to the left-most cell of the sub-tree that matches the +** to point to the left-most cell of the sub-tree that matches the ** configured constraints. */ static int descendToCell( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeCursor *pCursor, + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeCursor *pCursor, int iHeight, int *pEof /* OUT: Set to true if cannot descend */ ){ @@ -109624,19 +128035,18 @@ static int descendToCell( assert( iHeight>=0 ); if( iHeight==0 ){ - isEof = testRtreeEntry(pRtree, pCursor); + rc = testRtreeEntry(pRtree, pCursor, &isEof); }else{ - isEof = testRtreeCell(pRtree, pCursor); + rc = testRtreeCell(pRtree, pCursor, &isEof); } - if( isEof || iHeight==0 ){ - *pEof = isEof; - return SQLITE_OK; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isEof || iHeight==0 ){ + goto descend_to_cell_out; } iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell); rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iRowid, pCursor->pNode, &pChild); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; + goto descend_to_cell_out; } nodeRelease(pRtree, pCursor->pNode); @@ -109646,7 +128056,7 @@ static int descendToCell( pCursor->iCell = ii; rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCursor, iHeight-1, &isEof); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; + goto descend_to_cell_out; } } @@ -109658,35 +128068,46 @@ static int descendToCell( pCursor->iCell = iSavedCell; } +descend_to_cell_out: *pEof = isEof; - return SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } /* -** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit +** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit ** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell. */ -static int nodeRowidIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, i64 iRowid){ +static int nodeRowidIndex( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + i64 iRowid, + int *piIndex +){ int ii; - for(ii=0; nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, ii)!=iRowid; ii++){ - assert( ii<(NCELL(pNode)-1) ); + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + for(ii=0; iipParent; if( pParent ){ - return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode); + return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode, piIndex); } - return -1; + *piIndex = -1; + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xNext method. */ static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ @@ -109694,13 +128115,17 @@ static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; int rc = SQLITE_OK; + /* RtreeCursor.pNode must not be NULL. If is is NULL, then this cursor is + ** already at EOF. It is against the rules to call the xNext() method of + ** a cursor that has already reached EOF. + */ + assert( pCsr->pNode ); + if( pCsr->iStrategy==1 ){ /* This "scan" is a direct lookup by rowid. There is no next entry. */ nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode); pCsr->pNode = 0; - } - - else if( pCsr->pNode ){ + }else{ /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */ int iHeight = 0; while( pCsr->pNode ){ @@ -109714,7 +128139,10 @@ static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ } } pCsr->pNode = pNode->pParent; - pCsr->iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode); + rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &pCsr->iCell); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } nodeReference(pCsr->pNode); nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode); iHeight++; @@ -109724,7 +128152,7 @@ static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method. */ static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ @@ -109737,7 +128165,7 @@ static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method. */ static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ @@ -109761,8 +128189,8 @@ static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with +/* +** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with ** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and ** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set ** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf @@ -109782,12 +128210,57 @@ static int findLeafNode(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iRowid, RtreeNode **ppLeaf){ return rc; } - /* +** This function is called to configure the RtreeConstraint object passed +** as the second argument for a MATCH constraint. The value passed as the +** first argument to this function is the right-hand operand to the MATCH +** operator. +*/ +static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){ + RtreeMatchArg *p; + sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom; + int nBlob; + + /* Check that value is actually a blob. */ + if( !sqlite3_value_type(pValue)==SQLITE_BLOB ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + + /* Check that the blob is roughly the right size. */ + nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue); + if( nBlob<(int)sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + || ((nBlob-sizeof(RtreeMatchArg))%sizeof(double))!=0 + ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + pGeom = (sqlite3_rtree_geometry *)sqlite3_malloc( + sizeof(sqlite3_rtree_geometry) + nBlob + ); + if( !pGeom ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pGeom, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_rtree_geometry)); + p = (RtreeMatchArg *)&pGeom[1]; + + memcpy(p, sqlite3_value_blob(pValue), nBlob); + if( p->magic!=RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC + || nBlob!=(int)(sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (p->nParam-1)*sizeof(double)) + ){ + sqlite3_free(pGeom); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + pGeom->pContext = p->pContext; + pGeom->nParam = p->nParam; + pGeom->aParam = p->aParam; + + pCons->xGeom = p->xGeom; + pCons->pGeom = pGeom; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method. */ static int rtreeFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -109800,8 +128273,7 @@ static int rtreeFilter( rtreeReference(pRtree); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint); - pCsr->aConstraint = 0; + freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum; if( idxNum==1 ){ @@ -109809,13 +128281,14 @@ static int rtreeFilter( RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */ i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf); - pCsr->pNode = pLeaf; - if( pLeaf && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCsr->iCell = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid); + pCsr->pNode = pLeaf; + if( pLeaf ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &pCsr->iCell); } }else{ - /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array - ** with the configured constraints. + /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array + ** with the configured constraints. */ if( argc>0 ){ pCsr->aConstraint = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); @@ -109823,16 +128296,28 @@ static int rtreeFilter( if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0) || strlen(idxStr)==argc*2 ); + memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); + assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0) || (int)strlen(idxStr)==argc*2 ); for(ii=0; iiaConstraint[ii]; p->op = idxStr[ii*2]; p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'a'; - p->rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]); + if( p->op==RTREE_MATCH ){ + /* A MATCH operator. The right-hand-side must be a blob that + ** can be cast into an RtreeMatchArg object. One created using + ** an sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() SQL user function. + */ + rc = deserializeGeometry(argv[ii], p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + break; + } + }else{ + p->rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]); + } } } } - + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCsr->pNode = 0; rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); @@ -109863,19 +128348,18 @@ static int rtreeFilter( /* ** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three -** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to +** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to ** least desirable): ** ** idxNum idxStr Strategy ** ------------------------------------------------ ** 1 Unused Direct lookup by rowid. -** 2 See below R-tree query. -** 3 Unused Full table scan. +** 2 See below R-tree query or full-table scan. ** ------------------------------------------------ ** -** If strategy 1 or 3 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy -** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each -** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to +** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy +** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each +** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to ** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with ** (argvIndex==1) etc. ** @@ -109889,6 +128373,7 @@ static int rtreeFilter( ** < 0x43 ('C') ** >= 0x44 ('D') ** > 0x45 ('E') +** MATCH 0x46 ('F') ** ---------------------- ** ** The second of each pair of bytes identifies the coordinate column @@ -109897,14 +128382,15 @@ static int rtreeFilter( */ static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int ii, cCol; + int ii; int iIdx = 0; char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1]; memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr)); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(tab); assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 ); - for(ii=0; iinConstraint; ii++){ + for(ii=0; iinConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii]; if( p->usable && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ @@ -109919,56 +128405,31 @@ static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1; /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures - ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be - ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which + ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be + ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). - */ + */ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 10.0; return SQLITE_OK; } - if( p->usable && p->iColumn>0 ){ - u8 op = 0; + if( p->usable && (p->iColumn>0 || p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH) ){ + u8 op; switch( p->op ){ case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break; case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break; case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: op = RTREE_LE; break; case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: op = RTREE_LT; break; case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break; + default: + assert( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); + op = RTREE_MATCH; + break; } - if( op ){ - /* Make sure this particular constraint has not been used before. - ** If it has been used before, ignore it. - ** - ** A <= or < can be used if there is a prior >= or >. - ** A >= or > can be used if there is a prior < or <=. - ** A <= or < is disqualified if there is a prior <=, <, or ==. - ** A >= or > is disqualified if there is a prior >=, >, or ==. - ** A == is disqualifed if there is any prior constraint. - */ - int j, opmsk; - static const unsigned char compatible[] = { 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2 }; - assert( compatible[RTREE_EQ & 7]==0 ); - assert( compatible[RTREE_LT & 7]==1 ); - assert( compatible[RTREE_LE & 7]==1 ); - assert( compatible[RTREE_GT & 7]==2 ); - assert( compatible[RTREE_GE & 7]==2 ); - cCol = p->iColumn - 1 + 'a'; - opmsk = compatible[op & 7]; - for(j=0; jaConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2); - pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1; - } + zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op; + zIdxStr[iIdx++] = p->iColumn - 1 + 'a'; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2); + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1; } } @@ -109989,7 +128450,7 @@ static float cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ float area = 1.0; int ii; for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ - area = area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])); + area = (float)(area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]))); } return area; } @@ -110002,7 +128463,7 @@ static float cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ float margin = 0.0; int ii; for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ - margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])); + margin += (float)(DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])); } return margin; } @@ -110035,8 +128496,8 @@ static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii]; RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii]; - if( (!isInt && (a2[0].fa1[1].f)) - || ( isInt && (a2[0].ia1[1].i)) + if( (!isInt && (a2[0].fa1[1].f)) + || ( isInt && (a2[0].ia1[1].i)) ){ return 0; } @@ -110058,16 +128519,22 @@ static float cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){ #if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE || VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT static float cellOverlap( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeCell *p, - RtreeCell *aCell, - int nCell, + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeCell *p, + RtreeCell *aCell, + int nCell, int iExclude ){ int ii; float overlap = 0.0; for(ii=0; iinDim*2); jj+=2){ @@ -110081,7 +128548,7 @@ static float cellOverlap( o = 0.0; break; }else{ - o = o * (x2-x1); + o = o * (float)(x2-x1); } } overlap += o; @@ -110093,19 +128560,19 @@ static float cellOverlap( #if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE static float cellOverlapEnlargement( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeCell *p, - RtreeCell *pInsert, - RtreeCell *aCell, - int nCell, + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeCell *p, + RtreeCell *pInsert, + RtreeCell *aCell, + int nCell, int iExclude ){ - float before; - float after; + double before; + double after; before = cellOverlap(pRtree, p, aCell, nCell, iExclude); cellUnion(pRtree, p, pInsert); after = cellOverlap(pRtree, p, aCell, nCell, iExclude); - return after-before; + return (float)(after-before); } #endif @@ -110127,11 +128594,11 @@ static int ChooseLeaf( for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(pRtree->iDepth-iHeight); ii++){ int iCell; - sqlite3_int64 iBest; + sqlite3_int64 iBest = 0; - float fMinGrowth; - float fMinArea; - float fMinOverlap; + float fMinGrowth = 0.0; + float fMinArea = 0.0; + float fMinOverlap = 0.0; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); RtreeCell cell; @@ -110160,22 +128627,31 @@ static int ChooseLeaf( ** the smallest area. */ for(iCell=0; iCelliDepth-1) ){ overlap = cellOverlapEnlargement(pRtree,&cell,pCell,aCell,nCell,iCell); } -#endif - if( (iCell==0) - || (overlappParent ){ - RtreeCell cell; RtreeNode *pParent = p->pParent; - int iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p); + RtreeCell cell; + int iCell; + + if( nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p, &iCell) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } nodeGetCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, &cell); if( !cellContains(pRtree, &cell, pCell) ){ cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell); nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell); } - + p = pParent; } + return SQLITE_OK; } /* @@ -110248,9 +128729,9 @@ static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int); */ static RtreeCell *LinearPickNext( Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeCell *aCell, - int nCell, - RtreeCell *pLeftBox, + RtreeCell *aCell, + int nCell, + RtreeCell *pLeftBox, RtreeCell *pRightBox, int *aiUsed ){ @@ -110266,9 +128747,9 @@ static RtreeCell *LinearPickNext( */ static void LinearPickSeeds( Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeCell *aCell, - int nCell, - int *piLeftSeed, + RtreeCell *aCell, + int nCell, + int *piLeftSeed, int *piRightSeed ){ int i; @@ -110277,7 +128758,7 @@ static void LinearPickSeeds( float maxNormalInnerWidth = 0.0; /* Pick two "seed" cells from the array of cells. The algorithm used - ** here is the LinearPickSeeds algorithm from Gutman[1984]. The + ** here is the LinearPickSeeds algorithm from Gutman[1984]. The ** indices of the two seed cells in the array are stored in local ** variables iLeftSeek and iRightSeed. */ @@ -110328,9 +128809,9 @@ static void LinearPickSeeds( */ static RtreeCell *QuadraticPickNext( Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeCell *aCell, - int nCell, - RtreeCell *pLeftBox, + RtreeCell *aCell, + int nCell, + RtreeCell *pLeftBox, RtreeCell *pRightBox, int *aiUsed ){ @@ -110360,9 +128841,9 @@ static RtreeCell *QuadraticPickNext( */ static void QuadraticPickSeeds( Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeCell *aCell, - int nCell, - int *piLeftSeed, + RtreeCell *aCell, + int nCell, + int *piLeftSeed, int *piRightSeed ){ int ii; @@ -110393,7 +128874,7 @@ static void QuadraticPickSeeds( /* ** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size -** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to +** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to ** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values ** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For ** example, assuming the inputs: @@ -110409,9 +128890,9 @@ static void QuadraticPickSeeds( ** sorting algorithm. */ static void SortByDistance( - int *aIdx, - int nIdx, - float *aDistance, + int *aIdx, + int nIdx, + float *aDistance, int *aSpare ){ if( nIdx>1 ){ @@ -110465,7 +128946,7 @@ static void SortByDistance( /* ** Arguments aIdx, aCell and aSpare all point to arrays of size -** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to +** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to ** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values ** in aIdx according to dimension iDim of the cells in aCell. The ** minimum value of dimension iDim is considered first, the @@ -110476,10 +128957,10 @@ static void SortByDistance( */ static void SortByDimension( Rtree *pRtree, - int *aIdx, - int nIdx, - int iDim, - RtreeCell *aCell, + int *aIdx, + int nIdx, + int iDim, + RtreeCell *aCell, int *aSpare ){ if( nIdx>1 ){ @@ -110547,9 +129028,9 @@ static int splitNodeStartree( int *aSpare; int ii; - int iBestDim; - int iBestSplit; - float fBestMargin; + int iBestDim = 0; + int iBestSplit = 0; + float fBestMargin = 0.0; int nByte = (pRtree->nDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int)); @@ -110571,14 +129052,14 @@ static int splitNodeStartree( for(ii=0; iinDim; ii++){ float margin = 0.0; - float fBestOverlap; - float fBestArea; - int iBestLeft; + float fBestOverlap = 0.0; + float fBestArea = 0.0; + int iBestLeft = 0; int nLeft; for( - nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); - nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); + nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); + nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); nLeft++ ){ RtreeCell left; @@ -110668,8 +129149,8 @@ static int splitNodeGuttman( for(i=nCell-2; i>0; i--){ RtreeCell *pNext; pNext = PickNext(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pBboxLeft, pBboxRight, aiUsed); - float diff = - cellGrowth(pRtree, pBboxLeft, pNext) - + float diff = + cellGrowth(pRtree, pBboxLeft, pNext) - cellGrowth(pRtree, pBboxRight, pNext) ; if( (RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)-NCELL(pRight)==i) @@ -110689,9 +129170,9 @@ static int splitNodeGuttman( #endif static int updateMapping( - Rtree *pRtree, - i64 iRowid, - RtreeNode *pNode, + Rtree *pRtree, + i64 iRowid, + RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight ){ int (*xSetMapping)(Rtree *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64); @@ -110727,7 +129208,7 @@ static int SplitNode( RtreeCell leftbbox; RtreeCell rightbbox; - /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and + /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and ** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node. */ aCell = sqlite3_malloc((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1)); @@ -110745,14 +129226,14 @@ static int SplitNode( nCell++; if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ - pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode, 1); - pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode, 1); + pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode); + pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode); pRtree->iDepth++; pNode->isDirty = 1; writeInt16(pNode->zData, pRtree->iDepth); }else{ pLeft = pNode; - pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, 1); + pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent); nodeReference(pLeft); } @@ -110769,8 +129250,12 @@ static int SplitNode( goto splitnode_out; } - /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them. */ - if( (0==pRight->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight))) + /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them by calling + ** nodeWrite(). Node pRight always needs a node number, as it was created + ** by nodeNew() above. But node pLeft sometimes already has a node number. + ** In this case avoid the all to nodeWrite(). + */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight)) || (0==pLeft->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pLeft))) ){ goto splitnode_out; @@ -110786,9 +129271,15 @@ static int SplitNode( } }else{ RtreeNode *pParent = pLeft->pParent; - int iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft); - nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell); - AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox); + int iCell; + rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft, &iCell); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell); + rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } } if( (rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight->pParent, &rightbbox, iHeight+1)) ){ goto splitnode_out; @@ -110832,20 +129323,43 @@ splitnode_out: return rc; } +/* +** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is +** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate +** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node. +** +** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update +** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the +** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which +** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this +** function is called to determine its ancestry. +*/ static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pLeaf->iNode!=1 && pLeaf->pParent==0 ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pLeaf->iNode); - if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent)==SQLITE_ROW ){ - i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0); - rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pLeaf->pParent); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pLeaf->pParent); + RtreeNode *pChild = pLeaf; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pChild->iNode!=1 && pChild->pParent==0 ){ + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pChild->iNode); + rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + RtreeNode *pTest; /* Used to test for reference loops */ + i64 iNode; /* Node number of parent node */ + + /* Before setting pChild->pParent, test that we are not creating a + ** loop of references (as we would if, say, pChild==pParent). We don't + ** want to do this as it leads to a memory leak when trying to delete + ** the referenced counted node structures. + */ + iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0); + for(pTest=pLeaf; pTest && pTest->iNode!=iNode; pTest=pTest->pParent); + if( !pTest ){ + rc2 = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pChild->pParent); + } } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pChild->pParent ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + pChild = pChild->pParent; } return rc; } @@ -110854,18 +129368,24 @@ static int deleteCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, int, int); static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){ int rc; - RtreeNode *pParent; + int rc2; + RtreeNode *pParent = 0; int iCell; assert( pNode->nRef==1 ); /* Remove the entry in the parent cell. */ - iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode); - pParent = pNode->pParent; - pNode->pParent = 0; - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent)) - ){ + rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &iCell); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pParent = pNode->pParent; + pNode->pParent = 0; + rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1); + } + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } @@ -110882,7 +129402,7 @@ static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){ return rc; } - + /* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into ** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on. */ @@ -110895,10 +129415,11 @@ static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static void fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ +static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pParent ){ - int ii; + int ii; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); RtreeCell box; /* Bounding box for pNode */ nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box); @@ -110908,10 +129429,13 @@ static void fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ cellUnion(pRtree, &box, &cell); } box.iRowid = pNode->iNode; - ii = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode); - nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii); - fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent); + rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &ii); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii); + rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent); + } } + return rc; } /* @@ -110919,6 +129443,7 @@ static void fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ ** cell, adjust the r-tree data structure if required. */ static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){ + RtreeNode *pParent; int rc; if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pNode)) ){ @@ -110935,14 +129460,13 @@ static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){ ** cell in the parent node so that it tightly contains the updated ** node. */ - if( pNode->iNode!=1 ){ - RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent; - if( (pParent->iNode!=1 || NCELL(pParent)!=1) - && (NCELL(pNode)pParent; + assert( pParent || pNode->iNode==1 ); + if( pParent ){ + if( NCELL(pNode)nDim; iDim++){ - aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]); - aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]); + aCenterCoord[iDim] += (float)DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]); + aCenterCoord[iDim] += (float)DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]); } } for(iDim=0; iDimnDim; iDim++){ - aCenterCoord[iDim] = aCenterCoord[iDim]/((float)nCell*2.0); + aCenterCoord[iDim] = (float)(aCenterCoord[iDim]/((float)nCell*2.0)); } for(ii=0; iinDim; iDim++){ - float coord = DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - - DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]); + float coord = (float)(DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - + DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2])); aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]); } } @@ -111025,7 +129549,7 @@ static int Reinsert( } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode); + rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode); } for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && iiiNode currently contains @@ -111049,7 +129573,7 @@ static int Reinsert( } /* -** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a +** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a ** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0). */ static int rtreeInsertCell( @@ -111079,11 +129603,13 @@ static int rtreeInsertCell( rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); #endif }else{ - AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell); - if( iHeight==0 ){ - rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); - }else{ - rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); + rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iHeight==0 ){ + rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); + }else{ + rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); + } } } return rc; @@ -111102,10 +129628,10 @@ static int reinsertNodeContent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell. */ - rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, pNode->iNode, &pInsert); + rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode, &pInsert); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; - rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, pNode->iNode); + rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode); rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; @@ -111128,122 +129654,120 @@ static int newRowid(Rtree *pRtree, i64 *piRowid){ return rc; } -#ifndef NDEBUG -static int hashIsEmpty(Rtree *pRtree){ - int ii; - for(ii=0; iiaHash[ii] ); - } - return 1; -} -#endif - /* -** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables. +** Remove the entry with rowid=iDelete from the r-tree structure. */ -static int rtreeUpdate( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, - int nData, - sqlite3_value **azData, - sqlite_int64 *pRowid -){ - Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; +static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */ + int iCell; /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */ + RtreeNode *pRoot; /* Root node of rtree structure */ - rtreeReference(pRtree); - assert(nData>=1); - assert(hashIsEmpty(pRtree)); + /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialise Rtree.iDepth */ + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); - /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a - ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does - ** just that. + /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry + ** about to be deleted. */ - if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - i64 iDelete; /* The rowid to delete */ - RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */ - int iCell; /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */ - RtreeNode *pRoot; - - /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialise Rtree.iDepth */ - rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); - - /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry - ** about to be deleted. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - iDelete = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0]); - rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf); - } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf); + } - /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */ + /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete, &iCell); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int rc2; - iCell = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete); rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0); - rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } } - - /* Delete the corresponding entry in the _rowid table. */ + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete); - sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); + rc = rc2; } + } - /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove - ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and - ** reduce the tree height by one. - ** - ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into - ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform - ** in this scenario). - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){ - RtreeNode *pChild; - i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0); - rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pRtree->iDepth--; - writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth); - pRoot->isDirty = 1; - } - } - } + /* Delete the corresponding entry in the _rowid table. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); + } - /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */ - for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf); - } - pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pLeaf); + /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove + ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and + ** reduce the tree height by one. + ** + ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into + ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform + ** in this scenario). + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){ + int rc2; + RtreeNode *pChild; + i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0); + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1); } + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pRtree->iDepth--; + writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth); + pRoot->isDirty = 1; + } + } - /* Release the reference to the root node. */ + /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */ + for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); - }else{ - nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf); } + pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext; + sqlite3_free(pLeaf); } - /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements - ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into - ** the r-tree structure. + /* Release the reference to the root node. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + }else{ + nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables. +*/ +static int rtreeUpdate( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, + int nData, + sqlite3_value **azData, + sqlite_int64 *pRowid +){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeCell cell; /* New cell to insert if nData>1 */ + int bHaveRowid = 0; /* Set to 1 after new rowid is determined */ + + rtreeReference(pRtree); + assert(nData>=1); + + /* Constraint handling. A write operation on an r-tree table may return + ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT for two reasons: + ** + ** 1. A duplicate rowid value, or + ** 2. The supplied data violates the "x2>=x1" constraint. + ** + ** In the first case, if the conflict-handling mode is REPLACE, then + ** the conflicting row can be removed before proceeding. In the second + ** case, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT must be returned regardless of the + ** conflict-handling mode specified by the user. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){ - /* Insert a new record into the r-tree */ - RtreeCell cell; + if( nData>1 ){ int ii; - RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is azData[3]. */ assert( nData==(pRtree->nDim*2 + 3) ); @@ -111267,19 +129791,51 @@ static int rtreeUpdate( } } - /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */ - if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])==SQLITE_NULL ){ - rc = newRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid); - }else{ + /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in + ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[2]); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid) ){ - sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); - rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; - goto constraint; + if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])==SQLITE_NULL + || sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])!=cell.iRowid + ){ + int steprc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid); + steprc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); + if( SQLITE_ROW==steprc ){ + if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pRtree->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ + rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, cell.iRowid); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + goto constraint; + } + } } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); + bHaveRowid = 1; + } + } + + /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a + ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does + ** just that. + */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])); + } + + /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements + ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into + ** the r-tree structure. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){ + /* Insert the new record into the r-tree */ + RtreeNode *pLeaf; + + /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */ + if( bHaveRowid==0 ){ + rc = newRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid); } + *pRowid = cell.iRowid; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf); @@ -111310,8 +129866,8 @@ static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node' RENAME TO \"%w_node\";" "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";" "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid' RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";" - , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName - , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName + , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName + , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName ); if( zSql ){ @@ -111322,7 +129878,7 @@ static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){ } static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = { - 0, /* iVersion */ + 0, /* iVersion */ rtreeCreate, /* xCreate - create a table */ rtreeConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */ rtreeBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */ @@ -111341,14 +129897,17 @@ static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = { 0, /* xCommit - commit transaction */ 0, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */ 0, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */ - rtreeRename /* xRename - rename the table */ + rtreeRename, /* xRename - rename the table */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0 /* xRollbackTo */ }; static int rtreeSqlInit( - Rtree *pRtree, - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zDb, - const char *zPrefix, + Rtree *pRtree, + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zDb, + const char *zPrefix, int isCreate ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -111406,7 +129965,7 @@ static int rtreeSqlInit( for(i=0; izDb); rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &iPageSize); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -111482,7 +130041,7 @@ static int getNodeSize( return rc; } -/* +/* ** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate ** methods of the r-tree virtual table. ** @@ -111503,7 +130062,7 @@ static int rtreeInit( Rtree *pRtree; int nDb; /* Length of string argv[1] */ int nName; /* Length of string argv[2] */ - int eCoordType = (int)pAux; + int eCoordType = (pAux ? RTREE_COORD_INT32 : RTREE_COORD_REAL32); const char *aErrMsg[] = { 0, /* 0 */ @@ -111518,6 +130077,8 @@ static int rtreeInit( return SQLITE_ERROR; } + sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); + /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */ nDb = strlen(argv[1]); nName = strlen(argv[2]); @@ -111591,7 +130152,7 @@ static int rtreeInit( ** ** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one ** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a -** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the +** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the ** *2 coordinates. */ static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ @@ -111600,6 +130161,7 @@ static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ Rtree tree; int ii; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); memset(&node, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode)); memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)); tree.nDim = sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]); @@ -111613,7 +130175,7 @@ static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ int jj; nodeGetCell(&tree, &node, ii, &cell); - sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell],"%d", cell.iRowid); + sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell],"%lld", cell.iRowid); nCell = strlen(zCell); for(jj=0; jjmagic = RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC; + pBlob->xGeom = pGeomCtx->xGeom; + pBlob->pContext = pGeomCtx->pContext; + pBlob->nParam = nArg; + for(i=0; iaParam[i] = sqlite3_value_double(aArg[i]); + } + sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, pBlob, nBlob, doSqlite3Free); + } +} + +/* +** Register a new geometry function for use with the r-tree MATCH operator. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zGeom, + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *), + void *pContext +){ + RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */ + + /* Allocate and populate the context object. */ + pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback)); + if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pGeomCtx->xGeom = xGeom; + pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; + + /* Create the new user-function. Register a destructor function to delete + ** the context object when it is no longer required. */ + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, + (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, doSqlite3Free + ); +} + #if !SQLITE_CORE SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( sqlite3 *db, @@ -111699,9 +130323,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( ************************************************************************* ** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $ ** -** This file implements an integration between the ICU library -** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library -** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses +** This file implements an integration between the ICU library +** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library +** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses ** ICU to provide the following to SQLite: ** ** * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP @@ -111712,7 +130336,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( ** ** * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation seqences. ** -** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to +** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to ** provide case-independent matching. */ @@ -111724,6 +130348,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( #include #include +/* #include */ #ifndef SQLITE_CORE SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 @@ -111747,7 +130372,7 @@ static void xFree(void *p){ /* ** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is -** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and +** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and ** false (0) if they are different. */ static int icuLikeCompare( @@ -111782,7 +130407,7 @@ static int icuLikeCompare( uint8_t c; /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a - ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the + ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the ** test string. */ while( (c=zPattern[iPattern]) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){ @@ -111835,15 +130460,15 @@ static int icuLikeCompare( ** ** A LIKE B ** -** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, +** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, ** ** A LIKE B ESCAPE E ** ** is mapped to like(B, A, E). */ static void icuLikeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); @@ -111869,7 +130494,7 @@ static void icuLikeFunc( if( zE==0 ) return; U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc); if( i!=nE){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, + sqlite3_result_error(context, "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); return; } @@ -111884,7 +130509,7 @@ static void icuLikeFunc( ** This function is called when an ICU function called from within ** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error. ** -** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is +** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is ** loaded with an error message based on the following two args. */ static void icuFunctionError( @@ -111910,7 +130535,7 @@ static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){ /* ** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes ** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile -** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either +** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either ** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result ** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise. ** @@ -111932,8 +130557,10 @@ static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ UBool res; const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]); - /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, - ** then the result is also NULL. + (void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */ + + /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, + ** then the result is also NULL. */ if( !zString ){ return; @@ -111971,7 +130598,7 @@ static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ } /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL - ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than + ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid ** pointer after this function returns. */ @@ -111982,7 +130609,7 @@ static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ } /* -** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and +** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and ** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC). ** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc). ** @@ -111990,7 +130617,7 @@ static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ ** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences ** between the two. ** -** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar +** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar ** functions are invoked with one argument: ** ** upper('ABC') -> 'abc' @@ -112082,7 +130709,7 @@ static int icuCollationColl( /* ** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation(). ** -** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation +** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation ** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called ** as follows: ** @@ -112093,8 +130720,8 @@ static int icuCollationColl( ** collation sequence to create. */ static void icuLoadCollation( - sqlite3_context *p, - int nArg, + sqlite3_context *p, + int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p); @@ -112119,7 +130746,7 @@ static void icuLoadCollation( } assert(p); - rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, + rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -112160,7 +130787,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(struct IcuScalar)); i++){ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){ struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i]; rc = sqlite3_create_function( db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->pContext, p->xFunc, 0, 0 @@ -112172,7 +130799,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){ #if !SQLITE_CORE SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ @@ -112197,15 +130824,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( ** ************************************************************************* ** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library. -** -** $Id: fts3_icu.c,v 1.3 2008/09/01 18:34:20 danielk1977 Exp $ */ - #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU +/* #include */ +/* #include */ #include +/* #include */ +/* #include */ #include typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer; @@ -112272,7 +130900,7 @@ static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int icuOpen( @@ -112311,7 +130939,7 @@ static int icuOpen( pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar]; pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; - U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); + U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); while( c>0 ){ int isError = 0; c = u_foldCase(c, opt); diff --git a/lib/sqlite/sqlite3.h b/lib/sqlite/sqlite3.h index 18ef20f..28a500d 100644 --- a/lib/sqlite/sqlite3.h +++ b/lib/sqlite/sqlite3.h @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ extern "C" { ** ** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the ** Fossil configuration management -** system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evalutes to +** system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to ** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite ** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID ** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 @@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ extern "C" { ** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], ** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ -#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.6.23.1" -#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3006023 -#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2010-03-26 22:28:06 b078b588d617e07886ad156e9f54ade6d823568e" +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.7.8" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007008 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2011-09-19 14:49:19 3e0da808d2f5b4d12046e05980ca04578f581177" /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers @@ -135,8 +135,8 @@ extern "C" { ** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have ** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The ** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to -** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns -** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns +** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the ** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. ** ** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. @@ -146,32 +146,32 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics ** -** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 -** indicating whether the specified option was defined at -** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the -** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 +** indicating whether the specified option was defined at +** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the +** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). ** -** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows interating +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating ** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by ** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, -** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ -** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by +** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ +** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by ** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). ** ** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() -** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifing the +** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the ** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. ** ** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and ** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ +#endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); ** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes ** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the -** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, ** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe ** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. ** @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; ** ** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values ** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The -** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values +** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values ** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. */ #ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; ** ** ^The sqlite3_close() routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object. ** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() return SQLITE_OK if the [sqlite3] object is -** successfullly destroyed and all associated resources are deallocated. +** successfully destroyed and all associated resources are deallocated. ** ** Applications must [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements] ** and [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; ** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained ** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or ** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. -** ^Calling sqlite3_close() with a NULL pointer argument is a +** ^Calling sqlite3_close() with a NULL pointer argument is a ** harmless no-op. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *); @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], ** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL -** without having to use a lot of C code. +** without having to use a lot of C code. ** ** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, ** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to ** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row ** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to -** to sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each +** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each ** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() ** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are ** ignored. @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. ** ** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer -** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or +** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or ** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database ** is not changed. ** @@ -375,7 +375,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( ** ** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. ** -** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] +** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes], +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes]. */ #define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ /* beginning-of-error-codes */ @@ -390,10 +391,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ #define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ #define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ -#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* NOT USED. Table or record not found */ +#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ #define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ -#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* NOT USED. Database lock protocol error */ +#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ #define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ #define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ #define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ @@ -449,15 +450,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) -#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8) ) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) +#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations ** ** These bit values are intended for use in the ** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and -** in the 4th parameter to the xOpen method of the -** [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ @@ -465,6 +475,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ @@ -476,11 +487,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ + +/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics ** -** The xDeviceCapabilities method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] ** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these ** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage ** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] @@ -497,17 +511,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( ** information is written to disk in the same order as calls ** to xWrite(). */ -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 /* ** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels @@ -535,6 +550,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( ** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. ** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means ** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). +** +** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags +** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL +** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the +** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. +** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how +** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and +** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. +** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction +** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the +** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX +** cares about the difference.) */ #define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 #define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 @@ -543,7 +570,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle ** -** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the ** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface ** implementations will ** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields @@ -559,17 +586,18 @@ struct sqlite3_file { /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object ** -** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs] xOpen method populates an +** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an ** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the ** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. ** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations ** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. ** -** If the xOpen method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element ** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method -** may be invoked even if the xOpen reported that it failed. The -** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed xOpen -** is for the xOpen to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element to NULL. +** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The +** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] +** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to NULL. ** ** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or ** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). @@ -603,7 +631,9 @@ struct sqlite3_file { ** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. ** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. ** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes -** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. +** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should +** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not +** recognize. ** ** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the ** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the @@ -658,6 +688,12 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); + /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ + int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); + int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); + void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); + /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ }; @@ -675,11 +711,78 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability ** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST ** is defined. +** +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS +** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the +** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it +** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database +** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database +** file run faster. +** +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS +** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified +** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should +** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use +** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large +** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and +** improve performance on some systems. +** +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database +** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for +** additional information. +** +** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by +** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method +** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^ +** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly +** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most +** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode. +** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this +** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes +** that do require it. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic +** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the +** windows [VFS] in order to work to provide robustness against +** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, +** file write, and file delete opertions up to 10 times, with a delay +** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing +** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This +** opcode allows those to values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) +** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections +** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two +** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second +** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting +** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written +** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be +** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent [WAL | Write AHead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary +** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control +** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database +** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after +** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not +** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want +** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist +** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent +** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** WAL persistence setting. +** */ #define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 #define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 #define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 #define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle @@ -698,7 +801,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** ** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between ** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" -** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". +** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See +** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. ** ** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in ** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this @@ -727,26 +831,31 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must ** be unique across all VFS modules. ** -** SQLite will guarantee that the zFilename parameter to xOpen +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] +** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen ** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained -** from xFullPathname(). SQLite further guarantees that +** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. +** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will +** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than +** 10 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. +** ^SQLite further guarantees that ** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is ** called. Because of the previous sentence, ** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the ** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. -** If the zFilename parameter is xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen -** must invent its own temporary name for the file. Whenever the +** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the ** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the ** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. ** ** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in ** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] ** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least -** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. ** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to ** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. ** -** SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() +** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() ** call, depending on the object being opened: ** **
      @@ -757,7 +866,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] -**
    +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] +** )^ ** ** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to ** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application @@ -776,19 +886,20 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** ** ** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be -** deleted when it is closed. The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] -** will be set for TEMP databases, journals and for subjournals. +** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient +** databases, and subjournals. ** -** The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly ** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() -** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always ** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. -** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened +** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened ** for exclusive access. ** -** At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite +** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite ** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third ** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to ** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that @@ -798,33 +909,54 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success ** or failure of the xOpen call. ** -** The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] +** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] ** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to ** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] ** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a ** directory. ** -** SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the +** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the ** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer ** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer ** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is ** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor ** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. ** -** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), and xCurrentTime() interfaces -** are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are +** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64() +** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are ** included in the VFS structure for completeness. ** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes ** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is ** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. ** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at -** least the number of microseconds given. The xCurrentTime() -** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time. -** +** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime() +** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as +** a floating point value. +** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** a 24-hour day). +** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current +** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or +** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back +** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. +** +** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces +** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can +** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult +** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden +** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the +** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any +** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change +** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access +** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. */ typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; +typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); struct sqlite3_vfs { - int iVersion; /* Structure version number */ + int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ @@ -843,8 +975,23 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); - /* New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion - ** value will increment whenever this happens. */ + /* + ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object + ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later + */ + int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. + */ + int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); + sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion + ** value will increment whenever this happens. + */ }; /* @@ -856,13 +1003,58 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { ** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method ** simply checks whether the file exists. ** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method -** checks whether the file is both readable and writable. +** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable +** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within +** the directory). +** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the +** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future +** release of SQLite. ** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method -** checks whether the file is readable. +** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is +** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of +** SQLite. */ #define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method +** +** These integer constants define the various locking operations +** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The +** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the +** xShmLock method: +** +**
      +**
    • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +**
    • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +**
    • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +**
    • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +**
    +** +** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as +** was given no the corresponding lock. +** +** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or +** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED +** and EXCLUSIVE. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 +#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 +#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 +#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index +** +** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values +** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. +** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a +** lock outside of this range +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 + /* ** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library @@ -964,44 +1156,37 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); ** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. ** ** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option] that determines +** [configuration option] that determines ** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments -** vary depending on the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option] +** vary depending on the [configuration option] ** in the first argument. ** ** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option ** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_config(int, ...); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration ** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to ** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single -** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). The -** sqlite3_db_config() interface should only be used immediately after -** the database connection is created using [sqlite3_open()], -** [sqlite3_open16()], or [sqlite3_open_v2()]. +** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). ** ** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the -** configuration verb - an integer code that indicates what -** aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. -** The only choice for this value is [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]. -** New verbs are likely to be added in future releases of SQLite. -** Additional arguments depend on the verb. +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. +** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. ** ** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if ** the call is considered successful. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite ** and low-level memory allocation routines. @@ -1009,7 +1194,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. ** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to ** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. ** By creating an instance of this object ** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) ** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative @@ -1025,16 +1210,10 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such ** conditions. ** -** The xMalloc and xFree methods must work like the -** malloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. -** The xRealloc method must work like realloc() from the standard C library -** with the exception that if the second argument to xRealloc is zero, -** xRealloc must be a no-op - it must not perform any allocation or -** deallocation. ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to +** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the +** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. +** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to ** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. -** And so in cases where xRoundup always returns a positive number, -** xRealloc can perform exactly as the standard library realloc() and -** still be in compliance with this specification. ** ** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation ** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size @@ -1045,7 +1224,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple ** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. ** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] -** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, ** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. ** ** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. (For example, @@ -1083,7 +1262,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { /* ** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options -** EXPERIMENTAL +** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} ** ** These constants are the available integer configuration options that ** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. @@ -1096,18 +1275,18 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** is invoked. ** **
    -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
    **
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables ** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used ** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default -** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return +** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return ** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD ** configuration option.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
    **
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables ** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. @@ -1121,7 +1300,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the ** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
    **
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables ** all mutexes including the recursive @@ -1137,7 +1316,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies ** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of @@ -1145,7 +1324,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure ** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlite3_mem_methods] ** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ @@ -1153,15 +1332,15 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or ** tracks memory usage, for example.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
    -**
    ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a -** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation -** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
    +**
    ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a +** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation +** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the ** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: **
      **
    • [sqlite3_memory_used()] **
    • [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] -**
    • [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit()] +**
    • [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] **
    • [sqlite3_status()] **
    )^ ** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is @@ -1169,26 +1348,25 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** allocation statistics are disabled by default. **
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
    **
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for ** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte -** aligned memory buffer from which the scrach allocations will be +** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be ** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), ** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz -** argument must be a multiple of 16. The sz parameter should be a few bytes -** larger than the actual scratch space required due to internal overhead. +** argument must be a multiple of 16. ** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer ** of at least sz*N bytes of memory. -** ^SQLite will use no more than one scratch buffer per thread. So -** N should be set to the expected maximum number of threads. ^SQLite will -** never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6 times the database -** page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional scratch memory beyond -** what is provided by this configuration option, then +** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread. So +** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads. +** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6 +** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional +** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then ** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
    **
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for -** the database page cache with the default page cache implemenation. +** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation. ** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page ** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE option. ** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned @@ -1203,12 +1381,11 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. ^If additional ** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then ** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space. -** ^The implementation might use one or more of the N buffers to hold -** memory accounting information. The pointer in the first argument must +** The pointer in the first argument must ** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite ** will be undefined.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
    **
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use ** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided ** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. @@ -1221,9 +1398,11 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory ** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. ** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte -** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
    +** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. +** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2^12. Reasonable values +** for the minimum allocation size are 2^5 through 2^8. ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies ** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place @@ -1235,7 +1414,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The ** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] @@ -1248,7 +1427,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    **
    ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default ** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each ** [database connection]. The first argument is the @@ -1258,17 +1437,47 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside ** configuration on individual connections.)^
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to ** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. This object specifies the interface ** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the ** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. SQLite copies of the current ** page cache implementation into that object.)^
    ** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
    +**
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a +** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), +** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is +** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the +** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. +** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is +** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger +** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to +** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding +** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an +** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is +** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. +** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function +** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. +** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger +** function must be threadsafe.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_URI +**
    This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then +** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling +** is globally disabled. If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames +** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or +** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless +** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database +** connection is opened. If it is globally disabled, filenames are +** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the +** database connection is opened. By default, URI handling is globally +** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the +** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined. **
    */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ @@ -1282,15 +1491,15 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ -/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ /* -** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options -** EXPERIMENTAL +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options ** ** These constants are the available integer configuration options that ** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. @@ -1304,10 +1513,10 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** **
    **
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    -**
    ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +**
    ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the ** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. ** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a -** pointer to an memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. +** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. ** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb ** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the ** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the @@ -1316,12 +1525,40 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer ** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to ** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally -** rounded down to the next smaller -** multiple of 8. See also: [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
    +** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory +** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that +** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words +** when the "current value" returned by +** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. +** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside +** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns +** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^ +** +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY
    +**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of +** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, +** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement +** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back.
    +** +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER
    +**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, +** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the trigger setting is not reported back.
    ** **
    */ -#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ /* @@ -1345,13 +1582,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); ** ** ^This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent ** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection] -** in the first argument. ^If no successful [INSERT]s +** in the first argument. ^As of SQLite version 3.7.7, this routines +** records the last insert rowid of both ordinary tables and [virtual tables]. +** ^If no successful [INSERT]s ** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned. ** -** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger, then the [rowid] of the inserted -** row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger is running. -** But once the trigger terminates, the value returned by this routine -** reverts to the last value inserted before the trigger fired.)^ +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table] +** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted +** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running. +** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned +** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual +** table method began.)^ ** ** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a ** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this @@ -1400,7 +1641,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); ** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^ ** ** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and -** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. +** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. ** Most SQL statements are ** evaluated outside of any trigger. This is the "top level" ** trigger context. If a trigger fires from the top level, a @@ -1443,7 +1684,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); ** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints, ** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing. The ** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger], -** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes +** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes ** are counted.)^ ** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as ** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle @@ -1483,7 +1724,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); ** ** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running ** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements -** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the ** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been ** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements ** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are @@ -1518,7 +1759,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); ** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus ** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. ** -** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior ** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked ** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, ** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero @@ -1593,7 +1834,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); ** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the ** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions ** result in undefined behavior. -** +** ** A busy handler must not close the database connection ** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. */ @@ -1622,6 +1863,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); /* ** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries ** +** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. +** Use of this interface is not recommended. +** ** Definition: A result table is memory data structure created by the ** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the ** complete query results from one or more queries. @@ -1642,7 +1886,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); ** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. ** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. ** -** As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result +** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result ** is as follows: ** ** 
    @@ -1666,7 +1910,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
 **        azResult[5] = "28";
 **        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
 **        azResult[7] = "21";
-**
    +** )^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more ** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8 @@ -1674,19 +1918,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); ** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. ** ** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(), -** it should pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to +** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to ** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the ** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling ** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only ** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. ** -** ^(The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around +** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around ** [sqlite3_exec()]. The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access ** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public ** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the ** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not ** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or -** [sqlite3_errmsg()].)^ +** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ @@ -1711,7 +1955,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); ** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough ** memory to hold the resulting string. ** -** ^(In sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from +** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from ** the standard C library. The result is written into the ** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by ** the first parameter. Note that the order of the @@ -1730,6 +1974,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); ** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely ** written will be n-1 characters. ** +** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). +** ** These routines all implement some additional formatting ** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. ** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there @@ -1793,6 +2039,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem @@ -1838,7 +2085,9 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); ** is not freed. ** ** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc() -** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary. +** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a +** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time +** option is used. ** ** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define ** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in @@ -1915,7 +2164,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); /* ** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks ** -** ^This routine registers a authorizer callback with a particular +** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular ** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. ** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled ** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], @@ -1935,7 +2184,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); ** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the ** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that -** access is denied. +** access is denied. ** ** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third ** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter @@ -1982,7 +2231,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the -** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a +** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a ** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the ** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. ** @@ -2006,6 +2255,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( ** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the ** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional ** information. +** +** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code] +** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. */ #define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ @@ -2066,7 +2318,6 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( /* ** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** These routines register callback functions that can be used for ** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. @@ -2082,26 +2333,43 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( ** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked ** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains ** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time -** of how long that statement took to run. -*/ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); +** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback +** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation +** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant +** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite +** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. The +** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is +** subject to change in future versions of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks ** -** ^This routine configures a callback function - the -** progress callback - that is invoked periodically during long -** running calls to [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and -** [sqlite3_get_table()]. An example use for this +** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback +** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to +** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for +** database connection D. An example use for this ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. ** +** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the number of +** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive +** invocations of the callback X. +** +** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per +** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the +** old one. ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler. +** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less +** than 1. +** ** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is ** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a ** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box. ** -** The progress handler must not do anything that will modify +** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the progress handler. ** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. @@ -2112,7 +2380,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection ** -** ^These routines open an SQLite database file whose name is given by the +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the ** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte ** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually @@ -2137,9 +2405,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control ** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to ** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of -** the following three values, optionally combined with the +** the following three values, optionally combined with the ** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], -** and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flags:)^ +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ ** **
    ** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
    @@ -2152,15 +2420,14 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.)^ ** ** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]
    -**
    The database is opened for reading and writing, and is creates it if +**
    The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if ** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().
    )^ **
    ** ** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the -** combinations shown above or one of the combinations shown above combined -** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], -** [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flags, +** combinations shown above optionally combined with other +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] ** then the behavior is undefined. ** ** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection @@ -2175,6 +2442,11 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not ** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled. ** +** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the +** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that +** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is +** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. +** ** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database ** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when ** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might @@ -2187,10 +2459,111 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be ** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. ** -** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the -** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that -** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is -** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. +** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]]

    URI Filenames

    +** +** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument +** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI +** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is +** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has +** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the +** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. +** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off +** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename +** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional +** information. +** +** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** present, is ignored. +** +** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:"). +** +** [[core URI query parameters]] +** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted +** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. +** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters: +** +**
      +**
    • vfs: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of +** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should +** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to +** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown +** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is +** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over +** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +**
    • mode: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw" or +** "rwc". Attempting to set it to any other value is an error)^. +** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only +** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the +** third argument to sqlite3_prepare_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to +** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) +** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had +** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both +** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is +** used, it is an error to specify a value for the mode parameter that is +** less restrictive than that specified by the flags passed as the third +** parameter. +** +**
    • cache: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or +** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the +** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to +** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is +** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. +** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in +** a URI filename, its value overrides any behaviour requested by setting +** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. +**
    +** +** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an +** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query +** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for +** additional information. +** +** [[URI filename examples]]

    URI filename examples

    +** +**
    • +**
    URI filenames Results +**
    file:data.db +** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. +**
    file:/home/fred/data.db
    +** file:///home/fred/data.db
    +** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db
    		+** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". +**
    file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db +** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. +**
    +** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db +** Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** necessary - space characters can be used literally +** in URI filenames. +**
    file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private +** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. +** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by +** default, use a private cache. +**
    file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-nolock +** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-nolock". +**
    file:data.db?mode=readonly +** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. +**
    +** +** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and +** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the +** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, +** the results are undefined. ** ** Note to Windows users: The encoding used for the filename argument ** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever @@ -2214,6 +2587,26 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ); /* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters +** +** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter. +** +** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen() +** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the +** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam +** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine +** returns a NULL pointer. +** +** If the zFilename argument to this function is not a pointer that SQLite +** passed into the xOpen VFS method, then the behavior of this routine +** is undefined and probably undesirable. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); + + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages ** ** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or @@ -2221,7 +2614,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed ** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from ** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined. ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() -** interface is the same except that it always returns the +** interface is the same except that it always returns the ** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are ** disabled. ** @@ -2285,17 +2678,22 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; ** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried. The ** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a ** class of constructs to be size limited. The third parameter is the -** new limit for that construct. The function returns the old limit.)^ +** new limit for that construct.)^ ** ** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. -** ^(For the limit category of SQLITE_LIMIT_XYZ there is a +** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME there is a ** [limits | hard upper bound] -** set by a compile-time C preprocessor macro named -** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_XYZ]. +** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called +** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_NAME]. ** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^ ** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are ** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. ** +** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the +** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. +** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, +** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. +** ** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage ** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled ** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a @@ -2323,42 +2721,45 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. ** **
    -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
    -**
    The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row.
    )^ +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
    +**
    The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
    **
    The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
    **
    The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the ** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index ** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
    **
    The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
    **
    The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
    **
    The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program -** used to implement an SQL statement.
    )^ +** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently +** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of +** SQLite.)^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
    **
    The maximum number of arguments on a function.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
    **
    The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^
    ** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
    **
    The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or ** [GLOB] operators.
    )^ ** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
    -**
    The maximum number of variables in an SQL statement that can -** be bound.
    )^ +**
    The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
    **
    The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
    )^ **
    */ @@ -2428,12 +2829,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); **
  • ** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it ** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL -** statement and try to run it again. ^If the schema has changed in -** a way that makes the statement no longer valid, [sqlite3_step()] will still -** return [SQLITE_SCHEMA]. But unlike the legacy behavior, [SQLITE_SCHEMA] is -** now a fatal error. Calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] again will not make the -** error go away. Note: use [sqlite3_errmsg()] to find the text -** of the parsing error that results in an [SQLITE_SCHEMA] return. +** statement and try to run it again. **
    • ** **
  • @@ -2446,11 +2842,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); **
    • ** **
  • -** ^If the value of a [parameter | host parameter] in the WHERE clause might -** change the query plan for a statement, then the statement may be -** automatically recompiled (as if there had been a schema change) on the first -** [sqlite3_step()] call following any change to the -** [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of the [parameter]. +** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the +** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, +** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been +** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change +** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. +** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the +** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] +** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column +** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2] compile-time option is enabled. +** the **
    • ** */ @@ -2493,6 +2894,37 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if +** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to +** the content of the database file. +** +** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or +** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. +** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that +** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would +** change the database file through side-effects: +** +** 
    +**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
+**
    +** +** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file +** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ +** +** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], +** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, +** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but +** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the +** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause +** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements +** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make +** changes to the content of the database files on disk. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object ** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} ** @@ -2508,16 +2940,16 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. ** ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not -** a mutex is held. A internal mutex is held for a protected +** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected ** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected ** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded ** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) -** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes +** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] ** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected ** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, ** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications -** still make the distinction between between protected and unprotected +** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected ** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required. ** ** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the @@ -2563,7 +2995,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** ** ** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal, -** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifer.)^ ^The values of these +** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these ** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters") ** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. ** @@ -2591,7 +3023,10 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** ** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and ** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or -** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^If the fifth argument is +** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called +** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(), +** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails. +** ^If the fifth argument is ** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the ** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. ** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then @@ -2712,6 +3147,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); ** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the ** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL ** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]). +** +** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); @@ -2727,7 +3164,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. ** ** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] -** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the next call to +** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the next call to ** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. ** ** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine @@ -2753,7 +3192,9 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); ** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and ** the origin_ routines return the column name. ** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed -** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested +** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the same information is requested ** again in a different encoding. ** ** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the @@ -2847,7 +3288,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); ** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the ** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] ** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the -** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within a +** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an ** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before ** continuing. ** @@ -2877,6 +3318,18 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); ** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or ** more threads at the same moment in time. ** +** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to +** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything +** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of +** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using +** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from +** sqlite3_step(). But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began +** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather +** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility +** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error +** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option +** can be used to restore the legacy behavior. +** ** Goofy Interface Alert: In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step() ** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any ** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call @@ -2894,8 +3347,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set ** -** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) the number of columns in the -** of the result set of [prepared statement] P. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the +** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. +** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return +** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of +** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); @@ -2975,18 +3434,26 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses ** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns ** the number of bytes in that string. -** ^The value returned does not include the zero terminator at the end -** of the string. ^For clarity: the value returned is the number of +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts +** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. +** +** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and +** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end +** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by +** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of ** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. ** ** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), ** even empty strings, are always zero terminated. ^The return -** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is an arbitrary -** pointer, possibly even a NULL pointer. -** -** ^The sqlite3_column_bytes16() routine is similar to sqlite3_column_bytes() -** but leaves the result in UTF-16 in native byte order instead of UTF-8. -** ^The zero terminator is not included in this count. +** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. ** ** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. An unprotected sqlite3_value object @@ -3031,10 +3498,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most ** C programmers. ** -** ^Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior +** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior ** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or ** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. -** ^(Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur +** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur ** in the following cases: ** **
      @@ -3047,22 +3514,22 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); **
    • The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or ** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted ** to UTF-8.
      • -**
    )^ +** ** ** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do ** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer -** that the prior pointer points to will have been modified. Other kinds +** that the prior pointer references will have been modified. Other kinds ** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they ** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. ** -** ^(The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines +** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines ** in one of the following ways: ** **
      **
    • sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
      • **
    • sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
      • **
    • sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()
      • -**
    )^ +** ** ** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), ** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result @@ -3100,17 +3567,26 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); ** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object ** ** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. -** ^If the statement was executed successfully or not executed at all, then -** SQLITE_OK is returned. ^If execution of the statement failed then an -** [error code] or [extended error code] is returned. -** -** ^This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the -** [prepared statement]. ^If the virtual machine has not -** completed execution when this routine is called, that is like -** encountering an error or an [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt]. -** ^Incomplete updates may be rolled back and transactions canceled, -** depending on the circumstances, and the -** [error code] returned will be [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors +** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns +** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then +** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or +** [extended error code]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during +** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S: +** before statement S is ever evaluated, after +** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call +** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has +** completed execution. +** +** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. +** +** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid +** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use +** a prepared statement after it has been finalized. Any use of a prepared +** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and +** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); @@ -3146,23 +3622,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function} ** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions} ** -** ^These two functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") +** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") ** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior -** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only difference between the -** two is that the second parameter, the name of the (scalar) function or -** aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16 -** for sqlite3_create_function16(). +** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between +** these routines are the text encoding expected for +** the second parameter (the name of the function being created) +** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for +** the application data pointer. ** ** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL ** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database ** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added ** to each database connection separately. ** -** The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or -** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes, exclusive of -** the zero-terminator. Note that the name length limit is in bytes, not -** characters. ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name -** will result in [SQLITE_ERROR] being returned. +** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or +** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 +** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name +** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. +** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name +** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. ** ** ^The third parameter (nArg) ** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or @@ -3172,10 +3650,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is ** undefined. ** -** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what +** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for -** its parameters. Any SQL function implementation should be able to work -** work with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be +** its parameters. Every SQL function implementation must be able to work +** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be ** more efficient with one encoding than another. ^An application may ** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple ** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep. @@ -3187,13 +3665,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the ** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ ** -** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are +** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are ** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or ** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc -** callback only; NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep and xFinal +** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal ** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep -** and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing -** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function callbacks. +** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing +** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function +** callbacks. +** +** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL, +** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. +** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being +** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^ +** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to +** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. +** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it +** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data +** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). ** ** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same ** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of @@ -3203,17 +3692,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with ** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding ** matches the database encoding is a better -** match than a function where the encoding is different. +** match than a function where the encoding is different. ** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be ** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is ** between UTF8 and UTF16. ** ** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions. -** ^The first application-defined function with a given name overrides all -** built-in functions in the same [database connection] with the same name. -** ^Subsequent application-defined functions of the same name only override -** prior application-defined functions that are an exact match for the -** number of parameters and preferred encoding. ** ** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other ** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not @@ -3240,6 +3724,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) ); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); /* ** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings @@ -3259,7 +3754,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( ** DEPRECATED ** ** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain -** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue +** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue ** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid ** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid ** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do. @@ -3283,7 +3778,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int6 ** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters ** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] ** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. -** The 4th parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to +** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to ** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for ** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to ** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects. @@ -3334,10 +3829,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context ** -** Implementions of aggregate SQL functions use this +** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this ** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. ** -** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called +** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called ** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite ** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer ** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to @@ -3359,7 +3854,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); ** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory ** allocation.)^ ** -** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by +** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. ** ** The first parameter must be a copy of the @@ -3586,69 +4081,102 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); /* ** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences ** -** These functions are used to add new collation sequences to the -** [database connection] specified as the first argument. +** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated +** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. ** -** ^The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string +** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string ** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() -** and a UTF-16 string for sqlite3_create_collation16(). ^In all cases -** the name is passed as the second function argument. -** -** ^The third argument may be one of the constants [SQLITE_UTF8], -** [SQLITE_UTF16LE], or [SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied -** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8, -** UTF-16 little-endian, or UTF-16 big-endian, respectively. ^The -** third argument might also be [SQLITE_UTF16] to indicate that the routine -** expects pointers to be UTF-16 strings in the native byte order, or the -** argument can be [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] if the -** the routine expects pointers to 16-bit word aligned strings -** of UTF-16 in the native byte order. -** -** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth -** argument. ^If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation -** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore). -** ^Each time the application supplied function is invoked, it is passed -** as its first parameter a copy of the void* passed as the fourth argument -** to sqlite3_create_collation() or sqlite3_create_collation16(). -** -** ^The remaining arguments to the application-supplied routine are two strings, -** each represented by a (length, data) pair and encoded in the encoding -** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was -** registered. The application defined collation routine should -** return negative, zero or positive if the first string is less than, -** equal to, or greater than the second string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2). +** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16(). +** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are +** considered to be the same name. +** +** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants: +**
      +**
    • [SQLITE_UTF8], +**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16LE], +**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16], or +**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED]. +**
    )^ +** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed +** to the collating function callback, xCallback. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep +** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin +** on an even byte address. +** +** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed +** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. +** +** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function. +** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but +** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever +** function requires the least amount of data transformation. +** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is +** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, +** that collation is no longer usable. +** +** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg +** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified +** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an +** integer that is negative, zero, or positive +** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, +** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer +** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered +** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all +** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. +** The collating function must obey the following properties for all +** strings A, B, and C: +** +**
      +**
    1. If A==B then B==A. +**
    2. If A==B and B==C then A==C. +**
    3. If A<B THEN B>A. +**
    4. If A<B and B<C then A<C. +**
    +** +** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that +** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite +** is undefined. ** ** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() -** except that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for -** the collation. ^The destructor is called when the collation is -** destroyed and is passed a copy of the fourth parameter void* pointer -** of the sqlite3_create_collation_v2(). -** ^Collations are destroyed when they are overridden by later calls to the -** collation creation functions or when the [database connection] is closed -** using [sqlite3_close()]. +** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when +** the collating function is deleted. +** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later +** calls to the collation creation functions or when the +** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** ^The xDestroy callback is not called if the +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should +** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer +** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. +** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency +** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards +** compatibility. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, - void*, + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, - void*, + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, const void *zName, - int eTextRep, - void*, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); @@ -3679,17 +4207,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( ** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3*, - void*, + sqlite3*, + void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) ); -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC /* ** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be ** called right after sqlite3_open(). @@ -3716,7 +4244,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( ); /* -** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless +** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless ** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( @@ -3726,7 +4254,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD /* -** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless +** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless ** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( @@ -3737,16 +4265,19 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( /* ** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time ** -** ^The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution +** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution ** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. ** -** ^If the operating system does not support sleep requests with +** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with ** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to -** the nearest second. ^The number of milliseconds of sleep actually +** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually ** requested from the operating system is returned. ** ** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() -** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method +** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at +** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description +** in the previous paragraphs. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); @@ -3772,7 +4303,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); ** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be @@ -3872,8 +4403,6 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. ** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is ** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed. -** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is -** rolled back because a commit callback returned non-zero. ** ** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface. */ @@ -3927,7 +4456,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** interfaces. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), void* ); @@ -3970,40 +4499,73 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); ** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory. ** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, ** which might be more or less than the amount requested. +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero +** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size ** -** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() interface places a "soft" limit -** on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. -** ^If an internal allocation is requested that would exceed the -** soft heap limit, [sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked one or -** more times to free up some space before the allocation is performed. +** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the +** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. +** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap +** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache +** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. +** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay +** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate +** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit +** is advisory only. ** -** ^The limit is called "soft" because if [sqlite3_release_memory()] -** cannot free sufficient memory to prevent the limit from being exceeded, -** the memory is allocated anyway and the current operation proceeds. +** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of +** the soft heap limit prior to the call. ^If the argument N is negative +** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current +** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. ** -** ^A negative or zero value for N means that there is no soft heap limit and -** [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be called when memory is exhausted. -** ^The default value for the soft heap limit is zero. +** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled. +** +** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation +** if one or more of following conditions are true: +** +**
      +**
    • The soft heap limit is set to zero. +**
    • Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and +** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. +**
    • An alternative page cache implementation is specified using +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE],...). +**
    • The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied +** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than +** from the heap. +**
    )^ ** -** ^(SQLite makes a best effort to honor the soft heap limit. -** But if the soft heap limit cannot be honored, execution will -** continue without error or notification.)^ This is why the limit is -** called a "soft" limit. It is advisory only. +** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced +** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] +** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], +** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced +** when memory is allocated by the page cache. Testing suggests that because +** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most +** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without +** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. ** -** Prior to SQLite version 3.5.0, this routine only constrained the memory -** allocated by a single thread - the same thread in which this routine -** runs. Beginning with SQLite version 3.5.0, the soft heap limit is -** applied to all threads. The value specified for the soft heap limit -** is an upper bound on the total memory allocation for all threads. In -** version 3.5.0 there is no mechanism for limiting the heap usage for -** individual threads. +** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may +** changes in future releases of SQLite. */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface +** DEPRECATED +** +** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility +** only. All new applications should use the +** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); + /* ** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table @@ -4127,40 +4689,51 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); /* -** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load An Extensions +** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions ** -** ^This API can be invoked at program startup in order to register -** one or more statically linked extensions that will be available -** to all new [database connections]. +** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for +** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that +** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked SQLite extension +** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. ** -** ^(This routine stores a pointer to the extension entry point -** in an array that is obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. That memory -** is deallocated by [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()].)^ +** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes +** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three +** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the +** entry point where as follows: ** -** ^This function registers an extension entry point that is -** automatically invoked whenever a new [database connection] -** is opened using [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], -** or [sqlite3_open_v2()]. -** ^Duplicate extensions are detected so calling this routine -** multiple times with the same extension is harmless. -** ^Automatic extensions apply across all threads. +** 
    +**    int xEntryPoint(
+**      sqlite3 *db,
+**      const char **pzErrMsg,
+**      const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
+**    );
+**
    )^ +** +** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg +** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]) +** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg +** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke +** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any +** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], +** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already +** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point +** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading ** -** ^(This function disables all previously registered automatic -** extensions. It undoes the effect of all prior -** [sqlite3_auto_extension()] calls.)^ -** -** ^This function disables automatic extensions in all threads. +** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously +** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()]. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); /* -****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice ************** -** ** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered ** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. ** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. @@ -4180,10 +4753,9 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} -** EXPERIMENTAL ** -** This structure, sometimes called a a "virtual table module", -** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", +** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. ** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. ** ** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent @@ -4222,14 +4794,19 @@ struct sqlite3_module { void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void **ppArg); int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those + ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ + int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info -** EXPERIMENTAL ** -** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used to +** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part +** of the [virtual table] interface to ** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex] ** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the ** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its @@ -4237,10 +4814,12 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** ** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form: ** -** 
    column OP expr
    +**
    column OP expr
    ** ** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.)^ ^(The particular operator is -** stored in aConstraint[].op.)^ ^(The index of the column is stored in +** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the +** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ +** ^(The index of the column is stored in ** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the ** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint ** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^ @@ -4300,6 +4879,15 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ }; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes +** +** These macros defined the allowed values for the +** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents +** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of +** a query that uses a [virtual table]. +*/ #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 @@ -4309,7 +4897,6 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { /* ** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name. ** ^Module names must be registered before @@ -4317,7 +4904,7 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { ** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. ** ** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified -** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the +** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the ** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to ** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth ** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through @@ -4327,17 +4914,19 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { ** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which ** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will ** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite -** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The sqlite3_create_module() +** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also +** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails. +** ^The sqlite3_create_module() ** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL ** destructor. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module( +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ ); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module_v2( +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ @@ -4348,7 +4937,6 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module_v2( /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass ** of this object to describe a particular instance @@ -4374,7 +4962,6 @@ struct sqlite3_vtab { /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the ** following structure to describe cursors that point into the @@ -4396,21 +4983,19 @@ struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { /* ** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a ** [virtual table module] call this interface ** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of ** the virtual tables they implement. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); /* ** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions -** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. +** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. ** But global versions of those functions ** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ ** @@ -4422,7 +5007,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zS ** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded ** by a [virtual table]. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); /* ** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up @@ -4432,8 +5017,6 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const cha ** ** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the ** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. -** -****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice ************** */ /* @@ -4463,8 +5046,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** ** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read ** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access. -** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary -** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is +** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary +** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is ** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing. ** ** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains @@ -4488,7 +5071,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column ** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ ** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for -** a expired BLOB handle fail with an return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not ** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually ** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ @@ -4517,6 +5100,30 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( ); /* +** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row +** +** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points +** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified +** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be +** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open +** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be +** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. +** +** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - +** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in +** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if +** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an +** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted. +** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or +** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return +** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle +** always returns zero. +** +** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle ** ** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle]. @@ -4543,7 +5150,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB ** -** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the +** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the ** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The ** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing ** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. @@ -4776,7 +5383,6 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines ** used to allocate and use mutexes. @@ -4793,7 +5399,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); ** ** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as ** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function. -** ^The xMutexInit routine is calle by SQLite exactly once for each +** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each ** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()]. ** ** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as @@ -4826,7 +5432,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); ** it is passed a NULL pointer). ** ** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. ^It must be harmless to -** invoke xMutexInit() mutiple times within the same process and without +** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without ** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to ** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. ** @@ -4875,7 +5481,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { ** ** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then ** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since -** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But the +** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But ** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not ** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the ** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is @@ -4905,12 +5511,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* lru page list */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection ** -** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that +** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that ** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument ** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. ** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this @@ -4924,7 +5531,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); ** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the ** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated ** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The -** name of the database "main" for the main database or "temp" for the +** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the ** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for ** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command. ** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the @@ -4934,6 +5541,12 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); ** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl ** method becomes the return value of this routine. ** +** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes +** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into +** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER +** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the +** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. +** ** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any ** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error ** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] @@ -4989,17 +5602,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 16 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ 17 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 18 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 19 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 19 /* ** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information -** about the preformance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various +** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various ** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for ** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes -** are of the form [SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ +** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ ** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. ** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the ** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after @@ -5009,7 +5624,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); ** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current ** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ ** -** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a +** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a ** non-zero [error code] on failure. ** ** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic. This routine can be @@ -5021,18 +5636,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); ** ** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters -** EXPERIMENTAL +** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} ** ** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters ** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. ** **
    -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
    **
    This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out ** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The ** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application @@ -5042,35 +5657,40 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pH ** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation ** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
    **
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their ** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
    +**
    This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations +** currently checked out.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the -** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using +** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The ** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
    )^ ** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
    **
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache -** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] ** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The ** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they ** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because ** no space was left in the page cache.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
    **
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the ** [scratch memory allocator] configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not @@ -5078,9 +5698,9 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pH ** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads ** using scratch memory at the same time.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
    **
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory -** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] ** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values ** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too ** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the @@ -5088,13 +5708,13 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pH ** slots were available. **
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
    **
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
    **
    This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only ** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
    )^ **
    @@ -5110,30 +5730,35 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pH #define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 #define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status -** EXPERIMENTAL ** -** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information ** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the ** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument -** is the parameter to interrogate. ^Currently, the only allowed value -** for the second parameter is [SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]. -** Additional options will likely appear in future releases of SQLite. +** is an integer constant, taken from the set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that +** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely +** to grow in future releases of SQLite. ** ** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur ** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. ^If ** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is ** reset back down to the current value. ** +** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a +** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** ** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()]. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections -** EXPERIMENTAL +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} ** ** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as ** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. @@ -5145,31 +5770,79 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur ** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. ** **
    -** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently ** checked out.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
    +**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were +** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] +** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE
    +**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of +** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] +** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL
    +**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside +** memory already being in use. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
    +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
    +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated +** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ +** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the +** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to +** [shared cache mode] being enabled. +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
    +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with +** the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. +**
    **
    */ -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 6 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various -** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counters] that measure the number +** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number ** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can ** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared ** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds ** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate ** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than -** an index. +** an index. ** ** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from ** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement ** object to be interrogated. The second argument -** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counter] +** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] ** to be interrogated.)^ ** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. ** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this @@ -5177,36 +5850,43 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur ** ** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()]. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements -** EXPERIMENTAL +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} ** ** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter ** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. ** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: ** **
    -**
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
    +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
    **
    ^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in ** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter -** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through +** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through ** careful use of indices.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
    +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
    **
    ^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. ** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to ** improvement performance through careful use of indices.
    ** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX
    +**
    ^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that +** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not +** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.
    +** **
    */ #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 /* ** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by ** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of @@ -5221,36 +5901,47 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; /* ** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. ** KEYWORDS: {page cache} -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE], ...) interface can -** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an -** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure.)^ The majority of the -** heap memory used by SQLite is used by the page cache to cache data read -** from, or ready to be written to, the database file. By implementing a -** custom page cache using this API, an application can control more -** precisely the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which -** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to -** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for +** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an +** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure.)^ +** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by +** SQLite is used for the page cache. +** By implementing a +** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control +** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which +** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to +** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for ** how long. ** +** The alternative page cache mechanism is an +** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. +** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. +** ** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure are copied to an ** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence ** the application may discard the parameter after the call to ** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ ** -** ^The xInit() method is called once for each call to [sqlite3_initialize()] +** [[the xInit() page cache method]] +** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective +** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ ** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() ** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods.pArg value.)^ -** ^The xInit() method can set up up global structures and/or any mutexes -** required by the custom page cache implementation. -** -** ^The xShutdown() method is called from within [sqlite3_shutdown()], -** if the application invokes this API. It can be used to clean up +** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures +** required by the custom page cache implementation. +** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the +** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined +** page cache.)^ +** +** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] +** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** It can be used to clean up ** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. +** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. ** -** ^SQLite holds a [SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE] mutex when it invokes -** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The +** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, +** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The ** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does ** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe ** in multithreaded applications. @@ -5258,47 +5949,56 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening ** call to xShutdown(). ** -** ^The xCreate() method is used to construct a new cache instance. SQLite -** will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, +** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. +** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, ** though this is not guaranteed. ^The ** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must ** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will not be a power of two. ^szPage ** will the page size of the database file that is to be cached plus an -** increment (here called "R") of about 100 or 200. ^SQLite will use the +** increment (here called "R") of less than 250. SQLite will use the ** extra R bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying ** database page on disk. The value of R depends ** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. -** ^R is constant for a particular build of SQLite. ^The second argument to +** ^(R is constant for a particular build of SQLite. Except, there are two +** distinct values of R when SQLite is compiled with the proprietary +** ZIPVFS extension.)^ ^The second argument to ** xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being created will ** be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or -** false if it is used for an in-memory database. ^The cache implementation +** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation ** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; ** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will ** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. -** ^In other words, a cache created with bPurgeable set to false will +** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to +** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. +** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will ** never contain any unpinned pages. ** +** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] ** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the ** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache ** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using -** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ ^As with the bPurgeable +** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable ** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this ** value; it is advisory only. ** -** ^The xPagecount() method should return the number of pages currently -** stored in the cache. -** -** ^The xFetch() method is used to fetch a page and return a pointer to it. -** ^A 'page', in this context, is a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an -** 8-byte boundary. ^The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The -** mimimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page +** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] +** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently +** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. +** +** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] +** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to +** the page, or a NULL pointer. +** A "page", in this context, means a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an +** 8-byte boundary. The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The +** minimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page ** is considered to be "pinned". ** -** ^If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache +** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache ** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content -** intact. ^(If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the -** behavior of the cache implementation is determined by the value of the -** createFlag parameter passed to xFetch, according to the following table: +** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the +** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag +** parameter to help it determined what action to take: ** ** **
    createFlag Behaviour when page is not already in cache @@ -5307,39 +6007,41 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** Otherwise return NULL. **
    2 Make every effort to allocate a new page. Only return ** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible. -**
    )^ +** ** -** SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. If -** a call to xFetch() with createFlag==1 returns NULL, then SQLite will +** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite +** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 +** failed.)^ In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may ** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of -** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. After -** attempting to unpin pages, the xFetch() method will be invoked again with -** a createFlag of 2. +** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. ** +** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] ** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page -** as its second argument. ^(If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, -** then the page should be evicted from the cache. In this case SQLite -** assumes that the next time the page is retrieved from the cache using -** the xFetch() method, it will be zeroed.)^ ^If the discard parameter is -** zero, then the page is considered to be unpinned. ^The cache implementation +** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, +** then the page must be evicted from the cache. +** ^If the discard parameter is +** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of +** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation ** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. ** -** ^(The cache is not required to perform any reference counting. A single -** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls -** to xFetch().)^ +** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single +** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls +** to xFetch(). ** -** ^The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the -** page passed as the second argument from oldKey to newKey. ^If the cache -** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it should be +** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] +** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the +** page passed as the second argument. If the cache +** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be ** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not ** to be pinned. ** -** ^When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all +** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all ** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal -** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). ^If any +** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any ** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that ** they can be safely discarded. ** +** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] ** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). ** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After ** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] @@ -5363,7 +6065,6 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { /* ** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing ** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by @@ -5376,50 +6077,50 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; /* ** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API. -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. ** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or -** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. +** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] ** -** ^Exclusive access is required to the destination database for the -** duration of the operation. ^However the source database is only -** read-locked while it is actually being read; it is not locked -** continuously for the entire backup operation. ^Thus, the backup may be -** performed on a live source database without preventing other users from +** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file +** for the duration of the backup operation. +** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read; +** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation. +** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without +** preventing other database connections from ** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. -** -** ^(To perform a backup operation: +** +** ^(To perform a backup operation: **
      **
    1. sqlite3_backup_init() is called once to initialize the -** backup, -**
    2. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer +** backup, +**
    3. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer ** the data between the two databases, and finally -**
    4. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources -** associated with the backup operation. +**
    5. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources +** associated with the backup operation. **
    )^ ** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each ** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** -** sqlite3_backup_init() +** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] sqlite3_backup_init() ** -** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the -** [database connection] associated with the destination database +** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the +** [database connection] associated with the destination database ** and the database name, respectively. ** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the ** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in ** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. -** ^The S and M arguments passed to +** ^The S and M arguments passed to ** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] ** and database name of the source database, respectively. ** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) -** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will file with +** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with ** an error. ** ** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is -** returned and an error code and error message are store3d in the +** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the ** destination [database connection] D. ** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init() ** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or @@ -5427,16 +6128,16 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and -** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup +** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup ** operation. ** -** sqlite3_backup_step() +** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] sqlite3_backup_step() ** -** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between +** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between ** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. -** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. +** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there -** are still more pages to be copied, then the function resturns [SQLITE_OK]. +** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages ** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N), @@ -5445,15 +6146,19 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. ** -** ^The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if the destination -** database was opened read-only or if -** the destination is an in-memory database with a different page size -** from the source database. +** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if +**
      +**
    1. the destination database was opened read-only, or +**
    2. the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling +** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or +**
    3. the destination database is an in-memory database and the +** destination and source page sizes differ. +**
    )^ ** ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then ** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] -** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the -** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then +** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the +** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then ** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source ** [database connection] @@ -5461,15 +6166,15 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this ** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or -** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then -** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These -** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept -** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle +** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then +** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These +** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept +** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle ** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. ** ** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock -** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either -** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete +** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either +** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete ** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that ** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. @@ -5478,18 +6183,18 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an ** external process or via a database connection other than the one being ** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically -** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source +** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source ** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used ** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically ** updated at the same time. ** -** sqlite3_backup_finish() +** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] sqlite3_backup_finish() ** -** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the +** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the ** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application ** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all -** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. +** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any ** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. ** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid @@ -5506,11 +6211,12 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** -** sqlite3_backup_remaining(), sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] +** sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** ** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside ** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed -** up and the total number of pages in the source databae file. +** up and the total number of pages in the source database file. ** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces ** retrieve these two values, respectively. ** @@ -5528,8 +6234,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently ** from within other threads. ** -** However, the application must guarantee that the destination -** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after +** However, the application must guarantee that the destination +** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after ** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see ** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] @@ -5540,11 +6246,11 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must ** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database ** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means -** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being +** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being ** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, ** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** -** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple +** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple ** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). ** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the @@ -5564,13 +6270,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); /* ** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with ** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or ** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See -** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. -** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke +** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. +** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke ** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. ** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. @@ -5578,14 +6283,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. ** ** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes -** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. +** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. ** ** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a ** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the ** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that -** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an +** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an ** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the -** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as ** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked ** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The ** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] @@ -5599,15 +6304,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a ** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds -** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of +** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of ** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. ** -** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a +** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a ** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the ** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, ** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is ** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing -** unlock-notify callback is cancelled. ^The blocked connections +** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections ** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked ** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. ** @@ -5620,7 +6325,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** Callback Invocation Details ** -** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a +** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a ** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. ** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass ** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to @@ -5633,12 +6338,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function ** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers ** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. -** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions +** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions ** related to the set of unblocked database connections. ** ** Deadlock Detection ** -** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a +** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a ** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further ** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the ** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for @@ -5661,7 +6366,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** The "DROP TABLE" Exception ** -** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost +** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost ** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, ** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, ** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements @@ -5674,7 +6379,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned ** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the ** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in -** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just +** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just ** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( @@ -5686,23 +6391,21 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( /* ** CAPI3REF: String Comparison -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^The [sqlite3_strnicmp()] API allows applications and extensions to ** compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a -** case-indendent fashion, using the same definition of case independence +** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of case independence ** that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface -** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the error log ** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. ** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are -** passed through to [sqlite3_vmprintf()] to generate the final output string. +** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. ** ** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as ** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is @@ -5720,6 +6423,270 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); /* +** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that +** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a +** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in +** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). +** +** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation +** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. +** +** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked +** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when +** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle. +** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to - +** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter +** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file, +** including those that were just committed. +** +** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error +** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the +** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback +** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the +** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value +** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results +** are undefined. +** +** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback +** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any +** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the +** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will +** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( + sqlite3*, + int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D +** to automatically [checkpoint] +** after committing a transaction if there are N or +** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or +** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic +** checkpoints entirely. +** +** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback +** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback +** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism +** configured by this function. +** +** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. +** +** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint +** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] +** pages. The use of this interface +** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal +** for a particular application. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X +** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed]. ^If X is NULL or an +** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of +** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in +** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op. +** +** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be +** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** +** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database +** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the +** eMode parameter: +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
    +** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log +** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling +** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
    +** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no +** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database +** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the +** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
    +** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after +** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures +** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file +** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +**
    +** +** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in +** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to +** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already +** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be +** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK. +** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1 +** before returning to communicate this to the caller. +** +** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a +** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. +** +** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive +** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained +** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer +** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is +** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for +** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before +** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. +** +** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL +** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If +** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any +** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters +** +** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of +** each of these values. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration +** +** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure +** various facets of the virtual table interface. +** +** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or +** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. +** +** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using +** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options +** may be added in the future. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options +** +** These macros define the various options to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations +** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT +**
    Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, +** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose +** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not +** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if +** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire +** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been +** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual +** ON CONFLICT mode specified. +** +** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees +** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before +** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns +** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode +** had been ABORT. +** +** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and +** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** constraint handling. +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy +** +** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The +** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], +** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the +** [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes +** +** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to +** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. +** +** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential +** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that +** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 +/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ +#define SQLITE_FAIL 3 +/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ +#define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 + + + +/* ** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for ** builds on processors without floating point support. */ @@ -5732,3 +6699,59 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); #endif #endif +/* +** 2010 August 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +*/ + +#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ +#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; + +/* +** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an +** R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zGeom(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zGeom, + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int nCoord, double *aCoord, int *pRes), + void *pContext +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first +** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback(). +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { + void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ + int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ + double *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ + void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ + void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ +}; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ + diff --git a/lib/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h b/lib/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h index 0475d11..50dd5b6 100644 --- a/lib/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h +++ b/lib/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by ** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into ** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded -** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of +** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of ** sqlite3.h. */ #ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_ @@ -191,6 +191,30 @@ struct sqlite3_api_routines { sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*); const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int); + int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*); + sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int); + const char *(*compileoption_get)(int); + int (*compileoption_used)(const char*); + int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),void(*xDestroy)(void*)); + int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...); + sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*); + int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int); + int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*); + void (*log)(int,const char*,...); + sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*sourceid)(void); + int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int); + int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*); + int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int); + int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*); + void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*); + int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64); + int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...); + int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*); }; /* @@ -370,6 +394,30 @@ struct sqlite3_api_routines { #define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt #define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql #define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status +#define sqlite3_backup_finish sqlite3_api->backup_finish +#define sqlite3_backup_init sqlite3_api->backup_init +#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount +#define sqlite3_backup_remaining sqlite3_api->backup_remaining +#define sqlite3_backup_step sqlite3_api->backup_step +#define sqlite3_compileoption_get sqlite3_api->compileoption_get +#define sqlite3_compileoption_used sqlite3_api->compileoption_used +#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 sqlite3_api->create_function_v2 +#define sqlite3_db_config sqlite3_api->db_config +#define sqlite3_db_mutex sqlite3_api->db_mutex +#define sqlite3_db_status sqlite3_api->db_status +#define sqlite3_extended_errcode sqlite3_api->extended_errcode +#define sqlite3_log sqlite3_api->log +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64 +#define sqlite3_sourceid sqlite3_api->sourceid +#define sqlite3_stmt_status sqlite3_api->stmt_status +#define sqlite3_strnicmp sqlite3_api->strnicmp +#define sqlite3_unlock_notify sqlite3_api->unlock_notify +#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen sqlite3_api->blob_reopen +#define sqlite3_vtab_config sqlite3_api->vtab_config +#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict #endif /* SQLITE_CORE */ #define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0; diff --git a/lib/wind/bidi_table.c b/lib/wind/bidi_table.c index 71e5cc2..7d703f6 100644 --- a/lib/wind/bidi_table.c +++ b/lib/wind/bidi_table.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* ./bidi_table.c */ -/* Automatically generated at 2011-07-30T13:45:24.532573 */ +/* Automatically generated at 2011-09-30T15:24:58.936201 */ #include diff --git a/lib/wind/bidi_table.h b/lib/wind/bidi_table.h index 2535ad8..45556a3 100644 --- a/lib/wind/bidi_table.h +++ b/lib/wind/bidi_table.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* ./bidi_table.h */ -/* Automatically generated at 2011-07-30T13:45:24.532072 */ +/* Automatically generated at 2011-09-30T15:24:58.927315 */ #ifndef BIDI_TABLE_H #define BIDI_TABLE_H 1 diff --git a/lib/wind/combining_table.c b/lib/wind/combining_table.c index ed1adb9..814e39e 100644 --- a/lib/wind/combining_table.c +++ b/lib/wind/combining_table.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* ./combining_table.c */ -/* Automatically generated at 2011-07-30T13:45:24.662725 */ +/* Automatically generated at 2011-09-30T15:24:59.280091 */ #include diff --git a/lib/wind/combining_table.h b/lib/wind/combining_table.h index 9c8b634..05a790b 100644 --- a/lib/wind/combining_table.h +++ b/lib/wind/combining_table.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* ./combining_table.h */ -/* Automatically generated at 2011-07-30T13:45:24.662398 */ +/* Automatically generated at 2011-09-30T15:24:59.272235 */ #ifndef COMBINING_TABLE_H #define COMBINING_TABLE_H 1 diff --git a/lib/wind/errorlist_table.c b/lib/wind/errorlist_table.c index b796249..7456cb4 100644 --- a/lib/wind/errorlist_table.c +++ b/lib/wind/errorlist_table.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* ./errorlist_table.c */ -/* Automatically generated at 2011-07-30T13:45:24.716232 */ +/* Automatically generated at 2011-09-30T15:24:59.470044 */ #include diff --git a/lib/wind/errorlist_table.h b/lib/wind/errorlist_table.h index 1342726..fc1739e 100644 --- a/lib/wind/errorlist_table.h +++ b/lib/wind/errorlist_table.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* ./errorlist_table.h */ -/* Automatically generated at 2011-07-30T13:45:24.715873 */ +/* Automatically generated at 2011-09-30T15:24:59.457950 */ #ifndef ERRORLIST_TABLE_H #define ERRORLIST_TABLE_H 1 diff --git a/lib/wind/map_table.c b/lib/wind/map_table.c index f622349..5491b7d 100644 --- a/lib/wind/map_table.c +++ b/lib/wind/map_table.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* ./map_table.c */ -/* Automatically generated at 2011-07-30T13:45:24.774703 */ +/* Automatically generated at 2011-09-30T15:24:59.641639 */ #include "map_table.h" diff --git a/lib/wind/map_table.h b/lib/wind/map_table.h index 03e1a3b..ac3d564 100644 --- a/lib/wind/map_table.h +++ b/lib/wind/map_table.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* ./map_table.h */ -/* Automatically generated at 2011-07-30T13:45:24.774402 */ +/* Automatically generated at 2011-09-30T15:24:59.631690 */ #ifndef MAP_TABLE_H #define MAP_TABLE_H 1 diff --git a/lib/wind/normalize_table.c b/lib/wind/normalize_table.c index c0edf35..7e0ec2e 100644 --- a/lib/wind/normalize_table.c +++ b/lib/wind/normalize_table.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* ./normalize_table.c */ -/* Automatically generated at 2011-07-30T13:45:25.066453 */ +/* Automatically generated at 2011-09-30T15:25:00.420261 */ #include diff --git a/lib/wind/normalize_table.h b/lib/wind/normalize_table.h index 8a5dd6c..8881630 100644 --- a/lib/wind/normalize_table.h +++ b/lib/wind/normalize_table.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* ./normalize_table.h */ -/* Automatically generated at 2011-07-30T13:45:25.066081 */ +/* Automatically generated at 2011-09-30T15:25:00.412374 */ #ifndef NORMALIZE_TABLE_H #define NORMALIZE_TABLE_H 1 diff --git a/lib/wind/punycode_examples.c b/lib/wind/punycode_examples.c index 31ba05f..50ccc48 100644 --- a/lib/wind/punycode_examples.c +++ b/lib/wind/punycode_examples.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* ./punycode_examples.c */ -/* Automatically generated at 2011-07-30T13:45:28.666662 */ +/* Automatically generated at 2011-09-30T15:25:05.829535 */ #ifndef PUNYCODE_EXAMPLES_C #define PUNYCODE_EXAMPLES_C 1 diff --git a/lib/wind/punycode_examples.h b/lib/wind/punycode_examples.h index 8d83926..832234d 100644 --- a/lib/wind/punycode_examples.h +++ b/lib/wind/punycode_examples.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* ./punycode_examples.h */ -/* Automatically generated at 2011-07-30T13:45:28.666321 */ +/* Automatically generated at 2011-09-30T15:25:05.815268 */ #ifndef PUNYCODE_EXAMPLES_H #define PUNYCODE_EXAMPLES_H 1 diff --git a/packages/windows/assembly/NTMakefile b/packages/windows/assembly/NTMakefile index 3a6571b..25248fe 100644 --- a/packages/windows/assembly/NTMakefile +++ b/packages/windows/assembly/NTMakefile @@ -51,6 +51,8 @@ prep:: mk-asm-dirs ASMKRBDIR=$(ASMDIR)\Heimdal.Kerberos ASMKRBVER=$(VER_PRODUCT_MAJOR).$(VER_PRODUCT_MINOR).$(VER_PRODUCT_AUX).$(VER_PRODUCT_PATCH) +ASMKRBVER_OLD_BEGIN=$(VER_OLD_BEGIN_MAJOR).$(VER_OLD_BEGIN_MINOR).$(VER_OLD_BEGIN_AUX).$(VER_OLD_BEGIN_PATCH) +ASMKRBVER_OLD_END=$(VER_OLD_END_MAJOR).$(VER_OLD_END_MINOR).$(VER_OLD_END_AUX).$(VER_OLD_END_PATCH) ASMKRBMAN=$(ASMKRBNAME).manifest ASMKRBBINS=\ @@ -132,7 +134,8 @@ POLKRBCAT=$(POLKRBDIR)\$(ASMKRBVER).cat $(POLKRBFILE): policy.Heimdal.Kerberos.in $(SED) -e "s,[@]krbname[@],$(ASMKRBNAME),g" \ -e "s,[@]krbversion[@],$(ASMKRBVER),g" \ - -e "s,[@]krbverfrom[@],$(VER_PRODUCT_MAJOR).$(VER_PRODUCT_MINOR),g" \ + -e "s,[@]krbverfrom_begin[@],$(ASMKRBVER_OLD_BEGIN),g" \ + -e "s,[@]krbverfrom_end[@],$(ASMKRBVER_OLD_END),g" \ -e "s,[@]krbpolname[@],$(POLKRB),g" \ -e "s,[@]cpu[@],$(MCPU),g" \ -e "s,[@]pkt[@],$(CODESIGN_PKT),g" < $** > $@ diff --git a/packages/windows/assembly/policy.Heimdal.Kerberos.in b/packages/windows/assembly/policy.Heimdal.Kerberos.in index 12f9f3c..b56e9a7 100644 --- a/packages/windows/assembly/policy.Heimdal.Kerberos.in +++ b/packages/windows/assembly/policy.Heimdal.Kerberos.in @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ name="@krbname@" language="*" processorArchitecture="@cpu@"/> - diff --git a/tests/db/have-db.in b/tests/db/have-db.in index 3763722..9dbb1f4 100644 --- a/tests/db/have-db.in +++ b/tests/db/have-db.in @@ -47,7 +47,6 @@ IFS="$oldIFS" while [ $# != 0 ] ; do case $1 in db:*) exit 0 ;; - ndbm:*) exit 0 ;; gdbm:*) exit 0 ;; db4:*) exit 0 ;; db3:*) exit 0 ;; diff --git a/tests/kdc/wait-kdc.sh b/tests/kdc/wait-kdc.sh index edfed8c..dc82625 100644 --- a/tests/kdc/wait-kdc.sh +++ b/tests/kdc/wait-kdc.sh @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ name=${1:-KDC} log=${2:-messages.log} -waitfor=${3:-${name} started} +waitfor="${3:-${name} started}" t=0 waitsec=35 diff --git a/windows/NTMakefile.config b/windows/NTMakefile.config index d5bc871..6e7399c 100644 --- a/windows/NTMakefile.config +++ b/windows/NTMakefile.config @@ -1,33 +1,12 @@ -# Version strings - -VER_PACKAGE=heimdal -VER_PACKAGE_NAME=Heimdal -VER_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=heimdal-bugs@h5l.org -VER_PACKAGE_COPYRIGHT=Copyright (C) 1995-2011 Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden -VER_PACKAGE_COMPANY=www.h5l.org - -VER_PRODUCT_MAJOR=1 -VER_PRODUCT_MINOR=5 -VER_PRODUCT_AUX=0 -VER_PRODUCT_PATCH=0 - -VER_PACKAGE_VERSION=$(VER_PRODUCT_MAJOR).$(VER_PRODUCT_MINOR).$(VER_PRODUCT_AUX) - -# Define to 1 if this is a pre-release build. Undefine otherwise -#VER_PRERELEASE=1 - -# Define to a valid string if this build DOES NOT follow normal -# release procedures. I.e. this is a private build whose version -# numbers are not co-ordinated with mainline development. - -#VER_PRIVATE=Private build for MyCompany - -# Define to a valid string if this build DOES follow normal release -# procedures, but is a variation of the standard files of the same -# version numbers. - -#VER_SPECIAL=Special build for testing ticket 12345 - +!if exist (..\..\..\windows\NTMakefile.version) +! include <..\..\..\windows\NTMakefile.version> +!elseif exist (..\..\windows\NTMakefile.version) +! include <..\..\windows\NTMakefile.version> +!elseif exist (..\windows\NTMakefile.version) +! include <..\windows\NTMakefile.version> +!else +! include +!endif # ------------------------------------------------------------ # Features diff --git a/windows/NTMakefile.version b/windows/NTMakefile.version new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db11a11 --- /dev/null +++ b/windows/NTMakefile.version @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +# Version strings + +VER_PACKAGE=heimdal +VER_PACKAGE_NAME=Heimdal +VER_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=heimdal-bugs@h5l.org +VER_PACKAGE_COPYRIGHT=Copyright (C) 1995-2011 Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden +VER_PACKAGE_COMPANY=www.h5l.org + +# ------------------------------------------------------------ +# The current version number. The PATCH value is only used +# to indicate file versions and is ignored by the installer +# engine. To permit intermediate alpha/beta development +# releases to be created and tested the AUX value is +# incremented in multiples of 100. 1.5.1 == 1.5.100.0. + +VER_PRODUCT_MAJOR=1 +VER_PRODUCT_MINOR=5 +VER_PRODUCT_AUX=100 +VER_PRODUCT_PATCH=930 + +# ------------------------------------------------------------ +# The VER_OLD_BEGIN and VER_OLD_END version values are used in +# constructing the assembly publisher configuration. The end +# must be less than the VER_PRODUCT value. If the current +# version is 1.5.100.0 then VER_OLD_END version is +# 1.5.99.65535. + +VER_OLD_BEGIN_MAJOR=1 +VER_OLD_BEGIN_MINOR=4 +VER_OLD_BEGIN_AUX=0 +VER_OLD_BEGIN_PATCH=0 + +VER_OLD_END_MAJOR=1 +VER_OLD_END_MINOR=5 +VER_OLD_END_AUX=100 +VER_OLD_END_PATCH=65535 + +VER_PACKAGE_VERSION=$(VER_PRODUCT_MAJOR).$(VER_PRODUCT_MINOR).$(VER_PRODUCT_AUX) + +# Define to 1 if this is a pre-release build. Undefine otherwise +# VER_PRERELEASE=1 + +# Define to a valid string if this build DOES NOT follow normal +# release procedures. I.e. this is a private build whose version +# numbers are not co-ordinated with mainline development. + +#VER_PRIVATE=Private build for MyCompany + +# Define to a valid string if this build DOES follow normal release +# procedures, but is a variation of the standard files of the same +# version numbers. + +#VER_SPECIAL=Special build for testing ticket 12345 + diff --git a/windows/NTMakefile.w32 b/windows/NTMakefile.w32 index 8079c78..a9e9153 100644 --- a/windows/NTMakefile.w32 +++ b/windows/NTMakefile.w32 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ ######################################################################## # -# Copyright (c) 2009, Secure Endpoints Inc. +# Copyright (c) 2009-2011, Secure Endpoints Inc. # All rights reserved. # # Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without @@ -165,13 +165,6 @@ cdefines=$(cdefines) -DHAVE_CONFIG_H cdebug=$(cdebug) /Zi ldebug=$(ldebug) /DEBUG -# --------------------------------------------------------------- -# time_t issues - -!if "$(MCPU)"=="x86" -cdefines=$(cdefines) -D_USE_32BIT_TIME_T -!endif - # Disable warnings: # # C4996: 'function' was declared deprecated -- cgit v1.1